Skip to main content

Full text of "Duke, a magazine for alumni and friends [serial]"

See other formats 


DUKE 
UNIVERSITY 


LIBRARY 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2012  with  funding  from 
Duke  University  Libraries 


http://archive.org/details/dukemagfora72198586738687 


SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER  1985 


SEA  HUNT 


FOREST  WATCH 


TRANSPORTATION'S  DRIVING  FORCE 


PORTALS  TO  THE  PAST 


mr   " 

#                •          .31 

Hi' 

m  - 

-31 

SHHHmili'  ■  l 

ffi"    "          •  .-:i 

BLACK  &  WHITE 
&  COLO! 


s  Drive  •  Winston-Salem,  North  Caroli 
1-800-642-0609  •  National:  1-800-33-: 


/6?9WO 


EDITOR:  Robert  ].  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
Mary  Poling 

ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
Pat  Zollicoffer  '58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Sheon 
Ladson  '86 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburlc  Jr.  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 

Frances  Adams  Blaylock  '53, 

president;  Anthony  Bosworth 

'58,  president-elect; 

M.  Laney  Funderburlc  Jr.  '60, 

secretary-treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
E.Wannamaker  Hardin  Jr.  '62, 
M.Div.  '67,  Divinity  School; 
William  B.  Scantland 
B.S.M.E.  76,  School  of 
Engineering;  Daniel  R. 
Richards  M.B.A.  '80,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Edward  R. 
Drayton  III  M.F.  '61,  School  of 
Forestry  &  Environmental 
Studies;  James  W.  Albright 
M.H.A.  76,  Department  of 
Health  Administration;  William 
E.  Sumner  J.D.  70,  School  of 
law;  F.  Maxton  Mauney  Jr. 
M.D.  '59,  School  of  Medicine; 
Amy  Torlone  Harris  B.S.N.'81, 
School  of  Nursing;  Paul  L. 
Imbrogno  '80  M.S.,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
(Catherine  V.  Halpern  B.H.S. 
77,  Physicians' Assistant 
Program;  Marcus  E.  Hobbs  '32, 
A.M.  '34,  Ph.D.  '36,  Half- 
Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker  '51, 
chairman;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Janet  L.  Guyon  77;  John  W 
Hartman  '44;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72;  Thomas 
P.  Losee  Jr.  '63;  Peter  Maas  '49; 
Richard  Austin  Smith  '35; 
Susan  Tifft  73;  Robert  J. 


©1985,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  volun- 
tary subscriptions  $10  per  year 


SEPTEMBER- 
OCTOBER  1985 


VOLUME  72 


<3H%.  ISO, 
T833T* 

v,7a  / 

"  ^  mc7MW 


Cover:  Once  adorning  a  temple 
in  Alife,  Italy,  a  twelfth-century 
Romanesque  arch  stands  as  the 
gateway  to  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art's  medieval  collec- 
tion. Photo  by  Jim  Wallace 


FEATURES 


WATCH  OUT,  BIG  BOYS 

Still  a  kid  by  university  museum  standards,  Duke's  Museum  of  Art— with  strong  collections 
ranging  from  antiquity  to  the  twentieth  century— is  already  rivaling  its  elders 


ARCHAEOLOGY  AS  ART  6 

From  a  scholar's  personal  penchant  for  the  pre-Columbian  world  came  a  world-renowned 
museum  addition 


TALES  OF  THE  UNEXPECTED  10 

When  EI  Nino  created  havoc  around  the  world,  a  scientist's  routine  study  became  an 
encounter  with  nature's  "perverse  child" 


AT  THE  WHEEL  IN  WASHINGTON  14 

It's  part  of  her  nature,  says  Secretary  of  Transportation  Elizabeth  Dole,  to  seek  leadership  roles, 
and  to  pursue  the  areas  where  she  can  make  the  biggest  impact 


DUKE  FOREST:  OFF  THE  BEATEN  PATH  37 

Duke's  most  extensive  resource  is  an  outdoor  laboratory,  an  unparalleled  place  to  develop  and 
demonstrate  forestry  practices— and  a  popular  place  for  recreation 


VIPS:  CAN  WE  TALK?  t 

With  their  Voice  Interactive  Processing  System,  researchers  have  taken  the  first  steps  down  the 
long  road  to  artificial  intelligence 


CHANGING  AMERICA'S  SKYLINE  42 

Benjamin  Duke  Holloway  has  real  estate  in  his  blood,  and  the  United  States  is  a  different  place 
because  of  it 


DEPARTMENTS 


36 


Bad  cross-cultural  encounters,  good  guidance,  inspired  poetry 


GAZETTE 

Outranking  the  sports  competition,  uncovering  Ulysses  Grant,  putting  a  price  on  life 
BOOKS 

I  Am  One  of  You  Forever— a  remarkable  transformation  of  tradition 


50 


hMM^MrttitaU 

"\ 

m 

hchc 

BIG 
BOYS 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

)UT 

i 

DUKE'S  MUSEUM  OF  ART: 

1 

BUILDING  A  NATIONAL  REPUTATION 

Still  a  kid  by  university  museum  standards,  the  young 
upstart— with  strong  collections  ranging  from  antiqui- 
ty to  the  twentieth  century— is  already  rivaling  its 
elders. 

^^^L       relative  youngster  among  the 

^^^^L      hundred  or  so  college  and  uni- 
^^L^^L    versity  museums  around  the 
^^^^^^^  country,  the  16-year-old  Duke 
University  Museum  of  Art  is  somewhat  pre- 
cocious. It  boasts  a  medieval  collection  that 
far  surpasses  its  elders  at  Yale,  Princeton,  and 
Harvard,  and  an  array  of  pre-Columbian  arti- 
facts that  rivals  any. 

The   museum   has   its   growing   pains- 
chronic  shortages  of  gallery  space  and  staff,  a 
limited  and  at  times  irregular  publications 
schedule.  But  the  young  upstart,  under  the 
direction  of  John  Spencer,  a  flamboyant 
veteran  of  campus  museum  administration, 
suffers  no  lack  of  vision. 

Its    present    annual    budget    of   nearly 
$200,000  is  comparatively  low  by  campus 
museum  standards,  but  Duke's  museum  is 
well  respected  for  its  collections,  most  of 
which  were  gifts.  Others,  particularly  the 
Brummer  Collection  of  Medieval  Art,  are 
the  result  of  judicious  spending.  The  Brum- 
mer Collection  is  "one  of  the  finest  in  the 
Southeast,"  according  to  Spencer's  descrip- 
tion. "There  are  few  university  museums 
that  can  equal  Duke  in  the  breadth  and 

depth  of  its  medieval  holdings." 

Spencer,  who  has  worked  with  the  campus 
museums  of  Yale,  Oberlin,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Florida,  views  specialization  as  the 
best  approach  for  a  campus  facility,  parti- 
cularly when  it  is  surrounded  by  older  and 
better-established  museums.  "Almost  all  col- 
lege museum  collections  are  spotty,"  he  says. 
"Once  you  get  by  Yale,  Harvard,  and  Prince- 
ton,  nobody   is  a  mini-Metropolitan,   al- 
though a  lot  try  to  be.  We  must  specialize.  We 
can't  compete  with  Raleigh's  North  Carolina 
Museum  of  Art  in  buying  Baroque  or  Ger- 
man Expressionist  art,  or  with  the  Ackland 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  in 
Chapel  Hill  with  its  nineteenth-century 
paintings.  We've  got  to  find  our  ecological 
niche  and  occupy  it." 

Duke's  medieval  collection  figures  promi- 
nently in  Spencer's  plans.  The  museum's  first 
major  acquisition,  it  came  to  Duke  three 
years  before  the  university's  museum  was 
ready:  Dr.  Wayne  Rundels  of  the  medical 
school  had  seen  it  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Ernest 
Brummer,  who  was  linked  to  Duke  by  a  neph- 
ew, Dr.  John  Lazlo,  also  on  the  medical 
school  faculty.  The  collection  had  been  put 

2 

Detail  from  a  Mayan  incense  burner  (700-90 

0  A.D.);  inset,  museum  director  John  Spencer. 

together  by  brothers  Ernest  and  Joseph 
Brummer,  art  dealers  in  New  York  who  spe- 
cialized in  medieval  art.  Duke  purchased  280 
pieces  for  approximately  $1.4  million. 
Spencer  figures  the  collection  is  worth  at 
least  $14  million  today. 

And  it  was  the  medieval  collection  that 
first  bore  the  imprint  of  Spencer's  arrival  in 
1983.  "The  collection  used  to  be  stored  in  a 
crypt  of  the  chapel.  When  the  museum 
opened,  it  was  moved  over  here  and  installed, 
and  stayed  pretty  much  that  way  without 
change  until  I  came  along."  A  self-described 
"new  broom  type,"  Spencer  says  he  shook 
things  up,  moved  things  around,  brought 
some  things  out,  and  put  others  away.  A 
Romanesque  arch  from  a  temple  in  Alife, 
Italy,  saw  the  light  of  day,  while  late  fif- 
teenth-century choir  benches  from  Ger- 
many were  closeted.  "The  benches  were  nice 
but  we  had  no  place  to  show  them  properly. 
And,"  he  adds,  "they  weren't  really  that  nice." 

He  also  filched— 'liberated,"  he  says— from 
the  East  Campus  library  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury desk  that  was  used  by  university  patri- 
arch Washington  Duke.  A  dizzying  mass  of 
nooks,  compartments,  and  drawers,  the  desk 
is  now  in  Spencer's  office,  along  with  a  selec- 
tion of  sculpture  and  pottery  from  the 
museum.  "This  is  a  great  job,"  he  says.  "You 
get  all  this  nice  stuff  to  touch,  and  move 
around,  and  decorate  your  office  with." 

The  arch,  however,  remains  his  favorite 
find.  For  years  tucked  into  storage,  the  piece 
dates  from  the  1100s,  and  is,  in  Spencer's 
estimation,  an  excellent  example  of  Roman- 
esque carving.  "Plus,  we  got  a  bonus  in  that 
people  in  the  Middle  Ages  re-used  Roman 
marble.  The  people  who  were  carving  this 
arch  to  go  over  a  doorway  in  a  church  in 
southern  Italy  had  gone  to  the  Roman  ruins 
in  their  town  and  pried  out  some  chunks  of 
marble,  turned  them  around  on  the  clean 
side,  and  carved  out  the  little  monsters  and 
Christian  figures  that  were  necessary  for 
their  church.  Now,  if  you  walk  under  the 
arch  and  look  back,  you  can  see  a  large  piece 
of  architectural  molding  that  came  off  a 
Roman  temple.  This  is  what  they  did  in  the 
Middle  Ages— used  Roman  ruins  as  a  quarry. 
It  was  a  lot  easier  to  go  pry  it  out  than  dig  it 
out  of  a  cliff." 

Most  of  the  Duke  museum's  medieval  hold- 
ings come  from  churches,  reflecting  the  close 
ties  between  art  and  religion  during  that 
period.  During  the  French  Revolution,  the 
carved  heads  of  eight  prophets  from  the 
cathedral  Sens,  near  Paris,  were  unceremoni- 
ously knocked  off.  Duke  has  the  only  one 
that  survived,  and  scholars  from  around  the 
world  come  to  the  museum  to  study  it.  Duke 
also  has  the  head  of  the  madonna  from  the 
choir  screen  at  Chartres.  A  plaster  cast  was 
made  of  it  and  taken  to  Chartres,  says  Spencer, 
"to  put  back  on  the  headless  madonna.  They 
seem  satisfied  with  the  plaster  cast." 


"We've  got  some  good  Italian  sculpture 
from  the  eleventh  century,  some  French 
from  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries, 
and  German  from  the  fourteenth  and  fif- 
teenth centuries,"  he  says.  "In  some  cases,  we 
can  show  a  piece  for  every  twenty-year  period 
from  1000  to  1500.  That's  kind  of  rich  for  any 
museum." 

The  Brummer  Collection  was  temporarily 
retired  two  years  ago,  giving  the  museum 
staff  an  opportunity  to  "rethink  the  exhibit." 
The  first  phase  of  its  reinstallation  was  com- 
pleted last  year,  the  Romanesque  arch  serv- 
ing as  the  gateway  to  the  second-floor  gallery, 
known  as  the  Elizabeth  Reed  Sunderland 
Gallery,  in  honor  of  the  emerita  professor  of 
medieval  art  at  Duke.  Her  brother,  Thomas 
Sunderland,  provided  the  reinstallation 
funds  in  his  sister's  honor.  The  second  phase 
of  the  reinstallation  project  is  now  under 
way,  funded  by  a  $28,000  matching  grant 
from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts. 
Spencer  has  hired  a  designer  to  lay  out  the 
exhibit,  which  has  a  working  title  of  "A 
Medieval  Treasury." 

"The  exhibit  will  be  visually  attractive  but 
also  didactic,"  says  Spencer.  "It  will  move 
from  1000  to  1550,  and  we're  getting  advice 
from  medievalists  on  what  belongs  in  the 
exhibit  and  what  doesn't.  Our  decisions  are 
made  on  three  criteria:  the  aesthetic  quality- 
is  it  really  first  rate,  is  it  a  handsome  thing?— 
the  educational  quality,  and  the  historical 
quality.  In  most  cases,  we'll  have  pieces  that 
satisfy  all  three— no  question.  In  other  cases, 
there  will  be  objects  that  are  not  particularly 
handsome  but  are  historically  or  education- 
ally significant." 

Spencer  says  he  hopes  to  have  the  new  re- 
installation of  medieval  art  completed  dur- 


ing this  academic  year.  "It's  a  very  difficult 
process.  That  stuff  is  heavy.  That's  rock,"  he 
says,  referring  to  the  carved  arch.  "One  cubic 
foot  of  limestone  weighs  sixty  pounds." 

As  with  all  museums,  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art  can  only  show  from  20  to  40 
percent  of  its  holdings.  Spencer  candidly 
admits  that  a  sizable  percentage  of  what  isn't 
shown— not  only  at  Duke,  but  everywhere  in 
the  museum  world— shouldn't  be  shown.  "A 
lot  of  what's  in  storage  belongs  in  storage  and 
should  stay  in  storage  as  long  as  the  world 
turns,"  he  says.  How  do  inferior  or  "poor 
pieces,"  as  Spencer  terms  them,  ever  get  into 
a  collection  in  the  first  place?  It's  part  of 
doing  business.  "There  are  some  circum- 
stances where  one  must  take  a  piece  of 
schlock  to  get  something  good.  The  good 
piece  is  then  used  in  exhibitions,  and  the 
poor  one  gets  put  away  in  hopes  that  some- 
day, someone  will  love  it  as  much  as  you 
don't." 

Which  is  not  to  suggest  that  everything  in 
storage  belongs  there.  Staff  and  facility  limi- 
tations often  restrict  the  number  of  pieces 
that  can  be  shown.  "We've  got  a  piece  of  a 
Renaissance  marble  altar  that's  really  super," 
says  Spencer,  "but  right  now  we  can't  show 
it."  He  says  he  likes  the  idea  of  rotating  art 
work— letting  some  rest  for  a  few  months  and 
putting  others  up— but  does  not  have  the 
staff  to  do  as  much  as  the  collections  merit. 

Sheer  numbers  prevent  Duke's  extensive 
pre-Columbian  art  collection  from  being 
exhibited  in  its  entirety;  more  is  stored  below 
deck  than  above.  Items  in  the  original  gift 
from  Paul  Clifford  were  of  such  high  quality 
that  they,  in  turn,  attracted  other  donors  of 
pre-Columbian  art  from  North  and  South 
America.  "We  are  told  we  have  the  best  col- 
lection of  Mayan  painted  pottery  in  the 
United  States,"  says  Spencer. 

The  White  Collection  of  Oriental  Art- 
half  on  loan,  half  a  gift  from  Colonel  and 
Mrs.  Van  R.  White  of  North  Carolina— has 
been  photographed  for  Southern  Accents 
magazine,  one  of  the  featured  pieces  being  a 
pair  of  cloisonne  candlesticks  that  graced 
the  emperor's  table  in  the  Ch'ing  Dynasty. 
An  intricately  carved  portable  altar  is  a  cen- 
terpiece of  the  collection.  One  large  jade 
vase  would  have  required  about  twelve  years 
of  labor:  It  had  to  be  hollowed  out,  polished— 
a  painstaking  process,  jade  being  so  hard. 
Then  the  head  of  a  phoenix,  symbol  of  the 
empress,  was  carved  on  top,  and  a  gold,  four- 
toed  dragon,  symbol  of  the  emperor,  deli- 
cately applied  on  the  side. 

A  relatively  new  addition  to  the  museum, 
and  a  windfall  by  any  standard,  is  the  Hanks 
Collection.  Its  source:  a  bequest  by  Nancy 
Hanks  '49,  head  of  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  from  1969  to  1977,  and  a  mem- 
ber of  Duke's  board  of  trustees  at  the  time  of 
her  death  in  1983.  The  128-piece  collection 
includes  works  by  Toulouse-Lautrec,  Degas, 


Picasso,  Matisse,  Klee,  and  Calder,  and 
ranges  from  contemporary  abstracts  to  Early 
American  primitives.  Says  Spencer:  "The 
collection  has  brought  things  we  would 
never,  ever  be  able  to  acquire  ourselves.  The 
price  tag  on  some  would  be  totally  out  of 
reach.  Just  thinking  about  the  cost  of  a 
Winslow  Homer  drawing  is  enough  to  boggle 
the  imagination. 

"The  great  thing  about  the  collection  is 
there  are  objects  in  it  that  can  fit  into  all 
sorts  of  exhibits,  so  that  we  could,  for  exam- 
ple, have  an  exhibition  of  late  nineteenth- 
century  American  painters,  using  the 
Winslow  Homer  drawing  and  the  nineteenth- 
century  American  primitive."  Under  the 
auspices  of  the  Southern  Arts  Federation, 
the  collection  is  now  on  tour  through  the 
Southeast. 

For  several  months,  the  main  gallery  was 
the  setting  for  an  exhibit  of  Oriental  rugs, 
recently  given  to  the  museum  by  two  former 
Duke  faculty  members:  Professor  Alan  Gil- 
bert, a  Dante  scholar;  and  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Franz 
Schrader,  he  a  former  member  of  the  medi- 
cal school  faculty.  The  collection  includes  a 
rich  array  of  Persian,  Turkoman,  and  Kelim 
rugs.  Also  noteworthy  among  the  museum's 
holdings:  The  Classical  Collection,  pur- 
chased by  Duke's  classical  studies  depart- 


Sixteen  years  ago,  the 

old  Science  Building  on 

East  Campus  was  gutted 

and  revamped  to  make 

way  for  a  museum.  "It 

has  a  welcoming 
appearance,  while  most 
look  like  you're  walking 
into  a  bank  or  a  prison." 


ment  and  featuring  ancient  Roman  and 
Greek  exhibits  that  date  from  the  second 
century  A.D.;  and  the  African  Collection, 
the  core  of  which  dates  from  the  years  that 
the  late  Dr.  George  Way  Harley  16,  Hon.  '57 
served  as  a  medical  missionary  in  West 
Africa.  His  interest  in  the  native  medicine 
man  prompted  him  to  collect  such  artifacts 
as  the  masks  used  in  healing  and  the  wands 


used  to  banish  bad  spirits. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Durham  Arts 
Council,  the  museum  sponsors  the  Arts  in 
Africa  program.  Speakers  go  into  seventh 
grade  classes  in  the  public  schools,  then  the 
students  visit  the  museum  for  a  tour  that  in- 
cludes films,  music,  and  dancing.  Spencer 
views  this  program  as  a  particularly  good  way 
to  introduce  youngsters  to  museums.  "Hav- 
ing danced  in  a  museum,  they  don't  feel  it's  a 
sanctified  sanctorum." 

Spencer  also  promotes  Sunday  afternoon 
concerts  in  the  museum,  performed  by  local 
musicians.  He  is  a  staunch  supporter  of 
museum  availability,  and  he's  proud  of  the 
fact  that  the  Duke  museum  is  one  of  the  very 
few  campus  museums  that  look  inviting  in- 
stead of  foreboding.  "Duke's  museum  has  a 
welcoming  appearance,"  he  says,  "while  most 
look  like  you're  walking  into  a  bank  or  a  pri- 
son. It  was  a  wonderful  conversion." 

The  conversion  came  in  1969,  when  the 
old  Science  Building  on  East  Campus— 
vintage  1927— was  completely  gutted  and 
revamped.  All  that  remains  of  the  original 
structure  is  the  Georgian  exterior  and  the 
ghost  of  lecture  halls  past,  now  the  main 
two-story  gallery  of  the  museum.  One  last 
vestige  of  the  building's  former  life  in  sci- 
ence: Half  of  the  geology  department  is 


housed  in  the  museum's  basement,  although 
plans  are  in  the  works  for  the  fragmented 
department  to  be  united  in  Old  Chemistry 
on  West  Campus.  Establishing  a  museum 
was  a  pet  project  of  then-Duke  President 
Douglas  Knight;  and  many  others  at  the 
university  shared  his  sentiments  that 
museum  facilities— then  only  a  wing  of 
Perkins  Library— were  insufficient  at  best, 
and  unseemly  at  worst,  for  a  major 
university. 

Spencer  gets  a  special  kick  out  of  the  fact 
that  of  the  18,000  or  so  visiting  the  museum 
each  year,  there's  a  steady  stream  of  traveling 
salesmen.  "They  have  some  guidebook  that 
lists  places  to  see  up  and  down  the  East 
Coast,"  he  says.  "And  they  always  seem  to 


make  it  over  to  our  museum,  guidebook  in 
hand." 

Even  while  he  believes  that  campus 
museums  should  be  available  to  all  people, 
he  does  not  believe  they  should  be  all  things 
to  all  people.  "They  should  be  specialized," 
he  says.  "But  they  can,  by  means  of  special 
exhibitions,  fill  in  the  gaps.  So  even  if  we 
don't  have  a  lot  of  paintings,  for  example,  we 
should  be  able  to  work  out  exchanges." 

Duke's  museum  is  in  a  pretty  enviable  posi- 
tion to  augment  its  collections  with  loans, 
because  its  holdings  are  excellent  trading 
chips.  "The  first  thing  you  learn  in  the  mu- 
seum business  is  that  Polonius'  advice  to 
Laertes  has  to  be  turned  around,"  says 
Spencer.  "If  you  want  to  be  a  borrower,  you 


must  be  a  lender."  For  example,  the  museum 
recently  sent  some  fifty  items  from  its  pre- 
Columbian  collection  to  Northern  Illinois 
State  University,  and  has  another  group  at 
the  Memphis  Pink  Palace  Museum  in  Ten- 
nessee. "It's  a  pretty  good  museum  that  can 
lend  fifty  things  to  Memphis  and  another 
fifty  to  DeKalb,  Illinois,  and  still  have  a  lot 
left.  We've  got  something  very  important." 

An  extensive  shell  collection  went  on 
long-term  loan  to  the  Mariners  Museum  in 
coastal  Beaufort,  North  Carolina.  "Beautiful 
as  it  was,"  says  Spencer,  "it  was  of  greater  uti- 
lity in  Beaufort.  And  they  were  just— no  pun 
intended— happy  as  clams." 

Both  the  museum  and  its  director  are  blue 
chippers  in  attracting  special  exhibitions. 


BY  ANN  WARD  LITTLE 


Since  1973,  when  Paul  Clifford 
donated  some  1,100  items,  the 
pre-Columbian  collection  in 
Duke's  art  museum  has  emerged 
as  one  of  the  top  ten  in  the  nation.  Visiting 
scholars  have  ranked  the  Mayan  pottery 
collection  among  the  best  in  the  world.  Ac- 
cording to  Ron  Bishop,  specialist  in  materi- 
als at  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Duke's 
holdings  of  Mayan  pottery  represent  "an  ex- 
tremely valuable  study  collection,"  contain- 
ing unique  items  as  well  as  "multiple  exam- 
ples of  similar  styles." 

Many  see  Duke's  museum  as  a  center  for 
pre-Columbian  study,  says  museum  director 
John  Spencer.  "A  fellow  who's  working  on  his 
doctorate  at  Yale  said  to  me,  'Yale's  a  good 
place  to  get  your  Ph.D.,  but  you've  got  to  go 
to  Duke  to  look  at  the  material.' " 

Both  Clifford  and  Duke  became  involved 
with  pre-Columbian  art  in  a  circuitous  fash- 
ion. Clifford  had  originally  intended  to 
study  classical  archaeology  after  graduating 
from  Ohio's  Marietta  College  in  1937,  but 
his  plans  were  altered  by  the  Depression.  At 
that  time,  he  recalls,  "nobody  was  interested 
in  archaeology.  Frankly,  nobody  was  inter- 


ested in  anything."  Instead  of  becoming  an 
archaeologist,  Clifford  was  "sidetracked"  into 
a  career  in  food  marketing  and  personnel 
management.  He  maintained  an  interest  in 
antiquities,  however,  as  a  hobby. 

In  the  early  Fifties,  while  Clifford  was  liv- 
ing in  Miami,  his  original  fascination  with 
Old  World  archaeology  took  an  unexpected 
southerly  turn.  "For  the  first  time,  I  began  to 
see  these  absolutely  marvelous  things  being 
brought  in  [from  Latin  America],"  he  says.  A 
personal  friend,  director  of  the  University  of 
Miami's  Lowe  Gallery,  introduced  him  to  the 
artistry  of  Peruvian  textiles.  He  also  identi- 
fied a  Peruvian  vase  Clifford  had  received  as 
a  gift  as  being  Nasca,  well  over  a  thousand 
years  old. 

For  Clifford,  a  Massachusetts  native  who 
had  thought  of  American  Indians  as  "sav- 
ages" who  murdered  his  ancestors,  these  were 
revolutionary  revelations.  The  self-avowed 
"frustrated  Egyptologist"  says  his  pre-Colum- 
bian collection's  beginnings  was  a  matter  of 
being  in  the  right  place  at  the  right  time.  "In 
'52  and  '53,1  could  buy  a  magnificent  Moche 
vessel  for  $35."  When  dealers  came  in  from 
Central  and  South  America,  the  first  place 
they  would  go  was  to  a  museum,  which  would 
then  refer  them  to  Clifford.  "I  was  the  only 
one  interested." 

Clifford's  reputation  as  an  art  collector 
spread  quickly  in  Miami  and  eventually 
reached  villages  in  Central  and  South  Ameri- 
ca. "Peru  is  a  relatively  small  country,"  he  says, 
"and  after  a  while  the  word  kind  of  went  out 
that  if  anyone  had  anything  to  sell,  call  Paul 
Clifford."  Despite  his  "awful  Spanish,"  he 
had  no  difficulty  locating  pre-Columbian  art 
in  Central  America.  In  Costa  Rica,  during 
the  days  when  exporting  was  legal,  the  honk 
of  a  horn  would  bring  people  out  of  their 
houses  bearing  "goodies"  wrapped  up  in 
handkerchiefs. 

Why  collect?  For  some,  art  collecting  has 
functioned  as  a  tax  shelter.  Others  may  ac- 
quire artifacts  to  prove  pet  theories— such  as 
the  origins  of  humans  in  the  New  World.  But 
Clifford's  reasons  were  purer:  "I  collected 


because  of  the  archaeology."  Concurrent 
with  his  commitment  of  spare  time  and 
money  to  collecting  was  an  intellectual  com- 
mitment to  "find  out  everything  I  could" 
about  pre-Columbian  art. 

By  the  early  Seventies,  the  Clifford  house- 
hold—then located  in  Atlanta— was  being 
overrun  with  stirrup-spout  vessels,  delicate 
textiles,  and  oversized  jars.  The  man  who 
once  thought  American  Indians  produced 
little  more  than  bows  and  arrows  was  describ- 
ing their  craftsmanship  as  "spectacular"  and 
lending  their  artwork  to  museums. 

The  hundreds  of  artifacts  Clifford  had 
moved  in  a  U-Haul  from  Miami  to  Atlanta 
were  becoming  a  cause  for  concern.  "There 
was  no  security,  no  insurance,"  he  says.  "I  was 
worried  mainly  because  of  possible  breakage 
or  fire.  I  could  see  someone  hearing  I  had  a 


r 


/ 


Last  year,  the  museum  featured  a  selection  of 
Peruvian  art  from  the  famed  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Collection.  The  exhibit  stopped  at 
Duke  while  on  an  international  tour  that 
included  museums  in  Scotland  and  Japan. 
Also  last  year,  Milo  Beach,  director  of  the 
new  Sackler  Wing  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution's Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  worked  with 
Duke's  museum  on  an  exhibit  marking  Indian 
American  Friendship  Year.  It  featured  paint- 
ings by  Hindu  and  Muslim  artists  from  the 
seventeenth  century,  as  well  as  textiles  and 
selected  art  objects. 

Two  years  ago,  in  conjunction  with  Duke's 
Institute  of  the  Arts  and  its  year-long  festival, 
"Abstract  Expressionism  and  American  Art 
of  the  Fifties,"  the  museum  sponsored  an 


exhibit  of  Fifties  paintings  loaned  to  Duke  by 
the  Smithsonian's  Hirshhorn  Museum- 
including  works  by  de  Kooning,  Still, 
Frankenthaler,  and  Gottlieb.  "If  you  went  to 
the  Hirshhorn  during  that  period,"  says 
Spencer,  "you  saw  blank  spaces  on  the  wall 
and  a  note,  'On  loan  to  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art.'" 

Before  coming  to  Duke  in  1978  as  chair- 
man of  the  art  department,  Spencer  was,  for 
six  years,  head  of  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts'  museum  program.  And  he  is  al- 
ways willing  to  activate  what  he  terms  "the 
last  of  the  Old  Boy  network"  to  secure  works 
of  art  for  a  Duke  exhibit.  His  connections 
with  the  "old  Arts  Endowment  alumni,"  who 
are  now  scattered  all  over  the  country,  are 


invaluable.  "It's  a  question  of  phoning  up  one 
of  the  buds  and  saying,  'Hey,  look,  I  need  two 
pictures  for  this  kind  of  show.  What  can  you 
do  for  me?' "  He  recalls  the  occasion  a  year 
ago  at  an  opening  in  Atlanta  when  he  ran 
into  Jim  Backus,  who  now  heads  the  South- 
ern Arts  Federation.  "I  started  telling  him 
about  the  things  that  Nancy  Hanks  had 
given  us,  and  I  thought  that  they  really 
should  go  on  the  road."  Within  months  of 
that  chance  meeting,  they  did,  fully  funded— 
from  packing  crates  to  exhibition  catalo- 
gues—by the  Southern  Arts  Federation. 

This  year's  museum  schedule  offers  some 
standout  exhibitions,  including  works  by 
pioneer  Soviet  photographer  Alexander 
Rodchenko,  which  date  from  the  beginning  of 


Paul  Clifford's  pre- 
Columbian  collection 
has  attracted  scholars 
from  all  over  the  world. 


treasure,  breaking  in,   and-being  disap- 
pointed—just throwing  pots  around." 

As  a  transplanted  Northerner,  Clifford 
was  also  aware  that  there  was  no  museum 
south  of  Washington,  DC. ,  where  one  could 
view  pre-Columbian  art.  Eager  to  see  his  col- 
lection preserved  intact,  conscious  of  his 
responsibility  as  a  custodian  of  "national 
heritage,"  he  began  looking  around  for  a  suit- 
able museum. 


At  the  same  time  as  Clifford  was  seeking  a 
home  for  his  artifacts,  Duke's  art  museum 
was  looking  for  a  significant  collection  to 
house.  Having  just  completed  a  $l-million 
renovation  of  the  old  Science  Building  on 
East  Campus,  the  university  was  actively 
engaged  in  the  art-recruiting  business. 

Ultimately,  Duke  benefited  from  a  Marietta 
College  connection.  Atlanta  attorney  Brian 
Stone  LL.B.  '63,  also  a  Marietta  graduate, 
persuaded  Clifford  to  give  the  university  first 
refusal  on  his  collection.  "Duke  was  perfect," 
Clifford  says.  In  a  deal  reminiscent  of  the 
arrangement  between  Moses'  mother  and 
the  pharoah's  daughter,  he  found  a  home  for 
his  pre-Columbian  collection  and  became 
its  curator  as  well. 

Clifford  describes  his  collection  as  more 
archaeological  than  art.  To  be  pure  art,  he 
says,  each  artifact  should  stand  on  its  own  in 
comparison  with  other  art  objects.  Most  art 
museums,  he  points  out,  would  not  be  inter- 


ested in  a  broken  pot,  or  a  roll  of  twine,  or 
pieces  of  a  rock  from  Peru.  "My  collection  is 
a  very  mixed  bag.  It  probably  would  not  have 
fitted  well  into  just  an  'art  museum.'  But 
being  in  a  university  museum,  it  could  serve 
both  purposes." 

Research,  consistent  with  Clifford's  pur- 
poses, is  a  continual  activity  at  the  museum. 
Dr.  George  Bayliss,  professor  emeritus  at  the 
Duke  Medical  Center,  has  performed  X-ray 
examinations  on  the  two  mummies  in  the 
pre-Columbian  collection.  Dur- 
ingthesummerofl984,a  graduate 
student  from  the  University  of 
Texas  found  several  previously 
unknown  Mayan  glyphs.  And  Clif- 
ford, himself,  has  conducted  ex- 
periments on  the  whistle  effects 
of  stirrup-spout  vessels  for  the 
National  Geographic  Society. 
About  500  of  Duke's  Mayan  ves- 
sels have  been  tested 
at  Brookhaven  Na- 
tional Laboratories. 
According  to  Bishop 
of  the  Smithsonian, 
who  supervised  the  study,  the  particle  analy- 
sis will  help  determine  the  original  location 
of  the  various  clays.  Clifford  points  out  that 
studies  of  pre-Columbian  art  have  become  so 
precise  that  it  may  be  possible  to  identify  the 
works  of  individuals  or  schools  of  artists. 

The  presence  of  the  Clifford  Collection 
on  campus  has  attracted  scholars  and  collec- 
tors from  all  over  the  world.  Since  1973, 
donations  of  pre-Columbian  art  have  in- 
creased Duke's  holdings  more  than  fourfold. 
Among  the  more  recent  acquisitions  is  a 
ceramic  drum,  believed  to  be  the  largest 
piece  of  Mayan  polychrome  on  display  in  any 
museum.  Clifford  describes  the  large  Peru- 
vian tenon  stone  head  loaned  to  Duke  in 
1983  as  "one  of  the  finest  I've  seen  in  mu- 
seums or  anywhere  else." 

As  is  the  case  in  most  museums,  the  exhib- 
it area  reveals  only  a  fraction  of  the  total 
collection.  Currently  on  display  are  objects 
from  Peru,  Mexico,  Guatemala,  and  Ecuador, 


the  Russian  Revolution  (October  1-December 
1);  and  Costa  Rican  pottery  from  the  Sackler 
Collection  (November  22-January  30). 

As  with  his  counterparts  at  campus  mu- 
seums across  the  country,  Spencer  views  the 
Duke  museum  as  having  a  special  responsibil- 
ity to  augment  and  enhance  the  university's 
academics.  Since  his  arrival  at  Duke,  he's  seen 
enrollment  in  the  course  "Introduction  to  Art" 
grow  from  200  to  1,000  students.  "Art  speaks  a 
universal  language,"  he  says.  "You  don't  have  to 
understand  or  speak  Bantu  in  order  to  appreci- 
ate an  African  mask  or  speak  Mandarin  to 
look  at  a  Chinese  bronze  or  porcelain." 
Whenever  possible,  Spencer  tries  to  relate 
exhibitions  to  the  academic  programs  at 
Duke.  "But  I  abhor  exhibitions  put  together 


solely  for  the  purposes  of  an  individual  class. 
Usually  those  students  are  the  only  ones 
who  understand  it." 

So  Spencer  "encourages"  students  and 
faculty  to  broaden  the  scope  of  class  projects 
to  encompass  the  entire  university  commu- 
nity. For  example,  when  art  professor 
Caroline  Bruzelius,  recipient  of  last  year's 
Distinguished  Undergraduate  Teaching 
Award,  asked  Spencer  about  using  museum 
obj  ects  for  a  seminar  on  Gothic  sculpture,  he 
agreed  on  the  condition  that  class  members 
would  organize  an  exhibition  of  the  pieces. 
And  they  did.  "I  remember  walking  in  to  the 
opening,"  says  Spencer.  "I  saw  this  defensive 
back  from  the  football  team  who  was  in  the 
class.  There  he  was  with  six  monstrous 


bruisers  explaining  to  them  the  intricacies  of 
this  piece  of  Gothic  sculpture  he'd  worked  on 
cataloguing  for  the  exhibit.  It  was  a  marvel- 
ous sight." 

The  exhibit  was  so  successful  that  the  di- 
rector of  the  University  of  Virginia's  museum 
asked  to  borrow  it.  Off  it  went  for  six  weeks, 
along  with  fifty  student-written  catalogues. 
"This  is  the  sort  of  thing  we're  trying  to  pro- 
mote," says  Spencer,  "using  the  museum  as 
part  of  the  class  work,  because  students  are 
much  more  interested  in  the  real  thing  than 
the  slide." 

Irked  by  the  rumor  that  many  Duke  stu- 
dents are  unaware  that  the  university  even 
has  a  museum,  Spencer  has  also  brought  in  a 
number  of  student  volunteers.  And  he's  just 


representing  about  15  percent  of  Duke's  pre- 
Columbian  holdings.  The  items  that  remain 
in  storage— including  a  Costa  Rican  collec- 
tion—are available  for  future  exhibits,  study, 
and  loans  to  other  museums. 

During  a  gallery  tour,  Clifford  explains 
how  he  acquired  a  "very  nice"  Huari  bottle 
that  dates  back  to  700  A.D.  It  first  came  into 
his  hands  as  fragments,  the  result  of  being 
carried  once  too  often  by  its  handles.  When 
he  returned  the  restored  bottle  to  its  owner, 
she  insisted  that  he  keep  it.  "I  really  don't 
want  it,"  she  told  him.  "I  just  feel  so  bad  about 
it." 

Not  all  objects  have  been  so  easily  ob- 
tained. Pointing  to  a  Peruvian  bottle  shaped 
like  a  thatch-roofed  dwelling,  Clifford  tells 
the  tour  group,  "One  of  my  real  treasures  is 
the  little  'bird  house,'  because  I  know  the 
man  who  found  it.  It  took  me  about  three 
years  to  acquire  it."  Why  the  persistence?  "As 
far  as  I  know,  it  is  the  only  example  in  the 
world  of  this  particular  type  of  house." 

Clifford's  adventures  as  a  collector  conjure 
up  visions  of  cinematic  lost  arks  and  temples 
of  doom.  His  encounters  with  shady  art 
dealers  and  descents  into  steamy-hot  caves 
are  what  memoirs  are  made  of.  His  dedication 
as  a  preservationist,  though  somewhat  less 
dramatic,  is  no  less  impressive.  Early  in  his 
collecting  career,  he  came  to  terms  with  the 
ephemeral  nature  of  textiles:  "We  still  do  not 
know  what  to  do  to  preserve  old  battle  flags, 
costumes— even  in  our  own  times,  and  it's 
rather  tragic.  But  we  are  trying  to  preserve  all 
of  these  textiles  as  long  as  it's  humanly 
possible." 

Not  all  damage  to  ancient  textiles  has  been 
inflicted  by  natural  conditions,  such  as  mois- 
ture, "bone  burn,"  and  light,  frequently, 
valuable  artifacts  have  suffered  in  the  hands 
of  local  vendors.  Each  time  crates  of  textiles 
are  dumped  out  on  street  sides  for  display, 
Clifford  says,  "that's  just  one  more  disaster," 
He  recalls  one  episode  when  he  purchased 
an  eight-by-ten  foot  panel  from  a  Peruvian 
woman  for  $15,  the  going  rate  at  the  time. 


Sensing  that  the  vendor  was  not  happy  with 
the  deal,  he  asked  a  Peruvian  friend  about 
the  transaction.  It  was  then  that  Clifford 
learned  the  subtleties  of  the  old  textile  busi- 
ness: how  an  ancient  fabric  could  function  as 
a  modern-day  checkbook.  "If  she  had  cut  it 
up  in  pieces,"  the  friend  explained,  "if  she 
had  sold  a  piece  a  week,  she  could  have  kept 
the  family  going  for  months."  As  it  was,  she 
was  compelled  to  accept  the  same  amount  of 
money  all  at  once. 

To  critics  who  badmouth  pre-Columbian 
collections  because 
they  were  not  ob- 
tained by  archaeo- 
logical means,  Clif- 
ford maintains  that 
most  museum  pieces- 
including  those  in 
classical  collec- 
tions—were not  exca- 
vated scientifically. 
Besides,  he  points 
out,  "There  are  a 
number  of  archaeo- 
logical excavations 
where  there  are  field 
notes  that  have  never 
been  published." 
There  are  respected 


universities  and  museums  that  keep  their 
pre-Columbian  artifacts  packed  up  in  stor- 
age crates,  "and  they  don't  even  know  what's 
in  them." 

As  a  scholar,  Clifford  avoids  the  superla- 
tives and  hyperboles  he  tosses  about  as  an  art 
critic.  Not  a  sensationalist,  he  agrees  with 
currently-held  theories  that  American 
Indians  originally  migrated  from  Asia;  that 
material  culture  developed  first  in  Ecuador 
and  spread  north  into  Central  America, 
south  to  Peru.  But  he  shuns  suggestions  that 


beginning  to  focus  on  former  students  as 
potential  donors  to  the  museum's  collec- 
tions. "What  I'd  really  like  to  do,"  he  says,  "is 
have  a  'Duke  alumni  collect'  exhibit.  I'll  bet 
you  anything  we  have  Duke  people  out  there 
with  collections  to  knock  your  eyeballs  out." 
Acquisitions  are  an  important  but  uncer- 
tain proposition  for  the  museum,  which  nor- 
mally depends  on  gifts  but  does  occasionally 
get  some  hard  cash  for  purchases.  Last  year,  a 
local  group  known  as  Friends  of  the  Art 
Museum  raised  $10,000,  which  helped  the 
museum  to  buy  a  drawing  and  modello  for  a 
late  sixteenth-century  fresco  by  Italian 
painter  Federigo  Zuccaro.  A  modello  is  a 
small,  colored  painting  shown  to  the  com- 
missioning agent  before  the  final  work  is 


completed,  "in  case  the  agent  wants  to  add  a 
dog,  a  tree,  or  even  his  wife  to  the  painting," 
says  Spencer. 

His  personal  goal  is  to  begin  rounding  out 
the  museum's  collections— a  goal  that  figures 
in  the  university's  $200-million  campaign 
for  endowment  in  the  arts  and  sciences. 
(Museum  support  is  among  the  aims  of  the 
campaign's  Nancy  Hanks  Committee.)  "Al- 
most anything  anybody  wanted  to  give  us  has 
been  accepted  in  the  past  because  that  was 
policy.  We're  now  so  full  we  can't  do  that 
anymore.  So  I  would  like  to  be  able  to  start 
seeking  out  specific  things— paintings,  Old 
Master  prints,  contemporary  works  by  really 
important  artists." 

His  working  philosophy  for  the  museum 


the  early  inhabitants  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere were  influenced  by  transoceanic 
voyagers  or  visitors  from  outer  space.  Of  the 
mysterious  Nasca  Lines  in  Peru,  Clifford  sug- 
gests that  they  were  meant  to  be  seen  by  the 
"helpful  spirits  in  the  heavens,"  not  to  be 
used  as  intercelestial  landing  strips,  as  sug- 


gested by  Eric  von  Danikan  in  Chariots  of  the 
Gods.  Even  so,  he  stresses  that,  in  the  realm 
of  pre-Columbian  studies,  "one  should  never 
close  one's  mind.  We  are  never  at  the  end  of 
an  investigation.  We  are  never  at  the  end  of 
fabulous  discoveries." 

Despite  temptations  to  compare  pre- 
Columbian  art  with  that  of  China,  Japan, 
Greece,  and  Egypt,  Clifford  prefers  to  let  the 
accomplishments  of  Western  Hemisphere 
cultures  stand  on  their  own.  Most  pre- 
Columbian  archaeologists  were  trained  in 
classical  methods,  he  says.  Terminology  is 
often  transfered,  implying  relationships; 
hence,  the  American  temple  mounds  called 
"pyramids,"  Inca  jars  described  as  "aryballi," 
Mayan  stone  carvings  labeled  "stelae."  Clif- 
ford even  takes  issue  with  the  term  "pre- 
Columbian,"  since  it  suggests  that  European 
influence  swept  over  the  entire  Western 


was  one  also  embraced  by  Nancy  Hanks 
when  the  two  worked  together  at  the  Nation- 
al Endowment  for  the  Arts.  "When  she  came 
to  the  endowment,"  Spencer  recalls,  "she 
took  over  a  very  small  agency  with  limited 
means  and  very  limited  goals,  and  she  turned 
it  around.  The  two  things  she  kept  talking 
about  were  quality  and  availability— making 
the  arts  as  available  as  possible  to  as  many 
people  as  possible,  but  always  of  the  highest 
quality." 

Having  taken  his  "new  broom"  to  Duke's 
museum  collections,  Spencer  is  confident 
that  the  best  of  the  lot  have  emerged  on 
exhibit.  "I  think  we've  got  something  really 
good  here,"  he  says,  "something  that  people 
ought  to  know  about."  ■ 

1^ 

Hemisphere  in  the  year  1492.  "Pre-Con- 
quest," he  contends,  would  be  a  more  accur- 
ate and  meaningful  term. 

For  a  collector  to  single  out  a  favorite  ob- 
ject is  as  outrageous  as  it  is  for  a  parent  to 
designate  a  favorite  child.  Clifford  admits, 
however,  that  he  still  is  infatuated  with  his 
first  love,  Peruvian  textiles.  "The  weaver  was 
a  genius  in  the  operation  of  the  art,"  he  says. 
"As  early  as  500  B.C.,  Peruvian  craftsmen 
knew  every  form  of  needlework  and  dyed  up 
to  192  tints." 

Of  the  approximately  650  Peruvian  tex- 
tiles in  Duke's  collection,  Clifford  says,  "all 
we  can  do  is  enjoy  them.  We  have,  of  course, 
photographed  them  and  made  slides— which 
also  are  perishable.  We  are  lucky  to  live  in  a 
period  of  time  when  we  can  appreciate  the 
wonders  of  construction  by  these  ancient 
people."  Looking  back  on  his  collecting 
career,  Clifford  still  mourns  the  stacks  of 
Peruvian  textiles  he  was  unable  to  salvage— 
the  "treasure  trove  that  could  be  dust  by 
now."  Like  the  thwarted  fisherman,  he  re- 
members the  ones  that  got  away.  "I  should 
have  mortgaged  my  children  to  buy  more 
art,"  he  says,  letting  his  lecturer's  demeanor 
lapse  into  a  grin. 

Although  he  officially  retired  as  curator  in 
1981,  he  continues  to  work  as  an  indepen- 
dent museum  consultant,  maintaining  con- 
tact with  Duke.  For  the  past  four  years,  he  has 
returned  to  the  museum  almost  weekly  to  do 
"whatever  needs  doing."  And  as  curator 
emeritus,  he  claims  special  privileges:  "I'm 
the  only  one  who's  allowed  to  break  anything." 

Even  as  he  and  his  wife  were  preparing  to 
move  to  Newton,  North  Carolina,  he  found 
time  to  assemble  two  cases  for  a  medical 
exhibit  and  teach  a  six-session  course  in  pre- 
Columbian  art.  "I'll  be  back,"  he  says.  On 
November  23,  he  plans  to  be  on  hand  for  the 
U.S.  opening  of  the  Sackler  Foundation  exhi- 
bit of  Costa  Rican  art,  an  event  for  which  he 
prepared  the  catalogue.  ■ 

Little  is  afree'lance  writer  and  editor  livingin  Raleigh. 


1  DUKE  PERSPECTIVES! 

1 

f 

( 

JM 

TALES 
3FTH1 
iXFEC 

BY  STEVE  ADAMS 

E 
TEI 

} 

RICHARD  BARBER: 

CHARTING  A  CHANGING  CURRENT 

When  El  Nino  created  havoc  around  the  world,  a 

scientist's  routine  study  became  an  encounter  with 

natures  "perverse  child." 

^A^R  r      hat  Richard  T.  Barber  had 
in  mind  in  mid-1982  was  a 
■     nice  little  research  project 
'     titled  "Biological  Response 
to  Variability  in  the  Eastern  Equatorial  Paci- 
fic." Along  with  his  graduate  students  and 
assistants  from  the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory 
at  Beaufort,  North  Carolina,  Barber  was 
going  to  study  routine  variations  in  water 
temperatures,  nutrients,  and  the  food  chain 
the  nutrients  support. 

Barber  set  up  research  stations  in  the  Gala- 
pagos and  Paita,  Peru.  The  two  stations  were 
a  mousetrap  to  catch  changes  as  they  swept 
east  along  the  equator  from  the  Galapagos  to 
the  coast  of  South  America.  Three  times  a 
week,  the  researchers  went  out  in  small  boats 
to   take   temperature   readings   and   water 
samples.  The  only  telephone  in  Paita  is  on 
the  town  square.  Francisco  P.  Chavez,  one  of 
Barber's  graduate  students,  would  have  the 
operator  call  Barber  to  tell  him  when  to  ring 
the  number.  Barber  would  dial  Peru  and  col- 
lect the  data.  Other  members  of  the  Duke 
team  hitched  rides  aboard  research  ships  ply- 
ing the  equator. 

No   one   expected  what  was   about  to 
happen.  By  September,  the  Duke  team  and 
other  researchers  were  recording  readings 

so  unusual  that  they  were  rejected  by  the 
computers  at  the  National  Oceanic  and 
Atmospheric  Administration. 

El  Nino  had  crept  up  on  the  scientists. 
The  usual  harbingers  had  not  appeared, 
and  the  eruption  of  the  Mexican  volcano 
El  Chichon  in  the  spring  had  scattered  dust 
in  the  atmosphere,  muddling  satellite  read- 
ings over  the  summer.  The  NOAA  com- 
puters were  reprogrammed  to  accept  the  new 
data. 

El  Nino  is  a  massive,  eastward  warm  cur- 
rent that  appears  along  the  Pacific  equator 
every  three  to  ten  years.  It  can  create  havoc 
around  the  world,  and  this  one  turned  out  to 
be  the  Nino  of  the  century.  Torrential  rains 
deluged  the  coasts  of  Equador  and  Peru, 
causing  landslides  and  wiping  out  bridges 
and   roads.    High   tides   and   storms   that 
normally  would  have  drifted  into  the  Gulf  of 
Alaska  savaged  the  California  coast.  Moist 
air  crossed  the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  rains  flooded 
the  Mississippi  River  and  brought  North 
Carolina  one  of  the  wettest  winters  on 
record. 

West  of  the  Pacific,  drought  forced  Austral- 
ian farmers  to  slaughter  herds  of  sheep  with 
no  pastures  to  forage.  In  southeastern  Africa, 
livestock  died  of  thirst  and  hunger,  and  crop 

failures  increased  malnutrition  in  already 
underfed  regions.  EI  Nino  did  not  subside 
until  late  1983.  Estimates  of  its  destructive- 
ness  vary.  National  Geographic  put  the  toll  at 
1,100  dead  and  $8.7  billion  in  damage.  Sci- 
ence News  said  that  by  July  1983 ,  nearly  1,300 
were  dead  and  damage  had  mounted  to  $10.6 
billion. 

Barber  and  his  team  were  present  at  the 
onset  quite  by  accident.  For  the  two  previous 
years,  the  National  Science  Foundation  had 
turned  down  his  project,  suggesting  that  he 
refine  the  proposal.  It  was  only  by  coinci- 
dence that  the  money  came  through  when  it 
did.  "I  never  intended  to  study  El  Nino,  much 
less  the  Nino  of  the  century,"  Barber  says. 

Barber,  47,  is  a  heavy  man  with  a  some- 
what unruly  salt-and-pepper  beard.  He 
charted  an  erratic  course  to  his  current  posi- 
tion as  a  professor  of  zoology  and  botany  and 
a  leading  investigator  of  EI  Nino.  Barber's 
freshman  year  at  Brown  University  was  indif- 
ferent. "I  wasn't  a  good  student,"  he  says.  "My 
heart  wasn't  in  it;  raising  hell  was  more  to  my 
liking."  The  second  year  was  worse.  He  was 
kicked  out,  he  says,  for  drunken  and  dis- 
orderly behavior.  He  left  in  1957  with  a  grade 
sheet  full  of  Fs,  and  a  tattoo  on  his  left  fore- 
arm—a star  and  a  crescent  moon ,  the  symbol 
of  his  fraternity. 

In  the  interim,  however,  he  had  discovered 
marine  biology  in  a  summer  course  at  Woods 
Hole  Marine  Laboratory  on  Cape  Cod,  and 
he  went  to  sea  for  two  years  with  the  shrimp 
fleets  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Florida 
Keys.  "Those  were  the  boom  years  of  the 
shrimp  industry,"  he  says.  "All  you  had  to  do 
to  get  a  job  was  not  be  drunk  when  the  ship 
was  leaving.  I  got  a  job  my  first  day  there." 

Barber  was  indifferent  as  a  shrimper,  too. 
Only  a  third  of  what  came  up  in  the  nets  was 
shrimp,  and  Barber's  job  was  to  pick  out  the 
shrimp  and  pluck  off  their  heads.  "The  cap- 
tain of  the  ship  said  I  worked  at  two  speeds, 
dead  slow  and  full  stop,"  he  recalls.  "My  inter- 
est was  in  picking  through  the  trash.  There 
were  moray  eels,  sponges,  crabs,  and  all  kinds 
of  things.  For  a  marine  biologist,  it  was  like 
going  to  heaven.  The  trouble  was,  that  wasn't 
what  I  was  getting  paid  for." 

When  Barber  returned  to  school,  it  was  at 
Utah  State  University,  not  a  likely  spot  for  a 
marine  biologist.  The  choice,  he  says,  was 
"sheer  irrationality."  But  Barber  and  his  wife 
wanted  to  live  in  the  West,  and  Utah  offered 
low  tuition— an  important  consideration 
since  this  time  around  Barber  was  going  to 
have  to  support  himself.  The  school  also  had 
a  strong  fisheries  program.  "I  didn't  know  I 
was  going  to  be  a  research  scientist,"  Barber 
says.  "I  was  thinking  I  would  be  a  fisheries 
scientist." 

It  was  not  until  he  reached  Stanford,  where 
he  received  his  Ph.D.  in  1967,  that  Barber 
found  his  inner  compass.  Then  came  a  fluke 
as  unpredictable  as  EI  Nino.  One  of  his 


As  unpredictable  as  it  is 
dramatic,  El  Nino  can 
bring  unanticipated  after- 
affects.  The  1972  El 
Nino— not  the  Arab  oil 
embargo— eventually  led 
to  sharply  rising  food 
prices. 


former  professors  from  Woods  Hole  was  lead- 
ing a  research  cruise  off  the  coast  of  Peru. 
Barber  signed  on. 

The  fishermen  of  Paita  gave  El  Nino  its 
name,  although  exactly  what  they  meant  by 
it  is  the  subject  of  some  speculation.  In 
Spanish  it  means  "the  child."  The  most  com- 
mon explanation  is  that  they  gave  the  name 
to  the  warm  current  that  usually  appears 
around  Christmas,  so  the  fishermen  named 
it  after  the  Christ  child.  By  some  accounts,  it 
was  originally  called  EI  Nino  Jesus.  The  fish- 
ermen may  have  seen  the  current  as  bearing 
gifts,  Barber  says,  since  it  carries  a  flotsam  of 
tropical  trees  to  the  arid  and  treeless  coast. 
Then  again,  the  Humboldt  Current  may  have 
been  EI  Hombre,  the  big  current  from  the 
south,  and  El  Nino  the  baby  from  the  north. 
Whatever  they  may  have  meant,  the  fisher- 
men were  referring  to  the  comparatively  weak 
warm  current  that  appears  on  the  coast  of 
Peru  each  winter.  They  had  no  conception  of 
the  massive  phenomenon  that  now  bears  the 
name. 

Barber  describes  EI  Nino  almost  as  if  the 
Pacific  were  a  few  tablespoons  of  water  slosh- 
ing around  in  a  saucer.  Normally,  trade  winds 
scud  steadily  west  across  the  Pacific,  piling 
up  warm  water  ahead  of  them.  As  the  warm 
water  accumulates  in  the  western  Pacific, 
the  cold  water  wells  up  off  the  coast  of  South 
America.  The  warm  surface  water  is  depleted 
of  nutrients;  they  have  been  consumed  by 
plankton  supported  by  the  same  sunlight 
that  warms  the  upper  layer  of  the  ocean.  The 
cold  water  rising  along  the  coast  of  Peru,  on 
the  other  hand,  has  been  chilled  in  the  dark- 
ness below  and  is  extremely  rich  in  nutrients. 
Nutrients  are  constantly  replenished  from 
below  as  they  are  consumed  at  the  surface. 
This  coastal  upwelling  has  been  the  princi- 
pal subject  of  Barber's  investigation  for 
twenty  years,  and  it  supports  the  richest  fish- 
ery in  the  world. 

For  reasons  that  are  not  yet  understood, 
the  trade  winds  sometimes  falter.  In  1982, 


they  actually  reversed.  When  that  happens, 
the  warm  water  that  has  built  up  in  the 
western  Pacific  sloshes  back  across  the 
ocean,  channeled  into  a  500-mile-wide 
swath  along  the  equator  by  forces  created  by 
the  rotation  of  the  earth.  The  warm  water 
surges  eastward  in  pulses  known  as  Kelvin 
waves,  covering  about  forty  kilometers  a  day. 
The  current  is  slower  than  the  Mississippi 
River's,  Barber  says,  "but  on  the  ocean,  that's 
really  cooking."  EI  Nino  is  born. 

The  perverse  child  is  as  unpredictable  as  it 
is  dramatic.  The  1982-83  EI  Nino  brought 
the  deluge  to  the  Pacific  coasts  of  North  and 
South  America,  and  storms  were  exacerbated 
by  high  tides  brought  by  the  current.  In 
1976,  EI  Nino  brought  drought  to  California 
and  bitter  winter  to  the  eastern  United 
States. 

EI  Nino  can  also  bring  unexpected  after- 
effects. The  1972  E!  Nino— not  the  Arab  oil 
embargo— was  the  cause  of  sharply  rising  food 
prices  two  years  later,  Barber  says.  The  warm 
current  wrecked  the  Peruvian  anchovy 
catch,  a  major  source  offish  meal  for  chicken 
and  livestock  feed.  The  feed  shortage  also 
led  to  a  quadrupling  of  soybean  prices,  caus- 
ing fanners  to  overplant.  Then,  because 
farmers  had  planted  soybeans  instead  of 
corn,  the  United  States  had  no  surplus  grain 
to  send  to  Bangladesh  and  Africa  in  the 
drought  of  1974.  "Until  that  time,  there  was 
never  a  time  we  couldn't  bail  out  a  starving 
nation." 

While  some  of  the  Duke  researchers  made 
their  thrice-weekly  forays  off  the  Galapagos 
and  Paita,  teams  of  three  hitched  rides  with 
every  research  ship  sailing  the  equatorial 
Pacific  during  the  eleven  months  of  EI  Nino. 
Barber  himself  joined  month-long  cruises  in 
March  and  November  1983. 

The  climate  along  the  Pacific  equator  is 
normally  pleasant.  Barber  compares  it  to 
San  Francisco  in  summer,  with  warm  days 
and  chilly  evenings.  The  cool  ocean  lowers 
the  temperatures  in  the  staterooms  below 
the  water  line.  But  sometimes,  unknowing 
air-conditioning  systems  react  to  the  warm 
air  around  the  ship  and  refrigerate  the  living 
quarters,  sending  researchers  to  the  deck  to 
sleep. 

The  first  ships  to  encounter  EI  Nino  were 
not  expecting  anything  unusual.  In  Septem- 
ber, one  team  of  Duke  researchers  boarded 
the  Conrad,  which  belongs  to  Columbia 
University.  When  a  minor  problem  stilled 
one  of  the  ship's  two  engines,  the  chief  scien- 
tist on  the  cruise  worried  about  falling  be- 
hind schedule.  But  the  computer  room 
showed  that,  even  on  one  engine,  the  ship 
was  moving  east  more  rapidly  than  expected. 
The  ship  was  borne  by  the  current,  which 
had  reversed  its  usual  direction. 

As  EI  Nino  continued  to  develop,  the  water 
temperature  rose  by  as  much  as  10  degrees 
Centigrade  (18  degrees  Fahrenheit),  and  the 


12 


climate  became  more  like  Miami  on  a  muggy 
August  day.  The  normally  brisk  trade  winds 
were  dead,  the  torpid  afternoons  smattered 
with  thunderstorms.  The  research  ships  be- 
came less  pleasant  and  more  spartan;  the  air 
conditioning  sometimes  staggered  under  the 
load.  The  normally  arid,  scrubby  brown 
Galapagos  turned  green.  "At  sea,  El  Nino  is 
the  most  incredible  pussycat  you  can  ima- 
gine," Barber  says.  "On  the  ocean,  it  is  subtle 
and  huge.  You  would  never  realize  you  are  in 
the  grip  of  a  large-scale  climate  perturba- 
tion. If  you  like  the  Bahamas  or  the  Florida 
Keys,  you'll  love  El  Nino." 

Despite  the  calm,  a  biological  drama  un- 
folded as  the  water  temperature  rose.  The 
plankton  that  normally  turns  the  equatorial 
waters  murky  brown  disappeared,  and  with  it 
the  anchovies  and  sardines  that  make  up  the 
next  step  of  the  food  chain.  The  usually 
plentiful  petrels,  albatrosses,  terns,  and 
shearwaters  dispersed;  the  research  ships' 
cooks  could  no  longer  catch  dinner  off  the 
fantails  of  the  ships. 

Off  the  Galapagos,  sea  lions  surrounded 
the  ships  and  barked.  By  March  of  1983 ,  the 
Duke  researchers  could  see  the  creatures' 
ribs.  The  mothers  normally  forage  for  a  day 
and  a  half,  then  return  to  nurse  their  young. 
Now  they  stayed  out  five  days,  and  still  came 
back  dry.  All  of  the  pups  died.  By  April,  the 
adults  had  begun  dying,  and  El  Nino  eventu- 
ally took  the  lives  of  25  percent  of  the  grown 
sea  lions.  The  feeding  habits  of  the  guano 
birds— pelicans,  condors,  and  bobbies- 
changed  as  well.  Normally  they  fly  out  at 
dawn  to  fish.  Now  they  were  in  the  air  all  day, 
wheeling  and  diving. 

"We  could  see  that  the  birds  and  marine 
mammals  were  enormously  food-stressed," 
says  Barber.  "In  the  Galapagos  and  off  coastal 
Peru  both,  the  weather  was  not  threatening, 
but  the  food  chain  collapsed  from  the 
bottom." 

During  Barber's  second  cruise,  in  Novem- 
ber 1983,  the  trade  winds  had  rekindled. 
The  water,  which  had  been  barren  and  blue 
during  El  Nino,  was  cool  and  brown  with 
plankton.  The  air  was  brisk— chilly  enough 
for  a  down  vest  at  night.  Dolphins  cavorted 
about  the  ship. 

But  as  data  gathering  on  the  1982-83  El 
Niiio  winds  down,  the  biological  effects  lin- 
ger. On  the  November  cruise,  Barber's  team 
noted  a  marked  decline  in  marine  mammals. 
By  some  estimates,  repopulation  will  take  a 
decade  for  some  island-bound  rookery  birds. 
Most  species  offish  have  rebounded,  but  El 
Nino  appears  to  have  been  a  disaster  for  the 
Peruvian  anchovy,  the  dominant  fish  in  the 
region  for  12,000  years  and  the  mainstay  of 
the  fishing  industry.  The  1983  catch  was  less 
than  1  percent  of  the  harvest  a  decade  ear- 
lier, and  anchovy  has  not  reappeared  in 
significant  numbers.  The  drastic  decline, 
Barber  says,  was  due  to  natural  causes,  but 


Storms  at  sea  have  more 
than  a  ripple  effect 
for  ports,  shipping 
lanes,  property,  recreation— 
and  now,  scientific  research. 
To  chart  their  beginnings  and 
register  their  development, 
Project  GALE  will  be  sailing 
into  the  breech  to  take 

data  from  strategically  placed, 
scientifically  equipped  buoys. 
GALE  (Genesis  of  Atlantic 
Lows  Experiment),  sponsored 
by  the  National  Science 
Foundation  and  the  National 
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric 


undertaken  to  improve 


of  winter  East  Coast  storms. 

"These  are  the  storms  that 
produce  high  winds,  heavy 
rains,  and  often  heavy  snows 
along  the  Atlantic  coast,  from 
North  Carolina  to  Maine," 
says  Allen  J.  Riordan  of  N.C. 
State  University's  marine, 
earth,  and  atmospheric 
sciences  department.  Riordan 
and  colleague  Sethu  Raman, 
scientists  specializing  in  air- 
sea  interaction,  head  up  Pro- 
ject GALE.  "One  of  the  ob- 
jects of  the  study,"  says 
Riordan,  "is  to  try  to  under- 
stand how  to  predict  more 
exact  locations  of  heavy  rain 
or  snow  bands  by  understand- 
ing the  events  that  produce 
them." 

In  December,  the  research 
vessel  Cape  Hatteras,  the 
$3-million,  135-foot  ship 
operated  by  the  Duke- 
University  of  North  Carolina 
Oceanographic 


will  be  sailing  from  the  home 
port  at  the  Duke  Marine  Lab 
in  Beaufort,  North  Carolina. 
Scientists  will  set  out  eight 
huge  buoys,  equipped  with 
atmospheric  recording 
devices,  as  far  south  as 
Jacksonville,  Florida.  The 
buoys  are  so  large  that  only 
three  can  be  transported  at  a 
time.  The  Cape  Hatteras  will 
set  out  the  first  three  en  route 
to  Jacksonville,  then  sail  to 
Charleston  to  pick  up  and 
deploy  two  provided  by 
NOAA.  The  final  set  of  three 
will  be  picked  up  back  in 
Beaufort  for  placement. 

From  January  15  to  March 
15,  the  ship  will  be  off  the 
coast  of  North  Carolina  in  the 
Gulf  Stream,  ready  to  sail  out 
to  meet  the  storms  as  they 
come  along.  The  scientists 
will  ride  it  out,  taking  mea- 
surements—before, during, 
and  after.  Sometimes,  says 
Riordan,  these  episodes  can 
last  up  to  48  hours.  "We've 
had  some  experience  out 
there  in  somewhat  similar 
high  seas  and  high  winds.  At 
times,  it  can  be  like  a  floating 
carnival  out  there."  In  April, 
the  research  vessel  will  re- 
trieve the  data-gathering 
buoys,  which  will  have  also 
weathered  more  than  a  few 
winter  storms. 

The  Cape  Hatteras  will  be  at 
sea  this  year  for  approxi- 
mately 255  days,  according  to 
consortium  director  Thomas 
Johnson.  So  far,  the  ship  has 
conducted  marine  research 
near  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico, 
and  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
Since  June,  it  was  working  out 
of  Booth  Bay  Harbor,  Maine, 
in  Georges  Bank  and  the  Gulf 
of  Maine.  Norfolk,  Virginia, 
was  base  port  in  September, 
with  scientific  sea  treks  as  far 
east  as  Bermuda. 


heavy  fishing  is  partly  responsible  for  the  slow 
recovery.  "The  very  rare  1982-83  El  Nino  may 
have  set  in  motion  dominance  changes 
among  the  economically  important  species 
that  will  persist  for  fifty  to  100  years,"  he  says. 

It's  not  likely  that  El  Nino  will  catch  the 
scientists  by  surprise  again,  Barber  says.  From 
what  was  learned  from  the  1982-83  occur- 
rence, researchers  should  be  able  to  predict 
the  next  El  Nino  four  to  eight  months  in 
advance. 

Barber's  work  had  made  a  significant  con- 
tribution to  understanding  the  phenomenon. 
Early  this  year,  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion, whose  earlier  hesitation  helped  put 
Barber  in  the  right  place  at  the  right  time, 
gave  him   a  special  $330,000  Creativity 


Award  to  continue  his  studies.  In  March,  he 
traveled  to  the  People's  Republic  of  China  as 
part  of  a  team  working  out  the  details  of  a 
joint  project  to  study  El  Nino-related  events 
in  the  western  Pacific.  He  planned  a  final 
cruise  last  spring  to  complete  his  own  project. 
There  is  still  no  way  to  design  a  study  of  the 
unpredictable  beginning  of  El  Nino,  Barber 
says.  "As  they  say,  if  you  can't  be  smart,  be 
lucky.  We  were  all  ready  to  go  when  El  Nino 
started..  We  designed  a  mousetrap,  then  had 
an  elephant  step  in  it."  ■ 

Adams  is  a  free-lance  writer  from  Raleigh.  His  last 
piece  for  Duke  Magazine  was  on  the  Duke  Marine 
Lab's  research  team  ofCelia  and  Joseph  Bonaventura. 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES| 

V 

w 

VAS 

HEEL 
HING 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

E 

IN 

IO 

sf 

ELIZABETH  HANFORP  DOLE: 

BEHIND  THE  HEADLINES 

It's  a  part  of  her  nature,  says  the  transportation 

secretary,  to  seek  leadership  roles.  She  has  a  natural 

inclination  to  pursue  the  areas  where  she  can  make 

the  biggest  impact. 

^^/^^    reat  pillars  of  foaming  water 
^m  shoot  up  toward  the  Washing- 
^^k^^m   ton  sky,  arch  gracefully,  then 
^^^^r     fall  back  into  the  reflecting  pool 
in  the  Department  of  Transportation's  cen- 
tral  courtyard.    The   dominant   fountains 
there— the  most  powerful  ones  with  the 
highest  reach,  the  most  potent  spray— reign 
in  the  middle,  surrounded  by  lesser  ones  with 
smaller  output.  Ten  floors  down  from  the 
office  of  Secretary  of  Transportation  Eliza- 
beth Hanford  Dole  '58,  the  courtyard  foun- 
tains at  400  Seventh  Street  Southwest  speak 
of  power,  babble  day  and  night— in  forceful 
jets  and  hushed  trickles— of  the  mighty  and 
the  meek. 

Power.  The  word  seems  to  stalk  Secretary 
Dole  these  days.  She's  lived  and  worked  in 
Washington— the   city   of  power  without 
peer— for  more  than  two  decades.  Her  poli- 
tical career  has  spanned  five  presidential 
administrations,  and  long  ago  she  became 
accustomed  to  the  rewards  and  responsibili- 
ties of  leadership. 

But  now  Elizabeth  Dole  seems  suddenly 
cast,  with  her  husband,  Senate  Majority 
Leader  Robert  Dole,  as  the  reluctant  star  in  a 

power  play.  The  script  is  sold  on  every  corner 
newsstand.  "Power  Couple  on  the  Potomac," 
shouts  U.S.  News  and  World  Report  in  one 
feature   story.    "America's   Power   Couple," 
screams  Newsweek  in  another.  A  woman  who 
comes  on  like  a  "dewy  magnolia  blossom"  but 
whose  drive  and  ambition  are  "focused  like  a 
laser,"  says  Vogue  of  Secretary  Dole. 

The  image  of  this  influential  twosome  is 
seductive,  immediate,  heady,  and  pervasive. 
It's  the  headline  of  choice,  the  story  of  the 
hour.  And  if  the  secretary  is  used  to  the  pub- 
licity that  comes  of  their  powerful  positions, 
she  is  not  comfortable  with  the  word  itself. 
"The  word  power  just  bothers  me,"  she  says, 
lowering  her  cup  of  morning's  coffee  back  to 
its  china  saucer.  "I  read  those  things  about 
'The  Power  Couple  and  all  that.  There's 
something  distasteful   about   that  to  me. 
That's  not  why  I'm  here.  That's  not  why  I  put 
in  twelve  to  fourteen  hours  a  day.  It's  really  to 
make  a  difference  to  people,  not  to  amass 
power." 

Indeed,  within  the  unpretentious  suite  of 
offices  on  the  tenth  floor  of  the  Department 
of  Transportation,  there's  no  heady  aroma  of 
power  to  be  found,  no  startling  sign  that  here 

14 

-   f 


*> 


p 


y 


<4 


lies  the  nerve  center  of  transportation  policy. 
The  secretary's  staff  is  polite,  albeit  all  busi- 
ness. The  secretary  herself,  though  larger 
than  life  in  print,  is  surprisingly  petite  in 
stature,  nearly  dwarfed  when  surrounded  by 
her  aides.  She  radiates  warmth  as  she  greets 
her  visitor,  then  plunges  confidently  into 
her  policy  agenda.  And  make  no  mistake,  it's 
policy  with  impact. 

Nearly  a  third  of  the  states  have  fallen  in 
line  with  mandatory  seat  belt  laws.  Well  over 
half  have  raised  their  legal  drinking  age  to 
21.  Both  issues  are  highly  visible  elements  of 
the  highly  visible  Dole  agenda  on  safety,  and 
their  successful  implementation  is  the  stuff 
of  power. 

But  on  the  tenth  floor,  Dole  prefers  instead 
to  speak  of  accomplishing  her  goals.  "When 
you  reach  the  end  of  your  life  and  look  over 
what  you've  done,  hopefully  you  can  see  a 
record  where  you've  made  a  difference  for 
people,  you've  done  something  positive, 
made  use  of  your  life  to  serve  others.  That 
does  involve  utilizing  power,  but  I  think  of  it 
in  a  very  different  sense.  It's  what  you  can  do 
with  your  life  to  make  a  difference." 

Although  she's  not  particularly  enamored 
of  it,  Dole  figures  that  part  of  the  media  love 
affair  with  the  so  called  power  couple  stems 
from  what  she  terms  "the  quiet  revolution— 
the  entrance  of  women  into  the  work  force, 
the  arrival  of  some  into  significant  positions 
in  government  and  business,  and  the  grow- 
ing number  of  dual-career  families.  Her  life 
with  Senate  Majority  Leader  Dole  embodies 
all  three  elements  of  the  quiet  revolution  in 
a  highly  visible  manner. 

"Each  of  us  is  in  a  position  where  we  have 
the  opportunity  to  influence  policy,"  she 
says.  "And  I  think  that's  reflective  of  what's 
happening  all  over  our  society  today.  It's 
what  I  call  the  quiet  revolution  of  the  last  fif- 
teen to  twenty  years.  When  I  started  law 
school  [at  Harvard],  there  were  twenty-five 
women  in  a  class  of  550,  or  4  percent.  Today, 
that  same  class  is  40  percent  women.  I  think 
that's  extremely  important  in  terms  of  what 
has  happened.  Highly  qualified  women  are 
coming  into  our  work  force,  and  I  don't  think 
the  ramifications  of  what  that  means  for  our 
society  have  been  fully  felt  yet. 

"But  as  you  look  at  that,  we're  just  an  exam- 
ple of  the  many,  many,  many  dual-career 
marriages  across  the  United  States  today.  In 
fact,  statistics  show  that  about  66  percent  of 
women  who  have  children  between  the  ages 
of  7  and  17  are  working  today.  I  think  people 
are  interested  in  the  two-career  aspect,  and 
how  you  manage  your  personal  life.  People 
relate  to  that.  It's  their  situation,  too." 

Precisely  because  it's  not  their  situation, 
people  are  also  interested  in  the  fact  that 
Dole  is  the  first  woman  to  serve  as  secretary 
of  transportation;  the  imposing  gold-framed 
portraits  of  her  seven  male  predecessors  line 
the  walls  of  the  lobby  down  the  hall  from 


Says  a  prominent 

member  of  the 

Washington  media: 

"She's  gracious  but 

forthright,  candid  except 

when  she  can't  be.  And 

she's  definitely  a  force  to 

be  reckoned  with  in 

Republican  politics." 


Dole's  office.  She  says,  however,  that  being  a 
woman  doesn't  affect  her  relationship  with 
co-workers  in  an  admittedly  male-dominated 
field.  "I  don't  even  think  of  it  as  male-female. 
I  was  a  commissioner  on  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission  for  five  and  half  years.  I  was  the 
only  woman,  but  I  never  thought  of  myself  as 
the  female  commissioner.  I  was  a  profession- 
al, a  commissioner,  along  with  the  others, 
and  that's  the  way  I  treat  it  now.  The  trans- 
portation field  is  highly  male-dominated, 
but  you  don't  think  of  it  that  way.  You  think 
of  it  as  doing  your  job." 

Dole  is  also  the  first  woman  to  head  a 
branch  of  the  armed  services,  the  U.S.  Coast 
Guard.  She  likes  to  say  that's  her  own  little 
footnote  in  history. 

But  it's  also  a  matter  of  record  that  Dole  is 
a  powerful  advocate  for  women  seeking  ad- 
vancement within  her  own  department,  even 
as  the  Reagan  administration  continues  to 
oppose  the  Equal  Rights  Amendment.  And 
she's  become  the  favored  spokesperson  for 
the  administration's  stance  on  women.  "[Pre- 
sident Reagan]  has  backed  up  his  words  with 
deeds,"  said  Dole  during  last  summer's  Re- 
publican National  Convention  in  Dallas. 
"He's  named  women  to  the  top  ranks  of  the 
Justice  and  Interior  departments,  and  all 
across  the  government.. When  I  was  ap- 
pointed Secretary  of  Transportation,  Presi- 
dent Reagan  did  more  than  promote  a  woman 
from  his  White  House  staff  to  a  Cabinet  post 
traditionally  reserved  for  men.  He  made  it 
clear  that  in  his  administration  women  could 
assume  any  responsibility." 

Upon  her  arrival  as  secretary,  she  was  dis- 
mayed to  find  that  women  made  up  19  per- 
cent of  the  department's  work  force,  barely 
up  from  1967,  when  the  department  was 
established  and  18.5  percent  of  the  work 
force  was  made  up  of  women.  Dole  promptly 
set  into  motion  a  ten-point  program  of 
general  training,  education,  and  resource 
planning  to  improve  employment  opportu- 


nities for  women  in  the  department.  Last 
winter,  she  hosted  a  dinner  for  400  women 
who  participated  in  the  program. 

Fifteen  years  ago,  before  networking  had 
become  a  buzz  word,  Elizabeth  Hanford,  then 
with  the  White  House  Office  of  Consumer 
Affairs,  helped  create  an  organization  called 
Executive  Women  in  Government,  designed 
to  help  women  in  policy-making  positions  in 
government  and  assist  younger  women  com- 
ing up  through  the  ranks. 

But  it's  not  Dole's  record  on  women's  issues 
that  has  attracted  the  attention  of  the  power- 
watchers.  It's  her  uncanny  knack  for  emerg- 
ing at  the  crest,  especially  in  Washington, 
the  ultimate  political  big  pond,  in  which 
small  fish  swim  happily,  and  feed  voraciously. 

For  Dole,  leadership  came  early  and  stayed 
late.  As  a  third  grader  in  Salisbury,  North 
Carolina,  she  was  elected  president  of  the 
bird  club.  In  the  sixth  grade,  she  established 
a  book  club,  and  elected  herself  president. 
She  was  Most  Likely  to  Succeed  and  Leader 
of  the  Year  in  high  school.  At  Duke,  the 
political  science  major  was  president  of  the 
women's  student  government  and  May 
Queen,  as  well.  The  student  Chronicle  named 
her  Leader  of  the  Year  for  1958.  She  gradu- 
ated Phi  Beta  Kappa,  was  accepted  into 
Harvard,  where  she  received  a  master's  in 
education  and  government,  and,  in  1965,  a 
law  degree. 

In  Washington,  she  distinguished  herself 
by  organizing  the  first  national  conference 
on  education  for  the  deaf  while  serving  as  a 
staff  assistant  for  the  Department  of  Health, 
Education  and  Welfare.  In  1969,  she  was 
named  executive  director  of  the  President's 
Committee  on  Consumer  Interests,  then 
deputy  director  of  the  Office  of  Consumer 
Affairs  in  1971.  "She  was  so  outstanding  that 
within  six  weeks  I  chose  her  as  deputy  over 
everyone's  head,"  Virginia  Knauer,  office 
director,  told  Vogue  magazine. 

Elizabeth  Hanford  also  distinguished  her- 
self in  the  eyes  of  Kansas  Republican  Senator 
Robert  Dole,  whom  she  met  in  1972  and 
married  three  years  later.  By  then,  she  was 
beginning  her  third  year  as  one  of  five  com- 
missioners on  the  Federal  Trade  Commission, 
during  what  many  observers  regard  as  the 
FTC's  most  stridently  pro-consumer  years. 

She  took  a  leave  of  absence  in  1976  to 
campaign  for  the  Ford-Dole  ticket,  and  re- 
signed the  commission  post  in  1979  to  cam- 
paign full  time  for  her  husband  in  his  unsuc- 
cessful presidential  bid.  She  then  turned  her 
energies  to  Reagan's  candidacy,  and  bounced 
back  big  when  he  appointed  her  special 
assistant  for  public  liaison,  a  political  bal- 
ancing act  that  put  her  face-to-face  with 
diverse  interests  groups  with  disparate  needs. 
She  managed— admirably  enough  so  that  by 
1983,  she'd  become  one  of  three  female  ap- 
pointees to  Reagan's  cabinet,  overseeing 
Continued  on  page  48 


TRUSTEE 
TRANSITIONS 


Six  new  members  have  joined  Duke's 
board  of  trustees,  among  them  the 
president  of  the  Association  of 
American  Colleges  (AAC)  and  the  chief 
Washington  correspondent  for  public  televi- 
sion's MacNeil-Lehrer  Newshour.  Five  are 
Duke  graduates  and  one  a  senior. 

A  respected  spokesman  for  U.S.  higher 
education,  John  W.  Chandler  B.D.  '52, 
Ph.D.  '54  was  recently  named  president  of 
the  AAC.  The  North  Carolina  native  and 
1945  graduate  of  Wake  Forest  University  was 
president  of  Williams  College. 

Judy  C.  Woodruff  '68  was  White  House 
correspondent  for  NBC  News  before  joining 
the  MacNei/'Le/irer  Newshour  on  PBS.  She 
was  elected  to  Duke's  board  of  trustees  by 
Duke  alumni.  She  also  serves  on  the  board  of 
visitors  at  the  University  of  Georgia's  jour- 
nalism school. 

Kenneth  G.  Younger  Jr.  '49  is  president  of 
Carolina  Freight  Corporation  in  Cherry- 
ville,  North  Carolina.  A  Florida  native,  he 
attended  Duke  on  a  football  scholarship.  He 
has  been  a  long-time  member  of  the  Duke 
Hospital  Regional  Advisory  Board. 

John  A.  Koskinen  '61,  president  and  chief 
operating  officer  of  Victor  Palmieri  and 
Company  in  Washington,  DC,  was  also 
elected  to  the  Duke  board  by  alumni.  A 
Rhodes  Scholar,  he  earned  his  law  degree  at 
Yale  University.  He  was  president  of  the 
General  Alumni  Association  in  1980,  and  is 
on  the  board  of  visitors  of  Duke's  Institute  of 
Policy  Sciences  and  Public  Affairs. 

Durham  native  Benjamin  Duke  Holloway 
'50  is  executive  vice  president  of  Equitable 
Life  Assurance,  and  chairman  of  Equitable 
Real  Estate  Group,  Incorporated,  which 
manages  $22  billion  in  assets. 

David  E.  Nahmias,  a  Trinity  senior  and 
political  science  major,  was  elected  as  the 
board's  young  trustee.  Nahmias,  who  comes 
from  Georgia,  is  an  Angier  B.  Duke  Scholar, 
Dean's  List  student,  and  vice  president-at- 
large  of  the  student  government. 

The  board's  membership  now  stands  at 
thirty-four,  with  two  vacant  positions  to  be 
filled  later. 

Duke's   $200-million   arts   and   sciences 


campaign  will  command  considerable  atten- 
tion from  the  newest  trustees:  Woodruff  is  on 
the  campaign's  national  leadership  commit- 
tee, the  communications  theme  committee, 
and  the  Washington,  D.C.,  regional  execu- 
tive committee;  Younger  is  on  a  North  Caro- 
lina regional  committee;  Koskinen  heads 
the  debate  theme  committee  and  co-chairs 
the  alumni  gifts  committee,  as  well  as  serv- 
ing on  the  Washington,  DC,  executive 
committee;  Holloway  is  on  the  national 
leadership  committee,  is  executive  vice- 
chairman  of  the  Nancy  Hanks  Committee 
in  support  of  the  arts  at  Duke,  and  is  on  the 
executive  committee  of  the  Terry  Sanford 
Endowment  Committee,  working  to  endow 
the  Policy  Sciences  Institute  and  rename  it 
for  Duke's  president  emeritus. 


FOURTH-ESTATE 
FORUM 


Duke's  student  newspaper,  The  Chron- 
icle, continues  a  tradition  of  college 
journalism  that  began  at  Trinity 
College  in  1905.  Over  those  years,  several 
thousand  got  their  first  taste  of  on-the-job 
journalism.  For  many,  it  was  an  important 


first  step  leading  to  powerful  positions  with- 
in the  media.  This  Homecoming,  Chronicle 
alumni  will  return  to  campus  to  disseminate 
news  from,  and  about,  the  Fourth  Estate. 

The  80th  anniversary  reunion  is  a  follow- 
up  story.  "The  response  was  so  positive  to  the 
75th,  held  in  1980,  and  there  were  so  many 
requests  for  an  encore  that  we  decided  to  do 
it  again,"  says  Jean  Danser,  a  member  of  the 
planning  committee  and  coordinator  through 
the  Office  of  University  Relations.  "There 
has  been  a  lot  of  student  enthusiasm  and 
support." 

Activities  begin  Friday,  November  1,  with 
registration  and  afternoon  tours  of  the 
Chronicle  offices,  Cable  13,  and  WXDU- 
FM.  There  will  be  a  cocktail  reception  and 
banquet  that  evening  in  the  East  Campus 
Union.  Judy  Woodruff '68,  Washington  cor- 
respondent for  PBS's  MacNeil-Lehrer  News- 
hour,  will  deliver  the  keynote  address.  Other 
podium  participants  are  Fred  Andrews '60, 
business  and  financial  editor  for  The  New 
York  Times,  master  of  ceremonies;  and 
speakers  Eugene  Patterson,  editor  of  the 
St.  Petersburg  Times,  and  Chronicle  editor 
Paul  Gaffney  '86. 

Saturday's  program  begins  at  9:30  a.m. 
in  the  Bryan  University  Center's  film 
theater  and  is  open  to  the  public.  It  will 
consist  of  two  panel  discussions:  "Has 
the  Front  Page  Gone  Yuppie?  Prospects 
of  and  Problems  of  Upscale  Journalism  "; 
and  "Women  in  the  Media."  The  first 
panel  includes  University  of  California 
x  1  Professor  G.  William  Domhoff  '58;  Fort 
1  Wayne,  Ind.,  News-Sentinel  executive 
'it  editor  Stewart  T.  Spencer  Jr.  '64;  Ad- 
week  editor-in-chief  Clay  S.  Felker  '51; 
Jason  De  Parle  '82 ,  staff  writer  for  New 
Orleans'  Times-Picayune/States-Item; 
and  William  L.  Green  Jr.,  Duke  vice 
president  for  university  relations,  as 
moderator. 

The  second  panel,  moderated  by  Duke 
political  scientist  James  David  Barber,  fea- 
tures Shauna  K.  Singletary  75 ,  reporter  and 
anchor  for  NBC  News  in  Miami;  Gilbert  C. 
Thelen  Jr.  '60,  assistant  managing  editor  for 
news  at  the  Charlotte  Observer-News;  Ann 
W  Chipley  '63,  former  executive  director  of 
the  North  Carolina  Council  on  the  Status  of 
Women;  and  Christine  Wagner  73,  reporter 
and  anchor  for  Philadelphia's  WPVITV. 


HIGHLIGHTS 


e're  expecting  the  biggest  Home- 
coming ever,  with  at  least  1,000 
alumni  returning,"  says  Mike 
Woodard  '81,  Alumni  Affairs'  assistant  di- 
rector for  class  activities. 

In  addition  to  the  classes  of  75  and  '80 
holding  their  reunions,  the  Class  of  '84  will 
get  together  for  a  mini-reunion,  The  Chroni- 
cle is  holding  an  80th  anniversary  reunion, 
and  there  will  be  separate  gatherings  of 
Theta  Chi,  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon,  and  Sigma 
Alpha  Epsilon  fraternities.  "We're  very 
pleased  with  the  large  numbers  of  student 
groups  planning  functions  for  their  own  re- 


turning alumni,"  Woodard  says. 

For  the  two  reunion  classes,  Homecoming 
Weekend  begins  Friday  afternoon,  Novem- 
ber 1,  when  registration  opens  for  the  Class 
of  75  in  the  Bryan  University  Center.  A 
cocktail  buffet  is  scheduled  for  Von  Canon 
Hall  at  7 :30  p.m.  Meanwhile,  the  Class  of '80 
will  be  registering  in  the  Union's  Alumni 
Lounge  and  holding  an  informal  party,  from 
9  p.m.  until  1  a.m.,  in  the  Cambridge  Inn. 
On  Saturday,  the  Class  of '80  will  have  a  pre- 
game  brunch  at  the  Bryan  University  Cen- 
ter's Class  of  '80  patio  and  a  post-game  pig 
pickin  on  the  Gross  Chemistry  lawn.  The 
Class  of  75  has  planned  a  post-game  party  in 
the  Bryan  University  Center  for  Saturday, 
and  a  nine  o'clock  breakfast  in  the  Oak  Room 
for  Sunday. 


Traditional  Homecoming  activities  on 
Saturday  include  contests  for  student  ban- 
ners and  displays,  the  SAE  "chariot  race"  for 
charity,  and  the  Alumni  Barbecue,  which 
begins  at  11:30  a.m.  in  the  Intramural  Build- 
ing. Kickoff  time  for  Duke  vs.  Georgia  Tech 
is  1:30  p.m.  That  evening,  for  a  glimpse  of 
basketball  past  and  future,  there's  the  annual 
Alumni  Game,  followed  by  the  Blue  and 
White  Scrimmage,  in  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium. 

Again  this  year,  the  big-band  sound  will  be 
around  on  Saturday  for  "Blue  and  White 
Night,"  with  the  Tommy  Dorsey  Orchestra, 
conducted  by  Buddy  Morrow,  in  the  Bryan 
University  Center's  Von  Canon  Hall. 


CLASS 
NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  In  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


40s 


Sidney  R.  Crumpton  M.Div.  '41,  retired  chaplain 
of  The  Citadel  in  Charleston,  S.C.,  was  honored  with 
a  room  dedicated  in  his  name  at  the  Summerall 
Chapel.  He  and  his  wife,  Lila,  live  in  Sullivans  Island, 
S.C. 


M.Ed.  '41  was  awarded  an  honorary 
degree,  doctor  of  humane  letters,  at  Jersey  City  State 
College's  commencement  in  Jersey  City,  N.J. 

Stephen  R.  Lawrence  '41,  director  of  COMPAR 


Communications,  CIRGNA,  was  inducted  into  the 
Philadelphia  Public  Relations  Association's  Hall  of 
Fame. 


'42  was  named  to  the 
board  of  trustees  of  High  Point  College  in  North 
Carolina. 

Martin  L.  Parker  '42,  who  retired  after  37  years 
with  Donnelley  Marketing,  has  opened  a  law  practice 
in  White  Plains,  N.Y.  He  has  umpired  every  U.S.  open 
tennis  tournament  since  1966,  and  recently  refereed 
the  Martini  Open  in  Geneva,  Switzerland.  He  lives  in 
Briarcliff  Manor,  N.Y. 


30s 


John  R  Reed  A.M.  '35,  Ph.D.  36,  president  emeri- 
tus and  scholar  in  residence  at  Fort  Lewis  College  in 
Durango,  Colo.,  has  been  named  recipient  of  that 
school's  Distinguished  Service  Award  for  1985.  Since 
his  retirement  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin- 
Green  Bay  in  1983,  he  and  his  wife,  Beatrice,  have 
lived  in  Durango. 

Dorothy  Zerbach  Mills  Hicks  38  has  retired 

as  associate  professor  of  English  at  East  Carolina  Uni- 
versity. She  and  her  husband,  Thomas,  live  in  Rocky 
Mount,  N.C. 

Marvin  Hoyle  Pope  '38,  A.M.  '39  is  Louis  M. 
Rabinowitz  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures at  Yale  University. 

W.  James  Turplt  '38  has  retired  from  Superior 
Court  in  Los  Angeles  and  is  now  engaged  in  private 
judicial  arbitration  in  Los  Angeles  and  Orange  Coun- 
ties, Calif. 

Mary  Duke  Biddle  Trent  Semans  '39  received 

the  N.C.  Distinguished  Service  Award  for  Women, 
which  is  given  annually  to  a  North  Carolinian  "whose 
life  has  been  dedicated  to  service."  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Dr.  James  H.  Semans,  live  in  Durham. 

MARRIAGES:  Dorothy  Zerbach  Mills  '38  to 

Thomas  W.  Hicks  on  Sept.  2,  1983.  Residence:  Rocky 
Mount,  N.C. .  .  Marvin  Hoyle  Pope  '38,  A.M. 
'39  to  Ingrid  Brostrom  Bloomquist  on  March  9. 


MASTER     OF     ARTS     IN     LIBERAL     STUDIES 


A BROADER 
VISION 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies  (MALS), 
unlike  traditional  graduate  programs,  offers 
interdisciplinary  studies  tailored  to  each 
student's  needs.  Courses  focusing  on  basic 
issues  are  designed  to  enhance  the  student's 
abilities  to  analyze  and  to  think  creatively,  to 
strengthen  organizational  skills,  and  to 
improve  writing. 

MALS  students  appreciate  the  opportunity  to 
undertake  graduate  study  without  career 
interruption.  Courses  designed  for  the  program 
are  held  one  evening  each  week.  By  taking  only 
one  course  each  faU,  spring,  and  summer 
semester,  the  part-time  student  can  complete 
the  course  work  in  three  years. 
Today's  marketplace  calls  for  professionals 
with  inquisitive  minds  for  research 
interpretive  minds  for  analysis,  and  creative 
minds  to  put  good  ideas  into  practice.  If  your 
career  would  be  enhanced  by  a  broader  vision, 
call  or  write  the  MALS  office  for  a  brochure 
and  an  application. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  LIBERAL  STUDIES 
122  Allen  Building,  Duke  University 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


U        N 


mm  I  looked  for  a  distinctive  master's 
program  that  would  challenge  me  to 
examine  issues  with  a  broader  view. 
The  MALS  program  at  Duke  is  the 
only  one  I  found  that  does  that  And 
Tm  already  seeing  the  practical 
benefits  in 
my  career.  •  • 


DUKE 


William  W.  Thompson  '42,  B.S.M.  '47,  M.D.  '47 
was  elected  unopposed  to  the  school  board  in  Oka- 
loosa County,  Fla. 

John  R.  Hoehl  '43  was  elected  ptesident  of  the 
Orange  Bowl  Committee,  in  charge  of  the  1985-86 
Orange  Bowl  Festival  in  Miami.  A  general  partnet  in 
the  law  firm  Blackwell,  Walker,  Gray,  Powets,  Flick 
and  Hoehl,  he  lives  in  Miami. 

Mary  Ingram  M.Ed.  '43  was  honored  in  a  retire- 
ment reception  at  Durham  Technical  Institute  and 
named  Employee  of  the  Month  for  April.  The  first 
coordinator  of  the  Retired  Senior  Volunteer  Program, 
she  is  currently  coordinator  of  DTI's  community  edu- 
cation in  the  adult  and  continuing  education 
department. 

Carlos  D.  Moseley  M.D.  '44  received  an  honorary 
degree,  doctor  of  humane  letters,  at  Duke's  com- 
mencement exercises  in  May.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
board  of  the  New  York  Philharmonic. 


Charles  S.  McCoy  B.Div.  '46  has  written  When 
Cods  Change:  Hope  for  Theology  and  Management  of 
Values:  The  Ethical  Difference  in  Corporate  Policy  and 
Performance.  He  lives  in  Berkeley,  Calif. 

John  Ryan  '46  is  a  marketing  representative  for 
Henkels  and  McCoy,  Inc.,  a  firm  selling  telephone 
systems  in  the  Philadelphia  area.  He  and  his  wife  ha 
four  children  and  seven  grandsons. 


TEMPLES  -  TOMBS 
TREASURES 


i  S.  Brown  Jr.  '47,  J.D.  '50  became  the 
first  elected  mayor  of  Kannapolis,  N.C.,  in  April.  He 
and  his  wife,  Mabel,  have  two  children. 


H.  Cole  A.M.  '47 ,  a  professor  of 
women's  physical  education  at  Ball  State  University  in 
Muncie,  Ind.,  has  received  the  Honor  Award  from  the 
Indiana  Association  of  Health,  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Dance.  She  has  published  46  articles 
on  physical  education  and  educators  and  is  listed  in 
the  journal  Leaders  in  America. 

Jones  Jr.  M.F  '47  has  retired  from 


|  era's  a  thought 
A  thought 

I  about  thinking. 
Which  doesn't  take 
place  in  full  sentences. 
But  in  fragmi 
series  of  loosely-con- 
nected fragments. 

The  sensible  thing  to 
do,  says  Arlene 
Zekowski  A.M. '45,  is 
to  revise 
to  mesh  with 
thought  patterns. 
"Grammar  doesn't 
liberate;  it  inhibits," 
Zekowski  told  The 
Denver  Post's  "Book 
World"  column. 
"Thought  doesn't  oo 
cur  in  sentences, 


Language,  Zekowski 
believes,  "has 
to  become  plastic. 
We  need  less 
verbiage  and  fat 
around  our  words. 
We  need  new  forms  of 
expression." 

According  to 
Zekowski,  grammarless 
language— dating  back 
to  James  Joyce  in 
1900— is  the  emerging 
language  of  literature. 
And,  this  "open  struc- 
ture" approach  to  lan- 
guage may  become  the 
style  of  language  we 
speak  and  write  in  the 
next  century.  In  the 
classroom  she  would 
like  to  see  more 
emphasis  on  teaching 
by  example,  having  stu- 
dents read  the  great 
writers  of  the  twentieth 
century,  rather  than 
drilling  in  grammar 
rules.  Traditional  gram- 
mar, in  her  view,  is  the 
Sodium  Pentothal  of 


language,  a  form 
of  verbal  brainwashing 
that  destroys  instinctual 
creativity.  "The  uncon- 
scious doesn't  exist  in 


Along  with  husband 
and  collaborator, 
Stanley  Berne,  she  ad- 
vocates a  writing  style 
without  bulky  gram- 
mar. For  the  most  part, 
their  future  language 
consists  of  short,  eco- 
nomical phrases  written 
the  way  the  mind 
thinks  — similar  to  the 
language  of  advertising. 

Zekowski  has  taught 
modern  languages  and 
literature  at  several  uni- 
versities. Early  in  her 


career,  she  worked  in 
New  York  as  an  editori- 
al assistant,  and  as  a 
statehouse  correspon- 
dent for  a  New  Jersey 
daily.  While  living  in 
Europe  from  1948  to 
1951,  she  published  a 
book  of  poetry,  Thurs- 
day's Season.  In  1952 
she  married  Berne, 
with  whom  she  pub- 
lished, two  years  later, 
A  First  Book  of  the 
Neo-Narrative,  with  a 
preface  by  Donald 
Sutherland  and  critical 

William  Carlos 
Williams.  Two  sample 
titles  from  her  long- 
running  book  list:  His- 


and  Dynasties  (a 
novel  embracing  "the 
myths,  history,  politics, 
and  psychology  of 
America");  and 
Image  Breaking 
Images  (a  treatise 
t  prose, 


painting  and  music, 
must  be  "liberated" 
from  restrictive 
grammar). 

Since  1963,  Zekowski 
has  taught  at  Eastern 
New  Mexico  Univer- 
sity. She  is  now  research 
associate  professor  in 
the  school's  Center  for 
Advanced  Professional 
Studies  and  Research. 
In  1981,  she  co-hosted 
and  co-produced  (with 
Stanley  Berne)  the 
nine-part  PBS  televi- 
sion series  Future  Writ' 
ing  Today.  The  series  is 
a  forum  on  contempor- 
ary literature  in  which 
poets,  fiction  writers, 
critics,  editors,  and 
book  and  magazine 
publishers  debate  the 
issues  of  writing, 
reading,  and  publishing 
in  America  today. 
"Our  twentieth- 
twenty-first  century 
world  today  is  no  longer 
the  circumscribed  static 
eighteenth  century 
domain,"  she  says.  We 
no  longer  live  in  a 
world  of  absolutes,  of 
"grammar  and  the 
logic'  of  the  sentence" 
reflecting  the  precision 
of  Newtonian  classic 
mechanics  or  "cause- 
effect,  either-or  rational 
psychology." 


WITH  DUKE  ALUMNI  TRAVEL 

EGYPT 

JAN  18 -27, 1986 

ESCAPE  WINTER  TO  A  SUNNY 
CLIME  ON  A  SHERATON  BOAT 
FLOAT  UP  THE  NILE  -  VISIT 
THE  GREAT  TEMPLES  AND 
MONUMENTS  FROM  LUXOR 
AND  KARNAK  TO  ASWAN  -  IN 
CAIRO  SEE  THE  KING  TUT 
TREASURES,  THE  SPHINX  AND 
PYRAMIDS  OR  SHOP  THE  COL- 
ORFUL BAZAARS  -  $2550  FROM 
NYC 

ISRAEL  EXTENSION 

JAN  27  -  FEB  4 

FROM  GALILEE  TO  DEAD  SEA 
VISIT  ANCIENT  TOWNS  AND 
HOLY  SITES  OF  CHRISTIAN 
JEWISH  AND  MOSLEM  FAITHS 
A  STUDY  IN  CONTRASTS  -  AN- 
CIENT TO  MODERN  -  $999 


Vt 


FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION 
CONTACT 

BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  ('54) 

DIRECTOR  ALUMNI  TRAVEL 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

919-684-5114 

OR 

ACADEMIC  ARRANGEMENTS 
ABROAD 

26  BROADWAY 

NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10004 

212-344-0830 


Graphic  artist 
Steven  Miller 
'73,  whose  seri- 
graph  "Flower  Stand" 
appeared  on  the  cover 
of  the  April  edition  of 
Yankee  magazine,  is 
himself  a  study  in  good 
old  Yankee  ingenuity. 

An  accomplished 
artist,  he  has  had  his 
work  published  by  the 
New  York  Graphic 
Society,  Museum  Edi- 
tions West,  and  Spoleto 
Festival,  USA.  His 
watercolor,  "Pencil  Cup 
Revisited,"  won  him  a 
$500  merit  award  in 
last  year's  Springs  Art 
Show  in  Lancaster, 
South  Carolina,  the 
largest  non-juried  art 
show  in  the  Southeast. 
The  show's  judge, 
Nicolai  Cikovsky,  cura- 
tor of  American  art  at 
Washington's  National 
Gallery,  referred  to 
Miller's  watercolor  as  "a 
work  of  tremendous 
scale. .It  recalls 
Matisse." 

Miller's  limited-edi- 
tion serigraphs  and 
posters  are  showing  up 
all  over  the  country 
and  in  the  private  col- 
lections of  Philip 
Morris,  Inc.,  South 
Carolina  National 
Bank,  Miller  Brewing 
Company,  and  opera 
star  Roberta  Peters. 

But  artistic  promi- 
nence isn't  enough  for 
the  Rock  Hill,  South 


Carolina,  resident.  He's 
as  fully  involved  in  the 
business  of  art  as  in  the 
art  itself.  He's  his  own 
agent,  his  own  pro- 
moter, and  puts  to- 
gether his  own  bro- 
chures advertising  his 
own  work.  "No  one 
can  sell  my  work  better 
than  me  because  no 
one  knows  it  better/'  he 
says. 

Several  years  ago,  at 
an  opening  for  one  of 
his  shows  at  the  Dur- 
ham Arts  Council,  he 
offered  two  door  prizes 
as  attendance  incen- 
tives. He  sells  his  work 
on  time  payments.  "It 
evens  out  my  cash 
flow,"  he  explains.  He 
sends  letters  to  his 
friends  and  supporters, 
offering  them  dis- 


announcing  his  appear- 
ance on  the  cover  of 
lanfcee  magazine. 

All  of  this  isn't  at  the 
cost  of  his  art,  which 
he  happily  shares  with 
budding  talents.  For 
three  years,  he  served 
as  artist-in-residence  for 
the  South  Carolina 
Arts  Commission, 
where  he  instructed 
more  than  10,000  stu- 
dents in  print  making. 
Call  him  aggressive  but 
don't  call  him  late  to 
the  bank.  After  all, 
where  is  it  written  that 
artists  have  to  starve? 


ITT  Rayonier  Southeast  Forest  Operations  after  38 
years.  Under  his  leadership  as  director  since  1978,  the 
company  established  a  safety  program  recognized  as 
one  of  the  best  in  the  country. 

Kelley  H.  Mote  '47  has  been  elected  president  of 
J.C.  Penney  Financial  Corp.  in  New  York  City. 

A.H.  Piatt  '47  has  returned  to  the  U.S.  after  serving 
fourteen  years  as  executive  vice  president  of  Yong 
Nam  Chemical  Co.  Ltd.  in  Korea.  He  and  his  wife, 
Susan,  have  one  daughter  and  live  in  Aurora,  Colo. 

Robert  E.  Lowdermilk  III  '48  has  received  the 
Catawba  College  Algernon  Sydney  Sullivan  Award 
for  1985,  which  recognizes  "laudable  spiritual  qualities 
applied  to  daily  living."  He  is  a  campus  pastor  and 
assistant  professor  of  religion  at  Catawba  College  in 
Salisbury,  N.C. 


'49  joined  the  staff  of  Grace 
Hospital  in  Morganton,  N.C,  as  director  of  anesthesia 
and  respiratory  care  services. 

W.  Fenton  Guinee  Jr.  '49  was  named  president  of 
Anderson  Clayton  and  Co.,  which  makes  Chiffon 
margarine,  Seven  Seas  salad  dressing,  and  other  con- 
sumer products.  He  and  his  wife  have  five  children. 

Marion  Copeland  Mlchalove  '49  is  the  first 
female  member  of  the  Forest  City,  N.C,  town  council 
and  the  commissioner  of  Rutherford  County. 

Donald  Q.  O'Brien  '49  retired  after  32  years  in 
marketing  with  the  Warner-Lambert  Co.  Consumer 
Products  Group,  which  created  product  and  packaging 
design  for  Listerine,  Rolaids,  and  other  consumer 

products.  His  wife,  Anne  Sherman  O'Brien  '51, 

was  elected  to  the  Bedminster,  N.J.,  Township  Com- 
mittee and  is  now  in  her  fourth  term.  They  have  four 
children. 

Jim  Summers  '49  was  named  town  manager  of 


Cary,  N.C,  in  February.  He  was  secretary  of  the  N.C. 
Department  of  Natural  Resources  and  Community 
Development.  He  and  his  wife,  Jean,  live  in  Cary. 


50s 


E.  Fltz  M.D.  '50  was  elected  president  of 
the  N.C.  Board  of  Medical  Examiners.  He  and  his 
wife,  Frances,  live  in  Hickory,  N.C,  and  have  four 
children,  including  Thomas  E.  Fltz  Jr.  71  and 
John  Gregory  Fltz  M.D.  '79. 

Edward  R.  Mosler  '50  is  director  of  placement  in 
the  Graduate  School  of  Industrial  Admininstration  at 
Camegie-Mellon  University. 

H.  Stanton  Oster  Jr.  '51  has  retired  after  34  years 
with  the  Department  of  Energy,  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn., 
division.  He  and  his  wife,  Janice,  have  three  children 
and  live  in  Knoxville. 

Mary  S.  Pollock  '51  received  the  "Fund  Raiser  of 
the  Year"  award  for  her  dedication  as  development 
director  for  Planned  Parenthood  of  Wisconsin.  She 
and  her  husband,  Bill,  have  two  daughters  and  live  in 
Milwaukee. 

Jack  Warmath  '51  was  inducted  into  the  N.C. 
Tennis  Hall  of  Fame  in  November.  His  accomplish- 
ments include  winning  the  N.C.  state  senior  men's 
doubles  for  four  straight  years. 

Loy  H.  Wltherspoon  '51,  B.Div.  '54,  after  20 
years  with  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  has  had  a  lectureship  in 
religious  studies  established  in  his  name.  The  profes- 
sor of  philosophy  and  religious  studies  is  also  director 
of  religious  affairs  at  UNC-Charlotte. 

S.  Perry  Keziah  '52,  J.D  '54  was  inducted  as  a 


Make  Reservations 
Without  Reservations. 


At  the  Durham  Hilton  Inn,  we've 
done  everything  we  can  to  make 
your  visit  as  comfortable  as 
possible. 

We  completely  renovated  and 
redecorated  all  140  guest  rooms 
and  "Executive  Level."  Each  room 
now  has  brand  new  cherry  Drexel 
furniture.  Bright,  new  draperies 
and  carpet.  Everything  is  sparkling 
fresh  and  clean.  At  the  Durham  Hilton, 
you  go  first  class. 

"The  Executive  Level" 

We  have  the  "Executive  Level" 
especially  for  our  guests  who  enjoy 
additional  luxury,  comfort  and 
veniences  like  complimentary 
continental  breakfast,  daily 
newspapers  delivered  to 
your  room,  keyed  elevator 


for  privacy  and  security,  and  pre- 
registration  for  quick  check-ins. 

Burley's  Lounge 

Burley's  is  Durham's  most 
elegant  lounge. 

The  Solarium 

The  Solarium  is  a  grand 
meeting  and  dining  room  with 
seating  for  up  to  55. 

Colonial  Room 

The  beautifully  appointed 
dining  room  open  for  breakfast, 
lunch  and  dinner. 
Combine  all  this  with  the  best 
reservation  system  in  the  country, 
and  you  can  see  why  you  can  make 
reservations  at  the  Durham  Hilton  Inn 
without  reservations. 


X  HILTON 


20 


Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Probate  Counsel. 
He  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm  Keziah,  Gates  and 
Samet  in  High  Point,  NC. 

Frederick  P.  Brooks  Jr.  '53  was  presented  the 
National  Medal  of  Technology  by  President  Ronald 
Reagan  in  a  White  House  ceremony  for  his  role  in 
developing  the  IBM  System/360  computer  family. 

Richard  S.  Foster  '53,  M.D.  '56  retired  from  the 
U.S.  Air  Force  and  has  entered  private  practice  in  in- 
ternal medicine  in  San  Antonio,  Texas. 

Carolyn  S.  Hoffman  '53  received  her  master's  in 
early  childhood  education  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 
She  lives  in  Huntersville,  N.C. 


M.D.  '53  has  received 
the  1985  Alumni  Excellence  Award  from  Guilford 
College  in  Greensboro,  N.C.  She  and  her  husband, 
Eugene,  practice  internal  medicine  in  High  Point, 
N.C. 

David  A.  Lerps  '54  has  retired  from  the  US. 
Marine  Corps  after  30  years  of  service.  He  lives  in 
Coronado,  Calif. 


or  '54,  J.D.  '57  has  moved  to  Ramat 
Aviv,  Israel,  where  he  hopes  to  "help  that  country 
solve  its  many  problems." 


'56  is  district  sales  man- 
ager for  United  Airlines  in  Philadelphia.  He  lives  in 
Berwyn,  Pa. 

Henry  C.  Helmke  '56,  A.M.  '57  was  appointed 
head  of  the  foreign  languages  department  at  Auburn 
University  in  Alabama. 


E.  Hug  '56,  M.F.  '57  is  president  and  chief 
officer  of  the  Environmental  Elements 
Corp.  in  Baltimore,  Md. 


'56  was  elected  executive  vice 
president  and  director  of  Consolidated  Foods  Corp., 


I 


In  its 
grasp,  people  do 


things,  which, 

bly,  they  regret  when 

the  frenzy  is  past. 

No  regrets  for  Carl 
Kurlander  '82,  whose 
unrequited  passion  for 
a  comely  waitress  at  the 
St.  Elmo's  Hotel  in 
Chautauqua,  New 
York,  became  the  basis 
for  a  short  story  about 
an  infatuated  college 
student,  which,  in 
turn,  became  the  basis 
for  last  summer's  movie 
and  hit  single  St  Elmo's 
Fire.  The  waitress  is 
getting  married. 
Kurlander's  getting 
famous. 

Co-written  with  the 
film's  director,  Joel 
Schumacher,  St.  Elmo's 
Fire  follows  the  post* 
graduate  days  of  seven 
college  chums  seeking 
upward  mobility  in  the 
nation's  capital. 
Kurlander's  one-sided 
romance  is  one  of 
many  subplots  in  the 
film  that  smack  of  his 
life  at  Duke. 


As  he  told  Chronicle 
writer  Ed  Farrell,  one 
character— a  column- 
ist-is based,  in  part,  on 
former  Chronicle 
columnist  Rob  Cohen 
'82,  originator  of  the  ir- 
reverent "Monday, 
Monday."  Another 
character,  at  the  outer 
limits  of  desperation 
over  her  pointless  life- 
style, locks  herself  in 
an  unheated  apart- 
ment—presumably to 
shiver  to  death. 
Kurlander  tried  some- 
thing like  that  in 
Durham  after  being 
stood  up  for  a  formal. 
"You  don't  know  how 
hard  it  is  to  freeze  your- 
self in  an  apartment  in 
Durham,''  he  told 
Farrell. 

Kurlander  got  his 
start  in  Hollywood  after 
a  string  of  clever  videos 
he'd  made  at  Duke 
caught  the  attention  of 
University  Union  Dir- 
ector Jake  Phelps. 
Kurlander  won  a  scho- 
larship to  intern  at  Uni- 
versal Studios  in  Cali- 
fornia, through  a 


program  devised  by 
Phelps  and  friend 
Thom  Mount,  then 
president  of  Universal. 

Kurlander  later 
worked  as  an  assistant 
on  one  of  director 
Schumacher's  films, 
DjC  Cab,  and  the 
foundation  was  set  for 


the  collaboration  on  St. 
Elmo's  Fire.  Now 
Kurlander's  writing  an- 
other screenplay,  a 
romantic  comedy  for 
Orion  Pictures.  And  so 
far,  there's  nothing  un- 
requited about  his  love 
of  telling  stories 


from 

shop  $429 

Ireland 

Long  Weekend  Shopping 
Spree  Includes  Round-Trip 
Aer  Lingus  Flight,  Top  Hotels, 
All  Meals...and  more! 

The  Bargains  You 
Bring  Home  Can  Pay 
For  Your  Entire  Trip! 

Enjoy  the  charm  of  Ireland,  plus 
shopping  the  best  of  Europe  at 
prices  so  low  the  savings  can  pay  for 
your  spree! 

Phone  today  for  brochure,  while 
the  strong  dollar  still  buys  the  world! 

Matterhom  Travel  Service 
2450  Riva  Road 
Annapolis,  Maryland  21401 
(301)  841-6544 

Call  toll-free 

(800)  638-9150 

Departures  from  New  York  every  Wednesday, 
October  30, 1985  to  April  30, 1986. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MEDICAL  CENTER  CONTINUING  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


October  14 


Infectious  Disease  Update  1985:  Difficult  Diseases 

Sheraton  University  Center,  Durham 

6th  Diving  Accident  and  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment  Course 

Grand  Cayman  Island,  8WI 

12th  Annual  Fall  Symposium  of  Diagnostic  Imaging 

Southampton  Princess  Hotel,  Bermuda 

19th  Annual  Duke/McPherson  Otolaryngology  Symposium,  Durham 

Duke  Medical  Alumni  Weekend,  Searle  Center,  DUMC 

Duke  Tuesday  (Urology) 
February  2-7, 1986  3rd  Annual  Winter  Symposium  at  Snowshoe  Snowshoe,  WV 
February  17-19        Selected  Topics  for  the  Practicing  Clinician,  Searle  Center,  DUMC 
February  19-22        2nd  Annual  Aging  Conference:  Cancer  in  the  Elderly 

PGA  Sheraton,  Palm  Beach  Gardens,  FL 
March  6-8  7th  Diving  Accident  and  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment 

Searle  Center,  DUMC 

Please  send  me  further  information! 

name:  (print  or  type) : 


October  19-26 

October  28- 
November  2 
November  1-2 
November  14-16 
December  3 


I'm  especially  interested  in  the  following  courses: 
1 2 


Mail  Coupon  to:  Duke  Continuing  Medical  Education,  Box  3108,  Durham,  NC  27710 


which  produces  Sara  Lee  cakes,  Hanes  pantyhose,  and 
other  consumer  products. 

Kenneth  D.  Stewart  '56,  professor  and  head  of 
the  psychology  department  at  Frostburg  State  College 
in  Frostburg,  Md.,  received  an  award  for  service  to  the 
college. 

Fred  W.  Caswell  '57  was  appointed  director  of 
sales  for  Procter  &  Gamble  Co.  Far  East  in  Kobe, 
Japan.  He  and  his  wife,  Sandra  Ratcllff 
Caswell  '58,  have  three  children:  Donna 
Caswell  Hall  80,  Bob  Caswell  '86,  and 
Kathryn  Caswell  '87. 

Jo  Ann  Dalton  B.S.N.  '57,  M.S.N.  '60,  associate 
professor  of  nursing  in  the  UNC-Chapel  Hill  School 
of  Nursing,  has  been  awarded  a  Robert  Wood  Johnson 
Postdoctoral  Fellowship. 

Frank  Harscher  '57,  founder  and  president  of 
Eneco  Resources,  has  become  an  associate  with 
Howard,  Needles,  Tammen  and  Bergendoff,  an  archi- 
tectural, engineering,  and  planning  firm  with  offices 
in  the  U.S.,  Brazil,  Venezuela,  and  Malaysia. 

Eleanor  H.  Hutton  '57,  head  women's  tennis 
coach  at  Emory  and  Henry  College  in  Virginia,  was 
named  Coach  of  the  Year  for  women's  tennis  in  the 
Old  Dominion  Athletic  Conference.  She  lives  in 
Abingdon. 


C.  Martinson  Jr.  M.Div.  '57  is  president 
of  High  Point  College  in  North  Carolina.  He  and  his 
wife,  Elizabeth,  have  two  children. 


J.  Neelon  B.S.N.  '57,  Ph.D.  72  received 
the  Nicholas  Salgo  Dintinguished  Teacher  Award  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill.  She  was  previously  awarded  Duke's 
Distinquished  Alumnus  Award  in  Nursing  and  has 
been  a  consultant  and  lecturer  at  the  Duke  School  of 
Nursing. 


B.Div.  '57  was  awarded 
an  honorary  doctorate  of  divinity  at  Methodist  Col- 
lege in  Fayetteville,  N.C.,  during  its  baccalaureate 
services.  A  member  of  the  Methodist  College  Board 
of  Trustees,  he  also  delivered  the  baccalaureate 
sermon. 

Elizabeth  Hanford  Dole  '58,  U.S.  secretary  of 
transportation  who  received  Duke's  Distinguished 
Alumni  Award  in  May,  was  also  awarded  an  honorary 
degree  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 


F.  Harris  '58  is  management  consultant  in 
philanthropy,  social  responsibility,  and  public  affairs 
for  James  F.  Harris  Associates  in  Miami.  He  is  also 

chairman  for  the  corporate  development 
of  the  U.S.  Committee  for  UN1CEF.  He 
and  his  wife  live  in  Miami  and  have  three  children. 

Pat  Kimzey  Zolllcoffer  '58  is  director  of  market- 
ing and  special  projects  for  Duke's  alumni  affairs 
office.  She  lives  in  Durham. 

Betsy  Brian  Rollins  '59  received  the  Silver  Good 
Citizenship  Award  from  the  Sons  of  the  American 
Revolution  for  her  work  on  food  programs  for  the 
hungry.  She  served  on  President  Reagan's  Task  Force 
on  Food  Assistance,  and  currently  directs  the  soup 
kitchen  at  St.  Philip's  Episcopal  Church  in  Durham. 

Richard  J.  Wood  '59  has  been  named  president  of 
Earlham  College  in  Richmond,  Ind.  He  was  vice  pres- 
ident for  academic  affairs  and  dean  of  the  faculty  at 
Whittier  College  in  California.  He  and  his  wife,  Judy, 
have  two  children. 

MARRIAGES:  LeDare  Hurst  Thompson  '57 

to  David  W.  Wallace  II  on  March  15.  Residence: 
Columbia,  S.C. 


60s 


Darroch  A.M.  '61,  Ph.D.  '68  repre- 
sented Duke  in  May  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presi- 
dent and  vice-chancellor  of  York  University  in 
Ontario,  Canada. 


Kelly  '61,  Ph.D.  '65  has  released  a  new,  ex- 
panded edition  of  the  book  The  And}  Griffith  Show,  in 
celebration  of  the  program's  25th  anniversary.  He  is 
a  professor  of  English  at  the  University  of  Tennessee. 

Sanford  E.  Marovitz  A.M.  '61,  Ph.D.  '68  was 
inducted  into  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  chapter  at  Lake 
Forest  College.  He  is  a  professor  of  English  at  Kent 
State  University. 


Harry  H.  Summerlln  M.D.  '61  has  received  the 
George  T.  Wolff  Award  from  the  department  of  family 
medicine  at  UNC's  medical  school.  He  practices 
family  medicine  in  Asheville,  N.C. 

William  S.  Yancy  '61,  M.D.  '65  was  elected  presi- 
dent of  the  Society  fot  Adolescent  Medicine  at 
Durham  County  General  Hospital. 


O.  Whitfield  Broome  '62  was  elected  to  the 
board  of  regents  of  the  College  for  Financial  Planning 
at  its  meeting  held  in  Denver,  Colo.  He  is  a  professor 
of  financial  accounting  and  analysis  at  the  Mclntire 
School  of  Commerce. 

Gara  Greet  Fenton  '62  is  a  social  worker  for  the 
Community  Long  Term  Care  Program  at  the  S.C. 
Department  of  Health  and  Environmental  Control. 

Claire  "Suzy"  Farrell  '62  was  the  guest  artist  at  a 
Henderson  County  Arts  League's  reception  in 
Hendersonville,  N.C.  She  lives  in  Lexington,  S.C. 

E.  Alexander  '63  has  been  named  ex- 


When  things  are  done 
well,  you  notice.  You 
notice  The  Sheraton 
University  Center's  attention  to 
comfort.  The  relaxed  elegance 
of  the  atrium  lounge,  the  way 
the  cool  of 
the  indoor 
pool  and  the 
adjoining 


-^  You'll  notice  and  ap 

Center 


service  to  the  Research  Triangle 
Park,  the  Raleigh-Durham  Airport, 
and  Duke  Hospital. 

Enjoy  Praline's  southern-style 
charm,  and  Oliver's  Signature 
Restaurant's  continental  cuisine. 
You'll  notice  and  appreciate  the 
friendly, 
attentive 
service  of 


Of  Attention 


whirlpool's  bubbles  soothe 
worries  away. 

You  notice  extra-fluffy  pillows, 
thick,  plentiful  towels,  oversized 
guest  rooms.  Twenty-four  hour 
news,  sports,  and  movies,  and 
complimentary  limousine 


our  staff. 

The  Sheraton  University 
Center  does  things  very  well. 
That's  why,  in  only  one  year, 
we've  become  the  Center 
of  Attention. 


15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road, 

1  mile  south  of  I-85    Durham,  North  Carolina 

For  reservations  call  800-325-3535  or  919-383-8575 


Sheraton 
University  Center 


Join  us  in  the  remote 
hill  towns  of  Tuscany... 
pastoral  Verdi  Country... 
and  the  mystical  cities 
of  Umbria 


Designed  and  directed  by  artist  Frieda 
Yamins,  whose  second  home  is  Florence, 
and  her  superb  staff  of  lecturers.  Mrs. 
Yamins  has  transformed  her  love  and 
knowledge  of  people,  places,  language 
and  traditions  into  fascinating  and 
unusual  itineraries. 
For  the  perceptive  and  traditionally 
independent  traveler  who  enjoys  the 
diversity  of  Italian  culture,  congenial 
company,  and  the  joyous  Italian  art  of 
exuberant  dining  in  enchanted  places 
most  visitors  rarely  see. 
From  16  to  23  days — Departures  in 
April  (Sicily),  May,  June,  Sept.,  Oct. 
Detailed  brochure  available  from: 

Italia  Adagio  ^td 

162UD  Whaley  Street,  Freeport,  NY  11520 
(516)  868-7825  •  (516)  546-5239 


DIVEIN 


duke's  pooled 
income  Funds 


Your  gift  will  provide  you  with: 

•  Income  for  life 

•  Immediate  tax  deduction 

•  No  capital  gains  tax 

•  No  administrative  fee 


at  (919)  6845§3*?SDr684-2i23  today  for  more  information. 

■KB 

prepare  a  prop€6al  regarding  Duke's  Pooled  Income  Funds. 

Duke  University 
Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 
'     Durham,  NC  27706  .. 

CLASS 


PHONE  (      ) 


B1RTHDATE 


BIRTHDATE 


Take  a  break  for  five  weekends 
and  see  five  Duke  home  football  games. 


TAKE  FIVE  AT  DUKE 

1.  Night  games 

2.  Marching  bands 

3.  Dancing  cheerleaders 

4.  Football  buffets 

5.  Special  reunions 


TICKETS  ARE  JUST 
A 


1-800-672-BLUE 
(Toll  Free  in  N.C.) 


681-BLUE 
(Durham  or 
Out  of  State) 


1985  FOOTBALL 

HOME  GAMES  IN  CAPS 


Sept 

7 

NORTHWESTERN 

Sept 

14 

West  Virginia 

Sept 

21 

OHIO 

Oct. 

5 

Virginia 

Oct. 

12 

South  Carolina 

Oct. 

19 

CLEMSON  (Parents  Weekend) 

Oct.  26 

Maryland 

Nov.    2 

GEORGIA  TECH 

(Homecoming) 

Nov.    9 

Wake  Forest 

Nov.  16 

N.C.  STATE 

Nov.  23 

North  Carolina 

HOME  GAME  RESERVED  SEATS  —  $13.00 
HOME  GAME  UNRESERVED  SEATS  FOR  18  AND  UNDER 


MasterCard  and  VISA  accepted 


$3.00 


VfSA' 


ecutive  vice  president-admininstration  for  the  Jack- 
sonville, Fla.-based  rail  unit  of  CSX  Corp. 

Thomas  H.  Byrnes  Jr.  M.D.  '63  was  selected  to 
serve  as  chief  of  staff  at  Community  General  Hospital 
in  Thomasville,  N.C. 

Chester  Haworth  M.D.  '63,  medical  adviser  for 
the  Piedmont  Epilepsy  Association.,  was  honored  at 
the  group's  10th  anniversary  celebration  in  High 
Point,  N.C. 

Scott  H.  Hendrix  '63  is  a  professor  of  history  at 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary  in  Philadelphia. 

Lyman  P.  Morrill  B.S.E.  '63  is  manager  of  the  esti- 
mating division  of  Stone  and  Webster  Engineering 
Corp.  in  Boston.  The  firm  designs  and  builds  major 
industrial  facilities. 

Cynthia  Batte  Aten  '64  is  a  fellow  in  adolescent 
medicine  at  Bridgeport  Hospital  and  a  member  of  a 
pediatrics  practice  in  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Heather  L.  Ruth  '65,  a  bond  expert,  became  New 
York  State  superintendent  of  banks  in  February. 

Stan  Coble  '66  was  named  assistant  headmaster  of 
Hilton  Head  Preparatory  School,  which  was  created 
with  the  merger  of  Sea  Pines  and  May  River  Aca- 
demies in  South  Carolina.  He  and  his  wife,  Judy,  have 
two  children  and  live  on  Hilton  Head  Island. 

Harry  W.  Blair  A.M.  '66,  Ph.D.  70  represented 
Duke  at  commencement  exercises  of  Bucknell  Uni- 
versity. He  lives  in  Lewisburg,  Pa. 


Margo  A.  Brinton  '66  is  an  associate  professor  in 
the  Wistar  Institute  and  in  the  departments  of  micro- 
biology and  pathology  at  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania. 


Jack  Hawke  J.D.  '66  is  senior  policy  adviser  to 
Gov.  James  Martin  of  North  Carolina. 

J.  Dean  Heller  '66  is  a  partner  in  the  Los  Angeles 
law  firm  Tuttle  and  Taylor.  He  and  his  wife,  Marjorie 
Tai  Shih,  have  two  daughters  and  live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Dan  W.  Hill  III  '66  was  elected  to  serve  a  three-year 
term  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Durham's  Home 
Savings  and  Loan  Association. 

M.  Douglas  Meeks  B.Div.  '66,  Ph.D.  71  is  the 
editor  and  author  of  the  lead  article  in  the  book  The 
Future  of  the  Methodist  Theological  Traditions. 

Spence  W.  Perry  J.D.  '66,  an  attorney  for  the 
Federal  Emergency  Management  Agency  in  Washing- 
ton, DC,  has  been  selected  to  attend  the  Industrial 
College  of  the  Armed  Forces.  He  and  his  wife  have 
two  daughters  and  live  in  Ellicott  City,  Md. 

Douglas  Wheeler  J.D.  '66  is  executive  director  of 
the  Sierra  Club's  board  of  directors. 


Stephens  Brehm  '67,  Ph.D.  73  is  a 
professor  of  psychology  at  the  University  of  Kansas  in 
Lawrence.  Her  most  recent  book,  Intimate  Relation- 
ships, was  written  to  help  teach  college  courses  on 
adult  relationships. 

Eldridge  C.  Hanes  '67  has  been  elected  to  the 
city  board  of  NCNB  National  Bank  in 
Winston-Salem. 

Josephine  Humphreys  '67  won  a  Hemingway 
Award  for  her  novel  Dreams  of  Sleep,  which  was 
named  "one  of  the  finest  first  novels  published  in 
1984." 

Patterson  Miller  '67  became  vice  pre- 


sident of  Booke  and  Co.,  a  consulting  and  acturial 
firm  with  an  office  in  Winston-Salem.  She  works  in 
the  communications  division. 


Kathy  Walsh  Howard  '67  is  a  secondary  level 
social  studies  teacher  and  lives  in  West  Chester,  Pa. 

Christopher  Britton  J.D.  '68  has  written  Pay- 
backs, his  first  novel. 

Richard  R.  Crater  '68  is  associate  director  of 
finance  at  Mass.  General  Hospital. 

Edwin  A.  Curran  MAT.  '68  was  nominated  by 
Ptesident  Ronald  Reagan  to  become  chairman  of  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities. 

Carolina  C  John  '68  was  named  director  of  cir- 
culation at  the  Atlanta  Journal-Constitution. 

Erik  Joki  '68  is  manager  of  merchandising  for 
Nationwide  Papers  divison  of  Champion  Interna- 
tional. He  lives  in  Stamford,  Conn. 

Gary  W.  Stubbs  '68,  a  commander  in  the  U.S. 
Navy,  recently  returned  from  a  four-month  deploy- 
ment in  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean. 
He  now  works  at  the  Naval  Ait  Station  in  Virginia 
Beach,  Va. 

Ware  Botsford  Washam  '68  is  the  manager  of 
CAD/CAM  training  at  Control  Data  Corp.  in 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 

James  S.  Wunsch  '68  was  awarded  the  Robert  F. 
Kennedy  Award  for  Distinguished  Teaching  at 
Creighton  University  in  Omaha,  Neb.,  where  he  is 
associate  professor  of  political  science  and  department 
chairman. 

Gary  W.  Bross  '69  is  a  partner  in  the  Decatur, 


Howerton  Antique  Co. 


Clarksville,  Virginia 


#  74  Queen  Anne  mahogany  highboy.  .  .  .$1175 
W  36"  x  D  18"  H  66" 

cj/«e>  if-zt,  HmucHon  Anti^c  Gnnpeuw  has 
betn  maki^^aU&j  hcme(maoU^  ±8t& 
Cervfuny  rtproducftints.  Our  fedmioius 
and ■pcUfcr-tus  ha#t>  d*z*?g&l 'very  titf-bu 
-fktrost^i -fkts  years j  cm<^ buflcffiirtu'iufe' 
oncpuus  or  a  Urntj  fitting:  (J~iyidcvidctivf 
aMevvhcw.  UM,  bclcwt,  ~fhajFwccanoffc*^ 
-fAc  besF&ycUitu  a^iAe.  rrxtf- reaswablt^ 
■pribu,  cmd  ■rfi&hwe.  art,  irubj  maM/r& 


ANTIQUES  OF  TOMORROW  CATALOG 


(erton  Antique  Co.,  P.O.  Box  215-D-l. 
(804)  374-5715 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 


now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M  &  W,  S  M  L  XL,  only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  1  Winthrop  Court,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents— please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name 


City/State/Zip 

Check  □    Money  Order  □ 


White 

Duke  Blue 

Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


Ga.,  law  fir 


s,  Robinson  and  Spears. 


J.  McNeill  Gibson  '69,  who  earned  his  master's 
from  UNC  in  1973,  is  associated  with  the  Mecklen- 
burg Medical  Group  in  Charlotte.  His  wife,  Gall 
McMurray  Gibson  70,  A.M.  72  is  an  associate 
professor  at  Davidson  College.  They  have  two 
children. 


'69  is  a  partner  in  the  Carbon- 
dale,  111.,  law  firm  Feirich,  Schoen,  Mager,  Green  and 
Associates.  He  and  his  wife,  Barbara,  have  two 
children. 

Jane  Catherine  Mack  '69  is  senior  vice  presi- 
dent and  director  of  the  Alliance  Capital  Manage- 
ment Corp.,  an  investment  management  firm  in  New 
York. 


Cathryn  L.  Samples  '69  is  assistant  t 

sioner  at  the  New  York  City  Department  of  Health, 
which  supervises  the  School  Children  and  Adolescent 
Health  Program.  She  lives  in  Brooklyn. 

Anne  Workman  '69  was  elected  judge  of  the  state 
court  of  DeKalb  County,  Ga.  She  is  the  first  woman 
in  DeKalb  County  elected  to  this  post. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Philip  Lader 
'66  and  Linda  LeSourd  Lader  on  Feb.  2.  Named  Mary 
Catherine  ...  A  daughter  to  Martha  C.  Brimm 
'68  and  Richard  V.  Clark  A.M.  70  on  Nov.  27, 
1983.  Named  Elizabeth  Anne  Clark  ...  A  son  to 
Paul  S.  Messlck  '68  on  July  30,  1984.  Named 
Luke  Carson  ...  A  daughter  to  James  Wunsch 
'68  and  Mary  Wunsch  on  Dec.  28.  Named  Hallie 
Behrens. 


We've  got  a  Devil  of  a  Deal 

on  meals  for  football  fans  this  fall: 

five  different  pregame  buffets  to 

fortify  you  for  the  best  game  in  town. 


Duke's  General  Alumni  Association  is  sponsoring  five  pregame  buffets  before 
each  of  the  five  home  football  games.  Open  to  all  alumni  and  friends,  these 
events  provide  an  excellent  opportunity  to  greet  old  friends  and  classmates  and 
meet  university  staff  and  officials.  Guests  can  come  early,  get  a  good  place  to 
park,  have  a  relaxed  meal,  and  walk  a  very  short  distance  to  the  game.  The 
buffets  will  be  served  in  the  Intramural  Building,  located  between  the  West 
Campus  tennis  courts  and  the  east  gate  of  Wallace  Wade  Stadium. 

Buffet  lines  will  open  two  hours  before  game  time.  Tentatively,  games  on  Sept.  7 
and  21  will  begin  at  7  p.m.;  the  three  remaining  games  start  at  1:30  p.m.  Times 
are  subject  to  change  to  accommodate  television  coverage.  Please  watch  for 
announcements  in  newspapers  and  on  television  for  kick-off  times. 

Buffet  tickets  are  $8,  and  will  be  mailed  if  orders  are  received  at  least  two  weeks 
prior  to  the  game.  Buffet  tickets  will  be  held  at  the  door  for  orders  received  later. 
The  availability  of  buffet  tickets  at  the  door  will  depend  upon  reservations  and 
pre-sale.  Please  order  early  and  help  inaugurate  a  new  alumni  tradition  at  Duke. 
Football  game  tickets  are  available  through  the  Duke  Ticket  Office  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium,  and  should  be  ordered  directly.  Call  (919)  681-BLUE  for  further 
football  ticket  information  (in  North  Carolina,  call  (800)  682-BLUE,  toll  free). 


Detach  and  send  this  portion  as  your  order  to: 

Football  Buffets,  Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

Make  checks  payable  to  Duke  University. 


Duke  vs.  Clemson,  11:30  a.m.,  Oct.  19  (Parent's  Weekend) 
Duke  vs.  Georgia  Tech,  11:30  a.m.,  Nov.  2  (Homecoming) 
Duke  vs.  N.C.  State,  11:30  a.m. 


(Please  print  or  type) 


□  Mail  tickets  to: 


□  Hold  tickets  at  the  door 


70s 


:  V.  Bailey  B.S.E.  70  received  the  Navy 
Commendation  Medal  for  service  as  staff  commander 
of  the  U.S.  Third  Fleet  and  the  Expenditionary  Medal 
for  operations  in  support  of  the  U.S.  Sixth  Fleet.  He 
lives  in  Rota,  Spain. 

Anne  Bavier  B.S.N.  70  is  program  director  for 
nursing  research  at  the  National  Cancer  Institute, 
Division  of  Cancer  Prevention  and  Control,  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Kathleen  Braun  70  is  a  staff  financial  analyst 
with  IBM.  She  lives  in  Lexington,  Ky. 

John  A.  Dlffey  70  has  been  elected  vice  president 
of  the  N.C.  Association  of  Non-Profit  Homes  for  the 
Aging.  This  appointment  honored  his  service  as  ex- 
ecutive director  of  Carol  Woods  retirement  commu- 
nity in  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 

Gail  McMurray  Gibson  70,  A.M.  72  has  been 
granted  tenure  and  promoted  to  associate  professor  of 
English  at  Davidson  College  in  Davidson,  N.C.  Her 
husband,  J.  McNeill  Gibson  '69,  is  an  associate 
with  the  Mecklenburg  Medical  Group  in  Charlotte. 
They  have  two  children. 

Mary  C.  Whitton  70  is  director  of  marketing- 
graphics  terminals  in  the  Raleigh,  N.C,  office  of 
Adage,  Inc.  of  Billerica,  Mass.  She  developed  a  high 
resolution  computer  graphics  unit  with  her  husband, 
J.  Nick  England,  in  1978,  starting  Ikonas  Graphics 
Co.  in  Raleigh.  In  1982,  they  sold  the  company  to 
Adage,  Inc.  She  had  retired  while  her  husband  con- 
tinued with  Adage  as  vice  president. 

Mark  D.  Neuhart  71,  a  lieutenant  commander  in 
the  Navy,  received  his  master's  in  communication 
from  the  University  of  Oklahoma.  He  and  his  wife, 
Sue,  live  in  Boston,  where  he  is  director  of  the  Navy's 
New  England  Office  of  Information. 

John  W.  Spears  Jr.  71  is  a  partner  in  the  law 
firm  Bross,  Robinson  and  Spears  in  Decatur,  Ga. 


Mark  J.  Brenner  72  finished  residency  training  at 
the  Harvard  Joint  Center  for  Radiation  Therapy  and 
has  joined  the  staff  of  the  Salem  Hospital  in  Salem, 
Mass.  He  and  his  wife,  Jean,  live  in  Swampscott, 
Mass. 


M.  Fairfull  A.M.  72  is  curator  of  the  Ft. 
DeRussy  Museum  in  Wakila,  Hawaii.  He  is  a  major  in 
the  U.S.  Army  Reserves  and  lives  in  Honolulu. 

William  D.  Needham  BSE.  72,  a  lieutenant 
commander  in  the  U.S.  Navy,  received  the  1985 
Materials  Technology  Institute  Award  for  Excellence 
in  Corrosion  Engineering.  He  is  studying  ocean  and 
materials  engineering  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology. 

Robert  S.  West  72  works  for  Drexel,  Bumham, 
Lambert  Inc.  Mortgage  Backed  Securities  Group  in 
Chicago.  He  lives  in  Northbrook,  111. 

Goli  Irani  Farrell  A.M.  73  is  employed  at  Fairleigh 
Dickinson  University's  College  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration. She  lives  in  New  York. 

Wendy  Jay  Heilburn  73  is  a  consultant  with 

Fredric  W  Cook  and  Co.  She  and  her  husband, 
William,  live  in  New  York  City. 

James  D.  Moran  III  73  has  been  named  professor 
and  head  of  the  department  of  family  relations  and 
child  development  at  Oklahoma  State  University  in 
Stillwater. 


i  G.  Scrivner  73  represented  Duke  at  the 
inauguration  of  the  president  of  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity in  Evanston,  111. 

Carol  A.  Springer  73  is  a  resident  in  physician 


See  other 

side  for 

PRINT 

information 


One  Thousand  Signed  and 
Numbered  Sarah  P.  Duke 
Gardens  Limited  Edition 
Prints  by  Noted  Water- 
colorist,  Elizabeth  Shields. 

Each  print  is  lithographed 
on  acid  free  archival  quality 
paper,  enhancing  the  print's 
lasting  value. 

The  image  size  measures 
H"xl4"  and  is  available  un- 
framed  for  $50.00.  Framed 
and  double  matted  prints 
measuring  20%"xl7%"  are 
available  for  $85.00,  as 
pictured. 


;;.^v^^Vvv7""'^fe--;^>...:: 

SHsS^if    |»# 

~~^> ~  "',mr^'        t^Es    ^■^^~'*< 

SARAH  P.  DUKE  GARDENS 


II  !■ ■Jill— MMM—M MM— I 


Persona]  Reservation  Form 


CREDIT   CARD   INFORMATION 

Please  Make  Check  Payable  to  Images.  Inc. 

D   Check  or  Money  Order       □   MasterCard       D  Visa 


Charge  Account  Number  _ 


ORDER   FORM 

Please  Send  Me: 

UnframedPrint(s)atS50.00each     S_ 

Framed  Print(s)  at  $85.00  each     $ 

Virginia  Residents  Add  4%  Sales  Tax  $ 

Maryland  Residents  Add  5%  Sales  Tax  $_ 

Shippings  Handling  $ 

(S3.00  Unframed  or  $5.00  Framed)  Each 
Total  Enclosed  or  Charged  $ 


Street  Address 
City  


Remit  to:     Images,  P.O.  Box  752,  Owings  Mills,  MD  21 1 


Zip 


For  Immediate  Service  On  Credit  Card  Orders  Only,  Call:  301/526-5740 
Please  order  by  December  10th  for  Christmas  delivery. 


ophthalmology  at  Cornell  Medical  College  at  New 
York  Hospital,  with  a  joint  appointment  at  N.Y. 
Memorial  Hospital's  Sloan  Kettering  Cancer  Center. 
She  and  her  husband,  Lauren  Rosecan,  an  ophthal- 
mology fellow  in  retinal  diseases,  live  in  New  York 
City. 


Ed.D.  73  has  been  named  superinten- 
dent of  Davidson  County,  N.C.,  schools.  He  and  his 
wife,  Peggy,  have  two  children. 

Robert  "Bo"  Willis  73  recently  opened  a  pedia- 
tric and  adolescent  dentistry  practice  in  Liverpool, 
N.Y.  He  and  his  wife,  Ruth,  have  three  daughters. 

Robert  Bernstein  74,  M.H.A.  77  is  the  admin- 
istrator of  Brookwood  Medical  Center  in  Birming- 
ham, Ala.  He  is  married  and  has  one  son. 


Williams  Ellertson  74  is  production 
manager  at  Menasha  Ridge  Press  in  Hillsborough, 
N.C.  She  and  her  husband,  Charles,  live  in  Durham. 


74  is  vice  president  and  direc- 
tor of  regulatory  affairs  at  Fidia  Pharmaceuticals  in 
Washington,  D.C.  He  has  two  daughters  and  lives  in 
Arlington,  Va. 

Doren  Madey  Plnnell  74,  M.Ed.  75,  Ph.D.  79 
is  manager  of  marketing  and  recruiting  for  KRON 
Medical  Corp.,  which  provides  physician  coverage,  in 
Chapel  Hill. 

Harold  Edwin  Stlne  74  is  a  lieutenant  colonel  in 
the  U.S.  Army.  He  is  on  the  staff  of  the  U.S.-European 
command  in  Stuttgart,  West  Germany,  where  he  and 

his  wife,  Glneen  Ord  Stlne  B.S.N.  74,  are  cur- 
rently in  residence. 


C  Stevens  74  has  been  elected  vice  presi- 
dent and  officer  of  the  Boston  Consulting  Group  in 

Chicago.  He  and  his  wife,  Celeste  Gill  Stevens 

76,  live  in  Hinsdale,  111. 

Tamara  Lynn  Wardell  B.S.N.  74  is  enrolled  in 
the  master's  program  in  nursing  at  the  University  of 
Pittsburgh. 

John  Lockwood  Walker  74,  J.D.  77  is  a 
partner  in  the  law  firm  Simpson,  Thacher  and 
Bartlett  in  New  York  City. 


H.  Duffy  M.Ed.  75,  Ph.D.  78  is 
assistant  professor  of  computer  and  information 
sciences  at  Marshall  University  in  Huntington,  WVa. 


E.  Everett  75  is  an  instructor  in  medicine 
at  Harvard  Medical  School  and  associate  director  of 
the  Geriatric  Evaluation  Unit  at  West  Roxbury  V.A. 
Hospital  in  Massachusetts. 

James  Raphael  Gavin  M.D.  75  is  associate  pro- 
fessor of  medicine  at  Washington  University's  medical 
school  in  St.  Louis.  He  and  his  wife,  Ann,  have  two 


George  H.  Goodrich  Jr.  75  is  pastor  of  the  First 
Presbyterian  Church  in  Reading,  Pa.  His  wife,  Kathy 
Allmon  Goodrich  77,  is  assistant  director  of  Pres- 
byterians United  for  Biblical  Concerns  in  Pottstown, 
Pa.  They  live  in  Reading. 


M.  Larson  M.D.  75  was  admitted  as  a 
fellow  into  the  American  College  of  Surgeons.  He 
lives  in  Greenville,  N.C. 

Gary  Lynch  J.D.  75  has  been  named  director  of 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  Enforce- 
ment Division. 


:  75  received  a  dental  degree 
from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  School  of  Dentistry.  She  prac- 
tices in  Walkertown,  N.C. 

Joseph  J.  Smallhoover  75  is  an  associate  in 
the  Paris,  France,  law  firm  S.G.  Archibald.  He  was 
associated  with  the  law  partnership  Rosen,  Washtell 
and  Gilbert  in  Los  Angeles,  and  a  German  Academic 
Exchange  Service  Fellow  in  Dusseldorf,  Germany. 


Raya  Armaly  M.D.  76  is  a  graduate  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh  Medical  School.  She  trained  in 
ophthalmology  at  George  Washington  University 
Medical  Center,  where  she  is  now  completing  a  fel- 
lowship in  glaucoma.  She  and  her  husband,  Charles, 
have  one  son  and  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Yvonne  Beasley  M.Div.  76  serves  as  chaplain  at 
the  Western  Correctional  Center  in  Morganton,  N.C. 


i  E.  Christopher  76  is  chief  sanitary  engi- 
neer at  Stottler,  Stagg  and  Associates,  Inc.  in  Cape 
Canaveral,  Fla. 


Pattl  A.  Dolan  B.S.N.  76  is  a  medical  student ; 
the  University  of  Florida  in  Gainesville. 


3  Dunn  M.Div.  76  is  attending  Union 
Theological  Seminary  in  King,  Pa.,  while  serving  as 
assistant  headmaster  at  Westchester  Academy.  He  and 
his  wife,  Jennifer,  live  in  King. 


Scott  Freemark  M.D.  76  has  become 
an  assistant  professor  in  pediatrics  at  Duke  Medical 
Center. 

Charles  F.  Hawkins  76  is  enrolled  in  the 
M.B.A.  program  of  the  Wharton  School  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania.  He  and  his  wife,  Jean,  have 
one  son  and  live  in  Philadelphia. 


A.M.  76  has  been  named  to  the 
the  Status  of  Women.  She  lives  in 


Y. 

N.C.  Council 
Raleigh. 

Kathryn  Jean  Lucas  76  is  a  fellow  in  endo- 
crinology at  Duke  Medical  Center  She  and  her 
husband,  Seth,  live  in  Durham. 

Chere  Peel  76  has  a  pri%'ate  practice  in  internal 
medicine  at  Woman's  Hospital  in  Jackson,  Miss. 

77  is  corporate  counsel  at 


TAKE  EM  ON  THE  ROAD 


Follow  the  Blue  Devils  on  the  road 

and  join  other  Duke  alumni  and  friends 

at  pregame  receptions. 


If  you  live  near  any  of  these 
game  sites,  watch  for  a 
brochure  in  the  mail. 
Otherwise,  complete  the 
form  for  additional  details 
concerning  the  receptions. 
In  order  to  guarantee 
adequate  food  service, 
advance  reservations 
are  required. 

1-800-FOR-DU  KE  outside  N.C 
1-919-684-5114  collect  in  N.C. 


Please  send  me  the  brochure 
pregame  reception(s): 

on 

the  following 

Virginia                         _ 

_  Maryland 

South  Carolina            

_  Wake  Forest 

Name 

Address 

Mail  to:  Duke  on  the  Road,  Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 


Varian  Associates,  Inc.,  an  international  electronics 
company  with  an  office  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif.  She  lives 
in  San  Francisco. 

ght  DeltZ  B.S.N.  77  oversees  the 
:  care  and  subcoronary  units  at  Pardee  Hospi- 
tal in  Hendersonville,  N.C.  She  and  her  husband, 
Ronald,  raise  pigs  on  their  farm  in  Weaverville,  N.C. 

Ronnie  Glickman  77  was  elected  to  the  Hills- 
borough County  Commissions  in  Tampa,  Fla. 

Kathy  Allmon  Goodrich  77  is  assistant  director 
of  Presbyterians  United  for  Biblical  Concerns,  a 
Renewal/Advocacy  ministry  in  Pottstown,  Pa.  She  and 
her  husband,  George  H.  Goodrich  Jr.  75,  live 
in  Reading,  Pa.,  where  he  serves  as  pastor  of  the  First 
Presbyterian  Church. 

Bob  Gordon  D.Ed.  77  is  superintendent  of  Vance 
County  Schools  in  North  Carolina. 

O.  Morton  Harris  Jr.  B.S.E.  77  received  a  doctor- 
ate from  Union  Theological  Seminary.  He  is  pastor  of 
Lebanon  and  Castlewood  Presbyterian  churches  in 
Lebanon,  Va. 

Christopher  R.  Mellott  BSE.  77  is  an  associate 
in  the  law  firm  Venable,  Baetjer  and  Howard  in 
Baltimore,  Md. 


,  Metz  77  serves  as  chief  resident  in 
pediatrics  at  the  Medical  College  of  Virginia  in 
Richmond. 


I  M.Div.  77  is  a  pastoral  psy- 
chologist at  Presbyterian  Counseling  Services  in 
Seattle,  Wash.,  where  she  is  also  pursuing  a  doctorate 


of  philosophy.  She  and  her  husband,  James,  live  in 
Seattle. 


78  is  a  graduate  of 
the  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  train 
in  pathology  at  Mass.  General  Hospital  in  Boston. 

Barry  R.  Bryant  78  is  a  securities  analyst  for 
Goldman  Sachs,  a  retail  firm.  He  lives  in  New  York 
City. 

Mark  Scott  Jasmine  78  is  a  resident  in  ortho- 
pedic surgery  at  N.C.  Memorial  Hospital.  He  and  his 
wife,  Mary,  live  in  Chapel  Hill. 

Edward  E.  Kay  Jr.  78  is  a  manager  at  Price 
Waterhouse.  He  and  his  wife,  Kim,  live  in  Pittsburgh, 

Pa- 
Robert  B.  Krakow  78,  J.D.  '81  is  an  associate 
with  the  law  firm  Gibson,  Dunn  and  Crutcher  in 
Dallas,  Texas. 


I  Leonard  M.S.  78  received  a  Ph.D.  in 
neuroanatomy  from  the  Medical  School  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. He  is  director  of  the  Tri-County  Therapy  and 
Rehabilitation  Center  in  Trappe,  Pa. 

George  Williams  Rutherford  III  MD  78  is 

the  director  of  immunization  at  the  New  York  City 
Department  of  Health,  and  a  medical  epidemiologist 
at  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  in  Atlanta. 

Sheryl  Arnold  Turner  B.H.S.  78  is  a  physician's 
associate  with  Heart  Surgery  Associates  in  Ft.  Lauder- 
dale, Fla.,  where  she  also  serves  as  executive  director 
of  the  North  Ridge  Heart  Foundation.  She  teaches 
cardiovascular  fitness  at  Florida  Atlantic  University 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

EAST  CAMPUS  °  WEST  MAIN  STREET  °  DURHAM 


1    Hours:  Tues-Fri  9-5  pm    Sat  10-1  pm    Sun  2-5  pm  °  ADMISSION  FREE" 


SPECIAL  EXHIBITS  FALL,  1985 
20th  Anniversary  of  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts:  Art  of  North 
Carolina 

Alexander  Rodchenko:  Pioneer  Soviet 
Photographer 

The  Art  of  Costa  Rica:  Painted  & 
Sculpted  Ceramics  from  the  Sackler 
llection 


PERMANENT  COLLECTIONS 
Medieval  &  Renaissance  Sculpture  & 
Decorative  Art 
Greek  &  Roman  Antiquities 
Pre-Columbian  pottery  &  textiles 
African  sculpture  &  textiles 
Winslow  Homer  wood  engravings 


L" 


For  additional  information  please  call  684-5135 


in  Boca  Raton  and  lives  in  Ft.  Lauderdale. 

Brian  Joseph  Brodeur  79  is  product  manager 
at  Harris  Trout  and  Savings  Bank  in  Chicago. 

D.  Duncan  Maysilles  J.D.  79  joined  the  Beau- 
fort, N.C,  law  firm  Warren  J.  Davis  as  an ; 
specializing  in  commercial  and  real  estate  law 


M.B.A.  79,  a  major  in  the  U.S. 
Marine  Reserves,  was  named  assistant  vice  president 
of  home  training  and  development  at  Home  Security 
Life  in  Durham. 

Gray  McCalley  Jr.  J.D  79  serves  the  State 
Department  as  U.S.  Vice  Counsel  in  Belfast,  Ireland. 


M.Div.  79  has  been  ap- 
pointed pastor  of  the  Bethany  United  Methodist 
Church  in  Palmyra,  Pa. 

Marty  Vaughn  Pierson  79  is  an  associate  with 
Durham  Life  Insurance  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Barbara, 
live  in  Raleigh. 

John  J.  Reed  Jr.  79  is  a  graduate  of  Georgetown 
University  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  study  emer- 
gency medicine  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  Affili- 
ated Hospitals. 

Wayne  K.  Ruth  M.D.  79  has  a  private  practice  in 
Burlington,  N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Patricia  Sorrells, 
live  in  Mebane. 


David  N.  Soloway  79  is  a  partner  in  the  Atlanta, 
Ga.,  law  firm  Frazier  and  Soloway,  which  maintains 
an  immigration,  civil  litigation,  and  business/corpor- 
ate law  practice.  He  and  his  wife,  Carolyn  Frazier,  live 
in  Decatur,  Ga. 


79,  a  Raleigh  attorney,  is  e 
director  of  North  Carolina's  Democratic  Party.  He  was 
director  of  the  North  Carolina  Mondale-Ferraro  presi- 
dential campaign. 


MARRIAGES:  Linda  Gail  Hudak  73  to  Richard 
Ross  Jenkins  on  March  26.  Residence:  New  Haven, 
Conn. .  . .  Wendy  Jay  73  to  William  Stiles 
Heilbum  in  November.  Residence:  New  York 
City  . . .  Carol  A.  Springer  73  to  Lauren  R. 
Rosecan  on  Nov.  24.  Residence:  New  York  City  .  .  . 
Michael  Moshe  Lakin  74  to  Harriet  Susan 
Ullman  on  March  16  . . .  Barbara  Elaine 
Williams  74  to  Charles  Melvin  Ellertson 
A.M.  76  on  April  20.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  . 
Janet  M.  ROSS  75  to  M.  Lennox  Easen  Jr.  on 
April  14, 1984  . .  .  David  Cllft  M.Div.  76  to 
Tamara  Lynne  Sullivan  on  May  5 .  Residence: 
Kinston,  N.C. .  . .  Truman  Lee  Dunn  M.Div.  76 
to  Jennifer  Bass  Moore  on  Feb.  16.  Residence:  King, 
Pa. .  .  .  Bradley  Lawson  Jr.  M.S.M.  76  to 
Jeanne  Elizabeth  Newsom  on  April  20.  Residence: 

Cary,  N.C Kathryn  Jean  Lucas  76  to  Seth 

Omar  Medlin  on  March  9.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  . 
Neil  Matthew  O'Toole  76  to  Janet  Faye  Ramsey 
on  April  20.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Janet  C. 
Zechiel  76,  M.S.  78  to  Theofiel  F.  Dib  on  March 


Chronicle  Alumni  -  Celebrate 

Our  80th  Anniversary  during  Homecoming  Weekend,  November  1-3,  1985. 

^trinityChronicle 


EIGHTIETH*ANNIVERSARY*REUNION 


We'll  be  sending  you  further  details  in  the  mail,  but  if  for  some  reason  you  don't  hear  from  us,  contact  Jean  Danser  at  919/684-3973. 


28 


16.  Residence:  Mauldin,  S.C.  .  .  .  Charles  Paul 
Karukstis  77  to  Jill  Lee  Deese  on  April  27.  Resi- 
dence: Charlotte,  N.C.  .  .  .  Sue  Tuck  Parkerson 
M.Div.  77  to  James  Nicholas  Wisner  on  April  13. 
Residence:  Seattle,  Wash.  .  .  .  Margaret  Harding 
Adams  78  to  Scott  Linn  Hunter  on  April  28  .  .  . 
Ellyn  F.  Vanden  Bosch  78  to  B.  Peter  Korzun  on 
May  28,  1983.  Residence:  New  York  City  .  .  . 
George  Williams  Rutherford  III  M.D  78  to 
Mary  Rachel  Workman  on  Feb  23  .  .  .  Michele 
Clause  79  to  Will  Farquhar  '80  on  Aug.  24. 

Residence:  Washington,  DC Albert  N.  Gore 

B.S.E.  79  to  Jeannette  Arlene  Shelor  on  March  23. 
Residence:  Raleigh  .  .  .  Elizabeth  Scott  Pryor 
79  to  Ethan  Whitcomb  Johnson  on  May  25.  Resi- 
dence: New  York  City  . .  .  Coralie  Kay  Sedwick 
79  to  John  Michael  Brucato  on  June  21.  Residence: 
Milford,  Mass. .  .  .  Paul  Michael  Stout  M.S.  79 
to  Nancy  Jean  Darigo  79  on  April  13.  Resi- 
dence: Coconut  Grove,  Fla.  .  .  .  Thomas  L. 
Whltehalr  B.S.E.  79  to  Anne  G.  Register  on  Sept. 
15,  1984.  Residence:  Irvine,  Calif. 

BIRTHS:  A  son  to  J.  Russell  Phillips  71  on 

April  10.  Named  John  Henry  ...  A  son  to  Charles 
Gaylord  Sandell  B.S.E.  71  and  Margie 

Burrell  Sandell  71  on  March  5.  Named  Andrew 
Alden  ...  A  daughter  to  James  A.  Littman  72 

and  Carrie  Littman  on  Feb.  12.  Named  Jada 
Simone  ...  A  daughter  to  Debra  Long  Hunt  73 
and  Gary  E.  Hunt  on  Oct.  10,  1984.  Named  Lauren 
Elyse  ...  A  son  and  first  child  to  Laura  Meyer 
Wellman  73  and  Ward  Wellman  on  Nov.  30. 
Named  Alexander  Cleveland  ...  A  daughter  to 
Robert  Willis  73  and  Ruth  C.  Willis  on  March  22. 
Named  Robyn  Ann  ...  A  daughter  to  Deborah  J. 
Besch  74  and  Tyler  Anderson  74  on  March  4. 
Named  Elizabeth  Jean  Anderson.  ...  A  daughter  to 
Karen  Littlefleld  73  and  Bruce  McCrea  on  April 


10.  Named  Megan  Carol  ...  A  daughter  to  Kathy 
K.  Hlggins  M.Div.  77  on  Dec.  27.  Named  Helen 
Elizabeth  ...  A  daughter  to  Martha  Reel 
Leming  75  and  Mike  Leming  on  May  25,  1984. 
Named  Caitlin  Marie  ...  A  son  to  Margot 
Metzner  J.D.  75  and  Mark  Mandelkern  on  April 
22.  Named  Benjamin  Tate  Mandelkern  ...  A 
daughter  to  Robert  Reid  Linkous  76  and 
Sherry  MacLellan  Linkous  B.S.N.  79  on  May 
1.  Named  Ashley  Reid  ...  A  first  child  and  son  to 
Karl  R.  Dudek  77  and  Susan  Warner  on  Oct.  25, 
1984.  Named  Samuel  Warner  Dudek  ...  A  second 

son  to  Susan  Carey  Hatfield  77  and  William 

Hatfield  on  March  19.  Named  Peter  Carey  ...  A 
daughter  adopted  on  Feb.  22  by  Joseph  F.  Hixon 

77  and  Bernadette  Hixon.  Named  Tori  Jin  ...  A  first 
child  and  son  to  Charles  W.  Lallier  77  and 
Rebecca  Ragsdale  Lallier  on  March  22.  Named 
Andrew  Ragsdale  ...  A  first  child  and  son  to 
Robert  G.  Leech  B.S.E.  77,  A.M.  '81  and 
Carolyn  Cohen  Leech  B.S.E.  78  on  April  27. 
Named  Brian  Nicholas.  ...  A  daughter  to  Emily 
Busse  Bragg  78  and  Steven  R.  Bragg  on  Oct.  22, 
1984.  Named  Jennifer  Emily  ...  A  daughter  to 
Lane  Edward  Jennings  Res.  78  and  Jane 
Jennings  on  Sept.  7,  1984.  Named  Lauren 
Elizabeth  ...  A  son  to  Jill  Russell  Laird  B.S.N. 

78  and  Richard  H.  Laird  III.  Named  Christopher 
Russell  ...  A  first  child  and  son  to  Carolyn 
Cohen  Leech  B.S.E.  78  and  Robert  G.  Leech 
B.S.E.  77,  A.M.  '81  on  April  27.  Named  Brian 
Nicholas  ...  A  daughter  to  Rex  K.  Loftln  78  and 
Emily  J.  Loftin  on  Jan  17.  Named  Ashley 

Annette  ...  A  daughter  to  John  Nlcodemus  78 
and  Ellen  Welliver  Nlcodemus  B.S.N.  '80  on 
March  8.  Named  Emily  Starr  ...  A  son  to  Steve 
Slawson  B.S.M.E.  78  and  Linda  Slawson  on  April 
26.  Named  John  Garver  ...  A  son  to  Brian 


Joseph  Brodeur  79  on  Dec.  25.  Named  Michael 
Joseph  ...  A  son  to  Sheryi  Johnson  Gmoser 

B.S.N.  79  and  Dean  J.  Gmoser  on  March  12.  Named 
David  Michael  ...  A  daughter  to  Sherry 
MacLellan  Linkous  B.S.N.  79  and  Robert 
Reid  Linkous  76  on  May  1.  Named  Ashley 
Reid  ...  A  first  child  and  son  to  Shelagh 
Markey  Maass  79  and  Bill  Maass  on  Oct.  23, 
1984.  Named  Richard  William  ...  A  first  child  and 
son  to  Sharon  W.  Taylor  79  and  Ned  Taylor  on 
Jan.  20.  Named  Brian  Edward. 


80s 


received  a  Ph.D.  in 
molecular  biology  and  biochemistry  from  Washington 
University.  She  will  be  a  Helen  Hay  Whitney  post- 
doctoral fellow  at  the  Whitehead  Institute  for  Bio- 
medical Research  at  M.I.T. 

Thomas  Leland  Cureton  B.H.S.  '80  received 
his  master's  in  public  administration  from  Brigham 
Young  University.  He  lives  in  the  Salt  Lake  City  area. 


I  Duffy  Ph.D.  '80  is  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  sociology  at  Marshall  University  in  Hunting- 
ton, WVa. 


William  Faquhar  '80  is  an  associate  with  the  law 
firm  Melrod,  Redman  and  Gartlan  in  Washington, 
DC.  His  wife,  Michele  Clause  Farquhar  79.  is 

an  associate  with  the  Washington,  DC,  law  firm 
Steptoe  and  Johnson.  They  live  in  Washington,  DC. 

Thomas  J.  Flsler  '80  is  a  residential  sales 
associate  with  Allenton  Realtors  of  Hillsborough, 
N.C.  He  lives  in  Durham. 


1  is  a  graduate  of  the 


Economies  in  Collison—Condos,  Clams  and  Catastrophes 

1986  Marine  Lab  Alumni  weekend— April  26-2  7,  1986 

Join  us  for  a  series  of  talks,  tours  and  cruises  on  the  local  waterways.  Focus  will  be  on  the  future 

of  coastal  communities.  A  special  tour  of  Historic  Beaufort  will  be  offered  as  a 

Sunday  option. 

For  reservations  contact:  Barbara  Booth  '54,  Alumni  Colleges,  614  Chapel  Drive, 

Durham,  NC  27706, 919/684-5114. 


Name 

Class 

Address 

Phone 

City 

State 

Zip 

theSea 


n  1949,  Roche!  Carson 
spent  the  summer  in  Beau- 
fort, N.C,  exploring  tAe 
ric/i  tidal  lands  of  the  area 
and  finding  inspiration  for  her  1955 
book,  The  Edge  of  the  Sea.  In  1962, 
she  wrote  Silent  Spring,  a  book  that 
placed  her  in  the  forefront  of  the  ecol- 
ogy movement. 


Both  of  these  hard-to-find  books 
are  now  available  to  you  from  the  Duke 
Marine  Laboratory  as  a  gift  set,  pack- 
aged and  delivered  with  a  message  and 
information  on  the  newly-established 
Rachel  Carson  Estuarine  Sanctuary. 
This  is  a  limited  offer  at  $100,  which 
provides  a  tax-deductible  $75  donation 
to  the  Marine  Lab. 


Support  the  continuance  of  un- 
spoiled marshes  and  dense  woods  where 
shorebirds,,  waterfowl,  marine  life,  and 
scientific  research  abound.  Make  your 
check  payable  to  Duke  University  and 
send,  along  with  your  name  and  ad- 
dress, to:  Michael  P.  Bradley,  Marine 
Lab  Development  Officer,  2127  Cam- 
pus Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 


Your  Ticket 
To  The  Best  Of 
Duke  Athletics 

For  only  $100,  you  can  become  an  Iron  Duke  and  be  recognized  as  a  loyal  supporter  of  Duke  sports. 

You  will  receive  a  membership  card  entitling  you  to: 

•  Priority  Seating  for  all  Home  Football  and  Basketball  Games 

•  Reserve  Parking  for  all  Home  Football  and  Basketball  Games 

•  Football  and  Basketball  Press  Books 

•  Subscription  to  Devilirium,  Duke's  Top  Sports  Tabloid 

•  Iron  Duke  Pin 

Your  contribution  helps  strengthen  Duke  Athletics 


Levels  of 
Contributions 

Park 

Football 

ng  Allocations 

Basketball 

Ticket  Allocations 

ACC  Tourney 

Other 

$100 -$499 

No.  3  Area 

No.  3  Area 

-0- 

-0- 

$500 -$999 

No.  2  Area 

No.  2  Area 

-0- 

-0- 

$1000 -$2499 

Named 

Concourse 

-0- 

Invitations 
to  make 
football 
and 

basketball 
trips 
with 
team- 
prorated 
cost 

$2500 -$4999 

(subject  to  escalate  annually) 

Named 

Concourse 

2 

$5000  and  above 

(subject  to  escalate  annually) 

Named 

Concourse 

2  and  2 

LifeMembership-$25.000 
$2500  yearly 

Named 

Concourse 

2 

Life  Membership -$25,000 
Paid  Up 

Named 

Concourse 

2 

Life  Membership -$25,000 
Paid  Up  Plus  $2500  yearly 

Named 

Concourse 

2  and  2 

Life -Endowed 
Scholarship  Donor 

Named 

Concourse 

4 

2  and  2 

Endowed  Scholarship  Donor 
Paid -Cash  $100,000 

Named 

Concourse 

6 
2  and  4 

Endowed  Scholarship  Donor 
$5000  and  above  yearly 

Named 

Concourse 

2  and  2 

Endowed  Scholarship  Donor 

$2500 -$4999  annually 

Named 

Concourse 

2 

DUKE  ATHLETIC  FUND 

Zip 

Portion  of  pledge  enclosed 

Balance  of  pledge  due  by 

•Please  send  me  a  reminde 

June  30*1986 

(month) 

(Date) 

(Signature) 

*  All  contributions  are  used  for  Intercollegiate  Athletics. 

*  All  gifts  are  tax  deductible  Make  checks  payable  to: 

Duke  Athletic  Fund,  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 
Duke  University 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 
Note:  Gifts  and  pledges  paid  between  July  1, 1985  and  June  30, 1986  entitle  you  ti 
Iron  Duke  benefits  for  12  months  from  the  date  of  your  pledge  or  check. 


Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  She  will  train  in 
surgery  at  St.  Mary's  Hospital  in  Waterbury,  Conn. 

John  H.  Hickey  j.D.  '80  is  an  associate  with  the 
law  firm  Smathers  and  Thompson  in  Miami,  Fla.  He 
was  elected  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Young 
Lawyers  Section  of  the  Dade  County  Bar  Association 
and  is  a  member  of  the  Judicial  Evaluation  Commit- 
tee of  the  Florida  bar.  He  and  his  wife,  Helen,  live  in 
Miami. 

John  Stewart  Kirkpatrick  BSE.  SO  is  a 
graduate  of  the  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine. 
He  will  train  in  orthopedics  at  Duke  Medical  Center. 


H.  Krehbiel  '80  is  a  student  at  North- 
western University  Business  School  in  Illinois.  He 
lives  in  Evanston. 


C.  Leinung  '80  is  a  graduate  of  the 
Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  train  in 
internal  medicine  at  Greenwich  Hospital. 

Janet  Dickey  McDowell  Ph.D.  '80  has  been 
named  one  of  the  Outstanding  Young  Women  of 
America.  She  is  a  continuing  adjunct  professor  of 
philosophy  and  religion  at  Roanoke  College  in  Salem, 


Natko  '80,  J.D.  '84  is  an  associate  in  the 
New  York  law  firm  Hawkins,  Delafield  and  Wood.  He 
lives  in  Brooklyn  Heights,  NY. 

Richard  H.  Patterson  Jr.  '80  is  an  associate 
with  the  law  firm  Stutz,  Rentto,  Gallagher  and 
Artiano  in  San  Diego.  He  and  his  wife,  Kimberley, 
live  in  San  Diego  and  have  one  daughter. 

Spencer  Frederick  Phillips  '80  is  a  student  at 
the  Conservatoire  de  Musique  de  Geneve  in  Geneva, 
Switzerland. 


COGGIiYSGOT 

YOURTICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


BUY  IT, 
LEASE  IT. 


RENT  U 


Richard  G.  Schoonover  '80  is  assistant  natio 
sales  manager  of  Oriental  Trading  Corp.,  a  subsidia 
of  Suave  Shoe  Corp.  He  and  his  wife,  Blanca 
Garazi  Schoonover  '80,  live  in  Miami  and  ha 


Patricia  J.  Wohl  '80  is  a  consulting 
the  Washington,  DC,  office  of  Kaplan,  Smith  and 
Associates,  Inc.,  a  consulting  firm  to  the  financial  ser- 
vices industry.  She  received  her  M.B.A.  from  Vander- 
bilt  University  in  1982  and  lives  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Cliff  Bailin  M.H.A.  '81  was  named  cost  contain- 
ment program  coordinator  in  the  activities  division  of 
Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Insurance  of  Durham.  He  lives 
in  Chapel  Hill. 

Deborah  Jean  Bostock  B.S.E.  '81  is  a  graduate 
of  the  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  She  will 
train  in  family  practice  at  David  Grant  USAF 
Hospital. 

Anastasia  M.  Christie  '81  is  a  graduate  of  the 
Pennsylvania  State  University  College  of  Medicine. 
She  will  train  in  general  surgery  at  the  University  of 
Virgina  Medical  Center  in  Charlottesville,  Va. 

Gary  Davis  M.B.A.  '81  is  business  development 
manager  for  Broadway  and  Seymour,  an  information 
systems  and  software  consulting  firm  in  Charlotte.  He 
and  his  wife,  Cynthia,  live  in  Charlotte. 


Cynthia  J.  Goldstein 


■  of  the 


Pennsylvania  State  University  College  of  Medicine. 
She  will  train  in  psychiatry  at  Georgetown  University 
in  Washington,  DC 

CandiS  D.  Grace  M.D.  '81  was  named  captain  in 
the  Medical  Corps  of  the  U.S.  Army  Reserves.  She  is 
assigned  to  the  3274th  U.S.  Army  Hospital  in  Dur- 
ham while  she  completes  her  residency  in  general 
psychiatry  at  Duke's  department  of  psychiatry. 

Pamela  Lynn  Harges  '81  is  a  graduate  of  the 
Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  She  will  train  in 
pediatrics  at  the  University  of  Connecticut  in 
Farmington. 

Jay  Hodgens  B.S.E.  '81  is  assistant  public  health 
engineer  for  Putnam  County  in  New  York.  He  and  his 
wife,  Linda  Seymour  Hodgens  B.S.N.  '81,  have 
two  sons  and  live  in  Carmel,  NY. 

Robert  Michael  Hullander  BSE  81,  a  lieu 
tenant  in  the  U.S.  Navy,  is  a  graduate  of  the  F.  Edward 
School  of  Medicine  of  the  Uniformed  Services  Uni- 
versity of  the  Health  Sciences  in  Washington,  DC. 
He  will  train  in  surgery  at  the  Naval  Regional 
Medical  Center  in  Portsmouth,  Va. 

Richard  Barrett  Paulsen  B.S.E.  '81  is  senior 

field  engineer  for  Schlumberger  Offshore  Services.  He 
lives  in  Morgan  City,  La. 

Pope  J.D.  '81  was  named  to  North 


^ ;»»,,;; 


The  IFS,  ANDS  &  BUTS 

of  Retirement  Living 


lt~  retirement  living  on  the  coast 
what  you've  been  working  for... 


AND  you  u 


•  thoughtful  design  and  moderate  pricing; 

•  tennis,  golf,  swimming,  boating  and  fishing; 

•  neighbors  who  share  your  interests; 

•  low  taxes,  strict  zoning,  stable  community. 

t$ (J  I    you  don't  want: 

maintenance  of  a  large  home  and  yard; 
miction  of  a  remote  location; 
ie  organized,  scheduled  and 
monopolized. 
THEN  COME  TO  McGINNIS  POINT 
and  have  everything  you  want  in  a  beautifully 
ted  waterfront  community  of  patio 
'  '  iched  homes,  and  townhouses,  all 


Priced  from  $82,001 
McGinnis  Point  is  or 
bridge  from  Morehet 
Pine  Knoll  Shores.  „ 

r  Bogue  Banks 
id  City,  N.C.  if 

~JfL* 

—~~-  . 

TV^'imJSSh-" 

-a/r«-br< 
Don  Brock,  Inc. 

P.O.  Box  736 
■'-?--  .^Morehlad  City,  NC   28557 

tehure. 

Toll  free  rtu 

Inside  NC    1 
Outside  NC 

mbers. 

-800-672-6007 
1-800-334-3157 

Carolina  Gov.  James  Martin's  special  counsel  of  state 
boards. 


Stuart  Meloy  '81  is  a  graduate  of  the 
Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  train  in 
internal  medicine  at  George  Washington  University 
Hospital  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Frank  John  Scaccla  '81  is  a  graduate  of  the 

Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  train  in 
general  surgery  at  Monmouth  Medical  Center  in  Long 
Beach,  N.J. 


is  a  graduate  of  the 
Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  She  will  train  in 
pediatrics  at  N.C.  Memorial  Hospital. 

James  E.  Suddath  '81  teaches  junior  high 
school  math  in  Atlanta,  where  he  and  his  wife, 
Jennifer  Young  '82,  also  serve  as  dorm  parents  at 
Woodward  Academy  boarding  school.  They  have  one 
son. 

Barry  K.  Wein  '81  is  a  graduate  of  Jefferson 

Medical  School.  He  will  train  in  family  practice  medi- 
cine in  Newport  News,  Va. 


an  admissions  counselor  at 
Duke  for  the  past  four  years,  is  now  assistant  director, 
class  activities,  for  Duke's  alumni  affairs  office.  He  is 
an  adviser  for  WXDU-FM,  the  campus  radio  station. 


V.  Yuschak  '81  is  a  graduate  of  the  Temple 
University  School  of  Medicine.  He  will  train  in 
general  surgery  at  Abington  Memorial  Hospital  in 
Abington,  Pa. 


H.  Barringer  '82  was  awarded  a  J.  William 
Fulbright  grant  to  study  library  automation  at  the 
Royal  Library  in  Brussels,  Belgium.  She  received  her 
master's  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill's  School  of  Library 
Science  in  May. 

'82  is  a  designer  with 


Edwin  Schlossberg,  Inc.,  a  New  York  design  company 
specializing  in  exhibitions. 


F.  Elgner  '82  is  a  research  technician  at 
Beth  Israel  Hospital  in  Boston. 

Victoria  Harrington  Franch  '82  is  a  student  at 

Princeton  Theological  Seminary.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Harold,  live  in  Havertown,  Pa. 

Lucille  Stea  Jones  '82  received  a  National 
Science  Foundation  fellowship  in  plant  physiology. 
She  is  currently  working  on  her  Ph.D.  at  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity. She  and  her  husband,  Lawrence  J. 
Jones  '81,  live  in  Perkasie,  Pa. 

Brian  Douglas  Ladr  M.Div.  '82  is  pastor  of  The 

Second  Baptist  Church  in  East  Providence,  R.I. 


'82  is  a  student  at  Hahnemann 
University  Medical  College  in  Philadelphia.  He  and 
his  wife,  Ann,  live  in  Overbrook  Park,  Pa. 


was  presented  an 
award  presented  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's  Student  Re- 
search Day  in  a  competition  sponsored  by  the  UNC 
medical  student  government. 

Joseph  E.  Pantigoso  '82  has  joined  SSC&.B 
Inc.  Advertising  in  New  York  City,  which  handles  the 
accounts  of  Diet  Coke,  Tab,  Heineken,  and  other  con- 
sumer products. 

Charles  M.  Plnckney  M.B.A.  '82  is  assistant 
vice  president  of  NCNB  National  Bank  in  Tampa, 
Ha. 

Linda  Leighanne  Raftery  B.S.N.  '82  is  a 

registered  nurse  at  the  Chowan  County  Hospital  in 
Edenton,  N.C. 

Tina  D.  Simpson  M.B.A.  '82  is  an  assistant 
product  manager  in  marketing  for  Welch  Foods  in 
Concord,  Mass.  Her  husband,  Paul  A.  Hatcher 


M.D  '84,  is  a  resident  at  Mass.  General  Hospital  in 
Boston.  They  live  in  Cambridge. 


in  '82  is  a  recruiting  and  staffing 
specialist  at  Sumitomo  Electric  in  the  Research 
Triangle  Park,  N.C. 


'82  is  a  resident  adviser  at  Wood- 
ward Academy  boarding  school  in  Atlanta.  Her  hus- 
band, James  E.  Suddath  '81,  teaches  junior  high 
school  math.  They  live  in  Atlanta  and  have  one  son. 

Joseph  Adam  Zlrkman  '82  attends  Brooklyn 
Law  School  and  is  a  member  of  the  Brooklyn  Law 
Rfview. 


E.  Byers  '83  is  a  reporter  for  the  Battle 
Creek  Enquirer  in  Michigan.  She  was  a  research  assist- 
ant at  the  Joint  Center  for  Political  Studies  in 
Washington,  D.C.  She  lives  in  Battle  Creek,  Mich. 

Patti  Go  relic  k  Goldberger  '83,  who  received 
her  master's  degree  from  MITs  Alfred  P.  Sloan  School 
of  Management  in  May,  is  a  management  consultant 
for  Putnam,  Hayes  and  Bartlett.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Michael,  live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 

David  Eaton  Latane  Jr.  Ph.D.  '83  is  assistant 
professor  of  English  at  Virginia  Commonwealth  Uni- 
versity. He  lives  in  Richmond,  Va. 

Donal  L.  Mulligan  '83,  who  earned  his  M.B.A. 
from  the  University  of  Michigan,  is  a  financial  con- 
sultant with  GTE  Corp.  of  Stamford,  Conn. 


R.  Queen  Jr.  M.H.A.  '83  was  named 
administrator  of  Red  River  Hospital,  a  psychiatric 
facility  in  Wichita  Falls,  Texas.  He  and  his  wife,  Jo, 
have  two  children. 


Richard  Redfeam  Ph.D.  '83  is  employed  with 
DuPont  as  a  research  chemist.  He  lives  in  Haddon 
Heights,  N.J. 

Eric  J.  Schlffer  B.S.E.  '83  is  an  electrical  design 


COME 

on 

BACK 
HOME, 


There's  no  place  like  the  Raleigh/Durham  area. 
And  the  Duke  campus  you  know  and  love  so  well. 

Don't  you  think  it's  time  you  came  back  home? 

Let  us  tell  you  about  Four  Seasons,  an  active  re- 
tirement community  just  five  miles  from  Durham 
and  the  campus.  Just  off  1-40,  and  minutes  from 
Chapel  Hill  and  Raleigh  as  well.  A  complete  com- 
munity with  a  beautiful  1 5-acre  lake,  Four  Seasons 
is  located  on  a  150-acre,  wooded  countryside  site. 

Preconstruction  prices  now  available.  Write  or 
call  for  brochure  and  complete  information.  Call 
(919)  361-5869  or  Write  P.O.  Box  13756,  Research 
Triangle  Park,  NC  27709-3756. 

A  Special  Time. 
A  Special  Place. 


JourScasms 


Am\E  RETIREMENT  COMMUNITY 


engineer  for  Texas  Instruments.  He  lives  in  Dallas, 
Texas. 

Carolyn  A.  Thomas  '83  is  a  graduate  student  in 
English  and  creative  writing  at  Stanford  University. 
She  lives  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif. 


'84  is  commercial  real  estate 
developer  at  the  William  B.  Hare  Co.  in  Atlanta.  He 
lives  in  Smyrna,  Ga. 

Neil  Patrick  Cook  B.S.E.  '84  is  a  management 
trainee  in  the  engine  marketing  department  of  Cater- 
piller  Overseas  in  Geneva,  Switzerland. 

Russell  Christian  Darling  M.H.A.  84  is 
administrative  resident  at  Parkland  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal in  Texas.  He  lives  in  Dallas,  Texas. 

Paul  A.  Hatcher  M.D.  '84  is  a  resident  in  surgery 

at  Mass.  General  Hospital  in  Boston.  His  wife,  Tina 
D.  Simpson  M.B.A.  '82,  is  an  assistant  product 
manager  in  marketing  for  Welch  Foods  in  Concord, 
Mass.  They  live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 


J.D.  '84  is  an  associate 
with  the  law  firm  Mahoney,  Adams,  Milam,  Surface 
and  Grimsley  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Damon  Vemer  Pike  '84  served  as  special  assis- 
tant to  the  director  of  communications  for  the  1985 
presidential  inaugural  committee.  He  is  on  the  staff  of 
US.  Rep.  James  T.  Broyhill  in  Washington,  DC. 

Dolores  Queen  M.Div.  '84  is  minister  of  Mount 
Hebron,  Pisgah  and  Centennial  United  Methodist 
churches  in  North  Carolina. 

Cathleen  Coyle  '85  received  a  humanities  fellow- 
ship from  the  Andrew  W.  Mellon  Foundation. 


i  '85  works  at  The  New 
York  Times.  She  lives  in  New  York  City. 

MARRIAGES:  Nancy  Ruth  Bolotln  M.B.A.  '80 


Aut;. 


to  Daniel  L.  Magida  on  April  31  .  .  .  Will 
Farquhar  '80  to  Mlchele  Clause  79 , 

24.  Residence:  Washington,  DC. 
Igler  '80  to  Bradley  Davis  Swick  on  Sept.  22.  Resi- 
dence: New  York  City  .  .  .  Laurie  Marie 
Schramm  '80  to  Adrian  F.  Lanser  III  on  Dec.  8. 
Residence:  New  Orleans  .  .  .  Gary  Davis  M.B.A. 
'81  to  Cynthia  Marie  Watson  on  March  2.  Residence: 

Charlotte,  N.C Margaret  Elizabeth 

Sovey  B.S.N.  '81  to  Charles  Thomas  Donegan  on 
May  11  at  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  . 
James  E.  Suddath  '81  to  Jennifer  Young  '82 
on  Sept.  18,  1982.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Jann- 
Paul  Uldrick  '81  to  Christopher  T  Voight  on  Dec. 
29.  Residence:  Raleigh  .  .  .  Jere  Jan  Brophy 
BSE.  '82  to  Lynne  Laurence  Russell  B.S.N. 
'84  on  April  13  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Fairfax, 
Va  . .  .  Mark  Dunbar  Carpenter  '82  to  Amy 
Claire  Edmondson  on  Feb.  16  .  .  .  Leo  Charles 
Hearn  Jr.  M.F.  '82  to  Anita  Gale  Kirkland  on 
March  23  in  Duke  Chapel  .  .  .  Linda  Leighanne 
Raftery  B.S.N.  '82  to  Philip  Marget  Spiro  on  March 
2  .  . .  Jennifer  Joan  Rokus  '82  to  M.  Lee  Heath 
Jr.  on  Jan.  5.  Residence:  Charlotte  .  .  .  Debra 
Mlllssa  Sabatlni  B.S.C.E.  '82  to  Michael  Henry 
Armm  on  May  26.  Residence:  N.  Plainfield,  N.J.  .  .  . 
Arthur  Shingleton  J.D.  '82  to  Sara  Laughlin  on 
March  23.  Residence:  Raleigh  .  .  .  Tina  D. 
Simpson  M.B.A.  '82  to  Paul  A.  Hatcher  M.D 
'84  on  April  20  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Cam- 
bridge, Mass. .  .  .  Andrea  Taylor  '82  to  Gil  M. 
Cirou.  Residence:  Arnage,  France  .  .  .  Jennifer 
Young  '82  to  James  E.  Suddath  '81  on  Sept. 
18, 1982.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Tanza  Michelle 
Armstrong  '83  to  Jeffrey  Carl  Hensel  on  April  20. 

Residence:  Pineville,  N.C Patti  Gorelick  '83 

to  Micheal  Goldberger  on  June  10,  1984.  Residence: 
Cambridge,  Mass. . . .  Barbara  Jean  Linde- 
M.F.  '83  to  Steven  Eric  Daniels  on  May 

'83  to  William 


Joseph  Fusco  Jr.  on  April  13  .  .  .  Annette 
Christine  Baker  '84  to  Richard  Wood  Morgan  on 
April  27.  Residence:  San  Diego  .  .  .  Paul  A. 
Hatcher  M.D.  '84  to  Tina  D.  Simpson  M.B.A. 
'82  on  April  20  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.  . .  .  Anne  Baucom  Keesler 
B.S.N.  '84  to  Vincent  Thomas  Long  M.D.  '85 
on  April  13.  Residence:  San  Francisco  .  .  .  Lynne 
Laurence  Russell  B.S.N.  '84  to  Jere  Jan 
Brophy  B.S.E.  '82  on  April  13  in  Duke  Chapel. 
Residence:  Fairfax,  Va  .  . .  Stephen  Charles 
Schram  A.M.  '84,  M.B.A.  '84  to  Patricia  Lynn 
Wilcock  on  May  11 . . .  Vincent  Thomas  Long 
M.D.  '85  to  Anne  Baucom  Keesler  B.S.N.  '84 
on  April  13.  Residence:  San  Francisco  .  .  .  Lisa 
Ann  Mlka  '85  to  Richard  N.  Drake  on  May  18.  Resi- 
dence: Cleveland,  Ohio  . .  .  Anne  M.  Patterson 
M.H.A.  '85  to  S.  Jay  Niver  II  on  May  4.  Residence: 
Wilmington,  N.C. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter  to  Edward  Joseph  Duffy 

Ph.D.  '80  on  July  7,  1980.  Named  Meaghan 
Mullaen  ...  A  daughter  to  Ellen  Welliver 
Nicodemus  B.S.N.  '80  and  John  Nlcodemus 
'78  on  March  8.  Named  Emily  Starr  ...  A  first  child 
and  daughter  to  Jane  Weideli  Ott  B.S.N.  '80  and 
Gregory  Ott  on  March  28.  Named  Megan 
Christine  ...  A  son  to  Richard  G.  Schoonover 
'80  and  Blanca  Garazi  Schoonover  '80  on 
May  26,  1984.  Named  Daniel  Carleton  ...  A  son  to 
James  E.  Suddath  '81  and  Jennifer  Young 

'82  on  Feb.  11.  Named  Joshua  Caleb  ...  A  son  to 
John  J.  Jacobs  '84  and  Sharon  Jacobs  on  Dec. 
19.  Named  Evan  Johnston. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 


The  Book  That  Almost  Wasn't 


A  Story  of  Glory:  The  History  of  Duke  Foot 
ball,  twenty  years  in  creation,  was  nearly  de- 
stroyed in  one  night.  The  book  was  ready  to 
roll  off  the  presses  when  fire  broke  out  last 
fall.  The  negatives  were  hanging  next  to 
the  presses  when  the  printing  plant 
burned  to  the  ground. 

Commissioned  some  twenty  years 
ago,  the  book  was  Glenn  E.  ("Ted") 
Mann's  life,  as  well  as  his  work. 
Mann  was  Duke  sports  information 
director  during  the  glory  days,  and 
even  the  threat  of  fire  couldn't  keep 
this  historical,  informative,  and  inspira 
tional  story  from  being  told.  The  manu- 
script was  saved  when  the  printer  realized 
the  boards,  from  which  the  negatives  were 
made,  were  stored  in  a  separate  building! 

Now,  the  story  can  be  told:  the  first  Trinity  team 
coached  by  the  school's  president;  the  25-year  ban  on 
football;  President  Few's  commitment  to  athletics;  the 


hiring  of  Wallace  Wade;  the  bowl  teams -Rose, 
Sugar,  Orange,  and  Cotton;  the  Hall  of  Famers 
—  Crawford,  McAfee,  Lach,  Hill,  Tipton, 
Murray,  Cameron,  and  Wade;  the  all-time 
lettermen;  a  year-by-year  review;  and  un- 
believable photos  from  the  1890s  right 
up  to  Ben  Bennett's  record-setting 
pass  against  UNC  As  former  pres- 
ident Terry  Sanford  writes  in  the  fore- 
word: "This  book  is  Ted's  story.  It  re- 
counts, in  the  kind  of  detail  that  delights 
a  football  fan,  the  wins,  the  losses,  the 
near-misses  and  the  personalities  who  led 
Duke  to  its  most  dramatic  football  adventures." 
And,  it's  a  must  for  any  Duke  graduate. 

order  A  Story  of  Glory:  The  History  of  Duke  Football,  send  $10  plus 
$1.50  for  shipping  and  handling  to:  Duke  Sports  Information  Office, 
306  Finch-Yeager  Building,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

Address 


.  :ip 


Make  check  payable  ti 
ccepted.  Card  number 


Charles  Settle  Bunn  17  on  Dec.  23  . .  . 
Linwood  D.  Hicks  '20  on  Jan.  18  in  Raleigh, 

N.C J.  Louis  Reynolds  '33  in  November 

1983  . .  .  L.  Garland  Scott  '34  on  April  18  in 

Sanfoid,  N.C Samuel  G.  Tyler  '35  on  April 

10  . .  .  Margery  W.  Fox  '38  on  Feb.  16  .  .  . 
Romeo  A.  Falcianl  B.S.E.  '39  on  Jan.  13  .  . . 
Virginia  A.C.  Holllck  '41  on  May  29, 1984. 


I  A.  Tlllett  '14  on  April  12  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 
She  was  professor  emeritus  at  Queens  College  in 
Charlotte  and  a  member  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women.  She  is  survived  by  several 
nieces  and  nephews. 

Uly  Mason  Reitzel  '21  on  April  12  in  Durham. 
She  is  survived  by  three  sisters,  a  son,  and  three 
grandsons. 

Louis  Hall  Swain  '28,  A.M.  '32  on  May  14  in 

Black  Mountain,  N.C.  He  had  retired  after  25  years  as 
professor  in  the  English  department  at  N.C.  State 
University.  In  recognition  of  his  contribution  to  the 
university,  the  Louis  Hall  Swain  Lecture  Series  was 
established  in  1971.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Virginia  Sloan  Swain,  two  daughters,  two  brothers, 
four  grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Delma  Louis  Gery  '29  on  May  10  in  Durham.  He 
retired  as  director  of  engineering  for  the  Burlington 
Domestics  Division  of  Burlington  Industries  and  was 
deacon  of  Watts  Street  Baptist  Church.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Louise  Parker  Gery,  two  daughters,  three 
sisters,  three  brothers,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Archibald  Hanes  Pate  '33,  M.D.  '37  on  Feb.  19 

in  Goldsboro,  N.C.  He  served  as  a  medical  officer  in 
the  U.S.  Navy  during  World  War  II  and  later  as  com- 
mander of  the  National  Guard  105th  Medical  Batta- 
lion in  Goldsboro.  He  was  medical  director  at  Cherry 
Hospital  when  he  retired  in  1981.  He  is  survived  by 


his  wife,  Corinne  Willis  Pate,  two  sons,  a  daughter, 
two  sisters,  four  grandchildren,  and  two 
great-granddaughters. 

William  L.  Pope  '35  on  Jan.  19  of  pneumonia.  He 
retired  in  1974  as  manager  of  his  company,  All-Good 
Chair  Co.,  in  Cookeville,  Tenn.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Mary  N.  Pope,  and  several  nieces  and  nephews. 

Samuel  Gwathmey  Tyler  '35  on  April  10  at 
Hilton  Head  Island.  A  life  member  of  the  Iron  Dukes, 
he  was  the  owner  of  Tyler  Enterprises  in  South  Caro- 
lina. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Claudia  Tyler,  four 
sons,  and  eleven  grandchildren. 

William  F.  Holllster  M.D.  '38,  associate  professor 
of  surgery  at  Duke  Medical  Center,  on  May  20  in 
Kiawah  Island,  SC.  He  was  a  staff  member  at  Moore 
Memorial  Hospital  in  Pinehurst,  N.C.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Flora  Caddell  Hollister,  four  children,  and 
six  granddaughters. 

Ruth  M.  Kelleher  Adams  '39  on  April  4  in 
York,  Pa.  She  is  survived  by  her  two  children. 


'39  on  March  23  in  Green- 
ville, N.C.  She  was  retired  from  the  East  Carolina 
University  Developmental  Evaluation  Clinic.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Jacob  Milton  Hadley 
'32,  a  sister,  two  children,  and  four  grandchildren. 

John  Franklin  Chapman  '40  on  Feb.  16  in 
Fredericksburg,  Va.  He  was  a  lieutenant  in  the  U.S. 
Navy  Amphibious  Forces  in  World  War  II  and  served 
as  a  computer  data  specialist  for  RCA  and  ITT.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Edna  Barnes  Chapman,  a  brother, 
three  daughters,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Harry  Kelley  '40,  mayor  of  Ocean  City,  Md.,  on 
Feb.  13  in  Ft.  Lauderdale.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Constance  Kelley. 


William  B.  Cocke  '41  on  Feb.  14  in  Lincolnton, 
N.C.  A  resident  of  Denver,  N.C,  he  served  in  World 
War  II  as  a  pilot  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  In  1975,  he 
retired  from  his  Charlotte,  N.C. ,  dry  cleaning  busi- 
ness. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Louise  Brown  Cocke, 
a  brother,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Hugo  R.  Phillips  B.S.E.  '41  on  May  6  in  Knox- 
ville,  Tenn.  He  was  retired  from  Lockheed  Corp.  but 
still  remained  active  in  engineering-related  activities. 
Three  of  his  working  miniature  model  engines  will  be 
displayed  at  the  Duke  School  of  Engineering.  He  is 
survived  by  his  son,  J.  Russell  Phillips  '71. 

Felix  Kurzrok  '43  in  Oxford,  Conn.  He  was  the 
manager  of  the  Kurzrok  Insurance  Agency  in  Oxford. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Barbara,  two  children,  and 
two  grandchildren. 

Elbert  Luther  Gurley  B.S.E.  '47  on  Dec.  8  of 
kidney  failure.  He  served  in  the  U.S.  Navy  in  World 
War  II  and  was  a  member  of  the  Duke  ROTC.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Ann  Franke  Gurley,  three 
daughters,  and  four  grandsons. 

John  Clark  Dunson  '52  of  a  heart  attack  on 
April  11  in  Savannah,  Ga.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Mary  Dunson,  three  sons,  and  a  sister. 


I  Stucky  Reed  Ph.D.  '55  of  emphysema 
on  Jan.  17 .  She  is  survived  by  her  son,  Allan. 

Donald  D.  Borders  M.D.  '58  on  April  3  in 
Fresno,  Calif,  of  a  brain  tumor.  A  native  of  Colorado, 
he  practiced  medicine  in  Colorado  Springs  for  six 
years  before  moving  to  Fresno.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Sandra  Simson  Borders,  a  son,  and  two 
daughters. 


Ph.D.  '61  on  April  28 
at  Duke  Hospital.  He  taught  at  Duke  for  several  years. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ann  Martin  Barlow,  two 
children,  a  brother,  and  three  grandchildren. 


The  Duke  Annual  Fund 

Your  Help  Will  Keep  it  a  Winner 


Annual  Fund  National  Chairwoman  Judy  Woodruff,  '68  (second  from  right) 
and  Annual  Giving  Director  Allison  Haltom,  72,  (second  from  left)  accept  the 
U.S.  Steel  Award  from  William  Gregory,  Chairman  of  the  U.S.  Steel  Founda- 
tion, and  Jane  Johnson,  Chairman  of  CASE. 


The  individual  achievements  of  Duke  alumni  over  the 
years  have  brought  much  honor  to  their  alma  mater. 

This  year,  it  was  a  collective  alumni  accomplishment 
which  earned  Duke  a  very  special  award.  In  recognition  of 
sustained  alumni  giving  to  the  Annual  Fund,  Duke  was 
named  the  first  place  major  private  universities  winner  in 
the  Council  for  the  Advancement  and  Support  of 
Education/U.S.  Steel  Alumni  Giving  Incentive  Awards 


Congratulations!  Considered  the  highest  honor  of 
its  kind,  the  U.S.  Steel  Award  calls  national  attention  to  the 
loyalty  and  dedication  of  Duke  alumni.  Parents,  foundations 
and  corporations  look  upon  such  support  as  strong  evi- 
dence of  the  value  of  a  Duke  education.  More  than  22,000 
donors  can  take  pride  in  what  their  contributions  mean  to 
Duke. 

But  don't  Stop  now.  To  maintain  this  momentum, 
the  Annual  Fund  hopes  to  make  1985-86  an  even  better 
year.  Your  support  will  make  this  possible.  When  you  get  a 
phone  call  or  letter  requesting  your  participation,  please 
respond  generously. 

Your  university  thanks  you. 


2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

(919)  489-4119 


Clyde  A.  Parker  Ed.D.  '65  in  a  car  accident  on 
Jan.  30,  1984.  He  served  as  dean  at  Wilkes  Commu- 
nity College,  president  of  Kemersville  Wesleyan  Col- 
lege, director  of  teacher  education  at  Bennett  College 


in  Greensboro,  and  professor  of  education  at  Winston- 
Salem  State  University.  He  was  pastor  of  the  First 
Wesleyan  Church  Complex  in  High  Point,  N.C., 
which  includes  a  retirement  center,  nursing  home,  day 


care  center,  day  school,  and  an  academy  through  the 
twelfth  grade.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ernstena 
Parker,  and  two  sons. 


DUKE 
CLASSIFIEDS 


FOR  RENT 


SANIBEL  ISLAND,  FLORIDA:  Beautiful 
three-bedroom  house  overlooking  golf 
course  and  wildlife  refuge.  Air-conditioned, 
fully  equipped,  sleeps  eight.  Tennis  courts, 
swimming  pool  available.  Call  (202) 
362-1546  for  rates  and  availability. 


FOR  SALE 


TWO  DUKE  CENTENNIAL  ETCHINGS 
by  Louis  Orr,  framed  matted,  bought  1940. 
Subject:  South  End  of  Quadrangle,  includ- 
ing Library,  Union,  Crowell  Towers.  Number 
54/150.  Subject:  Union,  Dormitory  group 
with  Chapel  Tower.  Number  91/150.  Price: 
$250  each,  plus  postage.  Mrs.  Edwin  Wilson 
Jr.,  55  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  NY 
10023. 

BASKETS  AND  BOWS,  INC.,  opened  in 
December  1982  by  a  Duke  alumna,  special- 
izes in  unique  gifts  delivered  to  your  Duke 
student!  Our  offerings  include:  tempting 
Gourmet  Baskets,  delicious  Birthday  Cakes, 
and  delightful  Balloon  Bouquets.  We  wel- 
come your  special  requests  and  invite  you  to 
visit  our  shop  when  you  are  in  Durham.  Call 
or  write  for  our  brochure.  (919)  493-4483, 
1300  University  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27707. 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 

BEEN  THINKING  OF  MOVING  TO 
SUNNY  HAWAII  or  owning  a  vacation/ 
investment  property  here?  Contact  Page 
Brewster  '83  for  expert  advice  and  help.  Of- 
fice: (808)  524-2844.  Residence:  (808) 
926-8688.  Please  leave  a  message.  I'll  get 
back  to  you! 

SMALL  GROUP  TOURS  emphasizing  na- 
tural history,  especially  birds:  ARGENTINA, 
23  days,  $2,887  inclusive.  Also  Florida,  Cen- 
tral America,  and  China.  Write  WORLD 
NATURE  TOURS,  INC.,  Box  693h,  Silver 
Spring,  MD  20901. 

KIAWAH  ISLAND,  S.C.,  Come  enjoy  our 
unspoiled  beach  and  superb  sports  weather. 
You  can  relax  in  privately-owned,  fully-fur- 
nished villas  or  homes.  We  offer  you  superior 
service  and  quality.  OCEAN  RESORTS 


INC.  OF  CHARLESTON,  1-800-221-7376 
or  (803)  559-0343. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

"EVERY  GUN  THAT  IS  MADE,  every  war- 
ship launched,  every  rocket  fired  signifies,  in 
the  final  sense,  a  theft  from  those  who  hun- 
ger and  are  not  fed,  those  who  are  cold  and 
are  not  clothed.  This  world  in  arms  is  not 
spending  money  alone.  It  is  spending  the 
sweat  of  its  laborers,  the  genius  of  its  scien- 
tists, the  hopes  of  its  children... This  is  not  a 
way  of  life  at  all  in  any  true  sense.  Under  the 


cloud  of  threatening  war,  it  is  humanity 
hanging  from  a  cross  of  iron.'— President 
Dwight  D.  Eisenhower,  April  16,  1953. 

The  quote  above  was  published  as  a  full- 
page  advertisement  in  23  newspapers  across 
the  country  on  May  30,  1985,  by  Joan  B. 
Kroc,  8939  Villa  La  Jolla  Drive,  San  Diego, 
CA  92037.  Mrs.  Kroc  urges  that  if  you  agree 
with  President  Eisenhower's  statement,  send 
a  copy  of  it  along  with  your  personal  com- 
ments to  your  senator  and  congressman  (in 
care  of  U.S.  Senate,  Washington,  DC.  20510, 
and  House  Office  Building,  Washington, 
DC.  20515). 

This  ad  sponsored  in  Duke  Classifieds  by 
the  Reverend  Raymond  D.  Kiser,  Duke  '73. 


D 


uke  Classifieds  are  your  chance  to  deal  with  74,000 
alumni  and  friends  all  over  the  country.  Here  is  all  you 
have  to  do: 


Rates:  For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50  for  each 

additional  word.  There  is  a  10-word  minimum.  Telephone  numbers  count 

as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  Display  rates  are  $100  per  column  inch  (IVi 

x  1).  Discount  for  multiple  insertions  is  10  percent. 

Requirements:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed;  no  telephone  orders  are 

accepted.  All  advertisements  must  be  prepaid.  Send  check  (payable  to 

Duke  University)  or  money  order  to:  Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614 

Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706. 

Deadlines:  October  1  (November-December),  December  1  Qanuary- 

February),  February  1  (March-April),  April  1  (May-June),  June  1 

(July-August). 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


Check  or  money  order  for  $  . 


Ad  should  appear  in  the  following  issues: 
Ad  should  read  as  follows  (type  or  print): 


MAIL  TO:  Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 


'NYET'  TO 
SOVIETS 


Editors: 

On  July  5,  we  flew  nine  hours  non-stop  to 
New  York  from  Helsinki,  Finland,  and  then 
spent  six  more  hours  getting  to  our  home  in 
Lincolnton,  North  Carolina.  On  that  evening 
as  we  were  going  through  the  mail  that  had 
accumulated  during  our  one  month  in  Scandi- 
navia and  Russia,  I  was  attracted  to  the  Duke 
Magazine,  and  I  happened  to  read  "A  Soviet 
Summer"  [Duke  Gazette,  May-June]. 

Having  been  a  philosophy  major  at  Duke,  I 
am  used  to  such  questions  as  "How  do  you 
know?  How  do  you  really  know?"  One  way  to 
avoid  the  necessity  of  documenting  and  verify- 
ing one's  statements  is  to  acknowledge  that 
one  speaks  only  from  his  own  perspective  and 
within  his  own  experience.  Professor  Andrews 
failed  to  do  this  when  she  said,  "Russians  love 
Americans  more  than  any  other  nationality."  I 
beg  to  differ  with  the  young  professor's  report 
of  Soviet-American  relations. 

We  spent  six  days  in  the  Soviet  Union,  June 
28-July  3,  1985.  Our  first  three  days  were  in 
Tallin,  Estonia.  We  were  with  a  group  of  Fin- 
nish tourists  and  were  very  well  treated.  We 
were  able  to  visit  the  Methodist  Church  in 
Tallin  and  my  husband  (Ralph  "Jack"  Kayler 
'52,  M.Div.  '55)  preached  behind  the  Iron  Cur- 
tain. Then  we  went  as  individual  tourists  to 
Leningrad.  The  in-country  train  was  smelly 
and  dirty.  We  were  put  in  a  compartment  with 
a  drunken  girl  and  a  man  who  snored  all  night. 
In  Leningrad,  our  movements  were  monitored 
by  the  "In-tourists,"  but  we  were  consistently 
given  little  or  incorrect  information,  had  great 
difficulty  getting  around,  and  could  find  few 
people  who  would  speak  English  to  us.  On  the 
return  train  to  Finland,  the  customs  official 
tried  to  take  my  film. 

I  recognize  I  speak  from  my  own  perspective. 
I  blamed  a  lot  of  our  problems  on  the  language 
barrier.  The  one  year  of  Russian  I  had  at  Duke 
was  too  little  and  too  long  ago.  However,  two 
Danish  boys  had  breakfast  with  us  one  morn- 
ing in  Leningrad  on  their  way  to  Moscow.  One 
young  man  spoke  fluent  Russian  and  had  a 
diplomatic  passport  because  he  would  be 
working  at  the  Danish  Embassy  for  a  year.  Yet 
those  boys  reported  the  same  sort  of  difficulties 
that  we  were  having.  They  were  repeatedly 
given  wrong  directions  and  then  not  allowed 
to  proceed;  their  path  would  be  blocked.  They 
were  interrogated  frequently  and  had  to  show 


their  papers  often.  The  young  men  reported 
that  the  Russian  young  people  shook  their  fists 
at  them  and  shouted  words  of  hatred  to  them. 
Perhaps  the  university-related  Russians  with 
whom  Dr.  Andrews  associates  provide  her 
with  a  quite  different  experience.  I  hope  so. 
Our  experience  as  individual  tourists  in  Russia 
is  not  one  I  wish  to  repeat. 

Claudette  Taylor  Kayler  '57 
Lincolnton,  North  Carolina 


PEDANTIC 


Editors: 

Earlier  this  week  I  was  spending  a  pleasant 
hour  reading  the  May-June  Duke  Magazine 
when  I  was  shocked  and  dismayed  to  read  Pres- 
ident Sanford's  remark  that  "I  don't  want 
people  walking  across  the  campus  all  the  time 
talking  about  Chaucer  when  they  could  be 
talking  about  the  Maryland  game.  I  mean  that 
it's  artificial,  and  we  don't  want  a  bunch  of 
nerds.  We  want  a  bunch  of  well-educated 


I  don't  know  how  it  was,  but  so  stunned  was 
I  that  I  fell  into  a  sleep,  and  while  I  slept, 
Chaucer  appeared  to  me  in  a  vision.  He  polite- 
ly introduced  himself  and  said  that  he  strongly 
suspected  that  his  Clerk  of  Oxenford  was  a  bit 
of  a  nerd  by  President  Sanford's  definition.  He 
requested,  therefore,  that  he  be  allowed  to  re- 
place his  old  clerk  with  a  new  one  after  the 
Sanford  model,  and  this,  or  something  like  it, 
was  his  speech: 

The  New  Clerk 
(Sanford  Model) 

A  clerk  ther  was  of  Duke,  I  woot,  also 
That  unto  bis'ness  hadde  longe  ygo. 
A  reede  Mercedes  was  his  grete  delygt, 
And  bondes  he  purchased  as  he  might. 
From  Gucci  hadde  he  robes  and  also  shoon, 
And  his  investments  all  were  after  oon. 
He  was  in  soothe  a  fine  alumnus  true, 
And  ev'ry  yere  he  gave  as  was  hys  due. 
Ne  was  this  yit  a  very  grete  surpryse 
For  whan  a  student  he  was  always  wyse. 
No  fool  was  he,  ond  even  less  a  nerd, 
Of  Chaucer  he  hadde  nevre  said  a  word, 
Ne  was  his  speche  of  Shakespeare  ever  full, 
Ne  lemed  souning  ever  proved  him  dull. 
But  aye  he  spak  of  football  daye  and  nyghte, 


It  was  in  very  trouthe  his  dere  delyght. 
Whan  Maryland  played  Duke  he  was  aye 

there, 
And  whan  he  coude  he  always  led  the 

cheere, 
And  thus  it  was  he  came  at  last  to  be 
So  truly  educated  as  you  see. 

Phillip  B.  Anderson  Ph.D.  75 
Conway,  Arkansas 

When  not  engaged  in  dreams  medieval,  the 
writer  chairs  the  English  department  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Central  Arkansas. 


PREP  SCHOOL 
PRAISE 


Editors: 

As  head  of  a  school  and  as  a  college  counse- 
lor who  has  recommended  Duke  to  many  of 
our  outstanding  students,  I  am  always  inter- 
ested in  learning  as  much  as  I  can  about  the 
university,  its  people,  and  its  programs.  We  cer- 
tainly try  to  get  as  much  feedback  as  we  can 
from  our  graduates  who  attend  Duke  and  have 
visited  the  campus  several  times.  However,  I 
must  tell  you  that  I  look  forward  to  receiving 
my  bimonthly  copy  of  Duke  Magazine.  The 
design  is  delightful,  the  articles  informative, 
and  sections  like  the  "Duke  Gazette"  sources  of 
very  practical  and  useful  items  when  discuss- 
ing Duke  with  prospective  students  or  parents. 

Sending  Duke  Magazine  to  guidance  offices 
is  a  great  idea.  Sometimes  when  institutions 
get  into  a  cost-cutting  mood,  such  services  are 
often  the  first  to  go.  I  want  you  to.  know  that 
this  is  one  college  counselor  who  sees  Duke 
Magazine  as  a  very  valuable  guidance  tool,  in 
many  ways  more  effective  than  the  typical 
public  relations  or  admissions  publications. 

Keep  up  the  good  work,  and  keep  sending 
Duke  Magazine. 

James  E.  Cavalier 
Head,  Senior  School 
Sewickley  Academy 
Sewickley,  Pennsylvania 

The  admissions  office  mails  the  magazine  to 
1,000  high  school  guidance  counselors— a  proj- 
ect underwritten  by  Duke's  General  Alumni 
Association. 


36 


DUKE  FOREST: 


OFF  THE 


A 


n  August  walk 
through  the  forest 
has  run  its  course. 
The  tour  guide  de- 
livers a  final  bit  of 
guidance:  Look  out 
for  signs  of  poison- 
ivy  exposure  and 
assault  by  clinging  ticks.  Thus  imbued  with 
this  sudden  group-consciousness,  the  lis- 
teners immediately  suspect  the  worst,  and 
begin  itching. 

Even  a  morning's  sampling  of  the  Duke 
Forest— a  slice  of  the  Korstian  Division,  near 
Chapel  Hill— is  far  more  than  an  encounter 
with  the  hazards  of  the  wilds.  To  the  unini- 
tiated trail-walker,  a  tree  is  a  tree  is  a  tree;  one 
wiser  in  the  ways  of  the  forest  will  recognize 
a  tree  melange  of  Virginia  pines,  red  cedars, 
white  oaks,  beeches.  Occasionally  trees 
come  complete  with  yellow  ribbons,  a  do- 
not-touch  advisory  of  research  in  progress.  A 
controlled-burn  site  along  the  trail,  though 
disquieting,  is  only  a  mild  interference  with 
the  whims  of  nature,  done  to  prevent  one 
species  from  overtaking  another.  Departing 
from  the  beaten  path,  one  can  find  hints  of 
life  in  the  forest  before  there  was  a  forest:  the 
foundation  of  a  turn-of-the-century  grist  mill; 
remnants  of  a  stone  dam— built  to  turn  the 
water-wheel  that  powered  the  mill— along 
the  New  Hope  Creek;  protruding  from  a 
thick,  lush  sea  of  periwinkle  shrubbery,  well- 
worn  gravestones  that  mark  generations  of  a 
farming  family. 

And  reminders  keep  appearing  of  a  fast- 
paced  life  in  the  forest  today:  The  forest 
wanderer  will  be  joined  briefly,  then  over- 
taken quickly  by  a  steady  stream  of  runners, 
dog-walkers,  and  weekend  horseback  riders. 
At  the  time  of  European  exploration  and 
settlement,  in  the  early  1800s,  most  of  the 
North  Carolina  Piedmont  was  heavily  for- 
ested. "The  early  settlers  found  a  mild  and 
healthful  climate  and  fertile  lands,"  noted 
the  Duke  Forest's  first  director,  Clarence 
Korstian,  in  his  inaugural  Forestry  Bulletin. 
"But  forests  occupied  vast  areas,  and  their 
greatest  task. ..was  to  cut  down  the  timber, 
clear  the  land,  and  prepare  it  for  cultiva- 


SCIENCE  BRANCHES  OUT 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 


Duke's  most  extensive 

natural  resource  is  an 

outdoor  laboratory,  an 

unparalleled  place  to 

develop  and  demonstrate 

forestry  practices— and  a 

popular  place  for 

recreation. 


tion."  The  early  settlers  grew  corn,  wheat, 
oats,  rye,  potatoes;  because  of  the  prices  they 
commanded,  tobacco  and  cotton  later  be- 
came more  important.  Each  estate  was  es- 
sentially a  self-sustained  economic  unit, 
Korstian  pointed  out:  "Under  this  system, 
which  involved  clearing  large  areas  of  forest 
land  and  placing  it  under  cultivation,  little 
attention  was  given  to  the  maintenance  of 
soil  fertility.  Land  was  plentiful,  labor  was 
cheap,  and  when  the  topsoil  of  a  field  had 
been  washed  from  the  slopes  or  the  land  no 
longer  produced  a  satisfactory  agricultural 
crop,  it  was  'turned  out'  and  allowed  to  revert 
to  forest." 

With  the  washing  away  of  topsoil  came  the 
gradual  depletion  of  soil  fertility  and  reduced 
productivity.  Another  problem  was  created 
by  the  widespread  over-production  of  agri- 
cultural crops,  the  result  being  low  prices  in 
the  marketplace.  Frustrated  farmers  aban- 
doned their  fields.  Natural  history  would 
repeat  itself:  Largely  through  natural  regener- 
ation, the  forest  returned. 

In  the  1920s,  James  B.  Duke  authorized 
officials  of  Trinity  College  to  acquire  land— 
for  which  he  would  pay— on  which  a  new 
university  would  be  built.  (From  his  ventures 
in  tobacco  and  the  power  industry,  Duke  was 
well-aware  of  the  importance  of  adequate 
land  holdings  and  of  guaranteeing  good  ac- 
cess to  those  holdings.)  With  Trinity  vice 
president  Robert  Lee  Flowers  acting  as  chief 
land  purchaser,  4,700  acres  of  forest  and 
abandoned  farms  in  Durham  and  Orange 
counties,  plus  an  abandoned  quarry,  came  to 
the  university-in-the-making.  Unaware  of 
the  grandiose  plans,  owners  sold  at  very  rea- 
sonable prices.  On  some  of  that  land,  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  old  Trinity  spot,  the  new 
Duke  campus  took  shape.  A  rail  link  between 
quarry  and  campus  brought  in  the  building 
stones.  (In  a  more  modest  way,  the  quarry 
continues  to  feed  the  university,  with  exteri- 
or rock  panels  in  the  Bryan  University  Cen- 
ter, Gross  Chemistry,  Duke  North,  and  even 
a  parking  garage  all  sharing  that  point  of  ori- 
gin.) Some  of  the  freshly-acquired  land  was 
carved  up  for  State  Highway  751,  a  major 
access  route  to  the  university  that  borders 


37 


portions  of  the  Duke  Forest;  much  of  it  was 
left  untouched  to  ensure  scenic  surroundings 
for  the  new  campus,  and  to  serve  as  a  buffer 
against  increasing  development. 

The  university  formally  established  the 
Duke  Forest  in  1931— seven  years  before  or- 
ganizing the  School  of  Forestry,  now  Forestry 
and  Environmental  Studies— and  appointed 
Korstian  its  first  director.  From  the  begin- 
ning, the  forest  was  meant  to  serve  as  an  area 
for  development  and  demonstration  of  fores- 
try practices,  as  a  research  area  for  timber 
growing,  and  as  an  outdoor  laboratory  for 
forestry  students.  During  the  Thirties,  sever- 
al federal  agencies,  including  the  Civilian 
Conservation  Corps  and  the  Soil  Conserva- 
tion Service,  helped  in  the  establishment  of 
a  managed  forest.  Workers  surveyed  and 
mapped  the  area,  built  roads  and  bridges, 
planted  abandoned  fields,  and  thinned  over- 
ly dense  natural  stands.  Research  got  under 
way  in  earnest.  And  the  sale  and  harvest  of 
timber  provided  a  steady  source  of  revenue. 

With  later  land  purchases  by  university 
officials,  the  forest  eventually  reached  its 
current  size  of  8,300  acres  in  five  major  divi- 
sions and  several  outlying  tracts.  The  Dur- 
ham Division  is  the  oldest  and  largest  divi- 
sion, containing  more  than  3,075  acres  in 
Durham  County  (home  to  the  university) 
and  Orange  County.  Small  portions  have 
been  lost  to  homesite  development,  campus 
expansion,  the  Duke  Golf  Course  and  Facul- 
ty Club,  and  the  right-of-way  for  a  highway 
connecting  Durham  and  Chapel  Hill.  But 
the  forest  has  survived  largely  intact. 

Tree-watchers  on  a  forest  stroll  can  find  up- 
land hardwoods  (mostly  oak  and  hickory), 
bottomland  hardwoods  (birch,  sycamore, 
and  maple),  pines  (loblolly  pine  especially, 
plus  some  shortleaf  and  Virginia  pine),  and 
mixed  pine  and  hardwood.  The  forest  also 
plays  host  to  an  array  of  wildlife:  according  to 
a  recent  count,  thirty  species  of  mammals, 
ninety  species  of  birds,  twenty-four  amphi- 
bians, and  thirty  reptiles.  The  Eno  River  and 
New  Hope  Creek  both  cut  through  the  forest, 
the  Eno  adding  an  estimated  forty-four  and 
the  New  Hope  twenty-four  species  offish  to 
the  animal  inventory.  Sites  of  archaeological 
interest  also  have  a  home  in  the  forest.  All 
the  tracts  have  old  cemeteries;  some,  like  the 
Korstian  Division,  have  the  remains  of  mills, 
liquor  stills,  stone  walls,  even  a  cobblestone 
road. 

The  current  holder  of  Korstian's  position, 
now  titled  forest  resource  manager,  has  an 
office  decorated  with  detailed  maps  of  the 
forest,  a  Smokey  the  Bear  warning  against 
careless  fires,  and  a  piece  of  forest  timber  as 
his  doorstop.  Perhaps  the  most  visible  sym- 
bol of  the  range  and  strains  of  Judd  Edeburn's 
job  is  just  outside  his  office:  a  bulletin  board 
with  a  space  designated  for  "Complaint  of 
the  Week."  For  this  week  he  pinned  up  a  tele- 
phone message  ("While  You  Were  Out..."). 


Each  year,  about  135,000 

hikers,  bikers,  runners, 

horseback-riders,  and 

picnickers  descend  on 

the  forest. 


The  caller,  reads  the  message,  "has  a  com- 
plaint about  the  squirrels  from  the  forest 
eating  his  birdseed.  Wanted  to  know  why 
you  don't  feed  them."  Edeburn  has  hung  a 
plastic  bag  for  "Donations,"  which  is  gather- 
ing a  good  collection  of  nuts. 

A  1972  graduate  of  Duke's  forestry  school, 
with  a  specialty  in  wood  technology,  Edeburn 
began  his  career  as  a  researcher  and  surveyor. 
For  four  years  he  was  with  Carolina  Power  & 
Light,  part  of  a  team  that  considered  the 
environmental  impact  of  proposed  power 
plants.  He  became  forest  resource  manager— 
the  first  to  hold  that  title- in  1978.  Supervis- 
ing two  forest  laborers  and  several  student 
assistants,  Edeburn  says  his  is  only  a  part-time 
field  position;  much  of  his  work  involves  him 
in  budgeting,  reporting,  scheduling,  and 
planning  activities.  The  goals  originally  out- 
lined for  the  forest— research  and  teaching- 
remain  firmly  in  place,  he  says,  though  recrea- 
tional use  has  intensified. 

The  Duke  Forest  is,  above  all,  a  managed 
forest;  and  complex,  even  competing,  goals 
demand  complex  management  efforts.  Says 
Edeburn:  "One  could  manage  a  forest  just  by 
preserving  it— managing  it  so  as  not  to  allow 
man-caused  perturbations  to  succession,  but 
to  allow  natural  processes  to  dominate.  At 
the  other  end  of  the  spectrum  would  be  the 
highly-intensive  management  characteristic 
of  the  forest  industry,  where  you  have  a  fairly 
high  dollar  investment  in  producing  and 
harvesting  a  certain  crop  of  trees.  We  fall 
somewhere  in  the  middle.  We  have  areas  that 
we've  preserved  for  observation,  and  the 
studies  that  are  allowed  in  there  are  just  ob- 
servation—we don't  manipulate  those  stands. 
They  usually  represent  areas  that  are  a  little 
bit  unique  to  the  Piedmont,  that  we  choose 
to  keep  as  examples  of  Piedmont  vegetation. 
Other  areas  we  are  actively  managing  for 
demonstration  purposes,  for  particular  re- 
search projects.  Usually  that  means  having  a 
cross  section,  trees  of  different  types  and  dif- 
ferent ages." 

In  the  course  of  a  century  or  so,  according 
to  Edeburn,  "a  lot  of  the  forest  would  look 
pretty  much  the  same  if  we  didn't  do  any- 
thing. The  percentage  of  pine  would  gradu- 
ally decrease,  though,  and  we'd  end  up  with 
more  hardwoods— with  less  overall  diversity." 


Ensuring  diversity  is  a  big  part  of  careful 
management.  In  some  areas,  forest  authori- 
ties simply  allow  the  forest  to  reseed  itself;  in 
other  areas,  they  plant  in  order  to  introduce 
diversity  in  the  age  or  the  type  of  tree.  In 
some  pine  stands,  they  engage  in  controlled 
burning,  used  to  expose  bare  soil  so  that 
seeds  can  germinate  and  to  remove  competi- 
tion from  hardwood  species. 

It's  not  only  in  an  educational  sense  that 
the  Duke  Forest  is  an  investment.  In  general, 
says  Edeburn,  the  forest  has  been  self-sup- 
porting throughout  its  history.  Up  until 
Korstian's  retirement  in  1960,  the  forestry 
school  was  the  direct  beneficiary  of  revenue 
from  the  forest— and  directly  responsible  for 
supporting  it.  Since  that  time,  the  university 
has  funded  operation  of  the  forest,  and  has 
also  enjoyed  any  accrued  revenue.  For  the 
past  eight  years,  it's  been  a  modest  revenue- 
producer,  according  to  Edeburn.  The  source 
of  income  is  timber  sales,  mostly  to  local 
sawmills.  Some  of  the  purchased  timber  gets 
made  into  furniture  or  plywood .  But  mills  are 
primarily  interested  in  pine  for  construction 
lumber,  and  they  shape  most  of  their  pur- 
chases into  framing  used  for  construction. 
General  harvesting  guidelines  limit  clear- 
cutting  areas  to  thirty  acres,  except  in  the 
case  of  unusual  research  demands.  At  the 
same  time,  Edeburn  points  out,  cuttings  and 
thinnings  help  promote  diversity,  demon- 
stration, teaching,  and  research— all  basic  to 
forest  management. 

The  most  frequent  use  of  the  forest,  Ede- 
burn says,  is  for  laboratory  work  by  classes.  By 
way  of  their  outdoor  classroom,  forestry  stu- 
dents get  their  exposure  to  pest-management 
practices,  forest  soils,  and  other  forest-linked 
subjects  at  first  hand.  Edeburn's  student 
assistants  learn  the  techniques  of  thinning 
and  harvesting,  site  preparation,  tree  plant- 
ing, and  the  use  of  prescribed  fire.  The  forest 
is,  of  course,  a  major  drawing  card  for  the 
graduate-level  programs  in  the  School  of 
Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies.  The 
attractions  of  an  8,300-acre  field  station  are 
also  powerful  for  Duke  botany  and  zoology 
students,  as  well  as  students  from  neighbor- 
ing universities.  Over  the  years,"  about  150 
master's  theses  and  doctoral  dissertations 
have  come  from  the  forest. 

Occasionally,  there  comes  a  project  with  a 
twist— a  twist  away  from  strict  attention  to 
biological  sciences.  With  the  forest  as  her 
base  for  data  collection,  Rachel  Frankel  '84 
wrote  a  history  honors  thesis  on  agricultural 
land-use  patterns  from  1750  to  1950.  As  her 
adviser,  botany  professor  Norman  Christen- 
sen,  puts  it,  the  Frankel  work  was  a  "bridging 
of  history,  ecology,  and  archaeology."  Delv- 
ing into  estate  papers,  wills,  personal  letters, 
family  papers,  land  deeds,  and  census  col- 
lections—and employing,  on  top  of  all  that, 
soil  surveys,  aerial  photographs,  and  forest- 
cover  maps— Frankel  studied  the  Couch 


38 


tract  of  the  Durham  Division.  What  evolved 
was  a  case  study  of  a  family  of  small  farmers 
and  their  attempts,  over  five  generations,  to 
make  a  living  from  their  land— land  that 
eventually  fell  victim  to  "soil  exhaustion" 
brought  by  poor  planting  strategies.  Among 
the  questions  she  explored:  "Who  farmed 
this  land  and  for  how  long?"  "What  crops  and 
livestock  did  the  farmer  cultivate  and  raise?" 
"What  sorts  of  agricultural  techniques  and 
implements  did  he  employ?"  "Whom,  and 
how  many  people,  did  the  land  support?" 
"What  were  the  consequences  for  the  land 
when  generations  of  farmers  stripped  the 
forest  and  tilled  the  soil?" 

Good-sized  portions  of  the  forest  are  staked 
out  for  faculty  research.  And  typically,  even 
a  single  research  site  represents  a  major  com- 
mitment in  land  and  resources.  "We  have  to 
watch  not  just  the  research  plot  itself,  but 
the  areas  right  beside  the  plot,"  says  Edeburn. 
"If  you  change  nearby  conditions  like  light, 
temperature,  or  humidity,  you  could  have  an 
unwanted  impact  on  the  research  next  door." 
Some  of  the  pioneering  work  in  southeast- 
em  forestry,  dating  to  the  Forties  and  Fifties, 
came  from  faculty  in  the  Duke  Forest  field. 
Korstian  is  among  the  group  of  pioneers.  He 
and  his  colleagues  in  forestry  concentrated 
on  questions  of  forest  succession— quantify- 
ing how  an  emerging  pine  forest  is  replaced 
by  hardwoods,  showing  that  higher  rates  of 


There  was  something 
strange  in  the  forest. 
That  was  clear  to 
Norman  Christensen  right 
after  he  joined  the  Duke 
botany  department  in  1973. 
As  a  naturalist,  Christensen 
commonly  took  his  classes 
out  to  the  Duke  Forest;  and 
the  strange  thing  he  saw  there 
was  a  set  of  trees  with  painted 
numbers.  No  faculty  member 
had  any  knowledge  of  what 
had  been  going  on— not  until 
newly-appointed  forestry  dean 


old  files  he  had  come  upon. 
Those  files  included  maps 
and  data  that  corresponded, 
Christensen  quickly  realized, 
to  the  numbered  trees. 
Beginning  in  the  early  1930s, 
Clarence  Korstian  and  his 
group  of  early  researchers  had 
established  about  eighty-five 
research  plots  in  the  forest. 
Within  each  plot— a  tenth  of 
an  acre  to  two  acres  in  size- 
they  had  numbered  every 
tree,  identified  it  by  species, 
and  measured  its  height  and 
circumference.  Returning  to  a 
particular  site  every  five  to 
eight  years,  they  had  recorded 
life  cycles  in  the  forest  through 
meticulous  field  notes.  But  by 
the  Sixties,  the  observations  - 
and  the  collective  memory  of 
the  project— had  diminished. 


It  was,  in  Christensen's 
words,  "an  amazing  set  of 
data."  Among  ecologists,  he 
says,  there  is  a  good  deal  of 
interest  in  recovery  from  dis- 
turbance—whether distur- 
bance from  fire  or,  in  the  case 
of  the  Duke  Forest,  from  the 
soil  erosion  and  degradation 
produced  by  settlement  and 
poor  farming  practices.  "A  lot 
of  the  theories  are  not  rigor- 
ously tested;  they're  based  on 
shaky  inference.  Where 
people  don't  have  an  extensive 
data  set  that  allows  them  to 
see  a  process  over  a  long 
period  of  time,  they  like  to 
infer  what  happened."But  fifty 
years  of  Duke  data  provided 
the  basis  for  a  lot  more  than 
educated  guesses. 

By  the  mid-Seventies,  classic 
theories  regarding  forest  suc- 
cession and  change  were  shift- 
ing. Christensen  applied  to  the 
National  Science  Foundation 
for  a  grant  to  do  some  theory 
testing.  The  grant  came 
through;  and  Christensen, 
along  with  University  of  North 
Carolina  colleague  Robert 
Peet,  resumed  some  of  the  old 
Korstian  studies  and  added 
some  new  plots.  They  are 
building  a  theoretical  base 
that,  Christensen  says,  is  ana- 


i  to  insurance 


Their  field  studies  in  the 
forest  are  showing,  for  exam- 
ple, what  characteristics  of  a 
tree  are  most  highly  correlated 
with  longevity — how  a  tree's 
diameter  and  height,  or  the 
invasion  of  neighboring  trees, 
affects  its  life  history.  From 
those  studies  they  are  also 
able  to  reconstruct  history— to 
determine  the  look  and  the 
use  made  of  forest  land  long 
before  it  assumed  its  present- 
day  shape. 

Christensen,  an  associate 
professor  of  botany  and  in  the 
School  of  Forestry  and  En- 
vironmental Studies,  says  data 
collection  in  the  forest  could 
easily  sustain  him  for  the  next 
two  decades— "and  there  will 
still  be  more  to  be  done."  He 
revels  in  the  cross-disciplinary 
thinking  that  the  work 
demands:  "You  have  to  be  a 
historian,  an  amateur  sociolo- 
gist, and  sometimes  an 
archaeologist  just  to  under- 
stand what's  going  on."  He 
takes  satisfaction,  also,  in  the 
supporting  role  of  the  NSF,  a 
government  agency:  The 
government's  Civilian  Con- 
servation Corps  recruited  the 
original  force  of  dollar-a-day 
assistants  who,  in  the  Thirties, 
descended  on  the  Duke  Forest 
to  number  Korstian's  trees. 


photosynthesis  under  low  light  help  hard- 
woods defeat  pines  in  the  competition  for 
water  and  nutrients. 

Many  within  the  newest  crop  of  faculty  re- 
searchers have  concentrated  in  areas  related 
to  the  forest  ecosystem  in  the  broadest  sense- 
touching  on  botany,  ecology,  and  zoology,  for 
example.  Among  the  researchers:  Kenneth 
Knoerr,  who  joined  the  forestry  faculty  in 
1961  and  began  studying  the  forest  "micro- 
climate." His  microclimate  studies  have  in- 
volved him  in  charting  the  energy  and  mass 
exchanges  between  forest  and  atmosphere— 
the  impact  of  atmospheric  influences  on  the 
photosynthesis  process  and  water  balances 
in  the  forest.  Mounted  at  various  levels  on  an 
assortment  of  towers  rising  above  the  canopy, 
Knoerr's  sophisticated  meteorological  instru- 
ments are  taking  precise  and  instantaneous 
measurements.  The  effects  they're  measur- 
ing include  temperature,  wind  speed  and 
direction,  atmospheric  pressure,  humidity, 
carbon  dixoide,  and  sunlight.  Knoerr's  inter- 
ests extend  to  measuring  the  concentrations 
of  toxic  materials  such  as  lead,  and,  also, 
gauging  the  fallout  from  acid  rain. 

Edeburn  considers  his  8,300  acres  about 
average  in  size  for  schools  of  forestry.  "We're 
fortunate  in  that  much  of  the  land  is  close  to 
campus.  That's  not  the  case  with  a  lot  of 
research  forests."  While  the  chunks  of  land 
not  so  close  to  campus  complicate  the  job  of 


management,  there's  value  in  dispersal, 
Edeburn  says.  "Having  it  spread  out  gives  us 
some  variety  in  terms  of  soil,  topography,  and 
vegetational  patterns  that  we  wouldn't  have 
if  it  were  all  in  one  block  of  land.  It's  an  ad- 
vantage in  research  and  teaching." 

Another  boost  to  research  and  teaching  is 
the  diligent  documentation  going  back  to 
the  forest's  earliest  history  as  a  managed  area. 
In  his  Forestry  Bulletin,  Korstian  said  that 
through  "the  maintenance  of  careful  records 
of  all  activities  and  operations,"  the  forest's 
"coordinated  development  as  a  demonstra- 
tion and  research  area  and  as  an  outdoor 
laboratory  is  facilitated."  Today,  the  Duke 
Forest  office  is  a  repository  for  section-by- 
section  information  on  soils,  topography, 
inventory,  planting,  and  cultural  records.  It 
also  functions  as  a  clearinghouse  on  past  and 
current  research. 

When  he  developed  his  statement  of  ob- 
jectives, the  first  manager,  Korstian,  didn't 
envision  one  dramatically-expanding  use  of 
the  forest:  as  a  recreational  area.  Edebum's 
figures  show  that  135,000  hikers,  bikers, 
runners,  horseback-riders,  and  picnickers 
descend  on  the  Duke  Forest  each  year.  News- 
paper advertising  for  condominium  and 
apartment  complexes— and  even  for  horse 
stables— commonly  boasts  of  the  forest's 
proximity.  With  the  Triangle's  explosive  de- 
Continued  on  page  48 


39 


)UKE  RESEARCH 


VIPS: 


CAN  WE 


TALK? 


hat  if  a  com- 
puter could 
actually 
comprehend 
the  tasks  it 
performs, 
instead  of 
simply   re- 


w 

sponding  to  programmed  commands?  And 
what  if  it  could  talk— not  in  a  stilted  video- 
game voice,  but  in  natural,  conversational 
tones?  Then  we  would  truly  have  a  system  of 
two-way  communication.  We  wouldn't  have 
to  rely  on  a  keyboard  for  putting  information 
into  the  system  or  on  printouts  for  getting  in- 
formation out  of  it;  we  could  hold  a  normal 
conversation  with  the  computer. 

Researchers  at  Duke  have  taken  the  first 
steps  down  that  long  road  to  artificial  intelli- 
gence. Led  by  Alan  W.  Biermann,  associate 
professor  of  computer  science,  a  group  of 
Duke  scientists  has  developed  a  voice-  and 
touch-activated  computer  system:  The  user 
can  talk  to  the  computer,  or  touch  the  screen, 
or  both,  and  the  computer  will  figure  out  how- 
to  carry  out  the  command.  The  Voice  Inter- 
active Processing  System,  or  VIPS,  as  it  is 
called,  is  the  product  of  more  than  seven 
years'  work  by  Biermann  and  his  associates. 

VIPS  is  not  the  only  computer  system  that 
can  recognize  spoken  words  or  operate  from 
touch,  and  it  is  not  the  only  one  that  can 
understand  typed  English  sentences.  But  it  is 
the  first  system  to  put  all  three  components 
together  to  produce  a  fast,  efficient,  conver- 
sational system,  says  Biermann. 

Biermann's  associate,  Casey  Gilbert,  ex- 
plains how  the  system  works.  "It's  a  voice  and 
touch  input  system  that  can  manipulate  ob- 
jects displayed  on  the  screen.  The  screen  is 
touch-sensitive — if  you  put  your  f'nger  on  it, 
you  generate  a  coordinate  that  the  computer 
recognizes.  We  manipulate  text  specifically 
with  VIPS,  although  much  of  the  system  is 
general  enough  that  we  envision  doing  other 
kinds  of  things,  like  keeping  a  calendar  of 
appointments." 

VIPS  is  a  task-oriented  system,  which 
means  that  it  is  designed  specifically  to  work 
with  a  person  in  performing  a  task,  such  as 


VOICE  INTERACTIVE 
PROCESSING  SYSTEM 

BY  PATTY  COURTRIGHT 


Researchers  have  taken 

the  first  steps  down  the 

long  road  to  artificial 

intelligence. 


word  processing  or  information  storage.  Us- 
ing VIPS,  a  worker  on  an  assembly  line  could 
simply  call  out  part  numbers  or  models  in- 
stead of  having  to  use  a  keyboard  to  enter  the 
information.  The  system  would  then  store 
the  information,  and  the  worker  could  keep 
his  or  her  hands  free  for  other  tasks. 

The  way  VIPS  works  looks  deceptively 
simple.  The  system  has  a  vocabulary  of  eighty 
words  that  it  recognizes,  and  as  long  as  the 
user  groups  these  words  in  a  specific  order, 
VIPS  will  carry  out  the  appropriate  com- 
mand. For  instance,  the  system  can  insert  or 
delete  groups  of  words  or  entire  paragraphs;  it 
can  center,  capitalize,  and  move  words,  sen- 
tences, or  paragraphs  within  the  document; 
it  can  color  parts  of  the  document. 

Every  command,  entered  through  a  micro- 
phone-equipped headset,  begins  with  the 
word  "Now,"  followed  by  an  imperative  verb 
and  several  noun  groups,  and  ends  with  the 
word  "Over."  VIPS  quickly  processes  com- 
mands such  as:  "Now,  delete  the  second 
sentence  in  the  first  paragraph,  over";  "Now, 
move  the  third  paragraph  to  the  end,  over"; 
"Now,  capitalize  these  words,  over."  In  issuing 
the  last  command,  the  user  touches  the 
screen  as  he  or  she  says  "these  words,"  and  the 


indicated  words  will  be  capitalized.  That's 
what  is  meant  by  a  voice-and  touch-inter- 
active system. 

To  respond  to  each  command,  VIPS  uses  a 
two-stage  process:  voice  recognition  and  lan- 
guage understanding.  In  the  first  stage,  a  com- 
mercially purchased  "recognizer"  matches 
samples  of  language  already  stored  in  its 
memory  with  words  that  are  spoken.  Then, 
the  recognizer  is  hooked  to  a  host  computer 
that  actually  translates  the  sentences  into  a 
form  the  computer  can  identify7. 

"The  host  computer's  job  is  to  make  sense 
out  of  an  English  sentence,  and  if  you  tell  it 
to  do  something,  its  job  is  to  do  it,"  Biermann 
says.  "So  the  host  computer  has  a  small,  really 
a  microscopic,  grammar  for  English.  Then  it 
has  special  routines  that  represent  the  mean- 
ing of  the  individual  words,  so  if  you  say  the 
word  'paragraph,'  the  system  has  to  be  able  to 
find  the  paragraph."  The  computer  doesn't 
actually  "understand"  the  text  on  the  screen, 
but  it  is  programmed  to  recognize  images  on 
the  screen— words,  sentences,  paragraphs. 
Biermann  explains:  "The  words  on  the  screen 
could  be  French,  but  we  wouldn't  speak 
French  to  it.  We  would  still  say,  'Delete  the 
first  paragraph,'  and  it  would  do  it." 

Although  the  system  is  far  from  being  a 
HAL,  the  omniscient  computer  in  2001:  A 
Space  Odyssey,  Biermann  says  it  does  repre- 
sent the  state  of  the  art  in  artificial  intelli- 
gence. "I  don't  think  you  can  get  a  demon- 
stration comparable  to  this  anywhere  in  the 
world.  There  are  some  things  similar  to  it  in 
one  way  or  another,  but  I  don't  think  there 
are  any  that  are  as  good." 

One  of  the  ways  VIPS  shows  its  "intelli- 
gence" is  by  following  the  focus  of  the  user's 
commands,  so  it  can  actually  perform  an  in- 
tended action— even  if  the  request  is  ambi- 
guous. For  example,  a  sentence  that  contains 
a  pronoun,  such  as  "this,"  "it,"  or  "them,"  is 
very  complicated  for  a  computer  system,  be- 
cause the  system  must  determine  which  on- 
screen image  or  images  the  pronoun  refers  to 
before  it  responds  to  the  command.  Deter- 
mining the  reference  of  a  pronoun  is  an  easy 
task  for  a  person,  but  it  is  difficult  for  a 
computer,  Biermann  says.  To  help  VIPS  deter- 


mine  noun  and  pronoun  references,  Biermann 
and  his  associates  developed  a  pyramid-shaped 
data  structure  for  the  computer. 

"So  if  we  say  something  like  'this  sentence,' 
and  suppose  the  first  item  is  not  a  sentence, 
VIPS  will  throw  that  away  and  look  at  the 
next  layer  to  see  if  it  is  a  sentence.  If  there  is 
no  single  sentence,  it  will  give  up  and  say,  'I 
don't  know  what  you're  talking  about.'  But  if 
it  finds  a  sentence  at  some  place  on  the 
pyramid,  the  highest  place  on  the  pyramid 
where  it  can  resolve  that  noun  group  will  be 
used  to  resolve  it." 

Biermann  and  his  colleagues  began  de- 
veloping VIPS  for  word  processing  capabili- 


cessing,  wanted  to  begin  advanced  office 
automation  research  at  Duke.  The  project 
got  started  after  IBM  agreed  to  provide  the 
financial  backing.  Biermann  says  that  unlike 
the  original  proposal,  the  VIPS  system  al- 
lows the  user  to  speak  in  a  fairly  natural  way. 
In  addition,  says  Gilbert,  the  team  is  now 
working  with  a  more  powerful  computer,  with 
a  reaction  time  of  two  seconds  instead  of  the 
nine  seconds  the  system  originally  took  to 
process  each  command. 

As  an  outcome  of  the  VIPS  research,  Bier- 
mann and  his  associates  have  developed  a 
specific  application  for  the  U.S.  Army.  They 
have  simulated  a  target  tracking  system  that 


and  games  have  a 
I  place  in  the  artificial- 
iligence  world.  It  was 
1977  when  Duke  defeated 
world  champion  Stanford  2-0 
in  a  grueling,  four-hour,  com- 
puter-to-computer  contest 
between  universities.  The 
game  was  checkers. 

In  the  competition,  Duke's 
checkers-playing  computer 
blanked  Stanford  in  a  two-out- 
of-three  match  played  long 
distance.  Duke's  champion- 
ship  program  was  written  over 
a  couple  of  years  by  Eric 
Jensen,  who  earned  his  Duke 
Ph.D.  in  1982  and  is  now  a 


senior  analytical  chemist  with 

i  Lilly,  and  Tom  Truscott 
'75,  who  took  his  master's  in 
computer  science  in  1981  and 
went  on  to  join  the  Research 
Triangle  Institute  as  a  compu- 
ter scientist.  VIPS  creator  Alan 
Biermann  (pictured  on  the 
right,  with  associate  Casey  Gil- 
bert) advised  the  two  students. 

According  to  Biermann's 
estimate  at  the  time,  the  Duke 
computer  reviewed  100,000 
possible  moves  in  the  match 
with  its  Stanford  rival.  As  play 
proceeded,  the  Duke  com- 
puter would  decide  on  a 

each  Stanford 


move,  and -through  a  print- 
out—would inform  the  stu- 
dents of  its  response.  The 
students  passed  on  the  in- 
formation to  a  Stanford  pro- 
fessor, who  passed  it  on  to  the 
Stanford  computer,  which 
proceeded  to  make  up  its 
electronic  mind  on  the  next 
Stanford  move. 

Stanford -which,  before  the 
competition,  was  thought  to 
have  had  the  world's  best 
checker-playing  computer- 
conceded  one  game  after 
sixty-one  moves,  and  the 
other  game  after  fifty-nine 
moves,  giving  Duke  the 
championship. 

Jensen  and  Truscott  were 
part  of  the  program-writing 
team  behind  "Duchess,"  or 
Duke  University  Chess.  In 
1980,  Duchess  beat  the  Soviet 
Union's  chess  program  for  the 
third  time  since  1977  and 
placed  third  overall  in  the 
World  Computer  Chess 
Championship.  Lenz,  Austria, 
was  the  site  for  the  champion- 
ship. After  winning  its  first 
three  games,  including  the 
match  with  the  Soviet  Union, 
the  Duchess  computer  pro- 
gram lost  to  the  chess  program 
of  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories 
of  New  Jersey. 

The  world  championships 
have  been  held  every  three 
years  since  1974.  According  to 
Biermann,  at  least  in  this 
branch  of  artificial  intelli- 
gence, the  Soviets  have  usually 
been  the  team  to  beat. 


ties  partly  because  the  research  grant  was 
sponsored  by  IBM,  which  is  interested  in  of- 
fice automation  applications,  and  partly 
because  word  processing  involves  a  clearly 
structured  hierarchy  for  programming.  "Word 
processing  is  in  many  ways  a  nice,  clean 
domain  to  work  with,"  Biermann  says.  "It  has 
a  nice  hierarchy." 

The  current  system  is  much  better  than  the 
one  the  researchers  proposed  in  1979,  when 
the  idea  was  initiated.  At  that  time,  Mel  Ray, 
then  vice  chancellor  in  charge  of  data  pro- 


allows  helicopter  pilots  to  use  voice  and 
touch  to  tell  the  system  to  spot  certain  tar- 
gets, identify  them,  and  track  their  move- 
ment. Before,  pilots  had  to  work  the  control 
panel  buttons  as  well  as  use  their  hands  to  fly 
the  helicopter. 

Although  the  present  capabilities  of  VIPS 
have  exceeded  the  expectations  of  the  Duke 
researchers,  Biermann  points  out  that  a  bit 
more  work  has  to  be  done.  "There  are  a  lot  of 
next  steps.  We  would  like  to  be  able  to  space 
anything  anywhere  on  the  screen;  we  can't 


do  that  now.  We  couldn't  say,  'Put  certain 
words  across  in  a  row.'  So  arbitrary  spacing 
would  be  one  thing.  Another  would  be  to  in- 
crease the  vocabulary  capability  in  order  to 
adjust  margins  any  way  you  wanted." 

At  a  higher  level,  Biermann  says,  they 
would  like  to  develop  a  sophisticated  voice 
response  for  the  system.  Such  a  system  would 
follow  the  rules  of  human  conversation:  talk- 
ing in  natural  tones  and  even  saying  "hello" 
whenever  a  person  sat  beside  it.  To  reach  this 
level  of  sophistication,  the  computer  system 
must  be  able  to  interpret  the  meaning  behind 
the  question,  not  just  its  literal  translation. 
"There  are  different  levels  of  understanding," 
Gilbert  says.  "Understanding  the  intent  be- 
hind something  is  different  from  literal 
understanding,  and  computers  are  very 
literal." 

Biermann  explains  that  the  computer  sys- 
tem would  have  to  understand  the  user's 
motivation  in  asking  specific  questions.  "If 
you  ask  me  a  question,  I  take  that  question 
and  I  say,  'Oh,  that  question  is  simply  an 
indication  of  a  seties  of  motivations.'  For 
example,  if  you  asked,  'What  is  that?'  and 
pointed  to  the  control  box,  the  computer 
would  say,  'That  is  the  control  box.'  But  a  per- 
son would  interpret,  'She  wants  to  under- 
stand how  the  system  works.'  I  take  the  words 
that  you  say,  not  on  the  basis  of  their  mean- 
ing, but  as  hints  to  what  you  really  want  to 
know.  I  have  a  basic  understanding  of  what 
you  are  concerned  with,  so  it  is  a  process  of 
tying  the  questions  into  your  whole  motiva- 
tional system." 

Reaching  this  stage  of  sophistication  is 
extremely  difficult,  Gilbert  says.  "You  have 
to  put  a  lot  of  facts  and  a  lot  of  connections 
between  facts  into  the  computer.  The  com- 
puter doesn't  know  anything  about  the  world 
it  exists  in,  and  you  can  tell  it  a  bunch  of 
things,  but  if  you  don't  tell  it  how  to  connect 
everything  up,  it  still  doesn't  know  anything 
useful." 

Because  the  computer  is  not  able  to  think 
in  the  same  way  a  person  can,  Biermann  and 
Gilbert  do  not  foresee  the  development  of  a 
humanistic  computer  system— not  within 
this  century,  and  probably  not  at  all.  HAL 
will  only  exist  in  science  fiction,  not  in 
reality. 

"The  only  truly  intelligent  being  that  we 
have  a  model  of  is  a  human  being ,"  Biermann 
says,  "and  people  always  want  to  compare 
machines  with  humans.  There  will  never  be 
a  match.  Computers  are  always  going  to  be 
better  than  humans  at  some  things— like  add- 
ing columns  of  numbers— and  they  are  al- 
ways going  to  be  worse  than  humans  at  some 
things,  no  matter  what  happens.  Machines 
are  always  going  to  be  machines."  H 

Courtright,  a  Chapel  Hill  free-lance  writer,  last  wrote 
a  story  on  the  psychology  of  selfishness  for  Duke 
Magazine. 


DUKE  PROFILE 


CHANGING 


AMERICA'S 


SKYLINE 


H 


e's  linked  to  some  of 
the  most  famous 
buildings  in  the 
country:  333  Wacker 
Drive,  Trump  Tower, 
Union  Bank  Square, 
and  One  Post  Office 
Square  are  all  part  of 
the  list.  He  also  has  done  more,  in  his  own 
quiet  way,  than  most  of  his  peers  to  change 
skylines  across  the  nation.  Benjamin  Duke 
Holloway  '50,  chief  executive  officer  of  Equi- 
table Real  Estate  Group,  Inc.,  has  real  estate 
in  his  blood,  and  the  United  States  is  a  differ- 
ent place  because  of  it. 

Holloway  lives,  sleeps,  and  breathes  real 
estate.  To  him,  it  is  the  most  alive  and  chal- 
lenging profession  in  the  world,  constantly 
changing— offering  new  problems  to  solve 
and  goals  to  reach.  All  his  own  investments 
are  in  real  estate,  and  he  encourages  others  to 
follow  his  lead— for  a  very  simple  reason. 
"Real  estate  will  always  be  a  good  invest- 
ment," he  says,  "because  everybody  needs  a 
place  to  stand." 

Holloway  himself— a  descendant  of  the 
Dukes,  the  founding  family  of  the  univer- 
sity—first stood  in  Durham,  where  he  was 
born  in  1925.  After  earning  his  bachelor's 
degree  with  a  major  in  economics,  he  moved 
to  Washington,  D.C.,  to  take  a  job  with  the 
Federal  Housing  Administration.  A  year 
later  he  joined  Equitable  Life  Assurance  as  a 
trainee  in  the  city  mortgage  division. 

Donald  Trump's  name  announces  New 
York's  dazzling  Trump  Tower,  but  Holloway 's 
Equitable  Life  Assurance  Society  is  a  half 
partner  in  the  building.  Equitable  also  owns 
the  forty-two-story  500  Park  Tower  and  half 
of  the  Sheraton  Centre  Hotel  in  Manhat- 
tan, and  important  properties  in  every  other 
major  city  in  the  nation.  As  The  New  York 
Times  put  it  in  a  profile  last  year,  Holloway 's 
ability  to  commit  the  Equitable's  vast  re- 
sources is  "unparalleled  in  the  world  of  insti- 
tutional real  estate."  While  other  companies 
may  have  larger  portfolios,  "no  single  person 
elsewhere  in  the  insurance  industry  has  the 
kind  of  authority  Mr.  Holloway  has,"  the 
Times   reported.   "Holloway  has  prevailed 


BENJAMIN 
DUKE  HOLLOWAY 

BY  KELLY  WALKER 

against  institutional  inertia,  moving  Equi- 
table well  beyond  the  industry's  traditional 
role  in  financing  real  estate... The  leading 
edge,  for  Equitable,  meant  not  j  ust  providing 
mortgages,  but  actually  owning  real  estate 
itself— and,  increasingly,  building  its  own 
investment  properties." 

During  his  thirty-four  years  in  the  busi- 
ness, Holloway  has  watched  real  estate  grow 
and  change;  and  he  has  instigated  some  of 
the  largest  transformations  himself.  "Energy 
costs  in  the  Seventies  was  the  prime  factor  in 
determining  this  change.  It  used  to  be  so  in- 
significant that  no  one  cared  how  much  it 
cost,"  he  says.  "The  average  office  building 
today  is  designed  in  such  a  way  as  to  use  half 
of  the  energy  it  would  have  ten  years  ago. 
Things  such  as  more  insulation,  better  win- 


dows, and  smarter  overall  structural  designs 
accomplished  this." 

Labor  costs  and  soft  costs— the  cost  of  every- 
thing but  the  actual  bricks,  mortar,  and 
building  parts— have  also  changed  the 
character  of  building.  While  homes  and 
apartment  houses  aren't  too  different  today, 
Holloway  feels  that  those  built  in  the  1920s 
are  much  better  designed  than  their  Eighties 
counterparts.  He  blames  this  on  labor,  which 
is  now  a  much  higher  percentage  of  the  cost 
of  the  building,  and  soft  costs,  which  are  now 
40  to  50  percent  of  a  new  structure's  budget, 
as  compared  to  15  to  20  percent  before. 

Holloway  has  also  watched  as  the  owner- 
ship of  buildings  increasingly  switched  to 
institutions.  Over  the  years,  home  ownership 
has  remained  popular  and  rental  housing  is 
no  more  liked  than  it  ever  was.  The  word 
ownership  itself,  however,  is  something  the 
silver-haired  southern  gentleman  and  Duke 
trustee  feels  quite  strongly  about;  for  it  was 
by  making  the  case  for  Equitable  Life  Assur- 
ance to  invest  in  ownership  of  buildings 
rather  than  fixed-income  mortgages  that 
Holloway  helped  change  the  skyline  of 
America. 

Real  estate  is  a  very  competitive  business, 
and  because  the  market  is  inefficient,  it  will 
always  be  an  easy  field  to  enter.  Since  no  one 
can  have  a  monopoly  on  all  that  is  occurring, 
says  Holloway,  the  business  will  always  be 
like  a  frontier,  "boom  and  busty,,  but  it's  one 
of  the  most  exciting  businesses  because  of 
that." 

Making  a  mark  in  this  frontier,  however,  is 
more  easily  speculated  about  than  done. 
When  Holloway  arrived  at  Equitable,  the 
firm  was  investing  its  cash  in  fixed-income 
mortgages.  One  of  the  other  options  for 
making  good  use  of  its  money  would  have 
been  to  buy  buildings  outright;  Holloway  set 
out  to  persuade  Equitable  that  this  was  the 
path  to  pursue.  "As  a  pure  real-estate  invest- 
ment, it's  like  talking  about  cats  and  dogs. 
They're  quite  different  and  you  have  to  de- 
cide what  kind  of  investment  you  want.  If 
you  invest  in  a  mortgage  and  all  goes  well, 
the  owner  will  either  pass  you  your  fixed  in- 
come or  maybe  even  pay  you  off  and  go  into 


42 


something  else.  If  it's  lousy  real  estate, 
however,  it'll  fall  in  on  you.  These  don't  seem 
like  options  that  are  the  best  of  all  possible 
worlds  to  me.  However,  if  you  own  the  real 
estate,  you  take  all  the  risk  but  get  all  the  re- 
wards as  well  when  things  are  going  smooth- 
ly. You're  no  longer  a  passive  investor." 

Holloway's  work  was  cut  out  for  him  as  he 
tried  to  persuade  his  superiors,  during  the 
early  Seventies,  that  his  theories  represented 
sound  business  practices.  With  the  help  of 
an  associate,  George  Peacock,  he  was  vic- 
torious in  changing  their  minds,  and,  ulti- 
mately, the  culture  at  Equitable,  making  it  a 
big  player  in  the  real-estate  world. 

It  was  an  odd  step  for  an  insurance  firm  to 
take— insurance  being  an  industry  known 
for  its  caution  rather  than  its  entrepreneurial 
spirit.  Its  success,  however,  can  be  seen  just 
by  looking  at  Equitable's  portfolio,  which  has 
multiplied  more  than  eleven-fold  in  the  past 
decade.  It  owns  or  has  major  holdings  in  over 
forty-eight  hotels  with  23,500  rooms,  ninety 
shopping  centers  with  42  million  square  feet 
of  space,  55  million  square  feet  of  office  space, 
and  over  158  million  square  feet  in  rentable 
property— more  space  than  in  downtown 
Chicago  and  Dallas  combined.  Holloway 
alone,  as  chief  executive  officer  of  Equitable's 
real-estate  group,  manages  assets  that  exceed 
$20  billion. 

Equitable's  most  recent  project  is  the 
financing  of  the  $400-million  Merchandise 
Mart,  designed  for  high-tech  wholesalers,  in 
Manhattan's  new  Times  Square  complex. 
Holloway  played  a  crucial  role  in  resolving  a 
dispute  over  which  developer  would  build 
the  merchandise  mart.  The  fray  involved  dif- 
ferences between  the  state  and  the  city, 
which  at  one  point  threatened  to  withdraw 
from  the  partnership  and  complete  the  pro- 
ject on  its  own.  Not  only  the  mart,  but  the 
entire  Times  Square  redevelopment  effort, 
in  which  it  has  a  central  role,  were  threat- 
ened. But  Holloway,  in  the  words  of  a  New 
York  deputy  mayor,  became  "the  glue  that 
brought  the  parties  together."  He  has  also 
taken  the  lead  in  creating  a  partnership  be- 
tween the  city  and  major  New  York  financial 
institutions  to  build  housing  for  middle-  and 
lower-income    people. 

Building  and  financing  real  estate  isn't  all 
that's  important  to  Holloway.  An  unabashed 
building  fan,  he  just  plain  loves  to  look  at  and 
experience  buildings.  Naturally,  he  has  his 
favorites.  In  New  York,  there's  the  new  AT&T 
building  with  the  "Chippendale  top,"  which 
he  enjoys  because  of  its  classical  style.  He 
also  likes  the  National  Gallery  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  because  the  East  and  West  wings 
are  such  good  counterparts  to  each  other- 
one  classical  Greek,  the  other  modem.  Much 
like  the  characteristics  of  the  architecture  he 
admires,  his  Sutton  Place  apartment,  too,  is 
appointed  with  classical  accents. 

While  he  thinks  all  "cities  are  great  places," 


his  favorite  is  Miami,  with  "the  greatest  water- 
front in  the  world."  Holloway  and  his  wife 
own  a  second  home  in  Miami,  and  it  is  there 
that  he  relaxes  by  playing  tennis,  biking,  or 
taking  walks  along  the  shore  to  study  the  sky- 
line. He  is  enthusiastic  about  Miami  because 
he  sees  it  as  the  gateway  to  South  America, 
with  a  favorable  future  ahead. 

Holloway  is,  in  fact,  enthusiastic  about  the 
future  of  all  American  cities,  especially  those 
with  a  strong  downtown  core  of  stable  com- 
panies, transportation  networks,  and  archi- 
tecturally sound  buildings.  If  a  city  did  not 
have  a  strong  downtown  to  begin  with,  he 
wouldn't  give  it  much  of  a  chance.  But  down- 
towns in  general,  he  says,  are  experiencing 


"Real  estate  will  always 

be  a  good  investment. 

Everyone  needs  a  place 

to  stand." 


their  renaissance  and  rebounding  from  the 
exodus  to  the  suburbs  during  the  Seventies. 
Much  of  this  he  attributes  to  the  lure  of  areas 
rich  with  style  and  character  as  well  as  with 
shopping  opportunities,  and  to  improving 
transportation  systems. 

New  York,  being  the  one-of-a-kind  city 
that  it  is,  he  looks  at  as  a  unique  case.  "New 
York  went  through  a  crisis  and  finally  came 
of  age  in  the  Seventies.  It's  a  city  that's  really 
become  world  important.  There  will  always 
be  people  who  need  or  want  to  be  here,  and 
it  should  never  falter  again."  Holloway  still 
thinks  it  has  unresolved  problems,  however, 
namely  the  lack  of  affordable  housing  and  a 
crumbling  infrastructure.  A  strong  believer 
in  free-market  forces,  he  does  not  think  that 
rent  control  will  ever  work  side  by  side  with 
economical  housing;  and  he  sees  that  in- 
herent contradiction  creating  problems  in 
the  future. 

Holloway  finds  it  hard  to  sit  still  in  a  city  as 
alive  as  New  York— or  in  any  city,  for  that 
matter— and  he's  a  constant  blur  of  motion. 
Not  only  is  he  up  and  out  of  the  apartment 
by  7  a.m.,  but  he's  also  involved  in  an  array  of 
corporate  and  community-service  activities: 
He  is  a  member  of  the  vestry  of  Trinity  Church, 
sits  on  the  New  York  Real  Estate  Board  and 
the  Real  Estate  Institute  of  New  York 
University,  and  is  a  cathedral  trustee  of  St. 
John  the  Divine.  He  has  collected  a  host  of 
community-service  awards— the  Good  Scout 
Award  from  the  Boy  Scouts  and  the  Urban 
Leadership  Award  from  NYU's  Real  Estate 
Institute,  among  them.  In  former  Governor 
Carey's  administration,  he  was  on  the  Gov- 
ernor's Council  on  State  Priorities  and  the 


Governor's  Council  on  the  World  Trade 
Center. 

A  Duke  trustee,  Holloway  has  a  record  of 
volunteer  service  for  the  university  that 
brings  together  his  interests  in  investment, 
public  policy,  and  the  arts.  He  is  chairman  of 
the  trustees'  Investment  Committee;  and  he 
has  leadership  roles  with  the  $200-million 
capital  campaign— particularly  with  the  cam- 
paign committees  working  to  boost  support 
for  the  arts,  and  to  endow  the  Policy  Sciences 
Institute  and  rename  it  for  President  Emeritus 
Terry  Sanford. 

From  Holloway's  viewpoint,  the  future  of 
real  estate  sparkles.  He  occasionally  lectures 
at  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business  and  he 
tells  his  students:  "If  you're  an  entrepre- 
neurial type  and  want  to  be  in  business  for 
yourself— in  the  business  of  trying  to  create 
value— then  real  estate  is  the  best  thing  for 
you.  There  is  no  limit  to  what  you  can  do  with 
it— providing,  of  course,  that,  like  Benjamin 
Duke  Holloway,  you  are  "interested  in  it 
heart  and  soul." 

Recently,  Holloway  has  had  a  chance  to 
put  some  of  his  ideas  into  stone  with  the 
Equitable's  new  limestone-and-granite  head- 
quarters in  New  York.  He  chose  the  architect, 
was  involved  in  most  of  the  major  design 
decisions,  and  took  responsibility  for  the 
important  role  that  art  will  play  in  the 
$175-million,  fifty-four-story  building.  The 
first  modern  office  tower  on  Seventh 
Avenue,  the  building  is  considered  by  city 
authorities  a  likely  spur  to  new  construction 
activity  on  Manhattan's  West  Side.  Com- 
plete with  a  five-story  atrium,  a  500-seat 
auditorium,  a  health  club  with  an  Olympic- 
size  pool,  three  elegant  "world-class"  res- 
taurants, retail  shops,  and  shared  tenant  tele- 
communications services,  Equitable  Center 
is  being  advertised  as  "New  York's  most  sophis- 
ticated business  environment."  It  will  house 
both  a  branch  of  the  Whitney  Museum  and 
Thomas  Hart  Benton's  ten-panel  "America 
Today"  murals,  the  famed  Great  Depression 
paintings  now  owned  by  the  Equitable. 

Holloway  is  also  helping  to  lead  an 
$80-million  fund-raising  campaign  to 
complete  New  York's  Cathedral  of  St.  John 
the  Divine  and  endow  it  for  perpetuity. 
Construction  of  the  cathedral— which 
Holloway  sees  as  "a  monument  to  New 
York— began  in  1892.  Because  of  funding 
shortages,  though,  it  remains  only  two- 
thirds  complete. 

In  his  New  York  Times  interview,  Holloway 
expressed  his  fondness  for  buildings  that 
have  dramatic  public  spaces  and  Italian 
marble.  Trump  Tower,  with  both,  is  one  of  his 
favorites.  Holloway  put  it  succinctly  to  the 
Times:  "I  love  the  idea  of  making  beautiful 
places."  ■ 

Walker  '83  is  a  free-lance  writer  living  in  New  York 
City. 


DUKE  GAZETTE 


GOOD 
SPORTS 


In  the  wake  of  damaging  revelations 
about  the  integrity  of  intercollegiate 
athletics,  from  low  graduation  rates  to 
high  fees  paid  to  attract  athletes,  praise  con- 
tinues to  be  heaped  on  Duke  athletics  for  its 
winning  record— in  academics. 

In  the  past  academic  year,  Duke  and  Notre 
Dame  shared  the  College  Football  Associa- 
tion Achievement  Award  for  graduating  the 
highest  percentage  of  football  players.  Now 
U.S.  News  and  World  Report  and  The  Washing- 
ton Post  are  joining  the  chorus  of  praise  for 
Duke's  emphasis  on  the  student  in  student 
athlete. 

"Duke  University's  basketball  and  football 
teams  aren't  perennial  top  ten  finishers," 
wrote  U.S.  News  and  World  Report's  Alvin 
Sanoff  in  the  July  1  edition,  "but  the  school 
outranks  most  of  its  competitors  in  a  more 
important  category— graduating  athletes." 
The  magazine  included  Duke  among  the 
select  schools  that  maintain  integrity  in 
their  athletic  programs  by  following  the  rules 
and  keeping  athletes  on  course  academi- 
cally. The  article  characterized  Duke  as  a  uni- 
versity with  tougher  academic  standards  than 
most,  but  one  that  still  graduates  its  athletes 
in  four  years  instead  of  five. 

"We  find  it  difficult  to  say  that  Duke  is  a 
four-year  institution  for  everybody  except 
football  and  basketball  players,"  said  Athletic 
Director  Tom  Butters  in  the  story.  Said  Andy 
Bryant,  associate  director  of  undergraduate 
admissions,  "We  will  not  recruit  a  basketball 
player  with  a  C  average  and  low  scores  on  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  even  if  he  can  stuff 
a  basketball  with  his  elbows." 

In  a  June  series  about  abuses  in  college 
athletics,  The  Washington  Post's  Mark  Asher 
wrote  of  Duke:  "[This]  highly  selective  pri- 
vate school  in  Durham  appears  to  have  a 
model  program,  in  which  most  athletes  gradu- 
ate in  four  years,  and  red-shirting  is  not  al- 
lowed except  in  medical  cases."  Admissions' 
Bryant  told  the  newspaper  that  Duke  has 
accepted  no  athlete  in  the  past  eight  years 
with  a  combined  math-verbal  SAT  score  of 
less  than  700,  and  rarely  less  than  800. 

"Intercollegiate  athletics  is  a  viable  part  of 
a  university,  but  no  more  viable  than  other 
parts.  It  just  happens  to  be  more  visible,"  said 
Athletic  Director  Butters.  "In  this  day  and 
age,  it  is  easy  to  let  athletics,  with  the  finan- 


cial pressure  and  the  greed  to  win,  get  out  of 
perspective.  And  a  university  that  allows 
that  to  occur  is  living  on  borrowed  time." 


THE  BRADY 


Perkins  Library  has  a  rare  find  in  its 
manuscript  department,  but  until 
recently,  no  one  knew  it.  Valuable 
photographs  of  General,  and  later,  Presi- 
dent, Ulysses  S.  Grant  by  premier  Civil  War 
photographer  Mathew  Brady  have  now  been 
identified. 

The  fifteen-photo  collection  includes  four 
individual  portraits  of  Grant  originally  taken 
either  by  Brady  or  his  assistants  in  1864, 
1866,  and  about  1883.  There  are  eleven 
group  pictures,  ten  taken  at  City  Point, 
Virginia,  in  1864-65,  and  one  shot  at  Look- 
out Mountain,  Tennessee,  in  1863. 

The  collection,  which  was  unlabeled, 
received  new  attention  when  librarian  and 
assistant  curator  William  R.  Erwin  Jr.  and  his 
assistants  were  discussing  better  methods  of 
safely  storing  and  preserving  old  photog- 
raphs. The  photos  were  identified  by  compar- 
ison with  the  same  prints  listed  as  Brady's 
and  published  in  Lawrence  A.  Frost's  U.S. 
Grant  Album,  A  Pictorial  Biography  of  Ulysses 
S.  Grant,  From  Leather  Clerk  to  the  White 
House,  obtained  on  interlibrary  loan  from 


the  Virginia  Military  Institute,  Erwin  says. 

Erwin  says  the  finds  are  albumen  prints 
(referring  to  the  egg  white  coating  on  the 
paper)  with  the  exception  of  the  Lookout 
Mountain  print,  which  is  an  emulsion  paper 
print  made  from  a  Brady  negative  in  the  late 
nineteenth  or  early  twentieth  century.  Ac- 
cording to  Erwin,  the  albumen  prints  were 
made  from  glass  plate  negatives.  It  is  not 
known  whether  Brady  and  his  studio  actually 
printed  these  photographs,  but  Erwin  be- 
lieves the  prints  are  probably  "contemporary 
with  the  time  when  the  negatives  were 
made." 

The  photos  of  Grant  hold  particular  inter- 
est for  Civil  War  buffs  because  of  the  colorful 
stories  attached  to  the  long-standing  rela- 
tionship between  Grant  and  Brady.  For 
example,  when  it  was  learned  that  Grant 
would  travel  to  Washington  to  receive  his 
promotion  as  three-star  general,  Brady  was 
asked  to  photograph  the  enigmatic  leader 
about  whom  there  had  been  much  written 
but  few  photographs  made  public. 

Grant  was  scheduled  to  appear  at  Brady's 
studio  at  1  p.m.  after  he'd  met  with  President 
Lincoln.  Four  cameras  and  all  Brady's  assist- 
ants were  at  hand  for  the  occasion.  Grant, 
accompanied  by  Secretary  of  War  Stanton, 
was  several  hours  late.  With  the  light  fading, 
Brady  hurriedly  sent  an  assistant  up  on  the 
roof  to  move  the  shade  back  from  the  sky- 
light. In  his  haste,  the  assistant  slipped;  his 
foot  crashed  through  the  glass  and  sent  two- 
inch  thick  shards  falling  down  around  the 
already  seated  Grant.  The  general  was  not 
injured,  and  written  accounts,  perhaps 
fueled  by  his  reputation  as  a  stoic,  contend 
he  didn't  even  flinch. 

Secretary  Stanton,  however,  was  flustered 
and  reportedly  cautioned  Brady  "not  to  say  a 
word  about  the  incident.  It  would  be  difficult 
to  persuade  the  people  that  it  was  not  an 
assassination  attempt,  he  said. 

The  portraits  of  Grant  taken  on  that 
occasion  allowed  a  glimpse  into  his  usually 
well-hidden  emotions  and,  therefore,  are 
considered  by  many  to  be  the  best  existing 
portraits  of  Grant.  Frost  considered  the  por- 
traits revealing  of  "the  troubled  days  before 
Vicksburg,  the  hours  of  lonely  drinking  in 
his  tent  to  banish  unknown  fears,  the  brood- 
ing," all  of  which  had  "etched  themselves 
into  Grant's  face."  Most  of  the  photographs 
by  Brady  illustrate  Grant's  preference  for  the 
casual  look,  including  the  open  jacket  that 
often  attracted  comment. 


44 


Brady  and  his  assistants  were  responsible 
for  3 ,500  photographs  of  individuals,  troops, 
and  places  during  the  Civil  War.  He  had 
studios  in  Washington  and  New  York  before 
he  died  in  1896. 


FINE-ARTS 
FIND 


|^^  uke's  five-year-old  Institute  of  the 
^Us  Arts  has  selected  its  new  director, 

^^^  Michael  E.  Cerveris.  He  succeeds 
James  Applewhite  '58,  A.M.  '60,  Ph.D.  '69, 
who  will  continue  teaching  in  the  English 
department. 

Cerveris,  who  assumed  the  post  in  August, 
was  chairman  of  the  division  of  fine  arts  at 
Alvemo  College  in  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin, 
since  1982.  He  had  been  executive  director 
for  the  Institute  of  the  Arts  at  Marshall  Uni- 
versity in  Huntington,  West  Virginia,  where 
he  also  served  as  professor  of  music,  assistant 
chairman  of  the  music  department,  and 
chairman  of  the  piano  department. 

For  four  years,  Cerveris  performed  as 
pianist  and  soloist  with  the  U.S.  Navy  Band 
Orchestra  in  Washington.  He  was  the  found- 
ing artistic  director  and  conductor  for  the 
River  Cities  Summer  Scene  in  Huntington, 
and  also  served  as  music  director  and  con- 
ductor for  Marshall  Theater  Productions. 

A  recipient  of  numerous  awards  for  teach- 
ing, performing,  and  community  involve- 
ment, Cerveris  earned  his  undergraduate 
degree  from  the  Julliard  School  of  Music,  his 
master's  from  Catholic  University,  and  his 
doctorate  from  West  Virginia  University. 

Applewhite,  the  first  director  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  the  Arts,  joined  Duke's  English  depart- 
ment in  1971.  The  author  of  several  books  of 
poetry,  he  held  a  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts  fellowship  in  creative  writing  in 
1974  and  a  Guggenheim  Fellowship  in 
poetry  in  1976.  He  will  remain  an  associate 
professor  of  English  at  Duke,  and  serve  as  a 
fellow  of  the  institute. 

The  Institute  of  the  Arts  originates  inter- 
disciplinary courses  in  the  arts,  integrating 
them  with  performances,  exhibitions,  and 
visits  to  the  campus  by  distinguished  artists. 


WHAT  PRICE 
RISK? 


Can  a  price  tag  be  placed  on  human 
life?  Absolutely,  says  a  Duke  econo- 
mist, whose  formula  for  figuring  worth 
is  based  on  how  much  risk  people  are  willing 
to  take  in  their  jobs. 

W  Kip  Viscusi  of  the  Fuqua  School  of  Busi- 
ness directs  Duke's  Center  for  the  Study  of 


Cerveris:  arts  administrator 

Business  Regulation.  Viscusi,  deputy  director 
of  the  Council  on  Wage  and  Price  Stability 
for  two  years  during  the  Carter  administra- 
tion, told  The  New  York  Times  that  the  "will- 
ingness to  pay"  approach  to  occupational 
risk,  or  how  much  additional  pay  workers  are 
willing  to  accept  for  risking  their  lives,  is  a 
useful  way  to  determine  how  much  they  be- 
lieve they  are  worth. 

According  to  his  formula,  economists  look 
at  how  much  money  employees  must  be  paid 
to  accept  a  certain  level  of  risk  in  their  jobs. 
A  calculation  can  then  be  made  as  to  the 
value  employees  place  on  their  own  lives.  He 
says,  for  example,  that  if  a  certain  job  carries 
a  fatality  risk  of  one  in  every  10,000  workers 
in  a  year,  and  workers  are  willing  to  face  that 
risk  for  an  additional  $300  in  pay,  then  that 
group  values  one  of  its  members'  lives  at 
$300  times  10,000  workers,  or  $3  million. 

Viscusi  says  the  average  blue-collar  worker 
puts  a  $3  million  to  $3 .5  million  price  tag  on 
life.  In  high-risk  jobs  such  as  mining  and  oil- 
rig  drilling,  where  the  death  risk  is  one  in 
1,000,  workers  value  life  at  about  $600,000. 
White-collar  workers,  who  are  far  less  willing 
to  accept  any  risk  at  all  in  their  jobs,  value 
their  lives  at  $7  million  to  $10  million  each. 

Such  figures  cannot  be  translated  into  dol- 
lar amounts  as  paid  by  insurance  companies, 
says  Viscusi ,  but  they  are  used  by  federal  regu- 
latory agencies  to  help  measure  the  useful- 
ness of  proposed  regulations  in  reducing  risks 
of  death  on  the  job.  The  higher  the  value 
placed  on  an  individual's  life,  he  says,  the 
better  the  case  for  strong  regulations. 

"You  may  make  an  ethical  argument  that 
all  lives  should  be  valued  the  same,"  says 
Viscusi.  "But  individuals  clearly  have  differ- 
ent attitudes  toward  risk.  If  you  eliminate  the 


risk,  it  will  often  cost  some  workers  income 
that  they  would  like  to  have  earned." 

The  importance  of  determining  these 
value  figures  is  in  how  they  are  used,  he  told 
The  New  York  Times.  "The  alternative  is  to 
pull  values  out  of  the  air  and  not  make  the 
public  aware  of  what  the  trade-off  is  between 
money  and  risk  on  the  job.  We  always  have  to 
get  back  to  the  fundamental  trade-off  be- 
tween money  and  risk,  because  we  don't  have 
enough  money  to  eliminate  all  the  risks." 


OVER 
THE  TOP 


A  five-year  campaign  to  raise  $12  mil- 
lion for  the  engineering  school  has 
exceeded  its  target  by  $600,000, 
says  the  school's  dean.  "We  set  a  challenging 
goal,  and  we  reached  it,"  says  Earl  H.  Dowell. 
"Our  success  is  a  tribute  to  the  faculty,  stu- 
dents, alumni,  and  friends  of  the  school." 

Dowell  says  the  campaign's  primary  goal 
was  to  raise  money  for  the  $4.4-million  Nello 
L.  Teer  Engineering  Library  building  that 
was  dedicated  last  year.  The  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  campaign,  however,  will  also 
allow  the  engineering  school  to  undertake 
"moderate  expansion"  of  its  faculty,  under- 
graduate programs,  and  selected  graduate 
programs. 

B.  Jefferson  Clark  B.S.M.E.  '78,  A.M.  '84, 
the  school's  director  of  external  affairs,  says 
the  campaign  was  strongly  supported  by  cor- 
porations and  alumni.  Forty  percent  of  the 
school's  graduates  participated  in  the  cam- 
paign last  year,  up  from  15  percent  in  1980. 
Alumni  contributed  more  than  $260,000  in 


45 


1984.  The  campaign  was  conceived  by  the 
late  dean  of  the  engineering  school,  Aleksan- 
dar  Vesic,  who,  says  Clark,  "got  the  ball  roll- 
ing. It  was  his  dream  and  vision." 

Although  the  engineeting  school  has  met 
its  $12  million  goal,  it  will  continue  to  raise 
endowment  funds  as  part  of  Duke's  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences,  Clark 
says.  The  school  has  raised  $3.1  million  so  far 
toward  its  $8  million  goal  in  that  campaign, 
"and  we  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  the 
momentum  will  continue." 


ANEW 

CHAPTER 

fter  five  years  as  director  of  South- 
U^^  ern  Methodist  University's  Bridwell 
Library  in  the  Perkins  School  of 
Theology,  Jerry  Campbell  M.Div.  71  has 
returned  to  Duke  to  become  university  librar- 
ian. He  succeeds  the  retiring  Elvin  Strowd, 
who  began  his  library  career  at  Duke  in  1955 , 
and  was  named  university  librarian  in  1982. 
Campbell  will  also  serve  as  vice  provost  for 
library  affairs. 

A  native  of  Texas,  Campbell  received  his 
master's  in  library  science  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  and 
his  doctorate  in  American  history  from  the 
University  of  Denver.  He  was  director  of  the 
Ira  J.  Taylor  Library  and  assistant  professor  in 
the  Iliff  School  of  Theology  in  Denver, 
Colorado.  At  SMU,  he  was  also  an  associate 
professor  at  the  Perkins  School  of  Theology. 

Campbell  has  extensive  experience  in  the 
preservation  of  library  materials  and  the 


Campbell:  building  on  a  strong  fou 


4/  ^  JV  I 

• 

£, 

U0**    -?o>  ■ 

^.tfggjK^^J 

^B                                   ^V 

a  \  i$ 

BL""6       V^f 

Wi 

W10\ 

Pope:  "For  a  woman  even  to  decide  to  be  a  writer  is  a  political  decision" 


automation  of  library  services.  At  SMU,  he 
directed  a  campus-wide,  eight-year  program 
to  develop  an  integrated,  on-line  library  sys- 
tem. He  is  a  member  of  the  Council  of  Li- 
brary Directors. 

"I  want  the  library  to  serve  more  fully  the 
research  needs  of  the  university,"  he  says  of 
his  priorities  for  the  facility.  "This  is  a  water- 
shed period  for  the  libraries  of  Duke  Univer- 
sity. They  have  a  strong  foundation,  but  it  is 
now  possible  for  them  to  move  into  a  future 
of  excellence  or  to  slide  into  mediocrity." 
Approximately  $20  million  from  Duke's 
$200-million  arts  and  sciences  campaign  is 
planned  for  library  endowment. 

While  Duke  is  considered  to  have  one  of 
the  strongest  library  systems  in  the  South- 
east, it  also  bears  the  reputation  in  the  field 
as  being  "a  little  too  conservative  to  keep 
that  place,"  Campbell  says.  He  hopes  to 
change  this  image  through  aggressive  acquisi- 
tions and  management. 


DIFFERENT 
STROKES 


solation  is  a  durable  theme  in  literature, 
j£|  but  a  Duke  English  professor  says  it  is 
_  particularly  prevalent  in  writings  by 
women.  Deborah  Pope  is  the  author  of  A 
Separate  Vision:  Isolation  in  Contemporary 
Women's  Poetry.  Through  it,  she  traces  some 
ways  that  women's  writing  differs  distinctly 
from  men's. 

"One  of  the  most  basic  distinctions  that 
women  have  to  grapple  with  is  to  write  at  all. 
For  a  woman  even  to  decide  to  be  a  writer  is 
a  political  decision  in  terms  of  power  in 


society.  Writing,  speaking  with  authority, 
has  historically  been  a  male  privilege,"  says 
Pope. 

"One  reason  I  was  interested  in  isolation 
was  because  it  is  such  a  dominant  theme.  In 
men's  writing,  you  have  the  loner,  the  rebel, 
the  wanderer,  the  outcast.  But  women  poets 
seem  to  locate  their  isolation  in  a  conscious- 
ness of  gender.  They  see  themselves  isolated 
first  because  they  are  women.  For  men,  when 
all  else  fails— career,  children,  parents,  God, 
lover— being  a  man  is  all  they  can  fall  back 
on.  Women  can  very  seldom  fall  back  on  the 
fact  that  they  have  status  simply  in  being 
women." 

In  her  book,  Pope  identifies  four  basic 
types  of  isolation  in  women's  poetry.  She 
calls  the  first  victimization,  "where  a  woman 
tells  of  being  trapped,  powerless,  in  a  world 
of  men."  Personalization— such  as  a  failed 
personal  or  family  experience— also  qualifies 
as  a  form  of  isolation.  Pope  finds  the  "split 
self  to  be  prevalent  in  women's  poetry, 
"where  the  individual  notes  the  difference 
between  her  public  and  inner  selves." 
Through  validation,  women  make  "positive 
use  of  isolation"  to  achieve  "freedom  and 
spiritual  well-being." 

Pope  has  long  been  interested  in  contem- 
porary writing  in  general,  and  feminist  criti- 
cism in  particular.  "To  me,  the  most  contro- 
versial, most  current,  most  exciting  work 
being  done  right  now  is  wrestling  with  the 
issue  of  whether  men  and  women  write  dif- 
ferently." She  says  women  are  starting  to 
recognize  and  appreciate  that  their  writing  is 
distinctive.  "When  feminist  criticism  was 
first  making  big  strides,  it  was  inappropriate 
to  speak  of  differences  because  so  much  ef- 
fort was  given  to  showing  women  were  just  as 


46 


good  as  men  and  in  the  same  way  as  men. 

"Now  the  pendulum's  swinging  back.  You 
don't  find  many  feminist  critics  trying  to 
prove  women  are  the  same  as  men.  Now, 
there's  more  interest  in  looking  at  women 
writers  themselves,  not  just  what's  different 
about  them,  but  what  influences  there  have 
been." 

Pope  cites  Emily  Dickinson  as  an  example. 
"She's  usually  studied  in  a  context  with  the 
male  writers  of  her  time— Emerson,  Whit- 
man, Thoreau.  In  doing  that,  she's  always 
going  to  appear  as  an  anomaly.  But  look  at 
how  Emily  Dickinson  was  influenced  by 
other  women  writers  of  her  time.  It  took  a 
hundred  years  for  us  to  recognize  it." 


ATTACKING 
AIDS 


Duke  University  Medical  Center  and 
the  National  Cancer  Institute  are 
testing  a  compound  identified  by 
scientists  at  Burroughs  Wellcome  that  might 
combat  the  virus  believed  to  cause  Acquired 
Immune  Deficiency  Syndrome  (AIDS). 

The  experimental  agent,  known  as  com- 
pound S,  was  identified  in  June  1984  by  Bur- 
roughs Wellcome  scientists  in  the  Research 
Triangle  Park,  and  researchers  at  Duke  and 
the  National  Cancer  Institute  began  using  it 
to  treat  patients  last  June.  The  U.S.  Food  and 
Drug  Administration  has  authorized  the  use 
of  compound  S  to  treat  eighteen  people  with 
AIDS  or  pre-AIDS  illnesses.  Half  are  being 
treated  at  Duke,  the  other  half  at  the  insti- 
tute in  Bethesda,  Maryland. 

Candidates  for  the  Duke  study  are  mostly 
local  residents  who  have  not  received  any 
other  treatment  for  their  disease.  Dr.  John 
Hamilton,  associate  professor  in  Duke's  divi- 
sion of  infectious  diseases,  says  it's  too  soon 
to  draw  conclusions  about  the  safety  and 
effectiveness  of  the  drug.  "First  we  have  to 
determine  how  much  to  give,  how  often,  for 
how  long,  and  whether  there  are  any  side- 
effects." 

Approval  for  clinical  use  of  compound  S, 
also  known  as  BW-A509U,  moved  unusually 
fast  through  the  FDA,  coming  within  six 
months  of  its  discovery.  The  FDA  also 
declared  it  an  orphan  drug— one  used  to  treat 
fewer  than  200,000  patients  or  having  little 
promise  of  resulting  in  large  financial  profits— 
which  means  tax  incentives  can  be  applied 
to  assist  in  the  development  of  compound  S. 

Hamilton  says  that  strides  in  the  treat- 
ment of  infections  caused  by  AIDS  will  not 
be  made  until  more  is  known  about  treating 
the  underlying  immune  defects,  "but  I  would 
be  really  surprised  if,  within  the  1980s,  there 
wasn't  very  substantial  progress  in  the  treat- 
ment and  prevention  of  AIDS.  Everyone 


wants  instant  action,  and  I  can  sympathize 
with  that,  given  all  that's  at  stake.  But  it's 
only  been  four  or  five  years  since  AIDS  was 
recognized.  Meanwhile,  the  interest  directed 
at  this  disease  is  the  most  intense  I've  ever 
seen." 

Other  areas  of  investigation  at  Duke  in- 
clude tests  to  determine  the  cause  of  AIDS. 
"The  HTLV-III  virus  is  by  far  the  best  candi- 
date," says  Hamilton.  "It  appears  to  be  at  least 
necessary,  but  it  is  not  necessarily  the  suffi- 
cient cause  of  AIDS.  A  second  stimulus  may 
be  needed." 

Duke  researchers  are  also  working  with  the 
National  Cancer  Institute  and  private  in- 
dustry to  find  an  AIDS  vaccine.  According 
to  Dr.  Dani  Bolognesi,  deputy  director  of 
Duke's  Comprehensive  Cancer  Center,  he 
and  his  colleagues  have  inoculated  Rhesus 
monkeys  with  a  non-infectious  form  of  the 
AIDS  virus  to  see  how  well  it  protects  the 
animals  from  the  active  virus.  He  says  the 
monkeys  are  one  of  only  a  few  types  of 
animals  that  can  be  infected  with  the  human 
virus. 

Should  the  vaccine  prove  safe  and  effective 
in  animals,  Bolognesi  says  availability  for 
humans  would  be  "much  faster  than  any 
vaccine  developed  in  recent  times."  The 
major  obstacle  to  a  successful  vaccine,  he 
says,  is  whether  it  will  work,  given  the  ability 
of  the  AIDS  virus  to  mutate  in  order  to  pro- 
tect itself  from  the  body's  immune  system. 


DECISIONS, 
DECISIONS 


Duke  is  creating  an  Institute  of  Statis- 
tics and  Decision  Sciences  to  co- 
ordinate teaching  and  research  in 
statistics. 

According  to  Provost  Phillip  Griffiths,  the 
institute  will  have  a  full-time  director  and  as 
many  as  five  faculty  positions.  Possibly  to  be 
housed  in  the  Old  Chemistry  Building,  it 
should  be  functioning  during  the  coming 
academic  year.  A  national  search  for  the  di- 
rector is  under  way. 

The  institute  will  have  three  main  re- 
sponsibilities: undergraduate  teaching,  sta- 
tistical consulting,  and  graduate  instruc- 
tion. Decision  sciences,  as  Griffiths  de- 
scribes it,  is  "the  application  of  statistical 
methods  to  help  analyze  problems  and  make 
decisions  when  there  is  great  complexity  or 
uncertainty."  The  field,  he  says,  "draws  on 
the  concepts  and  methods  of  many  other 
fields,  such  as  economics,  optimization 
theory,  game  theory,  and  computer  science." 

According  to  a  faculty  study  group  that 
endorsed  the  institute  concept,  the  univer- 
sity "has  a  realistic  opportunity  to  put  in 
place  a  unit  of  real  prominence  in  an  emerg- 
ing area  of  scholarship." 


IRM  WITHOUT  I 


ince  classes  began  this  semester, 
Duke  students  have  been  traveling 
light— carrying  one  card  that  re- 
places the  student  identification,  semester 
enrollment,  and  Duke  meal  cards.  It's  the 
Duke  Card,  billed  by  the  office  of  auxiliary 
services  as  "the  one  card  that  does  more  than 
all  the  others,  combined." 

The  can-do  card  identifies  current  stu- 
dents for  access  to  university  events  such  as 
football  games  and  films.  It  also  enables  stu- 
dents to  "charge"  food  in  any  of  the  eighteen 
campus  dining  facilities,  and  to  check  books 
out  of  the  library. 

With  its  Flexible  Spending  Account  fea- 
ture, the  card  can  also  be  used  to  buy  non- 
food items  like  books,  pencils,  sportswear, 
shampoo,  and  even  computers  in  the  Duke 
Stores,  says  Mike  Gower,  director  of  finance 
for  auxiliary  services.  He  adds  that  during 
voting  in  student  elections,  the  system  also 
provides  an  efficient  method  of  assuring  that 
each  student  votes  only  once. 

Gower  and  a  committee  of  other  university 
administrators  worked  to  develop  an  auto- 
mated card  system  that  would  be  more  con- 
venient than  the  previous  food  assessment 
program.  But  when  the  group  started  doing 
research  last  January,  it  became  obvious  that 
there  was  more  potential  than  just  a  meal 
plan  in  the  card  program. 

The  cards  have  a  magnetic  strip  on  the 
back  that  is  "read"  by  a  computer  when  pur- 
chases are  made,  and  the  amount  is  deducted 
from  a  prepaid  account.  On  the  card  front, 
the  student's  photograph,  name,  signature, 
and  student  number  serve  as  identification 
for  university  functions  and  services.  If  lost, 
the  card  can  be  quickly  deactivated  and 
replaced. 

A  firm  that  deals  in  security  access  has 
installed  fifty  readers  in  thirty  locations 
around  the  campus.  Gower  says  the  system 
could  be  expanded  to  include  university 
employees,  and  to  include  dorm  and  gate 
access  and  entry  to  other  restricted  areas. 


DUKE  FOREST 

Continued  from  page  39 

velopment,  recreation-seekers  will  increase 
in  numbers,  Edeburn  expects,  posing  threats 
to  the  security  of  research  projects  and  the 
increasing  likelihood  of  outright  vandalism. 

While  a  few  tracts  have  been  sold  for  de- 
velopment, the  Duke  Forest  has  been  basic- 
ally immune  from  encroachment.  "That's 
not  to  say  there  hasn't  been  pressure,"  says 
Edeburn.  "At  times  when  the  university  has 
felt  a  financial  crunch,  or  the  forestry  school 
has  felt  a  financial  crunch,  there  have  been 
thoughts  of  selling  portions  to  generate  some 
revenue.  But  good  judgment  somehow  pre- 
vailed. Once  it's  lost,  it's  lost  forever.  We 
really  can't  replace  the  forest.  We  can't  afford 
to  buy  land  in  blocks  of  this  size,  and  even  if 
we  could,  we'd  be  basically  starting  at  Square 
One  in  terms  of  the  history  and  management 
of  the  land." 

Even  if  it  is  confined  to  the  periphery, 
development  does  put  pressure  on  the  forest. 
Walking  beside  the  New  Hope  Creek,  Ede- 
burn notes  that  construction  of  nearby  Inter- 
state 40  has  had  a  discoloring  impact.  After 
heavy  rains,  runoff  from  the  construction 
regularly  spills  into  the  once-pristine  creek. 
"The  water  was  normally  crystal-clear.  Pro- 
gress has  turned  it  gray." 

It's  not  the  thought  of  losing  the  forest  to 
development  as  much  as  the  potential  for 
forced  changes  in  management  practices 
that  worries  Edeburn.  He  sees  a  danger  that, 


in  a  sense,  the  forest  might  become  more  a 
community  symbol  than  an  educational 
resource.  "If  every  time  we  cut  a  tree  there 
were  an  extreme  public  outcry,  if  all  of  a 
sudden  we  couldn't  burn  in  certain  areas,  we 
would  lose  the  ability  to  maintain  the  diver- 
sity that  we  need."  Accusations  about  starv- 
ing squirrels  notwithstanding,  he  says  there's 
no  sense  yet  of  being  out  on  a  limb.  "So  far  we 
have  had  questions,  but  we  haven't  really  had 
complaints."  ■ 


Continued  from  page  16 

102 ,000  employees  and  a  $28  billion  budget. 

Top  of  the  heap.  Cream  of  the  crop.  One  of 
Time  magazine's  200  Young  Leaders  in 
America  in  1974.  Salisbury,  North  Caro- 
lina's Newsmaker  of  the  Year  and  one  of  five 
Distinguished  Women  of  North  Carolina 
last  year.  Most  recent  recipient  of  Duke's  Dis- 
tinguished Alumni  Award,  keeping  com- 
pany with  previous  winners  Juanita  Kreps 
A.M  '44,  Ph.D.  '48,  secretary  of  commerce 
during  the  Carter  administration,  and  Pulitz- 
er Prize-winning  author  William  Styron  '47 . 
Duke  trustee,  national  alumni  co-chair  of 
Duke's  $200  million  Capital  Campaign  for 
the  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  only  woman  in 
government  to  receive  the  Distinguished 
Public  Service  Award,  an  honor  bestowed  on 
her  by  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  the  Pres- 
idency for  her  work  as  Reagan's  special  assis- 
tant for  public  liaison.  Elizabeth  Hanford 
Dole,  inveterate  leader,  makes  for  some 
powerful  copy. 

"She's  perceived  as  a  major  political  star," 
observes  Charlie  Rose  '64,  J.D.  '68,  host  of 
the  Washington-based  CBS  News  Night- 
watch.  "She  has  unlimited  possibilities,  not 
because  she's  a  member  of  the  president's 
cabinet,  a  woman,  or  part  of  the  team  of  Dole 


and  Dole.  She  has  her  own  presence,  she  has 
brains,  she's  articulate  and  she's  hard-work- 
ing. A  measure  of  her  political  stardom  is  to 
see  how  she  turns  on  Republican  audiences. 
There  is  no  one  in  this  political  community 
I  know  of  that  doesn't  consider  her  on  the 
short  list  for  '88.  And  I  think  we're  talking 
about  vice  president." 

Dole  has  been  a  Nightwatch  guest  on  sever- 
al occasions,  and  Rose  considers  her  an  ex- 
cellent interview  subject.  "She's  gracious  but 
forthright,  candid  except  when  she  can't  be. 
And  she's  definitely  a  force  to  be  reckoned 
with  in  Republican  politics." 

Washington  insiders  say  Dole  knows  her 
stuff,  and  leaves  nothing  to  chance  when 
faced  with  the  media.  She's  a  tough  inter- 
view, says  Judy  Woodruff '68,  chief  Washing- 
ton correspondent  for  public  television's 
MacNeil-Lehrer  Newshour.  "She  does  her 
homework,  comes  well  prepared,  and  is  deter- 
mined to  make  her  point.  I  find  interviewing 
her  a  challenge."  As  Woodruff  points  out, 
not  all  public  officials  are  blessed  with  the 
ability  to  emerge  from  an  interview  having 
said  what  they'd  planned  to  say,  and  nothing 
else.  "She's  very  good  at  not  getting  diverted," 
Woodruff  says.  "I  commend  her  on  that 
ability." 

And  as  for  the  media's  focus  on  the  power 


couple,  Woodruff  says  she's  not  surprised. 
"It's  only  natural  to  have  that  focus  when 
one's  a  member  of  the  cabinet  and  the  other 
holds  a  prominent  position  in  the  Senate, 
has  been  a  candidate  for  national  office  and 
may  be  again."  As  for  Secretary  Dole's  aspira- 
tions in  that  direction,  Woodruff  doesn't 
know,  and  says  it's  too  early  to  speculate.  But 
people  will.  It's  human  nature. 

It's  a  part  of  her  nature,  says  Dole,  to  seek 
leadership  roles.  She  has  a  natural  inclina- 
tion to  pursue  the  areas  where  she  can  make 
the  biggest  impact.  Her  style  of  leadership  at 
the  transportation  department?  "Activist, 
very  much  so,"  she  says.  "Activism  has  been 
my  style,  rather  than  sitting  back  and  doing 
a  number  of  grand  studies  over  a  period  of 
years.  Here  we  have  two  kinds  of  opportuni- 
ties, issues  that  involve  deregulation- 
getting  the  government  out  of  the  railroad 
business,  out  of  the  business  of  running  air- 
ports—and people-oriented  issues  such  as 
safety." 

Prominent  among  the  non-safety  issues 
these  days  are  her  efforts  to  sell  the  federally- 
owned  Conrail  (Consolidated  Rail  Corpora- 
tion), which  was  established  by  the  U.S. 
government  in  1973  to  take  over  six  bank- 
rupt railroads  in  the  Northeast.  While  the 
system,  which  handles  both  freight  and 
commuter  traffic  in  the  Northeast,  Midwest, 
and  Canada,  has  recovered  somewhat  after  a 
shaky  financial  start,  its  return  to  the  private 
sector  is  part  of  the  Dole  agenda  to  get  the 
government  out  of  the  railroad  business. 

Although  the  transportation  department 
does  not  have  the  final  word  on  the  Amtrak 
issue,  Dole  supports  ending  federal  subsidies 
for  the  financially  ailing  railroad— subsidies 
that  totaled  $684  million  in  1985.  At  a 
recent  press  conference,  Dole  was  asked  why 
Washington's  Union  Station  is  being  tar- 
geted for  DOT  redevelopment  funds  if,  in  all 
likelihood,  there  would  be  no  trains  after 
federal  Amtrak  subsidies  are  stopped.  "I 
wouldn't  jump  to  that  conclusion  too  fast," 
Dole  said.  "Our  own  recommendation  of  no 
subsidies  doesn't  mean  all  service  is  going  to 
be  stopped.  There  are  a  number  of  ways 
Amtrak  service  could  be  retained.  There 
might  be  considerable  interest  at  the  local 
and  state  levels  to  pick  up  the  service."  The 
1986  budget,  however,  is  likely  to  reflect  con- 
tinued federal  support  of  Amtrak:  A  House 
appropriations  bill  calls  for  a  $608-million 
subsidy,  although  the  final  figure  is  subject  to 
full  congressional  approval. 

"I  like  to  select  five  or  six  things  where  we 
can  really  make  the  most  impact,  then  go 
after  them,"  says  Dole.  "We're  very  much 
action-oriented  in  terms  of  trying  to  move  an 
agenda  forward  and  get  on  to  the  next.  We 
have  taken  a  number  of  tough  issues  and 
worked  our  way  through  them.  I  think  we're 
going  to  be  able  to  make  a  real  contribution. 
For  example,  we've  gotten  states  moving  now 


to  pass  seat  belt  laws." 

The  current  regulation,  which  represents 
fifteen  years  of  debate  and  decision-making 
on  so-called  Rule  208,  means  a  gradual  phas- 
ing in  of  passive  restraints— air  bags  or  auto- 
matic seat  belts  that  encompass  the  occu- 
pant as  the  door  is  closed— on  all  new  cars 
sold  in  the  United  States  beginning  Septem- 
ber 1,  1986.  Within  four  years,  all  new  cars 
will  have  passive  restraints  unless  two-thirds 
of  the  population  is  covered  by  mandatory 
seat  belt  use  laws. 

The  transporation  department  has  yet  to 
determine  whether  or  not  the  seat  belt  laws 
being  passed  meet  its  criteria  for  inclusion  in 
the  two-thirds  stipulation;  but  as  of  August, 
fourteen  states  had  passed  such  laws,  and  an- 
other five  have  bills  pending.  And  no  one  at 
the  transportation  department  wants  to  carp 
on  sticky  compliance  issues  now,  while  states 
are  in  a  period  of  apparent  cooperation  with 
the  spirit  of  the  regulation.  There  could  be 
problems  down  the  road,  however,  when  the 
department  starts  to  take  a  closer  look  at  the 
states'  seat  belt  laws. 

Take  the  decade-old  55  mile  per  hour 
federal  speed  limit  law,  for  example.  The 
states  adopted  the  ruling  agreeably  enough, 
but  at  least  three  could  be  on  a  collision 
course  with  Secretary  Dole  for  failure  to  suf- 
ficiently enforce  the  limit.  The  federal  gov- 
ernment may  find  states  in  violation  of  the 
speed  limit  law  if  more  than  50  percent  of 
the  traffic  on  highways  with  the  posted  limit 
exceeds  it.  Arizona,  Vermont,  and  Maryland 
are  under  federal  scrutiny  now  and  could  lose 
up  to  10  percent  of  their  federal  highway 
funds.  But  a  number  of  other  states  could 
end  up  in  the  same  spot.  The  National  High- 
way Traffic  Safety  Administration  reports 
that  highway  speeds  nationally  are  creeping 
up.  An  average  of  42  percent  of  vehicles 
monitored  nationwide  exceeded  the  55  limit, 
up  from  39.8  percent  in  1983. 

"This  is  the  first  time  in  the  fifteen-year 
history  of  Rule  208  that  lives  are  actually 
being  saved,"  says  Dole.  "New  York  has  just 
completed  its  statistics  and  found  that  in  the 
first  three  months  of  the  seat  belt  law,  it  trans- 
lated into  sixty-five  lives  saved.  So  I  think 
there's  no  question  that  [the  seat  belt  regula- 
tion] is  moving  along  well  and  doing  exactly 
what  we'd  hoped  it  would." 

The  states  are  also  doing  what  Dole  hoped 
they  would  regarding  the  legal  drinking  age. 
By  October  1,  1986,  any  state  that  has  not 
raised  the  legal  drinking  age  to  21  will  lose  5 
percent  of  its  federal  highway  funds.  That 
can  mean  anywhere  from  $8  million  to  $99 
million  the  first  year,  says  one  of  Dole's  aides. 
The  percentage  doubles  the  following  year, 
although  compliance  will  restore  all  with- 
held funds. 

Some  states  have  balked  at  the  law,  view- 
ing it  as  federal  intrusion  on  states'  rights. 
According  to  Dole,  who  calls  herself  a  strong 


Now  Elizabeth  Dole 

seems  suddenly  cast  as 

the  reluctant  star  in  a 

power  play,  part  of 

"Americas  power  couple.* 

The  script  is  sold  on 
every  corner  newsstand. 


states'  righter,  federal  involvement  in  the 
legal  drinking  age  issue  was  supported  by 
President  Reagan  because  a  given  state  hav- 
ing a  lower  drinking  age  than  its  neighbor 
creates  an  incentive  for  young  people  to  cross 
state  lines,  drink,  and  drive  back  under  the 
influence.  "He  said  there  was  no  way  to 
handle  that  problem  except  to  provide  feder- 
al leadership,"  says  Dole.  "It's  still  up  to  the 
states  to  make  the  decision,  but  there's  no 
question.  They  do  lose  highway  money  until 
they  pass  the  law,  and  then  they  get  it  back." 

Thirty-seven  states  have  passed  the  21 
drinking  age  law,  and  bills  are  pending  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  Wisconsin.  "There's 
a  great  emphasis  on  drunk  driving  and  auto- 
mobile safety  now,"  says  Dole.  "It's  a  climate 
that,  hopefully,  we've  helped  to  create,  but 
the  private  sector  organizations  still  have 
done  it.  They've  been  tremendous."  Trans- 
portation department  staffers  get  a  special 
dose  of  the  climate  they've  created  when 
they  arrive  for  work  each  morning.  Bright 
yellow  seat  belts  are  painted  diagonally 
across  the  elevator  doors. 

The  public  is  also  paying  a  lot  more  atten- 
tion to  airline  safety,  particularly  since  the 
terrorist  hij  acking  in  June  of  a  TWA  plane  in 
Athens,  Greece.  The  transportation  depart- 
ment has  approved  accelerated  spending  on 
research  for  the  development  of  systems  to 
halt  terrorism.  Approximately  $4  million 
would  be  diverted  from  other  Federal  Avia- 
tion Administration  projects  to  fund  research 
in  such  areas  as  perfecting  a  system  for  the 
detection  of  nitrogen— a  component  of  all 
known  explosives— in  checked  baggage. 
Other  explosive  detection  systems  would  be 
developed  to  screen  passengers,  since  the 
nitrogen  detection  system  passes  neutrons 
through  baggage  and  is  unsafe  for  use  on 
humans.  According  to  the  FAA,  practical 
versions  of  these  devices  could  be  in  produc- 
tion by  1988. 

In  the  midst  of  substantial  debate  on  the 
merits  of  the  air  marshal  program,  Dole  says 
the  program  will  be  increased.  "On  the 
ground,  our  focus  is  to  ensure  that  people 


who  have  terrorist  activities  in  mind  never 
get  close  to  that  airplane  in  the  first  place," 
says  Dole.  "So  a  major  thrust  is  ground  secur- 
ity." Armed  air  marshals  will  work  both  on 
the  ground  and  on  selected  flights.  Security 
coordinators  will  oversee  all  facets  of  ground 
operation,  from  aircraft  fueling  to  food  supply. 

The  cost  to  consumers?  "There  will  be 
security  coordinators  on  all  foreign  and 
domestic  flights,"  says  Dole.  "They  will  be 
airline  employees  and  that  means  more  train- 
ing, which  ultimately  will  translate  into 
more  cost,  via  the  airline  ticket."  And  inter- 
national travelers  should  get  to  the  airport 
early,  because,  as  Dole  says,  "curbside  check- 
in  for  international  flights  is  finished." 

At  age  48,  Elizabeth  Dole  is  the  younger 
half  of  the  "power  couple";  her  husband  is  62 . 
She's  also  the  more  disciplined  of  the  two,  al- 
though she'll  quickly  point  out  that  he's  no 
slouch  in  that  department.  "I  think  he  feels 
that  in  terms  of  discipline,  I'm  the  one  who 
maps  out  the  time  when  preparing  for  an 
issue.  He's  a  little  more  casual  on  that  side  of 
it.  He's  certainly  a  person  who's  careful  in 
what  he  does,  but  I  tend  to  bring  work  home 
and  he  tends  to  leave  it  at  the  office." 

Among  the  tradeoffs  that  are  bound  to 
occur  after  ten  years  of  marriage:  He's  picked 
up  on  her  dutiful  traits,  she  on  his  humor. 
"Luckily,  I'm  married  to  a  man  who  has  a 
wonderful  sense  of  humor.  And  I  think  both 
of  us  feel  that  with  all  the  pressures  that  come 
with  the  territory,  one  has  to  have  a  sense  of 
humor  to  keep  it  all  in  perspective."  A  prime 
example:  Said  Senator  Dole  during  Secretary 
Dole's  confirmation  hearing,  "I  feel  a  little 
bit  like  Nathan  Hale:  I  regret  that  I  have  but 
one  wife  to  give  to  my  country." 

A  little  levity  makes  all  things  palatable, 
especially  when  questions  of  the  dual  Dole 
ticket  in  '88  come  up,  as  they  inevitably  do. 
While  she  regularly  squelches  persistent 
rumors  that  one  or  the  other— or  both— will 
seek  the  presidential  or  vice  presidential  of- 
fice in  '88,  Dole  is  most  adept  with  the  quick 
comeback,  even  if  it's  not  her  own.  "Bob 
jokingly  said  that  at  least  that  would  save 
some  funds,"  she  told  her  hometown  news- 
paper, referring  to  the  federal  deficit.  "With  a 
Dole-Dole  administration,  you  could  close 
down  one  of  the  houses." 

She  brandished  her  own  material,  how- 
ever, at  a  Washington  gathering  just  before 
President  Reagan's  re-election  drive,  proving 
that  in  addition  to  her  strong  record  of  lead- 
ership, she  also  has  a  powerful  sense  of  tim- 
ing. The  setting:  a  meeting  of  the  Washing- 
ton Gridiron  Club,  an  annual  white-tie  affair 
organized  by  the  elite  of  the  Washington 
press  corps  and  attended  by  the  president, 
members  of  his  Cabinet,  and  the  Supreme 
Court.  Senator  Dole  turned  to  Reagan  and 
assured  him  that  "Dole  will  never  run  for 
president."  Seizing  a  split-second  pause, 
Secretary  Dole  said,  "Speak  for  yourself."  ■ 


DUKE  BOOKS 


I  Am  One  off  You  Forever 

B}  Fred  Chappell  '61,  A.M.  '64.  Baton  Rouge; 
Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1985.  184  pp. 


Every  thoughtful  book,"  Fred 
Chappell  once  wrote  in 
these  pages,  "creates  its 
own  individual  genre."  His 
own  new  book— thoughtful 
and  heartfelt— certainly 
does.  It's  described  as  "a 
novel,"  and  it  does  in  fact 
exhibit  the  characteristics  of  that  form.  But  I 
Am  One  of  You  Forever  also  embodies  the 
vividness  of  good  poetry,  the  concentration 
of  classic  short  stories,  the  warmth  and 
humor  of  a  memoir,  the  alert  descriptive  ease 
of  an  essay.  It  is  exuberantly  comic,  pastoral, 
and  lyric  while  maintaining  the  sober  sub- 
text of  the  tragic  dimension  of  life.  In  short, 
this  short  book  is  a  remarkable  convergence, 
distillation,  and  transformation  of  tradition. 
It  is  indeed  "its  own  individual  genre." 

I  Am  One  of  You  Forever  is  the  prose  com- 
panion to  Chappell's  Midquest:  A  Poem 
(LSU  Press,  1981),  almost  exactly  the  same 
length  and  similarly  symmetrical  in  struc- 
ture. This  earlier  "verse  novel,"  written  from 
the  reflective  perspective  of  middle  age, 
treats— in  a  virtuoso  range  of  poetic  form- 
some  of  the  same  raw  material  given  fic- 
tional form  in  the  novel:  that  is,  the  western 
North  Carolina  mountains  of  Chappell's 
upbringing,  his  distinctive  family  and  com- 
munity. I  Am  One  of  You  Forever  is  set  on  a 
"scratchankle  mountain  farm"  during  World 
War  II,  outside  the  town  of  Tipton— a  place 
resembling  Chappell's  native  Canton,  with 
its  dominant  Champion  paper  mill,  de- 
scribed in  the  novel  as  "the  Challenger  Paper 
and  Fiber  Corporation,  smoking  eternally, 
smudging  the  Carolina  mountain  landscape 
for  miles:"  But  this  is  no  hard-times  novel, 
no  tale  of  exploitation  or  ruin.  Instead,  it  is 
the  good-natured  story  of  the  coming-of-age 
of  a  "tight  high-spirited  company":  the  narra- 
tor, a  young  boy  named  Jess;  his  30-year-old 
father;  and  an  18-year-old  orphan  named 
Johnson  Gibbs  who  comes  to  live  and  work 
on  their  farm. 

Wait:  a  boy's  father  coming  of  age  with  his 
sonl  Well,  yes:  That's  the  source  of  much  of 
the  novel's  unique  charm  and  emotional 
rapport.  "You  got  a  good  heart,  Joe  Robert," 
the  grandmother  addresses  her  son,  "no- 
body's got  a  better.  But  you  ain't  come  to  seri- 
ous manhood  yet.  You  ain't  ready  for  any 
meeting  with  your  Lord.  You  are  too  flibberty 


and  not  contrite."  The  father's  chief  weak- 
ness is  his  mischievousness,  his  relish  for  out- 
landish pranks— conspiracies  which  his  son 
and  Johnson  Gibbs  readily  assist.  Almost 
every  one  of  the  ten  chapters  features  such  a 
"rusty,"  as  mountain  folks  call  a  good  caper, 
some  of  them  quite  elaborate. 

But  coming  of  age  involves  more  than 
simply  playing  tricks.  There  must  be  some 
pain,  some  lessons  learned.  And  that's  where 
Johnson  Gibbs  comes  in.  Gibbs  is  intro- 
duced as  a  comic  character,  one  who  can  talk 
his  way  into  pitching  a  ballgame  though  he's 
never  played  before,  one  who  boasts  of  his 
fishing  prowess  though  he's  never  cast  in  his 
life  and  nearly  kills  himself  when  he  does. 
But  that  very  first  chapter  plants  the  book's 
dark  seed:  Johnson  secretly  enlists  in  the 
Army,  an  action  which  comes  to  teach  Jess 
and  his  flibberty  father  hard  truths  about  the 
nature  of  "the  unimaginable  world  beyond 
the  mountains": 

I  had  learned  now  from  hearing  my 
parents  and  Johnson  talk  that  Johnson 
was  not  really  going  to  kill  Hitler  and  end 
the  war,  that  nothing  was  that  simple,  that 
the  terror-striking  cloud  which  darkened 
our  mountains  would  dissipate  only  by 
force  of  natural  time  and  process,  and 
that  Johnson  was  but  a  smallest  part  of 
this  stormy  process,  a  fragile  walnut  leaf 
blown  about  in  an  eruption  of  gale. 

That  passage  hints  at  two  other  glories  of  I 
Am  One  of  You  Forever.  One  is  Chappell's  gift 
for  transfiguration,  his  ability  to  take  an 
ordinary  but  charged  fact— a  mother's  tear,  a 
violent  storm,  a  portentous  telegram— and 
swell  it  into  a  visionary  passage,  beyond  the 
bounds  of  conventional  novelistic  space  and 
time,  but  all  the  more  emotionally  true  for  its 
distortion.  The  other  is  his  gift  for  figuration, 
as  it  might  be  called,  the  poet's  ability  to 
transform  his  material  into  memorable  simile 
or  metaphor.  The  novel  positively  glows  with 
such  moments  of  focus:  "My  grandmother 
drew  deference  from  a  person  as  handily  as  a 
crowbar  draws  nails  from  a  post."  "Her  terra- 
cotta hair  was  wild  and  frazzly,  and  two  blue 
silk  bows  perched  in  it  like  butterflies  on  a 
tile  roof." 

But— as  is  only  proper  for  a  novel— what 
most  readers  will  probably  remember  are  the 
characters,  Jess  and  his  spirited  dad  and 
Johnson  Gibbs,  and  especially  the  family's 
curious  houseguests.  "We  often  hosted  wan- 


dering aunts  and  uncles,"  Jess  says,  "all  on  my 
mother's  side,  and  they  intrigued  my  father 
endlessly  and  he  was  always  glad  when  one  of 
them  showed  up  to  break  the  monotony  of  a 
mountain  farm  life."  That's  the  novel's  casual 
plot,  a  kind  of  inverse  bildungsroman:  Experi- 
ences literally  come  to  Jess,  rather  than  Jess 
encountering  them  on  the  road. 

What  readers  may  not  so  quickly  realize  is 
that  during  the  diverting  course  of  this  novel, 
Jess  had  aged,  matured,  grown  up,  survived 
his  rites  of  passage  to  write  these  passages 
some  twenty  years  later,  "this  story  of  long 
ago  time."  He  has  become,  in  the  novel's 
inclusive  title,  "one  of  us  forever."  Not  that 
Jess  has  all  the  answers: 

When  I  was  as  old  as  Ember  Mountain 
they  would  still  be  keeping  the  important 
things  from  me.  When  1  was  99  years  old 
and  sitting  on  the  porch  in  a  rocking  chair 
combing  my  long  white  beard,  some  tow- 
head  youngun  would  come  up  and  ask, 
What's  it  mean,  grampaw,  what  is  the 
world  about?'  And  1  would  lean  over  and 
dribble  tobacco  spit  into  a  rusty  tin  can 
and  say,  7  don't  know,  little  boy.  The  sons 
of  bitches  never  would  tell  me.' 

The  mystery  remains.  But  so  do  the  partic- 
ular pleasures  of  life,  the  savory  details, 
which  is  at  least  part  of  what  the  world  is 
about,  and  which  Chappell  honors  so  richly 
in  his  writing— a  boat  crossing  water,  a  bene- 
dictory song,  an  instant  of  rest:  "We  sat  in 
the  shade  of  a  big  oak  and  watched  the  wind 
write  long  cursive  sentences  in  the  field  of 
whitening  oats." 

I  was  somewhat  surprised  when  Fred 
Chappell  won  Yale  University's  prestigious 
Bollingen  Prize  this  year.  Not  because  he 
didn't  deserve  it— such  quality  of  work  clearly 
deserves  the  Bollingen  and  the  Pulitzer  and 
whatever  other  laurel  we  can  heap  on  his 
capacious  head— but  because  of  the  source  of 
the  award.  At  last  the  reputation-makers 
have  realized  what  we  in  North  Carolina 
have  known  all  along:  that  for  pure  passion 
and  intellect,  for  unswerving  depth  of  heart 
and  breadth  of  expression,  for  genuine  enter- 
tainment and  edification,  you  simply  can't 
do  any  better  than  our  ole  Fred. 

— Michael  McFee 


McFee  grew  up  in  the  mountains  near  Asheville,  with 
several  aunts  in  Canton.  He  is  book  editor  for 
Spectator  magazine  in  Raleigh  and  a  member  of  the 
National  Book  Critics  Circle. 


50 


It's  a  simple  symbol  but  one 
of  the  most  famous.  A  symbol 
that  represents  over  340,000 
employees  worldwide  and  more 
than  30,000  products.  It's  a 
symbol  that  is  associated  around 
the  world  with  everything  from 
plastics,  CAT  scanners,  to 
microchips.  The  symbol  began 


with  the  genius  of  Thomas 
Edison  who  gave  mankind  an 
invention  that  would  revolu- 
tionize our  lives  today- the 
incandescent  lamp.  .  .  And 
that  was  only  the  beginning. 
This  year  General  Electric 
celebrates  its  107th  birthday. 
And  in  these  years  the 


company's  products  and  its 
symbol  have  been  accepted  as 
a  friend  to  millions  from 
housewives  to  doctors.  Our 
employees  continue  to  strive  for 
the  quality  and  dependability 
represented  by  this  symbol. 


Semiconductor  Business  Division 

General  Electric  Company 

Research  Triangle  Park,  North  Carolina 


DUKE  TRAVEL 

FARAWAY 
PLACES 


Egypt  and  the  Nile 
January  18-28, 1986 

Cruise  the  historic  River  Nile  in  luxury  for 
five  days  and  explore  ancient  Egypt's  temples, 
tombs,  and  colossal  statues  in  Aswan,  Luxor, 
and  Karnak.  View  King  Tilt's  treasures  in 
Cairo's  Museum  of  Antiquities.  Approxi- 
mately $2,550  from  New  York. 

ISRAEL,  January  27-February  4:  option- 
al extension  includes  visits  to  the  holy  places 
of  three  major  faiths  and  to  major  archae- 
ological sites  such  as  Masada  and  Megiddo. 
Approximately  $1,000. 

The  Virgin  Islands 
February  23-March  2, 1986 

Fly  directly  to  St.  Thomas  to  cruise  the 
Virgin  Islands  aboard  the  luxury  yacht,  New- 
port Clipper.  Ports  of  call:  Charlotte  Amalie, 
St.  Thomas;  Road  Town,  Tortola;  The  Bight, 
Norman  Island;  Leverick  Bay,  Virgin  Gorda; 
Great  Harbor,  Jost  Van  Dyke;  Cruz  Bay,  St. 
John.  All  cabins  outside.  Approximately 
$1,800,  airfare  included. 

Passage  of  the  Moors 
April  18-May  2, 1986 

Fly  to  Casablanca,  Morocco,  and  transfer  by 
motorcoach  to  Rabat  for  a  three-night  stay. 
Travel  by  train  to  Tangier  for  a  two-night  stay; 
shop  and  browse  the  famous  Kasbah.  From 
Morocco,  board  a  ferry  for  sailing  through  the 
Strait  of  Gibraltar  to  Spain:  three  nights  in 
Seville;  two  nights  in  Granada;  three  nights 
in  Madrid.  Approximately  $2,575  from 
Atlanta. 

A  Viking  Adventure 
June  8-21, 1986 

Sail  from  Scandanavia  to  Russia  and  north- 
ern Europe  aboard  the  deluxe  cruise  ship, 
Royal  Viking  Sea.  Starting  in  Copenhagen, 
visit  the  fascinating  cities  of  Stockholm  and 
Helsinki.  View  the  art  treasures  of  the  Her- 
mitage in  Leningrad.  Experience  a  daylight 
transit  of  the  Kiel  Canal  through  lush  farm- 
lands en  route  to  Hamburg  and  Amsterdam 
before  returning  to  Copenhagen.  Outside 
staterooms  start  at  $2,834. 


Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
June  30-July  13, 1986 

Fly  to  Paris  for  a  three-day  stay.  Take  the 
"supertrain"  to  Lyon 
to  board  M/S  Arlena 
for  a  seven-day,  six- 
night  Rhone  River 
cruise  with  stops  in 
Trevoux,  Vienne, 
Valence,  Viviers,  and 
Avignon.  Coach  to 
the  Riviera  for  a 
three-night  stay  in 
Cannes.  Approxi- 
mately $2,895  from 
Atlanta. 


Costa  Rica 
August  8-16, 1986 

Discover  the  culture,  history,  and  natural 
beauty  of  exotic  Costa  Rica,  culminating  in 
an  exciting  white-water  adventure.  Spend  a 
day  in  San  Juan  followed  by  a  visit  to  the 
Cloud  Forest  of  Monteverde.  See  Manuel 
Antonio  National  Park,  swim  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  explore  the  teeming  coral  reef. 
Approximately  $1,395  from  Miami. 

The  Seas  of  Ulysses 
September  23-October  6, 1986 

Fly  to  Venice  and  board  Royal  Cruise  Line's 
elegant  Golden  Odyssey.  Spend  two  nights 
in  Venice  aboard  ship,  then  sail  to  these  fas- 
cinating ports-of-call:  Dubrovnik,  Kotor 
Fjord,  the  Greek  isles  of  Corfu  and  Mykonos, 
ancient  Ephesus  and  Istanbul  in  Turkey, 
Russia's  Odessa  and  Yalta.  Disembark  in 
Athens.  Staterooms  begin  at  $3,213,  airfare 
from  Atlanta 
included.  <*^riHfc»iEl Y : 


Fabled  Rhineland  Cruise 
October  6-14, 1986 

Explore  the  castles  and  historic  villages  of 
the  Netherlands,  Germany,  and  France  on  a 
leisurely  cruise  of  the  Rhine  River  during  the 
season  of  wine  harvest  festivals.  Approxi- 
mately $1,495,  airfare  from  Atlanta  included. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL  OUT  THE  COUPON  AND 
RETURN  TO  BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE  TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL 
DRIVE,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114. 


□  EGYPT/ISRAEL  □  SCANDANAVIA 

□  VIRGIN  ISLANDS     □  RHONE  RIVER 

□  SPAIN/MOROCCO    □  COSTA  RICA 


□  GREECE/BLACK  SEA 

□  RHINE  RIVER 


Name 

Class 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

52 


ft 


The  Scotsman,  the  parson  and 
the  bear.  If  the  Earl  of  Kintore  has 
told  it  once,  he's  told  it  a  hundred  . 
times.  And  for  the  past  forty  a 
years,  Alistair  Lilburn 
has  always  laughed. 
It's  what  makes  true  > 
friendship  work.    \ 

The  good  things 
in  life  stay  that  way. 

^Dewar's 

WbiteLabet 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


Periodicals  Room 
105  Perkins  Library 
Durham,  NC  27706 


Elizabeth  Hanford  Dole:  power  steering  (page  14) 


DLJCE 


FOR  ALUMNI 
AND  FRIENDS 


NOVEMBER-DECEMBER  1985 


BREAKING  OLD  GROUND 


CITIZEN  DALE 


THE  COST  OF  WINNING 


THE  PRIME  OF  KEITH  BRODIE 


BLACK  &  WHITE 
&  COLO! 


North  Carolina  2710^ 
ial:  1-800-334-1988 


It's  not  impossible.  DUKE  MAGAZINE 
needs  your  financial  help  this  year.  Unive 
sity  funds  do  not  cover  all  the  costs 
associated  with  producing  and  mailing  tht 
magazine,  which  is  sent  free  to  all  Duke 
alumni.  We  depend  on  our  readers  for 
broad-based  support  to  help  keep  our 
award-winning  magazine  strong.  As  a  spe- 
cial thanks  to  all  of  you  who  contribute 
any  amount  to  the  publication,  your  nam< 
will  be  in  a  drawing  for  two  Atlantic  Coaj 
Conference  Basketball  Tournament  tick- 
ets. The  tournament  will  be  held  March 
7-9, 1986  in  Greensboro,  N.C.  The  winne 
will  also  receive  free  lodging  during  the 
tournament.  All  you  have  to  do  is  beconu 
a  voluntary  contributor  to  DUKE  MAGA 
ZINE.  The  names  of  all  voluntary  contri- 
butors as  of  February  1, 1986,  will  be 
entered  in  the  drawing  for  the  two  ACC 
tickets.  Your  voluntary  contribution  will  h 
tax  deductible. 

Please  complete  the  attached  form  and 
mail  to  Duke  along  with  your  check.  The 
drawing  will  be  held  on  February  7, 1986. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  CHAPE1 


Gifts  to  the  Duke  Chapel  Development  Campaign 
assure  a  strong  future  for  Duke  Chapel.  This  is 
the  first  fund  raising  drive  in  the  fifty  year  history 
of  the  Chapel.  Approximately  $1.4  million  in  contributions 
and  firm  pledges  has  been  received  towards  the  $2  million 
goal. 

One  of  the  major  accomplishments  of  the  Duke  Chapel 
Development  Campaign  has  been  the  installation  of  a  year- 
round  humidification  and  air-conditioning  system.  Also, 
twelve  endowments  have  been  established  to  help  with  the 
Chapel's  ministry  and  programs,  the  Chapel  music, 
and  improvements  to  the  building  itself. 


Several  major  needs  of  the  Chapel  remain  to  be  met: 

1 .  Improvement  of  the  Sound  System 

2.  Restoration  of  the  Aeolian  Organ 

3 .  Restoration  of  the  Carillon 

4-  Endowment  for  Guest  Preachers 
Gifts  may  be  mailed  to  Duke  Chapel  Development 
Campaign,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  University,  Durham,  North 
Carolina  27706.  Any  inquiries  about  the  Chapel  Campaign 
may  be  sent  to  the  same  address. 

□  Please  send  information  on  the  Friends  of  the  Chapel 
□  Please  send  the  Chapel's  Calendar  of  Events  for  the 
50th  Anniversary  Celebration 


Duke  University 

Alumni  Association 

proudly  presents 

A  Fabulous,  Romantic  14-day  Air/Sea  Cruise 

September  23, 1986 


CRUISE  TO  THE 


Aboard  Royal  Cruise  Line's  Elegant  Golden  Odyssey 


Romance  awaits  you  on  this  cruise  to  the  ports  and  seas  of 
ancient  myths.  You'll  spend  two  nights  in  unforgettable  Venice 
with  the  ship  as  your  hotel,  then  sail  to  the  ancient  walled 
city  of  Dubrovnik  and  the  tiny  village  of  Kotor.  In  Corfu  and 
Hydra,  white-washed  houses  overlook  the  blue  sea,  and  you 
can  shop  to  your  heart's  content  for  handmade  pottery  and 
sweaters  along  narrow  winding  streets.  Call  at  Nauplion  for  a 
fabulous  tour  to  Mycenae,  home  of  King  Agamemnon.  You'll 
thrill  to  the  ancient  Biblical  ruins  of  Ephesus,  and  marvel  at 
mysterious  Istanbul.  Russia's  resorts  of  Odessa  and  Yalta  are 
your  final  stops  before  awe-inspiring  Athens. 

Sail  Away  on  an  Odyssey 

You'll  sail  on  the  superb  Golden  Odyssey,  one  of  the  world's 
top-rated  cruise  ships,  famed  for  her  extraordinary  cuisine  and 
service,  warm  and  friendly  atmosphere,  and  the  absolutely 
lowest  air/sea  fares  in  all  of  luxury  cruising.  You'll  savor  Old 
World  comfort  and  modern  luxury,  and  the  uniquely  personal 
style  of  shipboard  living  that  is  our  own  hallmark,  a  style  that 
we  call  The  Mark  of  the  Crown.  Sail  Away  on  an  Odyssey  and 
let  Royal  Cruise  Line  bring  you  the  world,  with  The  Mark 
of  the  Crown. 

Special  Duke  University  Alumni  Association 


While  on  board  the  Golden  Odyssey,  you'll  enjoy  a  $125 
per  stateroom  credit  toward  shipboard  purchases,  a  "Get 

Ship's  registry:  Greece 


Acquainted"  Bloody  Mary  party,  souvenir  name  badges  and  a 
complimentary  group  photo  (per  couple),  two  bottles  of  wine 
per  stateroom  and  an  exclusive  Duke  University  Alumni 
Association  reception. 

Priced  from  $3213 

This  fabulous  air/sea  cruise  begins  at  just  $3213  per  person 
double  occupancy,  including  roundtrip  air  transportation  from 
Atlanta  and  all  meals  and  accommodations  aboard  ship.  Don't 
delay!  Send  for  a  full-color  brochure  today! 

&  Royal  Cruise  Line 

,.__  —  —  —  _  —  _____^ 

I I  YCS!  Rush  me  your  color  brochure! 

Return  to:    Duke  University  Alumni  Association 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham,  NC  27706 
Phone:    (919)684-5114 
Or  Call  Toll  Free:    1-800-FOR-DUKE 


DITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 

SSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

imHull 

MATURES  EDITOR: 

jsan  Bloch 

ESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

iary  Poling 

DVERT1SING  MANAGER: 

it  Zollicoffer  '58 

rUDENT  INTERN:  Lisa 

inely  '86 

UBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

inderburk  Jr.  '60 

■FFICERS,  GENERAL 
LUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
ances  Adams  Blaylock '53, 
esident;  Anthony  Bosworth 
8,  president-elect; 
I  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 

RESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
ND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
SSOCIATIONS: 
,  Wannamaker  Hardin  Jr.  '62, 
I.Div.  '67,  Divinity  School; 
'illiamB.Scantland 
.S.M.E. '76,  School  o/ 
ngineering;  Daniel  R. 
ichards  M.B.A.  '80,  Fuqua 
ihool  of  Business;  Edward  R. 
rayton  III  M.F.  '61,  School  of 
rreslry  &  Environmental 
udies;  James  W.  Albright 
l.H.A.  '76,  Department  of 
ealth  Administration;  William 
.  Sumner  J.D.  '70,  School  of 
iff;  F.  Maxton  Mauney  Jr. 
I.D.  '59,  School  of  Medicine; 
my  Torlone  Harris  B.S.N.'81, 
:hool  of  Nursing;  Paul  L. 
nbrogno  '80  M.S.,  Graduate 
rogram  in  Physical  Therapy; 
atherineV.  HalpemB.H.S. 
7,  Physicians' Assistant 
rogram;  Marcus  E.  Hobbs  '32, 
,.M.  '34,  Ph.D.  '36,  Half- 
entury  Club. 

D1TORIAL  ADVISORY 
OARD:ClayFelker'51, 
ulirman;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
<netL.Guyon'77;JohnW. 
lartman  '44;  Elizabeth  H. 
xke '64,  Ph.D. '72;  Thomas 
Loseejr.  '63;  Peter  Maas '49; 
ichard  Austin  Smith  '35; 
usanTifft'73;RobertJ. 


)  1985,  Duke  University 
ublished  bimonthly;  volun- 
iry  subscriptions  $10  per  year 


NOVEMBER- 
DECEMBER  1985 


VOLUME  72 
NUMBER  2 


Cover:  The  Septembet  28  i 
augural  procession,  with  Univt 
sity  Marshal  Pelham  Wilder  ar 
President  Brodie  in  the  lea 
Photo  rry  Caroline  Vaughan  71 


FEATURES 


A  NEW  PHASE,  A  FAMILIAR  FACE  4 

As  Duke's  seventh  president,  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  brings  to  the  office  the  skills  of  a  psychiatrist, 
researcher,  and  administrator 


THE  BRODIE  VISION  6 

Excerpts  from  an  inaugural  address  that  touched  on  internationalism  in  education,  "the  things 
of  the  human  spirit,"  and  the  ties  between  business  and  academe 


A  DAY  IN  THE  LIFE  8 

The  presidential  routine— planning  programs,  crafting  codes  of  honor,  structuring  seminars, 
and  more 


THE  BRODIE  BUNCH  11 

The  Brodies  represent  a  new  generation  of  leadership  at  Duke— young,  energetic,  direct,  and 
very  family-centered 


MYSTERY  AMONG  THE  RUINS  12 

Last  summer,  a  dig  directed  by  a  team  of  Duke  archaeologists  led  to  a  baffling  discovery  under 
an  ancient  city 


TRIUMPHS  OF  A  TROUBLESHOOTER  33 

Once  publisher  of  a  major  newspaper,  now  president  of  the  Major  Indoor  Soccer  League, 
Frank  Dale  has  turned  a  habit  of  job  changes  into  a  string  of  successful  careers 


LOSES  WHEN  THE  TEAM  WINS?  36 

Despite  the  well-publicized  scandals,  no  one  in  the  NCAA  is  talking  about  serious  academic 
reform,  says  sports-law  expert  John  Weistart 


DEPARTMENTS 


FORUM 

Debating  medical  miracles,  celebrating  modern  dance 


32 


GAZETTE 

A  battle  against  Alzheimer's  disease,  a  taste  of  Morocco,  a  look  into  Afghanistan,  a  verdict 
on  creeping  kudzu 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


A  NEW  PHASE, 

A  FAMILIAR 

FACE 


BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


THE  BRODIE  STYLE: 


TAKING  TIME  TO  LISTEN 


As  Duke's  seventh  president,  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  brings 

to  the  office  the  skills  of  a  psychiatrist,  researcher,  and 

administrator. 


F 


or  its  owner  it's  become  an  office 
fixture  and  a  trademark— the  three- 
foot  wooden  rabbit,  that  is.  The 
"listening  rabbit,"  wearing  an  atten- 
tive expression,  sits  by  a  window  with  its 
right  paw  raised  to  its  ear.  Last  July  the  rab- 
bit—along with  Brodie— made  a  small  terri- 
torial change,  but  an  otherwise  large  leap, 
from  the  chancellor's  office  to  the  president's 
office  at  Duke. 

Brodie  is  a  psychiatrist-turned-administra- 
tor—a professional  listener.  And  in  musing 
about  the  skills  involved  in  his  two  callings, 
he  is  quick  to  point  to  some  common  ground. 
"In  psychiatry,  you  collect  a  good  deal  of 
data.  You  go  after  blood  samples  and  X-rays 
and  physical  exams;  you're  taught  to  take  a 
mood  history,  a  mental  status,  and  a  family 
background  of  the  patient.  And  I  think  all 
that  overlaps  with  administrative  problems. 
I  think  the  ability  to  make  a  historical  analy- 
sis of  how  in  the  world  we  got  the  problem  in 
the  first  place,  and  to  understand  the  per- 
sonalities of  those  involved  in  the  problem, 
is  useful.  Sometimes  leaders  get  catapulted 
into  these  executive  positions  by  virtue  of  a 
lot  of  action  and  not  a  tremendous  amount 
of  homework  or  information  collection.  And 


it's  my  style  to  do  a  great  deal  of  these  things— 
thus  the  rabbit." 

To  make  a  decision  stick  requires  "building 
a  level  of  awareness,  a  constituency,  a  con- 
sensus, and  an  opportunity  then  to  get  every- 
one behind  the  thing  before  it's  set  in  con- 
crete," says  Brodie.  That  process  of  consensus- 
building  is  "something  I  like,"  he  adds,  "and 
something  that  exercises  my  psychiatry 
skills."  It's  also  something  that  may  help 
define  the  Brodie  presidency:  Leadership,  as 
he  sees  it,  is  effective  persuasion— and  effec- 
tive listening. 

At  the  age  of  45,  Harlow  Keith  Hammond 
Brodie  is  Duke's  seventh  president.  From  the 
beginning,  his  Duke  experience  has  been  a 
blend  of  psychiatry  and  administration: 
After  embarking  on  his  academic  career  at 
Stanford,  he  joined  Duke  in  1974  as  chair- 
man of  the  psychiatry  department  and  chief 
of  psychiatry  service.  In  the  summer  of  1982 , 
Brodie— by  then,  a  James  B.  Duke  Professor 
of  Psychiatry  and  Law— was  tapped  by  Presi- 
dent Terry  Sanford  to  be  university  chancel- 
lor. For  one  year  of  his  chancellorship,  he 
also  took  on  the  assignment  of  acting  pro- 
vost. Brodie  has  said  that  he  never  actively 
sought  the  Duke  presidency;  yet  when  he 


President  Brodie's  September  28  inaugural  ad- 
dress stressed  three  themes— the  relationship  be- 
tween academe  and  business,  the  internationalism 
of  Duke,  and  the  need  to  promote  creative  ex- 
pression. Excerpts  follow. 

We  must  work  hard  to  engender  mutual 
respect  between  corporate  America  and  our 
academic  institutions.. ..In  the  1960s  and 
70s,  some  universities  tended  to  foster  the 
notion  that  there  was  something  necessarily 
crass  in  a  business  career.  Now  we  have 
reached  a  time  when  we  have  become  a 
debtor  nation,  when  we  are  told  that  Ameri- 
ca's debt  to  foreign  nations  will  reach  one 
trillion  dollars  in  1990,  a  time  when  foreign 
apparel  is  flooding  our  marketplace,  and  our 
balance  of  trade  even  in  microelectronics  is 
negative. 

With  all  these  indicators... the  American 
free  enterprise  system  needs  its  universities. 
American  business  needs  the  knowledge  we 
can  generate  and  the  young  people  we  are 
preparing.  And  we  need  the  fruits  of  healthy 
commerce.  History  teaches  us  that  times  of 
economic  success  are  associated  with  an  age 
of  creativity  in  the  arts  and  sciences.  It  was 
no  coincidence  that  the  great  artists  of  the 
Renaissance  frequently  painted  the  portraits 
of  a  prosperous  merchant  class,  or  that 
Shakespeare  wrote  thirty-seven  of  the  greatest 
plays  in  the  English  language,  for  a  paying 
audience.  The  rise  of  the  novel  in  the  nine- 
teenth century  was  a  direct  result  of  the  In- 
dustrial Revolution,  which  produced  a  class 
of  people  who  had  the  leisure  and  the  money 
to  learn  to  read  and  to  buy  books.... 

Society's  interests  are  rightly  served  by 
business,  just  as  they  are  served  by  education, 
by  government,  by  science,  by  technology,  by 
literature  and  music  and  art.  It  is  important 
to  America  that  this  university  produce 
leaders  in  all  these  realms.... The  generation 
of  capital  is  a  proper  end  if  it  benefits  society 
at  large;  and  it  is  a  proper  means  to  an  end,  if 
it  enables  the  individual  to  do  charitable 
works,  to  support  the  church,  to  contribute 
to  the  arts,  and  to  sustain  those  who  are  less 
fortunate  throughout  the  world. 

Surely,  commitment  to  a  free  enterprise 
system,  to  a  passion  for  excellence  and  hard 
work,  to  upward  mobility  through  educa- 
tion, to  the  promise  of  America— hallmarks 
of  corporate  values  today— surely  these  are 
worthy  characteristics.... 

But  these  are  not  the  only  values  Duke 
University  seeks  to  transmit.  We  shall  not 
produce  narrowly  educated,  vocationally 
trained  graduates,  but  we  shall  send  forth 
men  and  women  who  are  broadly  educated 
in  the  arts  and  sciences.  For  commerce  needs 


people  who  have  the  proper  humane  values, 
who  see  profit  in  perspective,  who  know  that 
cost-benefit  analysis  will  not  solve  the  in- 
creasing ethical  dilemmas  of  high  technol- 
ogy and  world  trade.  American  business  will 
not  prosper  by  taking  the  short  view,  either 
in  research  and  development  or  in  people. 
The  university  is  a  place  where  new  knowl- 
edge is  developed  and  where  people  are 
developed  as  well— people  who  can  think 
through  the  implications  for  the  future,  be- 
cause they  have  gained  the  perspective 
which  only  a 
strong  liberal  arts 
background  can 
give  them,  a  his- 
torical perspec- 
tive, an  ethical 
perspective. 
I  can  offer  you  no  better  example  of  the 
world-wide  complexities  that  have  increased 
the  need  of  American  business  for  broadly 
educated  leaders  than  the  tragic  situation  in 
South  Africa.  There,  corporations  face  daily 
an  agonizing  moral  dilemma:  Should  they 
continue  economic  participation  in  a  soci- 
ety that  denies  basic  human  rights  to  the 
majority  of  its  people?  Should,  for  example, 
McGraw-Hill  book  company  withdraw  from 
South  Africa,  taking  with  it  the  money  and 
influence  that  helped  to  establish  the  only 
bookstore  in  the  all-black  South  African  city 
of  Soweto,  within  walking  distance  of  many 
of  Soweto's  youngsters  who  need  books  and 
school  supplies?  Should  Borden  Milk  with- 
draw, thus  diminishing  by  one-third  the  supply 
of  milk  in  South  Africa,  milk  necessary  to 
the  diets  of  rural  black  children  from  the  age 
of  eighteen  months  to  five  years?  These  are 
dramatic  examples,  I  admit,  but  I  offer  them 
because  it  is  tempting,  in  such  situations,  to 


view  the  issues  as  clear-cut  when  they  are 
not.  When  is  a  principle  more  important 
than  individual  human  lives?  When  is  a 
principle  best  served  in  terms  of  individual 
lives?... 

Today,  we  redefine  the  boundaries  of  Duke's 
immediate  concerns.  The  world  has  grown 
close,  and  increasingly  dangerous.  Chaotic 
conditions  around  the  globe  are  no  longer 
distant.  We  are  in  desperate  need  of  responsi- 
ble citizens  for  the  world,  and  I  believe  that 
Duke  University  is  uniquely  positioned  to 
meet  that  need. 

There  are  many  here  who  share  this  dream 
of  Duke  as  an  international  university.  It  is 
not  a  recent  hope,  nor  is  it  one  that  comes  to 
us  from  strangers.  It  is  a  vision  that  has  grown 
naturally  with  the  people  who  built  Duke 
University.  This  institution  was  blessed  in 
the  1920s  and  '30s  with  brilliant  and  vigor- 
ous young  scholars  who  brought  Duke  their 
international  interests,  and  found  here  a 
place  that  welcomed  and  cherished  them .... 
There  was  a  climate  on  the  Duke  campus  in 
the  1930s  which  looked  toward  our  respon- 
sibility to  the  world ,  at  a  time  when  America 
)}  was  officially  and 
S  popularly  committed  to 
isolationism.... During 
this  period,  Duke  proved 
to  be  extraordinarily  re- 
ceptive to  world  citizens 
who  emigrated  from 
Europe  to  escape  the 
Nazi  terror.... 
After  the  Second 
World  War,  Duke  was  one  of  six  major 
American  universities  which  led  the  way  in 
bringing  German  students  to  study  in  this 
country.  Later,  in  the  1950s,  Duke's  distin- 
guished  political   scientist,    Taylor   Cole, 


presided  over  the  birth  and  development  of 
our  Commonwealth  Studies  Center,  and  his 
active  involvement  with  the  developing 
countries  of  Africa  in  the  1960s  brought  to 
Duke  a  prescient  voice  of  warning. 

Our  duty  today  is,  I  firmly  believe,  an  inter- 
national  one,  and  I  am  preparing  to  take  a 
number  of  steps  to  expand  our  influence  and 
activity. 

I  shall  work 
with  the  provost 
to  achieve  our 
goal  that  every 
Duke  student 
will  be  able  to 
take  one  semester 
abroad.  I  plan  to  attend  the  next  meeting  of 
the  Council  of  European  Rectors,  the  stand- 
ing conference  of  presidents  of  European  uni- 
versities; I  shall  there  represent  the  AAU 
[Association  of  American  Universities]  insti- 
tutions, where  I  shall  join  the  effort  to  find 
our  common  boundaries  of  information, 
ideas,  and  human  understanding  with 
Eastern  and  Western  Europe.  And  I  hope 
that  in  similar  ways  we  can  reach  out  to  the 
Third  World.... 

We  are  grateful  that  as  the  South  has 
prospered,  so  has  Duke  been  enabled  to  go 
beyond  its  initial  responsibilities.  To  the 
many  duties  subsumed  in  the  word  "teacher," 
Duke  long  ago  began  adding  another.  Today 
I  would  like  to  renew  our  commitment  to 
those  things  which  are  the  proper  end  of 
freedom,  political  stability,  and  economic 
prosperity— the  things  of  the  human  spirit. 
At  Duke  our  students  are  filling  classes  in 
art  and  art  history;  our  excellent  theaters 
and  music  building  are  burgeoning  with  ac- 
tivity; our  still  young  Institute  of  the  Arts 
has  brought  innumerable  distinguished  per- 
formers to  this  campus.  These  activities 
should  be  supported  and  expanded.  For  our 
students,  I  would  like  Duke  to  offer  a  master's 
degree  in  the  fine  arts.  The  performance 
concentration  that  such  a  degree  makes  pos- 
sible would  enrich  the  understanding  of  our 
students  who  study  the  fine  arts,  and  increase 
yet  again  the  opportunities  for  arts  perform- 
ance and  interpretation  on  this  campus.... 

I  sincerely  believe  that  it  would  be  wrong 
for  a  university  with  our  resources,  our  scope 
and  reputation,  to  do  nothing— or  nothing 
significant— to  support  the  visual  and  per- 
forming arts.  They  are  the  most  vulnerable, 
the  most  fragile  of  activities  in  our  society. 
When  funding  is  scare,  they  are  the  first  to 
go.  When  audiences  are  lacking,  they  wither. 
When  society  is  unsympathetic  and  uncom- 
prehending, the  arts  die. 

As  a  university,  we  have  many  duties, 
among  them  to  seek  the  truth  in  all  knowl- 
edge, new  and  old,  and  to  seek  the  wisdom.  I 
doubt  that  we  can  perform  this  duty  without 
the  presence  of  beauty,  imagination,  and 
love.... 


announced  the  selection  last  December, 
trustee  chairman  L.  Neil  Williams  '58,  '61 
J.D.  said,  "The  board's  national  search  really 
told  us  that  the  right  person  for  the  job  was 
right  here  at  Duke.  Keith  Brodie  has  the  right 
combination  of  talents,  the  energy,  the  per- 
sonality, and  the  ability  to  make  Duke  Uni- 
versity an  absolutely  outstanding  president." 

The  right  combination  of  mentors  was  also 
good  presidential  preparation,  Brodie  says. 
"I've  always  attempted  to  work  for  people 
who  would  inspire  me  and  serve  not  only  as 
good  role  models,  but  in  fact  as  teachers."  For 
his  move  to  Stanford,  he  was  recruited  by  the 
chairman  of  psychiatry,  Dr.  David  Hamburg, 
who  went  on  to  become  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences'  Institute  of 
Medicine  and  of  the  Carnegie  Corporation. 
Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs  Dr.  William 
Anlyan— who  has  played  a  central  role  in 
strengthening  the  medical  center's  reputa- 
tion—brought him  to  Duke.  And  as  chancel- 
lor, Brodie  found  in  Terry  Sanford,  now  presi- 
dent emeritus,  an  exceptional  teacher  for 
"the  sense  of  history  he  can  convey,  his  ability 
to  dig  into  the  background  of  a  problem,  his 
political  and  social  sensitivities." 

The  Brodie  style— the  almost-perpetually 
open  door  to  the  president's  office,  the  shirt- 
sleeves welcome  to  visitors,  the  affability 
that  surfaces  in  conversation— is  a  study  in 
informality.  Informality  and  accessibility, 
Brodie  might  say.  "I  think  I'm  a  relatively 
casual  person  to  begin  with.  I  was  always 
rebellious  about  wearing  coats  and  ties  as  a 
child.  I  think  informality  will  be  one  hall- 
mark of  this  administration  in  that  I  plan  to 
wander  the  campus,  to  drop  in  on  class,  to 
visit,  from  time  to  time,  faculty  in  their  of- 
fices and  students  in  their  dormitories.  I  just 
think  you  can  accomplish  a  good  deal  more 
if  people  are  not  too  uptight  about  the  trap- 
pings and  the  circumstances  in  which  they 
find  themselves." 

A  Keith  Brodie  encounter  is  also  an  en- 
counter with  high  energy:  Brodie  often  talks 
at  a  rapid-fire  clip  and  accompanies  his  state- 
ments with  the  perpetual  motion  of  animated 
gestures.  There  is,  too,  a  joie  de  vivre  quality 
to  his  conversation:  Teaching  isn't  just  in- 
tellectually rewarding  for  him,  it's  "fun,"  for 
example.  And  balancing  that  natural  exuber- 
ance are  hints  of  a  scientific  mindset  at 
work.  It's  a  mindset  that  often  reveals  itself 
with  his  easy  grasp  of  statistics,  whether  on 
the  national  rankings  of  Duke's  academic 
departments  or  on  state-by-state  application 
figures,  and  in  his  resort  to  the  vocabulary  of 
the  computer  age:  Departments  don't  just 
come  together  for  research  ventures,  they 
"interface." 

Brodie  watchers  detect  in  him  a  sympathe- 
tic personality.  A  medical  resident  recalls 
how  Brodie— when  he  was  carrying  heavy 
teaching,  research,  and  administrative  re- 
sponsibilities    as    psychiatry    department 


chairman— would  always  take  the  time,  in 
corridor  conversations,  to  get  a  progress 
report  on  the  future  physician's  work.  The 
resident  wasn't  even  based  in  psychiatry.  A 
student  taking  Brodie's  undergraduate  course 
notes,  with  some  awe,  how  quickly  their  pro- 
fessor learned  the  names  of  the  eighteen 
class  members. 

Now  surrounded  by  the  trappings  and  the 
circumstances  of  the  presidency,  Brodie,  in 
some  ways,  personifies  the  complexities  of 
the  university  he  leads.  To  understand  Duke 
is  to  see  a  university  with  a  two-sided  identi- 
ty—a university  that  revels  in  tradition,  that 
respects  its  origins,  yet  that  has  gone  farther 
and  faster  in  achievement  than  nearly  all  of 
its  peers.  There  are,  in  a  sense,  two  Dukes: 
one  rooted  in  a  go-easy  Southern  gentility, 
the  other  driven  by  the  pursuit  of  excellence 
and  innovation. 

And  how  to  judge  Keith  Brodie?  There's  a 
decidedly  conservative  side,  expressed  in  his 
anything-but-flashy  dress  and  his  inaugural- 
address  message  that  business  and  academe 
have  much  to  gain  from  one  another.  Yet 
there's  a  boldness,  too— in  his  constant 
theme  that  Duke  has  to  engage  itself  in  new 
technologies  like  biotechnology  and  micro- 
electronics, in  his  aggressive  push  for  dis- 
tinguished faculty  appointments,  even  in 
the  office  computer  that  puts  him  in  touch 
with  alumni,  admissions,  and  business-office 
information. 

When,  in  1983,  Brodie  contributed  an 
essay  to  Terry  Sanford's  "How  to  Think 
Straight"  series,  he  wrote  about  two  kinds  of 
thinking— a  controlled  and  focused  think- 
ing that  often  defines  good  pedagogy,  and  a 
stream-of-consciousness  thinking  character- 
istic of  the  creative  process.  To  promote  his 
own  thinking— of  either  variety— he  thinks 
carefully  about  his  schedule  and  his  office 
environment.  "I  think  more  creatively  in  the 
mornings,  so  I  try  to  leave  time  then  for  writ- 
ing my  speeches  and  my  letters.  And  I  be- 
lieve it's  important  to  surround  oneself  with 
inspiring  obj  ects."  For  that  reason  he  had  the 
president's  office  renovated,  "uplifting  the 
place  in  general  to  make  it  a  little  more  cele- 
bratory of  the  creative  effort."  A  set  of  flow- 
ing window  draperies  was  a  casualty  of  the 
renovation,  a  step  meant  to  "try  to  get  more 
in  tune  with  the  quadrangle,"  as  Brodie  puts 
it.  "On  a  campus  as  beautiful  as  this,  you 
want  to  be  able  to  look  out  and  be  a  part  of 
it." 

An  abstract  acrylic  collage,  with  bright 
greens  and  yellows,  dominates  one  wall  of 
the  office.  Brodie  acquired  the  collage,  by 
local  artist  Betsy  Zung,  during'  his  time  as 
psychiatry  department  chairman.  Although 
its  called  "Augmented  Force,"  a  musical  term 
suggesting  disharmony,  Brodie  sees  in  it 
reminders  of  California— a  brilliant  sun,  for 
example.  Along  another  wall,  built-in 
Continued  on  page  10 


A  DAY 

Tuesday,  September  17, 


With   briefcase    in   hand,    a 
khaki-clad  Brodie  arrives  at 
his  second-floor  Allen  Building  office.  Brodie 
asks  a  secretary  to  call  in  Phillip  Griffiths,  the 
provost,  who— along  with  Chancellor  for 
Health     Affairs     William     Anlyan     and 
Vice  President  for  Administration  Eugene 
McDonald— is  one  of  Brodie's  "inner  team"  of 
senior  administrators.  Brodie  and  Griffiths 
talk  about  progress  toward  building  an  inves- 
tor-financed campus  hotel.  E 
an  impending  Chronicle  story  on  the  selec- 
tion of  Chrysler  chairman  Lee  Iacocca  as 
commencement  speaker— for  a  change,  it's  "a 
good  leak"  to  the  newspaper,  he  jokes.  He 
mentions  his  coming  meeting  with  Caroline 
Nisbet,  newly-appointed  direc- 
tor for  intern  programs,  and  says 
he'll  encourage  her  to  pursue  her 
program  aggressively. 

Brodie   convenes  ~" 

a    meeting    with 
his  four  secretaries.  He  briefly 
brings  in  Leslie  Banner,  an  assist- 
ant to  the  president  and  his  chief 
speech  writer,  to  pass  on  praise 
he's   heard   for   his   address   to 
Duke's  twenty-five-year  employ- 
ees. Digging  into  his  briefcase, 
Brodie   distributes   some   "odds 
and  ends  to  be  filed."  He  accepts  some  new  calendar 
commitments— among  them,  a  reception  with  the  stu- 
dent government.  Brodie  and  his  staff  review  some 
minor  snags  in  the  process— including  the  case  of  one 
invitation  that  came  back  with  an  obituary 
about  the  recipient.  Having  distributed  more  than 
100,000  invitations,  the  staff  is  bound  to  find  some 
snags  in  the  process,  Brodie  tells  them. 

Brodie  places  a  few  calls  around  campus— 
and  places  them  himself,  without  the 
intermediary  of  a  secretary.  Without  relying  on 
and  showing  little  need  to  pause  to  collect  his  thoughts, 
he  dictates  a  series  of  memos  and  letters.  The  recipients 
range  from  Divinity  School  Dean  Dennis  Campbell,  to 
whom  Brodie  writes  about  a  proposed  financial-aid  pro- 
gram, to  capital  campaign  director  Joel  Fleishman,  to 
Lee  Iacocca— whose  biography  is  sitting  on  his  desk. 

The  day's  edition  of  The  Chronicle,  which 
carries  the  Iacocca  item  prominently, 
provides  some  reading  for  Brodie.  Later  in  the  morning, 
a  student  will  leave  a  note  for  Brodie  clipped  to  the 
Chronicle  account  of  the  commencement  speaker: 
"President  Brodie,  this  is  the  best  news  I've  heard  at 
Duke  in  my  three-plus  years  here.  Of  course,  that  could 
change  if  our  basketball  team  is  ranked  No.  1  this  year— 
but  even  that  won't  diminish  my  enthusiasm  for  May  4, 
1986.  Thank  you." 

On  a  small  built-in  screen,  Brodie  organizes  a  set  of 
slides  for  his  class  meeting  later  that  day.  Inside  the 
doors  of  the  screen  he  has  taped  Polaroid  photos,  taken 
during  the  first  class  meeting,  of  the  students  enrolled 
in  the  course.  It's  important  for  him  to  be  able  to  match 
names  with  faces  because  the  students  are  graded,  in 
part,  according  to  their  participation  in  class.  Even  at 
this  early  point  in  the  semester,  Brodie  says  he  has  "got 
them  down  pretty  well." 


Brodie  sees  a  "drop-in"  visitor,  Bruce 

Coleman  '83.  As  a  student,  Coleman 

was  involved  with  a  task  force  that  studied  Duke's 

alumni  and  development  operations.  His  family  has  a 

home  in  Maine  close  to  Brodie's  summer  retreat. 


Just  before  his  meeting  with  intern 
director  Caroline  Nisbet,  Brodie  asks 
John  Piva's  office  to  have  Piva  call  him.  As  it  happens, 
Piva— Duke's  vice  president  for  alumni  affairs  and  de- 
velopment—is checking  with  his  office  from  Chicago's 
O'Hare  Airport,  and  is  put  through  to  Brodie.  Brodie 
talks  about  some  upcoming  development  and  alumni 
calls,  and  suggests  Terry  Sanford  for  one  of  them. 

After  Nisbet  arrives,  Brodie  asks  her  what  she's  dis- 
covered since  leaving  Cornell,  where  she  directed  a 
similar  program,  and  arriving  at  Duke.  In  her  first  few 
weeks,  reports  Nisbet,  she's  met  with  some  seventy 
people.  Her  "overwhelming  impression"  is  that  the 
Duke  community  is  "very  interested  and  supportive"  of 
the  idea  of  building  an  internship  program.  She  goes  on 
to  discuss  the  naming  of  the  program—Duke  Futures: 
Program  for  Scholar-Interns,"  a  label  that  she  thinks 


ternships  as  "an  investment  in  the  future." 
Brodie  and  Nisbet  discuss  the  recruitment  of  potential 
students  and  employers,  plus  computer  support  and 
housing  for  the  program. 

Brodie  advises  Nisbet  that  she  will  find  Duke  very 
"entrepreneurial,"  with  everyone  "encouraged  to  do 
their  own  thing  and  get  their  own  funds."  The  problem 
comes  when  someone  tries  "to  bring  centripetal  forces 
to  bear,"  he  adds;  and  the  challenge  to  her  of  coordinat- 
ing and  consolidating  is  likely  to  be  appreciable. 

Brodie  begins  a  meeting  with  Provost 
Griffiths,  psychiatry  department  chair- 
man Bernard  Carroll ,  and  psychology  chairman  John 
Staddon.  He  says  he  asked  the  group  to  come  together 
to  "brainstorm"  about  a  "very  confusing  and  compli- 
cated issue— a  suggestion  from  a  benefactor  of  the  uni- 
versity that  would  have  Duke  begin  a  teaching  and 
research  program  devoted  to  the  biochemistry  of  the 
mind.  An  exceptionally  complex  financing  package  is 
part  of  the  proposal.  Brodie  asks  for  everyone's  idea  of 
"the  most  brilliant  minds"  in  the  field-researchers  who 
might  be  recruited  to  Duke. 

Those  at  the  meeting  agree  that  the  idea  is  an  attrac- 
tive bridging  of  medical  and  non-medical  fields,  and 
that  it  would  come  at  a  propitious  time,  when  the  uni- 
versity is  moving  more  into  neurobiology.  They  also 
agree  on  some  concerns:  that  the  outstanding  indivi- 


duals  in  the  field  would  only  come  to  Duke  if  new  fai 
ties  were  provided,  and  their  research  teams  were  invited 
along.  Griffiths  suggests  a  one-day  symposium  that 
would  introduce  some  of  the  top  researchers  to  Duke. 

Brodie  joins  a  meeting  of  the  Presi- 
dent's Honors  Council  in  the  Board 
Room,  adjacent  to  the  president's  office.  The  council  is 
formed  of  student  leaders  who  monitor  the  Duke  Stu- 
dent Honor  Commitment.  One  of  the  hallmarks  of  the 
Sanford  presidency,  the  student-initiated  commitment 
is  "not  to  be  enforced  by  outside  authority"  but  to  be 
"self-imposed  by  the  individual,"  in  Sanford's  words. 

For  this  meeting  the  religion  department's  Thomas 
McCollough  is  trying  to  prod  these  "custodians  of  the 
honor  commitment"  to  ponder  its  significance.  The 
commitment,  he  says,  comes  from  two  somewhat  con- 
tradictory traditions— one  that  views  honor  as  a  public 
objective  or  community  concept,  and  the  other  that 
considers  honor  a  subjective  individual  value  or  "con- 
sumer choice."  In  reexamining  honor,  this  student 
group,  McCollough  suggests,  will  have  to  decide  whether 
the  academic  community  is  truly  a  community  or  a  col- 
lection of  individuals. 

A  student  asks  Brodie  if  he  considers  honor  impor- 
tant in  student  life,  and  if  honor  in  academe  might  be- 
come one  of  his  themes.  Brodie  explains  that  he  is  "used 
to  a  system,  as  a  physician,  where  you  stand  up  and  take 
the  Hippocratic  Oath,  promising  that  you  will  do  no 
harm  to  a  patient.  All  sorts  of  sanctions  are  built  into 
the  ethical  guidelines  against  malpractice— you  can  be 
sued  for  malpractice,  or  hauled  before  a  physicians' 
board."  He  adds  that  a  prerequisite  for  admission  to 
Princeton,  his  undergraduate  school,  was  a  student's 
signature  on  an  honor  code.  Students,  then,  would  re- 
new the  commitment  with  their  signature  on  every  test 
taken  or  paper  submitted. 

As  "a  practical  person,"  Brodie  says  he  prefers  a  system 
that,  like  Princeton's,  "has  some  teeth."  He  tells  the  stu- 
dents: "I  agree  there's  a  problem  in  the  erosion  of  ethical 
restraints.  Probably  10  to  15  percent  of  my  mail  relates 
to  supposed  violations  of  ethical  restraints  by  students 
or  faculty.  I'm  all  for  an  honor  code.  But  as  I  see  what 
we've  got,  I  find  it  difficult  to  embrace  something  so 
abstract." 

As  the  council  meeting  breaks  up, 
one  of  the  students  asks  for  a  brief 
meeting  with  Brodie.  Invited  into  his  office,  the  student 
asks  Brodie  to  join  a  campus  "College  Bowl"  contest. 
Brodie  declines,  saying  he'd  be  "terrible  at  it,"  but  says 
he'll  be  "glad  to  cheer  you  on."  After  the  student  leaves, 
Brodie  says  one  of  his  concerns  is  for  the  dignity  of  the 


office.  Submitting  himself  to  a  mock  battle  of  wits, 
complete  with  rooting  and  hooting  fans,  isn't  appealing. 

University  Registrar  Clark  Cahow  is  the  next  visitor. 
Cahow  drops  off  a  report  summarizing  a  recent  commit- 
tee meeting  of  the  Consortium  on  Financing  Higher 
Education.  The  consortium  is  a  planning  and  sta- 
tistics-gathering resource  for  thirty  of  the  nation's  most 
selective  universities,  and  regularly  brings  together 
their  admissions  and  financial  aid  officials.  Brodie  is  on 
the  consortium's  board  of  directors  and 
committee;  Cahow  is  a  member  of  the 
assembly— the  wotking  group  of  representatives  from 
the  thirty  schools— and  of  its  standing  committee  on 
public  policy.  His  last  committee  meeting  had  centered 
on  Title  IV  of  the  Higher  Education  Act,  legislation 
that  affects  the  awarding  of  federally-supported  grants 
and  loans.  Studies  from  the  consortium  show  that 
proposed  cutbacks  could  have  a  setious  impact  on  the 
participating  institutions  collectively  and  individually. 

Cahow  also  brings  up  his  recent  trip  to  China,  men- 
tioning the  gradually  opening  door  to  capitalism— and 
the  connections  being  built  up  with  Duke,  including 
faculty  and  student  exchanges. 

Staying  in  his  office,  Brodie  eats  his  usual 
lunch,  consisting  of  a  smoked-fish  sand- 
wich. After  plowing  through  some  correspondence,  he 
talks  with  a  secretary  about  setting  up  appointments 
with,  among  others,  the  mayor  of  Durham  and  Eugene 
McDonald,  Duke's  vice  president  for  administration. 
He  then  pulls  out  a  plastic  model  of  the  human  brain, 
borrowed  from  the  medical  center,  that  he'll  be  using  in 
the  afternoon  class.  He  says  he  wants  to  refresh  himself 
on  the  details  of  brain  anatomy. 

Provost  Griffiths  drops  in  to  report  on  a 
luncheon   with  North  Carolina   Gov- 
ernor James  Martin.  Martin  directed  his  comments  to 
the  future  of  science  and  technology  in  the  state. 

Planning  or  the  afternoon  class  meeting, 
Brodie  spends  a  few  minutes  with  his 
graduate  assistant,  Laura  Whitman  '85,  and  a  medical 
resident  in  psychiatry,  Keith  Meador,  who  is  also  work- 
ing with  the  class.  They  talk  about  some  of  the  details 
for  a  coming  class  visit  to  a  Duke  psychiatric  ward. 

Before  class,  Brodie  calls  up  Rossini's  Ice  Cream,  a 
popular  gathering  spot  for  sweet-toothed  students, 
located  just  off  East  Campus.  He  asks  if  the  butterfinger 
ice  cream  is  available.  It  is;  and  Brodie  says  he'll  be  there 
to  pick  up  a  portion  at  the  end  of  the  day.  That  is  not  to 
be  a  family  treat:  The  ice  cream  is  a  therapy  device  for 


the  one  psychiatry  patient  for  whom  Brodie  still  makes 
house  calls.  The  woman,  suffering  from  depression  and 
from  a  set  of  physical  ailments,  is  "addicted  to  ice 
cream,"  Brodie  explains.  A  helping  of  butterfinger  ice 
cream  has  proved  to  be  an  excellent  spur  to  conversation. 

It's  back  to  the  Board  Room  for  Brodie. 
His  eighteen  undergraduates  are  as- 
sembled for  the  Distinguished  Professor  course,  "Topics 
in  Psychobiology."  Brodie  begins  the  class  by  calling  the 
group,  with  at  least  a  hint  of  facetiousness,  "the  best- 
prepared  group  of  any."None  of  the  class  members  has 
"bothered  to  show  up  at  8  in  the  morning,"  when  Brodie 
begins  his  announced  office  hours.  "I  would  look  for- 
ward to  the  pleasure  of  your  company." 

Meador  sketches  the  field  trip,  planned  for  the  follow- 
ing week,  to  the  psychiatric  ward.  The  trip  will  include 
a  tour,  a  talk  about  the  goals  and  workings  of  the  unit, 
and  interviews  with  patients.  He  stresses  that  confi- 
dentiality in  such  a  setting  is  of  pre-eminent  impor- 
tance. Later,  as  a  sort  of  preview,  Brodie  shows  a  docu- 
mentary film  of  depressed  patients  on  a  ward. 

Brodie's  lecture  focuses  on  the  serendipitous  history  of 
the  development  of  mood-altering  drugs.  He  reviews 
the  anatomy  of  the  brain,  an  "extraordinarily  complex" 
organ  that  operates  through  chemical  and  electtical 
reactions.  And  he  mentions  convincing  evidence  for 
the  biochemical  basis  of  mental  illnesses,  including 
schizophrenia:  The  brains  of  schizophrenics  release  sub- 
stances that  have  an  effect  roughly  parallel  to  LSD. 
There  is  evidence,  too,  that  schizophrenia,  mania,  and 
depression  can  be  inherited.  But  there  is  also  a  "nurtur- 
ing" influence  at  wotk:  "We  can  say  it  takes  both  gene- 
tics and  stress  in  early  childhood  to  produce  the  illness. 
Early  environmental  experience  is  important,  so  are 
genetic  factors,  so  is  stress  adaptation.  That  should  pro- 
vide some  grist  for  this  course." 

Responding  to  student  questions,  Brodie  says  that  the 
ideal  treatment  for  mental  illness,  in  his  view,  couples 
psychotherapy  and  pharmacology.  "You  need  to  do 
both.  You  need  to  address  the  brain,  and  you  need  to 
address  the  mind.  Drugs  open  a  person  up;  they  allow 
you  to  engage  in  the  process  of  psychotherapy  by  build- 
ing stronger  ego  defenses."  Before  drugs  arrived  on  the 
scene,  "illness  was  rampant,  and  it  was  treated  strictly 
with  psychotherapy.  Yet  psychotherapy  never  made  a 
major  dent  in  the  population  of  the  ill.  That  outcome  is 
not  particularly  exciting  when  contrasted  with  the  re- 
sults from  mixed  therapies." 

Brodie  also  issues  a  caution  about  the  mood-altering 
drugs,  saying  they  cause  a  "gross  distortion  of  delicate 
internal  balances."  The  drugs  have  "only  been  in  use 
twenty  years  or  so.  We  don't  know  what  they  may  do  in 
the  long  haul:  They  may  do  more  harm  than  good.  But 
right  now,  we  can  say  that  they  allow  people  to  live 
functional  lives.  We  know  so  much  about  the  heart— 
what  causes  a  heart  attack,  the  signs  of  danger,  the  most 
effective  treatment.  With  the  brain,  we're  really  grop- 
ing. The  organ  is  so  complex,  it's  difficult  to  get  at." 
Psychiatry,  he  says,  "is  a  neat  field  because  it's  so  open: 
The  answers  aren't  known." 

After  class,  Brodie  spends  some  time  an 
swering  the  questions  of  students  curi- 
ously crowding  around  the  plastic  model  of  the  brain. 
He  makes  a  brief  stop  back  in  his  office;  then,  as  the 
presidential  day  concludes,  it's  off  to  Rossini's  Ice 
Cream. 


Continued  from  page  7 

shelves  provide  comfortable  housing  for  a 
large  collection  of  psychiatry  volumes 
(among  them,  Handbook  of  Psychiatry, 
Society  and  Drugs,  Mood  Disorders,  Freud's 
Interpretation  of  Dreams),  along  with  Duke 
Press  publications  and  notebooks  filled  with 
research  on  prospective  donors  to  Duke's 
capital  campaign. 

Brodie  will  have  plenty  of  chances  to  trans- 
mit his  high  energy  on  and  off  campus.  One 
of  his  early  presidential  performances  was 
before  the  twenty-five-year  employees  of  the 
university.  Using  that  forum,  he  announced 
an  employee  health  program  involving  no- 
cost  treatment  at  Duke's  medical  center  and 
an  educational-assistance  plan  that,  for 
Duke  employees,  will  waive  90  percent  of  the 
tuition  charged  for  Duke  courses.  Back  in  his 
chancellor  days,  Brodie  made  it  a  point  to 
attend  every  meeting  of  the  faculty's  repre- 
sentative body,  the  Academic  Council;  and 
he  plans  to  continue  that  tradition  for  its 
value  in  encouraging  debate  on  "the  critical 
issues  facing  the  university.'Also  as  chancel- 
lor he  benefited,  he  says,  from  work  with  the 
Administrative  Oversight  Committee  of  the 
faculty.  That,  too,  will  be  a  continuing  asso- 
ciation for  him.  "This  is  an  extraordinarily 
gifted  group  of  people,  people  who  have  been 
here  years  and  years,  who  are  well-versed  in 
the  university,  and  who  represent  a  diversity 
of  disciplines."  An  economics  professor  from 
the  oversight  group,  he  says,  just  spent  a  year 
evaluating  the  university's  cost-accounting 
operations. 

Brodie  plans  to  have  regular  meetings  with 
student  leaders,  including  the  president  of 
the  student  government  and  the  editor  of 
The  Chronicle.  He  maintains  office  hours  to 
accommodate  students  on  "a  casual,  drop-in 
basis."  And  he  says  he  will  be  "working  very 
hard"  to  meet  with  the  alumni  constituency— 
up  to  15,000  in  his  first  year  as  president. 
"This  is  the  hardest  constituency  to  deal 
with  in  terms  of  its  geographically  dispersed 
nature.  But  my  hope  is  that  by  the  end  of  five 
years,  I  will  have  covered  the  nation  and 
given  everyone  who  is  interested  an  oppor- 
tunity to  meet  the  new  president." 

With  a  ten-year  perspective  on  the  univer- 
sity, Brodie  says  the  quality  of  "Southerness" 
contributes  to  the  uniqueness  of  Duke.  He 
told  this  year's  freshmen,  in  his  welcoming 
address  to  the  class,  that  many  of  them  would 
be  likely  to  assimilate  a  "Southern  optimism" 
from  their  time  at  the  university.  "Although 
Duke  is  not  a  very  Southern  school  and  its 
faculty  are  probably  for  the  mosc  part  Nort- 
herners, nonetheless  there  are  subtle  North- 
South  differences  here  which  I  believe  you 
will  like.  Perhaps  the  principal  difference 
which  I  have  detected  has  been  a  certain 
Southern  optimism,  an  expectation  of  good 
from  the  other  person  which  takes  many 
forms— among  them,  statements  of  greeting 


which  begin,  'You're  looking  great'  rather 
than,  'How  are  you?'  In  fact,  some  begin  a 
greeting  by  saying  'fine,'  as  if  to  avoid  the  pos- 
sibility of  that  question  altogether." 

But  to  Brodie,  "the  real  mission  here  is  a 
national  and  even  international  one.  Terry 
Sanford  moved  the  place  from  being  the  top 
Southern  university  to  being  a  top-ten  na- 
tional university.  I  intend  to  maintain  that 
image.  Duke  has  a  number  of  positive  attri- 
butes by  virtue  of  its  location— being  in  the 
South,  but  also  in  the  Triangle,  with  the 
excitement  of  industries  like  microelectronics 
and  biotechnology."  The  Triangle's  state- 
supported  Microelectronics  Center  of  North 
Carolina  is  the  sort  of  facility,  in  Brodie's 
view,  that  will  attract  "cutting-edge  faculty 
who  want  the  resources  that  Duke  may  not 
be  able  to  provide  on  its  own— the  dust-free 
silicon  wafer  laboratories  that  you  need  to 
design  chips  for  research  purposes,  for  exam- 
ple." General  Electric,  IBM,  and  a  procession 
of  other  technologically-geared  corporations 
"have  all  come  into  this  area  to  take 
advantage  of  this  facility,  and  that  in  turn 
has  brought  people  who  have  interacted  with 
Duke  people  in  joint  research.  So  it's  been  a 
real  plus  for  Duke.  Biotechnology  is  taking 
off  as  well:  We're  developing  a  major  new 
effort  in  molecular  genetics  here  at  a  time 
when  the  state  is  developing  a  Biotechnol- 
ogy Center.  We  feel  that  kind  of  parallel 
growth  will  allow  a  tremendous  opportunity 
for  mutual  support." 

Expanding  the  reach  of  Duke  means  more 
than  keeping  in  tune  with  cutting-edge  re- 
search; it  also  involves,  says  Brodie,  bolster- 
ing the  university's  tradition  of  international 
activism.  He  would  like  to  see  Duke  "harness 
the  creative  engines  of  computer-assisted 


language  instruction,  of  economics,  of  his- 
tory, public  policy  and  other  social  sciences, 
and  build  on  our  comparative-area  studies 
and  international  studies  program,"  as  he  put 
it  in  a  September  address  to  the  faculty.  In- 
cluded in  that  goal:  making  the  opportunity 
for  a  year  or  semester  of  study  abroad  avail- 
able to  any  student  who  wants  it. 

Brodie's  vision  for  Duke  extends  to  the 
arts.  His  inaugural  address  called  for  a  re- 
newed commitment  to  "the  things  of  the 
human  spirit."  Duke  students,  he  pointed 
out,  "are  filling  classes  in  art  and  art  history; 
our  excellent  theater  and  music  building  are 
burgeoning  with  activity;  our  still  young  In- 
stitute of  the  Arts  has  brought  innumerable 
distinguished  performers  to  this  campus." 
Creative  activities  should  be  "supported  and 
expanded,"  Brodie  added;  and  as  a  step  in 
that  direction,  he  proposed  a  new  masters- 
degree  program  in  fine  arts. 

At  the  September  faculty  meeting,  Brodie 
said  he  is  committed  to  the  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  university's  $200-million  cam- 
paign for  arts  and  sciences  endowment.  "If 
we  are  to  fulfill  the  academic  mission  we 
have  set  for  ourselves,"  he  said,  "we  must 
move  to  double  our  endowment,  and  it  is 
against  that  goal  that  my  presidency  shall  be 
measured." 

Faculty  development  is  also  high  on  the 
presidential  priorities  list.  As  Duke  adds  to 
its  faculty  ranks  in  the  arts  and  sciences— an 
infusion  funded  by  the  capital  campaign— it 
has  had  some  notable  successes  in  wooing 
away  distinguished  professors  from  other  uni- 
versities. But  distinguished  professors  should 
be  developed  in  part  from  the  university's 
own  untenured  ranks,  Brodie  told  the  facul- 
ty. "Part  of  the  Duke  tradition  has  been  the 
nurturance  of  junior  faculty  to  achieve  inter- 
national fame."  Among  his  other  education- 
al aims:  building  on  such  successful  continu- 
ing-education  ventures  as  those  offered  by 
the  graduate  school,  through  its  master's 
program  in  liberal  studies,  and  by  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business,  through  its  weekend 
executive-education  program.  Brodie  has 
also  embraced  the  university's  efforts  to 
expand  the  North  Carolina  representation 
in  Duke's  student  body— a  move  that  grows 
out  of  historical  ties,  community-relations 
concerns,  and  a  feeling  that  Duke  needs  a 
core  of  home-state  alumni  in  positions  of 
political  and  corporate  influence. 

Every  Tuesday  afternoon,  Duke's  new  presi- 
dent walks  a  few  steps  from  his  office  into  the 
Allen  Building  Board  Room;  and  there  he 
continues  in  his  role  as  teacher.  While  at 
Stanford's  medical  school,  he  taught  a  large- 
enrollment  undergraduate  course  that  dealt 
with  the  biochemistry  of  mental  illness  and 
the  workings  of  mood-altering  drugs.  As 
Duke  chancellor,  he  offered  a  similar  course; 
and  this  fall,  his  Distinguished  Professor 
Continued  on  page  44 


Inauguration  spectators:  Brenda  Brodie  and  son  Cameron 


Shortly  after  her  husband  was  ap- 
pointed Duke  chancellor,  Brenda 
Brodie  took  her  father-in-law  on  a 
tour  of  campus.  Along  the  walk  she  found 
herself  picking  up  a  stray  piece  of  trash  here 
and  there.  "Keith's  father  used  to  kid  me  about 
being  university  groundskeeper,"  Brodie 
laughs,  "but  I've  always  had  a  sense  of  pride 
about  the  place." 

Brenda  Barrowclough  Brodie,  43,  seems 
comfortable  in  her  newest  role  as  wife  of  the 
president— comfortable  enough  to  joke  about 
"following  in  Lady  Bird's  footsteps  with  a  uni- 
versity beautification  program."  Along  with 
Sue  Williams,  wife  of  board  chairman  Neil 
Williams,  she's  already  started  a  group  for  the 
spouses  of  Duke's  trustees— both  men  and 
women— and  she  is  looking  forward  to 
entertaining  the  guests  of  the  university,  but 
without  enormous  fanfare.  "I'm  the  kind  of 
person  who,  the  day  before  the  event,  will  go 
out  and  find  something  to  wear  if  I  need  to." 

The  Brodies  represent  a  new  generation  in 
leadership  at  Duke— young,  energetic,  direct, 
and  very  family-centered.  Brenda  Brodie  has 
a  warm  and  casual  presence.  She  and  her 
husband  have  chosen  to  stay  in  the  home 
they  lived  in  during  Keith's  tenure  with 
Duke;  the  President's  House  in  Duke  Forest 
where  Terry  and  Margaret  Rose  Sanford  lived 
for  a  time  will  be  used  as  a  "bed  and  break- 
fast" house  for  guests  of  the  university  and  for 
larger  parties.  Brenda  Brodie  sees  her  role  as 
something  familiar,  "another  managerial- 
type  job.  I've  always  loved  to  cook  and  to 
entertain.  I've  taken  cooking  classes  in  every 
city  we've  lived  in.  Only  now  it's  a  special 
occasion  when  I  get  to  cook  for  friends." 

The  Brodie  home  in  Durham's  Forest  Hills 
is  traditional,  elegantly  furnished,  and  full  of 
light.  Brenda  has  just  come  home  from  her 
class  on  the  "History  of  Women  in  Art— a 
course  offered  through  Duke's  Office  of  Con- 
tinuing Education.  At  this  hour,  her  four 
children— ranging  in  age  from  7  to  15 —are  in 


school  at  Durham  Academy.  The  house  is 
quiet  except  for  a  grandfather  clock  in  the 
foyer  signaling  the  quarter  hour  with  chimes 
not  unlike  the  Duke  Chapel  carillon. 

Brenda  Brodie  is  probably  a  lot  like  most  of 
the  other  young  women  in  this  upper-middle 
class  neighborhood— a  civic  activist,  in- 
volved in  the  Durham  Arts  Council,  the 
North  Carolina  Symphony  Society,  the 
American  Dance  Festival  Association,  and 
the  Durham  Daycare  Council.  She's  used  to  a 
relentless  schedule  which  includes  plenty  of 
taxi  duty  to  and  from  her  children's  soccer 
and  volleyball  matches  and  other  sundry 
school  functions.  She  drives  a  station  wagon. 

"I  guess  you'd  say  I'm  a  resource  person  for 
Keith."  She  smiles.  "When  we  first  moved 
here,  I  immediately  got  involved  in  the  com- 
munity while  he  was  spending  long  hours  in 
Duke  Hospital.... I  got  to  know  Durham,  and 
now  this  is  home.  We've  lived  here  longer 
than  anywhere  else  in  our  married  life." 

Brenda  Brodie  shares  her  husband's  inter- 
est in  health  care.  When  her  younger  sister 
developed  a  brain  tumor  at  13 ,  Brenda  was 
impressed  with  "the  angels  of  mercy  who 
cured  her."  She  decided  to  study  nursing.  Her 
manner  today  still  reflects  that  kind  of  atten- 
tive, sympathetic,  and  earnest  concern  char- 
acteristic of  the  best  nurses.  And  there  is  still 
the  telltale  black  watch,  with  a  sweep  second 
hand,  on  her  left  wrist. 

While  training  at  Columbia  in  New  York 
City,  Brenda  met  her  husband-to-be  in  the 
medical  school  library.  "I  was  studying  for  an 
exam,  and  he  came  up  and  sat  next  to  me.  I 
think  he  asked  me  what  I  was  studying— you 
know,  one  of  those  great  lines."  She  laughs. 
"And  then  he  noticed  my  last  name."  As  it 
turned  out,  Brenda's  brother,  Bob— now  a 
Reformed  Church  minister— had  been  in 
Keith's  undergraduate  class  at  Princeton. 

"We  never  really  went  out  on  dates,"  she 
says.  "But  I  did  go  back  to  the  library  to  study 
more  often."  Brenda  says  she  liked  Keith's 


p  "challenging  questions.  He  always  asked  me 
'-  why  I  didn't  go  into  medicine  instead  of  nurs- 
ing." They  married  in  1967 ,  five  years  after 
they  met. 

Brenda  was  a  practicing  nurse  for  three 
years  before  "retiring"  to  start  a  family.  She 
puts  a  high  priority  on  child-rearing.  Melissa 
and  Cameron  are  moving  into  their  teens 
now,  which  Brenda  says  is  an  age  their  father 
can  relate  to  better  than  she  can.  "Keith  lets 
off  steam  by  playing  with  the  kids— doing 
goofy  things.  Here  I  am  with  my  classical 
music  and  opera.  And  here  is  Keith  playing 
jazz  and  rock— very  loudly." 

Tyler  11,  and  Bryson  7,  are  affectionate 
and  sensitive  children,  she  says.  "All  four  of 
them  are  really  good  friends,  intensely  loyal. 
Keith  is  amazed  by  that,  I  think.  He  was  an 
only  child." 

Brenda  was  raised  in  a  small  town  in 
northern  New  Jersey,  the  middle  child 
among  three.  Her  father  owns  a  textile 
machinery  firm.  Her  mother  worked  as  a 
legal  secretary  until  she  was  married.  The 
Barrowclough  family  spent  summers  at  a  lake 
house  in  New  Jersey,  and  today  the  Brodies 
spend  one  month  every  summer  on  Mount 
Desert  Isle  in  Maine.  Brenda  enjoys  seeing 
her  children  have  a  childhood  experience 
similar  to  her  own,  where  the  family  can  be 
together,  away  from  it  all.  "We  talk  about 
Maine  all  year.  The  house  is  full  of  reminders 
of  our  vacations." 

Brenda  Brodie  enjoys  meeting  the  small 
groups  of  students  that  occasionally  dine 
with  the  family.  "I'm  impressed  with  Duke 
students.  I  admire  them  for  seeing  a  world 
beyond  themselves.  A  lot  of  them  volunteer 
in  the  community,  and  it's  fun  to  meet  them 
outside  of  the  university  context."  She  ad- 
mits, too,  that  the  Duke  student  population 
is  a  handy  babysitting  resource. 

From  all  appearances,  the  fact  that  Keith 
has  taken  the  reins  at  Duke  does  not  seem  to 
have  changed  much  around  the  Brodie  house- 
hold. "When  Keith  was  being  considered  for 
the  job,  we  had  a  family  meeting.  He  said  it 
was  going  to  be  harder  on  the  children  and 
me.  I  wouldn't  say  we  had  to  talk  him  into  it, 
but  he  needed  to  hear  all  of  us  say  we  were 
willing.  Fortunately,  I  don't  think  it  has  af- 
fected the  kids.  They're  obviously  proud  of 
him,  but  their  personalities  are  formed.  They 
have  their  own  identities." 

As  for  Brenda  Brodie:  "The  interest  of  the 
university  is  close  to  my  heart,  but  I  want  to 
keep  my  family  right  up  there,  too.  I  think  it's 
do-able."  She  is  confident  and  agreeable 
about  the  tasks  ahead.  "I  have  an  expecta- 
tion of  myself.  My  conscience  sets  my  goals. 
I  know  I  won't  always  be  able  to  do  every- 
thing. I  think  I'm  realistic,  but  I  really  want 
to  be  out  there  working."  ■ 

— Georgann  Eubanks  76 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


MYSTERY 

AMONG  THE 

RUINS 


BY  STEVE  ADAMS 

UNCOVERING  SEPPHORIS: 


TEAMWORK  YIELDS  A  RICH  HERITAGE 


A  dig  directed  by  archaeologists  Eric  and  Carol  Meyers 
led  to  a  baffling  discovery  under  an  ancient  city. 


hen  Duke  archaeologists 
Carol  and  Eric  Meyers  ar- 
rived last  summer,  ancient 
Sepphoris  in  lower  Galilee 
was  a  gentle,  green  hummock.  A  forest  of 
spindly  pine  trees  spilled  down  one  side  of 
the  hill.  To  another  side  of  the  crest  was  an 
orphanage  run  by  Italian  nuns,  a  white  box 
of  a  building,  and  the  remains  of  a  never- 
completed  Crusader  church,  built  atop  the 
ruins  of  two  Roman-era  synagogues.  The  bar- 
ren top  of  the  hill,  where  the  ancient  town 
once  thrived,  bristled  with  stickers.  It  had 
been  occupied  from  the  late  Iron  Age,  in  the 
seventh  or  eighth  century  B.C.,  until  the 
Israelis  razed  the  Arab  town  of  Seffooriya  in 
the  1948  war. 

By  the  end  of  the  Meyerses'  excavation, 
the  Israeli  summer  had  turned  the  country- 
side brown  and  the  hill  lay  open,  exposing 
the  hardscrabble  stone  buildings  that  once 
made  up  this  ancient  city  where  Jews,  Jewish 
Christians,  Christians  and  pagans  seemed  to 
have  coexisted  in  a  common  culture.  How 
did  they  live?  How  were  their  religious  insti- 
tutions evolving? 

Drawn  to  the  historic  site  by  these  very 
questions  was  an  eighty-member  Duke  team, 
led  by  the  Meyerses  and  Ehud  Netzer  of  the 
Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem.  The  group 


included  American  and  Israeli  students, 
faculty,  and  workers.  The  oldest  was  69. 

The  Meyerses  have  excavated  in  Israel  for 
twenty  years  and  have  led  digs  at  four  other 
sites  in  Galilee  since  1970.  This  was  their 
first  year  at  Sepphoris.  Scholars  already 
knew  that  Sepphoris  had  been  the  capital  of 
Lower  Galilee  during  Roman  times,  in  the 
first  century  A.D.  It  was  a  city  of  7,000  to 
10,000,  a  metropolis  by  the  standards  of  the 
time.  The  last  archaeologists  there,  a  team 
that  came  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
in  1931,  had  unearthed  an  amphitheater 
with  some  5,000  seats. 

In  the  first  centuries  A.D. ,  Sepphoris  was  a 
place  of  religious  ferment,  particularly  for 
Jews.  It  was  the  seat  of  the  Sanhedrin,  or 
Jewish  council.  There,  about  200  A.D,  a 
rabbi  known  as  Judah  the  Prince  compiled 
and  edited  the  Mishnah,  the  collection  of 
laws  and  rulings  that  form  the  core  of  the 
Talmud.  "The  Talmud,"  the  Meyerses  had 
written,  "is  the  major  repository  of  Jewish 
learning  to  survive  antiquity  and  until  quite 
recently  represented  for  Jews  their  definitive 
link  with  the  Bible  itself." 

Sepphoris  is  also  a  significant  place  to 
Christians.  Mary,  Jesus's  mother,  is  said  to 
have  been  born  there.  The  convent  at  the 
orphanage  celebrated  the  2,000th  year  of 


^ 


*•*     ^  -     "V 


her  birth  during  the  dig.  Nazareth  stands  at 
the  horizon,  five  kilometers  distant,  and 
Jesus  may  have  preached  in  Sepphoris.  How- 
ever, as  the  Christian  church  developed  in 
Rome— perhaps  under  more  Jewish  influence 
than  is  commonly  thought,  according  to  Eric 
Meyers— the  Jewish  Christians  of  Sepphoris 
were  at  an  evolutionary  dead  end;  they  are 
the  direct  spiritual  ancestors  of  only  one  or 
two  Middle  Eastern  sects.  "Christians,  in  my 
opinion,  don't  become  a  significant  force  in 
history  [in  Syria  and  Palestine]  until  later 
than  most  people  think,"  says  Eric  Meyers. 
"It  is  only  after  330,  when  Constantine  con- 
verted, that  Christianity  assumes  its  gentile 
or  non-Jewish  form  [in  Galilee].  That  the 
early  church  was  so  thoroughly  Judaized 
probably  comes  as  a  bit  of  a  surprise  to  most 
lay  people  and  many  scholars." 

The  work  day  began  at  4:30  a.m.  with 
bread  and  coffee  at  the  agricultural  school 
that  served  as  a  base  camp.  The  group 
trundled  to  the  site  in  a  school  bus.  Eric 
Meyers  often  supervised  as  the  students 
loosened  the  hard-packed  earth  with  picks, 
back-hoed  it  into  gufas  (rubber  baskets 
made  from  old  tires),  and  sifted  it  through 
screens.  As  they  approached  a  part  of  a  build- 
ing or  an  object,  they  switched  to  geologists' 
picks  and  trowels,  and  finally  to  dental  tools 
and  paint  brushes. 

At  8  a.m.,  there  was  a  breakfast  of  cucum- 
bers, tomatoes,  olives,  yogurt,  cheese,  and 
bread  with  chocolate  spread.  By  a  little  after 
noon,  the  group  had  returned  to  base  camp. 

The  team  moved  perhaps  twenty  tons  of 


Scholarly  scrabbling 
in  the  sand  has  nothing 

to  do  with  the 

swashbuckling,  Indiana 

Jones  school  of  grave 

robbing. 


dirt,  Eric  Meyers  estimates.  The  Middle 
Eastern  sun  was  fierce.  The  diggers  had  to 
wear  hats  and  drink  large  quantities  of  water 
to  avoid  overexposure.  It  did  not  rain. 

Eric  Meyers  seriously  considered  going  to 
rabbinical  school  before  going  on  to  earn  his 
Ph.D.  at  Harvard  in  1969.  Biblical  studies 
caught  the  interest  of  Carol  Meyers  while  she 
was  an  undergraduate  at  Wellesley.  When  he 
got  a  job  in  Duke's  religion  department  in 
1969,  she  was  still  six  years  away  from  earn- 
ing her  doctorate  at  Brandeis.  She  began  lec- 
turing part  time  in  1976,  and  eventually  won 
a  full-time,  tenured  position,  solving  the 
universal  professional  dilemma  of  academic 
couples. 

"There  was  not  ever  any  doubt  that  this 
sort  of  study  was  part  of  my  life,"  says  Eric 
Meyers.  "I  toyed  with  theological  study,  also 
law  and  drama  and  music.  It  was  exposure  to 
academic  study  of  religion  in  college  that 


convinced  me  not  to  become  a  rabbi,  but  to 
pursue  historical  study  in  an  academic 
context." 

"It  doesn't  come  out  of  personal  religious 
conviction,"  Carol  Meyers  adds.  "That's  not 
irrelevant,  since  we  are  involved  in  contem- 
porary religious  practice.  It  is  interesting 
when  you  uncover  the  ancient  roots  of  it. 
But  it's  not  for  personal  religious  reasons  that 
we  set  about  doing  this.  We  don't  need  to 
find  certain  things  about  biblical  culture  to 
hold  certain  religious  beliefs. 

"Archaeology  and  belief  are  on  different 
planes.  Archaeology  can  neither  prove  nor 
disprove  the  Bible  in  terms  of  belief.  You  can 
talk  about  events  that  are  described  in  the 
Bible,  but  you  can  never  tell  whether  God 
was  responsible  for  these  events  or  not. 
That's  not  within  the  realm  of  verification 
through  archaeological  discovery.  Funda- 
mentalists of  all  religions  have  trouble  with 
that.  To  the  fundamentalists,  if  you  find  evi- 
dence that  King  Josiah  was  there,  that  proves 
the  Bible  is  true.  All  that  shows  you  is  that 
the  political  event  described  in  the  Bible 
happened." 

The  Meyerses'  scholarship  spans  the  2,000 
years  of  the  Bible.  They  are  translating 
Haggai,  Zechariah,  and  Malachi  from 
Hebrew  for  the  Anchor  Bible  series,  a  scho- 
larly translation  and  commentary.  Eric 
Meyers  is  editor  of  the  magazine  Biblical 
Archaeologist,  published  by  American 
Schools  for  Oriental  Study  and  Research,  an 
organization  comprising  162  institutions. 
He  also  edits  several  other  series  of  periodi- 


cals  and  books  for  ASOR.  Carol  Meyers  has 
studied  the  evolution  of  sex  roles  across  the 
expanse  of  biblical  time  and  Jewish  icono- 
graphy. Their  publication  list,  including  a 
number  of  articles  in  Hebrew,  covers  several 
pages. 

Their  digs,  however,  have  focused  on 
Galilee  in  the  centuries  after  the  Bible  closes, 
especially  the  third  and  fourth  centuries 
A.D.  It  was  then,  says  Eric  Meyers,  that  "both 
great  religions,  Judaism  and  Christianity, 
assumed  their  final  and  definitive  shape  in 
the  Middle  East." 

Eric  Meyers  originally  was  the  one  inter- 
ested in  that  period,  but  Carol  Meyers  has 
adopted  it  as  her  own.  "I  love  field  work  and 
the  challenge  of  stratigraphic  excavation," 
she  says.  "The  fantastic  thing  is  that  even 
though  you  have  Judaism  as  a  recognizable 
entity  in  the  first  century,  and  you  have 
Christianity  as  a  recognizable  entity,  there's 
very  little  architectural  evidence  to  go  with 
the  concept  of  a  synagogue  or  church." 

In  the  first  and  second  centuries,  Chris- 
tians and  Jews  probably  worshiped  in  modest 
"house  churches"  and  synagogues.  It  was  not 
until  the  third  century  that  synagogues  and 
churches  began  to  flourish  architecturally. 
Even  then,  they  were  plain,  and  depictions 
of  people  are  almost  never  found,  probably  in 
observance  of  the  Second  Commandment's 
proscription  of  graven  images.  "Galilee  was 
cut  off  from  the  main  trade  routes,"  Carol 
Meyers  says.  "In  the  Roman  world,  synagogues 
had  a  lot  of  decorative  arts  associated  with 
them— mosaic  floors  and  a  lot  of  images.  Our 
synagogues,  by  and  large,  do  not.  Our  syna- 
gogues are  much  more  conservative." 

The  most  important  political  event  of  the 
era  were  the  three  Jewish  revolts  against 
Rome.  The  first  culminated  in  70  A.D.  with 
the  destruction  of  the  Temple  in  Jerusalem 
and  the  banishment  of  Jews  from  the  city. 
Among  the  last  holdouts  were  the  Zealots  at 
Masada,  who  chose  suicide  over  surrender. 
(The  Meyerses  were  student  volunteers  at 
digs  there  in  1964  and  1965.)  The  second 
revolt,  in  132  to  135,  was  led  by  a  rabbi 
known  as  Bar  Kochba,  to  whom  some  fol- 
lowers attributed  messianic  powers.  "This 
war  was  as  devastating,  perhaps  more  devas- 
tating, than  the  other  and  wiped  out  the 
country  again,"  says  Eric  Meyers.  "The  eco- 
nomic devastation  allowed  Rome  to  tighten 
its  grip.  They  initiated  a  number  of  tremen- 
dous persecutions.  The  result  was  a  much 
more  docile,  captive,  local  population. 
There  is  one  final  burst  of  resistance  to 
Roman  rule  in  350-352,  the  revolt  under 
Gallus  Caesar.  This  seems  to  be  the  last  gasp 
of  Jewish  resistance  to  Roman  control;  and 
Jewish  nationalism  was  apparently  insti- 
gated by  Roman  army  abuses,  including  rape 
and  murder  of  the  local  population." 

Researchers  had  thought  that  the  Jewish 
Christians  migrated  en  masse  across  the 


The  Meyerses  required 
their  students  on  the 
summer  dig  to  record 
their  day-byday  experiences 
and  insights.  Following  are 
excerpts  from  the  journal  kept 
by  Louis  Citron  '87,  a  religion 
and  economics  major  6om 
Fayetteville,  New  York. 

June  25:  Sepphoris  had  to 
possess  natural  physical  char- 
acteristics, man-made  physical 
characteristics,  and  a  proper 
political  situation  in  order  to 
maintain  its  position  in  the 
eyes  of  the  Roman  Empire. 
Today,  the  Talmud  and 
Josephus'  account  are  literary 
sources  that  re-create  life  at 
Sepphoris.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  these  accounts  are 
biased;  archaeology  is  needed 
to  provide  more  information 
in  order  that  a  more  accurate 
account  of  history  can  be 
determined.  One  of  the  "tasks 
of  the  archaeologist  is  to  estab- 
lish the  cultural  affinities  of 
the  group  with  which  he  is 
dealing,"  as  one  writer  says.  In 
each  of  the  squares  that  we 
are  digging,  we  are  looking  for 
different  "cultural  affinities" 
that  allowed  Sepphoris  to 

posi- 


July  2:  Today  was  a  significant 
day  in  the  squares.  To  this 
point,  our  areas  have  been 
producing  perplexing  data. 
We  have  found  architectural 
structures,  but  clear  strata 
have  not  appeared.  Even  at 
230  cm.  below  our  elevation 
point,  we  continued  to  find 
mixed  pottery.  In  order  to 
determine  whether  it  was 
worthwhile  to  continue  in  thi 
area,  a  shift  in  strategy  oc- 
curred. The  northeast  and 


:  squares  were  cut  i 
half  for  better  test  probing. 


This  change  occurred  because 
we  were  starting  to  waste 
time— a  precious  commodity. 

July  9:  As  we  dig  through  vari- 
ous strata,  we  dismantle  his- 
tory. On  Monday,  one  team 
found  whole  pottery  and 
began  immediately  to  remove 
it.  The  value  of  whole  pottery 
does  not  lie  solely  in  the  piece 
itself;  half  of  the  factual  in- 
formation to  be  gained  exists 
in  the  surroundings  in  which 
the  pieces  are  found.  Instead 
of  immediately  removing  the 
pieces,  the  team  should  have 
taken  photographs  and  eleva- 
tions while  the  pieces  were  in 
situ.  Using  this  information, 
the  environment  could  have 
been  reconstructed.  Instead, 
this  information  is  forever 
lost. 

July  17:  After  three  and  one- 
half  weeks  of  the  same  stra- 
tegy-pick, backhoe,  parish, 
brush— we  have  excavated 
architecture  that  requires  a 
new  strategy.  Locus  95.1016  is 
defined  by  physical  character- 
istics: On  the  east  and  west 
sides,  non-plastered  walls 
exist.  The  south  side  is  a  stair- 


way leading  north.  Acting  as  a 
roof  is  a  stone  stretching  from 
the  east  wall  to  the  west  wall. 
Never  before  have  we  had  a 
locus  isolated  due  to  physical 
structures.... 

Tomorrow,  we  plan  to  con- 
tinue to  excavate  95.1016.  We 
will  remove  a  layer,  level  the 
surface,  and  again  remove  a 
layer  until  further  architec- 
ture or  the  bottom  is  found. 
Before  the  twentieth  century, 
the  tendency  might  have  been 
to  stop  displaying  patience - 
excavate  without  regard  to 
pottery.  One  goal  predomi- 
nated—find what  lay  below. 
Today,  professionals  do  not 
practice  this  archaeological 
method.  Special  care  is  given 
in  recording  in  order  to  re- 
construct the  site.  There  is  no 
room  in  archaeology  for  glory 
hunters.  Only  scientific  histor- 
ians interested  in  recreating 
history  for  posterity  have  the 
proper  outlook  to  complete 
successfully  an  archaeological 
season.  I  believe  that  our 
group — all  fifty-five  of  us — is 
on  its  way  to  fitting  this  desir- 
able definition. 


Jordan  River  to  Syria  after  the  70  revolt.  The 
Meyerses  have  found,  however,  that  many 
Jewish  Christians  remained  in  Galilee  and 
mingled  peacefully  with  the  Jews.  At  Sep- 
phoris, like  the  rest  of  Galilee,  they  seemed 
to  have  shared  the  same  culture  and  many  of 
the  same  rituals. 

Scholarly  scrabbling  in  the  sand  obviously 
has  nothing  to  do  with  the  swashbuckling, 
Indiana  Jones  school  of  grave  robbing.  But  in 
fact,  the  kind  of  archaeologist  portrayed  in 
Raiders  of  the  Lost  Ark  once  existed.  In  1911, 
a  Moslem  guard  discovered  Montague  B. 
Parker,  an  Englishman  in  Arab  garb,  scrab- 
bling around  at  night  in  a  cavern  beneath 
the  Temple  Mount  in  Jerusalem  in  search  of 
King  Solomon's  treasure.  In  the  ensuing  riot 
by  outraged  Moslems  and  Jews,  Parker  fled  to 
his  yacht  and  sailed  for  England. 

"The  digging  is  the  tip  of  the  archaeologi- 


cal iceberg,"  says  Carol  Meyers.  "Most  of  the 
work  remains  to  be  done  after  the  six  weeks 
in  the  field.  We're  still  working  on  stuff  we 
dug  up  in— I  hate  to  tell  you  when— 1978. 
An  architect  is  working  on  drawings;  a  drafts- 
person  is  drawing  pottery;  a  coin  expert  is 
cleaning  coins,  dating  them,  and  writing 
about  them.  Our  job  is  to  synthesize  every- 
thing into  a  book.  That's  a  product  of  many 
years  after  the  dig.  That's  part  of  the  un- 
romance  of  archaeology,  too." 

Still,  the  Meyerses  have,  on  occasion,  been 
willing  to  play  along  with  the  image,  if  only 
as  a  spoof.  One  of  their  most  important 
finds— certainly  the  most  publicized— is  a 
fragment  of  an  ark,  or  Torah  shrine,  from  the 
third  century  A.D.  The  half-ton  of  white 
limestone  depicts  rampant  lions  on  either 
side  of  a  gable.  Beneath  the  gable  is  a  scallop- 
shell  niche  from  which  an  eternal  lamp  was 


hung.  Every  synagogue  from  the  Middle 
Ages  onward  has  an  ark,  but  the  Meyerses' 
find  predates  the  previously  known  Torah 
shrines  by  several  centuries.  "This  is  the  first 
known  before  the  Medieval  period,  and  it's 
kind  of  a  missing  link  between  the  Medieval 
and  later  Torah  shrines  and  the  biblical  con- 
cept of  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant,"  Carol 
Meyers  says. 

The  Bible  says  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant 
contained  the  tablets  of  the  Ten  Command- 
ments brought  down  from  Mount  Sinai  by 
Moses.  That  would  have  been  in  the  thir- 
teenth century  B.C.  The  Israelites  carried 
the  ark  into  battle,  believing  it  made  them 
invincible.  In  the  eleventh  century,  it  was 
captured  by  the  Philistines.  But  they  were 
struck  by  the  plague  and  returned  the  ark 
after  seven  months,  believing  the  disease  was 
a  sign  of  Yahweh's  wrath. 

Raiders  invoked  that  legend— with  con- 
siderable dramatic  license— in  the  climax  of 
the  film,  in  which  the  preternatural  force  of 
the  Ark  melts  the  Nazis'  faces.  In  fact,  the 
fate  of  the  Ark  is  unknown.  According  to  the 
Bible,  it  was  placed  permanently  in  the 
Temple  of  Solomon  in  the  tenth  century 
B.C.  There  is  no  further  clear  reference  to 
the  Ark.  It  was  made  partly  of  wood,  and 
may  have  turned  to  dust,  or  it  may  have  been 
looted  by  Assyrians  or  Babylonians  in  con- 
quests of  Jerusalem  in  the  seventh  and  sixth 
centuries  B.C. 

The  ark  the  Meyerses  found  was  not  the 
Ark.  But  the  press  could  not  resist  the  tempta- 
tion: "Real-Life  Indiana  Jones  Finds  An  An- 
cient Lost  Ark,"  the  headlines  said;  "Raiders 
Foreshadows  Discovery  Of  'Lost  Ark.' "  The 
real-life  archaeologists  went  along  with  the 
gag,  posing  for  People  magazine's  "Couples" 
section  as  Indiana  Jones  and  Marion  beneath 
a  gothic  arch  at  Duke.  In  the  absence  of  a 
bullwhip,  a  climbing  rope  had  to  suffice,  but 
Carol  Meyers  declined  to  rip  her  dress  for 
effect. 

Serious  scholarship  does  not  always  spare 
modern  archaeologists  the  kind  of  reception 
accorded  Montague  B.  Parker.  Says  Eric 
Meyers:  "Religious  fundamentalism  in  the 
Middle  East  is  worse  than  it  is  in  America. 
The  two  worst  examples  are  the  tragedy  of 
Lebanon  and  the  tragedy  of  contemporary 
Iran.  In  Iran,  religious  fundamentalism  car- 
ried to  its  extreme  has  resulted  in  the  wanton 
destruction  of  human  life.  It  has  brought  the 
virtual  annihilation  of  a  generation  of  youth 
and  of  the  physical  culture  of  the  entire 
country. 

"It's  not  that  bad  in  Israel  yet.  But  religious 
fundamentalism  is  a  great  threat  to  the  civi- 
lity of  modern  Israel.  Some  of  the  more  ex- 
tremist religious  elements  have  supported  a 
ban  on  excavation  of  all  antiquities  suspected 
of  having  human  remains  from  the  biblical 
or  post-biblical  period.  There's  no  way  you 
can  know  what  you're  going  to  find,  let  alone 


Carved  into  the  soft 

bedrock  was  a  network 

of  passages  connecting 

many  of  the  cisterns,  an 

underground  maze  the 

size  of  a  football  field. 


what  period  you'll  come  down  on  because  of 
the  irregular  build-up  of  debris.  This  attempt 
to  supervise  through  rabbinical  control  has 
not  yet  culminated  in  parliamentary  law, 
though  such  laws  have  been  narrowly  de- 
feated several  times.  There  have  been  re- 
peated demonstrations  and  harassment  of 
groups.  That  has  included  our  group,  and  it 
has  included  especially  the  Israeli  contin- 
gent excavating  in  Jerusalem. 

"These  people  play  tough,  very  tough. 
They  throw  stones,  they  turn  over  tractors, 
they  knock  down  columns— they  play  hard- 
ball .  There  is  no  indication  that  this  battle  is 
over  yet,  and  I  regard  it  as  a  tragedy  for  the 
state  of  Israel,  where  archaeology  and  na- 
tional consciousness  through  archaeology  is 
such  an  integral  part  of  the  nation's  culture." 
There  were  no  such  incidents  this  year  at 
Sepphoris. 

"Sepphoris"  means  "bird,"  and  one  of  the 
first  objects  the  Duke  team  unearthed  this 
year  was  a  small  figure  of  a  bird's  head.  The 
team  adopted  it  as  the  logo  of  the  dig  and 
had  Tshirts  made  bearing  the  image.  More 
important  artifacts  included  two  tiny  bronze 
statues,  one  of  Pan  playing  his  pipes  and  one 
of  Prometheus  with  his  eagle,  circa  third  cen- 
tury A.D.  They  were  found  in  a  plastered  cis- 
tern beneath  a  private  house.  Israeli  experts 
say  such  Greek-influenced  statues  are  extra- 
ordinarily rare;  they  will  go  to  the  Israeli 
Museum  in  Jerusalem. 

The  team  also  found  a  lead  weight,  dating 
to  approximately  165  A.D.,  depicting  a  mar- 
ketplace with  colonnades.  The  Greek  in- 
scription identifies  the  head  of  the  market  as 
Simon,  son  of  Elienou.  The  name  means  that 
the  head  of  the  market  was  a  Jew  or  a  Jewish 
Christian,  even  though  the  town  was  under 
Roman  rule,  says  Eric  Meyers.  The  weight 
will  also  go  to  the  Israel  Museum,  where  ex- 
perts say  it  is  the  first  of  its  kind  to  be  found 
in  the  Holy  Land. 

The  team  excavated  fifteen  baths  that 
appear  to  have  been  used  for  ritual  bathing 
by  Jews  or  Jewish  Christians  or  both.  The 
Meyerses  believe  some  of  the  baths  may  have 
been  communal,  shared  by  a  number  of 
families.  "Sepphoris  was  inhabited  by  Jews 


whose  leaders  were  collecting  and  writing 
what  became  normative  law,  including  regu- 
lations about  purity,  and  Jewish  Christians 
preoccupied  with  ritual  bathing  also  inhab- 
ited the  site.  So  the  existence  of  these  small, 
well-made  plastered  bathing  pools  provides  a 
unique  opportunity  for  studying  ritual  bath- 
ing in  both  Judaism  and  Palestinian  Chris- 
tianity of  the  first  centuries,"  Carol  Meyers 
says.  At  earlier  sites,  including  Jerusalem, 
nearly  every  household  had  its  own  bath. 
"Sometime  after  the  destruction  of  the 
Temple,  there  was  a  transition  to  community 
baths,"  she  says.  "We're  wondering  if  what 
we've  found  is  related  to  this." 

Like  other  Galilee  sites,  Sepphoris  also 
shows  a  preoccupation  with  collecting  and 
storing  water.  The  bedrock  beneath  the  town 
is  dotted  with  plastered  cisterns.  It  was  here, 
two  weeks  into  the  dig,  that  the  Meyerses 
found  the  most  baffling  mystery  of  the  sum- 
mer. Carved  into  the  soft  bedrock  was  a  net- 
work of  passages  connecting  many  of  the 
cisterns,  an  underground  maze  the  size  of  a 
football  field.  Underground  Sepphoris  was 
nearly  the  size  of  what  lay  on  the  surface. 
The  entrances  to  the  network  were  too  small 
for  Eric  Meyers  to  enter,  but  one  could  travel 
from  house  to  house  through  the  cisterns. 
Why  had  the  residents  so  laboriously  chiseled 
the  passages  out  of  the  rock?  "You  and  I 
wouldn't  undertake  that  for  all  the  money  in 
the  world,"  says  Eric  Meyers.  Was  it  some  sort 
of  waterworks?  Underground  storage?  A  sub- 
terranean hideout? 

Sepphoris  is  not  thought  to  have  partici- 
pated in  the  first  Jewish  revolt.  Thus,  if  the 
passages  prove  to  have  been  used  for  hiding— 
and  if  they  existed  before  the  second  revolt— 
they  might  shed  new  evidence  on  the  politi- 
cal history  of  the  town.  The  network  remains 
an  enigma.  "There  seems  to  be  a  suggestion 
they  were  entered  and  used,  perhaps  for 
other  purposes  we  cannot  fathom,"  says  Eric 
Meyers. 

It  will  take  years  to  unravel  the  puzzles  of 
Sepphoris.  "This  is  probably  the  last  site  we'll 
do,"  says  Eric  Meyers.  The  Meyerses  will  not, 
however,  completely  excavate  the  site.  "A 
good  archaeologist  should  not  ever  think  to 
excavate  a  whole  site,  because  we're  not  per- 
fect," says  Carol  Meyers.  "Succeeding  genera- 
tions will  improve  our  methodology  and  our 
knowledge,  and  we  need  to  leave  lots  for 
future  generations."  Says  Eric  Meyers,  "We 
won't  live  to  see  it." 

Life  on  a  dig  may  usually  be  tedious  com- 
pared with  the  image  portrayed  by  Indiana 
Jones.  But,  Carol  Meyers  says,  "The  boredom 
is  taken  away  by  the  potential  that  every  time 
you  stick  a  tool  in  the  ground,  something  fas- 
cinating may  come  up."  ■ 

Adams  is  a  free-lance  writer  from  Raleigh.  His  last 
piece  for  Duke  Magazine  was  on  Duke  Marine  Lab 
biology  and  zoology  professor  Richard  Barber. 


TLJE 


ALUMNI 
REGISTER 


LESSONS  FOR 
LEADERS 


H 


awaii  was  here,  both  the  Dakotas, 
large  West  Coast  cities,  and  small 
Southern  towns.  The  reason:  the 
biennial  Leadership  Conference,  sponsored 
by  the  General  Alumni  Association  for  the 
new  leaders  of  alumni  clubs  and  Alumni 
Admissions  Advisory  Committees  (AAAC). 

Nearly  a  hundred  came  to  campus  Septem- 
ber 20-22  for  a  weekend  of  orientation,  pre- 
sentations, and  workshops  to  help  them 
understand  and  carry  out  their  particular 
roles.  The  conference  was  held  for  two  dis- 
tinct groups:  presidents  of  local  alumni  clubs 
and  new  alumni  admissions  advisory  com- 
mittee chairs. 

The  first  day  was  a  joint  convocation.  Fol- 
lowing a  luncheon  buffet,  opening  presenta- 
tions began  in  the  Bryan  Center  Film  Theater 
with  welcoming  remarks  by  General  Alumni 
Association  President  Frances  "Parkie" 
Adams  Blaylock  '53 .  "Our  goal  is  simple,"  she 
said.  "Together  we  must  galvanize  a  coast-to- 
coast  network  of  strong  Duke  alumni  organ- 
izations. No  group  has  ever  been  convened 
on  this  campus  that  has  the  power  you  pos- 
sess to  act  as  catalysts  in  perpetuating  this 
university's  strengths.  Duke  is  depending  on 
each  of  you  to  become  a  more  knowledgeable 
ambassador  this  weekend." 

Alumni  Affairs  Director  M.  Laney  Funder- 
burk  Jr.  '60  then  introduced  university 
speakers:  Provost  Phillip  A.  Griffiths;  Presi- 
dent Emeritus  Terry  Sanford;  Richard  White, 
dean  of  Trinity  College  and  of  arts  and  sci- 
ences; Athletics  Director  Tom  Butters;  and 
William  J.  Griffith  '50,  vice  president  for  stu- 
dent affairs. 

Provost  Griffiths  quoted  from  the  revised 
edition  of  The  Uses  of  the  University  by  Clark 
Kerr,  president  emeritus  of  the  University  of 
California,  who  observed  that  "almost  regard- 
less of  what  else  is  happening,  society  needs 
the  highest  skills  and  the  best  new  knowl- 
edge, and  in  the  United  States,  the  research 
university  is  the  chief  source  of  both."  Kerr's 
factors  affecting  possible  change  in  the  rank- 
ings of  top  schools:  geographical  location, 
program  changes  which  build  on  strengths 
while  eliminating  weaknesses,  and  the  rela- 
tive strength  of  professional  schools. 


Alumni  leaders:  a  weekend  of  workshops 

Griffiths  applied  Kerr's  premise  to  Duke's 
direction:  "This  potential  exists  because  of 
the  strength  of  the  current  faculty,  the  ad- 
ministrative leadership  of  recent  years  under 
President  Terry  Sanford.  the  physical  and 
cultural  attractions  of  the  area,  and  the 
proximity  to  UNC,  N.C.  State,  and  especi- 
ally the  Research  Triangle. 

"The  combination  of  circumstances  cited 
by  Clark  Kerr  as  containing  the  potential  for 
true  greatness  seems  almost  to  describe 
Duke's  situation.  Duke  has  strong  profession- 
al schools,  a  graduate  program  that  is  increas- 
ing in  distinction,  and  an  open  opportunity 
for  increased  cooperation  and  collaboration 
between  the  professional  schools  and  the 
traditional  academic  disciplines." 

Following  questions  from  the  audience, 
Richard  White,  the  new  Trinity  dean,  was 
introduced.  He  continued  Griffiths'  theme: 
"After  establishing  departmental  strengths, 
we  must  take  advantage  of  them  with  new 
programming— interdisciplinary  programs 
emphasizing  the  arts  and  sciences— and  with 
faculty  development.  We  need  strong  junior 
appointments  for  new  directions." 

In  addition  to  existing  interdisciplinary 
programs  such  as  the  Institute  of  the  Arts, 


White  mentioned  new  programs  in  the 
works:  linking  comparative  language  and 
comparative  literature;  expanding  interna- 
tional studies  in  Latin  America,  East  Asia, 
Africa,  the  Far  East;  and  creating  a  Language 
Institute,  which  would  use  traditional  as  well 
as  computer-assisted  modes  to  strengthen, 
through  fluency,  international  programs. 
"Our  function  is  to  enhance  this  place  for 
undergraduates.  We  are  going  to  try  to  en- 
courage students  to  use  a  diversity  of  ways  to 
achieve  their  goals." 

Athletics  Director  Tom  Butters  discussed 
Duke's  enviable  position,  along  with  Notre 
Dame,  of  graduating  the  most  athletes  in 
four  years.  The  growth  of  Duke  athletics  has 
not  been  at  the  cost  of  Duke  academics,  he 
said.  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
William  Griffith  concluded  the  program 
with  a  selection  of  students  discussing  their 
reasons  for  choosing  Duke. 

Saturday's  programs  were  separated  into 
specific  workshops  for  each  group.  The 
morning  session  for  alumni  clubs  centered 
on  the  mechanics  of  running  a  club,  from 
program  planning,  resources,  and  informa- 
tion sharing  to  samples  of  past,  successful 
programs.  Discussions  accented  the  impor- 
tance of  implementing  the  program  for  spe- 
cial speakers  from  the  faculty  who  will  travel 
to  clubs  around  the  country.  Scheduled  for 
this  year  are  Duke  political  scientist  Allan 
Kornberg,  Fuqua  business  school  professor 
and  Academic  Council  chairman  Arie  Lewin, 
and  botanist  James  N.  Siedow. 

"The  real  learning  comes  from  discussion 
and  interaction  among  club  presidents,"  says 
Albert  A.  Fisher  '80,  clubs  field  representa- 
tive. "This  morning  session  was  particularly 
valuable  because  of  the  wide  range  of  ideas 
exchanged." 

New  AAAC  leaders  took  part  in  an  admis- 
sions workshop  which  featured  Jean  A.  Scott, 
director  of  undergraduate  admissions,  and 
James  A.  Belvin,  financial  aid  director.  Scott 
observed  that  alumni  are  "the  backbone  of 
the  admissions  operation.  There's  a  definite 
relationship  between  the  fact  that  Duke  is  a 
'hot'  college  and  the  fact  that  it  has  an  active 
alumni  admissions  advisory  program."  She 
also  reinforced  the  admissions  office's  inter- 
est in  alumni  children:  "Our  interest  is  clear, 
given  the  fact  that  48-49  percent  of  alumni 
children  who  apply  are  accepted,  compared 


17 


1986 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 


SOCCER  CAMP 


'I  have  been  to  over  ten  soccer  camps  in  the  last  three 
years  and  Duke  was  definitely  the  best . . ." 

Kerwin  Clayton,  Wallingford,  Pennsylvania 


S  RESIDENTIAL 

Girls  8  and  up-June  21-26 

1st  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-1 2- June  28-July  3 

1st  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  5-10 

2nd  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-12-July  12-17 

2nd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  19-24 

3rd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  26-31 

DAY  CAMP 

Beginners  6-12-June  23-27 

For  additional  information 
write  or  call: 

Duke  Soccer  Camp 
PO.  Box  22176 
Duke  Station 
Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)684-2120 


to  33  percent  accepted  from  the  rest  of  the 
pool. 

"But,  just  as  standards  have  risen  across  the 
board,  they've  risen  for  alumni  children  also. 
To  take  anyone  who  is  significantly  different, 
competitively,  from  the  rest  of  the  student 
body  is  inviting  that  student  to  struggle— 
and  that  is  unfair." 

After  a  luncheon  on  the  lawn  of  Alumni 
House,  afternoon  workshops  began.  Alumni 
club  sessions  were  divided  into  two  groups  of 
large  (700  or  more  alumni)  and  small  clubs. 
Stanley  G.  Brading  75,  president  of  the 
Atlanta  club,  and  Henry  M.  Beck  73,  presi- 
dent of  the  Hartford  club,  led  respective  dis- 
cussions on  the  newly  developed  club  proto- 
type. "In  an  effort  to  broaden  the  base  of 
alumni  participation,  the  prototype  suggests 
open  programming  committees  and  an 
elected  board  of  directors  for  each  club,"  ex- 
plains Barbara  Demarest  '83,  clubs  field 
representative.  "We're  moving  to  a  commit- 
tee format,  rather  than  an  officer  set-up." 

Marketing  expert  Harry  L.  Nolan  '64 
wrapped  up  the  alumni  clubs  final  afternoon 
session  by  talking  about  a  club  survey  he  con- 
ducted in  Atlanta  and  how  it  can  be  adapted 
to  other  clubs.  "When  using  a  similar  survey 
for  your  own  club,"  Demarest  says,  "along  with 
the  prototype,  club  program  planning  is 
easier  and  more  directed  to  the  needs  of  area 
alumni." 

In  their  afternoon  session,  AAAC  partici- 
pants reviewed  three  mock  applications  and 
observed  staged  interviews.  Conducted  by 
Mike  Woodard  '81,  former  admissions  office 
assistant  director,  the  group  broke  off  into 
committees  to  read  applications.  Woodard— 
now  assistant  director  for  reunions  in  the 
alumni  office— then  led  them  through  the 
steps  in  evaluating  pertinent  information, 
from  recommendations  to  personal  essays. 
Each  committee  made  a  choice.  Woodard 
then  explained  what  factors  led  to  final 
decisions. 

Two  interviews  were  played  before  the 
group  to  show  them  possible  extremes— the 
shy,  reticent  student  and  the  active,  talkative 
one.  Woodard  reviewed  interview  tech- 
niques to  teach  methods  of  drawing  out  in- 
formation and  personalities.  "Don't  start 
with  a  subject  from- the  card,"  he  told  the 
group.  "You  should  try  to  get  beyond  paper 
credentials  onto  a  personal  level,  away  from 
'interview'  to  conversation.  Asking  hypo- 
thetical questions  can  also  be  effective." 

After  "classes"  were  over,  participants  were 
rewarded,  like  most  good  students,  with  extra- 
curricular activity:  a  pregame  buffet  and  a 
night  football  game  in  which  Duke  beat 
Ohio  University,  34-13.  As  Lee  Clark  Johns 
'64,  president  of  a  newly  formed  alumni  club 
in  Tulsa,  Oklahoma,  wrote:  "In  short,  the 
leadership  conference  was  fun,  well  organ- 
ized, thorough,  encouraging,  and  a  big 
boost." 


CLASS 
NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


10s 


Marion  Smith  Lewis  '18  received  the  honorary 
degree  doctor  of  humanities  from  The  Citadel  at 
commencement  exercises  in  Charleston,  S.C  He  and 
his  wife,  Nancy,  have  fout  daughtets  and  eleven 
grandchildren. 


30s 


Robert  E.  Hayes  '31  was  the  guest  of  honot  at  an 
appreciation  dinner  at  Lees-McRae  College,  recogniz- 
ing "his  dedicated  and  unflinching  service  and  sup- 
port of  the  Edgat  Tufts  Memorial  Association  and  its 


Daniel  N.  Stewart  Jr.  '31  was  tecognized  by  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians  for  his  35 
years  of  service  to  the  association.  He  and  his  wife, 
Nan,  have  two  children. 

Dorothy  Eaton  Sample  '33  is  state  representa- 
tive to  the  Florida  House  of  Representatives  in 
Tallahassee. 


John  L.  Moorhead  '35,  ownet  of  John  L. 
Moothead  Advertising/Public  Relations,  has  sold  his 
Durham-based  agency.  He  and  his  wife,  Harriett 
Wannamaker  Moorhead  '34,  have  three 
daughters,  including  Joanna  Moorhead  '71. 


Carlos  D.  Moseley  '35  received  an  honorary 
degree,  doctor  of  humane  letters,  at  Duke's  com- 
mencement exercises  in  May.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
board  of  the  New  York  Philharmonic. 

Donald  H.  Jacobs  A.M.  '37  recently  invented 
the  Smith  &.  Wesson  659,  a  pistol  he  designed  for 
easier  loading  and  firing.  The  presidenc  of  Jacobs  In- 
strument Co.  Ltd.,  he  also  imports  from  China 
Broomhandle  Mauser  pistols,  which  he  sells  to  col- 
lectors. He  lives  in  Victotia,  B.C.,  Canada. 


40s 


Richard  G.  Connar  '41,  M.D.  '44  has  been  named 
vice  president  for  medical  affairs  at  the  University  of 
South  Flotida. 

Will  E.  Hayes  M.Ed  '41  was  awarded  an  honorary 
doctor  of  humane  letters  degree  at  Jersey  City  State 
College's  commencement  exercises.  He  and  his  wife, 
Barbara,  live  at  Hope  Ranch,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 


W.  Lyles  Jr.  '41  was  chosen  by  Time 
magazine  and  the  National  Automobile  Dealers 
Association  as  one  of  the  finalists  for  Time's  Quality 
Dealet  Awatd.  This  award  recognizes  distinguished 


REALM  OF  THE  COIN 


Treasure— "a  magic 
word,"  says 
Frank  Sedwick 
'45.  "Pirates  come  to 
mind,  sunken  galleons, 
tropical  beaches,  in- 
stant wealth  if  you  can 
find  it.  Gold." 

Sedwick  is  a  numis- 
matist, a  professional 
coin  collector  with  a 
specialty  in  treasure 
coins.  What  began  as  a 
hobby  during  thirty 
years  as  a  professor  of 
Spanish  language  and 
literature  is  now  his 
vocation.  Five  years 
ago,  he  says,  "I  wearied 
of  the  routine  of 
academe.  I  was  itching 
to  discover  whether  a 
liberal-artsy  type  could 
make  it  in  what  stu- 
dents call  'the  real 
world.'  So,  at  a  late  age, 
I  darted  from  the  game 
preserve  into  the 
jungle." 

Coins,  says  Sedwick, 
represent  a  blend  of  art, 
history,  and  economics. 
His  extensive  knowl- 
edge of  Spanish  history 
adds  a  romantic  touch 
to  his  sometimes  dan- 
gerous dealings  in  an- 
cient coins  of  the 
realm.  "The  Spaniards 
extracted  from  their 
New  World  colonies  a 
significant  portion  of 
all  the  gold  to  come  out 
of  the  earth  since  the 
beginning  of  civiliza- 
tion—and left  as  much 
as  a  quarter  of  it  on  the 
bottom  of  the  ocean  in 
shipwrecks. 

"Most  of  this  gold- 
and  silver,  too— was  in 
the  form  of  coins  that 
numismatists  call  'cobs,' 
specimens  of  mosdy 
irregular  shape  pro- 


duced in  quantity  by 
the  Spanish  New  World 
mints  from  the  early 
1600s  until  the  late 
1700s." 

According  to  Sed- 
wick, the  word  "cob"  is 
probably  an  English 
imitation  of  the  Spanish 
cabo,  from  the  phrase 
cabo  de  barra:  end  of 
the  bar.  "When  sheets 
of  refined  gold  or  silver 
emerged  still  warm 
from  the  furnace,  they 
were  snipped  by 
workers  with  metal 
shears,  clipping  from 
the  end  of  the  bar  to 
create  planchets,  or 
blanks,  of  haphazard 
contour  whose  main 
technical  requirement 
was  correct  weight." 

Planchets  were  then 
hammered  into  dies 
that  imprinted  a  design, 
but  they  were  rough, 
some  with  split  edges. 
With  each  new  mint 
year,  says  Sedwick,  a 
few  specimens  of  most 
denominations  were 
trimmed  to  be  as  round 
as  possible  and  struck 
with  care  from  specially 
prepared  dies.  "Such  a 
coin,"  says  Sedwick, 
"was  intended  to  be  a 
presentation  piece  for 
the  king  of  Spain  or  one 
of  his  nobles  of  highest 
rank.  And  for  that  rea- 
son, the  coin  was  called 
a  'royal.'  Royals,  being 
very  rare,  sell  for  very 
high  prices  in  the  col- 
lector world— as  high  as 
$25,000  to  $50,000  for 
an  8-escudo  royal." 

The  largest  denomi- 
nation in  the  rough, 
gold  cob  was  the  "dou- 
bloon," or  8  escudos, 
weighing  approximate- 


ly 27  grams  (a  troy 
ounce  is  31.1  grams). 
For  silver,  it  was  8 
reales,  commonly 
known  as  "pieces  of 
eight."  Each  was  about 
90  percent  pure.  Ac- 
cording to  Sedwick, 
today's  going  price  for  a 
doubloon  is  $2,500, 
and  for  a  piece  of  eight, 
about  $100. 

Smaller  denomina- 
tions were  also  minted 
in  4,  2,  or  1  escudo  or 
reales,  all  of  proportion- 
ate weight.  Says  Sed- 
wick: "Two  pieces  of 
eight  were  the  value  of 
1  escudo,  based  on  the 
now  outmoded  ratio  of 
16  to  1  between  silver 
and  gold.  An  ordinary 
seaman  on  a  Spanish 
galleon  was  paid  a  few 
reales  per  month.  With 
a  doubloon,  one  could 
have  bought  a  cow. 
With  the  intrinsic  value 
of  a  doubloon  today, 
one  can  still  buy  a  cow, 
and  therein  lies  a  les- 
son in  hard-money 
economics." 

Most  coins  were 
melted  down  when  they 
reached  Spain  or  sent 
on  to  financial  capitals 
to  be  converted  into 
credits  which  financed 
wars,  supported  the 
luxurious  royal  courts, 
or  bought  more  ships, 
"to  be  sunk  with  their 
cargoes,"  says  Sedwick. 
The  coins  that  survive 
today  in  the  numis- 
matic and  jewelry  mar- 
kets came  from  ship- 
wrecks, "like  the 
wrecks  of  the  Spanish 
fleet  of  1715,  destroyed 
off  the  east  coast  of 
Florida  by  a  hurricane." 

As  for  the  vast  prom- 


ise of  the  Spanish 
treasure  ship  Atocha, 
found  in  July  off  the 
Florida  keys,  Sedwick 
is  doubtful:  "The  ship 
sunk  in  1622  southwest 
of  Key  West.  Despite 
the  enormous  publicity 
of  the  find,  this  ship 
will  not  yield  dou- 
bloons unless  they  were 
minted  in  Spain  and 
were  part  of  the  ship's 
treasury,  or  were  the 
individual  property  of 
rich  passengers  and 
merchants.  The  first 
mint  of  the  Americas 
authorized  to  turn  out 
gold  coinage  was  in 
Bogota,  in  the  same 
year,  1622.  And  the 
initial  production  was 
small  and  limited  to  the 
denomination  of  2 
escudos." 

Sedwick's  work  takes 
him  all  over  the  United 
States  and  Europe  to 
coin  conventions  and 
auctions.  And  there's 
an  element  of  danger: 
the  risk  of  being  robbed 
heading  to  and  from 
coin  shows,  and  of 
being  injured  in  offbeat 
locales  searching  for 
rarities  (he  once  paid 
$30,000  for  a  single 
coin). 

"There's  also  the  risk 
in  dealing  with  divers  — 
their  rivalries  and 
feuds  -  and  the  possibil- 
ity of  arrest  by  Latin 
American  countries 
whose  customs  inspec- 
tors and  police  often 
make  their  own  import- 
export  rules  or  expect 
bribes. 

"And  all  for  lost 


LIVING  LEGACY 


For  nearly  thirty- 
seven  years, 
Mattie  Under- 
wood Russell  Ph.D.  '56 
has  been  a  familiar  face 
to  the  thousands  of 
scholars  using  the 
manuscript  department 
at  Duke's  Perkins 
Library. 

Even  though  she  re- 
tired in  May  from  her 
job  as  curator  of  manu- 
scripts, the  legacy  of 
"Miss  Mattie"— as  she 
was  known  to  many— 
will  be  evident  for  a 
long  time  to  come. 

When  her  career  with 
the  library  began,  Per- 
kins' manuscript  hold- 
ings numbered  barely 
one  million.  The  col- 
lection has  since  grown 
to  more  than  7  million 
items.  Four  endowment 
funds  have  been  estab- 
lished for  acquiring 
manuscripts,  she  says. 
And,  she  adds,  some 
"very  significant  collec- 
tions'' have  been  contri- 
buted to  the  depart- 


ment by  Duke 
alumni— among  them, 
Pulitzer  Prize-winning 
author  William  Styron 
'47  and  entrepreneur 
and  philanthropist 
Harry  L.  Dalton  '16,  a 
lifelong  collector  of  art, 
books,  and  manuscripts. 

Russell's  main  role 
with  the  manuscript 
department  was  to  im- 
prove access  to  the  col- 
lections, which  she 
accomplished  through 
refinements  in  cata- 
loguing. "While  many 
other  repositories  have 
substantial  holdings, 
few  provide  as  detailed 
a  level  of  control  over 
the  contents  of  their 
collections  as  does  the 
manuscript  depart- 
ment," says  William 
Erwin,  librarian  and 
assistant  curator  of 
manuscripts.  "The  use 
of  this  fine  cataloguing 
has  been  considerably 
enhanced  by  an  intan- 
gible quality  that 
Mattie  Russell  has 


always  fostered:  an 
eagerness  and  energy 
among  her  staff  to 
assist  researchers 
whether  they  be  under- 
graduates or  notable 
scholars." 

Russell  was  born  on  a 
Mississippi  farm  and 
received  her  under- 
graduate degree  from 
the  University  of 
Mississippi.  She  then 
taught  high  school  his- 
tory and  spent  her 
summers  studying  at 
Mississippi  for  a 
master's,  which  she  re- 
ceived in  1940.  She 
wanted  to  pursue  her 
doctorate  in  history 
and  came  to  Duke  in 
1943.  "I  took  a  great 
chance  giving  up  my 
teaching  job,"  she  re- 
calls. "When  you're 
young,  you  take 
chances  if  you're  going 
to  get  anywhere." 

She  began  summer 
school  at  Duke  in  1943, 
left  to  teach  at  Mars 
Hill  College,  and  re- 


turned in  1946  as  a  full- 
time  doctoral  student. 
While  working  on  her 
degree,  she  became 
assistant  curator  of 
manuscripts  in  1948, 
and  was  named  curator 
four  years  later. 

Elvin  E.  Stroud, 
former  university 
librarian,  presented  to 
the  manuscript  depart- 
ment, in  Russell's 
honor,  the  diaries  of 
HJ.  Gow,  an  English- 
woman who  visited 
settlement  houses  in 
Canada,  Boston,  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  and 
Chicago,  and  recorded 
her  impressions  of  the 
work  being  done  there. 
Stroud  also  announced 
the  establishment  of 
the  Mattie  Underwood 
Russell  Endowment 
Fund,  which  will  sup- 
port acquisition  and 
preservation  of  manu- 
scripts pertaining  to  the 
history  and  culture  of 
North,  Central,  and 
South  America. 


automobile  dealers  who  are  considered  valued  citizens 
in  their  communities.  He  is  the  president  of  Lyles 
Chevrolet  Co.  and  Transco,  Inc.  and  Lyles  American 
in  High  Point,  N.C. 


i  R.  Mattocks  J.D.  '41  has  been  named 
1984  recipient  of  the  Frank  Porter  Graham  Award  in 
recognition  of  his  contributions  to  civil  liberties. 
From  1948  to  1965,  he  was  the  sole  representative  of 
the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union  in  North 
Carolina. 

Carl  Horn  Jr.  '42,  J.D.  '47  was  elected  to  the  board 
of  directors  of  First  Security  Financial  Corp.  in  Salis- 
bury, N.C. 


George  JemiSOn  Ph.D.  '42,  a  resident  of  Roque 
Valley  Manor  retirement  community,  became  presi- 
dent of  the  Resident's  Auxilary  of  the  Oregon  Associa- 
tion of  Homes  for  the  Aging.  The  retired  forester  is 
prote>M>r  emeritus  at  Oregon  State  University. 

Worth  J.  "Rusty"  Young  A.M.  '42  received 
Emory  and  Henry  College's  Alumnus  of  the  Year 
award.  He  retired  in  1972  as  emeritus  professor  of 
mathematics. 

W.  Proctor  Harvey  M.D.  '43,  in  collaboration 

with  Maurice  Wright  '72,  is  composing  an  orches- 
tral piece  based  on  the  sounds  of  the  human  heart. 

D.  Knight  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D.  '50,  a  professor 


at  the  University  of  California-Berkeley,  was  elected 
to  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  considered  one 
of  the  highest  honors  an  American  scientist  can 
achieve.  In  addition,  he  was  chosen  as  a  fellow  to  the 
American  Academy  ot  Arts  and  Sciences  in  the  field 
of  physics. 

John  L.  Imhoff  B.S.M.E.  '45,  professor  of  indus- 
trial engineering  at  the  University  of  Arkansas,  was 
honored  in  a  ceremony  which  dedicated  a  chair  in  his 
name.  The  "Imhoff  Chair"  recognizes  his  28  years  of 
service  to  the  university. 

Hubert  K.  Clark  B.S.E.  '47,  assistant  director  for 
systems  engineering  at  NASA's  Langley  Research  Cen- 
ter, will  retire  after  33  years  of  governmental  service. 
He  and  his  wife,  Georgia,  have  three  children  and  live 
in  Newport  News,  Va. 

Laura  Schwarz  Cramer  '47  received  the  Sales 
Executive  of  the  Year  award  from  the  Sea  Pines  Real 
Estate  Co.  of  South  Carolina. 

Mary  Bright  Butcher  Hallam  A.M.  '49  and 
her  husband,  William,  received  the  Founders  Award 
from  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College  for  "a  partner- 
ship in  education  which  represents  ninety-three  and 
one  half  years"  of  dedication  to  the  school. 

Charles  W.  Temples  Sr.  '49  was  elected  1985 
chairman  of  the  Eye  Bank  Association  of  America,  a 
non-profit  association  of  eye  banks  which  provide  eye 
tissue  for  surgery  and  research. 


50s 


Doris  Miller  Blount  '50  is  a  social  worker  with 
the  Department  of  Public  Social  Services  in  Panorama 
City,  Calif.  She  and  her  husband,  Gerald  R. 
Bount  Jr.  '50,  live  in  Reseda,  Calif. 

Thomas  Edmunds  Fits  M.D.  '50  is  president  of 
the  N.C.  Boatd  of  Medical  Examiners.  He  and  his 
wife,  Frances,  have  four  children  and  live  in  Hickory, 
N.C. 


Jay  Goldman  B.S.M.E.  '50  was  appointed  dean  of 
the  engineering  school  at  the  University  of  Alabama- 
Birmingham.  He  was  chairman  of  the  department  of 
industrial  engineering  at  the  University  of  Missouri  at 
Columbia.  He  and  his  wife,  Renitta,  live  in  Mountain 
Brook. 

Fred  A.  McNeer  Jr.  '50  was  promoted  to  senior 
vice  president  for  real  estate  lending  at  NCNB  Na- 
tional Bank  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 


Joe  R.  Phillips  B.S.M.E.  '51  retired  as  executive 
vice  president  of  the  government  products  division  at 
Pratt  and  Whitney,  where  he  worked  for  34  years. 

William  A.  Brackney  '52  has  written  "Post- 
Mortem  Income  Tax  Planning,"  an  article  published 
in  the  December  '84  issue  of  The  Practical  Accountant. 


F.  Hopper  '52  was  elected  vice  president 
of  marketing  services  for  United  States  Gypsum  Co.,  i 
holding  company  that  manages  nine  operating  sub- 
sidiaries. He  and  his  wife,  Barbara,  live  in  Naperville, 

111. 

Dante  Germino  '52  was  honored  at  the  39th  an- 
niversary of  the  Durham  Herald-Sun  Papers  Golf 
Tournament  Championship,  where  the  Flight  Trophy 
was  dedicated  in  his  name.  He  was  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  tournament  in  1940  and  served  as  its 
executive  director  until  this  year. 


Hugus  Jr.  '52  directs  corporate  financial 
and  legal  management  at  Barry,  Persky  and  Co.,  Inc., 
an  executive  search  firm  in  Westport,  Conn.  He  and 
his  wife,  Elizabeth,  have  three  children  and  live  in 
Weston,  Conn. 


W.  Lee  Noel  '52  has  been  appointed  associate  dean 
for  business  affairs  at  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business. 

Ralph  Seely  B.S.E.  '52,  associate  professor  of  engi- 
neering research  at  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
received  the  1985  Barash  Award  for  Human  Services, 
recognizing  his  contribution  to  "human  causes,  public 
service  activities  and  organizations,  and  welfare  to 
other  humans." 

Robert  R.  Hall  '53  has  been  named  senior  vice 
president  of  Barclays  American  Corp.,  a  financial 
services  company. 

Thomas  T.  Miller  '53  has  been  appointed  vice 
president  of  purchasing  at  McCormick  and  Co.,  Inc., 
an  international  producer  of  seasonings,  flavorings, 
and  specialty  foods.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  live  in 
Cockeysville,  Md.,  and  have  three  sons. 

Sheldon  Westervelt  B.S.E.  '53  was  appointed 
national  chairman  of  the  Facilities  Committee  by  the 
U.S.  Tennis  Association.  He  is  director  of  engineering 
at  MMI,  Inc,  a  firm  which  provides  consulting  ser- 
vices to  tennis  and  sports  facilities.  He,  his  wife,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Manasquan,  N.J. 

Fred  A.  Shabel  '54  is  chairman  of  the  board  and 
president  of  the  Spectator,  which  manages  the 


Spectrum,  the  Philadelphia  Flyers,  Spectator  Manage- 
ment Inc.,  SpectaGuard,  Spectrum  Showcase  Stores, 
and  Ovations.  He  was  assistant  basketball  coach  at 
Duke  from  1957-1963  and  recipient  of  the  Duke 
Alumni  Award. 

Gary  Stein  '54,  J.D.  '56,  director  of  Gov.  Thomas 
Kean's  Office  of  Policy  and  Planning,  became  a  justice 
for  the  Supreme  Court  of  New  Jersey  in  November  '84. 

Irwin  Fridovich  Ph.D.  '55  received  the  A.  Cressy 
Morrison  Award  in  Natural  Sciences  at  the  New  York 
Academy  of  Sciences'  167th  annual  meeting.  He  is  a 
James  B.  Duke  professor  of  biochemistry. 

G.  Dudley  Humphrey  Jr.  '55  has  written  Busi- 
ness Entities,  a  book  explaining  the  setting  up  and 
handling  of  various  business  entities  according  to 
North  Carolina  law  practice.  He  is  a  partner  in  the 
Winston-Salem  law  firm  Petree,  Stockton,  Robinson, 
Vaughn,  Glaze  and  Maready. 

Lewis  McNurlen  Ph.D.  '55,  professor  of  sociology 
at  Drake  University  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  was  named 
Outstanding  Undergraduate  Teacher  of  the  Year  for 
1984-85. 


W.  Moll  '56  is  dean  of  admissions ; 

University  of  California  at  Santa  Cruz. 


Betty  B.  Dorton  B.S.M.E.  '57,  former ; 
principal  at  Durham  High  School,  has  joined  the  Eno 
division  office  of  Allenton  Realtors  as  a  sales 
representative. 

LeDare  Hurst  Thompson  '57  works  at  the  Cen- 
ter for  Development  Disabilities  of  the  University  of 
South  Carolina.  She  and  her  husband,  David,  live  in 
Columbia. 

James  W.  Vaughan  Jr.  B.S.E.E.  57  is  principal 

deputy  assistant  secretary  at  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Energy's  Office  of  Nuclear  Energy.  He  and  his  wife, 

Frances  Smith  Vaughan  '57,  have  two 

children. 

Richard  V.  "Dick"  Holloman  '58  was  named 
director  of  corporate  communications  for  the  Brian 
Center  Corp.,  which  owns,  operates,  or  manages  23 
health  care  facilities  in  five  states.  He  and  his  wife, 
Joyce,  have  three  children  and  live  in  Alexander 
County,  N.C. 

Charlotte  McDougal  Wilkinson  53,  junior 

counselor  at  C.E.  Jordan  Senior  High  School  in 
Durham,  received  the  Luther  Taff  School  Counselor 
of  the  Year  Award.  She  and  her  two  sons  live  in 
Chapel  Hill. 


Duke  Annual  Fund  volunteers  are  a  team  with  a 
winning  record.  These  hard-working  team  mem- 
bers have  raised  more  than  $35  million  in 
unrestricted  operating  support  for  Duke  over  the 
past  38  years. 

The  1985-86  team  has  more  than  400  players, 
each  of  whom  shares  a  common  goal  to  help 


Duke  be  its  best.  Through  Annual  Fund  gifts, 
alumni,  parents  and  friends  have  an  opportunity 
to  contribute  to  educational  excellence  at  Duke. 
Show  your  support  by  saying  "yes"  when  a  mem- 
ber of  the  team  calls  or  writes  you.  Or  send  a 
contribution  directly  to  the  Duke  Annual  Fund, 
2127  Campus  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706. 


cyfe/l,    lofceddtw  <z#id  ^rZ&c&cAs 


JL 


?idu?i&7zce< 


Specializing  in: 
ESTATE  ANALYSIS-BUSINESS  AND  PERSONAL  INSURANCE-FRINGE  BENEFIT  PROGRAMS 


DAN  HILL,  III,  CLU.  ChFC 
EARL  G.  CHESSON,  CLU,  ChFC 
WILLIAM  A  ROACH,  CLU,  ChFC 
RICHARD  B.  RIDDLE 


POST  OFFICE  BOX  2685 
DURHAM,  NORTH  CAROLINA  27705 


DURHAM  (919)  489-7426 

CHAPEL  HILL  (919)  967-5900 

RALEIGH  (919)  828-0240 


Anita  Eagle  '59,  formerly  an  administrator  at 
Princeton  University,  has  become  executive  director 
of  the  League  of  Humanities,  a  consortium  of  colleges 
to  support  humanities  education.  She  has  three  chil- 
dren and  lives  in  Princeton,  N.J. 

Charles  Allen  Johnson  '59,  M.D.  '64  has  been 
elected  to  fellowship  in  the  American  College  of 
Cardiology. 

Karl  D.  Straub  '59,  M.D.  '65,  Ph.D.  '68  was 
awarded  a  1984  fellow  award  from  the  Arkansas 
Museum  of  Science  and  History  for  his  contributions 
in  the  field  of  science. 


60s 


hen  Doug 
Haggar'69 
took  over  a 
foundering  night  club 
in  Anchorage,  Alaska, 
a  few  years  back,  he 
knew  he  had  to  find  a 
special  niche  in  the 
business. 

First,  he  designed  a 
newspaper  ad  playing 
up  the  club's  colorful 
past:  "Formerly  the  Idle 
Hour,  VFW  Post  1685, 
the  Lakeshore  Club, 
the  Fancy  Moose,  the 
Red  Baron,  the  Flying 
Machine  Mexican 
Restaurant,  the  Co- 
Pilot  Club,  and  the  Oar 
House.  Going  out  of 
business  regularly  in 
the  same  location  for 
over  thirty  years,"  his 
ad  proclaimed. 

Then,  he  set  about 
building  the  club's  culi- 
nary reputation.  Today, 
his  Mr.  Whitekey's  Fly- 
By-Night  Club  has  its 
niche.  The  house  spe- 
cial: anything  with 
Spam  is  half-price 
when  ordered  with 
champagne,  and  the 
Spam  is  free  with  Dom 
Perignon. 

Haggar,  who  majored 
in  psychology,  has  an 
uncanny  knack  for 
marketing  his  club 
around  the  canned 
meat  product.  When 
he  isn't  running  the 
place  and  stocking  the 
larder  with  Spam,  he's 
wearing  his  Spam  T- 
shirt  and  performing 
on  keyboard  with  the 
Fabulous  Spamtones, 


the  Fly-By-Night's  in- 
house,  rock-and-roll 
band.  He's  known  as 
Mr.  Whitekeys  when- 
ever he's  playing  the 
piano,  organ,  or  synthe- 
siser. The  group  is  re- 
cording an  album; 
some  of  the  cuts  are 
already  in  the  can. 

But  when  the  Spam 
story  got  around  by 
word  of  mouth,  it 
wasn't  long  before  the 
corporate  attorney  for 
George  A.  Hormel  and 
Company,  maker  of 
Spam,  dashed  off  a 
"cease  and  desist"  letter 
to  Haggar— addressed 


to  Mr.  Whitekeys.  The 
letter  warned  that 
Spam  is  an  exclusive 
trademark  owned  by 
Hormel  and  Company, 
and  the  Spamtones  had 
best  find  a  new  name. 
(For  a  short  time  after- 
wards, the  group  be- 
came the  Sp*mtones). 
Haggar  promptly  fea- 
tured the  letter  in  one 
of  his  club  ads  and  the 
response  was  immedi- 
ate. "Just  the  other 
night,  one  of  our  cus- 
tomers walked  up  to 
me  and  said,  1  think 
Hormel  is  full  of 
baloney!,'"  Haggar 


mi.WJutekeyA 


Present  the  World's  First 


to  Hormel's  at- 
torney. "It's  a  fabulous 
line  and  it's  all  yours. 
Please  pass  it  along  to 
your  public  relations 
department."  He  signed 
the  note,  W.  Keys,  boss. 

"We  refused  to 
knuckle  under  to  a 
mere  meat  company," 
Haggar  says.  "They 
knew  when  they  were 
whipped,  and  they  have 
slunked  away.  They've 
given  up."  He  holds  no 
grudges.  "I've  always 
liked  Spam,"  he  says. 
"I've  even  toured  the 
plant  in  Austin, 
Minnesota." 

So  Haggar,  his  wife 
Judith,  and  daughter 
Jenny,  have  returned  to 
a  peaceful  life  in 
Anchorage.  And  the 
Fly-By-Night  Club  con- 
tinues to  develop  its 
unique  cuisine  and 
tropical  ambience.  "We 
have  a  complete  set  of 
four,  full-sized,  satin 
palm  trees,"  says 
Haggar.  "All  the 
greatest  clubs  have  had 
palm  trees— the 
Copacabana,  Rick's 
American  Cafe,  even 
Ricky  Ricardo's  club." 

But  Haggar's  night 
spot  still  has  its  own 
niche.  As  he  points  out, 
"Where  else  can  you 
find  a  club  serving  the 
finest  French  cham- 
pagne available  and  a 
damn  fine  plate  of 
Spam?" 


B.  Boyd  Might  '60  was  named  e 
i     dent  and  general  counsel  of  Santa  Fe  In 

Corp.,  which  engages  in  oil  and  gas  exploration  and 
production.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary  Kay  Boyd 

'62,  live  in  Santa  Monica,  Calif,  and  have 
children. 

M.  Katz  M.D.  '60  participated  in  the 
National  Identification  Program  Forum  for  the  Ad- 
if  Women  in  Higher  Education  Adminis- 
This  meeting,  held  in  Washington,  D.C., 
focused  on  the  educational  issues  in  medicine  and  the 
growing  role  of  female  physicians  in  positions  of 
leadership. 

John  F.  Lovejoy  Jr.  '60  is  director  of  Koger  Co., 
which  currently  owns  143  office  buildings  in  its  12 
suburban  office  parks. 

J.  Thomas  Menaker  '60,  J.D.  '63,  a  partner  in 
the  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  law  firm  McNees,  Wallace  and 
Nurick,  was  appointed  chairman  of  the  Pa.  Bar 
House  of  Delegates. 


'61  has  been  selected  to  serve  on 
the  board  of  directors  of  Legal  Services  of  North 
Carolina,  a  federally  funded  program  which  provides 
civil  legal  help  for  low-income  citizens  in  83  North 
Carolii 


Fred  Chappel  '61,  A.M.  '64  has  been  named  co- 
winner  of  Yale  University's  Bollingen  Prize  in  Poetry, 
presented  to  poets  whose  works  "represent  the  highest 
achievement  in  the  field  of  American  poetry." 

Donald  W.  Metcalf  '61  was  appointed  director  of 
marketing  at  Strategic  Marketing  Systems,  a  market- 
ing and  computer  related  services  firm  based  in  Holly- 
wood, Fla. 

Virginia  Davis  Bell  '62  teaches  music  at 
Heathwood  Hall  Episcopal  School  in  South  Carolina. 
Her  husband,  John  Bell  Jr.  '63,  is  executive  vice 
president  of  Bankers  Trust  in  Columbia,  S.C.  They 
have  two  children. 

Patricia  B.  Ireland  '62,  student  council  adviser 
at  Towers  High  School  in  DeKalb  County,  Ga.,  was 
honored  as  Student  Council  Adviser  of  the  Year  at 
the  annual  conference  of  the  Southern  Association  of 
Student  Councils. 

Gary  L.  Wilson  '62  has  been  appointed  vice  chair- 
man of  the  American  Hotel  and  Motel  Association's 
Industry  Real  Estate  Advisory  Council. 

Angela  Davis-Gardner  '63  was  one  of  the  fea- 
tured writers  at  the  Crane's  Creek  Center  of  Cameron 
literary  workshops  in  Cameron,  N.C.  She  is  the 
author  of  Felice,  which  won  the  1980  N.C.  Artist 
Fellowship  in  Writing. 

Ernest  F.  Godlove  '63  was  elected  to  the  board  of 
governors  of  the  Okla.  Bar  Association.  He  is  a  part- 
ner in  the  law  firm  Godlove,  Joyner,  Mayhall  and 
Dzialo,  Inc.  He  lives  in  Lawton,  Okla. 


22 


Kermit  L.  Braswell  M.Div.  '64  has  been  ap- 
pointed chaplain  to  the  N.C.  House  of  Representa- 
tives. He  is  minister  of  Hayes  Barton  United 
Methodist  Church  in  Raleigh  and  lives  in  Sanford, 
N.C,  with  his  wife,  Alice,  and  their  daughter. 

Richard  L.  Capwell  '64  has  retired  as  professor  of 
English  at  East  Carolina  University  in  Greenville, 
N.C,  after  28  years.  He  lives  in  Greenville. 

Scott  McGehee  '64,  managing  editor  of  the 
Detroit  Free  Press,  has  been  honored  as  a  1985  Head- 
liner  by  Women  in  Communications,  Inc.  The  award 
recognizes  "consistent  and  continuous  excellence  in 
the  field  of  c 


T.  Mitchell  '64,  professor  of  manage- 
ment and  organization  and  of  psychology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Washington  in  Seattle,  was  named  Edward 
E.  Carlson  Distinguished  Professor  of  Business 
Administration. 


'64,  former  Duke  All-America  forward 
and  NBA  all-star,  was  named  athletic  director  and 
basketball  coach  at  UNC-Charlotte. 

David  Robinson  II  J.D  '64  was  named  associate 
general  counsel  for  West  Coast  operations  at  Xerox 
Corp.  in  El  Segundo,  Calif.  He  and  his  wife,  Wylene, 
live  in  Studio  City,  Calif.,  with  their  children. 

John  Whisnant  '64  heads  the  clinical  investiga- 
tion division  of  the  immunology  and  oncology  depart- 
ments at  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research 
Triangle  Park,  N.C.  He  has  been  with  the  company 
for  12  years  and  lives  in  Chapel  Hill. 

James  C.  Whorton  '64  is  acting  chairman  of  the 
department  of  biomedical  history  in  the  School  of 
Medicine  at  the  University  of  Washington-Seattle. 

Philip  Pharr  Th.M.  '65,  Ph.D.  73,  professor  of  reli- 


gion at  Pfeiffer  College 
chairs  the  division  of  h 


William  A.  Roberts  '65,  vice  president  and 
regional  loan  administrator  for  South  Carolina 
National  Bank's  Myrtle  Beach  area  branches,  is  c 
executive  of  Myrtle  Beach. 


L.  Shlill  '65  was  elected  president  for 
1985-86  by  members  of  the  Texas  Association  of 
Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists  at  its  annual 
meeting  in  Los  Colinis,  Texas. 

Richard  D.  Carmichael  A.M.  '66,  Ph.D.  '68 
represented  Duke  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  New  Mexico  State  University. 

Dale  R.  Sessions  Th.M.  '66  is  pastor  of  the  First- 
Park  Baptist  Church  in  Plainfield,  N.J. 

Martyn  M.  Caldwell  Ph.D.  '67  received  the  1985 
D.  Wynne  Thome  Research  Award  at  Utah  State 
University  in  Logan. 

Bruce  Menning  A.M.  '67,  Ph.D.  '72,  a  specialist 
in  Russian  history,  was  named  John  F.  Morrison  Pro- 
fessor of  Military  History.  This  chairmanship  involves 
a  one-year  appointment  at  the  U.S.  Army  Command 
and  General  Staff  College  in  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

Anthony  Barone  '68,  former  Duke  varsity  basket- 
ball player,  was  named  head  basketball  coach  at 
Creighton  University  in  Omaha,  Neb. 

Lewis  Campbell  B.S.E.  '68,  general  manufactur- 
ing manager  at  General  Motors,  received  an  honorary 
doctor  of  science  degree  from  the  University  of 
Alabama  at  Tuscaloosa.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  have 
three  children  and  live  in  Birmingham,  Mich. 

Charles  R.  Fyfe  '68,  M.B.A.  '74  was  promoted  to 
director  of  corporate  performance  services  at  Carolina 
Power  and  Light  Co.  in  Raleigh,  N.C.  He  and  his  wife, 


Patricia  Bennett  Fyfe  76,  ha 


William  R.  Zuercher  M.H.A.  '68  was  named 
business  manager  at  Goshen  College  in  Goshen,  Ind. 
He  and  his  wife,  Joyce,  have  three  children. 

Stephen  Brooks  '69  specializes  in  limited  edition 
leather  handbags,  which  feature  exotic  leathers  and 
snakeskins.  He  and  his  wife,  Jini  Rambo  '67,  live 
in  Pittsboro,  N.C. 

Patricia  A.  Carlson  A.M.  '69  has  been  promoted 
from  associate  professor  to  professor  of  American 
literature  at  Rose-Hulman  Institute  of  Technology  in 
Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

Elizabeth  E.  Colford  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  72  is 
assistant  professor  of  modern  languages  at  the  Unifi- 
cation Theological  Seminary  in  Barrytown,  N.Y.  She 
and  her  husband,  Keug  Jung  Shin,  have  one  son  and 
live  in  Elizabeth,  N.J. 

Richard  G.  Heintzelman  M.F.  69  has  com- 
pleted the  requirements  for  a  Chartered  Financial 
Analyst  charter,  which  assures  that  its  recipient 
"possesses  and  maintains  extensive  fundamental 
knowledge  and  ethical  standards"  in  his  dealings  with 
the  investment  industry. 


Paul  Helminger  Ph.D.  '69  received  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences'  Dean's  Lecture  Series  Award  at  the 
University  of  South  Alabama.  He  is  a  professor  in  the 
physics  department  at  USA  and  lives  with  his  wife, 
Sammy  Hodges  Helminger  M.Ed  '66,  in 
Mobile,  Ala. 

Steven  E.  Lindberg  '69,  research  staff  member  in 
the  environmental  sciences  division  at  Oak  Ridge 
National  Laboratory  in  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn,  received  the 
Divisional  Scientific  Achievement  Award.  He  and  his 
wife,  Kay,  have  one  daughter  and  live  in  Kinston, 


When  things  are  done 
well,  you  notice.  You 
notice  The  Sheraton 
University  Center's  attention  to 
comfort.  The  relaxed  elegance 
of  the  atrium  lounge,  the  way 
the  cool  of 
the  indoor 
pool  and  the 
adjoining 


— ^  You'll  notice  and  ap 

Center 


service  to  the  Research  Triangle 
Park,  the  Raleigh-Durham  Airport, 
and  Duke  Hospital. 

Enjoy  Praline's  southern-style 
charm,  and  Oliver's  Signature 
Restaurant's  continental  cuisine. 
You'll  notice  and  appreciate  the 
friendly, 
attentive 
service  of 


Of  Attention 


whirlpool's  bubbles  soothe 
worries  away. 

You  notice  extra-fluffy  pillows, 
thick,  plentiful  towels,  oversized 
guest  rooms.  Twenty-four  hour 
news,  sports,  and  movies,  and 
complimentary  limousine 


our  staff. 

The  Sheraton  University 
Center  does  things  very  well. 
That's  why,  in  only  one  year, 
we've  become  the  Center 
of  Attention. 


15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road, 

1  mile  south  of  I-85    Durham,  North  Carolina 

For  reservations  call  800-325-3535  or  919-383-8575 


Sheraton 
University  Center 


COGGIN'SGOT 

YOURTICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


BUY  IT, 
LEASE  IT, 
RENT  II 


James  O'Toole  M.A.T.  '69  received  a  doctorate  in 
education  from  the  University  of  Delaware  in  1984. 
He  is  associate  principal  at  Dover  High  School  in 
Dover,  Del.  He  and  his  wife,  Elaine,  have  two  children. 

MARRIAGES:  Dale  R.  Sessions  Th.M.  '66  to 
Norma  Joy  Smith  on  June  2  .  .  .  Elizabeth  E. 
Colford  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  72  to  Keug  Jung  Shin  on 
October  14,  1982,  in  Seoul,  Korea.  Residence: 
Elizabeth,  N.J. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Elizabeth  E. 
Colford  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  72  and  Keug  Jung  Shin  on 
May  24,  1984.  Named  Seung  Ho  Edward  David  Shin. 

Linda  K.  Stokes  70  was  elected  second  vice 
president  and  assistant  general  counsel-corporate  for 
Northwestern  National  Life  Insurance  Co.  in  Minne- 
apolis, Minn. 

James  C.  Mclntyre  71  was  named  director  of 
development  by  Carnegie  Hall's  board  of  trustees  in 
New  York  City.  He  has  served  as  director  of  the  cor- 
porate fund  and  director  of  the  Campaign  for 
Carnegie  Hall. 

Richard  G.  Chaney  72,  a  partner  in  the  Durham 
law  firm  Maggiolo  and  Chaney,  was  named  Durham 
County  District  Court  Judge  by  Gov.  Jim  Martin. 

Brenda  Nevidjon  B.S.N.  72  is  manager  of  the 
Cancer  Services  Program  at  Providence  Medical  Cen- 
ter in  Seattle,  Wash.  She  was  director  of  nursing  at 
the  Cancer  Control  Agency  of  British  Columbia  in 
Vancouver. 

Maurice  Wright  72,  a  music  professor  at  Temple 
University,  was  a  guest  artist  in  a  public  program  in 
Durham  which  featured  two  of  his  electronic  music 
compositions.  In  collaboration  with  W.  Proctor 
Harvey  M.D.  '43,  he  is  composing  an  orchestral 
piece  based  on  the  sounds  of  the  human  heart. 

Robert  H.  Brinkmeyer  Jr.  73,  associate  profes- 
sor in  the  Center  for  Academic  Enrichment  at  N.C. 

70s 

Michael  Reynaud  Geer  B.S.E.  70,  M.D.  75  was 
elected  to  fellowship  in  the  American  College  of 
Cardiology.  He  is  directot  of  the  ECG  Laboratory  at 
Brooke  Army  Medical  Center  in  San  Antonio,  Texas. 

Nicholas  S.  Gibson  70  is  an  associate  with  the 
Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  and  Bird. 

Stephen  D.  Halliday  70  was  named  managing 
partner  of  the  Newport  News  and  Norfolk,  Va.,  offices 
of  Coopers  and  Lybrand.  He  and  his  wife  have  one 
son  and  live  in  Hampton,  Va. 

Patty  Delony  Kester  70  is  vice  president  of 
planning  and  development  at  the  Hanes  Group  of 
Winston-Salem,  N.C.,  which  owns  Hanes  Hosiery, 
Hanes  Knitwear,  and  Leggs  Products.  She  and  her 
husband,  Jim,  live  in  Winston-Salem. 

Sara  G.  Kirk  land  70,  director  of  development  at 
Bucknell  University,  was  named  vice  president  for 
development  at  Susquehanna  University  in 
Selinsgrove,  Pa. 

four-year  term  on  the  advisory  board  of  Vermont 
Federal  Bank  in  Randolph,  Vermont.  He  is  an  attor- 
ney and  partner  in  the  Bethel  law  firm  Case  and 
Cole-Lesvesque. 

Mark  L.  Gardner  A.M.  72,  visiting  instructor  in 
economics  at  Emory  and  Henry  College,  received  a 
Ph.D.  degree  from  Georgia  State  University. 

Robert  Elliott  Gentry  72,  M.D.  76,  assistant 
clinical  professor  of  medicine  at  the  University  of 
Tennessee  in  Knoxville,  has  been  elected  to  fellowship 
in  the  American  College  of  Cardiology. 

Jeff  F.  Hockaday  Ed.D.  72  was  elected  to  a  three- 
year  term  as  council  representative  to  the  American 
Association  of  Community  and  Junior  Colleges. 

Fran  M.  Johnson  72  was  selected  for  recognition 
in  Outstanding  Young  Women  o/ America- 1 984  and 
Sucessful  Florida  Business  Women-1984. 

Jeffrey  J.  Kraft  72  is  vice  president  and  head  of 
National  Westminstet  Bank  USA-New  Jersey  region. 
He  and  his  wife,  Donna,  have  two  children  and  live  in 
New  Providence,  N.J. 

Central  University,  took  part  in  a  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Humanities  seminar  this  summer.  His 
book,  Three  Catholic  Writers  of  the  Modern  South,  has 
been  published  by  the  Univetsity  Press  of  Mississippi. 

Hugh  L.  Dukes  Jr.  M.Div.  73,  a  major  in  the 
U.S.  Army,  participated  in  Team  Spirit  '85,  a  field 
training  exercise  held  in  South  Korea. 

Carl  E.  Lehman  Jr.  B.S.E.  74  is  a  management 
consultant  for  Touche  Ross  and  Co.  in  Los  Angeles, 
where  he  specializes  in  corporate  finance  and  opera- 
tions practices.  He  lives  in  Pasadena,  Calif. 

John  R.  Long  74  has  joined  Liggett  and  Myers 
Tobacco  Co.  of  Durham  as  corporate  counsel. 

John  Moeller  A.M.  74,  Ph.D.  77  was  promoted 
from  assistant  to  associate  professor  of  political  science 
at  Luther  College  in  Decorah,  Iowa. 

John  A.  Olshinski  M.S.M.  74  is  deputy  adminis- 
trator of  the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission's  Region 
II,  headquartered  in  Atlanta.  He  and  his  wife,  Judy, 
have  two  daughters  and  live  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Lao  Rubert  A.M.  74  was  recognized  by  the  N.C. 
Academy  of  Trial  Lawyers  as  an  "Outstanding  Contti- 

MORE  THAN  A  HALF  CENTURY  OF  LIVING, 

BUILDING  AND  GROWING 

IN  THE  TRIANGLE  COMMUNITIES 

OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 

CC  WOODS  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

C.C.  Woods  Construction  Company,  Chapel  Hill  Boulevard,  Durham,  North  Carolina 

IFHutton 

E.  F.  Hutton  &  Company  Inc. 

When 
E.  F.  Hutton 

talks, 
people  listen. 

EF  Hutton  &  Company  Inc 
2634  Chapel  Hill  Boulevard 
Suite  100 
Durham  NC  27707 
Telephone  (919)  493-5454 

1  (800)  627-0003 

1  (800)  334-0073 

P*^    -LisSSm 

jSi-~% 

iTTTTi  1  1  1  1  1  1  i  !  i 

butor"  for  he 
Durham. 


k  with  the  Prison  and  Jail  Project  in 
professor  of  surgery 


Susan  L.  Watts  74 

at  Duke's  medical  school. 

Reginald  J.  Clark  '75.  J.D.  '78  is  an  associate 
with  the  Atlanta  law  firm  Sutherland,  Ashill  and 
Brennan. 

Pamela  Cunningham  Hawkins  75  is  super- 
visor in  the  telephone  marketing  and  sales  division  of 
Ingram  Distribution  Group,  Inc.,  a  national  distri- 
butor of  books,  video,  and  computer  software.  She  and 
her  husband,  Ray,  have  one  son  and  live  in  Nashville, 
Tenn. 

Thomas  E.  Hendrick  '75  is  chief  of  surgical  ser- 
vices at  Francis  E.  Warren  AFB  Hospital  in 
Cheyenne,  Wyo. 

David  F.  Shutler  '75  has  been  decorated  with  the 
US.  Air  Force  Commendation  Medal  at  RAF  Fair- 
ford,  England.  The  captain  and  his  wife,  Kathryn, 
have  one  daughter  and  live  in  Sun  City,  Ariz. 

Nancy  Best  M.Div.  '76  has  written  The  Birthing,  a 
collection  of  poems.  She  lives  in  Four  Oaks,  N.C. 

Stephen  Chapin  '76  is  assistant  vice  president  of 
Manufacturers  Hanover  Trust  Co.'s  Merchant  Banking 
Group.  He  and  his  wife,  Deborah,  have  one  son  and 
live  in  Larchmont,  N.Y. 


A.  Dial  76  is  product  manager  of 
Weight  Watchers  frozen  dessert  products  for  Heinz 


Suzanne  Crist  Dudley  '76  is  a  vice  president : 
NCNB  National  Bank  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 


Neal  J.  Galinko  B.S.E76,  M.S.  78  is  an  internist 

in  practice  with  the  Rhode  Island  Group  Health 
Association  in  Providence.  He  lives  in  Cranston,  R.l. 

Marcellus  C.  Kirchner  76  is  director  of  labor 
relations  at  Norfolk  Southern,  a  railway  company 
with  headquarters  in  Norfolk,  Va.  He  lives  in  Virginia 
Beach. 

Kenneth  G.  Miles  '76  was  named  president  of  the 
New  Hampshire  Association  of  Purchasing  Manage- 
ment. Senior  procurement  specialist  at  Wang  Labora- 
tories, Inc.,  he  lives  in  Milford,  N.H.,  with  his  wife 
and  three  sons. 

David  E.  Lupo  76,  M.Div.  '83  is  associate  minister 
at  Carteret  Street  United  Methodist  Church  in 
Beaufort,  N.C. 

William  L.  Tozier  B.H.S.  76  has  been  promoted 
to  the  rank  chief  warrant  officer  111  in  the  U.S.  Army. 
He  is  stationed  in  Fort  Campbell,  Ky. 

Wendy  Zeilman-Liotti  76  received  her  master's 
of  fine  arts  from  Pratt  Institute  in  Brooklyn,  N.Y.  She 
is  director  of  the  Cathedral  School  Art  Academy  of 
Garden  City,  Long  Island,  which  she  founded  seven 
years  ago.  She  and  her  husband,  Thomas,  live  in 
Westbury,  L.I.,  N.Y.,  and  have  two  children. 

Stephen  M.  Barron  77,  a  captain  in  the  U.S.  Air 
Force,  has  been  decorated  with  the  Air  Medal  at  Pope 
Air  Force  Base,  N.C,  for  "meritorious  achievement 
while  participating  in  aerial  flight." 

Lee  A.  Burnett  77  has  been  promoted  to  assistant 
vice  president  in  Connecticut  National  Bank's  cor- 
porate banking  division.  She  is  head  of  the  cash 
management  sales  department  and  lives  in  Spring- 
dale,  Conn. 

James  F.  Graumlich  '77  is  a  chief  resident  in 
internal  medicine  at  Tripler  Army  Medical  Center. 
He  and  his  wife,  Peggy  Lee,  have  one  son  and  live  in 
Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

Kenneth  B.  Keels  Jr.  B.S.E.  '77  has  been  pro- 
moted to  industrial  marketing  specialist  in  Duke 


Big 
Stuff 


&* 


for  your 

Christmas 
Stocking 


The  DUKE  BASKETBALL  YEARBOOK  for 
1985-86  would  make  a  great  holiday  gift 
for  Duke  fans,  or  for  yourself.  Share  the 
excitement  of  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 
with  this  64-page,  hard-bound  book. 
Full  color  pictures,  features,  bios 
facts,  and  figures  on  this  year's 
nationally-ranked  Blue  Devils 
make  this  a  collector's  edition. 
Plus,  a  history  section  that 
details  the  great  moments 
of  one  of  the  nation's  finest 
basketball  programs:  the 
All-Americas,  the  lead 
ing  scores,  the  big- 
gest wins,  and  the 
worst  defeats. 
It's  all  captured 
in  the 
Yearbook. 


^? 


^^ 


Order  yours  today  before  supplies  run  out. 


TO  ORDER  the  1985-86  DUKE  BASKETBALL  YEARBOOK, 

send  $10,  plus  $1  for  shipping  and  handling  to: 

Duke  Sports  Information  Office,  306  Finch-Yeager  Building,  Durham,  MC  27706 

name 


Address. 


City_ 


State . 


Zip 


Make  checks  payable  to  D.U.A.A.,  $11  for  each  book.  MASTERCARD  and  VISA 
accepted. 


Card  number. 


Date  expires 


Power  Co.'s  marketing  department.  He  and  his  wife, 
Nancy,  have  one  son. 


H.  Kofol  77  completed  a  surgical  resi- 
dency at  Akron  City  Hospital  in  Akron,  Ohio,  and 
has  established  a  partnership  in  general  surgery  in 
Massillon,  Ohio. 

Freda  L.  Shillinger  B.S.N.  77  has  been  named 
head  nurse  and  administrative  coordinator  of  the 
coronary  care  unit  at  Hahnemann  Hospital  in 
Philadelphia. 


M.D.  77,ofPensacola,  Fla., 
has  been  granted  a  fellowship  in  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Cardiology. 

Neil  W.  Trask  M.D.  77  has  been  elected  to  fellow- 
ship in  the  American  College  of  Cardiology.  He  has  a 
private  practice  in  Myrtle  Beach,  S.C. 

Fredric  Blum  78  is  an  intern  in  pediatrics  at  New 
York  University's  Bellevue  Medical  Center. 

Francis  Wesley  Newman  B.S.E.E.  78  is  direc- 
tor of  the  department  of  special  events  and  conference 
services  at  Duke. 


M.  Nordlinger  78  is ; 

president  in  the  commercial  and  residential  real  estate 
division  at  Riggs  National  Bank  in  Washington,  DC. 
She  and  her  husband,  Douglas,  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 


L.  Saloman  III  78  is  a  Navy  flight 
instructor  at  NAS  Whiting  Field,  Milton,  Fla.  His 
wife,  Monica  Briggs  Salomon  '80,  is  an  ac- 
countant with  Bizzell,  Kopack  and  Neff  in  Pensacola, 
Fla. 


C.  Butkus  M.B.A.  79  was  promoted  to 
senior  planning  manager  of  IBM  in  the  Research 
Triangle  Park,  N.C. 


Coats  B.S.E.  79  is  a  computer 
programmer  for  Computer  Science  Corp.  He  and  his 
wife,  Jean,  live  in  Durham. 

Michael  M.  Graves  M.B.A.  79  is  an  investment 
officer  at  Planned  Management  Co.  in  Charlotte, 
N.C.  He  and  his  wife  live  in  Greensboro. 

David  Garman  79  was  promoted  to  chief  of 
administration  for  U.S.  Senator  Frank  Murkowski  of 
Alaska.  He  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 


M.  "Skipper"  Johnstone  79  is  a  stu- 
dent at  East  Carolina  University's  medical  school.  He 
and  his  wife,  Melissa,  have  one  son  and  live  in 
Greenville,  N.C. 


King  M.Ed.  79  retired  after  nine  years  as 
principal  of  E.K.  Powe  Elementary  School  in 
Durham.  She  was  employed  with  the  Durham  city 
schools  for  25  years.  She  plans  to  travel  with  her 
husband,  Bob. 


Philip  T.  Klingelhofer  79  is  assistant  vice  presi- 
dent in  the  retail  banking  division  of  Riggs  National 
Bank  in  Washington,  DC.  His  responsibilities  include 
branch  operation  and  consumer  and  commercial  lend- 
ing. He  lives  in  Arlington,  Va. 


K.  Ruth  M.D.  79,  a  specialist  in  pul- 
monary medicine,  has  opened  a  practice  in  Burling- 
ton, N.C,  where  he  will  also  provide  services  in 
general  internal,  allergy,  and  critical-care  medicine. 
He  and  his  wife,  Patricia,  live  in  Mebane. 


G.  Spanarkel  79,  former  Duke  basket- 
ball player,  is  an  account  executive  with  Merrill  Lynch 
in  Paramus,  N.J. 


Spitznagel  B.S.E.  79  left  her 
position  as  senior  automation  engineer  with  Allied 
Bendix  Aerospace  to  start  a  technical  communica- 


Make  Reservations 
Without  Reservations. 


At  the  Durham  Hilton  Inn.  we've 
done  everything  we  can  to  make 
your  visit  as  comfortable  as 
possible. 

We  completely  renovated  and 
redecorated  all  140  guest  rooms 
and  "Executive  Level."  Each  room 
now  has  brand  new  cherry  Drexel 
furniture.  Bright,  new  draperies 
and  carpet.  Everything  is  sparkling 
fresh  and  clean.  At  the  Durham  Hilton 
you  go  first  class. 

"The  Executive  Level" 

We  have  the  "Executive  Level" 
especially  for  our  guests  who  enjoy 
additional  luxury,  comfort  and  con 
veniences  like  complimentary 
continental  breakfast,  daily 
newspapers  delivered  to 
your  room,  keyed  elevator 


for  privacy  and  security,  and  pre- 
registration  for  quick  check-ins. 

Burley's  Lounge 

Burley's  is  Durham's  most 
elegant  lounge. 

The  Solarium 

The  Solarium  is  a  grand 
meeting  and  dining  room  with 
seating  for  up  to  55 . 

Colonial  Room 

The  beautifully  appointed 

dining  room  open  for  breakfast. 

lunch  and  dinner. 

Combine  all  this  with  the  best 

reservation  system  in  the  country. 

and  you  can  see  why  you  can  make 

ations  at  the  Durham  Hilton  Inn 
without  reservations. 


X  HILTON 


tions  business.  She  and  her  husband,  Kim,  live  in 
Carrolton,  Texas. 

David  W.  Starr  79  is  vice  president  of  Chittenden 
Bank  in  Burlington,  Vt.,  where  he  also  serves  as  a 
commercial  loan  officer.  He  and  his  wife,  Jessica,  live 
in  Shelbume  and  have  one  son. 


MARRIAGES:  Barbara  Ann  Hix  75  to  Eric 
Richard  Teagarden  75  on  June  8.  Residence: 
Durham  .  .  .  Nina  E.  Savin  77  to  William  W. 
Scott  on  December  17, 1984  .  .  .  Robert  Steven 

Coats  B.S.E.  79  to  Jean  Catherine  Gladden  on  May 
18.  Residence:  Durham. 

BIRTHS:  Second  daughter  to  Lynne  Darby 
Morris  70  and  Dwight  A.  Morris  70  on  March 
8.  Named  Beth  Darby  ...  A  daughter  to  Fran  M. 
Johnson  72  and  John  Parke  Wright  on  March  9. 
Named  Leila  Frances  ...  A  son  to  Sue  George 
Neal  72  and  Douglas  B.  Neal  on  Jan.  16.  Named 
Justin  Douglas  .  .  .  First  son  to  Renee  Johnson 
Tyson  74  and  Joseph  B.  Tyson  Jr.  on  May  22.  Named 
J.  Benjamin  III  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Peter  A. 
Graybill  75  and  Didi  Segalind  Graybill  75  on 
April  8.  Named  Evan  Peter  .  .  .  First  child  and 
daughter  to  Thomas  E.  Hendrick  75  on  Oct. 
18,  1984.  Named  Katherine  Elizabeth  .  .  .  Twins,  a 
boy  and  girl,  to  Wendy  Zeilman-Liotti  76  and 
Thomas  Liotti  on  May  25.  Named  Louis  Joseph  and 
Carole  Lynne  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Ferdinand 
III  78  and  Monica  Briggs 
)  on  May  5,  1984.  Named  Christopher 
Lewis  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Walker 
Anderson  Mabe  79  and  John  I.  Mabe  on  Dec. 
12,  1984.  Named  Sarah  Jenson. 


80s 


Timothy  W.  Jackson  '80  received  a  Certificate 
in  Management  Accounting  from  the  National  Associa- 
tion of  Accountants.  He  is  assistant  manager  of  manu- 
facturing cost  controls  at  Liggett  and  Myers  Tobacco 
Co.  in  Durham. 

Alan  M.  Kanaski  M.F.  '80  is  forest  pathologist  for 
the  Forest  Protection  Division  of  the  Oregon  State 
Department  of  Forestry  in  Salem,  Ore. 

Cynthia  H.  Miller  '80  is  training  in  internal  medi- 
cine at  Greenwich  Hospital  in  Greenwich,  Conn. 
She  and  her  husband,  Matthew  C.  Leinung  '80, 
live  in  Greenwich. 

John  Shepard  Parke  III  '80  has  been  named 
divisional  sales  manager  for  general  merchandise  with 
Georgia-Pacific  Corp.'s  Consumer  Paper  Products 
Division,  Southern  Region.  He  lives  in  Marietta,  Ga. 


s  a  certified  public 
with  Bizzell,  Kopack  and  Neff  in 
Pensacola,  Fla.  Her  husband,  Ferdinand  L. 
Salomon  III  78,  is  a  Navy  flight  instfuctor  in 
Milton,  Fla.  They  have  one  son. 

Richard  E.  Shaw  '80,  M.E.M.  '84  is  an  environ- 
mental specialist  for  water  resources  with  the  N.C. 
Department  of  Natural  Resources  and  Community 
Development  in  Raleigh,  N.C.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

Lynn  Hill  Spragens  '80  works  in  the  Durham 
office  of  Carolina  Securities  Corp. 


received  an  area 
franchise  agreement  from  Domino's  Pizza  stores  which 
will  allow  him  to  build  five  Golden  Gate  Pizza  Inc. 
stores  in  southern  San  Francisco. 

Tina  S.  Alster  B.S.N.  '81,  a  student  at  Duke's 
medical  school,  is  training  in  dermatology.  She  and 
her  husband,  Gregory,  live  in  Durham. 

J.  Attaway  '81  is  a  staff  optometrist  with 


the  Bascom  Palmer  Eye  Institute  at  the  University  of 
Miami.  He  is  a  graduate  of  the  University  of 
Houston's  College  of  Optometry. 

Catherine  E.  Biersack  '81,  a  graduate  of  the 
University  of  Virginia's  medical  school,  will  train  in 
pediatrics  at  Wilford  Hall  USAF  Medical  Center  in 
San  Antonio,  Texas. 

Sophia  Mihe  Chung  '81,  M.D.  '85.  a  graduate  of 

Duke's  medical  school,  is  completing  an  internship  in 
internal  medicine  at  Baylor  College  ot  Medicine  in 
Houston,  Texas,  where  she  will  train  in 
ophthalmology. 

David  Dolan  '81  received  a  joint  J.D./M.B.A. 
degree  from  the  University  of  Chicago.  He  is  an  associ- 
ate with  Akin,  Gump,  Strauss,  Hauer  and  Feld  in 
Dallas,  Texas. 

Mary  Margaret  Gillin  '81  is  a  member  of  the 
New  York  Junior  League. 

Steve  Hamm  M.B.A.  '81  is  European  controller  at 
Atex,  Inc.,  a  supplier  of  software  and  computers  for 
the  text  publishing  and  printing  industries.  His 
responsibilities  in  Rotterdam,  The  Netherlands,  in- 
clude financial  control,  planning,  and  business 
analysis. 

Wanda  M.  Huffstetler  '81  is  a  trust  officer  at 
Wachovia  Bank  and  Trust  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

Larry  N.  Johnson  '81,  a  graduate  of  the  Medical 
College  of  Virginia,  will  train  in  internal  medicine  at 
Vanderbilt  University.  He  lives  in  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Cynthia  Cline  Kadinsky-Cade  '81  received  an 
M.B.A.  degree  from  the  University  of  Chicago.  She  is 
a  financial  consultant  with  Arthur  Andersen  and  Co. 
in  Chicago. 


Wendy  Kilworth-Mason  M  RE. 


the  Sarah  P.  Herndon  Award  for  Excellence  in  Teach- 
ing and  Service  at  Florida  State  University.  She  has 
completed  all  tequirements  for  her  Ph.D.  in  humani- 
ties and  has  returned  to  England  to  work  as  a  teacher. 

N.  Scott  Litofsky  '81,  a  graduate  of  the  University 
of  Texas'  medical  school,  will  train  in  neurosurgery  at 
the  University  of  Southern  California. 

Mark  Samuel  Litwin  '81  graduated  from  Emory 
University's  medical  school  and  will  train  in  general 
surgery  and  urology. 

John  R.  Marshall  B.S.E.  '81  received  an  M.B.A. 
degree  from  Harvard  Business  School.  He  is  employed 
with  Maryland  National  Bank  in  Baltimore. 

John  "Jock"  McKinley  BSE.  '81  is  an  engineer 
with  Westinghouse  Electronics  in  Baltimore,  Md.  His 
wife,  Kathryn  Smith  McKinley  '82,  is  working 
on  her  M.A.T  and  teaching  high  school  English. 
They  live  in  Catonsville,  Md. 

Joseph  Raleigh  Megale  '81  graduated  from 
Hofstra  Law  School  and  serves  as  district  attorney  in 
Nassau  County,  N.Y. 

Mark  Edward  Scheitlin  '81  was  promoted  to 
lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Navy.  He  is  a  plans  and  sche- 
duling officer  for  Trident  Submarine  Operations  in 
Pearl  Harbor,  Hawaii. 

L.H.  Whelchel  Jr.  Ph.D.  '81  is  the  author  of  M? 
Chains  Fell  Off,  which  addresses  the  issue  of  slavery  by 
focusing  on  the  life  and  works  of  William  Wells 
Brown,  a  fugitive  abolitionist.  Whelchel  lives  in 
Dayton,  Ohio,  and  is  minister  at  Phillips  Temple 
Chtistian  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

Jennifer  P.  Ziska  '81,  J.D.  '84  attends  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill's  medical  school. 

J.  Jon  Brophy  '82  is  a  patent  examiner  for  the 


Patent  and  Trademark  office.  His  wife,  Lynne 
Laurence  Russell  '84.  is  a  clinical  nurse  at 
Fairfax  Hospital.  They  live  in  Fairfax,  Va. 

Amanda  D.  Darwin  '82,  a  graduate  of  Boston 
University's  law  school,  is  an  associate  with  the 
Knoxville,  Tenn.,  law  firm  Heiskell,  Donelson, 
Bearman,  Adams,  Williams  and  Kirsch. 

Elizabeth  Hinzelman  Fortino  BSE.  '82 
received  a  master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering 
from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  and  is 
employed  with  IBM  in  Poughkeepsie,  N.Y.  She  and 
her  husband.  Ronald,  live  in  Hyde  Park.  N.Y. 

David  P.  Griffith  '82  has  been  promoted  to  first 
lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Marine  Corps.  He  and  his  wife, 
Sandy,  live  in  Cherry  Point,  N.C. 

Veronica  Karaman  '82  received  a  full-year 
Beazley  Scholarship  to  the  Christian  Broadcasting 
Network  University.  She  is  enrolled  in  a  communica- 
tion/biblical studies  degree  program.  She  recently 
spent  a  yeat  touring  with  the  Professional  Women's 
Golf  Circuit. 

Robert  Scott  McCartney  '82  is  news  editor  of 
the  Associated  Press  wire  service  in  Dallas,  Texas.  He 
and  his  wife.  Karen  Blumenthal  '81.  live  in 
Dallas. 

D.  Bruce  McDonald  '82  is  head  of  corporate 
banking  functions  at  NCNB  National  Bank  in  Hills- 
borough, N.C. 

Kathryn  Smith  McKinley  '82  is  working  on  her 
M.A.T.  at  Johns  Hopkins  University  while  she  teaches 
high  school  English.  Her  husband,  John  'Mock" 
McKinley  '81,  is  an  engineer  with  Westinghouse 
Electronics.  They  live  in  Catonsville,  Md. 


r.HESSON  REALTY 


CHESSON  REALTi'  has  been  serving  the  Durham  region 
in  the  marketing  of  residential  resales  and  new  develop- 
ments for  lb  years  jnd  now  stands  as  one  of  the  largest  real 
estate  firms  in  Durham. 

The  reason  for  this  growth  is  our  dedication  to  serving  the 
needs  of  individual  home  buyers  and  sellers,  as  well  as  the 
builders  and  developers  of  this  region.  Our  agents  are 
professionally  trained  to  listen.  They  know  the  financial 
markets  and  properties  available  in  the  region.  We  have  a 
computer  assisted  contact  sv*m  h  >r  prospective  buyers 
and  professional  marketing  capabilities  for  design  of  special 
promotions  for  single  properties  or  large  developments. 
Recentlv.  C7/£.«a\/c£-im'announced  the  formation  of 
a  NEW  HOMES  DIVISION  to  better  serve  builders  and 
developers-  This  division,  comprised  of  four  CHESSON 
PROFESSIONALS,  offers  builders  full-time,  on  site  staffing 
of  developments,  as  well  .is  professional  assistance  with 
marketing  and  promotion. 

If  you  are  looking  to  buv  ot  sell  one  home,  or  1.000 
homes,  call  the  CHESSON  PROFESSIONALS  We  are  eager 


CHESSON  REALTY 

RESIDENTIAL  DIVISION    SEW  HOMES  DIVISION 
COMMERCIAL  DIVISION     RELCXATIOX  \FKVH  E\  DIM: 


CRUISE  WITH  DUKE  TO 

RUSSIA  AND  NORTHERN  EUROPE, 

ABOARD  THE  ELEGANT 

ROYAL  VIKING  SEA 

JUNE  8-21,  1986 

From  Copenhagen  sail  to  Stockholm,  Helsinki,  Leningrad, 
Hamburg,  Amsterdam  and  Copenhagen.  Duke  Extras.  Cabins 
start  at  $2834  per  person;  round  trip  airfare  $775  Raleigh/ 
Copenhagen. 

A  FIVE  STAR  HOLIDAY! 


For  further  information,  contact: 


Barbara  Delapp  Booth  ('54) 
Director  Alumni  Travel 
919-684-5114 

or 


Academic  Arrangements  Abroad 
26  Broadway,  New  York,  NY.  10004 
212-344-0830 


Ships  of  Norwegian  Registry 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


Vi  OWNERSHIP  in  condo  on  ski  slope  ar  Sugar  Moun- 
rain.  Sleeps  6,  2  years  old.  Indoor  swimming  pool,  spa, 
fireplace,  balcony,  full  kitchen,  TV,  golf,  tennis,  stables, 
security.  $37,900.  Ashley  Futrell  Jr.  78,  (919)  946-9656 
weekdays. 

RELOCATING  to  Palm  Beach  County,  Florida?  Call 
Marilyn  Samwick,  Broker-Salesman,  evenings  (305)  626- 
3564,  PROPERTIES  UNLIMITED  REALTY,  INC./ 
REALTOR,  10887  N.  Military  Trail,  Palm  Beach  Gar- 
dens, FL  33418.  Phone:  (305)  622-7000. 

BIRD  WATCHER'S  DELIGHT  Tryon,  N.C.,  heart  of 
thermal  belt.  Home  and  income  in  secluded,  wooded 
area  with  mountain  views.  Each  unit  has  two  bedrooms 
upstairs,  large,  sunny  living  room  with  fireplace,  dining 
area,  hardwood  floors,  eat-in  kitchen,  deck.  Currently 
rented,  low  maintenance.  Ideal  for  second  home. 
$69,900.(412)682-6511. 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 


The  Five  Star 


.  rju£st  house 


4  North  Seventh  Street 
Historic  Wilmington 
North  Carolina  28401 
kj«mu.        (919)  763-7581 


KIAWAH  ISLAND,  S.C.  Come  enjoy  our  unspoiled 
beach  and  superb  sports  weather.  You  can  relax  in  pri- 
vately-owned, fully-furnished  villas  or  homes.  We  offer 
you  superior  service  and  quality.  OCEAN  RESORTS 
INC.  OF  CHARLESTON,  1-800-221-7376  or  (803) 
559-0343. 


WANTED  TO  BUY 


RARE  BOOKS  AND  MAPS.  Richard  Sykes  '53,  Mary 
Flanders  Sykes  '52.  Sykes  and  Flanders,  Antiquarian 
Booksellers,  P.O.  Box  86,  Weare,  NH  03281.  (603) 
529-7432.  Member  ABAA. 


Which  American  company  is  searching  for  good  local 
management  or  consultant  for  its  German/European 
operation?  A  well-known,  all-around  German  manager 
with  international  experience  and  American  education 
(Duke  University)  could  do  a  successful  job  as  local  man- 
ager or  consulting  board  member.  Contact:  Dr.  Phil  Hans 
Karl  Kandlbinder  A.M.  '54,  Hammerschmiede  3,  8018 
Grafing  b.  Munchen,  Telefon  (0  80  92)  61  53. 


SEND  YOUR  CABBAGE  PATCH  KID  TO  DUKE: 
Admission  guaranteed.  Special  two-week  sessions.  Af- 
fordable tuition  includes:  photos  at  campus  events,  let- 
ters home,  sportswear,  diploma.  Call  (919)  684-0243  or 
write  Dean  Xavier,  P.O.  Box  5989  Duke  Station,  Dur- 
ham, NC  27706. 


ilju  "Kal"  Nekvasil  J.D.  '82  is  regional  attorney 
the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers, 
.,  in  New  Orleans. 


Short  M.B.A.  '82,  executive  vice 
president  of  Inform  Inc.,  an  advertising/public  rela- 
tions firm  in  Durham,  was  awarded  a  national  writing 
prize  by  the  National  Federation  of  Press  Women. 

Irene  Sosa  Vasquez  Ph.D.  '82  is  a  fellow  with 
the  Mary  Ingraham  Bunting  Institute  at  Radcliffe 
College  in  Cambridge,  Mass.  She  recently  conducted 
a  colloquium  on  the  "Classic  Maya,"  a  native  Ameri- 
can Indian  culture. 

Bobby  D.  White  M.Div.  '82  is  a  chaplain  and 
instructor  in  religion  at  Atlantic  Christian  College  in 
Wilson,  N.C. 


Wendy  Wilson  A.M.  '82  is  a  development  s 
in  the  analytical  development  laboratory  at  Burroughs 
Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research  Triangle  Park.  She 
lives  in  Durham. 

David  A.  Wright  M.B.A.  '82  is  assistant  vice  presi- 
dent of  corporate  finance  with  Johnston,  Lemon  and 
Co.,  a  regional  investment  banking  firm  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C. 

Marc  Howard  Berman  '83  received  a  master's  in 
public  affairs  from  the  Lyndon  B.  Johnson  School  of 
Public  Affairs  at  the  University  of  Texas.  He  lives  in 
Austin,  Texas. 

Julian  Abele  Cook  III  '83  received  a  master's 
degree  from  the  School  of  International  Affairs  and 
Public  Affairs  at  Columbia  University  in  New  York 
City.  He  is  enrolled  in  law  school  at  the  University  of 
Virginia. 

Stuart  T.  Farnham  '83,  Marine  lieutenant  j.g., 
has  been  designated  a  naval  aviator  after  18  months  of 
flight  training. 


D 


uke  Classifieds  are  your  chance  to  deal  with  74,000 
alumni  and  friends  all  over  the  country.  Here  is  all  you 
have  to  do: 


Rates:  For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50  for  each 

additional  word.  There  is  a  10-word  minimum.  Telephone  numbers  count  as 

one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  Display  rates  are  $100  per  column  inch  (2Vi  x 

1).  Discount  for  multiple  insertions  is  10  percent. 

Requirements:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed;  no  telephone  orders  are 

accepted.  All  advertisements  must  be  prepaid.  Send  check  (payable  to 

Duke  University)  or  money  order  to:  Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614 

Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706. 

Deadlines:  October  1  (November-December),  December  1  (January-February), 

February  1  (March-April),  April  1  (May-June),  June  1  (July-August). 


NAMF. 

ADDRESS 

CITY 

Check  or  money 
Ad  should  appea 
Ad  should  read  a 

order  for  $ 

STATE 

ZIP 

enclosed. 

MAIL  TO:  Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 

% 


Co.  Inc. 


Painting  and  Decorating 


Durham,  N.  C. 


Peter  D.  Haase  '83  is  a  writer  for  DWJ  As: 
Inc.,  a  broadcast  public  relations  firm  in  Ridgewood, 
N.J.,  with  offices  in  New  York  City  and  Washington, 
D.C.  He  lives  in  Ridgewood. 

Kristine  JantZ  '83  is  a  real  estate  analyst/paralegal 
in  the  income  property  loan  department  of  Cardinal 
Federal  Savings  Bank  in  Cleveland,  Ohio.  She  lives  in 
Shaker  Heights,  Ohio. 

Andrew  D.  McClintock  BSE.  '83,  a  second 
lieutenant,  has  been  awarded  the  "Wings  of  Gold," 
designating  him  a  naval  aviator  in  the  U.S.  Marine 
Corps. 

Ann  P.  Russavage  '83  was  elected  to  membership 
on  the  Dickinson  Journal  of  International  Urn;  a  bi- 
annual publication  which  addresses  issues  of  private 
and  public  international  law.  She  is  a  student  at  The 
Dickinson  School  of  Law  in  Carlisle,  Pa. 

Lawrence  C.  Trotter  '83  teceived  his  master's 
from  Westminster  Theological  Seminary  in 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Douglas  E.  Waters  '83  was  named  Navy  ensign 
after  completing  Aviation  Officer  Candidate  School. 

Anne  Fawley  Adams  B.S.E.  '84  is  a  consulting 
engineer  for  Rodney  Lewis  Associates  in  Houston, 
Texas. 

Frances  Marie  Attaway  '84  is  an  aide  to  Rep. 
Bill  McCollum  at  his  Capitol  Hill  office.  She  lives  in 
Arlington,  Va. 

Michael  P.  Bailey  '84  is  an  operations  technician 
for  Shearson  Lehman/American  Express  Inc.  in  New 
York  City.  He  lives  in  Weehawken,  N.J. 


Gary  D.  Ballard  M.H.A.  '84  is  chief  admii 

of  Three  Rivers  Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
52-bed  acute  care  facility  in  McRae,  Ga. 

William  T.  Carpenter  '84,  a  second  1 

the  U.S.  Marines,  attends  the  Marine  Corps  Basic 

School  in  Quantico,  Va. 

Ronald  J.  Galonsky  '84,  private  first  class  in  the 
U.S.  Army,  has  completed  basic  training  at  Fort  Dix, 
N.J. 

Christian  N.  Haliday  '84,  a  second  lieutenant  in 

the  U.S.  Marine  Corps,  is  with  the  First  Marine  Divi- 
sion at  Camp  Pendleton,  Calif. 

David  G.  Hartz  Ph.D.  '84,  former  mathematics 
instructor  at  Duke,  has  been  appointed  an  assistant 
professor  of  mathematics  at  Franklin  and  Marshall 
College  in  Lancaster,  Pa. 

William  Mahone  V  M.H.A  '84  has  been  named 
assistant  to  the  vice  president  of  operations  at 
Memorial  Hospital  in  Alamance  County,  N.C.  He 
lives  in  Burlington,  N.C. 

Kathleen  M.  Moser  '84,  M.F.  '85  was  the  red- 
pent  of  the  Boise  Cascade  Fellowship,  a  graduate 
scholarship  awarded  on  the  basis  of  academic  merit 
and  professional  promise. 

Robert  W.  Partin  '84,  a  second  lieutenant  in  the 

U.S.  Marine  Corps,  has  reported  for  duty  with  Third 
Marine  Aircraft  Wing  at  the  Marine  Corps  Air  Sta- 
tion in  Yuma,  Ariz. 

Daniel  I.  Davila  Jr.  M.B.A.  '84  was  promoted  to 
manager  of  the  information  center  at  Siecor. 


Tarver  Rountree  B.S.E.  '84  is  employed 

with  the  national  accounts  marketing  division  of 

IBM.  He  and  his  wife,  Robin  Kyle  Paulson  '84, 
live  in  Atlanta. 

Lynne  Laurence  Russell  '84  is  a  clinical  nurse 
at  Fairfax  Hospital  in  Fairfax,  Va.  Her  husband,  J. 
Jon  Brophy  '82,  is  a  patent  examiner  for  the  Patent 
and  Trademark  office.  They  live  in  Fairfax,  Va. 


Pamela  S.  Deluca  '85  was  selected  to  participate 
in  the  medical  scholars  program  at  the  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  Medicine  at  Wake  Forest  University. 

Richard  G.  Heck  '85  will  attend  Oxford  Univer- 
sity for  two  years  of  post-graduate  study  through  the 
Marshall  Scholarships  Awards  program. 

Peter  M.  Lawson  M.H.A.  '85  was  awarded  the 
McGaw  Medal  of  Excellence  by  the  American  Hospi- 
tal Supply  Corp.  He  is  a  graduate  student  in  health 
administration  at  Duke's  medical  center. 

Marie  L.  Miranda  '85  was  selected  for  a  two  year 
post-graduate  scholarship  at  Oxford  University,  an 
award  granted  through  the  Marshall  Scholarships 
Award  program. 


MARRIAGES:  Kimberly  Jane  Sanborn  '80  to 
James  Morrison  Woodworth  Glenn  '82  on 

Jan.  5  .  .  .  Tina  S.  Alster  B.S.N.  '81  to  Gregory 
Buller  in  Duke  Chapel  on  May  11  .  .  .  Cynthia 
Todd  Cline  '81  to  Philip  Nicholas  Kadinsky-Cade 
in  December  1984      .  David  Marshall  Dolan 
'81  to  Mary  Elizabeth  Louis  '82  on  Aug.  10. 
Residence:  Dallas .  .  .  Carl  David  Powers  '81  to 
Deborah  Lynn  Mikush  '81  on  May  26.  Resi- 
dence: Richmond,  Va  .  .  .  Steven  R.  Bell  '82  to 
Susan  M.  Stover  '84  on  June  22.  Residence: 
Chicago        J.  Jon  Brophy  '82  to  Lynne 
Laurence  Russell  '84  on  April  14  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Fairfax,  Va  .  .  .  Scott  Lance 
Cunningham  M.D.  '82  to  Anne  Elizabeth  Callan 
on  June  15.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Elizabeth 


Some  selections  from 
the  1985  offerings  of  the 
Duke  University  Press 


Directions  in 
Euripidean  Criticism 

A  Collection  of  Essays 

Edited  by  Peter  Burian,  Associate 

Professor  of  Classical  Studies,  Duke 

Six  leading  classicists  offer  interpreta- 
tions of  this  most  enigmatic  and  con- 
troversial tragedian,  reflecting  the 
complexity  and  richness  of  Euripidean 
drama  and  illustrating  its  relevance  to 
contemporary  concerns.  237  pages, 
$27.50. 


Art  and  Literature 

Studies  in  Relationship 
William  S.  Heckscher,  formerly 
Benjamin  N.  Duke  Professor  and 
Director  of  the  Art  Museum,  Duke 

Essays  ranging  over  the  length  and 
breadth  of  Heckscher's  encyclopedic 
interests,  including  the  survival  of  the 
classical  tradition,  emblematic  research, 
German  literature,  and  many  more. 
528  pages,  illustrated.  Paper,  $37.50. 


The  Royal  Protomedicato 

The  Regulation  of  the  Medical 
Profession  in  the  Spanish  Empire 
John  Tate  Lanning,  late  James  B.  Duke 
Professor  of  History,  Duke 
Edited  by  John  J.  TePaske, 
Professor  of  History,  Duke 

A  monumental  work  on  the  develop- 
ment and  functioning  of  the  protomedi- 
catos,  committees  of  licensed  physicians 
in  major  cities  of  the  Spanish  Empire 
charged  with  the  regulation  of  medical 
affairs.  485  pages,  $37.50. 


Polanyian  Meditations 

In  Search  of  a  Post-Critical  Logic 
William  H.  Poteat,  Professor  of  Religion 
and  Comparative  Studies,  Duke 

A  strikingly  original  work  inspired  by 
Michael  Polanyi  (in  the  style  of  Husserl's 
Cartesian  Meditations)  addressing  ques- 
tions concerning  the  unity  of  the  human 
mind  and  body.  400  pages,  $35.00. 


Duke  University  Press 

6697  College  Station 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27708 


Hinzelman  B.S.E.  '82  to  Ronald  Fortino  on  April 
13.  Residence:  Hyde  Park,  N.Y  .  .  .  Debra  J. 
Foster  '82  to  Daniel  P.  Smith  on  May  25.  Resi- 
dence: Columbia,  S.C  .  .  .  James  Morrison 
Woodworth  Glenn  82  to  Kimberly  Jane 
Sanborn  '80  on  Jan  5  . . .  Angela  Renate 
Huntley  '82  to  Anthony  Levem  Brown  on  May 
25        Mary  Elizabeth  Louis  82  to  David 
Marshall  Dolan  '81  on  Aug.  10.  Residence: 
Dallas,  Texas .  .  .  Renee  Jennifer  Lewis  '83  to 
Gunard  Erik  Bergman  '83  on  June  29  in 
Vienna,  Ohio.  Residence:  Brunswick,  Maine  .  .  . 
Traci  Lynne  Sittason  83  to  Paul  Cushman 
Stark  '83  on  December  29,  1984.  Residence: 
Chicago  .  .  .  Anne  Fawley  B.S.E.  '84  to  Terry 
Adams  on  August  4,  1984  .  .  .  Mark  Eric 
Indermaur  B.S.E.  '84  to  Meredith  Webster  on  Jan. 
5.  Residence:  Chicago  .  .  .  Robin  Kyle  Paulson 
'84  to  William  Tarver  Rountree  BSE.  '84  on 
May  25  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  . 
Lynne  Laurence  Russell  '84  to  J.  Jon 
Brophy  '82  on  April  14  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Fairfax,  Va  .  .  .  Joseph  A.  Pimentel  '84  to 
Jennifer  Lynn  Fulton  '85  on  July  20.  Residence: 
Jacksonville,  Fla  .  .  .  Susan  M.  Stover  '84  to 
Steven  R.  Bell  '82  on  June  22.  Residence: 
Chicago. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Mark  Steven 
Calvert  '80,  J.D.  '83  and  Rosemary 
Antonucci  Calvert  '81,  A.M.  '83  on  July  31. 
Named  Benjamin  James  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to 
Theodore  Ronald  Hainline  Jr.  '80,  J.D.  '83 
and  Melody  Tope  Hainline  82  on  July  14 
Named  Russell  Everett  .  .  .  Second  son  to  Charles 
T.  Perry  J.D.  '80  and  Ann  Upshaw  Perry  on  June  6. 
Named  John  Wesley  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to 
Monica  Briggs  Salomon  '80  and  I 
L.  Salomon  III  78  on  May  5,  1984.  Named 
Christopher  Lewis. 


The  Register  has  received  no 
deaths.  No  further  infbrmatii 


:  ot  the  following 
ras  available. 

T.  Shields  '33  of  Norfolk,  Va.  .  .  .  John 
S.  Baker  '35  on  Feb.  11  .  .  .  Charles  E. 

Shannon  '39,  B.D.  '42  of  Thomasville,  N.C 

Frank  Louis  Beckel  '40,  M.D.  '44  on  April 
12  .  .  .  Felix  Kurzrok  '43  of  Oxford,  Conn.  .  .  . 
Horace  M.  Sherwood  Jr.  '45  of  Mission  Viejo, 
Calif.  .  . .  Edwin  E.  Barnes  B.D.  '47  on  April 
14    . .  Linton  H.  Decosier  '50  on  Oct.  3, 
1984  .  . .  Harry  E.  Carpenter  Jr.  B.S.E.E.  '51  of 

Conover,  N.C Betsy  Lee  Barton  '54  on  Feb. 

28        Reuben  Columbus  Hood  Jr.  MAT. 

'60  on  April  2. 

Laura  A.  Tillett  '14  on  April  12  in  Durham.  She 

was  professor  emeritus  of  Queens  College  in  Charlotte 
and  a  member  of  University  Methodist  Church  in 
Chapel  Hill.  She  is  survived  by  several  nieces  and 
nephews. 


Charles  Settle  Bunn  '17  on  Dec.  23, 1984.  He 
was  a  trustee  of  Louisburg  College  and  a  member  of 
the  N.C.  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives.  He  is 
survived  by  a  son,  Spruill  G.  Bunn  '59;  a  daughter, 
Sidney  B.  YoungblOOd  '42;  nine  grandchildren; 
and  one  great-granddaughter. 

Lily  Mason  Reitzel  '21  on  April  12  in  Durham. 
A  native  of  Cary,  N.C,  she  was  a  member  of  Duke 
Memorial  United  Methodist  Church.  She  is  survived 
by  a  son,  three  sisters,  and  three  grandsons. 

Mary  Louise  Howell  '22  on  May  24  in  Durham. 
She  was  head  of  the  payroll  department  at  Duke  when 
she  retired  in  1965  after  40  years  of  service.  She  was  a 
member  of  Trinity  United  Methodist  Church.  She  is 
survived  by  a  sister  and  brother. 

Gertrude  Guyes  Tobias  Leipman  '23  on 

April  27  in  High  Point,  N.C.  She  was  founder  of  the 
High  Point  section  of  the  National  Council  of  Jewish 
Women.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter  and  five 
grandchildren. 


John  E.  Dempster  '25,  former  Duke 

player,  on  Dec.  12  in  Richmond,  Va.  He  is  survived  by 

his  wife. 

Lois  Cole  Stone  '29  on  April  6  in  Dallas,  Texas. 
A  native  of  Durham,  she  was  a  member  of  Lakewood 
United  Methodist  Church.  She  is  survived  by  two 
sons,  a  sister,  two  brothers,  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Margaret  Battle  Kirkland  '30  on  May  23  in 

Durham.  She  taught  in  the  Durham  city  schools  for 
many  years  and  was  a  member  ot  Trinity  Avenue 
Presbyterian  Church.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a 
son,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Raymond  K.  Perkins  '30,  J.D.  '33  on  Dec.  23, 

1984,  in  Manchester,  N.H.  He  served  as  president  of 
the  N.H.  Senate  and  speaker  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Solium 
Perkins;  two  sons  including  Raymond  K. 
Perkins  Jr.  Ph.D.  73;  five  grandchildren;  and 
several  nieces  and  nephews. 


Reade  '30  on  December  9,  1984.  in 
Durham.  A  native  of  Durham,  she  served  at  Lake- 
wood  School  as  a  first  and  second  grade  teacher.  She 
was  a  member  of  Duke  Memorial  United  Methodist 
Church  and  of  the  North  Carolina  Teachers  Associa- 
tion. She  is  survived  by  two  brothers  and  a  sister. 

John  C.  Taggart  '31  on  May  17  in  Charlotte, 
N.C.  He  retired  as  regional  manager  for  Sun  Oil  Co. 
and  was  a  member  of  Myers  Park  Presbyterian  Church 
and  the  Charlotte  Country  Club.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Ethel  B.K.  Taggart,  a  son  and  daughter,  a 
brother,  two  sisters,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Bernice  Hampton  Umstead  31  in  Durham 
County  General  Hospital  on  Feb.  4.  He  was  a  retired 
employee  of  WL.  Robinson  Tobacco  Co.  and  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Duke  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church. 
He  is  survived  by  a  sister. 


ran  '32  on  December  27. 
1984.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Duke  varsity  football 
team  from  1929  to  1932. 


Stuart  Dixon  Patrick  '32  on  Match  27  in  a  car 
accident  in  Wilmington,  N.C.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Eunice  Venetia  Home  Patrick,  one  sister,  and 
two  brothers. 

Frank  E.  Barnett  '33  on  April  4  in  New  York 

City  of  a  heart  attack.  Former  chairman  and  chief 
executive  of  the  Union  Pacific  Corp.,  he  was  a  key- 
figure  in  the  reorganization  of  six  bankrupt  North- 
eastern railroads  into  Conrail.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Wana  Elain  Barnett,  a  stepdaughter,  a  brother, 
and  four  grandchildren. 

Margaret  Phillips  '33  at  Hillhaven  Rehabilita- 
tion Clinic  in  Norfolk,  Va.  She  retired  as  a  member  of 
the  Duke  library  staff.  She  is  survived  by  two  sisters 
and  a  brother. 

Richard  P.  Bellaire  '35  on  May  6.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Alice  Bellaire. 

William  C.  Siceloff  '35  on  May  5  in  High  Point, 
N.C.  He  was  president  of  Siceloff  Oil  Co.  and  a 
founder  of  the  High  Point  Red  Cross  blood  program. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Pauline  Douglas  Siceloff, 
three  sons,  a  sister,  and  one  grandson. 


G.  Tyler  '35  on  April  10.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Claudia  Colgan  Tyler. 

Betty  Pyle  Baldwin  '38  on  May  24  in  Durham. 
She  was  a  member  of  Kappa  Alpha  Theta  sorority, 
Durham  Junior  League,  the  Durham  Debutante  Ball 
Society,  and  Fountain  Street  Church  in  Grand 
Rapids,  N.C.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  R.L. 
Baldwin  Jr.,  a  son,  three  daughters,  and  eight 
grandchildren. 


F.  Hollister  M.D.  '38  on  April  20  in 
Kiawah  Island,  S.C.  He  was  on  the  teaching  staff  at 
Duke's  medical  center,  whete  he  was  assistant  profes- 
sor and  associate  clinical  professor  ot  surgery.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Flora  Caddell  Hollister,  two 
children,  two  stepchildren,  and  six  granddaughters. 

Romeo  A.  Falciani  B.S.E.  '39  on  Jan.  13  in  Boca 

Raton,  Fla.  He  was  vice  president  of  Bet:  Murdoch 
Converse  Consulting  Engineers  in  Plymouth  Meet- 
ing, Pa.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mildred  B. 
Falciani,  a  son,  three  sisters,  and  a  granddaughter. 

Ann  Rauschenberg  David  '40  of  W  Hartford, 
Conn.,  on  April  29  of  Lou  Gehrig's  disease  (ALS) 
after  a  long  illness.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Bill,  two  daughters,  a  son,  sisters  Lucy  R.  Simson 
'37  and  Georgia  R.  Spieth  '44,  and  two 

grandchildren. 

Leon  H.  Mims  Jr.  M.D.,  B.S.M.  '41  on  April  9  of 

a  heart  attack  in  Key  Largo,  Fla.  A  Miami-area  ortho- 
pedic surgeon  for  more  than  35  years,  he  was  a  lover  of 
boating  and  fishing.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ruth 
Mims,  a  son,  and  a  brother. 

Hazel  Haynes  Myers  '41  on  April  19  in  Balti- 
more. A  native  of  Durham,  she  had  been  an  art  his- 
tory lecturer  at  Goucher  College  and  the  Baltimore 
Museum  of  Art.  She  was  a  founder  of  Maryland's  first 
nursery  school  cooperative  and  helped  organize 
several  more.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Robert 


^Ctftlcmd 


Woodcraft  Company,  Inc. 


P.O.  Box  11068 

451-53  South  Driver  St. 

Durham.  N.C.  27703 

919-596-8236 


Serving  IXike  and the 

Thirfiam  wmmimhy  with 

fine  architectural  woodwork 

since  1947 


lighters;  a  brother;  and 


D.  Myers;  her  mother 
a  granddaughter. 

William  A.  Kleinhenz  BSE.  '43  on  March  5  in 

Golden  Valley,  Minn.  A  professor  and  associate  head 
of  the  department  of  mechanical  engineering  at  the 
University  ot  Minnesota,  he  received  the  university's 
George  Taylor  Service  Award  and  the  Centennial 
Medallion  from  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical 
Engineers.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Kleinhenz, 
four  daughters,  three  grandchildren,  two  sisters,  and  a 
brother. 

Robert  Arthur  Wells  '44  on  March  2  in  Burling- 
ton, N.C.  He  retired  as  an  employee  of  Western 
Electric  Co.  and  was  a  member  of  the  Church  of  the 
Holy  Comforter.  He  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  a 
son,  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Edwin  Henry  Martinat  Sr.  '45  on  Oct.  13, 
1984,  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C.  He  retired  as  director 
of  the  department  of  rehabilitation  at  Forsyth  Hospi- 
tal Authority,  Inc.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Martha 
Yokeley  Martinat;  his  mother,  two  children,  and  a 
brother. 

David  Rabin  B.S.M.E.  '46,  LL.B.  '51  on  Dec.  10, 

1984,  from  injuries  received  in  a  car  accident.  He  was 
an  instructor  at  Duke's  law  school  and  a  patent 
examiner  in  the  U.S.  Patent  Office.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Vera  Rabin,  two  sons,  three  daughters,  a 
brother,  two  sisters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Geraldine  C.  Stanfield  M.Ed.  '46  of  cancer  on 

May  7.  She  retired  as  a  learning  disabilities  specialist 
with  the  Palm  Beach  County,  Fla.,  public  school  sys- 
tem. She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Henry  L. 

'46,  two  children,  and  two  grandchildren. 


W.  Rivers  M.Ed.  '47  on  April  7  of  a  heart 
attack.  The  tetired  deputy  assistant  administrator  of 
the  Extension  Service  in  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  was  deacon  of  the  First  Baptist  Church  in 
Alexandria,  Va.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Olivia  B. 
Rivers,  two  children,  a  sister,  and  a  brother. 

J.  Ben  Collins  '49  on  Feb.  4  in  Radford,  Va.  A 
former  Duke  basketball  player  and  co-captain,  he  was 
employed  as  credit  manager  oi  the  Lynchburg  Foundry 
Credit  Union.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Darlene 
Fanning  Collins,  two  children,  and  a  sister. 

Jack  E.  Freeze  B.S.M.E.  '49  on  March  2  of  a 
heart  attack  in  Myrtle  Beach,  S.C.  He  was  an  engi- 
neer with  Michael  Construction  Co.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Virginia  Hayes  Freeze,  two  children,  his 
father,  a  brother,  and  three  grandchildren. 


John  I.  McCollum  Jr.  Ph.D.  '56  on  Jan.  22  in 

Ocala,  Fla.,  of  injuries  sustained  in  a  fall.  The  former 
chairman  of  the  English  department  at  the  University 
ot  Miami  published  many  volumes  on  English  writers 
and  theit  works.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bettie  Lou 
McCollum,  and  a  son. 

Jean  Lanpher-Chichester  '60  of  cancer  on 

April  5  in  Hartford,  Conn.  She  is  survived  by  her 
three  children. 


Howard  Barlow  Ph.D.  '61  on  April  29 
in  Durham.  A  British  Army  veteran,  he  taught  at 
Duke  for  several  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ann 
Martin  Barlow,  two  children,  a  brother,  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Pearl  Whichard  Evans  M.Div.  '75  on  July  2, 
1984,  in  Lafayette,  La.  She  was  co-pastor  of  Davidson 
Memorial  United  Methodist  Church.  She  is  survived 


by  her  husband,  A.  Wayne  Evans  M.Div.  '75,  and 
two  sons. 

Emeritus  trustee  Wallace 

George  R.  Wallace  '27,  trustee  emeritus,  died  on 
April  11  in  Morehead  City,  N.C.  He  served  on  Duke's 
board  of  trustees  from  1954  to  1966. 

Before  his  retirement,  he  managed  Wallace 
Fisheries,  a  family  business  founded  by  his  father  in 
1910.  He  was  a  member  of  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  frater- 
nity, the  Founders  Society,  the  Washington  Duke 
Club,  and  Friends  of  the  Art  Museum. 

Wallace  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Laura  Abemathy 
Mace  Wallace,  and  a  son. 

Maude  Dunn,  Oldest  Alumna 

Maude  Wilkerson  Dunn  '06,  who  was  Duke's  oldest 
alumna,  died  June  26  in  Durham.  She  was  100.  In 
January,  the  General  Alumni  Association  presented 
het  with  an  award  for  "distinguished  service  in  further- 
ing the  humanitarian  and  educational  objectives  of 
the  association  and  the  university." 

The  Durham  native,  who  graduated  from  Trinity 
College  with  majors  in  Latin  and  French,  spent 
eleven  years  teaching  in  city  school  system  and  was 
principal  of  North  Durham  School  for  twenty-two 
years  until  retiring  in  1950. 

In  1967,  she  was  selected  Mother  of  the  Year.  She 
served  two  years  as  president  of  the  Blossom  Garden 
Club  and  was  awarded  life  membership  in  the  N.C. 
Council  of  Garden  Clubs.  She  was  the  oldest  member 
of  Duke  Memorial  Methodist  Church,  where  she 
served  on  the  administrative  board,  as  a  Sunday 
school  teacher  and  superintendent  of  the  children's 
department,  and  as  a  membet  of  the  Women's  Society. 

She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  sister, 
nine  grandchildren,  and  thirteen  gteat-grandchildren. 


Precollege  program  for  rising  high  school  seniors 


Selected 

academically 

talented  students 

may  enroll  in 

introductory 

courses 

in  the  humanities, 

social  sciences, 

natural  sciences, 

i  foreign  languages 

with  Duke 

undergraduates. 


Deadline  for 
submission  of 
applications  - 
March  3,  1986 
Contact: 

Precollege  Program 
01  West  Duke  Building 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708 
or  call 

(919)  684-3847 
fo  request  application 


DUKE  FORUM 


CLOSE  TO  HOME 

Editors: 

We  always  enjoy  the  magazine,  but  the  last 
issue  is  one  of  the  best  of  any  kind  I  have 
read.  The  "Debatable  Medical  Miracles" 
article  ["Confronting  the  New  Medicine," 
July-August  1985]  addresses  issues  which  are 
going  to  be  timely  for  years  to  come.  Living 
in  the  shadow  of  one  of  the  largest  training 
and  practicing  medical  complexes  in  the 
world,  we  are  constantly  affronted  with  those 
same  issues  which  the  article  raises. 

Kitty  Newton 
Houston,  Texas 

MODERN  HISTORY 

Editors: 

I  have  enjoyed  tremendously  the  recent  issue 
of  Duke  Magazine  [July-August  1985],  especial- 
ly Art  Chansky's  "Sloan's  Third  Down"  and 
Dan  Cox's  "Modem  Dance:  Made  in  Ameri- 
ca." John  Clum's  review  of  the  new  Lady  Gre- 
gory book  was  also  of  great  interest  because 
twentieth-century  Irish  literature  was  my 
major  teaching  field. 

No  doubt  others  have  called  to  your  atten- 
tion a  geographical  error  on  page  15.  Benning- 
ton College  is  in  my  native  state  of  Vermont, 
not  Maine. 

That  summer  of  1934  was  a  wonderful  one. 


P3F 


v#i 


I  went  down  to  Bennington  to  visit  a  friend, 
Clair  Leonard,  who  was  writing  some  music  for 
Doris  Humphrey  and  Charles  Weidman.  At 
age  20  I  knew  nothing  of  modern  dance  and 
went  prepared  to  scoff;  I  remained  to  praise. 
Sybil  Shearer,  then  an  unknown,  and  other 
students  became  my  friends.  The  atmosphere 
was  fluid  and  exciting  and  everyone  worked 
hard,  even  the  visitor. 

One  favorite  memory  is  of  riding  around  the 
campus  one  evening  on  the  shoulders  of  Jose 
Limon,  then  at  the  outset  of  his  magnificient 
career.  I  spoke  to  him  backstage  in  Buffalo 
many  years  later;  he  recalled  the  incident  but 
didn't  suggest  a  repeat  performance. 


■ 


_fi!ij\ 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

EAST  CAMPUS  °  WEST  MAIN  STREET  °  DURHAM 

Hours:  Tues-Fri  9-5  pm    Sat  lO-lpm    Sun  2-5  pm  °  ADMISSION  FREE 


SPECIAL  EXHIBITS  FALL,  I98S 

20th  Anniversary  of  the  National 

Endowment  for  the  Arts:  Art  of  North 

Carolina 

Alexander  Rodchenko:  Pioneer  Soviet 

Photographer 

The  Art  of  Costa  Rica:  Painted  & 

Sculpted  Ceramics  from  the  Sackler 

Collection 


PERMANENT  COLLECTIONS 
Medieval  &  Renaissance  Sculpture  & 
Decorative  Art 
Greek  &  Roman  Antiquities 
Pre-Columbian  pottery  &  textiles 
African  sculpture  &  textiles 
Winslow  Homer  wood  engravings 


For  additional  information  please  call  684-51 35 


Congratulations  on  another  excellent  issue 
of  Duke  Magazine. 

Fraser  "Bob"  Drew  A.M.  '35 
Kenmore,  New  York 

The  writer  is  a  Distinguished  Teaching  Professor 
Emeritus  of  English  at  State  University  of  New 
York,  College  at  Buffalo.  We  thank  him  for  cor- 
recting our  geography  without  taking  any  points  off 
our  grade. 

HEAVEN  CAM  WAIT 

Editors: 

What  a  pleasant  surprise  to  receive  the 
July-August  1985  issue  of  your  excellent  Duke 
Magazine.  My  "voluntary  subscription"  is 
enclosed. 

It  must  be  nearly  a  decade  since  I've  had 
any  mailings  from  Duke,  so  I  assumed  I'd  been 
consigned  to  the  necrology  file  by  some  over- 
zealous  computer.  Now,  suddenly,  it  seems 
I've  not  only  been  resurrected,  but  made  a 
bishop  by  your  mailing  department.  The  first 
miracle  I  appreciate;  the  second  is  misguided 
over-compensation. 

However,  the  magazine  is  justly  recognized 
as  a  prize  winner,  so  please  keep  it  coming. 

Reverend  G.  Ernest  Lynch  '34,  M.Div.  '43 
Farmington  Falls,  Maine 

The  writer  is  rector  emeritus  of  Trinity  Episcopal 
Church  in  Indianapolis,  Indiana. 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS 

Send  to  GRADS,  614  Chapel  Drive 

ANNEX,  Durham,  N.C.  27706. 

not  include  class  note  material.) 

For  those  receiving  multiple  copies:  Please 

let  "GRADS"  know  if  your  household  wants 

to  receive  only  one  copy  of  Duke  Magazine. 

List  both  recipients  and  check  here.     □ 


;s 

rive 

i.  (Please  do 


Namrfs) 

Old  Address 

(Street) 

(City) 

(State) 

New  Address 

(Zip) 

(Street) 

(City) 

DUKE  PROFILE 


TRIUMPHS  OF  A 


TROUBLESHOOTER 


F 


rancis  L.  Dale  falls  some- 
where between  the  legend- 
ary William  Randolph 
Hearst  and  the  fictional 
Citizen  Kane.  Dale,  whose 
professional  life  has  wound 
back  and  forth  between  news- 
paper publishing,  politics, 
and  community  service,  embodies  the  best 
characteristics  of  both  giant  figures. 

Though  not  at  all  an  entrepreneur  inter- 
ested in  accumulating  millions,  Dale  has 
carried  on  other  Hearst  traditions  during  his 
two  publishing  careers.  He  ended  the  apathy 
that  existed  between  the  Cincinnati  Enquirer 
and  its  readership  as  a  lawyer-turned-pub- 
lisher in  the  1960s.  And  he  championed  the 
common  man  with  aggressive  reporting  as 
publisher  of  the  Los  Angeles  Herald-Examiner 
for  eight  years  until  resigning  last  spring. 

Citizen  Dale  has  a  history  of  community 
service  that's  had  him  answering  the  call 
since  he  was  a  young  lawyer  forty  years  ago. 
The  63-year-old  Dale  '43  has  made  it  a  habit 
of  changing  jobs  every  half-dozen  years.  In 
his  last  months  with  the  Herald-Examiner,  he 
grew  restless  and  hinted  that  "maybe  I  have 
time  for  one  more  career." 

Like  Hearst  and  Kane  on  one  of  their  color- 
ful crusades,  Publisher  Dale  became  Com- 
missioner Dale.  He  has  taken  over  as  head  of 
the  Major  Indoor  Soccer  League  (MISL), 
hoping  to  guide  the  sport  from  the  esoteric 
excellence  it  has  enjoyed  into  the  public 
domain.  He  has  already  used  his  experience 
as  an  organizer  and  manager,  shaker  and 
mover,  to  reshape  the  league  internally,  while 
calling  upon  his  vast  media  contacts  and 
negotiating  skills  to  drum  up  more  external 
support  for  the  fledgling  game. 

Among  Dale's  first  personnel  moves  were 
to  hire  a  deputy  commissioner  with  a  law 
background  who  will  serve  as  a  liaison  be- 
tween the  league  office  and  the  twelve  owner- 
directors  of  teams,  and  a  director  of  market- 
ing who  is  implementing  a  merchandising 
program  for  MISL  souvenirs  and  apparel.  He 
also  generated  more  publicity  and  exposure 
for  indoor  soccer  before  the  first  game  was 
played  under  his  commission  than  the  league 
enjoyed  all  of  last  season.  Cable  television's 
ESPN  is  broadcasting  fifteen  regular-season 


' 

i  - 

"i: 

m 

f  M 

ft"*— xy_ 

syp3S| 

-1 

1(1 

g^Vj 

P 

':':f.9ti 

\<ke 

iiil  ■: 

FRANCIS  L.  DALE 

BYARTCHANSKY 


He's  turned  a  habit  of 

job  changes  into  a  string 

of  successful  careers. 


games  on  Sunday  afternoons,  plus  the  league 
all-star  game  February  18.  Dale,  whose  ap- 
pointment generated  national  press  cover- 
age, has  also  met  with  soccer  officials  from 
Switzerland  and  Australia  to  promote  the 
game  on  an  international  level. 

During  his  first  six  months  as  commissioner, 
he  also  had  to  prove  his  worth  as  a  mediator: 
He  ruled  on  a  major  protest  in  last  season's 
playoffs  with  a  precedent-setting  decision 
that  reversed  the  outcome  of  a  game  more 
than  twenty-four  hours  after  its  completion. 


"I  take  only  challenging  jobs,"  says  Dale.  "If 
the  MISL  was  solid  and  stable,  I  wouldn't  be 
interested  at  all.  It's  been  my  habit  of  chang- 
ing jobs  every  seven  years,  not  because  I  have 
to,  but  because  I  want  to.  I  find  it  to  be  the 
most  vitalizing  thing  I  can  do.  It  keeps  me 
young." 

Dale  admits  he  has  much  to  learn  about 
indoor  soccer,  a  hybrid  of  outdoor  soccer 
and  hockey  that  features  six-man  teams  and 
more  scoring  than  either  one  of  those  two 
sports.  He  is  paid  approximately  $200,000  a 
year  to  preside  over  the  MISL,  whose  twelve 
teams  play  forty-eight  games  each,  from 
November  through  June.  "Whatever  skills  I 
have  in  communication  and  management 
are  totally  transportable,"  he  says.  "If  you're  a 
manager,  it  doesn't  matter  whether  you  are 
making  widgets  or  automobiles,  you're  a 
manager.  I'll  use  the  same  skills  in  managing 
this  as  I  did  in  diplomacy,  with  the  news- 
paper, whatever." 

Dale  has  experience  as  a  sports  executive, 
having  owned  and  operated  professional 
teams  in  Cincinnati.  His  role  there,  too,  was 
one  as  mediator  and  communicator.  And 
one  of  his  strongest  causes  remains  giving 
the  Olympic  Games  a  permanent  home  in 
Olympia,  Greece.  Addressing  the  Bohemian 
Grove  on  the  eve  of  the  Olympic  Games  in 
Los  Angeles  a  year  ago,  Dale  outlined  his 
master  plan.  He  said  such  a  move  makes  ob- 
vious sense  economically  and  politically, 
and  would  return  the  essence  of  athletics 
and  competition  to  the  Olympics. 

Though  MISL  headquarters  are  in  Chica- 
go, Dale  will  keep  his  home  in  the  L.A. 
suburb  of  Pasadena  and  travel  between  the 
two  cities.  He  and  his  wife  of  thirty-eight 
years,  Kathleen  Watkins  Dale  '43,  have  four 
children:  two  daughters  and  two  sons  who 
have  followed  their  father  into  the  law.  All  of 
the  kids  are  now  grown  and  out  of  the  house, 
leaving  the  Dales  to  their  work,  which  in- 
cludes sitting  on  the  boards  of  directors  of 
virtually  every  major  charitable  organization 
in  Los  Angeles.  Dale  is  also  director  of  the 
National  Council  on  Crime  and  Delinquency, 
the  United  Nations  Association,  and  the 
United  Methodist  Publishing  House. 

His  community-involvement  interests  ex- 
tend to  Duke,  too:  Dale  is  on  the  national 


33 


leadership  committee  and  the  Los  Angeles 
steering  committee  of  the  university's  Capi- 
tal Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences. 

It  seems  Dale  has  always  had  a  cause,  since 
serving  as  a  submarine  officer  in  the  Navy 
after  graduating  from  Duke,  through  sixteen 
years  as  a  corporate  lawyer  after  attending 
the  University  of  Virginia  law  school,  to 
entering  the  newspaper  publishing  business 
after  the  community  sent  out  an  urban  S.O.S. 
"Yes,  that's  how  I  became  a  publisher,"  Dale 
says,  "as  a  lawyer  representing  the  Cincinnati 
Enquirer.  The  senior  partner  of  our  law  firm 
was  called  upon  to  let  this  young  man  go  and 
help  the  city  in  a  public  servant's  role,  to  get 
better  roads,  better  community  involve- 
ment, things  like  that." 

In  1966,  in  fact,  Dale  simultaneously  held 
the  posts  of  president  of  the  Ohio  Bar  Asso- 
ciation and  publisher  of  the  Cincinnati  En- 
quirer. Having  given  up  his  law  practice  with 
the  antitrust  firm  Frost  &.  Jacobs,  Dale  con- 
tinued teaching  at  the  law  schools  of  Chase 
College  and  the  University  of  Cincinnati. 
He  was  on  his  way  to  becoming  one  of  this 
country's  experts  on  newspaper  law.  In 
November  of  1984,  Dale  delivered  the  key- 
note address  at  the  World  Media  Conference 
in  Tokyo,  "Fair  Trial  and  Free  Press:  Are  They 
Mutually  Exclusive?" 

His  penchant  for  community  service 
spawned  his  career  as  a  sports  executive, 
which  interrupted  his  publishing  positions 
with  the  Enquirer  and  the  Herald-Examiner. 
The  year  was  1967,  and  Cincinnati  was 
about  to  lose  its  professional  baseball  team, 
which  would  have  been  akin  to  chariot  races 
leaving  Rome.  The  Reds  were  the  first  team 
in  organized  baseball  and  Cincinnati  the 
home  of  the  first  professional  night  game. 
"There  was  historical  reason  to  keep  the  Reds 
in  Cincinnati,"  Dale  says.  "That  was  part  of 
my  civic  responsibility  as  a  publisher.  Yes,  we 
were  largely  responsible  for  saving  the  fran- 
chise from  going  out  of  town  and  for  building 
a  new  stadium  downtown." 

Dale  organized  a  group  of  Cincinnati  busi- 
ness people  who  bought  the  Reds  and  founded 
the  Cincinnati  Bengals  of  the  National  Foot- 
ball League.  That  group  tapped  Dale  to  be 
president  of  the  Reds  and  director  of  the 
Bengals,  but  he  left  the  running  of  the  teams 
to  the  experts  he  hired.  Dale's  chief  project 
during  that  period  was  bringing  to  comple- 
tion the  planning  and  building  of  Riverfront 
Stadium,  which  was  among  the  first  multi- 
purpose coliseums  used  by  many  professional 
teams  today.  After  the  grand  opening  of  this 
dramatic,  symmetrical  structure  now  domi- 
nating the  Cincinnati  skyline  on  the  bank  of 
the  Ohio  River,  Dale  received  the  Gover- 
nor's Award  for  Advancement  of  the  Prestige 
of  Ohio. 

A  staunch  Republican,  the  Urbana,  Illi- 
nois, native  was  Ohio's  state  chairman  for  his 
party  during  Richard  Nixon's  1968  presiden- 


"It  doesn't  matter 
whether  you're  making 
widgets  or  automobiles, 

you're  a  manager." 


tial  campaign.  And,  in  1972,  Dale  was  chair- 
man of  the  Committee  to  Reelect  the  Presi- 
dent, a  group  he  helped  form  with  other 
well-known  business  people. 

Citizen  Dale  and  Chairman  Dale  then 
became  Ambassador  Dale,  completing  his 
tour  as  U.S.  presidential  envoy  to  the  United 
Nations  and  International  Organizations  by 
receiving  the  Superior  Honor  Award,  rarely 
given  to  non-career  diplomats.  It's  one  of  the 
numerous  awards  and  six  honorary  degrees 
he's  received. 

But  Frank  Dale  was  not  a  career  diplomat, 
for  sure.  He  still  had  printer's  ink  under  his 
fingernails,  and  he  got  the  most  challenging 
call  of  his  professional  life  in  the  spring  of 
1977:  a  plea  from  the  Hearst  Corporation  to 
help  the  strike-torn  Herald-Examiner.  Ten 
years  before,  the  Herald-Examiner  had  en- 
joyed the  same  (735,000)  circulation  as  the 
Los  Angeles  Times.  As  the  largest  afternoon 
newspaper  in  the  country,  the  daily  waged  a 
constant  battle  for  readership  with  its  con- 
servative morning  competitor.  Then  what 
was  to  be  the  longest  newspaper  strike  in  his- 
tory crippled  the  Herald-Examiner,  sending 
its  circulation  plummeting  as  the  Hearst 
Corporation  took  a  hard-line  management 
stand  with  the  Newspaper  Guild. 

The  strike  was  to  go  on  for  a  decade,  and 
the  Herald-Examiner  block  of  downtown  Los 
Angeles  resembled  a  war  zone.  Several  peo- 
ple were  killed  in  the  fighting  that  broke  out 
between  picketers  and  "scabs,"  and  the  build- 
ing itself  had  fences  to  cordon  off  union  from 
non-union  areas.  George  Hearst  Jr.,  the  pub- 
lisher, had  an  exterior  elevator  constructed 
so  he  could  have  a  private  entrance  to  his  of- 
fice without  having  to  cross  picket  lines  in 
front  of  the  building. 

During  the  strike,  the  Herald-Examiner 
dropped  more  than  400,000  in  circulation, 
losing  a  quarter  of  a  million  readers  to  the 
Times  and  another  150,000  to  numerous 
community  newspapers  in  the  Los  Angeles 
area.  Today,  L.A.  remains  the  most  competi- 
tive newspaper  market  in  the  country,  with  a 
total  of  twenty-three  dailies  operating  and  all 
but  two  of  the  nation's  major  newspaper 
chains  circulating  in  the  area. 

Those  are  the  odds  Dale  battled  when  he 
succeeded  Hearst  in  April  1977  as  publisher 
of  the  Herald-Examiner.  He  had  gone  to  the 


West  Coast  originally  at  the  request  of  the 
Hearst  Corporation  to  see  if  he  could  help 
mediate  the  decade-old  strike.  He  arrived, 
ironically,  just  after  the  first  big  breakthrough 
in  negotiations  occurred.  "I  got  there  in  time 
to  help,  but  I  take  none  of  the  credit  for  set- 
tling the  strike,"  Dale  says.  "After  it  was  over, 
I  was  asked  if  I  would  become  the  publisher 
and  help  turn  the  newspaper  around.  The 
first  question  the  Hearst  Corporation  wanted 
to  have  answered  was  whether  the  Herald- 
Examiner  should  continue  publishing  after 
such  a  terrible  wound.  Was  it  worth  it? 

"My  job  was  to  analyze  the  situation.  Many 
people,  knowledgeable  people,  said  there 
was  no  way  we  could  stay  alive.  Some  of  those 
people  aren't  in  business  anymore,  while 
we're  still  here.  We  survived  on  innovations." 

This  is  where  Frank  Dale  may  have  dipped 
most  deeply  into  history  and  lore,  best  emu- 
lating Publisher  Hearst  and  Citizen  Kane. 
Though  the  facade  of  the  Herald-Examiner 
building  remains  unmistakably  Hearst,  and 
the  marbled  main  lobby  suggests  a  foyer  in 
San  Simeon  or  Xanadu,  the  resemblances 
end  there.  Dale  had  his  work  cut  out  for  him. 
"First,"  he  recalls,  "there  was  a  tremendous 
morale  problem.  A  siege  mentality  existed 
during  the  strike  that  became  a  way  of  life. 
Some  people  cheered  when  the  strike  was 
over.  Others  cried.  They  didn't  know  what 
was  ahead." 

Dale  used  a  simple  metaphor  to  announce 
his  plan,  calling  it  "Upward  Bound."  "We  had 
to  build  a  launching  pad,"  he  says.  "We  re- 
searched, surveyed,  took  inventory  of  the 
resources  we  had  and  needed.  Then  we 
needed  the  fuel  to  light  the  fire,  and  that 
had  to  come  from  our  loyal  advertisers  and 
readers.  I  visited  many  of  the  advertisers  my- 
self and  said  we  wanted  no  more  gifts.  We 
were  either  going  to  warrant  their  ads  or  close 
up  shop.  It  was  a  total  labor  and  public  rela- 
tions job— rebuilding  the  plant,  the  staff, 
and  the  image." 

Borrowing  a  page  from  Hearst,  who  brought 
half  his  staff  from  the  San  Francisco  Examiner 
when,  in  1896,  he  took  over  the  New  York 
Journal— and  stole  the  rest  from  Joseph  Pu- 
litzer's New  York  World— Dale  lured  renowned 
editor  Jim  Fellows  away  from  the  VKis/iington 
Star  as  editor.  He  continued  that  policy, 
hiring  Mary  Anne  Dolan  as  the  first  female 
editor  in  America. 

"It  was  a  long  process  of  keeping  something 
going  against  the  biggest  advertising  news- 
paper in  the  country,"  says  Dale  of  the  Times. 
"It  was  a  waste  of  money  to  try  to  outspend 
them.  If  I  doubled  my  advertising  budget, 
they  would  triple  theirs.  We  were  friends,  but 
not  necessarily  friendly  rivals. 

"We  did  it  with  limited  resources.  In  pay- 
roll, we  were  on  par  with  community  news- 
papers, but  many  of  our  employees  were  mak- 
ing 50  percent  of  what  their  counterparts  at 
the  Times  made.  Now,  they  are  above  scale, 


nationally,  but  it's  still  not  on  par  with  the 
Times.  We  were  used  to  hiring  bright,  young 
reporters  who  wanted  to  come  in  and  learn 
their  trade  and  then  were  hired  away  by  the 
Times." 

What  Dale  offered  the  eager  and  capable 
was  a  chance— almost  immediately.  "We 
would  bring  someone  on  staff  and  he  or  she 
might  have  a  story  in  the  next  day's  paper,"  he 
says.  "There  was  an  air  of  excitement  that 
just  doesn't  exist  at  the  Times.  There,  you 
might  wait  months  before  you  got  your  first 
story  published." 

Like  all  Hearst  newspapers,  the  Herald- 
Examiner  is  free  to  choose  its  editorial  poli- 
cies and  political  endorsements.  It's  not  un- 
usual, in  fact,  for  different  Hearst  papers  to 
be  supporting  candidates  from  opposing 
parties.  "In  the  Hearst  organization,  the  pub- 
lisher has  a  free  rein,"  says  Dale.  "For  exam- 
ple, I'm  a  Republican  who  was  active  in  the 
campaign  to  re-elect  the  president  in  1972. 
But  the  HeraU-Examsner  isn't  a  Republican 
newspaper.  We  would  pick  and  choose  all 
over  the  lot,  try  to  reason:  Is  it  right?  Is  it  use- 
ful? Is  it  appropriate?" 

William  Randolph  Hearst  is  most  asso- 
ciated with  the  term  yellow  journalism.  Dale 
does  not  care  for  the  style,  but  he  defends  a 
newspaper's  right  to  use  it.  He  stops  short  of 
calling  the  Herald'Examiner  a  sensational 
newspaper,  despite  his  policy  of  screaming 
headlines  and  racily  written  stories,  which 
has  continued  after  his  departure  under  in- 
terim publisher  and  chief  operating  execu- 
tive John  McCabe.  "It's  an  aggressive  news- 
paper, emphasizing  unusual  stories,"  says 
Dale,  "far  more  aggressive  than  the  Times  in 
getting  the  stories,  and  they  know  it.  It  is  not 
a  crusading  newspaper,  but  it  does  seem  to 
find  the  issues  that  others  follows  up  on, 
writing  not  about  the  establishment,  but 
about  people  and  the  problems.  The  Herald- 
Examiner  is  a  people  newspaper,  and  it's  done 
deliberately  to  contrast  with  the  giant  across 
the  street." 

Dale  talks  with  pride  of  the  twenty-part 
series  written  by  an  undercover  reporter  on 
his  staff  that  was  nominated  for  a  Pulitzer 
Prize.  He's  almost  as  proud  of  the  reason  it 
didn't  win.  "We  were  told  we  didn't  win  be- 
cause [the  Pulitzer  Committee]  didn't  want 
to  endorse  using  subterfuge  to  get  a  story,"  he 
says.  "But  it's  the  only  way  we  could  have 
gotten  this  one.  We  sent  a  Spanish-speaking 
reporter  to  work  in  the  garment  district  here. 
She  sewed  garments  in  a  factory,  moved  up  to 
distribution  in  a  garage,  and  then  worked  for 
a  retailer.  She  followed  each  step  and  then 
came  back  to  write  a  series  on  illegal  immi- 
grants, how  they're  manipulated,  abused, 
underpaid." 

Dale  says  the  garment  industry  in  Los 
Angeles  was  forced  into  widespread  reform 
measures  because  of  the  story,  which  was  only 
possible   through   underground   reporting. 


Frank  Dale,  commis- 
sioner of  the  Major  In- 
door Soccer  League, 
wants  to  change  the  MISL's 
"fly-by-night"  image  by  de- 
veloping an  ownership  pro- 
gram that  is  akin,  ironically,  to 
that  of  a  successful  fast-food 
restaurant  chain. 

The  MISL,  which  is  in  its 
eighth  season,  has  had  twenty- 
eight  teams  in  twenty-five 
cities  since  opening  play  in 
the  fall  of  1978.  Two  of  the 
franchises  lasted  one  season 
or  less,  two  others  folded  with- 
in two  years.  Today,  the  only 
charter  members  left  in  the 
twelve-team  league  are  the 
Cleveland  Force  and  the 
Chicago  Spirit. 

Dale  has  taken  over  a  league 
that  does  have  financial  stabil- 
ity among  most  of  its  owners, 
and  he  wants  to  keep  it  that 
way.  Seven  of  the  twelve 
teams  have  owners  who  also 
hold  stock  in  other  profes- 
sional sports  franchises  or 
properties.  The  Los  Angeles 
Lazers  belong  to  Jerry  Buss, 


who  also  owns  the  National 
Basketball  Association  Lakers 
and  the  National  Hockey 
League  Kings,  for  example. 

"We've  developed  a  kind  of 
'how  to'  brochure  for  owning 
a  MISL  franchise,"  says  Dale. 
"An  interested  prospective 
owner  must  have  the  support 
of  a  major  business  and 
enough  money  to  survive  for 
three  years.  We  tell  him  that 
he's  liable  to  lose  a  million 
dollars  the  first  year. 

"In  return,  we  will  help  him 
succeed  in  the  long  run  by 
turning  his  team  over  to  our 
league's  accounting  firm,  as- 
signing one  of  our  existing 
owners  to  him  as  a  'buddy'  to 
help  him  in  every  respect,  and 
give  him  one  of  three  com- 
plete public-relations  pack- 
ages, depending  on  the  size  of 
the  city  he's  in.  We're  simply 
using  a  practical  business  ap- 
proach to  owning  a  franchise." 

Besides  helping  a  new 
owner  with  season  ticket  pro- 
grams, group  sales,  media 
relations,  and  sponsorship 


advice,  Dale's  program  also 
allows  the  fledgling  franchise 
to  be  competitive  right  away 
through  an  expansion  draft  of 
players  already  on  other  MISL 
rosters.  Each  league  team  can 
"protect"  sixteen  of  its  twenty 
players  from  the  draft  but 
must  do  so  while  still  con- 
forming to  the  MISL's  salary 
cap  standards.  Often,  a  very 
good  player  cannot  be  pro- 
tected from  being  drafted  by 
expansion  teams. 

Dale  says  prospective 
owners  in  nine  cities  are  in 
"varying  stages"  of  pursuing 
MISL  franchises,  including 
Montreal,  Miami,  New  York, 
and  Charlotte,  North  Caro- 
lina. "They've  got  to  show  us 
they  are  serious,"  Dale  says. 
"If  they  do,  we'll  show  them 
how  to  do  it. 

"We're  trying  to  end  the  idea 
that  two  guys  sitting  in  a  bar 
can  look  at  each  other  one 
night  and  say,  'Hey,  let's  buy  a 
pro  soccer  team.' " 


The  Herald-Examiner  broke  another  exclu- 
sive on  the  corruption  in  L.A.'s  City  of  In- 
dustry through  the  same  methods. 

Of  Rupert  Murdoch's  growing  newspaper 
chain,  Dale  says,  "They  are  more  sensation- 
al, and  he  would  admit  to  that.  He  puts  out 
what,  in  my  opinion,  is  a  lousy  newspaper, 
but  that's  his  right  and  I  would  defend  it." 

As  a  libel  lawyer,  Dale  knows  the  1964 
Supreme  Court  ruling  Sullivan  v.  The  New 
York  Times  almost  verbatim.  Basically,  it  says 
government  and  public  figures  can  be  criti- 
cized. Malice  and  reckless  disregard  for  the 


truth  has  to  be  proven  for  such  criticism  to  be 
considered  libelous.  "There's  no  law  that  says 
you  have  to  put  out  a  good  newspaper,"  says 
Dale.  "What  Murdoch  does  comes  from  the 
wild-eyed  essence  of  the  First  Amendment. 
In  my  opinion,  we  don't  need  that  kind  of 
freedom  to  say  anything  about  public  figures. 
"We're  at  about  the  same  legal  limits  of  un- 
challengeable editorial  freedom.  Exemption 
for  public  figures  is  stretched  about  as  far  as  it 
can  go,  and  I  suspect  it  will  be  pulled  back  by 
the  courts  at  some  point." 

Continued  on  page  39 


DUKE  SPORTS 


WHO  LOSES 


TEAM  WINS? 


There's  a  haunting  tune 
echoing  in  the  locker 
rooms  and  administra- 
tive offices  of  colleges 
and  universities  all 
over  the  country.  It's 
the  flip  side  of  Duke's 
winning  record  for  gra- 
duating the  highest  percentage  of  its  football 
players,  earning— along  with  Notre  Dame— 
the  College  Football  Association's  1984 
Academic  Achievement  Award. 

Duke  helped  set  an  all-time  award  record 
with  a  95 .6  percent  graduation  rate.  But  only 
two  other  institutions  within  the  forty-seven 
school  membership  had  graduation  rates 
over  75  percent;  the  average  rate  was  a  shock- 
ing 46.8  percent. 

Throughout  the  country,  it's  becoming  a 
familiar  song.  The  latest  CFA  figures  point 
to  eight  member  schools  among  fifty-three 
with  graduation  rates  below  25  percent.  An 
NCAA  survey  revealed  that  of  black,  male 
athletes  admitted  to  colleges  and  universi- 
ties in  1977,  only  31  percent  had  graduated 
by  1983.  And  just  over  half  the  white  ath- 
letes had  managed  to  do  so  within  the  same 
period.  Careful  scrutiny  of  selected  high 
school  transcripts  by  The  Washington  Post  un- 
veiled an  astounding  series  of  academic 
feats:  a  high  school  player  ineligible  for 
NCAA  competition  because  his  grade  point 
average  is  below  a  2 .0  (C)  ends  his  senior  year 
on  a  miracle  with  two  As  and  three  B's;  a 
high  school  letterman  gets  a  combined  score 
of  460  on  his  SATs— the  minimum  possible 
score  is  400— and  signs  a  grant-in-aid  to  play 
basketball  at  an  academically  respected  state 
university  in  the  East. 

The  big  question  in  big-time  college  sports 
these  days  is  what  happened  to  the  student 
in  "student  athlete"?  Are  colleges  and  uni- 
versities with  major  sports  programs  forget- 
ting their  educational  mission?  Do  major 
sports  programs  even  belong  on  the  college 
campus? 

Unlike  a  stunning  win  or  a  stinging  defeat, 
the  answers  are  uncertain.  But  the  NCAA, 
the  sole  governing  body  of  maj  or  college  ath- 
letics, is  suited  up  and  ready  to  attack  the 


PUTTING  THE  STUDENT  IN 
"STUDENT  ATHLETE" 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


No  one  in  the  NCAA 

is  talking  about  serious 

academic  reform,  says 

sports-law  expert 

John  Weistart. 


problems  with  a  slew  of  reforms  destined  to 
restore  education  to  a  prominent  position. 

Well,  maybe,  says  John  Weistart,  Duke  law 
professor,  co-author  of  The  Law  of  Sports,  and 
frequent  commentator  on  sports  and  society. 
In  his  view,  portions  of  the  much  publicized 
reform  efforts  smack  as  much  or  more  of  eco- 
nomic concerns  as  educational,  signaling  a 
"business  as  usual"  approach  to  college  athle- 
tics. He's  uneasy  about  other  reform  measures 
that  could  prevent  some  students  from  ever 
developing  their  athletic  potential.  And  he 
firmly  believes  that  the  NCAA  itself  bears 
significant  responsibility  for  the  problems 
now  plaguing  college  athletics. 

"For  years,  the  NCAA  has  tried  to  con- 
vince us  that  student  athletes  are  students 
first,"  says  Weistart.  "So,  what  is  the  defini- 
tion of  a  student?  The  NCAA's  definition 
has  long  been  that  your  athletes  can  be  your 
absolutely  worst  students.  To  participate  in 
one  of  the  revenue-producing  sports,  ath- 
letes must  be  able  to  meet  minimum  stan- 
dards. There's  no  requirement  that  they  be 
representative  of  the  student  population. 
That  strikes  me  as  wrong  for  academic  insti- 
tutions, and  that's  how  we  get  into  the  situa- 


tion where,  under  the  guise  of  providing 
academic  opportunity,  the  schools  are  actu- 
ally operating  some  semi-pro  teams." 

The  NCAA's  definition  of  a  student  began 
undergoing  revision  in  1983  with  the  passage 
of  Proposition  48,  billed  as  a  sweeping  mea- 
sure to  restore  academic  integrity  to  college 
sports.  Scheduled  to  take  effect  in  1986  and 
applicable  only  to  the  283  Division  I  schools, 
the  proposition  requires  that  freshman  re- 
cruits earn  a  minimum  2.0  grade  point  aver- 
age in  an  eleven-course,  high  school  core 
curriculum  and  score  at  least  a  700  combined 
math-verbal  on  the  SAT  (or  a  15  on  the 
ACT)  in  order  to  be  eligible  to  play  intercol- 
legiate sports.  Students  failing  to  meet  those 
requirements  could  enroll  but  could  not  play 
sports  during  their  freshman  year. 

The  proposed  standards  have  drawn  con- 
siderable protest  from  some  corners— parti- 
cularly among  predominantly  black  schools. 
The  argument  is  that  standardized  test  scores 
are  culturally  biased  against  blacks  and  other 
minorities.  If  similar  standards  were  already 
in  effect,  say  the  experts,  more  than  half  of 
black  freshmen  would  be  ineligible  for  com- 
petition at  NCAA  Division  I  schools. 

Other  concerns  pinpoint  grade  point  aver- 
ages as  not  necessarily  indicative  of  academ- 
ic performance.  A  revised  standard,  proposed 
by  a  special  NCAA  committee  meeting  last 
June,  recommends  combining  grades  and 
scores  for  an  index  whereby  poor  perform- 
ance on  one  of  the  two  could  be  offset  by  bet- 
ter performance  on  the  other.  Thus,  no  spe- 
cific SAT  score  or  grade  point  average  would 
be  required. 

Proponents  of  the  revision  say  it  would  re- 
solve the  issue  of  arbitrary  test  scores  as  well 
as  the  disproportionate  impact  test  score 
minimums  have  on  minorities.  Opponents 
say  it  will  dilute  the  original  proposition  and 
could,  for  example,  permit  eligibility  for  a 
student  athlete  who  scored  a  zero  (400  com- 
bined score)  on  the  SATs  if  the  student  were 
to  have  a  C+  average  in  course  work.  The 
issue  will  be  a  prominent  part  of  the  agenda 
for  the  January  NCAA  convention  in  New 
Orleans,  Louisiana. 

But,  if  education  is  the  priority  in  the  re- 


form  movement,  says  Weistart,  not  even  the 
latest  revision  is  enough.  "If  we  really  want  to 
be  true  to  the  notion  that  intercollegiate 
athletics  means  we  have  athletes  for  whom 
athletics  is  only  an  incidental  part  of  their 
life,  then  the  standard  clearly  available  to 
encourage  that  is  to  require  that  the  athletes 
be  representative  of  the  student  body.  There 
are  ways  to  achieve  that  and  there  would  be 
no  problem  implementing  it— but  no  one  in 
the  NCAA  is  talking  about  a  representative 
standard." 

Unless  the  standard  is  brought  to  bear,  the 
new  eligibility  rules  are,  in  Weistart 's  mind, 
simply  a  watered-down  version  of  the  1983 
proposal.  Furthermore,  he  contends,  they 
will  have  only  marginal  impact  because  they 
still  sanction  the  building  of  a  team  on  aca- 
demically subpar  students.  The  minimum 
standard  remains  essentially  intact. 

During  the  NCAA's  special  session  last 
summer,  a  number  of  proposals  were  passed 
to  put  college  sports  back  on  the  integrity 
track.  Key  provisions  of  these  reforms  seek  to 
place  greater  emphasis  on  graduation  of  stu- 
dent athletes.  As  a  condition  for  eligibility 
in  the  NCAA  championships,  member  in- 
stitutions must  make  annual  reports  to  the 
NCAA  concerning  compliance  with  NCAA 
eligibility  requirements  as  well  as  graduation 
rates  for  athletes  and  all  students. 

That's  only  a  beginning,  says  Weistart, 
who  questions  the  value  of  such  a  measure 
when  there  is  no  defined  outcome  of  a  re- 
ported low  graduation  rate.  "There's  no  sub- 
stantive control,"  he  says.  "Nobody  has  yet 
said  that  if  you  report  a  low  rate,  that  there's 
anything  wrong  with  that.  The  NCAA 
wasn't  even  asking  about  graduation  rates 
before  now,  so  it's  a  good  starting  point.  But 
nobody  should  believe  we're  on  the  road  to 
serious  academic  reform.  We  still  have  many 
hurdles  to  cross." 

One  of  those  hurdles,  and  to  many  ob- 
servers the  biggest  hurdle  in  the  intercol- 
legiate sports  arena,  is  distinguishing  aca- 
demic concerns  from  financial.  "There  are 
two  very  different  reasons  why  one  might  be 
dismayed  by  the  recent  college  sports  scan- 
dals," wrote  Weistart  in  The  New  York  Times. 
"For  some,  the  incidents  reveal  the  extent  to 
which  major  collegiate  athletics  has  sepa- 
rated itself  from  its  educational  origins.  For 
this  group,  the  4  percent  graduation  rate 
among  black  basketball  players  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  is  shocking,  as  is  the 
charge  by  the  NAACP  that  no  black  basket- 
ball player  has  graduated  from  Memphis 
State  in  the  last  twelve  years.  Even  more 
devastating,  however,  is  the  realization  that 
at  least  on  the  face  of  it,  those  low  gradua- 
tion rates  suggest  no  violation  of  rules  estab- 
lished by  the  NCAA.  Those  concerned 
about  these  results  would  seek  to  restore  edu- 
cation to  the  highest  priority. 

"However,  for  others,  academics  are  only 


an  incidental  issue.  For  many  involved  in  ad- 
ministering major  college  sports  programs, 
the  recent  scandals  are  a  concern,  but  main- 
ly because  they  have  financial  implications." 
The  implications  are  life-threatening  to 
programs  that  have  come  to  depend  mightily 
on  lucrative  TV  contracts,  gate  receipts,  and 
public  financial  support  generated  through 
major  intercollegiate  competition.  "Big-time 
athletics  is  big  business,  and  generates  huge 
revenues,"  says  Weistart.  Last  year,  for  exam- 
ple, the  University  of  Georgia  generated  $9 
million  through  its  major  sports  programs, 
$6  million  just  from  football.  Each  of  the 
Division  I  basketball  teams  participating  in 


the  1986  NCAA  final  four  championship  is 
expected  to  receive  some  $835,000.  Says 
Weistart,  "There's  very  little  incentive  with- 
in the  NCAA  to  give  up  the  goose  that  lays 
the  golden  egg."  And  if  the  golden  egg  is  the 
primary  focus,  then  present-day  reform  ef- 


forts are  merely  paying  lip  service  to  educa- 
tion, while  attempting  to  shore  up  the  image 
of  intercollegiate  athletics  as  a  stridently 
commercial  venture. 

In  Weistart 's  view,  the  reform  movement  is 
moving  uncomfortably  closer  to  economics. 
"I  don't  see  anybody  prepared  to  give  up  the 
substantial  economic  rewards  that  go  with 
the  present  arrangement.  The  new  academic 
reforms  are  going  to  have  an  effect  on  who  it 
is  that  participates  in  those  rewards.  They're 
not  going  to  change  the  question  of  whether 
those  rewards  are  going  to  be  pursued.  We 
have  not  really  approached  the  toughest 
question.  How  serious  is  our  academic  en- 
deavor going  to  be  in  intercollegiate  sports?" 

The  green  is  peeking  through  the  academ- 
ic robes,  according  to  Weistart.  Stiffened 
penalties  for  cheaters  delineate  between 
major  and  secondary  violations,  but  the  test 
is  whether  the  offender  has  gained  "an  exten- 
sive recruiting  or  competitive  advantage,"  as 
opposed  to  any  form  of  educational  corrup- 
tion, such  as  bogus  courses,  a  curriculum  of 
so-called  "gut  courses,"  or  repeating  course 
work.  The  penalties  are  long  overdue  and 
threaten  colleges  with  having  their  entire 
sports  seasons  canceled.  Coaches  could  lose 
their  jobs  and  would  carry  NCAA  sanctions 
with  them  instead  of  leaving  them  at  the 
school  where  violations  occurred.  Athletes 
could  be  forced  to  forfeit  their  eligibility  if 
caught  in  flagrant  violations. 

But  educational  abuses  play  no  explicit 
role  in  punishable  offenses.  If  they  did,  the 
most  stringent  sanctions  would  be,  in 
Weistart's  words,  "reserved  for  those  pro- 
grams that  had  so  drained  themselves  of  edu- 
cational content  as  to  be  disqualified  from  a 
competition  that  represents  itself  as  aca- 
demically related."  Cheating  for  a  competitive 
advantage  would  not  be  the  worst  possible 
offense. 

As  part  of  the  NCAA's  effort  to  stem  il- 
legal payments,  member  institutions  had 
until  October  1  to  complete  a  series  of  affi- 
davits about  financial  aid  to  student  athletes 
or  risk  loss  of  NCAA  championship  partici- 
pation. Athletes  had  to  provide  information 
on  all  aid  and  extra  benefits  provided  by  the 
colleges,  coaches,  or  other  individuals. 
Coaches  had  to  disclose  any  knowledge  of 
athletic  aid  and  benefits  that  might  break 
NCAA  rules.  Weistart  views  these  measures 
as  more  showmanship  than  reform,  an  effort 
to  quell  public  concern  about  widespread 
dishonesty  in  college  athletics.  "The  tempta- 
tion for  perjury  is  great;  the  same  people  who 
lied  before  are  going  to  again,  because  there's 
no  incentive  to  answer  honestly." 

In  the  Times,  he  pointed  out  that  coaches 
who  encouraged  an  athlete  to  take  an  im- 
proper payment  one  week  will  have  little 
trouble  eliciting  the  desired  signature  the 
next.  "The  NCAA  may  want  us  to  be  re- 
assured by  a  mound  of  signed  affidavits,"  he 


wrote.  "But  problems  as  fundamental  as  those 
in  college  sports  are  not  that  easily  resolved." 

Another  pro-academics  measure  being 
discussed  is  a  ban  on  all  freshman  participa- 
tion in  intercollegiate  athletics,  or  at  least 
limiting  participation  by  having  freshman 
teams  or"red-shirting."Ostensibly,  the  move 
would  give  freshmen  a  year  to  establish 
themselves  as  students  first.  But,  Weistart 
would  ask,  is  the  motive  educational?  On 
several  counts,  not  necessarily. 

If  freshmen  participate  on  any  level,  he 
says,  they  are  still  involved  in  the  daily  and 
time-consuming  rigors  of  practice,  team 
meetings,  and  training  sessions.  And  if  a  uni- 
versal ban  on  freshman  eligibility  is  enacted, 
it  penalizes  those  schools— such  as  Duke— 
whose  freshman  athletes  are  able  to  make 
substantial  contributions  to  their  teams 
while  sustaining  academic  performance.  As 
Weistart  said  in  The  New  York  Times,  a  uni- 
versal ban  on  freshman  eligibility  smacks  of 
economic  concerns  because  "it  insures  that 
no  competitor,  especially  one  that  attracts 
bright,  capable  students,  gains  an  advant- 
age." He  proposes  that  eligibility  be  tied  to 
graduation  rates,  and  those  schools  with 
above  average  rates  be  allowed  to  use  fresh- 
men. Schools  with  lower  rates  would  be 
required  to  give  freshmen  a  year  to  acclimate 
themselves  to  student  status.  "There  is  a 
competitive  disadvantage  here,"  he  says,  "but 
it  has  a  clear  educational  premise." 

It's  the  kind  of  reform  that  Duke  and  Notre 
Dame  would  understandly  support,  with 
their  extraordinary  graduation  rates.  "Hope- 
fully, all  of  us  are  recruiting  young  men  who 
we  think  can  graduate,"  Duke  basketball 
coach  Mike  Krzyzewski  told  The  Washington 
Post.  "Otherwise,  we're  a  bunch  of  pimps  and 
whores,  and  we're  just  using  these  kids." 

Education  or  economics.  Which  premise 
will  prevail  at  the  January  NCAA  conven- 
tion? "We're  at  a  crossroads  now  and  we've  got 
to  go  one  way  or  the  other,"  says  Weistart. 
"We're  either  going  to  have  to  run  more  can- 
didly operated  pre-professional  teams  out  of 
colleges  or  go  the  other  route  and  give  more 
allegiance  to  the  student  status  of  these 
players." 

The  NCAA's  year-old  Presidents'  Com- 
mission is  serious  about  educational  reform 
and  is  expected  to  take  an  increasingly  active 
role  in  NCAA  affairs.  Historically,  says 
Weistart,  a  university's  chief  executive  has 
not  had  a  particularly  audible  voice.  "Until 
about  three  years  ago,  the  decision-making 
in  this  area  was  exercised  by  the  athletic 
department.  And  at  many  schools,  the  mis- 
sion described  to  the  department  was  not 
education,  but  financial  success.  So,  the 
people  making  the  decisions  within  the 
NCAA  were  doing  so  geared  around  the 
impact  of  these  rules  on  the  institution's 
financial  fortunes.  But  the  conditions  in 
intercollegiate  sports  became  so  scandalous 


"We're  either  going  to 

have  to  run  more 
candidly  operated  pre- 
professional  teams  out  of 
colleges  or  go  the  other 

route  and  give  more 

allegiance  to  the  student 

status  of  these  players," 

says  Weistart. 


that  the  presidents  became  more  aware  and, 
to  some  extent,  embarrassed  by  what  they 
saw." 

In  some  cases,  it  was  in  the  chief  execu- 
tive's best  self  interest  to  ignore  the  prob- 
lems. When  the  showdown  came  between 
Clemson  University  President  William 
Atchley  and  athletic  department  interests, 
Atchley  lost— his  job.  A  similar  scenario  was 
played  out  a  decade  earlier  when  Paul  Hardin 
'52,  J.D.  '54,  then  president  of  Southern 
Methodist  University,  reported  various 
NCAA  rule  infractions  committed  by  the 
SMU  football  team.  SMU  went  on  proba- 
tion, and  mounting  pressures  on  Hardin  led 
to  his  resignation.  "I  represented  a  stubborn 
determination  to  follow  the  rules,"  he  says, 
"but  there  was  a  strong  counter-influence  all 
over  the  Southwest  Conference."  Shortly 
after  the  run-in,  he  and  the  other  university 
presidents  in  the  conference  met  to  discuss 
the  problem  of  abuse  in  intercollegiate  ath- 
letics. "Of  the  eight,"  Hardin  recalls,  "four 
said,  'We  don't  run  the  program.  We  wouldn't 
have  the  power  to  clean  up  the  mess.'" 

Now  president  of  Drew  University,  Hardin 
is  a  member  of  the  NCAA  Presidents'  Com- 
mission and  is  hot  on  the  trail  to  reform.  As 
for  SMU,  its  most  recent  abuses  in  football 
brought  an  unprecedented  series  of  NCAA 
sanctions,  including  the  loss  of  all  new  scho- 
larships for  1986. 

Even  as  college  and  university  presidents 
begin  to  scrutinize  their  athletic  programs, 
the  question  looms.  Do  big-time  athletics 
belong  on  campus?  "It's  a  close  question," 
says  Hardin.  "On  my  gloomy  days,  I  think 
big-time  athletics  are  inconsistent  with  the 
values  of  the  academy.  On  my  brighter  days, 
I  believe  there's  a  slim  chance  we  can  restore 
enough  integrity  to  the  big-time  programs, 
and  preserve  the  legitimate  role  of  education." 

"The  NCAA  is  a  broad-based  body,  and 
consensus  isn't  likely,"  says  Dr.  William 
Bradford,  associate  dean  of  undergraduate 


medical  education  at  Duke,  a  member  of  the 
NCAA  Council,  and  president  of  the  associa- 
tion's faculty  athletic  representatives'  forum. 
"Big-time  athletics  can  work  on  campus  if 
they  take  a  back  seat  to  academics.  Academ- 
ic policy  should  dictate  athletic  policy.  Duke 
is  living  proof  that  it  can." 

Weistart,  however,  isn't  so  sure.  He's  not 
even  convinced  that  the  narrowly  defined 
athletic  opportunities  offered  by  the  NCAA 
are  in  the  best  interest  of  the  student  athletes 
and  the  schools.  "If  we're  really  going  to  be 
rigorous  in  the  educational  endeavor,"  says 
Weistart,  "then  it's  likely  that  the  economic 
rewards  are  going  to  begin  moving  outside 
colleges.  We  clearly  have  a  lot  of  people  in- 
volved in  intercollegiate  sports  who  would 
not  be  there  except  this  is  the  exclusive 
mechanism  for  pre-professional  training." 

Weistart  says  that  the  academic-athletic 
link  as  structured  by  the  NCAA  is  "unnatur- 
al" in  its  assumption  that  there  must  be  some 
tie  between  the  refinement  of  one's  physical 
and  intellectual  skills.  He  calls  it  "the  Great 
American  Non  Sequitur." 

"Unless  you're  prepared  to  go  into  a  four- 
year  school,  you  really  can't— in  any  mean- 
ingful way— plug  yourself  into  professional 
athletics,"  says  Weistart.  "Compared  to  the 
options  available  to  others  leaving  high 
school,  the  path  defined  for  the  talented  foot- 
ball or  basketball  player  is  incredibly  narrow; 
it  is  essentially  a  four-year  university  program 
or  nothing.  The  pattern  we  impose  on  virtu- 
ally 100  percent  of  our  pre-professional  foot- 
ball and  basketball  players  is  the  one  that  less 
than  30  percent  of  a  general  population  of 
high  school  graduates  would  choose,"  he 
wrote  in  The  New  York  Times. 

As  the  NCAA  tightens  its  eligibility  re- 
quirements for  intercollegiate  competition, 
Weistart  wonders  where  those  student  ath- 
letes will  go  who  are  then  filtered  out  of  the 
system.  "We're  essentially  sending  them  back 
to  the  streets,  or  to  play  in  Europe,"  he  says. 
Take  the  case  of  Cedric  Henderson,  star  fresh- 
man basketball  player  last  season  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia.  After  a  protracted  dispute 
with  the  NCAA  over  a  recruiting  violation 
during  which  the  six-foot-nine  center  lost 
his  eligibility  and  had  it  reinstated,  he  lost  it 
again  because  of  poor  academic  perform- 
ance. Johnson  left  school  to  play  pro  ball  in 
Milan,  Italy,  only  to  be  cut  from  that  team. 

"The  question  is,  where  do  promising  ath- 
letes in  this  country  go  when  they're  not 
suited  to  a  four-year  college?"  Weistart  asks. 
"I  feel  very  definitely  that  as  long  as  the 
NCAA  is  operating  what  is  essentially  a 
monopoly  on  pre-professional  sports,  it  has 
an  obligation  to  be  concerned  about  people 
it  is  sending  elsewhere." 

He  proposes  a  number  of  alternatives  to 
compulsory  university  entanglements  for 
pre-professional  athletes,  such  as  relaxing 
the  four-year  university  standard  to  encom- 


pass  part-time  students,  and  students  enrolled 
in  vocational  schools  and  community  col- 
leges. Baseball  is  an  example,  he  says,  of  this 
greater  flexibility,  where  roughly  half  of  the 
high-quality  players  choose  to  enroll  in  col- 
lege, while  the  remainder  combine  play  in 
farm  league  systems  with  various  education- 
al, training,  or  employment  arrangements. 

Weistart  envisions  a  system  where  spon- 
sors—ranging from  local  Y's  and  job  training 
centers  to  national  corporations— would  be 
found  for  non-collegiate  athletic  teams, 
which  would  be  encouraged  to  compete  with 
collegiate  teams.  "Those  concerned  about 
the  academic  compromises  that  are  frequently 
prompted  by  the  present  arrangement  might 
welcome  the  dispersal  of  athletic  opportuni- 
ties," says  Weistart.  "Since  universities  would 
no  longer  bear  the  burden  of  providing  the 
only  avenue  for  further  [athletic]  training, 
they  would  be  justified  in  returning  to  an 
academic  standard  not  skewed  by  athletic 
considerations." 

Weistart  also  proposes  a  restructuring  of 
financial  aid  for  student  athletes  to  resemble 
more  closely  that  given  other  students.  Such 
aid  would  be  need-based,  with  determination 
made  outside  the  athletic  department. 

In  such  a  setting,  intercollegiate  athletics 
might  assume  a  more  balanced  role  within  the 
university  community.  "At  Drew,  we're  a  divi- 
sion III  team,"  says  President  Hardin.  "We  give 
no  scholarships,  we  have  walk-ons,  we  don't 
charge  admission.  In  this  environment,  inter- 
collegiate athletics  is  a  joy.  Sometimes  on  a 
Saturday,  I  miss  the  big  game.  But  I  sure  don't 
miss  what  goes  on  between  Saturdays." 

In  Weistart's  view,  the  time  has  come  to 
recognize  the  distinctions  between  higher 
education  and  pre-professional  athletics.  But 
debate  within  the  NCAA  thus  far  suggests  a 
strong  desire  to  forge  a  more  honorable  link 
between  the  two.  The  challenge  for  the  big- 
time  programs  is  whether  the  golden  rule  can 
be  applied  to  the  goose  that  lays  the  golden 


Fathers  do  it.  Bar  owners 
do  it.  Friends  do  it. 
Lawyers  do  it.  Some  do  it 
well.  And  some  don't.  They 
call  themselves  sports  agents, 
because  they  have  represented, 
or  will  represent,  or  hope  to 
represent  athletes  in  the  pros. 

The  best  of  them  negotiate 
solid  contracts  for  their 
clients,  and  help  them  build 
long-term  financial  security 
from  a  decidedly  short-term 
profession.  The  worst  of  them 
recommend  dubious  invest- 
ments, grab  their  percentage 
up  front,  then  disappear 

Anyone  can  claim  to  be  a 
sports  agent,  which  can  make 
life  treacherous  if  not  confus- 
ing for  a  budding  athletic 
talent  eyeing  a  career  in  pro- 
fessional sports.  So  Duke  has 
established  a  panel  known  as 
the  Committee  on  Counseling 
Future  Professional  Athletes. 
The  panel  advises  top  Duke 
athletes  on  selecting  an  agent 
and  helps  them  understand 
the  contractual  arrangements 
in  professional  sports.  It  also 


seeks  to  prevent  undergradu- 
ate athletes  from  inadvertent- 
ly losing  their  NCAA  eligibility 
by  signing  with  an  agent  be- 
fore their  college  career  is 
over. 

"Despite  fairly  widespread 
evidence  of  mismanagement 
and  incompetence  by  some 
sports  agents,  there  is  no  sys- 
temic regulation  of  them," 
says  John  Weistart,  Duke  law 
professor  and  member  of  the 
counseling  panel.  "So  in  the 
absence  of  any  sort  of  regula- 
tion by  society  in  general, 
somebody  else  is  going  to 
have  to  become  involved." 

Duke's  new  program  follows 
by  two  years  the  NCAA's  pas- 
sage of  legislation  that  author- 
ized university  involvement  in 
the  welfare  of  students  bound 
for  the  pros.  A  distinctive  fea- 
ture of  the  committee -also 
made  up  of  law  professor  and 
Duke  NCAA  faculty  repre- 
sentative A.  Kenneth  Pye  and 
Eugene  McDonald,  university 
counsel  and  senior  vice  presi- 
dent for  university  a 


its  plan  to  register  agents. 
Committee  members  will 
generate  information  about 
whom  the  agents  have 
represented,  their  back- 
ground, their  affiliations. 

"It's  not  that  the  university 
will  select  the  agent,"  says 
Weistart.  "That's  the  decision 
of  the  athlete  and  the  family 
or  whoever  else  is  involved. 
But  Duke  will  play  a  role  in 
making  sure  that  the  informa- 
tion is  complete. 

"The  program's  not  in- 
tended to  be  heavy-handed, 
but  to  ensure  that  there  is 
some  regular  procedure  for 
contact  between  the  agent, 
the  school,  and  the  athlete, 
rather  than  allowing  those 
contacts  to  develop  very 
haphazardly."  Weistart  says 
that  the  players  and  coaches 
involved  thus  far  are  receptive 
to  the  free  program,  and  that 
it  has  full  support  from  the 
athletic  department. 

Acting  as  gatekeeper  be- 
tween athletes  and  agents  has 
traditionally  been  a  duty  of 
the  coach.  "Generally  speak- 
ing, some  are  effective  as  gate- 
keeper and  some  aren't," 
Weistart  says.  Football  coach 
Steve  Sloan  says  he  will  offer 
his  views  in  addition  to  those 
of  the  committee  but  expects 
that  the  committee  will  pro- 
vide "the  primary  thrust  of 
information."  He  says,  "In  my 
view,  it's  a  much-needed  pro- 
gram and  offers  a  valuable 
and  helpful  service  to  the 
athletes." 

BasketbaU  coach  Mike 
Krzyzewski  anticipates  that 
his  players  will  make  regular 
use  of  the  committee.  "It  will 
definitely  eliminate  many 
nonimputable  agents  and  en- 
able the  student  athlete  to 
make  better  use  of  his  time  in 
choosing  from  a  small  amount 
of  top-quality  people." 


Continued  from  page  35 

Though  retired  Army  General  William 
Westmoreland  dropped  his  suit  against  CBS, 
Dale  thinks  it  and  the  Sharon  v.  Time  Maga- 
zine  suit  will  eventually  lead  to  a  cutting  back 
of  the  virtually  complete  freedom  the  press 
now  enjoys.  "I  think  the  public  has  become 
more  sensitive  that  the  press  can  be  unfair," 
he  says. 

In  his  acceptance  speech  after  receiving 
the  Joseph  Quinn  Memorial  Award  from  the 
Los  Angeles  Press  Club  last  March,  Dale 
warned:  "Reporters,  editors,  and  broadcasters 
ought  to  be  paying  close  attention  to  the 
public  reaction  to  their  latest  travails— gov- 
ernment restrictions  and  big-ticket  libel 
suits.... A  great  many  Americans  aren't  the 


least  bit  concerned.  They  think  the  media 
are  getting  what  they  deserve.  This  paradox 
deserves  pondering,  especially  by  journalists 
who  react  so  defensively  to  criticism. 

"In  a  democracy,  the  law  must  protect  free- 
dom of  the  press  maximally  to  guarantee  that 
citizens  can  shop  at  will  in  the  marketplace 
of  ideas  and  are  provided  with  the  informa- 
tion they  need  to  act  responsibly  in  their 
own  interests.  Maximal  protection  means 
there  is  room  for  error  and  irresponsibility.  It 
does  not  mean,  however,  that  journalism 
characterized  by  error  and  irresponsibility 
should  be  considered  acceptable  just  because 
there  is  an  acceptable  rationale  for  permit- 
ting it  under  the  law.  And  it  does  not  mean 
that,  when  there  is  a  clash  between  constitu- 
tionally protected  values  such  as  freedom  of 
the  press  and  an  individual's  right  not  to 


have  his  reputation  unfairly  dragged  through 
the  mud,  freedom  of  the  press  must  prevail  in 
every  case." 

No,  Dale  is  not  talking  out  of  both  sides  of 
his  mouth  when  criticizing  Ronald  Reagan 
for  "restraining"  the  news  and  being  "too  in- 
accessible," yet  praising  his  infrequent  news 
conferences  before  the  last  election  as  "bril- 
liant political  strategy."  He  is  walking  the  fine 
line  between  newspaper  publisher  and  poli- 
tician, seeing  both  sides  of  the  story. 

"It's  bad  to  conduct  the  nation's  business  in 
private,  but  we've  let  it  happen,"  Dale  says. 
"The  press  ought  to  find  a  way  to  get  through 
the  door,  to  do  a  better  job."  ■ 

Chansky  is  a  free-lance  writer  living  in  Chapel  Hill. 
His  last  piece  for  Duke  Magazine  was  on  football 
coach  Steve  Sloan. 


-**■**■ 


nRPi^^w^TJ' 

*^7^v* 

«*$Hlk! 

Im 

FEZ  IN 
THE  CROWD 


The  first  exchange  effort  between  the 
Kingdom  of  Morocco  and  an  Ameri- 
can university  took  place  in  Septem- 
ber, when  an  entourage  of  some  eighty 
Moroccans  arrived  on  campus  for  a  five-day 
cultural  festival. 

Coordinated  by  religion  professor  Bruce 
Lawrence  and  Miriam  Cooke,  assistant 
professor  of  Arabic  language  and  literature, 
the  festival  featured  a  Moroccan  crafts  fair, 
folklore  demonstration,  fashion  show,  and 
an  authentic  Moroccan  feast  under  tradi- 
tional tents,  which  attracted  more  than  500 
students. 

Cooke  and  Fatima  Tousti,  a  Moroccan 
jounalist,  presented  a  lecture  on  the  role  of 
women  in  Moroccan  society,  and  Lawrence 
gave  an  illustrated  lecture  on  the  history  of 
Morocco.  Brian  Silver,  assistant  dean  for  the 
Study  Abroad  program  and  director  of  Inter- 
national House,  joined  with  a  group  of  Mor- 
rocan  musicians  in  a  presentation  of  North 
African  music.  The  festival  is  the  culmina- 
tion of  the  involvement  of  Silver,  Cooke, 
and  Lawrence  in  teaching  exchange  pro- 
grams in  Morocco. 

The  delegation  from  the  North  African 
nation  included  Maati  Jorio,  Moroccan 
ambassador  to   the  United   States,   three 


deans  from  the  University  of  Marrakech, 
and  representatives  of  the  High  Atlas,  the 
leading  Marrakech  business  and  cultural 
civic  organization  and  the  primary  sponsor 
of  the  festival.  Also  participating  was  Angier 
Duke,  former  ambassador  to  Morroco  and 
president  of  the  Morocco-American  Founda- 
tion, another  of  the  festival's  sponsors. 

Ambassador  Jorio  met  with  North  Caro- 
lina Governor  James  Martin  to  discuss  a  state- 
to-country  link  for  commercial  ventures  as 
well  as  cultural  exchange.  Jorio  later  said  he'd 
suggested  that  agriculture,  tourism,  and  high 
technology  were  among  areas  of  potential 
cooperation  between  North  Carolina  and 
the  Kingdom  of  Morocco.  At  a  Duke  press 
conference,  Angier  Duke  said  that  a  North 
Carolina  council  of  the  Moroccan-American 
Foundation  will  be  established  to  promote 
the  joint  effort,  and  that  his  son,  St.  George 
Duke  '59,  would  help  run  the  council. 

RETURN  OF  THE 
SOLDIER 

Retired  Army  General  William  West- 
moreland, a  key  military  figure  in 
the  Vietnam  War,  told  a  capacity 
crowd  at  Duke  that  U.S.  troops  in  Vietnam 
never  lost  a  significant  battle,  but  the 
strategy  of  the  war  sent  a  message  of  U.S. 
political  insecurity  to  Hanoi. 


"The  bombing  was  on  and  off— a  monitor 
of  political  pressure  at  home,"  he  said.  "The 
enemy  got  a  message  not  of  strength,  but  of 
political  weakness."  The  nation's  "obsession 
with  Vietnam  was  chiefly  emotional  and 
ideological,  and  not  strategic." 

Westmoreland  commanded  military  forces 
in  Vietnam  from  1964  to  1968,  during  the 
period  of  the  American  buildup  and  some  of 
the  heaviest  fighting,  including  the  1968  Tet 
offensive.  In  his  September  speech  at  Duke, 
he  said  the  war  was  one  of  communist  aggres- 
sion, just  as  the  Korean  War  was,  and  that 
U.S.  involvement  was  crucial  in  deterring 
rapid  communist  expansion  "that  would 
have  spread  all  the  way  to  Singapore  if  we 
had  not  taken  a  stand."  The  war  gave  other 
Southeast  Asian  nations  a  ten-year  "breath- 
ing spell,"  in  his  words,  from  communist 
aggression. 

A  vocal  defender  of  Vietnam  veterans,  the 
71-year-old  Westmoreland  criticized  public 
response  to  their  homecoming.  "Few  could 
imagine  in  the  Forties  and  Fifties  that  men 
could  be  sent  to  war  in  the  Sixties  by  their 
nation,  and  after  years  of  being  ignored— 
and  in  some  cases  abused— would  as  a  group 
stage  a  welcome  home  for  themselves  be- 
cause nobody  else  would  do  it.  And  that  they 
would  build  a  monument  to  their  dead  with 
money  raised  from  private  sources,  asking 
from  the  government  they  served  only  a  site— 
a  piece  of  real  estate. 

"That  in  a  nutshell  is  the  legacy  of  those 
who  in  other  times  and  other  wars  would 
have  been  welcomed  home  as  heroes,"  he 
said.  Westmoreland  cited  a  1980  Harris  sur- 
vey on  Vietnam  veterans:  "Ninety-one  per- 
cent said  they  were  glad  they  served;  74  per- 
cent said  they  enjoyed  their  time  there;  and 
two  out  of  three  said  they  would  go 
again. ...They  are  a  precious  national  asset." 

Westmoreland  made  national  headlines 
earlier  this  year  when  he  initiated  a  libel  suit 
against  CBS  News.  In  his  $120  million  suit, 
which  he  dropped  just  before  the  18-week- 
old  trial  was  to  go  to  the  jury,  Westmoreland 
contended  that  CBS  libeled  him  in  its  1982 
broadcast  of  a  documentary,  The  Uncounted 
Enemy:  A  Vietnam  Deception.  The  program 
suggested  that  enemy  strength  just  before 
the  Tet  offensive  had  been  under-reported  so 
the  appearance  of  progress  would  justify  con- 
tinuing the  war. 

Westmoreland  said  he  decided  to  drop  the 
case  after  CBS  issued  a  statement  affirming 
Westmoreland's  patriotism  and  loyalty  to  his 


duties  as  commander  of  American  forces  in 
Vietnam.  He  added  that  the  jury  had  no  ex- 
perience in  military  affairs  and  that  the 
media  have  an  inherent  advantage  in  libel 
cases.  "The  chances  of  my  getting  a  favorable 
judgment  from  the  jury  was  no  better  than 
the  flip  of  a  coin  [and]  I  concluded  that  a 
court  of  law  is  no  place  to  decide  history."  In 
calling  for  a  "national  news  council"  to  over- 
see the  news  media,  Westmoreland  warned, 
"If  the  media  does  not  set  up  and  adhere  to 
proper  standards,  there  will  be  increasing 
pressure  for  outside  interference." 


AFGHANISTAN 
ARGUMENTS 


The  Soviet  Union  would  have  to  send 
half  a  million  troops  into  Afghanistan 
to  seize  control  of  the  countryside 
and  crush  the  five-year-old  Afghan  guerilla 
war,  says  a  top  U.S.  authority  on  Afghanistan. 
Meanwhile,  according  to  an  American 
journalist's  book,  the  United  States  is  pour- 
ing millions  into  Afghan  resistance  aid— far 
more  money  than  many  people  realize. 

There's  no  indication  the  Kremlin  is  will- 
ing to  shift  that  many  troops  to  Afghanistan: 
Most  of  them  would  have  to  come  from 
forces  on  the  tense  border  with  China,  says 
Louis  Dupree,  a  visiting  professor  of  anthro- 
pology and  political  science  at  Duke.  As  a 
result,  the  Afghan  guerilla  war  likely  will 
continue  at  its  current  level  for  the  foresee- 
able future. 

The  Soviets  have  an  estimated  100,000 
troops  in  Afghanistan,  opposed  by  80,000  to 
100,000  loosely  organized  and  ill-equipped 
guerillas.  "That's  not  a  satisfactory  Soviet-to- 
guerilla  ratio,"  says  Dupree. 

The  60-year-old  archaeologist  lived  in 
Afghanistan  for  more  than  twenty  years, 
conducting  research  and  teaching.  He  re- 
cently returned  from  the  latest  of  several 
clandestine  trips  there  with  a  party  of 
mujahidin  freedom  fighters.  On  his  foray  he 
became  convinced  that  the  Soviets  would 
need  at  least  a  half-million  troops  to  stamp 
out  the  stubborn  Afghan  resistance  and  take 
control  of  the  countryside.  But  he  believes 
the  Soviets  are  reluctant  to  raise  the  level  of 
combat,  choosing  instead  an  "acceptable 
level"  of  casualties,  estimated  at  20,000  to 
30,000  dead  and  wounded  since  1979,  when 
the  invasion  began. 

Dupree  says  the  Afghan  guerillas  desperate- 
ly need  western  weapons  and  training,  and 
the  United  States  should  join  with  its  allies 
in  seeing  that  the  guerillas  are  properly 
equipped  for  combat. 

Henry  S.  Bradsher,  a  Soviet  affairs  special- 
ist who  worked  as  an  Associated  Press  cor- 
respondent in  Afghanistan  in  the  1960s, 
claims  that  some  80  percent  of  the  CIA's 
covert  operations  budget  now  goes  to  aid  the 


mujahidin  struggle  against  Soviet  occupa- 
tion. In  the  second  edition  of  his  book, 
Afghanistan  and  the  Soviet  Union,  just  pub- 
lished by  Duke  University  Press,  he  says  that 
Congress  allocated  more  than  $250  million 
for  the  guerillas  in  the  fiscal  year  that  began 
October  1, 1984.  "This  reportedly  more  than 
doubled  the  size  of  the  program  to  help  the 
mujahidin,"  he  writes,  "and  would,  by  late 
1985 ,  bring  total  U.S.  aid  since  1979  to  $625 
million."  First  published  in  1983,  Bradsher's 
book  became  the  standard  work  on  the 
Soviet  Union's  bid  to  subdue  Afghanistan. 

Dupree  says  that  the  Soviets  are  using 
Afghanistan  as  a  proving  ground  for  new 
weapons,  as  the  United  States  did  in  Viet- 
nam. "They  saw  it  as  a  target  of  opportunity," 
he  says,  because  the  country,  one  of  the  most 
economically  backward  in  southwest  Asia, 
had  revolted  against  the  Soviet-leaning 
regime  of  Mohammad  Taraki  in  1979. 

Obviously  frustrated  by  years  of  incon- 
clusive fighting,  the  Soviets  are  turning  to 
search-and-destroy  operations  that  some- 
times wipe  out  entire  villages  suspected  of 
harboring  guerillas,  says  Dupree.  These  tac- 
tics are  a  form  of  "migratory  genocide"  that 
has  emptied  Afghanistan  of  a  third  of  its 
population  since  1979.  Most  of  the  refugees 
have  fled  to  camps  in  Pakistan.  Dupree  says 
such  tactics  have  disgusted  many  young 
Russian  conscripts,  some  of  whom  have  gone 
over  to  the  guerillas  to  avoid  participation  in 
further  mass  killings. 

Bradsher's  assessment  of  Afghanistan's 
future  is  bleak.  The  country  and  its  fiercely 
independent  tribesmen  face  "an  unchanged 
prospect  of  continued  warfare,  destruction 
and  suffering,  pain  and  bloodshed,"  he  writes. 
The  Soviets  have  entered  their  sixth  year  of 
the  guerilla  war— the  longest  war  in  the 
Soviet  Union's  history.  But  the  Kremlin, 
Bradsher  says,  seems  to  regard  time  as  being 
on  its  side,  and  believes  that  it  eventually 
will  wipe  out  the  guerilla  resistance. 


MEDICAL 
MUNIFICENCE 


Prominent 
Greensboro 
business  man 
Joseph  M.  Bryan  has 
given  $10  million  to 
the  Duke  Medical 
Center  to  build  £ 
major  research  cen- 
ter. The  facility's 
primary     purpose 
will  be  investigat- 
ing   Alzheimer's 
disease. 

The  donation  is  the  largest  single  gift  to 
the  university  from  a  North  Carolina  resident 
since  James  B.  Duke  created  the  endowment 


in  1924  that  transformed  Trinity  College 
into  Duke  University.  Groundbreaking  cere- 
monies for  the  Joseph  and  Kathleen  Bryan 
Research  Building  are  scheduled  for  mid- 
February. 

"I've  always  believed  in  supporting  projects 
that  need  immediate  attention,"  Bryan  said 
when  announcing  the  gift.  "There  are  times 
when  research  funds  can  be  slow  in  coming, 
simply  because  of  the  lengthy  approval  pro- 
cess for  federal  and  foundation  grants.  But 
this  kind  of  research  can't  wait.  In  such  cases, 
I  think  the  private  sector  can  have  its  most 
positive  influence."  Kathleen  Price  Bryan, 
who  died  in  August  1984,  suffered  from 
Alzheimer's. 

Commenting  on  what  he  refers  to  as  "the 
Bryans'  innate  generosity  of  mind  and  spirit," 
President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  says  "these 
Duke  benefactors— Joseph  and  his  late  wife 
Kathleen— have  established  a  record  of  gifts 
that  is  virtually  unmatched  in  the  history  of 
the  university."  The  Greensboro  couple  were 
the  largest  individual  donors  to  the  univer- 
sity center,  which  was  named  in  their  honor. 

"Joe  Bryan  is  a  giant  in  the  league  with 
James  B.  Duke,"  says  Dr.  William  G.  Anlyan, 
chancellor  for  health  affairs.  "Both  have 
understood  the  importance  of  high-quality 
research  for  the  benefit  of  humanity. 

"Alzheimer's  disease  and  related  degenera- 
tive diseases  have  reached  epidemic  propor- 
tions affecting  many  families  in  the  United 
States,"  Anlyan  says.  "This  new  facility  will 
enable  Duke  to  be  at  the  forefront  of  research 
in  seeking  the  means  to  prevent  or  cure  a 
dreaded  disease." 

The  disease  usually  strikes  older  people 
but  can  occur  in  middle  age.  It  slowly  robs  its 
victims  of  their  memory  and  reason,  making 
them  increasingly  helpless  and  dependent. 
As  many  as  2  million  Americans  may  have 
the  fatal  brain  disease.  Its  cause  and  cure  are 
unknown.  For  the  past  seven  years,  the  de- 
velopment of  a  Family  Support  Network  for 
Alzheimer's  patients  has  been  a  major  focus 
of  Duke's  Center  for  the  Study  of  Aging  and 
Human  Development. 

Bryan  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  Jefferson 
Pilot  Corporation.  His  most  recent  gift  to 
the  university  was  $250,000  in  memory  of 
his  wife  to  create  a  brain  bank  where  brain 
tissue  from  Alzheimer's  victims  could  be 
frozen  and  stored  for  study.  Among  Alz- 
heimer's disease  research  projects  at  Duke 
are  studies  to  define  the  changes  the  disease 
causes  in  brain  chemistry,  says  Dr.  Allen  D. 
Roses,  professor  and  chief  of  neurology. 

"Creation  of  a  brain  bank  enabled  the 
medical  center  to  compete  for  one  of  five 
large  National  Institute  of  Aging  grants  that 
were  awarded  in  September,"  says  Roses. 
Duke  was  selected  to  receive  a  $3.9  million 
federal  grant  for  Alzheimer's  disease  research. 
In  addition  to  providing  funds  for  research 
projects,  the  grant  will  permit  the  hiring  of 


41 


additional  clinical  and  laboratory  personnel. 

"Recent  laboratory  technology,  particular- 
ly in  molecular  genetics,  has  given  us  the 
means  of  finding  needles  in  haystacks,"  Roses 
says.  "Through  rapid  autopsy,  we  are  able  to 
preserve  the  chemistry  of  the  brain,  which 
deteriorates  very  rapidly  after  death. 

"No  one  has  yet  been  able  to  measure  the 
dynamic  biochemical  activities  that  occur 
in  Alzheimer's  disease,  and  basic  research 
like  this  could  ultimately  have  implications 
for  treatment." 


THE  VINE  THAT 
ATE  VARINA 


B 


ad  news  on  the  kudzu  front:  The 
enemy's  gaining  strength  from  an 
invisible  ally. 

It  looks  like  there's  going  to  be  more  kudzu 
on  the  Yazoo  and  just  about  everywhere  else 
the  pesky  vine  has  taken  root,  says  Duke 
botany  researcher  and  doctoral  candidate 
Tom  Sasek.  He's  found  that  kudzu  loves  car- 
bon dioxide,  the  invisible  gas  that  plants 
need  for  photosynthesis. 

That  means  that  kudzu,  which  enjoys  a 
peculiar  status  in  the  South,  somewhat  on 
the  order  of  grits  in  abundance  and  carpet- 
baggers in  desirability,  will  produce  more 
kudzu  as  the  atmospheric  level  of  carbon 
dioxide  rises. 

Kudzu  (Pueraria  lobata)  is  a  high-climbing 
vine  in  the  bean  family.  Given  half  a  chance, 
it  will  drape  full-grown  trees.  A  healthy 
vine— and  Sasek  says  he's  never  seen  one  that 
wasn't— can  grow  up  to  ten  inches  a  day,  and 
the  further  south  it  is,  the  faster  it  grows. 
"Kudzu  has  a  lot  of  leaf  area,"  he  says.  "It's 
very  efficient  at  capturing  sunlight." 

Sasek  put  kudzu  on  a  high  carbon  dioxide 
diet  at  Duke's  Phytotron— a  controlled- 
climate  botanical  laboratory  operated  by 
Duke  for  the  National  Science  Foundation. 
At  a  carbon  dioxide  level  of  675  parts  per 
million,  double  the  current  atmospheric 
level  but  one  expected  to  be  reached  in  the 
next  century,  the  vine  stems  grew  up  to  40 
percent  longer  than  plants  at  current  levels 
of  the  gas. 

Researchers  say  the  global  level  of  carbon 
dioxide  has  been  rising  since  the  start  of  the 
Industrial  Revolution  in  the  nineteenth 
century  due  to  burning  of  fossil  fuels.  The  gas 
is  a  main  product  of  combustion.  According 
to  Sasek,  carbon  dioxide  is  behind  the  much- 
debated  "greenhouse  effect"  theory,  which 
holds  that  rising  carbon  dioxide  levels  will 
trap  heat  in  the  atmosphere.  That  would  lead 
to  global  warming— and  even  more  kudzu,  he 
says.  The  vine's  current  northern  limit  is  Mary- 
land, but  it  could  creep  toward  Pennsylvania  if 
the  mean  global  temperature  rises  a  couple  of 


Sasek  is  so  interested  in  kudzu  that  he's  going 
to  Japan  for  a  year  on  a  Fulbright  scholarship 
to  study  it. 

Kudzu  was  brought  to  this  country  from  East 
Asia  about  a  century  ago  as  a  source  of  cattle 
fodder  and  for  erosion  control.  The  vine  was 
planted  extensively  in  the  1930s  by  the  U.S. 
Soil  Conservation  Service,  but  by  the  1960s 
the  plant  had  become  such  a  pest  in  southern 
fields  and  along  roadsides— choking  the  day- 
lights out  of  its  flora  victims  by  denying  them 
life-giving  sunlight— that  it  was  declared  a 
weed.  Kudzu  doesn't  give  up  easily,  even  in  the 
face  of  unrestricted  warfare. 

Sasek  says  the  tap  root  can  grow  to  a  foot  in 
diameter  and  extend  to  eight  feet  in  the  earth. 
Finding  a  tap  root  hidden  by  thousands  of 
square  feet  of  leafy  kudzu  is  enough  trouble, 
but  then  repeated  applications  of  herbicide  are 
needed  to  kill  it. 

"Kudzu  doesn't  have  any  natural  controls  in 
this  country,"  says  Sasek.  "Essentially,  nobody 
or  no  thing  wants  to  mess  with  it." 

$50  MILLION  AND 
COUNTING 

It  is  astonishing  to  me  that  we  have 
raised  as  much  as  we  have,  as  soon  as  we 
have— $50  million  in  hand  or  reason- 
ably assured.  That  assessment  came  from 
Joel  Fleishman,  chairman  of  Duke's  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences,  in  a 
September  report  to  the  board  of  trustees.  In 
signed  pledges,  the  campaign  "already  has 
raised  twice  the  amount  raised  for  endow- 
ment for  the  entire  university"  during  the 
Epoch  Campaign  of  the  mid-Seventies,  "and 
this  in  half  the  time,  and  for  arts  and  sciences 
endowment  alone."  And  counting  "extremely 


likely"  pledges  as  well  as  secured  pledges 
produces  a  figure  "nearly  three  times  the 
amount." 

In  signed  pledges  alone,  the  campaign  has, 
in  its  first  two-and-a-half  years,  doubled  the 
pre-campaign  restricted  endowment  for  the 
arts  and  sciences.  The  largest  portion  of  that 
endowment  hike  has  been  designated  for 
faculty  support,  Fleishman  said. 

"The  financial  need  is  clear,"  he  told  the 
trustees,  "having  come  about  in  the  Seventies 
and  early  Eighties  in  large  part  through  the 
ravages  of  inflation,  which  seriously  eroded 
the  purhcasing  power  of  our  endowment, 
and  the  decline  in  government  support." 
While  Duke's  endowment  has  been  growing 
continuously,  he  added,  it  has  defrayed  a 
sharply  declining  share  of  university  ex- 
penses—from 40  percent  in  1960  to  17  per- 
cent in  1970  to  10.5  percent  in  1985. 

According  to  Fleishman,  campaign  progress 
should  be  measured  against  what  he  calls 
"the  barriers  to  success,"  including  a  failure— 
now  being  corrected,  he  said— to  cultivate 
adequately  among  alumni  "a  loyalty  that  is 
the  prequisite  of  generosity." 

"Because  of  more  than  generous  income 
from  the  original  endowment,  we  simply 
perceived  no  need  to  raise  money  from 
alumni.... When  those  who  were  to  become 
alumni  were  still  students,  we  did  nothing 
designed  purposely  to  inculcate  a  sense  of 
obligation  to  support  Duke,  as  do  those  insti- 
tutions which  have  the  nationally  highest 
level  of  alumni  giving— Princeton,  Dart- 
mouth, Harvard,  Yale,  and  Stanford.  Once 
our  students  left  the  campus,  essentially  we 
substantially  forgot  about  them." 

Because  of  Duke's  generous  initial  endow- 
ment support  and  the  resulting  widespread 
impression  that  Duke  had  no  great  need  for 
additional  money,  the  "internal  apparatus 
necessary  to  raise  sizable  amounts  of  money" 
was  not  in  place  before  the  campaign,  Fleish- 
man said.  But  the  campaign  is  succeeding  in 
"organizing  our  external  constituencies,"  he 
reported. 

"We  are  succeeding  in  getting  to  know  our 
alumni  and  in  convincing  them  both  of  the 
university's  interest  in  them  and  of  Duke's 
genuine  need  for  their  financial  support...  We 
are  doing  exactly  the  same  with  parents  of 
present  and  former  students."  Campaign 
workers  are  also  "forming  strong  national 
networks  designed  specifically  to  raise 
money  now  and  in  the  future  for  various 
components  of  the  university";  they  are 
"creating  campaign  organizations  for  each  of 
twenty-six  cities  and  regions";  and  they  are 
"extending  and  strengthening  Duke's  ties 
with  corporations  and  foundations." 

Although  considered  by  some  "a  hopeless- 
ly unattainable  dream"  in  its  planning  stages, 
the  $200-million  campaign  "has  become  in 
fact  a  bold  vision  demonstrably  in  the  pro- 
cess of  realization,"  Fleishman  said. 


We  wish  you  well 

as  the  newest  chapter 

begins  in  your  continuing 

story  of  excellence. 


ylLLENTON 

A  continuing  commitment  to  quality. 

Residential  &  Commercial  Real  Estate,  Development,  Property  Management  &  Insurance 
Durham,  Research  Triangle,  Chapel  Hill  and  Hillsborough 


J.  Southgate  &  Son  — 

A  Century  of  Friendship  with  a  Great  University! 


When  Raleigh  tried  to  attract  Trinity  College  from  Randolph 
County  in  1887,  several  far-thinking  Durham  leaders  hurried 
with  plans  to  bring  the  school  to  Durham  instead. 

Five  years  later  the  embryo  of  today's  great  University  arrived 
by  rail  —  all  of  its  physical  assets  loaded  into  a  single  boxcar. 

One  of  those  leaders  who  worked  to  bring  Trinity  to  Durham 
was  James  H.  Southgate,  who  later  served  for  20  years  as  Presi- 
dent of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

J.  Southgate  &  Son  is  immensely  proud  of  its  century  of  close 
friendship  with  Durham's  world-famous  academic  citizen.  And 
we  look  forward  to  our  next  century  together! 


J.  Southgate  &  Son        -=-. 

Insurance  Specialists  Since  1872  V^gr—/ 

1013  Broad  Street      □     Durham,  N.C.  27705      □     Telephone  (919)  286-2905 


Continued  from  page  10 


course,  "Topics  in  Psychobiology,"  is  again  on 
the  rolls.  "Teaching  for  me  has  always  been 
fun,  even  sort  of  a  privilege,"  he  says.  And  he 
has  called  on  his  faculty  colleagues  to  reward 
good  teaching  as  well  as  research  in  promo- 
tion and  tenure  decisions:  "We  should  strive 
for  the  ideal— a  scholar  whose  scholarship  is 
as  evident  in  the  classroom  as  it  is  in  print." 

It  was  research— particularly  research  into 
proteins— that  sustained  Brodie's  interest  as 
a  Princeton  undergraduate  and  chemistry 
major.  His  plan  was  to  go  on  for  a  Ph.D.  in 
chemistry;  but  after  his  research  efforts  put 
him  in  close  touch  with  hospitals  and  hospi- 
tal physicians,  his  thoughts  turned  to  medi- 
cal school.  He  ended  up  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity's College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons. 
"In  that  setting,  I  began  to  see  three  leading- 
edge  areas— work  with  organ  transplants, 
work  with  viruses  and  tumors,  and  the  whole 
area  of  biochemistry  and  its  relationship  to 
mental  illness,  which  was  not  well  under- 
stood. I  began  to  enjoy  psychiatry,  to  enjoy 
talking  with  patients,  and  psychotherapy 
seemed  to  be  something  I  had  some  skill  at 
doing."  Brodie  served  a  residency  at  the 
Columbia-Presbyterian  Medical  Center. 
Putting  his  chemistry  background  to  use,  he 
worked,  for  two  years,  as  a  clinical  associate 
in  psychiatry  at  the  National  Institute  of 
Mental  Health.  His  research  focus,  mostly 
involving  the  drug  lithium,  was  on  one  of 
the  "leading-edge  areas":  the  biochemical 
basis  of  mood  disorders  such  as  mania  and 
depression.  He  continued  the  work  at  Stan- 
ford's psychiatry  department,  which  he 
joined  in  1970. 

Brodie's  curriculum  vitae  includes  a  five- 
page  list  of  articles  in  peer-reviewed  journals, 
plus  a  list  of  nine  books  for  which  he  is  a  co- 
author or  co-editor.  He  says  he  keeps  current 
with  his  profession:  Psychiatry  and  medical 
journals  often  make  up  his  night-time  read- 
ing. In  1982-83,  he  became  the  youngest 
president  in  the  history  of  the  American  Psy- 
chiatric Association.  Since  then,  he  has 
spoken  out  on  what  he  sees  as  an  identity 
crisis  for  psychiatry— and  for  medicine 
generally.  Psychiatry  must  emphasize  its 
uniqueness,  he  told  the  APA  in  his  1983 
presidential  address.  Its  union  of  "medical 
knowledge  with  psychotherapeutic  skill" 
provides  the  best  formula  for  treating  mental 
illness,  he  said.  "The  nation  has  been  blitzed 
with  the  psychobabble  of  pop  psychology: 
Everyone  wants  to  be  a  counselor  to  a  client, 
and  there  is  simply  not  enough  money  in  the 
health  care  system  to  reimburse  every 
pseudotherapist  offering  mental  health  and 
happiness." 

Elsewhere,  Brodie  has  enthusiastically 
pointed  to  psychiatry's  return  to  its  medical 


roots.  "The  future  looks  promising,"  he  wrote 
in  a  contributed  chapter  in  the  book  Aca- 
demic Medicine,  "as  we  remedicalize  and  at- 
tract students  to  our  speciality  who  have 
become  excited  by  the  revolutionary  develop- 
ments in  the  neurosciences."  The  profession 
would  be  well-served,  he  added,  if  it  jetti- 
soned the  Freudian  couch  in  order  to  accom- 
modate "the  technologies  of  behavior 
change— technologies  like  positron  emission 
tomography  (PET),  a  visual-scanning  method 
for  gauging  the  metabolic  activity  of  the 
brain. 

The  "specter  of  corporate  medicine"  has 
also  been  a  target  of  Brodie  criticism.  Be- 
cause of  changing  financial  realities,  medi- 
cine is  experiencing  "a  major  upheaval,"  he 
says.  Movement  away  from  private  fee-for- 
service  physicians  and  toward  the  "for-profit 
corporatization"  of  health  care,  he  predicts, 
will  bring  profound  consequences.  Chief 
among  those  consequences:  increased  num- 
bers of  "flat-salaried  physicians  employed  to 
deliver  medical  service  without  much  in  the 
way  of  continuity  or  much  in  the  way  of  re- 
search and  teaching."  Within  the  field  of 
medicine,  he  says,  there  will  be  more  and 
more  interest  in  the  business  side  than  in  the 
research  and  teaching  side.  "That  troubles 
me  in  terms  of  the  long  haul,  because  in 
order  to  train  future  physicians  to  deliver 
quality  health  care,  you  have  to  have  availa- 
ble a  core  of  people  who  can  generate  new 
knowledge  and  who  can  communicate  the 
excitement  of  research." 

Brodie's  prognosis  for  Duke  is  favorable. 
The  number  of  18-year-olds  may  be  dropping 
off,  but  The  New  York  Times  did,  after  all,  pin 
the  "hot  college"  label  on  Duke.  "I  think 
we're  going  to  remain  a  hot  college,"  Brodie 
says.  "The  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  we  have 
penetrated  some  markets  that  will  not  shrink. 


We're  now  in  Texas,  for  instance.  We  had  300 
applications  from  Houston  last  year;  five 
years  ago,  we  didn't  have  fifty.  And  the 
18-year-old  population  in  that  state  is  not 
going  to  decline  to  the  extent  that  it  will  in 
New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio." 

To  Brodie,  Duke's  hot-college  status  is  only 
logical.  "Duke  is  almost  one  of  a  kind  in  hav- 
ing such  a  strong  undergraduate  program  in  a 
university  with  so  many  different  and  out- 
standing professional  schools.  We're  on  one 
campus,  which  is  quite  different  from  a  place 
like  Harvard,  where  the  medical  center  is  far 
removed  from  the  undergraduate  learning 
environment.  We  have  an  outstanding  reli- 
gious life  program:  The  Duke  Chapel  really 
has  no  equal.  We  have  a  faculty  that  is  quite 
distinguished  and  growing  more  so  each  year 
as  we  provide  the  necessary  resources,  a 
library  that  is  in  the  top  seven  in  the  country 
among  private  universities. 

"And  one  of  the  nice  things  about  our  cur- 
rent situation  is  that  we  have  no  major  un- 
filled leadership  roles  within  the  university. 
We've  got  a  team  in  place  now,  many  of 
whom  I. helped  recruit  in  my  work  with  Terry 
Sanford  in  the  last  three  years." 

Each  July,  Brodie  breaks  away  from  his 
team,  and  his  hot  college,  with  a  family  vaca- 
tion in  Maine.  A  tennis  player  of  modest 
ability— at  least  in  his  estimation— he  is  oc- 
casionally on  the  courts  with  his  children. 
He  also  takes  walks  in  the  evening,  with  his 
family  in  tow.  "The  problem  in  this  job  is  that 
there  are  too  many  lunch  and  dinner  invita- 
tions. In  a  matter  of  months,  I  could  easily 
double  my  weight.  So  I  practice  preventive 
medicine  through  exercise."  Although  his 
reading  routine  begins  with  medical  journals, 
it  extends  to  popular  novels.  Among  his 
favorite  writers:  John  Irving,  right  up  to  his 
latest,  Cider  House  Rules,  and  Walker  Percy 
(The  Second  Coming,  Lost  in  the  Cosmos),  a 
fellow  graduate  of  Columbia's  medical 
school.  In  musical  taste,  Brodie  finds  himself 
in  tune  with  "the  popular  music  of  our  time- 
mostly  because  our  children  bring  home 
tapes  and  get  me  interested  in  it."  When 
Duran  Duran  played  in  Greensboro,  Brodie 
took  his  children  to  see  the  rock  group.  "It 
was  just  great— a  mind-bogglingexperience." 

Brodie  has  suggested  that  the  Duke  presi- 
dency might  be  a  career  turning  point- 
though  not  necessarily  a  stopping  point. 
Psychiatry  and  teaching  will  continue  to 
exert  a  draw  on  him.  But  he  is  eager  to  make 
his  mark  as  president.  However  else  the  sages 
of  the  future  judge  his  legacy,  he  says:  "I  hope 
they'll  say  that  I  continued  the  momentum, 
that  I  continued  the  growth  of  the  academic 
enterprise  in  terms  of  recruiting  excellent 
faculty  and  quality  students.  But  also,  I  hope 
they'll  say  that  I  brought  a  certain  oneness  to 
the  university,  a  unity,  such  that  the  com- 
bined strengths  will  far  exceed  the  indivi- 
dual parts."  ■ 


DUKE  TRAVEL 

FARAWAY 
PLACES 


Egypt  and  the  Nile 
January  18-28, 1986 

Cruise  the  historic  River  Nile  in  luxury  for 
five  days  and  explore  ancient  Egypt's  temples, 
tombs,  and  colossal  statues  in  Aswan,  Luxor, 
and  Karnak.  View  King  Tut's  treasures  in 
Cairo's  Museum  of  Antiquities.  Approxi- 
mately $2,550  from  New  York. 

ISRAEL,  January  27-February  4:  option- 
al extension  includes  visits  to  the  holy  places 
of  three  major  faiths  and  to  major  archae- 
ological sites  such  as  Masada  and  Megiddo. 
Approximately  $1,000. 

The  Virgin  Islands 
February  23-March  2, 1986 

Fly  directly  to  St.  Thomas  to  cruise  the 
Virgin  Islands  aboard  the  luxury  yacht,  New- 
port Clipper.  Ports  of  call:  Charlotte  Amalie, 
St.  Thomas;  Road  Town,  Tortola;  The  Bight, 
Norman  Island;  Leverick  Bay,  Virgin  Gorda; 
Great  Harbor,  Jost  Van  Dyke;  Cruz  Bay,  St. 
John.  All  cabins  outside.  Approximately 
$1,800,  airfare  included. 

Passage  of  the  Moors 
April  18-May  2, 1986 

Fly  to  Casablanca,  Morocco,  and  transfer  by 
motorcoach  to  Rabat  for  a  three-night  stay. 
Travel  by  train  to  Tangierfor  a  two-night  stay; 
shop  and  browse  the  famous  Kasbah.  From 
Morocco,  board  a  ferry  for  sailing  through  the 
Strait  of  Gibraltar  to  Spain:  three  nights  in 
Seville;  two  nights  in  Granada;  three  nights 
in  Madrid.  Approximately  $2,575  from 
Atlanta. 

A  Viking  Adventure 
June  8-21, 1986 

Sail  from  Scandinavia  to  Russia  and  north- 
ern Europe  aboard  the  deluxe  cruise  ship, 
Royal  Viking  Sea.  Starting  in  Copenhagen, 
visit  the  fascinating  cities  of  Stockholm  and 
Helsinki.  View  the  art  treasures  of  the  Her- 
mitage in  Leningrad.  Experience  a  daylight 
transit  of  the  Kiel  Canal  through  lush  farm- 
lands en  route  to  Hamburg  and  Amsterdam 
before  returning  to  Copenhagen.  Outside 
staterooms  start  at  $2,834. 


Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
June  30-July  13, 1986 

Fly  to  Paris  for  a  three-day  stay.  Take  the 
"supertrain"  to  Lyon 
to  board  M/S  Arlena 
for  a  seven-day,  six- 
night  Rhone  River 
cruise  with  stops  in 
Trevoux,  Vienne, 
Valence,  Viviers,  and 
Avignon.  Coach  to 
the  Riviera  for  a 
three-night  stay  in 
Cannes.  Approxi- 
mately $2,895  from 
Atlanta. 


Costa  Rica 
August  8-16, 1986 

Discover  the  culture,  history,  and  natural 
beauty  of  exotic  Costa  Rica,  culminating  in 
an  exciting  white-water  adventure.  Spend  a 
day  in  San  Juan  followed  by  a  visit  to  the 
Cloud  Forest  of  Monteverde.  See  Manuel 
Antonio  National  Park,  swim  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  explore  the  teeming  coral  reef. 
Approximately  $1,395  from  Miami. 

The  Seas  of  Ulysses 
September  23-October  6, 1986 

Fly  to  Venice  and  board  Royal  Cruise  Line's 
elegant  Golden  Odyssey.  Spend  two  nights 
in  Venice  aboard  ship,  then  sail  to  these  fas- 
cinating ports-of-call:  Dubrovnik,  Kotor 
Fjord,  the  Greek  isles  of  Corfu  and  Mykonos, 
ancient  Ephesus  and  Istanbul  in  Turkey, 
Russia's  Odessa  and  Yalta.  Disembark  in 
Athens.  Staterooms  begin  at  $3,213,  airfare 
from  Atlanta 
included.  „^iftfcii£l    :   f: 


Fabled  Rhineland  Cruise 
October  6-14, 1986 

Explore  the  castles  and  historic  villages  of 
the  Netherlands,  Germany,  and  France  on  a 
leisurely  cruise  of  the  Rhine  River  during  the 
season  of  wine  harvest  festivals.  Approxi- 
mately $1,495,  airfare  from  Atlanta  included. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL  OUT  THE  COUPON  AND 
RETURN  TO  BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE  TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL 
DRIVE,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114. 


□  EGYPT/ISRAEL 

□  VIRGIN  ISLANDS 

□  SPAIN/MOROCCO 


□  SCANDINAVIA 

□  RHONE  RIVER 

□  COSTA  RICA 


□  GREECE/BLACK  SEA 
D  RHINE  RIVER 


Name 

Class 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

$50,000 

Cash 

or 

Appreciated  Stock 


Donated  to 

Annuity  Trust 

with  Income 

to  Child 


Savings  #1 
Income  Tax 
Deduction 

$34,837 


Savings  #2 
Capital  Gains  Tax 

Avoided  if 
Appreciated  Stock 


5  year, 
8%  payout 


Duke  receives 
Year  5 
$50,000 


Year  1 
$4,000 


Year  2 
$4,000 


Year  3 
$4,000 


Year  4 
$4,000 


Year  5 

$4,000 


Child's  Total 
Income  $20,000 


GIVE  YOUR  CHILD 

OR  GRANDCHILD 

INCOME  FOR  COLLEGE 

WHILE  MAKING 

A  GIFT  TO  DUKE 


If  you  establish  an  Annuity  Trust  with  $50,000 
in  principal  and  an  income  payout  of  $4,000  for 
your  child  or  grandchild,  you  will  receive  an 
immediate  tax  deduction  of  approximately 
$34,837,  which  will  generate  an  after  tax  sav- 
ings of  about  $13,935  (assuming  as  40%  Federal 
income  tax  bracket).  Furthermore,  $20,000  of 
income  ($4,000  times  5  years),  goes  directly  to 
the  child  at  essentially  no  tax  to  him  or  her. 


Moreover,  if  you  transfer  appreciated  (and  low- 
yielding)  stock,  you  completely  avoid  the  in- 
herent capital  gains  tax  liability.  Duke  has  had 
considerable  experience  tailoring  these  trusts  to 
individual  needs.  For  further  information, 
please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  at  (919)  684-5347 
or  684-2123  or  write  him  at  Duke  University, 
2127  Campus  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

©1985  Duke  University 


"Next  to 

Tokyo, 

Ilike 

Durham 

N.C. 
best! 


Our  decision  to  locate  in  Durham  was  a  good  business  decision,"  says  Kazuo 
Watanabe,  president  of  Mitsubishi  Semiconductor  America,  Inc.  He  is  one  of  20 
new  corporate  executives  who  know  what  Durham  has  to  offer. 

Research  Environment 

■  Home  of  the  Famous  Research 
Triangle  Park  (RTP) 

■  Over  $716  Million  in  High-Tech 
Investment  Since  1980 

■  Concentration  of  Scientists/ 
Engineers  at  Duke,  NCCU,  UNC 
and  N.C.  State 

Livability 

■  Lower  Cost  of  Living 

■  "Big  City"  Cultural  Life 

■  Unparalleled  Health  Care  Facilities 
and  Services  (City  of  Medicine) 

■  Excellent  Public  and  Private  Schools 

■  Easy  Commute  to  RTP 

Business  Advantages 

■  Favorable  Tax  Structure 

■  Customized  Skills  Training  Through 
Durham  Tech 

■  Highly  Productive  Labor  Force 

■  Transportation  Hub  at  Raleigh/ 
Durham  Airport 

Considering  a  new  location  for  your  business?    Write  for  our  Executive  Summary. 

Greater  Durham  Chamber  of  Commerce        201  N.  Roxboro  St. 
Durham,  N.C.  2770 1        9 19-682-2 133 


DIKE  WINS 

ELEVEN 


SfRMSHT 


Duke  Power's  coal-fired  generating  system  was  recently  named  the  most  efficient  in  the 
country.  An  honor  that  we've  won  eleven  years  in  a  row 

Of  course,  that  makes  you  a  winner,  too.  Because  the  level  of  efficiency  at  which  we 
operate  keeps  electric  rates  a  lot  lower  than  they  are  in  most  parts  of  the  country. 

Over  the  years  we've  won  lots  of  other  efficiency  awards.  Our  overall  generating  sys- 
tem has  been  named  the  most  efficient  in  the  entire  nation  six  times.  Something  no  other 
power  company  has  ever  done.  And  Duke  Power's  nuclear  generating  facilities  have 
consistently  ranked  among  the  nation's  most  efficient. 

We're  proud  of  our  accomplishments.  And  we  wanted  you  to  know  about  them.  But 
we  also  want  you  to  know  that  we  won't  be  resting  on  our  laurels.  Because,  at  Duke 
Power,  the  fight  to  keep  down  the  cost  of  electric  power  is  no  game. 


DIKE  POWER 


g 


a,V  /  **"*«*orcN  ww's^v  /  ^fr/V*,  score*  *""  ■  JV)    ?  H     I 

V°0'7C.      /  /oov.  Score*  mi.SKiSs  /  r,       C^l/O'  .  -^  V 


'Or, 


John  P<war<y-*"-     i 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


address 


requested 


JUT  1_  I     %  Wl      £*  K  I  MO 


I  JFI 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


IJ  til  .I  M       «  R  C  "  *  ^  E  S 


Sepp/ioris:  enigrraitic  excavations  (page  12) 


JANUARY-FEBRUARY  1986 


SAFETY  AND  NUMBERS 


NEW  SIGNALS  FROM  THE  SOVIETS 


A  PUFF  PIECE 


SOWING  SEEDS  OF  FAILURE? 


— rrr — r-* 


<  < 


m>.r4  < 


-4 


DUKE 

UNIVERSITY 
DIET  &  FITNESS  CENTER 


For  a  New  Beginning 


Changing  established  patterns  is  not  easy,  and  changing  the  destructive 
aspects  of  your  lifestyle  can  be  especially  difficult  to  do  alone.  To  begin  taking 
better  care  of  yourself,  you'll  need  time,  a  supportive  environment,  sensible 
information  in  an  atmosphere  of  trust  and  acceptance.  We  can  provide  the 
tools  you  need  to  break  old  habits,  to  build  a  new  and  healthier  style  of  living 


A  MEDICALLY  SUPERVISED, 

FOUR-WEEK  WEIGHT  MANAGEMENT  PROGRAM 

COMBINING  DIET,  FITNESS,  PSYCHOLOGY,  AND 

A  CURRICULUM  FOR  LONG-TERM  CHANGE 


WRITE: 

Duke  University  Diet  and  Fitness  Center 

804  W.Trinity 

Durham,  N.C.  27701 

OR  CALL: 

(919)  684-6331 


WE'RE 

NUMBER 

ONE. 


It  takes  a  lot  to  be  the  best  in  the  printing 
industry.  A  lot  of  talent.  A  lot  of  hard  work. 

And  each  year  printers  from  around  the 
States  —  and  around  the  world  —  send  the 
best  of  what  they've  got  to  the  oldest,  most 
prestigious  competition  in  printing.  Where 
judges  decide  if  their  best  is  good  enough. 

This  year,  out  of  six  thousand  entries  at 
the  1985  Printing  Industries  of  America 
Graphic  Arts  Awards  Competition,  our  best 
was  better  than  good.  We  won  more  awards 
than  any  printer  in  North  Carolina. 

That  just  shows  what  talent  and  hard  work 
can  do  for  a  printer.  And  it  shows  what  we 
do  every  day  for  our  clients  —  with  a  lot  of 
talent,  and  a  lot  of  hard  work. 


m 


Hunter  Publishing  Company 

2505  Empire  Drive 

Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina  27103 

Phone:  (919)  765-0070,  Toll-Free  1-800-334-1988.  In  North  Carolina  1-800-642-0609. 


Duke  University 

Alumni  Association 

proudly  presents 

A  Fabulous,  Romantic  14-day  Air/Sea  Cruise 

September  23, 1986 


CRUISE  TO  THE 


Aboard  Royal  Cruise  Lines  Elegant  Golden  Odyssey 


A  Once-in-a-LHetime  Travel  Adventure 

Romance  awaits  you  on  this  cruise  to  the  ports  and  seas  of 
ancient  myths.  You'll  spend  two  nights  in  unforgettable  Venice 
with  the  ship  as  your  hotel,  then  sail  to  the  ancient  walled 
city  of  Dubrovnik  and  the  tiny  village  of  Kotor.  In  Corfu  and 
Hydra,  white-washed  houses  overlook  the  blue  sea,  and  you 
can  shop  to  your  heart's  content  for  handmade  pottery  and 
sweaters  along  narrow  winding  streets.  Call  at  Nauplion  for  a 
fabulous  tour  to  Mycenae,  home  of  King  Agamemnon.  You'll 
thrill  to  the  ancient  Biblical  ruins  of  Ephesus,  and  marvel  at 
mysterious  Istanbul.  Russia's  resorts  of  Odessa  and  Yalta  are 
your  final  stops  before  awe-inspiring  Athens. 

Sail  Away  on  an  Odyssey 

You'll  sail  on  the  superb  Golden  Odyssey,  one  of  the  world's 
top-rated  cruise  ships,  famed  for  her  extraordinary  cuisine  and 
service,  warm  and  friendly  atmosphere,  and  the  absolutely 
lowest  air/sea  fares  in  all  of  luxury  cruising.  You'll  savor  Old 
World  comfort  and  modern  luxury,  and  the  uniquely  personal 
style  of  shipboard  living  that  is  our  own  hallmark,  a  style  that 
we  call  The  Mark  of  the  Crown.  Sail  Away  on  an  Odyssey  and 
let  Royal  Cruise  Line  bring  you  the  world,  with  The  Mark 
of  the  Crown. 

Special  Duke  University  Alumni  Association 
Bonus  Amenities 

While  on  board  the  Golden  Odyssey,  you'll  enjoy  a  $125 
per  stateroom  credit  toward  shipboard  purchases,  a  "Get 

Ship's  registry:  Greece 


Acquainted"  Bloody  Mary  party,  souvenir  name  badges  and  a 
complimentary  group  photo  (per  couple),  two  bottles  of  wine 
per  stateroom  and  an  exclusive  Duke  University  Alumni 
Association  reception. 

Priced  from  $3213 

This  fabulous  air/sea  cruise  begins  at  just  $3213  per  person 
double  occupancy,  including  roundtrip  air  transportation  from 
Atlanta  and  all  meals  and  accommodations  aboard  ship.  Don't 
delay!  Send  for  a  full-color  brochure  today! 

W  Royal  Cruise  Line 

■■  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  mm  —  —  -J 

I I  iGS!  Rush  me  your  color  brochure! 

Return  to:    Duke  University  Alumni  Association 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham,  NC  27706 
Phone:    (919)684-5114 
Or  Call  Toll  Free:    1-800-FOR-DUKE 


EDITOR:  Robert  ].  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
Mary  Poling 

ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
PatZollicoffer'58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Lisa 
Hinely  '86 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Frances  Adams  Blaylock  '53, 
president;  Anthony  Bosworth 
'58,  president-elect; 
M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
E.  Wannamaker  Hardin  Jr.  '62, 
M.Div.  '67 ,  Divinity  School; 
William  B.  Scantland 
B.S.M.E.  76,  School  of 
Engineering;  Daniel  R. 
Richards  M.B.A.  '80,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Edward  R. 
Drayton  III  M.F.  '61,  School  of 
Forestry  &  Environmental 
Studies;  James  W.  Albright 
M.H.A.  76,  Department  of 
Health  Administration;  William 
E.  Sumner  J.D.  70,  School  of 
law;  F.  Maxton  Mauney  Jr. 
M.D.  '59,  School  of  Medicine; 
Amy  Torlone  Harris  B.S.N.'81, 
School  of  Nursing;  Paul  L. 
Imbrogno  '80  M.S.,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
Katherine  V  Halpem  B.H.S. 
77,  Physicians'  Assistant 
Program;  Marcus  E.  Hobbs  '32, 
A.M.  '34,  Ph.D.  '36,  Half- 
Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Janet  L.  Guyon  77;  John  W. 
Hartman  '44;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72;  Thomas 
P.  Losee  Jt.  '63;  Petet  Maas  '49; 
Richard  Austin  Smith  '35; 
Susan  Tifft  73;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise,  secretary. 

i©  1986,  Duke  University 
[Published  bimonthly;  volun- 
tary subscriptions  $10  per  year 


JANUARY- 
FEBRUARY  1986 


DLKE 


VOLUME  72 


Cover:  It's  an  inviting  scene  of 
rural  life  in  Grant  Wood's  1931 

painting,  "Fall  Plowing  — but  for 
today's  farmers,  there's  little  in 
life  that's  idyllic.  Painting  courtesy 
of  the  John  Deere  Art  Collection 


FEATURES 


OLD  MACDONALD  HAD  A  FARM  4 

Many  American  farmers  are  getting  plowed  under  by  a  combination  of  overzealous  expansion 
and  unwieldy  government  policy 


WHY  THINGS  FALL  DOWN  8 

A  Duke  engineer  argues  that  failures  are  inevitable,  even  in  the  wake  of  prolonged  success 


A  NEW  MOOD  IN  MOSCOW  12 

With  Gorbachev  in  charge,  says  a  Duke  expert,  the  Soviet  leadership  has  a  new  sense  of  self- 
confidence— and  a  notable  lack  of  concern  about  approval  from  the  United  States 


READ  ALL  ABOUT  IT  33 

Although  its  emphasis  has  shifted  over  time,  The  Chronicle  remains  one  of  the  most 
influential  voices  on  campus 


CONFESSIONS  OF  A  QUITTER  36 

Quoting  the  author:  "I  did  it,  and  it  wasn't  easy.  And  I  hope  I  never  have  to  do  it  again." 


FRIENDLY  ENCOUNTERS  WITH ! 

From  Interferon  to  evolution— a  producer  helps  bring  the  novelty  to  Nova 


38 


DEPARTMENTS 


32 


Meanderings  in  the  forest,  encounters  with  the  Soviets,  a  taste  of  Dewar's 


41 


Financial-aid  futures,  hot-college  honors,  anti-apartheid  investments,  space-shuttle 
shortcomings 


BOOKS 

Convictions  —  a  Sixties  coming-of-age  novel  with  a  familiar  campus  setting 


48 


EBBlgmSiBS 


OLD 
MACDONALD 
HAD  A  FARM 


BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


FROM  BOOM  lO  BUST: 


AGRICULTURE  ON  THE  AUCTION  BLOCK 

Many  American  fanners  are  getting  plowed  under  by  a 

combination  of  overzealous  expansion  and  unwieldy 

government  policy. 


arry  Thompson  doesn't  look 
much  like  Sam  Shepard,  the 
lean  and  brooding  actor  who 
played  a  beleaguered  farm  owner 
in  the  movie  Country.  Thompson's  rolling 
630-acre  spread  in  eastern  North  Carolina 
bears  little  resemblance  to  the  stark  flatlands 
of  the  nation's  Farm  Belt,  and  his  contempo- 
rary ranch  house  needs  no  paint.  With  his 
crops  safely  harvested— much  of  them  pre- 
sold at  planting  to  assure  some  margin  of 
profit— Harry  Thompson  doesn't  make  for 
good  film  entertainment  about  the  U.S.  farm 
crisis. 

But  it's  not  for  lack  of  opportunity  that 
Thompson  '56  doesn't  count  himself  among 
the  estimated  40,000  farmers  who,  the  feder- 
al government  says,  are  in  serious  danger  of 
going  out  of  business  within  a  year.  Pressed 
by  plummeting  land  values  and  a  shrinking 
export  trade,  squeezed  by  low  prices  paid  for 
crops  at  harvest  and  high  loan  payments  for 
expanded  farm  facilities,  many  debt-ridden 
U.S.  farmers  are  staring  down  the  barrel  of  a 
loaded  rifle.  The  combination  of  overzealous 
expansion  and  unwieldy  government  policy 
is  deadly. 

In  Thompson's  view,  the  artificial  farm 
economy  created  in  Washington  is  to  blame 


for  the  crisis  in  the  Dakota  wheat  fields,  the 
Texas  rice  fields,  and  the  North  Carolina 
tobacco  fields.  Even  as  government  spend- 
ing on  commodity  price  supports  has  sky- 
rocketed to  an  estimated  $18  billion  in  1985 , 
farmers'  assets  are  shrinking  and  their  debts 
are  rising.  The  federal  government  estimates 
that  those  40,000  farmers  in  immediate  peril 
have  debts  equal  to  at  least  70  percent  of 
their  assets.  Farms  that  have  been  handed 
down  from  one  generation  to  the  next  are 
being  parceled  out  on  the  auction  block.  It's 
happening  in  the  Farm  Belt;  it's  happening 
in  the  Sun  Belt. 

"We're  faced  with  the  probability  this 
winter  of  watching  10  to  15  percent  of  the 
farmers  in  this  area  go  out  of  business,"  says 
Thompson.  "I  see  people  walking  around  in 
a  fog.  They  don't  know  what  direction  to 
strike  out  in.  There  was  a  time  when  there 
was  always  at  least  one  crop  that  was  promis- 
ing. Now  with  any  crop  in  any  direction,  it 
just  doesn't  appear  promising  or  profitable. 
That's  got  the  farmers  in  a  state  of  depression." 

The  current  crisis  comes  on  the  heels  of 
unprecedented  prosperity  in  U.S.  agricul- 
ture, when  world  demand  for  US.  crops  was 
at  an  all-time  high.  In  the  1970s,  the  govern- 
ment urged  farmers  to  plant  in  abundance, 


:,;-;^- 


■  ■•  -,■■  ■  ■ 


>*.: 


:  v.-^ 


The  federal  government 
is  bound  to  bail  out  the 
ailing  farm  economy  by 
extending  bank  loan  guaran- 
tees, but  it  will  cost  the  entire 
country  dearly,  says  Ron  Paul 
M.D.  '61,  banking  expert  and 
former  four-term  Republican 
congressman  from  Texas. 
According  to  Paul,  total 
debt  in  the  farm  industry  is 
well  over  $200  billion,  $89  bil- 
lion of  which  is  directly  in- 
volved with  the  federal 
government.  "It's  been  build- 
ing up  over  time,  and  within 
the  next  one  or  two  years,  the 
federal  government  will  be 
backing  up  $100  billion  worth 
of  farm  loans.  It's  clear  that 
the  government  will  do  what- 
ever is  necessary  to  see  that 
the  liquidation  of  all  this  debt 
doesn't  come  about.  It's  not 
going  to  let  the  farm  system 
come  apart." 

Propping  up  the  system  by 
expanding  loan  guarantees, 
which  enable  banks  to  extend 
credit  to  already  debt-ridden 
farmers,  would  keep  the  bot- 
tom from  falling  out  of  the 
industry  for  now,  says  Paul, 
"but  it's  like  giving  another 
drink  to  an  alcoholic  We're 


crisis." 

The  problem,  says  Paul,  is 
that  the  growing  farm  debt  is 
unpayable.  "We're  trapped, 
and  there's  no  easy  way  out. 
The  choice  is  either  to  not  pay 
the  debt,  or  pay  it  with  money 
that's  cheaper,  which  is  what's 
happening  now.  We  can't  do 
this  and  maintain  the  value  of 
the  currency." 

The  crisis  in  the  farm  eco- 
nomy, he  says,  is  a  sign  of 
what  will  happen  to  the 
country  at  large  if  deficit 
spending  is  not  brought  under 
control.  "The  doubling  of  the 
national  debt  in  four  years  is  a 
dangerous  thing.  If  we  pre- 
tend it's  okay,  we're  kidding 
ourselves.  If  the  economy  isn't 
any  healthier  than  the  farm 
industry,  we're  in  trouble." 

Among  the  avenues  out: 
Balance  the  federal  budget 
and  allow  a  free-market  farm 
economy  immediately,  not 
five  or  ten  years  down  the 
road,  says  Paul.  But  he  admits 
that  these  economic  impera- 
tives are  a  political  improbabil- 
ity. "The  whole  economy  will 
face  the  same  crisis  the  farm 
industry  is  now  facing.  For 
political  reasons,  I  don't  see 


and  the  farmers  obliged.  Prices  rose  above 
federal  support  levels,  and  many  growers  took 
advantage  of  the  prosperous  climate  to  buy 
up  more  land  and  expand  their  operations. 
The  value  of  farmland  shot  up,  as  did  interest 
rates,  but  the  thriving  export  market  made 
the  bargain  look  sound  enough  for  farmers  to 
take  on  the  additional  debt. 

Duke  political  scientist  Sheridan  Johns 
says  the  recession  of  the  late  1970s  aggra- 
vated what  was  already  becoming  a  vulner- 
able position  for  the  American  farmer.  "We 
saw,  in  the  early  Seventies,  an  effort  to  ex- 
pand American  exports,  particularly  in  the 
wake  of  the  OPEC  crisis.  This  was  seen  as  a 
way  in  which  we  could  earn  dollars  for  petrol 
that  was  coming  in.  There  was  also  a  sudden 
surge  and  commitment  by  the  Soviets  to  get 
grain  to  provide  meat  for  the  Soviet  con- 
sumer that  could  not  be  provided  by  the  in- 
efficient and  sometimes  weather-plagued 
Soviet  agrisystem.  At  the  same  time,  we  had 
drought  in  Africa,  which  further  expanded 
market  pressure  on  available  supplies." 

Farming,  says  Johns,  became  more  attrac- 
tive in  the  United  States,  and  farmers  re- 
sponded to  new  incentives  for  expansion. 
"The  tax  laws  were  structured  in  various  ways 
to  encourage  investment  in  the  land,  bring- 
ing about  an  overall  change  in  the  general 
pattern  of  farming."  Among  those  changes:  a 
trend  toward  larger  farms,  an  increase  in 
capital-intensive  farming,  and  a  strong  orienta- 
tion toward  exports. 

The  export  market  was  in  a  serious  decline 


by  the  early  1980s,  induced,  says  Johns,  by- 
rising  OPEC  prices  and  the  ensuing  reces- 
sion, "combined  with  forces  that  have  be- 
come evident  under  the  Reagan  administra- 
tion: a  slowdown  of  the  inflation  rate,  a  grow- 
ing deficit,  and  new  strength  in  the  Ameri- 
can dollar."  Also,  the  Soviet  grain  embargo 
gave  foreign  countries  pause  to  consider  the 
United  States'  reliability  as  a  source  of  food 
supply,  Johns  says,  while  Third  World  coun- 
tries that  had  long  been  an  additional  mar- 
ket for  U.S.  trade  were  acquiring  the  ability 
to  feed  themselves.  And  the  growing  strength 
of  the  U.S.  dollar  sent  the  world  market  to 
other  suppliers,  such  as  Canada  and  Argen- 
tina, where  prices  were  more  attractive  and 
growers  could  undersell  their  American 
counterparts. 

"All  of  this  fed  back  in  an  American  agri- 
system  that  had  been  increasingly  oriented 
toward  export  and  based  upon  a  number  of 
farms  being  encouraged  to  extend  them- 
selves by  purchasing  more  land  and  equip- 
ment at  rising  prices,"  says  Johns.  "Together 
they  have  created  a  crisis  in  the  agricultural 
system,  one  that  I  don't  think  is  going  to 
diminish,  given  rising  costs,  declining 
prices,  and  the  international  market  at  the 
present  time  offering  little  hope  for  substan- 
tial expansion." 

As  with  a  thousand  farming  communities 
during  the  export  boom  years,  credit  in 
Thompson's  town  of  Windsor,  North  Caro- 
lina, was  easy  and  seductive.  "If  a  tractor  was 
acting  up,  the  farmer  would  tote  it  off  and 


buy  a  new  one,"  Thompson  recalls.  "They 
ended  up  with  gobs  of  new  equipment  in- 
stead of  taking  care  of  the  old  stuff,  and  that 
put  a  lot  of  them  into  debt.  Land  in  our  area 
hit  about  $3,000  an  acre.  Two  years  later  it's 
back  to  $1,200.  For  the  man  who  bought  it  at 
$3,000,  his  equity  at  the  bank  is  looking 
worse  all  the  time.  If  you're  going  to  pay 
$3,000  for  a  piece  of  farm  land,  make  sure  it's 
on  the  highway  where  you  can  subdivide  it 
into  house  lots." 

The  roots  of  government  involvement  in 
farming  reach  back  to  just  after  the  Depres- 
sion with  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Act 
of  1933,  which  gave  rise  to  the  farm  price- 
support  system.  Today's  much-maligned  pro- 
gram of  federally  sponsored  crop  loans,  target 
prices,  and  acreage  restrictions  was  designed 
to  stablize  the  price  and  supply  of  basic  com- 
modities. But  it's  now  criticized  for  putting 
the  farmer— and  the  taxpayer— in  a  squeeze. 

Take  Thompson's  corn,  for  example,  which 
the  government  often  does.  If  he  grows  it 
under  federally-sponsored  acreage  limits,  the 
government  guarantees  him  a  certain  price 
set  by  the  Agriculture  Department.  If  the 
market  price  in  Thompson's  region  is  below 
that  level,  he  can  store  the  grain  and  the 
government  will  loan  him  the  money.  If, 
within  nine  months,  the  price  doesn't  rise, 
Thompson  can  keep  the  loan  and  give  the 
grain  to  the  government,  which  will  sell  it  at 
whatever  price  it  can  get.  The  farmer  has  no 
incentive  to  take  a  lower  price  than  the  gov- 
ernment will  give,  the  government  sits  on  its 


unsalable  grain,  and  the  taxpayer  gets  to  sub- 
sidize the  whole  affair— to  the  tune  of  some 
$3.8  billion  for  grain  alone  in  1985. 

"It's  been  going  on  for  fifty  years,"  says 
Thompson,  "but  it  got  critical  ten  to  fifteen 
years  ago.  The  government  created  an  artifi- 
cial economy  for  the  farmer,  which  took  the 
competitiveness  out  of  the  business.  The 
farmers  got  mentally  lazy.  They  didn't  seek  to 
improve  their  methods,  cut  their  costs,  in- 
crease their  yields,  develop  new  technologies. 
There  was  no  incentive.  We  failed  to  find 
better  methods  of  raising  crops  and  cutting 
the  prices  so  we  could  stay  competitive  with 
the  rest  of  the  world,  and  it's  because  of  the 
artificial  levels  that  the  government  has  sup- 
ported everything.  Now  they've  got  the  bear 
by  the  tail  and  they  don't  know  how  to  turn 
us  loose.  But  they'll  have  to  because  the  farm 
program  is  costing  the  federal  government 
too  much.  And  when  you've  got  5  percent  of 
the  population  raising  crops  for  the  rest  of 
the  country,  sooner  or  later  Congress  has  to 
look  at  the  majority— the  95  percent." 

The  Reagan  administration  would  have 
Congress  do  more  than  look.  The  mood  at 
the  White  House  is  clear:  Get  government 
out  of  the  farm  business  through  a  gradual 
retreat  over  the  next  five  years.  Its  proposal 
includes  lowering  crop  loans  to  well  below 
current  market  prices  so  farmers  would  be 
protected  only  against  drastic  price  drops  on 
their  unsold  produce.  Target  prices,  which 
enable  the  farmer  to  receive  so-called  defi- 
ciency payments  from  the  government  if 
market  sales  fail  to  measure  up  to  the  target, 
would  be  phased  out,  and  acreage  restric- 
tions would  be  eliminated.  Farmers  would 
plant  only  what  they  thought  they  could 
sell.  Protracted  budget  wrangles  within  Con- 
gress, however,  indicate  that  neither  the 
House  nor  Senate  supports  what  one  legisla- 
tive aide  terms  "an  honorable  gesture"  by  the 
White  House  to  return  farming  to  a  free- 
market  economy.  The  apparent  congression- 
al consensus,  given  the  economic  climate  in 
the  farming  sector,  is  that  now's  not  the  time, 
and  that  price  supports  should  be  continued 
at  or  near  existing  levels. 

Thompson  supports  a  gradual  phase-out  of 
the  feds  in  farming,  but  says  the  government 
must  extend  credit  to  mortgage-strapped 
farmers  until  they  can  work  their  way  out  of 
debt.  "Instead  of  dumping  $100  million  into 
tobacco  supports,  the  government  should 
make  that  $100  million  available  to  the 
farmers  to  hold  on  to  their  land  until  they 
can  find  a  way  to  survive.  And  even  if  they 
don't,  it's  better  to  have  the  farms  as  security 
for  the  $100  million  than  to  have  the  damn 
tobacco  rotting  in  a  warehouse." 

Farmers,  he  argues,  should  be  allowed  to 
obtain  export  licenses  and  deal  directly  on 
the  international  market.  "The  farmer  should 
be  able  to  act  as  his  own  agent  wherever  in 
the  world  he  can  sell  at  a  profit.  For  example, 


"Were  faced  with  the 
probability  this  winter  of 

watching  10  to  15 

percent  of  the  farmers  in 

this  area  go  out  of 

business.  People  don't 

know  what  direction  to 

strike  out  in." 

HARRY  THOMPSON '56 

Farmer 


there  are  only  three  major  grain  companies 
in  the  United  States,  and  you  don't  send  one 
kernel  of  corn  out  of  the  country  unless  you 
send  it  through  one  of  the  three.  I  resent  that 
fact." 

The  long-term  solution,  says  Thompson, 
is  for  government  to  get  out  of  the  farm  busi- 
ness. "The  short  term  is  a  gradual  retreat 
instead  of  a  sudden  shock.  If  it  happens  too 
abruptly,  10  percent  of  the  farms  in  this 
country  will  be  forced  on  the  auction  block. 
It's  already  apparent  that  when  we  start  de- 
faulting on  farm  loans,  the  land  banks  are  in 
trouble,  the  savings  and  loans  are  in  trouble. 
If  the  base  starts  to  topple,  it's  a  house  of 
cards.  Agriculture  was  one  of  the  triggers  of 
the  Depression,  and  it  could  be  the  one  that 
does  it  again." 

Any  government  action  may  be  too  late 
for  some  farms,  particularly  the  small-to- 
medium-size  family  operations  with  limited 
resources  and  no  outside  income  from  in- 
town  employment.  "It  seems  clear  that  the 
government  getting  out  of  the  farm  business 
is  going  to  benefit  larger  farms  with  greater 
resources,"   says   political   scientist   Johns. 


"The  ones  who  will  be  hurt  listened  to  what 
had  come  to  be  the  traditional  wisdom- 
think  big,  plow  fence  post  to  fence  post  with 
the  same  technology  that  you've  used  all 
along.  Unfortunately,  what  is  unlikely  to 
come  from  this  is  a  new  series  of  programs 
that  would  set  up  incentives  for  conservation 
the  way  price  supports  were  for  production. 
This  administration  has  not  given  any  prior- 
ity to  research  in  organic  farming,  soil  con- 
servation, the  growing  rate  of  erosion,  and 
increasing  pollution  of  underground  water 
resources.  We  need  to  start  thinking  of  the 
environmental  costs,  not  only  the  economic 
costs." 

The  immediate  economic  crisis  in  the 
farmlands  seems  to  be  neutralizing  any  drastic 
changes  in  federal  support,  but  the  adminis- 
tration's fervor  in  that  direction  has  placed 
the  very  principles  of  farm  policy  under  close 
scrutiny.  Thompson  sees  the  writing  on  the 
wall,  and  figures  that  sooner  or  later,  the 
congressional  nod  toward  retreat  is  inevitable. 
"They've  got  to  kill  it,  but  our  agricultural 
senators  just  won't  let  it  die.  They're  trying  to 
protect  the  interests  of  their  constituency." 
Meanwhile,  he's  counting  on  his  own  cau- 
tious and  conservative  farming— an  approach 
that  limits  land  expansion,  wrings  the  last 
mile  out  of  farm  equipment,  and  emphasizes 
crop  experimentation  and  diversification— 
to  see  him  through.  It  already  has  during  the 
worst  of  times. 

A  mid-size  farm  by  national  standards, 
Thompson's  acreage  produces  corn,  peanuts, 
and  soybeans.  He  also  raises  cattle  on  fifty 
acres.  To  hedge  against  price  fluctuations  on 
his  major  crops,  he  dabbles  in  hot  peppers, 
sweet  corn,  and  sweet  yams.  This  spring  he'll 
begin  raising  snap  beans.  "One  of  the  main 
solutions  for  farmers  in  our  area  is  to  con- 
stantly hedge  their  bets,"  he  says.  The  pepper 
experiment  is  a  good  example:  Thompson 
began  with  twenty-five  acres  last  year,  found 
a  market  in  chili  and  hot  sauce  companies, 
and  hopes  to  expand  to  1,000  acres  in  the 
future. 

Nothing  goes  to  waste  on  the  Thompson 
farm,  not  even  the  320  acres  of  heavy  clay 
soil  unsuitable  for  traditional  crops.  Thomp- 
son grows  "super  trees,"  fast-growing  pines, 
the  lumber  from  which  he  sells  to  Georgia 
Pacific.  He  staggers  his  planting  so  there's  al- 
ways harvestable  pine.  "A  lot  of  years,  we 
don't  cut  anything,"  he  says.  "Some  years 
when  it  looks  like  the  crops  won't  pay  out,  we 
cut  a  little  timber.  The  process  allows  us  to 
have  something  to  sell  if  times  get  bad." 

Another  hedge  is  contracting  out,  or 
booking  his  crops  to  a  buyer  well  before 
harvest.  By  contracting  for  a  set  price, 
Thompson  is  assured  of  selling  his  produce 
for  a  respectable  profit.  The  gamble  is  that 
prices  may  be  higher  than  his  contract  price 
come  harvest,  but  at  least  he's  protected  from 
Continued  on  page  45 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

] 

1 

WHY 
TilNG 
JLDO 

BY  HENRY  PETROSKI 

s 

\ 

DISCOURSE  ON  DISASTER: 

1 

1 

ENGINEERING  STRUCTURAL  SAFETY 

The  author,  in  his  book  To  Engineer  Is  Human,  argues 
that  failures  are  inevitable,  even  in  the  wake  of  pro- 
longed success. 

VB  —^k  —W  hile    engineers    can    learn 
I^B   from     structural     mistakes 

^—M^—W    what  not  to  do,  they  do  not 

Wm  ^V     necessarily  learn  from  suc- 
cesses how  to  do  anything  but  repeat  the 
success  without  change.  And  even  that  can 
be  fraught  with  danger,  for  the  combination  of 
good  luck  that  might  find  one  bridge  built  of 
flawless  steel,  well-maintained,  and  never 
overloaded  could  be  absent  in  another  bridge 
of  identical  design  but  made  of  inferior  steel, 
poorly  maintained  or  even  neglected,  and 
constantly  overloaded. 

Each  new  engineering  project,  no  matter 
how  similar  it  might  be  to  a  past  one,  can  be 
a  potential  failure.  No  one  can  live  under 
conditions  of  such  capriciousness,  and  the 
anxiety  level  of  engineers  would  be  high 
indeed  if  there  were  not  rational  means  of 
dealing  with  all  the  uncertainties  of  design 
and  construction.  One  of  the  most  comfort- 
ing of  means,  employed  in  virtually  all  engi- 
neering designs,  has  been  the  factor  of  safety. 

The  factor  of  safety  is  a  number  that  has 
often  been  referred  to  as  a  "factor  of  igno- 
rance." Its  function  is  to  provide  a  margin  of 
error  that  allows  for  a  considerable  number 
of  corollaries  to  Murphy's  Law  to  compound 
without  threatening  the  success  of  an  engi- 

neering  endeavor.  Factors  of  safety  are  in- 
tended to  allow  for  the  bridge  built  of  the 
weakest  imaginable  batch  of  steel  to  stand  up 
under  the  heaviest  imaginable  truck  going 
over  the  largest  imaginable  pothole  and 
bouncing  across  the  roadway  in  a  storm. 
While,  of  course,  there  will  have  to  be  a  judg- 
ment made  as  to  which  numbers  represent 
these  superlatives,  the  objective  of  the  de- 
signer is  to  make  his  structure  tough  rather 
than  fragile.  Since  excessive  strength  can  be 
unattractive,  uneconomical,  and  unneces- 
sary, engineers  must  make  decisions  about 
how  strong  is  strong  enough  by  considering 
architectural,  financial,  and  political  factors 
as  well  as  structural  ones. 

The  essential  idea  behind  a  factor  of  safety 
is  that  a  means  of  failure  must  be  made  expli- 
cit, and  the  load  to  cause  that  failure  must  be 
calculable  or  determinable  by  experiment. 
This  clearly  indicates  that  it  is  failure  that 
the  engineer  is  trying  to  avoid  in  his  design, 
and  that  is  why  failures  of  real  structures  are 
so  interesting  to  engineers.  For  even  struc- 
tures that  fail  are  designed  with  various  fac- 
tors of  safety,  and  clearly  something  went 
wrong  in  the  engineering  reasoning,  in  the 
construction,  or  in  the  use  of  the  structure 
that  fails.   By   understanding   what  went 

After  the  fall:  the  Kansas  City  Hya 


skywalks 


1 M* 

mm 

P^      ;  ^* 

if  ml 

^^HrllnM 

Wi 

Wt'gjw:  m  .         :"  ^  •* 

• .  i^*? 

ff    '^i:/        V 

,  '*£t 

wWB^^^^P88^ 

1     n 

111.. 

.       •*lY-*i»^  _  •>■— -**•     •{■'  jc<   '-Jj,'  ?   \VHMA 

i 
1 

*5§^§i^ 

•  ^fSMPV*" 

**<t 


wrong,  any  misconceptions  in  the  behavior 
of  materials  or  structures  can  be  corrected 
before  the  same  mistake  is  made  again. 

Generally  speaking,  when  structural  fail- 
ures occur,  a  larger  factor  of  safety  is  used  in 
subsequent  structures  of  a  similar  kind.  Con- 
versely, when  groups  of  structures  become 
very  familiar  and  do  not  suffer  explained  fail- 
ures, there  is  a  tendency  to  believe  that  those 
structures  are  overdesigned— that  is  to  say, 
they  have  associated  with  them  an  unneces- 
sarily high  factor  of  safety.  Confidence 
mounts  among  designers  that  there  is  no 
need  for  such  a  high  factor  of  ignorance  in 
structures  they  feel  they  know  so  well,  and  a 
consensus  develops  among  designers  and 
code  writers  that  the  factor  of  safety  for  simi- 
lar designs  should  in  the  future  be  lowered. 
The  dynamics  of  raising  the  factor  of  safety 
in  the  wake  of  accidents  and  lowering  it  in 
the  absence  of  accidents  clearly  can  lead  to 
cyclic  occurrences  of  structural  failures.  In- 
deed, such  a  cyclic  behavior  in  the  develop- 
ment of  suspension  bridges  was  noted  follow- 
ing the  failure  of  the  Tacoma  Narrows  Bridge. 

The  factor  of  safety  is  not  a  new  concept. 
In  1849  the  Royal  Commission  appointed  to 
investigate  the  use  of  iron  in  railway  bridges 
asked  of  the  prominent  engineers  of  the  time, 
"What  multiple  of  the  greatest  load  do  you 
consider  the  breaking  weight  of  the  girder 
ought  to  be?"  The  answers  from  the  likes  of 
Robert  Stephenson,  designer  of  the  Britan- 
nia Bridge,  Isambard  Kingdom  Brunnel,  the 
engineer  of  the  Great  Western  Railway,  and 
Charles  Fox,  engineer  of  the  Crystal  Palace, 
ranged  from  3  to  7 .  And  when  asked,  "With 
what  multiple  of  the  greatest  load  do  you 
prove  a  girder?"  the  panel  responded  with 
factors  ranging  from  1  to  3.  The  commission 
concluded  that  an  appropriate  factor  of 
safety  for  railway  bridge  girders  would  be  6. 

Since  a  real  structure  will  have  not  only 
beams  and  girders  but  also  columns  and 
other  structural  elements,  there  can  be  many 
ways  that  it  can  fail  and  thus  many  factors  of 
safety  associated  with  the  structure.  Gener- 
ally, it  will  be  the  smallest  factor  that  is 
spoken  of  as  the  factor  of  safety  of  the  struc- 
ture. Structural  studies  done  by  Professor 
David  Billington  at  Princeton  University 
calculated  factors  of  safety  for  the  Washing- 
ton Monument  by  considering  three  possible 
ways  in  which  it  could  fail:  by  crushing  of  the 
stone  at  the  base  due  to  the  massive  weight 
of  the  stone  above  it  in  the  obelisk;  by  over- 
turning in  the  wind;  and  by  cracking  under 
the  action  of  the  wind.  The  first  two  ima- 
gined failure  modes  were  found  each  to  have 
associated  with  them  a  factor  of  safety  of 
approximately  9,  while  the  cracking  mode 
yielded  a  factor  of  safety  of  only  3.5.  Since 
the  force  due  to  the  wind  is  proportional  to 
the  square  of  the  wind  speed,  this  factor  of 
safety  means  that  a  wind  speed  almost  twice 
as  high  as  any  expected  in  the  District  of 


Although  the  design 

engineer  does  learn  from 

experience,  each  truly 

new  design  necessarily 

involves  an  element  of 

uncertainty.  The 

engineer  will  always 

know  more  what  not  to 

do  than  what  to  do. 


Columbia  would  have  to  blow  to  topple  the 
famous  monument.  Its  factor  of  safety  of  3.5 
would  seem  to  be  adequate  insurance  against 
its  failure  by  any  reasonably  conceivable 
means. 

While  a  factor  of  safety  should  be  present 
implicitly  in  all  engineering  design  judg- 
ments, sometimes  the  factor  is  used  quite 
explicitly  in  calculations.  Somehow,  neither 
seems  to  have  been  done  or  done  correctly  in 
the  design  of  the  Hyatt  Regency  walkways. 
The  post-accident  analysis  of  the  sky  walk 
connections  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards determined  that  the  originally  de- 
signed connections  could  only  support  on 
the  average  a  load  of  18,600  pounds,  which 
was  very  nearly  the  portion  of  the  dead 
weight  of  the  structure  itself  that  would  have 
to  be  supported  by  each  connection.  The 
factor  of  safety  was  essentially  1— which 
leaves  no  margin  for  error  and  no  excess 
capacity  for  people  walking,  running,  jump- 
ing, or  dancing  on  the  walkways. 

How  a  design  with  so  low  a  factor  of  safety 
came  to  be  built  is  a  matter  before  the  courts, 
and  because  of  the  numerous  suits  and 
countersuits,  the  full  story  may  not  yet  have 
been  told.  However,  one  may  speculate  as  to 
what  might  happen  should  one  wish  to  span 
an  atrium  without  obstructing  floor  traffic 
with  columns. 

To  design  such  walkways  as  those  in  the 
Kansas  City  Hyatt  Regency  means  first  to 
have  a  general  idea  of  how  to  span  the 
120-foot  space  over  the  hotel  lobby.  If  this 
was  to  be  done  without  obstructions  on  the 
floor,  then  we  can  imagine  how  the  skywalk 
concept  arose.  The  idea  was  to  get  hotel 
patrons  from  one  side  of  the  lobby,  where 
their  rooms  were,  to  the  other  side  of  the 
lobby,  where  meeting  rooms  and  a  swimming 
pool  were  located,  without  having  to  go 
down  to  the  ground  floor,  walk  across  the 
(crowded)  lobby,  and  then  go  up  to  their 
destinations.  The  functional  and  architec- 


tural requirements  suggest  the  idea  of  a 
bridge,  with  the  two  sides  of  the  lobby  as 
banks  and  the  lobby  floor  a  river  or  harbor 
whose  traffic  is  to  be  unobstructed.  These  are 
exactly  the  requirements  that  suspension 
bridges  must  meet,  and  thus  to  suspend 
walkways  from  the  ceiling  is  no  great  leap  of 
the  imagination.  Since  the  lobby  was  four 
stories  high,  there  was  need  for  three 
separate  bridge  levels.  Somehow  the  extra- 
structural  decision  was  made  to  place  the 
skybridge  from  the  fourth  floor  directly 
above  that  from  the  second  floor  and  to 
offset  the  skybridge  from  the  third  floor. 

With  this  general  layout  in  mind,  the 
designer's  task  is  to  select  the  structural  parts 
by  which  to  effect  the  concept.  While  the 
spacing  of  roof  beams  may  in  some  way  deter- 
mine how  close  or  how  far  apart  suspender 
connections  may  be  placed,  there  are  still 
plenty  of  decisions  to  be  made  regarding  the 
size  of  steel  rod,  the  style  and  size  of  beams, 
and  the  details  of  connecting  them  all  to- 
gether to  achieve  the  desired  effect  with  a 
reasonable  factor  of  safety. 

Sizing  the  different  parts  can  be  tricky,  for 
the  size  of  beams  and  girders  under  the  walk- 
way determines  the  weight  of  the  walkway, 
and  the  weight  of  the  walkway  in  turn  deter- 
mines the  sizes  of  beams  and  rods  required  to 
support  it  all.  The  smallest  possible  beams 
will  be  the  lightest  and  thus  lead  to  a  lighter 
and  less  expensive  structure.  But  if  the  beams 
are  too  small  relative  to  their  length,  they 
might  be  too  weak  to  resist  being  broken, 
or  bend  under  their  own  weight  and  the 
weight  of  the  concrete  floor  and  the  people 
on  the  walkway.  They  also  might  be  too 
flexible,  and  thus  bounce  too  readily  under 
the  feet  of  running  children,  or  bend  to  a 
curvature  too  pronounced  to  be  in  harmony 
with  the  straight  architectural  lines  of  the 
atrium. 

The  designer  can  proceed  to  choose  parts, 
assemble  them  on  paper,  and  then  calculate 
the  various  loads  and  deflections  and  factors 
of  safety  that  he  identifies  to  be  important.  It 
is  here  that  the  designer  is  really  considering 
how  the  structure  can  fail — either  by  sagging 
too  much  or  by  placing  too  much  load  on 
some  individual  beam,  rod,  or  connection. 
For  it  is  only  by  having  an  idea  of  failure  that 
he  can  calculate  a  factor  of  safety.  Experi- 
ence of  prior  structural  successes  and  failures 
can  be  of  immense  help  at  this  stage  of  design: 
What  has  worked  under  analogous  structural 
requirements  enables  the  designer  to  size 
and  detail  his  structure  with  some  degree  of 
confidence,  while  a  knowledge  of  what  has 
failed  to  work  alerts  him  to  pay  special  at- 
tention to  what  are  potentially  weak  links. 
The  Monday-morning  quarterbacking  of 
seasoned  designers  and  detailers  in  response  to 
the  design  and  details  of  the  ill-fated  sky- 
walks  seems  to  have  been  unanimously  cri- 
tical of  the  choice  of  the  flimsy  box-beam 


and  hanger  rod  connections.  Evidently  the 
original  designer  and  whoever  made  the 
change  either  did  not  recognize  this  detail  as 
a  potential  weak  link  or  miscalculated  its 
actual  factor  of  safety. 

This  example  of  poorly  conceived  sky- 
walks  emphasizes  the  view  of  design  as  the 
obviation  of  failure.  While  the  initial  struc- 
tural requirement  of  bridging  a  space  may  be 
seen  as  a  positive  goal  to  be  reached  through 
induction,  the  success  of  a  designer's  paper 
plan,  which  amounts  to  a  hypothesis,  can 
never  be  proved  by  deduction.  The  goal  of 
the  designer  is  rather  to  recognize  any  counter- 
examples to  a  structurally  inadequate  hypo- 
thesis that  he  makes.  In  the  case  of  the  atrium 
skybridges,  the  hypothesis  was  that  the 
design  as  built  would  span  the  space  above 
the  lobby  without  falling.  The  truth  of  this 
main  hypothesis  could  never  have  been 
proven.  Its  falseness  could  have  been  esta- 
blished by  analyzing  the  rod-box  beam 
connections  and  finding  that  they  could 
indeed  fail  to  perform  under  the  expected 
loads. 

Each  novel  structural  concept— be  it  a  sky- 
walk  over  a  hotel  lobby,  a  suspension  bridge 
over  a  river,  or  a  jumbo  jet  capable  of  flying 
across  the  oceans— is  a  hypothesis  to  be 
tested  first  on  paper  and  possibly  in  the 
laboratory,  but  ultimately  to  be  justified  by 
its  performance  of  its  function  without  fail- 
ure. Even  success  for  a  year  or  years  after 
completion  does  not  prove  the  hypothesis  to 
be  valid.  Yet  were  we  not  willing  to  try  the 
untried,  we  would  have  no  exciting  new  uses 
of  architectural  space,  we  would  be  forced  to 
take  ferries  across  many  a  river,  and  we  would 
have  no  trans-Atlantic  jet  service.  While  the 
curse  of  human  nature  appears  to  be  to  make 
mistakes,  its  determination  appears  to  be  to 
succeed. 

Technology  has  advanced  by  our  constant- 
ly seeking  to  understand  the  hows  and  whys 
of  our  own  disappointments,  and  we  have 
always  sought  to  learn  from  our  mistakes  lest 
they  be  repeated.  But  failures  do  and  will 
occur  because  new  structural  designs  or 
materials  are  continually  being  introduced 
into  new  environments,  and  there  is  little 
indication  that  innovation  will  ever  be 
abandoned  completely  for  the  sake  of  abso- 
lute predictability.  That  would  not  seem  to 
be  compatible  with  the  technological  drive 
of  Homo  faber  to  build  to  ever  greater  heights 
and  to  bridge  ever  greater  distances,  even  if 
only  because  they  are  there  to  be  reached  or 
spanned.  Each  new  structural  hypothesis  is 
open  to  disproof  by  counterexample,  and  the 
rational  designer  will  respond  immediately 
to  the  credible  failure  brought  to  his  attention. 

Although  the  design  engineer  does  learn 
from  experience,  each  truly  new  design 
necessarily  involves  an  element  of  uncer- 
tainty. The  engineer  will  always  know  more 
what  not  to  do  than  what  to  do.  In  this  way 


It's  been  five  years  since 
the  collapse  of  two  sus- 
pended skywalks  at  the 
Hyatt  Regency  Hotel  in 
Kansas  City,  Missouri.  In 
November,  a  judge  for  the 
state's  Administrative  Hearing 
Commission  ruled  that  the 
structural  engineers  for  the 
project  were  guilty  of  gross 
negligence  in  failing  to  take 
responsibility  for  the  struc- 
tural safety  of  the  project.  The 
collapse  of  the  thirty-two-ton 
walkways  killed  114  people, 
many  of  whom  were  dancing 
on  the  structures  just  before 
the  accident. 

In  a  442-page  ruling,  Judge 
James  B.  Deutsch  said  the 
engineers  had  misled  archi- 
tects on  the  adequacy  of  the 
box-beam  connection  and 
that  they  had  failed  to  moni- 
tor construction  of  the  sup- 
port system. 


As  Duke  civil  engineer 
Henry  Petroski  noted  in  his 
book,  To  Engineer  is  Human: 
The  Role  of  Failure  in  Suc- 
cessful Design,  the  support 
failure  was  traced  to  a  design 
change,  "apparently  made  to 
facilitiate  construction  of  the 
skywalks." 

The  judge's  action  supports 
a  recently  issued  policy  state- 
ment by  the  American  Society 
of  Civil  Engineers.  According 
to  the  statement,  the 
structural  engineers  involved 
in  a  given  project  are 
accountable  for  all  elements 
of  its  structural  design.  In 
Petroski's  view,  the  policy  is 


views  on  the  responsibilities  of 
professional  structural  engi- 
neers. "It's  really  a  reaffirma- 
tion of  the  way  it  should  be," 
he  says.  In  a  new  civil  engi- 
neering course  he  taught  on 
structural  design  and  analysis 


last  semester,  Petroski  used 
the  Hyatt  Regency  incident  as 
"a  very  dramatic  case  study  of 
what  can  go  wrong,  of  how 
error  can  creep  in  and  escape 
detection."  The  class  con- 
cluded with  term  projects, 
which  included  scale  models 
of  bridges. 

The  Hyatt  lesson  in  failure 
was  well  suited  to  the  stu- 
dents-more than  half  were 
not  engineering  majors.  "Even 
the  non-engineer  can  under- 
stand what  went  wrong," 
Petroski  says.  The  course  was 
offered  as  part  of  Duke's  new 
Program  in  Technology  and 
the  Liberal  Arts,  which  is 
designed  to  infuse  technology 
into  the  liberal  arts 
curriculum. 


the  designer's  job  is  one  of  prescience  as 
much  as  one  of  experience.  Engineers  in- 
crease their  ability  to  predict  the  behavior  of 
their  untried  designs  by  understanding  the 
engineering  successes  and  failures  of  history. 
The  failures  are  especially  instructive  be- 
cause they  give  clues  to  what  has  and  can  go 
wrong  with  the  next  design— they  provide 
counterexamples. 

Most  engineering  design  hypotheses  that 
are  constructed  do  not  fail,  of  course,  but  the 
structural  success  of  another  traditional 
design  is  no  more  new  than  the  man  who 
does  not  rob  a  bank  or  does  not  bite  a  dog.  It 


is  the  anomaly  that  gets  the  press,  and  the 
abnormal  that  becomes  the  norm  of  conver- 
sation. Thus,  to  speak  of  engineering  failures 
is  indirectly  to  celebrate  the  overwhelming 
numbers  of  successes.  ■ 


Adapted  from  To  Engineer  Is  Human:  The 
Role  of  Failure  in  Successful  Design.  Copy- 
right ®  1982,  1983,  1984,  1985  by  Henry 
Petroski.  Published  by  St.  Martin's  Press,  Inc., 
New  York.  Petroski  is  associate  professor  of  civil 
engineering  and  director  of  graduate  studies  in 
Duke's  department  of  civil  and  environmental 
engineering. 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

M 

VNENX 
OOD1 
OSCO 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 

N 

JERRY  HOUGH: 

i 

SCRUTINIZING  THE  SOVIETS 

With  Gorbachev  in  charge,  says  a  Duke  expert,  the 

Soviet  leadership  has  a  new  sense  of  self-confidence— 

and  a  notable  lack  of  concern  about  approval  from  the 

United  States. 

g|j  ive  years  ago  Jerry  Hough  was  pro- 
m  posing  alternative  visions  of  the 
future— the  future  Soviet  leader- 
■        ship.    The    mid-1980s,    he    said, 
might  bring  to  power  a  holdover  from  the 
Brezhnev  generation  or,  more  tantalizingly, 
from  the  wartime  or  postwar  generations. 
Hough's  short  list  of  likely  candidates  in- 
cluded the  newly-named  Central  Committee 
secretary  for  agriculture.  Mikhail  Gorbachev, 
so  it  seemed  to  many,  had  been  thrust  from 
complete  obscurity  and  assured  a  role  that 
promised  near-obscurity. 

Now  those  in  the  small  community  of 
Soviet-affairs  analysts  are  watching  the  post- 
war succession— theorized  about  in  Hough's 
Soviet  Leadership  in  Transition— taking  shape. 
Hough  likes  to  point  out  that  when  Uri 
Andropov  died  in  February  1984,  the  Cen- 
tral Committee  waited  four  days  to  name  his 
successor.  In  March  1985,  Soviet  officials 
announced  the  election  of  Gorbachev  as 
general  secretary  just  four  hours  after  an- 
nouncing    Chernenko's     death.     Mikhail 
Gorbachev  is  a  man  in  a  hurry,  and  Jerry 
Hough  is  eagerly  looking  for  signs  of  where 
he's  going. 

Among  Soviet  watchers,  Hough  has  a 
longstanding  reputation  as  something  of  a 
maverick— a  maverick  who  can  see  the  writ- 
ing on  the  Kremlin  Wall  and  decipher  the 
meaning  of  it.  Hough's  six  books  take  a  hard 
look,  using  the  analytical  tools  of  the  politi- 
cal-science trade,  at  the  subtleties  and  com- 
plexities of  Soviet  governance.  His  views  on 
the   Soviet   regime    and   the    appropriate 
American  response  to  it  appear  with  regular- 
ity in  scholarly  publications  like  Problems  of 
Communism  and  Foreign  Affairs,  and  are  of- 
fered for  wider  consumption  through  news- 
papers like  The  Washington  Post  and  the  Los 
Angeles  Times. 

Hough,  named  a  James  B.  Duke  Professor 
of  Political  Science  last  summer,  joined 
Duke  in  1973.  At  Harvard,  he  did  under- 
graduate and  Ph.D.  work  in  government, 
with  a  master's-level  focus  on  Soviet  studies. 
Since  1979  he  has  been  an  associate  of  the 
Brookings     Institution     in     Washington. 
Hough  points  out  that  he  teaches  about  the 
largest  number  of  undergraduate  students  of 
any  member  of  the  political  science  depart- 
ment. But  his  interest  in  being  close  to 
Washington's    foreign-policy    community, 

The  old  and  the  new.  architectural  contrasts  inside  the  walls  of  the  Kremlin 


mq 

if  i 

s 


It's  been  the  predomi- 
nant theme  since  the 
November  meeting  between 
Reagan  and  Gorbachev,  but 
Sovietologist  Jerry  Hough  is 
skeptical  of  all  the  success 
talk.  "Two  things  happened  at 
the  summit.  One,  the  two 
men  got  together  and  greeted 
each  other  cordially;  nobody 
stormed  out,  and  both  said  it's 
good  they  got  together.  The 
second  thing  was  zero  progress 
on  the  issue  of  arms  control. 
The  summit  was  a  total  failure 
in  moving  the  two  countries 
together  on  what  both  said 
was  the  central  issue." 

"In  domestic  politics,  the 
president  was  a  winner  be- 
cause his  popularity  has  gone 
up,"  says  Hough.  "The  presi- 
dent's popularity  went  up  be- 
cause hope  went  up,  and  be- 
cause people  had  the  sense 
that  he  was  being  more  flexi- 
ble and  that  the  world  was 
approving."  Hough  believes 
the  true  test  is  yet  to  come  -  in 


to  compromise  on  the  Stra- 
tegic Defense  Initiative  ("Star 
Wars")  and  whether  to  adhere 
to  the  SALT  II  treaty,  which 
the  administration  has  accused 
the  Soviets  of  violating. 
"There  are  a  lot  of  people  in 
Washington  who  are  con- 
vinced that  the  president  is 
eventually  going  to  deal  on 
SDI.  I'm  convinced  the  evi- 
dence is  in  the  opposite 


people,  Gorbachev  has  been 
sharply  critical  of  American 
policy  in  the  Third  World 
especially,  of  SDI.  That 


erican 
>rldand, 
it  hard 
Hough's 

eader- 
the 

ported- 
■  Soviet 
ment. 
that  this 


decisions,  including  whether 


Reagan  can  claim  political 
success  from  the  summit 
meeting  because  "the  conser- 
vatives breathed  a  sigh  of  re- 
lief that  no  terrible  agreement 
occurred,"  says  Hough,  "and 
the  liberals  said  that  with  the 
momentum  established,  he 
can  have  a  concrete 
agreement  the  second  time. 
When  we  get  to  the  second 
summit,  at  least  one  of  those 
groups  is  going  to  be  badly 
disappointed." 

Meanwhile,  in  Moscow, 
Gorbachev  is  taking  a  harder 
line  on  the  summit  outcome 
than  is  generally  reported, 
i  says.  In  his  post- 

i  to  the  Soviet 


thesis  that  the  Soviet  leader- 
ship will  use  SDI,  and 
long-term  threat  it  purported- 
ly poses,  as  a  spark  for  Soviet 
technological  development. 

Although  skeptical  that  this 
first  get-acquainted 
will  later  translate  into  arms- 
control  progress,  Hough  sees 
some  value  in  institutionaliz- 
ing summit  meetings.  Talk  of 
evil  empires  and  bloodthirsty 
capitalists  has  been  muted,  he 
notes,  and  a  "more  civilized 
dialogue"  is  a  plus.  Both 
leaders  will  have  to  remain 
well-briefed  on  the  other 


" 


regular  summit  meetings,  t 
more  frequent  contacts  s 
mean  "less  hoopla,"  less  ] 
attention,  and  more  reali 
expectations.  "If  you've  got 
3,000  people  covering  the 
event,  by  logic  it  must  be 
important,  and  it's  very  c 
cult  to  keep  expectations  1 


and  to  Brookings,  imposes  a  long-distance 
commuting  routine.  Several  times  a  week,  he 
flies  between  the  Raleigh-Durham  area  and 
his  home  in  Arlington,  Virginia.  He'll  stretch 
himself  further  to  take  in  speaking  engage- 
ments and  conferences,  and— when  public 
attention  shifts  to  Soviet-American  relations, 
as  it  did  around  summit  time— to  give  press 
interviews. 

A  year  ago,  Hough  joined  George  F. 
Kennan,  William  Hyland,  and  other  top 
Soviet  specialists  to  assess  the  just-elevated 
Gorbachev  for  The  New  York  Times.  In  this 
fall's  issue  of  Foreign  Affairs,  devoted  to 
Reagan  and  Gorbachev  as  they  were  nearing 


their  summit,  Hough  was  again  in  good  com- 
pany: His  article  on  "Gorbachev's  Strategy" 
was  surrounded  by  contributions  from 
Richard  Nixon  ("Superpower  Summitry") 
and  from  fellow  Sovietologists  Adam  Ulam 
and  Marshall  Goldman.  The  rapid  rise  of 
Gorbachev,  Hough  writes,  "almost  surely  re- 
flected an  understanding  by  the  aging  lead- 
ership that  the  Soviet  Union  faced  new 
challenges  that  required  a  man  with  a  differ- 
ent perspective  to  handle  them— of  course, 
after  the  aging  leaders  had  themselves  de- 
parted." To  Hough,  Gorbachev's  strategy 
rests  on  two  bases.  "First,  he  gives  the  appear- 
ance of  being  a  truly  world-class  chess  player 


who  delights  in  complex  combinations  and 
knows  how  to  make  them.  Second,  as  a  rela- 
tively young  man,  he  must  worry  about  the 
Soviet  Union's  very  serious  problems  with  a 
long-term  perspective." 

Hough  accepts  the  consensus  of  Sovietolo- 
gists that  Gorbachev's  primary  problem  is 
the  economy.  But  he  departs  from  many  of 
his  peers  by  downplaying  the  chronically 
long  lines  at  the  stores  (so  familiar  as  to  be 
culturally  ingrained),  and  even  the  disap- 
pointing rates  of  economic  growth  (which 
are  improving).  He  accents,  instead,  tech- 
nological backwardness  in  the  Soviet  eco- 
nomy. The  Soviet  inability  to  fully  embrace 
the  electronics  age  portends  a  series  of  dis- 
astrous consequences  for  the  Soviet  Union, 
Hough  believes.  Russia  and  Japan  began 
industrialization  at  the  same  time;  and  in 
thirty  years,  the  Japanese  economy  has  been 
transformed.  In  the  last  fifteen  years,  the 
same  has  been  happening  in  Taiwan  and 
South  Korea.  But  the  Soviet  Union  has  been 
left  behind. 

A  technological  lag  undermines  the  ideo- 
logical claim  that  only  socialism  can  foster 
economic  progress,  that  socialism  is  superior 
to  capitalism.  It  hampers  the  party's  effort  to 
identify  itself  with  the  accomplishment  of 
Russia's  national  goals— for  example,  victory 
in  World  War  II.  By  showing  off  the  Soviet 
economic  system  as  an  ineffective  example, 
it  also  undermines  some  aspects  of  Soviet 
foreign  policy.  Industrializing  Third  World 
countries  are  more  likely  to  turn  to  Western 
development  models;  and  neighboring  re- 
gions that  seemingly  belong  in  the  Soviet 
orbit,  such  as  the  Middle  East,  rely  on  Japan 
and  the  West  for  their  technology.  Recogniz- 
ing the  qualitative  improvements  that  pro- 
pel the  race  in  nuclear  and  conventional 
arms,  plus  the  prospect  of  an  American  space- 
based  defense  program,  the  Soviets  also  face 
"an  enormous  window  of  military  vulnerabil- 
ity." They  were  twenty  years  behind  the 
United  States  in  producing  a  solid-fuel  inter- 
continental missile,  in  developing  the  ability 
to  catch  film  ejected  from  a  spy  satellite,  and 
in  placing  satellites  in  high  orbit. 

Gorbachev  "has  not  been  talking  about 
agricultural  reform  or  about  lines  in  the 
shops,  but  about  technology,  technology, 
technology,"  says  Hough.  It's  an  appropriate 
theme.  "If  Russians  get  the  idea  that  the 
Soviet  Union  is  doomed  to  become  the  last 
Third  World  country,  this  would  be  highly 
destabilizing." 

Accepting  conventional  Western  wisdom, 
Hough  has  said  that  the  Soviets  have  to  clean 
up  their  economic  act  in  two  respects:  They 
have  to  remove  the  huge  bottlenecks  and 
inflexibilities  that  result  from  an  overly  cen- 
tralized system,  and  they  must  take  a  hard 
look  at  stressing  growth  and  investment  over 
such  social-welfare  staples  as  egalitarian 
wages,  subsidized  food  prices,  and  job  security 


for  the  worker.  But  Hough's  diagnosis  of 
Soviet  economic  ills  centers  more  on  what 
he  calls  "the  massive  protectionism  that 
Soviet  manufacturers  enjoy."  The  faults  of 
the  Soviet  economy  are  a  textbook  case  of 
the  results  of  protectionism,  Hough  says. 
Leonid  Brezhnev  seemed  to  think  that 
importing  Western  technology  would  solve 
Soviet  difficulties;  but,  in  fact,  the  opposite 
solution  is  called  for.  Soviet  managers  will 
never  produce  goods  at  world  levels  until 
they  compete  with  foreign  firms  at  home  and 
until  they  are  forced  to  export  technology. 
The  economic  cure  will  come  only  if  the 
Soviet  Union  moves  toward  an  integration 
into  the  world  economy,  as  China  is 
beginning  to  do. 

A  Hough-style  cure  has  an  enormous  set  of 
side  effects.  The  Soviets  can't  compete  if 
they  don't  develop  a  feel  for  Western  society 
and  tastes— meaning  greater  contact  with 
Western  ideas.  And  they  can't  move  toward 
intimate  contact  with  the  world  market 
without  permitting  greater  integration  of 
Western  Europe  and  Eastern  Europe.  The 
question,  as  Hough  put  it  in  a  Washington 
Post  column  last  year,  is:  "How  do  reformers 
in  Moscow  sell  a  program  that  arouses  workers' 
fears  of  higher  prices  and  unemployment 
(fears  that  led  to  a  Solidarity  movement  in 
Poland),  the  manager's  fear  of  foreign  com- 
petition, and  the  conservative  fears  of  the 
subversive  impact  of  foreign  ideas  in  the 
Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe?"The  an- 
swer: They  sell  their  reform  ideas  with  anti- 
Americanism. 

In  many  ways,  the  stalwart  but  now- 
deposed  foreign  minister,  Gromyko,  "re- 
mained a  man  of  1939,  who  saw  Germany 
and  Japan  as  potential  military  threats," 
Hough  says.  Gromyko  concentrated  on  the 
American  relationship  in  order  to  insure 
control  over  Germany  and  Japan.  "He  never 
really  challenged  the  North  Atlantic  Treaty 
Organization  and  the  American-Japanese 
alliance  with  skill  and  flexibility  because, 
deep  down,  he  feared  that  an  independent 
Germany  and  Japan  would  eventually  ac- 
quire their  own  nuclear  weapons  and  become 
military  threats  again.  Gorbachev  was  in  the 
second  grade  in  1939,  and  for  him  Germany 
and  Japan  are  economic  powers  rather  than 
military  ones.  He  is  likely  to  want  more  of  a 
multipolar  policy  than  a  bipolar  one." 

The  view  that  the  Soviets  are  working  to 
drive  a  wedge  between  the  United  States  and 
its  European  allies— to  the  point  of  endan- 
gering longstanding  military  ties— is,  to 
Hough,  simplistic.  "That's  World  War  II 
thinking,"  he  says.  Alliances  in  the  modern 
world  don't  really  mean  anything.  The  only 
thing  that  an  alliance  does  is  increase  your 
danger.  In  a  sense,  it  was  the  bipolar  world 
that  was  unnatural.  The  bipolar  world  that 
we've  taken  for  granted  seems  to  me  some- 
thing that  was  the  product  of  insecurity  of 


A  technological  lag 

undermines  the 

ideological  claim  that 

only  socialism  can  foster 

economic  progress,  that 

socialism  is  superior  to 

capitalism. 


both  the  American  and  the  Russian  leaders 
as,  in  1946,  they  came  into  world  politics  for 
the  first  time." 

Under  Gorbachev,  Hough  expects  a  lot  of 
talk  about  the  American  threat  and  a  vigor- 
ous courtship  of  Western  Europe  and  Japan. 
That  courtship  entails  not  just  'relatively 
meaningless  peace  campaigns,"  but  such 
tangible  steps  as  returning  the  southern 
Kurile  islands  to  Japan,  permitting  closer 
economic  ties  between  East  and  West  Ger- 
many, and  encouraging  foreign  investment 
within  the  Soviet  Union.  "I  think  that  eco- 
nomic factors  are  far  more  important  than 
military  factors.  The  Soviets  are  going  to 
play  to  Europe,  to  Japan,  and  to  the  moderate 
Third  World  countries  because  it's  good 
domestic  politics,  but  also  because  they  need 
markets  to  export  their  technology  and  re- 
ceive technology  in  return." 

Hough  says  that  one  spur  for  Soviet 
modernization  has  come  from  a  surprising 
source— Ronald  Reagan's  concept  of  a  defen- 
sive shield  against  nuclear  weapons,  dubbed 
the  Strategic  Defense  Initiative  by  the  ad- 
ministration, "Star  Wars"  by  a  doubting 
press.  From  the  Soviet  perspective,  the  way 
to  defend  against  Star  Wars  isn't  through 
such  costly  steps  as  adding  to  troop  levels  or 
conventional  armaments.  The  obvious  re- 
sponse to  the  perceived  threat  is  to  meet  it. 
On  one  level,  the  American  initiative  pro- 
vides ammunition  for  a  Soviet  campaign  of 
anti-Americanism,  since  it  seemingly  gives 
the  Americans  the  capacity  to  make  a  first 
strike  without  fear  of  retaliation.  On  another 
level,  it  forces  Soviet  technology  planners 
into  a  catch-up  effort  that  has  broad  conse- 
quences for  a  long-stagnated  society.  "Why 
do  American  scientists  say  that  the  shield 
won't  work?  Because  there  simply  is  not  suffi- 
cient computer  capability  and  reliability  of 
programming— that's  the  bottleneck.  Wheth- 
er we  can  solve  that  or  not,  I  don't  know.  But 
I  do  know  that  if  that's  the  American  bottle- 
neck, it's  a  double,  triple,  quadruple  bottle- 
neck for  the  Soviets.  So  if  you  want  to  meet 
the  Strategic  Defense  Initiative,  what  you  do 


is  pour  money  into  computerization,  which 
is  where  Gorbachev  wants  to  pour  it  in  any 
case.  That's  why  SDI  is  such  a  godsend  to  the 
Soviet  Union." 

To  Hough,  Gorbachev's  decisiveness  on 
Star  Wars  illustrates  the  importance  of  the 
generational  change  within  Soviet  ranks. 
The  striking  thing  about  the  Brezhnev- 
Gromyko  generation  was  its  insecurity,  he  says. 
As  he  put  it  in  one  of  his  op-ed  pieces,  the 
old  guard  "hungered  for  status  and  American 
recognition  of  its  achievement  of  equality, 
and  was  willing  to  accept  our  linkage  de- 
mands in  an  effort  to  obtain  agreement  on 
arms  control,  trade,  and  recognition  of  East 
European  borders."  With  Gorbachev  and 
Foreign  Minister  Eduard  A.  Shevardnadze  at 
the  helm,  the  Soviet  leadership  is  going  in  a 
new  direction,  with  a  new  sense  of  self-confi- 
dence and  a  notable  lack  of  concern  about 
approval  from  the  United  States  or  agree- 
ment with  it. 

In  his  1980  book,  Soviet  Leadership  in  Tran- 
sition, Hough  outlined  the  popular  view  of 
who  rules  the  Soviet  Union.  "If  we  no  longer 
see  an  active  totalitarianism  transforming 
society,  we  now  talk  of  a  dead  or  dying  one— 
of  a  petrified  or  ossified  system.  If  we  no 
longer  believe  that  the  leadership  serves  as 
the  instrument  of  a  dynamic  ideology,  we 
may  now  speak  as  if  it  were  the  automatic 
representative  of  some  other  force,  such  as 
Russian  national  charactet,  the  Russian 
historical  tradition,  Russian  political 
culture,  or,  of  course,  the  bureaucracy."  The 
image  is  of  a  bureaucracy  "that  opposes  any 
significant  change— except,  perhaps,  in  the 
direction  of  tighter  discipline  on  the  general 
public,  greater  privileges  for  the  bureaucrats, 
and  a  more  nationalistic  posture  toward  the 
West  as  justification  for  the  public  sacrifices 
at  home." 

But  Hough  questions  the  notion  of  built- 
in  inertia;  and  he  sees  Gorbachev  as  a  leader 
who  will  make  a  difference.  Americans 
haven't  really  assimilated  the  changes  that 
have  taken  place  in  the  Soviet  Union,  he 
says.  The  Politburo,  the  ruling  body,  had 
fourteen  members  in  1980;  of  those,  seven 
have  died,  three  have  been  retired,  another 
two  are  facing  retirement  shortly,  and  of  the 
two  remaining,  one— former  Foreign  Minister 
Gromyko— has  been  pushed  aside. 

"There's  no  question  that  you've  got  now  a 
generation  born  essentially  in  the  late  1920s 
or  1930s,  which  I  think  gets  them  away  from 
a  fixation  with  World  War  II.  I  think  the  dif- 
ference in  time  horizons  is  also  important. 
The  Brezhnev  generation  had  a  limited  time 
span  that  didn't  extend  beyond  the  early  to 
mid-Eighties.  The  new  generation  thinks  it's 
going  to  still  be  around  in  the  year  2000. 
And  so  it's  got  to  solve  problems  that  others 
have  postponed." 

Hough  takes  issue,  too,  with  the  tendency 
"to  see  a  real  continuity  between  the  Bolshe- 


15 


vik  regime  and  the  tsarist  regime."  Emphasis 
on  "a  long-term  Russian  xenophobia,  a  long- 
term  Russian  suspiciousness  about  the  West, 
a  long-term  autocratic  system  that  goes  back 
to  the  thirteenth  century"  is  misplaced,  he 
says.  "I  have  a  very  different  sense.  I  have  a 
sense  of  a  tsarist  elite  that  was  very  Western- 
ized, that  often  spoke  French  instead  of  Rus- 
sian. I  have  a  sense  that  the  last  two  tsars 
were  conducting  a  modernization  campaign 
as  radical  as  the  shah's  modernization  of  Iran. 
And  I  have  a  sense  of  the  Bolshevik  revolu- 
tion as  essentially  a  Khomeini  revolution— a 
rebellion  of  the  traditionalists  against  the 
Westernized  elite.  The  central  feature  of  the 
Bolshevik  revolution  was  the  rejection  of  the 
West." 

But  today,  the  traditionalists— the  "Slavo- 
philes'—have  run  the  Soviet  Union  into  the 
ground  economically;  and,  as  its  former  chief 
of  staff  warned,  they  threaten  to  do  it  in  mili- 
tarily if  technological  backwardness  is  not 
corrected.  "The  Westemizers  are  now  in  a 
position  to  put  together  a  winning  coalition 
by  seizing  the  banner  of  nationalism  and 
patriotism  from  the  slavophiles,"  according 
to  Hough.  Under  domestic  pressure,  and 
particularly  from  the  need  to  attack  protec- 
tionism, Gorbachev  is  "going  to  begin  lead- 
ing the  country  out  of  the  Khomeini  period." 
He'll  be  pushing  for  "an  integration  with  the 
West  of  the  type  that  Russia  had  in  the  nine- 
teenth century."  That  may  mean  things  like 
"the  access  of  Russian  women  to  European 
stores  so  they  can  buy  Mrs.  Gorbachev-like 
clothes." 

How  much  more  will  it  mean?  Even  as  con- 
tacts accelerate  with  the  West,  don't  expect 
political  reform  in  Soviet  society,  Hough 
says.  "There  are  twenty  different  peoples  in 
the  Soviet  Union,  each  as  sizable  in  number 
as  the  French  in  Quebec.  So  if  you  introduced 
Western  political  institutions,  you  would 
have  separatist  movements  in  twenty  differ- 
ent places  in  the  Soviet  Union— twenty  dif- 
ferent Quebecs.  And  there  are  very  few  Rus- 
sians who  want  to  face  up  to  that.  Even  the 
liberals  are  talking  of  liberalization  within  a 


Hough  has  a 
longstanding  reputation 

as  something  of  a 

maverick— a  maverick 

who  can  see  the  writing 

on  the  Kremlin  Wall 

and  decipher  the 

meaning  of  it. 


one-party  system,  decentralization  within  a 
one-party  system,  precisely  in  order  to  keep 
the  nationality  question  closed." 

Hough  doesn't  expect  much  of  substance 
from  the  process  that  began  with  the  first 
Reagan-Gorbachev  summit  meeting.  That's 
not  necessarily  conventional  wisdom  among 
Sovietologists:  An  aggressive  drive  for  eco- 
nomic reform  implies  a  desperate  need  for  an 
arms-control  agreement,  they  say.  Hough 
says,  not  so. 

If  the  Soviet  Union  enjoys  a  new  detente 
with  its  neighbors  in  Western  Europe,  it  can 
cut  back  on  its  forces.  Troop  maintenance 
consumes  a  big  chunk  of  defense  outlays; 
and  sizing  down  that  chunk  is  an  especially 
attractive  step  for  Soviet  officials  worried 
about  shrinking  population  growth.  In  the 
strategic  realm,  the  Reagan  administration 
evidently  hopes  to  bankrupt  the  Soviet  eco- 
nomy by  forcing  a  Soviet  response  to  every 
strategic  program,  Hough  says.  The  likely 
Soviet  course,  he  believes,  is  to  simply  go  the 
route  of  deploying  a  mobile,  easily-hidden 
missile.  "We  often  hear  that  what  the  Soviet 
Union  needs  for  a  cut  in  military  spending  is 
a  deal  with  the  United  States.  But  the 
trouble  is,  the  history  of  arms  control  is  that 
the  kind  of  deals  you  can  make  with  the 


United  States  don't  save  money.  The  striking 
thing  about  SALT  II  is  that  President  Reagan 
has  essentially  ratified  it,  and  he's  been  able 
to  have  a  huge  military  buildup  within  it. 

"In  a  sense,  what  Gorbachev  needs  is  a  fail- 
ure from  the  summit.  That's  not  to  say  he 
doesn't  need  cordial  relations,  or  that  what 
he's  after  is  a  war  scare.  It's  just  easier  politi- 
cally to  modernize  the  economy  with  the 
United  States  providing  the  threat." 

Generational  change  is  a  fact  of  the  pre- 
sent in  the  Soviet  Union;  it's  a  fact  yet  to 
come  in  the  United  States.  Ronald  Rea- 
gan—like his  Soviet  counterparts  of  the 
past— came  to  maturity  in  the  1930s  and  is, 
as  Hough  describes  him,  very  much  a  pro- 
duct of  those  times.  Reagan's  generation  is 
the  Brezhnev  and  the  Gromyko  generation, 
the  same  generation  that  has  provided  all  of 
the  American  presidents  since  1960— with 
the  single  exception  of  Jimmy  Carter. 
Leaders  on  both  sides  were  shaped  by  the 
interventionist-isolationist  debate  of  the 
Thirties.  They  were  in  their  mid-30s  when 
atomic  weapons  were  developed,  in  their  50s 
when  intercontinental  missiles  were 
deployed.  Theirs  is  a  generation,  on  both 
sides,  that  has  had  a  tendency  to  replay  their 
youth  in  their  leadership  roles. 

"Both  sides  learned  the  lesson  of  Munich 
too  well.  From  the  Soviet  point  of  view, 
Munich  was  the  West  trying  to  push  Hitler 
to  the  East.  For  the  United  States,  the  lesson 
of  Munich  was  that  you  have  to  stand  up  to 
the  aggressor.  They  have  had  a  hard  time  ad- 
justing to  the  realities  of  the  nuclear  age— 
that  buffer  zones  don't  matter,  that  alliances 
don't  matter,  that  numbers  of  weapons  don't 
count  the  way  they  did  in  the  past,  that  eco- 
nomic power  can  be  more  important  than 
military  power. 

"In  the  Soviet  Union,  you  now  have  a 
leader  for  whom  the  memories  of  the  prewar 
diplomacy  are  simply  ancient  history.  What 
you're  beginning  to  get  in  the  Soviet  Union 
is  a  movement  out  of  the  postwar  era.  In  the 
United  States,  there's  a  generational  change 
that  still  lies  in  the  future."  ■ 


FACULTY 
FORAYS 


A  group  of  top  faculty  members,  se- 
lected by  the  Academic  Council  to 
visit  local  clubs,  are  learning  that 
alumni  are  interested  in  a  lot  more  than  foot- 
ball scores. 

Arie  Lewin,  chairman  of  the  Academic 
Council  and  a  professor  at  the  Fuqua  School 
of  Business,  says  alumni  "have  a  thirst  for  in- 
formation about  Duke.  They  want  to  keep  in 
touch."  Lewin  was  the  guest  speaker  for  the 
Boston  and  the  Hartford,  Connecticut, 
clubs. 

Allen  Kornberg,  professor  and  chairman 
of  the  political  science  department,  is  also  a 
Duke  parent:  His  daughter  is  a  current  stu- 
dent and  his  son  a  graduate.  He  was  the  after- 
dinner  speaker  for  the  Little  Rock,  Arkansas, 
and  the  Tulsa,  Oklahoma,  clubs.  "I  was  pleas- 
antly surprised,"  he  says.  "I  had  anticipated 
that  they  would  be  interested  in  Duke  sports. 
They  weren't;  they  were  primarily  interested 
in  the  larger  university. 

"During  the  question  and  answer  period, 
we  began  to  talk  about  national  politics.  I 
found  them  to  be  highly  interested,  in- 
formed, intelligent  people.  If  that's  a  sample 
of  our  alumni,  we  can  be  very  proud.  Duke 
has  done  a  good  job." 

This  is  the  first  time  a  roster  of  faculty 
speakers  has  been  chosen  by  the  Academic 
Council  to  commit  to  representing  Duke  at 
local  club  functions.  "We're  delighted  with 
the  initiative  taken  by  the  council,"  says 
alumni  affairs  director  Laney  Funderburk 
'60.  "We're  after  a  good  cross  section  of  the 
faculty,  and  that  requires  advance  notice. 
This  will  supplement  our  usual  Duke  repre- 
sentatives and  offer  the  alumni  a  broad  spec- 
trum of  Duke's  leaders." 

Botanist  and  microbiologist  James  Siedow 
will  go  on  the  road  in  the  spring. 

The  program  is  a  benefit  to  both  faculty 
and  alumni,  says  Albert  A.  Fisher  '80,  one  of 
alumni  affairs'  field  representatives.  "This  is 
a  good  way  to  give  exposure  to  faculty  mem- 
bers who  are  on  the  cutting  edge  of  research 
and  scholarship  in  their  fields." 

Both  Lewin  and  Kornberg  note  that  some 
of  their  former  students  came  to  hear  the 
Duke  updates.  Says  Kornberg,  "Seeing  my 


When  the  classes  of  75  and  '80  partx  they  make  history. 
Turnout  for  the  tenth  reunion  uas  396;  for  the  fifth, 
404 -the  largest  class  reunion  in  Dukes  history.  Euen 
the  Class  of  1984s  mini-reunion  attracted  100.  Home- 
coming Weekend  set  records  as  nearly  1,300  came  to 
campus  for  the  first  in  a  series  of  fall  and  spring  reunions. 


students  as  adults  and  how  successful  they 
have  been  was  quite  gratifying.  I  enjoyed  it 
and  will  be  happy  to  do  a  repeat." 


GAINS 


For  many  college  students,  having  a 
summer  job  and  doing  work  that's 
career-related  are  often  two  separate 
things.  Bringing  the  two  together  for  a 
meaningful  and  financially  rewarding  sum- 
mer is  the  goal  of  Duke  Futures. 

Designed  by  newly-appointed  director 
Caroline  Nisbet,  the  summer  internship 
program  has  begun  with  the  assistance  of 
alumni  and  an  $80,000  gift  from  Chemical 
Bank.  For  this  summer,  the  program  should 
give  seventy-five  Duke  students  "high  quality, 
career-related"  work  experiences  in  both  the 
corporate  and  non-profit  sectors.  That  num- 
ber will  eventually  reach  400,  according  to 
Nisbet. 

A  main  objective  of  the  Duke  Futures  is  to 
build  strong  links  between  undergraduates 


and  alumni,  Nisbet  says.  Because  of  the  ag- 
gressive recruitment  of  participating  interns 
and  employers— and  the  careful  screening  of 
students— Duke  Futures  is  distinctive  from 
the  informal  alumni  networks  of  other  uni- 
versities, she  adds. 

The  program  is  trying  to  attract  corporate 
sponsors  and  Duke  alumni  to  fund  need- 
based  and  merit  scholarship  awards.  Nisbet's 
hope  is  that  financial  burdens  from  low 
wages  or  relocation  for  the  summer  won't 
prohibit  a  student  from  taking  an  appropri- 
ate job.  The  scholarships  will  also  cover  tui- 
tion for  independent  study  courses  tied  to 
summer  internships. 

Groups  of  future  freshmen  will  be  selected 
for  the  program  when  admitted  to  Duke, 
with  special  emphasis  on  students  from 
North  Carolina,  those  who  are  financially 
needy,  and  minority  students.  Such  Scholar- 
Interns  will  be  guaranteed  placement  in 
summer  jobs  for  two  years.  Other  students 
will  be  able  to  compete  for  places  in  the  pro- 
gram as  sophomores  or  juniors. 

The  program  is  primarily  seeking  place- 
ments in  small  and  medium-size  offices  so 
students  will  receive  more  hands-on  experi- 
ence. Many  of  the  students  are  expected  to 
be  interested  in  medicine  or  medical  research, 
law,  and  investment  banking,  Nisbet  says. 
Her  office  is  also  working  to  develop  jobs  in 
other  areas  where  it  is  difficult  for  an  under- 
graduate to  get  a  job,  or  where  non-profit 
status  might  prevent  full  funding  of  the  stu- 
dent's experience.  In  such  cases,  the  program 
will  subsidize  up  to  50  percent  of  a  student's 
wages. 

Participation  should  be  a  good  deal  for 
both  employers  and  students,  says  Nisbet. 
"The  whole  program  is  planned  to  give  stu- 
dents intense  hands-on  experience  in  the 
position  and  field  they've  chosen." 

The  program's  first  target  cities  are  Dur- 
ham, Raleigh,  Winston-Salem,  Greensboro, 
and  Charlotte,  North  Carolina;  and  Phila- 
delphia, Atlanta,  and  Dallas.  Nisbet  expects 
that  list  to  grow  as  student  interest  grows— 
notably,  to  include  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
New  York  City.  Interested  alumni— poten- 
tial employers  of  interns  and  those  in  a  posi- 
tion to  interest  other  employers— should 
write  to  the  Duke  Futures  Office,  2138 
Campus  Drive,  Suite  306,  Duke  University, 
Durham,  N.C.  27706,  or  call  (919)  684-6601. 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  In  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


20s  &  30s 


James  M.  Hornaday  70  and  his  wife,  Virginia, 
gave  a  gift  of  $225,000  to  the  Duke  Medical  Center 
that  will  contribute  to  the  Joseph  A.  Wadsworth  Pro- 
fessorship in  ophthalmology  and  to  a  new  bone  mar- 
row transplantation  program  for  children  with  cancer. 
He  is  the  founder  of  Guilford  Mills. 


'27 ,  the  first  and  only  woman  member 
of  Durham  County's  Alcoholic  Beverage  Control 
Board,  retired  in  May. 


'31,  of  Sarasota,  Fla.,  has  played  in 
senior  tennis  tournaments  for  several  years.  Last  year, 
in  the  age  75-and-over  category,  he  was  ranked 
eighteenth  nationally,  fifth  in  Florida  singles,  and 
second  in  Florida  doubles. 

T.  Herbert  Minga  B.Div.  '31,  pastor  emeritus  of 
White  Rock  United  Methodist  Church  in  Dallas, 
Texas,  wrote  and  published  a  pamphlet  that  includes  a 
short  autobiography  with  anecdotes  from  his  days  at 
Duke.  He  organized  the  first  Duke  Alumni  Club  in 
Dallas  in  1933 .  He  is  retired  and  enjoys  traveling  with 
his  wife,  Gladys. 

Raymond  D.  Adams  M.D  '37,  after  a  decade  of 
research  in  neuropathology  at  the  Mallory  Institute  of 
Pathology  and  Neurological  Research  Unit  at  Boston 
City  Hospital,  became  chief  of  neurological  service  at 
Mass.  General  Hospital  and  Bullard  Professor  of 
Neuropathology  at  Harvard  Medical  School,  posi- 
tions he  held  from  1951  to  1978.  He  is  now  a  professor 


PIE  IN  THE  SKY 


Yearning  for  an 
indigenously 
Southern 
snack?  Ready  to  banish 
brie,  eschew  white 
wine?  Reintroduce  the 
South  to  your  mouth. 
Get  yourself  a  Moon 
Pie.  And  complement 
it  with  an  R.C  Cola,  as 
recommended  by  those 
in  the  know. 

From  the  World 
Headquarters  of  the 
Moon  Pie  Cultural 
Club  in  Charlotte, 
North  Carolina,  execu- 
tive director  Ron 
Dickson  '55  has  colla- 
borated with  other 
connoisseurs  in  pro- 
ducing The  Grear 
American  Moon  Pie 
Handbook. 

"For  65  years,  the 
fame  of  the  Moon  Pie 
has  spread  from  its 
humble  origins  at  the 
Chattanooga  Bakery," 
reads  the  cover  text 
"Secure  in  the  folk 
tradition  of  rural 
America,  the  marsh- 
mallow  sandwich  has 
now  been  discovered 
by  urban  sophisticates. 
From  New  York  to  Cali- 
fornia, some  50  million 
Moon  Pies  will  be 
savored  this  year." 

Legend  has  it  that  in 
1919  a  traveling  sales- 
man entered  the  Chat- 
tanooga Bakery.  After 
walking  up  and  down 
the  long  counter,  he 
still  hadn't  made  a 


two  cookies  is  a  layer  of 
marshmallow  approxi- 
mately one-fourth  inch 
thick.  Depending  upon 
flavor  to  be  created, 
the  sandwich  is 
drenched  with  a  gener- 

of  choco- 
late, vanilla,  banana,  or 
coconut  flavored 
sting." 

In  the  book,  Dickson 
races  what  he  calls 
the  "Noble  Snack" 
throughout  its 


political,  social, 
and  cultural 
impact,  its  place 
in  music,  televi- 
sion, film,  child 


firmly  in 


stuffed 
cheek.  There's 
disclaimer:  "All 
statements  of  fact  in 
this  book  are  either 


selection.  "What  1  got 
in  mind,"  he  told  the 
clerk,  "is  a  couple  of 
soft  cookies  with  a  little 
marshmallow  'tween 
'em  and  chocolate  all 
over  it.  But  I  'spect  a 
fellow 'd  have  to  go 
plumb  to  the  moon  to 
find  a  pie  like  that. 
Danged  if  I  don't  think 
it'd  sell,  though." 

As  Dickson  writes  in 
the  handbook,  "The 
name  of  that  traveling 
visionary  has  been  lost 
to  the  ages,  but  his  idea 


lives; 
truth,  justice,  and  the 
American  way.  Within 
weeks  of  his  sugges- 
tion, the  Chattanooga 
Bakery  produced  the 
first  Moon  Pie  and  the 
world  was  changed 
forever." 

For  the  edification  of 
the  neophyte,  the 
Moon  Pie  "consists  of 
two  cookies,  each 
about  four  inches  in 
diameter  and  reminis- 


crackers....Between  the 


When  Dickson  isn't 
touting  the  Noble 
Snack,  he's  a  facility 
manager  for  the  Bur- 
roughs Corporation. 
And,  his  bio  reveals, 
"he  spends  his  leisure 
time  on  his  sailboat, 
which  proudly  flies  the 
official  Moon  Pie  flag." 
And  he'll  probably  be 
wearing  the  official 
Moon  Pie  Tshirt,  base- 
ball cap,  jacket,  or  night 
shirt,  which  can  be 
ordered  from  a  form  in 
the  back  of  the  book. 


emeritus.  He  founded  a  research  center,  from  which 
he  recently  retired  as  director,  for  studies  in  the  pre- 
vention of  mental  retardation.  His  associates  estab- 
lished a  Raymond  D  Adams  Institute  in  the  center 
and  an  R.  D  Adams  Lectureship  in  Neurology  at 
Mass.  General  Hospital  in  his  honor.  He  holds  honor- 
ary memberships  in  most  of  the  neurology  and  neuro- 
pathology societies,  along  with  honorary  doctor  of 
medicine  and  doctor  of  science  degrees  from  many 
universities  throughout  the  world.  He  still  teaches, 
studies  problem  cases  in  clinical  neurology,  and  writes 
and  re-edits  his  books. 

W.  Kenneth  Goodson  B.D.  '37  received  an 
honorary  doctor  of  divinity  degree  during  Founder's 
Day  ceremonies  at  Campbell  University,  Buies  Creek, 
N.C.  He  is  bishop  in  residence  at  Duke's  divinity 
school. 

Mary  Ann  Heyward  Ferguson  '38,  A.M.  '40 
retired  as  chair  of  the  English  department  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Massachusetts  in  Boston.  She  is  now  a  visit- 
ing research  scholar  at  the  Wellesley  College  Research 
Center  on  Women.  She  lives  in  Belmont,  Mass. 

Ken  Folsom  '38,  who  is  retired  from  the  Washing- 
ton, DC,  police  department,  played  the  role  of  Judge 
Weaver  in  Anatomy  of  a  Murder,  presented  by  the 
Honolulu  Community  Theater.  He  is  also  treasurer  of 
the  Hawaii  Geographic  Society. 

Chester  Lucas  B.S.C.E.  '38  is  the  authot  of  Inter- 
national Construction  Business  Management,  published 
by  McGraw-Hill.  He  writes  for  several  publit 
about  the  management  of  design  and  < 
projects.  He  lives  in  Southern  Pines,  N.C. 


Dillard  M.  Sholes  Jr.  '38  is  professor  < 
and  chairman  of  the  department  of  obstetrics  and 
gynecology  at  East  Tennessee  State  University  College 
of  Medicine  in  Johnson  City,  Tenn.  He  is  head  of  the 
gynecological  service  at  the  V.A.  Hospital  at  Moun- 
tain Home  in  Johnson  City. 


40s 


G.  Connar  M.D.  '41  was  named  vice  pre- 
sident for  medical  affairs  at  the  University  of  South 
Florida,  where  he  is  a  member  of  the  Liaison  Com- 
mittee on  Medical  Education.  He  is  listed  in  Who's 
Who  in  America  and  holds  memberships  in  numerous 
medical  societies.  He  is  a  past  president  of  Duke's 
General  Alumni  Association  and  a  past  chairman  of 
the  Duke  University  National  Council. 

Sarah  Wade  Hitchcock  R.N.  '41  retired  in 

October  as  the  director  of  nursing  at  Rex  Hospital  in 
Raleigh,  a  position  she  held  since  1961. 

Robert  R.  Everett  B.S.E.E.  '42  received  the 
Armed  Forces  Communications  and  Electronics  Asso- 
ciation Gold  Medal  Award  for  Engineering  for  his 
"superior  technical  competence,  extraordinary  per- 
formance and  personal  direction  of  major  command, 
control,  communications,  and  intelligence  systems 
essential  to  the  enhancement  of  national  and  free 
world  security." 

Carl  Horn  Jr.  '42,  LL.B.  '47,  a  member  of  the  board 
of  directors  of  First  Security  Corp.,  was  named  one  of 
ten  outstanding  chief  executives  of  major  corpora- 
tions in  the  U.S.  by  Financial  World  magazine.  He  is 
an  executive-in-residence  at  the  College  of  Business 
Administration  at  UNC-Charlotte.  He  and  his  wife, 
Virginia,  live  in  Charlotte  and  have  four  children. 


FOLKS,  AND  FILM 


illions  of 
fiddle  en- 


knew  about  Tommy 
Jarrell,  who,  before  his 
death  earlier  this  year, 
was  one  of  the  most 
prolific  performers  of 


music.  Thanks,  in  part, 
to  the  work  of  Cece 
Conway  '64,  A.M.  *69, 
his  music  and  worldly 
wisdom  will  live  on  for 
generations  to  come. 

Til  eat  when  I'm 
hungry,  I'll  drink  when 
I'm  dry.  If  I  get  to  feel- 
ing much  better,  111 
sprout  wings  and  fly," 
sang  Jarrell,  recipient  of 
the  first  National  Herit- 
age Fellowship  from  the 
National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  in  1982. 
His  lyrics  inspired  the 
tide  of  an  award-win- 


about  the  fiddle  player, 
produced  and  directed 
by  Conway, 

independent  filmmaker 
Les  Blank,  and  singer 
Alice  Gerrard. 

"Sprout  Wings  and 
Fly"  was  born  of  two 
ten-day  visits  by 
Conway  and  crew  with 
Jarrell  in  1978  at  his 


Toast,  North  Carolina, 
home.  They  produced 
some  twenty  hours  of 
footage  and  sound  tape 
of  Jarrell  playing  at 
home,  at  his  sisters' 
homes,  in  church,  at  a 
fiddlers  convention,  at 
the  country  store. 
Conway  recalls  not 
only  the  hectic  pace, 
but  Jarrell's  generosity 
in  sharing  his  tradition- 
al music  with  others. 

"He  had  people  from 
all  over  the  world  come 
to  visit  and  live  there 
for  as  long  as  a  year  to 
play  with  him  and 
learn  from  him," 
Conway  says.  "He  was 
an  unexcelled 
Southern  fiddle  player 
with  incredible  rhythm 
and  energy  in  his 
playing.  He  was  one  of 
those  people  who 
learned  his  repertory 
before  radio  and 
records  were  available, 
so  he  believed  in  an  old 
and  traditional  style." 

The  documentary 
won  two  national 
awards  and  has  been 
shown  at  a  number  of 
top  film  festivals,  in- 
cluding the  American 
Film  Festival  and  the 


Telluride  Festival.  In  a 
Spanish  translation,  it 
toured  ten  Latin  Ameri- 
can countries  for  the 
US.  I 
Agency. 

Conway  1 
teres  ted  in  Jarrell  dur- 
ing her  graduate  school 
days  at  Duke,  when  she 
attended  a  fiddlers  con- 
vention. That  led  to 
interest  in  all  types  of 
Carolina  folklore— 
from  pottery  made  in 
Jug  Town  to  the  early 
musical  exchange 
between  Anglo-  and 
Afro-Americans  of  the 
state.  An  English 
teacher  at  UNC-Chapel 
Hill,  Conway  has  also 
taught  courses  in  folk- 
lore for  Duke's  con- 
tinuing education 
program. 

"What  attracted  me 
to  folklorer  she  asks. 
"I  don't  know,  except 
that  it  was  a  feeling.  I 
felt  an  affinity  to  the 
music  and  the  people 
and  the  way  of  life. 
And  I  found  that 
people  who  play  old 
time  music  are  just 
nice  folks." 


Eleanor  Powell  Latimer  '42  was  named  to  the 
board  of  visitors  of  High  Point  College  in  North 
Carolina. 

John  P.  McGovern  '43,  M.D.  '45,  the  founder 
and  director  of  the  McGovem  Allergy  Clinic,  re- 
ceived a  commendation  from  President  Reagan  "in 
recognition  of  exemplary  community  service  in  the 
finest  American  tradition." 

John  E.  Cann  M.D.  '44,  an  anesthesiologist  at  St. 
Francis  Memorial  Hospital,  retired  in  July.  He  lives  in 
Mill  Valley,  Calif. 


M.  Kreps  A.M.  '44,  Ph.D.  '48  was  re- 
elected to  the  board  of  directors  of  Zurn  Industries, 
Inc.  She  is  a  former  U.S.  secretary  of  commerce  and 
former  vice  president  of  Duke.  She  is  also  a  director  of 
several  other  major  U.S.  corporations  and  a  trustee  of 
The  Duke  Endowment. 

Matthew  S.  Rae  '44,  LL.B.  '47,  a  partner  in  the 
Los  Angeles  law  firm  Darling,  Hall  &  Rae,  was  ap- 
pointed by  Gov.  George  Deukmejian  to  the  California 
Commission  of  Uniform  State  Laws. 

M.  L.  "Feathers"  Cunlngham  '47  owns  and 
operates  the  Waverly  Plantation,  which  was  settled  by 
his  ancestors  in  1799  and  located  on  the  North 
Carolina-Virginia  line  between  Danville,  South 
Boston,  and  Roxboro.  He  welcomes  visitors  to  the 
homeplace,  built  in  1835  and  listed  in  the  National 
Register  of  Histot ic  Places.  Records  from  the  settle- 
ment are  in  Perkins  Library's  manuscript  department 
at  Duke. 


L.  Robins  '47  sold  his  business  in  Harris- 
burg,  Penn.,  and  retired  to  Fripp  Island,  S.C. 

Ward  S.  Mason  '48  retired  in  November  '84  from 
the  National  Institute  of  Education,  part  of  the 


federal  Department  of  Education,  where  he  was  a 
senior  research  associate.  He  is  a  consultant  in  educa- 
tional research  and  lives  in  Potomac,  Md.,  with  his 
wife,  Marie  D  Maynard. 


'49,  former  chairman  of  the  edu- 
cation department  at  Duke,  has  been  president  of 
Richmond  Professional  Institute,  provost  of  Virginia 
Commonwealth  University,  and  president  of  Marshall 
University  in  Huntington,  WVa.  He  is  currently  the 
ptesident  of  Creative  Leadership  Systems,  Inc., 
Greensboro,  N.C.,  a  management  consulting  firm  that 
works  with  businesses  and  government  organizations 
in  executive  assessment  and  development. 

MARRIAGES:  Anne  Mellin  '44  to  Alvah  W. 
Morgan  on  June  8.  Residence:  Houston... Ward  S. 
Mason  '48  to  Marie  D  Maynard  on  March  23.  Resi- 
dence: Potomac,  Md. 


50s 


Marvin  T.  Glenn  '50  was  named  east  central 
regional  sales  manager  for  Cablec  Corp.  He  is 
responsible  for  operations  in  Kentucky,  Ohio, 
Michigan,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  West  Vir- 
ginia, and  Western  Pennsylvania. 


Jay  Goldman  B.S.M.E.  '50  was  appointed  engi- 
neering school  dean  at  the  University  of  Alabama  at 
Birmingham.  He  has  been  a  consultant  to  more  than 
25  organizations  and  a  faculty  member  at  several  insti- 
tutions, including  Duke.  He  is  the  author  or  co-author 
of  at  least  50  technical  publications.  He  is  listed  in 
Who's  Who  in  America,  Who's  Who  in  American  Educa- 
tion, Who's  Who  in  Engineering,  Who's  Who  in  the  Mid- 


west, and  Who's  Who  in  tfie  South  and  Southwest.  He 
and  his  wife,  Renitta,  live  in  Mountain  Brook,  Ala. 

Carlyle  B.  Hayes  '50  has  been  certified  by  the 
National  Society  of  Fund  Raising  Executives  for 
"achieving  an  advanced  level  of  proficiency  in  the 
fund-raising  field." 

Robert  E.  Rhine  '50  retired  from  General  Motors 
Corp.  after  nearly  32  years.  He  was  plant  managet  of 
the  Mexico  City  assembly  and  manufacturing  plants 
for  the  past  10  years  and  had  spent  the  10  years  before 
with  General  Motors  in  Europe.  He  lives  in  Hills- 
borough, N.C. 

John  H.  Christy  Jr.  '51,  B.Div.  '54  was  the 
speaker  at  Pfeiffer  College's  centennial  commence- 
ment exercises  in  May. 

Clay  S.  Felker  '51  was  named  editor  in  chief  at 
AdWek  magazine.  He  chairs  Duke  Magazine's  Editorial 
Advisory  Board. 

John  M.  Lee  '51,  business/financial  editor  for  The 
New  York  Times,  was  named  as  an  assistant  to  the 
editor 


George  E.  Shore  '51  received  his  doctor  of 
ministry  degree  in  May  from  the  Golden  Gate  Baptist 
Theological  Seminary  in  Mill  Valley,  Calif.  He  is  the 
ditector  of  associational  development  with  the  N.C. 
Baptist  State  Convention. 

George  V.  Grune  '52,  chairman  and  chief  execu- 
tive officet  of  The  Reader's  Digest  Association,  Inc., 
was  elected  to  the  board  of  directors  of  CPC  Inter- 
national, Inc.,  a  food  processing  company. 

Boyd  H.  Hill  Jr.  '53  has  completed  two  terms  as 
chair  of  the  history  department  at  the  University  of 
Colorado  at  Boulder.  He  is  on  leave  in  Europe,  re- 


"H  find  it  emotionally 
H  satisfying  to  deal 
H  with  southern 
cooking  because  it  is  so 
closely  tied  to  the  land, 
to  the  seasons,  and  to 
my  heritage,"  says  the 
author  in  his  successful 
new  book,  BillNeal's 
Southern  Cooking. 

Neal  '71  grew  up  in  a 
small  farming  com- 
munity near  Gaffney, 
South  Carolina.  "My 
parents  raised  their 
own  cows,  which  they 
milked,  as  well  as 
chickens  and  pigs,"  he 
told  Craig  Claiborne  in 
The  New  York  Times. 
"They  cured  their  own 
hams,  smoked  their 
own  sausages,  and  we 

!   had  a  huge  garden  with 
things  like  mustard  and 

.   turnip  greens,  corn, 
tomatoes,  lima  beans, 
and  various  peas  like 
black-eyed  peas  and 
crowder  peas  and  lady 
peas." 

Most  Southerners 
learned  their  cooking 
from  watching  their 
grandmother,  mother, 
or  the  family  cook. 


Mealtime  was  family 
time  and  food  was  the 
measure  of  love.  For 
Neal,  who  became  a 
chef  and  restaurateur,  it 
also  became  a  labor  of 
love.  In  his  book,  he 
shares  117  old-style  and 
new-style  recipes,  from 
hoppin'  John  to  pump- 
kin soup.  It's  American 
cuisine  at  its  best,  a 
combination  of  native 
American,  Western 
European,  and  African 
cooking. 

"Everything  I  do  is  as 
authentic  as  possible, 
but  with  my  own  re- 
finements," he  told 
Claiborne.  "Everyone 
thinks  that  Southern 
food  is  overcooked,  so 
that  is  one  fault  I  try  to 
avoid.  I  also  try  to  avoid 
the  present-day  Califor- 
nia style  of  cooking.  I 
would  never  put  goat 
cheese  in  a  traditional 
Southern  dish." 

Neal's  experience  at 
the  stove  didn't  start 
immediately  after 
graduation.  The  A.B. 
Duke  Scholar  taught 
high  school  English  for 


two  years,  and  did 
graduate  work  in  New 
York  City.  His  apprecia- 
tion of  literature  is  evi- 
denced in  Southern 
Cooking:  Each  chapter 
is  prefaced  with  a  quote 
relating  to  the  topic -a 
Truman  Capote  char- 
acter on  biscuits,  a 
Carson  McCullers  on 
hoppin'  John,  or  a 
Thomas  Wolfe  on  the 
mid-day  meal. 

Neal's  former  wife, 
Susan  Hobbs  '71, 
helped  introduce  him 
to  "sophisticated" 
cooking,  he  said,  when 
they  would  travel  from 
her  home  town  in 
Mississippi  to  New 
Orleans.  Their  favorite 
restaurant  was 
Antoine's.  Eventually, 
they  had  sampled  most 
of  the  menu  and  tried 
to  recreate  the  dishes  at 
home. 

By  1976,  the  Neals 
had  decided  to  open  a 
restaurant,  La  Resi- 
dence, in  Chapel  Hill. 
They  were  co-owners 
and  co-chefs  until  they 
divorced  in  1982.  La 


Residence,  now  run  by 
Susan,  continues  to  be 
a  success. 

Bill  then  opened 
Crook's  Corner,  also  in 
Chapel  Hill.  This 
popular  restaurant  has 
a  more  casual  ambience 
than  his  first  venture, 
and  its  menu  reflects 
his  Southern,  "sophisti- 
cated" talents.  But 
barbecue  and  Bruns- 
wick stew  appear  to 
have  earned  a  place  of 
respect  alongside  his 
gourmet  offerings. 

Notes  Neal  in  his 
book's  introduction: 
"The  dishes  herein 
are.. .my  affirmation  of 
an  active  Southern 
heritage.  I  want  to 
know  what  season  it  is, 
what  day  it  is,  where  I 
live  and  how  I  got 
there:  Nature  has  a 
beautiful  and  perfect 
order  of  which  we  are 
all  only  a  small  part, 
and  never  lords.  I  want 
to  be  a  subject  to  the 
mystery  of  this  world, 
and  I  can  do  so,  in  part, 
by  celebrating  it  at  my 
table,  with  those  I  love." 


searching  tenth-century  Normandy.  His  wife,  Alette 
Olin  Hill  '54,  was  appointed  associate  professor  of 
technical  communications  at  Metropolitan  State 
College  in  Denver,  Colo.  Her  book,  Mother 
Tongue/Father  Time:  A  Decade  of  Linguistic  Revolt,  will 
be  published  by  Indiana  Univetsity  Press  next  fall. 

William  A.  Howe  '53  is  president  of  Frye  &  Smith, 
a  California  commercial  printing  division  of  Ameri- 
can Standard,  Inc. 

William  G.  Robinson  '53  is  vice  president  of 
sales  for  Aurora  Casket  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Joan,  live 
in  Aurora,  Ind.,  and  have  two  daughters,  a  son,  and 
five  grandchildren. 

James  Wallace  Rush  '53  was  named  a  Life  Fel- 
low of  the  American  Biographical  Institute  Research 
Association. 

Wallace  R.  Klrby  B.Div.  '54  is  the  author  of  four 
books.  His  latest  book,  1/ Only...,  is  a  collection  of 
sermons  for  the  middle  third  of  the  Pentecost  season. 
He  is  district  superintendent  of  the  N.C.  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church  and  a  Duke  trustee. 

Michel  Bourgeols-Gavardin  M.D.  55,  staff 
anesthesiologist  at  Watts  and  Durham  County 
General  Hospital  and  a  clinical  associate  professor  of 
anesthesiology  at  Duke,  retired  from  practice  on  July 
31. 


,  Wray  '55,  the  president  of  Wray/Ward 
Advertising  in  Charlotte,  N.C,  was  elected  vice 
chairman  of  the  Carolinas  Council  of  the  American 
Association  of  Advertising  Agencies. 

John  Q.  Beard  '56,  J.D  '60  was  elected  president 
of  the  N.C.  Bar  Association.  He  is  a  partner  in  the 
Raleigh  law  firm  Sanford,  Adams,  McCullough  and 
Beard. 

S.  James  English  III  '56,  a  radio/television 
broadcaster  for  30  years,  joined  the  faculty  of  Tbwson 
State  University,  Towson,  Md.  Besides  classroom 


teaching,  he  is  station  manager  for  the  university's 
10,000-watt  radio  station,  WCVT-FM. 

Charles  R  DeSanto  Ph.D.  '57  represented  Duke 
in  September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Susquehanna  University. 

Jacob  Christian  Martinson  Jr.  M.Div.  '57, 

former  president  of  Brevard  College,  is  now  president 
of  High  Point  College. 

Lee  Simmons  '57  is  chief  executive  officer  and 
chairman  of  Franklin  Spier,  Inc. ,  a  subsidiary  of 
BBDO  International. 


'59  is  an  artist  whose  paintings 
have  been  represented  in  many  collections  in  North 
Carolina.  She  has  been  featured  in  15  solo  shows  in 
North  Carolina,  New  York  City,  and  Houston,  Texas. 


i  D.  Grubbs  '59,  J.D.  '61  was  inducted  : 
fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Trial  Lawyers. 
Grubbs  is  a  partner  with  Woodward,  Hobson  & 
Fulton  of  Louisville,  Ky. 


B.S.E.E. '59,  one  of  the  ori- 
ginal sales  executives  at  Storage  Technology  Corp., 
has  established  an  independent  marketing  and  busi- 
ness consulting  firm,  T.R.  Associates,  which  caters  t( 
high  technology  companies.  He  lives  in  Boulder, 
Colo. 

Marcla  Lee  Tuttle  '59  received  the  first 
Bowker/Ulrich's  Serials  Librarianship  Award  to  be 
presented  annually  by  the  American  Library 
Association.  She  is  president  of  the  association's 
resources  and  technical  services  division  and  heads 
the  serials  department  of  Davis  Library  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill. 

Ann  Marie  Welch  '59,  A.M.  '60  is  the  first 
woman  elected  to  the  Conn.  State  Medical  Society. 
She  is  an  associate  attending  physician  at  New  Britai 
General  Hospital  in  Hartford  County.  She  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  American  College  of  Physicians,  the 


American  Society  of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental 
Therapeutics,  the  American  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science,  and  the  New  York  Academy  of 
Science.  She  is  listed  in  Who's  Who  in  the  East  and 
Who's  Who  of  American  Women. 


MARRIAGES:  Ron  P.  Helson  '52  to  Norma 
Randy  De  Kadt  on  July  27.  Residence:  Old  Green- 
wich, Conn. 

BIRTHS:  A  son  to  Sheldon  R.  Pinnell  M.D.  '59 
and  Doren  Madey  Pinnell  '74,  M.Ed.  '75,  Ph.D. 
'79  on  Nov.  6.  Named  Tyson  Richard. 


60s 


'60  was  named 
business/financial  editor  of  The  New  York  Times.  He  is 
also  the  author  of  a  book  about  Taiwan  and  author  or 
co-author  of  three  books  about  business. 


'60,  chairman  and  chief  execu- 
tive officer  of  Health  Group,  Inc.,  Nashville,  Tenn., 
has  joined  the  board  of  directors  for  Electro-Biology, 
Inc.  and  Monoclonal  Antibodies,  Inc. 

Robin  Lyons  Kramer  '60,  the  hostess  at  Duke 
Chapel,  writes  that  she  hopes  alumni  will  stop  in  to 
say  "hello." 


John  R.  Scudder  Ed.D  '61  is  the  author  of  Mean- 
ing, Dialogue,  and  Encuituration:  Phenomenological 
Philosophy  of  Education,  published  by  University  Press 
of  America. 


'61  defeated  incumbent 
Judy  Goldsmith  in  July  to  win  a  third  term  as  presi- 
dent of  the  National  Organization  for  Women 
(NOW). 

Ben  D.  Barker  M.Ed.  '62  was  reappointed  to  a 
second  five-year  term  as  dean  of  the  School  of  Dentis- 
try at  UNC-Chapel  Hill.  He  became  dean  in  1981. 


James  K.  Engstrom  '62  is  a  captain  with 
American  Airlines  and  was  selected  as  manager  of 
flight  standards.  He  has  a  daughter,  Jaime 
Engstrom  '85,  and  his  son,  Scott  Engstrom,  is  a 
junior  at  Duke, 

Steven  T.  Kimbrough  B.Div.  '62  joined  the  Cen 
ter  of  Theological  Inquiry  in  Princeton,  N.J.,  for  the 
academic  year  1985-86.  Membership  is  by  invitation 
only.  The  Center  was  established  to  foster  research 
and  study  by  outstanding  scholars  in  the  area  of 
theology  and  related  fields.  Kimbrough  has  written 
many  articles  on  biblical,  musical,  and  related  sub- 
jects, and  he  is  also  an  internationally  known  bari- 
tone. 


M.  Mewhort  Jr.  '62,  LL.B.  '65  repre- 
sented Duke  in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the 
president  of  the  University  of  Toledo. 

Gary  L.  Wilson  '62  was  named  executive  vice 
president  and  elected  a  director  of  Walt  Disney 
Productions.  He  will  be  the  chief  financial  officer  of 
the  company.  He  has  been  the  executive  vice  presi- 
dent and  chief  financial  officer  for  Marriott  Corp.  He 
serves  on  the  board  of  visitors  of  Duke's  Fuqua  School 
of  Business  and  as  co-chairman  of  IREFAC,  the  finan- 
cial advisory  board  of  the  American  Hotel  6*.  Motel 
Association. 

Ann  Whitmlre  Chipley  '63  is  the  government 
relations  director  for  NC.  United  Way.  She  was 
elected  to  a  two-year  term  as  director  of  the  legislative 
program  of  the  American  Association  of  University 
Women  (AAUW)  at  its  national  convention  in  June. 
She  lives  in  Cary,  N.C. 


M.  Curley  Ph.D.  '63  is  the  author  of  The 
Collected  Works  of  Spinoza,  Vol.  1,  published  by  Prince- 
ton University  Press.  Curley  is  a  philosophy  professor 
at  the  University  of  Illinois  at  Chicago. 


M.E  '64  was  promoted  in  May 
to  eastern  zone  manufacturing  manager  for  the 
chemical  division  of  Georgia-Pacific  Corp.,  a  forest 
products  company  based  in  Atlanta. 


'65  is  dean  of  language 
arts  and  humanities  at  Los  Medanos  College  in 
Pittsburg,  Calif. 

Vaughn  C.  Pearson  '65  was  named  executive 


The  Nominating  Committee  of  the 
General  Alumni  Association's  board 
of  directors  invites  recommendations 
for  members  of  the  board  and  its  officers. 
Alumni  may  submit  recommendations, 
along  with  biographical  information,  to:  M. 
Laney  Funderburk  Jr.,  Director  of  Alumni 
Affairs,  Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706. 


H.  Folwell  Jr.  A.M.  '63  was  appointed 
dean  of  the  Lundy-Fetterman  School  of  Business  at 
Campbell  University,  Buies  Creek,  N.C. 

Peter  S.  Gold  '63,  J. D.  '66  is  vice  president  and 
general  counsel  for  Akzo  America,  Inc.,  which  oper- 
ates in  16  states  and  Canada.  He  and  his  wife,  Becky 
Strother  Gold,  have  a  son  and  a  daughter. 

Geoffrey  S.  Mason  '63  was  appointed  executive 
director  and  tournament  producer  for  the  Nabisco 
Dinah  Shore  Golf  Tournament.  He  has  previously 
been  a  producer,  director,  and  executive  vice  president 
for  NBC  Sports  and  a  producer  at  ABC  Sports.  He 
has  received  five  Emmy  Awards  and  is  a  member  of 
the  Directors  Guild  of  America.  He  lives  in  Rancho 
Mirage,  Calif. 

Barry  C.  Newton  MAT.  '63  was  promoted  to 
senior  vice  president  at  NCNB  National  Bank.  He 
lives  in  Davidson,  N.C,  where  he  works  with  the  Boy 
Scouts  and  serves  as  an  officer  for  the  Davidson  Com- 
munity Association. 

Mary  Sue  Skaggs  Rose  '63  is  an  information 

scientist  at  Marion  Laboratories  in  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
She  lives  in  Lenexa,  Kan. 

M.  E.  Kadaster  B.S.C.E.  '64  is  the  president  of  a 
new  company  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif.  Newport 
International  Projects  Co.,  Inc.,  offers  marketing  and 
management  consulting  with  expertise  in  inter- 
national business  development. 


vice  president  and  chief  credit  officer  at  Northpark 
National  Bank  in  Dallas,  Texas.  He  serves  on  the 
boards  of  the  Southwestern  Graduate  School  of  Bank- 
ing, Robert  Morris  Associates,  and  the  American 
Institute  of  Banking.  He  is  chairman  of  the  board  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Banking's  Dallas  chapter 
and  a  member  of  the  Tulane  Business  Council. 

John  J.  Tarpley  '65  is  a  lieutenant  colonel  in  the 
U.S.  Army  and  is  attending  the  U.S.  Army  War  Col- 
lege at  Carlisle  Barracks,  Penn.,  to  prepare  for  top 
level  command  with  the  armed  forces  throughout  the 

Nick  Homer  '66  was  admitted  to  partnership  with 
the  accounting  firm  Price-Waterhouse.  After  a  year 
with  the  firm's  Los  Angeles  office,  Homer  will  return 
to  the  Newport  Beach,  Calif,  office  as  the  informa- 
tion systems  partner  on  the  office's  20-person  manage- 
ment consulting  team. 

Sherry  Ann  Kellett  '66  was  promoted  to  vice 
president  of  Southern  National  Bank  of  North  Caro- 
lina. She  is  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of 
CPAs  and  has  held  offices  in  the  Mecklenburg  County 
Humane  Society,  the  Hospice  of  Charlotte,  Inc.,  and 
the  NCACPA's  Charlotte  area  chapter. 


Christopher  M.  Armitage  Ph.D.  '67, 
professor  of  English  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  was 
awarded  a  Bowman  and  Gordon  Gray  Professorship, 
which  is  given  "to  promote  the  quality  of  effectiveness 
in  teaching." 

Jack  O.  Bovender  '67,  M.H.A.  '69  was  promoted 
to  vice  president  of  the  Atlanta  division  of  the  Hospi- 
tal Corp.  of  America.  He  will  have  corporate  respon- 
sibility for  the  eighteen  HCA  hospitals  in  Georgia 
and  Sourh  Carolina.  He,  his  wife,  Barbara,  and  their 
son  live  in  Atlanta. 

Richard  A.  Frohwirth  '67  is  a  clinical  psycholo- 
gist at  Stamford  Hospital  in  Stamford,  Conn.,  where 
he  also  has  a  private  practice.  He  lives  in  Stamford 
with  his  wife,  Gayle,  and  his  two  step-daughters. 

Paul  Hammack  Ed.D.  '67,  former  superintendent 
of  Union  County  Schools,  N.C,  is  an  adjunct  profes- 
sor of  education  and  special  assistant  to  the  dean  at 
Wingate  College,  a  Baptist  institution  in  Wingate, 
N.C. 

Fred  O.  Priest  Jr.  '67  writes  that  he  spent  his 
August  vacation  in  Ixtapa,  Mexico,  with  several  of  his 
Sigma  Chi  fraternity  brothers:  James  R.  Stitt  '67 
and  his  wife,  Loretta  Perez  Stitt  '67 ;  James 
B.  Madison  '67,  D.  Craig  Brater  '67,  and  C. 
Patrick  Hybarger  '66. 

Betty  Futrell  Shepherd  B.S.N.  '67  received  a 

doctorate  in  curriculum  and  instruction  from  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University  in  Blacks- 
burg,  Va.  She  is  an  associate  professor  of  nursing  at 
Virginia  Western  Community  College. 

Elaine  Weis  '67  is  the  Utah  commissioner  of  finan- 
cial institutions,  serving  as  the  chief  regulator  of  all 
state-chartered  commercial  and  thrift  banks,  savings 
and  loans,  credit  unions,  and  consumer  lenders  in 
Utah. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
Summer  Session  1986 

Term  I  Term  II 

^  May  8  -  June  21     June  24  -  August  7 


A  wide  range  of  liberal  arts  and  pre-professional  courses. 

17  programs  for  study  abroad  in  North  and  Subsaharan  Africa, 
Asia,  Eastern  and  Western  Europe,  North  and  South 
America,  and  the  Middle  East. 

Applications  of  non-Duke  students  accepted  from  individuals 
in  good  standing  at  an  accredited  institution,  students 
accepted  at  an  accredited  institution,  and  college 
graduates. 

For  more  information,  a  brochure  and  an  application,  call  or  write: 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
Summer  Session  Office 
121  Allen  Building 
Durham,  NC  27706 
684-2621 


Tony  Barone  '68,  a  former  substitute  guard  of 
Duke's  basketball  team,  was  named  head  coach  at 
Creighton  University,  Omaha,  Neb.,  in  June. 

Kevin  Delaney  '68  is  a  folk  musician  who  has  per- 
formed throughour  the  U.S.  and  the  British  Isles.  He 
plays  the  guitar,  fiddle,  banjo,  autoharp,  and  tin 
whistle  and  performs  folk,  blues,  jazz,  and  country 
acoustic  music. 

Robert  Lindley  Ellis  '68  is  a  founder  and  presi- 
dent of  The  Aries  Group,  an  organization  specializing 
in  the  design  of  large  telecommunications  networks. 
He  has  written  several  articles  and  two  books— The 
Post-Divestiture  Tariffs  and  Their  Impact  on  large  Net- 
works and  Designing  Data  Networks. 

Dee  Corbell  Gramond  '68  is  living  in  Neris-Les- 
Bains,  France,  with  her  husband,  Claude,  and  two 
children.  She  is  an  assistant  librarian  in  Montlucon. 


Gordon  F.  Grant  '68  was  promoted  to  directot  of 
marketing  over  Fruit  of  the  Loom  and  BVD  underwear 
by  the  Union  Underwear  Co.  He  is  also  director  of 
licensing  operations  for  Fruit  of  the  Loom  and  BVD. 
He  lives  in  Bowling  Green,  Ky.,  with  his  wife,  Jennifet, 
and  their  three  children. 

Joseph  Bancroft  Lesesne  '68,  M.D.  76,  aftet 
several  years  of  private  practice  in  internal  medicine 
in  South  Carolina,  has  returned  for  a  fellowship  in 
hematology-oncology  at  Georgetown  University  in 
Washington,  DC. 


former  coordinator  of  the 
Healthy  Childten  Initiative  in  the  Tenn.  Depattment 
of  Health,  was  appointed  state  commissioner  of 
human  services.  She  and  her  husband,  Jack  Sallee, 
have  four  children  and  live  in  Cookeville,  Tenn. 

Margaret  Howard  '69  represented  Duke  in  Octo- 
ber at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Fisk 
University. 


MARRIAGES:  Fred  O.  Priest  Jr.  '67  to  Ineke 
Spruit  on  May  25.  Residence:  Fairfax,  Calif.  .  .  .  Dee 
Corbell  '68  to  Claude  Gramond.  Residence:  Neris- 
Les-Bains,  France..  James  C.  Hearn  Jr.  '68  to 
Marsha  Ann  Davis  77  on  Aug.  6.  Residence: 
Minneapolis. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  I 
'64,  M.D.  '68  and  Karen  Wald  on  July  29.  Named 
Randall  David. ..Second  daughter  to  G.  Edwin 
Newman  '69,  M.D.  73  and  Mary  Bergson 

72  on  Oct.  24.  Named  Kathryn  Ashley. 


70s 


Taffy  Cannon  70,  M.A.T  71  is  the  author  of  Con- 
victions, published  by  William  Morrow.  She  lives  in 
Venice,  Calif.,  with  her  husband,  Bill  Kamenjarin 

70,  an  attorney.  They  have  one  daughter. 

Carolyn  Black  Dobbins  70  is  a  partner  in  the 
Atlanta  law  firm  King  ck  Spalding.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, B.  Knox  Dobbins,  have  one  daughter. 


;  P.  Golson  Ph.D.  70  joined  Broadway  & 
Seymour,  Inc.,  as  the  corporate  planning  director.  The 
firm  specializes  in  financial  industry  software  develop- 
ment and  sales  and  information  systems  design, 
development,  and  consulting. 


Scrivner  70,  M.A.T.  72  is  a  partner 
with  Michael,  Best  &  Friedrich,  where  he  practices 
management  labor  law.  He  and  his  wife,  Meredith 
Burke  Scrivner  B.S.N.  72,  live  in  Whitefish  Bay, 
Wise,  with  their  daughter. 

Mark  J.  Tager  70,  M.D.  74  is  the  co-author  of 
Working  Well:  Managing  for  Health  and  High  Perfor- 


mance, published  by  Simon  &.  Schuster.  He  is  the 
president  of  Great  Performance,  Inc.,  a  Chicago-based 
health  management  firm. 

Kenneth  Touw  70  is  a  clinical  research  scientist 
at  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.'s  department  of  clinical 
medicine.  He  lives  in  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 


Allen  71  is  a  strategic  plannet  with 
Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research  Triangle 
Park. 

John  R.  Coupland  71  was  named  director  of 
finance  for  R.J.  Reynold's  international  operations  in 
Japan.  He  was  the  regional  finance  director  for  South- 
east Asia  and  Australia. 

Fran  Freeman  Harwell  71  is  with  the  law  firm 

Dominick,  Fletcher,  Yeilding,  Wood,  and  Lloyd  in 
Birmingham,  Ala.  Her  husband,  G.  Kelly  Harwell 

B.S.E.  72,  is  chief  engineer  in  charge  of  design  and 
construction  of  ethanol  plants  with  ETOH,  based  in 
Chapel  Hill,  N.C.  They  live  in  Birmingham. 


S  June  71  has  returned  from 
Bangladesh,  where  she  was  the  medical  director  of  a 
Christian  rural  health  and  agricultural  project  of  the 
Presbyterian  church.  She  has  started  a  private  practice 
in  pediatrics  in  Moultrie,  Ga. 

Lawrence  E.  McCrone  71  is  a  senior  biological 
oceanographer  with  Tetra  Tech,  Inc.,  an  environ- 
mental consulting  firm  in  Bellevue,  Wash.  He  and  his 
wife,  Britta  K.  Bergman,  and  daughter  live  in  Seattle. 

Arabella  Meadows-Rogers  71  was  named 

associate  pastor  of  First  Presbyterian  Church  in 
Durham. 


Jan  A.  Pechenik  71  is  an  associate  ptofessor  of 
biology  at  Tufts  University,  Medford,  Mass.,  where  he 
is  teaching  and  researching  the  development  of 
marine  mollusks.  He  published  Biology  of  the  Inverte- 


No  Duke  alumni  or  student  should  be  without  this 
quality  Hanes®  shirt  emblazed  with  a  two  color 
illustration  of  the  New  York  Times  Magazine  cover 
featuring  Duke  as  a  Hot  College. 


This  hot  item  serves  as  that  post-Christmas,  pre- 
Valentines,  birthday  present  or  simply  just  to  show 
off.  So  order  now  to  ensure  your  chance  to  Shake  'n 
Bake  throughout  1986!  Not  sold  in  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity Bookstore.  50-50  poly/  cotton  shirts. 


MAIL  TO:  DNR  PRODUCTIONS.  BOX  9053  DUKE  STATION, 
DURHAM.  N.C.  27706 

PLEASE  SEND SHIRTS  AT  $7.95  +  $1 .50  PER  SHIRT 

SHIPPING  AND  HANDLING.  N.C.  RESIDENTS-PLEASE  ADD  4% 
SALES  TAX  PER  SHIRT. 

NAME 

STREET  

CITY STATE ZIP 

WHITE  ONLY:    S M L XL 


I  Then  things  are  done 
m/m/  well,  you  notice.  You 
V  V  notice  The  Sheraton 
University  Center's  attention  to 
comfort.  The  relaxed  elegance 
of  the  atrium  lounge,  the  way 
the  cool  of      ^^^ 

the  indoor     #^-w^«m  Tf,^,  m-y^     friendly, 
pool  and  the  17*  IV I    I     I  J    I  J     attentive 

adjoining      m^   j  W*  .  I  %|  *  .  I  %      service  of 


service  to  the  Research  Triangle 
Park,  the  Raleigh-Durham  Airport, 
and  Duke  Hospital. 

Enjoy  Praline's  southern-style 
charm,  and  Oliver's  Signature 
Restaurant's  continental  cuisine. 
You'll  notice  and  appreciate  the 


Of  Attention 


our  staff. 

The  Sheraton  University 
Center  does  things  very  well. 
That's  why,  in  only  one  year, 
we've  become  the  Center 
of  Attention. 


whirlpool's  bubbles  soothe 
worries  away. 

Xow  notice  extra-fluffy  pillows, 
thick,  plentiful  towels,  oversized 
guest  rooms.  Twenty-four  hour 
news,  sports,  and  movies,  and 
complimentary  limousine 


15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road, 

1  mile  south  of  I-85    Durham,  North  Carolina  ¥  Tw-»  4»  rnw»cjlf  ■«  r  i^oxxkty** 

For  reservations  call  800-325-3535  or  919-383-8575    Ul  11  Vt*I  »llj   \J%D\  11*31 


(rates  last  February  and  has  completed  a  manuscript 
for  a  book  on  scientific  writing.  He  and  his  wife, 
Lindy,  a  marine  biologist,  live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 

William  A.  Porter  71  is  vice  president  for 
planning  and  development  for  the  Washington,  D.C., 
Close  Up  Foundation,  which  provides  television  pro- 
grams, publications,  and  study  seminars  for  citizens  of 
all  ages  to  leam  how  government  works.  Bill  and  his 
wife,  Annette,  live  in  Arlington,  Va.,  and  have  one 

Mark  Sills  M.Div.  71,  director  of  Greensboro 
Urban  Ministry  since  1981,  resigned  to  spearhead  a 
new  human  services  agency.  The  Human  Service 
Services  Institute,  based  at  Guilford  College,  is  a 
research/action  agency  that  will  work  in  a  five-state 
region. 


J.D.  71  is  the  new  presi- 
dent of  the  West  Florida  Foundation. 


lie  71  is  opening  a  new  office  of 
IDS/American  Express,  a  nationwide  financial 
services  firm,  in  Goldsboro,  NC.  He  has  been  a  high 
school  teacher,  coach,  and  athletic  director  in  the 
Goldsboro  area.  He  is  active  in  the  Fellowship  of 
Christian  Athletes. 


W  III  M.Div.  71  was  named 
president  of  Martin  College  in  Pulaski,  Tenn. 

Larry  B.  Clifton  M.Div.  72  is  a  substance-abuse 
counselor  and  chaplain  with  the  Greenville  County 
Commission  on  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  and 
Detoxification  Center  in  Greenville,  SC. 


Hlupf  A.M.  72  was  named  second  vice 
president  and  associate  actuary  for  United  of  Omaha, 
the  principal  life  insurance  affiliate  of  Mutual  of 
Omaha  Insurance  Co. 


.  Lacy  72  has  joined  the  Durhan 


Chapel  Hill  architectural  firm  O'Brien/Atkins  Asso- 
ciates. He  is  project  manager  for  the  Alumni  Center 
at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

Frances  Johnson  Wright  72  was  selected  for 
inclusion  in  Outstanding  Young  Women  of  America, 
Who's  Who  and  Why  of  Successful  Florida  Women,  and 
Who's  Who  in  American  Law.  This  is  the  first  time  that 
a  woman  has  been  awarded  all  three  honors.  Formerly 
trial  counsel  to  the  Fla.  Power  Corp.  in  St.  Petersburg, 
Fla.,  she  now  practices  law  in  Tampa.  She  was  selected 
to  participate  in  the  Fla.  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Leadership  Program,  "Leadership  Florida."  She  is  mar- 
ried to  Fla.  High  Speed  Flail  Commissioner  John 
Parke  Wright  IV. 

Cleveland  Kent  Evans  73  received  his  Ph.D.  in 
psychology  and  is  an  instructor  in  psychology  at 
Eastern  Michigan  University  at  Ypsilanti,  Mich. 


Ferrerl  73,  former  accounting  in- 
the  Weatherhead  School  of  Management 
at  Case  Western  University  in  Cleveland,  received 
the  Teaching  Excellence  Award  at  commencement 
exercises  last  spring.  She  and  her  husband,  Gene 
Ferrer!  73,  are  the  former  presidents  of  the  Duke 
Club  of  Cleveland.  They  now  live  in  Raleigh. 


Freddy  E.  McFarren  M.Ed.  73,  a  1 
colonel  in  the  U.S.  Army,  is  attending  the  U.S.  Army 
War  College  at  Carlisle  Barracks,  Penn.,  to  prepare  for 
top  level  command  with  the  armed  forces  throughout 
the  world. 


ft  73  is  a  writer  for  the  international  edi- 
tions of  Time  magazine.  She  lives  in  New  York  City 
with  her  husband,  Alex  S.  Jones,  a  reporter  for  The 
New  York  Times. 

David  H.  Watts  B.S.E.  73,  M.S.  75  is  co-founder 
and  vice  president  of  Planning  Consultants,  Inc.,  a 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MEDICAL  CENTER  CONTINUING  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 
February  1-5  Dermatology  for  Non-Dermatologists 

Execlaris  Hyatt  Regency,  Acapulco,  Mexico 
February  1-8  Urologic  Update  1986,  Vail,  CO 

February  3-7  3rd  Annual  Winter  Symposium  at  Snowshoe,  Snowshoe,  WV 

February  5-7  13th  Annual  Meeting—  Southern  Perinatal  Association 

Hilton  Hotel  and  Towers,  New  Orleans,  LA 
February  14-17  Postgraduate  Course  in  Diagnostic  Imaging 

Camino  Real,  Ixtapa,  Mexico 
February  16-19  Improving  Residency  Rotations:  Curriculum  Planning  and 

Negotiation,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
February  17-19  Selected  Topics  for  the  Practicing  Clinician,  Searle  Center,  DUMC 

February  19-22  2nd  Annual  Aging  Conference:  Cancer  in  the  Elderly 

PGA  Sheraton,  Palm  Beach  Gardens,  FL 
February  21  Psychopharmacology  Update  1986 

Palm  Beach  Hyatt,  West  Palm  Beach,  FL 
March  6-8  7th  Diving  Accident  and  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment 

Searle  Center,  DUMC 
March  16-19  Administrative  Skills  I:  Power,  Leadership  and  Authority 

Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
April  4  Short  Courses  In  Diagnostic  Imaging—  Body  I 

Sheraton  University  Center,  Durham,  NC 
April  10-11  5th  Annual  OB  /GYN  Symposium 

Sheraton  University  Center,  Durham,  NC 
April  20-23  Administrative  Skills  II:  Planning  Change  and  Conflict  Resolution 

Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 

For  further  information  call  the  Office  of  Continuing  Medical  Education 

Outside  NC  1-800-222-9984       Inside  NC  1-800-672-9230 


systems  engineering  firm  headquartered  in  Virginia 
Beach,  Va.  He  lives  in  Norfolk. 

Susan  Walker  Wood  73  is  the  advertising  direc- 
tor for  the  B.  Dalton  Bookseller  retail  chain.  She  and 
her  husband,  Andrew,  have  one  daughter  and  live  in 
Bloomington,  Minn. 

H.  Appelbaum  74  is  a  senior  design 
with  ProQuip,  Inc.,  in  Santa  Clara,  Calif. 


J.  Arvay  Jr.  74  appeared  in  November  in 
the  five-part  ABC  miniseries  North  and  South,  based 
on  the  John  Jakes  novel.  Arvay  played  the  duelist 
Whitney  Smith. 

Eric  F.  Ensor  74,  M.B.A.  77  is  the  director  of 
strategic  planning  for  Nynex  Mobile  Communica- 
tions in  Pearl  River,  N.Y.  His  wife,  Pamela  S. 
Ensor  B.S.N.  74,  is  serving  as  class  agent  for  the 
Nursing  Class  of  74.  Both  are  active  in  the  local 
chapter  of  the  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Commit- 
tee. They  have  three  children. 

Vaughn  Hooks  74  is  a  senior  manager  in  the  tax 
department  at  the  Atlanta  office  of  Peat  Marwick,  an 
iblic  accounting  firm. 


Richard  Melcher  74,  a  Business  Week  correspon- 
dent, was  named  manager  ot  the  magazine's  London 
bureau. 

Rory  R.  Olsen  J.D.  74  is  a  tax  and  business  attor- 
ney in  Houston,  Texas.  His  practice  is  centered  on 
estate  planning  and  probate,  small  corporations  and 
partnerships,  and  federal  taxation  matters. 


Sh  Ed.D.  74  works  for  the  uni- 
versity placement  services  at  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  and  State  University  in  Blacksburg,  Va. 

Fred  P.  Sanfilippo  M.D.  74,  Ph.D.  75,  associate 
professor  of  pathology  and  experimental  surgery  at 
Duke  Medical  Center,  was  elected  president  of  the 
American  Society  of  Transplant  Physicians. 

Laurie  Stauffer  Wagner  74  is  a  research/ 

production  coordinator  at  VanDerKloot  Film  and 
Television  in  Atlanta.  She  and  her  husband,  Mark, 
have  one  daughter  and  live  in  Atlanta. 

Barbara  Wygal  74  received  a  doctor  of  veterinary 
medicine  degree  from  Cornell  University  and  plans  to 
start  a  practice  in  feline  medicine. 

Ellen  L.  Armbruster  75  is  director  of  financial 
planning  in  the  advanced  underwriting  department  of 
Indianapolis  Life  Insurance  Co.  She  is  also  a  director 
of  the  White  River  Township  Coalition  and  a  sup- 
porter of  the  Humane  Society,  the  Indianapolis 
Repertory  Theatre,  and  the  Audubon  Society.  She 
and  her  husband,  Martin,  and  their  son  live  in  Green- 
wood, Ind. 

Beverly  Brown  Brewster  75  is  a  self-employed 
consultant  in  labor,  employment,  and  personal  prob- 
lems. She  also  volunteers  as  a  special  advocate  for 
victims  of  child  abuse.  She  and  her  husband,  Andre, 
have  a  daughter. 

Ray  Brown  Duggins  Jr.  75  is  vice  president  of 
operations  for  the  American  Express  Co.  in  Japan.  He 
lives  in  Tokyo. 

Karen  English  75  is  a  doctoral  student  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill.  She  and  her  husband,  John  Frederick 
Engell,  live  in  Davidson,  NC,  and  have  a  son. 

David  P.  Graves  75  lives  in  Santiago,  Spain, 
where  he  is  a  technical  service  consultant  for  Weyer- 
haeuser Co.  in  Europe.  His  wife,  Heidi,  a  Fulbright 
scholar,  is  conducting  doctoral  fieldwork  in  Spain's 
Galicia  region. 

Gary  G.  Lynch  J.D.  75  was  named  director  of  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  Division  of 
Enforcement. 


Warren  Levinson  75  is  New  York  correspondent 
for  Associated  Press  Radio.  His  wife,  Debbie,  is  New 
York  business  correspondent  for  Voice  of  America. 
They  live  in  Brooklyn. 

Laura  M.  Waggoner  75  was  named  vice  presi- 
dent and  trust  officer  by  the  South  Carolina  National 
Bank  board  of  directors.  She  is  president  of  the 
Charleston,  S.C.,  Estate  Planning  Council,  on  the 
board  of  the  Lowcountry  Council  of  the  Girl  Scouts, 
on  the  steering  committee  of  the  YWCA's  Tribute  to 
Women  and  Industry  program,  a  member  of  Duke's 
Estate  Planning  Council,  and  a  past  chair  of  the 
National  Association  of  Bank  Women's  lowcountry 
chapter. 

Kenneth  E.  Bauzon  A.M.  76,  Ph.D.  '81  is  the 
author  of  Islam  in  the  Philippines:  The  Case  of  the 
Bangsa  Moro,  published  in  London  by  Routledge  and 
Kegan  Paul  International  in  cooperation  with  the 
Duke's  Islamic  and  Arabian  Development  Studies  pro- 
gram. He  has  been  appointed  visiting  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  government  and  law  at  Lafayette  College, 
Easton,  Penn.,  for  the  1985-86  academic  year.  He  was 
a  co-organizer  and  program  developer  of  The  Philip- 
pine Center  for  Immigrant  Rights. 

Georgann  EubankS  76,  a  self-employed  writer 
and  graphic  designer,  received  one  of  six  fellowships 
awarded  to  artists  around  the  state  by  the  NC.  Arts 
Council.  She  lives  in  Durham. 

Edith  Roper  Horrell  76  is  a  staff  geologist  for 
Amoco  Production  Co.  working  exploration  in  south- 
east New  Mexico.  She,  her  husband,  Tom,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Houston,  Texas. 


M.  Kronenberg  76  completed  the 
MBA-Finance  program  at  DePaul  University  in 
Chicago.  He  is  an  accounting  instructor  at  Loyola 
University  in  Chicago  for  the  1985-86  academic  year. 

Charlene  Connolly  Quinn  B.S.N.  76  was 

named  1985  Distinguished  Alumna  by  the  Duke 
School  of  Nursing.  She  is  an  instructor  of  graduate 
nursing  and  director  of  the  gerontology  training  pro- 
gram at  the  University  of  Maryland's  nursing  school. 


76  ( 


npleted  a  residency 


COGGIiVSGOT 

YOURTICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


BUY  IT, 
LEASE  IT, 
RENT  IT. 


in  orthopaedic  surgery  in  Atlanta  and  has  joined  a 
private  practice  partnership  in  Jacksonville,  Fla.  He 
and  his  wife,  Marjorie,  have  one  son. 

Walter  Biddle  Saul  II  76  is  a  composer  and  a 
professor  of  music  at  Pfeiffer  College,  Misenheimer, 
N.C.  He  is  a  member  of  the  N.C.  Composers  Alliance. 

Gerald  E.  Young  M.S.M.  76  was  promoted  to 
senior  programmer  with  IBM  in  the  Research  Triangle 
Park.  He  is  a  programming  consultant  in  litigation 
involving  ACF/NCP. 


I  C.  Yung  76  received  his  D.D.S.  degree 
from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  1980  and  has  established  a 
dental  practice  in  Columbia,  S.C. 

Ellen  Humphries  Charlock  77  is  an  intern  in 

primary  care  medicine  at  Cambridge  Hospital  in 
Boston,  Mass.  Her  husband,  Lee,  is  in  the  master's 
program  at  Harvard's  J.  F.  Kennedy  School  of 
Government. 

Michele  Chulick  B.S.N.  77  is  a  manager  in  the 
management  consulting  department  of  the  Detroit, 
Mich.,  office  of  Peat  Marwick,  an  international  pub- 
lic accounting  firm. 

Bradley  Livingston  Conway  77  is  a  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  Carmen  Corp.,  a  New  York  City  invest- 
ment management  company. 

Harold  I.  Frellich  J.D.  77  has  started  the  law  firm 
Goldberg  &  Freilich  with  Richard  T  Goldberg  in 
Washington,  DC. 

Ron  Glickman  77  was  elected  to  the  Hillsborough 
County  Commission  in  Tampa,  Fla. 


B.S.N.  77  and  her 
husband,  David,  graduated  from  Duke's  Executive 
M.B.A.  Program  in  August. 

Charles  W.  Lallier  77,  who  completed  a  pedia- 
trics residency  in  1984  at  N.C.  Baptist  Hospital  in 
Winston-Salem,  has  joined  Hillandale  Pediatrics  in 
Durham.  His  wife,  Rebecca  Ragsdale  Lallier 

77,  is  a  graduate  student  in  history  at  UNC-Chapel 
Hill.  They  live  in  Durham  and  have  one  son. 

Margaret  E.  MetZ  77  was  promoted  to  mid- 
western  regional  manager  for  the  college  division  of 
Random  House/Alfred  A.  Knopf  Publishers.  She  lives 
in  Memphis,  Tenn.,  with  her  husband,  Billy  Stegall. 

Edwin  Curry  Pound  III  77  is  a  surgery  resident 
in  Memphis,  Tenn.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura,  have  one 
son. 

Janis  Jordan  Rehlaender  BSE.  77  is  director 
of  strategy  development  for  Baxter  Travenol,  Inc.  She 
and  her  husband,  Jim,  have  one  son  and  live  in  Lake 
Bluff,  111. 


M.  Rubenstein  77  is  a  dermatology 
resident  at  Northwestern  University.  He  and  his  wife, 
Diane,  live  in  Chicago. 

Stewart  F.  Stowers  B.S.E.  77  is  training  in 
orthopaedic  surgery  at  the  University  of  Virginia.  He 
and  his  wife,  Lockhart,  have  one  daughter  and  live  in 
Charlottesville. 

Mary  Jane  Zellinger  B.S.N.  77  was  the  chief 
operating  nurse  and  only  female  member  of  the 
operating  team  for  Emory  University's  first  human 
heart  transplant  in  May  1985.  She  also  recently 
completed  her  master's  of  science  in  medical  surgical 
nursing. 

Harry  W.  Crumling  M.Ed.  78  recently  completed 
the  U.S.  Army  Command  and  General  Staff  College 
Regular  Course  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan.  He  serves 
at  the  Pentagon  with  the  U.S.  Army  Inspector  Gen- 
eral Agency. 

Kitty  Gray  Deering  B.S.N.  78  is  an 
psychiatric  nursing  at  Northeastern  University 


Boston,  Mass.  She  also  has  a  private  practice  in 
psychotherapy. 


i  M.  Edelman  78  will  receive  her  M.B.A. 
in  May  from  the  Babcock  Graduate  School  of  Man- 
agement at  Wake  Forest  University. 

Peter  Griffith  78  is  working  on  his  Ph.D.  in 
ecology  at  the  University  of  Georgia  at  Athens.  His 
wife,  Esther  FleiSChmann  78,  is  working  on  her 
Ph.D.  in  zoology. 


78  and  his  wife,  Dana,  both 
received  their  master's  degrees  in  theology  from 
Southern  Methodist  University's  Perkins  School  of 
Theology  last  May.  He  is  now  pastor  of  the  Bethesda 
United  Methodist  Church  in  Asheville,  N.C,  where 
he  and  Dana  live  with  their  son. 


Stefan  Pugh  78  is  assistant  professor  and  director 
of  undergraduate  studies  in  Duke's  department  of 
slavic  languages  and  literature. 

Donald  G.  Stephenson  78  is  the  regional  mar- 
keting manager  for  BMW  of  North  America  in 
Washington,  DC.  He  lives  in  Herndon,  Va.,  with  his 
wife,  Susan  Melanie  Randall. 

John  H.  Wygel  78  is  a  financial  consultant  with 
MONY  Financial  Services  in  Stamford,  Conn.  His 
wife,  Deborah  A.  Morelli  '81,  is  a  news  anchor 
with  WGCH  in  Greenwich,  Conn.  They  live  in  Fair- 
field County. 

Arthur  C.  Zeldman  J.D.  78  was  elected  general 
counsel  to  the  N.C.  Republican  Party  at  the  state  con- 
July.  He  and  his  wife,  Lynn  C. 
latt  Zeldman  77,  live  in  Raleigh  with 
their  two  daughters. 


L.  Daniels  79  is  an  associate  attorney 
with  the  Boca  Raton,  Fla.,  law  firm  Cohen,  Scherer 
&.  Cohn.  His  wife,  Alys,  is  also  an  attorney. 

James  H.  Edwards  III  79  is  a  college  division 
representative  for  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife, 
Treacy,  live  in  Kenmore,  N.Y.,  with  their  son. 

Margaret  Kirkwood  Gilmore  79,  who  was  a 

nurse  in  the  intensive  care  unit  at  Egleston  Children's 
Hospital  in  Atlanta,  began  an  M.B.A./M.H.A.  health 
administration  program  last  fall  at  Georgia  State  Uni- 
versity. She  lives  in  Decatur,  Ga. 


M.H.A.  79  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Pepperdine  University. 

Jean  E.  Hutchinson  79  received  a  Ph.D.  in 
psychology  from  Stanford  University  in  August  1984. 
She  is  completing  a  postdoctoral  fellowship,  which 
concentrates  on  cognitive  development  and  mental 
retardation,  at  Vanderbilt  University  in  Nashville, 


8  Kenyon  79  is  workingx>n  her 
doctorate  in  immunology  at  the  Medical  College  of 
Virginia  in  Richmond,  where  she  lives  with  her  hus- 
band, Paul  Jeffrey  Mauriello. 

Elizabeth  Kirk  Leffel  M.B.A.  79  is  a  consultant 

for  Hewitt  Associates,  employee  benefits  and  com- 
pensation consultants,  in  Lincolnshire,  111. 


M.B.A.  79  is  a  product 
manager  of  sauces  for  Heinz  U.S.A. 

Gregory  Vaughan  Palmer  M.Div.  79  was 
appointed  as  the  organizing  pastor  of  James  S.  Thomas 
United  Methodist  Church  in  Canton,  Ohio.  In  June, 
he  was  elected  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  Ohio 
Weslyan  University  in  Delaware,  Ohio. 

Gray  Clyde  Plunkett  79  received  his  M.Div.  in 

June  from  Trinity  Episcopal  School  for  Ministry  in 
Ambridge,  Penn.  He  is  pursuing  a  master's  in  linguis- 
tics at  the  Summer  Institute  of  Linguistics  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Dakota  and  works  in  Atlanta,  Ga. 


Bd  A.M. '79  is  a  staff  attor- 
ney at  the  N.C.  Court  of  Appeals.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Daniel,  live  in  Raleigh. 

John  J.  Reed  '79  graduated  from  Georgetown 
Medical  School  and  is  an  emergency  medicine  resi- 
dent at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

Juliann  Tenney  J.D.  '79  was  named  executive 
director  of  the  N.C.  Technological  Development 
Authority,  which  supports  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  small  businesses  in  North  Carolina.  Her 
husband,  William  A.  Reppy  Jr.,  is  a  law  professor  at 
Duke. 

Ed  Turlington  '79  is  executive  director  of  the  N.C. 
Democratic  Party. 

Robert  L.  Van  Busklrk  M.Div.  79  is  the  author 
of  Tailwind,  a  Vietnam-based  autobiography  that  fol- 
lows the  author  through  his  attendance  at  Duke.  He  is 
a  retired  captain  of  the  U.S.  Army  special  forces  and 
flies  a  restored  World  War  II  German  fighter  plane. 
Active  with  the  International  Prison  Ministry  and  the 
George  Phillips  Evangelistic  Society,  he  speaks  at  pri- 
sons, schools,  and  churches.  He  and  his  wife  live  in 
Vero  Beach,  Fla.,  with  their  four  daughters. 


MARRIAGES:  Susan  E.  Tifft  '73  to  Alex  S.  Jones 
on  Sept.  21.  Residence:  New  York  City. .Sheila 
Ann  Bernard  74  to  Richard  I.  Kopelman 
M.D.  74  on  Oct.  13, 1984... William  Clarence 

Bost  74  to  Anna  Dell  Smith  Darigo  on  June  23... 
James  Reuben  Blackburn  Nashold  74  to 

Elizabeth  Meihack  Mansell  in  August... Laurie 
Stauffer  74  to  Mark  Wagner  on  July  14,  1984. 
Residence:  Atlanta... Barbara  Ann  Hlx  75  to 
Eric  Richard  Teagarden  75  in  June.  Residence: 
Durham... Warren  Levinson  75  to  Debbie  Galant 
on  Sept.  1.  Residence:  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 
Smith  Burrus  Jr.  B.S.E.  76  to  Karen  Elaine 
Bowman  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Raleigh... 


77  to  Barnnard 
Ephran  Hasty  II  on  Nov.  30. ..Bradley  Livingston 
Conway  77  to  Nichol  du  Pont  on  Aug.  3... 
Marsha  Ann  Davis  77  to  James  C.  Hearn 

Jr.  '68  on  Aug.  6.  Residence:  Minneapolis... 
Margaret  MetZ  77  to  Billy  Stegall  on  July  6.  Resi- 
dence: Memphis,  Tenn.  .  .  .  John  Burke  Wright 
MAT.  77  to  Sylvia  Morison  Lacey  on  July  13... 
Margaret  Harding  Adams  78  to  Scott  Linn 
Hunter  on  April  27... Elizabeth  Cutler  78  to 
Thomas  Kreutz  79  on  Sept.  16,  1984.  Residence: 

Princeton,  N.J Peter  Griffith  78  to  Esther 

Fleischmann  78  on  March  23.  Residence: 
Athens,  Ga. . .  .  Bucky  Henry  78  to  Deborah 
McCauley  78  on  Oct.  26.  Residence:  Charlottes- 
ville, Va Hancy  Ann  Loftus  78  to  Daniel 

Joseph  Devine  on  May  25  in  Zinquinchor,  Senegal... 
David  W.  Salisbury  78  to  Elizabeth 
Wannamaker  79  on  Sept.  1, 1984.  Residence: 
Cleveland,  Ohio... Donald  G.  Stephenson  78  to 
Susan  Melanie  Randall  on  Sept.  28.  Residence: 

Hemdon,  Va John  H.  Wygel  78  to 

Deborah  A.  Morelll  '81  on  Dec.  28.  Residence: 

Fairfield  County,  Conn Wendy  Wintage 

Avery  79  to  Scott  Reed  Smith  on  June  9.. .Mary 
Jo  Beam  79  to  Gray  McCalley  Jr.  J.D.  79  on 
May  4.  Residence:  London... William  Walter 
Browning  79  to  Pamela  Sue  Blanton  on  Sept.  21... 
Robert  Steven  Coats  B.S.M.E.  79  to  Jean 
Catherine  Gladden  in  May.  Residence:  Durham... 
James  H.  Edwards  III  79  to  R.  Treacy 
O'Hanlan.  Residence:  Kenmore,  N.Y.  .  .  .  Norma 
Sue  Kenyon  79  to  Paul  Jeffrey  Mauriello  on  Aug. 
3.  Residence:  Richmond,  Va.  .  .  .  Elizabeth  Jane 
Kirk  M.B.A.  79  to  Philip  Clatk  Leffel  on  July  27... 
Maria  Jennie  Mangano  A.M.  79  to  Daniel 
Forrest  Read  on  July  27.  Residence:  Raleigh... Julie 
Beth  Meister  79,  J.D.  '84  to  Robert  Pinke  on  June 
19.  Residence:  Houston. ..Elizabeth  Scott  Pryor 
79  to  Ethan  Whitcomb  Johnson  on  May  25. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Taffy 
Cannon  70,  MAT  71  and  William  C. 

Kamenjarln  70  on  Feb.  22,  1984.  Named  Melissa 
Cannon  Kamenjarin...A  daughter,  adopted  by 
W.  Scrivner  70,  MAT  72  and 

Scrlvner  B.S.N.  72,  on  Dec. 
14,  1984,  in  Inchon,  Korea.  Named  Allison  Jane... 
First  child  and  son  to  David  P.  Badger  71  and 
Sherry  T  Badger  on  June  30.  Named  Jeffrey  Ross... 
Second  child,  first  son  to  Linda  T.  Harris  71  and 
Jonathan  Ross  on  May  9.  Named  Michael  David 
Ross... First  child  and  daughter  to  Lawrence  E. 
McCrone  71  and  Britta  K.  Bergman  on  March  5. 
Named  Laura  McCrone..  A  son  to  William  A. 
Porter  71  and  Annette  Porter  on  June  13.  Named 
Hafford  Cox  Porter  III. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 

Jane  Louise  Sprol  Hurley  72  and  Charles 

William  Hurley  on  May  1.  Named  Jill  Sprol  Hurley... 
Second  daughter  to  Mary  Bergson  Newman 
72  and  G.  Edwin  Newman  '69,  M.D.  73  on  Oct. 
24.  Named  Kathryn  Ashley... First  child  and  son  to 
Arthur  G.  Holder  73  and  Sarah  Henry  Holder  on 
Aug.  22.  Named  Charles  Glenn  Noble  ...A  daughter 
to  Susan  Walker  Wood  73  and  R.  Andrew 
Wood  on  June  18,  1984.  Named  Amelia  Elizabeth... 
A  son  to  Warren  Jay  DeVecchio  74  and  Lucy 
Gilman  DeVecchio  74,  delivered  by  Bonnie 
Reyle  Burchell  74,  on  July  5.  Named  David 
Roy.. Third  child,  second  daughter  to  Eric  Ensor 
74,  M.B.A.  77  and  Pamela  S.  Ensor  B.S.N.  74 
on  May  29.  Named  Kathryn  Morgan ..  .First  child  and 
son  to  Al  Harrison  74  on  May  29.  Named  Avery 
Thomas.. Twins  to  Alfred  Owen  Peeler  74, 
M.Div.  77  and  Mary  W  Peeler  on  May  7.  Named 
Michael  David  and  Andrew  Thomas..  A  son  to 
Doren  Madey  Pinnell  74,  M.Ed.  75,  Ph.D.  79 
and  Sheldon  R.  Pinnell  M.D.  '59  on  Nov.  6. 
Named  Tyson  Richard. ..First  son  to  Mary  Jane 
74  and  Bill  Friend  on  June  8. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

YOUNG 

WRITERS' 

CAMP 

Session  I:  June  16-27 
Session  II:  June  30-July  11 
A  camp  for  young  people  ages  10-16 

During  the  10-day  workshop,  you  will 
be  able  to  learn  from  practicing  writers 
and  will  receive  guidance  to  further 
develop  your  own  writing  style.  Groups 
will  be  divided  by  age  and  interest  and 
will  utilize  informal  indoor  meeting 
rooms  and  the  Duke  grounds.  Faculty 
are  themselves  authors  and  have  experi- 
ence working  with  children  and  young 
adults.  Campers  may  stay  on  campus  or 
commute.  For  a  complete  description 
phone  919-684-6259  or  just  send  the 
attached  coupon  NOW. 

Mail  to:    DUKE  UNIVERSITY  YOUNG  WRITERS  CAMP 
The  Bishop's  House 
Duke  University/Durham,  NC  27708 


I  EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY  INSTITUTION 


The  heart  of  this  operation 
is  80  years  old  .  .  . 


The  Chronicle 


Subscribe  to  The  Chronicle's  Monday  edition  and  the 
weekly  summer  Chronicle  for  only  $25,  and  keep  the 
heart  of  this  operation  beating  .  .  . 


YES,  I'm  interested  in  receiving  every  Monday's  Chronicle  and  the  weekly 
summer  editions.  I  understand  I  will  receive  the  newspaper  via  first-class  mail. 
My  check  for  $25  is  enclosed. 


Zip 


City State 

Please  make  check  payable  to  The  Chronicle.  Questions  or  inquiries  should  be  made  to  Alex 
Howson  or  Beth  Branch  at  919/684-3811.  Mail  to:  Chronicle  Subscriptions,  Box  4696  Duke 
Station,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


Named  David  Harry  Friend... First  child  and  daughter 

to  Laurie  Stauffer  Wagner  74  and  Mark 

Wagner  on  June  2.  Named  Lily.. .A  daughter  to 
Beverly  Brown  Brewster  75  and  Andre 
Brewster  on  Oct.  6,  1984.  Named  Elizabeth 
Anne.. .Second  child,  first  son  to  Daryl  C  Emery 
75  and  Joy  B.  Emery  B.S.N.  77  on  Oct.  20, 1984. 
Named  Matthew  Ryan...A  son  to  Karen  English 
75  and  John  Frederick  Engell  on  Jan.  9.  Named 
Frederick  English  Engell... First  child  and  son  to 
Thomas  D.  Moore  Jr.  75  and  Janet  S.  Moore  on 
May  29.  Named  Martin  Daniel. ..Second  child  and 
son  to  Susan  Brotherson  Chappell  76  and 
Robert  Chappell  on  June  21.  Named  Adam 
Christopher... First  child  and  daughter  to  Kathleen 
Forrest  Harris  76  and  Richard  C.  Harris  on  April 
1.  Named  Patricia  Wood. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Edith  Roper  Horrell  76  and  Tom  Horrell  on  July 
18.  Named  Diane  Christine... Second  child,  first 
daughter  to  Jeffrey  H.  Potter  76,  J.D  79  and 
Barbara  Davidson  Potter  77  on  Aug.  1. 

Named  Christine  Elizabeth. ..A  son  to  Nancy 
Hanse  Feldman  77  and  Joel  Feldman  on  May  26. 
Named  Stanley  Hanse... First  child  and  son  to 
77,  M.D.  '81  and  Cindy 

M.S. '80  on  June  20. 
Named  David  Isaac. .First  child  and  son  to 
Rebecca  Ragsdale  Lallier  77  and  Charles 
W.  Lallier  77  on  March  22.  Named  Andrew 
Ragsdale... First  child  and  son  to  Edwin  Curry 
Pound  III  77  and  Laura  Pound  on  Aug.  28.  Named 
Edwin  Curry  Pound  IV.. .First  child  and  son  to  Janis 
Jordan  Rehlaender  B.S.E.  77  and  Jim 
Rehlaender  on  Sept.  29,  1984.  Named  James  Edmond 
"Tripp"  Rehlaender  III. ..First  child  and  son  to  Karen 
Morgan  Rohrer  77  and  Jim  Rohrer  on  Aug.  8. 
Named  Joseph  William... First  child  and  daughter  to 
Stewart  F.  Stowers  B.S.E.  77  and  Lockhart 
Stowers  on  May  5.  Named  Louisa  Lockhart. ..Second 
daughter  to  Lynn  C.  Baumblatt  Zeldman  77 
and  Arthur  C.  Zeldman  J.D.  78  on  June  4. 
Named  Mindy  Rose..  A  daughter  to  Emily  Busse 
Bragg  78  and  Steven  Bragg  on  Oct.  22,  1984. 
Named  Jennifer  Emily... First  child  and  son  to  W. 
David  Holden  78  and  Dana  Holden  on  Sept.  7. 
Named  William  John. ..First  child  and  son  to 
James  H.  Edwards  III  79  and  R.  Treacy 
Edwards  on  Aug.  15.  Named  James  H.  Edwards 
IV... Second  daughter  to  Karen  Odenwaldt 
B.S.N.  79  and  Paul  Dombrower  on  June  1.  Named 
Amy  Lauren. ..First  child  and  daughter  to  Nancy 
Graves  Osborne  79  and  Brian  K.  Osborne  on 
Nov.  9,  1984.  Named  Anne  Virginia. 


80s 


Joseph  W.  Adamczyk  M.Ed.  '80,  a  major  in  the 
U.S.  Army,  completed  the  U.S.  Army  Command  and 
General  Staff  College  Regular  Course  at  Fort  Leaven- 
worth, Kan.  The  course  produces  graduates  com- 
petent in  military  problem  solving. 


is  a  commercial  loan  officer  at 
Shawmut  Bank  in  Boston,  Mass.,  where  she  lives  with 
her  husband,  Michael  Jennings. 


Wells  Beckett  Jr.  '80  began  his  resi- 
dency in  radiology  at  Emory  University  Medical 
Center  in  July.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  have  a  son. 
Mark  Steven  Calvert  '80,  J.D.  '83  is  an  attorney 
in  Washington,  DC.  His  wife,  Rosemary 
Antonucci  Calvert  '81,  A.M.  '83,  is  a  free-lance 
scientific  illustrator  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
They  live  in  Bethesda,  Md.,  with  their  son. 

Paula  Hannaway  Crown  '80  is  working  in  real 
estate  development  with  Henry  Crown  &.  Co.  in 
Chicago,  111.,  where  she  lives  with  her  husband, 
James. 


Glen  A.  Duncan  '80  left  his  position  as  a  geologist 
for  Amoco  Production  Co.  in  New  Orleans,  spent 
three  months  in  Zimbabwe  with  Baptist  Relief  Minis- 
tries, and  is  now  a  graduate  student  in  journalism  at 
the  University  of  Georgia. 

Dudley  E.  Flood  Ed.D  '80  is  the  associate  super- 
intendent of  the  N.C.  Department  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. He  has  been  recognized  for  civic  service  by  more 
than  50  organizations.  He  lives  in  Raleigh  with  his 
wife,  Barbara. 

Jay  Anthony  Gervasi  '80  is  in  his  third  year  at 
Vanderbilt  University's  law  school.  His  wife,  Anne 
Luck  Gervasi  '80,  is  an  administrative  assistant  in 
Vanderbilt's  news  and  public  affairs  office. 

Amy  Coley  Gregory  '80  graduated  cum  laude 
from  Vermont  Law  School  in  1984  and  was  admitted 
to  the  Maryland  and  Vermont  bars.  She  is  an  associ- 
ate attorney  with  Paradis,  Coombs  &  Fitzpatrick  in 
Essex  Junction,  Vt.,  and  a  deputy  state's  attorney  with 
the  Grand  Isle  County  State  Attorney's  Office  in 
North  Hero,  Vt. 

James  T.  Lee  '80  is  attending  law  school  at 
Campbell  University  in  Buies  Creek,  N.C. 

Thomas  W.  McGraw  '80,  M.H.A.  '83  is  a 
management  consultant  for  Arthur  Young  and  Co.  in 
Atlanta.  He  also  passed  the  C.P.A.  examination. 
Carlette  McMullan  '80  is  working  on  her 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Chicago's  graduate  school 
of  business. 

Steven  P.  Natko  '80,  J.D.  '84  was  admitted  to  the 
New  York  bar  and  is  an  associate  with  the  law  firm 
Hawkins,  Delafield  &.  Wood.  He  lives  in  Brooklyn 
Heights,  NY. 


'80  received  his  Ph.D.  degree  in 
theoretical  physics  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin- 
Madison  in  August.  He  is  now  a  postdoctoral  research 


fellow  at  the  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology  in 
Chicago. 

Patricia  DeSlpIo  Pyke  B.S.E.  '80  is  pursuing  her 
master's  in  journalism  at  the  University  of  California- 
Berkeley  and  working  as  a  free-lance  engineering 
journalist.  She  and  her  husband,  Neil,  a  Hewlett 
Packard  engineer,  live  in  Fremont,  Calif. 


is  an  associate 
in  the  sales  and  trading  department  at  Salomon 
Brothers  in  New  York  City,  where  she  lives  with  her 
husband,  William. 

Andy  Slegel  '80  received  his  master's  degree  in  bio- 
medical engineering  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  1984. 
He  is  a  data  systems  analyst  for  Pfizer  Pharmaceutical's 
clinical  research  division  in  Groton,  Conn.  He  lives 
in  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Michael  K.  Silberman  '80,  M.D.  '84  completed 
the  U.S.  Air  Force  military  indoctrination  for  medical 
service  officers  at  Sheppard  Air  Force  Base,  Texas. 

Stephanie  Smith-Phillips  M.D.  '80  completed 
a  residency  program  in  dermatology  at  the  Medical 
University  of  South  Carolina  and  will  practice 
dermatology  in  Mt.  Pleasant,  S.C 

Andrew  Michael  Tershakovec  '80  is  a 

pediatrics  resident  at  Babies  Hospital  at  the 
Columbia-Presbyterian  Medical  Center  in  New  York. 

Amy  E.  Weber  '80  received  her  M.B.A.  from 
Columbia  University  in  May.  She  is  a  corporate 
finance  associate  for  the  investment  banking  firm 
Morgan  Stanley  and  Co.  in  New  York  City. 

Elionora  van  Tyen  Wllking  '80  received  her 

master's  in  social  work  from  New  York  University. 

Kathleen  McConnell  Williams  '80  entered 

Harvard's  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion last  fall. 


i 


Duke 
University 

Summer 
Computing 

Program 

Summer  '86 


Give  your  child  a  truly 
worthwhile  summer  experience: 

a  mixture  of  learning  and  fun 
that  is  an  investment  in  the  future. 


LEVELS 

BASIC  Pascal  I  Pascal  II 

Advanced  Placement 

Computer  Techniques 

Introductions  to  UNIX 


"One  student/one  computer 

lab  instruction 

Latest  in  IBM  personal 

computers 

Experienced  staff  & 

innovative  curriculum 

Over  2000  campers  since 

1981 

All  students  live  on  the 

Duke  campus 

Adult  Information 
Available  upon  request 


Mail  to: 

Duke  University  Summer  Computer  Program 

04  North  Building  /Durham,  NC  27706/(919)  084-5645 


'80,  a  fashion  writer  and  stylist, 
works  for  the  Miami  Herald. 

Martha  Davis  Abou-Donla  Ph.D.  '81  was 
promoted  to  clinical  research  scientist  I  in 
anesthesia/analgesia  with  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co. 
She  lives  in  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 

Kristin  J.  Andes  '81  is  working  on  her  master's 
degree  in  intercultural  administration  at  the  School 
for  International  Training  in  Brattleboro,  Vt. 

David  R.  Brandon  '81  is  the  business  services  of- 
ficer for  Branch  Banking  and  Trust  Co.'s  new  Durham 
office. 

Mary  L.  Cornish  '81  is  in  her  final  year  at  Yale 
University's  School  of  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment. She  lives  in  New  Haven,  Conn. 


'81  is  school  chaplain  at  The 
Darlington  School  in  Rome,  Ga. 

Julia  Borger  Ferguson  '81  is  completing  her 

M.B.A.  at  the  Wharton  School  of  Business,  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania.  She  had  a  summer  internship 
with  AT&T  Communications.  Her  husband, 

Thomas  Rltson  Ferguson  '81,  after  four  years 

as  a  computer  analyst  in  the  Air  Force  at  the  Penta- 
gon, is  a  first-year  business  student  at  the  Wharton 
School.  They  live  in  Devon,  Penn. 

Edward  L.  Fleg  '81  was  promoted  to  first  lieuten- 
ant in  the  U.S.  Air  Force. 


Mark  Fuschettl  '81  is  a  medical  assistant  to  the 
director  of  orthopedic  surgery  at  St.  Vincent's  Hospi- 
tal in  New  York  City.  He  sings  for  the  Brooklyn  Opera 
Theatre  and  recently  performed  a  solo  in  Carnegie 
Hall  with  the  New  York  City  Gay  Men's  Chorus.  This 
spring  he  will  begin  working  on  his  master's  in  hospi- 
tal administration  at  N.Y.U. 


Chris  Galr  '81  graduated  from  the  University  of 
Chicago's  law  school  in  June.  He  is  a  law  clerk  for  the 
Hon.  Seymour  Simon  on  the  Illinois  Supreme  Court. 
Chris  and  his  wife,  Jane  Montgomery,  live  in  Chicago. 

Kurt  Kitzlger  '81  graduated  from  Louisiana  State 
University's  medical  school  in  New  Orleans  in  July 
and  has  begun  his  internship  and  residency  in  ortho- 
pedic surgery  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  San 
Antonio. 

Barbara  Ellen  Krimsky  '81  graduated  in  June 
from  the  Kellogg  School  of  Management  at  North- 
western University.  She  is  an  associate  with  the 
management  consulting  firm  McKinsey  &.  Co.,  Inc., 
in  Chicago. 

Kendrlck  Mills  '81  received  his  M.D  degree  from 
Harvard  University  and  is  a  resident  in  internal  medi- 
cine at  Brigham  and  Women's  Hospital  in  Boston. 

Deborah  A.  Morelll  '81  is  a  news  anchor  with 
WGCH  in  Greenwich,  Conn.  Her  husband,  John 
H.  Wygel  78,  is  a  financial  consultant  with  MONY 
Financial  Services  in  Stamford,  Conn.  They  live  in 
Fairfield  County,  Conn. 

Thomas  W.  Walker  Jr.  '81  was  promoted  to 
captain  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force. 
Karin  S.  Bannerot  B.S.N.  '82  graduated  from  the 
University  of  Pensylvania's  nursing  school,  receiving 
an  M.S.N,  in  the  nursing  of  children.  She  is  an  educa- 
tion specialist  in  pediatrics  at  St.  Christopher's 
Hospital  for  Children  in  Philadelphia. 

Sallie  H.  Barrlnger  '82  received  a  Fulbright 
scholarship  for  postgraduate  study  in  Belgium  for  the 
1985-86  academic  year.  She  will  study  library  automa- 
tion at  the  Royal  Library  Albert  I  in  Brussels. 

Henry  G.  Brlnton  '82  completed  a  year  as  the 
pastor-in-training  at  Sixth  Presbyterian  Church  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  is  completing  his  master's  in 


divinity  at  Yale  Divinity  School.  He  lives  in  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  with  his  wife,  Nancy. 

Beth  A.  Davison  '82,  after  two  years  as  a  chemist 
at  the  National  Institute  of  Allergy  and  Infectious 
Diseases  in  Bethesda,  Md.,  is  working  on  her  master's 
in  poultry  science  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  She 
received  a  Ralston  Purina  Research  Fellowship  Award 
for  the  1985-86  academic  year. 

Katharine  M.  Hasler  '82  was  promoted  by 
Merchant's  National  Bank  &.  Trust  to  assistant  cashier 
in  the  national  division  of  commercial  banking.  She 
is  also  enrolled  in  the  M.B.A.  program  at  Butler 
University. 


B.S.N.  '82  is  a  first-year  law 
student  at  the  University  of  Virginia  and  lives  in 
Charlottesville. 

Art  Huckabee  '82  was  promoted  to  lieutenant  in 
the  U.S.  Navy.  He  is  a  pilot  in  Patrol  Squadron 
Twenty-Four  and  lives  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Timothy  Z.  Keith  Ph.D.  '82  was  promoted  to 
tenured  associate  professor  in  the  school  psychology 
program  at  the  University  of  Iowa. 

Joseph  KoltlskO  '82  completed  his  master's  in 
linguistics  at  Georgetown  University  and  is  now 
teaching  English  at  Tongji  University  in  Shanghai, 
China. 

Elizabeth  Knowles  Krlmendahl  '82  is  a 

graduate  student  in  educational  psychology  at  New 
York  University. 

Joseph  Daniel  Lynch  '82  will  receive  his 
M.B.A.  from  Boston  College  in  the  spring  and  is  pur- 
suing a  career  in  real  estate  development. 

John  William  Mahan  III  '82  is  a  first-year 
medical  student  at  the  University  of  New  Mexico's 
medical  school  in  Albuquerque. 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 
now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M&W.SMLXL,  only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  1  Winthrop  Court,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents— please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name : 


City/State/Zip 

Check  □     Money  Order  □ 
Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


White 

Duke  Blue 

THE 


would  like  to  send  you 
Flora, 

its  free  semiannual 
horticultural  newsletter. 


Send  your  postcard 
request  to: 

THE  SARAH  P.  DUKE  GARDEN  S 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

DURHAM,  NC  27706 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
GOLF  SCHOOLS  1986 

FOR  BOYS  AND  GIRLS 
ACES  11-17 


JUNE  15 -JUNE  20    BOYS  ONLY 

JUNE  22 -JUNE  27 CO-ED 

TENTATIVE  DAILY  SCHEDULE 

7:30  a.m.    Rise  'n  Shine 
8:00  a.m.    Breakfast 
8:45  a.m.    Instruction— Driving  Range 
10:15  a.m.    Coke  Break 
10:50  a.m.    Instruction 
12:00  p.m.    Lunch  &  Rest 
1:15  p.m.    Clinic 

145  p.m.    Play  Golf  &  Instruction 
4:00  p.m.    Swimming 
5:15  p.m.    Dinner 

6:00  p.m.    Strategy  Session,  Golf,  etc. 
9:00  p.m.    Movies  or  Lecture 
11:00  p.m.    Lights  Out 

For  applications,  write  to:  Rod  Myers, 

Golf  Director,  Duke  University 

Golf  Course,  Durham,  NC.  27706 

(919)684-2817 


Scott  McCartney  '82  is  the  Dallas-based  member 
of  a  new  six-member  regional  reporting  team  created 
by  the  Associated  Press. 

Laura  A.  Murdock  '82  is  taking  a  two-year  leave 
of  absence  from  Hewlett-Packard  to  pursue  her 
M.B.A.  at  Harvard  Business  School. 

Lynne  Porter  B.S.N.  '82  works  at  the  Family 

Birthplace  of  Wesley  Long  Community  Hospital  in 
Greensboro,  N.C. ,  as  assistant  patient  care  coordi- 
nator for  the  newborn  and  intensive  care  nurseries. 
She  is  also  a  graduate  student  at  UNC-Greensboro's 
nursing  school. 

Debra  Milissa  Sabatini  BSE.  '82  is  a  first-year 
law  student  at  the  University  of  Virginia.  She  and  her 
husband,  Michael  Henry  Armm,  live  in 
Charlottesville. 


Karen  Semper  '82  is  a  research  i 

Becton  Dickinson  Research  Center  in  the  Research 

Triangle  Park. 

David  Spencer  Ward  B.S.E.  '82  is  a  computer 
software  engineer  at  M/A  Com  Telecommunications 
Division  in  Germantown,  Md.,  where  he  lives  with 
his  wife,  Rebecca  Gillette  Ward  B.S.N.  '84. 


S.  Weir  M.D.  '82,  a  recent  graduate  of  the 
family  practice  residency  program  at  UNC-Chapel 
Hill,  received  a  Society  of  Teachers  of  Family  Medi- 
cine Resident  Teacher  Award. 


B.SC.E.  '83  is  a  project  engi- 
neer for  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  She  lives  in 
Greenville,  N.C,  with  her  husband,  Scott 
Strongin  B.S.M.E.  '84. 

Harvey  Michael  Chimoff  '83  is  a  first-year 
M.B.A.  student  at  Georgetown  University  and  lives 
in  Arlington,  Va. 

Kurt  Hughes  Dunkle  '83  is  a  second-year  law 
student  at  the  University  of  Florida  College  of  Law, 
where  he  received  academic  honors  last  spring.  Dur- 
ing the  summer,  he  clerked  for  two  law  firms  in  St. 
Petersburg,  Fla. 

Richard  E.  Faulkenberry  '83  is  in  his  third  year 
of  doctorate  studies  in  mathematics.  He  teaches 
undergraduate  math  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park. 

Sherri  Anne  Goldstein  '83  is  an  engineer  with 
Southern  Bell  in  Panama  City,  Fla. 

Peter  D.  Haase  '83  is  a  writer/producer  for  DWJ 
Associates,  in  Ridgewood,  N.J.,  a  broadcast  public 
relations  firm  that  produces  television  and  radio  news 
segments. 

Leslie  Catherine  Hayes  '83  is  a  second-year 
law  student  at  the  University  of  the  Pacific's 
McGeorge  School  of  Law  in  Sacramento,  Calif, 
where  she  is  on  the  dean's  honor  roll.  She  has  been 
working  for  the  law  firms  of  Terry  Oppermann  and 
Gilbert  and  Dwyer  in  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

David  L.  Hey  man  '83  received  his  M.B.A.  in  May 
from  the  University  of  Michigan,  where  he  was  a 
member  of  Beta  Gamma  Sigma,  the  national  honor 
society  for  business  students.  He  is  an  analyst  in  the 
beverage  division  of  Procter  &  Gamble  in  Cincinnati. 


J.D.  '83  is  an  associate  with  the  San 
Diego  law  firm  Higgs,  Fletcher  &  Mack.  He  lives  in 
Coronado,  Calif,  with  his  wife,  Amy  Sayre. 

Douglas  Michael  Katz  '83  has  taken  a  year  off 
from  medical  school  at  the  University  of  Buffalo  to 
join  the  Professional  Bowlers  Circuit.  He  lives  in 
Buffalo,  N.Y.,  with  his  wife,  Yolanda. 

Heil  A.  Levin  '83  spent  the  summer  driving  a  taxi 
in  Austin,  Texas,  and  is  now  in  his  first  year  at 
Harvard  Medical  School. 


Stuart  Levin  '83  is  a  second-year  student  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill's  medical  school. 

Laura  McAllister-Maurice  '83  is  an  account 

manager  for  the  public  relations  firm  E.  Bruce 
Harrison  Co.,  in  Washington,  DC,  where  she  lives 
with  her  husband,  Richard  Maurice. 


D.  Pendlyshok  B.S.N.  '83,  a  first  lieuten- 
n  the  U.S.  Army,  is  a  nurse  at  Fort  Dix,  N.J. 

rie  Rich  '83  traveled  to  Nairobi, 
Kenya,  in  July  to  the  United  Nations  Decade  for 
Women  Conference.  She  was  an  adviser  to  the  confer- 
ence's U.S.  delegation.  She  has  been  named  to  the 
board  of  directors  of  the  GOP  Women's  Political 
Action  League,  created  to  assist  in  electing  more 
Republican  women  to  office.  She  is  an  administrative 
assistant  to  Maureen  Reagan  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Barbara  E.  Slaiby  '83  has  been  serving  with  the 
U.S.  Peace  Corps  in  Nepal  since  September  1983  and 
will  return  to  the  States  in  January  1986. 

Anne  Elizabeth  Walters  B.S.N.  '83  was  a  staff 
nurse  on  the  adolescent  unit  at  Children's  Heart 
Hospital  in  Philadelphia.  She  received  a  scholarship 
to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  law  school,  where  she 
started  last  fall. 

David  M.  Amaro  '84  is  an  account  supervisor  in 
the  industrial  sales  division  of  RJM  Manufacturing, 
Inc.,  in  Bensalem,  Penn. 

Michael  P.  Bailey  '84,  an  operations  technician 
for  Shearson  Lehman/American  Express  Inc. ,  also  per- 
forms with  the  New  York  Opera  Center.  He  lives  in 
Weehawken,  N.J. 

Magda  Baligh  '84  will  spend  the  next  two  years 
with  the  Peace  Corps  in  Morocco  teaching  English  as 
a  second  language.  She  lives  in  Rabat,  Morocco. 

David  Robert  Blatt  '84  is  a  second-year  medical 
student  at  the  University  of  Cincinnati  College  of 
Medicine.  His  wife,  Melinda  Kay  Smith  Blatt 

'84,  is  a  first-year  law  student  at  the  University  of 
Cincinnati  College  of  Law. 

Kathy  Hensley  '84  is  a  second-year  law  student  at 
the  University  of  the  Pacific's  McGeorge  School  of 
Law  in  Sacramento,  Calif. 

Stephen  J.  Ketterer  M.B.A.  '84  is  director  of 
annual  giving  and  alumni  affairs  at  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business. 

Michael  Mark  Leighton  '84  is  a  second-year 
medical  student  at  Rutgers  University  and  lives  in 
Piscataway,  N.J. 

James  P.  McCollom  Jr.  '84,  after  a  year  working 
as  a  bill  analyst  for  the  secretary  of  the  senate,  Texas 
state  legislature,  has  entered  law  school  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Texas  in  Austin. 

Susan  Murdock  '84  is  in  her  second"  year  at 
Columbia  Law  School  in  New  York.  During  the  sum- 
mer, she  worked  for  a  law  firm  in  Chicago. 

Robert  W.  Partin  '84,  a  second  lieutenant  in  the 
U.S.  Marine  Corps,  completed  the  12-week  Air 
Defense  Control  Officer  Course  at  the  Marine  Corps 
Communications-Electronics  School  in  Twenty-nine 
Palms,  Calif. 

George  J.  Phillips  '84,  former  special  assistant  to 
Sen.  Albert  Gore  (RTenn.),  was  awarded  the  Univer- 
sity of  Tennessee  Law  School's  John  W.  Green  Scho- 
larship. He  lives  in  Knoxville,  Term. 

John  Pollins  '84  teaches  social  studies  in  the 
Amity  school  system  in  Orange,  Conn.,  and  lives 
with  his  wife,  Lynn  Daggett  Pollins  Ph.D.  '84, 
in  Hartford,  Conn. 

Heidi  Anderson  Robertson  B.S.N.  '84  is  a  staff 

nurse  on  a  neurosurgery-orthopedic  floor  at 


LeBonheur  Children's  Medical  Center  in  Memphis, 
Tenn.  Her  husband,  Daniel  P.  Robertson  B.M.E. 

'84,  is  a  second-year  medical  student  at  the  University 
of  Tennessee.  They  are  both  active  in  their  local 
alumni  admissions  advisory  program. 

Brian  Rockermann  B.S.E.E.  '84  is  a  develop- 
ment engineer  with  ITT  Telecom  in  Raleigh. 

Robin  Snowden  M.S.N.  '84  has  established  a  pri- 
vate practice  as  a  psychotherapist.  She  also  provides 
psychotherapy  to  patients  at  Family  and  Community 
Services  in  Red  Bank,  N.J. 

Scott  D.  Strongin  B.S.M.E.  '84  is  a  production 
manager  for  Procter  &  Gamble.  He  lives  in  Green- 
ville, N.C.,  with  his  wife,  Marianne  Bennet 
B.S.C.E.  '83. 

Rebecca  Gillette  Ward  B.S.N.  '84  is  working  in 

the  orthopedic  surgery  department  at  the  Washington 
Clinic,  a  private  medical  clinic  in  Washington,  DC. 

She  and  her  husband,  David  Spencer  Ward 

B.S.E.  '82,  live  in  Germantown,  Md. 

Karen  A.  Westervelt  B.S.N.  '84  lives  in  Durham 
and  works  at  Duke  Hospital.  She  became  a  NC.  certi- 
fied emergency  medical  technician  and  a  Red  Cross 
CPR  instructor  this  year.  She  is  also  the  temporary 
special  events  coordinator  for  the  Red  Cross. 

Catherine  Amdur  '85  is  a  staff  assistant  for 
Maureen  Reagan.  She  lives  in  Washington,  DC. 


'85  accepted  a  fellowship  and  teach- 
ing assistantship  at  Southern  Methodist  University  in 
Dallas. 

Elizabeth  Hewitt  Curtis  '85  is  working  on  a 
master's  in  electrical  engineering  at  Dartmouth 
College's  Thayer  School  of  Engineering. 

Glenn  T.  Edelstein  '85  is  working  in  Raleigh  for 
ITT. 

Thomas  D.  Farrell  '85  is  a  first-year  student  in  the 
chemistry  doctoral  program  at  Pt inceton  University. 
He  lives  in  Princeton  with  his  wife,  Michelle  Ann 
Kostia. 


'85  is  a  first-year  law  student  at  Duke. 
He  and  his  wife,  Deborah,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Celia  "Deanie"  Patrick  '85  and  her  husband, 
Henry  M.  Quillian  III  B.S.E.  '85,  are  both  attend- 
ing the  University  of  Georgia's  law  school  in  Athens, 
Ga. 

Kimberly  Renee  Shelton  '85  received  the 
highest  academic  award  in  microbiology  for  complet- 
ing a  nine-week  science  honors  enrichment  program, 
the  Summer  Academic  Advancement  Program,  spon- 
sored by  the  NC.  Health  Manpowet  Development 
Program  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

MARRIAGES:  Sara  Aliber  '80  to  Michael 
Jennings  in  October  '84.  Residence:  Boston. ..Jay 
Anthony  Gervasi  Jr.  '80  and  Anne  Elizabeth 
Luck  '80  on  May  11.  Residence:  Nashville,  Tenn... 
Paula  Hannaway  '80  to  James  S.  Crown  on  July 
27.  Residence:  Chicago... Cordelia  Marie 
Reardon  '80  to  William  Laverack  Jr.  on  Sept.  7. 
Residence:  New  York  City.. .Rhonda  Renee 
Stewart  '80  to  George  Campbell  Poor  on  May  18. 
Residence:  Houston. ..Andrew  Michael 
Terchakovec  '80  to  Christina  Dzvenyslava  Gill  on 
Aug.  10   Elionora  van  Tyen  Wilking  '80  to 
John  Walter  Silbersack  on  May  30. ..Kathleen 
McConnell  Williams  '80  to  John  Sumner  Ingalls 
on  June  15    Jeffrey  Charles  Conklln  '81  to 
Teri  Kaye  Changnon  '82  on  May  18.  Residence: 
Evanston,  111. . . .  Lawrence  Tang  Fong  '81  to 
Maliz  E.  Finnegan  on  July  27. ..Hope  Hughes 
Golembiewskl  '81  to  Gregory  Robert  O'Brian  on 
May  17.  Residence:  Durham..  Douglas  G. 
Heatherly  '81  to  Trudy  B.  Klock  in  June.  Resi- 


dence: Durham. 
John  H.  Wygel  '78  on  Dec.  28.  Residence:  Fair- 
field County,  Conn Mitchell  Mumma  '81  to 

Christine  Cecchetti  in  July.  Residence:  Durham... 

Amy  Maria  Torlone  B.S.N.  '81  to  Charles  Allen 
Harris  on  Aug.  10  in  Duke  Chapel... Henry  G. 
Brinton  '82  to  Nancy  E.  Freeborne  on  April  27. 
Residence:  New  Haven,  Conn.  .  .  .  Scott  Lance 
Cunningham  M.D.  '82  to  Anne  Elizabeth  Callan 
on  June  15.  Residence:  Durham. ..Angela  Renate 
Huntley  '82  to  Anthony  Levem  Brown  on  May  24. 
Residence:  Durham. ..Elizabeth  Knowies 
Krimendahl  '82  to  Christopher  Robin  Wolf  on 
May  18. ..Jane  Isabelle  Marsh  '82  to  Gregory 
Everett  Laco  '83  in  July.  Residence:  Chapel 
Hill. Adams  Bailey  Hager  '82  to  Elizabeth 
Relfe  Carr  '85  in  August.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles. ..Alison  Ann  Prater  '82  to  Robert 
Andrew  August  Jr.  Ph.D.  '84.  Residence:  Laurel, 
Md. . .  .  Debra  Milissa  Sabatini  B.S.E.  '82  to 
Michael  Henry  Armm  on  May  26.  Residence: 
Charlottesville,  Va.  .  .  .  Susan  Woods 
Shepherd  '82  to  H.  Curtis  Ittner  Jr.  on  April  13. 
Residence:  St.  Louis.. .David  Spencer  Ward 
B.S.E.  '82  to  Rebecca  Ann  Gillette  B.S.N.  '84 

on  Aug.  4,  1984.  Residence:  Germantown,  Md 

Kenneth  Mark  Weil  B.S.M.E.  '82  to  Audrey 
Joyce  York  '82  on  Aug.  17.  Wayne  Freeman 
WilbankS  '82  to  Elizabeth  Ashlin  Thomas  on  Nov. 
9  in  Duke  Chapel. ..Marianne  Bennet  B.S.C.E. 
'83  to  Scott  Strongin  B.S.M.E.  '84  on  May  25. 
Residence:  Greenville,  N.C Jack  Vedder 

Jr.  '83  to  Susan  Jennifer  Thomson  '84 

June  23.  Residence:  Durham. ..Craig  Burdeen 
A.M.  '83  to  Patricia  Gay  Saltzman  in  July. 
Residence:  Durham. ..David  L.  Heyman  '83  to 
Ellen  Sussna  on  Dec.  28.  Residence:  Cincinnati... 
Paul  Hilding  J.D  '83  to  Amy  Sayre.  Residence: 
Coronado,  Calif.  .  .  .  Laura  Elizabeth 
McAllister  '83  to  Richard  Maurice  in  May  '85. 
Residence:  Washington,  DC.  .  .  .  Jan  Angela 
Heal  M.D.  '83  to  Joseph  Michael  Cools  on  April  6. 
Residence:  Durham. ..David  Trautman  '83  to 
Joan  Johnson  Young  '83  on  May  11.  Residence: 
Toledo.. .Diane  Browning  Allen  B.H.S.  '84  to 
James  Stephenson  Wilson  Jr.  on  July  25.  Residence: 

Bahama,  N.C Heidi  Anderson  B.S.N.  '84  to 

Daniel  P.  Robertson  B.M.E.  '84  in  Duke  Chapel 
on  June  29.  Residence:  Memphis.. .David  Randall 
Benn  '84  to  Cathy  Diane  Carney  B.S.N.  '84  on 
Aug.  17.  Residence:  Durham. ..David  Robert 
Blatt  '84  to  Melinda  Kay  Smith  '84  on  June  16. 
Residence:  Cincinnati. ..Ronald  J.  Galonsky  Jr. 
'84  to  Joyce  Morrissette  on  July  28.  Residence: 
Columbus,  Ga.  .  .  .  Charles  Brunton  Kime  '84 
to  Linda  Kay  Mitchell  '84  in  May.  Residence: 
New  Britain,  Conn.  . . .  Laura  Marie  Michael 
M.Div.  '84  to  Thomas  Clayton  Spangler  in  August. 

Residence:  Graham,  N.C Robin  Kyle 

Paulson  '84  to  William  Tarver  Rountree  III 
B.S.E.E.  '84  in  May  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Atlanta... Susan  Jennifer  Thomson  '84  to 
Jack  Vedder  Briner  Jr.  '83  on  June  23.  Resi- 
dence: Durham.. .Karen  Diane  Wells  '84  to  Peter 
Charles  Verlander  on  July  19  in  Duke  Chapel.  Resi- 
dence: Astoria,  N.Y.  .  .  .  Ethel  Chaff  in 
Bollinger  M.Div.  '85  to  Vincent  Frank  Simonetti 
in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Durham. ..Elizabeth 
Relfe  Carr  85  to  Adams  Bailey  Hager  82  in 
August.  Residence:  Los  Angeles.. .Kenneth 
Robert  Draughon  M.B.A.  '85  to  Donna  Glynn 
Desern  on  Aug.  17   Thomas  D.  Farrell  '85  to 
Michelle  Ann  Kostia  on  Aug.  17.  Residence:  Prince- 
ton, N.J.  .  .  .  Paul  Harner  '85  to  Deborah  Spector 
on  June  23.  Residence:  Raleigh..  Lisa  Ann  Mika 
'85  to  Richard  Norbert  Drake  on  May  17.  Residence: 
Cleveland. ..Angel  Renee  Heal  '85  to  Michael 
Grant  Cotton  in  June.  Residence:  Durham. ..Celia 
Dean  Patrick  85  to  Henry  M.  Quillian  III 
B.S.E.  '85  on  June  22.  Residence:  Athens,  Ga 


We  Stock  EveiythingYou 

NeedTo  Print  On.\Afrite  On. 

And  On  And  On. 


\ 


Printing  Papers 


Envelopes 


SI    — 


Computer  Supplies  Copier  Papers 

and  Accessories  and  Products 

And  even  this  publication  is  printed 
on  paper  supplied  by  Virginia  Paper 
Company.  We'd  like  to  help  your 
company  make  a  better  impres- 
sion. Call  us  at  one  of  our  offices  in 
Charlotte,  Raleigh,  Greensboro, 
Columbia,  Richmond,  Virginia 
Beach,  Washington,  D.C.,  Atlanta, 
Jacksonville,  Tampa,  Orlando  and 
Miami. 


Virginia  Paper  Company 


IF  YOU  CANT  SEE  US, 
HEAR  US 


The  next  best  thing  to  being  there  is  hearing  Duke 
Basketball  on  the  radio  via  a  new  worldwide  telephone 
hookup.  Dial  1-90O410-DUKE  from  anywhere  In  the 
world  and  and  follow  the  Blue  Devils  by  phone  as  they 
make  their  February  stretch  run  for  the  ACC  title 


'  15       N.C.  STATE      7:30 
FEBRUARY  19       MIAMI  7:30 

FEBRUARY  26      CLEMSON         7:30 


No  matter  where  you  are  in  the  world,  you  can  hear 
Blue  Devil  basketball  by  dialing  this  number.  The 
alumni  and  athletics  association  havejoined  hands  to 
establish  a  phone  service  that  enables  Duke  fans 
everywhere  to  hear  Duke  basketball  LIVE  on  the  Duke 
Sports  Network. 

The  900  number  will  be  activated  30  minutes  prior 
to  game  time  (Eastern  Standard  Time)  and  will  include 
the  coaches  show,  live  play-by-play  action,  and  the  pre- 
game  and  post-game  shows. 

Callers  to  the  900  number  will  be  charged  50  cents 
for  the  first  minute  and  35  cents  for  each  minute 
thereafter.  For  areas  outside  the  US,  Canada,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  international  calling  rates 
will  be  in  effect. 

Hear  the  whole  game  or  call  in  as  often  as  you  wish 
for  updates. 

You  must  dial  direct  An  operator  cannot  call  for  you, 
nor  can  you  make  a  call  from  coin  phones  or  hotel/ 
motel  locations  Callers  using  long  distance  companies 
other  than  AT&T  must  first  dial  an  access  code— 1-0288. 

Its  easy  to  hook  up  your  phone  to  a  stereo  or  PA 
system  so  everyone  can  listen  to  the  game  Whether 
in  your  home  or  with  a  group  of  Duke  fans,  this  Is  a 
great  way  to  follow  the  Blue  Devils  down  the  stretch. 


DUKE  TRAVEL  '86 

FARAWAY  PLACES 


Passage  of  the  Moors 
April  18-May  2, 1986 

Fly  to  Casablanca,  Morocco,  and  transfer  by  motorcoach  to 
Rabat  for  a  three-night  stay.  Travel  by  train  to  Tangier  for  a 
two-night  stay;  shop  and  browse  the  famous  Kasbah.  From 
Morocco,  board  a  ferry  tor  sailing  through  the  Strait  of 
Gibraltar  to  Spain:  three  nights  in  Seville;  two  nights  in 
Granada;  three  nights  in  Madrid.  Approximately  $2,575 
from  Atlanta. 

A  Viking  Adventure 
June  8-21, 1986 

Sail  from  Scandinavia  to  Russia  and  northern  Europe 
aboard  the  deluxe  cruise  ship,  Royal  Viking  Sea.  Starting  in 
Copenhagen,  visit  the  fascinating  cities  of  Stockholm  and 
Helsinki.  View  the  art  treasures  of  the  Hermitage  in  Lenin- 
grad. Experience  a  daylight  transit  of  the  Kiel  Canal 
through  lush  farmlands  en  route  to  Hamburg  and  Amster- 
dam before  returning  to  Copenhagen.  Outside  staterooms 
start  at  $2,834. 

Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
June  30-July  13, 1986 

Fly  to  Paris  for  a  three-day  stay.  Take  the  "supertrain"  to  Lyon 
to  board  M/S  Arlena  for  a  seven-day,  six-night  Rhone  River 
cruise  with  stops  in  Trevoux,  Vienne,  Valence,  Viviers,  and 
Avignon.  Coach  to  the  Riviera  for  a  three-night  stay  in 
Cannes.  Approximately  $2,895  from  Atlanta. 

Costa  Rica 
August  8-16, 1986 

Discover  the  culture,  history,  and  natural  beauty  of  exotic 
Costa  Rica,  culminating  in  an  exciting  white-water  adven- 
ture. Spend  a  day  in  San  Jose  followed  by  a  visit  to  the  Cloud 
Forest  of  Monteverde.  See  Manuel  Antonio  National  Park, 
swim  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  explore  rhe  teeming  coral 
reef.  Approximately  $1,395  from  Miami. 

The  Seas  of  Ulysses 
September  23-October  6, 1986 

Fly  to  Venice  and  board  Royal  Cruise  Line's  elegant  Golden 
Odyssey.  Spend  two  nights  in  Venice  aboard  ship,  then  sail 
to  these  fascinating  ports-of-call:  Dubrovnik,  Kotor  Fjord, 
the  Greek  isles  of  Corfu  and  Mykonos,  ancient  Ephesus  and 
Istanbul  in  Turkey,  Russia's  Odessa  and  Yalta.  Disembark  in 
Athens.  Staterooms  begin  at  $3,213,  airfare  from  Atlanta 
included. 

Fabled  Rhineland  Cruise 
October  6-14, 1986 

Explore  the  castles  and  historic  villages  of  the  Netherlands, 
Germany,  and  France  on  a  leisurely  cruise  of  the  Rhine 
River  during  the  season  of  wine  harvest  festivals.  Approxi- 
mately $1,495.  airfare  from  Atlanta  included. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL 
OUT  THE  COUPON  AND  RETURN  TO 
BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE 
TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL  DRIVE,  DURHAM, 
N.C  27706,  (919)  684-5114. 

□  SPAIN/MOROCCO 

□  SCANDINAVIA 
D  RHONE  RIVER 

□  COSTA  RICA 

D  GREECE/BLACK  SEA 

□  RHINE  RIVER 


Name 

Class 

Address 

Cry 

State 

Zip 

/id  lite  M.B.A.  '85  to  Leigh  Elizabeth 
Fullington  on  Sept.  14.  Residence:  Reston,  Va. 

BIRTHS:  A  son  to  William  Wells  Beckett  Jr. 

'80  and  Susan  Mitchell  Beckett  on  Aug.  31.  Named 
William  Wells  Beckett  III. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Cindy  Schlepphorst  Fudman  M.S.  '80  and 
Edward  Fudman  77,  M.D.  '81  on  June  20. 
Named  David  Isaac. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 


Rosa  T.  Clay  tor  '08  on  March  21. 
Swain  '16  on  Jan.  31,  1984.. .Mary 
Kitchln  '20  on  March  9... James  R.  Gibson  '30 
on  July  19...H.L.  Hester  LL.B.  '31  on  Aug.  23  in 
Houston,  Texas... Cleveland  McConnell  '31  on 
Jan  6,  1985,  in  San  Diego,  Calif.  .  .  .  Robert  R. 
Enkema  '33  on  Feb.  15,  1985...  Albert  A. 
Parrlsh  '33,  M.D.  '39  in  June... Edwin  W.  Brown 
'37,  M.D.  '41  on  July  21. ..Charles  Victor  Boyer 
M.Ed.  38    Fletcher  Albert  Freeman  M.Ed 
'40  on  April  26.. .Ruth  Rainey  Cottrell  '44  on 
Feb.  11. ..Carl  Sasser  M.Ed.  '4<    Woodrow  W. 
King  M.F.  '48  on  Aug.  10. Marcus  H.  Goforth 
'55,  M.F.  '56  on  Aug.  3.. .Frank  M.  Woolsey  III 


L.  'Al"  Ormond  Jr.  '24  on  July  13  at  the 
N.C.  Lutheran  Home  in  Hickory,  N.C.  The  retired 
physician  was  a  chest  specialist.  He  was  a  fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians  and  a  member  of 
Theta  Kappa  Psi.  He  organized  and  directed  the 
Catawba  County  Tuberculosis  Association  and  served 
as  head  of  the  district  TB  association  for  many  years. 
He  belonged  to  the  American  Medical  Association, 
the  N.C.  Medical  Society,  the  American  Thoracic 
Society  and  the  50-Year  Club  of  the  N.C.  Medical 
Society.  He  was  also  a  past  president  of  the  Hickory 
Lions  Club.  At  Trinity"  College,  he  was  a  member  of 
the  quartet  that  first  introduced  the  Alma  Mater, 
then  "Trinity,  Thy  Name  We  Sing."  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Theresa  Covington  Ormond;  two  daughters, 
including  Nancy  Ormond  Fulcher  '56;  two 
grandchildren,  including  Mark  Fulcher  '81;  and 
several  nieces  and  nephews. 


Cole  '25  on  Sept.  7  after  a 
brief  illness.  The  Durham  native  taught  at  Murphy 
School  in  Orange  County  and  Glenn  School  in 
Durham  and  was  a  member  of  Duke  Memorial  United 
Methodist  Chutch.  She  is  survived  by  three  sisters 
and  a  brother. 

Virginia  Lee  Dixon  Phelps  '28  in  December 
1984.  She  belonged  to  Queen  Street  United 
Methodist  Chutch,  the  Fidelis  Sunday  School  Class, 
the  United  Methodist  Women,  Kinston  Country 
Club,  the  Friday  Afternoon  Book  Club,  Daughters  of 
the  American  Revolution,  Magna  Carta  Dames,  the 
Henry  Lee  Society,  and  the  Marathon  Roundtable. 
She  was  also  a  Pink  Lady  at  Lenoir  County  Memorial 
Hospital  and  a  treasurer  of  the  Lenoir  County 
Chapter  of  the  Amercian  Cancer  Society.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  a  daughter,  a  cousin,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Guy  Branson  Jr.  '29  in  July  in  Duke  Hospital.  He 
had  lived  in  Durham  for  the  past  70  years.  He  was  an 
accountant  and  paymaster  with  Liggett  &.  Myers 
Tobacco  Co.  for  46  years.  He  was  a  member  of  West- 
wood  Baptist  Church  and  the  Fellowship  Bible  Class. 
He  belonged  to  the  Brightleaf  Civitan  Club  and  was 
named  Civitan  Man  of  the  Year  for  1961-62.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Elma  Wheeler  Branson. 

Helen  Joyce  Clark  McClure  '29  on  Aug.  17  in 
Asheville,  N.C.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Walter  Thomas  McClure,  and  a  niece. 


Loy  Arthur  Nash  '29  in  Duke  Hospital  in  May. 
He  taught  school  for  several  years  in  McDowell 
County,  N.C.  Before  retiring,  he  managed  the  Duke 
Barber  Shop.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Watts  Street 
Baptist  Church  and  the  Cheek  Bible  Class.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Ruth  McDonald  Nash,  a  son,  two 
sisters,  and  two  grandsons. 

George  Norman  Ashley  Sr.  A.M.  '31,  B.Div. 
'32.  He  was  ordained  as  a  Baptist  minister,  and,  during 
his  ministry,  he  preached  in  as  many  as  six  churches  at 
one  time.  He  was  president  of  Pineland  College  and 
Edwards  Military  Institute,  both  in  Salemburg,  N.C. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Alice  Freeman  Jones 
Ashley,  two  daughters,  one  son,  one  sister,  and  six 
grandchildren. 

George  Wells  Orr  '33  on  April  26.  The  retired 
president  of  Miles  Laboratories  spent  his  life  in  the 
pharmaceutical  industry.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
board  of  directors  of  the  National  Pharmaceutical 
Manufacturing  Association  and  served  on  many  other 
national  boards.  In  Naples,  N.C,  he  was  group  vice 
president  and  director  of  The  Conservancy,  on  the 
board  of  directors  of  the  Voters  League,  and  a  member 
of  the  Collier  County  Republican  Finance  Commit- 
tee, the  Royal  Poinciana  Golf  Club,  the  Roaring  Gap 
Club  of  N.C,  and  Trinity-By-The-Cove  Episcopal 
Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  E velyi 
Orr  '35,  one  sister,  one  daughter,  and  four 
grandchildren. 


:  A.  Parrish  '33,  M.D.  '39  in  Fort  Lauder- 
dale, Ha.,  in  July,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  veteran 
of  World  War  II  and  practiced  medicine  in  Fort 
Lauderdale  from  1947  to  1981.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  First  Presbyterian  Church  of  Fort  Lauderdale, 
where  he  was  chairman  of  Christian  education  and  an 
elder.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Marie  McAdams 
Parrish,  a  son,  a  daughter,  two  brothers,  a  sister,  and  a 
granddaughter. 

Charles  William  Harrison  A.M.  '34  on  June 
17.  The  retired  Marine  Corps  colonel  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Cornelia,  a  son,  a  daughter,  three  grandsons, 
and  a  sister. 

Charles  Fischer  '38,  J.D.  '41  in  August  in 
Branford,  Conn.,  after  a  long  illness.  He  played  foot- 
ball for  Duke  under  Coach  Wallace  Wade  and  was 
named  to  the  All-North  Carolina  team  his  freshman 
year.  He  was  also  captain  of  Duke's  running  squad  and 
a  shotput  and  discus  thrower.  From  1941  to  1953,  he 
was  a  firearms  instructor  for  the  FBI,  and  during 
World  War  II  investigated  German  and  Japanese 
espionage  for  the  FBI.  After  retiring  from  the  FBI,  he 
entered  private  law  practice.  He  was  an  assistant  city 
attorney  for  eight  years,  a  city  attorney  for  five  years, 
and  a  municipal  court  judge  for  1959-60.  He  served 
on  the  board  of  governors  of  the  Conn.  Bar  Associa- 
tion and  as  chairman  of  the  West  Haven  Charter 
Revision  Commission.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Rhea  O'Reilly  Fischer,  three  sons,  two  daughters,  a 
sister,  a  brother,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Ben  C.  Thaxton  '40  in  Duke  Hospital  in  July.  The 
retired  Central  Carolina  Bank  vice  president  was  a 
member  of  Trinity  Avenue  Presbyterian  Church  in 
Durham,  where  he  sang  in  the  choir  for  many  years. 
He  was  a  member  of  the  Brightleaf  Civitan  Club,  a 
past  governor  of  the  N.C.  District  EastCivitan  Inter- 
national, and,  at  his  death,  treasurer  of  the  Civitan 
district.  He  was  a  Mason,  a  member  of  the  York  Rite 
Bodies,  and  a  member  of  Croasdaile  Country  Club. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia  Vickers  Thaxton, 
three  daughters,  his  mother,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Elizabeth  Wilkinson  Tompkins  B.S.N.  '40  of 
a  heart  attack  on  Aug.  18.  She  is  survived  by  her  hus- 
band, Everett  Tompkins. 

Robert  E.  Greenfield  Jr.  '42  on  Aug.  2  of 
cancer,  in  Burlington,  Mass.  He  was  a  research  scien- 


tist  and  administrator  at  the  National  Cancer  Insti- 
tute in  Bethesda,  Md.,  for  over  20  years.  He  was  a 
former  member  of  the  Cedar  Lane  Unitarian  Church 
in  Bethesda  and  was  active  in  the  Boy  Scouts  and  the 
PT.A.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Frances,  a 
daughter,  two  sons,  a  brother,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Betty  Jackson  Karb  '45  on  July  13  in  Framing- 
ham,  Mass.,  after  a  long  illness.  At  Duke,  she  was  a 
member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  She  was  a  founder  of  the 
Plymouth  Church  Nursery  and  Kindergarten, 
organizer  of  the  Charlotte  Dunning  School  library,  a 
member  and  past  president  of  the  Framingham  Young 
Women's  Club,  and  a  trustee  and  diaconate  at  Ply- 
mouth Church.  She  was  also  a  member  of  the  board 
at  the  Vernon  House,  served  on  the  board  of  directors 
of  the  Framingham  chapter  of  the  American  Red 
Cross,  and  was  chairman  of  the  Volunteer  Services 
Committee.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Richard 
D.  Karb,  her  father,  a  brother,  three  sons,  and  five 
grandchildren. 

Robert  James  Cleary  '47  on  June  9  in  La  Jolla, 
Calif.  The  retired  manager  of  the  La  Jolla  branch  of 
Security  Pacific  Bank  was  active  in  the  Rotary  Club 
and  did  volunteer  work  at  Scripps  Hospital.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  two  daughters,  and  one 
grandchild. 

Richard  T.  Woodfield  B.S.C.E.  53  on  Jan  1, 

1985,  of  a  heart  attack  in  Bethesda,  Md.  The  project 
manager  for  the  Gaithersburg-based  Glen  Construc- 
tion Co.,  he  was  also  a  member  of  the  Bethesda 
Country  Club  and  the  Chevy  Chase  Presbyterian 
Church.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  two  sons,  his 
mother,  two  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

Brojo  Nath  Bhattacharya  Ph.D.  '58  on  Jan.  3, 

1983.  He  was  the  head  of  the  Regional  Sophisticated 
Instrumentation  Centre  at  the  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology  in  Bombay,  India. 

Constance  Head  B.Div.  '63,  A.M.  '67,  Ph.D.  '68 
in  July,  following  a  long  illness.  The  professor  of  his- 
tory and  religion  at  Western  Carolina  University  was 
the  author  of  several  books,  including  A/iaj,  which 
won  first  prize  from  the  Southeastern  Regional 
Writers  Conference  and  from  the  North  Carolina 
branches  of  the  National  League  of  American  Pen 
Women.  She  was  a  member  of  Temple  Beth  Ha- 
Tephila  in  Asheville,  N.C.,  a  member  and  former 
treasurer  of  the  WCU  chapter  of  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  University  Women,  and  a  member  of  the 
Medieval  Academy  of  America.  She  is  survived  by  her 
mother,  Ruby  Mae  Head. 

Jack  Jensen  B.S.M.E.  '64  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 
He  was  a  vice  president  of  Merrill  Lynch  Pierce 
Fenner  and  Smith  and  a  member  of  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Class.  A  member  of  the  Chairman's  Club,  the 
Greensboro  Rotary  Club,  and  the  Greensboro  Jaycees, 
he  was  also  president-elect  of  the  Greensboro  Duke 
Alumni  Association.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Candy  Ponton  Jensen,  two  daughters,  a  stepdaughter, 
a  stepson,  his  mother,  and  two  brothers. 

Mary  Frances  Atwater  Hartley  M.Ed.  75  in 
August,  aftet  a  brief  illness,  in  Chapel  Hill.  She 
worked  for  Trexler  Electronics  and  was  a  member  of 
Antioch  Baptist  Church.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons, 
her  parents,  and  two  sisters. 

Alan  James  Reid  '78  on  Feb.  4,  1984,  in  Macon, 
Ga.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Beta  Phi  Zeta 
fraternity.  He  earned  his  M.B.A.  from  Emory 
University. 

Laura  Jean  Grierson  '83  on  Sept.  7  from  in- 
juries suffered  in  an  automobile  accident.  She  was 
studying  for  her  master's  degree  at  the  University  of 
Southern  California.  She  was  a  member  of  the  Duke 
Alumni  Club,  Phi  Mu  sorority,  the  science  fraternity 
at  USC,  and  an  oceanographic  association.  Her  sister, 
Jennifer,  was  also  killed  in  the  accident.  She  is  sur- 


vived by  her  mother,  her  stepfather,  a  brother,  a  sister, 
and  her  maternal  grandparents.  She  was  affianced  to 
Palmer  Whisenant  '82. 

Earl  George  Mueller 

Duke  professor  emeritus  of  art  Earl  George  Mueller 
died  Oct.  15  in  Hendersonville,  N.C,  after  a  long  ill- 
ness. He  was  70. 

An  art  historian  and  artist,  Mueller  served  for  a 
time  as  chairman  of  the  art  department.  He  joined 
the  art  faculty  in  1945,  was  promoted  to  full  professor 
in  1968,  and  retired  from  Duke  in  1979.  He  taught 
painting,  printmaking,  design,  American  art,  contem- 
porary painting  and  sculpture,  and  Northern  Euro- 
pean renaissance  art. 

A  native  of  Illinois,  Mueller  received  his  bachelor's 
degree  in  music  from  the  Eastman  School  of  Music  in 
Rochester,  NY.  He  was  a  George  Eastman  Scholar 
and  a  member  of  the  Fellowship  Group  in  Sculpture 
at  Rochester's  Memorial  Art  Gallery.  Mueller  earned 
a  master  of  fine  arts  degree  at  the  State  University  of 
Iowa  in  1942  and  his  Ph.D.  in  art  history  at  Iowa  in 
1958. 

Mueller's  paintings  and  prints  have  been  exhibited 
in  one-man  and  other  special  shows  at  the  Chicago 
Art  Museum,  the  Weyhe  Gallery  in  New  York,  the 
Phillips  Gallery  in  Washington,  DC,  the  San 
Francisco  Museum,  and  other  galleries. 

He  is  survived  by  a  daughtet,  a  son,  a  brother,  and 
five  grandchildren.  His  wife,  Julie  Wildinson  Mueller, 


a  member  of  the  music  department  faculty,  died  in 
1977. 

William  K.  Stars 

Associate  professor  of  art  and  former  art  museum 
director  William  K.  Stars  '48  died  of  a  heart  attack  on 
Oct.  28.  He  was  64. 

Stars  was  director  of  the  Duke  University  Art 
Museum  from  1974  to  1982,  a  period  of  rapid  growth 
in  its  collections.  He  remained  active  as  a  conservator 
and  restorer  at  the  museum.  Stars  was  also  listed  in 
Who's  Who  in  American  Art,  and  his  artwork  was  ex- 
tensively exhibited,  sold,  and  published.  In  1982,  he 
was  named  a  Fellow  of  the  Duke  Institute  of  the  Arts. 

After  graduating  from  Duke  with  a  degree  in  philo- 
sophy, he  received  his  master's  degree  in  art  history 
from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  1951  and  did  graduate 
work  in  art  education  at  New  York  University.  He 
taught  art  at  Durham  High  School  from  1950  to  1956, 
and  began  teaching  at  Duke  in  1953,  moving  to  a 
permanent  position  in  1965.  The  next  year  he  was 
honored  as  a  Duke  Outstanding  Professor.  He  had  also 
taught  at  Madison  College  and  N.C.  Central 
University. 

A  native  of  Indiana,  Stars  served  in  the  Navy  ait 
corps  during  World  War  II.  He  held  several  patents 
and  was  a  consultant  to  the  Singer  Co.  and  Craftool, 
Inc.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Martha  Stars,  a 
brother,  and  a  sister. 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


FOR  SALE 


14K  GOLD  CHARM,  DUKE  'D.'  Superior  quality,  high- 
ly polished,  Vz  inch  plus  loop,  ideal  for  bracelet  or  chain, 
gift  boxed.  $60  each,  quantity  discount  available.  Satis- 
faction guaranteed.  Send  check/mn.  to  DW.  Tighe  C86), 
8  Yorktowne  Court,  Princeton  Junction,  NJ  08550. 


DUKE:  A  PORTRAIT.  More  than  100  full-color  photo- 
graphs capture  the  beauty  and  the  spitit  of  the  university 
campus.  Large-format  book,  128  pages,  printed  on  heavy 
coated  paper,  with  silver-embossed,  library  cloth  binding. 
A  true  collector's  edition.  $30,  plus  $2  postage/handling. 
(N.C.  orders  add  4%  sales  tax.)  Gothic  Bookshop,  Drawer 
LM,  Duke  Station,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


CUSTOMIZED  GOLF  CLUBS 
THE 

GOLF  MEDICS 

2720  Chapel  Hill  Road 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27707 
(919)  493-3745 

RESORTS/TRAVEL 


KIAWAH  ISLAND,  S.C  Come  enjoy  our  unspoiled 
beach  and  superb  sports  weather.  You  can  relax  in  pri- 
vately-owned, fully-furnished  villas  or  homes.  We  offer 
you  superior  service  and  quality.  OCEAN  RESORTS 
INC.  OF  CHARLESTON,  1-800-221-7376  or  (803) 
559-0343. 

BREWSTER,  CAPE  COD.  Charming  5-bedroom  house, 
fully  equipped,  July-August.  Water  view,  near  stores, 
beaches.  (302)  478-7274. 

EMERALD  ISLE,  NORTH  CAROLINA:  Fabulous 
ocean-front  private  home  (not  a  condominium),  specta- 
cular panoramic  views.  Resort  amenities,  island  sun, 


tranquil  beaches.  Four  bedrooms,  three  baths,  designer 
decorated,  sleeps  ten.  Limited  maid  service.  Weekly 
rentals.  (315)  682-9869. 


SERVICES 


ADDICTED  TO  CIGARETTES?  Order  QuitSmart 
manual  and  Self-Hypnosis  cassette  by  Dr.  Robert  Shipley, 
Director,  Duke  Quit  Smoking  Clinic.  (See  article  Jan.- 
Feb.  Duke  Magazine.)  Send  $12.95:  JB  Press,  P.O.  Box 
4843-D,  Duke  Station,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

PAINE  WEBBER  BROKERAGE  SERVICES.  Please 
call  me  toll  free  if  I  can  assist  you  in  any  way  with  the 
many  brokerage  services  available  through  Paine 
Webber.  I  specialize  in  stocks,  corporate  bonds,  Ginnie 
Mae  and  Municipal  Bond  funds,  and  IRA  accounts. 
Outside  Minnesota,  call  1-800-328-4002.  In  Minne- 
sota, call  1-800-292-4128.  Locally,  our  number  is 
371-5144.  Ron  MacLeon  '55,  3737  Multifoods  Tower, 
Minneapolis,  MN  55402. 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000  POTENTIAL  buyers, 
renters,  consumers  through  Duke's  Classifieds.  For  one- 
time insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50  for  each 
additional  word.  10-word  minimum.  Telephone  numbers 
count  as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  DISPLAY  RATES 
are  $100  per  column  inch  (2%x  1).  DISCOUNT  for 
multiple  insertions  is  10  percent. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed; 
no  telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to:  Duke 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  April  1  (May-June  issue),  June  1  (July- 
August),  August  1  (September-October),  October  1 
(November-December),  December  1  (January-February), 
January  1  (March-April).  Please  include  in  which  issue 
you  would  like  your  classified  to  appear. 


DUKE  FORUM 


ANOTHER  PART  OF 
THE  FOREST 

Editors: 

Reading  the  article  about  Duke  Forest 
brought  back  many  fond  memories  ["Off  the 
Beaten  Path,"  September-October].  I  remem- 
ber so  many  things  about  my  days  at  Duke  as 
though  it  were  yesterday. 

The  article  says  that  the  forest  was  esta- 
blished in  1931.  I  came  to  Duke  in  the  fall  of 
1932.  As  an  engineering  student,  I  lived  on 
the  East  Campus  in  Southgate  (affectionately 
known  to  one  and  all  as  "The  Shack").  In 
those  days,  there  was  no  school  of  forestry,  as 
there  was  no  school  of  engineering,  but  there 
was  a  forestry  department  and  an  engineering 
department. 

The  engineering  department  consisted  of 
two  run-down  buildings,  Asbury  and  Bivins, 
in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  East  Campus. 
Along  with  the  WPA,  PWA,  NRA,  etc.,  the 
acronym  administration  came  up  with  the 
NYA  (National  Youth  Administration),  an 
organization  to  create  jobs  for  students.  Con- 
sequently, when  the  engineering  department 
decided  to  start  an  engineering  library,  I  got 
the  job  as  the  first  librarian. 

I  was  a  C.E.,  as  was  Professor  Bird,  head  of 
the  engineering  department.  We  took  over  a 
classroom  on  the  second  floor  of  Asbury,  built 
shelves,  and  started  soliciting  donations.  After 
I  got  all  those  little  numbers  on  the  spines  in 
white  ink,  control  of  the  library  was  turned 
over  to  Professor  Wilbur  Seeley,  an  E.E.,  and 
later  dean  of  the  school  of  engineering.  Before 
long,  politics  reared  its  ugly  head;  and  the 
library  was  manned  by  all  E.E.'s  and  I  was  out. 

I  don't  remember  exactly  how  I  heard  there 
was  a  job  at  forestry,  but  I  wound  up  over  there 
with  a  surveying  job.  In  those  days  the  forestry 
department  was  in  the  Biology  Building.  As 
the  article  says,  the  CCC  cleared  and  built 
roads  through  the  forest,  but  they  had  never 
been  mapped.  That  was  my  job.  I  got  my  good 
buddy,  Ted  Kleban,  to  come  over  and  apply  for 
a  job  as  my  rodman.  We  spent  many  happy 
hours  out  there  with  a  transit  and  chain.  The 
only  problem  was  that  the  NYA  only  allowed 
you  to  work  forty  hours  per  month  at  the 
munificent  wage  of  40  cents  per  hour.  In  bad 
weather,  we  would  stay  in  the  office  and  do  the 
map-making. 

The  sidebar  to  the  main  story  speaks  of 
Dean  Jayne  finding  some  old  files,  maps,  and 
data.  The  chances  are  that  I  made  a  lot  of 


those  plot  maps.  I  can  remember  being  taken 
off  the  surveying  job  several  times  to  work  in 
the  office  drawing  new  plot  maps  for  publica- 
tion. As  the  article  says,  each  of  those  plot 
maps  consisted  of  hundreds  of  little  circles  of 
varying  diameters,  all  numbered  and  indexed 
as  to  type  of  tree  and  diameter. 

I  think  most  of  that  happened  during  my 
sophomore  year:  We  had  no  afternoon  labs 
that  year,  so  we  had  plenty  of  free  time. 

Sidney  L.  Kauffman  '36 
Folsom,  Pennsylvania 


DEWAR'S 
PROFILES 


Editors: 

I  am  writing  to  you  about  the  tasteless,  full- 
page  "ad"  in  Duke  Magazine  [September- 
October].  In  this  "ad,"  Dewar's  purports  to 
sell  "true  friendship"  between  the  Earl  of 
Kintore  and  Alistair  Lilburn.  To  any  edu- 
cated Scot  or  to  any  person  who  has  any 
inkling  about  a  country  where  7  percent  of 
the  people  own  84  percent  of  the  land,  the 
picture  of  friendship  portrayed  is  insidiously 
false. 

Alistair  Lilburn  laughs  because  the  class 
structure  is  set  up  that  way;  it  is  elitist  and 
has  nothing  to  do  with  "good  friendship."  If 
Alistair  didn't  laugh,  he  might  find  himself 
out  of  a  job. 

Centuries  of  cap-doffing  to  the  likes  of  the 
Earl  of  Kintore  belies  the  false  camaraderie 
in  this  "ad"  and  furthermore  suggests  that 
you  are  insensitive  to  the  point  of  needing 
the  advertising  revenues.  Please  be  more 
discriminating  about  what  you  allow  to  be 
"sold"  in  your  otherwise  excellent  magazine. 

Alan  Sturrock  M.A.T.  74 
Brookline,  Massachusetts 


Editors: 

It  is  bad  enough  that  we  have  to  endure 
advertising  at  all  in  Duke  Magazine,  but  then 
for  one  of  the  ads  to  be  a  whisky  ad  is  almost 
more  than  we  should  be  able  to  tolerate.  If  I 
wanted  to  see  an  ad  for  booze,  I  would  buy 
People  or  Time  or  some  such  pulp  weekly. 

Gary  P.  Campanella  73,  M.B.A.  76 
San  Jose,  California 


/TO 
SOVIETS 


Editors: 

After  reading  Claudette  Kayler's  rather  un- 
pleasant account  of  her  trip  to  the  Soviet 
Union  [Forum,  September-October  '85],  I  feel 
it  necessary  to  respond. 

My  experience  as  a  visitor  to  the  Soviet 
Union  in  late  fall  1984  was  highly  positive  and 
truly  fascinating.  Some  people  travel  to  coun- 
tries unlike  the  United  States  expecting  to 
find  problems  and  hatred.  I  traveled  to  Mos- 
cow, Leningrad,  and  Armenia  with  an  open 
mind  and  found  warm,  friendly,  intelligent 
people  in  all  three  cities. 

As  opposed  to  Mrs.  Kayler's  experiences,  I 
was  always  treated  well  and  given  help  each 
time  I  asked  for  it.  Many  cab  and  bus  drivers 
would  not  let  me  pay  because  they  were  so 
happy  to  see  an  American  visitor.  In  Lenin- 
grad, I  became  sick  and  received  extra  atten- 
tion and  free  room  service  from  the  hotel 
personnel.  My  film  and  camera  were  never 
touched,  and  I  took  pictures  of  every  person, 
bridge,  store,  and  event  that  I  desired  to. 

I  walked  all  around  Moscow  unescorted.  I 
shopped  in  Soviet  stores  with  no  negative 
repercussions.  I  doubt  that  Intourist  "moni- 
tored" my  footsteps— my  excursions  were  not  of 
a  diplomatic  or  political  nature! 

Unlike  Mrs.  Kayler,  I  was  extremely  im- 
pressed by  the  number  of  Soviets  who  did 
speak  English— we  in  the  United  States  should 
be  so  bilingual!  The  young  people  were  the 
high  point  of  my  trip,  as  they  were  anxious  to 
have  the  opportunity  to  speak  to  an  American 
who  was  interested  in  them  and  their  country. 

Like  any  country,  including  ours,  the  Soviet 
Union  has  good  and  bad  points.  However,  my 
overwhelming  perspective  of  this  important 
country  is  a  positive  one.  And  certainly  Mrs. 
Kayler  cannot  judge  the  entire  Soviet  Union 
based  upon  a  six-day  trip,  part  of  which  was 
spent  in  Estonia,  a  far  western  Baltic  republic 
comparable  in  placement  to  the  state  of 
Washington  in  the  United  States.  Its  people 
and  environment  are  somewhat  European  and 
less  Soviet  than  many  other  republics. 

Mrs.  Kayler  should  at  least  go  to  Moscow 
before  promoting  such  a  bleak  picture  of  the 
U.S.S.R. 


Allison  C.  Bouchard  '82 
Stamford,  Connecticut 


32 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


READ  ALL 


ABOUT  IT 


Founded  in  1905  as  the  publi- 
cation of  Ttinity  College's 
literary  societies,  it  evolved 
into  a  weekly  journal  primari- 
ly of  Duke's  social  scene,  later 
a  daily  activist  mouthpiece. 
Currently,  it  strives  to  avoid 
bias.  Regardless  of  its  ap- 
proach, the  Chronicle  is  one  of  the  most  in- 
fluential voices  and  perhaps  the  most  impor- 
tant news  medium  on  campus. 

The  latest  guardian  of  that  medium  is  Paul 
Gaffney,  a  senior  from  Mendham,  New  Jersey. 
In  an  election  held  by  staff  members  last 
spring,  Gaffney  was  selected  to  edit  The 
Chronicle  during  the  1985-86  school  year. 
He's  responsible  for  an  organization  that 
produces  a  tabloid  newspaper— averaging 
more  than  twenty  pages— some  150  times  a 
year. 

"The  Chronicle  is  not  the  voice  of  the  stu- 
dents, nor  does  it  pretend  to  be,"  says  Gaffney. 
"But  it  is  an  informed  student  voice,  and 
that's  important." 

Probably  10  percent  of  Duke  students  con- 
tribute to  The  Chronicle  at  least  once  during 
their  undergraduate  years,  as  writers,  photo- 
graphers, editors,  cartoonists,  advertisers,  or 
columnists.  Many  more  members  of  the  uni- 
versity community  submit  letters  to  the  open 
editorial  page,  fostering  a  continuous  dia- 
logue that  is  perhaps  the  paper's  most  impor- 
tant function.  The  core  staff,  including  edi- 
tors of  the  various  departments  and  their 
assistants,  numbers  some  fifty  volunteers. 
All  are  students,  many  of  whom  put  in  forty 
hours  a  week.  Gaffney  often  works  even 
longer  hours,  for  which  he  is  paid  $100  a 
month. 

Growth  has  been  explosive  since  1980, 
when  The  Chronicle  entered  the  computer 
age.  Stories  are  now  written,  edited,  and 
readied  for  typesetting  on  computer  termi- 
nals, a  process  that  greatly  expedites  produc- 
tion. State  and  national  wire  reports  also  are 
plugged  into  the  computers,  enabling  many 
students  to  rely  on  The  Chronicle  as  a  primary 
link  to  the  outside  world. 

On  the  business  side,  the  paper's  budget 
has  doubled  since  1980,  to  an  annual  total  of 
more  than  $500,000.  Income  from  advertis- 
ing has  accounted  for  nearly  all  of  the  in- 


CHRONICLING 
COLLEGE  DAYS 

BYJOHNSCHER 


Although  its  emphasis 

has  shifted  over  time, 

The  Chronicle 

remains  one  of  the 

most  influential  voices 

on  campus. 


r  Gaffney:  presiding  over  Duke's  "journalism  school" 


creases— The  Chronicle's  subsidy  from  student 
activities  fees  remains  at  about  $100,000. 
The  subsidy  amounts  to  an  annual  subscrip- 


tion fee  of  less  than  $20  per  student. 

During  the  past  decade,  changes  in  The 
Chronicle's  editorial  focus  have  been  as 
dramatic  as  the  paper's  physical  growth. 
Today's  editors  generally  strive  to  limit  politi- 
cal advocacy  to  the  editorial  pages.  "For  us, 
The  Chronicle's  primary  purpose  is  to  report 
the  news— to  tell  the  people  what's  going 
on,"  says  Gaffney.  "In  the  past,  editors  thought 
their  primary  purpose  was  to  further  a  cause. 
I  think  The  Chronicle  has  evolved  into  some- 
thing that  stresses  responsible  journalism— 
probably  at  the  cost  of  the  interest  of  the 
readers.  Take  the  eight  zillion  speeches  we 
cover.  The  people  who  are  interested  in  read- 
ing them  are  probably  the  people  who  went 
to  the  speech  in  the  first  place.  But  you've 
got  to  serve  as  a  training  ground.  Last  year, 
probably  200  people  wrote  for  The  Chronicle. 
Speeches,  while  they  are  often  uninteresting 
stories,  are  a  good  place  for  them  to  start  out." 

The  initiation  seems  to  pay  off.  This  year, 
The  Chronicle  has  been  the  first  to  report  on 
a  number  of  stories.  One  detailed  allegations 
that  the  university  gave  preferred  housing  to 
freshmen  from  the  wealthy  Dallas-Fort  Worth 
area.  Another  revealed  that  Lee  Iacocca, 
chairman  of  the  Chrysler  Corporation,  would 
be  this  year's  graduation  speaker.  Other  stories 
delved  into  the  dismissals  of  a  disgruntled 
philosophy  professor  and  of  the  university's 
director  of  admissions. 

"We  place  a  real  priority  on  movements 
and  decisions  being  made  by  the  administra- 
tion," says  co-editor  for  news  Shannon 
Mullen.  "But  at  the  same  time,  we  have  to 
remember  we're  a  student  paper.  The  most 
dramatic  thing  could  happen  in  Allen  Build- 
ing, and  although  we'd  treat  it  as  big  news, 
the  average  student  doesn't  really  care.  He 
still  has  to  go  to  class.  It  doesn't  change  his 
life.  So  we  try  to  give  student  activities  a  lot 
of  attention  as  well.  That's  what  people  like 
to  read.  And  there  are  a  lot  of  interesting  stu- 
dents here,  doing  interesting  things." 

Editors  today  are  not  so  naive  as  to  think 
that  no  bias  goes  into  the  selection  of  stories 
for  each  day's  paper.  But  they  try  to  present 
balanced  accounts  within  each  story.  The 
emphasis  on  fairness  and  responsibility  is 
largely  self-generated.  No  university  admin- 
istrator or  adviser  watches  over  the  publica- 


33 


tion,  which  has  taken  to  referring  to  itself  as 
Duke's  journalism  school.  In  effect,  it  is. 

"Duke  doesn't  have  a  journalism  school  by 
choice,  not  by  omission,"  says  Gaffney.  "They 
don't  want  to  have  one.  Maybe  they  could 
offer  a  little  journalism  history,  but  as  far  as 
the  technical  aspect— it's  much  more  fun  to 
do  it  hands-on  and  have  students  running 
their  own  paper,  while  getting  a  background 
in  something  else  besides  journalism." 

That's  basically  the  thinking  of  Duke 
administrators.  "I  don't  think  we  need  a 
journalism  school,"  says  William  Green,  vice 
president  for  university  relations  and  former 
ombudsman  for  The  Washington  Post.  "I  think 
that  would  be  a  mistake."  Green  sees  The 
Chronicle  as  a  fundamental  part  of  Duke's 
communications  program,  which  also  in- 
cludes student  television  and  radio  stations. 
His  office  coordinates  a  fellowship  program 
that  brings  to  Duke  practicing  journalists 
from  The  Post,  The  New  York  Times,  and  the 
Knight-Ridder  chain,  as  well  as  from  several 
foreign  countries.  Each  semester,  a  senior 
journalist  in  residence  teaches  a  course  in 
the  Institute  of  Policy  Sciences  and  Public 
Affairs,  and  the  various  fellows  take  part  in 
Green's  own  news-writing  course.  Green 
would  like  Duke  to  offer  several  additional 
journalism  courses— another  section  of  his 
seminar,  an  advanced  news-writing  course, 
and  a  general  course  on  journalism  history 
and  law. 

Chronicle  editors  think  additional  news- 
writing  courses  may  be  superfluous.  "The 
best  way  to  teach  students  to  write  is  to  have 
them  do  a  story  and  then  have  a  good  copy 
editor  sit  down  with  them  and  go  through  it 
two  or  three  times,"  says  Gaffney.  The  Chronicle 
develops  its  own  copy  editors  as  well.  Some 
have  experience  as  interns  at  professional 
papers,  while  others  are  culled  from  the  ranks 
of  top  reporters  and  department  editors. 

For  much  of  its  history,  first  as  a  weekly  and 
later  as  a  bi-  and  tri-weekly,  The  Chronicle 
routinely  reported  on  the  campus  social 
scene.  "I  would  define  it  as  another  step 
above  what  a  high  school  paper  is,"  says 
William  J.  Griffith  '50,  Duke's  vice  president 
for  student  affairs,  remembering  The  Chroni- 
cle as  it  was  during  his  years  as  a  student  and 
administrator  in  the  1950s.  "It  focused  on 
social  life,  and  reported  who  was  pinning 
whom.  The  great  breakthrough  was  when  it 
became  a  daily.  It's  difficult  to  be  issue- 
oriented  when  you're  coming  out  once  or 
twice  a  week." 

Still,  The  Chronicle  stirred  up  its  share  of 
trouble.  In  1959,  editor  Fred  Andrews  '60  was 
fired  and  the  publication  of  the  paper  halted 
for  four  issues  after  it  ran  an  editorial  column 
that  parodied  the  story  of  Christmas.  That's 
still  the  only  time  the  paper  has  ever  fallen 
victim  to  overt  administrative  censorship, 
although  during  the  turbulent  Sixties  and 
Seventies   The   Chronicle   published   more 


"This  is  a  place  where 

people  come  if  they're 

interested  in  journalism, 

not  to  further  any  sort  of 

cause,"  says  editor  Paul 

Gaffney. 


than  a  few  controversial  items. 

Jake  Phelps,  director  of  the  University 
Union,  has  been  working  at  Duke  on  and  off 
since  the  early  Sixties.  "It  was  very  interest- 
ing to  watch  it  spread  into  the  later  Sixties, 
the  way  it  became  more  of  an  activist  paper 
and  made  no  bones  about  being  not  just 
liberal  but  relatively  radical,"  says  Phelps.  "A 
lot  of  people  during  that  time  got  more  po- 
litical education  from  reading  The  Chronicle 
than  they  did  from  their  classes." 

The  Chronicle  began  coming  out  three 
times  a  week  in  1966,  and  went  daily  two 
years  later.  During  that  time,  the  editors 
began  a  trend  that  would  last  more  than  a 
decade.  They  weren't  just  journalists— they 
were  advocates.  They  published  front-page 
editorials  against  the  Vietnam  War.  They 
took  an  active  role  in  promoting  the  1968 
four-day  Vigil,  in  which  more  than  1,000 
people  gathered  on  the  main  quad  to  protest, 
among  other  things,  low  wages  paid  to  Duke 
workers  and  the  assassination  of  Martin 
Luther  King  Jr.  A  black  border  framed  the 
front  page  the  day  after  Richard  Nixon  was 
elected  to  the  presidency.  In  one  of  their 
most  infamous  moments,  the  editors  pub- 
lished a  headline  that  read  "What?  Missed 
Again?"  over  a  story  about  a  second  assassina- 
tion attempt  on  President  Gerald  Ford. 

"I  thought  it  was  a  thoroughly  interesting 
period,"  says  Phelps.  "But  even  advocating 
advocacy  journalism  as  I  do,  I  have  to  admit 
that  when  the  paper  got  less  political,  it  got 
more  professional." 

That's  not  necessarily  an  improvement, 
says  Dave  Birkhead  '69,  who  edited  the  paper 
in  1965-66.  "I  think  it's  unfortunate  that  The 
Chronicle  has  become  a  junior-league  train- 
ing ground  for  the  commercial  press,"  says 
Birkhead,  who  lives  in  Durham  and  is  asso- 
ciated with  the  North  Carolina  Independent,  a 
bi-weekly  "alternative"  newspaper.  "College 
is  one  of  the  last  times  that  you  have  the  free- 
dom to  try  out  lots  of  new  things.  From  what 
I've  seen  of  The  Chronicle  [today],  it  could  be 
a  small-town  newspaper  in  any  town.  They're 
not  challenging  or  even  examining  the  ideas 
abroad  in  the  society. 

"It's  not  that  they're  particularly  loutish. 


But  the  paper  has  become  perceived  as  an 
exercise  for  college  journalists.  It's  a  pre- 
professional  club.  I  wonder  if  the  pressures  of 
putting  out  a  daily  paper  don't  contribute  to 
some  extent  to  that  orientation.  With  a  little 
more  leisure  time,  there  might  be  more  time 
to  relax,  reflect,  and  raise  hell." 

Today's  editors  say  thanks,  but  no  thanks. 
"This  is  a  place  people  come  if  they're  inter- 
ested in  journalism,  not  to  further  any  sort  of 
cause,"  says  Gaffney.  "Back  then,  as  far  as  I 
can  tell,  everyone  up  here  was  a  liberal.  If  you 
were  a  conservative,  you  probably  didn't 
want  to  come  up  here  and  spend  forty  hours 
a  week  with  a  bunch  of  people  who  were  so 
adamantly  opposed  to  you  ideologically." 

There's  still  plenty  of  ideology  to  be  found 
in  The  Chronicle.  Almost  every  letter  or 
column  received  is  printed  on  the  editorial 
pages,  which  appear  each  day  at  the  center 
of  the  paper.  And  the  editorial  board— con- 
sisting primarily  of  elected  Chronicle  depart- 
ment heads  and  their  assistants— votes  by 
majority  rule  on  the  subjects  for  each  day's 
editorials.  The  board  narrowly  endorsed 
Ronald  Reagan  for  president  last  year,  a  move 
that  made  many  old-line  Chronicle  types 
cringe.  But  Gaffney  is  quick  to  counter  the 
notion  that  the  paper's  editorials  are  a  pro- 
duct of  the  current  conservative  revival.  "On 
our  editorial  page,  I  suppose  I'd  characterize 
The  Chronicle  as  moderate  to  liberal.  We've 
had  a  number  of  anti-Reagan  editorials  this 
year,  and  I've  probably  voted  for  all  of  them." 

Gaffney  also  points  out  that  the  editors 
don't  see  themselves  as  national  political 
commentators.  "Our  focus  is  much  more 
campus-oriented.  We  only  go  to  national 
issues  if  we  can't  find  anything  to  write  about 
on  campus." 

So  the  motivation's  not  political.  Nor  is  it 
financial.  Then  why  do  people  spend  so 
much  time  working  for  The  Chronicle!  The 
paper  does  have  an  excellent  placement 
record.  Ten  staff  members  were  hired  as  in- 
terns at  daily  newspapers  last  summer,  and 
each  year  several  Chronicle  graduates  become 
professional  journalists.  Such  diverse  publica- 
tions as  The  Wall  Street  Journal,  the  San  Diego 
Union,  and  Rolling  Stone  have  hired— and 
promoted  to  positions  of  influence— alumni 
of  The  Chronicle. 

But  according  to  news  co-editor  Mullen, 
interest  is  waning  in  journalism  as  a  career. 
So  why  the  commitment?  "For  me,  it's  partially 
ego,  I  have  to  admit.  The  paper  comes  out 
every  day  and  I  like  to  be  a  part  of  it.  It's  a 
pretty  popular  thing  on  campus.  In  terms  of 
extracurricular  activities,  it's  about  as  visible 
as  you  can  get.  Not  that  your  name  is  always 
there,  but  the  product  is.  The  student  gov- 
ernment is  not  as  visible.  About  the  only 
thing  that  compares  is  a  sports  team." 

The  Chronicle  itself  is  a  team,  with  the  vari- 
ous departments  coming  together  one  way  or 
another  during  a  production  day  that  gener- 


ally  lasts  from  3  p.m.  to  3  a.m.  The  depart- 
ments—each with  its  own  hierarchy  of  editors 
and  assistants— include  sports,  photography, 
news,  features,  entertainment,  and  the  edi- 
torial page.  The  Chronicle  also  publishes  three 
inserts,  "Sportswrap"  (Mondays),  "Carillon"  (a 
features  magazine  appearing  each  Wednes- 
day), and  "R  &  R"  (a  Thursday  arts  and  enter- 
tainment insert). 

But  The  Chronicle  is  not  the  creation  of 
students  alone.  The  paper  has  a  professional 
business  and  advertising  staff  headed  by 
general  manager  Barry  Ericksen  '84.  The 
professionals  are  hired  by  the  Chronicle 
Board,  a  panel  of  students  and  administra- 
tors that  replaced  the  Publications  Board  as 
the  paper's  publisher  several  years  ago.  Al- 
though the  board  exercises  no  editorial  con- 
trol, it  has  the  right  to  approve  the  paper's 
budget.  Theoretically,  the  university  could 
pull  the  plug  on  The  Chronicle,  but  in  prac- 
tice the  paper  has  been  editorially  indepen- 
dent. If  The  Chronicle  wasn't  censored  in  the 
Sixties  and  Seventies,  it's  probably  safe 
forever. 

After  fifteen  years  of  being  channeled 
through  the  student  government,  The 
Chronicle's  $100,000  subsidy  will  come 
directly  from  student  activity  fees  next  year, 
and  any  future  increase  in  that  subsidy  will 
be  subject  to  student  vote.  That's  the  result 
of  a  November  student  referendum.  Chroni- 
cle staff  members  proposed  to  give  the  paper 
a  bit  more  independence,  since  the  student 
government  is  one  of  The  Chronicle's  main 
targets  for  coverage  and  criticism.  The  refer- 
endum passed  overwhelmingly.  "The  stu- 
dent government  is  a  special  interest  group 
that  we  cover,  and  the  potential  for  it  to  take 
control  over  The  Chronicle  is  a  lot  greater 
than  the  student  body  in  general,"  says 
Gaffney.  "If  the  student  body  in  general 
decided  not  to  give  us  an  increase  or  even 
went  through  the  process  of  taking  our  fund- 
ing away,  then  there's  probably  something 
pretty  wrong  with  the  paper  anyway." 

That's  not  likely  to  occur.  From  its  incep- 
tion, through  two  world  wars,  a  radical  era, 
and  countless  controversies,  The  Chronicle 
hasn't  diminished  in  popularity.  By  mid- 
afternoon  on  most  days,  copies  have  dis- 
appeared from  the  distribution  points. 
Whether  they  love  it  or  hate  it,  people  read 
it— even  if  only  for  the  comics  and  the  off- 
beat "personals"  section  of  the  classified  ads. 

Today's  Chronicle  editors  like  to  think  the 
paper  is  straightforward.  Under  the  parlia- 
mentary system  favored  through  the  years  by 
the  editorial  board,  that  approach  could 
change  with  the  next  majority.  It  may  not  be 
a  good  way  to  run  a  business,  but  it  is  a  good 
way  to  run  a  student  newspaper.  ■ 

Scher  '84  was  editor  o/The  Chronicle  in  1983-84. 
He  is  assistant  editor  of  the  Durham-based  magazine 
America. 


■  Chronicle  throughout 
the  years  have  been 
accused  of  bias,  inaccuracy, 
cynicism,  and  idealism;  but 
they  remain  one  of  the  most 
powerful— and  presumably 
most  respected -student 
voices. 

Not  much  has  missed  The 
Chronicle's  watchful  eye.  At 
various  times,  editors  have 
urged  students  to  protest  the 
Vietnam  War,  behave  a  little 
better  at  basketball  games, 
and  vote  for  Ronald  Reagan. 
Administrators  have  opened 
their  newspapers  to  find  that 
the  editors  advocated  the 
merging  of  the  men's  and 
women's  colleges,  opposed  the 
proposed  Nixon  library,  and 
regretted  the  university's  lack 
of  success  in  recruiting  minor- 


Here's  a  Chronic/e's-eye- 
view  of  some  significant  topics 
in  Duke  (and  social)  history: 

December  9,  1941 
[On  the  coming  of  war]  The 
grim  dance  of  death  has  be- 
gun in  earnest.  Another 
generation  of  American  youth 
has  been  called  forth  to  wade 
in  blood.  This  time  there  will 
be  no  mass  hysteria,  no  cheap 
heroics,  no  loud  bravado.  With 
quiet  resolve  and  determina- 
tion, the  young  men  of 
America  have  already  ac- 
cepted their  call  to  arms. 


pril  11,  1968 
[On  the  four-day  Vigil  involv- 
ing more  than  1,000  students, 
faculty  members,  and  workers] 
The  vigil  was  a  call  for  a 
change  in  spirit,  a  call  for  the 
University  as  an  institution  to 
take  a  position  of  leadership  in 
the  community,  a  call  for 
recommitment  by  whites  to 
the  principle  of  non-violence, 
and  to  working  together  to 
help  the  blacks. 

November  7,  1968 
[On  the  election  of  Richard 
M.  Nixon  LL.B.  '37]  The  elec- 
tion  of  a  conniving  politician 
to  the  Presidency  and  of  a 
bumbling  bigot  to  the  Vice 
Presidency  is  the  dishearten- 
ing end  result  of  a  year  that 
saw  an  unprecedented  politi- 
cal effort  towards  building  a 
more  humane  and  rational 
society. 

December  15,  1969 
[On  Terry  Sanford's  being 
named  Duke  president]  Duke 
will  need,  we  think,  a  vigor- 
ous, active  President  who  can 
lend  the  institution  firm  lead- 
ership and  direction;  Mr. 
Sanford's  record  in  political 
life  suggests  that  this  may  be 
what  we've  gotten.  If  so,  his 
term  will  stand  in  marked 
contrast  certainly  to  the  last 
eight  months  and,  unfortu- 
nately, some  time  prior  to  that 
period. 


April  22,  1970 
[On  the  continuing  war  in 
Vietnam]  This  war,  entered 
into  for  evil  ends,  has  done 
nothing  but  ravage  Vietnam 
and  kill  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  Vietnamese  and 
Americans.  The  honorable 
solution  and,  in  the  last  analy- 
sis, the  only  course  open  to 
the  Nixon  regime,  is  total 
withdrawal.  We  support  the 
struggle  of  the  Vietnamese 
people  against  the  American 
occupation  of  their  land. 

March  6,  1972 

[On  the  prospect  of  coeduca- 
tion] For  years  now  it  seemed 
ridiculous.  We  all  attended  the 
same  classes,  were  taught  by 
the  same  faculty,  ate  in  the 
same  dining  halls,  and  be- 
longed to  many  of  the  same 
organizations.  What  seemed 
most  ridiculous  of  all  were  the 
apparent  reasons  for  continu- 
ing the  system  at  all.  Last  year, 
when  we  began  to  live  on 
each  other's  campuses,  we 
just  had  to  believe  that  an  end 
to  the  absurdity  was  inevitable. 
And  when  all  our  deans  re- 
signed last  fall  we  knew  it  was 
imminent.  But  nevertheless, 
when  we  heard  about  it  over 
the  weekend  or  this  morning, 
as  expected  as  it  was,  the 
creation  of  a  new  undergradu- 
ate college  for  men  and 
women  still  gave  us  a  feeling 
more  of  optimism  than  just 
relief. 

September  3,  1981 
[On  the  proposed  location  at 
Duke  of  a  library  containing 
the  Nixon  presidential  papers] 
The  confidential  papers  and 
infamous  tapes  virtually  are 
Duke's  for  the  asking.  We  fer- 
vently pray  that  Duke  never 
ask  that  question. ...We  can  in 
no  way  justify,  no  matter  how 
valuable  the  papers  and  tapes 
may  be,  the  erection  of  a 
memorial  to  a  crook. 

December  8,  1984 
[On  the  trustees'  decision  to 
name  then-Chancellor  Keith 
Brodie  as  Duke's  seventh 
president]  Sometimes  you 
look  for  something  so  hard, 
and  when  you  finally  find  it,  it 
was  in  your  own  backyard  the 
whole  time.. ..In  choosing 
Brodie,  a  qualified  candidate 
with  a  strong  feel  for  how  the 
University  functions,  the 
board  of  trustees  has  guaran- 
teed that  Duke's  current 
.  momentum -needed  at  this 
pivotal  point  in  its  history - 
will  be  maintained. 


J 


DUKE  RESEARCH 


CONFESSIONS 


OF  A 


QUITTER 


I  did  it,  and  it  wasn't  easy.  And  I  hope 
I  never  have  to  do  it  again.  I  quit 
smoking.  But  don't  stop  here.  I'm 
not  one  of  those  self-righteous  peo- 
ple who  make  sure  you  know  they've 
quit  smoking,  doping,  drinking, 
even  thinking  about  that  which 
you,  poor  wretch,  continue  to  do.  It 
must,  somehow,  reinforce  their  sense  of 
accomplishment.  Granted,  patting  yourself 
on  the  back  has  its  purposes,  but  we'll  have 
none  of  that— at  least,  not  here.  So,  don't  be 
afraid  to  read  on. 

I  certainly  didn't  do  it  by  myself;  from  ear- 
lier attempts,  I  knew  I  couldn't.  Some  may  be 
able;  I  wasn't.  It  took  a  tested  program  with  a 
good  track  record  to  convince  me  that  I  could 
stop,  cold  turkey.  Of  course,  you  have  to  want 
to  quit,  or  be  forced  to  quit  because  a  doctor 
orders  you  to.  I  didn't  want  to  wait  for  the 
latter  reason.  (That  sentence  just  lost  me 
several  readers.  I  promise  from  now  on  only 
doctors  will  make  health  statements,  and 
you  can  skip  over  them  if  you  want  to  stick  to 
the  "how  to"  parts.) 

The  Duke  Quit  Smoking  Clinic,  headed 
by  Dr.  Robert  H.  Shipley,  has  a  success  rate  of 
94  percent  after  a  week,  54  percent  after  six 
months.  Shipley  is  hesitant  to  banter  about 
percentages  and  compare  smoking  cessation 
programs.  "There  is  some  research  on  the 
voluntary  health  organization  programs— 
the  American  Lung  Association,  American 
Cancer  Society,  Seventh  Day  Adventists— 
showing  about  a  20  percent  six-month  to 
one-year  success  rate,  and  that's  actually  con- 
sidered to  be  a  good  rate,"  he  says.  And,  like  a 
scientist,  he  looks  through  a  desk  file  drawer 
to  substantiate  his  remark:  "The  methods  of 
determining  success  are  so  varied  as  to  make 
direct  program  comparison  virtually  impos- 
sible," he  quotes  from  "the  literature,"  as  he 
refers  to  various  established  sources.  "How- 
ever, a  long-term  reported  success  rate  of  20 
percent  is  considered  a  good  outcome." 

Shipley  is  a  tall,  thin,  bearded  man  with  a 
relaxed  but  straight-forward  manner.  He 
used  to  smoke  a  pack  and  a  half  a  day  but  quit 
even  before  coming  to  Duke  in  1977  to  direct 
the  Stop  Smoking  Clinic,  as  it  was  then 


BY  SAM  HULL 


► 

a?i 

X  * 
^i 

called.  He  is  now  chief  of  psychology  at  the 
Veteran's  Administration  Medical  Center, 
across  from  Duke  North,  and  an  associate 
professor  of  psychiatry  in  the  medical  school. 
He's  also  the  man  who  holds  the  orientation 
sessions  for  smokers  who  want  to  quit.  He 
tells  you  what  smoking  does  to  you,  what 
changes  you'll  notice  when  you've  quit,  and 
how  to  get  ready  for  it. 

I  sat  in  on  a  recent  orientation  session. 
The  crowd  was  small,  about  sixteen  people. 
They  asked  hard,  cynical  questions  as  Shipley 
went  through  his  informal  but  informative 
presentation.  Will  quitting  slow  down  my 
metabolism?  Will  I  gain  weight?  Should  we 
use  Nicorette  (a  prescription  chewing  gum 
containing  nicotine)?  One  man  left  halfway 
through.  Others  laughed  about  taking  a 
cigarette  break  before  they  wrote  their 
checks  for  the  $150,  five-session  evening 
program. 

I  remember  the  nervousness,  the  sweaty 
fear  of  facing  cold-turkey  torment.  I  had 
mailed  in  my  check:  a  commitment  to  break 


a  twenty-one  year  habit,  addiction,  obses- 
sion, whatever.  This  was  to  be  like  Alcoho- 
lics Anonymous,  I  imagined,  with  support 
groups,  therapists,  the  works.  And  if  I 
couldn't  cope,  there  was  Meyer  Ward  nearby: 
Ray  Milland  in  Lost  Weekend,  put  me  away 
with  medical  supervision. 

Shipley  is  used  to  the  questions,  and  the 
misconceptions.  The  most  common  one,  he 
says,  is  that  success  is  a  matter  of  will  power. 
"It's  not  so  much  a  matter  of  will  power  as  it 
is  a  skill.  And  by  skill,  I  mean  knowing  the 
right  things  to  do  and  think  instead  of  smok- 
ing. Will  power  can  be  successful  in  a  short 
term,  but  you  can  only  grit  your  teeth  for  so 
long,  suffer  for  so  long,  and  then  you  go  back 
to  smoking.  But  with  skill,  you  can  be  free  of 
cigarettes  with  a  minimum  of  suffering. 

"Of  course,  you  have  to  want  to  quit,  but 
that's  different  than  using  will  power  as  a 
technique  to  quit.  Once  you  want  to  quit, 
then  the  easiest  way  and  the  most  successful 
way  is  to  learn  the  most  efficacious  methods. 
It's  like  anything  else." 

What's  the  most  common  excuse  for  peo- 
ple not  to  quit  smoking?  Says  Shipley,  "A 
frequent  one  is,  'I  know  someone  who  lived 
to  be  80  and  smoked  all  of  his  or  her  life,'  or 
'is  still  living  and  healthy  as  a  horse.  So  all 
this  stuff  about  smoking  killing  you  is  hooey.' 
The  answer  to  that  is,  they  don't  understand 
statistics.  The  idea  is  that  if  you  smoke,  you 
increase  your  probability  greatly  that  you 
will  suffer  smoking-related  illnesses  and  pre- 
mature death;  it  doesn't  guarantee  that  it  will 
kill  you.  It's  like  playing  Russian  roulette, 
wherein  most  of  us  have  one  bullet  in  the 
cylinder  and  the  smoker  has  two  or  three. 
Some  people  are  going  to  be  able  to  pull  that 
trigger  a  lot  of  times  and  never  get  killed.  But 
you  increase  your  odds  when  you  smoke." 

And  there's  that  weight  question.  They 
may  have  removed  the  smoking  ads  from  TV, 
but  it  seems  they've  replaced  them  with  per- 
fect-bodies-by-the-beach  commercials.  But 
Shipley  has  us  pegged:  "The  concern  there  is 
not  so  much,  'I'll  be  less  healthy  when  I  gain 
weight,'  but  that  'I  won't  look  as  good.'  The 
reality  is:  two-thirds  of  the  people  who  quit 
smoking  don't  gain  weight,  and  of  the  one- 


third  of  those  that  do,  it's  usually  in  the  five- 
to  ten-pound  range.  Usually,  they're  able  to 
get  back  to  within  a  pound  of  their  base  line 
level  within  a  few  years  of  quitting. 

"When  ex-smokers  who  have  gained 
weight  go  back  to  smoking,  they  do  not  then 
lose  the  weight.  Smoking  is  not  a  treatment 
for  overweight.  There  are  better  treatments 
available,  especially  in  this  town." 

Treatments.  I  was  being  treated  for  smok- 
ing. We  were  instructed  to  stop  smoking 
twenty-four  hours  before  coming  to  our  first 
session  at  7:30  p.m.  on,  God  help  us,  a  Mon- 
day. Throw  away  all  cigarettes,  empty  your 
ashtrays,  and  then  empty  the  garbage  so  you 
won't  be  tempted.  On  the  way  to  the  first  ses- 
sion, stop  to  buy  a  pack  of  your  brand  and 
bring  it,  unopened.  The  cigarettes  would  be 
left  with  the  clinic  leader  to  be  dispensed  for 
"smoke  holding,"  an  adversive  therapy  kind 
of  thing.  You  take  a  large  drag  from  your 
cigarette,  but  instead  of  inhaling,  you  hold 
the  smoke  in  your  mouth  for  thirty  seconds. 
It  concentrates  all  the  bad  aspects  of  smoking 
to  your  mouth,  tongue,  throat.  Aside  from 
making  me  cough,  a  bit  dizzy,  and  headachy, 
it  reminded  me  of  that  first,  forbidden  cigar- 
ette—a  Kent  it  was— when  I  was  12,  and  how 
I  later  prayed  to  throw  up  but  couldn't. 

"After  a  person  quits  for  a  day  or  more,"  says 
Shipley,  "smoke  holding  underscores  the 
body's  negative  response  to  cigarette  smoke— 
it  tastes  foul,  burns  the  mouth,  and  produces 
muscle  tension  and  headaches.  They  don't 
usually  want  another  cigarette  after  that." 
And  we  did  that  at  the  end  of  each  session 
thereafter  on  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Friday, 
and  an  optional  Monday  booster.  It  may 
sound  bizarre  to  some,  but  it's  a  lot  more 
humane  than  historical  methods,  which 
range  from  nose  amputation  in  the  seven- 
teenth century  under  Russia's  Tsar  Michael, 
or  being  dragged  through  the  streets  of  Con- 
stantinople with  your  pipe  piercing  your 
nose,  to  decapitation  in  China  if  caught 
smoking  or  trafficking  in  tobacco. 

There's  also  a  little  book— four  inches 
across— that  you're  given  before  you  start, 
called  QuitSmart:  A  Guide  to  Freedom  from 
Cigarettes,  written  by  Shipley.  "The  idea  is 
that  it  will  be  a  working  manual,"  he  explains, 
"that  you'd  write  in,  list  reasons  for  quitting, 
read  sections  several  times,  sort  of  clutch  it  to 
your  breast." 

The  book  is  divided  into  three  sections: 
Preparing  to  Quit,  Quitting,  and  Remaining 
a  Nonsmoker.  It's  the  result  of  his  years  of  re- 
search and  the  research  of  others.  "This  is 
just  the  latest  in  a  stage,"  says  Shipley.  "The 
initial  press  run  is  about  sold  out,  so  when  it's 
revised,  I'm  going  to  change  about  fifteen  of 
those  ninety-six  pages  again.  It  just  keeps  on 
being  revised,  and  I  think  it  should  be. 
Things  change." 

And  so  does  the  novice  nonsmoker.  First, 
you  notice  the  change  in  your  face:  the  color 


returns.  That's  not  from  eating  vegetables,  as 
your  mother  promised,  but  from  the  increase 
in  the  amount  of  oxygen  in  the  blood.  Of 
course,  we  all  know  how  your  senses  return: 
Things  actually  have  more  taste,  the  sense  of 
smell  becomes  acute  (I,  personally,  can  sniff 
out  a  hidden  ashtray  at  forty  paces).  And  you 
wake  up  without  that  fogginess— and  froggi- 
ness— of  times  past. 

All  fine  and  good,  you're  probably  saying— if 
you're  still  reading— but  what  about  the 
coping,  the  frayed  nerves,  the  urge?  Shipley 
has  another  tool  for  that:  the  QuitSmart  Self- 
Hypnosis  Tape.  This  isn't  a  magician's  trick 
that  will  have  you  in  front  of  a  crowd,  cluck- 


"It's  like  playing  Russian 
roulette,  wherein  most  of 
us  have  one  bullet  in  the 
cylinder  and  the  smoker 
has  two  or  three." 


ing  like  a  hen,  and  not  even  knowing  it.  The 
key  word  is  Self.  And  it's  an  optional  part  of 
the  clinic.  Shipley  teaches  you  how  to  relax 
and  absorb  yourself  in  the  tape's  melodic 
voice.  You  learn  to  focus  your  mind  on  the 
tape's  suggestions.  Side  One,  "Quitting," 
eases  you  through  the  first  few  weeks.  It  offers 
suggestion  on  how  to  relax  and  enjoy  healthy 
alternatives  to  smoking  while  avoiding 
negative  side  effects.  Side  Two,  "Remaining  a 
Nonsmoker,"  is  like  a  booster  shot.  It  helps  to 
instill  an  attitude  of  inner  calm  and  pride  of 
accomplishment,  something  we  all  need 
whether  we  smoke  or  not.  Listening  to  either 
side  takes  less  than  fifteen  minutes. 

I  found  self-hypnosis  good  for  positive 
reinforcement,  to  get  through  the  hardest 
part  of  withdrawal.  Yes,  it's  withdrawal.  I  was 
overcoming  an  addiction,  not  just  breaking  a 
bad  habit.  "The  literature  suggests  that  when 
smokers  try  to  quit  on  their  own— and  most 
smokers  who  quit,  do  so  on  their  own— the 
chances  for  success  are  about  the  same  as  a 
person  withdrawing  from  heroin  or  alcohol 
in  a  clinic,  about  20  percent  after  a  year," 
Shipley  says.  "Yet  we  wouldn't  expect  alcoho- 
lics or  heroin  addicts  to  do  it  on  their  own. 
But  because  society,  historically,  has  accepted 
smoking  and  because  you  see  it  every  day,  you 
just  assume  it's  a  habit  one  could  just  lay 
down  without  any  real  trouble." 

After  the  learning  sessions,  the  group  dis- 
cussions, the  smoke  holding,  the  listening  to 
the  tapes  or  using  other  forms  of  coping, 
you're  alone  with  your  own  resolve.  Your  sys- 
tem is  nicotine-free,  but  another  stage  begins. 
For  whatever  reason  you  smoked,  it's  still 


there.  You  have  to  find  out  why  and  deal  with 
it.  Monthly  follow-up  sessions  provide  that 
outlet.  The  first  Thursday  evening  of  each 
month  is  for  meeting  with  the  clinic  leader 
and  others  who  have  been  through  the  pro- 
gram. Some  of  them  you  may  not  know,  but 
you  share  experiences  or  discuss  individual 
ways  of  handling  the  mental  changes. 

"Treating  smoking  involves  so  much  treat- 
ing the  whole  person's  social  and  psychologi- 
cal fabric,"  Shipley  says.  "When  we  talk 
about  treating  smokers,  many  of  our  interns 
are  hesitant  to  get  into  it  because  they  think 
it  will  be  boring.  But  they  find  that  it  in- 
volves stress  management,  marital  therapy, 
anger  control,  all  sorts  of  things  that  get 
sparked  when  a  person  quits  smoking  that 
then  have  to  be  dealt  with." 

Does  the  program  have  sufficient  back-up 
systems  for  the  emotional  side  of  quitting? 
"Responses  to  our  questionnaires  have 
shown  that  very  often  participants  wanted  to 
have  more  follow-up  sessions.  In  fact,  that's  a 
measure  of  how  cohesive  the  groups  were; 
they  wanted  to  keep  meeting.  But  if  you 
study  any  of  the  literature,  you'll  find  that 
where  people  have  varied  the  number  of 
sessions,  more  sessions  have  not  resulted  in 
higher  success  rates,  and,  in  fact,  more  ses- 
sions often  result  in  lower  success  rates.  People 
become  dependent  on  the  group  as  opposed 
to  their  own  resources.  Once  finally  deprived 
of  that,  as  they  must  necessarily  at  some  time 
be,  then  that  external  control  isn't  there  and 
they  fall  off  the  wagon. 

"The  answer  is  no,  we  don't  have  enough, 
but  the  literature  doesn't  suggest  any  way  to 
provide  that.  What  we  try  to  do  is  to  teach 
the  person  how  to  get  that  support  in  their 
natural  environment,  so  that  it's  more  read- 
ily available  [than  a  once-a-month  session], 
and  how  to  provide  some  of  it  for  themselves: 
patting  themselves  on  the  back,  structuring 
their  daily  lives  so  there's  more  pleasure  and 
fewer  hassles,  and  just  generally  leading  a 
happier  lifestyle." 

It's  been  a  year  now  since  I  quit.  I've  taken 
up  aerobics  three  times  a  week  to  burn  off 
tension  and,  yes,  the  weight  I  gained  (about 
ten  pounds,  but  dwindling).  I  also  take  deep, 
belly-breaths  in  situations  where  I  would 
have  taken  a  deep,  hot  drag  from  a  cigarette. 
I  don't  get  as  many  colds.  I  eat  healthier 
foods.  I  sleep  better,  yet  once  in  a  while  I'll 
dream  about  cigarettes.  But  they're  usually 
guilt  dreams  in  which  I  catch  myself  smoking 
because  I've  forgotten  that  I've  quit.  Some 
days  I  do  forget  that  I've  quit,  because  I  no 
longer  think  of  myself  as  a  smoker— that's 
part  of  the  treatment. 

As  I  said,  it  wasn't  easy.  I'm  still  trying  to  be 
that  peaceful  kind  of  person,  the  one  with 
the  pervasive  serenity,  the  calm  hands,  the 
one  who  refrains  from  telling  you,  without 
the  least  hint  of  self-righteousness,  that  he 
used  to  smoke. 


37 


DUKE  PROFILE 


Popular  science:  possibility 
or  non  sequitur.  For  genera- 
tions of  Americans  who 
spent  the  better  part  of  their 
primary  and  secondary 
school  years  awaiting  the 
promise  of  their  science 
textbooks— the  ones  whose 
titles  invariably  began  with  Adventures  in..,— 
the  concept  of  popularized  science  may  seem 
remote. 

Not  so  for  Ted  Bogosian  73,  who  is,  as  a 
writer/producer/director  for  the  PBS  series 
Nova,  at  the  forefront  of  science  program- 
ming for  the  masses.  Throughout  its  twelve- 
year  history,  the  series  has  been  taking  sci- 
ence out  of  the  textbooks  and  labs  and  put- 
ting it  in  the  living  rooms  of  some  ten  million 
weekly  viewers.  Bogosiahs  own  contribu- 
tions to  Nova's  scientific  fare— from  plastic 
surgery  to  computer  spies,  evolution  to  Inter- 
feron—suggest  both  the  range  of  topics  and 
the  growing  impact  of  science  and  tech- 
nology on  daily  life. 

That  growing  impact  is  reflected  in  a  larger 
and  more  diverse  viewership,  he  says,  which 
extends  into  virtually  all  age  and  socio- 
economic groups.  "More  people  are  enjoying 
technology.  More  are  employed  in  high- 
technology  jobs.  They  want  to  know  how 
things  work,  why  things  are  as  they  are." 

What  caused  the  1980  eruption  of  Mount 
St.  Helens?  Where  are  the  battle  lines  drawn 
between  the  theories  of  evolution  and  crea- 
tion science?  What  role  does  the  procure- 
ment of  strategic  minerals  play  in  inter- 
national politics?  These  are  among  the 
heady  issues  explored  by  Bogosian  in  the 
nearly  twenty  programs  he  has  produced  for 
the  Nova  series  since  joining  Boston's  WGBH- 
TV  in  1978.  Yet,  in  the  Nova  "style,"  his  pro- 
ductions are  fast-paced,  lively,  and  thoroughly 
contemporary  in  both  content  and  design. 
The  successful  mix  of  show  biz  and  science— 
the  classic  documentary  sweetened  with  dis- 
solves, sprinkled  with  animations,  and  sea- 
soned with  resonant  narration— appeals  to 
the  palate  of  television  viewers.  And  produc- 
ing station  WGBH  is  not  inclined  to  change 
the  recipe. 


THEODORE  BOGOSIAN 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


From  Interferon  to 

evolution— a  producer 

helps  bring  the  novelty 

to  Nova. 


"The  thing  you  don't  want  to  do  is  alienate 
people  by  pitching  the  topic  at  too  high  a 
level,  or  too  low,  which  I  think  is  actually 
worse,"  says  Bogosian.  "Commercial  TV 
tends  to  underestimate  the  audience.  If  we 
err,  we  do  on  the  side  of  pitching  too  high." 
So  the  challenge  is  one  of  making  science 
entertaining,  since  Nova,  just  as  surely  as 
Dynasty,  wants  to  keep  its  audience  coming 
back  for  more. 

"It's  a  difficult  task,  and  there  are  a  lot  of 
subjects  we  have  to  turn  down  because  they 
don't  lend  themselves  to  the  Nova  style  of 
treatment,"  says  Bogosian.  "Only  recently 
have  we  been  doing  shows  on  mathematics, 
or  particle  physics,  or  recombinant  DNA 
technologies,  because  the  amount  of  informa- 
tion to  assimilate  is  great.  We  don't  want  to 
make  shows  only  for  people  who  live  in  the 
Silicon  Valley.  If  we  do  a  show  about  micro- 
chips, we  expect  that  somebody  who  has  no 
prior  knowledge  about  them  would  watch 
and  derive  information  and  enjoyment  from 
that  program." 

But  how  to  attract  both  the  expert  and  the 
lay  person?  "That's  the  trick.  You  have  to 
have  a  program  that  works  at  a  lot  of  different 
levels,  like  a  swimming  pool  with  fast,  medi- 
um, and  slow  lanes.  If  the  program  is  interest- 
ing enough,  if  it's  written  well  and  directed 


well,  if  it  sounds  good  and  looks  nice,  then 
you  have  to  have  the  feeling  that  people  are 
going  to  get  into  the  water.  Maybe  the  slow 
lane,  maybe  not,  but  that's  okay." 

Responsible  for  two  to  three  programs  each 
year,  Bogosian  is  more  a  long-distance  swim- 
mer. Because  he  spends  from  four  to  six 
months  on  each  program,  he  must  select  his 
topics  carefully.  "You  find  yourself  spending 
such  a  long  period  of  time  on  one  topic  that 
your  interest  needs  to  be  sustained,"  he  says. 
"As  soon  as  you  lose  interest,  you  get  a  bad 
film.  It's  hard  enough  to  make  a  good  film 
when  you  have  passion  and  interest.  So  one 
of  the  criteria  I  use  to  determine  whether  I 
want  to  do  a  film  is  whether  I  can  live  with 
the  topic  for  four  months." 

Few  subjects  have  captured  his  interest 
more  thoroughly  than  plastic  surgery,  the 
basis  of  two  Bogosian  productions:  "Frontiers 
of  Plastic  Surgery"  and  "A  Normal  Face," 
winner  of  several  documentary  awards  and 
Emmy  nominee  for  best  documentary  in 
1984.  "I  had  wanted  to  do  something  on 
plastic  surgery  for  some  time,"  he  says.  "A 
member  of  my  family  had  reconstructive  sur- 
gery back  in  the  1920s,  and  I  heard  quite  a  bit 
about  it  as  I  was  growing  up.  It  fascinated  me 
to  the  point  that  I  wanted  to  look  at  the  his- 
tory of  plastic  surgery."  Typical  of  Nova's 
knack  for  finding  familiar  pathways  into  un- 
familiar territory,  one  portion  of  "Frontiers" 
paralleled  the  work  of  Dr.  Alma  Morani,  a 
prominent  U.S.  plastic  surgeon,  with  her 
avocation  as  a  sculptor. 

The  emergence  of  other  Bogosian  docu- 
mentaries lends  some  insight  into  the  work- 
ings of  the  Nova  team.  A  film  on  the  world's 
"supertrains,"  a  winner  at  the  1983  Ameri- 
can Film  Festival,  was  suggested  to  him  by 
the  show's  science  editor  as  part  of  "a  good 
mix"  for  that  year's  Nova  offerings.  The  mix 
is  determined  by  the  show's  executive  pro- 
ducer and  science  editor,  who  consult  periodi- 
cally with  Nova's  advisory  board,  composed 
of  prominent  scientists.  A  show  about  fore- 
casting tornados  evolved  from  an  article 
Bogosian  read  in  Atlantic  Monthly.  "The 
National  Science  Test,"  a  multiple-choice 
potpourri  culled  from  past  Nova  programs, 


was  Bogosian's  idea.  He  loaded  the  panel  of 
on-air  contestants  with  celebrity  figures 
including  actress  Jane  Alexander,  ABC 
News  science  editor  Jules  Bergman,  and 
former  NBC  newsman  Edwin  Newman.  And 
he  invited  game  show  veteran  Art  Fleming 
to  serve  as  host,  turning  a  potentially  painful 
pop  quiz  into  a  scientific  celebrity  sweepstakes. 
The  show  was  a  success,  and  prompted  a 
second  version  last  October,  pitting  natural- 
ist David  Attenborough,  noted  psychiatrist 
Dr.  Alvin  Poussaint,  and  Air  Force  Captain 
Michelle  Johnson  against  Newman,  last 
year's  winner.  Attenborough  emerged  vic- 
torious. The  structure  of  both  programs 
enabled  Bogosian  to  spend  a  few  consecutive 


in  person,  have  coffee  with  them,  live  with 
them,  find  out  for  yourself  whether  the  media 
profile  that  has  existed  so  far  is  accurate. 
Many  times  it's  grossly  oversimplified." 

Nova's  $5.3  million  budget  covers  produc- 
tion costs  for  ten  of  the  twenty  programs  aired 
each  year,  with  per  show  budgets  of  approxi- 
mately $250,000.  The  remaining  programs 
are  purchased  from  independent  producers 
or  foreign  networks. 

Money  is  a  constant  and  nagging  issue  for 
Nova,  as  it  is  for  its  parent,  PBS.  But  the 
series  enjoys  substantial  funding— $1.5  mil- 
lion annually— from  two  corporate  giants, 
Johnson  &  Johnson  and  Allied,  neither  of 
which  exercises  any  control  over  the  series' 


Scientific  celebrity  swee\ 


months  in  town  during  production.  Nova's 
hefty  travel  requirements  keep  him  away  from 
his  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  apartment 
three  to  four  months  a  year.  He's  been  to  vir- 
tually every  country  in  Western  Europe,  as 
well  as  Japan,  Hong  Kong,  West  Africa,  and 
Central  America.  In  this  country  he's  worked 
in  all  but  three  states:  North  Dakota,  Alaska, 
and  Hawaii. 

Although  he  has  an  associate  producer 
and  a  handful  of  student  interns  to  help  him 
with  the  six  to  eight  weeks  of  research  each 
film  requires,  Bogosian  is  pretty  much  on  his 
own  as  a  Nova  producer.  He  conceives  the 
idea,  scouts  the  locations,  interviews  the  sub- 
jects, directs  on  location,  writes  the  show, 
and  supervises  the  editing.  For  a  typical 
Nova  program,  forty  to  fifty  scientists  are 
consulted.  "You  make  the  phone  calls  and 
you  hit  the  road,"  he  says.  "You  talk  to  people 


,  at  right,  preps  contestants  for  "National  Science  Test  H" 

content.  "By  PBS  regulation,"  says  Bogosian, 
"companies  cannot  influence  content.  They 
could  withdraw  funding  if  they  thought  we 
were  tackling  the  wrong  problems.  In  the 
late  Seventies,  Exxon  didn't  like  one  of  our 
programs,  'What  Price  Coal.'  I  believe  that 
program  caused  them  to  withdraw  funding. 
But  there  were  others  dying  to  underwrite  us. 
Since  Nova  started,  we  have  never  been  with- 
out a  corporate  underwriter." 

When  he  joined  Nova  in  1978,  Bogosian 
was  a  natural  candidate  for  the  series'  science- 
entertainment  mix.  He  brought  with  him  an 
acquired  taste  for  science,  technology,  and 
public  policy,  developed  during  his  under- 
graduate studies  in  political  science  at  Duke 
and  graduate  education  in  public  policy  at 
Harvard.  He  also  brought  an  enduring  appre- 
ciation of  television  entertainment,  which 
he  fine-tuned  as  a  member  of  "the  starting 


five  on  the  tube  team"  at  Duke— a  group 
known  for  its  daily  loyalty  to  game  shows  and 
soap  operas. 

The  unlikely  mix  enabled  Bogosian  to 
approach  highly  complicated  topics  in  sci- 
ence and  technology,  to  analyze  them  as  a 
scholar,  investigate  them  as  a  journalist,  and 
present  them  as  a  veteran  of  the  college  tube 
team.  Bogosian  knew  that  in  Nova  he'd  found 
a  home. 

The  combination  was  particularly  success- 
ful in  the  production  of  "The  Colbalt  Blues," 
which  took  the  Writer's  Guild's  Best  Docu- 
mentary Award  in  1983.  "This  was  a  tricky 
subject  about  strategic  minerals.  The  thesis 
of  the  show  was  that  there  was  a  lot  of  mis- 
information and  disinformation  being  ap- 
plied by  right-wing  groups  and  some  self- 
interested  organizations  within  the  federal 
government."  Their  object,  so  the  thesis 
went,  was  "to  try  to  justify  American  toler- 
ance of  apartheid  in  return  for  South  African 
minerals  and  for  enjoying  South  Africa's 
strategic  position  in  Africa. 

"If  I  had  only  read  the  information  supplied 
by  these  self-interested  parties,  I  would 
probably  have  reported  that  the  strategic 
minerals  problem  was  just  as  everyone  had 
been  saying— a  difficult  problem  for  the 
American  military-industrial  complex.  In 
fact,  after  crunching  some  numbers,  I  found 
that  it  wasn't  a  very  difficult  problem,  and 
that  if  the  United  States  were  willing  to 
spend  a  few  more  bucks  in  places  like  the 
Philippines,  Canada,  and  South  America, 
we  could  diversify  our  sources  of  supply.  The 
show  contradicted  the  conventional  wisdom." 

Bogosian's  drive  isn't  fueled  by  a  desire  to 
contradict  the  conventional  wisdom.  He 
can  offer  no  concrete  evidence  that  his  pro- 
ductions have  had  any  significant  influence 
on  public  policy.  He  only  has  overnight 
ratings  and  a  handful  of  letters  per  show  to 
gauge  his  success  as  a  filmmaker.  Not  even 
family  and  friends  can  be  counted  upon  for 
much  in  the  way  of  feedback  after  witnessing 
more  than  eight  years  of  Bogosian  film- 
making. "I  don't  think  you  can  use  those 
kinds  of  external  stimuli  or  motivations  to 
think  of  why  you're  making  films,"  he  says. 
"You  have  to  think  of  interesting  stories  that 
you  like,  then  remember  the  spirit  you  had 
when  you  first  thought  of  the  topic— espe- 
cially four  months  later  when  you're  editing 
and  you've  told  the  same  story  a  hundred  dif- 
ferent times  to  a  hundred  different  people, 
and  you're  bored  with  it  completely,  and  you 
can't  remember  why  anybody  would  want  to 
look  at  this  movie." 

He  has  no  desire  to  join  the  ranks  of  docu- 
mentary producers  stabled  with  the  major 
networks,  satisfied  that  his  opportunities  at 
WGBH  are  far  greater  than  those  in  the 
commercial  sphere. 

Bogosian's  Armenian  heritage  sparked  his 
interest  in  producing  a  documentary  about 


39 


NURSING 
CONTINUING 
EDUCATION 
OPPORTUNITIES 

Duke  University  Medical  Center 


Our  offerings  are 
designed  to  update 
nurses  and  health 
professionals  in 
areas  of  contem- 
porary health  issues 
and  problems,  new 
treatment  modalities, 
and  technological 
advances. 

We  hope  you  will 
find  one  or  more  of 
our  workshops  of 
interest. 


AND  THE  BEAT  GOES  ON..... 

February  13-14, 1986 

A  step  by  step  process  of  ECG  interpreta- 
tion will  be  taught. 

CANCER  CHEMOTHERAPY: 
IMPLICATIONS  FOR  NURSING 
PRACTICE 

March  6-1, 1986 

Includes  topics  on  pharmokinetics,  patho- 
physiology of  side  effects  and  principles 
of  chemotherapy  administration. 

CLINICAL  UPDATES  FOR  THE 
LICENSED  PRACTICAL  NURSE 

March  20, 1986 

Addresses  medical  management  through 
drug  therapy.  Drug  categories  will  be  anti- 
coagulants, chemotherapy  agents,  and 
pre-procedural  medications. 

June  4,  1986 

An  update  on  infectious  diseases  includ- 
ing AIDS,  CMV,  Hepatitis,  Herpes,  and 
other  sexual  transmitted  diseases. 

TOPICS  IN  LEUKEMIA 

April  10, 1986 

An  overview  of  current  knowledge,  treat- 
ment modalities,  research,  and  patient 
care  practices  employed  m  the  manage- 
ment of  the  patient  with  leukemia. 

CHRONIC  PAIN- 

A  NURSING  PERSPECTIVE 

May  21, 1986 

Focuses  on  a  multidisciplinary  approach 
to  treating  chronic  pain. 

ASPECTS  OF 
TRANSPLANTATION 

June  27, 1986 

Familiarizes  health  care  providers  with 
principles  of  transplantation.  The  nursing 
care  focus  will  be  on  the  renal  transplant. 


For  more  information  contact: 

Debra  W.  Carter,  Box  3883,  Duke  University 
Center,  Durham,  NC  27710 
(919)  684-5434 


hile  there  may  be  an 


glance  at  the  ap- 
parent prosperity  of  the  com- 
mercial networks,  editorial 
staffers  at  National  Public 
Radio,  as  with  their  counter- 
parts at  the  Public  Broadcast- 
ing Service,  are  a  loyal  lot 
who've  traded  big  budgets  for 
the  chance  to  bring  their 
audience  the  big  picture. 

Ted  Bogosian  '73,  a  pro- 
ducer for  the  PBS  series 
Nova,  says  money  is  "a  con- 
stant issue,"  but  likes  the  in- 
dependence and  latitude  in 
topics  that  public  television 
affords  him  as  a  documentary 
filmmaker.  Celeste  Wesson 
'72,  national  editor  in  news 
and  information  for  NPR's 
Morning  Edition  and  All 
Things  Considered,  says 
money  is  "a  constant  con- 
cern," but  likes  the  depth  of 
coverage  that  is  NPR's 


"Most  commercial  radio 


journalism  is  top-of-the-hour 
headline  news,"  she  says.  "And 
while  it  is  satisfying  to  get  a 
story  on  the  air  quickly,  I'm 
more  interested  in  explaining 
why  something  happened, 
how  it  happened,  its  history, 
what  it  means,  than  just  the 
fact  that  it  happened.  With 
commercial  radio,  it's  hard  to 
get  to  a  deeper  level  in  forty 
seconds." 

Wesson  began  her  radio 
career  at  Durham's  now  de- 
funct WDBS-FM,  after  four 
years  with  the  student 
Chronicle  during  her  under- 
graduate days.  "I  loved  it,"  she 
says  of  her  print  days.  "I  never 
thought  about  broadcasting 
until  I  came  to  WDBS.  Then  I 
found  I  liked  radio,  particular- 
ly the  additional  element  of 
people's  voices  -  the  way  they 
say  things,  not  just  what  they 
say.  I  really  liked  working 
with  the  tapes,  listening  to 
how  they  told  stories,  and  try- 
ing to  distill  thirty  minutes  of 


conversation  into  a  five- 
story." 
Wesson  continued  doing  on- 
air  features  when  she  joined 
WBAI,  a  listener-sponsored, 


in  Washington,  D.C.,  where 
she  was  public  affairs  and 
news  director.  It  wasn't  until 
1980,  when  she  moved  to 
NPR,  that  she  moved  off-mike 
into  editing.  Her  day  includes 
an  early  morning  check  for 
urgent  news,  meeting  with  the 
other  editors  and  producers  to 
decide  the  menu  of  the  day, 
then  going  back  to  make 
assignments  and  coordinate 
the  day's  national  stories.  "I 
was  always  on-air  until  I  came 
to  NPR,"  says  Wesson. 
"Sometimes  I  miss  the  on-air 
work -going  out  and  getting 
the  stories  and  writing  them. 
But  there  are  different  plea- 
sures to  each.  I  handle  a  wider 
range  of  stories  as  an  editor." 


the  history  of  the  Armenian  people,  an  in- 
terest he  first  indulged  last  spring  when  he 
traveled  to  Washington,  D.C.,  for  the  Cable 
News  Network  to  film  a  demonstration 
marking  the  seventieth  anniversary  of  the 
massacre  of  1.5  million  Armenians  in  Turkey. 
When  the  genocide  ended  in  1923,  nearly 
one-half  of  the  world's  Armenian  population 
had  been  slaughtered.  He's  taken  a  leave  of 
absence  from  Nova  to  produce  a  PBS  special 
on  the  topic.  "It  will  focus  on  the  genocide 
and  its  impact  on  the  society,  as  well  as  what 
it  means  to  be  Armenian  today  in  what  is 
now  a  republic  of  the  Soviet  Union.  It's  the 
project  of  a  lifetime,"  he  says. 

Bogosian  recently  completed  the  second 
in  a  series  of  books  based  on  Nova  programs. 


He's  involved  in  the  production  of  Omni  and 
Imax  films,  which  are  projected  on  the  huge 
screens  or  domes  of  specially  equipped  sci- 
ence museums.  "Before  now,  most  of  the 
films  had  to  do  with  sensations  of  speed  or 
flying.  There  was  no  content  to  speak  of. 
Science  museums  have  asked  Nova  to  col- 
laborate on  new  films,  so  we're  going  to  try  to 
take  documentary  filmmaking  one  step 
further." 

As  Bogosian  sees  it,  the  continuing  chal- 
lenge for  the  Nova  team  is  to  provide  as  many 
avenues  as  possible  to  friendly  encounters 
between  science  and  society.  "The  goal  is  to 
create  more  popular  science  education 
materials,  to  lower  the  barriers  to  under- 
standing science."  ■ 


uwHmm 


PRIDE  OF 

THE  CAROLINAS 


A  $10  million  gift  from  The  Duke 
Endowment  will  pave  the  way  for 
hundreds  of  students  from  North 
and  South  Carolina  to  attend  Duke. 

Made  through  Duke's  Capital  Campaign 
for  the  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  gift  is  the 
largest  ever  pledged  to  the  university  for  a  sin- 
gle student-aid  program.  The  Benjamin  N. 
Duke  Leadership  Fund  honors  the  brother  of 
Duke  founder  James  B.  Duke.  Mary  D.B.T 
Semans  '39  of  Durham,  who  chairs  The  Duke 
Endowment,  is  Benjamin  Duke's  granddaughter. 

The  two-part  program  will  support  ten 
Benjamin  N.  Duke  Scholarships  a  year,  build- 
ing to  a  total  of  forty,  for  North  and  South 
Carolina  students  who  show  strong  leader- 
ship and  academic  skills.  The  scholarships 
will  pay  75  percent  of  Duke  tuition,  current- 
ly $8,270  a  year.  A  second  part  of  the  program 
will  provide  as  many  as  fifty-nine  grants  to 
qualifying  North  Carolina  freshmen— a 
number  expected  to  grow.  The  grants  will 
replace  the  loan  portion  of  financial-aid 
packages,  and  will  not  have  to  be  repaid. 

The  new  student-aid  program,  in  the  words 
of  Duke  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie,  "is  the 
result  of  an  exceptional  act  of  generosity  by 
The  Duke  Endowment.  The  Benjamin  N. 
Duke  Scholarships  will  tap  the  young  leaders 
in  the  Carolinas,  providing  funds  for  their 
education  at  Duke  and  strengthening  the 
futures  of  both  states." 

Semans  says  The  Duke  Endowment  "has 
taken  this  serious  initiative  to  help  assure 
one  of  James  B.  Duke's  particular  wishes: 
that  students  in  his  home  region— the  two 
Carolinas— would  have  the  opportunity  to 
receive  an  education  of  the  highest  quality.  I 
know  that  my  grandfather  would  have  been 
so  very  pleased  to  see  his  name  associated 
with  this  new  mission  in  the  Carolinas." 


BEYOND 
DIPLOMACY 


B 


elief  in  God  over  diplomacy  can 
make  the  difference  in  a  world 
plagued  by  poverty,  war,  and  despair, 

evangelist  Billy  Graham  told  a  packed  Duke 

Chapel  audience  in  November. 
Graham,  who  recently  preached  behind 


the  Iron  Curtain,  seized  the  occasion  of  the 
November  summit  meeting  in  Geneva  be- 
tween President  Ronald  Reagan  and  Soviet 
leader  Mikhail  Gorbachev  to  emphasize  his 
point  that  political  maneuverings  are  not 
the  answer  to  the  bigger  problems  of  modern- 
day  life:  lack  of  spirituality,  deprivation,  and 
the  fear  of  death.  These  problems,  he  said, 
are  faced  by  Reagan,  Gorbachev,  and  every 
person  in  the  world,  "and  the  answer  is  found 
in  a  relationship  with  God." 

"We  ought  to  make  every  effort  for  world 
peace,"  he  said,  "[but]  God  can  answer  the 
questions  that  bother  the  whole  human 
race.  They  won't  be  answered  in  Geneva,  but 
they  can  be  answered  here  today  in  Duke 
Chapel,"  he  told  a  crowd  of  1,600  people  in 
the  chapel  and  another  1,000  people  viewing 
him  on  a  large  TV  screen  in  Page  Auditorium. 

At  a  press  conference  following  the  service, 
Graham  expressed  confidence  in  President 
Reagan's  efforts  to  bring  about  "the  elimina- 
tion of  all  armaments  of  mass  destruction." 

"In  his  heart,  he's  determined  to  use  his 
second  term  to  bring  about  peace  between 
the  Soviet  Union  and  the  United  States," 
Graham  said.  He  added  that  the  threat  of 
nuclear  war  was  pushing  the  two  superpowers 
together,  and  compared  that  danger  to  the 
mythical  sword  of  Damocles.  "That  sword 
could  fall  at  any  moment  and  destroy  the 
human  race,"  he  said.  "We're  told  civilization 


could  be  destroyed  in  less  than  eighteen 
minutes." 

Graham,  back  from  a  crusade  in  Hungary 
and  Romania,  said  he  has  "never  seen  such 
hunger  for  the  word  of  God." 


FOCUS  ON 
APARTHEID 


JK  s  part  of  a  national  focus  on  South 
^^^B\  Africa  and  its  policy  of  apartheid, 
Mf  w5k  twenty-eight  campus  groups  have 
organized  a  year-long  program  titled  "Con- 
nections: A  Duke  University  Symposium  on 
South  Africa." 

The  university  has  also  reassembled  a 
social  implications  committee  to  examine 
university  investments  in  companies  operat- 
ing in  South  Africa,  and  has  announced 
divestments  of  stock  in  two  companies 
operating  in  South  Africa  that  have  not 
signed  the  Sullivan  Principles— a  voluntary 
code  guaranteeing  equal  wages  and  working 
conditions  for  all  races. 

The  year-long  symposium  includes  a  series 
of  speeches,  forums,  and  cultural  events  to 
heighten  the  university  community's  aware- 
ness and  understanding  of  South  Africa.  It 
will  also  look  at  the  historical,  economic, 
and  human  connections  between  that 
country  and  the  United  States. 

Duke  is  no  exception  to  the  widespread 
campus  protest  over  economic  involvement 
in  South  Africa.  During  a  fall  meeting  of  the 
board  of  trustees,  some  fifty  students  picketed 
outside  Allen  Building,  calling  for  total 
withdrawal  of  university  funds  in  companies 
doing  business  in  South  Africa.  During  com- 
mencement last  May,  about  100  students, 
faculty,  and  parents  demonstrated  in  front  of 
Duke  Chapel.  At  that  time,  then-President 
Terry  Sanford  sent  a  letter  to  Duke  students 
encouraging  them  to  approach  the  apartheid 
issue  using  careful  analysis  before  demand- 
ing any  action  on  the  part  of  the  board  of 
trustees.  "We  need  the  concern  and  thinking 
of  Duke  students  so  we  can  develop  a  con- 
structive and  effective  Duke  approach," 
wrote  Sanford.  • 

In  his  first  official  report  to  the  trustees 
this  fall,  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  said 
the  university  has  sold  stock  in  companies 
with  operations  in  South  Africa  that  have 
not  signed  the  Sullivan  Principles.  He  also 
said  he  hopes  the  social  implications  com- 


41 


mittee,  made  up  of  faculty,  administrators, 
and  students,  will  examine  university  invest- 
ments in  South  Africa  and  recommend  ac- 
tions to  the  trustees.  The  committee  was 
established  in  the  late  Sixties  during  wide- 
spread campus  activism  over  civil  rights.  Law 
professor  Walter  Dellinger  is  its  new  chairman. 

According  to  Stephen  Harward,  university 
treasurer,  Duke  investment  managers  have 
recently  divested  from  two  companies  that 
have  not  signed  the  Sullivan  Principles.  The 
student  Chronicle  reported  that  the  univer- 
sity has  sold  $3.6  million  worth  of  stock  in 
Dun  6k  Bradstreet  Inc.  and  Kimberly-Clark 
Corporation. 

Duke  and  some  other  major  U.S.  universi- 
ties are  considering  an  educational  exchange 
program  with  South  Africa  to  improve  that 
country's  deteriorating  educational  system. 
L.  Neil  Williams  '58,  J.D.  '61,  chairman  of 
the  board  of  trustees,  met  with  representa- 
tives from  twenty  other  leading  universities 
to  discuss  the  possibility.  Through  funding 
by  major  foundations,  the  program  would 
send  U.S.  faculty  and  equipment  to  desegre- 
gated universities  in  South  Africa,  and  bring 
South  African  graduate  students  to  the 
United  States.  The  proposed  five-year  ex- 
change program  is  still  being  mapped  out, 
Williams  says,  but  he's  optimistic  about  the 
possibility  of  Duke's  involvement. 


TOPS  ON  THE 
BOTTOM  LIME 

As  with  any  other  business,  colleges 
and  universities  are  always  looking 
for  ways  to  save  money  for  more 
cost-effective  operations.  In  that  area,  it 
looks  like  Duke  is  on  to  something  big. 

Every  year  for  the  last  decade,  Duke  has 
won  an  award  for  cost  reduction  from  the 
National  Association  of  College  and  Uni- 
versity Business  Offices  and  the  U.S.  Steel 
Foundation.  And  that's  as  long  as  the  award's 
been  given.  The  national  competition  pits 
campus  business  offices  against  one  another 
to  see  which  has  implemented  the  most  ef- 
fective cost-reduction  ideas  of  the  year. 

Duke  took  third  place  in  the  1985  competi- 
tion when  the  business  office  developed  a 
computerized  vehicle  registration  system  for 
the  medical  center.  Instead  of  medical  workers 
spending  costly  hours  walking  to  the  vehicle 
registration  office  and  waiting  in  line,  they 
can  register  by  mail.  According  to  Jim 
Henderson,  associate  vice  president  and 
business  manager,  the  system  saves  valuable 
production  time  by  keeping  employees  at 
work  instead  of  in  line.  Within  six  months, 
the  system  had  already  paid  for  itself.  The 
university  is  planning  to  follow  the  medical 
center's  example. 
Other- winning  Duke  ideas  from  past  years: 


a  large  gasoline  tank  truck  that  haunts  the 
campus  late  at  night,  filling  up  the  tanks  of 
the  400  or  so  official  Duke  vehicles  so  drivers 
won't  spend  their  working  hours  sitting  at  gas 
pumps;  and  the  recycling  of  used  supplies 
and  equipment  into  other  university  depart- 
ments, plus  their  sale  to  the  public  at  a  near- 
by recycling  center. 

Cash  awards  are  given  to  the  top  colleges 
and  universities  in  the  cost-cutting  competi- 
tion. With  this  year's  $5 ,000  award,  the  busi- 
ness office  gave  a  reception  to  honor  the 
team  that  came  up  with  the  idea.  "We  have  a 
management  team  that's  committed  to  work- 
ing smart,"  says  Henderson,  "that's  intent  on 
getting  the  job  done  at  the  lowest  possible 
cost." 


CLASSICAL 
GAFFE 


Coca-Cola:  It's  the  Real  Things.  Coke 
Are  It.  Or  so  went  the  old  reliable 
slogans  after  the  Coca-Cola  Company 
popped  the  top  on  consumer  wrath  by  tin- 
kering with  the  century-old  recipe. 

The  result  was  new  Coke,  which,  within 
months  of  its  arrival,  was  joined  on  grocers' 
shelves  by  Coke  Classic— the  original.  An 
incredible  marketing  gaffe?  An  astounding 
public  relations  ploy? 

It  was  a  little  of  both,  but  unintentional, 
according  to  Ira  C.  Herbert,  executive  vice 
president  and  director  of  corporate  market- 
ing for  the  Coca-Cola  Company.  Thousands 
of  taste  tests  indicated  that  consumers  pre- 
ferred the  new  formula  over  the  old.  "We 
decided  to  change  after  we  found  we  could 
make  the  best  even  better,"  Herbert  told  a 
capacity  crowd  at  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of 
Business.  "We  didn't  have  to  change  [the 


formula],  but  we  wanted  to  be  better,  reach 
higher,  achieve  more."  That  attitude,  he  said, 
"is  sewn  into  the  fabric  of  the  Coca-Cola 
Company." 

The  seams  began  bursting  when  con- 
sumers across  the  country  voiced  strong  dis- 
pleasure with  the  change.  In  a  display  of  the 
flexibility  and  responsiveness  that  Herbert 
says  characterize  the  company—in  our 
industry,  opportunity  comes  and  goes  in  a 
moment— Coke  Classic  was  (re)introduced. 

"We  simply  did  not  measure  the  depth  of 
emotion  and  commitment  to  the  original 
formula  of  Coca-Cola,"  Herbert  said.  "We 
found  out  Coke  is  not  a  product,  it's  an  idea. 
What  we  did  was  have  the  audacity  to  re- 
move it,  and  we  probably  shouldn't  have." 

The  change  was  part  of  an  overall  plan  to 
create  a  megabrand  that  would  dominate  the 
entire  soft  drink  industry,  Herbert  said.  "We 
are  convinced  that  our  decision  to  introduce 
new  Coke  was  good,  but  we  did  not  realize 
how  important  old  Coke  was  to  people." 

The  good  news  for  the  diversified  Coca- 
Cola  Company,  which  boasts  annual  operat- 
ing revenues  in  excess  of  $7.4  billion,  is  that 
the  Coke  brand  gained  substantial  exposure 
from  the  debate,  "a  situation  most  people 
didn't  foresee,"  Herbert  said.  "Our  image 
indicators  [taken  from  some  16,000  inter- 
views each  year]  have  never  been  higher." 
And  while  sales  of  Classic  Coke  are  outsell- 
ing the  new  Coke  by  two  to  one,  Herbert  says 
the  combination  of  the  two  is  capturing  a 
larger  market  share  than  the  original  Coke 
did  before  the  change. 

The  marketing  lesson  to  be  learned  from 
all  this?  Said  Herbert:  "Be  right." 


CELESTIAL 
REASONINGS 


The  space  shuttle's  record  so  far  is 
"decidedly  mixed,"  in  the  view  of  a 
Duke  historian,  but  there  are  signs 
that  most  of  its  shortcomings  are  under  con- 
trol. "The  orbiter  and  the  external  tank  are 
getting  lighter,"  says  Alex  Roland  in  a  recent 
issue  of  Discover  magazine.  "Launches  are 
more  regular,  turnaround  time  is  decreasing, 
the  bugs  that  always  infest  new  technology 
are  disappearing." 

Roland,  associate  professor  of  history  and 
director  of  Duke's  program  in  Science, 
Technology,  and  Human  Values,  has  an  in- 
sider's view  of  the  shuttle  program:  He  spent 
eight  years  as  a  NASA  historian  before  com- 
ing to  Duke. 

For  all  the  disappointments  in  the  early 
years  of  the  $14-billion  program,  the  shuttle 
remains  the  most  sophisticated  spacecraft 
yet  flown,  Roland  points  out.  The  DC9-size 
craft  is  "a  generation  ahead  of  the  rest  of  the 
world  and  the  envy  of  all  spacefaring  nations." 


Whether  the  taxpayers  are  getting  their 
money's  worth  is  another  question,  says 
Roland.  "One  answer  is  undoubtedly  no. 
Another  is  surely  yes.  The  choice  between 
them  is  philosophical  and  political  more 
than  it  is  technical." 

Judged  on  cost  alone,  "the  shuttle  is  a  tur- 
key," because  it  costs  much  more  to  fly  than 
anyone  anticipated  during  development, 
Roland  says.  In  1972,  the  projected  cost  of  a 
flight  was  $10  million.  No  one  really  knows 
what  the  cost  is  today,  because  several  differ- 
ent accounting  methods  give  widely  varying 
figures.  The  figures  run  from  $42  million  to 
$150  million,  and  none  of  them  suggests  the 
shuttle  is  paying  its  own  way. 

Nevertheless,  Roland  says,  NASA  con- 
tinues to  pour  money  into  the  shuttle  to 
bring  it  up  to  specifications.  The  orbiter  still 
can't  carry  its  design  payload  of  65,000 
pounds.  Compounding  its  fiscal  problems, 
NASA  budgeted  an  average  cost  of  $121  mil- 
lion for  each  of  the  fourteen  flights  sche- 
duled in  1986,  although  the  commercial  rate 
to  hire  a  completely  dedicated  shuttle  pay- 
load  is  $71  million.  The  taxpayer,  Roland 
says,  can  look  forward  to  footing  the  $50  mil- 
lion shortfall  for  each  flight— for  a  total  of 
$700  million— assuming  each  flight  earns  its 
full  commercial  rate.  He  estimates  that  fewer 
than  half  will  do  so. 

Competition  with  Ariane,  the  European 
Space  Agency's  launch  vehicle,  prevents 
NASA  from  raising  its  shuttle  fee,  says 
Roland.  "Now  Ariane  is  operational  and 
luring  customers  away  from  the  United 
States." 

In  Roland's  view,  a  second-generation 
shuttle  may  be  needed  to  make  space  trans- 
portation economical,  but  its  development 
isn't  being  considered  by  the  space  agency. 
"The  purpose  of  the  shuttle  in  the  first  place 
had  been  to  reduce  the  prohibitive  costs  of 
resupplying  the  space  station.  Of  course,  it 
hasn't  done  that,  nor  does  it  have  any  pros- 
pects of  doing  that.  The  real  cost  of  putting 
a  pound  of  payload  into  orbit  is  at  the  same 
prohibitive  level  as  sixteen  years  ago." 


DRIVING 
FORCE 


Lee  Iacocca,  maverick  chairman  of  the 
Chrysler  Corporation,  will  deliver  the 
May  4  commencement  address  at 
Duke.  Over  the  last  five  years,  he  has  achieved 
near  legendary  status  as  the  architect  of  a 
massive  federal  bail-out  that  saved  the  auto 
company  from  certain  fiscal  doom.  His  high- 
profile  accomplishments  have  since  steered 
it  to  unprecedented  prosperity. 

"It's  a  real  coup  to  get  him,"  says  Duke 
President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  of  Iacocca, 
who  was  the  university  commencement 
committee's  unanimous  choice  to  speak  in 
1984  but  declined  the  invitation.  Of  the 
some  3,000  speaking  engagements  he  was 
offered  last  year,  Iacocca  accepted  only  forty- 
six— one  of  them  the  commencement  ad- 
dress at  M.I.T. 

A  native  of  Allentown,  Pennsylvania,  the 
61-year-old  Lido  Anthony  Iacocca  received 
his  bachelor's  degree  from  Lehigh  and  his 
master's  in  mechanical  engineering  from 
Princeton.  "I  wasn't  interested  in  a  snob 
degree,"  he  wrote  in  his  best-selling  memoir, 
Iacocca.  "I  wanted  the  bucks." 

He  spurned  engineering  for  sales  and 
began  his  automotive  career  in  1946  as  a 
truck  salesman  for  the  Ford  Motor  Company. 
By  1956,  his  sales  savvy  won  him  a  job  at  the 
home  office  in  Detroit,  and  four  years  later 
he  was  head  of  Ford's  car  division,  where  he  is 
credited  for  expert  merchandising  of  the 
Mustang  and  opening  up  a  market  geared 
specifically  to  young  buyers. 

Iacocca  became  president  of  Ford  in  1970, 
but  lost  his  power  eight  years  later  in  a  corpor- 
ate shakeup.  Then,  as  chairman  of  the 
Chrysler  Corporation,  he  rose  once  more  to 
prominence  in  the  three-year  drama  surround- 
ing the  company's  severe  financial  losses, 
successfully  lobbying  for  $1.5  billion  in 
federal  loan  guarantees  to  keep  the  founder- 
ing company  afloat.  In  typical  Iacocca  show- 


manship, he  saw  to  it  that  the  loans  were  paid 
back  before  they  were  due.  Last  year,  Chrysler 
reported  profits  of  $2.4  billion,  a  higher 
figure  than  those  of  the  previous  sixty  years 
combined. 

Duke's  Academic  Council  approved  the 
awarding  of  an  honorary  degree  to  Iacocca  at 
the  commencement  ceremony  in  recogni- 
tion of  his  business  contributions  to  society. 
Says  President  Brodie,  "It  is  good  for  a  uni- 
versity to  reward  excellence  and  success  in  all 
walks  of  life." 


SIX  WITH 
A  BULLET 


The  heat  is  on— again— at  Duke,  where 
The  New  York  Times'  official  "hot  col- 
lege" is  now  ranked  the  sixth  best  uni- 
versity in  the  nation. 

According  to  a  survey  conducted  by  U.S. 
News  and  World  Report,  16.1  percent  of  the 
788  college  and  university  presidents  who 
responded  consider  Duke  one  of  the  top  five 
national  universities.  Stanford  topped  the 
charts  with  a  40.2  percentage,  followed  by 
Harvard  and  Yale,  both  with  38.4,  Princeton 
with  36.6,  and  the  University  of  Chicago 
with  18.8.  Rounding  out  the  top  ten  among 
national  universities  were  Brown,  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  at  Berkeley,  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  and 
Dartmouth. 

The  poll  was  conducted  among  1,318  four- 
year  college  and  university  presidents  and 
had  nearly  a  60  percent  response  rate.  Each 
president  was  asked  to  pick  the  top  five  under- 
graduate schools  from  a  list  of  institutions 
similar  in  size  and  academic  offerings.  The 
presidents  were  asked  to  consider  such  fac- 
tors as  curriculum  strength,  relationship  be- 
tween faculty  and  students,  and  the  atmos- 
phere for  learning. 

The  survey  categorized  the  schools  into 
four  main  groups:  national  universities  hav- 
ing strong  research  and  doctoral  programs 
(the  category  in  which  Duke  was  ranked); 
national  liberal  arts  colleges  emphasizing 
the  liberal  arts;  regional  liberal  arts  colleges 
which  award  more  than  half  their  bachelor's 
degrees  in  the  liberal  arts;  and  comprehen- 
sive institutions  granting  more  than  half  of 
bachelor's  degrees  in  occupations. 

Duke  got  another  favorable  plug  recently 
from  syndicated  advice  columnist  Ann 
Landers. 

The  complaint  from  a  Durham,  North 
Carolina,  letter-writer:  "I  love  my  native 
North  Carolina  and  am  ashamed  that  this 
state  is  best  known  for  peddling  poison.  I 
refer  to  its  major  crop— tobacco." 

"Hold  up  your  head,"  Landers  advised  "B. 
in  Durham."  "North  Carolina  has  Duke  Uni- 


43 


1986 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 


SOCCER  CAMP 


'I  have  been  to  over  ten  soccer  camps  in  the  last  three 
years  and  Duke  was  definitely  the  best. . ." 

Kerwin  Clayton,  Wallingford,  Pennsylvania 


S  RESIDENTIAL 

Girls  8  and  up-June  21-26 

1st  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-12-June  28-July  3 

1st  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  5-10 

2nd  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-12-July  12-17 

2nd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  19-24 
3rd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  26-31 

DAY  CAMP 

Beginners  6-12-June  23-27 

For  additional  information 
write  or  call: 

Duke  Soccer  Camp 
PO.  Box  22176 
Duke  Station 
Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)684-2120 


versity,  the  most  beautiful  campus  in  Ameri- 
ca and  surely  one  of  the  most  distinguished 
institutions  of  higher  learning  in  the  world. 
Be  proud!" 


WRITE 
ON 


College  students  need  to  be  encouraged 
by  all  their  professors— not  just  those 
teaching  English— to  develop  good 
writing  skills,  the  new  director  of  Duke's 
writing  program  says. 

Too  many  professors  give  complete  atten- 
tion to  content  and  none  to  expression,  and 
students  are  the  poorer  for  it,  says  George 
Gopen,  a  lawyer-turned-English  professor. 
Many  critics  of  U.S.  education  blame  stead- 
ily declining  writing  skills  on  too  much  tele- 
vision and  too  little  reading.  Gopen,  how- 
ever, says  those  factors  are  only  part  of  the 
problem.  A  de-emphasis  on  Latin  and  Greek 
and  relaxed  grammar  requirements  in  high 
school  are  also  to  blame.  "Together  they  allow 
students  to  view  language  as  a  distinct  sys- 
tem of  structures,"  he  says.  "Lacking  these 
structures,  the  only  way  a  student  learns  to 
write  is  by  having  a  good  ear." 

Gopen,  who  came  to  Duke  this  fall  from 
Loyola  University,  directs  a  revamped  ver- 
sion of  its  freshman  composition  program. 
The  standard  "English  I"  has  been  replaced 
by  four  courses:  "Principles  of  Composition," 
"Persuasive  Writing,"  "Interpretive  Writing," 
and  "Scholarly  and  Critical  Writing."  Class 
sizes  range  from  twelve  to  fifteen  students. 

Fifty-seven  instructors— most  of  them 
graduate  students  in  English— are  teaching  a 
total  of  103  sections  of  the  writing  courses. 
All  the  instructors  attended  a  three-day 
workshop  on  writing  conducted  by  Gopen. 
He  is  also  initiating  a  program  called  Writ- 
ing Across  the  Curriculum,  which  encour- 
ages professors  to  incorporate  good  writing 
skills  in  other  disciplines. 

One  thing  professors  teaching. courses  out- 
side the  English  curriculum  need  to  do, 
Gopen  says,  is  to  stop  forgiving  poor  writing 
in  favor  of  content.  And,  he  believes,  stu- 
dents in  all  academic  fields  can  be  better 
prepared  for  their  chosen  professions  through 
concentration  on  good  writing  in  all  their 
courses. 

Gopen  received  his  undergraduate  degree 
from  Brandeis  and  his  law  degree  from  Har- 
vard. After  law  school,  he  decided  he'd  rather 
teach  English  than  practice  law,  and  went  on 
to  receive  his  doctorate  from  Harvard's  gradu- 
ate school  of  arts  and  sciences.  While  teach- 
ing at  the  University  of  Utah,  he  began  de- 
veloping the  framework  for  a  writing  program 
geared  to  prospective  lawyers.  Out  of  that 
program  evolved  Goperfs  first  book,  Writing 
from  a  Legal  Perspective. 


Continued  from  page  7 

losing  money  if  the  prices  drop  below  the 
contract  level. 

But  Thompson's  not  content  with  the  usual 
lot  of  the  grower,  especially  since  today's 
farmer  is  coming  out  at  the  low  end  in  the 
food  system.  The  farmer  gets  less  than  thirty 
cents  for  every  dollar  Americans  spend  on 
food;  the  largest  share  is  eaten  up  in  process- 
ing, packaging,  and  distribution.  "Say  I  can't 
do  something  and  I'm  just  red-neck  enough 
to  try,"  Thompson  says,  standing  in  front  of 
an  $800,000  peanut  handling  station  which 
he  and  twenty-three  other  members  of  a 
local  peanut  co-op  built.  The  collective  re- 
presents more  than  2 ,000  acres  and  gives  the 
group  more  power  in  the  marketplace.  The 
facility,  which  paid  for  itself  in  three  years, 
moves  some  200,000  pounds  of  peanuts  a  day 
directly  to  the  suppliers.  "We  can  guarantee 
them  a  certain  quality  and  grade,  we  can 
negotiate  a  contract,"  says  Thompson.  "As 
an  individual  farmer,  none  of  us  would  have 
the  power  to  do  it. 

"Normally,  the  profits  accrued  by  handling 
stations  would  not  be  available  to  me  as  a 
farmer.  Traditionally,  we've  been  the  one 
raising  the  raw,  unfinished  product.  But  the 
profits  are  in  the  handling.  The  peanut  co- 
op takes  us  one  step  closer  to  the  finished 


The  mood  at  the  White 

House  is  clear:  Get 

government  out  of  the 

farm  business  through  a 

gradual  retreat  over  the 

next  five  years. 


product;  we  have  some  control  over  the  pea- 
nuts' destiny  and  share  in  the  profit  involved 
in  handling."  The  peanut  facility  also  has 
shelling,  milling,  and  cold  storage  capabili- 
ties, leaving  the  co-op  in  a  good  position  to 
process  its  own  product  entirely  and  sell  di- 
rectly to  users.  "Like  a  rat,  we  have  more  than 
one  door  to  get  out  of,"  says  Thompson. 

He's  also  planning  to  expand  his  cattle 
operations  to  include  processing.  "I  sold 
some  cattle  recently  for  forty-seven  cents  a 
pound  on  the  hoof,  and  you  ain't  seen  no 
steaks  at  that  price  for  a  long  time.  Soon  we'll 
be  raising  beef  just  like  the  buyer  wants  it.  It 
will  be  farmer  to  store  and  no  in  between— 
no  slaughter  houses,  no  auction  markets,  no 
nothin'.  " 


That  brand  of  frontier  spirit  was  in  evi- 
dence last  summer  when  Thompson  gave 
20,000  ears  of  sweet  corn  to  local  residents. 
He  was  getting  as  little  as  four  cents  an  ear 
for  corn  that  was  popping  up  in  supermarkets 
at  twenty-five  cents  an  ear.  "I  got  aggravated 
and  said,  'Dagummit,  I'm  going  to  give  this 
mess  away.'  That's  my  protest  against  the  sys- 
tem. I  resent  the  price  the  consumer  pays  as 
compared  to  what  the  farmer  gets."  Thomp- 
son's been  giving  away  sweet  corn  for  eight 
years  now. 

Moving  into  the  processing  end  of  the  food 
system,  he  says,  is  a  logical  approach  for 
farmers  in  today's  economy,  but  not  one  the 
debt-ridden  grower  can  readily  consider  now. 
He  admits  that  some  won't  make  it,  "but 
those  who  do  will  because  they'll  cut  out 
what  isn't  profitable  and  go  with  what  is. 
And  they'll  keep  their  growth  within  the 
limits  of  what  they  can  pay  for." 

"Farmers  are  a  determined  bunch,  but  they 
have  to  protect  themselves,  hedge  their  bets, 
keep  their  options  open,  and  diversify,"  says 
Thompson.  "The  ones  who  do  that  may  be  a 
hard  core  group  of  30  percent,  but  therein 
lies  your  answer  to  the  future  of  farming." 
Those  traits,  coupled  with  a  return  to  a  free- 
market  farm  economy,  he  adds,  could  turn 
things  around  for  the  American  farmer. 
"Turn  em  loose  and  they'll  beat  anybody  at 
anything."  ■ 


Economies  in  Collison—Condos,  Clams  and  Catastrophes 

1986  Marine  Lab  Alumni  weekend -April  26-2  7,  1986 

Join  us  for  a  series  of  talks,  tours  and  cruises  on  the  local  waterways.  Focus  will  be  on  the  future 

of  coastal  communities.  A  special  tour  of  Historic  Beaufort  will  be  offered  as  a 

Sunday  option. 

For  reservations  contact:  Barbara  Booth  '54,  Alumni  Colleges,  614  Chapel  Drive, 

Durham,  NC  27706,  919/684-5114. 


Name 

Class 

Address 

Phone 

City 

State 

Zip 

theSca 


n  1949,  Rachel  Carson 
spent  the  summer  in  Beau- 
fort, N.C.,  exploring  the 
rich  tidal  lands  of  the  area 
and  finding  inspiration  for  her  1955 
book,  The  Edge  of  the  Sea.  In  1962, 
she  wrote  Silent  Spring,  a  book  that 
placed  her  in  the  forefront  of  the  ecol- 
ogy 


Both  of  these  hard-to-find  books 
are  now  available  to  you  from  the  Duke 
Marine  Laboratory  as  a  gift  set,  pack- 
aged and  delivered  with  a  message  and 
information  on  the  newly-established 
Rachel  Carson  Estuarine  Sanctuary. 
This  is  a  limited  offer  at  $100,  which 
provides  a  tax-deductible  $75  donation 
to  the  Marine  Lab. 


Support  the  continuance  of  un- 
spoiled marshes  and  dense  woods  where 
shorebirds,  waterfowl,  marine  life,  and 
scientific  research  abound.  Make  your 
check  payable  to  Duke  University  and 
send,  along  with  your  name  and  ad- 
dress, to:  Michael  P.  Bradley,  Marine 
Lab  Development  Officer,  2127  Cam- 
pus Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 


The  Perennial  Need  for  Your  Annual  Fund  Support 


Fresh  green  shoots  are  bursting  from  the 
ground  at  Duke  Gardens,  signifying  the  beginning  of 
spring  on  campus.  The  combination  of  annuals  and 
perennials  is  breathtaking.  Year  after  year,  visitors  can 
count  on  this  burst  of  color  at  Duke.  But  every  gardener 
knows  it  takes  constant  attention  to  maintain  such 
beauty. 

So  it  is  with  the  Annual  Fund.  A  dazzling 
dollar  or  participation  total  in  one  year  does  not 
guarantee  the  same  for  next  year.  Duke  alumni  and 
friends  must  constantly  furnish  the  care  and  ingredients 
needed  to  keep  the  Fund  healthy.  And  a  healthy  Annual 
Fund  is  essential  to  providing  the  educational  operating 
support  on  which  Duke  depends. 

Perennial:  enduring,  continuing 
without  interruption. 

The  1984-85  Annual  Fund  provided  fertile  soil 
for  this  year's  drive.  Now  Duke  needs  you  and  other 
supporters  to  sow  the  seed.  If  every  member  of  the  Duke 
family  would  make  his  annual  gift  perennial,  the  Univer- 
sity would  be  assured  of  the  funds  needed  to  remain  in 
full  bloom. 


The  Duke  Annual  Fund 
2127  Campus  Drive 
$f     Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)  684-4419 


Drawings  courtesy  of 
Duke  Gardens 


The  Book  That  Almost  Wasn't 


A  Story  of  Glory:  The  History  of  Duke  Foot- 
ball, twenty  years  in  creation,  was  nearly  de- 
stroyed in  one  night.  The  book  was  ready  to 
roll  off  the  presses  when  fire  broke  out  last 
fall.  The  negatives  were  hanging  next  to 
the  presses  when  the  printing  plant 
burned  to  the  ground. 

Commissioned  some  twenty  years 
ago,  the  book  was  Glenn  E.  ("Ted") 
Mann's  life,  as  well  as  his  work. 
Mann  was  Duke  sports  information 
director  during  the  glory  days,  and 
even  the  threat  of  fire  couldn't  keep 
this  historical,  informative,  and  inspira- 
tional story  from  being  told.  The  manu- 
script was  saved  when  the  printer  realized 
the  boards,  from  which  the  negatives  were 
made,  were  stored  in  a  separate  building! 

Now,  the  story  can  be  told:  the  first  Trinity  team 
coached  by  the  school's  president;  the  25-year  ban  on 
football;  President  Few's  commitment  to  athletics;  the 


hiring  of  Wallace  Wade;  the  bowl  teams— Rose, 
Sugar,  Orange,  and  Cotton;  the  Hall  of  Famers 
—  Crawford,  McAfee,  Lach,  Hill,  Tipton, 
Murray,  Cameron,  and  Wade;  the  all-time 
lettermen;  a  year-by-year  review;  and  un- 
believable photos  from  the  1890s  right 
up  to  Ben  Bennett's  record-setting 
pass  against  UNC.  As  former  pres- 
ident Terry  Sanford  writes  in  the  fore- 
word: "This  book  is  Ted's  story.  It  re- 
counts, in  the  kind  of  detail  that  delights 
a  football  fan,  the  wins,  the  losses,  the 
near-misses  and  the  personalities  who  led 
Duke  to  its  most  dramatic  football  adventures." 
And,  it's  a  must  for  any  Duke  graduate. 

order  A  Story  of  Glory:  The  His 


$1.50  for  shipping  and  handling  to:  Duke  Sports  informant 
306  Finch-Yeager  Building,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

Name 

Address 


,zip 


DIVE  IN! 


DUKE'S  POOLED 
INCOME  FUNDS 

Your  gift  will  provide  you  with: 

ncome  for  life 
Immediate  tax  deduction 
No  capital  gains  tax 
No  administrative  fee; 


DUKE  BOOKS 


T 


Convictions:  A  Novel  of  the 
Sixties. 

By  Taffy  Cannon  70.  New  York:  William 

Morrow  &  Company,  1985.  395  pp. 

o  come  of  age  in  such  a 
marvelous  period  of 
ferment  and  turmoil," 
writes  Taffy  Cannon  in 
her  compelling  new 
novel  of  the  Sixties, 
Convictions,  "is  a  pri- 
vilege no  other  modern 
American  generation  has  ever  had."  For  the 
book's  main  characters,  and  for  those  of  us 
who  remember  the  time,  "Duke  was  full  of 
surprises  and  revelations." 

A  good  chunk  of  Convictions— which 
traces  the  late  Sixties  and  early  Seventies 
politicization  of  two  young  women— is  set  on 
the  Duke  campus,  where  in  the  autumn  of 
1966,  Cannon  recalls  with  retrospective 
irony,  "The  biggest  campus  problem  was 
apathy,  lackadaisically  discussed  and  never 
alleviated."  An  unlikely  pair— the  radical 
Prentis  Granger  and  the  radicalized  skeptic 
Laurel  Hollingsworth,  who  narrates  the  tale- 
are  on  the  quad  when  the  locomotive  of  his- 
tory comes  barreling  through  Durham. 
Granger,  the  brilliant  and  committed  one, 
climbs  aboard  and  ends  up  in  something  like 
the  Weather  Underground;  Hollingsworth 
trots  alongside  part  of  the  way,  but  waves 
good-by  before  it's  too  late. 

There  are  a  lot  of  shared  memories  and 
good  atmospherics  in  this  book:  "the  torpid 
Durham  heat"  and  "pristine  white  FAC 
dresses";  poring  over  the  Outlook  Freshman 
week;  strip  steaks  at  the  Zoom  in  Chapel  Hill 
and  bagels  and  beer  at  the  Ivy  Room;  foreign 
films  at  the  Rialto.  And  parties  at  the  Beta 
section,  where  the  first  and  finest  stereo 
component  system  could  be  found.  "Natur- 
ally the  Betas  were  on  the  cutting  edge  of 
sound  fidelity,"  Hollingsworth  observes. 
"Where  hedonism  was  involved,  they  always 
seemed  to  be  in  the  forefront." 

My  favorite  recollection  is  the  way  Hol- 
lingsworth, the  daughter  of  a  Louisiana  law- 
yer, deals  with  a  freshman-year  bout  of  depres- 
sion: retreating  to  a  darkened  dorm  room, 
lying  "in  bed  with  my  ASLEEP  sign  on  the 
door  and  a  particularly  mournful  Judy  Col- 
lins album  playing"  (which  is  exactly  what  I 
used  to  do  when  I  regularly  failed  my  weekly 
French  quiz). 

Politics  also  provides  much  of  the  tableau 
for  the  deepening  relationship  between  the 


two  women,  including  the  demonstration 
on  East  Campus  against  Dow  Chemical  re- 
cruiters and  George  Wallace's  campaign 
speech  on  the  steps  of  the  police  station  in 
1968.  Even  the  old  Ku  Klux  Klan  billboard 
outside  of  Smithfield  makes  an  appearance, 
a  sign  which  urged  motorist  to  "HELP  FIGHT 
COMMUNISM  AND  INTERGRATION 
(sic)."  As  the  tart-tongued  narrator  observes, 
"The  garbled  spelling  didn't  say  much  for  the 
merits  of  segregated  education." 

But  Convictions  is  not  just  a  picket-line 
stroll  down  memory  lane.  For  Laura  Hol- 
lingsworth and  her  friend  Prentis  Granger— 
as  for  many  who  attended  Duke  during  those 
years— the  central,  life-changing  experi- 
ences were  the  Vigil  in  1968  and  the  Allen 
Building  takeover  in  1969.  Hollingsworth 
views  both  events  essentially  as  an  outsider, 
one  who  is  drawn  to  the  periphery  of  the 
action  by  honest  concern,  but  prevented  from 
diving  in  by  equally  honest  skepticism.  Thus, 
as  a  member  of  the  Food  Committee,  she 
describes  the  Vigil,  capturing  some  of  the 
naivete  and  self-centeredness  that  so  fre- 
quently accompanied  the  idealism:  "Indeed, 
the  entire  event  was  essentially  a  very 
romantic  one.  We  all  embraced  the  illusion 
we  were  making  a  difference.  We  were  prov- 
ing nonviolence  could  be  effective  in  creat- 
ing social  change.  We  were  obsessed  that  the 
Vigil  had  to  succeed,  seeing  it  as  some  kind 
of  absolute  last  resort." 

She  is  equally  sharp  on  the  chaotic  con- 
frontation with  police  on  the  main  quad  a 
year  later,  following  the  evacuation  of  Allen 
Building  by  members  of  the  Afro-American 
Society:  "Alien  creatures  in  ridiculous  head- 
gear manned  giant  fans,  which  appeared  out 
of  nowhere.  It  was  a  stunning  shock.  We  re- 
garded ourselves,  quite  accurately,  as  mem- 
bers of  a  privileged  elite  living  lives  of  in- 
violable freedom  while  we  pursued  Higher 


Knowledge.  The  Durham  police,  just  as 
accurately,  considered  us  spoiled  rich  brats 
evading  responsibility  and  the  draft.  Both 
groups  had  been  aching  for  a  confrontation 
for  months." 

Despite  her  skepticism,  Hollingsworth  be- 
comes increasingly  political  and  introspec- 
tive. But  the  ideological  distance  from 
Granger,  the  daughter  of  a  South  Carolina 
textile  magnate,  continues  to  widen,  affect- 
ing their  personal  relations  as  well:  "Her  large 
new  circle  of  friends  included  several  former 
Vigil  leaders,  a  smattering  of  Chronicle  re- 
porters and  editors  and  just  about  everyone 
involved  in  the  campus  Y,  which  had  taken 
the  offensive  on  moral  and  political  issues, 
be  they  local  or  international... She  disap- 
peared off  campus  several  nights  a  week, 
joining  her  earnest  scruffy  political  friends 
at  one  of  the  several  large  frame  houses  they 
inhabited  just  off  East.  I  felt  alienated  from 
most  of  these  folks,  who  were  just  barely  civil 
to  me.  They  seemed  to  make  no  effort  at  all 
to  enlarge  their  narrow  circle.  And  their  ar- 
rogant self-righteousness  made  me  quite 
content  to  be  an  outsider." 

In  the  same  vein,  Taffy  Cannon  scatters  a 
number  of  delightfully  gratuitous  digs  at  The 
Chronicle  and  its  staff,  quite  similar  in  tone  to 
those  she  made  at  the  time,  in  print  and  in 
person,  as  I  recall,  when  she  lived  in  Brown 
House  and  served  as  an  ASDU  legislator. 
Which  brings  me  to  my  minor  criticism  of 
Convictions:  Like  many  Sixties  novels,  the 
main  characters  turn  up  at  too  many  of  the 
right,  i.e.,  historically  pivotal,  places  at  the 
right  time. 

Convictions  has  been  reviewed  widely, 
inside  and  outside  North  Carolina,  and  the 
verdict  has  been  mixed.  By  andlarge,  women 
reviewers  (and  readers,  if  my  wife,  Sarah  M. 
Brown  71,  is  any  indication)  have  been  most 
affected  by  the  novel,  calling  it  "riveting" 
and  "a  solid  story."  Guy  Munger,  book  editor 
of  the  Raleigh  News  and  Observer,  called  it 
"brilliant,  a  fully  realized  work  that  evokes 
time  and  place  in  a  way  that  makes  a  reader 
think  of  literary  giants  like  John  O'Hara  and 
John  Updike."  I  can't  go  that  far.  This  is  not 
Marge  Piercy,  either.  However,  when  Munger 
calls  Convictions  "a  novel  of  enormous 
dramatic  impact,  a  good  story  well  told,"  I 
agree. 

—Mark  I.  Pinsky 

Pinsky  '69  is  a  former  Chronicle  editor  now  on  the 
staff  of  the  Los  Angeles  Times. 


k 


Every  hour  of  every 
day  for  the  past  420  years, 
the  chimes  of  the  town 
clock  in  Douglas,  Scotland, 

e  sounded  three 

utes  early 

Small  wonder. 
The  Douglas  family  motto 
is:  "Never  behind." 
The  good  things  in  life 

rthatway 


^ 


4 


MARS, 

ite  Labels 


i 


1    % 


*& 


?c5L* 


*a 


I&c°rcH 


Ky 


)S& 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


There  was  no  March/April  1986  issue 
of  DUKE  MAGAZINE. 


From  W'GBH:  show  biz  and  ; 


:  (page  38) 


NOVA 


MAY-JUNE  1986 


LETTERS  FROM  THE  CAPE 


EXPLOSION  AT  THE  EMBASSY 


CAPTIVE  IN  IRAN 


WE'RE 


i:ia; 


ONE, 


It  takes  a  lot  to  be  the  best  in  the  printing 
industry.  A  lot  of  talent  A  lot  of  hard  work. 

And  each  year  printers  from  around  the 
States  —  and  around  the  world  —  send  the 
best  of  what  they've  got  to  the  oldest,  most 
prestigious  competition  in  printing.  Where 
judges  decide  if  their  best  is  good  enough. 

This  year,  out  of  six  thousand  entries  at 
the  1985  Printing  Industries  of  America 
Graphic  Arts  Awards  Competition,  our  best 
was  better  than  good.  We  won  more  awards 
than  any  printer  in  North  Carolina. 

That  just  shows  what  talent  and  hard  work 
can  do  for  a  printer.  And  it  shows  what  we 
do  every  day  for  our  clients  —  with  a  lot  of 
talent,  and  a  lot  of  hard  work. 


m 


Hunter  Publishing  Company 

2505  Empire  Drive 
Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina  27103 
)  765-0070,  Toll-Free  1-800-334-1988.  In  North  Carolina  1-800-642-0609. 


EDITOR:  Robert  ].  Bitwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
West  Side  Studio 
ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
PatZollicoffer'58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Lisa 
Hinely  '86 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Frances  Adams  Blaylock  '53, 
president;  Anthony  Bosworth 
'58,  president-elect; 
M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
F.  Owen  Fitzgerald  B.D.  54, 
Divinity  School,-  William  B. 
Scantland  B.S.M.E.  76,  School 
of  Engineering;  Charles  R.  Fyfe 
Jr.  '68,  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Thomas  N. 
Tribble  M.E.M.  '84,  School  of 
Forestry  &  Environmental 
Studies;  Page  Royster  Redpath 
M.H.A.  76,  Department  of 
Health  Administration;  Terence 
M.HynesJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  F.  Maxton  Mauney  Jr. 
M.D.  '59,  School  of  Medicine; 
Barbara  Brod  Germino  B.S.N. 
'64,  M.S.N.  '68,  School  of 
Nursing;  Robert  C.  DiPasquale 
73,  M.S.  '80,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
Katherine  V.  Halpem  B.H.S. 
77,  Physicians' Assistant 
Program;  Marcus  E.  Hobbs  '32, 
A.M.  '34,  Ph.D.  '36,  Half 
Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Frederick  F. 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.Cardwell'69; 
Jerrold  K.  Footlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hartman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

©  1986,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  volun- 
tary subscriptions  $10  per  year 


MAY- 
JUNE  1986 


TXME 


NUMBER ' 


Cover:  Celebrating  the  best  of 

umo  uu-  PuL'  k^U'fhill  P.iviJ 
Henderson,  Jay  Bilas,  and  Mark 
Alarie.  Photo  by  Les  Todd 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


THAT  CHAMPIONSHIP  SEASON,  Follows  page  24 

Basketball  behind  the  scenes:  Jay  Bilas  documents  a  year  to  remember 


FEATURES 


CAUGHT  IN  THE  CROSSFIRE 

For  Robert  Dillon  '51,  America's  ambassador  to  war-ravaged  Lebanon,  the  human 
consequences  of  violence  hit  close  to  home 


444  DAYS:  THE  HOSTAGES  I 

A  Duke  alumnus  compiles  the  definitive  account  of  the  most  publicized— and  least 
understood— event  in  American  history 


TERRORISM  AND  SOCIETY:  THE  POLITICS  OF  VIOLENCE 

Faculty  perspectives  on  the  causes  and  consequences  of  terrorism 


A  NEW  PRESENCE  IN  THE  PULPIT 

In  the  ministries  of  the  church,  women  are  now  a  presence  to  be  reckoned  with 


FROM  THE  CAPE 

Martha's  Vineyard  was  the  unlikely  classroom  setting  for  an  Alumni  College  weekend 


14 
~33 
^6 


OF  ATTENTION 

Sports  writers  are  again  gathering  around  Mike  Gminski,  the  former  Blue  Devil  who— as  a 
New  Jersey  Net— is  recapturing  his  basketball  fame 


DEPARTMENTS 


Recalling  Mr.  Duke,  engineering  prosperity,  rating  the  professors 


30 
~32 


Distinguished  Teacher  and  art  professor  Carolina  Bruzelius  on  strategies  of  good  teaching 


Good  reviews  for  Fuqua,  moral  messages  from  Tutu,  pros  and  cons  on  the  contras 
BOOKS 

Canaan— an  intimate  revelation  of  a  woman's  madness 


DUKE  BASKETBALL-An  Illustrated  History 


FEATURING  THE  1985-86  TEAM 


For  the  first  time  an  illustrated  history 
book  of  Duke  basketball  will  be 
published.  This  handsome  illustrated 
casebound  edition  spans  the  decades  of 
Duke's  rich  tradition,  highlighting  the 
accomplishments  of  the  university's 
greatest  teams,  athletes  and  coaches.  It 
also  will  include  an  in-depth  look  at  the 
1985-86  Blue  Devils  and  their  drive  for 
national  prominence.  Authored  by  Bill 
Brill,  class  of  1952  and  former  presi- 
dent of  the  U.S.  Basketball  Writers, 
it's  a  masterpiece  of  detail  that 
brings  alive  Duke's  great  basketball 
heritage.  The  standard  edition  is 
S25.00  (S30.00  after  publica- 
tion) while  a  leather-bound  auto- 
graphed collector's  edition  is 
available  for  $40.00  (limited 
supply). 


Available  July  IS,  1986 


Illustrated  History 

□  Standard  Edition  ($25) 

□  Leather-bound  Edition  ($40) 
Video  Review  ($45) 

□  VHS 
DBeta 

Each  order  must  include  $3.00  for  shipping  &  handling 


City  _ 
State. 


Zip. 


Expiration  Date  . 


□  Mastercard 

□  VISA 

Make  all  checks  payable  to  DUAA.  Send  orders  to: 
Promotions  Office,  306  Finch  Yeager  Building, 
Duke  University,  Durha,  i,  NC  27706. 


DUKE  BASKETBALL 
Video  Review 

Narrated  by  CBS's  Brent  Musburger 

ENJOY  the  greatest  moments  of  Duke  basketball 
1985-86  all  year  long  with  their  first-ever  Duke 
Basketball  Video  Review.  All  the  excitement  of  this 
year's  Blue  Devil  squad  is  captured  on  tape  for  your  viewing 
pleasure.  Catch  the  highlights,  great  moments  and  terrific 
triumphs  of  the  entire  campaign,  interspersed  with  com- 
ments by  Duke  players  and  coaches.  This  is  the  one  video 
that  all  Blue  Devils  will  love.  Great  for  out-of-town  fans. 
Available  on  either  VHS  or  Beta  tape  for  $45.00. 

Available  May  I,  1986 


CHAOS  IN  CAMERON! 

DUKE'S  DREAM  TEAM 

STOPS  THE  DEAN  MACHINE 


On  March  2,  1986,  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium  erupted.  The  Duke  Blue  Devils, 
setting  new  records  along  the  way,  flattened 
the  Carolina  Tar  Heels,  82-74.  Duke  ended 
its  regular  season  first  in  the  country  and  first 
in  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  And,  it  was 
the  first  time  in  twenty  years  that  the  Blue 
Devils  finished  alone  atop  the  ACC  standings. 
Two  decades  of  Carolina  domination  had 
ended. 

To  celebrate  this  historic  occasion,  the  Duke  University  Alumni  Association  has 
commissioned  athlete  and  artist  Ernie  Barnes  to  capture  the  moment.  The  Durham 
native  was  the  official  artist  for  the  1984  Olympic  Games,  and  was  honored  as 
Distinguished  Sports  Artist.  Barnes,  whose  paintings  have  sold  for  as  much  as 
$35,000,  is  a  former  offensive  lineman  for  the  Baltimore  Colts,  San  Diego  Chargers, 
and  Denver  Broncos.  Barnes'  painting  will  be  made  available  as  a  Quality  poster: 
24  inches  by  36  inches,  full  color  in  exceptional  reproduction.  This  is  a  limited  edition, 
$25  per  poster  from  Duke  Alumni  Office,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


Kenny  Dennard 

presents 
The  Blue  Devil 


HAT-R-SAC 


The  transformer  you  can  wear! 
The  Hat-R-Sac  is  a  patented  new  design  that  combines 
a  stylish  one-size-fits-all  hat  with  a  functional  tote  bag, 
ALL  IN  ONE  UNIQUE  PRODUCT! 
SEEING  IS  BELIEVING!       A  GREAT  BLUE  DEVIL  GIFT  IDEA! 
Only  $9.95  plus  $1.50  shipping  and  handling. 
Just  send  check  or  money  order  with  order  form  to: 
HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY  | 

P.O.  Box  5609 
Durham,  N.C.  27706 
Proceeds  go  to  The  American  Cancer  Society 


?  CANCER 
'SOCIETY® 


Satisfaction  Guaranteed!  ^^WS 

Please  send Hat-R-Sac(s)  ^S^r* 

at  $9.95  each  plus  1.50  shipping  and  handling 


NAME  _ 
ADDRESS . 
CITY    


STATE. 


ZIP. 


HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY,  P.O.  BOX  5609,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706 


ALUMNI  SENIORS: 

Show  your  pride  in  Duke  this  year— or  any  year— 
with  the  charm  that  tells  the  world  you  are  a  Blue 
Devil!  (Remember  -  DUKE  IS  #1  EVERY  YEAR- 
WIN  OR  LOSE.) 


The  14K  gold  diamond  cut  charm  is  suitable  for 
wear  on  a  bracelet  or  neck  chain  and  is  ideal  as  a  gift 
for  the  graduate,  your  favorite  alumni,  or  to  start  an 
in-coming  student  off  on  the  right  foot. 
Watch  for  more  special  Duke  charms  in  the  classi- 
fied section  of  upcoming  issues! 


Make  check  or  money  order  to:  f  OREVER.  INC.. 
P.O.  BOX  1 7965.  RALEIGH.  N.C.  27619 

Please  send #1  DUKE  charms  @  $29.95  each. 

Please  add  $1 .60  shipping  and  handling  for  each  order.  (Norlh 
Carolina  residents  add  4.5%  sales  ta«  to  total  of  order.) 


NAME_ 
STREET 
CITY 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


CAUGHT 

IN  THE 

CROSSFIRE 


BY  ROBERT  DILLON 


BEIRUT  DISPATCH: 


ATTACK  ON  THE  EMBASSY 


For  Americas  ambassador  to  war-ravaged  Lebanon, 

the  human  consequences  of  violence  hit  close  to 

home. 


I  was  American  ambassador 
to  Lebanon  from  June  1981 
until  October  1983.  To 
serve  the  United  States  in  a 
country  like  Lebanon  at  a  time  of 
crisis  and  disorder  is  a  privilege 
and,  despite  the  obvious  dangers, 
an  opportunity  sought  after  by 
many  dedicated  professionals  in 
the  foreign  affairs  field.  It  is  also 
one  of  the  most  frustrating  ex- 
periences anyone  could  hope  to  \ 
have. 

On  the  personal  side,  there  is 
the  sheer  madness  of  what  hap- 
pened to  people:  dead  and  maimed 
Foreign  Service  colleagues; 
young  Marines  cut  down  in  a 
suicidal  assault  beyond  the  under- 
standing of  most  Americans;  the 
appalling  slaughter  of  Lebanese  and  Palestin- 
ian civilians  during  civil  war  and  as  a  conse- 
quence of  the  Israeli  invasion  in  the  summer 
of  1982;  the  massacre  of  helpless  Palestinians 
in  Sabra  and  Chatila;  the  random  shelling  of 
residential  areas  as  a  sort  of  psychological 
warfare;  and,  the  hateful  custom  of  competi- 
tive and  large-scale  hostage  taking. 


My  personal  introduction  to 
the  human  consequences  of  vio- 
lence occurred  shortly  after  my 
arrival  in  Beirut  in  early  June 
1981.  I  arrived  without  my  wife 
[Sue  Burch  Dillon  '53]  because 
the  State  Department  had  eva- 
cuated all  dependents  a  short 
time  before  as  a  result  of  the  latest 
escalation  in  Lebanon's  ongoing 
civil  war.  Violence  was  in  fact 
decreasing  that  week,  and  some 
of  my  first  discussions  with  the 
embassy  staff  concerned  when 
their  wives  could  return.  My  cook 
(and  manager  of  the  palatial  estab- 
lishment in  which  I  was  en- 
sconced) went  to  a  family  party 
in  a  nearby  mountain  village.  As 
he  stood  in  the  front  door  of  a 
restaurant  enjoying  fresh  air,  a  shell  came  in, 
killing  three  people  instantly  and  wounding 
another  ten,  most  seriously  the  cook.  Liter- 
ally dismembered,  he  lingered  in  a  hospital 
intensive  care  unit  for  six  days  before  merci- 
fully dying.  That  anonymous  shell,  one  of 
only  three  fired  on  what  was  an  unusually 
quiet  night,  was  almost  certainly  Syrian. 


^^■H*    * 

7$ 

■<v    ,-■        jF            By 

ft  %"    "%flr  Al 

M        ^ra 

In  its  efforts  to  build  inter- 
national support  against 
terrorism,  the  United 
States  has  hit  a  responsive 
chord  in  Europe.  That's  the 
verdict,  delivered  in  a  January 
press  conference  at  Duke,  of 
an  anti-terrorism  expert  in  the 
U.S.  Department  of  State. 
"We've  seen,  in  the  last  six 


month 
to  an  a 

|     everyo 


ths,  a  change  in  Europe 
ttitude  that  terrorism  i 
ne's  problem,"  says 


David  Long  of  the  State 
Department's  Office  of 
Counter-Terrorism.  "We  feel 
that  the  Europeans  are  being 
responsive;  most  of  the  inno- 
cent victims  of  terrorist  acts 
have  been  Europeans."  A 
prominent  sign  of  their  sup- 
port, he  says,  is  their  willing- 
ness to  share  information  on 
the  whereabouts  of  terrorists. 

"Intelligence  is  one  of  the 
major  defenses  in  terrorism. 
We're  trying  to  stop  terrorist 
acts,  specifically  trying  to  dis- 
courage the  support  of  them 
by  states  like  Libya,"  says 
Long,  whose  appearance  at 
Duke  was  sponsored  by  the 
program  in  Islamic  and 
Arabian  Development  Studies. 
"Largely  as  a  result  of  the 
high-visibility  incidents  taking 
place  in  Libya,  we  have  under- 
scored to  our  European  and 
Middle  Eastern  friends  that 
now  is  the  time  to  band  to- 
gether and  call  a  halt  to  this 
tacit  support  of  terrorism." 

Long  says  media  coverage  of 
terrorist  activities  is  important 
both  to  the  terrorists  and  the 
general  public,  but  for  differ- 
ent reasons.  "Coverage  is  a 


right  and  a  responsibility  in  a 
free  country,  but  one  must 
temper  that  with  the  realiza- 
tion that  the  terrorists  are  pros 
and  are  going  to  do  everything 
to  manipulate  the  media. 
Without  a  media  happening, 


public  statement,  and  that 
statement  is  integral  to  what 
they  are  doing." 

"Take  the  [1985]  TWA  inci- 
dent, which  was  probably  the 
nadir  of  responsible  journal- 
ism. The  terrorists  knew  the 
hostages  would  go  through 
the  Stockholm  Syndrome,"  a 
temporary  period  in  which 
the  hostages  feel  gratitude 
toward  their  captors.  "The 
terrorists  had  all  the  media  in 
just  before  the  hostages  were 
released  to  record  the  thank- 
you's  and  comments  on  how 
well  they  were  treated.  A  few 
days  later,  the  hostages  knew 
they'd  been  had,  but  no  one 
broadcast  that;  it  was  old 
news." 

Long  says  he  would  not 
support  a  news  black-out, 
"but  one  must  be  aware  of  this 


During  the  ensuing  weeks,  I  accustomed 
myself  to  harrowing  rides  in  armored  sedans 
driven  at  top  speed  through  combat  and 
semi-combat  zones.  Quickly  feeling  very 
much  the  old  vet,  I  took  pride  in  my  ability 
to  judge  whether  artillery  rounds  were  in- 
coming or  outgoing,  and  I  had  rather  come 
to  enjoy  the  nightly  display  of  rockets  and 
red  tracers  lacing  the  sky  around  my  house. 

In  mid-July,  however,  I  realized  that  I  was 
less  blase  than  I  pretended.  I  paid  a  courtesy 
call  on  a  retired  Muslim  political  leader  in  an 
older  area  of  West  Beirut.  As  we  saluted  each 
other  with  small  glasses  of  tea,  a  heavy  door 
started  slamming  behind  my  head.  Seconds 
later,  the  front  windows  of  the  apartment 
blew  in,  and  sirens  started  screaming.  Rush- 
ing to  the  window  (I  subsequently  learned: 
Never  rush  to  a  window),  I  saw  four  American- 
made  F-4s  with  the  blue  Star  of  David  on 
their  tails,  lazily  circling  while  bombing  and 
rocketing  a  group  of  nearby  apartments.  The 
raid  continued  for  about  half  an  hour.  Some 
350  people  were  killed.  The  Israeli  radio  an- 
nounced that  a  strike  against  a  PLO  head- 
quarters in  Beirut  had  been  carried  out  in 
retaliation  for  a  terrorist  incident  on  the 
Israeli-Lebanese  border. 

As  a  consequence  of  that  raid,  Special 
Presidential  Envoy  Philip  Habib  (an  almost 
permanent  house  guest  of  mine  during  the 
next  eighteen  months)  succeeded  in  estab- 
lishing a  cease-fire  that  lasted  until  the  Israeli 
invasion  in  June  1982.  The  invasion  was  a 
surprise  in  timing  only.  There  had  been  ample 
warning,' including  quite  explicit  articles  in 
the  Israeli  press,  that  as  soon  as  an  interna- 


tionally respectable  excuse  could  be  found, 
the  Israeli  Defense  Force  (IDF)  planned  to 
smash  into  Lebanon  in  an  attempt  to  clean 
out  the  PLO.  The  attempt  by  the  Abu  Nidal 
group  to  murder  the  Israeli  ambassador  in 
London  provided  the  casus  belli,  and  on  June 
5 ,  Israeli  troops  and  tanks  crossed  the  border. 
There  was  considerable  uncertainty  as  to 
how  far  the  IDF  would  go.  Indeed,  Israeli 
writers  have  subsequently  alleged  that  Mini- 
ster of  Defense  Ariel  Sharon  concealed  from 
the  Israeli  Cabinet  the  extent  of  his  plans. 
Shortly  after  the  invasion  began,  Prime 
Minister  Begin  informed  President  Reagan 
that  Israel  planned  an  operation  limited  to 
driving  all  Palestinian  guerilla  units  more 
than  twenty-five  miles  from  the  Israeli 
border.  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  he 
thought  he  was  speaking  the  truth,  although 
the  IDF  was  by  that  time  beyond  the  twenty- 
five-mile  limit. 

At  the  embassy,  in  addition  to  trying  to 
report  accurately  to  Washington  what  was 
happening,  we  immediately  evacuated  all 
dependents  (who  had  returned  the  previous 
September)  and  such  staff  we  believed  could 
be  spared.  Evacuation  was  by  civilian  aircraft; 
there  were  several  stranded  at  the  Beirut  air- 
port when  the  invasion  began.  Israeli  planes 
were  bombing  and  rocketing  in  the  vicinity 
when  we  got  our  people  there.  The  pilots 
refused  to  move  until  a  cease-fire  was  negoti- 
ated. The  Israelis  finally  gave  us  an  hour.  By 
the  time  we  persuaded  the  pilots  that  a  cease- 
fire was  in  effect,  the  hour  was  up.  We  got  a 
half-hour's  extension  and  the  planes  started 
taking  off.  My  wife  was  on  the  last  one.  Firing 


resumed  as  her  plane  lumbered  down  the 
runway. 

In  the  meantime,  I  had  returned  to  the 
embassy,  located  on  Beirut's  once-glamorous 
sea  front.  Shortly  after  I  entered  the  build- 
ing, it  was  rocked  by  a  direct  hit  from  a  hand- 
held rocket  fired  by  a  Muslim  militiaman. 
Miraculously,  no  one  was  hurt,  although  two 
offices,  belonging  to  people  who  had  been 
evacuated,  were  totally  destroyed. 

We  continued  using  the  embassy  building 
for  another  two  weeks,  but  as  the  IDF  closed 
the  ring  around  Beirut,  discretion  became 
the  better  part  of  valor,  and  we  moved  all  staff 
to  my  residence  on  a  hill  on  the  outskirts  of 
the  city,  where  we  had  a  first-hand  view  of 
the  siege.  For  the  next  three  and  a  half 
months,  thirty-two  people  shared  the  house. 
Only  the  ambassador  had  a  room  to  himself; 
rank  has  its  privileges. 

It  is  beyond  the  scope  of  these  brief  recol- 
lections to  describe  the  two-and-a-half- 
month  siege  of  Beirut.  It  was  a  traumatic  and 
heart-rending  period  during  which  the  popu- 
lation of  West  Beirut  suffered.  The  remain- 
ing embassy  staff,  augmented  by  visiting 
specialists  and  special  negotiators,  worked 
seven  days  a  week,  twelve  to  fifteen  hours  a 
day. 

In  early  September,  after  the  evacuation  of 
the  PLO  fighters  from  Beirut,  newly  elected 
Lebanese  President  Bashir  Gemayel  was  mur- 
dered, the  IDF  moved  into  Beirut,  and  Chris- 
tian fighters  attacked  the  Palestinian  refugee 
camp  and  neighborhood  known  as  Sabra- 
Chatila.  An  appalling  massacre  ensued  as 
heavily  armed  men  slaughtered  some  800  to 
1,000  helpless  civilians.  The  rage  and  bitter- 
ness stemming  from  this  savage  incident 
persist. 

The  next  few  months  were  relatively  peace- 
ful in  Beirut  itself,  although  there  was  heavy 
fighting  between  Druze  and  Christian 
Maronite  fighters  in  the  nearby  hills  known 
as  the  Chuf.  Most  of  my  time  was  spent  in 
supporting  visiting  negotiators  engaged  in 
mediating  between  the  Lebanese  govern- 
ment and  the  government  of  Israel,  in  manag- 
ing U.S.  efforts  to  strengthen  the  badly 
damaged  Lebanese  economy,  and  in  making 
a  viable  national  institution  out  of  the  divided 
Lebanese  Army. 

On  April  18,  1983,  I  was  in  my  office  on 
the  top  (eighth)  floor  of  the  embassy  prepar- 
ing to  go  jogging.  My  wife  and  my  visiting 
82-year-old  mother  had  left  the  embassy  a 
short  time  earlier  and  were  a  few  blocks  away. 
As  usual  when  I  went  out,  our  large  security 
apparatus  had  begun  preparation.  My  driver, 
with  an  armored  car,  was  at  the  front  door. 
American  and  Lebanese  bodyguards  pre- 
pared to  escort  me  to  an  open  area  where  I 
could  slowly  run  my  three  miles  under  the 
watchful  eyes  of  ten  heavily  armed  men. 

I  decided  to  return  one  last  telephone  call 
to  a  German  banker.  While  talking  on  the 


phone,  I  stood  facing  a  window  looking  out 
toward  the  Mediterranean  as  I  pulled  on  a 
heavy  Tshirt.  My  arms  and  shirt  were  in 
front  of  my  face  when,  at  1:05  p.m.,  the  win- 
dow blew  in  on  me.  What  seemed  like  a  giant 
hand  picked  me  up,  threw  me  several  feet, 
and  slammed  me  on  the  floor.  Lying  on  my 
back,  I  watched,  as  in  a  dream,  as  the  brick 
wall  behind  my  desk  crashed  down  on  my 
chair  and  slid  to  the  floor,  covering  me  from 
the  waist  down. 

As  I  lay  in  the  dust  and  debris  trying  to 
understand  what  had  happened,  I  realized 
there  had  been  an  explosion  but  was  uncer- 
tain of  the  magnitude.  I  had  heard  no  sound. 
I  could  not  move  and  feared  my  legs  had  been 
crushed.  After  several  minutes,  my  deputy, 
my  secretary,  and  the  administrative  officer 
rushed  in,  having  freed  themselves  from 
debris  in  an  adjoining  room.  The  American 
flag  and  a  large  flag  staff  were  across  my  body 
under  the  collapsed  wall.  They  grabbed  the 
end  of  the  staff  and  pried  the  wall  up  a  few 
inches.  I  wriggled  out  and  found  my  legs 
intact.  My  only  injuries  were  cuts,  bruises, 
and  tiny  glass  shards  in  my  forearms. 

Immediately  the  room  started  filling  with 
smoke  and  tear  gas  fumes.  Later  we  realized 
the  explosion  that  I  had  first  felt  through  the 
window  had  also  traveled  up  an  air  shaft 
behind  my  desk,  blowing  out  the  wall  a  frac- 
tion of  a  second  later.  Tear  gas  canisters  in 
the  ground-floor  lobby  had  been  set  off  auto- 
matically and  tear  gas  was  pouring  through 
the  shaft.  We  all  began  coughing  and  retch- 
ing. We  made  our  way  to  a  shattered  window 
and  got  out  on  a  ledge.  Within  a  matter  of 
minutes,  a  wind  came  up  and  cleared  the  air 
sufficiently  so  that  we  were  able  to  come 
back  in  and  make  our  way  to  a  back  stairway, 
which  was  covered  with  rubble  but  essenti- 
ally intact.  We  were  still  under  the  impres- 
sion that  something  had  happened  only  on 
our  floor— perhaps  another  rocket  attack- 
but  as  we  started  down,  we  realized  that  there 
was  considerable  damage  beneath  us.  I  remem- 
ber remarking  fatuously,  "I  bet  somebody's 
hurt  down  here." 

As  we  made  our  way  from  floor  to  floor,  we 
started  running  into  shocked,  dust-covered 
survivors  also  trying  to  find  a  way  out  of  the 
building.  On  the  second  floor,  we  discovered 
that  the  stairs  we  were  using  were  gone,  and 
we  looked  for  an  alternate  route.  On  that 
floor,  I  found  the  wife  of  one  of  our  senior 
staff  standing  helplessly,  blinded  by  blood 
streaming  over  her  face.  I  took  her  in  my 
arms  and  guided  her  to  a  window  from  which 
we  were  able  to  climb  out  onto  a  garage  roof 
and  down  a  ladder  to  the  ground.  As  I  was 
awaiting  my  turn  at  the  ladder,  someone 

came  up  and  said,  "I  just  saw  Bill 

He's  dead."  It  was  only  then  that  I  realized,  of 
course,  there  were  dead.  Five  days  later  when 
we  finished  sifting  through  the  rubble,  we 
concluded  sixty-two  or  sixty-three  people 


Lying  on  my  back,  I 

watched,  as  in  a  dream, 

as  the  brick  wall  behind 

my  desk  crashed  down 

on  my  chair  and  slid  to 

the  floor,  covering  me 

from  the  waist  down. 


had  died— seventeen  of  them  American. 

Outside,  we  did  what  we  could  to  organize 
fire  fighting  and  rescue  work.  I  then  got  on 
the  phone  to  Washington  from  a  nearby  apart- 
ment. Rather  than  report  casualties,  we  put 
together  a  list  of  everybody  we  thought  had 
been  in  or  around  the  building  when  the  ex- 
plosion occurred.  As  we  identified  people  or 
got  hard  information  about  them,  we  checked 
off  survivors.  After  two  hours,  reports  of  sur- 
vivors stopped  coming  in  and  we  were  con- 
fronted with  agonizing  gaps  in  the  lists.  Mean- 
while, we  worked  furiously  to  get  the  dead 
and  injured  out  of  the  collapsing  building. 
The  last  survivor  was  pulled  out  from  under  a 
pile  of  rubble  five  hours  after  the  explosion. 
He  looked  like  a  piece  of  hamburger,  and  I 
could  not  believe  he  would  live.  He  did. 

The  saddest  thing  was  the  gathering  of  our 
Lebanese  employees'  families  at  the  site, 
awaiting  news  of  missing  loved  ones.  In  the 
end,  we  were  finding  pieces  of  people— a 
booted  foot,  a  hand  with  ring,  a  pair  of  fused 
toes— from  which  identifications  were  made. 


The  bodies  of  two  people  known  to  have  been 
in  the  building  were  never  found. 

As  has  been  well  publicized  in  the  world 
media,  the  embassy  had  been  attacked  by  a 
suicide  driver  who  rammed  a  pickup  truck 
filled  with  explosives  into  the  side  of  the 
chancery  directly  below  my  office.  Those 
killed  were  either  on  the  first  two  floors  of 
the  embassy  near  the  front,  or  on  upper  floors 
directly  above  the  explosion.  Subsequently, 
four  men  were  arrested  who  were  implicated 
in  the  lower  levels  of  the  plot.  As  a  result  of 
interrogations  by  Lebanese  authorities,  we 
learned  a  great  deal  about  how  the  attack 
was  planned  and  carried  out.  Circumstantial 
evidence  pointed  to  an  extreme  Iranian- 
supported  Shia  group  based  in  Lebanon's 
Bekaa  Valley  as  the  actual  perpetrators,  but 
when  I  went  on  to  other  duties  eight  months 
later,  we  had  not  established  to  our  complete 
satisfaction  exactly  who  had  planned  the  at- 
tack or  what  governments  had  been  involved. 

I  will  leave  for  another  time  the  tempta- 
tion to  pontificate  on  terrorism.  There  is  no 
one  cause  and  no  one  solution.  At  one  level, 
terrorism  is  a  police  and  intelligence  prob- 
lem and  should  be  handled  discreetly  as  such 
by  cooperating  governments;  at  another,  it  is 
a  major  political  and  diplomatic  problem 
and  must  be  approached  politically  and 
diplomatically.  Frustratingly,  there  will 
rarely  be  opportunities  for  effective  military 


Dillon  '51  is  still  with  the  Foreign  Service,  based  m 
Vienna,  Austria.  He  is  on  "secondment— or  tempo- 
rary assignment— as  deputy  commissioner-general, 
United  Nations  Relief  and  Works  Agency  for  Pales- 
tine Refugees  in  the  Near  East.  The  agency  operates 
in  the  West  Bank,  Gaza,  Jordan,  Syria,  and  Lebanon. 
His  duties  take  him  to  the  Middle  East  several  times  a 


Embassy  in  ruin:  U.S.  Ambassador  Robert  Dillon,  center,  and  Secretary  of  State  George  Shultz  survey  the  damage 


mmmmmm 


444  DAYS: 

THE  HOSTAGES 
REMEMBER 


BY  TIM  WELLS 


TERROR  IN  IRAN: 


AMERICA  UNDER  SIEGE 


A  Duke  alumnus  compiles  the  definitive  account  of 

the  most  publicized— and  least  understood— event  in 

American  history. 


Just  over  five  years  have 
passed  since  the  release 
of  fifty-three  Americans 
held  hostage  in  Iran. 
During  the  444  days  of  crisis— 
the  days  of  America  held  captive, 
as  many  would  put  it— the  media 
covered  the  story  relentlessly. 
Still,  all  the  coverage  left  much 
untold  about  the  victims  of  one 
of  the  most  highly  publicized 
terrorist  episodes  in  American  \ 
history. 

A  chance  meeting  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  three  years  ago  between 
Tim  Wells  '77  and  Bill  Belk,  one 
of  the  hostages,  set  the  stage  for 
an  ambitious  undertaking  by 
Wells:  a  written  account  of  the 
444-day  siege  as  described  by  its 
victims.  Wells  traveled  more  than  20,000 
miles  and  compiled  5,000  pages  of  notes  from 
taped  interviews  with  thirty-six  of  the  hos- 
tages; he  chose  twenty-seven  to  speak  in  his 
book.  444  Days:  The  Hostages  Remember 
recalls  the  political  unrest  leading  up  to  the 
hostage-taking,  the  abuses  endured  by  the 
hostages  during  their  imprisonment,  the 


failed  U.S.  attempt  to  free  them, 
and,  finally,  their  release— in 
January  1981— on  the  day  that 
Jimmy  Carter  relinquished  the 
presidency  to  Ronald  Reagan. 

"The  hostages  returned  to  a 
whirlwind  of  publicity  that  was 
followed  by  relative  silence," 
writes  Wells  in  the  book's  intro- 
duction. "As  a  consequence, 
popular  perceptions  about  the 
treatment  of  the  hostages  are 
based  almost  entirely  on  journal- 
istic accounts  that  have  done  as 
much  to  distort  as  to  reveal  the 
actual  conditions  of  their  captiv- 
ity. As  a  group,  the  hostages  feel 
that  much  of  what  has  been  writ- 
ten about  them  in  the  popular 
press  is  neither  accurate  or  truth- 
ful...This  oral  history  is  an  attempt  to  redress 
that  grievance." 

Wells  lives  in  Arlington,  Virginia,  and  is 
working  on  his  second  book,  a  history  of  the 
1968  Democratic  convention  in  Chicago. 

BARRY  ROSEN  (press  attache):  When  I 
arrived  in  Iran,  I  could  see  that  four  of  the 


* 


&f* 


five  banks  on  Takht-e  Jamshid  [a  major  ave- 
nue in  Tehran  that  passed  directly  in  front  of 
the  American  Embassy]  had  been  destroyed. 
The  street  was  strewn  with  glass,  and  the 
entire  area  looked  like  an  absolute  wreck. 
Everywhere  on  the  avenue  I  heard,  "Marg  bar 
Shah!  Marg  bar  Shah!"  (Death  to  the  Shah! 
Death  to  the  Shah!)  And  I  saw  anti-Shah 
slogans  painted  on  the  buildings.  It  was  all 
very  odd,  because  the  buildings  and  the  busi- 
nesses on  Takht-e  Jamshid  were  all  new— but 
at  the  same  time  they  looked  tawdry  and 
bleak. 

The  next  morning  I  walked  out  of  my  hotel, 
and  I  could  hear  shots  being  fired  in  the  city, 
and  see  tanks  moving  around  in  the  street. 
This  was  only  a  few  days  after  the  November 
4,  1978,  student  riot  and  the  November  5 
student  bombing.  It  was  obvious  that  the 
revolution  was  on  its  way. 

COLONEL  LELAND  HOLLAND  (Arm? 
attache):  After  the  military  units  were 
recalled,  the  embassy  went  without 
protection  for  several  days.  We  didn't  have 
any  Iranian  security  forces  on  duty.  So  the 
embassy  was  a  fat  target.  We  had  a  feeling 
that  we  were  going  to  be  tested. 

I  knew  we  might  need  help,  so  I  started 
calling  a  bunch  of  old  numbers,  trying  to  find 
somebody  who  could  give  me  an  idea  of  what 
to  do  if  we  had  trouble.  You  know,  if  we  had  a 
fire,  I  wanted  to  know  how  to  get  a  fireman. 
Finally,  I  managed  to  get  a  hold  of  this  guy 
who  had  been  a  general  in  the  Iranian  police 
force.  He  refused  to  converse  in  a  normal 
manner.  He  would  answer  my  questions  with 
either  a  "yes"  or  a  "no."  That  was  it.  I  explained 
the  situation  to  him,  and  he  gave  me  four 
phone  numbers.  He  said,  "If  you  call,  we'll  be 
there  to  help."  Then  he  warned,  "You  must  be 
very  careful."  So  it  was  a  damn  dangerous 
time. 

I  wrote  a  memo  on  this,  and  I  passed  it 
around  to  the  principal  people  on  the  embassy 
staff.  The  next  morning— the  morning  of 
February  14— one  of  the  political  officers 
came  into  the  office  and  began  to  ride  the 
hell  out  of  me  over  my  memo.  He  said,  "We 
don't  need  to  worry  about  emergency  phone 
numbers.  The  Ayatollah  says  that  the  revolu- 
tion is  over."  Well,  the  Ayatollah  did  tell 
everybody  to  turn  in  their  guns,  but  he  might 
as  well  have  told  them  to  quit  eating  ice 
cream... 

The  militants  were  shooting  their  way 
through  the  metal  door  at  the  east  end  of  the 
building,  and  lead  was  flying  straight  into 
that  corridor.  The  Marines  tear  gassed  the 
hell  out  of  the  place,  but  the  Iranians  managed 
to  breach  the  building.  We  were  all  up  on  the 
second  floor  when  they  got  in.  Ambassador 
Sullivan  had  everyone  in  the  vault,  and  he 
put  me  outside  in  the  main  corridor  to  sur- 
render the  building  when  these  guys  made 
their  way'  up  to  the  second  floor. 

We  still  didn't  know  who  the  hell  the  at- 


Hostages  homebound:  Robert  Ode,  left,  and  Bruce 
German  receive  flowers  at  their  intermediate  stop  in 
Weisbaden,  West  Germany 

tackers  were.  From  the  shouting  and  yelling 
that  was  going  on,  it  was  determined  that 
some  of  them  had  Turkish  accents.  We  had 
an  old  Iranian  over  there  by  the  name  of 
Jordan,  who  spoke  Farsi  with  that  same  kind 
of  accent,  so  he  was  put  at  the  door,  with  me, 
to  act  as  an  interpreter.  He  was  an  old  fellow 
who  had  worked  over  in  the  consulate.  Our 
instructions  were  to  tell  these  guys  that  we 
were  going  to  surrender  the  building  to  them, 
and  that  they  would  not  be  met  by  return  fire. 
I  thought  we  were  going  to  be  killed.  There 
wasn't  any  other  thought  in  my  mind.  I  fig- 
ured they'd  blow  us  away  as  soon  as  I  opened 
the  door.  We  were  standing  there,  and  could 
hear  them  coming  up  the  steps. 

When  the  militants  started  coming  up,  old 
Jordan  broke  down  and  started  to  cry.  He  was 
going  to  pieces.  He  had  tears  coming  down 
his  face,  and  I  said,  "Damn,  man,  don't  break 
down  on  me  now.  I  need  you." 

He  said,  "I'm  a  Jew.  When  they  figure  that 
out,  they're  going  to  kill  me." 

I  said,  "Hey,  we're  both  in  this  together." 
Then  I  opened  the  door. 

These  guys  came  bursting  in,  and  they 
fanned  out  immediately.  We  were  slapped 
around  and  put  up  against  the  wall. 

COLONEL  CHARLES  SCOTT  (military 
attache):  It  was  a  situation  where  truth  didn't 
matter.  Perceptions  were  much  more  import- 
ant. A  large  portion  of  the  Iranian  people 
believed  that  the  United  States  had  the  abil- 
ity to  pull  strings  and  return  the  Shah  to 
power.  Iranians  believed  that  we  were  about  a 
thousand  times  more  powerful  in  directing 
their  internal  affairs  than  we  ever  were.  The 
truth  was  that  at  this  time  we  had  practically 
no  influence  in  Iran.  Our  only  purpose  for 


being  there  was  to  try  and  establish  a  rela- 
tionship with  the  new  regime.  But  when  the 
Shah  was  admitted  to  the  United  States,  we 
opened  a  Pandora's  box  for  the  hardline  revo- 
lutionaries. They  could  say,  "Look  what 
America  did  in  1953!  They're  getting  ready 
to  do  it  again!  Another  coup  is  in  the  wind! 
They're  going  to  return  the  Shah  to  power!" 
That  accusation  held  a  lot  of  water  with  a  lot 
of  people.  Most  Iranians  believed  it. 

It's  hard  for  many  Americans  to  under- 
stand that  the  entire  Iranian  population  felt 
wronged  by  the  Shah.  After  he  was  admitted 
to  the  United  States,  they  wanted  to  strike 
out  at  something  American.  You  could 
search  the  entire  country  over,  and  there  was 
only  one  target  they  could  attack.  That  was 
the  American  Embassy  in  Tehran. 

DON  HOHMAN  (Army  medic):  That 
morning  after  I  made  my  rounds,  I  went  into 
the  clinic  and  I  noticed  something  strange. 
Some  of  the  local  Iranian  employees  were 
grabbing  their  coats  and  leaving.  At  the  time, 
I  couldn't  figure  out  why,  but  in  retrospect  I 
can  see  that  they  knew  the  embassy  was 
going  to  be  hit.  I  called  Al  Golacinski,  the 
security  officer,  and  said,  "Hey,  what's  going 
on?  Some  of  the  locals  are  walking  out  the 
door!" 

Al  said,  "We've  picked  up  some  informa- 
tion that  there  is  going  to  be  a  demonstration 
today.  But  don't  worry  about  it.  It's  nothing 
unusual.  Why  don't  you  go  back  to  your  apart- 
ment and  wait  it  out?  We'll  call  you  when  it's 
over."  So  I  closed  the  medical  unit  and  went 
back  to  my  apartment.  That  was  right  before 
the  attack  began. 

JOE  HALL  (warrant  officer,  at  the  chancery): 
The  Iranians  got  into  the  basement  real 
quick.  At  the  time,  I  was  in  the  Defense 
Attache  Office  on  the  main  floor,  and  we 
were  wondering  what  the  hell  to  do  with  our 
classified  stuff.  We'd  actually  been  pulling 
documents  out  of  the  files  in  order  to  destroy 
them,  when  the  word  came  through  that  the 
militants  had  managed  to  get  into  the  base- 
ment. Everybody  was  immediately  ordered 
upstairs  to  the  second  floor.  We  thought, 
well,  we  can't  carry  our  classified  stuff  with 
us.  If  the  militants  did  get  through,  we'd  meet 
them  in  the  hallway  with  our  hands  full.  So 
Colonel  Schaefer  said,  "Let's  lock  it  up."  We 
put  all  the  classified  documents  in  the  safes 
and  spun  the  dials. 

SERGEANT  PAUL  LEWIS  (Marine  secur- 
ity guard):  As  we  were  being  taken  down,  a 
squad  of  policemen  met  us  on  about  the  fourth 
floor.  I  thought  these  guys  were  the  reinforce- 
ments that  the  Foreign  Ministry  had  prom- 
ised. So  I  put  my  hands  down  and  leaned  up 
against  the  wall.  The  radicals  were  trying  to 
get  us  to  put  our  hands  back  up,  and  we  were 
pushing  them  away.  I  was  laughing  at  them 
because  the  police  were  there,  and  the  police 
had  automatic  weapons.  But  this  one  little 
twerp  kept  slapping  my  arms  and  telling  me 


10 


to  put  my  hands  up.  I  hit  him  with  an  open 
palm  to  the  chest  to  keep  him  away  from  me. 
I  thought  the  militants  were  finished,  and  I 
rocked  that  guy  pretty  good. 

BILL  BELK  (communications  officer,  at  the 
chancery):  The  Marines  were  ordered  to  dis- 
arm, and  a  couple  of  them  were  running 
around  saying,  "Hide  the  guns!  Hide  the 
guns!"  In  the  communications  center  we  had 
a  small  room— a  little  booth  used  for  privacy 
when  we  made  long-distance  calls  to  the 
States.  We  didn't  have  anywhere  else  to  put 
the  guns,  so  I  stacked  them  all  in  this  little 
booth.  The  Marines  were  handing  me  .38's 
and  shotguns.  It  felt  very  defeating.  Here  our 
guards  were,  handing  me  the  weapons  they 
were  supposed  to  use  to  protect  us.  They 
gathered  all  the  weapons  that  had  been  dis- 
tributed in  the  hall  and  handed  them  to  me. 
I  locked  them  in  that  little  booth  to  keep  the 
Iranians  from  getting  them.  We  didn't  want 
to  be  held  at  gunpoint  with  our  own  weapons. 

BRUCE  GERMAN  (budget  officer,  at  the 
chancery):  The  first  thing  I  saw  was  a  mob  of 
bearded,  dirty,  screaming,  fanatical  types, 
with  headbands,  and  pictures  of  Khomeini 
pinned  to  their  shirts.  They  came  rushing  in 
and  looked  in  every  possible  room.  They  ran 
around,  looking  for  people,  or  weapons,  or 
whatever  they  could  find. 

We  were  given  instructions  to  line  up  in 
the  hall,  women  first.  They  told  us  they  were 
going  to  escort  us  out  of  the  building  one  at 
a  time.  As  soon  as  we  got  to  the  checkpoint 
they  had  set  up,  they  frisked  us,  and  blind- 
folded us,  and  tied  our  hands  behind  our 
backs. 

I  was  escorted  by  two  of  them.  As  we  were 
going  out,  they  asked  me  to  make  some  kind 
of  statement.  They  wanted  me  to  condemn 
Carter  and  the  United  States  government.  I 
said,  "I  won't  say  anything.  I'll  give  you  my 
name  and  my  position  in  the  embassy.  That's 
all  you're  going  to  get  from  me." 

I  was  escorted  down  the  steps  and  out  onto 
the  grounds,  toward  the  screaming  mob.  I 
thought  we  were  going  to  be  executed.  That 
was  my  first  thought.  I  thought  we  were  going 
to  go  in  front  of  a  firing  squad. 

SERGEANT  KEVIN  HERMENING 
(Marine  security  guard,  inside  the  communica- 
tions vault):  The  Iranians  were  being  real 
rough.  They  were  hitting  people,  and  I  got 
whacked  across  the  face  a  few  times.  That 
really  made  me  angry.  My  arms  were  being 
held,  and  I  couldn't  hit  them  back.  There 
was  no  way  for  me  to  defend  myself.  So  I  just 
looked  those  guys  straight  in  the  eye.  As  they 
were  hitting  me,  my  eyes  would  bore  right 
into  theirs,  really  fierce  and  angry.  That 
probably  made  it  worse,  too,  because  they'd 
just  haul  off  and  hit  me  again. 

They  jerked  me  out  into  the  hallway,  and  I 
saw  some  of  the  other  hostages  kneeling 
against  the  wall,  blindfolded,  with  their 
hands  tied  behind  their  backs.  Some  of  them 


"I  saw  some  of  the  other 

hostages  kneeling  against 

the  wall,  blindfolded, 

with  their  hands  tied 

behind  their  backs. 

Some  of  them  had  burn 

bags  over  their  heads. 

When  I  saw  that,  my 

heart  sank." 

MARINE  SGT.  KEVIN  HERMENING 


had  bum  bags  over  their  heads.  When  I  saw 
that,  my  heart  sank. 

MALCOLM  KALP  (economics  officer,  at 
the  ambassador's  residence):  As  soon  as  the  ter- 
rorists were  in  the  house,  they'd  started  writ- 
ing everywhere— over  the  walls,  on  the  ceil- 
ing, on  the  lamp  shades;  they'd  open  a  drawer 
and  write  in  the  drawers.  Everywhere.  "Death 
to  the  Shah!"  "Death  to  Carter!"  "Long  live 
Khomeini!"  I  thought,  "Boy,  this  is  going  to 
cost  the  American  government  a  good  bit  of 
money  to  get  this  crock  cleaned  up." 

JOE  HALL  (warrant  officer,  at  the  ambassa- 
dor's residence):  One  smart-alecky  guy  came 
up  and  took  my  shoe  off.  He  reached  under 
the  television  and  pulled  the  cord  out  of  the 
wall,  doubled  the  cord  up,  and  slapped  me 
across  the  bottom  of  my  foot  with  the  cord. 
He  said,  "This  is  the  way  the  Shah's  army  tor- 
tured innocent  Iranians."  That  first  day  or 
two  there  was  a  lot  going  on.  They  knew  we 
were  powerless,  and  they  were  enjoying  it  to 
the  fullest. 

BARRY  ROSEN  (press  attache,  at  the  ambas- 
sador's residence):  I  was  sitting  in  the  cook 
quarters  when  an  Iranian  woman  came  in  to 
interrogate  me.  She  was  wearing  her  revolu- 
tionary garb,  which  was  not  a  chador,  but 
was  sort  of  the  Mujihadin  outfit  for  women— 
brown  pants,  a  baggy  shirt,  and  handkerchief 
covering  her  face  so  that  all  I  could  see  were 
her  eyes.  Her  attitude  suggested  that  I  was 
some  sort  of  evil  character,  and  immediately 
she  annoyed  the  hell  out  of  me.  She  made  all 
kinds  of  ridiculous  accusations  about  the 
United  States,  and  asked  me  what  my  job 
was. 

I  said,  "I'm  the  press  officer  in  the  embassy." 

She  said,  "No,  this  is  a  lie.  You  are  C.I.A.!" 
Then  she  went  into  a  tirade  about  how  the 
C.I. A.  had  destroyed  Iran,  and  how  I  had 
destroyed  Iran.  You  know— I  did  it.  I  was  per- 
sonally responsible  for  all  of  the  evil  in  the 
world.  She  got  really  worked  up,  and  went  on 


and  on  with  her  radical  rhetoric  and  ridicu- 
lous accusations. 

Well,  there  was  a  great  big  bottle  of  scotch 
in  the  room  and  without  even  thinking  about 
what  I  was  doing,  I  reached  into  the  bureau 
and  pulled  out  this  gallon  of  scotch.  I  told 
her  that  she  needed  to  calm  down,  and  hold- 
ing the  bottle  toward  her,  asked  if  she  would 
like  a  drink.  To  a  devout  Moslem,  that  was  an 
extreme  insult.  She  became  incensed,  and 
all  of  a  sudden  a  bunch  of  men  came  storm- 
ing into  the  room.  One  of  them  pushed  me 
up  against  the  wall.  They  roughed  me  up, 
berated  me,  and  accused  me  of  insulting 
Iranian  womanhood. 

LIEUTENANT  COMMANDER  ROBERT 
ENGELMANN  (supply  corps  officer,  at  the 
Mushroom  Inn):  After  all  the  excitement  of 
Christmas,  I  think  a  lot  of  people  had  their 
hopes  up  for  a  release,  and  when  those  ex- 
pectations weren't  realized,  they  went  into  a 
depression.  So  I  just  took  it  one  day  at  a  time. 
I'd  wake  up  in  the  morning  and  say,  "Okay, 
one  more  day." 

I  had  some  aluminum  foil  from  the  back  of 
a  Gelucil  tablet,  and  I'd  use  the  tooth  of  my 
comb  to  etch  a  mark  onto  the  aluminum  foil. 
That  way  I  could  keep  track  of  the  days,  and 
if  the  Iranians  saw  that  I  was  writing  some- 
thing, I'd  be  able  to  wad  the  aluminum  foil 
up  real  quick  so  they  couldn't  read  it.  It  would 
just  become  a  piece  of  trash.  So  I  kept  track 
of  the  days  on  this  little  piece  of  foil.  I'd  get 
up  every  morning  and  put  another  mark  on 
the  calendar. 

RICHARD  QUEEN  (consular  officer,  at 
the  Mushroom  Inn):  Down  in  the  Mushroom, 
I  would  escape  by  reliving  my  past,  particu- 
larly my  college  days.  The  best  years  of  my 
life  were  at  Hamilton  College,  and  those 
were  the  years  that  I  relived.  I  would  take  an 
incident  or  an  event  and  from  my  memory  of 
that  event,  I  would  build  a  whole  scenario 
around  it:  how  things  might  have  changed  if 
I  had  done  this  or  that.  Some  of  my  most 
basic  fantasies  revolved  around  a  couple  of 
women  whom  I'd  had  passionate  crushes  on. 
Unfortunately,  because  I  was  so  painfully 
shy,  none  of  those  crushes  ever  came  to  fru- 
ition. But  I  would  develop  fantasies  on  what 
might  have  happened,  and  what  life  would 
be  like  if  something  had  developed  from 
those  crushes.  I  knew  who  the  people  were, 
and  what  they  looked  like,  and  how  they 
would  probably  react.  So  I  used  them  to  con- 
struct scenarios.  I  withdrew  from  reality  that 
way,  by  building  a  world  out  of  my  past. 

SERGEANT  KEVIN  HERMENING 
(Marine  security  guard):  As  Easter  approached, 
Al  [Golacinski]  and  I  knew  that  we  were 
going  to  have  a  religious  service  on  Easter 
Sunday  with  American  clergymen  like  they 
had  done  on  Christmas.  The  guards  told  us 
they  were  coming.  We  decided  to  try  and 
pass  a  note  to  one  of  the  religious  leaders. 
Each  of  us  wrote  out  a  note  on  the  inside  of  a 


11 


chewing  gum  wrapper  that  said  we  wanted 
the  American  people  to  know  that  some 
truly  inhumane  treatment  was  taking  place: 
Hostages  were  being  kept  in  solitary  confine- 
ment, sanitary  conditions  were  terrible,  and 
we  were  continually  being  blindfolded  and 
handcuffed.  Basically,  we  wanted  them  to 
know  that  the  situation  the  students  set  up 
for  the  television  cameras  was  not  an  accur- 
ate indication  of  the  way  we  were  being 
treated.  We  were  living  in  a  hell  hole,  and  we 
wanted  to  have  something  done  to  get  us  out 
of  there. 

We  folded  the  notes  up  real  tight.  I  was 
wearing  a  pair  of  dark  blue  slacks  that  had  a 
tear  in  the  cuff,  and  we  hid  the  notes  inside 
the  cuff  of  my  pants  until  it  was  time  for  the 
Easter  service. 

SERGEANT  ROCKY  SICKMAN  (Marine 
security  guard,  in  Shiraz):  We  didn't  know  that 
a  rescue  mission  had  failed.  But  I  kept  a  diary 
and  when  we  got  to  Shiraz,  I  wrote  down 
everything  that  had  happened.  Then  a 
couple  of  weeks  later  one  of  the  guards  came 
in  with  a  Time  magazine  and  showed  us  some 
pictures  of  the  crash  site  and  the  eight  men 
who  had  died  in  the  rescue  attempt.  They 
wouldn't  let  us  read  the  article.  They  just 
flashed  the  pictures  in  front  of  our  faces  and 
told  us  that  Secretary  of  State  Vance  had 
resigned.  They  also  said  that  if  the  United 
States  tried  any  kind  of  military  interven- 
tion, they  were  going  to  kill  us  right  away. 
They  told  us  that  several  times. 

SERGEANT  WILLIAM  GALLEGOS 
(Marine  security  guard):  In  the  prison,  the 
Iranians  had  a  little  TV  room  where  they 
used  to  show  TV  videos.  We  had  a  bunch  of 
tapes  at  the  embassy  before  we  were  taken. 
They  were  just  series  type  TV  shows— 
Bamaby  ]ones  or  M*A*S*H,  stuff  like  that. 

The  Iranians  would  come  in  once  or  twice 
a  week  and  take  us  down  to  another  cell  to 
watch  TV  videos.  I  went  the  first  time  or  two, 
and  after  that  I  didn't  go  anymore.  The  guards 
would  come  in  and  I'd  say,  "I  don't  want  to  go. 
I  want  to  stay  here.  I  don't  want  to  see  those 
things."  So  everybody  else  would  go,  and  I'd 
stay  in  the  cell.  I  really  didn't  want  to  see  that 
stuff.  I'd  been  a  prisoner  for  a  long  time  and 
I'd  adapted  to  it.  When  they  started  showing 
us  TV  shows  that  had  been  filmed  in  the 
United  States,  it  didn't  seem  real  to  me— 
didn't  seem  real  at  all.  It  didn't  depress  me, 
but  at  the  same  time  I  didn't  want  to  be  re- 
minded of  home.  I  didn't  want  to  see  all  the 
cars  and  the  women  and  the  people  having  a 
good  time.  So  I  didn't  go  to  see  those  things. 
I  liked  it  better  in  the  cell. 

LIEUTENANT  COMMANDER  ROBERT 
ENGELMANN  (naval  supply  officer):  Even 
though  the  Iranians  were  trying  to  seal  us  off 
from  any  news  coming  in  from  the  outside, 
we  did  manage  to  get  a  few  bits  of  informa- 
tion by  communicating  with  other  hostages 
or  by  reading  everything  that  came  into  our 


"When  I  got  on  that 

plane,  it  was  a  feeling  of 

overwhelming  joy  and 

shock,  and  it  didn't  take 

long  for  that  feeling  of 

joy  to  turn  into  a  crying 

binge." 

MALCOLM  KALP,  ECONOMICS  OFFICER 


cell.  In  the  prison,  the  Iranians  used  to  give 
us  copies  of  The  Sporting  News,  and  that  was 
how  we  first  learned  about  the  death  of  the 
Shah.  There  was  an  article  in  there  about  a 
golf  match,  and  in  the  article  there  was  a  sen- 
tence that  said  television  coverage  of  the  golf 
match  had  been  interrupted  because  of  the 
death  of  the  Shah.  That  was  it.  Just  one  little 
sentence  buried  in  the  text  of  an  article,  but 
it  was  a  sentence  that  told  us  a  lot... 

We  learned  about  the  rescue  mission  in  a 
similar  way.  I  had  received  a  letter  from  a 
friend  in  New  York,  and  in  the  letter  she  had 
enclosed  some  New  York  Times  crossword 
puzzles.  On  the  back  of  one  of  those  puzzles 
was  a  portion  of  a  TV  listing.  We  were  so 
starved  for  news  that  we'd  read  anything— 
even  old  TV  listings.  We  passed  our  letters 
around  the  cell  and  shared  them  with  each 
other.  It  was  Steve  Lauterbach  who  read  the 
back  of  my  crossword  puzzle.  The  four  of  us 
were  sitting  there  when  Steve  gasped  and 
said,  "You're  not  going  to  believe  this."  Then 
he  was  speechless.  He  literally  could  not 
talk.  I  was  thinking,  "That  must  be  one  hell 
of  a  crossword  puzzle,  Steve." 

Then  he  showed  us  what  he  had  found  in 
the  TV  listing.  It  said  there  was  going  to  be  a 
network  special  which  dealt  with  the  C.I.A. 
from  1952  through  the  aborted  hostage  res- 
cue mission  in  Iran.  That  was  big  news.  It  was 
the  first  time  we  knew  that  an  attempt  had 
been  made  to  get  us  out. 

COLONEL  LELAND  HOLLAND  (Army 
attache,  at  Evin  Prison):  Holding  us  hostage 
was  drudgery  for  the  students,  too.  One  guy 
came  into  my  cell  and  he  was  talking  about 
the  war,  and  how  things  were  not  good.  Then 
all  of  a  sudden  he  said,  "You're  going  home  in 
a  week  or  two." 

Mike  Metrinko  was  allowed  to  come  over 
and  visit  me  in  my  cell,  and  Mike  was  in 
there,  too.  We  both  said,  "Naw,  it  won't 
happen." 

He  said,  "It  must  happen.  I  am  leaving.  In 
one  week,  I'm  going  to  be  married." 


So  a  couple  of  weeks  passed,  and  this  fellow 
was  still  there.  I  chatted  with  him  again  and 
asked,  "Did  you  get  married?" 

"Yes." 

"Where  is  your  wife?" 

"She  has  gone  to  the  war." 

1  guess  that's  the  way  it  was  for  them.  All  of 
the  glory  was  gone.  The  luster  and  fun,  the 
headlines  and  celebrity  status  of  the  whole 
thing  had  faded.  This  guy  had  just  got  mar- 
ried, and  immediately  his  wife  went  off  to 
the  war. 

BILL  BELK  (communications  officer):  I  was 
in  no  mood  to  sing  any  goddam  songs,  and  I 
didn't  want  to  pretend  that  I  was  buddy- 
buddy  with  any  of  the  clergymen  that  the 
Iranians  brought  into  Iran.  So  I  didn't  really 
want  to  go  to  the  Christmas  service.  But  I 
hadn't  gone  a  year  earlier  because  of  my  escape 
attempt,  and  I  wasn't  part  of  the  Easter  thing. 
I'd  never  been  in  front  of  their  TV  cameras, 
and  I  knew  that  my  mail  wasn't  getting  out 
because  I  wasn't  receiving  any.  So  I  knew 
that  I  had  never  been  heard  from  or  seen  by 
anyone  in  the  United  States.  I  assumed  that 
my  wife  and  my  two  boys  were  probably  think- 
ing that  I  might  be  dead.  Even  though  I 
didn't  want  to  go  to  the  Christmas  service,  it 
was  something  that  I  felt  I  had  to  do  for  my 
family.  If  there  was  a  chance  that  they  would 
see  the  film  clips,  then  I  had  to  be  there. 

MALCOLM  KALP  (economics  officer):  I 
was  sitting  there  and  this  terrorist  hands  me 
an  English  language  newspaper  that  is  pub- 
lished in  Tehran.  The  headline  is:  "Hostages 
To  Be  Released." 

He  asked,  "What  do  you  think  of  that?" 

I  said,  "That's  beautiful." 

He  said,  "Mr.  Kalp,  before  you  are  released 
we  want  you  to  make  a  statement." 

"No.  No  way.  I  have  not  made  a  statement 
yet,  and  I'm  not  going  to  make  one  now." 

"Why  not?" 

"Because  I  haven't  anything  good  to  say 
about  you  people." 

Then  he  wanted  to  know,  "Are  you  going 
to  make  any  statements  after  you  are  released?" 

I  said,  "Absolutely." 

"What  will  you  say?" 

I  laughed  and  told  him,  "You  just  watch 
and  see." 

JOHN  LIMBERT  (political  officer):  As  I 
walked  across  the  tarmac,  there  was  a  group 
lined  up  there  chanting  anti-American  slo- 
gans. I  thought  that  was  really  a  sad  way  for 
them  to  end  the  ordeal.  I  remember  think- 
ing, "They  can't  even  show  a  little  class  when 
they  let  us  go."  If  they'd  had  any  class  at  all, 
they  would  have  given  us  flowers  and  shaken 
our  hands.  But  they  couldn't  even  do  that. 
Walking  across  the  tarmac,  I  remember  think- 
ing, "What  a  half-ass  group  this  is." 

MALCOLM  KALP  (economics  officer): 
When  I  got  on  that  plane  it  was  a  feeling  of 
total  euphoria  and  shock.  I  knew  exactly 
where  I  was  and  exactly  what  was  happening— 


12 


but  it  was  sort  of  like  I  was  suspended  in  a 
world  of  disbelief.  Here  were  all  these  people 
who  I  hadn't  seen  in  fourteen  and  a  half 
months.  They  were  all  sitting  right  there.  It 
was  beautiful.  There  was  a  feeling  of  over- 
whelming joy  and  shock,  and  it  didn't  take 
long  for  that  feeling  of  joy  to  turn  into  a  cry- 
ing binge. 

SERGEANT  PAUL  LEWIS  (Marine  secur- 
ity guard):  At  long  last  it  was  over.  We  were 
out.  After  a  few  minutes  of  talking  to  my 
father  back  home  in  Illinois,  he  asked  me  if  I 
wanted  to  talk  to  anyone  else.  I  thought  that 
maybe  a  couple  of  our  relatives  had  come 
over  to  the  house,  so  I  said,  "Sure,  let  me  talk 
to  everybody  who's  there." 

He  laughed  and  said,  "Paul,  there  are  well 
over  200  people  in  the  house."  A  lot  of  the 
neighbors  had  come  over  to  watch  our  release 
on  TV.  It  wasn't  a  planned  celebration  or 
anything  like  that— people  just  started  show- 
ing up  with  food  and  champagne. 

DON  HOHMAN  (Army  medic):  I  remem- 
ber the  day  we  got  back  to  the  States  was  the 
day  of  the  Super  Bowl.  After  we  got  checked 
into  our  hotel  room,  the  first  thing  I  did  was 
get  a  couple  of  bottles  of  wine,  and  my  wife 
and  I  settled  in  to  watch  the  Super  Bowl. 
That  was  nice.  We'd  talk,  and  drink  our  wine, 
and  watch  the  football  game. 

That  was  the  year  the  Oakland  Raiders 
beat  the  Philadelphia  Eagles.  After  the  game 
was  over,  I  called  the  Oakland  locker  room.  I 
told  the  operator  who  I  was,  and  she  put  the 
call  through.  I  wanted  to  talk  to  the  Oakland 
quarterback,  Jim  Plunkett,  and  somebody  in 
the  locker  room  called  him  over  to  the  phone. 
I  told  him  that  I  was  a  hostage  who  had  just 
returned  to  America,  and  I  said,  "Watching 
you  play  really  made  me  feel  good.  I'm  a  Cali- 
fornian  and  I  was  cheering  for  you  all  the 
way.  You  were  great." 

He  said,  "Well,  we  won  that  one  for  you. 
That  Super  Bowl  is  for  the  hostages." 

CHERI  HALL  (wife  of]oe  Hall):  There's  an 
interesting  story  about  the  number  444.  It's 
an  uncommon  number,  and  not  one  you'd 
expect  to  see  very  often.  But  Joe  sees  it  all  the 
time.  He'll  look  up  at  the  digital  clock,  and  it 
will  be  reading  4:44,  or  he'll  be  driving  along 
and  glance  down  at  the  odometer  just  as  it 
flips  up  444,  or  he'll  be  standing  by  a  trophy 
case  and  see  an  award  for  Troop  444  of  the 
Boy  Scouts.  He  can  check  a  price  tag,  or  be 
reading  an  article  in  a  magazine  and  that 
combination  of  digits  will  jump  out  at  him.  I 
mean  he  sees  444  all  the  time.  And  I  tell 
him,  "Hey,  Joe,  you  know  what  that  is,  don't 
you?  That's  God  tapping  you  on  the  shoulder. 
He's  saying,  'This  is  your  own  personal  miracle.' 
It's  a  miracle  that  you  all  got  out  alive."    ■ 


From  444  Days,  Copyright  ®  1985  by  Tim 
WeUs.  Reprinted  try  permission  ofHarcourt  Brace 
]ovanovich,  Inc. 


In  fighting  international 
terrorism,  nations  have  to 
be  sensitive  to  questions 
of  international  law.  Is  it  possi- 
ble to  wage  the  fight  and  still 
follow  the  letter  of  the  law? 
And  might  a  policy  of  anti- 
terrorism open  the  door  to  in- 
ternational lawlessness?  A. 
Kenneth  Pye,  Samuel  Fox 
Mordecai  Professor  of  Law, 
offers  an  expert  view.  Pye, 
who  has  been  university 
chancellor,  law  school  dean, 
and  university  counsel,  joined 
Duke  in  1966.  Formerly  direc- 
tor of  Duke's  Center  for  Inter- 
national Studies,  he  teaches 
courses  in  criminal  and  civil 
procedures.  This  semester  he 
is  offering  a  seminar  on  "Legal 
Implications  of  the  Control  of 
Terrorism."  Pye  has  been 
active  in  promoting  foreign 
exchanges,  and  is  chairman  of 
the  Council  for  the  Interna- 
tional Exchange  of  Scholars, 
which  is  associated  with  the 
Fulbright  program. 

QIs  there  any  chance  of 
ac 
tionali 

PYE:  In  1972,  the  United 
States  attempted  to  obtain 
U.N.  acquiescence  to  a  con- 
vention that  would  outlaw  ter- 
rorism. And  the  Third  World 
states  in  general  refused  to  go 
along  with  anything  that 
would  not  exempt  conduct 
pursuant  to  a  war  of  national 
liberation  or  pursuant  to  an 
act  of  self-determination. 

That  is  not  to  say  that  we 
can't  deal  with  terrorism  in 
the  international  arena;  and 
we  can  deal  with  it  in  either  of 
two  ways.  The  first  is  by  multi- 
national convention  among 
those  nations  which  share  a 
common  understanding  of 
what  it  is.  An  example  is  the 
European  Convention  for  the 
Suppression  of  Terrorism,  in 


ten  out  as  a  defense.  The 
second  way  is  dealing  with 
specific  acts  on  which  a 
general  consensus  can  be 
achieved,  such  as  aircraft  hi- 
jacking or  hostage  taking  - 
individual  acts  that  can  be 
branded  as  inappropriate  with- 
out regard  to  the  definition  of 
terrorism.  Even  here,  you  may 
be  faced  with  a  nation  that 
doesn't  wish  to  apply  these 
conventions  to  acts  with 
which  it  has  sympathy- 
sympathy  for  the  ends  sought 
if  not  for  the  means  utilized  to 
achieve  them.  This  occurs 
particularly  when  we  are  deal- 
ing with  some  Third  World 
countries  that  do  not  wish  to 
extradite  people  who  are 
regarded  as  being  involved  in 
a  war  of  national  liberation  to 
establish  a  Palestinian  home- 
land. But  in  no  way  is  it 
peculiar  to  them. 

One  of  the  major  countries 
with  which  we  have  difficulty 
is  France,  which  declined  to 
extradite  one  of  the  leaders  of 
the  Munich  massacre.  And 
one  of  the  leading  offenders  is 
the  United  States:  We  have  a 
series  of  court  decisions  refus- 
ing to  extradite  members  of 
the  IRA  to  the  United 
Kingdom.  There  are  other 
nations  which  as  a  matter  of 
policy  rarely  extradite  anyone, 
Israel  being  an  example.  The 
best  we've  been  able  to  do  is  to 
try  to  write  into  these  conven- 
tions a  provision  that  if  there 
is  a  prima  facie  case  that  the 
accused  has  violated  the  con- 
vention, he  should  either  be 
extradited  or  he  should  be 
tried.  This  was,  however,  the 
kind  of  problem  that  escalated 
in  the  Achille  Lauro  affair: 
The  Egyptians  had  signed  a 
convention  to  which  the 
United  States  was  a  party,  did 
not  turn  the  terrorists  over  to 
the  United  States,  and  were 
permitting  them  to  go  to 
Tunisia,  resulting,  then,  in  our 
action  in  forcing  the  Egyptian 


The  United  States  does  not 
come  into  this  area,  however, 
with  totally  clean  hands  in  the 
matter  of  law—  although  per- 
haps cleaner  than  most  in  the 
matter  of  morals.  There's  a 
case  of  a  hijacker  who,  in 
seeking  freedom  in  the  West- 
ern world,  forced  an  Eastern 
bloc  aircraft  to  land  in  West 
Berlin.  And  we  engaged  in 
what  some  would  regard  as  a 
charade— impaneling  a  jury  of 
West  Germans,  sending  over  a 
federal  district  court  judge, 
suppressing  evidence  under 
the  American  Constitution, 
and  ending  up  acquitting  the 
defendant.  It's  a  little  difficult 
to  work  these  things  out  when 


countries  feel  so  deeply  about 
the  end  that  the  particular 
offender  is  seeking  to  achieve. 


OIn  deciding  on  i 
tion  against  terrorists, 
should  we  follow  strict  rules  of 
evidence? 

PYE:  Within  the  United 
States  we  clearly  have  no 
authority  to  retaliate.  When 
we  arrest,  we  must  do  so 
according  to  our  rules  of  doing 
things.  There  is  no  justifica- 
tion for  arresting  without 
probable  cause  or  stopping 
without  reasonable  suspicion 
or  searching  except  when 
authorized  by  the  courts. 
When  we  are  dealing  abroad,  I 
do  not  think  there  is  any  need 
to  rely  on  the  rules  of  evi- 
dence. The  rules  of  evidence 
were  created  for  a  totally  dif- 
ferent purpose  -  to  provide 
protection  to  litigants. 

There  have  been  occasions 
in  which  the  United  States 
has  violated  international  law, 
and  I  have  to  ask  myself,  is  the 
world  a  better  place  for  it  hav- 
ing done  so?  And  if  it  is,  I  may 
reach  the  conclusion  that  if 
not  justified,  the  act  is  under- 
standable. When  we're  talking 
about  invasion  of  another 
country  or  assassination  of 
another  leader,  or  kidnapping 
the  citizens  of  a  nation  with 
which  we  are  not  at  war,  these 
are  far  more  important  acts 
and  involve  far  more  import- 
ant policy  decisions.  The 
same  could  be  said  of  so-called 
surgical  strikes  on  an 


OIs  it  appropriate  for  gov- 
ernments to  negotiate 
with  terrorists? 

PYE:  What's  the  alternative? 
You  can  go  in  there  and  try  to 
shoot  it  out.  You  can  leave 
and  not  do  anything.  Or  you 
can  negotiate.  There  is  a  level 
of  principle  beyond  which 
you  cannot  go  as  a  nation.  If 
we're  talking  about  allowing 
another  sovereign  state  to 
allow  murderers  to  be  free  as 
the  price  of  obtaining  the  free- 
dom of  some  of  your  own  citi- 
zens, this  may  not  be  wise  or 
prudent.  It's  a  terrible  thing  as 
far  as  the  citizens  who  are 
held  hostage  are  concerned, 
but  once  you  engage  in  that 
kind  of  concession  in  the 
negotiation,  then  there  is  no 
reason  to  think  that  there  will 
not  be  more  hostages  taken. 
What  you  concede  in  the 
negotiation  is  something  quite 
apart  from  the  question  of 
whether  you  are  prepared  to 


TERRORISM  AND  SOCIETY: 


THE  POLITICS  OF  VIOLENCE 


Vienna,  Rome,  Paris— once  cities 
that  produced  visions  of  plea- 
sure, now  just  the  latest  entries 
on  the  ever-growing  list  of  ter- 
rorist targets.  What  are  the  forces  that  pro- 
duced terrorism,  what  are  our  chances  in  the 
fight  against  terrorism,  and  how  may  that 
fight  change  us  as  a  society?  Here,  the  views 
of  two  experts:  Bruce  Kuniholm,  associate 
professor  in  Duke's  Institute  of  Policy  Sciences 
and  Public  Affairs,  and  Robin  Wright,  senior 
journalist  in  residence  at  the  institute. 

Before  returning  to  Duke  in  1980,  Kuniholm 
Ph.D'76  was  a  member  of  the  U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  State's  Policy  Planning  Staff  responsi- 
ble for  Near  Eastern  and  South  Asian 
Affairs.  He  has  written  extensively  on 
American  foreign  policy  in  the  Middle  East 
and  on  Arab-Israeli  affairs.  His  most  recent 
book:  The  Palestinian  Problem  and  U.S.  Policy. 
Wright  has  been  a  foreign  correspondent  for 
The  Sunday  Times  of  London,  CBS  News, 
The  Washington  Post,  and  The  Christian 
Science  Monitor,  covering  more  than  sixty 
countries  in  the  Middle  East,  Africa,  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Latin  America.  She  came  to  Duke 
in  1984,  after  reporting  from  Beirut  for  four 
years.  Her  1985  book,  Sacred  Page:  The  Wrath 
of  Militant  Islam,  was  hailed  as  "must 
reading... for  all  who  want  to  understand  the 
fanatical  violence  of  the  Middle  East"  by  the 
New  York  Times'  Anthony  Lewis. 

Q  Can  we  define  today's  brand  of  terrorism 
as  something  truly  new  and  different? 

WRIGHT:  There  are  different  kinds  of  ter- 
rorism in  the  world  right  now,  and  there  is  no 
single  monolithic  force  at  work.  There  is  one 
new  brand  of  terrorist,  the  suicide  terrorist, 
that  has  changed  both  the  approach  and  the 
dimensions  of  terrorism  in  the  world  today. 
But  terrorism  is  by  no  means  new;  just  with 
modern  weaponry,  its  effect  can  be  so  much 
more  devastating  now. 


KUNIHOLM:  Terrorism  goes  back  for  cen- 
turies. A  lot  of  the  people  who  look  at  it  find 
it  extremely  difficult  to  differentiate  between 
what  a  military  operation  is  and  what  a  ter- 
rorist action  is.  A  lot  depends  on  the  relative 
access  to  power  one  has  and  the  political 
motives  involved.  With  the  increasing  vulner- 
ability of  our  society,  increasing  interdepen- 
dence, and  the  technological  means  to  affect 
that  interdependence— through  the  hijacking 
of  planes  and  even  the  potential  some  years  in 
the  future  of  using  small  nuclear  weapons— 
there's  a  change  in  the  dimension  of  terror 
and  a  change  in  magnitude.  But  it  is  an  old 
phenomenon,  and  there  is  something  to  be 
said  for  the  argument  used  by  moral  relativ- 
ists that  one  man's  freedom  fighter  is  another 
man's  terrorist. 

WRIGHT:  There  are  many  experts  in  the 
U.S.  who  will  argue  very  vehemently  that 
terrorism  is  one  of  the  most  misunderstood 
and  poorly  defined  words  in  the  English  lan- 
guage. And  there  are  many  terrorists  in  the 
world  who  genuinely  don't  believe  that  the 
violence  for  which  they  are  responsible  is  ter- 
rorism. They  look  at  it  as  acts  of  revenge,  or 
retaliation,  or  in  defense  of  their  faith,  for 
the  Shia,  or  in  defense  of  their  homeland,  for 
the  Palestinians. 

KUNIHOLM:  It  seems  to  me  that  there 
are  distinctions  to  be  made  among  terrorists. 
For  extremist  or  hard-core  terrorists,  there  is 
relatively  little  popular  support;  and  they 
should  be  differentiated  from  national  popular 
movements,  which  have  an  enormous  amount 
of  support  within  particular  societies,  and 
from  terrorists  supported  by  states. 

WRIGHT:  I'd  make  a  distinction,  too, 
among  those  who  use  violence  as  a  first  resort 
and  those  who  use  it  as  a  last  resort.  There 
are  many  terrorists  who  do  not  act  out  of 
strength  but  act  out  of  weakness  and  frustra- 
tion, and  they  feel  there's  no  other  alternative. 

Q  Has  the  media  encouraged  terrorism  by 
giving   such   prominence   to   the   acts  of 
terrorists? 
WRIGHT:  Absolutely  not.  The  media  is 

r^-^J^^  exactly  what  it  says  it 

MM  Wmv  is— a  medium  for  com- 

munication. Before 
TWA  847  last  summer, 
how  many  Americans 
were  aware  that  there 
were  776  Shia  being 
held  in  Israeli  jails, 
which  the  U.S.  had 
actually  condemned  but  which  wasn't  a 
major  story?  They  were  desperate;  and  I 
think  there  were  many  people  who  then 
understood— maybe  not  agreed  with,  but 
understood,  at  least,  why  it  was  happening. 
In  1979,  the  media  was  terribly  irresponsi- 
ble; it  was  so  preoccupied  with  the  Iranian 
hostage  situation  that  it  didn't  report  the 
revolution.  It  would  have  been  useful  if  in- 


Media  message:  a  TWA  hijacker  stows  his  gun  and  pre- 
pares to  meet  the  press 


stead  the  media  had  focused  on  the  dynam- 
ics and  the  developments  within  the  revolu- 
tion rather  than  just  standing  outside  the 
U.S.  Embassy.  And  that's  one  of  the  reasons 
that  Americans  by  and  large  didn't  under- 
stand the  importance,  the  magnitude  of  that 
revolution  and  how  it  could  change  history. 
By  1985,  the  media  had  grown  up  and  begun 
to  understand  that  the  Shiite  phenomenon 
was  a  major  one  in  the  region  and  had  to  be 
understood  in  order  to  cope  with  it  realistically. 
KUNIHOLM:  I  think  you  have  to  be  very 
thoughtful  about  putting  constraints  on  the 
media.  We  can  exhort  the  media  to  act  more 
responsibly,  and  we  can  debate  among  our- 
selves what  responsible  means,  but  I  find  it 
difficult  to  draw  lines  between  what  they  can 
and  can't  do. 

Q  Is  terrorism  an  inevitable  part  of  modern 
life? 
KUNIHOLM:  Terrorism  is  something  like 
crime.  You  have  crime 
and  you're  not  going  to 
get  rid  of  crime.  If  you 
become  obsessed  with 
it,  you  can  undermine 
the  very  roots  of  your 
own  society.  When 
you're  talking  about 
extremists  like  the 
Meinhof  Gang  in  Germany  and 
others,  one  can  address  the  problem  through 
informants,  through  technical  means,  through 
active  surveillance,  through  security  to  pre- 
vent and  deter.  On  the  other  hand,  if  you're 
talking  about  national  movements,  the 
United  States  has  to  address  them  in  their 
proper  context,  and  also  has  to  recognize 
that  we  ourselves  have  a  role  to  play  in  the 
phenomenon. 

If  you  look  at  Lebanon,  what  we  remember 
is  our  Marines  getting  blown  up,  and  that's  a 
terrible  thing.  The  question  is,  how  did  that 
come  about?  One  answer  is,  after  the  Israeli 
invasion,  the  United  States,  by  putting  its 
people  in  there  and  by  supporting  a  regime 
which  did  not  have  legitimacy  in  Lebanon  as 
a  whole— by  lobbing  artillery  shells  and  in- 
viting retaliation— created  a  situation  that 
at  least  contributed  to  the  Marines  becom- 
ing a  target. 

WRIGHT:  Most  acts  of  terrorism  aren't 
carried  out  sheerly  for  violence.  There  is,  as 
Bruce  pointed  out,  a  cause  behind  most  of 
the  acts.  Unfortunately,  the  U.S.  has  tended 
to  respond  only  to  the  effects— reacting  and 
not  dealing  with  the  root  causes.  That's  a  big 
problem:  We  tend  to  substitute  passion  for 
policy. 

Q  Is  it  realistic  to  try  to  sort  out  the  root 
causes  of  terrorism  amid  all  the  complexities 
of  the  Middle  East? 


14 


WRIGHT:  I  don't  think  it  is  possible  to 
eliminate  terrotism  unless  we  look  at  the 
root  causes.  We  all  felt  a  sense  of  euphotia 
after  the  four  men  were  dramatically  inter- 
cepted following  last  September's  Achille 
Lauro  hijacking.  They  will  be  brought  to 
justice  in  Italy.  Fine:  But  at  the  same  time, 
we  do  not  eliminate  the  root  causes  behind 
crime  simply  by  nabbing  four  street  muggers. 

KUNIHOLM:  I  think  it's  important  to 
emphasize  that  neither  of  us  is  a  bleeding 
heart  who  sympathizes  with  terrorists.  But  in 
the  complex  rules  of  international  affairs,  to 
the  extent  that  we  do  get  involved,  as  we  did 
in  Lebanon,  we  have  to  expect  we're  going  to 
be  in  a  very  risky  situation— whose  complex 
terms  we  must  understand.  It's  interesting  to 
speculate  about  whether  we  may  have  a  prob- 
lem in  the  coming  years  in  South  Africa,  and 
the  extent  to  which  our  support,  de  facto  or 
not,  for  apartheid  will  lead  to  terrorist  acts 
against  us. 

Q  Is  there  a  psychological  profile  of  the 
typical  terrorist? 

WRIGHT:  I  think  there  is  a  common 
denominator  among  a  lot  of  them.  The  basic 
emotion  is  one  of  frustration— deep  frustra- 
tion. Oftentimes  fear.  And  just  as  I  as  an 
American  walk  the  streets  of  Beirut  in  deep 
fear  of  my  plane  being  hijacked  or  my  build- 
ing being  blown  up  or  some  other  American 
target  being  hit,  so  too  does  the  average 
Iranian,  for  example,  live  in  constant  fear  of 
the  United  States'  trying  to  either  attack  or 
put  the  Shah's  son  back  on  the  throne,  as  the 
US.  did  in  1953.  While  the  U.S.  wipes  the 
slate  clean  every  four  years,  they  have  longer 
memories. 


"The  US.  has  tended  to 

respond  only  to  the 

effects  of  tenorism— 

reacting  and  not  dealing 

with  the  root  causes.  We 

tend  to  substitute  passion 

for  policy." 

ROBIN  WRIGHT 


KUNIHOLM:  I'm  sure  there  are  some  ter- 
rorists who  are  just  plain  thugs,  but  there  is 
evidence,  too,  that  violence  is  the  ultimate 
reaction  to  total  frustration. 

Q  What  about  the  victims  of  terrorism? 

WRIGHT:  I  think  increasingly  you  see  the 
innocent  citizens  of  whatever  country  be- 
coming the  victim,  because  governments 
and  military  units  have  the  resources  to  pro- 
tect themselves. 

KUNIHOLM:  People  strike  at  those  they 
can  reach.  And  those  whom  we  regard  as 
innocent  are  not  regarded  as  innocent  by 
those  who  perpetrate  acts  against  them. 
Whether  we  conceive  of  them  as  legitimate 
or  not,  they  see,  given  the  injustices  that 
they  feel  and  the  grievances  that  they  have, 
no  one  as  being  innocent.  They  would  look 


on  what  the  Israelis  did  in  Southern  Lebanon 
in  1982  as  state-sponsored  terrorism;  and 
they  find  it  hard  to  make  the  kinds  of  distinc- 
tions that  some  of  us  do  just  because  we  look 
on  power  when  wielded  by  a  nation  as  being 
in  a  different  context. 

Q  Do  terrorist  states  exist? 

WRIGHT:  In  the  case  of  Iran,  which  the 
administration  has  pointed  to  quite  often,  it 
is  more  often  state-inspired  terrorism.  Indeed, 
there  is  very  strong  circumstantial  evidence 
that  they  have  provided  weaponry  and  train- 
ing to  men  who  carried  out  the  acts,  or  pro- 
vided the  means  for  men  to  be  trained. 

KUNIHOLM:  I  think  there  is  some  state- 
sponsored  terrorism.  There's  no  doubt  that 
Qaddafi  has  done  so,  there's  no  doubt  the 
Israelis  have  done  so,  certainly  the  Soviet 
Union  has  done  so;  and  we  know  that  in  the 
past  there  were  occasions  where  the  United 
States  was  not  without  sin  in  this  issue  either— 
attempts  to  knock  off  Castro  in  the  Sixties, 
for  example.  But  if  something  is  sponsored  or 
supported  by  the  state,  it  is  very  difficult  to 
find  out  at  what  level  someone  supported  it. 

WRIGHT:  It's  hard  for  me  to  accept  that 
in  Iran  anyone  at  a  high  level  in  government 
actually  plotted  the  bombing  of  the  Marine 
compound,  or  that  Qaddafi  actually  said  to 
Abu  Nidal,  the  Palestinian  renegade,  go 
attack  Israeli  or  American  targets  in  Europe. 
That's  why  I  draw  a  distinction  between  state 
sponsored  and  state  inspired.  I  think  that  in 
many  cases  states  are  backing  movements 
that  are  responsible  for  terrorism.  But  to  say- 
that  they  are  actually  sponsoring  terrorism— 
that  is,  masterminding  terrorism— is  some- 
thing else. 


15 


President  Reagan  held  a  press  conference 
after  the  attacks  on  the  Rome  and  Vienna 
airports  and  said  Qaddafi  was  responsible.  I 
know  what  our  intelligence  capability  is  in 
the  Middle  East  from  my  exposure  to  the 
region,  and  it  is  very  limited.  A  lot  of  times 
our  intelligence  sources  are,  at  best,  second 
rate,  and  sometimes  third  and  fourth  hand. 
So  sometimes  we  rely  on  others  who  have 
something  to  gain  by  promoting  their  own 
line. 

KUNIHOLM:  I  would  accept  that  it  is 
improbable  that  Qaddafi  himself  knew  per- 
sonally or  masterminded  the  terrorist  activi- 
ty. On  the  other  hand,  there  is  clearly  good 
evidence  that  leaders  such  as  Qaddafi  support 
the  existence  of  training  camps  for  terrorists 
in  their  countries.  It  would  be  helpful,  to  the 
extent  that  our  government  has  evidence— 
and  I  suspect  that  it  does  in  some  cases— for 
it  to  come  out  with  it. 

Q  Will  terror  be  seen  increasingly,  even  by 
the  great  powers,  as  a  cheap  and  effective 
substitute  for  warfare? 

WRIGHT:  I  think  that's  been  true  for  a 
while,  even  in  some  acts  by  the  United 
States— mining  Nicaraguan  harbors,  trying 
to  eliminate  Castro.  There  was  a  story  in  the 
Washington  Post  last  year  about  the  U.S. 
plotting  to  lure  Qaddafi  out  of  Libya  so  he 
could  be  eliminated  during  a  coup  d'etat.  The 
danger  is  we're  thinking  along  the  level  of 
the  terrorists  themselves. 

KUNIHOLM:  Depending  on  who  you  call 
a  terrorist  and  what  you  count  as  a  terrorist 
activity,  there  have  always  been  struggles 
within  local  and  regional  areas  for  control 
and  power.  And  those  struggles  are  variously 
categorized  as  legitimate  or  illegitimate. 

WRIGHT:  One  of  the  dangers  is  not  so 
much  in  the  growth  of  terrorist  movements 
themselves  as  much  as  in  the  growing  sym- 
pathy among  those  who  were  once  neutral 
on  the  issue.  We've  seen  this  particularly  in 
the  Middle  East.  People  are  saying  increas- 
ingly that  we  condone  your  goals,  your 
motives,  even  if  we  don't  go  along  with  your 
violent  tactics. 

KUNIHOLM:  One  of  the  problems  we 
confront  as  a  nation  is  how  we  respond  to  ter- 
rorism. On  the  one  hand,  the  notion  is  you 
should  never  give  in,  you  should  take  a  hard 
line,  and  you  should  retaliate  or  repress;  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  some  argue  that  you 
should  negotiate.  And  in  either  case  you've 
got  a  problem.  If  you  retaliate  and  repress, 
part  of  the  problem  is,  retaliate  against 
whom?  It's  not  always  clear  that  we're  even 
able  to  figure  it  out.  So  in  that  case  we  give 
some  legitimacy  to  terrorism,  because  people 
see  us  as  acting  irresponsibly,  striking  out 
against  innocents.  That's  one  possibility. 
The  other  is  if  we  negotiate  and  are  seen  to 
be  appeasing,  we'll  simply  be  hit  with  more 
demands  and  a  greater  problem. 


"People  strike  at  those 
they  can  reach.  Given 
the  injustices  that  they 
feel  and  the  grievances 
that  they  have,  they  see 
no  one  as  being 
innocent" 


BRUCE  KUNIHOLM 


Free  at  last:  TWA  hostage  Victor  Amburgy  gets  a  joyous 
welcome  home 


Q  How  would  you  characterize  the  U.S. 
response  to  terrorism? 

WRIGHT:  The  Reagan  administration 
right  down  the  line  has  said  there  will  be 
justice,  whether  it  was  three  years  ago  in 
Lebanon  or  more  recently  in  Rome  and 
Vienna.  What  they're  really  talking  about  is 
revenge;  and  revenge  is  not  justice.  I  think 
we're  really  in  danger— as  a  moral  nation,  as  a 
democracy— of  violating  our  own  rule  of  law. 
Economic  sanctions  have  never  been  effec- 
tive, and  a  military  threat  is  only  going  to 
escalate  the  cycle  of  violence  by  polarizing 
people  and  drawing  in  new  recruits.  Violence 
is  not  only  going  to  be  a  violation  of  our  own 
principles,  it's  not  going  to  be  an  effective 
means  of  dealing  with  the  phenomenon. 

KUNIHOLM:  Someone  characterized 
the  Reagan  administration's  policy  toward 
terrorism  as  speaking  stickly  but  carrying  a 
big  soft.  It  seems  to  me  that's  not  misrepre- 


senting what  they've  done.  There's  been  an 
enormous  amount  of  rhetoric  and,  in  fact, 
we've  done  relatively  little.  The  measures 
that  they've  taken— for  embassy  security,  air- 
port security— are  all  necessary  and  desirable. 
But  those  are  only  deterrents.  Even  though 
we've  said  we  will  not  negotiate,  in  fact  many 
people  suspect  we  have  negotiated.  I  think 
we  should  be  very  thoughtful  about  our 
declared  policies  and  the  extent  to  which 
our  actual  policies  coincide  with  them.  My 
own  sense  is,  the  less  rhetoric,  the  better,  and 
people  are  going  to  judge  us  ultimately  by  our 
acts  and  not  by  our  rhetoric. 

Q  Should  the  United  States  try  to  seek  some 
international  consensus  against  terrorism? 

KUNIHOLM:  I  think  that  consensus  can 
be  reached  on  some  things -better  exchange 
of  intelligence,  other  preventive  and  deter- 
rent steps.  When  you  talk  about  the  larger 
issues,  though,  you  have  a  problem.  That's 
because  we  don't  see  eye  to  eye  on  the  politi- 
cal dimensions  of  some  terrorist  activities. 

WRIGHT:  The  interesting  thing  to  me  is 
the  issue  of  evidence.  Immediately  after  the 
Reagan  administration  labeled  Qaddafi  as 
responsible  for  masterminding  the  Rome 
and  Vienna  attacks,  the  European  govern- 
ments—including the  Austrian  and  Italian 
governments— said  they  had  no  evidence  to 
support  that. 

KUNIHOLM:  Obviously  the  European 
countries  are  much  more  reluctant  to  join  in 
a  consensus  because  they  rely  so  much  on  oil 
imports.  So  there's  an  economic  factor  in- 
volved. But  there  is  a  political  factor,  too.  We 
don't  see  eye  to  eye  politically.  There  is  the 
Euro-Arab  dialogue  that  took  off  in  the  after- 
math of  the  1973  Arab-Israeli  war.  There's  a 
European  consensus  on  the  Palestinian  issue 
that  is  not  shared  with  the  United  States. 

Q  In  the  arena  of  public  opinion,  aren't  the 
terrorists  hurting  their  own  cause? 

KUNIHOLM:  They  are  and  they  aren't. 
One  could  argue  that,  from  an  Israeli  point 
of  view,  Zionist  terrorism  eliminated  the 
British.  One  could  argue  that,  from  a  Pales- 
tinian point  of  view,  without  the  terrorist 
acts  perpetrated  by  Fatah,  particularly  after 
the  1967  war,  there  never  would  have  been 
the  kind  of  international  recognition  for  the 
PLO  that  there  has  been.  When  you  say  hurt 
their  cause,  I  think  you're  talking  about  this 
country;  and  for  this  country,  you're  probably 
right.  Internationally,  I'm  not  so  sure.  There 
are  different  groups  that  have  different 
agendas.  The  agenda  of  some  of  the  more 
extremist  factions  is  to  bring  down  all  the 
moderate,  or  so-called  moderate  elements  in 
the  Middle  East.  And  to  the  extent  that 
their  actions  alienate  us  from  the  moderates 
and  we  respond  in  kind  to  terrorism,  that 
furthers  their  cause.  ■ 

—Robert].  Bitwise  and  Susan  Bloch 


u 


TV 


ALUMNI 
REGISTER 


E 


SEMANS 


ary  Duke  Biddle  Trent  Semans 
'39,  who  chairs  The  Duke  Endow- 
ment, will  receive  the  1986  Dis- 
tinguished Alumni  Award.  The  award  pre- 
sentation is  part  of  the  May  4  commencement 
exercises. 

Established  by  the  General  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation in  1982,  the  award  recognizes  alumni 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  con- 
tributions made  in  their  own  fields  of  work, 
in  service  to  the  university,  or  in  the  better- 
ment of  humanity.  Semans  was  selected  from 
a  field  of  twenty-nine  nominations. 

Born  in  New  York  City,  Semans  attended 
the  Hewitt  School.  She  was  a  history  major 
at  Duke  and  was  elected  to  White  Duchy,  a 
women's  honorary  society.  A  Duke  trustee 
emerita  who  makes  her  home  in  Durham, 
she  has  been  active  in  all  phases  of  local  life, 
serving  on  hospital,  library,  governmental, 
social  service,  church,  and  civic  boards.  She 
was  mayor  pro-tem  from  1953  to  1955. 

Semans  is  a  generalist  with  broad  interests 
in  the  arts,  the  medical  and  other  sciences, 
education,  government,  social  services, 
humanitarian  projects,  family  life,  history, 
philanthropy,  health  care,  aid  to  the  physi- 
cally and  economically  disadvantaged,  youth 
work,  international  relations,  business,  and 
politics. 

One  of  the  incorporators  of  the  North 
Carolina  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Blind- 
ness, she  was  active  in  establishing,  as  a 
member  of  the  Building  Commission  for  the 
North  Carolina  Museum  of  Art,  the  Mary 
Duke  Biddle  Gallery  for  the  Blind.  The  gal- 
lery contains  original  pieces  of  sculpture  and 
other  types  of  art  that  can  be  experienced 
through  the  sense  of  touch. 

In  1960,  Semans  was  a  recipient,  along 
with  her  husband,  Dr.  James  H.  Semans,  of 
the  first  Humanitarian-Freedom  Award, 
given  by  the  Durham  chapter  of  Hadassah. 
She  also  received  the  National  Brotherhood 
Award  in  1969,  presented  by  the  National 
Conference  of  Christians  and  Jews  for  "dis- 
tinguished service  in  the  field  of  human  rela- 
tions"; and  the  North  Carolina  Award  in 
1971  and  the  Morrison  Award  in  1973  for 
contributions  to  the  fine  arts.  In  addition  to 


her  leadership  of  The  Duke  Endowment,  she 
is  vice  chairman,  and  chairman  emerita,  of 
the  Mary  Duke  Biddle  Foundation,  a  philan- 
thropic organization  founded  by  her  mother. 

She  is  the  granddaughter  of  Benjamin  N. 
Duke,  who  was  the  son  of  Washington  Duke 
and  the  brother  of  James  B.  Duke— all  uni- 
versity benefactors. 

Semans  has  been  awarded  honorary  degrees 
by  North  Carolina  Central  University,  Elon 
College,  Davidson  College,  North  Carolina 
Wesleyan  College,  and  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Duke  awarded 
her  an  honorary  degree  in  1983 ,  the  year  she 
gave  the  commencement  address. 

For  Duke's  $200-million  Capital  Campaign 
for  the  Arts  and  Sciences,  Semans  chairs  the 
Committee  on  Foundation  Gifts,  is  commit- 
tee co-chair  for  the  Nancy  Hanks  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts,  and  is  a  committee  mem- 
ber for  the  William  M.  Blackburn  Endow- 
ment for  Imaginative  Writing. 

Nominations  for  the  1987  Distinguished 
Alumni  Award  can  be  made  on  a  special  form 
available  from  the  alumni  affairs  office.  The 
deadline  is  September  1.  lb  receive  a  form, 
write  Barbara  Pattishall,  Associate  Director, 
Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
North  Carolina  27706;  or  call  collect,  in 
North  Carolina,  (919)  684-5114,  or  toll  free 
1-800-FOR-DUKE,  outside  North  Carolina. 


CLUBS  CALENDAR 

APRIL 

2  DUMAA  (New  York  City)- 
RECEFTION  WITH  PRESIDENT 
H.  KEITH  H.  BRODIE 

3  ATLANTA-Thirsty  Thursday  at 
Studebaker's 

7  ROCKY  MOUNT-Dinner  with  foot- 
ball Coach  Steve  Sloan 

10  CHICAGO-Fuqua  Alumni  lunch- 
eon with  Professor  Arie  Lewin 

—Duke  Alumni  Club  reception  with 
Arie  Lewin 

11  INDIANAPOLIS -Reception  with 
Fuqua  Professor  Arie  Lewin 

17  CHARLOTTE- Spring  luncheon 

with  Duke  biochemist  James  Siedow 
21  DUMAA- Reception  for  accepted 

students 
23  DUMAA-Annual  business  meeting 
TBA  MIAMI  — Intercoastal  Waterway 

Cruise 
TBA  NASHVILLE-Reception 
TBA  WILMINGTON,  NC-Annual 

alumni  dinner 

MAY 

1  ATLANTA-Thirsty  Thursday  at 
Studebaker's 

3  DUMAA  (New  Jersey)-Alumni 
brunch 

17  NORTHERN  CALIFORNIA^ 
Day  at  the  Races" 

31  ATLANTA-DINNER  WITH 
PRESIDENT  H.  KEITH  H.  BRODIE 

TBA  BALTIMORE -Summer  party 

TBA  SEATTLE-Cocktail  party  with 
Yale  alumni 

TBA  BOSTON -Annual  dinner  meet- 
ing, with  writer  Peter  Maas  '49 

JUNE 

1  WILMINGTON,  DEL.-Annual  picnic 

5  ATLANTA-Thirsty  Thursday  at 
Studebaker's 

6  DUMAA-Annual  Manhattan  cruise 
10  LOS  ANGELES -Dinner  with  Trin- 
ity Dean  Richard  White 

12  NORTHERN  CALIFORNIA- 
Annual  dinner,  with  Trinity  Dean  Richard 
White 

20  DUMAA-Annual  club  president's 
reception 


TBA  ATLANTA-Summer  picnic 
TBA  SEATTLE -Annual  river  rafting 
trip 
TBA  NASHVILLE-Summer  picnic 

JULY 

3  ATLANTA-Thirsty  Thursday  at 
Studebaker's 

AUGUST 

7  BOSTON -Annual  clambake 
7  ATLANTA-Thirsty  Thursday  at 

Studebaker's 
TBA  ATLANTA-Chastain  Park 

concert 

SEPTEMBER 

6  CHICAGO -Pregame  football  recep- 
tion for  Duke  vs.  Northwestern 

13  ATLANTA-Bus  trip  to  Athens  for 
Duke  vs.  Georgia  football 

OCTOBER 

4  NASHVILLE-Football  reception  for 
Duke  vs.  Vanderbilt 

25  HOMECOMING-Duke  vs.  Mary- 
land 

NOVEMBER 

1  ATLANTA-Pregame  football  recep- 
tion for  Duke  vs.  Georgia  Tech 
—Young  alumni  party 

DECEMBER 

TBA  NASHVILLE-Cheekwood  Man- 
sion Christmas  party  with  other  schools 

For  more  information,  check  your  Duke  Con- 
nection for  phone  number  of  club  chairman 
nearest  you,  or  call  1-800-FOR-DUKE;  in 
North  Carolina,  call  (919)  684-5114  collect. 


CONSTITUTIONAL 
CONVENTION 


To  mark  the  upcoming  200th  anniver- 
sary of  America's  Constitution,  the 
Alumni  Affairs  and  Continuing  Edu- 
cation offices  are  sponsoring  a  seminar  in 
the  "cradle  of  the  nation,"  Charlottesville, 
Virginia,  November  13-16. 


This  Alumni  College  Weekend,  with 
Duke  law  professors  Walter  E.  Dellinger  and 
A.  Kenneth  Pye,  will  focus  on  the  historical, 
legal,  social,  and  political  factors  that  have 
kept  the  U.S.  Constitution  alive  almost  two 
centuries. 

Dellinger,  who  teaches  courses  on  the  ori- 
gins of  the  Constitution,  has  recently  pub- 
lished articles  on  the  process  of  amending 
the  Constitution  in  the  Harvard  Law  Review, 
Yak  Law  Journal,  Law  and  Contemporary  Yroh- 
lems,  and  Newsweek.  He  has  lectured  in  Ger- 
many, Italy,  Denmark,  Belgium,  and  Brazil 
on  American  constitutional  issues. 

Pye,  Samuel  Fox  Mordecai  Professor  of 
Law,  has  been  dean  of  the  law  school,  twice 
Duke  chancellor,  and  director  of  the  Center 
for  International  Studies.  He  teaches  courses 
in  criminal  and  civil  procedures  and  has 
been  active  in  law  reform. 

Judith  Ruderman,  director  of  continuing 
education,  will  host  the  weekend  seminar. 
An  author  and  lecturer  in  modern  literature, 
she  will  discuss  the  literature  of  the  Ameri- 
can Revolution. 

The  Boar's  Head  Inn,  in  the  Blue  Ridge 
foothills,  will  provide  classroom  and  living 
accommodations.  Guests  will  have  access  to 
the  exercise  and  sports  facilities,  as  well  as 
hot-air  ballooning.  The  weekend  package 
includes  all  meals,  a  welcoming  reception 
and  dinner,  and  guided  tours  to  the  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia  and  Monticello,  Thomas 
Jefferson's  home. 

For  more  information,  write  Barbara 
DeLapp  Booth  '54,  Alumni  Colleges,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  North  Carolina 
27706;  or  call  collect,  in  North  Carolina, 
(919)  684-5114,  or  toll  free  1-800-FOR- 
DUKE,  outside  North  Carolina. 


CLASS 
NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 
class. 


20s  &  30s 


George  B.  Johnson  76  started  the  annual 

Virginia  Big  Game  Championships  in  1940,  and  the 
trophy  for  the  best  deer  bagged  in  Virginia  has  been 
named  the  George  B.  Johnson  Award.  He  personally 
presented  .the  award  for  1984  in  Newport  News  and 
gave  the  principal  address.  He  and  his  wife,  Suzanne, 
live  in  Buffalo,  Wyoming. 


A.  Dixon  Callihan  A.M.  '31  received  a  Distin- 
guished Alumni  Award  from  Marshall  University, 
Huntington,  WVa.,  for  his  outstanding  national 
achievements  in  nuclear  physics.  He  worked  on  the 
Manhattan  Project  from  1942-45  and  then  served  on 
the  research  staff  of  Union  Carbide  Corp.'s  nuclear 
division  until  his  retirement  in  1973.  From  1965  to 
1984,  he  was  the  editor  of  Nuclear  Science  and  Engi- 
neering, a  journal  of  the  American  Nuclear  Society, 
an  organization  dedicated  to  the  peaceful  applications 
of  nuclear  energy.  He  lives  in  Oak  Ridge,  lenn. 


r  Cox  A.M.  '31  is  retiring  after  34  years  as 
director  of  the  examinations  service  at  the  University 
of  Nebraska  at  Lincoln.  He  will  continue  on  a  part- 
time  basis  as  executive  director  of  the  annual  high 
school  mathematic 


Jerome  S.  Menaker  '37,  clinical  professor  of 
obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  the  University  of  Kansas' 
medical  school  at  Wichita,  retired  as  director  of 
undergraduate  medical  education  for  the  department 
of  obstetrics  and  gynecology.  He  will  continue  in  a 
limited  consulting  private  practice. 


40s 


If.  Hitchcock  R.N.  '41  retired  in  October 
r  of  nursing  at  Rex  Hospital  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

I  T.  Nau  A.M.  '42,  Ph.D.  '49  represented 
Duke  in  September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presi- 
dent of  Lees-McRae  College  in  Banner  Elk,  N.C. 

Mary  Canada  A.M.  '46,  the  head  of  the  reference 
department  at  Duke,  retired  in  June  after  42  years  of 
service. 


K.  Goodman  '47,  president  of  Bruce  K. 
Goodman  &  Co.,  Evanston,  111.,  was  appointed  chair 
of  the  Building  Owners  and  Managers  Association 
(BOMA)  International's  Special  Purpose  Buildings 
Division.  BOMA  International  is  the  trade  associa- 
tion representing  the  office  building  industry. 

A.  Purnell  Bailey  B.Div.  '48  delivered  the  Pierson 
Lectures  at  Mount  Olive  College,  N.C,  during  the 
week  of  Oct.  14.  He  is  the  author  of  the  daily  syndi- 
cated column  Daily  Bread  and  the  president  of 
National  Temple  Ministries,  Inc.,  Washington,  DC. 


.S.M.E.  '48  recently  retired 
from  NASA  in  Huntsville,  Ala.,  after  more  than  35 
years.  He  was  awarded  three  significant  patents  on 
obtaining  very  high  purity  propellant  gases  in  support 
of  NASA's  lunar  landings  and  the  development  of  the 
space  shuttle. 

Marcia  Norcross  Corbino  '49  has  opened 
Corbino  Galleries,  a  fine  arts  gallery  specializing  in 
contemporary  art,  in  Sarasota,  Fla.  A  member  of  the 
International  Association  of  Art  Critics,  she  received 
an  art  critic's  fellowship  from  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts  in  1980. 

James  A.  Howard  LL.B.  '49  represented  Duke  in 
November  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Old 
Dominion  University  in  Norfolk,  Va. 


50s 


J.  Kenneth  Eason  '50  was  elected  to  the  Sanford, 
N.C.,  board  of  Wachovia  Bank. 

Jane  S.  Kirk  '50  represented  Duke  in  December  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Lesley  College  in 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Garland  Howard  Allred  B.Div.  52  was 
appointed  a  delegate  to  the  World  Methodist  Con- 
ference, which  will  meet  in  July  1986  in  Nairobi, 
Kenya.  He  serves  as  district  superintendent  of  the 
northeast  district  of  the  Western  North  Carolina 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 


'54  is  the  new  bishop 
coadjutor  of  the  Episcopal  Church  in  the  Oregon 
diocese.  He  and  his  wife,  Jean  Arthur  Burcham 

'52,  will  live  in  Lake  Oswego,  Ore. 

Jane  Morgan  Franklin  '55  is  a  co-author  of 
Vietnam  and  America:  A  Documented  History,  pub- 
lished in  October  by  Grove  Press.  She  is  the  author  of 
Cuban  Foreign  Relations:  A  Chronology,  1959-1982, 
published  in  1984  by  the  Center  for  Cuban  Studies  in 
New  York.  She  lives  in  Montclair,  N.J. 

B.  Gloyden  Stewart  Jr.  '55  was  appointed  by 
North  Carolina  Gov.  James  Martin  to  serve  on  the 
State  Goals  and  Policy  Board.  He  is  senior  vice  presi- 
dent in  charge  of  corporate  planning  and  investor 
relations  with  Branch  Banking  and  Trust  Co.  in 
Wilson,  NC.  Stewart  is  also  a  director  and  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  Bank  Investor  Relations  Institute  and  of 
the  N.C.  Payments  System.  He  and  his  wife,  Patricia, 
have  two  sons. 


C.  Block  Ph.D.  '56  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute  in  Troy,  N.Y. 

Odessa  "Mlki"  Southern  Elliott  56  is  a  spe 

cial  projects  associate  on  the  executive  staff  of  the 
Grants  Program  of  Trinity  Parish,  N.Y.  In  October,  she 
and  her  husband,  Joseph,  celebrated  their  26th  year  at 
St.  Paul's  Episcopal  Church  in  the  South  Bronx. 

Geoffrey  K.  Walters  Ph.D.  '56  represented  Duke 
in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Rice  University  in  Houston,  Texas. 


H.  Bernard  "Bunny"  Blaney  '57  is  the  assistant 
manager  of  Sportime  Racquet  and  Athletic  Club  in 
Greensboro,  N.C.  His  wife,  Etta  Lou  Apple 

Blaney  '56,  M.Ed.  '60  is  teaching  in  the  Western 
Rockingham  city  schools  and  serves  as  a  district  secre- 
tary for  the  N.C.  Association  of  Educators  and  the 
County  Association  of  Rockingham  Educators. 


F.  William  Tracy  Jr.  '57  is  teaching  an  adult  con- 
tinuing education  class,  "Arabia  and  the  Arabs,"  at 
Santa  Barbara  City  College  in  California.  He  is  com- 
pleting a  novel,  Solar  Arabia,  set  in  a  future  world  that 
is  depleted  of  oil. 


LADY'S  LACEWORK 


Ralph  W.  Barnes  Jr.  B.S.E.E.  '58,  Ph.D.  '69,  an 
associate  professor  of  neurology  at  Bowman  Gray 
Medical  School,  will  ditect  the  National  Ultrasound 
Reading  Centet  in  cooperation  with  Auttec,  Inc.,  a 
research  and  development  company  in  Forsyth 
County,  N.C.  He  is  also  participating  in  a  major 
national  study  to  determine  why  deaths  from  heart 
disease  have  declined  in  the  U.S. 


G.  William  Domhoff  '58  is  the  author  of  The 
Mystique  of  Dreams:  A  Search  for  Utopia  through  Senoi 
Dream  Theory,  published  by  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia Press.  The  author  of  several  other  books,  he  is  a 
psychology  and  sociology  professor  at  UC-Santa  Ctuz. 

William  J.  Massey  III  '58,  M.D.  '62  represented 
Duke  in  Octobet  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  the  College  of  William  and  Mary,  Williamsburg, 
Va. 

Charlotte  M.  Wilkinson  '58,  a  counselor  at 
Jordan  High  School  in  Durham,  received  the  Luther 
Taff  Counselor  of  the  Year  Award  from  the  N.C. 
Association  for  Counseling  Education  and  Super- 
vision. She  is  associate  newsletter  editor  for  the  N.C. 
School  Counselors  Association  and  president  of  the 
Triangle  area  chapter  of  the  N.C.  Association  for 
Counseling  and  Development.  She  is  also  enrolled  in 
the  doctoral  program  in  counseling  at  N.C.  State 
University. 


S.  Levin  '59,  a  founding  partner  of  the 
firm  Hen,  Levin,  Teper,  Sumner  &  Croysdale, 
announced  its  consolidation  with  the  firm  Michael 


Best  &  Ftiedrich.  The  consolidated  firms,  under  the 
name  of  Michael,  Best  &  Friednch,  will  be  the  third 
largest  firm  in  the  city  of  Milwaukee,  Wise. 


60s 


Dolph  O.  Adams  '60,  pathology  professor  and 
chief  of  the  autopsy  pathology  division  at  Duke 
Medical  Center,  received  the  Research  Recognition 
Award  from  the  Samuel  Roberts  Noble  Foundation, 
which  honors  fundamental  contributions  in  basic  bio- 
medical research.  His  research  has  focused  on  the 
regulation  of  macrophages,  a  type  of  white  blood  cell 
that  plays  a  key  role  in  immunity  to  disease  and  foreign 
invaders.  An  author  or  co-author  of  more  than  125 
scientific  papers  and  two  books,  Adams  serves  on  the 
editorial  boards  of  four  journals.  He  has  organized 
several  international  meetings  on  macrophage  func- 
tion and  is  a  diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Pathology. 

Gary  W.  Dickinson  B.S.M.E.  '60  was  appointed 
group  director  of  engineering  for  the  Chevrolet- 
Pontiac-GM  of  Canada  group  and  elected  vice  presi- 
dent of  General  Motors  Corp.  He  and  his  wife, 
Libby  Daniel  Dickinson  '61,  live  in  Bloomfield 
Hills,  Mich.,  and  have  two  children.  Their  daughter, 
Debbi,  is  a  freshman  at  Duke. 

Deanna  Crary  Jamison  '61 ,  after  five  years  as 
directot  of  constituent  services  for  U.S.  Sen.  Robert 
W  Kasten  Jr.,  has  become  the  campaign  director  of 


rx 


V 


Veiled  in  160,000 
pounds  of 
aluminum  scaf- 
folding, the  Statue  of 
Liberty  isn't  on  any- 
one's best-dressed  list 
these  days.  After  a  cen- 
tury of  watching  over 
New  York  Harboi;  she 
was  being  ravaged  by 
corrosion  and  general 
deterioration.  So,  from 
her  iron  framework  to 
her  copper  skin,  Lady 
Liberty  underwent 


restoration,  a  $40-mil- 
lion  project  that  began 
more  than  two  years 
ago  and  will  end  with 
her  official  unveiling 
July  4. 

But  there's  at  least 
one  person  who  con- 
siders the  scaffolded 
lady  a  beautiful  sight  to 
behold,  and  that's 
Harold  "Hal" 
O'Callaghan  '56.  He's 
president  of  the  firm, 
Universal  Building 


Supply,  that  designed 
and  erected  the  alumi- 
num lacework,  and  life 
just  hasn't  been  the 
same  since. 

"The  visibility  of  the 
project  really  helped 
our  image.  We've  been 
getting  calls  from  all 
over  the  world,"  says 
O'Callaghan,  who 
seized  the  moment  by 
adding  a  line  drawing 
of  the  lady  in  bars  to 
his  company's  letter- 
head. Everybody  loves 
a  winner,  and 
O'Callaghan's  firm  won 
the  scaffolding  bid 
from  a  field  of  twenty- 
three  firms  worldwide. 

Among  the  com- 
pany's other  projects:  a 
bridge  between  Ellis 
Island  and  New  Jersey, 
one  of  the  longest  tem- 
porary bridges  ever 
built;  the  Great  Hall 
restoration,  also  on  Ellis 
Island;  New  York's 
World  Financial  Center, 
at  8  million  square  feet, 
the  largest  office  pro- 
ject in  the  state;  por- 
tions of  New  York's 
Trump  Tower;  the 
interior  rotunda 
restoration  for  the  state 
capitol  in  Harrisburg, 
Pennsylvania,  one  of 
oldest  capitol  buildings 
in  the  United  States; 
and  scaffolding  for  the 
set  of  the  movie  Remo: 


The  First  Adventure. 

But  for  O'Callaghan 
and  his  family  business 
in  Mount  Vernon,  New 
York,  Lady  Liberty 
reigns  supreme.  The 
scaffolding  required  a 
unique  design  because 
restrictions  dictated 
that  it  not  touch  the 
statue  above  the  pedes- 
tal level.  While  most 
scaffolds  tie  into  a 
structure  every  twenty- 
six  feet,  the  statue  scaf- 
folding soared  150  feet 
high — free-standing. 
That  made  it  the  tallest 
free-standing  scaffold- 
ing in  the  world,  a  fact 
that  the  1986  Guinness 
Book  of  World  Records 
has  duly  recorded  with 
a  picture  on  the  back 
cover  and  an  article 
inside. 

O'Callaghan's  firm 
began  the  restoration 
back  in  January  1984, 
"when  the  first  barges 
came  floating  in  like 
the  Marines."  And  his 
firm  will  end  it  as  well, 
in  plenty  of  time  for 
the  statue's  Centennial 
observance  July  4.  As 
O'Callaghan  notes,  it's 
a  whole  lot  easier  tak- 
ing the  scaffolding 
down  than  it  was  put- 
ting it  up. 


WHIZZZ  KIDS 

Can  a  classical 
violinist/former 
Duke  volleyball 
player  and  a  song 
writer/former  alternate 
Blue  Devil  mascot  find 
true  happiness  playing 
rock  music  in  a  New 
York  City  nightclub? 

Apparently  so,  in  the 
case  of  Leslie  Lewis  '79 
andJoeMorra'79. 
Lewis  was  a  key  player 
on  Duke's  women's 
volleyball  team— the 
one  that  reached  the 
NCAA  playoffs  in 
1977.  She's  also  an 
accomplished  violin 
player.  Morra  per- 
formed both  as  a  musi- 
cian and  a  Blue  Devil 
at  Duke.  Together  they 
form  the  nucleus  of  a 
band  that  just  com- 
pleted a  month-long  gig 
at  the  Duplex,  a  Green- 
wich Village  cabaret. 

She  on  her  violin,  he 
on  keyboard  and 
vocals,  have  been  per- 
forming together  for 
several  years  in  New 
York  and  Washington, 
D.C.  Morra  does  the 
arrangements,  writes 
the  lyrics,  and  generally 
sets  the  tone  for  the 
band,  which  is  why  it's 
named  after  him.  Other 
area  musicians  often 


join  the  two  for  per- 
formances; highlights 
include  opening  for 
Mary  Travers,  of  Peter, 
Paul,  and  Mary  fame; 
Livingston  Taylor;  and 
Dave  Mason. 

"Our  music  is 
diverse,"  says  Morra,  "a 
combination  of  pop, 
rock,  and  easy  listen- 
ing." He  says  audiences 
really  go  for  the  sound, 
but  the  recording 
industry  is  confounded 
by  the  band's  lack  of  a 
clear  musical  niche. 
That  made  things  diffi- 
cult when  Lewis  and 
Morra  tried  to  sell  the 
idea  of  an  album,  so 


they  produced  one 
themselves— My  Plea- 
sure— on  their  own 
label,  Whizzz  Kids 
Records,  using  his  own 
money.  They  plan  to 
woo  the  New  York  and 
Washington  radio  sta- 
tions with  the  finished 
product,  which  is 
already  available  on 
record  or  cassette  for 
$10  from  the  Whizzz 
Kids  at  P.O.  Box  629, 
New  York,  New  York 
10185.  "It's  got  key- 
boards, violin,  electric 
bass,  acoustic  and  elec- 
tric guitar,  horns,  back- 
up vocals,  drums,  the 
works,"  says  Lewis. 


Meanwhile,  Morra 
will  continue  to  supple- 
ment his  income  as  an 
accompanist  for  other 
musical  acts  in  New 
York,  while  fellow  West 
Sider  Lewis  pursues  her 
computer  consulting 
work,  classical  violin 
lessons  with  concert 
soloist  Gerald  Beal,  and 
a  renewed  interest  in 
playing  volleyball. 
Risky  business  for  a 
string  musician?  "Every- 
one's always  worried 
that  I'm  going  to  injure 
my  hands,"  she  says, 
"but  1  never  have,  and  I 
don't  expect  to." 


Agenda  for  the  American  People  Project.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  N.C.  Society  of  Internal  Medicine,  on 
the  board  of  directors  of  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson 
Scholars  Program,  and  a  trustee  of  the  ASIM/Socio- 
Economic  Research  and  Education  Foundation.  He  is 
director  of  the  intensive  care  unit  of  Twin  County 
Community  Hospital,  president  and  medical  director 
of  Blue  Ridge  Highlands  Nursing  Home,  and  founder 
of  Blue  Ridge  Health  Associates,  Inc.,  an  internal 
medicine  practice  association  that  delivers  compre- 
hensive adult  health  care  in  rural  Appalachia. 

Michael  V.R.  Thomason  A.M.  '66,  Ph.D.  '68  is 

the  author  of  Trying  Times:  Alabama  Photographs, 
1917-1945,  a  photographic  history  published  by  Uni- 
versity of  Alabama  Press. 

Douglas  P.  Wheeler  LL.B.  '66  was  appointed  in 
July  as  executive  director  of  the  Sierra  Club. 

John  R.  Hannon  '67  was  promoted  to  vice  presi- 
dent in  charge  of  group  credit  insurance  operations 
with  The  Prudential  Insurance  Co.  of  America.  His 
daughter  Kimberly  is  a  sophomore  at  Duke. 

Robert  L.  Ellis  '68  is  author  of  the  book  Designing 
Data  Networks,  recently  published  by  Prentice-Hall. 

James  A.  Farrar  Ph.D.  '68  represented  Duke  in 
Septembet  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Texas  Wesleyan  College. 

Harvey  J.  Goldman  '68  was  named  vice  presi- 
dent of  project  development  and  finance  for  Research- 
Cottrell,  Inc.  He  was  previously  a  partner  at  Arthur 
Young.  Goldman  is  the  co-author  of  The  Privatization 
Book,  published  by  Arthur  Young  in  1984,  in  addition 
articles  for  trade  journals  and  magazines. 


the  United  Performing  Arts  Fund,  an  umbrella  group 
furthering  "the  development  and  maintenance  of 
high  standards  in  the  arts."  She  is  also  the  special  gifts 
chairman  for  the  Duke  Class  of '61  reunion  to  be  held 
Oct.  24-26,  1986.  She  lives  in  Whitefish  Bay,  Wise. 

Charles  J.  Ping  Ph.D.  '61,  president  of  Ohio  Uni- 
versity, received  the  Phillips  Medal  of  Public  Service 
at  the  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  convocation 
ceremony  in  October.  The  Phillips  Medal  is  given  to 
individuals  who  have  made  significant  contributions 
to  health  care  and  public  service.  He  is  also  on  the 
advisory  board  for  the  Institute  of  Educational 
Management  at  Harvard,  a  member  of  the  Commit- 
tee on  International  Affairs  with  the  National  Asso- 
ciation of  State  Universities  and  Land-Grant  Col- 
leges, and  a  consultant  examiner  for  the  North  Cen- 
tral Association. 

Anne  Tyler  '61  is  the  author  of  The  Accidental 
Tourist,  her  latest  novel  since  Dinner  at  the  Homesick 
Restaurant. 

James  L.  Vincent  B.S.M.E.  '61  was  recently 

appointed  as  chief  executive  officet  of  the  Biogen 
group  in  Cambridge,  Mass. ,  a  firm  which  develops 
new  pharmaceutical  products  through  genetic  engi- 
neering. He  was  previously  group  vice  president  and 
president  of  the  Health  and  Scientific  Products  Co.  of 
Allied-Signal,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife  have  two  children. 

Andrea  St.  John  Barna  B.S.N.  '63  received  her 
master's  in  sociology,  with  a  concentration  in  medical 
sociology,  from  George  Mason  University  in  Fairfax, 
Va. 


Wilson  Sanders  '63  is  a  professor  at  Florence- 
Darlington  Tech.  He  and  his  wife  have  three  children. 

Sara  Hall  Brandaleone  '65  manages  part  of  the 

General  Motors  Pension  Fund.  She  lives  in  Green- 
wich, Conn.,  with  her  husband,  Bruce,  and  their  two 
children. 

R.  Allan  Edgar  J.D.  '65  has  been  made  Federal  Dis- 
trict Court  Judge  in  the  Eastern  District. 

William  C.  Olson  '65  was  elected  in  July  as  chair- 
man of  the  faculty  at  Marist  College  in  Poughkeepsie, 
N.Y.,  where  he  is  associate  ptofessot  of  history  and 
president  of  the  faculty  association. 

Idris  T.  Tray  lor  Jr.  Ph.D.  '65,  a  professor  at  Texas 
Tech  University,  was  elected  Knight  Commander,  or 
national  president,  of  the  Kappa  Alpha  Order.  Traylor 
is  director  of  the  Texas  Tech  International  Center  for 
Arid  and  Semi-Arid  Land  Studies.  He  has  held  vari- 
ous national  and  local  positions  for  Kappa  Alpha  and 
wrote  the  Order's  scholarship  manual,  named  by  the 
National  Interffaternity  Conference  as  the  most  out- 
standing book  of  its  type. 

Sara  M.  Evans  '66,  A.M.  '68  represented  Duke  in 
November  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  the 
University  of  Minnesota. 

James  G.  Nuckolls  M.D.  '66,  who  practices 
internal  medicine  in  Galax,  Va.,  was  elected  to  a 
second  three-year  term  on  the  board  of  trustees  of  the 
American  Society  of  Internal  Medicine  (ASIM).  He 
is  a  member  of  the  society's  Long  Range  Planning 
Committee  and  is  an  appointee  to  a  work  group  of  the 
American  Medical  Association's  Health  Policy 


A.M.  '68,  Ph.D.  '70,  a  profes- 
sor of  history  at  Berea  College  in  Berea,  Ky.,  is  the 
author  of  Anthony  Wayne;  Soldier  of  the  Early  Republic, 
a  biography  of  the  famous  military  hero  of  the  Ameri- 
can Revolution  and  Northwest  Territory  Indian  Wars. 
The  book  is  his  second  on  a  Revolutionary  War  topic 
and  was  published  by  Indiana  University  Press. 

Alfred  T.  Zodda  '68  was  promoted  to  general 
manager  for  the  IBM  business  unit  of  KeaMed  Hospi- 
tal Systems,  a  division  of  Keane,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife, 
Judy,  live  in  Framingham,  Mass. 

Gail  Helm  Baker  '69  is  associate  editor  for  the 
U.S.  Information  Agency  in  Washington,  DC,  where 
she  commissions  articles  for  use  by  U.S.  embassies 
throughout  the  world.  She  and  her  husband,  Bob, 
have  two  children  and  are  restoring  their  home  in 
Arlington,  Va. 

Judith  M.  Brennan  '69  was  promoted  to  curricu- 
lum specialist  for  foreign  languages,  art,  music,  and 
English  as  a  second  language  for  the  Virginia  Beach 
city  schools. 


'69  left  Northwestern  Bank  to  open  a 
commercial  loan  office  in  Charlotte,  N.C,  fot  Old 
Stone  Bank  out  of  Providence,  R.I.  His  wife,  Jan,  is  a 
tax  manager  with  Arthur  Young  in  Charlotte. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child,  first  daughter,  to  Sara  Hall 
Brandaleone  '65  and  Bruce  H.  Brandaleone  on 
June  15.  Named  Jennifer  Hall  .  .  .  First  child  and 
daughter  to  Terri  Forrester  Whitney  '68  and 
Daniel  F  Popp  on  Sept.  2.  Named  Emily  Forrester 
Popp  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  W.  James  Foland 
'69  and  Kathleen  Ellen  Straub  on  April  16  in  Kansas 
City,  Mo.  Named  Michael  Craig  ...  A  daughter  to 
W.  Charles  Grace  and  Barbara  Grace  on  Feb.  14, 
1985.  Named  Katherine  Anne  .  .  .  Third  child,  first 
son,  to  Richard  B.  Lieb  69  and  Kathryn 
Crommelin  Lieb  '70  on  Aug.  14.  Named 
Benjamin  Thomas  .  .  .  First  son  to  Danny  O.  Rose 
'69  and  Loretta  C.  Rose  on  June  13.  Named  Charles 
Alexander. 


70s 


D.  Clarke  70  has  been  head  of  land- 
scaping at  Turnberry  Isle  Yacht  and  Country  Club  in 
Miami,  Fla.,  for  over  a  year.  He  writes  that  he  wishes 
to  hear  from  any  Duke  friends  who  visit  the  area. 

David  Duch  Ph.D.  '70  was  promoted  to  group 
leader  in  medicinal  biochemistry  at  Burroughs 
Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research  Triangle  Park.  He  lives 
in  Cary,  N.C. 

Stephen  D.  Halliday  70  was  appointed  manag- 
ing partner  of  Coopers  &  Lybrand  for  its  Norfolk  and 
Newport  News,  Va.,  offices.  He  was  also  elected  as 
rector  of  the  board  of  visitors  of  Christopher  Newport 
College. 

Roy  Gregory  Maurer  70,  after  several  years 
teaching  religion  and  psychology  at  Choate  Rosemary 
Hall,  has  entered  Yale's  School  of  Organization  and 
Management.  He  and  his  wife,  Marie,  live  in  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  with  their  two  sons. 

Michael  D.  McCormick  70  was  appointed  vice 
president  and  general  counsel  of  Overland  Express, 
Inc. 


70  was  promoted  to 
department  manager  of  lab  operations  with  the 
photographic  technology  division  of  Eastman  Kodak 
Co.  in  Rochester,  NY.  In  June,  she  attended  the 
Advanced  Management  Program  at  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business. 

Robert  E.  Cheney  B.S.E.  71  is  chief  of  the  satel- 
lite and  ocean  dynamics  group  at  the  National 
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration  in  Rock- 
ville,  Md.  He  and  his  wife,  Lois,  live  in  Silver  Spring, 
Md.,  with  their  two  children. 

Dan  Sperling  71  is  the  author  of  three  books  and 
numerous  feature  articles.  He  is  a  staff  reporter  for 
USA  TODAY  and  lives  in  Washington,  DC. 


71  has  a  solo  practice  ir 
ophthamology  in  Clearwater,  Fla.,  where  she  lives 
with  her  husband,  an  obstetrician/gynecologist,  and 
their  two  children. 


Two  North  Carolina  law  firms  com- 
bined in  January,  and  the  emerging 
merging  news  was  replete  with  Duke 
connections.  The  newly-formed  Poyner  &. 
Spruill  is  the  largest  locally  based  law  firm  in 
Raleigh  and  one  of  the  five  largest  in  the  state. 
James  M.  Poyner  J.D.  '40,  now  counsel  to 
Poyner  &  Spruill,  was  founding  and  senior 
partner  in  one  of  the  former  firms.  Poyner  is 
a  member  of  the  Raleigh  executive  commit- 
tee of  Duke's  Capital  Campaign  for  the  Arts 
and  Sciences.  Among  the  partners  in  the 
fifty-five  member  firm:  Marvin  D.  Mussel- 
white  Jr.  '60,  J.D.  '63;  David  W.  Long  '64;  and 
Curtis  A.  Twiddy  J.D.  73.  The  roster  also 
includes  former  governor  James  B.  Hunt  Jr. 
and  former  associate  justice  of  the  North 
Carolina  Supreme  Court  J.  Phil  Carlton 

Musselwhite,  a  former  member  of  the  State 
House  of  Representatives,  is  on  the  execu- 
tive committee  that  manages  the  firm.  He  is 
also  chairman  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Club  an 
co-chairman  of  the  capital  campaign's  exec 
tive  committee  in  Raleigh. 

Karen  J.  Amrhine  72  was  named  director  of 
corporate  communications  of  CIT  Financial  Corp. 
She  is  also  an  M.B.A.  candidate  at  New  York 
University. 

Robert  L.  Byrd  72  was  named  curator  of  manu- 
scripts for  Duke's  Perkins  Library. 

M.  Wayne  Flye  A.M.  72,  Ph.D.  '80  is  professor  of 
surgery  and  immunology  at  Washington  University's 
medical  school.  He  is  also  director  of  organ  trans- 
plantation and  immunobiology  for  the  Washington 
University  Medical  Center. 

Barbara  Eason  Goodman  72  is  an  assistant 

professor  of  physiology  and  pharmacology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  South  Dakota's  medical  school.  She  was  on 
the  research  faculty  in  the  Department  of  Medicine  at 


UCLA.  Her  husband,  Douglas,  will  be  an  assistant 
professor  of  computer  science  at  the  University  of 
South  Dakota.  They  have  two  children  and  will  live 
in  Vermillion,  S.D 

Tom  Kosnik  72  completed  his  Ph.D.  in  business 
administration  at  Stanford's  business  school  in 
August.  He  is  now  an  assistant  professor  teaching  first- 
year  marketing  at  Harvard  Business  School  and 
researching  the  marketing  of  computer  products  and 
services. 

Mona  Shangold  M.D.  72,  director  of  the  Sports 
Gynecology  Center  at  Georgetown  University  Hospi- 
tal, was  elected  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Ameri- 
can Running  and  Fitness  Association.  An  assistant 
professor  of  obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  Georgetown, 
she  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Sports  Medicine,  chairman  of  the 
Sports  Gynecology  Society  of  the  American  College 
of  Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists,  a  U.S.  Olympic 
Committee  sports  medicine  research  associate,  and  a 
fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Sports  Medicine. 
She  serves  on  the  editorial  board  of  Medicine  and 
Science  in  Sports  and  Exercise,  The  Physician  and  Sports- 
medicine,  The  Annals  of  Sports  Medicine,  Runner's 
World,  and  Woman's  World.  She  and  her  husband, 
Gabe  Mirkin,  are  co-authors  of  The  Complete  Sporo 
Medicine  Book  for  Women. 

J.  Christopher  Smith  72  is  the  vice  president  of 
administration  for  Frank  S.  Phillips,  Inc.,  a  commer- 
cial real  estate  firm  in  Bethesda,  Md.  He  is  also  on 
the  board  of  directors  of  the  Duke  Club  of  Washing- 
ton. He  and  his  wife,  Linda,  live  in  Kensington,  Md. 

William  H.  Callaway  Jr.  73  is  a  partner  in  the 
Washington,  DC,  law  firm  Zuckert,  Scoutt, 
Rasenberger  &  Johnson. 


73  owns  and  operates  the 
Plantworks  Landscape  Nursery  in  Durham. 

Harry  H.  Harkins  Jr.  73  is  a  partner  in  the 
Chapel  Hill  office  of  the  Charlotte-based  law  firm 
Erdman,  Boggs  &.  Harkins.  Other  members  of  the 
firm  are  David  W.  Erdman  B.S.E.  71  and  Kevin 
'80.  Harkins  served  for  six  years  as  an 
attorney  general  and  counsel  to  the 
N.C.  Real  Estate  Commission.  He  is  chairman  of  the 


MONUMENT  IN  MINIATURE 


Duke  Chapel  is 
more  than 
stones  and 
mortar;  and  for  Page 
Murray  '85,  it's  more 
than  cardboard  and 
glue.  His  version  is 
2,000  hours  of  trial, 
erroi;  research,  con- 
struction, precision, 
and  an  attention  to 
detail  that  has  to  be 
seen  to  be  believed. 

He  began  his  model 
in  September  1984  as 
"independent  study," 
he  says,  under  the  late 
professor  William 
Starrs.  "It  was  the  only 
art  course  I  ever  took." 
He  worked  from  blue- 
prints, two  postcards, 
his  own  photos,  and 
the  book  The  Duke 
University  Chapel, 
which  he  calls  "the 
greatest  book  around. 
Every  freshman  should 
have  it."  The  model's 
infrastructure  is  brass 
wire  and  plastic 


template.  It  took 
Murray  a  week  to  do 
the  entrance.  After 
starting  the  stone  work 
in  early  1985,  he  found 
that  some  building 
materials  had  to  be 
rejected:  "I  learned 
how  balsa  wood  holds 
up  under  hot  lights." 

Murray's  replica, 
which  hell  present  to 
Duke  in  the  spring,  is 
scaled  5/32  of  an  inch 
to  equal  one  foot.  The 
tower  soars  three  and  a 
half  feet.  It  has  remova- 
ble spires.  "I  had  to 
make  five  of  these,"  he 
said,  "because  1  stepped 
on  one."  He  had  just 
finished  up  the  hand- 
carved  portal  statues, 
he  said  over  the  phone 
from  his  Gladwynne, 
Pennsylvania,  home, 
and  was  doing  "some 
cosmetic  work  now.  I 
removed  the  original 
smooth  copper  roof 
and  put  on  a  new 


scored  version  to  look 
more  like  the  ridges  on 
the  real  one.  And  I've 
done  all  the  gutters." 

The  "stones"  are 
actually  stamped  on 
sheets  which  are 
applied  to  ten  layers  of 
thin  cardboard - 
recycled  "Chicken 
McNuggets"  boxes,  to 
be  exact.  "I  used  250 
Exacto  knife  blades." 
The  stones  match  per- 
fectly, even  when 
wrapped  around 
corners,  through  a  sys- 
tem Murray  devised. 

The  only  inaccura- 
cies, Murray  says,  are 
the  stained  glass  win- 
dows. He  painted  them 
from  his  own  photo- 
graphs taken  inside  the 
chapel.  So,  seen  from 
the  "outside"  of  the 
interior-lit  model, 
they're  mirror  images— 
painted  on  acetate  and 
coated  with  hairspray. 
The  100  spires  on  the 


roof  line  are  decorated 
with  sixteen  to  thirty- 
two  tiny  spheres  in 
groups,  a  Gothic  detail. 
Murray  used  7,000 
poppy  seeds,  hand- 
painted  and  hand- 
glued,  to  achieve  the 
effect. 

Murray  documented 
his  2,000-hour  effort 
into  a  two-minute,  stop- 
action,  16-millimeter 
film.  He's  now  convert- 
ing that  into  a  one- 
minute  video  tape  for 
possible  use  in  the 
Duke  Video  Yearbook. 
"It's  really  been  fun," 
says  Murray.  No,  he's 
not  an  engineer.  He 
graduated  with  a  double 
major  in  economics 
and  history— appropri- 
ate for  someone  who 
reduced  the  historic 
Duke  Chapel  to  an  eco- 
nomical 35  pounds. 


EXECUTIVE  MBA  PROGRAM 


DUKE 


THE  FUQUA 

SCHOOL 
OF  BUSINESS 


Shared  Visions 

in  a 
Shared  Venture 

You  and  your  employer  share  a  com- 
mon goal -success  in  a  competitive 
business  world  through  growth.  The 
Fuqua  School  of  Business  at  Duke  Uni- 
versity now  offers  two  Executive  MBA 
programs  to  help  you  attain  this  goal 
without  career  interruption. 

Benefit  from  the  continuity  of  a  shared 
group  experience  with  faculty  and  col- 
leagues during  the  duration  of  the 
program. 

The  Executive  MBA 
Evening  Program 

Designed  for  rising  managers  with  a 
minimum  of  three  years  of  professional 
experience  beyond  the  Bachelor's 
degree. 

•  Classes  on  Monday  and  Thursday 
evenings. 

•  Program  completed  in  25  months 

•  Next  class  begins  in  July  1986. 

•  Classes  do  not  interrupt  normal  work- 
ing hours. 

The  Executive  MBA 
Weekend  Program 

Designed  for  senior  managers  with  at 
least  five  years  professional  experience. 

•  Classes  on  Friday  and  Saturday  every 
other  weekend. 

•  Program  completed  in  20  months. 

•  Next  class  begins  in  January  1987 

•  Company  sponsorship  is  required. 

The  Duke  Executive  MBA  program 
has  enabled  me  to  combine  my  experi- 
ence with  excellent  academic  training  to 
produce  on  the  job  results  immediately!' 
Glenn  Weingarth,  Director  of  Human 
Resources,  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co. 

For  more  information  on  either  pro- 
gram call  919/6844037  or  919/684-3197 


Orange  County  Board  of  Adjustment  and  represents 
North  and  South  Carolina  on  the  executive  council 
of  the  American  Bar  Association's  Young  Lawyers 
Division.  Since  1978,  he  has  been  a  member  of  the 
executive  committee  of  the  Duke  Annual  Fund. 

Paul  G.  Hodges  73  has  written  Into  the  Vestibule, 
a  book  of  poetry,  and  has  edited  three  other  poetry 
books.  An  advocate  of  natural  living  and  voluntary 
simplicity,  Hodges  is  the  founder  and  co-director  of 
Owls'  Eyes  School,  a  non-govemment  school  based 
on  the  principles  of  teaching  by  example  and  learning 
by  doing.  He  is  also  a  local  coordinator  of  The  Real 
Church,  which  is  dedicated  to  an  understanding  of 
reality  and  to  the  observance  of  the  Golden  Rule.  He 
lives  in  Surrey  County,  N.C. 

Linda  Gail  Hudak  73  and  her  husband,  Richard 
Ross  Jenkins,  are  both  in  their  third-year  at  Yale 
Medical  School. 


Linda  T.  McMillan  73  is  assistant  vice  president 
and  product  manager  for  BayBanks  Systems,  Inc., 
responsible  for  the  planning,  development,  and  mar- 
keting of  Bay  Bank's  consumer  credit  products.  She  is 
also  on  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Boston  chapter  of 
the  American  Marketing  Association. 

Thaddeus  L.  Dunn  74,  M.D.  78,  a  major  in  the 

U.S.  Army,  is  a  pulmonary  disease  officer  at  Madigan 
Army  Medical  Center  in  Tacoma,  Wash. 

Thomas  H.  Gorey  74  is  the  Washington,  D.C., 
bureau  chief  of  the  Salt  Lake  Tribune  and  the 
Manchester,  N.H.,  Union  Leader.  He  and  his  wife, 
Annette,  live  in  Germantown,  Md.,  with  their  three 
daughters. 

Jean  E.  Haworth  74  is  an  assistant  vice  president 
and  department  manager  of  foreign  exchange  opera- 
tions at  First  National  Bank  of  Atlanta.  She  lives  in 
Decatur,  Ga. 

Craig  Lutton  74  was  promoted  to  vice  president  in 
the  equine  lending  division  of  First  National  Bank  of 

Louisville.  His  wife,  Barbara  Sanderson 

Lutton  74,  teaches  kindergarten  at  Kentucky 
Country  Day  School.  They  live  in  Louisville,  Ky., 
with  their  two  children. 

Josef  K.  Ruth  M.B.A.  74  was  transferred  from  the 
U.S.  Embassy  in  Mexico  City  to  the  embassy  in 
Ottawa,  Canada,  where  he  is  a  political  officer  with 
the  U.S.  Department  of  State. 

Bill  Anderson  A.M.  75  was  promoted  to  research 
scientist  III  in  molecular  biology  by  Burroughs 
Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research  Triangle  Park.  He  lives 
in  Durham. 


Block  75  is  national  director  of  public 
relations  and  advertising  for  Rubloff.  He  lives  in 
Chicago. 


B.S.E.  75  is  a  program  manager 
at  Hewlett  Packard,  in  charge  of  a  major  automation 
project.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  are  active  in  Beyond 
War,  a  grassroots  educational  movement  centering  on 
the  threat  of  nuclear  weapons.  Last  summer,  they 
vacationed  in  the  Soviet  Union  for  two  months.  They 
live  in  Menlo  Park,  Calif. 


Fink  J.D.  75  is  counsel,  space- 
craft operations,  with  General  Electric  Co.'s  Space 
Systems  Division  in  Valley  Forge,  Penn.  He  was  the 
chief  trial  attorney  for  the  defense  contract  adminis- 
tration services  region  of  Philadelphia  with  the 
Defense  Logistics  Agency. 

John  Hale  75  is  pursuing  a  degree  in  public  admin 
istration  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  School  at  Harvard. 
He  was  program  officer  at  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Humanities.  He  lives  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 


Robert  C.  Harvey  M.D.  75,  a  major  in  the  U.S. 
Army,  has  returned  from  duty  in  West  Germany  and  is 


now  an  internist  at  Madigan  Army  Medical  Center  in 
Tacoma,  Wash. 

Susan  M.  Hollingworth  75  is  a  real  estate 
lawyer  with  the  Pittsburgh  firm  Reed,  Smith,  Shaw  & 
McClay. 

Bill  McCarty  75  recently  completed  a  judicial 
clerkship  with  the  Hon.  John  Charles  Thomas  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  Virginia.  He  is  now  an  associate  in 
the  Atlanta  office  of  the  law  firm  Sutherland,  Asbill 
&  Brennan. 

Pamela  S.  Penn  Morine  75  has  started  her  own 
business,  while  affiliated  with  Paul  Stewart  Associates, 
Inc.,  an  independent  tax  and  financial  planning  firm. 
She  is  the  vice  president  of  corporate  development 
and  markets  financial  planning  services  to  businesses, 
professionals,  and  corporations. 

Susan  C.  Milner  Parker  75  is  an  attorney  with 
Smith,  Anderson,  Blorent,  Mitchell  and  Dorsett  in 
Raleigh,  where  she  lives  with  her  husband,  Michael, 
and  their  two  daughters. 


1  A.  Robertson  75,  J.D.  78  has  joined 
the  Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  &  Bird,  practicing  in 
and  real  estate. 


M.  Robinson  75,  a  senior  compensation 
analyst  with  Southern  Company  Services,  earned  the 
American  Compensation  Association's  Certified 
Compensation  Professional  designation,  after  passing 
six  comprehensive  examinations  tequired  for 
certification. 


75  opened  the  Stanley  Gallery  of 
Contemporary  Fine  Art  in  August  1984.  The  gallery 
is  managed  by  his  wife,  Nancy.  Stanley  was  the  direc- 
tor of  business  development  for  Landmark  Communi- 
cations, Inc.,  and  now  works  in  corporate  finance  for 
the  Investment  Corp.  of  Virginia.  He  and  Nancy  live 
in  Norfolk,  Va. 

Frank  B.  Burney  76  is  a  partner  with  the  San 
Antonio  law  firm  Martin,  Shannon  &.  Drought,  Inc. 
He  was  also  elected  president  of  the  San  Antonio 
Young  Lawyers  Association. 


I.  Davidson  76  received  his  M.B.A.  from 
Louisiana  State  University  in  May  and  continues  as  a 
research  chemist  with  Ethyl  Corp.  in  Baton  Rouge, 
La. 

Bruce  R.  Fraedrich  M.F.  76  is  director  of 
tesearch  for  the  Bartlett  Tree  Research  Laboratories 
and  Experimental  Grounds  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Dean  R.  Lambe  Ph.D.  76  is  the  co-author  of  The 
Odysseus  Solution,  a  science  fiction  paperback  novel 
from  Baen  Books. 

Robert  E.  Lowdermilk  III  M.Div.  76  received 
the  Catawba  College  Algernon  Sydney  Sullivan 
Award  for  1985 ,  which  recognizes  "laudable  spiritual 
qualities  applied  to  daily  living."  He  is  a  campus  pas- 
tor and  assistant  professor  of  religion  at  Catawba  Col- 
lege in  Salisbury,  N.C. 


Lyons  B.S.M.E.  76  completed 
graduate  training  in  orthopedics  at  the  Mayo  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Medicine.  He  will  enter  an  orthopedic 
practice  in  Erie,  Minn.  His  wife,  Carol  Ann 
Williams  Lyons  76,  completed  graduate  training 
in  diagnostic  radiology  at  the  Mayo  School.  She  will 
begin  group  practice  at  St.  Vincent  Hospital  in  Erie. 

Thomas  E.  Marfing  76  is  in  his  fourth  year  of 
general  surgery  training  at  U.S.  Naval  Hospital  in 
Oakland,  Calif.,  where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Marie. 


B.S.C.E.  76  is  listed  in  the 
1985-86  Who's  Who  of  American  Women  and  was 
named  Outstanding  Young  Woman  of  America  in 
1984.  She  received  a  Consortium  for  Graduate  Study 
in  Management  fellowship  and  is  pursuing  her 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Southern  California  in 
Los  Angeles. 


1  76  is  a  doctoral  candidate  in  the  his- 
tory and  sociology  of  science  at  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  where  she  was  awarded  a  summer 
research  fellowship  in  technology  and  culture  from 
the  Mellon  Foundation's  Program  for  Assessing  and 
Revitalizing  the  Social  Sciences.  From  February 
through  July,  she  is  teaching  English  and  American 
history  and  the  history  of  technology  at  Jiao  Tong 
University  in  Shanghai,  China,  where  she  will  also 
meet  the  grandparents  of  her  husband,  Dennis  Yao,  a 
professor  of  public  policy  and  management  at  Penn's 
Wharton  School  of  Business  Administration. 

Janelle  C.  Morris  76  is  now  with  Merrill  Lynch 
&  Co.  in  its  Washington,  D.C.,  office  of  government 
relations.  She  was  practicing  law  with  the  Albuquer- 
que, N.M.,  firm  Johnson  &.  Lanphere. 


i  M.  Nunn  Jr.  76,  M.D.  '80  finished  his 
residency  and  fellowship  at  Duke  Hospital  and  now 
has  a  practice  in  internal  medicine  and  gastroenterol- 
ogy in  Rocky  Mount,  N.C.,  where  he  lives  with  his 
wife,  Catherine  Koplinka  Nunn  B.S.N.  78,  and 
their  children. 

Marshall  F.  Sinback  Jr.  B.H.S.  76,  who  has 
held  numerous  elected  positions  in  the  Ga.  Associa- 
tion of  Physician  Assistants,  was  selected  as  the  first 
AAPA  Burroughs  Wellcome  Health  Policy  Fellow.  He 
will  take  a  leave  from  the  department  of  orthopedic 
surgery  at  the  Atlanta  VA  Medical  Center  to  spend  a 
year  in  Washington,  DC. 

Suzannah  Harding  Spencer  76  is  a  family 

physician  at  the  University  of  Montana's  student 
health  service.  She  lives  in  Missoula,  Mont. 

Kim  Spalthoff  Hug  B.S.N.  77  is  a  critical  care 

educator  in  the  nursing  education  and  research 
department  at  Tampa  General  Hospital.  She  and  her 
husband,  Richard,  live  in  Tampa,  Fla. 

Beverly  D.  Mason  77  is  a  commercial  litigator 
with  the  Houston,  Texas,  law  firm  Reynolds,  Allen  & 
Cook.  She  and  her  husband,  Grant  G.  Gealy,  live  in 
Nassau  Bay,  Texas,  across  the  street  from  NASA's 
Johnson  Space  Center. 


'  77,  an  attorney 
with  Smith,  Moore,  Smith,  Schell  &  Hunter  in 
Greensboro,  N.C.,  was  named  a  member  of  the 
United  Way  of  Greater  Greensboro's  Strategic 
Planning  Committee.  She  is  also  on  the  Greensboro 
Duke  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee. 

Patricia  Walsh  Smith  77  is  finishing  a  fellow- 
ship in  ophthalmology  at  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Her  husband,  Lyman  Smith  78,  M.D.  '84,  is  doing 
a  year  of  research  before  returning  to  orthopedic  sur- 
gery at  the  University  of  Virginia. 

Gerald  Stoppel  M.Div.  77  is  the  pastor  at  the 
Grand  Centre  Anglican  Church  of  Canada  and  serves 
the  churches  at  Bonnyville,  Frog  Lake,  Ashmont,  and 
St.  Paul.  He  is  also  an  associate  of  the  Society  of  St. 
John  the  Divine. 


r  77  is  a  family  physician  in 
private  practice  in  Cleveland,  Ohio.  He  is  also  a 
clinical  instructor  in  family  medicine  at  Case  Western 
Reserve/University  Hospitals  of  Cleveland. 

El-win  R.  Baker  78  received  his  D.D.M.  from  the 
Medical  University  of  South  Carolina  in  May  1984. 
He  practices  general  dentistry  in  Newberry,  S.C., 
where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Sally. 


I  G.  Chilek  M.H  A.  78  was  promoted  to 
director  of  hospital  acquisitions  and  development  E 
Humana  Inc.,  a  health  services  company  based  in 
Louisville,  Ky. 


78  is  a  counselor/tutor  coordinator 
with  special  services  at  Virginia  Intermont  College  in 
Bristol,  Va.  Last  year,  she  attended  a  ten-year  reunion 
of  the  Fall  75  Wind  Symphony  trip  to  Vienna, 
Austria. 


MASTER     OF     ARTS     IN     LIBERAL     STUDIES 


INVEST 

IN  YOURSELF 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies 
(MALS)  is  a  challenging  interoUsciplinarv 
program  for  adults  who  seek  intellectual 
exploration  It  is  an  opportunity  to  refine 
abilities  to  think  and  to  analyze,  to 
deepen  understanding,  and  to  make 
sense  of  the  insights  gained  from 


MALS  students  are  able  to  pursue  a 
graduate  degree  while  maintaining  a 
career.  The  flexibility  of  an  individually 
designed  course  of  study  and  the 
opportunity  to  take  one  course  per  term 
are  important  advantages  to  career 
adults. 

The  most  rewarding  investment  you  will 
ever  make  is  an  investment  in  your  own 
growth  and  development.  Call  or  write 
the  MALS  office  for  a  brochure  and  an 
application. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  LIBERAL  STUDIES 

122  Allen  Building,  Duke  University 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 
919-684-3222 


44  Each  of  us  makes  an  investment  in 
this  program  in  terms  of  time,  energy, 
and  money.  This  kind  of  commitment 
insures  a  roomful  of  motivated 
students,  and  the  intellectual  exchange 
enriches  every  aspect 
of  our  lives.  •• 


'  Mary  Layne  Gregg 
*  1    "^    ■■  Registered  Nurse 
North  Carolina 
Memorial  Hospital 


Peter  L.  Diaz  78  was  appointed  vice  president  of 
operations  with  Media  Capital  Group,  Inc.,  in 
Atlanta,  Ga.  He  was  a  senior  planning  analyst  with 
Marriott  Corp.  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Sharon  E.  Grubb  78  is  the  director  of  annual  pro- 
grams for  Duke's  School  of  Engineering.  She  received 
her  M.B.A.  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  May. 

Carol  A.  Hutzelman  78  is  the  director  of  public 
relations  for  Nessen  Lamps,  Inc.,  New  York  City. 

Leslie  P.  Klemperer  J.D.  78  was  promoted  to 
senior  attorney  and  assistant  secretary  at  Delta  Air 
Line's  general  offices  in  Atlanta.  He  and  his  wife, 
Judith,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Mark  Alan  Payne  78  graduated  in  August  from 
Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine's  physician  assistant 
program. 

Eva  Marie  Hodge  Reynolds  B.S.N.  78 
received  her  master's  in  nursing  from  the  University  of 
South  Carolina  in  August.  She  is  a  program  nurse 
specialist  for  Wateree  District  Home  Health  Services. 
She  and  her  husband,  Steve,  have  two  daughters. 

Janet  R.  Rhodes  78  is  a  senior  consultant  in  the 
strategic  planning  and  marketing  department  with 
Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  &  Co.  in  Boston.  She 
received  her  M.B.A.  from  Dartmouth's  Amos  Tuck 
School  in  June  1984. 


Truax  A.M.  78  was  promoted  to  senior 
associate  pharmacologist  in  the  pharmacology  depart- 
ment of  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research 
Triangle  Park.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

Elizabeth  A.  Buss  79,  a  captain  in  the  U.S.  Air 
Force,  is  in  her  third  year  of  a  general  surgery  resi- 
dency at  Wilford  Hall  U.S.  Air  Force  Medical  Center 
in  San  Antonio,  Texas. 


79  was  appointed  president  of  the 
Atlanta  College  of  Art  in  Atlanta.  She  was  the  direc- 
tor of  the  Print  Club  in  Philadelphia.  She  is  an  exhib- 
iting artist  and  national  president  of  the  Women's 
Caucus  for  Art. 

Dolores  E.  Janiewski  Ph.D.  79,  an  assistant 


COGGIN'SGOT 

YOURTICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


BUY  IT, 
LEASE  IT 
RENT  IT. 


professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Idaho,  is  the 
author  of  Sisterhood  Denied:  Race,  Gender,  and  Class  in 
a  New  South  Community,  published  in  December  by 
Temple  University  Press.  The  book,  using  oral  his- 
tories, census  data,  and  historical  documents,  ex- 
amines the  ways  women's  lives  were  shaped  by  race, 
class,  and  gender  as  they  migrated  from  rural  North 
Carolina  to  the  developing  industrial  city  of  Durham 
to  work  in  textile  and  tobacco  factories. 


Jack  Milner  B.S.E.  79  is  the  new  president  of 
Mark  Twain  Bank  Fenton  in  Fenton,  Mo.  He  also 
interviews  prospective  Duke  freshmen. 

Susan  Cummings  Ritacco  B.S.N.  79  lives  in 
Holmdel,  N.J.,  with  het  husband,  Joe,  and  their 
daughter.  Susan  was  a  nursing  supervisor  in  a  home 
health  care  agency  until  her  daughter's  birth. 

R.J.  Sandoval  79  was  promoted  to  assistant  vice 
president  and  chief  development  officer  for  All  Saints 
Health  Care,  Inc.,  of  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

Charles  C.  Soufas  Jr.  Ph.D.  79,  an  assistant 

professor  of  foreign  languages  at  West  Chester  Uni- 
versity, was  presented  with  the  first  Council  of  Trus- 
tees Achievement  Award  at  the  university's  convoca- 
tion ceremony.  This  award  honors  faculty  members 
who  have  made  original  and  significant  contributions 
to  their  disciplines.  Soufas  was  recognized  for  his 
article,  "Thinking  in  La  Vida  Es  Sueno,"  published  in 
PMLA,  the  journal  on  modem  languages. 

Kevin  A.  Trapani  79  is  director  of  sales  and  mar- 
keting for  Medigroup  HMO,  a  network  of  health 
maintenance  organizations  owned  by  Blue  Cross  of 
New  Jersey.  He  and  his  wife,  Nancy,  live  in  Cranford, 
N.J.,  with  their  daughter. 


i  H.  Walker  79  is  an  attorney  with  the 
legal  department  of  USAir,  Inc.,  in  Washington,  D.C. 


i  R.  Whitnah  B.S.N.  79  received  a 
master's  in  nursing  in  the  Women's  Health  Care  Nurse 
Practitioner  Program  at  the  Oregon  Health  Sciences 
University.  She  is  now  working  in  reproductive 
endoctinology  at  George  Washington  University 
Medical  Center  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Melissa  Ann  Wynne  79  is  a  second-year  law  stu- 
dent at  Northwestern  University's  law  school  in 
Chicago. 


MARRIAGES:  Joseph  Hinton  Johnson  70, 

M.A.T.  71,  Ed.D  78  to  Patricia  Wykstra  Sickles  on 
Aug.  18  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Wilmington, 
N.C.    . .  J.  Christopher  Smith  72  to  Linda 
Warner  in  April  1984.  Residence:  Kensington, 
Md. . .  .  Douglas  Abbott  Chapman  73  to 
Emily  Kathleen  Reece  on  Aug.  10.  Residence: 
Durham  .  .  .  Susan  Nobles  73  to  Randall  Edward 
Smith  on  Aug.  31.  Residence:  Cincinnati,  Ohio  .  .  . 
Richard  Robert  Dixon  76  to  Jody  Lee 
Kleffel  .  .  .  Jane  Morley  76  to  Dennis  Yao  in 
March  1985  . .  .  Maureen  Joan  Demarest  77 
to  Douglas  C.  Murray  on  July  6.  Residence:  Greens- 
boro, N.C llene  Goodman  77  to  Steve  Wing 

on  July  19.  Residence:  Warrenville,  111.  .  .  .  Beverly 
D.  Mason  77  to  Grant  G  Gealy  on  April  9,  1983. 
Residence:  Nassau  Bay,  Texas  .  .  .  William  L. 
Mastorakos  77  to  Lisa  Kaye  Kraft  on  July  27. 
Residence:  Chesterfield,  Mo.  .  .  .  Kim  P. 
Spalthoff  B.S.N.  77  to  Richard  J.  Hug  Jr.  on  Sept. 
28.  Residence:  Tampa,  Fla.  .  .  .  Patricia  Walsh  77 
Smith  78,  M.D.  '84  on  June  14  .  .  . 
C.  Banzhaf  79  to  Cathy  J.  Tschannen 
on  Jan.  2,  1985.  Residence:  Evanston,  111.  .  .  . 
Robert  Steven  Coats  79  to  Jean  Catherine 
Gladden  on  May  18.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Lisa 
Kimberly  Kirkman  79  to  William  Gerard 
Sliwa  79  on  June  22  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 

Wheeling,  111 Martha  Lynne  Murray  79  to 

Charles  S.  Bailey  on  Oct.  27.  Residence:  Boston. 

BIRTHS:  Second  son  to  Stephen  D. 


70.  Named  Will  .  .  .  Third  child,  first  son,  to 
Kathryn  Crommelin  Lieb  70  and  Richard  B. 

Lieb  '69  on  Aug.  14.  Named  Benjamin  Thomas  .  .  . 
Second  child,  first  daughter,  to  Claudia  Pons 
Weber  70  and  David  K.  Weber  on  May  20.  Named 
Stephanie  Crane  .  .  .  Second  child,  first  daughter,  to 
Robert  E.  Cheney  B.S.E.  71  and  Lois  Cheney  on 
Aug.  29.  Named  Amanda  Clair  .  .  .  Second  child, 
first  son,  to  Dale  C.  Robbins  72,  J.D.  75  and 
Becky  Robbins  on  Sept.  23.  Named  Theodore 
Jackson  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Tim  D. 
GrottS  73  and  Beverly  Grotts  on  April  12.  Named 
Pamela  Federe  .  .  .  Fourth  child,  third  daughter,  to 
Thomas  H.  Gorey  74  and  Annette  Gorey  on 
June  18.  Named  Kerry  Anne  .  .  .  Third  child,  first 
daughter,  to  Mary  Alice  Classen  Tinari  B.S.N. 
74  and  Anthony  Tinari  74  on  July  16.  Named 
Celeste  Marie  .  .  .  Third  daughter  to  Patricia 
Allen  Arnold  75  and  Randie  Arnold  on  Sept.  10. 
Named  Mary  Shannon  .  .  .  Second  child,  first  son,  to 
Martha  Lynn  Johnson  Ballard  75,  M.Div.  78 
and  Bruce  Wilson  Ballard  A.M.  77,  Ph.D.  79 
on  July  7.  Named  Lee  Wilson  ...  A  son  to  Martin 
M.  Klapheke  75  and  Kathy  Klapheke  on  Aug.  11. 
Named  John  Martin  .  .  .  Second  child  and  daughter 
to  Susan  Milner  Parker  75  and  Michael  Y. 
Parker  in  January.  Named  Hannah  Milner  Parker  .  .  . 
Second  child  and  son  to  Ruth  Hardee  KovacS 
76  and  Bill  Kovacs  on  Aug.  2.  Named  Paul  Hardee 
. . .  Second  son  to  Deborah  Mow  Mainwaring 

76  and  John  Mainwaring  on  Aug.  20.  Named  Todd 
Allen  .  .  .  Second  daughter  to  Chalmers  M. 
Nunn  Jr.  76,  M.D.  '80  and  Catherine 
Koplinka  Nunn  B.S.N.  78  in  July  1984.  Named 
Margaret  Ellyn  .  .  .  Second  child,  a  daughter,  to 
Suzannah  Harding  Spencer  76  on  April  13, 
1985 .  Named  Sarah  Frances  ...  A  daughter  to 
Richard  Weinberger  77  and  Donna  Weinberger 
on  July  30.  Named  Jillian  Beth  ...  A  daughter  to 
Dawn  London  Blanchard  78  and  John 
Blanchard  on  Feb.  1,  1985.  Named  Janel 
Dawn  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Edythe 
Monroe  King  78  and  Ed  King  on  June  22.  Named 
Edythe  Day  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Cindy 
Lipton  B.S.N.  78  and  Richard  Lipton  on  April  10, 
1985.  Named  Sheri  Liane  .  .  .  Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Marcia  Hildreth  Pade  78  and  Bill 
Pade  on  June  25.  Named  Kathryn  Hildreth  Pade  .  .  . 
A  daughter  to  Kathi  Jo  Williams  Ulfelder  78 
and  Leo  Ulfelder  on  Sept.  9.  Named  Erika  Ann  .  .  . 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Sus 
Murphy  79,  M.H.A.  '81  and  James  K. 
M.H.A.  '81  on  July  25.  Named  Jennifer  Anne  ...  A 
daughter  to  Susan  Cummings  Ritacco  B.S.N. 
79  and  Joe  Ritacco  on  Jan.  27,  1985.  Named  Lisa 
Diane  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Kevin  A. 
Trapani  79  and  Nancy  Trapani  in  July.  Named 
Caitlin  Range. 


80s 


Renee  E.  Adams  '80,  M.D.  '84  is  a  first-year 
dermatology  resident  at  the  University  of  California 
at  San  Diego. 

Patricia  Hannon  Bonney  '80,  after  working  for 
three  years  at  Arthur  Andersen  and  for  two  years  as 
manager  for  office  automation  at  the  White  House  in 
Washington,  D.C,  is  a  student  at  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania's  Wharton  School  of  Business.  Her  hus- 
band, Paul  R.  Bonney  '80,  graduated  in  May  from 
Georgetown  Law  School  and  is  a  law  clerk  in  Phila- 
delphia to  Federal  District  Court  Judge  Edward  Cahn. 

Amy  C.  Gregory  '80  received  her  J.D.  from 
Vermont  Law  School  in  1984  and  was  admitted  to 
both  the  Vermont  and  Maryland  bars.  She  is  an  attor- 
ney with  Paradis,  Coombs  and  Fitzpatrick  in  Essex 
Junction,  Vt. 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


YEAR 


TO  REMEMBER 


Fans  know  him  as  the  power- 
ful center  from  the  West 
Coast.  His  fellow  Blue  Devil 
cagers  say  he's  the  consum- 
mate team  player,  lb  the 
press,  he's  the  eloquent  and 
ever-popular  interview  sub- 
ject. Among  his  classmates 
at  Duke,  he's  the  tallest  political  science 
major  on  campus.  For  his  parents,  he  was  the 
Christmas  gift  that  came  a  day  early  in  1963 . 
Senior  Jay  Bilas  is  a  lot  of  things  to  a  lot  of 
people— most  visibly  a  basketball  player  on  a 
college  team  that,  during  his  career,  went 
from  rebuilding  in  the  basement  to  a  nation- 
al No.  1  ranking. 

As  a  high  school  player  in  Rolling  Hills, 
California,  he  was  dangerous  under  the  bas- 
ket, averaging  23.7  points  and  13.5  rebounds 
per  game  his  senior  year.  For  his  efforts,  he 
won  Bay  Area  player  of  the  year  honors  and  a 
prominent  spot  on  the  recruiting  rosters  of 
college  coaches  nationwide. 

He  was  aggressively  courted,  but  narrowed 
his  choices  to  Syracuse,  Iowa,  UCLA,  Kan- 
sas, and  Duke— the  only  school  among  the 
finalists  not  in  the  top  twenty.  As  Bilas 
recalls,  "One  of  the  coaches  recruiting  me 
called  my  mom  and  said,  'Mrs.  Bilas,  have 
you  ever  heard  of  Appalachian  State?'  She 
said  no,  and  the  coach  said,  'Well,  they  beat 
Duke  last  night.' " 

Bilas  signed  on  anyway,  beginning  a  col- 
lege sports  career  that  would  brand  him  a 
starter,  despite  knee  problems  that  plagued 
his  sophomore  and  junior  years.  An  opera- 
tion last  spring  left  him  less  than  ready  for 
his  senior  season,  and  it  took  fourteen  games 
before  he  battled  back  to  share  the  starting 
center  position  that  had  gone  to  freshman 
Danny  Ferry. 

His  concern  with  team  success  over  indivi- 
dual success,  however,  has  brought  him  the 
largest  measure  of  respect.  Off  the  court,  he 
attracts  an  appreciative  press  corps  that  in- 
variably comes  to  him  for  astute  observa- 
tions on  the  team's  performance.  Last  year, 
he  appeared  on  CBS's  Face  the  Nation  to  dis- 
cuss academics  and  athletics.  He  was  also 
one  of  two  student-athletes  in  the  nation 


BASKETBALL 
BEHIND  THE  SCENES 

BY  JAY  BILAS 


"The  Final  Four  is  a 

dream  of  every  player, 

and  it's  so  close  you  can 

almost  reach  out  and 

touch  it.  It  almost  gives 

you  chills  to  think 

about  it." 


appointed  to  the  NCAA's  long-range  plan- 
ning committee,  and  recently  participated 
in  a  sports  panel  discussion  at  Duke  with 
such  national  heavyweights  as  Notre  Dame's 
Digger  Phelps  and  commentator  Howard 
Cosell. 

So  Bilas  was  the  natural  choice  when  Duke 
Magazine  went  looking  for  an  insider  to 
chronicle  what  would  become  Duke's  cham- 
pionship season.  With  pen  and  legal  pad  in 
hand,  he  began  his  task  well  before  the  Final 
Four  in  Dallas,  well  before  the  team's  triumph 
at  the  ACC  Tournament,  well  before  that 
championship  season  was  within  reach. 
When  Bilas  began  his  journal,  the  road  to 
the  top  was  bumper  to  bumper  with  worthy 
contenders.  When  he  finished,  rush  hour 
was  over,  and  the  Duke  Blue  Devils  almost 
owned  the  road. 

Wednesday,  February  5 

When  this  year's  senior  class  arrived  at 
Duke,  it  was  heralded  as  the  nation's  best  re- 
cruiting class.  Big  things  were  expected  of  us, 
and  we  thought  we  could  deliver  right  away. 
It  was  a  rude  awakening— but  we  scratched 
and  clawed  through  an  11-17  season  in  which 
we  were  taken  to  the  cleaners  often  and 
brutally. 

This  week  is  a  big  week  for  us;  this  is  the 
week  that  can  make  or  break  a  champion- 
ship season.  We  go  to  Charlottesville  today 
to  play  Virginia,  and  then  we  have  Georgia 
Tech  at  home  on  Sunday.  The  seniors  have  a 
special  feeling  for  Virginia,  mostly  because 
of  the  1983  ACC  Tournament.  We  had  suf- 
fered through  an  11-16  season,  but  it  could 
have  all  been  brightened  up  by  a  win  over 
Ralph  Sampson  and  Virginia. 

I  remember  a  Duke  fan  getting  on  an 
elevator  with  me  in  the  hotel  in  Atlanta. 
"How  do  you  think  you'll  make  out  tonight?" 
he  asked. 

"I  think  we've  got  a  pretty  good  chance, 
sir,"  I  said,  ever  the  optimist. 

"Well,"  he  replied,  "I  don't  think  you've  got 
a  chance  in  hell  to  beat  them." 

Ah,  well,  thank  you  very  much— that's  the 
kind  of  season  it  was,  with  everybody  seem- 
ingly down  on  us.  It  was  hard  to  admit  that 


2       SPECIAL  SECTION 


people  actually  looked  at  us  as  losers,  because 
we  didn't  see  ourselves  that  way. 

But  the  guy  in  the  elevator  was  right:  Vir- 
ginia drubbed  us  by  40  points,  and  they  really 
ran  up  the  score.  I  remember  walking  off  the 
floor  and  being  laughed  at  by  the  other 
players.  What  a  way  to  end  a  season.  We  were' 
in  a  very  subdued  locker  room,  and  suddenly 
a  mob  of  reporters  rushed  toward  me  and 
asked  what  I  thought  of  Ralph  Sampson's 
postgame  comments. 

"What  did  he  say?"  He  said  I  was  too  rough 
on  him,  played  dirty,  and  that  type  of  play 
didn't  belong  in  the  ACC. 

Wonderful.  Let  me  get  this  straight— we 
had  just  lost  by  40  points,  no  less,  and  they 
are  complaining.  There  was  no  way  we  were 
ever  going  to  forget  that  ballgame. 

We've  beaten  Virginia  five  straight  times 
now,  and  it's  probably  got  something  to  do 
with  that  humiliating  defeat.  Being  laughed 
at  by  another  team  is  not  a  fun  experience. 
My  mom  once  told  me  to  always  be  humble 
after  I  won  because  every  dog  has  his  day. 
After  that  game,  there  were  a  lot  of  hungry 
freshman  dogs  in  that  locker  room,  and  we 
have  pretty  good  memories. 

Virginia  just  handed  North  Carolina  their 
first  loss,  and  Olden  Polynice  said  that  we 
were  due  for  a  loss— and  they  were  just  the 
team  to  give  it  to  us.  It's  kind  of  a  role  reversal 
now.  We've  got  national  ranking  and  Virginia's 
coming  after  us.  It  doesn't  seem  so  far  away 
that  we  were  freshmen,  but  in  seven  more 
games,  we  might  be  playing  in  the  biggest 
game  of  our  lives— against  North  Carolina— if 
we  take  care  of  business  now. 

Thursday,  February  6 

Game  days  on  the  road  can  be  very  te- 
dious. We  are  usually  awakened  at  10  a.m.  to 
go  down  and  eat  breakfast.  Then  we  go  to  the 
arena  and  shoot  for  a  while.  After  we  get 
back  to  the  hotel,  we  eat  a  training  meal  of 
steak,  green  beans,  baked  potato,  and  pasta. 
Whenever  my  mom  makes  that  at  home,  I 
start  to  get  nervous.  After  the  meal,  we  go  to 
our  rooms  and  relax  before  going  to  the  game. 

Once  we  get  to  the  game,  it's  unusually 
quiet  in  the  locker  room.  There's  no  music 
playing,  and  you  can  only  hear  the  sound  of 
Max  Crowder  [the  team's  trainer]  taping  and 
guys  suiting  up  for  a  game.  Road  games  have 
always  been  different,  because  we  know  how 
difficult  it  is  to  win  on  the  road.  We  need  to 
band  together  in  hostile  environments  and 
lean  on  one  another.  It  was  hard  to  read  the 
status  of  our  team  before  the  game.  We  won 
and  played  well,  but  Mark  Alarie  told  me 
afterward  that  he  thought  we  had  a  chance 
to  get  beaten  that  night.  I  thought  about  it 
for  a  while  and  decided  that  a  feeling  like 
that  might  be  good:  If  you  can  see  it  coming, 
you  can  do  something  about  it.  We're  a  confi- 
dent bunch,  but  we'd  like  to  think  we're  smart, 
too. 


Who  but 
■  '^■k  the  bearer  writes  the 
moniker  unassisted  and  gets  it 
right?  Who  dares  speak  it 
without  longing  for  the  cer- 
tainty of  a  Smith  or  a  Jones,  or 
even  a  Valvano?  In  covering 
the  Duke  basketball  team's 
surge  to  national  fame  this 
season,  the  press  has  avoided 
the  inevitable  by  seizing  the 
now  familiar  alternative, 
Coach  K. 

But,  as  The  New  York 
Times  pointed  out  in  a  recent 
story,  "It's  suggested  that  you 
learn  how  to  pronounce 
Coach  K's  name  because  he 
has  only  begun  to  coach." 

It  wasn't  long  ago  that  Mike 
Krzyzewski,  pronounced 
Shuh-SHEV-ski,  had  only 
begun  to  fight.  He  took  the 
reins  of  a  Duke  basketball  pro- 
gram accustomed  to  success 
but  facing  the  loss  of  the  stars 
who  helped  bring  it  to  the 
NCAA  finals  in  1978.  The 
rebuilding  process  was  Iabori- 
ous-with  10-17  and  11-17 
seasons  during  Coach  K's 
second  and  third  years  on  the 
job.  But  even  as  the  doubters 
relentlessly  mentioned  his 
final  season  as  head  coach  at 
Army,  when  the  Cadets  won 
only  nine  games,  Coach  K 
was  methodically  securing  the 
talent  that  would  take  the 
Blue  Devils  all  the  way  to 
Dallas,  and  nearly  all  the  way 
to  the  top. 

This  last  and  most  visible 
journey  to  Dallas  was  made  by 
team  players  rather  than  super- 
stars, accompanied  by  four 
charter  flights  and  the  spirit  of 
thousands  of  supporters  back 
home— some  who  watched 


the  NCAA  battle  on  a  twenty- 
five-foot  diagonal  screen 
imported  from  Washington, 
D.C.,  and  set  up  on  the  main 
quad.  "We  wanted  to  do  this 
for  the  students,"  said  Athle- 
tics Director  Tom  Butters. 
"They  have  been  our  sixth 
man  all  season." 

And  there  were  parties— a 
bonfire  on  the  quad  after 
Saturday's  win  over  Kansas, 
and  a  long  weekend's  worth  of 
pep  rallys,  barbecues,  and 
receptions  in  Dallas.  And  there 
were  wagers— Senate  Majority 
Leader  Robert  Dole  is  stuck 
with  the  late-night  duty  of 
walking  the  Doles'  schnauzer, 
Leader.  The  Kansas  grad  and 
his  wife,  Secretary  of  Tran- 
sportation Elizabeth  Hanford 
Dole  '58,  had  a  friendly  bet  on 
whose  alma  mater  would 
emerge  victorious  in  the 
NCAA  semi-finals.  Rumor  has 
it  that  Senator  Dole  will  also 
be  shelling  out  $500  for  a 
Duke  scholarship. 

At  the  Plaza  of  the 
Americas,  Duke  headquarters 
in  Dallas,  the  restaurant  even 
served  up  Duke  Blue  grits. 
"Why  not  add  a  litde  color  to 
their  grits,"  said  the  chef,  "and 
make  them  feel  like  they're  at 


Tuesday  without  the  final 
laurel,  the  Blue  Devils  were 
treated  as  returning  heroes: 
3,000  Duke  supporters 
gathered  under  a  Duke  Blue 
sky  to  greet  the  plane  from 
Dallas.  There  were  balloons, 


phones,  autographs,  hand- 
shakes, and  hugs  as  the  team 
moved  through  the  crowd. 

,  the  party 


yet  over.  Buildings 
along  the  route  to  the  Main 
Quad  were  hung  with 
welcome-home  banners.  Some 
professors  called  off  classes  to 
join  a  celebration  that  in- 
cluded four  huge  congratula- 
tory cakes,  pizza  and  pastries, 
and  even  more  balloons.  The 
student  body  crowded  onto 
the  quad  to  hear  the  team 
members  thank  them,  the 
fans.  "You're  No.  1  in  our 
hearts,"  said  Johnny  Dawkins. 

Mark  Alarie  told  the  crowd: 
"Last  night,  we  were  all  dis- 
appointed. Somehow  it  didn't 
seem  like  the  right  ending. 
But  looking  back  over  the 
four  years,  I  wouldn't  trade  it 
for  anything." 

Who  would?  Certainly  not 
Coach  K,  who  racked  up 
coach  of  the  year  honors  from 
U.P.I.,  Basketball  Weekly, 
Basketball  Times,  and 
CBS/Chevrolet,  and  brought 
his  Duke  record  to  122-68. 
Certainly  not  the  Blue  Devils 
themselves,  who  won  the 
early-season  Big  Apple  NIT 
and  post-season  ACC  tourna- 
ments, were  conference 
champs  in  regular  season  play, 
set  an  NCAA  record  for  most 
wins  in  a  season— thirty- 
seven,  earned  (for  the  first 
time  in  Duke  history)  the  No. 
1  ranking  in  the  final  A.P. 
poll,  finished  with  the  best 
winning  percentage  (92.5)  in 
Duke  history,  set  another 
Duke  record  with  their 
twenty-one  consecutive  wins 
heading  into  the  champion- 
ship game,  and  went  as  far  as 
a  team  can  go  in  the  NCAAs 
while  still  having  something 
to  shoot  for  next  year. 


SPECIAL  SECTION       3 


Friday,  February  7 

Now  that  Virginia  is  out  of  the  way,  we  can 
set  our  sights  on  Georgia  Tech.  After  that 
bus  ride,  it's  awfully  tough  to  wake  up  and  go 
to  class  the  next  day.  To  be  honest,  we  don't 
make  it  all  the  time.  People  often  ask  how  we 
can  manage  school  and  basketball.  It's  tough 
but  not  at  all  impossible.  It  boils  down  to  just 
one  thing— budgeting  your  time.  After  at- 
tending class  and  grabbing  a  bite  to  eat,  it's 
usually  time  to  hit  practice.  We've  always  had 
tough  practices  under  Coach  Krzyzewski, 
but  because  of  our  veteran  squad  this  year, 
he's  eased  off  a  bit. 

After  a  couple  of  hours  of  practice  and  a 
shower,  we  go  to  our  training  meal.  They  are 
usually  a  lot  of  fun— the  guys  are  loose  and 
trying  to  unwind,  and  you  can  count  on  a 
couple  of  laughs.  After  the  meal,  you  hit 
home  about  eight  o'clock  and  studying  isn't 
the  first  thing  on  your  mind.  That's  where 
the  discipline  comes  in.  If  you've  got  some- 
thing to  get  done,  you'd  better  do  it  because 
rest  is  important  with  the  type  of  schedule 
we  play.  I  find  that  I  do  better  when  we're  in 
season.  During  the  spring,  I  tend  to  put 
things  off. 


I  woke  up  early  today  with  the  flu,  and 
that's  not  a  comforting  thing  going  into  a  big 
game.  The  guys  are  all  really  determined  to 
win  this  one.  Tech  beat  us  in  Atlanta,  and  it 
was  not  a  great  display  by  Duke. 

We've  always  watched  a  lot  of  film  at  Duke, 
and  as  a  freshman,  I  always  dreaded  it.  It 
seemed  we  only  watched  film  of  our  mis- 
takes, and  it  was  true  because  we  made  a 
bundle  of  them.  But  as  we  got  better,  the 
comments  in  a  film  session  were  not  quite  as 
harsh,  and  yelling  turned  into  quietly  point- 
ing out  an  uncharacteristic  mistake  and  cor- 
recting it.  It  was  almost  fun  to  watch  because 
you  could  see  yourself  do  something  good 
and  the  mistakes  were  not  as  big  as  they  used 
to  be. 

After  the  first  Georgia  Tech  game,  we  had 
a  film  session  and  it  was  not  too  fun.  Coach 
K  tore  into  us  worse  than  he  had  in  a  couple 
of  years.  The  worst  part  about  it  was  that  he 
was  absolutely  right  and  he  had  proof.  Georgia 
Tech  out-hustled  us,  and  it  looked  like  they 
wanted  it  more.  On  top  of  that,  one  of  their 
players  taunted  us— and  players  don't  take 
kindly  to  that.  If  you're  going  to  taunt  some- 
one, you  ought  to  do  it  when  there's  no 
chance  for  payback. 

Tech  has  to  rank  second  to  North  Carolina 
as  far  as  intense  rivalries  are  concerned. 
Tech's  development  as  a  team  has  so  closely 
paralleled  ours  that  it  is  only  natural  that  we 
would  be  at  each  other's  throats.  During  our 
freshman  year,  to  beat  Carolina  we  needed  a 
perfect  baljgame  and  an  act  of  God.  Against 
Tech,  we  had  something  to  protect  and  to 
prove.  We  were  proud  of  our  ranking  as  a  re- 


When  we  arrived  at 

Duke,  winning  was  not  a 

habit.  We  had  to  learn 

how  to  win.  While  we 

were  learning,  we  got 

our  butts  kicked  by  just 

about  everyone. 


cruiting  class  and  we  didn't  want  anyone 
horning  in  on  that.  Today  we  play  Tech  for  a 
top  national  ranking,  but  then  we  played  for 
who's  the  greater  of  the  two  "not  so  great" 
teams  (who's  not  the  "cellar  dweller").  Either 
way,  the  games  were  just  as  intense. 


You  could  feel  the  electricity  in  the  locker 
room,  and  everyone  was  strictly  business. 
We'll  crack  jokes  and  have  fun  after  we  win. 
Everyone  was  sharp  and  smart,  and  every 
loose  ball  belonged  to  Duke.  After  the  game, 
there  was  a  euphoric  feeling  in  the  locker 
room,  not  a  lot  of  jumping  around,  just  a  kind 
of  "yeah,  we  did  it!"  feeling  that  makes  every- 
thing we  go  through  worthwhile.  The  only 
problem  is  that  it  only  lasts  until  the  next 
day,  and  then  we've  got  to  go  out  and  get  that 
feeling  again.  Of  course,  it  could  have  just 
been  the  flu. 


This  morning  we  left  for  Daytona  Beach  to 
play  Stetson.  When  I  arrived  at  Cameron,  I 
saw  Tommy  Amaker  with  a  big  smile  on  his 
face.  "You  got  anything  for  me  to  eat,  Jay?"  he 
said  as  I  got  out  of  the  car.  I  said  no  and  asked 
if  he  would  have  had  that  big  smile  if  we  had 
lost  to  Georgia  Tech.  "If  you  had  something 
to  eat  I  would!" 

Tommy  is  a  special  friend,  and  I  know  all  of 
the  guys  feel  that  way.  Tommy  is  as  easygoing 
as  they  come,  and  only  gets  upset  when  he 
gets  lint  on  his  clothes.  Road  trips  are  always 
interesting  for  seeing  who  will  be  "Best 
Dressed."  It  always  comes  down  to  Johnny 
[Dawkins]  and  Tommy,  and  God  help  you  if 
you  get  any  specks  of  dirt  on  them. 

We've  got  a  really  close-knit  team.  Many  of 
the  guys  room  together  and  we  all  get  along 
great.  That's  one  of  the  keys  to  our  success: 
We  know  one  another,  as  well  as  like  and 
respect  one  another.  We've  been  through  a 
lot  together,  and  I  almost  don't  want  to  think 
about  graduating  and  losing  this  special 
situation. 

The  North  Carolina  game  will  be  big  for 
another  reason  than  ACC  standings.  It  will 


be  the  last  home  game  for  the  seniors.  I  try 
not  to  think  about  that  part,  and  we  haven't 
talked  about  it  much  at  all.  After  the  Okla- 
homa game,  then  it'll  start  to  sink  in— but 
now,  I  don't  think  about  it,  on  purpose. 

One  thing  that  seniors  do  talk  about  is 
how  far  we've  come.  When  I  walk  to  class 
with  Johnny  or  talk  to  my  roommate,  Mark 
[Alarie],  they  might  say,  "Well,  we're  getting 
down  to  it."  But  we  don't  talk  about  the  Caro- 
lina game  other  than  to  say  it's  going  to  be  a 
big  one.  Johnny  said  that  after  we  beat 
Clemson  all  hell's  going  to  break  loose,  espe- 
cially if  they  (Carolina)  lose  one. 

I  think  some  people  can  take  winning  for 
granted.  When  we  arrived  here  at  Duke,  win- 
ning was  not  a  habit— we  had  to  learn  how  to 
win.  While  we  were  learning,  we  got  our 
butts  kicked  by  just  about  everyone.  But  we 
had  a  lot  of  potential.  (An  old  coach  I  knew 
once  said  that  potential  was  worth  about  ten 
cents  a  ton!)  Being  a  Duke  basketball  player 
was  not  quite  as  prestigious  then.  We  were 
beaten  once  by  Wagner  College.  Wagner! 
What  abuse. 


II 

We  beat  Stetson  by  about  20  points.  Mark 
and  I  went  into  a  Burger  King  after  the  game, 
and  a  guy  behind  the  counter  asked  how 
much  we  won  by.  We  told  him  and  he  cried 
out,  "Only  20?!" 

Only  20.  When  I  was  a  freshman,  a 
20-point  win  was  cause  for  celebration;  now 
it's  no  big  deal.  Everyone  yawns— including 
us  sometimes.  We  have  come  a  long  way. 

Johnny  and  I  were  talking  about  our  team's 
development  one  day  and  we  came  up  with  a 
pretty  good  theory.  Most  freshmen  in  a  good 
program  get  their  mistakes  covered  up  by  the 
veterans,  and  they  develop  almost  behind 
closed  doors.  We  developed  in  front  of  every- 
body's face,  with  no  help— we  took  our  lumps 
in  full  view  of  the  public.  But  that  experi- 
ence, as  nightmarish  as  it  was,  has  prepared 
us  for  almost  anything. 


12 

Today  is  a  travel  day,  and  a  day  off.  Days  off 
are  great  things,  kind  of  a  reward  for  winning. 
When  we  were  losing,  we  didn't  have  too 
many,  and  we  had  a  lot  more  curfews.  Coach 
K  doesn't  really  restrict  us  on  the  road,  but  if 
we  show  we  can't  handle  the  freedom,  it's 
gone.  So  far  we've  done  okay. 

Tomorrow's  practice  would  traditionally 
be  tough.  After  a  Wednesday  game,  a  Thurs- 
day practice  would  be  physical  and  tiring, 
while  you're  still  a  little  banged  up  or  tired 
from  the  game.  Preparation  for  practice  is 
more  of  a  mental  thing— Coach  K  expects 
sharpness  and  concentration.  Getting  ready 
for  practice  is  easy  now,  but  it  used  to  be 
tough.  If  you  weren't  ready,  you  got  eaten  up. 
That's  just  part  of  experience. 

Friday  will  be  an  "easy"  practice.  We'll  start 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


off  in  the  locker  room  and  go  over  player 
personnel— who  guards  whom,  left-  or  right- 
handed  tendencies.  Our  coaches  are  very 
thorough  with  scouting  reports.  There's 
nothing  we  don't  know  about  an  opponent. 
That's  not  so  much  of  an  advantage  but  a 
necessity.  Then  we  watch  film  of  our  oppo- 
nent and  have  a  relatively  light  practice.  But 
we  have  to  be  sharp. 

Now,  what  to  do  the  night  before  a  game. 
As  freshmen,  Mark  Alarie,  Bill  Jackman, 
Danny  Meagher,  and  I  decided  to  hit  a  movie 
and  kill  some  time.  We  were  told  that  the 
movie  didn't  start  for  forty-five  minutes,  so 
we  went  into  a  nearby  bar  to  play  video 
games.  The  next  day,  the  word  was  out  that 
we  were  out  drinking— and  we  lost  that  day. 
We  learned  the  hard  way  that  you  have  to  be 
careful  what  you  do  and  that  you're  not 
caught  in  a  situation  that  could  be  miscon- 
strued. I  tend  to  stay  home  and  go  to  bed 
early,  unless  David  Letterman  is  on  TV. 


15 

Reynolds  Coliseum  is  a  difficult  place  to 
play.  It  seems  like  they  try  to  mess  up  our 
rhythm  before  the  game.  They  always  have 
brand  new  "slick"  Spalding  basketballs  and 
when  it's  time  for  tip-off,  they  switch  to 
MacGregor.  Not  a  big  deal,  but  I  hate  it  any- 
way. Also,  the  players  shoot  together  and  talk 
before  the  game— and  I  don't  like  that  either. 


I  don't  want  to  talk  to  State  players  before  a 
big  game.  If  they  want  to  talk,  we'll  talk  after 
the  game.  Also,  when  we  were  going  in  at 
halftime,  a  State  fan  was  shouting  at  us,  and 
the  sound  was  loud  and  echoing  under  the 
stands.  One  of  the  last  things  he  yelled  was, 
"Hey,  Bilas!  You're  a  California  faggot  with 
AIDS!"  I  wanted  to  yell  something  back,  but 
I  didn't.  I  never  do. 

We  beat  State  by  2,  on  late  free  throws  by 
Johnny.  J.D  got  fouled  with  two  seconds  by 
Nate  McMillan— and  afterward  in  the  locker 
room  that's  all  we  heard.  "Was  it  really  a  foul?" 
"Nate  said  he  didn't  touch  you!"  Oh,  well,  if 
Nate  says  it,  it  must  be  true.  Who  cares?!  If  it 
was  the  other  way  around,  would  anyone  lis- 
ten to  us? 

People  often  ask  if  we  think  the  officials 
have  something  against  Duke.  I  don't  think 
so,  but  one  man  once  told  me  that  Coach  K 
rants  and  raves  too  much.  He  said  it  wasn't 
what  he  said,  but  how  he  said  it.  If  he  could  be 
less  abusive,  he'd  be  more  effective  with  the 
refs.  Refs  are  human,  too,  and  they  don't  like 
to  be  embarrassed.  Who  knows,  maybe  that 
guy  was  right,  but  I  can't  worry  about  that 
now. 

After  we  won,  there  was  happiness  that  we 
won,  but  we  knew  we  had  a  big  one  on  Sun- 
day against  Notre  Dame.  On  the  bus  back, 
Mark,  Quin  [Snyder],  and  I  talked  about  the 
season.  In  years  past,  only  the  teams  like 


Georgetown  or  North  Carolina  had  a  24-2 
record  after  twenty-six  games.  Maybe  after 
the  season  we'll  sit  down  and  ponder  what  we 
really  did  this  year,  but  for  now,  nobody  is 
thinking  about  it.  We  really  do  have  too 
much  to  do,  and  next  is  getting  some  sleep. 

But  first,  a  meeting.  Personnel  meetings 
are  really  boring,  but  important.  And  our 
coaches  are  really  efficient.  We  know  all 
about  the  opposing  players— almost  too 
much.  Coach  Pete  Gaudet  usually  goes 
through  the  scouting,  and  it's  strange  to  see 
him  serious.  Gaudet  is  the  biggest  joker  at 
Duke,  and  he's  pretty  funny.  He  goes  through 
newspapers  looking  for  headlines  that  apply 
to  individuals  on  our  team,  and  he  posts  them 
on  the  bulletin  board  in  the  locker  room. 
When  Danny  Ferry  was  making  his  decision 
on  college,  I  saw  a  TV  promo  for  the  news 
that  said  "Danny  Ferry  makes  his  decision. 
More  at  six  o'clock."  Oh,  great.  Where!  So  I 
called  the  basketball  office  and  Coach 
Gaudet  answered. 

"Did  Danny  commit  today?"  I  asked. 

"Yes,  he  did,"  said  Gaudet.  And  he  hung 
up. 


16 

It's  tough  to  unwind  after  a  tough  game, 
but  we  had  to  get  some  sleep.  I  got  to  bed  at 
about  1  a.m.  and  slept  until  9:30  a.m. 

Sometimes  it's  hard  for  me  to  eat  before  a 


SPECIAL  SECTION       5 


game,  but  I  threw  down  a  plate  of  spaghetti 
and  everyone  else  ate  his  fill  at  10  a.m.  After 
we  eat,  at  Trent  Drive  Hall,  some  of  the  guys 
play  video  games.  Usually  Johnny  and  Kevin 
Strickland  play  Pac-Man,  and  they're  pretty 
competitive.  They  talk  trash  to  each  other 
and  brag  if  they  win— Johnny  even  brags  if  he 
loses.  That's  one  thing  about  Johnny— you 
can't  win  an  argument  with  him  even  if  you're 
right.  The  guy  is  incredible. 

After  the  meal,  I  went  back  to  my  apart- 
ment for  about  an  hour  and  a  half.  That's  the 
strangest  part  of  a  game  day— you  can't  really 
relax  and  you  don't  want  to  get  too  keyed  up 
too  soon.  It's  almost  like  waiting  in  a  dentist's 
office. 

You  could  tell  in  the  locker  room  that  our 
guys  were  tired,  but  we  knew  that  we'd  do  well 
in  the  game.  Also,  we  were  sporting  our  new 
blue  shoes— a  new  trend  for  us.  Everyone 
seemed  excited  about  wearing  them,  includ- 
ing me.  It  seems  kind  of  ironic  that  we'd 
break  out  the  shoes  against  Notre  Dame, 
which  is  known  for  trying  that  to  fire  up 
players. 

We  beat  Notre  Dame  last  year  and  we  don't 
want  them  to  mess  up  our  non-conference 
record  of  16-0.  I've  never  been  a  big  Notre 
Dame  fan  because  I  lived  and  breathed 
UCLA  back  as  a  kid. 

After  Johnny's  big  block  to  win  the  game, 
Coach  K  came  in  and  told  us  we  did  a  good 
job,  we  had  a  prayer,  and  took  a  shower. 
Coach  K  is  not  about  to  let  up  and  enjoy  this 
too  much  because  he  realizes  how  much  we 
have  left  to  do.  He's  confident  in  us,  but  he 
always  works  to  be  fully  prepared.  But  you 
can  tell  by  the  expression  on  his  wife  Mickie's 
face  that  winning  makes  the  Krzyzewskis'  life 
much  easier  and  much  more  enjoyable. 

In  the  '82 -'83  season,  they  didn't  look  as 
good— none  of  us  did.  You  heard  rumors 
about  Coach  K  getting  fired,  and  you  had  to 
wonder  what  people  expected— we  had  no 
experience  at  all.  We  were  just  kids  in  a 
league  of  men.  We  knew  it  would  change, 
but  I  don't  know  if  we  ever  realistically 
thought  our  season  would  be  this  good. 


17 

A  day  off!  What  a  great  invention  that 
was.  I  slept  right  through  the  day,  but  I  got  up 
to  clean  our  apartment.  Mark  and  I  are  not 
the  cleanliest  pair  in  the  world,  like  Tommy 
and  Johnny.  I  roomed  with  Tommy  in  L.A. 
and  Indiana,  before  we  went  overseas  with  a 
U.S.  team.  I  thought  I  was  being  pretty  tidy, 
but  Tommy  made  me  look  like  Oscar  Madison 
of  The  Odd  Couple.  Johnny's  the  same  way; 
both  are  ultra  sharp  dressers  and  neat  as  pins. 

I  finally  got  the  "pig  sty"  cleaned  up,  and 
it's  going  to  stay  that  way. 


18 

Today  was  a  fairly  light  practice,  some  film, 
and  a  personnel  meeting.  Miami  was  coming 


When  we  won  the  game, 

the  crowd  went  bananas: 

"We're  No.  1!  We're  No. 

1!"  And  what's  even 

nicer,  it  can  get  better 

than  this. 


in  here  with  all  freshmen,  and  we  knew  we 
would  win.  But  how  would  we  play?  That's 
one  thing  that  Coach  K  has  passed  on  to  us; 
it's  not  enough  just  to  win  anymore,  we  want 
to  play  well  and  improve. 

The  players  get  quite  a  bit  of  fan  mail.  I've 
always  tried  to  answer  each  letter,  but  it's 
getting  really  difficult.  The  seniors  are  also 
getting  mail  from  agents  who  might  be  inter- 
ested in  representing  us.  Mark  got  a  letter 
from  a  firm  which  was  interested  in  him,  and 
it  said  at  the  bottom,  "Congratulations  on  a 
fine  year  in  college  football."  Yeah,  you've 
got  a  lot  on  the  ball. 


We  beat  Miami  without  much  of  a  prob- 
lem, but  it  wasn't  our  best  game  by  any  means. 
Miami  is  going  to  be  really  good  in  a  couple 
of  years. 

After  the  game,  the  seniors  went  to  a 
senior  class  party  to  raise  money  for  our  class 
gift.  It  doesn't  seem  like  we're  ready  to  gradu- 
ate, but  it's  right  on  us. 

Thursday,  February  20 

Some  close  friends  of  mine  were  having  a 
mixer  with  some  sorority  girls  from  UNC, 
and  I  said  I  would  stop  by  (obviously,  a  selfless 
gesture  on  my  part).  When  I  arrived,  there 
were  about  sixty  people  there,  and  the  Caro- 
lina-Maryland game  was  on  the  tube.  Usual- 
ly, I  would  stay  home  and  watch  it,  but  we 
don't  get  much  time  at  all  to  be  social,  so  I 
wanted  to  take  advantage  of  it. 


Carolina  fans  don't  really  annoy  me;  they 
should  be  proud  of  their  team,  and  they  show 
it.  Having  the  get-together  on  a  game  night 
was  probably  not  a  great  idea,  because  the 
guys  are  typical  "anybody  but  Carolina"  fel- 
lows. When  the  game  got  close,  they  would 
cheer,  and  the  Carolina  girls  would  get  an- 
noyed. Probably  not  the  ideal  time  to  ask  for 
a  date.  When  Carolina  was  up  by  9  with  time 
running  down,  it  seemed  to  be  over,  and 
people  began  turning  their  attention  away 
from  the  game.  When  I  looked  back  again  it 
was  in  overtime.  Overtime?!  What  hap- 
pened? Carolina  lost,  and  everyone  was 
chanting  "We're  No.  1!  We're  No.  1!"  It  was 
too  much;  I  had  to  get  out  and  go  home. 
While  driving  back,  it  hit  me:  "Hey,  we  really 
could  be  No.  1!"  I  was  excited  and  so  was 
Alarie.  We  didn't  expect  this,  but  here  was  an 
opportunity. 


21 

Another  film  and  personnel  day,  but  every- 
one was  a  little  more  "up"  for  it.  Coach  K 
talked  about  the  significance  of  Maryland's 
win,  to  put  it  in  perspective.  He  likes  to  do 
that.  Now  we  had  the  chance  to  win  the  con- 
ference outright,  which  was  much  more 
important.  Everyone  would  downplay  the 
No.  1  rank  stuff,  but  it  was  damn  important 
to  us.  We've  come  a  long  way  and  we  want 
this.  But  Oklahoma  stands  in  the  way. 

The  film  sessions,  which  at  times  can  be 
dull,  were  not  so  today.  Oklahoma  was  im- 
pressive. Some  of  the  shots  they  were  throw- 
ing in  were  incredible,  and  this  was  all  against 
the  same  team.  They  have  an  awesome  poten- 
tial, and  we'll  have  to  be  ready. 

Coach  K  told  us  today  that  Johnny  was 
having  his  number  retired.  We  were  all  really 
happy  for  him  and  proud  of  all  his  individual 
accomplishments.  The  school  didn't  want  to 
retire  it  against  Carolina,  because  it  was 
Senior  Day.  It's  fitting  that  Dawkins  would 
get  that  honor  in  front  of  a  packed  house.  He 
deserves  that. 


22 

At  training  meal,  it  was  said  that  Okla- 
homa's Billy  Tubbs  didn't  have  a  whole  lot  of 
respect  for  Duke.  That  just  makes  people 
mad. 

Johnny's  ceremony  was  really  nice,  but  it 
was  too  bad  we  couldn't  pay  more  attention 
to  it.  We  had  a  game  to  play. 

We  jumped  out  to  a  huge  lead  in  the  first 
half,  but  Oklahoma  showed  how  good  they 
were  by  making  it  up  quickly.  In  the  second 
half,  both  teams  played  some  great  basket- 
ball. When  we  had  the  game  won,  the  crowd 
went  bananas:  "We're  No.  1!  We're  No.  1!"  It 
gave  you  chills.  And  what's  even  nicer,  it  can 
get  better  than  this. 

After  the  game,  the  press  converged  on  the 
locker  room  to  find  out  what  this  No.  1  busi- 
ness meant  to  us.  Being  realistic,  it  doesn't 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


mean  that  much  unless  you  keep  winning— 
but  it  means  a  lot  to  us.  For  those  who  suf- 
fered through  that  11-17  year,  this  was  a  bit  of 
retribution.  I'd  like  to  think  we've  got  a 
mature  enough  team  to  handle  all  this.  And 
I'm  confident  that  we  do.  Who  knows, 
though,  maybe  Carolina  will  stay  at  the  top 
on  Monday— everybody  can  overlook  a  loss 
if  you  wear  that  light  blue.  It  would  be  nice, 
but  it's  not  the  end-all. 


23 

My  parents  are  in  town,  and  I  had  them 
over  to  watch  State  vs.  Carolina  at  my  apart- 
ment (good  thing  I  cleaned  up  on  Monday). 
Danny  and  Quin  came  over  also.  That's  an- 
other thing  Coach  K  does  well— recruit.  He 
doesn't  bring  in  jerks.  All  of  our  freshmen  are 
great  guys  as  well  as  quality  athletes.  We  have 
such  good  people  that  the  players  aren't  "class 
conscious."  Nobody  is  treated  any  differently 
because  he  is  a  freshman,  or  a  sophomore, 
etc.,  and  that's  a  good  thing. 

State  won,  and  that  made  it  pretty  aca- 
demic: We  were  No.  1.  All  hell's  going  to 
break  loose  before  long— and  we'd  better  be 
ready  for  it. 


24 

When  I  woke  up  today,  I  didn't  feel  any- 
thing out  of  the  ordinary.  I  didn't  expect  any 
divine  light  to  shine  on  me  or  anything— but 
it  always  seemed  like  when  we  were  lousy  a 
dark  cloud  followed  us  everywhere. 

We  had  a  senior  press  conference  today. 
Instead  of  having  this  stuff  drag  on  all  week, 
they  decided  to  get  it  all  out  of  the  way  in  one 
day. 

We  could  see  all  of  the  stupid  questions 
coming— asking  us  to  be  nostalgic  about  our 
four  years  before  they're  over,  or  to  be  philo- 
sophical about  our  relationships  over  the 
past  four  years.  One  even  asked  Mark  if  he 
would  cry  or  throw  roses  to  the  crowd  like 
Gene  Banks  did.  But  the  foot-in-mouth, 
dumbest  question  of  the  year  went  to  some 
guy  who  asked  Weldon  Williams  if  he  felt 
like  part  of  our  class.  Well,  thank  you  so  very 
much.  He  should' ve  said,  "Yes,  but  do  you 
feel  like  you're  part  of  the  mainstream  of 
society  because  you  write  for  some  Mickey 
Mouse  paper  people  use  to  wrap  fish  in?"  But 
Weldon  fielded  the  question  with  class— no 
big  surprise  to  me. 

What  the  press  conference  forced  us  to  do 
was  think  about  our  last  home  appearance  in 
Cameron.  I've  been  trying  to  avoid  that  as 
much  as  possible,  but  it's  going  to  be  a  sad 
thing.  Winning  would  make  it  the  greatest 
experience  of  our  lives,  and  we'll  be  a  happy 
group. 

Practice  was  short,  and  we  talked  about 
how  our  No.  1  ranking  could  be  used  against 
us  by  other  teams  as  a  motivational  tool.  The 
last  time  Duke  was  No.  1,  they  went  to 
Clemson  and  were  beaten.  I  don't  believe  in 


Victory  eluded  Duke  in 
the  NCAA  finals.  But 
from  Durham  to 
Dallas,  the  basketball  program 
garnered  dazzling  reviews  in 
the  press -plus  a  cover  story 
in  Sports  Illustrated. 

In  the  pre-championship 
game  press  conference,  the 
Devils  performed  admirably. 
Historians  were  wondering, 
wrote  one  Dallas  News 
columnist,  if  this  wasn't  "the 
most  scholastic  finalist  team 
ever.  We're  talking  Duke  here, 
not  Southwest  Georgia  Insti- 
tution of  Peanut  Hulling." 
Another  writer  for  the  paper 
described  Duke  as  a  team 
"whose  players  speak  in  poly- 
syllabic words  and  play  with 
polytypic  skill."  He  added:  "In 
an  age  when  college  athletics 
often  makes  headlines  for  all 
the  wrong  reasons,  Duke— 
where  it  might  take  a  player 
four  years  for  his  point  total  to 
surpass  his  SAT  score— seems 
so  right." 

Duke's  successful  balance  of 
academics  and  athletics  was  a 


body....Duke's  players  are 
smart,  friendly,  and 
funny."When  he  was  a  high 
school  senior,  confessed  the 
columnist,  he  applied  to  Duke 
and  was  rejected.  "That's 
another  reason  why  I  like 
Duke.  As  Groucho  Marx  said, 
I  wouldn't  want  to  join  any 
club  that  would  have 
:  like  me  for  a 


criminals  and  idiots  to  win. 
That's  wrong.  It  can  be  done 
properly,  but  that  takes  work, 
and  people  seem  to  spend  too 
much  time  looking  for  an 
easy  way  out  in  this  auto- 
mated age."  Bilas  and  his 
Duke  successors,  as  the  Star- 
Ledger  put  it,  were  "making  it 
work." 

In  his  post-tournament 
analysis,  Dave  Anderson  of 
The  New  York  Times 
headlined  his  column:  "Duke 
Won,  Too."  Wrote  Anderson: 
"As  memorable  as  the  tide 
game  always  is,  this  Final  Four 
weekend  will  also  be  remem- 
bered for  a  more  important 
reason— Duke's  proof  that  a 
college  can  produce  a  quality 
basketball  team  with  quality 
student-athletes."  At  the 
player  press  conference,  the 
five  Blue  Devil  starters  were 
"the  epitome  of  what  college 
basketball  players  should  be," 
in  Anderson's  words.  "Mature 
but  humorous,  clever  but  dis- 
ciplined. In  their  quiet,  plea- 
sant manner,  they  realized 
who  and  what  they 
were....Quickly,  it  was 
apparent  that  these  five 
players  were  not  representing 
Renegade  State,  where  slam- 
dunking  is  considered  a 
major."  As  one  of  those 
players— Johnny  Dawkins— 
told  Anderson  and  other 
reporters:  "I  think  we've  set 
new  standards  as  far  as 
academics  and  basketball  are 
concerned.  This  team  shows 
that  they  can  go  hand  in 


coverage  of  the  tournament. 
For  a  Hartford  Courant 
columnist,  the  tournament 
occasioned  thoughts  on  "Why 
I  like  Duke."  Included  in  his 
list:  "Duke  has  rigid  academic 
standards  and  no  athletic 
dorm.  The  players  are  ex- 
pected to  live,  act,  and  be  held 
to  the  same  standards  as  the 
rest  of  the  student 


After  the  loss  to  Louisville,  a 
sports  observer  for  the  Newark 
Star-Ledger  contrasted  Duke's 
players  with  the  "so-called 
scholar-athletes  (too  often  a 
classic  misnomer)  who  tell  us 
about  the  money  the  school 
makes  using  their  skills  and 
why  they  are  entitled  to  spe- 
cial treatment."  By  way  of 
counterpoint,  the  writer 
offered  a  quote  from  Jay  Bilas, 
"who  is  not  gifted  enough  to 
play  pro  ball  but  who  is  more 
than  gifted  in  the  matter  of 
putting  the  college  degree  he 
will  earn  this  May  to  work  for 
him."  Bilas'  quoted  comment: 
"There  seems  to  be  a  mis- 
conception in  America  that  a 
;  team  needs  to  have 


The  team  garnered  appropri- 
ate recognition  closer  to 
home.  "In  these  days  of  finan- 
cial and  academic  cheating  at 
some  major  universities,  we 
believe  Duke's  1985-86  season 
shows  the  rest  of  the  nation 
that  success  on  the  basketball 
court  can  be  achieved  without 
neglect  of  academic  work," 
editorialized  the  Durham  Sun. 
And  as  sports  editor  Charley 
Scher  wrote  in  the  Duke 
Chronicle:  "They  were 
defeated,  but  they  were  not 
losers....It  was  a  season  full  of 
magic.  The  Blue  Devils  just 
ran  out  of  tricks." 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


that  stuff,  and  neither  does  the  rest  of  the 
team. 

I  got  some  phone  calls  from  people  I  hadn't 
heard  from  in  a  long  time  that  night,  but  I 
enjoyed  it,  as  long  as  they  don't  call  collect. 


25 

Today  will  definitely  be  the  worst  travel 
day  of  the  year.  We  travel  to  Clemson  by  bus, 
and  it  takes  about  five-and-a-half  hours.  A 
real  "crappy"  trip,  to  put  it  mildly.  We're  used 
to  bus  trips,  but  it's  hard  to  break  up  the 
monotony.  Once  on  a  trip  we  locked  Quin 
Snyder  in  the  bathroom.  We  could  only  keep 
him  in  there  for  about  fifteen  minutes,  and 
he  was  really  mad. 

Everybody  does  something  different  on 
the  bus.  Johnny,  David,  and  Tommy  sleep, 
Mark  is  doing  a  crossword  puzzle,  John  Smith 
is  sprawled  out  trying  to  get  his  six-foot-nine 
body  comfortable,  Quin  and  I  are  playing 
music,  while  Ferry  and  Strickland  are  play- 
ing backgammon.  Marty  Nessley  is  by  far  the 
most  uncomfortable— but  it'll  be  over  soon. 

When  I  look  around  this  bus  I  think  about 
how  lucky  I  am  to  be  associated  with  these 
guys.  They're  not  only  great  players  and  ath- 
letes, but  great  people.  I  really  marvel  at  some 
of  the  things  our  guys  can  do.  Johnny  can  do 
anything— I  often  want  to  just  stop  and  ap- 
plaud him.  He's  been  awesome  and  consis- 
tent, an  all-time  great.  Mark  has,  in  my 
opinion,  the  prettiest  and  most  accurate 
jumper  in  the  college  game.  David  is  the  ulti- 
mate competitor  and  as  tough  as  they  come. 


The  strangest  part  of  the 

game  day  is  you  can't 

really  relax  and  yet  don't 

want  to  get  too  keyed  up 

too  soon.  It's  almost  like 

waiting  in  a  dentist's 

office. 


I  also  really  marvel  at  the  way  Tommy  plays 
the  game.  He's  smart,  unselfish,  and  an  awe- 
some defender.  His  impact  on  the  game  is 
"subtly  huge"  and  often  overlooked. 

I've  always  felt  that  I  would  do  almost  any- 
thing for  these  guys,  and  I  still  do.  I'm  fortu- 
nate to  be  identified  with  them. 

It's  4:45  p.m. ,  and  the  bus  trip  is  starting  to 
wind  down.  Whenever  someone  wants  to 
know  where  we  are,  or  how  far  we  are  from 
Clemson,  they  just  ask  Marty.  We  call  Marty 
"Omni,"  because  he  seems  to  know  every- 
thing that  you  don't  really  need  to  know.  He 
knows  where  everything  is  in  each  city  we 
visit— it's  almost  amazing. 

Practice  was  difficult.  We  looked  sluggish 
from  the  bus  ride,  and  it  showed  in  our  play. 


Coach  K  told  us  that  in  all  the  games  we've 
played  so  far,  no  one  has  given  us  anything, 
so  don't  expect  to  be  given  anything  tomor- 
row. Go  out  and  take. 

Our  practices  are  usually  very  structured. 
Coach  K  has  a  written  "menu"  for  practice— 
we  start  out  with  fifteen  minutes  or  so  of 
stretching.  Then  we  jump  rope  and  do  a  warm- 
up  run  before  we  start  the  heavy  stuff.  Today 
we  did  a  lot  of  shooting,  to  get  accustomed  to 
Littlejohn  Coliseum.  We  also  split  the  team 
up  and  play  shooting  games.  At  the  end  of 
each  practice  we  shoot  ten  out  of  thirteen 
free  throws.  If  we  don't  get  it,  we  run  and 
shoot  until  we  do. 

We  have  a  good  opportunity  now,  but  we 
have  to  be  single  minded  against  Clemson. 

Wednesday,  February  26 

"Eleven— that  was  the  number  Coach  K 
wrote  on  the  chalkboard  before  the  game. 
We  could  be  the  first  team  in  the  conference 
with  eleven  wins.  Clemson  was  tough,  but 
we  were  able  to  take  their  best  right  on  the 
chin  and  come  out  a  winner. 

When  we  came  into  the  locker  room,  every- 
one was  laughing  and  giving  congratulations, 
and  Coach  K  gave  his  post-game  speech.  He 
asked  us  to  sit  back  and  think  about  what 
we've  done  this  season.  Twenty-eight  wins- 
more  than  any  Duke  team  has  ever  won— 
ever.  (He  said  "ever"  about  four  times.) 

That  gave  us  a  good  feeling  going  back  on 
the  bus,  but  it  had  to  last  five  hours  on  the 
road.  We  usually  stop  at  a  fast-food  place 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


after  the  game  and  eat  on  the  bus.  We  put  on 
an  Eddie  Murphy  tape  and  laughed  away  an 
hour  of  the  trip  back.  That's  one  good  thing 
about  being  a  senior,  no  more  trips  to  Clemson. 

Thursday,  February  27 

We  had  a  "semi"  day  off  today.  There  was 
no  organized  practice,  but  we  watched  film 
and  shot  around  for  a  while.  I  played  a  few 
h-o-r-s-e  games  with  Quin  and  lifted  weights 
before  calling  it  a  day. 

Everyone  we  saw  seemed  unusually  excited 
about  the  upcoming  game,  and  we  were  no 
different.  The  last  game  for  us  in  Cameron;  it 
really  is  hard  to  believe. 


28 

Sometimes  in  practice,  nobody  is  home. 
Things  don't  go  well,  mistakes  run  rampant, 
and  we're  not  getting  anything  accomplished. 
When  that  happens,  the  coach  will  throw  us 
out  of  practice— tell  us  to  get  out  and  come 
back  tomorrow  with  a  better  handle  on 
things.  That  used  to  happen  ever  so  often, 
especially  when  we  were  just  learning  and 
losing.  Not  many  people  would  expect  it  to 
happen  when  a  team  is  28-2. 

It  happened  today. 

We  didn't  really  know  what  to  do— we  have 
the  biggest  game  of  the  year  in  two  days;  we 
can't  just  go  home. 

We  had  a  meeting  in  the  locker  room. 
Coach  K  came  in  and  talked  about  the  op- 
portunities we  had,  and  asked  if  we  realized 
how  close  we  were  to  what  we've  always 
dreamed  of.  To  some  people,  that  kind  of 
Knute  Rockne  stuff  could  be  seen  as  "just 
talk."  But  when  Coach  K  talks  about  things 
like  that,  he  gets  big  goose  bumps  all  over  his 
legs  and  arms.  If  that's  not  sincerity,  I  don't 
know  what  is. 

We  went  out  and  practiced  again,  with  a 
clear  focus,  and  it  was  our  best  practice  in  a 
few  weeks.  After  practice,  we  went  to  the 
Angus  Barn  restaurant  to  have  a  nice  dinner. 


We  had  a  1  p.m.  practice  today,  and  our  last 
home  game  is  starting  to  sink  in.  NBC  is  in 
town  doing  the  game,  and  you  can  feel  the 
excitement  in  the  air.  After  a  short  practice, 
we  showered  up  and  were  about  to  leave 
when  some  NBC  guys  stopped  Mark  and  me 
for  "head  shots"  for  the  next  day's  line-ups. 
The  only  problem  was,  I  hadn't  shaved  in  a 
couple  of  days.  Usually  we  are  told  about 
head  shots  the  day  before  so  we  can  be  pre- 
pared. Great. ..my  last  home  game  and  I  go 
on  TV  looking  like  Fred  Flintstone.  While 
they  were  filming  it,  someone  asked  for  my 
name  and  number  to  put  with  my  face.  When 
he  was  told,  the  guy  replied,  "Jay  who?"  I  just 
started  laughing;  it  was  just  so  funny  at  the 
time— broke  some  tension. 

It  was  difficult  to  get  to  sleep  that  night. 
Both  Mark  and  I  were  a  bit  edgy.  After  we 


had  been  asleep  awhile,  a  police  officer 
knocked  on  our  door.  There  was  an  "emer- 
gency message"  for  Mark  from  someone  he'd 
never  heard  of.  That's  happened  before,  but 
we  weren't  asleep. 


We  woke  a  little  nervous  today,  and  after 
we  returned  from  training  meal  at  10  a.m.,  I 
noticed  someone  following  us  back  to  our 
apartment.  It  was  a  nice  lady  and  her  son 
who  wanted  an  autograph— but  I  never  saw 
how  they  found  us. 

As  we  got  out  of  the  car  for  our  training 
meal,  Mark  said,  "Oh  no,  the  Last  Supper."  I 
laughed,  but  it  really  was  our  last  home  pre- 
game  meal.  When  we  went  over  to  the  game, 
people  cheered  us  when  we  got  out  of  the  car, 
and  I  took  my  mom  into  the  gym  with  me.  To 
get  in,  we  had  to  get  through  the  crowd,  and 
they  chanted,  "Jay,  Jay,  Jay,  Jay,"  and,  when 
they  saw  my  mom,  they  chanted,  "Mom, 
Mom,  Mom."  Our  students  are  so  great.  I'm 
constantly  amazed  by  their  creativity  and 
togetherness.  One  sign  at  the  game  said, 
"What  do  North  Carolina  and  Ferdinand 
Marcos  have  in  common?  They  were  both 
No.  1  two  weeks  ago!"  Sometime  it  would  be 
great  just  to  sit  and  watch  the  students 
perform. 

Before  the  game,  Al  McGuire  and  Dick 
Enberg  came  out  to  play  with  our  students. 
McGuire  had  on  a  safari  hat,  a  whip,  and  a 
chair,  while  Enberg  had  about  10  pounds  of 
peanuts  for  the  "animals  in  the  Duke  Zoo." 
The  students  have  been  a  big  part  of  our 
careers  and  a  big  part  of  our  success. 

Once  I  started  to  get  dressed,  I  thought  to 
myself,  "This  is  the  last  time  I'll  suit  up  at 
home."  Fortunately,  I  didn't  worry  about  each 
individual  thing  I  put  on. 


There  was  a  lot  going  on  in  today's  game— 
Johnny  would  break  Mike  Gminski's  all-time 
scoring  record,  we  could  win  the  ACC  regu- 
lar season  championship,  go  unbeaten  at 
home,  avenge  our  earlier  loss,  win  in  the 
seniors'  last  home  game— nothing  like  a  little 
pressure.  It  seems  strange,  at  28-2,  if  we 
lose— we're  devastated. 

Eighty-two  to  74,  we  won.  What  a  day! 
The  emotion,  the  excitement,  and  finally 
the  elation.  Atlantic  Coast  Conference 
Champions.  What  a  way  to  end  our  years  in 
Cameron.  Sitting  in  the  locker  room,  after 
the  crowd  rushed  out  on  the  floor  to  cele- 
brate, we  all  had  a  good  feeling  that  nobody 
else  could  experience  in  the  same  way.  We've 
come  so  far,  gone  through  so  much  together, 
and  now  we  can  call  ourselves  champions. 
That  feels... special. 

As  good  as  we  feel  now,  the  good  part  is— it 
can  get  better. 

Thursday,  March  6 

I  love  the  ACC  Tournament- especially 
in  Greensboro.  Atlanta  holds  some  poor 
memories  for  us:  Virginia  handing  us  our 
worst  defeat,  our  losing  to  Georgia  Tech  last 
year  while  short-handed.  Today  is  media  day. 
We  have  a  short  practice  and  face  all  the 
reporters. 

We  play  Wake  Forest  in  the  first  round,  and 
we  know  we're  going  to  win.  And  that  can  be 
dangerous,  because  we  want  to  play  well. 

The  hotel  is  a  difficult  place  to  stay  at  tour- 
nament time.  You  don't  want  to  stay  in  your 
room  and  stagnate.  If  you  go  downstairs  to 
walk  around,  you  can  bank  on  giving  out 
autographs  and  talking  for  a  long  time,  be- 
cause there  are  people  everywhere.  It  could 
be  worse :  There  could  be  nobody  there  at  all . 
Even  in  your  worst  mood,  you  have  to  love 


SPECIAL  SECTION 


the  people  around  the  program.  They've  al- 
ways been  so  good  to  us. 

Friday,  March  7 

Game  day:  No  time  to  think  about  things. 
You  j  ust  go  out  and  play.  You  have  to  go  to  bed 
the  night  before  thinking  about  the  game. 
We  play  at  noon,  come  back,  eat,  have  a 
meeting  to  talk  about  our  next  opponent, 
and  rest.  There's  not  a  whole  lot  of  time  to  do 
anything  else. 

We  win,  but  we  didn't  play  well  at  all. 
Winning  is  a  good  feeling  in  itself,  I  guess.  I 
can  remember  playing  well  and  losing— not 
a  good  feeling. 

We  play  Virginia  tomorrow,  and  that's  kind 
of  ironic.  Now  we're  seniors  and  there's  no 
way  they're  going  to  knock  us  out  of  this  tour- 
nament. We've  beaten  them  six  times  in  a 
row— and  No.  7  is  coming  up.  I've  got  Polynice, 
and  I've  always  been  successful  against  him. 
I  can't  wait  to  play,  but  I'd  sure  like  more  time 
to  rest. 


After  a  stunning  season 
of  dunks,  blocks, 
zones,  and  passes, 
Duke's  senior  basketball 
players  are  ready  to  go  one-on- 
one  with  the  world  beyond 
the  university.  All  five  were 
participants  in  Duke's  drama- 
tic climb  from  an  11-17  season 
their  freshman  year  to  an 
NCAA  record  of  37-3  three 
years  later,  taking  Duke  to  its 
third  appearance  in  an  NCAA 
basketball  championship 
game.  And  all  five  received 


3&ra 


The  group  of  s 
Johnny  Dawkins,  Mark 
Alarie,  David  Henderson,  Jay 
Bibs,  and  Weldon  Williams- 
contributed  mightily  to  the 
success  of  Duke  basketball. 
Four  scored  more  than  1,000 
career  points:  Dawkins  with 
2,556,  Alarie  with  2,136, 

li  1,570,  and 
1,062. 

i,  whose  No.  24  was 
retired,  broke  all  manner  of 
sports  records  at  Duke,  includ- 
ing career  goals  (1,026).  He 
was  also  Duke's  first  two-time 


consensus  first-team  All- 
America.  Having  led  Duke  in 
scoring  all  four  years— with  an 
average  this  season  of  20.2 
points -he  collected  the 
Naismith  Award  as  national 
player  of  the  year.  A  clear 
superstar  on  a  team  that 
downplays  the  individual,  the 
political  science  major  won 
the  respect  of  his  fellow 
players  by  combining  remark- 
able talent  with  ready  leader- 
ship. As  Coach  Mike 
Krzyzewski  once  said,  "God 
didn't  make  many  Dawkinses." 

Dawkins  and  teammate 
Mark  Alarie  started  all  133 
games  of  their  careers  and 
finished  with  a  combined  total 
of  4,692  points,  the  highest 
scoring  tandem  in  NCAA  his- 
tory. Alarie,  Duke's  top 
rebo under  for  three  of  his 
four  seasons,  this  year  also  led 
the  team  in  foul  shooting  and 
in  blocked  shots.  And,  he  tied 
Dawkins  for  the  team  lead  in 
dunks— with  twenty-nine. 
Alarie  was  the  one  that  got 
away  from  Notre  Dame  and 
Stanford  during  an  under- 
standably intensive  recruiting 
war,  opting  instead  for  Duke 
idof 


basketball  and  economics. 

A  native  North  Carolinian, 
economics  major  David 
Henderson  had  the  best  sea- 
son of  his  college  career,  lead- 
ing the  team  in  charges  taken 
(twenty-two),  and  topping  his 
previous  percentages  in  scor- 
ing, field  goals,  free  throws, 
and  rebounding.  He  set  the 
tone  for  the  season  by  walking 
off  with  MVP  honors  when 
Duke  beat  Kansas  in  the  Big 
Apple  NIT  finals. 

Political  science  major  Jay 
Bilas  led  the  team  in  field  goal 
percentage  with  59.4,  extend- 
ing the  mark  to  65.4  in  post- 
season play  this  year.  He  and 
Alarie  were  both  West  Coast 
eager  stars  in  high  school. 


Williams  was  a  contributor 
in  practice  and  as  a  reserve 
player.  Off  the  court,  he  chose 
a  rigorous  major  in  bio- 
medical engineering.  As  he 
told  The  Chronicle,  "When  I 
came  to  Duke,  I  set  one  major 
goal,  and  that  was  to  graduate 
and  graduate  on  ume....l  don't 
like  for  anyone  to  think  that 
I'm  just  Weldon  Williams  the 
basketball  playet" 


The  fire  alarm  went  off  last  night  and  we 
all  went  down  fourteen  flights  of  stairs  to  find 
out  it  was  nothing.  Of  course,  had  I  stayed  in 
my  room,  I'm  sure  it  would  have  been  a  tower- 
ing inferno. 

Another  afternoon  game  today,  but  we 
seem  pretty  fresh.  Virginia  gives  us  a  great 
time,  but  we  play  well  and  win.  One  more 
step. 

I  couldn't  stop  thinking  about  the  '83  tour- 
nament game  with  Virginia  that  we  lost, 
109-66.  When  it  was  clear  today  that  we  had 
won,  I  looked  around  during  a  free  throw  and 
I  noticed  that  none  of  these  guys  was  even 
there  when  that  game  was  played.  They  were 
all  in  high  school.  But  the  win  feels  good 
anyway. 


Saturday  night  is  when  you  can  really  feel 
the  fatigue,  but  you  can  also  feel  the  excite- 
ment. In  1984,  we  ran  out  of  gas  m  the  ACC 
Final  against  Maryland.  I  know  that  won't 
happen  this  year.  It  was  loose  and  exciting  at 
the  pre-game  meal,  and  everyone  knew  what 
had  to  be  done. 

One  point  separated  victory  from  defeat, 
ecstasy  from  agony.  I  couldn't  help  but  feel 
bad  for  Tech,  but  I'm  glad  we  won.  Actually, 
"glad"  doesn't  quite  cover  how  we  felt.  This 
was  a  long  quest  and  we  had  gotten  the  mon- 
key off  our  back,  and  we  were  loving  every 
minute  of  it.  As  we  celebrated,  I  looked  over 
at  the  Tech  guys... and  they  looked  so  devas- 
tated. It  makes  you  realize  that  there's  more 
to  life  than  just  a  basketball  game.  But  not 
during  those  forty  minutes. 

Alarie  and  I  were  joking  around  and  laugh- 
ing after  the  game,  letting  go  of  some  nerv- 
ous tension  that  had  built  up  for  so  long. 
And  the  topic  of  championship  rings  came 


10       SPECIAL  SECTION 


up:  Which  finger  do  I  wear  it  on?  "Hey,  Ralph 
Sampson,  want  to  see  my  ACC  Champion- 
ship ring?  Oh,  I'm  sorry.  I  forgot,  you  don't 
have  one."  Needless  to  say,  we  had  a  good 
time. 

On  the  way  back,  we  asked  the  trainer, 
Max  Crowder,  if  we  could  stop  and  grab  a 
hamburger.  A  resounding  "No!"  came  from 
our  resident  hard-ass.  Then  Mark  said,  "Max, 
what  do  we  have  to  do  to  get  a  hamburger 
around  here?"  Max  is  always  the  tough  guy, 
but  he's  really  great.  When  they  make  sports 
movies,  there's  always  a  bald,  cherry-faced 
trainer  named  Max  with  a  quick  temper  and 
a  bellowing  laugh.  But  we've  got  the  original. 

When  the  conquering  heroes  arrived 
home,  there  was  nobody  there.  We  always 
envisioned  a  major  party  for  the  oF  ACC 
Champions.  But  you  know  what?  We  were  so 
happy,  I  couldn't  care  less! 

ACC  Champions. ..a  nice  ring  to  that. 


It's  so  great  to  be  seeded  in  the  East  Re- 
gion. It's  almost  a  reward  for  playing  well  all 
year.  We  play  in  Greensboro,  the  site  of  our 
latest  triumph.  Not  having  to  travel  will  be 
great.  Going  to  Pullman,  Washington,  and 
Houston  the  two  years  before  was  kind  of 
draining  on  us.  I  don't  care  who  we  play,  I'm 
just  happy  we're  in  the  East. 

Mark  got  his  picture  on  the  cover  of  Sports 
Illustrated,  a  major  accomplishment  in  any- 
body's book.  Everyone  was  asking  him  if  he 
needed  a  copy  or  wanted  another,  and  he 
would  say  "Yes,"  adding  to  a  stack  of  forty  in 
our  apartment.  Mark's  a  great  guy,  and  I  really 
have  fun  giving  him  the  business.  But  he 
always  seems  to  get  me  back  one  better. 

Everyone  is  really  excited  about  the  tour- 
nament, but  now  the  critics  come  out  and 
make  their  voices  heard.  Roy  Firestone  says 
in  USA  Today  that  Duke  will  make  an  early 
exit.  Can  they  do  it  without  an  "aircraft  car- 
rier" in  the  middle?  We'll  find  out,  but  don't 
bet  the  farm  on  us  losing.  Because  it  might 
not  happen. 


13 

I  was  sitting  behind  David  and  Tommy  in 
the  locker  room  getting  undressed  when  I 
suddenly  picked  up  all  my  stuff  and  moved 
across  the  room  to  another  seat. 

"What's  wrong,  Jay?  Aren't  we  good  enough 
for  you?"  David  said  with  a  smile. 

"No,  it's  not  that,"  I  said.  "It's  just  that  I  sat 
here  during  the  whole  ACC  Tournament." 

"You're  not  superstitious,  are  you?"  he 
asked. 

"No,  but  why  risk  it?" 

Then  everyone  picked  up  his  stuff  and 
moved  where  he  had  been  before. 

I  was  kind  of  scared  of  Mississippi  Valley 
State.  After  a  great  triumph  in  Greensboro, 
we  were  going  back  to  face  a  team  the  media 
said  shouldn't  be  in  the  same  place  with  us. 


After  the  game,  there 

was  a  euphoric  feeling  in 

the  locker  room,  not  a 

lot  of  jumping  around, 

just  a  kind  of  "yeah,  we 

did  it!"  feeling  that 

makes  everything  we  go 

through  worthwhile. 


They  were  so  unorthodox  that  it  was  like 
playing  a  pickup  game— none  of  their  guys 
posted  up,  they  ran  no  offenses,  they  just  took 
it  down  and  threw  it  up.  They  gave  us  a  good 
game,  but  we  were  embarrassed  about  only 
winning  by  8  points.  Looking  back,  didn't 
everyone  get  what  they  needed?  They  got 
some  national  attention  and  respect,  and  we 
got  a  victory. 

Saturday,  March  15 

Old  Dominion  didn't  really  seem  to  have  a 
whole  lot  of  respect  for  our  team.  One  of 
their  players  said  we're  not  different  from 
them:  We  put  on  our  uniforms  the  same  way 
they  do.  Good  point,  but  we're  going  to  put 
ours  on  again  in  New  Jersey  and  they're  not. 
After  the  game,  someone  from  Old  Domi- 
nion said  we'd  been  weak  on  inside  defense. 
Did  he  check  the  box  score  when  he  said 
that? 

Thursday,  March  20 

We're  staying  in  the  same  hotel  in  New 
Jersey  where  we  stayed  at  in  the  NIT  tour- 
nament, so  the  surroundings  are  fairly  fami- 
liar. You  can  really  feel  the  excitement  build- 
ing in  the  hotel.  Everyone  wants  to  go  to  the 
Final  Four— but  no  one  wants  it  more  than 
the  players  do. 

The  Final  Four  is  a  dream  of  every  player, 
and  it's  so  close  you  can  almost  reach  out  and 
touch  it.  It  almost  gives  you  chills  just  to 
think  about  it. 


21 

We  pounded  DePaul  on  the  boards,  and 
out-rebounded  them  by  20,  which  showed 
people  you  don't  have  to  be  7  feet  tall  to  be  a 
good  inside  player,  that  you  can  make  up  for 
it  with  a  little  inside  grit.  Now  Navy's  after 
us,  and  David  Robinson  says  he's  going  to  go 
where  he  wants  against  us.  Well,  he'll  have  to 
earn  every  point  he  gets. 


23 

We  were  with  Robinson  all  the  way,  and 
they  said  we  couldn't  stop  him.  I  was  right  on 


top  of  Dawkins  when  he  made  that  dunk.  I 
think  we  should  have  stopped  the  game  and 
given  him  a  standing  ovation.  I'm  sure  Navy 
thought  so,  too.  It  was  one  of  the  most  amaz- 
ing plays  I've  ever  seen.  We  didn't  jump 
around  after  the  game,  and  now  we've  got  the 
label  of  "the  team  that  has  no  fun."  We're 
called  methodical,  stone-faced,  the  team 
that  has  all  the  pressure  to  win— but  we  do 
have  fun.  The  press  should  sit  in  on  a  team 
meal  or  hang  around  in  the  locker  room  after 
practice.  We  probably  have  too  much  fun— 
or  is  that  possible? 

Wednesday,  March  26 

The  week  before  we  took  off  for  Dallas  was 
great.  I  was  really  surprised  by  how  many 
people  recognized  us  when  we  were  out,  even 
in  other  cities.  That's  really  fun  for  me,  being 
from  a  large  media  area  with  pro  sports  and 
movie  stars.  I'm  just  a  "regular  guy,"  and  at 
school  people  know  me,  so  it's  a  nice  mix: 
not  too  much  celebrity  and  not  complete 
anonymity. 


28 

We  got  off  the  plane  in  Dallas  to  a  nice 
warm  reception-a  good  start  to  what  should 
be  a  memorable  weekend.  The  hotel  is 
beautiful— Plaza  of  the  Americas— and  Duke 
is  certainly  represented  well  by  all  its  die- 
hard supporters.  Today,  there  was  a  trip  to 
South  Fork— J. R.  Ewing's  ranch  on  the  TV 
show  Dallas.  I  didn't  go  to  the  ranch:  I  knew 
it  was  nothing  more  than  a  house,  and  I 
didn't  want  to  get  up  that  early.  But  Johnny 
and  David  eat,  sleep,  and  breathe  Dallas.  Fri- 
day nights  at  9  p.m.  they're  in  front  of  the 
tube,  phone  off  the  hook,  and  no  one's  get- 
ting in  unless  they've  got  a  darn  good  reason. 

Coach  K  keeps  telling  us  to  enjoy  Dallas 
while  we're  here,  but  to  stay  focused  on  the 
plan.  He  says  we're  not  going  to  have  to  do 
anything  differently  to  win  here  than  we've 
done  all  season  long.  This  is  his  first  time  in 
the  Final  Four,  too. 


29 

We  were  lucky  that  Kansas  had  an  off 
night.  I  think  we  bothered  them  some  in- 
side. Against  Manning,  Mark  did  a  great  job 
on  defense.  He's  my  roommate,  so  I  have  to 
put  in  a  plug  for  him  if  I  want  to  use  the 
bathroom. 

Sunday,  March  30 

We  just  had  a  huge  press  conference,  and 
everyone  got  a  chance  to  see  what  Duke  is  all 
about.  The  five  starters  and  Coach  K  all 
answered  questions,  and  we  had  a  great  time. 
We  joked  and  ribbed  each  other  and  put  the 
idea  that  "Duke  has  no  fun"  to  rest.  Everyone 
spoke.  I  remember  Mark  talking  and  losing 
his  train  of  thought  for  just  a  second.  It 
wasn't  a  crime  or  anything,  but  Johnny 
leaned  over  and  said,  "No  commercials  for 
him!" 


SPECIAL  SECTION       11 


*^  * 


We  were  asked  if  we  have  any  pro  ambi- 
tions. I  said  I'd  give  my  right  arm  to  play  in 
the  pros,  but  there's  not  much  call  for  one- 
armed  players. 

After  the  press  conference,  somebody  said 
that  we  were  "America's  team."  We  don't  wave 
a  flag.  We  do  stand  for  something,  though— 
for  doing  things  the  right  way,  for  being  stu- 
dent-athletes, for  all  that  Knute  Rockne  rah- 
rah  stuff.  We  believe  in  that.  We  didn't  go 
into  that  press  conference  thinking  about 
showing  off.  But  we  are  articulate  players,  we 
do  have  a  good  time  together,  and  we  were 
just  being  ourselves. 

We've  all  heard  that  Louisville  is  a  second- 
half  team,  so  we're  very  conscious  of  the 
importance  of  doing  well  in  the  last  minutes 
of  the  first  half  and  the  first  five  minutes  of 
the  second.  The  plan  is  to  take  the  wind  out 
of  their  sails  and  blow  them  away. 


31 

Our  game  plan  for  Louisville  wa:>  the  same 
as  every  game,  good  defense  and  strong  re- 
bounding. We  hadn't  counted  on  shooting 
so  poorly.  It's  frustrating  to  know  that  some- 
thing that's  carried  you  so  far  through  the 
season  leaves  you  when  you  need  it  most.  It 
wasn't  like  we  needed  60  percent;  we  needed 
two  baskets,  and  maybe  two  calls. 

The  only  time  I  felt  it  was  really  slipping 
away  was  inthe  last  three  seconds,  when  we 
were  down  by  one.  Even  then,  they  had  the 
ball  out  of  bounds  under  our  basket  and  I 


We  won  everything  we 

touched,  except  for  the 

last  game.  Everything 

we  saw,  we  took,  and 

that's  nice. 


thought  if  we  could  hold  them  for  a  five- 
second  call,  we'd  win.  They  got  the  ball,  we 
had  to  foul  right  away,  and  the  game  was  over. 

Tuesday,  April  1 

I  didn't  go  to  sleep  last  night,  having  stayed 
up  late  anyway  and  deciding  that  two  hours 
wouldn't  do  me  any  good.  I  spent  a  lot  of  time 
with  my  family.  I  thought  about  having  my 
career  over,  and  how  two  baskets  would  have 
made  such  a  difference.  On  the  way  to  the 
game,  a  kid  had  stopped  me  in  the  elevator 
and  said:  "Y'all  better  win  tonight.  We  don't 
need  another  second  place."  He  didn't  mean 
anything  by  it,  but  it  gets  me  thinking,  how 
many  people  did  we  let  down?  Who  cares?  I 
let  myself  down.  The  supporters  get  to  watch 
Duke  play  every  year,  but  I  only  get  to  play  for 
four.  It  was  a  chance  in  a  lifetime  for  me  and 
we  did  the  best  we  could.  That's  the  saving 
grace. 


I  expected  something  back  in  Durham 
because  I  knew  people  appreciated  the  year. 
But  I  didn't  expect  the  turnout.  That's  a  great 
feeling.  I  don't  look  at  those  people  as  fans,  I 
really  look  at  them  as  my  friends,  especially 
the  students. 

As  a  team,  we're  a  tough  group,  but  we 
didn't  start  out  that  way.  It  was  almost  a 
conscious  decision:  Did  we  want  to  be  good 
or  great?  Playing  together  for  four  years,  we 
learned  through  a  pretty  slow  process  how  to 
be  champions.  We  learned  what  it  takes.  We 
were  so  close  in  so  many  situations  but  didn't 
make  it.  This  year  we  did.  We  won  everything 
we  touched,  except  for  the  last  game.  Every- 
thing we  saw,  we  took,  and  that's  nice. 

I  haven't  watched  the  tape  of  the  Louisville 
game,  and  I  don't  know  if  I'll  ever  really  want 
to.  It  just  doesn't  seem  like  a  fitting  end.  As 
the  years  go  by,  I  might  not  remember  all  of 
the  scores,  points,  rebounds,  or  situations— 
but  I'll  remember  the  talent  and  athletic 
ability  of  a  Johnny  Dawkins,  the  way  Tommy 
Amaker  can  control  an  entire  game,  the 
beauty  of  Mark  Alarie's  jump  shot,  and  the 
determination  of  David  Henderson.  But 
most  of  all,  I'll  remember  how  lucky  I  was  to 
be  associated  with  these  people. 

I  may  look  at  that  Louisville  tape  someday, 
and  we'll  always  come  up  three  points  short. 
But  I  know  one  thing  in  my  heart:  We  are 
champions.  ■ 


12       SPECIAL  SECTION 


John  H.  Hickey  J.D.  '80,  formerly  an  attorney 
with  Smathers  &  Thompson,  Miami,  Fla.,  is  now  an 
attorney  with  Homsby  &  Whisenand,  also  in  Miami. 

James  S.  Jones  '80  is  president  of  Kelco  Oil  Co. 
in  Youngstown,  Ohio.  He  and  his  wife,  Kelly,  have  a 

John  Livingston  Kinlaw  Ed.D.  '80  is  the  super- 
intendent of  the  Reidsville  city  schools.  He  and  his 
wife,  Susan,  have  two  daughters. 

Craig  J.  Marshak  '80  graduated  from  Harvard 
Law  School  in  June.  He  is  an  associate  with  the  invest- 
ment banking  firm  Wertheim  &  Co.  in  New  York 
City. 


'80  is  an  assistant  vice  president 
of  commercial  lending  for  Marine  Bank.  He  lives  in 
Milwaukee,  Wise,  with  his  wife,  Bonnie. 

Frank  B.  Murphy  '80,  M.H.A.  '82  was  promoted 
to  administrator  of  Doctors  Hospital,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  an 
affiliate  of  the  Hospital  Corp.  of  America.  He  and  his 
wife,  Amy,  live  in  Atlanta  with  their  daughter. 

Warren  Weber  B.S.E.  '80  completed  his 
in  computer  science  at  Johns  Hopkins  and 
terns  engineer  with  ESL,  Inc.,  a  defense  c 
Hanover,  Md.  He  and  his  wife,  Jai 
Weber  B.S.E.  '82,  live  in  Columbia,  Md.  She  is  pur- 
suing her  M.B.A.  at  Loyola  College  in  Baltimore  and 
is  a  systems  engineer  for  BDM  Corp.,  also  a  defense 


Ivy  Berg  '81  is  a  labor  attorney  with  Paul,  Hastings, 
Janofsky  &.  Walker  in  Los  Angeles,  where  she  lives 
with  her  husband,  Glenn  Scott  Kagan. 

Carey  J.  Burke  '81,  M.H.A.  '84  completed  an 
administrative  residency  at  West  Florida  Regional 
Medical  Center  in  Pensacola,  Fla.,  and  is  now  an 
assistant  administrator  at  Redmond  Park  Hospital  in 
Rome,  Ga. 


Thomas  E.  Cole  Jr.  '81  received  his  M.B.A.  from 
the  University  of  Chicago  Business  School  in  June 
1984.  He  is  a  financial  analyst  for  IBM  and  lives  in 
Hopewell  Junction,  N.Y.,  with  his  wife,  Margaret. 

Mark  Allison  Fulcher  '81  transferred  to  the  US. 
Navy  after  serving  four  years  in  the  U.S.  Marine 
Corps  as  an  infantry  officer.  He  is  attending  Basic 
Underwater  Demolition/Sea  Air  Land  School  in  San 
Diego,  Calif.,  leading  to  qualification  as  a  special  war- 
fare officer. 

Nancy  Walters  Harman  '81  received  her  B.S.N, 
from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  May  1984  and  has  been 
working  at  the  N.C.  Jaycee  Burn  Center.  She,  her  hus- 
band, Harvey  Penrose  Harman  '81,  and  their 
son  are  moving  to  the  Transkei  in  South  Africa,  one 
of  the  black  homelands,  where  they  will  be  doing 
community  development.  Harvey  will  focus  on  irriga- 
tion schemes  and  agricultural  projects,  and  Nancy 
will  work  on  health  care  and  education. 

Jay  Hodgens  B.S.E.  '81  is  assistant  public  health 
engineer  for  the  Putman  County  Health  Department 
in  New  York.  He  and  his  wife,  Linda  Seymour 
Hodgens  B.S.N.  '81,  live  in  Carmel,  N.Y.,  with 
their  two  sons. 


Terri  L.  Mascherin  '81  is  an  associate  with  the 
Chicago  law  firm  Jenner  &  Block.  In  1984,  she  gradu- 
ated cum  laude  and  Order  of  the  Coif  from  North- 
western University's  law  school,  where  she  was 
managing  editor  of  the  Journal  of  Criminal  law  and 
Criminology  and  chaired  the  Moot  Court  Board.  She 
and  her  husband,  Thomas  W.  Abendroth,  live  in 
Chicago. 

Julie  Cole  Obermeyer  '81  is  a  consultant  with 
Arthur  Andersen  &  Co.  in  New  York  City,  where  she 
lives  with  her  husband,  Joseph. 


received  his  J.D.  degree  from 
Northwestern  University's  law  school  in  1984.  He  i 


practicing  real  estate  law  fot  the  law  firm  Lillick, 
McHose  6s.  Charles  in  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

H.  Scott  Smith  '81  is  a  petroleum  geologist  for 
Guernsey  Petroleum  Corp.,  New  Orleans,  and  also 
does  geologic  consultant  work  as  Smith  Energy  Co. 
He  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  live  in  Metairie,  La.,  with 
their  son. 


an  Cox  M.D.  '82  is  a  cardiology  fellow  at 
Brigham  and  Womens  Hospital  in  Boston,  where  he 
recently  completed  a  residency  in  internal  medicine. 
He  and  his  wife,  Emily,  live  in  Chestnut  Hill,  Mass. 

Kenneth  Mitchell  Cox  '82  received  his  J.D.  from 
Vanderbilt  University's  law  school  and  has  a  one-year 
appointment  as  a  law  clerk  to  Chief  Judge  Pierce 
Lively  of  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  6th 
Circuit. 

Nicholas  Gravante  '82  graduated  in  May  from 
Columbia  Law  School  and  is  now  an  associate  with 
Cravath,  Swaine  &  Moore  in  New  York  City. 

Randy  M.  Haldeman  B.S.E.E.  '82  left  Harris 
Corp.  in  Melbourne,  Fla.,  and  is  now  a  CAE  applica- 
tions engineer  for  Daisy  Systems  Corp.  in  Mountain 
View,  Calif.  He  lives  in  Sunnyvale. 


received  his  M  .D. 
from  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  graduating  cum 
laude.  He  is  now  in  family  practice  residency  at 
Contra  Costa  County  Hospital  in  Martinez,  Calif. 

Mark  Lerner  '82  is  a  third-year  student  at  Duke's 
medical  school  and  works  in  the  surgical  virology 
laboratory. 

Marguerite  Henry  Oetting  '82  is  a  medical  stu- 
dent in  Boston,  Mass.  Her  husband,  Tom  Oetting 
'82,  is  a  first  lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force. 


Anne  Kasper  Person  '82  is  the  director  of  cor- 
porate sales  for  the  Lipton  International  Players 


Ring  in  Another  Annual  Fund  Success 


The  Annual  Fund  year  is  drawing  to  a 
close.  To  reach  the  1985-86  goal  of  $4.75 
million  by  June  30,  Duke  needs  the  support 
of  all  her  alumni,  parents  and  friends.  Help 
keep  this  a  bell-ringing  year  for  Duke 
University. 

In  case  you  need  a  little  inspiration, 
Class  Agents  Conrad  and  Jackie  McNair, 
'52,  offer  this  adaptation  of  the  Duke  Fight 
Song: 


Duke,  we  thy  coffers  raise, 
To  meet  expenses  untold, 
And  prove  that  our  student  days 
Were  worth  their  weight  in  gold. 
(It's  so  rejuvenating!) 
Proud  Duke  alumni, 


Remember  Duke  depends  on  you, 

So  give  with  the  spirit  true 

For  the  love  of  old  D.U. 

Hey! 

All  right!  All  right! 

I'll  write  my  check  tonight. 

2127  Campus  Drive 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)  684-4419 


ipl 

K^,n1 

■Tj  ■  ,. 

n>T 

^m         V 

flip 

/    '^1^- 

^M   ^m  m 

H  *      flB 

*•  TB./*  *    ^/    W      i 

DUKES 

BLUE  DEVIL 

BASEBALL  CAMP 

1986 


FOR  BOYS 
ACE  9-17 

TWO  ONE  WEEK  SESSIONS 

DAY  CAMP-JUNE  16-20 
RESIDENT  CAMP-JUNE  6-11 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
DIRECTOR 

Individualized  instruction  in  all  base- 
ball fundamentals 

Modern  dormitory  accommodations 

Proper  supervision— 24  hours 

Excellent  baseball  facility 


FOR  MORE  INFORMATION  MAIL  FORM  TO 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
BLUE  DEVIL  BASEBALL  CAMP 
CAMERON  INDOOR  STADIUM 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
DURHAM,  NC  27705 


PHONE  (HOME) 


Championships,  a  professional  tennis  event  in  Boca 
Raton,  Fla. 

Karen  A.  Sartin  '82  is  an  account  executive  at  the 
Pittsburgh  office  of  Hill  and  Knowlton,  Inc.,  a  public 
relations/public  affairs  counseling  firm. 

Katherine  Ann  Smock  '82  is  in  the  M.B.A.  pro- 
gram at  the  University  of  Michigan. 

John  Arthur  Strong  '82  is  a  medical  student  at 
Michigan  State  University.  His  wife,  Kimberly 
Menke  Strong  '82,  is  the  business  manager  of  the 
East  Pavis  Medical  and  Diagnostic  Center  in  Grand 
Rapids,  Mich.  They  live  in  East  Lansing. 

Janet  Munroe  Weber  B.S.E.  '82  is  a  systems 
engineer  with  BDM  Corp.  She  is  also  pursuing  her 
M.B.A.  at  Loyola  College  in  Baltimore.  Her  husband, 
Warren  Weber  B.S.E.  '80,  recently  completed  his 
master's  in  computer  science  at  Johns  Hopkins  and  is 
a  systems  engineer  for  ESL,  Inc.  They  live  in 
Columbia,  Md. 


M.Div.  '82  is  the  author  of  No 
Pain,  No  Gain:  Hope  For  Those  Who  Straggle,  pub- 
lished by  Ballantine/Epiphany  Books.  The  book  is  a 
spiritual  guide  that  applies  the  "no  pain,  no  gain" 
principle. 

Joseph  Zirkman  '82  is  completing  his  J.D.  at 
Brooklyn  Law  School  and  is  an  editor  on  the  Brooklyn 
Law  Review.  After  graduation,  he  will  work  for  the 
firm  Baer,  Marks  &.  Upham. 

Gary  Alan  Brown  '83  is  a  financial  consultant 
with  the  investment  firm  Shearson  Lehman  Brothers 
in  Beverly  Hills,  Calif. 


A.M.  '83  is  a  manager  with  the 
Foreign  Policy  Association. 

Julian  Abele  Cook  III  '83  received  his  M.P.A. 
from  Columbia  University's  School  of  International 
and  Public  Affairs  in  May.  He  is  now  a  law  student  at 
the  University  of  Virginia. 

Keith  R.  Forbes  B.S.M.E.  '83,  a  project  officer  at 
Elgin  Air  Force  Base,  Fla.,  was  promoted  to  first  lieu- 
tenant in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  ■ 

Richard  Martin  Franza  M.B.A.  '83  was  pro- 
moted to  captain  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  He  is  an 
acquisition  project  officer  at  Hanscom  Air  Force  Base 
in  Massachusetts  with  the  electronic  systems  division. 

Alice  F.  Giesecke  B.S.N.  '83  worked  for  two  years 
as  a  staff  and  charge  nurse  in  general  medical  inten- 
sive care  at  the  Medical  College  of  Virginia.  After  her 
marriage  in  June,  she  spent  two-and-a-half  months  in 
Europe.  She  and  her  husband,  Joseph  H.  Johnson  Jr., 
live  in  Seattle,  Wash. 

Jill  Goldberg  '83  received  an  M.B.A.  in  May  from 
Columbia  University.  She  works  in  New  York  City  for 
A.  T.  Kearney,  Inc.,  an  international  management 
consulting  firm. 

Paula  G.  Litner  '83  graduated  in  May  from  the 
University  of  Michigan  Business  School.  She  works  as 
a  marketing  research  analyst  for  the  Quaker  Oats  Co. 
in  Chicago. 

Gregory  J.  Meese  '83,  M.B.A.  '85,  M.E.M.  '85  is 

a  commercial  analyst  at  Westvaco's  mill  in  Covington, 

Va. 

Keith  N.  Phillippi  B.H.S.  '83  is  a  first-year  student 

at  the  Medical  College  of  Georgia  in  Augusta. 

Valerie  Schwam  '83  is  an  account  coordinator  for 
Cosmopulos,  Crowley  &.  Daly,  a  Boston  advertising 
agency. 

Susan  M.  Stuart  '83  is  a  medical  student  at  the 
University  of  Cincinnati  College  of  Medicine. 

Geri  Hallerman  Waksler  '83  is  director  of  sales 
and  marketing  at  the  Casa  Ybel  Resort  on  Sanibel 
Island,  Fla. 


Mary  Wynn  Bessenger  B.S.E. E.  '84  is  an  engi- 
neering and  scientific  marketing  representative  for 
IBM.  She  lives  in  Huntington,  N.Y. 

Rakesh  Kumar  Bhala  '84  is  pursuing  a  master's 
in  management  at  Oxford  University  as  a  Marshall 
Scholar. 


L.  Finkelman  '84  is  participating  in 
the  cooperative  legal  education  program  at  North- 
western University's  law  school.  He  will  take  four 
quarters  of  full-time  apprenticeship  at  law,  along  with 
seven  quarters  of  traditional  academic  study. 

Karen  Ann  Hohe  '84  is  pursuing  her  master's  in 
hydrologic  geochemistry  at  the  University  of  Arizona. 
She  and  her  husband,  Barton  J.  Suchomel,  live  in 
Tucson. 

Douglas  M.  Horner  '84  is  a  second-year  graduate 
student  in  the  master's  degree  program  in  public 
policy  at  Harvard's  Kennedy  School  of  Government, 
concentrating  in  national  security  studies.  He  lives  in 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Charles  B.  Kime  '84  is  a  second-year  medical  stu- 
dent at  the  University  of  Connecticut's  medical 
school  in  Farmington.  His  wife,  Linda  Mitchell 

Kime  '84,  is  in  the  nursing  program  at  Greater 
Hartford  Community  College  to  earn  her  R.N. 
degree.  They  live  in  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Nancy  Elizabeth  LaParo  '84  is  a  software  engi- 
neer for  AT&T  Bell  Laboratories.  She  is  also  pursuing 
a  master's  in  computer  science  at  the  University  of 
Southern  California.  She  and  her  husband,  Aaron 
Watters,  live  in  Los  Angeles. 


■  R.  Monroe  A.M.  '84  is  administrator 
for  scheduling  and  marketing  with  RCA  Records  in 
Nashville.  She  lives  in  Kingston,  Tenn. 

Ted  L.  Williams  M.B.A.  '84  was  promoted  to 

assistant  head  of  the  personnel  office  at  the  Research 
Triangle  Institute  in  the  Research  Triangle  Park. 


Ph.D.  '84  is  a  visiting  profesr 
sor  of  economics  at  Wittenberg  University  in  Spring- 
field, Ohio. 

Joseph  A.  Francis  '85  is  a  member  of  the  Com- 
puter Imaging  Systems  Group  at  R/Greenburg  Asso- 
ciates, generating  3D  computer  graphics  for  motion 
picture  and  television  special  effects.  He  lives  in  New 
York  City. 

Lois  L.  Hodgkinson  M.Div.  '85  is  associate 
pastor  at  the  United  Methodist  Church  of  Port 
Washington,  N.Y. 

Gordon  Kamisar  J.D.  '85  is  an  associate  with  the 
San  Francisco  law  firm  McCutchen,  Doyle,  Brown  & 
Enersen. 

Nancy  Lee  Kesselman  '85  has  entered  the 

master's  degree  program  at  the  Thunderbird  campus  of 
the  American  Graduate  School  of  International 
Management  in  Glendale,  Ariz. 

Robert  Francis  Sommer  Ph.D.  '85  is  an  assist- 
ant professor  of  English  at  Rutgers  University's 
Newark  campus.  He  lives  in  Pine  Bush,  N.Y.,  with  his 
wife  and  two  children. 

Henry  M.  Quillian  III  B.S.E.  '85,  a  student  at  the 
University  of  Georgia's  law  school,  received  the 
Arthur  L.  Williston  Medal  of  the  American  Society 
of  Mechanical  Engineers  at  its  annual  meeting  in 
November.  The  award  is  given  for  the  best  paper  sub- 
mitted. Quillian's  was  titled,  "Democracy:  Lost  to  the 
Byte?" 

MARRIAGES:  Russell  McMInn  '80  to  Bonnie  J. 
Hamilton  on  Nov.  10,  1984.  Residence: 
Milwaukee  . . .  Elizabeth  "Lisa"  Hale 

Melcher  '80  to  Bernard  Joseph  Clarke  Jr.  on  Oct. 
5  . . .  Nancy  C.  Plumley  M.S.  '80  to  Steven  L. 
Kaufman  on  May  18.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill, 


N.C Stuart  T.  Schwartz  '80  to  Mindy 

Sharon  Rosenbloom  on  Nov.  16  ...  Ivy  Berg  '81  to 
Glenn  Scott  Kagan  on  Sept.  8.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles  .  .  .  Julie  Cole  '81  to  Joseph  Ohermeyer  in 
Boston.  Residence:  New  Yotk  City  .  .  .  Thomas  E. 
Cole  Jr.  '81  to  Margaret  Wahlig  on  Sept.  22,  1984. 
Residence:  Hopewell  Junction,  N.Y.  .  .  .  Hope 
Golembiewski  '81  to  Gtegory  Robert  OBrian  on 
May  18.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Cynthia  Norton 
Hall  '81  to  Jonathan  E.  Snyder  on  July  13.  Residence: 
Oklahoma  City,  Okla.  .  .  .  Terri  L.  Mascherin 
'81  to  Thomas  W.  Abendroth  on  Aug.  31.  Residence: 
Chicago  . . .  Shelley  E.  Wallace  B.S.N.  '81  to 
Dennis  T.  Minsent  on  June  12,  1982.  Residence: 
Homestead  A.F.B.,  Fla.  .  .  .  Rich  Block  '82  to 
Betsy  Fallon  '83  on  Oct.  20,  1984.  Residence: 
Dayton,  Ohio  . .  .  David  Allan  Cox  M.D  '82  to 
Emily  Celeste  Norman  on  Sept.  21.  Residence: 
Chestnut  Hill,  Mass.  .  .  .  S.  Melanie  Davis  '82  to 
Cedric  D.  Jones  '82  on  June  30  in  Duke  Gardens. 
Residence:  Easton,  Mass.  .  .  .  Steve  Hayes  '82  to 
Linda  Patlovitch  '82  on  July  20.  Residence:  Ft. 

Walton  Beach,  Fla Marguerite  Henry  '82  to 

Tom  Oetting  '82  on  July  6.  Residence:  Boston, 
Mass. . . .  Meredith  Brooks  Mallory  '82  to 
William  Whitney  George  on  Sept.  7  .  .  .  Kimberly 
Brubaker  Menke  '82  to  John  Arthur  Strong 
'82  in  June.  Residence:  East  Lansing,  Mich.  .  .  . 
Jennifer  Rokus  '82  to  M.  Lee  Heath  Jr.  on  Jan.  5, 

1985.  Residence:  Charlotte,  N.C Anne 

Teresa  Corsa  M.D.  '83  to  Graziano  Carlon  on 
Sept.  1  ...  Alice  Fay  Giesecke  B.S.N.  '83  to 
Joseph  H.  Johnson  Jr.  on  June  29.  Residence: 
Seattle  . . .  Jane  Augusta  Harris  '83  to 
Prayson  Will  Pate  B.S.E.E.  '84  on  Aug.  10  in 
Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Elizabeth 
Jo  McKinnon  M.H.A.  '83  to  Tom  Parry  on  Dec.  1, 
1984  .  . .  Christopher  Boyd  Moxley  '83  to 
Lesley  Lane  Fogleman  on  Aug.  2  .  .  .  Karen  Ann 
Hohe  '84  to  Barton  J.  Suchomel  on  Aug.  24.  Resi- 
dence: Tucson,  Ariz.  .  .  .  Thomas  C.  Hlllman 
M.B.A.  '84  to  Lou  Ann  Simms  M.B.A.  '84  in 
November.  Residence:  Cary,  N.C.  .  .  .  Charles  B. 
Kime  84  to  Linda  K.  Mitchell  84  on  July  13 
Residence:  New  Britain,  Conn.  .  .  .  Nancy 
Elizabeth  LaParo  '84  to  Aaron  Watters  on  Aug. 
17.  Residence:  Los  Angeles  .  .  .  Robin  Elaine 
Still  '84  to  David  Charles  Wintringham  on  July  6. 
Residence:  Burlington,  N.C. .  . .  Kelly  F.  Perkins 
'85  to  A.  David  Ryan  B.S.E.E.  '85  on  Oct.  19.  Resi- 
dence: Atlanta  . . .  E.  Lynn  VanBremen  B.S.E.E. 
'85  to  John  S.  Gilbert  on  June  8.  Residence:  New  York 
City. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  son  to  Lucille 
Patrone  M.S.N.  '80  and  Norman  Werdiger 

D.U.M.C.  '82  on  March  22.  Named  Noah 
Alexander ...  A  son  to  Charles  R.  Perry  J.D.  '80 
and  Ann  Perry  on  June  6.  Named  John 
Wesley  .  .  .  Second  child  and  son  to  Jay  Hodgens 
BSE.  '81  and  Linda  Seymour  Hodgens  B.S.N. 
'81  on  Jan.  7,  1984.  Named  Abram  Jessiah  .  .  .  Two 
daughters  to  Shelley  Wallace  Minsent  B.S.N. 
'81  and  Dennis  R.  Minsent:  Rebekah  Ann  on  May  30, 
1983,  and  Sarah  Kelley  on  Nov.  16,  1984  .  .  .  First 
child  and  daughter  to  James  K.  Murphy  M.H.A. 
'81  and  Susan  Graboyes  Murphy  '79,  M.H.A. 
'81  on  July  25.  Named  Jennifer  Anne  .  .  .  First  child 
and  son  to  H.  Scott  Smith  '81  and  Elizabeth 
Watson  Smith  on  Sept.  1.  Named  Harry 
Watson  ...  A  daughter  to  David  K.  Knowlton 
'82  and  Janet  Vavra  Knowlton  '82  on  May  5. 
Named  Linda  Jo. 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 


William  E.  Whitfield  32        David  H.B. 


Ulmer  Jr.  '37,  Ph.D.  '55  on  Oct.  7  in  Rochester, 
N.Y. . . .  Raymond  W.  Gallaher  '38  .  . . 
William  Crenshaw  Smith  M.D.  '42  on  Feb.  25, 
1985  . . .  Ruth  Rainey  Cottrell  '44  on  Feb.  11, 
1985  . .  .  Hura  Harrison  Payne  M.Ed.  '48  . . . 
Chester  A.  Bonnallie  Jr.  M.F  '53  on  Sept. 
3  .  .  .  Marcus  Branch  M.D.  '57  on  July  23  .  . . 
Robert  E.  Blount  Jr.  M.D.  '60  on  Sept.  17. 

Ella  Worth  Tuttle  Hedden  16  on  Sept.  15.  Her 
book,  The  Other  Room,  published  in  1947,  won  the 
Southern  Authors  Award  for  the  most  distinguished 
book  of  the  year  by  a  Southern  author  on  a  Southern 
subject  and  an  Anisfield-Wolfe  Award  as  one  ot  the 
best  books  on  race  relations.  She  published  several 
other  books  and  was  a  champion  of  minority  rights. 
She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  two  sons,  and  a  sister. 


'22  on  May  24.  The 
Durham  native  was  head  of  the  payroll  department  at 
Duke  when  she  tetired  after  40  years.  She  was  a 
charter  member  of  the  Current  Book  Club  and  a 
member  of  Trinity  United  Methodist  Church  and  the 
Ashbury  Sunday  School  Class.  She  is  survived  by  a 
sister  and  a  brother. 


B.  Cox  '24  on  Sept.  13.  A  native  of  Lee 
County,  N.C,  she  was  a  retired  court  stenographer  for 
Durham  County.  She  is  survived  by  her  sister. 

Jessie  L.  Haywood  '28  after  a  long  illness.  She 
taught  in  the  Durham  city  and  county  schools  for 
many  years.  During  World  War  II,  she  was  supervisor 
of  adult  education  in  Durham  County.  She  was  a 
member  of  Duke  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church 
and  the  Lille  Duke  Sunday  School  Class.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  two  sons,  a  sister,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Margaret  B.  Kirkland  '30  on  May  23.  At  Duke, 

she  was  a  member  of  Zeta  Tau  Alpha.  She  taught  for 
many  years  in  the  Durham  County  schools  and  was  a 
member  of  Trinity  Avenue  Presbyterian  Church  and 


the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  She  is 
survived  by  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  three  grandchildren. 

William  Clifton  Pickett  Jr.  '30  on  Sept.  20. 

The  Lexington,  N.C. ,  native  tetired  from  the  N.C. 
Department  of  Revenue  as  a  senior  division  director 
after  40  years.  He  then  opened  a  real  estate  office, 
Cliff  Pickett  Realty.  At  the  time  of  his  death,  he  was 
president  and  owner  of  Pickett  and  Gteen  Inc.,  a 
men's  clothing  stote.  He  was  a  member  of  Edenton 
Street  United  Methodist  Church.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Margaret  Green  Pickett,  a  daughter,  a  sister, 
and  a  granddaughter. 

Mary  K.  Fuss  '31  in  June  in  Columbus,  Ga.  She 
was  a  member  of  Hamilton  United  Methodist  Church 
in  Pine  Mountain  Valley,  Ga.,  where  she  lived  for  38 
years.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Turner  Ashby 
Fuss,  a  brother,  a  stepson,  a  stepdaughter,  five  grand- 
children, and  four  great-grandchildren. 

Jacob  Milton  Hadley  '31  on  April  16, 1985.  At 

Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Kappa  Sigma  fraternity.  He 
is  survived  by  a  daughter. 

John  C.  Taggart  '31  on  May  17  in  Charlotte, 

N.C.  Before  retiring,  he  was  a  regional  manager  for 
Sun  Oil  Co.  He  was  a  member  of  Myers  Park  Presby- 
terian Church  and  the  Charlotte  Country  Club  and 
was  involved  with  the  Charlotte  Tteatment  Center. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wite,  Ethel  Bryant  Kramer 
Taggart,  a  son,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  two  sisters,  and 
six  grandchildren. 

Philip  T.  Schuyler  '32  on  June  30,  after  a  long  ill- 
ness. At  Duke,  he  was  elected  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Euretta  Schuyler. 


'33  in  June,  after  a 
long  illness.  A  member  of  the  Duke  Half  Century 
Club,  the  retired  farmer  was  former  chairman  of  the 
Person  County,  N.C,  Board  of  Education,  former 
president  of  the  Person  County  Farm  Bureau,  a  mem- 


A  wide  range  of  liberal  arts  and  pre-professional  courses. 

17  programs  for  study  abroad  in  North  and  Subsaharan  Africa, 
Asia,  Eastern  and  Western  Europe,  North  and  South 
America,  and  the  Middle  East. 

Applications  of  non-Duke  students  accepted  from  individuals 
in  good  standing  at  an  accredited  institution,  students 
accepted  at  an  accredited  institution,  and  college 
graduates. 

For  more  information,  a  brochure  and  an  application,  call  or  write: 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
Summer  Session  Office 
121  Allen  Building 
Durham,  NC  27706 
684-2621 


I  Then  things  are  done 
%/%/  well,  you  notice.  You 
"    notice  The  Sheraton 
University  Center's  attention  to 
comfort.  The  relaxed  elegance 
of  the  atrium  lounge,  the  way 
the  cool  of 
the  indoor 
pool  and  the 
adjoining 


You'll  notice  and  ap 

Center 


service  to  the  Research  Triangle 
Park,  the  Raleigh-Durham  Airport, 
and  Duke  Hospital. 

Enjoy  Praline's  southern-style 
charm,  and  Oliver's  Signature 
Restaurant's  continental  cuisine. 
You'll  notice  and  appreciate  the 
friendly, 
attentive 
service  of 


Of  Attention 


whirlpool's  bubbles  soothe 
worries  away. 

You  notice  extra-fluffy  pillows, 
thick,  plentiful  towels,  oversized 
guest  rooms.  Twenty-four  hour 
news,  sports,  and  movies,  and 
complimentary  limousine 


our  staff. 

The  Sheraton  University 
Center  does  things  very  well. 
That's  why,  in  only  one  year, 
we've  become  the  Center 
of  Attention. 


15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road, 

1  mile  south  of  I-85    Durham,  North  Carolina 

For  reservations  call  800-325-3535  or  919-383-8575 


Sheraton 
University  Center 


"One  student/one  computer 

lab  instruction 

Latest  in  IBM  personal 

computers 

Experienced  staff  & 

innovative  curriculum 

Over  2000  campers  since 

1981 

All  students  live  on  the 

Duke  campus 

Adult  Information 
Available  upon  request 


woi 

r~a  BfiftftfelffVefezBH 

that  is  an  investment  in  the  future 


ber  of  the  Allensville  Grange,  and  a  member  of  the 
administrative  board  at  Allensville  United  Methodist 
Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bonnie  Wright 
Gentry,  three  sons,  three  brothers,  five  sisters,  and  a 
granddaughter. 


Kolbe  '33  on  Oct.  10.  A  native  of 
Annapolis,  Md.,  he  served  churches  in  rural  Virginia 
until  1941,  when  he  continued  in  the  ministry  in 
Wisconsin.  He  received  a  master's  and  Ph.D.  from 
Northwestern  University  and  a  doctorate  of  divinity 
from  Garrett  Biblical  Institute.  Until  his  retirement, 
he  was  a  professor  of  Christian  ethics  at  Garrett  Bibli- 
cal Institute.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Martha  D. 
B.S.N.  '33,  two  daughters,  and  four 


Richard  L.  Sample  '30  on  Aug.  22.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Dorothy  Eaton  Sample  '33. 

J.  Ruth  McCrudden  Filter  '34  on  Feb.  15, 1985, 

in  Pearl  River,  N.Y.  A  native  of  Montreal,  Canada, 
she  was  a  clerk  for  the  Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Corp. 
for  36  years.  She  was  a  member  of  the  Women's  Asso- 
ciation of  the  Nauraushaun  Presbyterian  Church.  She 
is  survived  by  her  husband,  Gustav  Filter,  two  sons, 
and  a  sister. 


LL.B. '34  on  July  11  in 
Greensboro,  N.C.  The  former  District  Court  judge 
and  state  legislator  also  held  several  offices  in  the 
Quaker  Church.  He  was  a  Sunday  school  teacher  at 
Springfield  Friends  Meeting,  a  clerk  of  the  N.C. 
Yearly  Meeting  of  Friends,  and  the  presiding  officer  of 
the  Friends  United  Meeting  House.  He  was  a  member 
of  the  High  Point  Rotary  Club  and  a  trustee  of  merits 
at  Guilford  College. 


'34  on  Sept.  25  of  Alzheimer's 
disease.  He  was  the  former  director  of  personnel  for 
Brown  Forman  Distillers  in  Louisville,  Ky.,  and  also 
worked  for  Radio  Liberty  in  New  York.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Jean  Parkhill  Pearsall,  a  son,  a  daughter, 
and  several  nieces  and  nephews. 


B.S.C.E.  '36  on  Sept.  25  of 
cancer.  The  Cape  Cod  native  was  the  retired  chief  of 
the  hydraulic  section  of  the  South  Atlantic  division 
of  the  Army  Corps  of  Engineers.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  Farrington 
Golf  and  Tennis  Club,  and  Chapel  Woods  Presby- 
terian Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy 
Bearse,  a  son,  two  daughters,  three  sisters,  and  four 
grandchildren. 

Betty  Pyle  Baldwin  '38  on  May  28  in  Duke 

Hospital,  after  a  brief  illness.  At  Duke,  she  was  a 
member  of  Kappa  Alpha  Theta  sorority.  She  was  a 
member  of  the  Durham  Junior  League,  the  Durham 
Debutante  Ball  Society,  the  Hope  Valley  Country 
Club,  the  Friends  of  Duke  Chapel,  and  Fountain 
Street  Church  in  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  R.L.  Baldwin  Jr.,  a  son,  three  daugh- 
ters, and  eight  grandchildren. 


W.  Edwards  '38  of  cancer  on  July  16  at 
the  Hospice  of  Northern  Virginia.  The  retired  official 
of  the  Interior  Department  was  the  founding  presi- 
dent of  the  Potomac  Valley  chapter  of  the  American 
Rhododendron  Society.  He  also  operated  a  business, 
the  Edwards  Rhododendron  Garden,  from  his  home. 
A  member  and  former  chairman  of  the  Fairfax  County 
Park  Authority,  he  was  honored  in  1984  by  having  an 
amphitheater  named  for  him.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  Fairfax  Unitarian  Church.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Jeanne,  two  children,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Edna  Earle  Sexton  Hadley  '39  on  March  23, 
1985.  At  Duke,  she  was  a  member  of  Zeta  Tau  Alpha 
and  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter. 

Charles  E.  Shannon  '39,  B.Div.  '42  on  May  24 
in  Winston-Salem,  N.C,  after  a  brief  illness.  He  was 
one  month  from  retirement  from  the  Western  N.C. 
United  Methodist  Conference.  He  was  the  pastor  of 


Memorial  United  Methodist  Church  in  Thomasville, 
N.C.,  a  member  of  the  Thomasville  Rotary  Club,  and 
a  member  of  the  advisory1  board  of  the  Thomasville 
Salvation  Army.  He  served  as  a  trustee  for  Pfeiffer 
College  and  the  Western  N.C.  United  Methodist 
Conference  and  was  a  member  of  the  board  of  admis- 
sions of  the  Methodist  Triad  Home  and  of  the  con- 
ference's finance  committee  and  Equitable  Salary 
Commission.  He  also  helped  to  organize  the  Urban 
Ministry  in  Greensboro,  N.C.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Mary  Walters  Shannon,  two  sons,  one  sister,  and 
one  grandson. 

Doris  Rubin  Menkes  '41  of  lung  cancer  on  Oct. 

7.  Before  her  retirement  in  1972,  she  was  the  advertis- 
ing director  fot  Gimbels  Department  Stote  in  New 
York  City.  She  was  also  a  lyrical  composer,  and  five  of 
her  songs  were  sung  at  Carnegie  Hall  during  a  benefit 
performance  in  1964.  She  was  a  member  of  the 
American  Society  of  Composers  and  Publishers  and 
president  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Occupa- 
tional Center  of  Essex  County  in  West  Orange,  N.J., 
from  1981-85.  While  at  Duke,  she  was  a  co-founder  of 
the  Duke  University  Modem  Dance  Program.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Richard  A.  Menkes;  two 
sons,  including  Douglas  Menkes  '70;  a  brother; 
and  two  grandchildren. 

Harry  H.  Palmer  Jr.  '44  on  Aug.  23  from  lung 
cancer.  He  had  retired  the  previous  August  as  vice 
president  of  Branch  Bank,  Tarboro,  N.C.  He  was  treas- 
urer of  the  Tatboro  Student  Aid  Association  and  a 
trustee  and  elder  at  Howard  Memorial  Presbyterian 
Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Weeks 
Palmer,  and  a  daughter 

David  Kelly  Lockhart  Jr.  '45  on  Aug.  2,  after  a 
long  illness.  A  lifelong  resident  of  Dutham,  he  owned 
and  operated  the  Lockhart  Construction  Co.  and  was 
a  real  estate  broker.  He  was  a  member  of  Trinity 
United  Methodist  Church  and  Durham  Elks  Lodge 
#358.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Rebecca  Maynor 
Lockhart,  two  stepdaughters,  a  stepson,  two  sisters, 
and  two  stepgrandchildren. 

Kenneth  Masten  Turner  '46  in  August  of  a 
heart  attack.  He  was  director  of  international  leaf 
operations  for  Liggett  &.  Myers  Tobacco  Co.  He  was  a 
Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II  and  a  member  of  Duke 
Memorial  United  Methodist  Church.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Ganelle  Henderson  Turner,  three  daugh- 
ters, three  sisters,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Andrew  L.  Young  MAT.  '62  on  June  6  of  heart 
failure.  A  retired  captain  in  the  U.S.  Navy,  he  received 
the  Legion  of  Merit  during  World  War  II  for  "excep- 
tionally meritorious  conduct,"  along  with  many  other 
awards.  He  retired  from  the  Navy  after  30  years  of 
active  duty  and  taught  at  the  University  of  Connecti- 
cut at  Stamford.  He  was  a  charter  member  of  the 
Army/Navy  Country  Club  of  Washington,  DC,  and  a 
membet  of  the  Darien  YMCA  Senior  Men's  Club,  the 
U.S.  Naval  Academy  Alumni  Association,  the  U.S. 
Naval  Academy  Athletic  Association,  and  the 
Stamford  Italian  Center.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Pauline  Wallis  Young,  a  daughter,  and  four 
grandchildren. 

Bruce  E.  Langdon  A.M.  '67  on  Sept.  5.  A 
former  staff  member  with  the  Congressional  Research 
Service  of  the  Library  of  Congress,  he  was  the  director 
of  the  Cleveland  State  University  Libraries.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  parents,  two  brothers,  and  a  sister. 

E.  Lawson  Brown  Ed.D.  '77  on  Aug.  9  of  a  heart 
attack.  He  was  the  former  superintendent  for  the 
Davidson,  N.C,  County  Schools  and  a  candidate  for 
mayor  in  the  upcoming  city  elections  in  Lexington, 
N.C.  A  former  minor  league  baseball  player,  he  was  a 
YMCA  director  and  Little  League  chairman.  He  was  a 
member  and  former  deacon  at  First  Presbyterian 
Church  and  served  in  the  U.S.  Army  during  World 
War  II.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  two  sons, 
two  daughters,  and  five  grandchildren. 


Steven  D.  Rosado  Ed.D.  '83  in  August  after  a 
long  illness.  He  was  the  principal  of  the  middle 
school  in  Great  Falls,  SC  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Diane  Eilber  Rosado,  a  daughter,  a  son,  his  parents, 
and  a  sister. 

Laura  Eve  Schanberg  M.D  '84  on  Oct.  11  of 
Hodgkins  disease.  She  was  a  resident  at  Duke's  medi- 
cal center  and  the  daughter  of  Saul  M.  Schanberg,  a 
professor  in  the  department  of  pharmacology. 

Coach  Bradley 

Former  Duke  basketball  coach  Harold  "Hal"  Bradley 
died  on  Nov.  6,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  73.  Bradley 
coached  at  Duke  from  1951-59,  compiling  a  167-78 
record.  Bradley's  teams  finished  second  in  1952  and 


1953,  the  final  years  of  the  Southern  Conference,  and 
also  finished  second  twice  after  the  Atlantic  Coast 
Conference  was  formed  in  1954. 

Bradley  took  the  head  coaching  job  at  the  Univet- 
sity  of  Texas  in  1959,  and  he  won  thtee  Southwest 
Conference  championships. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dora,  a  daughter,  and  a 

"Nurmey"  Shears 

Randolph  "Nurmey"  Moore  Shears  died  in  Novem- 
ber. He  was  94.  Before  his  retirement,  he  was  a  tutor 
and  translatot  at  Duke.  He  had  lived  in  Dutham  since 
1929  and  attended  Duke  Chapel.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Mabel  Brown  Shears. 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


DUKE:  A  PORTRAIT.  More  than  100  full-color  photo- 
graphs capture  the  beauty  and  the  spirit  of  the  university 
campus.  Large-format  book,  128  pages,  printed  on  heavy 
coated  paper,  with  silver-embossed,  library  cloth  binding. 
A  true  collectot's  edition.  $30,  plus  $2  postage/handling. 
(N.C.  orders  add  4%  sales  tax.)  Gothic  Bookshop,  Drawer 
LM,  Duke  Station,  Dutham,  NC  27706. 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY  multipurpose,  lightweight  wind- 
breaker.  Duke  on  front,  logo  on  back.  A  must  for  all 
alumni.  Send  $20  to:  D.  Kapper,  Box  28188  College  Sta- 
tion, Durham,  NC  27708. 


CUSTOMIZED  GOLF  CLUBS 
THE 

GOLF  MEDICS 

2720  Chapel  Hill  Road 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27707 
(919)  493-3745 


ONE  WEEK  TIMESHARE,  deeded  for  life,  last  week  in 
August,  at  Monarch  in  Sea  Pines,  Hilton  Head.  Marriott 
management.  Full  kitchen,  2  bedrooms,  Jacuzzi,  beauti- 
fully furnished.  On  the  beach,  tennis,  golf.  $16,000.  Dr. 
Thomas  Stark,  3801  Sherwood  Circle,  Gastonia,  NC 
28054. 

UNSPOILED  S.W.  FLORIDA  COAST:  Call  for  free 
literature  about  the  Venice  Englewood  area.  HOME- 
STEAD REALTY,  Realtor,  200  W.  Dearborn  St.,  Engle- 
wood, FL  33533.  Phone  (813)  475-4085. 

ACCLAIMED  STEWARDSHIP  NEWSLETTER. 
"Guidelines  for  the  Clergy  and  Lay  Leaders  of  the 
Church,"  monthly  advisory  proves  invaluable  to  minis- 
ters, committee  members,  treasurers  of  mainstream 
churches.  Written  and  edited  from  the  lay  standpoint. 
Practical,  timely,  non-denominational,  upbeat.  Do  your 
church  a  favor:  1  year  $20,  billable.  Robert  Leigh  045) 
Associates,  Stewardship  Consultants,  111-32  75th  Road, 
forest  Hills,  NY  11375.  (718) 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 


The  Five  Star 


guest  house 


4  North  Seventh  Street 

Historic  Wilmington 

North  Carolina  28401 

(919)  763-7581 


FIGURE  8  ISLAND:  5  bedroom,  3  bath  house  on  south 
end  of  island  with  panoramic  view  of  ocean,  inlet,  and 
waterway.  Fully  equipped.  Bob  Turner  '66.  Call  (704) 
377-4889.  $875  per  week. 

KIAWAH  ISLAND,  SC.  Come  enjoy  our  unspoiled 
beach  and  superb  sports  weather.  You  can  relax  in  pri- 
vately-owned, fully-furnished  villas  or  homes.  We  offer 
you  superior  service  and  quality.  OCEAN  RESORTS 
INC.  OF  CHARLESTON,  1-800-221-7376  or  (803) 
559-0343. 

DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST.  Arrowhead 
Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Comer  Rox- 
boroRd.  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)477-8430.  Member 
NC  B&B  Association. 


LONDON:  My  delightful  studio  apartment  neat 
Marble  Arch  is  available  for  short  or  long  term  rental. 
Elisabeth  J.  fox,  M.D.,  901  Greenwood  Road,  Chapel 
Hill,  NC  27514.  (919)  929-3194. 

BEAUTIFUL  MOUNTAIN  CHALET  on  Mt. 
Mitchell  Golf  Course,  Bumsville,  NC.  Weekly  or 
monthly,  completely  furnished.  4  Bedrooms,  2  Baths. 
Call  evenings  (305)  586-7309  for  rates. 


ADDICTED  TO  CIGARETTES?  Order  QuitSmart 
manual  and  Self-Hypnosis  cassette  by  Dr.  Robert 
Shipley,  Director,  Duke  Quit  Smoking  Clinic.  (See 
article  Jan.-Feb.  Duke  Magazine.)  Send  $12 .95 :  JB  Press, 
P.O.  Box  4843-D,  Duke  Station,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75 ,000  POTENTIAL  buyers, 
renters,  consumers  through  Duke's  Classifieds,  for  one- 
time insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50  for  each 
additional  word.  10-word  minimum.  Telephone  num- 
bers count  as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  DISPLAY 
RATES  are  $100  per  column  inch  (2  1/2  x  1).  10%  DIS- 
COUNT for  multiple  insertions. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed; 
no  telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to:  Duke 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  April  1  (May-June  issue),  June  1  (July- 
August),  August  1  (September-October),  October  1 
(November-December),  December  1  (January-February), 
January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the  issue  in 
which  yout  ad  should  appear. 


29 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


DUKE'S 
VISION 


The  annual  meeting  of  the  Durham 
County  Alumni  Association  was 
attended  by  150  former  students.  Pro- 
fessor R.  L.  Flowers  A.M.  '04  spoke  on  the 
interesting  developments  in  connection 
with  the  building  program.  Many  lantern 
slides  of  the  old  Trinity  College,  of  the  pre- 
sent Duke  University,  and  of  the  university 
and  coordinate  institution  for  women  which 
is  to  be,  were  shown  and  explained. 

In  beginning  his  speech,  Mr.  Flowers  re- 
counted the  last  conversation  he  ever  had 
with  James  B.  Duke,  creative  genius  of  the 
university. 

"Mr.  Duke  told  me,"  Mr.  Flowers  said,  "that 
he  realized  a  magnificent  plant  would  not 
alone  make  the  great  institution  he  dreamed 
of.  'I  charge  you  and  those  others  in  authority 
to  go  all  over  the  country  and  get  men  of 
character,  men  of  personality,  men  with  the 


gasBSiffla 


qualities  of  leadership— the  biggest  that  are 
to  be  had— and  install  them  in  Duke  Univer- 
sity. And  the  measure  in  which  you  succeed 
in  doing  this,  will  determine  solely  whether 
I  have  spent  my  money  well,  or  whether  I 
have  merely  wasted  it,'  were  Mr.  Duke's  words. 
And  let  me  tell  you  that  right  now,  President 
Few  is  out  of  the  city,  in  Chicago  at  the 
moment,  going  over  the  country  looking  for 
men,  and  only  such  men  as  Mr.  Duke  had  in 
mind.— March  1926 


ON  MAY  PAY 

The  sixteenth  annual  observance  of 
May  Day  by  students  of  the  Woman's 
College  of  Duke  University  attracted 
hundreds  of  alumnae,  parents  of  students, 
and  other  friends  of  the  institution  to  the 
local  campus  on  Saturday,  May  2.  The  day 
was  crowded  with  colorful  pageantry,  good 
fellowship,  and  festive  merriment. 

Miss  Inez  Abernathy,  of  Durham,  was 
crowned  Queen  of  May,  and  she  reigned  over 
the  pageant  presented  by  women  students 


before  an  outdoor  audience  of  more  than  a 
thousand  persons .  A  number  of  former  Duke 
May  Queens  were  guests  of  honor  for  the 
pageant  and  for  other  events  of  the  day. 

A  portrait  of  Dean  Alice  M.  Baldwin,  of 
the  Woman's  College,  was  unveiled  and  pre- 
sented to  the  university.  A  reception  was 
given  by  the  faculty  of  the  Woman's  College 
in  honor  of  visiting  parents,  and  special  meet- 
ings of  alumnae  committees  were  held. 

The  concluding  event  of  the  day  was  the 
Duke  Players'  annual  May  Day  play,  given  in 
Page  Auditorium.  The  production  was  at- 
tended by  a  large  number  of  visiting  parents 
and  friends. 

Among  those  taking  prominent  parts  in 
the  various  events  of  the  day  were:  Miss  Olive 
Faucette,  Durham;  Mrs.  H.R.  Weeks,  Dur- 
ham; Miss  Maude  McCracken,  Durham; 
Mrs.  R.S.  Rankin,  Durham;  Mrs.  John  D. 
Medlin,  Maxton,  former  Duke  May  Queens  — 
May  1936 


The  calm  before 
the  storm:  It  was 
1966,  and  cam- 
pus activism  focusing 


on  civil  rights  and  the 
Vietnam  War  was 
another  two  years 
away.  For  these  stu- 


dents at  the  Woman's 
College,  the  order  of 
the  day  was  Peter  Pan 
collars,  knee  socks, 


penny  loafers,  and  the 
all-important  auto- 
graph hound. 


CAPTURING  THE 
CROWN 

The  fighting  Blue  Devils  sit  on  top  of 
the  1946  Southern  Conference  bas- 
ketball heap.  Going  into  the  annual 
Raleigh  tournament  the  second  ceded  [sic] 
team  and  given  little  chance  of  taking  the 
diadem  away  from  Carolina's  White  Phan- 
toms, Coach  Gerry  Gerrard's  Duke  men 
battled  hard  all  the  way  and  brought  back  to 
Durham  their  fourth  conference  crown  in 
seven  years. 

Duke  was  all  but  eliminated  in  the  first 
round  when  they  came  from  behind  in  the 
closing  minutes  of  play  to  tie  North-Carolina 
State  and  then  go  on  to  defeat  the  surpris- 
ingly strong  Red  Terrors  in  an  overtime 
period,  44-38.  In  the  semi-finals,  played  the 
following  night,  Duke  overcame  a  stubborn 
V.P.I,  team  to  win  again  by  the  same  score, 
44-38. 

The  final  round  went  to  the  Blue  Devils 
with  comparative  ease.  Duke  pulled  ahead 
early  in  the  game,  led  by  a  big  margin  at  half- 
time,  and  went  on  to  win,  49-30.  It  was  the 
seventh  straight  year  that  Duke  had  been  a 
finalist  in  the  tournament. 

Three  Blue  Devils  won  All-Conference 
first-team  honors  with  sterling  play  through- 
out the  tourney.  Ed  Koffenberger,  the  tourna- 
ment's high  scorer  with  40  points,  was  a  un- 


animous  choice  for  the  center  position. 
Bubber  Seward,  AllTourney  in  1943,  repeated 
at  a  forward  spot,  and  Dick  Whiting  was 
named  at  guard.— March  1946 


PROSPERITY 


This  year's  Engineers'  Show,  featuring 
displays  of  mechanical  and  electronic 
devices  developed  for  everyday  living, 
also  pointed  out  why  the  demand  for  engi- 
neers is  increasing.  With  new  inventions 
and  refinements  of  older  ones,  sustaining  in 
large  part  the  nation's  prosperity,  there  has 
risen  a  corresponding  need  for  engineers. 

The  theme  of  the  show,  held  in  March, 
was  "Engineering:  Blueprint  for  Prosperity," 
and  it  placed  emphasis  on  the  fact  that  most 
of  the  devices  used  in  leisure  time  may  be 
traced  directly  through  the  drafting  board  to 
the  mind  of  the  engineer.  It  also  stressed  that 
machines  that  take  the  strain  out  of  heavy 
work,  processes  that  open  up  vast  new  indus- 
tries, and  techniques  which  provide  more 
economical  and  efficient  operation  may  be 
traced  indirectly  to  the  engineer. 

The  abundance  of  engineering  applica- 
tions exhibited  at  the  show  is  not  the  only 
indication  of  why  there  is  an  increased 
demand  for  engineers,  according  to  Associ- 
ate Professor  Edward  K.  Kraybill,  assistant  to 
the  dean  of  engineering.  Among  other  rea- 
sons are  automation  and  defense  or  arma- 
ment projects  such  as  rockets  and  guided 
missiles. 

Another  important  engineering  field  that 
is  feeling  the  dearth  of  engineers  is  the  teach- 
ing profession,  Professor  Kraybill  asserts. 

"Too  many  engineers  enter  industry  immedi- 
ately upon  graduation  and  not  enough  enter 
the  graduate  schools,"  he  said.  "We  need 
young  men  who  have  finished  graduate  study 
to  take  the  place  of  those  professors  of  engi- 
neering who  are  constantly  retiring.— April 
1956 


RATING  THE 


One  of  the  best  selling  items  on  cam- 
pus this  semester  was  the  "Student 
Government  Teacher-Course  Evalu- 
ation" financed  by  the  Men's  Student  Govern- 
ment Association.  Twelve  hundred  copies 
were  printed  and  priced  at  seventy-five  cents 
each.  All  of  them  were  sold  on  the  first  day  of 
issue. 

The  evaluation,  which  this  year  included 
only  the  arts  and  sciences,  was  compiled  from 
results  obtained  on  poll  sheets  sent  to  1800 
randomly  selected  students  in  Trinity  Col- 


BUS  WARS 


rom  the  fall  of 
'49:  Revolt  flared 
on  Duke's  cam- 
puses—men's and 
women's -and  refused 
to  be  quenched  by  a 
stretch  of  bad  weather 
and  a  lack  of  immediate 
results.  In  what  the 
Chronicle  hailed  as 
"the  first  large-scale 
show  of  student  spirit 
pre-war  years," 


students  protested  a 
decision  by  Duke 
Power  Company  to  hike 
its  inter-campus  bus 
fare  by  66  percent. 
Duke  Power  had 
raised  its  rates  the  pre- 
vious summer  in  an 
effort  to  take  itself  out 
of  the  red.  For  Duke 
students,  the  hike  was 
from  a  nickel  to  8.3 
cents  per  trip.  Chronicle 


columnist  Art  Steuer 
proposed  a  mid- 
October  "Shoe-Leather 
Day"— extended  to  a 
week— in  protest.  From 
one  campus  to  the 
other,  "posters,  floaters, 
and  sandwich-sign  clad 
pickets"  heralded  the 
occasion. 

Several  days  into  the 
protest,  reported  the 
student  paper,  "buses 


continued  to  roll  empty 
through  the  two  cam- 
puses, while  student 
and  faculty  cars  were 
joined  by  Durham 
merchants'  trucks  in  an 
efficient  East-West  car- 
lift  that  began  to  look 
like  a  permanent 


lege  and  the  Woman's  College.  Seventy- 
seven  percent  of  the  sheets  were  returned.  As 
described  in  the  report,  "A  reputable  senior 
major  was  selected  to  write  up  with  the  help 
of  other  selected  seniors  the  results  for  each 
department  into  paragraph  form.  These 
written  evaluations,  after  editing  as  to  form 
and  relevance  by  an  Editorial  Board  and  a 
brief  perusal  by  the  Faculty  Advisory  Board, 
were  then  published." 

It  might  be  expected  that  an  evaluation 
produced  by  committee  would  lose  much  of 
its  pungency.  This  was  not  the  case,  however. 
As  one  professor  who  dropped  by  this  office 
said,  "Some  of  us  came  away  bloodied."  She 
did  not  mention  anything  about  being  bowed 
or  unbowed. 

Actually,  a  glance  through  the  report  reveals 
that  care  seems  to  have  been  exercised  in  an 


effort  to  be  completely  fair  to  all  teachers 
being  evaluated.  Not  everyone,  of  course, 
feels  that  the  evaluations  are  valid  judg- 
ments of  a  professor's  teaching  competence. 
Nevertheless,  James  Frenzel,  editor-in- 
chief  of  the  evaluation,  served  as  chairman 
of  an  MSGA  committee  which  selected  the 
university's  most  outstanding  teachers.  The 
selections  were  based  on  opinions  expressed 
through  the  evaluation  survey.  Receiving  the 
honor  were:  Professor  Irving  E.  Alexander, 
psychology;  Assistant  Professor  James  F. 
Bonk,  chemistry;  Professor  John  M.  Fein, 
Romance  languages;  Assistant  Professor  J. 
Woodyard  Howard  Jr.,  political  science;  Pro- 
fessor John  S.  McGee,  economics;  Professor 
Harold  T  Parker,  history;  and  Associate  Pro- 
fessor George  W  Williams,  English.— April 
1966 


TO  TEACH  IS 
TO  LEARN 


BY  CAROLINE  BRUZELIUS 
Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

I  never  expected  to  become  a  teacher.  In 
fact,  of  the  many  occupations  I  con- 
sidered as  an  undergraduate  in  college, 
teaching  was  one  of  the  few  possibilities  that 
never  occurred  to  me. 

But  what  did  occur  was  that  I  wandered 
into  a  course  on  medieval  architecture  and 
was  transfixed.  I  realized  that  studying  old 
buildings  was  what  I  wanted  to  do  above  all 
else,  though  even  then  I  don't  think  I  fully 
realized  that  to  continue  my  studies  in  medi- 
eval architecture  would  eventually  mean 
teaching  it.  I  just  went  to  graduate  school 
thinking  about  buildings,  and  emerged  think- 
ing about  them  even  more. 

The  way  I  teach  is  partly  in  response  to  my 
own  education,  which,  as  my  family  moved 
frequently  between  a  variety  of  countries, 
was  chaotic.  Most  of  my  schools  were  very 
formal  and  old-fashioned  (as  a  5-year-old  in 
one  school  in  Brazil,  for  example,  I  received 
a  62  in  embroidery,  a  required  course  for 
young  ladies).  I  lived  in  great  fear  of  my 
teachers.  There  was  always  a  right  way  and  a 
wrong  way  to  do  things,  and  whatever  I  had 
learned  in  the  school  before  was  always  the 
wrong  way. 

As  a  teacher,  I  think  I  still  react  to  my  early 
education.  I  try  to  terrify  my  students  as  little 
as  possible.  I  want  there  to  be  dialogue  and 
discussion,  and  I  like  to  consider  a  topic  from 
as  many  points  of  view  as  possible.  Above  all, 
I  try  to  convey  to  my  students  some  sense  of 
the  excitement  of  scholarship  and  the  pro- 
cess of  discovery.  In  my  seminars,  where  dis- 
cussion is  an  especially  important  element,  I 
often  use  the  metaphor  that  I  am  the  con- 
ductor and  that  they  are  the  orchestra— the 
"music"  may  be  chosen  by  me,  but  they  play 
the  instruments.  A  seminar  cannot  be  a  suc- 
cess unless  it  is  understood  from  the  onset 
that  all  who  are  there  must  participate. 

If  musicians  will  forgive  me,  I  would  like  to 
continue  the  analogy.  Preparing  a  class  is  like 
composing  a  piece  of  music.  I  think  about 
the  main  themes,  how  to  expand  them  while 
also  providing  variety  and  interest,  and  also 
about  the  beginning,  the  ending,  and  the 
middle  of  a  class. 

Under  the  best  of  circumstances,  prepar- 
ing a  class  is  a  chance  to  rethink  the  litera- 


ture on  a  subject  and  to  weigh  the  various 
arguments  and  theories.  I  may  look  at  old 
notes,  but  I  never  re-use  them  because  I 
never  approach  a  subject  the  same  way  two 
years  in  a  row.  Too  much  happens  in  the  inter- 
val, not  only  in  the  literature  in  the  field,  but 
also  in  my  own  head.  I've  been  greatly  in- 
fluenced by  an  article  I  read  somewhere 
about  the  great  art  historian  Meyer  Schapiro, 
who  said  something  to  the  effect  that  the 
preparation  of  a  class  was  always  an  opportu- 
nity to  learn  more  about  oneself  than  about 
a  subject.  The  advantage  of  this  approach  is 
that  teaching  never  becomes  stale. 

Asking  questions  is  one  of  the  most  import- 
ant aspects  of  my  classes.  Questions  from  a 
teacher  transform  a  classroom  from  a  passive 
to  an  active  state.  But  the  character  of  the 
question  is  immensely  important.  I  rarely  ask 
questions  searching  for  facts — these  they  can 
find  in  their  reading.  The  questions  try  to  ex- 
pand the  possible  interpretations  of  the 
material,  or  examine  the  coherence  and  logic 
of  traditional  points  of  view.  Students  some- 
how have  the  idea  that  what  they  learn  in 
school  is  a  neatly  packaged  "body  of  knowl- 
edge" which  was  established  long  ago  and  is 
immutable.  I  don't  know  of  any  field  in  which 
this  is  so.  Rather,  this  so-called  "body  of 
knowledge"  is  a  constantly  changing  amoeba- 
like entity;  we  are  always  making  new  dis- 
coveries, finding  new  ways  to  analyze  and 
interpret  the  evidence,  and  discarding  old 
ideas.  What  is  exciting  for  me  as  a  scholar 
and  as  a  teacher  are  the  borders  of  what  we 
know,  and  the  ways  in  which  we  can  expand 
those  borders,  often  by  looking  at  a  finite 
amount  of  evidence  in  a  new  way. 

Insofar  as  possible,  I  try  to  transfer  the 
excitement  of  scholarship— and  the  uncer- 
tainty of  "knowledge— into  the  classroom. 
One  of  the  best  ways  to  do  this  is  to  present 
the  students  with  disagreements  in  literature 
(given  the  character  of  scholars,  these  are 
not  hard  to  find)  and  examine  the  arguments 
and  the  evidence  in  the  classroom.  I  con- 
sider a  class  to  have  been  a  success  when 


among  other  things  I  have  learned  something 
from  my  students. 

I  had  the  good  fortune  to  take  a  course  on 
teaching  small  classes  while  I  was  a  Mellon 
Fellow  at  Harvard.  This  course  was  a  revela- 
tion to  me:  It  made  me  aware,  for  one  thing, 
of  the  innumerable  unconscious  signals  a 
teacher  sends  students,  signals  which  can 
determine  the  outcome  of  the  course.  One  of 
the  points  stressed  was  the  importance  of  the 
first  few  minutes  of  the  first  class  of  a  semester 
in  setting  out  the  implied  contract  between 
student  and  teacher. 

The  tone  of  the  class,  the  mutual  expecta- 
tions, the  level  of  active  versus  passive  parti- 
cipation are  all  well  established  in  those  first 
few  minutes,  and  become  a  fixed  quantity  for 
the  rest  of  the  semester.  Students  have  a  right 
to  know,  from  the  very  start,  what  they  are 
"in  for"  in  a  particular  class,  and  should  have 
the  option  of  finding  something  that  suits 
them  better  if  a  teacher's  style,  or  the  expecta- 
tions and  requirements  of  a  class,  are  not 
what  they  want. 

It  is  hard  to  be  a  good  teacher.  There  aren't 
really  enough  hours  in  the  day,  and  although 
teaching  and  research  are  vital  to  each  other, 
it  somehow  seems  impossible  to  give  them 
equal  time  once  the  semester  begins.  Sum- 
mers are  therefore  devoted  to  catching  one's 
breath  and  to  catching  up  with  one's  own  re- 
search; both  provide  the  fuel  for  the  energy 
that  goes  into  teaching  and  the  reshaping  of 
classes  and  lectures  the  following  year. 

I  am  still  somewhat  astonished  that  I  was 
given  the  Distinguished  Teaching  Award. 
When  I  think  of  some  of  the  disastrous  classes 
I  have  taught,  and  the  immense  .pleasure  I 
have  had  in  listening  to  the  lectures  of  some 
of  my  colleagues  here  at  Duke,  it  seems  there 
are  many  far  more  worthy  candidates,  a  num- 
ber of  whom  are  in  my  own  department.  One 
of  the  best  things  teachers  can  do  is  talk  to 
each  other  about  teaching,  and  luckily,  since 
I  am  married  to  a  teacher,  I  can  do  this  at 
home  as  well  as  at  school.  This  is  a  wonderful 
profession:  As  a  teacher,  one  is  a  perpetual 
"learner,"  not  only  in  one's  field  of  research, 
but  also  in  the  teaching  of  that  field.  This  is 
one  of  the  few  occupations  I  can  think  of  in 
which  one  is  constantly  concerned  with 
ideas,  and  I  can't  think  of  anything  more 
exciting  than  that.  ■ 


Bruzehus  received  the  General  Alumni  Association's 
Distinguished  Teaching  Award  in  1985.  She  is  on  a 
year-long  research  leave  in  Italy. 


32 


duke  direction; 


A  NEW  PRESENCE 


Saint  Paul  was  not  exactly 
encouraging:  "The  women 
should  keep  silence  in  the 
churches.  For  they  are  not 
permitted  to  speak,  but 
should  be  subordinate,  even 
as  the  law  says.  If  there  is 
anything  they  desire  to  know, 
let  them  ask  their  husbands  at  home."  (I 
Corinthians  14:34-35) 

The  scriptural  admonition  is  enough  to 
rankle  even  the  most  lukewarm  among  liber- 
ated women  who  have  now  taken  their  places 
alongside  men  in  almost  every  professional 
school  in  the  country.  Needless  to  say,  the 
women  in  Duke's  divinity  school  haven't  al- 
lowed Saint  Paul  the  last  word. 

"The  church  has  a  lot  of  catching  up  to  do," 
says  Jane  Tillman,  a  first-year  student  in  the 
Master  of  Divinity  program.  "I  think  men 
have  a  tendency  to  speak  with  the  authority 
of  God.  Women  struggle  with  that.  We  have 
to  look  for  our  empowerment  more  symboli- 
cally from  the  Bible— not  directly  from  the 
historical  figures.  I  think,  as  a  result,  women 
bring  something  really  unique  to  the  minis- 
try—a different  kind  of  power,  a  different  sort 
of  spirituality." 

Women  are  a  new  presence  to  be  reckoned 
with  in  the  ministries  of  the  church.  This 
academic  year,  women  represent  34  percent 
of  the  student  population  pursuing  one  of 
the  three  professional  seminary  degrees 
offered  at  the  sixty-year-old  Duke  Divinity 
School— a  school  whose  primary  mission  has 
always  been  "to  prepare  persons  for  ordina- 
tion or  lay  professional  vocations  in  the 
church."  According  to  Dean  Dennis  M. 
Campbell  '67,  Ph.D.  73,  the  majority  of 
women  who  graduate  from  the  divinity  school 
are  now  choosing  to  be  ordained  as  Protes- 
tant ministers. 

It  hasn't  always  been  so.  Just  ten  years  ago, 
the  idea  of  ordaining  women  as  priests  in  the 
U.S.  Episcopal  Church  threatened  to  split 
the  denomination  apart.  For  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  the  former  United 
Presbyterian  Church-USA,  this  year  marks 
the  end  of  only  the  second  decade  in  which 
women  have  been  approved  for  ordination. 
Just  three  of  the  twelve  mainline  Protestant 
denominations  in  the  country— the  Disciples 


BREAKING 
DOWN  BARRIERS 

BY  GEORGANN  EUBANKS 


Theological  education 

has  been  enriched  by  the 

leadership  that  is  coming 

from  women. 


Sunday-services  sendoff:  Assistant  Minister  Nancy 
Ferree  and  the  Duke  Chapel  congregation 

of  Christ,  the  United  Church  of  Christ,  and 
the  Unitarian  Church— authorized  the  ordi- 
nation of  women  much  earlier,  in  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century. 

Still,  as  late  as  1973,  there  were  only  about 
6,000  female  ministers  in  the  country— a 
number  which  has  more  than  doubled  in  the 
last  dozen  years.  Today,  women  represent  5 
percent  of  all  clergy.  The  United  Methodist 


Church,  with  which  Duke  is  most  closely 
affiliated,  now  leads  all  other  denominations 
with  about  1,500  ordained  women,  and  three 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church's  forty-six 
current  bishops  are  female. 

This  national  movement  seems  irreversi- 
ble, but  the  phenomenon  of  women-as- 
ministers  has  presented  a  number  of  unique 
challenges  to  the  church  and  to  the  schools 
that  train  its  future  leaders.  Besides  defying 
the  ancient  church  canons  built  upon  such 
scriptural  passages  as  the  one  from  Saint 
Paul,  women— simply  by  their  presence  in 
the  pulpit— cannot  help  but  present  a  new 
vision,  an  altered  image  of  religious  authority. 
Even  the  language  used  to  speak  of  God, 
which  for  years  nearly  excluded  an  entire 
gender,  is  being  reevaluated.  Some  predic- 
tions about  the  clergywomen's  movement 
are  revolutionary.  Chicago  Divinity  School 
theologian  Rebecca  Chopp  said  in  a  1984 
interview  with  U.S.  News  and  World  Report 
that  "by  the  year  2000,  the  majority  of  clergy 
may  be  women." 

Says  Dean  Campbell:  "We  have  been  tre- 
mendously enriched  as  a  school,  and  I  think 
theological  education  as  a  whole  has  been 
enriched  by  the  leadership  that  is  coming 
from  women.  It's  just  too  early  to  predict 
what  ultimate  impact  women  in  the  ministry 
may  have  upon  the  church  as  an  institution." 
It  may  be  difficult  to  measure  or  precisely 
define  any  difference  in  what  ministers  often 
call  "the  gifts  and  graces"  brought  by  the  new 
women  of  the  cloth.  Among  many  of  the 
female  students  and  recent  graduates  of  the 
Duke  Divinity  School,  though,  there  is  tre- 
mendous excitement  about  being  pioneers 
in  uncharted  territory. 

Nancy  Reynolds  Pagano  M.Div.'79, 
Th.M.  '81  was  the  first  female  priest  to  be 
ordained  by  an  Episcopal  bishop  in  the  North 
Carolina  diocese.  She  is  an  associate  at  The 
Chapel  of  the  Cross  in  Chapel  Hill.  "It's  hard 
to  put  a  finger  on  what's  special  about  women 
as  ministers,  but  I'll  tell  you  what  people 
have  told  me,"  she  says.  "Women  have  come 
up  to  me  with  tears  in  their  eyes  after  a  ser- 
vice, saying  it's  important  for  me  to  be  up 
there  because  it  validates  them.  Not  that 
they  want  to  be  priests,  but  because  it's  a  holy 
place  and  the  church  is  dealing  with  life  and 


33 


death  issues,  it  means  something  to  them  to 
see  me  there.  Mothers  tell  me  their  little  girls 
will  never  have  any  doubt  that  they  can  be 
priests  or  anything  else  they  want  to  be.  Of 
course,  there  are  a  few  people  in  this  parish 
who  believe  I  cannot  be  a  priest  on  strictly 
theological  grounds,  and  they  do  not  receive 
communion  when  I  am  the  celebrant." 

Her  grandfather  had  been  a  minister,  but 
Pagano's  father— a  physician— discouraged 
her  from  pursuing  any  "male"  career.  "At  first 
I  thought  I  wanted  to  be  a  doctor,"  Pagano 
says.  "I  always  identified  with  my  father  be- 
cause he  was  the  strong  one  in  the  family.  He 
did  the  interesting  things.  But  when  he  told 
me  I  couldn't  be  a  doctor,  it  sort  of  meant  I 
couldn't  do  what  any  man  did." 

Though  she  had  been  the  best  student  in 
her  philosophy  classes  in  college,  Pagano  was 
once  again  discouraged  by  a  professor  who 
felt  the  discipline  was  inappropriate  for  a 
woman.  As  a  result,  the  call  to  ministry  came 
in  her  late  30s— after  Pagano  had  married  and 
started  a  family.  She  entered  Duke  Divinity 
School  shortly  after  the  Episcopal  Church 
finally  resolved  its  bitter  dispute  in  favor  of 
ordination  for  women. 

Susan  Pendleton  Jones  M.Div.  '83  was  raised 
a  Southern  Baptist,  always  thinking  she 
wanted  to  go  into  church-related  work.  But 
the  idea  of  ordained  ministry  seemed  out  of 
the  question  since  she  had  no  female  role 
models  in  her  early  church  experience.  (The 


"People  were  used  to  a 

large  presence  in  the 
pulpit,  a  booming  voice, 

and  instead  they  got  a 
five-foot-four,  100-pound 
person  who  they  couldn't 
imagine  would  be  able  to 

sound  authoritative." 


most  recent  Southern  Baptist  Convention 
did  not  support  ordination  for  women,  though 
individual  churches  are  free  to  call  women  to 
service  if  they  choose.)  Jones  went  to  a 
Methodist  college— Virginia  Wesleyan— and 
was  delighted  to  discover  women  there  who 
were  considering  seminary.  She  received  her 
M.Div.  magna  cum  laude  from  Duke,  was 
ordained  by  the  United  Methodist  Church, 
and  now  serves  as  associate  pastor  of  Trinity- 
one  of  the  largest  United  Methodist  churches 
in  Durham.  Her  husband,  Greg,  also  an 
ordained  minister,  is  a  Ph.D.  candidate  in 
religion  at  Duke. 


"I  feel  like  women  ministers  are  one  of  the 
strongest  hopes  that  the  church  has  for  the 
future,"  Jones  says.  "Women,  I  think,  just 
because  of  their  breeding,  because  of  what 
society  has  told  them  to  be  like,  tend  to  look 
at  those  around  them  and  size  up  what  the 
needs  are,  size  up  what's  happening  around 
them,  and  try  to  respond  to  those  needs  in  a 
nurturing,  kind  of  shepherding  way  that  is 
sometimes  lacking  in  men." 

Jones  hasn't  run  up  against  any  particular 
barriers  to  being  accepted  as  a  female  minis- 
ter, but  she  says  the  first  time  she  ever  preached 
a  sermon,  some  people  came  through  the 
receiving  line  at  the  end  of  the  service  say- 
ing: "You  did  it!  You  really  did  it!"  As  she  puts 
it,  "People  were  used  to  a  large  presence  in 
the  pulpit,  a  booming  voice,  and  instead 
they  got  a  five-foot-four,  100-pound  person 
who  they  couldn't  imagine  would  be  able  to 
sound  authoritative." 

Julia  Webb  Bowden,  now  in  her  final  year 
at  Duke  Divinity  School  and  another  mem- 
ber of  a  "clergy  couple,"  suggests  that  "the  way 
women  use  imagery  and  the  way  women 
preach  and  proclaim  the  Gospel  is  just  differ- 
ent." Bowden  says  her  field  placement 
experience— one  of  the  required  components 
of  Duke's  M.Div.  program— gave  me  the 
greatest  vision  of  myself  as  a  woman  and  of 
myself  as  a  minister."  She  served  as  chaplain 
in  Durham's  Oldham  Towers,  a  housing  proj- 
ect for  the  elderly.  "I  was  very  hesitant,"  she 


New  Books  from  Duke  University  Press 


Literature  and  Liminality 

Festive  Readings  in  the  Hispanic  Tradition 
Gustavo  Perez  Firmat 
Associate  Professor  of 
Romance  Languages,  Duke 

"Perez  writes  sparklingly,  with  full  com- 
mand of  the  English  language  (the  kind 
of  sparkle  we  find  in  a  latecomer  to  the 
language,  like  Nabokov),  and  with  a 
voracious  delight  in  its  ambiguities  and 
traps.  He  deals  with  a  fascinating  concept 
that  has  been  more  the  property  of  soci- 
ologists and  anthropologists,  and  he 
appropriates  it  daringly  into  the  realm 
of  literary  criticism.  " — John  Kronik, 
Cornell 
zo8  pages,  $27.50 


Professional  Ethics  and 
Primary  Care  Medicine 

Beyond  Dilemmas  and  Decorum 
Harmon  L.  Smith 

Professor  of  Moral  Theology  and  Professor 
of  Community  and  Family  Medicine,  Duke 
Larry  R.  Churchill 

Associate  Professor  of  Social  and  Adminis- 
trative Medicine  and  Associate  Professor  of 
Religious  Studies,  UNC-CH 


Duke  University  Press 

6697  College  Station    Durham,  NC  27708 


"Engages  the  issues  at  the  'front  line'  in 
primary  care  medicine,  and  it  does  so  with 
clarity,  sensitivity,  and  eminent  good  sense. 
This  is  a  book  not  to  be  missed  by  students, 
practitioners,  and  the  general  public." 
— Edmund  D.  Pellegrino,  M.D., 
Georgetown 
118  pages,  $9.95  (paperback) 


Court  and  Family  in  Sung  China, 
960-1279 

Bureaucratic  Success  and  Kinship  Fortunes 

for  the  Shih  of  Ming-chou 

Richard  L.  Davis 

Assistant  Professor  of  History,  Duke 

A  history  of  the  politically  prominent  family 
that  produced  the  high  officials  that  domi- 
nated the  Sung  court  for  the  first  half  of 
the  thirteenth  century,  thereby  revealing  as 
much  about  court  intrigue  and  political 
change  as  it  does  about  family  history. 
352  pages,  $37.50 

Coffee  and  Conflict  in  Colombia, 
1886-1910 

Charles  W  Bergquist 

Professor  of  History  and  Director,  Center  for 

International  Studies,  Duke 

"Soundly  researched,  clearly  written;  one 
of  the  few  truly  original  contributions 
to  Colombian  history  in  our  times,  and  a 
book  of  fundamental  import  for  modern 
Latin  American  history." — Hispanic 
American  Historical  Review 
277  pages.  Now  in  paperback,  $12.95 


says.  "I  thought  I  was  going  to  have  to  do 
battle  all  summer  with  these  older  people 
who  would  have  no  concept  of  what  I  was 
doing  there  as  a  minister.  And  I  was  wrong, 
and  it  was  glorious!"  Her  congregation,  as  it 
turned  out,  was  mostly  female.  "I  saw  the  fact 
that  women  outlive  men,  and  I  received  an 
affirmation  from  those  women— old  and  wise 
women— that  was  probably  the  single  most 
important  event  for  me  in  my  work  here." 

"Institutions  change  very  slowly  and  against 
their  will,"  says  Jeanette  Stokes  M.Div.  77,  an 
ordained  Presbyterian  minister.  Stokes  was 
the  second  woman  to  be  appointed  coordi- 
nator for  The  Women's  Center— an  adminis- 
tration-funded, student-run  organization 
that  has  provided  counseling  services,  edu- 
cational workshops,  courses,  and  forums 
since  1974.  And  she's  served  as  principal 
advocate  for  the  special  needs  and  concerns 
of  women  in  the  divinity  school. 

From  her  experience  at  Duke,  Stokes  recog- 
nizes the  need  for  those  same  kinds  of  sup- 
port services  for  clergywomen  beyond  their 
seminary  years.  She  created  and  now  runs 
her  own  ecumenical  project,  The  Resource 
Center  for  Women  and  Ministry  in  the  South, 
Incorporated.  The  eight-year-old  center  is  a 
non-profit  organization  working  with  "women 
who  are  in  or  entering  the  ministry,  and 
people  who  are  trying  to  make  the  church 
more  sensitive  to  the  concerns  of  women  and 
issues  of  justice  at  large,"  Stokes  says.  "We  try 
to  offer  new  models  of  spirituality  to  those 
women  and  men  who  got  angry  with  the 
church  at  some  point  over  issues  like  racism 
and  sexism." 

Stokes'  group,  headquartered  in  Greens- 
boro, North  Carolina,  offers  several  confer- 
ences and  workshops  every  year,  publishes  a 
newsletter,  and,  she  estimates,  "makes  per- 
sonal contact  with  about  200  clergywomen 
per  year  in  the  region."  The  resource  center  is 
funded  through  grants  from  various  churches, 
fundraisers,  and  most  recently,  a  $10,000 
operating  grant  from  the  Z.  Smith  Reynolds 
Foundation.  Stokes  herself  is  on  the  governing 
board  of  the  National  Council  of  Churches 
and  travels  widely— keeping  in  touch  with 
other  clergywomen  and  preaching  at  univer- 
sities and  colleges. 

Says  Stokes:  "Women  are  involved  in  this 
whole  reclaiming  process  which,  I  think, 
brings  a  new  meaning  and  value  to  religion. 
A  lot  of  people  are  still  hanging  on  to  reli- 
gion in  an  adolescent  way.  They've  never 
really  owned  the  faith  themselves,  and  their 
attitudes  toward  the  church  are  much  more 
superstitious  than  we  like  to  think.  Having 
women  and  blacks  and  ethnics— a  diversity 
of  people  in  leadership  positions  in  the 
church— will  allow  a  new  kind  of  spirituality 
to  form,  not  just  the  well-to-do,  white,  male, 
married  Northern  European  models  we're 
used  to.  The  presence  of  this  diversity  opens 
the  door  for  us  to  learn  how  to  negotiate  with 


ranks  of  the  female  rabbis  are 
still  slender,  says  Trinity  senior 
Susie  Heneson.  This  summer, 
she  begins  a  five-year  program 
at  the  Hebrew  Union  College- 
Jewish  Institute  of  Religion, 
the  only  rabbinical  school  in 
the  country  for  Reformed 
Jews.  Seventy-three  women 
are  now  enrolled  in  the 
program.  Rabbinical  training 
for  women  in  the  Conserva- 
tive movement  began  less 
than  two  years  ago,  and  is  not 
available  within  the  Orthodox 


s  being 

marked  by  the  nation's  Jewish 
community— the  ordination 
of  the  first  female  rabbi. 
Although  more  women  are 
chool,  the 


"When  I  tell  people  I  want 
to  be  a  rabbi,  it's  an  automatic 
turnoff  or  a  curiosity," 
Heneson  told  the  Duke  stu- 
dent Chronicle.  "I  know  I'm 
not  doing  the  normal  thing. 
There  are  people  I'll  have  to 
win  over  before  they  respect 
me.  I  think  society  will  get 
used  to  it." 


Heneson  became  interested 
in  the  profession  in  high 
school,  when  she  visited 
Israel.  At  Duke,  she  devised 
her  own  major  in  Judaic 
Studies  with  the  guidance  of 
religion  professor  Eric  Meyers. 
This  year,  she's  an  intern  at 
Durham's  Judea  Reform 
Congregation  and  teaches 
seventh  graders  in  Hebrew 
school. 

She  will  spend  her  first  year 
of  rabbinical  training  studying 
Hebrew  in  Jerusalem,  con- 
tinuing her  studies  at  one  of 
the  three  U.S.  campuses  of  the 
Hebrew  Union  College-Jewish 
Institute  of  Religion. 

"To  help  people  learn  and 
be  more  excited  about  being 
Jewish  and  about  being  Jewish 
in  America  appeals  to  me," 
Heneson  told  The  Chronicle. 
"Dealing  with  people  appeals 


one  another,  to  new  images  of  God,  justice, 
and  the  world." 

While  these  kinds  of  ground-breaking  mini- 
stries have  begun  to  take  hold,  female  pastors 
have  yet  to  reach  the  salary  levels  of  their 
male  counterparts,  and  most  often,  they  find 
themselves  in  associate  roles  in  the  larger 
churches.  Joint  appointments  or  geographi- 
cally convenient  appointments  for  clergy 
couples— a  growing  phenomenon— are  also 
difficult  to  obtain.  Perhaps  most  significantly, 
women  are  still  under-represented  on  the 
faculties  of  some  divinity  schools.  Partly 
because  of  their  relatively  recent  acceptance 
to  the  field,  and  partly  because  many  women 
are  choosing  careers  directly  related  to  pas- 
toral ministry  rather  than  scholarship,  their 
progress  in  the  professoriate  has  been  slow. 

In  Duke's  divinity  school  administration, 
women  are  playing  a  bigger  role  than  ever 
before.  Since  Dennis  Campbell  was  appointed 
dean  in  1982,  three  women  have  assumed 
positions  of  leadership.  One  of  the  three, 
Paula  Gilbert  M.Div.  '77,  Ph.D.  '84,  is  direc- 
tor of  admissions  and  student  affairs.  Her 
position  not  only  provides  a  role  model  for 
women  entering  divinity  school,  but  also 
presents  Duke's  male  student  population  with 
a  "healthy  recognition"  of  how  women  can 
serve  as  leaders  in  the  church. 

"For  the  six  years  I've  been  here,"  says  Gil- 
bert, "and  for  two  years  before  that,  a  woman 
has  preached  at  the  first  service  of  worship 
during  orientation.  For  the  last  three  years,  a 
woman  has  also  served  communion  at  this 
service.  That's  a  very  powerful  statement— 
the  very  first  thing  that  hits  the  students 
when  they  enroll— and  I  think  that  makes  a 
difference." 

Still,  on  the  faculty  side,  there  are  only  two 
women  besides  Gilbert  who  teach  regularly 
in  the  divinity  school.  Neither  is  tenured. 
Mary  McClintock  Fulkerson  M.Div.  '83,  who 
is  finishing  her  Ph.D.  in  systematic  theology 


from  Vanderbilt,  teaches  two  courses  that 
specifically  address  the  issues  of  women, 
theology,  and  the  church;  and  Teresa  Berger, 
a  29-year-old  Roman  Catholic  from  Ger- 
many, is  a  visiting  professor.  Dean  Campbell 
says  he  hopes  to  be  able  to  remedy  this  short- 
age of  female  faculty  members  very  soon. 

In  the  long  run,  whether  they  end  up  in 
the  majority  or  not,  women  as  clergy  appear 
to  have  a  bright  future.  Nancy  Ferree  '75, 
assistant  minister  to  the  university,  who 
earned  her  divinity  degree  at  Yale,  suggests 
that  once  churches  have  had  women  as  pas- 
tors, they're  likely  to  stay  with  the  "new"  tra- 
dition. "When  I  left  my  first  appointment  [at 
a  United  Methodist  church  in  Asheville, 
North  Carolina],  they  began  looking  for 
another  woman,"  she  says.  "Women  embody 
so  much  about  the  Gospel  as  catalysts  for 
change.  An  integration  of  genuine  nurture, 
strength,  and  forcefulness  when  necessary— 
I  think  these  are  the  kinds  of  traits  women 
present  who  are  coming  into  the  ministry 
right  now,  because  they've  had  to  be  kind  of 
tough  to  make  their  entrance  in  the  first 
place." 

Julia  Webb  Bowden  agrees:  "The  liberating 
word  that  the  Gospel  offers,  the  fact  that  we 
are  created  equal,  that  we  are  good  and  are 
redeemed  and  freed,  that  is  what  the  presence 
of  women  alongside  men  offers— a  more 
complete  picture  of  what  the  Gospel  is  about. 
My  vision  is  for  a  time  when  women  are  in- 
cluded at  every  level  in  the  church.  When 
they  will  be  unique,  but  they  won't  be  unusual. 
When  women  will  feel,  without  any  doubt, 
that  they  belong,  that  they  are  worthy,  and 
when  they  are  no  longer  threatened,  then  I 
think  we'll  have  a  fuller  picture  of  what  we're 
being  called  to  proclaim."  ■ 

Eubanks  76,  a  regular  contributor  to  Duke 
Magazine,  is  a  free-lance  writer  living  in  Durham. 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


DEAR  OFFICE, 
Thursday 

I'm  on-Island  now.  A  Vinelander,  as 
the  locals  say.  And  who  wants  to 
argue  with  the  locals?  Better  to  envy 
them. 
Getting  here  was  a  transportation 
lover's  delight:  a  morning  flight  into 
a  sun-speckled  Boston;  a  taxi  trip  to 
a  predictably  gray  Greyhound  bus 
terminal;  a  leg-stretching  stroll  around  near- 
by Boston  Common,  with  time  enough  to 
spot  and  secure  some  cut-rate  turtlenecks;  a 
bus  trip  through  West  Wareham,  Wareham, 
and  East  Wareham,  over  to  Buzzards  Bay  and 
Bourne,  around  North  Falmouth  (with  no 
South  Falmouth  in  sight),  past  assorted 
shingled  summer  cottages,  mobile-home 
parks,  and  A&Ps,  out  to  the  port  of  Woods 
Hole;  a  look  at  the  Woods  Hole  research  ship 
that  looked  at  the  wreck  of  the  Titanic;  and  a 
seven-mile  ride  out  to  Martha's  Vineyard  on 
an  island  ferryboat,  a  pleasantly  lumbering 
thing  that  consumes  cars  below-deck  and 
carries  passengers  in  its  windy  upper  reaches. 
On  deck,  my  Duke  sweatshirt— you  know, 
the  one  subjected  to  endless  pain  and  suffer- 
ing on  the  tennis  court— announced  my  affi- 
liation. Two  fellow  passengers,  both  alum- 
nae of  Duke,  found  that  sweatshirt  a  natural 
attraction.  The  two  are  Eunice  Cronin 
Ph.D.  '55,  a  biology  professor  at  Belmont 
Abbey  College  in  North  Carolina,  and  Jane 
Kirk  '50,  a  Boston-based  fund-raiser  for  the 
national  YMCA.  We're  all  on  an  educational 
jaunt— Eunice  motivated  by  a  professional 
interest  in  the  natural  environment,  Jane 
inspired  by  a  campus-reunion  preview  by  one 
of  our  weekend  instructors.  As  for  me— well, 
dutifully  on  assignment  to  cover  the  Duke 
Alumni  College  Weekend.  That  weekend  is 
advertised  as  an  exploration  of  "Our  Resource- 
ful Earth:  Learning  to  Make  the  Most  of  It." 
As  classrooms  go,  Martha's  Vineyard 
promises  to  be  filled  with  pleasant  distrac- 
tions: We're  at  the  1891-vintage  Harbor 
View  Hotel  in  Edgartown.  Once  a  Colonial 
trading  and  whaling  port,  Edgartown  now 
caters  to  the  yachting  trade  and  to  summer- 
time tourists  who,  mercifully,  make  their 
36 


WISH  YOU  WERE  HERE 

BYROBERTJ.BLIW1SE 


Marthas  Vineyard  was 

the  unlikely  classroom 

setting  for  an  Alumni 

College  weekend. 


autumnal  journeys  to  other  parts.  The  hotel 
looks  out  on  Edgartown's  lighthouse,  an 
Island  landmark,  which  happens  to  be  in  the 
process  of  receiving  a  thorough  sandblast- 
ing. But  the  scene  is  serene,  with  pleasure 
boats  and  fishing  boats  floating  in  and  out  of 
view;  scrimshaw-laden  craft  shops  alluringly 
close  by;  and  surrounding  homes  touched  by 
seafaring  history,  touched  all  the  more  by 
years  of  punishment  from  the  natural  forces 
of  the  island. 


With  check-in  accomplished,  I  descended 
on  the  local  bike  shop  and  rented  an  old 
three-speeder— my  exploration  vehicle.  I 
succeeded  in  two  things:  pedaling  my  way 
along  a  quiet  roadway  to  a  quieter  beach  (this 
is  October,  after  all),  and  easing  my  conscience 
about  the  uninhibited  consumption  of  food 
that  I  knew  would  follow. 

The  first  event  on  the  official  agenda  was  a 
reception  and  dinner  for  the  thirty-four  parti- 
cipants, effervescently  orchestrated  by  Judith 
Ruderman.  You  on-campus  types  hardly  need 
to  be  reminded  that  Ruderman  is  director  of 
Duke's  Office  of  Continuing  Education;  here 
on  the  Island,  she  is  dean  for  the  weekend. 
And  she  brought  along  an  appropriately 
interdisciplinary  instructional  force:  Orrin 
Pilkey,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Geology, 
whose  fame  grows  all  the  more  as  our  coast- 
lines keep  receding  (check  out  his  book  The 
Beaches  Are  Moving);  Allen  Kelley,  James  B. 
Duke  Professor  of  Economics,  who  has  fifty 
or  so  articles  populating  the  field  of  popula- 
tion and  economic  growth;  and  Sheridan 
Johns,  associate  professor  of  political  sci- 
ence, a  specialist  on  the  politics  of  Africa 
who  also  teaches  Duke's  course  on  food  and 
hunger  issues. 

We  also  met  our  local-arrangements  co- 
ordinators, Tom  and  Margot  Southerland  of 
Princeton  Nature  Tours.  The  Southerlands 
came  in  tow  with  a  certified  Vinelander, 
Edith  Blake,  who  writes  for  the  venerable 
Vineyard  Gazette,  which  is  edited  in  Edgar- 
town. Edith  was  the  group's  guide  for  an  after- 
dinner  slide  tour  of  the  Island— and  later  in 
the  weekend,  will  lead  a  walking  tour. 

You'll  want  to  know  about  the  food,  of 
course.  Let  me  tell  you,  Mrs.  Paul's  best 
breaded  entree  isn't  even  swimming  in  the 
same  league— or  perhaps  in  the  same  ocean. 
Over  dinner,  Ruderman  introduced  the  week- 
end and  had  the  participants  introduce 
themselves.  A  North  Carolinian,  Chester 
Middlesworth  '49,  expressed  his  expecta- 
tions nicely,  declaring  he  is  "looking  forward 
to  a  marvelous  session  of  relearning."  But 
Elizabeth  Pultz  '43  really  grabbed  the  group's 
attention  in  calling  this  her  first  contact  with 
Duke  in  more  than  forty  years.  As  Ruderman 


put  it  (was  it  over  the  breathtakingly  delicate 
trout  or  over  the  sumptuously  rich  mousse?), 
the  weekend  called  for  absorption  "in  politi- 
cal science,  in  geology,  and  in  Duke." 

But  you'll  want  to  know  more  about  the 
food.  Where  to  begin,  though?  With  the 
shrimp  hors  d'oeuvres,  the  lobster,  the  clams, 
the  bay  scallops,  the  various  catches  of  the 
day?  How  uninteresting. 

DEAR  OFFICE, 
Friday 

"The  Population  Explosion:  A  Bomb  or  a 
Dud?"  That's  the  issue  that  Allen  Kelley 
posed  for  the  morning.  Back  in  my  full-time 
days  of  studenthood,  the  social-science  logic 
was  that  more  people  and  shrinking  resources 
formed  the  equation  for  global  gloom  and 
doom.  Over  the  last  10,000  years  or  so,  Allen 
told  us,  human  population  sizes  have  been 
pretty  small.  That  changed  a  lot  around  1750, 
with  the  coming  of  the  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion. Just  as  we  baby-boomers  have  always 
suspected:  We're  living  in  a  crowded  time, 
and  the  magnitudes  involved  are  horrendous, 
Allen  said  (nothing  personal  intended,  I'm 
sure).  There's  the  What  Me  Worry?  perspec- 
tive on  all  this:  As  economic  growth  pro- 
ceeds, population  growth  will  drop.  The 
problem  is  that  the  population  growth  rate  in 
the  Third  World  beats  by  far  the  Western 
European  model  of  development  that  we  like 
to  look  to.  One  of  the  legacies  of  medical 
progress  is  that  high  Third  World  birth  rates 
aren't  balanced  by  high  death  rates. 

In  the  classic  view  of  English  economist 
Thomas  Malthus,  the  world's  food  produc- 
tion can't  keep  up  with  the  world's  people 
production,  spelling  trouble  for  the  world. 
As  Allen  said,  that's  all  it  takes  to  stick 
economics  with  the  label  of  dismal  science. 
A  Malthusian  update  of  sorts  came  with  the 
Club  of  Rome  study  in  the  Seventies.  I  still 
have  the  product  of  that  study,  The  Limits  to 
Growth,  in  my  collection  of  college  text- 
books. (Because  they're  nostalgic  reminders 
of  time  spent  at  intellectual  labor,  texts  must 
not  be  tossed  away.)  Limits  predicts  a  period 
of  progress  followed  by  world  collapse. 

As  Allen  put  it,  Malthusian  models  assume 
that  humanity  will  just  "sit  there  and  choke 
to  death."  They  don't  figure  on  the  discovery 
of  new  natural  resources,  the  wiser  use  of  the 
resources  as  a  consequence  of  high  prices  in 
the  marketplace,  or  the  application  of  new 
technology.  If  the  doomsayers  are  on  the 
mark,  nations  with  high  rates  of  population 
growth  should  show  smaller  output  per 
capita.  In  fact,  there's  no  such  relationship. 
And  if  we'te  running  out  of  things,  the  prices 
of  natural  resources  should  be  going  up 
(supply  and  demand,  remember?).  In  "real" 
(that  is,  inflation-adjusted)  terms,  that's  not 
happening  either— just  look  at  the  gasoline 
pumps.  And  for  those  resources  that  are  cer- 
tifiably  scarce,  we're  pretty  resilient.  We've 


learned  how  to  make  substitute  materials 
and  how  to  bring  new  technologies  into  the 
picture.  Even  in  the  case  of  food,  the  issue  is 
one  of  access  to  the  supplies,  not  our  capacity 
to  produce. 

Allen  concluded  that  population  growth 
is  something  to  worry  about,  but  not  in 
catastrophic  terms.  And  population  pressure 
has  some  positive  aspects,  like  permitting 
economies  of  scale  and  inspiring  innova- 
tions. In  some  parts  of  the  world— including 
Egypt,  which  Allen  has  studied— the  pre- 
sumed population  problem  is  really  a  prob- 
lem with  land  use  and  economic  incentives. 

Having  been  reassured  about  our  prospects, 
we  turned  to  humanity  through  the  eyes  of 
William  Styron,  "a  marvelous  observer  of 
human  nature,"  as  Judith  Ruderman  described 
him.  That  quality,  she  said,  is  one  of  the 
things  that  makes  Styron— summertime  resi- 
dent of  the  Vineyard  and  Duke  Class  of  '47 — a 
great  writer.  Judith  mentioned  that  Duke  has 
a  large  Styron  collection,  including  a  decade's 
worth  of  work  on  Sophies  Choice— from  early 
drafts  through  galley  proofs.  Styrohs  first 
assignment  went  to  his  creative-writing  pro- 
fessor at  Duke,  William  Blackburn,  with  the 
apology:  "Dubiously  submitted  by  William 
Styron."  Blackburn  contested  the  dubious- 
ness, though,  commenting:  "You  have  got 
into  the  inwardness  of  your  subject,  and  that 
is  very  poetic." 

Judith  sketched  the  Styron  career,  accent- 
ing the  forces  that  shaped  him  and  made  him 
special:  He  is  "a  very  Southern  person  for 
whom  the  sense  of  history  is  strong  and  pun- 
gent," a  "rebellious  individual  who  didn't  like 
to  do  things  others  did,"  and— even  in  his 
earliest  works— 'highly  original,  sometimes 
magnificent."  Styron,  said  Judith,  is  inter- 
ested in  people  who  are  victimized  by  life. 


"All  of  his  characters  are  victims;  that's  why 
reading  Styron  can  be  so  depressing.  But  no 
matter  how  crummy  their  lives  are,  they 
always  come  to  a  crossroads.  There's  always 
an  opportunity  to  make  a  choice." 

The  morning  task  seemed  to  be  to  poke 
holes  in  all  the  doom  and  gloom.  For  all  the 
depressing  aspects  of  Styrohs  novels,  the 
writer  is  "still  optimistic  about  the  potential 
for  human  creativity  and  human  love,"  Judith 
said.  "All  the  novels  end  with  a  ray  of  hope. 
That's  what  it  means  to  be  human  to  William 
Styron." 

To  be  human  also  means  to  have  a  fascina- 
tion with  the  past,  and  the  group  indulged 
that  fascination  with  its  afternoon  activity: 
the  walking  tour  of  Edgartown  guided  by 
Edith  Blake.  Along  Edgartown's  narrow 
streets  are  tightly-packed  houses  painted 
gleaming  white  with  dark-green  trim  (the 
unofficial  but  still  firmly  adhered-to  color 
code).  Many  houses  have  widow's  walks,  a 
convenience  for  anxious  wives  who  once 
watched  the  harbor  for  homebound  sails; 
othets,  in  a  different  spirit,  fit  in  the  category 
of  "spite  houses,"  built  specifically  to  ruin  a 
neighbor's  harbor  view.  There's  a  library  built 
through  the  largesse  of  Andrew  Carnegie,  an 
Old  Whaling  Church  that's  simple  and  solid 
enough  to  suit  the  old  whalers,  a  more  stately 
Greek  Revival  church.  The  Vineyard  House, 
now  used  by  the  local  historical  society,  is 
the  oldest  known  dwelling  on  the  island.  It 
goes  back  to  1672.  Thomas  Cooke  has  a  house 
that's  also  a  local  favorite.  Built  in  1765,  it 
now  has  twelve  rooms  worth  of  Colonial  arti- 
facts, ship  models,  and  gear  used  by  both 
whalers  and  farmers— the  island's  economic 
base  prior  to  tourism. 

Edith  accented  the  exquisite  proportions 
of  the  houses,  their  distinctive  architectural 


37 


features— like  curved  dentils,  or  teeth-like 
decorations  dropped  underneath  roofs— and 
also  their  fragility.  The  only  "unadulterated 
house"  in  the  whole  town— the  only  one 
somebody  hasn't  destroyed  one  way  or  an- 
other, as  she  put  it— is  now  a  pint-sized  law 
office.  It's  been  preserved  intact  since  the 
1840s.  She  also  threw  in  a  bit  of  celluloid  his- 
tory: the  use  of  the  Edgartown  harbor  in  the 
making  of  the  movie  Jaws.  Out  of  that  specta- 
cle came  a  book  by  Edith,  On  Location  in 
Martha's  Vineyard. 

Dinner  was  exquisitely  proportioned  and 
unadulterated— but  enough  talk  of  food. 
We're  talking  global  limits  to  growth  and 
stories  of  human  growth.  The  after-dinner 
feature,  in  Judith's  ever-quotable  words,  was 
"a  journey  of  discovery,"  the  movie  Sophie's 
Choice.  One  thing  we  discovered  was  the 
technical  difficulty  of  the  hotel's  VCR.  But 
the  audience  remained  attentive  even  as 
Meryl  Streep  gave  a  jumpy  performance  on 
the  small  screen. 

DEAR  OFFICE, 

Saturday 

This  was  our  day  for  disaster.  Dan  Johns 
had  us  ponder  "Disaster  in  Africa:  Acts  of 
God  or  Acts  of  Man?"  Orrin  Pilkey  came  on, 
armed  with  exclamation  points,  for  "The 
Beaches  Are  Moving!  The  Beaches  Are 
Moving!" 

Dan  has  been  a  frequent  visitor  to  Africa 
over  the  past  two  decades.  They  have  been 
decades  of  changing  views  of  Africa:  the 
Africa  of  exotic  game  parks  and  safaris,  the 
Africa  of  military  coups  and  dictators,  and 
now  the  Africa  of  blighted  deserts  and  starv- 
ing populations.  Sub-Saharan  Africa  is  the 
only  area  in  the  world  where  standards  of 
nutrition  have  declined  in  recent  years.  A 
basic  reason  for  that  is  the  environment. 
Africa  has  always  been  inhospitable  to  farm- 
ing: Most  areas  get  relatively  low  and  often 
erratic  rainfall;  African  soils  are  not  parti- 
cularly encouraging  for  crop  productivity, 
and  are  easily  eroded  when  hit  with  intense 
rains.  Reality  hit  home  with  images  of  Ethio- 
pian famine,  images  that  dramatically  flick- 
kered  onto  our  TV  screens  over  the  last  year. 

But  disaster  was  not  the  inevitable  conse- 
quence of  too  many  people,  too  little  land, 
and  a  harsh  environment.  There's  plenty  of 
blame  that  belongs  on  the  old  colonial  gov- 
ernments, on  African  nationalists,  and  on 
the  international  community,  Dan  said. 

One  legacy  of  colonial  Africa  was  the 
emphasis  on  cash  crops— an  emphasis  on 
growing  exportable  crops,  like  peanuts,  cotton, 
and  tobacco,  rather  than  on  those  designed 
primarily  to  feed  Africans.  Colonial  govern- 
ments had  little  interest  in  training  people 
for  tasks  that  weren't  income-producing.  So 
Africa  came  to  independence  with  few 
people  skilled  in  agriculture.  Those  early 
nationalist    governments    left    agriculture 


We  came  to  know 

professors  in  an  informal 

setting,  to  learn  what 

drives  them  as  scholars 

and  what's  on  their 

minds  as  observers  of  the 

campus. 


policy  basically  untouched.  Their  quest  was 
for  modernization  in  the  pattern  of  Europe— 
meaning  they  looked  to  industrialization 
and  urbanization  as  the  major  engine  of 
growth.  As  Dan  put  it,  they  concentrated  on 
the  areas  where  the  majority  don't  live  and 
on  the  sectors  where  the  majority  don't 
work.  To  ensure  cheap  food,  they  set  low 
prices  for  food  crops;  to  bring  in  foreign  ex- 
change, they  set  high  prices  for  export  crops— 
a  ruinous  prescription  for  food  production. 
A  political  situation  marked  by  the  collapse 
of  constitutional  government  and  civil  wars 
has  made  food  matters  worse. 

Within  the  international  community, 
good  intentions  haven't  brought  wise  policy. 
Good  intentions  have,  instead,  contributed 
large  mechanized  farms  dependent  on  tech- 
nology that  breaks  down,  grandiose  irrigation 
projects  that  worsen  the  problem  of  soil  ero- 
sion, hybrid  crops  that  are  not  conducive  to 
the  conditions  of  Africa,  massive  food  give- 
aways that  increase  dependence  on  foreign 
suppliers  and  undermine  the  competitive- 
ness of  local  farmers. 

Dan  called  for  a  de-emphasis  on  the  high- 
tech,  capital-intensive  modernization  pro- 
jects like  fancy  irrigation  systems  and  costly 
fertilizers.  With  a  new  focus  on  low-cost,  low- 
risk  projects,  and  new  attention  to  small 
farmers,  he  sees  long-term  hope  for  reversing 
the  trends  of  tragedy. 

The  Orrin  Pilkey  slide-show  and  pre-beach 
walk  pep  talk  were  next  on  the  bill.  Though 
some  eyes  were  cast  warily  on  the  approach- 
ing clouds,  we  were  a  group  of  eager  Islanders, 
anticipating  the  afternoon  trip  to  Lucy 
Vincent  Beach.  Orrin  accented  the  group 
eagerness  in  mentioning  that  on  the  previous 
day's  scouting  visit,  he  discerned  that  nude 
sunbathers  were  among  the  beach's  fixtures. 

Orrin's  slide-show  showed  assorted  light- 
houses, oil  rigs,  roadways,  resorts,  and  con- 
dominiums toppling  into  the  surf.  At  the 
moment,  80  percent  of  our  shoreline  is  erod- 
ing. The  20  percent  that's  not  eroding  is 
enjoying  only  a  temporary  situation.  Today 
we  look  to  the  beaches  for  pleasure  and 
recreation;  by  the  year  2100,  Orrin  said,  we'll 


be  looking  to  the  prospect  of  our  cities  being 
inundated  by  the  sea.  The  underlying  villain 
is  the  global  rise  in  sea  level— a  rise  prompted 
by  our  burning  of  fossil  fuels,  producing  a 
warming  of  the  Earth  in  a  "greenhouse  effect," 
producing  the  melting  of  the  polar  ice.  "We 
should  be  worrying  about  Manhattan,"  Orrin 
said,  "not  just  about  recreational  communi- 
ties like  the  Vineyard." 

All  this  is  bringing  a  conflict  between  the 
geologists,  with  their  words  of  caution,  and 
the  engineers,  with  their  inclination  to  build 
bigger  and  better.  As  Orrin  sees  it,  it's  a  prob- 
lem with  no  solution— certainly  for  com- 
munities like  "beachless  Miami  Beach." 
Miami  Beach  is  spending  $8  million  a  mile 
in  its  own  version  of  coastal  reclamation. 
But  seawalls  and  other  obstacles  only  return 
the  energy  to  the  sea  to  do  more  damage, 
usually  by  undermining  the  seawall  and 
lowering  the  beach.  Expensive  efforts  to 
deflect  the  waves  or  to  trap  the  sand  have 
done  nothing  more  than  postpone  the  inevita- 
ble, or  hasten  the  pace  of  erosion,  or  stabilize 
the  presumably  protected  beach  in  the  wrong 
place. 

Orrin  favors  and  actively  promotes  a  policy 
of  retreating  from  the  shoreline  in  the  face  of 
a  rising  sea  level.  That  policy  is  an  economic 
and  environmental  necessity,  he  said.  And 
some  officials  are  listening:  The  state  of  New 
York  won't  allow  people  to  rebuild  where  a 
structure  has  been  claimed  by  the  sea;  North 
Carolina  forbids  the  construction  of  hard 
seawalls.  It's  no  longer  radical  to  be  a  Pilkey 
partisan;  but,  as  he  said,  "The  real  test  will 
come  when  a  ten-story  condominium  is 
about  to  fall  in." 

The  bus  driver  for  our  beach  tour,  a  thirty- 
eight-year  resident  of  the  Vineyard,  regaled 
the  group  with  his  explanation  of  how  the 
Island  got  its  name— supposedly,  from  a 
seventeenth-century  explorer  who  had 
daughters  named  Martha  and  Nancy  (thus 
Nantucket).  From  that  followed  his  list  of 
island  celebrities,  past  and  present— Walter 
Cronkite,  Art  Buchwald,  Emily  Post,  Howard 
Johnson  (yes,  the  driver  was  asked  to  point 
out  William  Styron's  habitat  on  the  Island, 
and  he  answered,  "William  who?");  and  a 
slow  pass  by  the  church  where  John  Belushi's 
funeral  service  was  held.  Lucy  Vincent,  after 
whom  our  beach  destination  was  named, 
had  less  than  celebrity  status.  She  was  a  local 
librarian  who  somehow  accumulated  the 
wherewithal  to  donate  the  beach  property. 

On  the  beach,  now  washed  by  a  not-so 
gentle  rain,  we  took  a  look  at  evidence  of 
glaciation— sand  and  clay  deposits  that  were 
squished  together  by  the  ice.  A  little  further 
on,  we  stood  on  a  barrier  island— a  narrow 
strip  of  sand  that  grows  up  around  beaches. 
Orrin  talked  about  how  wave  energy 
determines  the  shape  of  a  beach.  The 
beaches  and  the  barrier  islands  are  very 
dynamic  things,  he  said.  As  the  sea  level 


38 


rises,  the  beach  retreats;  likewise,  once  a 
barrier  island  forms,  it  begins  to  migrate  and 
change  its  shape  and  vegetation.  This  beach 
is  eroding  the  way  it  should.  And  it's  an 
example  of  good  coastal  management:  The 
Vineyard  is  doing  the  correct  thing  by 
allowing  the  beaches  to  move  back  at  their 
own  rate  of  about  eleven  feet  a  year. 

We  finished  our  field  excursion  with  a  visit 
to  the  Gay  Head  Cliffs— a  slice  of  Arizona 
transplanted,  as  someone  has  written.  The 
cliffs  loom  up  to  a  height  of  150  feet,  the 
colors  of  the  clay  ranging  from  browns  and 
greens  through  tan,  pure  white,  and  gray,  and 
even  to  shades  of  rose  and  pink.  What  it  all 
goes  back  to  is  glaciation.  As  a  glacier  ad- 
vances, it  pushes  forward  and  breaks  up 
material,  resulting  in  an  "incredible  jumble" 
that  is  "really  neat  for  geologists,"  Orrin  told 
us.  "If  geologists  can  work  out  all  the  fractur- 
ing, they  can  come  up  with  the  geological 
history  of  the  area."  The  cliffs  are,  then, 
purely  a  product  of  erosion.  Without  the 
erosion,  this  prominent  outcropping  of 
glacier  material  wouldn't  be  the  Island  show- 
piece that  it  is.  And  the  erosion  continues: 
In  fact,  as  evidenced  by  the  creeping  vegeta- 
tion, the  cliffs  are  losing  their  steepness  and 
are  gradually  falling  down. 

After  dinner,  we  assembled  for  a  videotape 
of  life  at  Duke  (maybe  not  a  Sophie's  Choice- 
caliber  script,  but  good  scenic  design),  and 
for  a  wrap-up  discussion  on  "Managing  Our 
Natural  and  Human  Resources."  We  discussed 
the  political  underpinnings  of  our  natural- 
resources  problems.  But  we  settled  on  the 
optimistic  assessment  that  human  creativity 
will  allow  us  to  keep  pushing  away  the  limits 
to  growth.  Judith  told  the  group  that  "the 


spirit  you  came  with  carried  us  through  the 
weekend."  A  quick  response  came  from  one 
of  her  weekend  students:  "It  was  a  hell  of  a 
great  weekend  and  everyone  ought  to  do  it." 

Kay  Goodman  Stern  '46,  a  Duke  trustee 
who  lives  in  Greensboro,  was  enthusiastic 
about  a  side  benefit  of  the  weekend:  Over 
meals,  receptions,  and  between-class  coffee 
breaks,  we  all  came  to  know  professors  in  an 
informal  setting,  to  learn  what  drives  them 
as  scholars  and  what's  on  their  minds  as 
observers  of  the  campus.  Kay,  incidentally, 
was  drawn  to  the  Alumni  College  weekend 
in  part  because  she  and  William  Styron  were 
fellow  students  in  William  Blackburn's 
creative-writing  class.  Another  Duke  volun- 
teer leader,  Paul  Risher  '57,  who  runs  Pano- 
rama Air  Tour  in  Honolulu,  said  he  came  for 
two  reasons:  He  was  familiar  with  Orrin 
Pilkey's  work,  and  "I  know  Martha's  Vineyard 
can  be  magical  in  October."  Added  Paul: 
"But  all  the  speakers  had  interesting  and 
important  things  to  say.  Plus,  it's  fun  to  be 
around  interesting  and  bright  people."  Paul, 
an  executive  committee-member  on  the 
General  Alumni  Association's  board  of  di- 
rectors, told  me,  "I  like  to  think  of  Duke  as  an 
extended  family.  And  this  program,  drawing 
alumni  together  as  it  does,  is  another  facet  of 
that.  It's  an  exchange  of  ideas,  and  it  goes  far 
beyond  just  listening  to  a  bunch  of  people." 

For  Betty  Pultz— who  had  announced,  that 
first  night,  her  long-lost  association  with 
Duke— the  program  re-inspired  interest  in 
the  university.  And  it  bolstered  her  under- 
standing of  environmental  issues.  Betty  is  a 
leader  of  the  Massachusetts  Sierra  Club  and 
is  active  with  the  League  of  Women  Voters. 
"I  may  be  turning  into  a  little  old  lady  in 


tennis  shoes,"  she  told  me,  "but  I'm  always 
glad  to  have  additional  ammunition  for 
harassing  state  legislators." 

DEAR  OFFICE, 
Sunday 

After  brunch  (will  I  ever  again  be  prepared 
to  face  a  plain  can  of  tuna  fish?),  it  was  pack- 
ing and  departing  time.  With  some  difficulty 
I  squeezed  in  a  modest  few  items  purchased 
from  the  Edgartown  Woodshop,  but  certainly 
nothing  "touristy"  for  me.  For  the  ferry  boat 
ride  back  to  Woods  Hole,  I  was  joined  by 
Paul  and  Pat  Risher,  and  once  more  by 
Eunice  Cronin  and  Jane  Kirk.  Eunice  and 
Jane,  who  hadn't  known  each  other  before 
the  weekend,  roomed  together  and  appeared 
to  hit  it  off  nicely.  Both  were  full  of  praise  for 
the  weekend,  Jane  particularly  for  the  group 
camaraderie  of  the  erstwhile  Islanders. 

I  feel  ready  to  sign  on  as  a  full-time  Alumni 
Collegian.  The  late  Henry  Beetle  Hough- 
longtime  editor  of  the  Vineyard  Gazette  and 
husband  of  Edith  Blake,  our  Edgartown  tour 
guide— described  autumn's  descent  on  the 
Vineyard  as  he  described  everything,  with 
unusual  warmth  and  wisdom.  Wrote  Hough: 
"Visitors  who  remain  on  the  Vineyard  will 
witness  the  blue  and  gold  of  October  and 
will  look  on,  first  hand,  at  the  onward  move- 
ment of  the  year.  Summer,  while  it  is  here, 
remains  pretty  much  the  same,  but  autumn 
changes  day  by  day,  and  to  watch  it  change 
and  to  march  with  it  is  one  of  the  privileges 
of  the  late  sojourner  in  the  country."  A 
magical  time,  indeed,  for  Duke  sojourners 
on  the  Vineyard. 

See  you  soon.  ■ 


39 


DUKE  SPORTS 


p 


CENTER  OF 


ATTENTION 


T 


he  apprenticeship  is 
over.  As  a  professional 
basketball  player,  Mike 
Gminski  '80  has  come 
of  age. 

The  wait  has  been  at 
times  frustrating.  In- 
juries disrupted  his  first 
two  years  with  the  New  Jersey  Nets  so  much 
that  his  third  was  the  equivalent  of  a  rookie 
season.  By  the  beginning  of  the  1983-84 
season,  his  fourth,  the  former  Duke  All- 
America's  game  had  progressed,  and  he 
would  put  in  a  fine  performance  in  the  1984 
playoffs.  But  he  was  reaching  middle  age  by 
NBA  standards,  and  his  role  as  a  bit  player 
seemed  assured. 

In  1984-85,  Gminski's  game  blossomed. 
He  took  advantage  of  increased  playing 
time,  and  with  solid  if  unspectacular  per- 
formances, was  rediscovered  by  players  and 
fans  alike.  Once  again,  writers  gathered  at 
his  locker  after  games. 

The  Gminski  roaming  the  court  in  1986  is 
in  the  best  shape  of  his  career,  playing  the 
best  basketball  of  his  career.  Not  a  superstar, 
but  a  starter  for  a  winning  team— and  a  player 
whom  his  coach,  Dave  Wohl,  calls  "a  pleas- 
ure to  deal  with."  He  has  a  thick,  brown 
beard  now,  one  that  fits  the  hardy,  grinding 
combat  of  the  NBA.  His  pro  career  there 
began  with  high  expectations:  He  was  a  first- 
round  draft  choice,  and  the  Nets  saw  him  as 
the  person  to  stem  the  team's  leak  at  center. 
After  all,  this  was  a  six-foot-eleven  college 
star.  "It's  the  nature  of  basketball  that  the 
center  is  in  the  middle  of  everything," 
Gminski  says.  "There  were  a  lot  of  expecta- 
tions that  I  could  turn  the  team  around." 

Gminski  had  done  wonders  at  Duke.  He 
was  a  freshman  starter  at  age  17  and  became 
the  1976-77  ACC  Rookie  of  the  Year.  In  his 
sophomore  year,  the  Duke  team  soared  into 
the  NCAA  finals.  "G-Man"  was  an  All- 
America  his  last  two  years,  and  led  his  team 
into  the  NCAA  playoffs. 

But  his  transition  to  the  NBA  proved  diffi- 
cult. He  was  j  ust  21  and  still  a  bit  tentative.  "I 
was  physically  immature  to  handle  what  I 
had  to  handle,"  Gminski  says.  "I  had  to  play 
against  players  28,  29  years  old  who  were  at 
their  physical  peak."  The  travel  was  equally 


THE  COMEBACK  KID 

BY  ANDY  MILLER 

demanding,  and  at  home  games,  the  fans 
were  often  harsh.  Still,  he  was  averaging  13 .2 
points  per  game  and  7.5  rebounds  when  he 
damaged  a  nerve  in  his  right  elbow,  which 
skewed  his  shooting  touch  and  required 
surgery. 

But  that  was  a  nick  compared  with  the 
trauma  of  that  summer.  He  was  playing  in  a 
summer  league  in  Los  Angeles  when  a  knee 
slammed  into  his  back.  A  bruise  developed. 
Doctors  diagnosed  the  pain  he  felt  as  a  spasm, 
nothing  serious.  Then  he  developed  an  aston- 
ishingly high  fever  that  reached  105  for  a 
couple  of  days.  Back  in  New  Jersey,  Gminski 
was  taken  to  Newark's  University  Hospital. 
The  doctors,  baffled  by  his  rapidly  deteriorat- 
ing condition,  narrowed  the  possibilities 
down  to  a  staph  infection.  He  was  treated 
with  antibiotics. 


"If  they  hadn't  found  what  was  causing  it, 
or  it  hadn't  responded  to  antibiotics,  I  could 
have  died,"  says  Gminski.  "The  doctor  treat- 
ing it  had  seen  two  previous  cases,  and  both 
of  those  guys  died." 

The  treatment  worked,  and  slowly  he  re- 
covered. Playing  basketball,  however,  was 
another  thing.  After  a  month,  he  was  feeling 
better,  and  when  the  Nets'  training  camp 
opened,  he  reported,  despite  having  lost  fifty 
pounds  during  his  illness.  "That  was  the 
stupidest  thing  I've  ever  done  in  my  life,"  he 
says.  "There  was  no  way  I  should  have  been 
playing.  I  should  have  taken  off  six  months 
and  come  out  in  January." 

His  play  suffered.  "I  wasn't  strong  enough 
to  do  anything,"  he  says.  Larry  Brown  was  the 
Nets'  coach  that  year,  and  the  weakened 
Gminski  rode  the  bench.  He  now  says  the 
experience  helped  him.  He  watched  and 
listened  while  gaining  strength  through 
running  and  weight-lifting:  "Maybe  it  was  a 
blessing  in  a  way."  The  next  year  "was  the  first 
time  I  had  my  legs  under  me  as  a  pro."  He  was 
23,  the  same  age  as  some  rookies.  Playing 
time  increased  and  his  game  took  shape.  The 
Nets  had  added  Darryl  Dawkins,  and  Gminski 
played  backup  center.  The  combination 
payed  off:  Dawkins  averaged  16.8  points  and 
6.7  rebounds  in  thirty  minutes  a  game, 
Gminski  7.5  and  5.3  in  twenty  minutes. 
And  Gminski  came  in  second  in  the  voting 
for  NBA  Comeback  Player  of  the  Year. 

His  personal  improvement  carried  over 
into  the  next  season,  1983-84,  which  was 
also  the  year  the  Nets  jelled.  The  team 
became  known  as  ACC  East,  as  Gminski  and 
former  ACC  stars  Buck  Williams,  Mike 
O'Koren,  and  Albert  King  helped  the  front 
court.  Michael  Ray  Richardson  and  Otis 
Birdsong  sparkled  as  guards.  For  the  first 
time,  they  won  a  playoff  series— against  the 
champion  Philadelphia  76ers.  Gminski  was 
especially  productive.  His  coach  then,  Stan 
Albeck,  credits  him  with  shutting  down 
Moses  Malone  in  the  last  ten  minutes  of  the 
deciding  game. 

Last  season,  the  Dawkins-Gminski  pairing 
helped  the  team  to  an  11-7  start  when  injury 
struck  again.  This  time,  it  was  Dawkins  who 
went  down,  with  a  back  injury.  He  missed 
most  of  the  season.  The  center  burden  fell 


40 


on  Gminski.  He  went  to  battling  league  cen- 
ters for  thirty  minutes  a  game.  His  hard  off- 
season training  paid  off  as  he  put  together  a 
string  of  double-figure  games,  including 
beating  one  team  with  a  buzzer  basket.  The 
ultimate  compliment  arrived:  Teams  began 
to  double-team  him. 

Gminski  ended  up  with  a  12.8  scoring 
average  with  7.8  rebounds.  The  Nets,  devas- 
tated by  injuries,  lost  in  the  first  round  of  the 
playoffs,  but  Gminski  averaged  14  points  and 
6.3  rebounds  in  the  three-game  series. 

Tom  Heinsohn,  the  former  Boston  Celtics 
player  and  coach,  rates  Gminski  as  a  valuable 
commodity  who,  though  "not  a  leaper,  nor 
superfast,"  is  intelligent  and  very  effective. 
Last  season,  Albeck  says,  the  Nets  had  more 
calls  from  league  teams  about  possible  trades 
for  Gminski  than  for  any  other  player. 

During  the  summer,  there  was  the  matter 
of  a  contract.  Gminski  was  a  free  agent.  He 
had  proved  his  worth,  and  though  he  pre- 
ferred the  Nets  to  other  teams,  he  held  out  at 
the  start  of  training  camp.  After  missing 
twenty  days,  Gminski  and  the  team  reached 
a  new  four-year  agreement.  "The  deal  really 
worked  out  well  for  both  parties,"  he  says. 
"Both  parties  in  the  end  were  happy." 

Wohl,  who  replaced  the  departing  Albeck, 
told  Gminski  last  summer  that  despite 
Dawkins'  return,  the  starting  center  position 
was  open.  Gminski  worked  hard,  spending 
many  hours  riding  a  stationary  bike  and 
swimming  to  bolster  his  stamina  while  sav- 
ing his  legs  for  the  pounding  of  the  season. 
Despite  missing  the  first  part  of  training 
camp,  he  reported  in  good  shape  and  even- 
tually won  the  starting  job,  with  Dawkins 
now  coming  off  the  bench.  Wohl  says  the 
two  represent  "one  of  the  best  center  tan- 
dems in  the  league." 

A  former  L.A.  Lakers  assistant,  Wohl  has 
instilled  a  running  game,  and  the  Nets  are 
looking  to  fast  break  at  every  opportunity. 
Gminski  likes  the  new  style,  and  the  new 
coach  likes  Gminski.  "He's  a  terrific  guy  to 
have  on  your  team,"  says  Wohl.  "He's  the 
cornerstone  of  the  good  camaraderie  we  have 
built." 

Gminski  remains  an  avid  Duke  supporter. 
He  picked  the  university  during  his  junior 
year  in  high  school,  graduating  a  year  early 
because  the  competition  was  weak  in  his 
Connecticut  prep  league.  Duke  entered  his 
plans  after  he  met  former  Blue  Devil  Terry 
Chili  76,  M.B.A.  '82  at,  of  all  places,  the 
University  of  Maryland  basketball  camp. 
Gminski  says  he  liked  the  Duke  campus,  the 
blend  of  academics  and  athletics,  and  the 
makeup  of  the  student  body.  "There  were  so 
many  people  from  the  Northeast,  it  was  like 
I  wasn't  leaving  home,"  he  says.  The  prospect 
of  playing  as  a  freshman  at  Duke  also  attracted 
him. 

He  was  an  immediate  starter  but,  as  a 
gangling  17-year-old,  played  timidly.  The 


ACC  was  a  long  way  from  Masuk  High 
School.  But  his  coach,  Bill  Foster,  who 
went  on  to  coach  the  University  of  South 
Carolina  Gamecocks,  says  Gminski  "kept 
getting  a  little  better,  a  little  better.  For  his 
age,  he  was  a  rare  individual.  I  give  him  credit 
for  what  he  did,  to  be  able  to  handle  what  he 
did— the  press,  being  away  from  home." 

Teammate  Jim  Spanarkel  '79,  ACC  Rookie 
of  the  Year  in  1975-76  and  now  a  stock 
broker  with  Merrill  Lynch  in  New  Jersey,  says 
of  Gminski's  freshman  experience:  "Mike 
handled  it  really  well.  He's  smart  enough  to 


Once  again,  sports 

writers  are  gathering 

around  Mike  Gminski. 


analyze  himself,  to  say,  'This  is  what  I  can  do, 
this  is  what  I  can't  do.' "  The  team  finished 
with  a  14-13  record,  the  first  winning  season 
since  1972. 

In  Gminski's  sophomore  year,  Foster  brought 
in  Gene  Banks  '81  and  Kenny  Dennard  '81, 
who  added  scoring,  defense,  and  pizazz.  It's  a 
team  Duke  fans  still  love  to  talk  about.  The 
Blue  Devils  won  the  ACC  Tournament  and 
went  to  the  NCAA  playoffs.  With  pivotal 
contributions  by  Gminski,  the  team  beat 
Rhode  Island,  Penn,  and  Villanova,  advanc- 
ing to  the  Final  Four.  Gminski  was  caught  up 
in  the  excitement  as  much  as  anyone.  "I  don't 
remember  much  about  it,"  he  says.  "It  was  a 
blur." 

Duke  beat  Notre  Dame,  then  faced  Ken- 
tucky for  the  national  title.  The  Wildcats' 
Jack  Givins  exploded  for  41  points,  ending 
the  Blue  Devils'  dream  season,  94-89.  The 
next  year  the  whole  team  was  back,  and 
Duke  was  ranked  No.  1.  Gminski  made  ACC 
Player  of  the  Year,  but  the  team's  record  was 
disappointing.  "We  went  from  the  Cinderella 
team  to  the  team  everybody  pointed  to  as  the 
big  game  on  their  schedule,"  he  says. 

In  Gminski's  senior  year,  the  team  grabbed 
a  measure  of  redemption.  Injuries  had  held 
them  back  in  the  middle  of  the  season,  and 
with  an  18-8  record  entering  the  ACC  Tourna- 
ment, an  NCAA  bid  was  not  assured.  Duke 
beat  North  Carolina  State  in  the  opening 
round,  blasted  North  Carolina  in  the  semi- 
finals, and  slipped  by  Maryland  in  the  finals, 
winning  an  automatic  berth  in  the  NCAAs. 
"Whenever  people  didn't  think  we  could  pull 
it  off,  we  pulled  it  off,"  says  Gminski.  The 
Blue  Devils  went  on  to  beat  Penn  and  Ken- 
tucky, facing  Purdue  in  the  regional  finals. 
The  Boilermakers  won,  ending  Duke's  season 
and  Gminski's  college  career. 

Along  the  way,  he  had  become  the  leading 


scorer  and  rebounder  in  Duke  history.  Johnny 
Dawkins  '86,  Dick  Groat  '53,  and  Gminski 
are  the  only  basketball  players  in  Duke  his- 
tory to  have  their  jerseys  retired. 

Gminski  has  high  praise  for  the  balanced 
approach  Duke  maintains  with  athletics  and 
academics.  He  graduated  with  honors,  "which 
proved  that  you  could  do  both— go  to  a  qual- 
ity school  and  get  the  most  out  of  it,  and  get 
the  most  out  of  basketball."  He  underscored 
that  sentiment  recently  by  giving  Duke 
$100,000  to  endow  a  new  student-athlete 
scholarship.  "Being  an  Academic  All-America 
for  three  years  is  something  I'm  very  proud 
of,"  he  told  reporters  when  the  gift  was  an- 
nounced. "I  was  the  recipient  of  an  endowed 
scholarship  at  Duke... and  since  I'm  in  the 
position  to  give  back,  I  want  to  provide  that 
same  opportunity  for  somebody  else  in  the 
future." 

While  profitable,  life  in  the  NBA  also  rele- 
gates players  to  many  nights  on  the  road,  in 
hotel  rooms  and  beds  not  suited  for  basket- 
ball physiques.  "The  best  thing  about  the 
road  is  coming  home,"  says  Gminski.  He  and 
his  wife,  the  former  Stacy  Anderson  '80,  live 
in  Florham  Park,  New  Jersey.  A  scholarship 
swimmer  at  Duke,  she  now  works  in  finan- 
cial services  for  Smith  Barney.  Gminski 
spends  part  of  his  free  time  reading  history 
and  fiction,  preferring  Robert  Ludlum  novels. 
"I  earn  my  living  in  a  physical  way,"  he  says. 
"Reading  keeps  my  mind  active."  He  also 
fiddles  with  crossword  puzzles,  a  habit  he  says 
began  with  the  Duke  student  Chronicle. 

When  his  career  ends,  he  has  plans  for  busi- 
ness school.  He  and  his  wife  would  like  to 
have  their  own  business  someday.  But  for  now, 
basketball  is  more  than  an  interlude.  Though 
he  says  he's  happy  with  the  way  he's  playing, 
he  has  things  to  accomplish.  He  tries  to 
develop  new  shots,  new  moves.  "I'm  still  very 
young.  I've  been  in  the  league  five  years,"  he 
says.  "Barring  injury,  I  would  like  to  play 
twelve  or  thirteen  years.  That's  a  realistic 
goal." 

To  get  there,  he  has  to  hold  up  against  the 
wear  and  tear  of  the  NBA  schedule  and  the 
pounding  of  its  centers.  He  understands  the 
demands  of  guarding  a  Jabbar  or  a  Malone. 
"The  great  players  are  going  to  get  their 
points.  You  have  to  make  it  harder  for  them 
to  get  them.  You  hope  it  takes  thirty  shots  to 
score  30." 

The  once-hostile  Nets  fans  now  seem  to 
appreciate  his  blue-collar  game— his  picks, 
his  blocking  out  on  rebounds,  his  passing 
from  the  high  post.  Gminski,  who  admits 
this  new  fan  support  is  "very  gratifying," 
keeps  setting  goals,  keeps  pushing. 

"You  feel  you  never  reach  your  peak.  If  you 
become  complacent,  you  stop  developing.  It 
shuts  off  any  opportunity  to  grow."  ■ 


Miller  73,  M.A.T  79  is  a  free-lance  writer  and  a 
copy  editor  at  the  Atlanta  Journal-Constitution. 


$50,000 

Cash 

or 

Appreciated  Stock 


Donated  to 

Annuity  Trust 

with  Income 

to  Child 


Savings  #1 
Income  Tax 
Deduction 

$36,408 


Savings  #2 
Capital  Gains  Tax 

Avoided  if 
Appreciated  Stock 


Duke  receives 
Year  5 
$50,000 


5  year, 

Year  1 

$3,500 

7%  payout 

1 

Year  2 
$3,500 

I 

Year  3 
$3,500 

I 

Year  4 

$3,500 

1 

Year  5 

$3,500 

Child's  Total 
Income  $17,500 

GIVE  YOUR  CHILD 

OR  GRANDCHILD 

INCOME  FOR  COLLEGE 

WHILE  MAKING 

A  GIFT  TO  DUKE 


If  you  establish  an  Annuity  Trust  with  $50,000 
in  principal  and  an  income  payout  of  $3,500  for 
your  child  or  grandchild,  you  will  receive  an 
immediate  tax  deduction  of  approximately 
$36,408,  which  will  generate  an  after  tax  sav- 
ings of  about  $14,563  (assuming  a  50%  total 
income  tax  bracket).  Furthermore,  $17,500  of 
income  ($3,500  times  5  years),  goes  directly  to 
the  child  at  essentially  no  tax  to  him  or  her. 


Moreover,  if  you  transfer  appreciated  (and  low- 
yielding)  stock,  you  completely  avoid  the  in- 
herent capital  gains  tax  liability.  Duke  has  had 
considerable  experience  tailoring  these  trusts 
to  individual  needs.  For  further  information, 
please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  at  (919)  684-5347 
or  684-2123  or  write  him  at  Duke  University, 
2127  Campus  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

©1986  MRP 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

presents 


This  fall,  you're  invited  to  join  Duke  University  Alumni  and 
friends  on  a  brand-new  cruise  aboard  Royal  Cruise  Line's 
elegant  Royal  Odyssey  to  Canada  and  New  England,  at  the  most 
beautiful  time  of  year! 

Our  special  departure  date  is  September  22, 1986.  We'll  set 
sail  from  dramatic  New  York  harbor,  viewing  the 
recently-refinished  Statue  of  Liberty;  cruise  the  Cape  Cod  Canal 
and  on  to  charming  Bar  Harbor,  Maine;  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia;  and 
the  nearby  Saguenay  Fjord;  then  we'll  stop  at  Canada's  French 
gems,  Quebec  and  Montreal.  All  in  just  8  days! 

If  you'd  like  to  return  by  ship  to  New  York  (at  a  substantial 
savings),  you'll  visit  entirely  different  ports:  Charlottetown  on 
Prince  Edward  Island;  Sydney,  Cape  Breton  Island;  colonial 
Boston  and  posh  Newport,  Rhode  Island;  before 
returning  to  New  York.  (You  may  also  extend 


The  Great 
St.  Lwrence 


You'll  enjoy  these  amenities  exclusively  for  Duke  University 
alumni  and  guests/friends:  $50  per  person  shipboard  credit,  a 
group  photo  and  souvenir  name  badges,  plus  special  group 
parties  on  board. 

Prices  begin  at  just  $1698  per  person  for  the  8-day  from  New 
York,  and  $2748  per  person  for  the  15-day  roundtrip  cruise.  Our 
10%  group  discount  brings  the  minimum  price  down  to  $1533 
per  person  (8-day)  and  $2473  per  person  for  the  15-day. 

Please  call  us  today  for  a  full  color  brochure  or  reservations 
on  this  beautiful  cruise  from  the  Glorious  U.S.  to  Golden  Canada! 
(919)  684-5114 
i-FOR-DUKE 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

YOUNG 

WRITERS' 

CAMP 

Session  I:  June  16-27 
Session  II:  June  30-July  11 
A  camp  for  young  people  ages  10-16 

During  the  10-day  workshop,  you  will 
be  able  to  learn  from  practicing  writers 
and  will  receive  guidance  to  further 
develop  your  own  writing  style.  Groups 
will  be  divided  by  age  and  interest  and 
will  utilize  informal  indoor  meeting 
rooms  and  the  Duke  grounds.  Faculty 
are  themselves  authors  and  have  experi- 
ence working  with  children  and  young 
adults.  Campers  may  stay  on  campus  or 
commute.  For  a  complete  description 
phone  919-684-6259  or  just  send  the 
attached  coupon  NOW. 


Mail  to:    DUKE  UNIVERSITY  YOUNG  WRITERS  CAMP 
The  Bishop's  House 
Duke  University/Durham,  NC  27708 


i  EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY  INSTITUTION 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 
now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M  &  W,  S  M  L  XL,  only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  1  Winthrop  Court,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents  — please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name 


City/State/Zip 

Check  D    Money  Order  □ 
Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


White 

Duke  Blue 

DUKE  GAZETTE 


SHUTTLE 
AFTERSHOCKS 


An  outspoken  critic  of  the  U.S.  shut- 
tle program,  Duke  associate  history 
professor  Alex  Roland  was  greatly 
in  demand  as  an  interview  subject  in  the  days 
following  the  fatal  explosion  of  the  space 
shuttle  Challenger. 

The  former  NASA  historian  and  director 
of  Duke's  program  in  Science,  Technology, 
and  Human  Values  was  interviewed  on 
ABC's  Nightline  January  28,  some  ten  hours 
after  the  explosion  that  killed  seven  astro- 
nauts. He  also  appeared  on  NBC's  Today  Show 
the  next  morning. 

In  both  appearances,  Roland  criticized  the 
costs— economic  and  human— of  manned 
space  flights,  and  said  NASA  should  conduct 
more  unmanned  missions.  "Virtually 
anything  we  can  identify  in  space,  we  can 
build  a  machine  to  do,"  he  said,  noting  the 
Viking  mission  to  Mars  and  the  Voyager  2 
satellite  as  examples  of  successful  unmanned 
space  voyages.  He  said  manned  space  flight 
is  the  selling  point  on  which  NASA  depends 
for  support  of  the  space  program. 

Roland,  who  had  roundly  criticized  the 
economic  costs  of  the  shuttle  program  in  the 
November  issue  of  Discover  magazine,  was 
sought  by  the  national  media  to  balance 
coverage  of  the  Challenger  disaster.  "Most 
everyone  was  rallying  around  the  space  pro- 
gram," he  told  the  Duke  student  Chronicle, 
"so  I  was  dragged  in  as  the  sacrificial  lamb." 
Among  the  space  program  proponents  he 
faced  on  national  television:  Utah  Republi- 
can Senator  Jake  Gam,  who  had  flown  on  a 
recent  Challenger  voyage;  and  U.S.  test  pilot 
Charles  Yeager. 

Roland  told  The  Chroncicle  that  the  law  of 
averages  would  eventually  catch  up  with  the 
extraordinarily  successful  shuttle  program, 
but  said  he  did  not  expect  such  a  catastrophic 
event. 

BUSINESS 

IS  POOP 

Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business  ranks 
among  the  nation's   top  business 
schools,  according  to  a  survey  by  a 
New  York  management  firm. 

The  rankings  of  twenty-one  major  busi- 
ness schools  appeared  in  the  October  11  Wall 


Street  journal.  Although  among  the  youngest 
of  the  major  business  schools,  Fuqua  is 
ranked  tenth.  Ranked  first  is  Northwestern 
University's  business  school. 

"The  Fuqua  School  is  especially  proud  of 
its  high  rating,"  says  Dean  Thomas  F.  Keller. 
"The  rating  by  top  corporations  tells  us  that 
the  business  community  is  pleased  with  the 
high  quality  of  our  M.B.A.s." 

The  rankings  were  determined  from  a 
study  conducted  by  Brecker  and  Merryman, 
Incorporated.  The  firm  sent  questionnaires 
to  250  of  the  largest  industrial  and  service 
companies  in  the  country.  Brecker  and  Merry- 
man  asked  executives  at  those  companies 
hiring  business  school  graduates  to  rate  the 
M.B.A.  programs.  Executives  from  134  com- 
panies returned  the  questionnaire,  and  the 
rankings  were  drawn  up  from  their  responses. 

Among  the  companies  were  fifteen  of  the 
nation's  largest  banks,  the  Big  Three  auto- 
makers, five  major  energy  companies,  and 
leading  investment,  banking,  accounting, 
and  consulting  firms.  Most  of  the  134  execu- 
tives said  they  are  directly  responsible  for 
hiring  M.B.A.s  at  the  firms.  Eight  of  the 
companies  hired  more  than  100  graduates  in 
the  1983-84  academic  year. 

Other  business  schools  in  the  survey's  top 
ten  are,  by  rank:  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Harvard,  Columbia,  Chicago,  Michigan 
(Ann  Arbor),  Indiana,  University  of  Virginia, 
and  Stanford. 


WINNING 
WAYS 


3arely  into  its  second  year  of  publica- 
tion, Duke  Magazine  took  top  awards 
for  content  and  design  in  the  first 
regional  awards  competition  sponsored  by 
District  III  of  the  Council  for  Advancement 
and  Support  of  Education  (CASE).  Earlier, 
Duke  Magazine  won  a  host  of  editing,  writing, 
and  design  awards  in  the  national  CASE 
competition,  including  ranking  among  the 
CASE  "top  ten"  university  magazines. 

"For  a  young  periodical,  Duke  Magazine  is 
mature  in  quality  and  readability,"  said  Hollins 
College's  Leila  Christenbury,  district  chair 
for  CASE's  Communications  Awards  com- 
petition. The  publication  won  Best  in  Cate- 
gory in  the  competition's  alumni  magazines 
division,  and  received  the  grand  award  for 
editorial  design  in  the  visual  design  division. 
Another  Best  of  Category  went  to  Duke 
Magazine  in  an  annual  competition  that 
honors  superior  printing  and  design:  the 
1985  PICA  Awards,  sponsored  by  the  Print- 
ing Industries  of  the  Carolinas.  The  maga- 
zine's top  honors  came  in  the  category  of 
Educational  Publications. 


WE  WERE 
AMUSED 


Despite  her  solemn  demeanor,  Queen 
Victoria  knew  as  much  about  enjoy- 
ing royal  life  as  her  great-great  grand- 
son, Prince  Charles,  and  his  celebrated  wife, 
Diana,  Princess  of  Wales.  That's  the  verdict 
from  a  look  at  a  rare  collection  of  memora- 
bilia and  scrapbooks  acquired  by  Duke's 
library. 

The  collection  has  never  been  publically 
displayed.  It  contains  sixteen  volumes  and 
represents  forty-seven  years  of  compilation 
(1860-1907)  by  the  Queen's  Master  of  the 
Household,  Lord  Edward  Pelham-Clinton,  a 
courtier  so  valued  by  the  Queen  that  he  was 
the  only  commoner  present  at  her  private 
funeral  service  in  1901. 

The  volumes  contain  dozens  of  royal  menus, 
seating  plans,  concert  opera,  and  theater 
programs,  and  lists  of  royal  visitors— indicat- 
ing that  the  Queen  enjoyed  surrounding  her- 
self with  activity,  people,  and  the  arts. 

"The  collection  is  unique  as  a  representa- 


tion  of  life  at  the  court  of  one  of  the  most 
powerful  and  influential  monarchs  of  Great 
Britain,"  says  John  L.  Sharpe  III,  curator  of 
rare  books  at  Perkins  Library.  He  says  the 
collection  enables  scholars  to  study  the  Royal 
Court  in  a  way  that  would  otherwise  require 
use  of  resources  available  only  at  Windsor 
Castle. 

The  unique  volume  in  the  collection  is 
the  diary  kept  by  Lord  Pelham-Clinton  from 
1895  to  1901.  Called  the  Court  Kakndar,  the 
diary  includes  lists  of  the  Queen's  visitors, 
events,  royal  birthdays,  anniversaries,  deaths, 
and  marriages.  Pelham-Clinton  also  wrote  a 
moving  account  of  the  Queen's  death  from 
his  perspective  at  her  bedside,  and  reported 
on  the  coronation  of  Edward  VII.  Other 
items  include  unpublished  photographs  of 
the  Queen's  funeral  procession  and  letters 
she  received  from  such  notables  as  Field 
Marshall  Earl  Roberts  and  then-teenager 
Pablo  Casals,  who  identified  himself  as  "cellist 
to  the  Court  of  Spain." 

Many  of  the  theater  and  concert  programs 
are  bound  in  silk,  usually  meaning  they  were 
created  especially  for  the  Queens  hand,  says 
Sharpe. 

"The  collection  is  fascinating,"  he  says.  "It 
may  not  give  us  an  intimate  view  of  the  royal 
family,  but  we  can  learn  what  it  took  to  keep 
the  household  going,  the  lavishness  of  the 
festivities.  I  imagine  we'll  be  learning  more 
about  court  life  and  British  history  from  this 
collection  for  years  to  come." 


Royal  repast:  On  March  9,  1874,  VR  and  guests  chose 
from  turtle  or  vegetable  soups,  salmon  or  sole,  roasted 
fowl,  lamb  chops,  chicken  with  truffles,  filets  of  beef,  or 
quail;  and  for  dessert,  sponge  cake  soaked  in  Kirsch  with 
an  apricot  sauce,  jellied  oranges,  or  meringues  with 
whipped  cream. 


POLITICS  IN 
THE  PULPIT 


On  the  eve  of  the  first  national  observ- 
ance of  the  birthday  of  slain  civil 
rights  leader  Martin  Luther  King 
Jr.,  South  African  Bishop  Desmond  Tutu 
spoke  at  Duke  Chapel.  And  his  message, 
appropriate  to  the  setting,  was  more  spiritual 
than  political. 

"Each  one  of  us  is  fragile.  Each  one  of  us  is 
created  in  the  image  of  God,"  he  said.  "And 
so  the  evil  of  the  system  at  home  is  not  the 
pain  and  anguish  it  causes.  The  awful  thing 
about  apartheid,  the  most  blasphemous  thing 
about  apartheid,  is  that  it  makes  a  child  of 
God  doubt  he  is  a  child  of  God." 

Tutu  won  the  1984  Nobel  Peace  Prize  for 
his  efforts  to  end  South  Africa's  policy  of 
racial  separation.  In  his  sermon  at  Duke,  he 
told  the  chapel  crowd  of  2 ,000  and  another 
1,500  viewing  him  on  a  large  screen  in  Page 
Auditorium  that  their  prayers  are  being  heard 
by  the  oppressed  in  his  country,  and  that 
God  stands  on  the  side  of  the  poor  and  op- 
pressed. The  oppressors,  he  said,  are  headed 
for  defeat. 

The  first  black  Anglican  bishop  in  South 
Africa,  Tutu  was  on  a  three-week  January 
tour  of  the  United  States  to  raise  money  for 
the  South  African  Council  of  Churches.  An 
offering  collected  during  the  Duke  service 
for  the  council's  work  against  apartheid 
netted  $11,700.  Tutu  came  to  Duke  directly 
from  Atlanta,  where  he  was  the  main  speaker 
at  an  international  conference  honoring 
Martin  Luther  King  Jr. 

During  a  press  conference  following  his 
sermon  at  Duke,  the  55-year-old  Tutu  told 
journalists  that  although  he  does  not  sup- 
port violence  in  the  struggle  against  South 
Africa's  racial  policies,  a  time  may  come 


when  it  is  justified  as  the  lesser  of  two  evils. 
"It  is  the  position  of  the  church  that  all  vio- 
lence is  evil.  I  have  said  that  I  am  opposed  to 
all  violence,  the  violence  of  a  repressive  sys- 
tem, and  the  violence  of  those  who  seek  to 
overthrow  it. 

"But  the  position  of  the  church  is  also  that 
a  time  can  come  when  it  is  justifiable  to  over- 
throw an  unjust  system  by  force.  It  is  impor- 
tant to  recognize  that  the  primary  violence 
and  terrorism  in  South  Africa  today  is  the 
terrorism  of  apartheid." 

In  comparing  South  Africa's  struggle  with 
the  civil  rights  movement  in  the  United 
States,  Tutu  said:  "A  very  important  differ- 
ence is  that  you  were  seeking  to  gain  rights 
that  were  guaranteed  you  under  your  Consti- 
tution. In  theory,  the  law  was  on  your  side.  In 
South  Africa,  we  are  striving  for  basic,  funda- 
mental, human  rights.  The  constitution  of 
the  country  excludes  blacks,  73  percent  of 
the  total  population.  The  1984  amendments 
mentioned  blacks  once." 

Tutu  challenged  the  Reagan  administra- 
tion's "constructive  engagement"  approach, 
which  holds  that  an  abrupt  economic  with- 
drawal from  South  Africa  would  hurt  blacks 
and  halt  US  influence  on  social  policy  there. 
"Almost  always  when  it  comes  to  South 
Africa,  we  get  all  these  wonderful  sophistries 
that  blacks  will  suffer.  Blacks  are  suffering 
now.  Why  have  the  people  all  of  a  sudden 
become  so  altruistic?"  He  said  that  funds 
from  Western  countries  and  universities  are 
invested  in  "one  of  the  most  vicious  systems 
the  world  has  known.  And  if  we  are  looking 
for  peaceful  strategies,  blacks  have  spoken. 

"Let  people  not  use  us  as  an  alibi  for  not 
doing  the  thing  that  they  know  they  ought 
to  do.  What  we  are  dealing  with  is  not  an 
economic  issue,  not  a  political  issue.  It  is  a 
moral  issue.  Are  you  on  the  side  of  justice  or 
injustice?" 


DUKE  TRAVEL  '86 

FARAWAY  PLACES 


A  Viking  Adventure 
June  8-21, 1986 

Sail  from  Scandinavia  to  Russia  and  northern 
Europe  aboard  the  deluxe  cruise  ship,  Royal 
Viking  Sea.  Starting  in  Copenhagen,  visit  the 
fascinating  cities  of  Stockholm  and  Helsinki. 
View  the  art  treasures  of  the  Hermitage  in 
Leningrad.  Experience  a  daylight  transit  of  the 
Kiel  Canal  through  lush  farmlands  en  route  to 
Hamburg  and  Amsterdam  before  returning  to 
Copenhagen.  Outside  staterooms  start  at 
$2,834. 

Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
June  30- July  13, 1986 

Fly  to  Paris  for  a  three-day  stay.  Take  the  "super- 
train"  to  Lyon  to  board  M/S  Arlena  for  a  seven- 
day,  six-night  Rhone  River  cruise  with  stops  in 
Trevoux,  Vienne,  Valence,  Viviers,  and  Avignon. 
Coach  to  the  Riviera  for  a  three-night  stay  in 
Cannes.  Approximately  $2,895  from  Atlanta. 

Costa  Rica 
August  8-16,  1986 

Discover  the  culture,  history,  and  natural  beauty 
of  exotic  Costa  Rica,  culminating  in  an  excit- 
ing white-water  adventure.  Spend  a  day  in  San 
Jose  followed  by  a  visit  to  the  Cloud  Forest  of 
Monteverde. 

Golden  Autumn  Cruise 
September  22-28, 1986 
September  28-Oct.  4, 1986 

From  New  York,  sail  by  the  renewed  "Lady,"  on 
to  Bar  Harbor,  Maine;  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia; 
Quebec,  Canada;  Montreal;  Newport;  Boston. 
Enjoy  New  England  and  our  northern  neigh- 
bor at  their  best.  Approximately  $1698  for  8 
day  cruise;  $2748  for  15  day  cruise. 

Fabled  Rhineland  Cruise 
October  6-14, 1986 

Explore  the  castles  and  historic  villages  of  the 
Netherlands,  Germany,  and  France  on  a  lei- 
surely cruise  of  the  Rhine  River  during  the  sea- 
son of  wine  harvest  festivals.  Approximately 
$1,495,  airfare  from  Atlanta  included. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL 
OUT  THE  COUPON  AND  RETURN  TO 
BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE 
TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL  DRIVE,  DURHAM, 
N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114. 

□  SCANDINAVIA 

□  RHONE  RIVER 

□  COSTA  RICA 

D  CANADA-NEW  ENGLAND 
D  RHINE  RIVER 

Name  Class 


REFORM 
REVISITED 


ow  well  did  serious  academic  reform 
fare  at  the  January  NCAA  conven- 
K  tion  in  New  Orleans?  Not  well,  ac- 
cording to  Duke  law  professor  and  sports  law 
author  John  Weistart.  And  he's  not  surprised. 

In  the  November-December  issue  of  Duke 
Magazine  ("Who  Loses  When  The  Team 
Wins?"),  Weistart  warned  of  a  "business  as 
usual"  approach  by  the  NCAA  to  concerns 
about  academic  integrity  in  collegiate  sports. 
He  said  that  economic  considerations  ap- 
pear to  be  the  primary  focus,  and  that  pro- 
posals to  modify  Proposition  48  would  merely 
water  down  the  measure  and  assure  continued 
reliance  on  academically  subpar  student- 
athletes. 

The  NCAA  did,  in  fact,  vote  for  one  of  the 
modifications  and  agreed  to  phase  in  the 
original  Proposition  48  over  a  two-year 
period.  Proposition  48  was  passed  by  the 
NCAA  in  1983  and  was  scheduled  to  go  into 
effect  this  year.  It  required  that  freshman 
recruits  for  Division  I  schools  earn  at  least  a 
700  combined  SAT  score  (or  a  15  on  the 
ACT)  and  have  at  least  a  2.0  grade  point 
average  from  an  eleven-course  high  school 
core  curriculum.  The  modification  passed  in 
January  combines  grades  and  scores  for  an 
index  whereby  poor  performance  in  one  area 
could  be  offset  by  better  performance  in  the 
other.  For  example,  an  athlete  could  score  a 
660  on  the  SAT  or  13  on  the  ACT  and  still 
remain  eligible  if  he  or  she  has  a  2.2  grade 
point  average.  A  740  SAT  or  17  ACT  could 
offset  a  1.8  grade  point  average. 

The  index  will  be  tightened  up  over  the 
next  two  years  to  reach  the  original  Proposi- 
tion 48  level  of  absolute  minimums  by  1988. 

"There's  a  tremendous  irony  in  the  arrange- 
ment," says  Weistart,  who  attended  the 
NCAA  convention.  "The  interest  in  Proposi- 
tion 48  was  prompted  by  a  concern  for  tight- 
ening academic  standards.  But  the  effect  of 
the  indexing  is  to  actually  weaken  the  aca- 
demic standards  that  existed  before  Proposi- 
tion 48  was  enacted,  when  everyone  needed 
at  least  a  2.0  grade  point  average.  It's  again 
an  example  where  the  compelling  forces  of 
economics  in  college  sports  were  able  to  take 
another  punch  at  academic  standards." 

"The  fact  that  the  University  of  North 
Carolina  and  Duke  were  much  against  the 
indexing  and  phase-in  speaks  well  for  the 
ACC,"  says  Weistart.  In  fact,  all  ACC  schools 
but  Maryland  voted  against  the  proposals  to 
change  the  original  Proposition  48.  Duke 
Athletics  Director  Tom  Butters  says  the  issue 
is  successful  completion  of  studies,  "and 
those  with  scores  under  700  have  substanti- 
ally lesser  graduation  rates  than  those  over 
700.  I'm  one  who  believes  that  young  people 
will  rise  to  the  occasion.  If  700  boards  allow 


greater  opportunity  for  graduation,  then  I 
believe  high  school  students  who  genuinely 
want  an  education  will  expend  the  energy 
necessary  to  achieve  that  end." 


FOREIGN 
EXCHANGES 


Eight  Duke  professors  received  Fulbright 
awards  for  the  1985-86  academic  year, 
and  another  has  been  named  chair- 
man of  the  Washington-based  organization 
that  screens  Fulbright  applications. 

The  awards  recognize  the  recipients'  high 
standing  within  specific  fields  of  study,  and 
allow  U.S.  scholars  to  go  abroad  for  teaching 
and  research.  The  Fulbright  program  also 
brings  foreign  scholars  to  this  country. 

The  Duke  scholars  are  Deborah  Bender, 
assistant  professor  in  the  department  of  com- 
munity and  family  medicine,  who  is  lectur- 
ing in  Colombia;  Philip  Brock,  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  economics,  who  is  doing  research  in 
Chile;  Caroline  Bruzelius,  assistant  professor 
of  art,  conducting  research  in  Italy;  Ronald 
Butters,  associate  professor  of  English,  who 
is  lecturing  in  Germany;  George  C.  Christie, 
James  B.  Duke  professor  of  law,  lecturing  in 
New  Zealand;  Martin  Golding,  philosophy 
professor,  lecturing  in  Australia;  Peter  Lange, 
associate  professor  of  political  science,  doing 
research  in  Italy;  and  Ronald  Witt,  history 
professor,  whose  research  is  taking  him  to 
France  and  Italy. 

In  addition,  five  foreign  scholars  are  at 
Duke  this  year  under  the  Fulbright  program: 
Michael  P.  Feneley  of  Australia,  for  research 
in  the  departments  of  medicine  and  radiology; 
Farid  Fouad  Khouri  of  the  American  Univer- 
sity in  Beirut,  research  in  chemistry;  Marios 
Marselos  of  Greece,  research  in  pathology; 
Maria  Dolores  Moreno  Grau  of  Spain,  re- 
search in  civil  and  enviornmental  engineer- 
ing; and  Zhijie  Yan  of  China,  in  the  eco- 
nomics department  researching"  the  history 
of  economic  thought. 

A.  Kenneth  Pye,  Samuel  Fox  Mordecai 
Professor  of  Law,  is  the  new  chairman  of  the 
Council  for  the  International  Exchange  of 
Scholars.  Supported  by  the  United  States 
Information  Agency,  the  council  has  a  staff 
of  seventy  and  250  unpaid  U.S.  scholars  serv- 
ing on  sixty-three  disciplinary  and  regional 
screening  committees  for  Fulbright  applica- 
tions. The  council  makes  recommendations 
to  the  Board  of  Foreign  Scholarships,  which 
formally  awards  the  grants. 

Pye  is  already  on  the  Southern  Europe 
Committee,  while  three  other  Duke  profes- 
sors, historian  William  Chafe,  political 
scientist  Richard  Leach,  and  sociologist 
Edward  Tiryakian,  hold  assignments  on  other 
committees. 


CONTRA  PROS 
AMP  CONS 

Amid  protests  and  picketing  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Duke  community  and 
off-campus  political  groups,  contra 
leader  Adolfo  Calero  told  a  capacity  Page 
Auditorium  crowd  that  the  people  of  Nicara- 
gua support  rebel  actions  against  the  San- 
dinista  government. 

"No  guerilla  [force]  can  exist  without  the 
cooperation  of  the  civilian  population,"  said 
Calero,  president  and  chief  commander  of 
the  Nicaraguan  Democratic  Force,  the  major 
contra  faction  opposing  the  Sandinista 
regime.  "We  firmly  believe  this  is  the  year  of 
liberation  for  Nicaragua,"  he  said,  estimating 
that  the  contras  would  need  from  $50  mil- 
lion to  $100  million  in  U.S.  aid  to  fight  the 
leftist  government. 

Calero's  January  speech  at  Duke  was  spon- 
sored by  Students  for  a  Democratic  Central 
America  and  the  Major  Speakers  Commit- 
tee. Calero  came  to  North  Carolina  seeking 
public  support  for  increased  military  aid  from 
the  Reagan  administration,  and  had  spent 
the  afternoon  in  Washington  with  Secretary 
of  State  George  Shultz.  He  told  journalists 
before  his  Page  Auditorium  speech  that 
Shultz  "came  across  very  clearly  on  the  ad- 
ministration's support  for  our  cause."  North 
Carolina  is  one  of  three  Southern  states  pivotal 
to  congressional  approval  of  the  aid,  he  added. 
Several  hundred  protesters,  among  them  a 
Duke  student  group  known  as  the  Central 
America  Solidarity  Committee,  stood  out- 
side Page  Auditorium  carrying  signs  and 
wearing  white  armbands  marking  their 
opposition  to  U.S.  support  of  the  contras. 
The  faces  of  some  protesters  were  painted 
white  to  symbolize  reported  contra  atrocities. 


Protesters  inside  Page  stood  with  their  backs 
to  Calero  and  occasionally  interrupted  his 
speech. 

"I  cannot  understand  why  some  people 
will  accept  for  others  the  type  of  government 
that  they  would  not  accept  for  themselves," 
Calero  told  the  demonstrators.  "I  certainly 
do  appreciate  the  protesters.  It  is  a  luxury 
that  we  do  not  have  in  our  country." 

Calero's  visit  to  Duke  was  preceded  and  fol- 
lowed by  a  flurry  of  debate  in  the  student 
Chronicle.  "Calero  pretends  he  is  a  hero 
valiantly  fighting  for  democracy,"  wrote 
Trinity  sophomore  Sean  McElheny.  "In  reality, 
he  is  an  errand  boy  hired  by  the  C.I.A.  to 
construct  a  facade  of  credibility  for  the 
contras." 

"It's  strange  that,  if  the  contras  supposedly 
have  popular  support,  and  the  populace  is 
allowed  to  arm  themselves,  the  Sandinista 
regime  hasn't  been  overthrown  yet,"  wrote 
Trinity  sophomore  John  Kovach.  "Would 
any  government  arm  citizens  it  didn't  trust  to 
guard  against  a  force  with  which  those  same 
citizens  supposedly  sympathize?  I  think  not." 

"To  the  people  of  Nicaragua,  the  United 
States,  in  supporting  Calero  and  the  contras,  is 
seen  on  the  side  of  liberty  and  democracy," 
wrote  law  student  Joe  Larisa.  "The  Sandinista 
apologists  claim  the  United  States  is  on  the 
side  of  terrorism.  It  is  no  wonder  they  are  pro- 
testing Calero's  visit.  Perhaps  they  are  scared 
that  the  Sandinistas  will  be  revealed  as  the 
real  terrorists  when  the  Duke  community 
hears  the  truth." 

"Calero  is  certainly  a  speaker  of  note, 
regardless  of  how  one  views  his  actions,"  said 
a  Chronicle  editorial.  "He  leads  an  organiza- 
tion partially  funded  by  the  United  States.  It 
is  in  everyone's  interest  to  hear  what  Calero 
has  to  say  and  form  an  opinion." 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
GOLF  SCHOOLS  1986 

FOR  BOYS  AND  GIRLS 
ACES  11-17 


JUNE15-JUNE20    BOYS  ONLY 

JUNE  22 -JUNE  27 CO-ED 

TENTATIVE  DAILY  SCHEDULE 

7:30  a.m.    Rise  'n  Shine 
8:00  a.m.    Breakfast 
8:45  a.m.    Instruction— Driving  Range 
10:15  a.m.    Coke  Break 
10:30  a.m.    Instruction 
12:00  p.m.    Lunch  &  Rest 
1:15  p.m.    Clinic 

1:45  p.m.    Play  Golf  &  Instruction 
4:00  p.m.    Swimming 
5:15  p.m.    Dinner 

6:00  pm.    Strategy  Session,  Golf,  etc. 
9:00  p.m.    Movies  or  Lecture 
11:00  p.m.    Lights  Out 

For  applications,  write  to:  Rod  Myers, 

Golf  Director,  Duke  University 

Golf  Course,  Durham,  N.C  27706 

(919)684-2817 


DUKE  BOOKS 


Canaan. 

B>  Charlie  Smith  71.  New  York:  Simon  & 
Schuster,  1984.416  pp. 


Charlie  Smith's  Canaan 
is  a  shocking,  frustrat- 
ing, richly  evoked, 
intimate  revelation  of 
a  woman's  madness. 
Smith  is  first  of  all  a 
poet,  and  the  novel  is 
filled  with  jewel-like 
descriptions.  To  attempt  to  read  Canaan 
quickly  is  to  miss  the  chief  delight  of  the 
book.  To  wince  at  the  frequent  detailed 
accounts  of  sexual  activity  is  to  miss  the 
chief  clue  to  the  protagonist's  insanity.  To  be 
put  off  by  the  slow  pace  of  the  accumulating 
narrative  is  to  give  up  on  a  work  of  art. 

The  story  is  of  Elizabeth  Bonnet  Burdette, 
who  marries  into  a  wealthy,  landowning 
Georgia  family,  bears  a  son,  and  goes  to  live 
with  her  husband,  J.C.,  for  a  while,  in  the 
small  town  of  Yellow  Springs,  Georgia.  In 
the  saga  that  follows,  Elizabeth  and  her  son, 
Jacey,  are  at  the  center  of  the  book's  life  and 
its  central  concern.  But  along  the  way,  Smith 
gives  us  some  wonderful  characters  in  the 
tradition  of  Southern  literary  grotesques. 

There  is  Delight  Burdette,  for  example, 
who  runs,  along  with  his  brother,  a  combina- 
tion zoo  and  gas  station  where  occasional 
tourists  pay  to  see  odoriferous  snakes  and  a 
scruffy  bear.  Delight,  "drunken  pathfinder  of 
the  pine  barrens,"  lives  in  the  woods,  wishes 
he  were  Daniel  Boone,  and  is  Elizabeth's 
lover— albeit  unable  to  consummate— for 
ten  years.  And  there  is  Jacey 's  grandfather, 
Jack  Burdette,  who  grows  a  forest  of  zinnias 
every  summer  and  expresses  his  feud  with  his 
son,  J.C.,  by  periodically  stoning  J.C.'s  house. 
There's  Marcel,  the  18-year-old  conch  fisher- 
man on  a  Caribbean  island.  Elizabeth  has  an 
affair  with  him  when  Jacey  is  12. 

Smith's  earliest  description  of  Elizabeth 
suggests  we  are  in  for  416  pages  of  Scarlett 
O'Hara: 

Elizabeth  Bonnet  Burdette,  the  final  tart 
plum  of  the  Charleston  Bonnets,  was  her- 
self the  heir  to  300  years  of  Southern 
pomp  and  circumstance.  A  brilliant,  in- 
genious, self-absorbed  woman,  known  in 
her  teens  as  the  Beauty  of  Charleston,  she 
had  chosen,  quite  consciously,  to  live  her 
life  as  if  every  day  were  a  cotillion. 

This  wry  glance  at  the  historical  romance 
of  the  Old  South  is  misleading.  Smith  is  not 


writing  a  recognizable  story  of  the  progress  of 
a  Southern  belle.  He  is  slowly  unfolding  the 
progress  of  insanity,  a  good  thing  for  the 
reader  to  know  at  the  outset  as  it  explains  the 
initially  slow  progress  of  the  story.  To  build 
his  portrait,  Smith  plays  tricks  with  the  nar- 
rative movement,  rushing  backward  and  for- 
ward, approximating  the  sort  of  associations 
that  occur  in  good  conversation  between 
two  people  trying  to  get  to  know  each  other. 
Typically,  a  snippet  of  information  or  a  scene 
that  takes  place  in  the  future  will  be  intro- 
duced, stopping  the  narrative  while  Smith 
reports  on  something  that  happens  years 
later. 

Rather  than  moving  straight  forward,  the 
narrative  uncoils  like  a  multicircled  snake, 
the  story's  movement  organic  with  the  lush 
Eden  the  author  creates  with  his  descrip- 
tions, and  with  the  unfolding  nature  of  Eliza- 
beth herself.  South  Georgia,  Hawaii,  any 
place  in  which  Elizabeth  finds  herself,  is 
recreated  with  a  sensory  intensity  that  I  can 
only  compare  to  the  work  of  Thomas  Wolfe. 
Sometimes  it  seems  as  if  there  are  flowers  on 
every  page  of  Canaan:  "perhaps  with  leaves 
like  frogs'  feet,"  or  on  lines  of  bushes  "curved 
like  sea  swells,"  sometimes  azaleas  of  "wild 
oak  smell,"  sometimes  a  tea  olive  bush  so 
thickly  scented  that  it  seems  to  create  for 
itself  a  twin,  "an  invisible  bush  made  entirely 
of  perfume."  Many  Southern  writers,  includ- 
ing Wolfe,  have  used  nature  as  a  way  to  iden- 
tify woman  as  fertile  life  force.  What  I  find 
fascinating  about  Smith's  use  of  this  imagery, 
however,  is  that  Elizabeth  is  the  snake  in  this 
Eden,  herself  the  very  negation  of  the  life 
force  she  so  wantonly  celebrates. 

Elizabeth,  swimming  naked  with  her  small 
son,  glorying  in  the  outdoors,  bursting  with 
vitality  and  sexuality,  a  child  of  nature— all 
these  characteristics,  granted,  very  hard  on 
society,  but  permitted  in  those  who  have  the 
egocentric  genius  for  living  fully.  This  charm- 
ing joyousness  is  hard  on  a  marriage,  of  course, 
but  it  is  J.C.'s  choice  to  put  up  with  this  or 
not.  Certainly  he  is  not  justified  in  taking  a 
belt  to  her.  Enraged  after  Elizabeth  whisked 
her  son  away  from  the  baptismal  font  via  a 
Harley-Davidson,  J.C.  administers  a  brutal 
beating,  only  to  be  stopped  by  his  father's 
putting  a  gun  to  his  head.  With  this  scene, 
Smith  accomplishes  something  quite  remark- 
able: a  literary  epiphany  in  retrospect.  At  first, 
we  identify  with  Elizabeth,  with  the  shock  of 
the  beating,  and  we  recognize  that  a  signifi- 
cant break  has  occurred  in  the  Burdettes' 


lives— things  will  be  different  now  in  some 
way.  Something  changes  in  the  novel,  too. 
Within  thirty  pages,  Smith  reverses  our 
apprehension  of  the  pivotal  event.  Now  we 
identify  with  J.C,  now  we  comprehend  the 
justification,  now  that  the  evidence  is  all  in. 
We  realize  who  is  the  real  victim:  the  boy, 
Jacey. 

Both  an  innocent  and  a  monster,  Elizabeth 
is  not  emotionally  connected  to  other  peo- 
ple; a  vitally  important  part  of  her  psycho- 
logical humanness  is  missing.  What  she  feels 
toward  other  people  as  affection  is  completely 
selfish  and  without  regard  to  her  effect  on 
them.  She  is  very  much  a  beautiful,  destruc- 
tive animal.  This  is  the  secret  at  the  heart  of 
the  book. 

One  of  the  clues  to  Elizabeth's  pathology— 
indeed,  the  most  abundantly  scattered— is 
her  promiscuous  sexual  conduct.  Smith 
writes  description  after  description  of  these 
until  they  become  the  most  salient  character- 
istic of  the  book.  Not  pornographic,  some- 
times erotic,  sometimes  not,  they  struck  me 
as  clinical,  reminiscent  of  detailed  psychia- 
tric case  histories  in  which  sexual  behavior  is 
the  focal  manifestation  of  psychological 
disorder. 

Therefore,  we  should  not  be  surprised— 
though  we  are— by  Elizabeth's  ultimate  crime 
against  her  son.  Smith  has  prepared  for  it 
well.  One  day  Elizabeth  comes  to  Jacey 's  room 
early  to  take  him  on  a  picnic  down  the  river. 
There,  on  a  sandy  beach,  after  a  lunch  of 
Stilton  cheese  and  pineapple  sandwiches 
and  green  seedless  grapes,  she  asks  about  his 
sexual  knowledge,  strips,  and  masturbates 
wildly  in  front  of  him.  The  rest  of  the  book, 
some  200  pages,  explains,  clarifies,  confirms. 
Elizabeth  has  ruined  her  son.  He  would  like 
it,  Jacey  realizes  years  later  in  bed  with  his 
first  lover,  "if  he  never  had  to  touch  a  woman." 

At  various  times  in  Canaan,  we  have  heard 
that  one  night  when  she  was  a  teenager  driv- 
ing her  friends  home,  Elizabeth  wrecked  the 
car  because  she  saw  angels  in  the  trees.  Grad- 
ually, we  understand  that  this  explanation  is 
neither  whimsical  nor  metaphorical.  It  is  a 
hallucination  and  a  harbinger. 

—Leslie  Banner 

Banner  is  senior  research  editor  at  Duke  in  the  presi- 
dent's office. 


Presenting. . . 


The  Lamp  of  the  University. 


"The  torch  of  knowledge . . . 
the  light  of  friendship ..." 

The  Lamp  of  the  University  is 
a  special  opportunity  to 
show  your  pride  in  Duke  Uni- 
versity. In  your  home  or  office, 
its  traditional  design  bespeaks 
the  highest  standards  of  quality. 

The  Lamp  will  symbolize  for 
generations  to  come  your  lasting 
commitment  to  the  pursuit  of 
knowledge  and  to  the  glory  that 
is  Duke  University. 

Now,  the  craftsmen  of  Royal 
Windyne  Limited  have  created 
this  beautifully  designed,  hand- 
made, solid  brass  desk  lamp 
proudly  bearing  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity official  shield. 

Lasting  Quality 

The  Lamp  of  the  University 
has  been  designed  and  created 
to  last  for  generations  as  a  legacy 
of  quality: 

•  All  of  the  solid  brass  parts  shine 
with  a  hand-polished,  mirror 
finish,  clear  lacquered  for  last- 
ing beauty. 

•  The  shield  of  Duke  University 
is  hand  printed  prominently  in 
gold  in  two  places  on  the  14" 
diameter  black  shade. 

•  The  traditional  pull  chain  hangs 
just  above  the  fount  for  easy  ac- 
cess while  denoting  the  lamp's 
classic  character. 

•  The  solid  brass  parts  make  this 
lamp  heavy  (three  pounds),  and 
its  22"  height  provides  just  the  right  look  on 
an  executive  desk,  den  end  table  or  foyer 


buy  this  direct,  you  can  own  this 
showpiece  for  significantly  less. 
The  Lamp  of  the  University  is  a 
value  that  makes  sense,  especial- 
ly at  this  introductory  price. 

Personalized 

Considering  this  is  the  first 
time  that  a  lamp  such  as  this  has 
ever  been  offered,  you  can  have  it 
personalized  with  your  name, 
initials,  class/year,  etc.,  recorded 
now  and  for  generations  to  come, 
hand  lettered  in  gold  on  the 
shade. 

How  to  Reserve; 
Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

The  Lamp  of  the  University 
is  available  through  the 
Alumni  Association  by  using  the 
reservation  form  below.  Tele- 
phone orders  (credit  card)  may 
be  placed  by  calling  (804) 
358-1899.  Satisfaction  is  fully 
guaranteed,  or  you  may  return  it 
for  a  refund  anytime  within 
one  month. 

If  you  are  a  graduate  of  the 
University,  or  if  you  are  reserv- 
ing for  a  friend  or  relative  who 
is,  this  lamp  will  be  a  source  of 
pride  for  years  to  come. 

iOuke 


Show  your  pride  in  the  University,  in  your  home  or  office. 
Solid  brass;  22"  tall. 


All  the  parts  were  selected  by  the  Royal 
Windyne  craftsmen  to  provide  just  the  right 
look.  You  will  admire  its  beautiful  design,  but 


A  Personal  Statement 

Each  time  that  you  use  the  Lamp  you  will 
be  reminded  of  your  University  days — 
"burning  the  midnight  oil"  for  exams,  stroll- 
ing down  the  Main  Quadrangle  and  building 
friendships  that  will  never  dwindle.  At  one 
glance  your  friends  will  know  that  you  attend- 
ed the  university  founded  by  James  B.  Duke. 
The  Lamp  of  the  University  makes  a  per- 
sonal statement  about  your  insistence  on  qual- 
ity. Before  assembling  each  lamp,  skilled 
American  craftsmen  hand  polish  the  parts 
while  carefully  examining  each  piece — and 
selecting  only  the  best.  After  being  assembled, 
each  lamp  is  tested  and  inspected  to  ensure 
its  lasting  quality  and  beauty. 


GHiya/'  M'ta^M  3«vu&t/ 

at  the  same  time  appreciate  its  traditional  and 
simple  features.  This  is  a  custom-built  lamp 
that  will  enhance  any  decor  in  which  it  is 
placed,  from  Chippendale  to  Contemporary, 
with  a  style  lasting  forever. 

Excellent  Value 

Other  solid  brass  lamps  of  this  size  and 
quality  regularly  sell  in  custom  brass 
shops  for  $175  to  $250.  But  as  you  are  able  to 


Satisfaction  Guaranteed  or  Return  in  30  days  for  full  refund . 
To:  Duke  University 


,DeptW2 

614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

Telephone  Orders:  (804)  358-1899 

Yes,  I  wish  to  reserve  Lamp(s)  of  Duke 

University,  each  crafted  of  solid  brass  and  bearing  the 
shield  of  the  University,  at  $119  each,  plus  S3  for  shipping 
and  handling.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 

Yes,  please  send  me  the  personalization  form  so  my 

shade  can  be  hand  inscribed  before  shipping.  I  have  in- 
cluded the  $20  additional  charge  for  this  service. 

Check  or  money  order  enclosed  for  $ 


_  Charge  to:  VISA  □  Mastercard  D  Am.  Express  □ 


Virginia  residents  please  add  t 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Terrorism:  the  undeclared  war  (beginning  on  page  4) 


hat  faced  us  was  a  mob  of  dirty, 
bearded,  screaming,  fanatical 
types,  with  headbands,  and  pic- 
tures of  Khomeini  pinned  to 

their  shirts.  They  came  rushing  in  and  looking 

in  every  possible  room.  They  ran  around,  look- 
ing for  people,  or  weapons,  or  whatever  they 

could  find.  ^^flB 

We  were  given 

hall,  wonv 

to  escort  ul 

As  soon  as  wV 

set  up,  they  fris%| 

tied  our  hands  b 
I  was  escorted 

going  out,  they  asked 

statement.   They 

Carter  and  the  United 

said,  "I  won't  say  anytl 

name  and  my  position  i 

all  you're  going  to  get  fi 
I  was  escorted  down  t 

the  grounds,  toward  tl, 

thought  we  were  go  in 

was  my  first  thought.  I 

to  go  in  front  of  a  firi 


ATTACKING  APARTHEID 


THE  CHAPEL'S  GOLDEN  AGE 


Best  in  the  nation:  that's  the  new 
distinction  for  DuJce  Magazine.  For  a 
two-year-old,  it's  quite  an  achieve- 
ment. The  magazine  was  named 
Robert  Sibley  Magazine  of  the  Year 
for  "all-around  excellence  in  publish- 
ing" by  Newsweek  and  the  Council 
for  Advancement  and  Support  of 
Education  (CASE).  The  Sibley 
award,  the  highest  award  given  to  a 
university  magazine,  was  presented  in 
July  at  the  CASE  annual  assembly. 

Last  year,  Duke  Magazine  fared  al- 
most as  well,  ranking  among  the 
nation's  top  ten  university  magazines. 

Said  Newsweek  senior  editor  and 
jury  chairman  Mel  Elfin:  "From  the 
striking  four-color  covers  to  the  broad 
range  of  university-related  articles,  to 
the  superbly  chosen  and  displayed 
black-and-white  photography,  to  the 
comprehensive  yet  non-intrusive  sys- 
tem for  handling  class  and  alumni 
notes,  the  word  that  the  judges  used 
most  often  to  describe  Duke  Maga- 
zine was  'elegant'. . . .  Each  issue  seems 
to  achieve  those  elusive  goals  so 
eagerly  sought  after  by  every  college 
publication— a  blend  of  articles 
appealing  equally  to  the  university 
and  the  non-university  audience  and 
a  range  of  subject  matter  which,  in  a 
small  way,  can  symbolize  the  breadth 
of  interests  of  the  university 
itself.  ...  In  sum,  the  Duke  staff  has 
produced  a  magazine  that  is  interest- 
ing to  read,  attractive  to  look  at,  and 
presents  a  highly  positive,  contem- 
porary image  of  the  institution 
whose  name  it  bears." 


An  article  on  academics  and  athle- 
tics by  features  editor  Susan  Bloch 
took  a  gold  medal  for  Best  Article  of 
the  Year  from  a  field  of  300  entries. 
From  a  field  of  112  entries,  the  maga- 
zine won  a  gold  medal  for  Excellence 
in  Periodical  Writing.  The  award 
cited  five  articles:  a  piece  on  Duke 
Forest  by  editor  Robert  J.  Bliwise;  a 
first-person  account  of  Duke's  quit- 
smoking  program  by  associate  editor 
Sam  Hull;  and  articles  by  Bloch  on 
high-tech  medicine,  issues  facing 
higher  education,  and  U.S.  Transpor- 
tation Secretary  Elizabeth  Dole  '58. 

The  magazine  also  received  a 
bronze  award  in  CASE's  Visual 
Design  Series  category.  Its  design 
consultant  is  Mary  Poling,  president 
of  West  Side  Studio. 

According  to  the  people  at  CASE, 
this  is  the  first  time  the  Sibley  went 
to  a  Southern  university.  And,  natur- 
ally, Duke  was  the  one.  When  you're 
hot,  you're  hot. 

—the  editors 


EDITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
West  Side  Studio 
ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
PatZollicoffer'58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Lisa 
Hinely  '86 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburkjr.'60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Anthony  Bosworth  '58, 
president;  Paul  Risher 
B.S.M.E.  '57,  president-elect; 
M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
E.  Thomas  Murphy  Jr.  B.D. 
'65,  Divinity  School;  Sterling 
M.  Brockwell  Jr.  B.S.C.E.  '56, 
School  of  Engineering; 
P.  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
'80,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
Edward  R.  Drayton  III  M.F.  '61, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Environmental  Studies;  Jack  M. 
Cook  M.H.A.  '69,  Department 
o/ Health  Aiminisrrarion; 
Charles  W.  Petty  Jr.  LL.B.  '63, 
School  of  law;  Elizabeth  R. 
BakerM.D.'75H.S.79, 
School  of  Medicine;  Barbara 
Brad  Germino  B.S.N.  '64. 
M.S.N.  '68,  School  of  Nursing; 
PaulL.  Imbrogno'80M.S., 
Graduate  Program  in  Physical 
Therapy;  [Catherine  N. 
Halpem  B.H.S.  77,  Physicians' 
Assistant  Program;  Joseph  L. 
Skinner '33,  Ha!/-Centurv 
Clufc. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Frederick  F 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  Cardwell  '69; 
Jerrold  K.  Rwtlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hartman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

©  1986,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  volun- 
tary subscriptions  $15  per  year 


JULY- 
AUGUST  1986 


DUCE 


VOLUME  72 
NUMBER  5 


Cover:  Sunset  silhouettes  a  famil- 
iar campus  sight,  accenting  a 
halt-century  of  Gothic  grandeur. 
Photo  by  Steve  Dumvell 


FEATURES 


THE  GOTHIC  GRANDE  DAME'S  GOLDEN  AGE  2 

Duke's  "great  towering  church"  has  become  a  magnet  for  tourists,  students  of  art  and 
architecture,  music  lovers,  and  worshipers 


TRACKING  TECHNOLOGY'S  TRENDS  8 

Whenever  technology  confronts  public  policy,  John  Gibbons'  Office  of  Technology 
Assessment  is  likely  to  step  in 


12 


If  Broadway  producer  Emanuel  Azenberg  has  his  way,  Duke  may  spark  a  new  act  in  the 
history  of  American  commercial  theater 


14 


A  Broadway-bound  classic  debuts  on  campus,  and  in  the  classroom 


LEARNING  TO  TAKE  CHARGE  37 

A  public-policy  course  encourages  students  to  take  risks  and  get  involved  while  exploring 
the  personal  price  of  leadership 


AGAIN 

Evelyn  Murphy  helped  secure  a  reputation  for  Massachusetts  as  the  pre-eminent  high- 
tech  state;  now  she  wants  to  secure  a  place  for  herself  in  the  state  house 


42 


DEPARTMENTS 


RETROSPECTIVES 

Football  coaches  debate,  students  get  serious,  Joe  College  reminisces 


Where  have  all  the  general ists  gone? 


GAZETTE 

Duke  divests,  Iacocca  admonishes,  basketball  brings  a  bonus 


BOOKS 

Anne  Tyler's  The  Accidental  Tourist 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


THEGOTHIC 

GRANDE  EAMES 

GOLDEN  AGE 


BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


DUKE  CHAPEL: 


CELEBRATING  FIFTY  YEARS 


"The  great  towering  church"  has  become  a  magnet  for 
tourists,  students  of  art  and  architecture,  music  lovers, 


and  worshipers. 


A  pack  of  twenty  freshly  scrubbed 
school  children  cluster  around 
Duke  Chapel's  hostess,  Linda 
Chandler,  as  she  points  out 
the  three  sarcophagi  in  Memorial  Chapel— 
resting  place  for  university  benefactors 
Washington,  James  B.,  and  Benjamin  N. 
Duke.  From  the  middle  of  the  group  comes  a 
tiny  voice:  "Did  they  pour  stone  over  their 
bodies?" 

So  begins  the  next  half  century  of  Duke 
Chapel  history,  a  history  built  of  limestone 
and  marble,  carved  oak  and  stained  glass, 
and  the  simple  logic  of  an  eight-year-old. 

Considering  the  medieval  origins  of  the 
great  Gothic  cathedrals,  fifty  years  is  still  a 
tender  age.  The  Gothic  revival  began  in 
England  more  than  150  years  ago,  taking 
hold  in  the  United  States  by  the  late  nine- 
teenth century.  Duke's  is  not  nearly  the 
largest  Gothic  cathedral  in  the  world— that 
honor  belongs  to  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John 
the  Divine  in  New  York  City.  But  the  grande 
dame  of  Duke's  West  Campus,  say  architec- 
tural experts,  embodies  virtually  all  the 
structural  integrity  of  the  original  form  with- 
out descending  into  flights  of  romantic  fancy 


ide  imitation  that  charact 


enzea  mu 


ch 


of  the  revivalist  period. 

In  the  mere  fifty  years  since  it  rose  out  of  a 
pine-covered  knoll  at  the  heart  of  the  new 
Duke  University,  the  chapel  has  become  a 
magnet  for  tourists  from  around  the  world, 
students  of  Gothic  art  and  architecture,  wor- 
shipers of  all  denominations,  nearly  newly- 
weds,  audiences  for  sacred  and  secular  music, 
and  hundreds  of  thousands  of  school  chil- 
dren—the latter  group  particularly  drawn, 
says  Chandler,  to  the  mysterious  crypt  and 
any  passing  reference  to  bones  and  tombs. 

Although  it  was  the  last  structure  to  be 
completed  as  part  of  the  original  Gothic 
campus,  Duke  Chapel  was  the  first  building 
to  be  planned,  and  set  the  architectural  tone 
for  the  new  university.  The  Collegiate  Gothic 
style,  an  American  variation  inspired  by  the 
colleges  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge,  was  the 
choice  for  West  Campus,  and  American 
Georgian  for  the  Woman's  College.  In  choos- 
ing the  two,  wrote  Duke  English  Professor 
William  Blackburn  in  his  1935  book  The 
Architecture  of  Duke  University,  "the  univer- 
sity has  selected  the  two  types  of  architecture 
most  acceptable  to  American  universities 
and  colleges....  The  choice  of  either  style  is 
characteristic  of  the  conservative  nature  of 


i\ 


u*i 


Each  weekday,  like  clock- 
work, music  librarian 
Samuel  Hammond  '68 
rides  Duke  Chapel's  half- 
century-old  elevator  up  to  the 
belfry  at  4:45  p.m.  Music  in 
hand,  he  bends  his  knees 
slightly  to  absorb  the  final  jolt 
before  the  contraption  stops. 
Each  weekday,  when  every 
clock  on  campus  strikes  5 
p.m.  (except  the  Crowell 
Clock  Tower,  which  shows 
4:56),  the  bells  atop  Duke 
Chapel  begin  to  chime,  con- 
tinuing until  exactly  5:15  p.m. 
(5:11  Crowell  time). 

Hammond,  self-described  as 
"the  mad  bell-ringer  of  Duke," 
has  been  the  university's  caril- 
lonneur  since  1969,  perform- 
ing weekdays,  Sundays,  and 
for  special  carillon  recitals.  An 
accomplished  keyboard 
player,  he  studied  organ  with 
University  Organist  Emeritus 
Mildred  Hendrix.  But  he 
taught  himself  how  to  play  the 
bells— via  the  hand  clavier,  the 
mechanism  connected  direct- 


ly with  the  clappers.  The  solid 
oak  console  with  its  elongated 
wooden  keys  awaits  his  touch. 
First,  though,  he  settles  before 
a  smaller  practice  unit,  not 
connected  to  the  fifty-bell 
carrillon  above,  and  hammers 
out  a  few  quick  notes. 

At  five  minutes  to  five  (4:51 
Crowell),  he  moves  to  the 
main  console,  places  his 
music  and  a  gold  pocketwatch 
in  front  of  him.  It's  time. 

When  played,  the  bells  re- 
main stationary.  The  clappers 
strike  the  bells  by  means  of 
levers  and  a  system  of  counter- 
balanced transmission  bars. 
The  bells,  a  gift  from  the  late 
George  C  Allen  and  William 
R.  Perkins  of  The  Duke 
Endowment,  range  in  weight 
from  ten  pounds  to  11,200 
pounds.  The  largest  is  six  feet 
nine  inches  at  the  mouth,  the 
smallest  eight  inches.  Their 
weight,  contour,  and  thickness, 
says  Hammond,  determine  the 
pitch  and  duration  of  the 
sound.  He  continues  playing. 


The  students  are  on  vacation 
and  he  decides  against  Dear 
Old  Duke. 

Hammond  gets  a  fair  work- 
out from  his  daily  perform- 
ance; his  decisive  strokes 
maneuver  clappers  weighing 
from  one-half  to  100  pounds. 
But  he  wears  a  suit,  no  monk's 
gown,  no  Tarzan  garb.  "A  lot 
people  think  I'm  up  here 
swinging  on  ropes  or  some- 
thing," he  explains. 

When  the  concert  has 
ended,  he  collects  his  music, 
pockets  his  watch,  brushes 
past  photographs  of  Queen 
Elizabeth  and  Hammond's 
predecessor,  Anton  Brees, 
makes  an  entry  in  the  log 
nearby,  switches  off  the  lights, 
and  heads  for  the  elevator.  It's 
nearly  5:25  p.m. 

With  the  emergence  of  a 
mated  or  recorded  carillon 
music,  Hammond's  job  is 
becoming  quite  a  conversai 
piece.  In  his  nearly  authentic 
British  accent,  he  agrees.  "It's 


hts, 
It's 

. 

.turn 
tic 


our  institutions  and  is  indicative  of  Ameri- 
ca's having  come  of  age  sufficiently  to  remem- 
ber the  past." 

It's  known  that  James  B.  Duke  was  en- 
amored of  the  stone  buildings  at  Princeton, 
while  his  half-brother,  Brodie,  was  partial  to 
those  at  Oxford.  As  Duke  history  professor 
Robert  Durden  theorizes  in  his  book  The 
Dukes  of  Durham,  both  brothers  unconsci- 
ously shared  the  sentiments  offered  by 
Woodrow  Wilson  during  his  tenure  as  Prince- 
ton's president  in  the  early  part  of  this  cen- 
tury: "By  the  very  simple  device  of  construct- 
ing our  new  buildings  in  the  Tudor  Gothic 
style,  we  seem  to  have  added  to  Princeton 
the  age  of  Oxford  and  of  Cambridge;  we  have 
added  a  thousand  years  to  the  history  of 
Princeton  by  merely  putting  those  lines  in 
our  architecture...." 

The  positioning  of  Duke  Chapel  as  the 
focal  point  of  the  new  campus  was  central  to 
James  B.  Duke's  ambitions  for  the  university, 
ambitions  he  would  back  by  some  $19  million 
for  their  realization.  "I  want  the  central 
building  to  be  a  church,  a  great  towering 
church  which  will  dominate  all  of  the  sur- 
rounding buildings,"  Duke  reportedly  said, 
"because  such  an  edifice  would  be  bound  to 
have  a  profound  influence  on  the  spiritual 
life  of  the  young  men  and  women  who  come 
here."  Duke's  passion  for  the  "towering  church" 
assured  the  choice  of  Gothic  architecture. 
As  Blackburn  wrote:  "The  architecture  of 
height  is  Gothic." 

An  exhaustive  survey  of  various  college 
and  university  campuses  was  undertaken  by 
President  William  Preston  Few  and  professor 
of  English  Frank  C.  Brown.  The  two  returned 
with  copious  notes  on  Princeton,  Yale,  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  whose  1893-vintage  quad- 
rangles represented  the  first  American  appli- 
cation of  Collegiate  Gothic. 

The  Philadelphia  architectural  firm  of 
Horace  Trumbauer  was  selected  for  the 
mammoth  project  by  James  B.  Duke  and  the 
university's  building  committee.  "Creating  a 
magnificent  setting  for  the  reaffirmation  of 
traditional  values  and  social  norms  was  exactly 
what  Mr.  Duke  was  trying  to  do,  and  Mr. 
Trumbauer's  understanding  of  this  may  have 
gotten  him  the  assignment,"  wrote  Erin 
Cooperrider  '84  in  her  senior  thesis  on  the 
chapel.  Trumbauer  had  also  designed  one  of 
the  Duke  family's  New  York  City  mansions. 
And  as  Cooperrider  notes,  he  designed  the 
Widener  Library  at  Harvard,  which  holds  as 
prominent  a  position  in  the  Yard  as  does 
Duke  Chapel  on  the  Main  Quad. 

Documents  in  the  Duke  archives  indicate 
that  Julian  Abele,  chief  designer  for  the 
Trumbauer  firm  and  the  first  black  architect 
of  national  prominence,  was  responsible  for 
the  design  of  the  chapel  and  most  of  the 
other  Gothic  buildings  on  West  Campus. 
Everything  that  came  out  of  the  Trumbauer 


firm  bore  the  Trumbauer  name,  according  to 
Duke  archivist  William  E.  King  '61,  A.M. 
'63,  Ph.D.  70,  a  tradition  that  made  Abele 
something  of  an  unknown  within  the  Duke 
University  community.  Among  the  evidence 
that  now  recognizes  Abele's  pivotal  position 
in  Duke  history:  a  1940  letter  by  A.S.  Brower, 
then  executive  secretary  to  the  university,  to 
a  Duke  Chapel  benefactor,  suggesting  that 
she  direct  questions  about  the  structure  to 
Abele,  "who  prepared  the  plans  for  the  build- 
ing." An  interview  by  King  with  Valentine 
Lee,  an  apprentice  with  the  Trumbauer  firm 
when  Duke  University  was  being  designed, 
also  confirmed  Abele's  contributions  to  the 
campus.  Following  the  death  of  Trumbauer, 
Abele  became  head  of  the  prestigious  firm. 

Although  he  would  not  live  to  witness  the 
chapel's  construction,  James  B.  Duke  devoted 
much  of  his  time  to  overseeing  its  design  as 
well  as  that  of  the  other  buildings.  He  is  said 
to  have  made  frequent  trips  to  Trumbauer's 
office  and  would  communicate  other  wishes 
through  various  university  officials.  On  one 
such  occasion,  Professor  Brown  wrote  to 
Trumbauer:  "Mr.  Duke  is  greatly  interested 
in  having  the  original  plan  stretched  out  so 
that  the  buildings... shall  show  slightly  more 
ruggedness  and  strength." 

Brown  is  credited  with  "discovering"  the 
native  stone  from  a  quarry  in  nearby  Hills- 
borough that  would  be  used  for  the  chapel 
and  the  other  buildings  in  the  original  West 
Campus  plan.  The  building  committee  and 
Duke  met  in  the  early  spring  of  1925  and 
were  presented  with  an  array  of  stone  samples, 
including  those  from  well  known  quarries  up 
North.  The  local  product  won  handily,  and 
tracks  soon  traversed  the  campus  for  the  train- 
loads  of  this  iridescent  volcanic  rock. 

"The  Hillsborough  stone  was  a  happy 
choice,"  writes  University  Minister  William 
H.  Willimon  in  a  book  about  the  chapel  that 
will  be  published  this  year.  "In  the  early 
morning  or  late  afternoon,  the  color  is  green- 
ish gray.  In  direct  sunlight  and  upon  closer 
examination,  the  stone  is  shot  through  with 
red,  brown,  blue,  black,  yellow,  orange,  and 
green.  The  masonry  thus  complements  the 
surrounding  pines  and  oaks  and  surprisingly 
affirms  the  Gothic  interest  in  natural  forms 
as  expressive  of  theological  truths." 

The  chapel's  cornerstone  was  laid  in  1930, 
and  students  delighted  in  watching  the  daily 
changes  in  the  structure.  En  route  to  class, 
some  would  stop  by  small  construction 
shacks  behind  the  emerging  building  to  chat 
with  the  stone  masons.  "I  was  fascinated 
watching  these  skilled  artists  start  with  a 
block  of  limestone,  and  with  hammer  and 
chisel,  produce  intricate  designs,"  recalls 
Arthur  Kale  '25,  B.Div.  '31.  He  remembers  a 
wood  fence  surrounding  the  chapel  during 
construction.  "Students  would  rubberneck 
over  it  to  see  what  was  going  on." 

Kale  first  set  foot  in  the  chapel  in  the  late 


Though  it  was  the  last 

structure  to  be 

completed,  Duke  Chapel 

was  the  first  to  be 

planned,  and  set  the 

architectural  tone  for  the 

new  university. 


spring  of  1932.  "I  was  overwhelmed.  I  had 
not  seen  Gothic  architecture  up  close  and 
knew  very  little  about  it.  I  remember  talking 
with  President  Few  about  some  of  the  symbol- 
ism. He  emphasized  how  superb  the  acous- 
tics would  be.  Of  course,  he  turned  out  to  be 
quite  wrong."  University  officials  were,  in 
fact,  optimistic  about  the  sound  absorption 
capabilities  of  special  tiles  installed  on  the 
chapel  walls  and  ceiling  during  initial  con- 
struction. But  acoustics  were  still  less  than 
desirable.  Many  years  later,  the  Benjamin  N. 
Duke  Memorial  Organ  was  installed  and  the 
walls  and  ceiling  were  coated  with  an  acrylic 
sealer.  While  enhancing  the  sound  of  the 
instrument,  the  coating  only  made  the  spoken 
voice  more  difficult  to  hear. 

Drawn  to  Durham  during  the  Depression 
by  the  promise  of  work  at  twenty-five  to  fifty 
cents  per  hour,  Italian-born  stone  mason 
Louis  Fara  recalled  in  a  newspaper  interview 
forty  years  after  the  chapel's  completion  that 
the  arches  and  archways  were  the  most  diffi- 
cult parts  to  construct.  "[But]  it's  the  most 
beautiful  building  I  ever  worked  on,"  he  said. 
"Being  a  part  of  it  gives  you  a  strange,  good 
feeling  like  nothing  else." 

Despite  the  European  flavor  of  the  chapel, 


all  the  firms  responsible  for  its  construction 
were  headquartered  in  New  York:  the  stone 
carving  in  the  chapel  by  John  Donnelly, 
Incorporated,  ironwork  by  William  H.  Jack- 
son Company,  stained-glass  windows  by  G. 
Owen  Bonawit,  Incorporated,  and  the  wood- 
work by  Irving  and  Casson-A.H.  Davenport, 
Incorporated. 

The  overall  plan  for  the  campus  underwent 
four  revisions  as  cost  overruns  dictated  that 
the  buildings  be  scaled  down  in  size.  Only 
the  chapel  emerged  unscathed  by  cost  and 
design  cutbacks.  Its  final  price  tag  was  nearly 
$2.1  million,  which  included  $757,000  for 
stone  work,  $202,000  for  stained  glass  and 
glazing,  $159,000  for  woodwork,  $90,000  for 
the  concrete  foundation,  and  $19,000  for 
flagstone  and  marble  floors. 

Although  first  used  at  commencement  in 
1932,  Duke  Chapel  was  dedicated  June  2, 
1935,  a  soaring  reminder  of  the  university's 
motto,  Eruditio  et  Religio,  and  a  unifying  force 
for  the  diverse  campus  community.  "The 
university's  chapel  will  naturally  become  a 
sort  of  practice  field  for  cooperative  thinking 
and  acting  in  the  matter  of  a  common  wor- 
ship," said  Wake  Forest  College  Professor 
W.R.  Cullom  during  the  dedication  cere- 
mony. "In  such  an  experience,  the  various 
communions  that  make  up  the  life  of  a  uni- 
versity will  find  themselves  thinking,  feel- 
ing, and  acting  together  without  any  special 
or  organized  effort  toward  that  end.  This 
seems  to  me  the  best  kind  of  cooperation." 

Wrote  Professor  Blackburn,  "The  final  im- 
pression of  the  chapel  is  like  the  first:  an 
impression  of  height,  of  space,  and  of  aspira- 
tion." Visitors  are  invariably  awed  by  its  size— 
1,926,610  cubic  feet— and  the  seemingly 
effortless  manner  in  which  its  massive  vaulted 
ceiling  is  held  aloft.  As  Blackburn  noted, 
the  chapel  is  an  excellent  example  of  Gothic 
architecture  as  structural  art.  "The  problem 
is  to  poise  aloft  a  vaulted  stone  roof  and  to 
keep  it  from  falling  down.  And  the  solution 
to  the  problem  is  found  in  a  perfect  balance 
between  the  thrust  of  the  vault  and  the 
counter-thrust  of  the  buttress.  Looked  at 
from  the  point  of  view  of  its  meaning,  the 
Gothic  cathedral  is  a  study,  in  terms  of  stone, 
of  how  the  spirit  of  man  may  escape  from  the 
fetters  of  earth." 

The  210-foot  tower,  patterned  after  the 
Bell  Harry  Tower  of  Canterbury  Cathedral  in 
England,  is,  however,  a  major  departure  from 
Gothic  tradition  in  that  it  is  located  to  the 
front  of  the  chapel  over  the  narthex,  rather 
than  over  the  crossing  of  the  nave  and  tran- 
septs. James  B.  Duke,  it  is  said,  wished  to 
amplify  the  imposing  presence  of  the  chapel, 
and  in  the  placement  of  the  tower,  he  suc- 
ceeded admirably.  Although  it  is  twenty-five 
feet  shorter  than  the  Bell  Harry  Tower,  the 
chapel's  tower  assumes  a  commanding  pre- 
sence on  campus. 

"Duke  Chapel,  like  any  good  Gothic  build- 


ing,  uses  light  as  a  means  of  transfiguring 
walls,"  Willimon  writes.  The  seventy-seven 
stained  glass  windows,  inspired  by  twelfth- 
and  thirteenth-century  France  and  England, 
visually  transform  the  chapel,  depending  on 
the  weather.  "On  a  typical,  bright  North 
Carolina  day,  the  glass  seems  on  fire,"  notes 
Willimon.  "But  the  best  viewing  is  on  a  day 
more  akin  to  the  native  Northern  European 
habitat  of  stained  glass— a  dull,  gray  day 
around  the  first  of  the  semester  in  January— 
when  the  colors  are  subtle,  delicately  bal- 
anced, and  gem-like."  More  than  one  million 
pieces  of  glass  were  used  in  the  windows, 
with  blue  as  the  dominant  color  because  of 
its  ability  to  radiate  color  with  extraordinary 
intensity.  Contrasting  with  the  colorful  col- 
lage of  stained-glass  in  the  chapel  are  the 
white— or  grisaille— windows  in  the  Memori- 
al Chapel.  These  windows  communicate 
through  the  soft,  white  light  they  cast  in  the 
Memorial  Chapel,  while  the  main  chapel 
windows  depict  biblical  figures  and  events. 

Since  1942,  the  university  has  hired 
guides— or  hostesses— to  assist  chapel  visi- 
tors and  conduct  tours.  For  many  years,  so 
the  story  goes,  a  Duke  employee  served  as  the 
self-appointed  guide,  and  apparently  was 
given  just  enough  chapel  knowledge  to  be 
dangerous.  On  one  of  his  impromptu  tours, 
he  stopped  before  the  transept  windows  and 
identified  one  of  the  figures  as  Sir  Garlic. 
Some  mass  head-scratching  ensued  and 
shortly  thereafter  then-President  Few  was 
confronted  with  the  misinformation.  "I 
didn't  tell  him  the  figure  was  Sir  Garlic,"  he  is 
reported  to  have  sputtered.  "I  told  him  the 
figures  were  symbolic." 

According  to  local  history,  the  hapless 
guide  isn't  alone.  In  preparing  the  stone  sculp- 
ture of  Confederate  General  Robert  E.  Lee, 
which  appears  to  the  right  of  the  chapel's 
front  door,  the  artist  is  said  to  have  carved 
the  initials  "U.S."  in  Lee's  belt,  when  Civil 
War  history  dictated  "C.S.A."  for  Confeder- 
ate States  of  America.  The  signs  of  a  hasty 
chiseling  effort  on  the  offending  belt  are  still 
evident  today.  Lee  is  joined  in  carved  per- 
petuity by  Methodist  leaders  John  Wesley, 
Bishop  Francis  Asbury,  Thomas  Coke,  and 
George  Whitefield;  religious  figures  Girolamo 
Savonarola,  Martin  Luther,  and  John  Wycliffe; 
and,  framing  Lee,  Thomas  Jefferson,  United 
States  president  and  author  of  the  Bill  of 
Rights;  and  Sidney  Lanier,  poet  of  the  New 
South. 

For  the  200,000-plus  annual  visitors  to  the 
chapel,  a  major  draw  is  the  magnificent 
Benjamin  N.  Duke  Memorial  Organ,  built 
by  Dirk  A.  Flentrop  of  Holland  and  dedi- 
cated December  12,  1976.  The  5,000-pipe 
organ,  one  of  four  organs  located  in  the 
chapel,  consists  of  lead  and  tin  pipes  housed 
in  a  massive  mahogany  case,  weighing  in  at 
some  22,000  pounds.  A  steel-reinforced  gal- 
lery was  built  to  accommodate  the  organ, 


Julian  Abele,  the  first 

black  architect  of 

national  prominence, 

was  responsible  for  the 

design  of  the  chapel  and 

most  of  the  other  West 

Campus  buildings. 


and  an  access  door  had  to  be  airhammered 
through  four  feet  of  solid  stone.  The  organ's 
installation  marked  the  first  major  structural 
change  in  the  chapel  interior  since  its  con- 
struction, although  a  fire  in  the  1970s  de- 
stroyed twelve  pews.  The  walls  and  ceiling 
were  being  coated  with  an  acrylic  sealer  at 
the  time,  and  workers  wrapped  the  chande- 
liers in  dropcloths.  The  lights  were  left  on 
overnight,  igniting  one  of  the  dropcloths.  It 
fell  to  the  pews,  setting  them  on  fire.  They 
were  replaced  by  wooden  chairs,  allowing  for 
greater  flexibility  in  the  chapel's  use.  As  it 
turned  out,  the  fire  sparked  new  performance 
opportunities  in  the  chapel,  which  today 
range  from  religious  dancers  to  symphony 
orchestras. 

The  chapel's  Sunday  worship  service, 
however,  takes  center  stage.  It  attracts  from 
800  to  1,500  worshipers,  a  larger  congrega- 
tion than  that  of  any  university  chapel  in  the 
United  States.  As  former  chapel  hostess 
Alice  Phillips  recalls  in  her  book,  Spire  and 
Spirit,  Reflections  on  Inspiration  and  People  in 
Duke  University  Chapel,  the  age-old  tradition 
of  airing  the  11  a.m.  Sunday  service  on  local 


radio  station  WDNC  raised  the  dander  of  a 
Chapel  Hill  newspaper  editor.  He  blasted 
the  chapel  minister  in  an  editorial  for  allow- 
ing the  weekly  radio  broadcast  to  run  past  its 
scheduled  time.  "He  ought  to  keep  his  ser- 
mon within  his  allotment  of  time,  and  if  he 
doesn't,  the  people  at  the  radio  station  ought 
to  cut  him  off,"  the  irate  editor  wrote. 

In  her  book,  Phillips  recounts  the  occa- 
sions when  two  long-hairs  decided  to  dangle 
off  the  tower  spires;  when  a  seven-year-old 
with  five  years  of  piano  training  tried  to  play 
one  of  the  chapel  organs;  when,  during  the 
1969  Allen  Building  takeover— a  protest  call- 
ing for  an  increase  in  the  number  of  minority 
students  and  programs  at  Duke— students 
who  were  meeting  in  the  chapel  decided  to 
leave  when  tear  gas  from  out  on  the  quad 
began  wafting  in  the  doors.  A  member  of  the 
group  wrote  across  the  visitors'  register,  "God 
was  gassed  here." 

The  registers— there  are  at  least  sixty-six  of 
the  leather-bound  volumes  by  now— bear  wit- 
ness to  all  manner  of  visitors  to  the  chapel. 
The  first  signer,  circa  June  1932,  was  George 
G.  Allen,  first  chairman  of  The  Duke  Endow- 
ment and  a  member  of  the  university's 
board  of  trustees.  The  first  out-of-state 
visitor  arrived  shortly  thereafter,  Mrs.  M. 
Thurber  of  Shelburne  Falls,  Massachu- 
setts, as  did  the  first  foreigner,  Captain 
Joseph  Duncan  Grant  of  London.  Notes 
Phillips  in  her  book,  "If  one  [visitor]  writes 
Methodist  after  his  name,  others  will  fol- 
low with  Mennonite,  Episcopal,  Luther- 
an, or  Baptist,  until  some  ecumenical 
soul  ends  it  with  'human.' "  According  to 
the  register,  other  visitors  have  included 
Henry  Kissinger,  John  Travolta,  Donald 
Duck,  and  Genghis  Khan.  There  is  no  evi- 
dence to  support  these  claims. 

In  its  fifty-year  history,  Duke  Chapel  has 
served  as  a  focal  point  for  university  and 
community  activity.  Some  150  weddings  are 
performed  there  each  year.  Its  seating  for 
1,800  is  filled  to  capacity  each  year  for 
the  pre-Christmas  performance  of  Handel's 
Messiah.  Mahler's  Resurrection  was  performed 
in  1974,  T.S.  Eliot's  Murder  in  the  Cathedral 
in  1975,  the  chancel  opera  Lost  Eden  in 
1982,  Berlioz's  Requiem  in  1983.  The  chapel's 
concert  series,  carillon  recitals,  and  perform- 
ances by  the  200-voice  Chapel  Choir  are 
regular  events.  Clergy  from  around  the  world 
have  preached  at  Sunday  services:  the  first 
woman  in  1939,  the  first  rabbi  in  1954,  the 
first  black  in  1964-  "Segregation  may  be 
dead,  but  when  we're  going  to  have  the 
funeral  I  don't  know,"  said  the  Reverend 
Martin  Luther  King,  father  of  the  slain  civil 
rights  leader,  in  1977.  "I  have  no  time  to 
hate.  It's  too  expensive  and  it  destroys  a 
man." 

Billy  Graham,  who  preached  to  a  capacity 
audience  last  November,  virtually  began  his 
evangelical  career  in  the  pulpit  at  Duke  in 


1951.  In  January,  the  crowds  turned  out  again 
for  Nobel  Peace  Prize-winner  and  anti-apart- 
heid activist  Bishop  Desmond  Tutu.  "The 
evil  of  the  system  at  home  is  not  the  pain  and 
anguish  it  causes,"  said  South  Africa's  first 
Anglican  bishop.  "The  awful  thing  about 
apartheid,  the  most  blasphemous  thing 
about  apartheid,  is  that  it  makes  a  child  of 
God  doubt  he  is  a  child  of  God." 

Over  the  years,  significant  figures  and 
events  in  the  life  of  the  university  and  the 
world  have  been  memorialized  in  Duke 
Chapel:  President  William  Preston  Few  in 
1941,  V-J  Day  in  1945,  Dr.  Martin  Luther 
King  Jr.  in  1968,  Professor  William  Black- 
burn in  1972,  Air  Force  Major  Charles 
Jerome  Hunnycutt  '65— a  Vietnam  MIA 
since  1967  — in  1979,  the  freed  Iranian  hos- 
tages in  1981.  In  1968,  thousands  of  students 
held  a  silent  vigil  in  front  of  the  chapel,  sup- 
porting higher  wages  and  better  working 
conditions  for  the  university's  biweekly 
employees.  In  1985,  graduating  seniors  in 
caps,  gowns,  and  armbands  stood  before  the 
chapel,  protesting  the  university's  invest- 
ments in  South  Africa.  That  same  year,  two 
students  protested  a  local  pizza  emporium's 
failure  to  deliver  to  the  chapel  tower  within 
the  promised  thirty  minutes  by  heaving  the 
deluxe  pie  over  the  side— anchovies  and  all. 

The  chapel  appears  on  glasses,  T-shirts,  on 


stationery  letterhead,  and  as  the  backdrop 
for  fifty  years'  worth  of  graduation  snapshots. 
It  had  a  major  role  in  the  1982  film  Brainstorm. 
"As  far  as  I  know,  that  was  the  first  time  the 
chapel  appeared  in  a  major  feature  film,"  re- 
calls the  Reverend  Robert  Young,  university 
minister  for  fourteen  years,  and  for  some 
forty  seconds,  another  star  in  the  film.  In 
one  scene,  he  and  co-star  Louise  Fletcher 
chat  on  top  of  the  chapel  tower;  his  voice  was 
later  dubbed— They  wanted  more  of  a  South- 
ern accent,"  he  suspects.  An  interior  scene 
features  the  Chapel  Choir.  The  film's  direc- 
tor, Douglas  Trumbull,  planned  for  the  choir 
to  mouth  words  to  the  Doxology,  later  to  be 
dubbed  with  the  Mormon  Tabernacle  Choir. 
But  when  Trumbull  heard  the  Chapel  Choir's 
rendition,  he  insisted  that  the  performance 
be  recorded  live.  "I  still  get  people  telling  me 
how  nice  it  was  to  see  the  chapel,"  says  Young, 
who  still  holds  a  membership  card  to  the 
Screen  Actors  Guild. 

In  a  given  week,  visitors  from  some  twenty 
foreign  countries  stop  by  the  chapel.  Last 
winter,  University  Minister  Willimon  accom- 
panied a  visitor  from  Bulgaria.  "It's  very 
nice,"  the  Bulgarian  told  him,  "and  so  new. 
Churches  in  Bulgaria  are  so  old."  "I  was 
miffed,"  Willimon  recalled  months  later 
when  addressing  Duke's  Half  Century  Club. 
"The  chapel  was  built  to  look  old.  But  whether 


something  looks  new  or  old  is  often  in  the 
eyes  of  the  beholder."  To  the  practiced  eye  of 
the  preservationist,  Duke  Chapel  was  begin- 
ning to  show  her  age,  due,  in  part,  to  the 
ravages  of  North  Carolina's  damp  summers 
and  dry  winters.  Experts  warned  that  irreplace- 
able wood  carvings  were  beginning  to  crack 
and  would  soon  be  damaged  beyond  repair. 

In  1982,  the  university  launched  a  $2  mil- 
lion Duke  Chapel  Development  Campaign, 
which  has  already  brought  in  $1.5  million. 
Nearly  $500,000  of  that  sum  went  toward  air 
conditioning  for  the  chapel;  year-round  cli- 
mate control  is  pivotal  to  the  preservation  of 
the  chapel's  wood  carvings  and  organs.  Ac- 
cording to  chapel  development  director 
Mary  Parkerson,  the  $2  million  will  provide 
a  $l-million  endowment  for  the  chapel  minis- 
try and  music,  $750,000  to  preserve  and 
protect  the  building,  and  $250,000  for  safety 
improvements  and  enhancements  such  as 
handrails,  a  concert  piano,  and  kneelers. 

"It's  really  astounding  that  we  have  a  build- 
ing like  this  in  Piedmont  North  Carolina," 
says  chapel  hostess  Chandler.  "People  are 
always  telling  me  how  magnificent  it  is. 
They  call  it  a  gem." 

"It's  a  beauty,"  a  visitor  remarked  to  her  one 
day.  "But  I  always  thought  it  was  in  Chapel 
Hill."  ■ 


MHaM*hbhMMai 


TRACKING 

TECHNOLOGY'S 

TRENDS 


BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 


THE  CONSCIENCE  OF  CONGRESS 


Wherever  technology  confronts  public  policy,  the 
Office  of  Technology  Assessment  is  likely  to  step  in. 


hen  nuclear  attack  finally 
came,  Charlottesville,  Vir- 
ginia, was  ready.  All  sem- 
blance of  peaceful  coex- 
istence had  long  ago  disintegrated;  and  on 
January  8,  nuclear  warheads  dropped  more 
than  4,000  megatons  on  military  and  indus- 
trial targets  in  the  United  States,  killing 
close  to  100  million  people.  The  Northeast 
Corridor,  from  north  of  Boston  to  south  of 
Norfolk,  was  reduced  to  burning  rubble. 
Washington  was  gone;  Richmond  was  gone. 
But  Charlottesville  was  spared  the  direct  ef- 
fects of  blast  and  fire— an  island  forced  to 
suffer  its  fate  alone. 

And  what  an  unenviable  fate  it  was.  An 
emergency  government  with  near-dictatori- 
al powers  took  over  the  allocation  of  precious 
food  and  fuel,  began  the  desperate  search  to 
shelter  a  population  swelled  by  refugees, 
worked  to  bring  civic  order  to  an  environ- 
ment in  which  thievery  thrived,  tried  to 
preserve  a  functioning  economy  even  as  it 
saw  federal  currency  lose  its  worth,  and 
watched  as  a  decimated  medical  community 
struggled  with  spreading  radiation  sickness 
and  infectious  diseases.  Announcing  that  "I 
no  longer  believe  our  decline  to  be  reversi- 
ble," the  city  manager  finally  gave  up.  "The 
fabric  of  our  society  has  been  torn  in  so  many 


places  that  it  can't  possibly  be  mended— not 
in  my  lifetime  or  the  lifetime  of  anyone  liv- 
ing," he  said.  There  was  no  longer  a  political 
life  worth  living.  There  was  perhaps  no  longer 
a  life  worth  living. 

That  fictional  portrayal  of  the  factual  con- 
sequences of  nuclear  war  on  Charlottesville 
grows  out  of  an  Office  of  Technology  Assess- 
ment report  on  "The  Effects  of  Nuclear  War." 
Published  in  1979,  the  report  is  the  all- 
time  best  seller  for  the  agency.  But  contro- 
versy comes  easily  and  regularly  to  OTA,  a 
non-partisan  arm  of  Congress  presided  over 
by  John  H.  Gibbons  Ph.D.  *54.  Wherever 
technology  confronts  public  policy,  OTA  is 
likely  to  step  in. 

Pick  a  potentially  explosive  topic  on  the 
public-policy  front  burner,  and  OTA  will 
have  something  to  say  about  it.  Concerned 
about  electronic  surveillance?  OTA  reports 
that  communication  technology  has  out- 
paced legal  protection  of  individual  privacy. 
Aside  from  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency, 
the  Defense  Intelligence  Agency,  and  the 
National  Security  Agency,  thirty-five  of  142 
federal  agencies  surveyed  conduct  or  plan  to 
conduct  electronic  surveillance.  They're  us- 
ing closed-circuit  television,  night-vision 
systems,  miniature  transmitters,  and  "pen 
registers"  that  keep  track  of  the  number 


w 


■ 


.*:* 


+r 


dialed  from  a  particular  telephone.  They're 
intercepting  cellular-radio  transmissions, 
monitoring  computers,  and  monitoring  or 
intercepting  electronic  mail.  In  many  cases, 
the  agencies  begin  surveillance  only  with 
court  approval.  But  far  from  requiring  such  a 
step,  the  relevant  law  protects  only  voice 
communications  transmitted  by  wire. 

Or  how  about  NASA's  just-unveiled  con- 
cept of  a  space  station?  NASA's  particular 
approach  is  by  far  the  most  expensive  way  to 
ensure  a  permanent  presence  in  space.  As  an 
alternative,  OTA  argues  that  many  of  the 
missions  proposed  for  the  NASA  space  sta- 
tion could  be  done  more  cheaply  with  exist- 
ing hardware,  including  the  Spacelab 
modules  that  fly  with  the  shuttle.  The  public 
enterprise  of  space  also  needs  a  greater  infu- 
sion from  private  enterprise.  In  the  early 
days,  when  space  really  was  a  frontier,  it  was 
appropriate  for  NASA  itself  to  do  everything 
that  needed  to  be  done  up  there.  In  the  1980s 
and  Nineties,  it  may  be  appropriate  for  NASA 
to  take  on  more  of  a  managerial  role— seeing 
to  it  that  things  get  done.  The  advice  to 
NASA  is  to  rely  more  on  the  private  sector 
for  routine  hardware,  and  focus  the  agency's 
own  efforts  on  projects  that  are  truly  at  the 
cutting  edge— an  orbital  transfer  vehicle,  for 
example,  or  advanced  planetary  missions. 

OTA  also  did  some  hard  thinking  about 
the  administration's  space-based  Strategic 
Defense  Initiative,  or  "Star  Wars."  Five  of  the 
twelve  members  who  sit  on  the  OTA  con- 
gressional board  voted  not  to  release  the  Star 
Wars  report— an  indication  of  the  provoca- 
tive subject  matter.  Ensuring  the  survival  of 
most  U.S.  cities  in  the  face  of  a  concerted 
Soviet  attack— the  original  Star  Wars  con- 
cept—isn't feasible,  according  to  the  report. 
Released  last  year,  it  states  that  the  difficul- 
ties of  building  such  a  city  defense  "can  be 
overcome  only  if  the  attack  is  limited  by  re- 
straints on  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the 
attacking  forces."  Strategic  defenses  "might 
be  plausible  for  limited  purposes,  such  as 
defense  of  ICBM  silos  or  complication  of 
enemy  attack  plans,  but  not  for  the  more 
ambitious  goal  of  assuring  the  survival  of 
U.S.  society."  That's  unless  the  two  super- 
powers agreed  to  significant  reductions  in 
their  missile  inventories,  or— an  even  more 
unlikely  scenario— anti-ballistic  missile 
technology  advances  were  to  "outpace  the 
development  of  offensive  weapons  and  coun- 
termeasures  to  defenses."  It's  also  unclear 
whether  a  Soviet  response  to  a  U.S.  ballistic- 
missile  defense  program,  possibly  involving 
expansion  of  the  Soviet  defensive  system, 
"would  strengthen  or  weaken  our  deterrence." 
The  president's  initiative  "carries  a  risk 
that... could  bring  on  an  offensive  and  defen- 
sive arms  race." 

Nor,  in.OTAs  view,  does  evidence  support 
the  Public  Health  Service's  assault  on  AIDS, 
which,  it  charges,  has  been  hampered  by  in- 


Pick  a  potentially 
explosive  topic  on  the 

public-policy  front 

burner,  and  OTA  will 

have  something  to  say 

about  it. 


sufficient  funds  and  inadequate  planning. 
"Except  when  prodded  by  Congress,"  the 
federal  government  has  maintained  that  the 
Public  Health  Service  "should  be  able  to 
conduct  AIDS  research  without  extra  funds." 
So  agencies  have  had  to  divert  money  from 
other  research  to  aid  the  AIDS  work.  Per- 
sonnel cuts  and  financial  uncertainties  have 
thwarted  planning.  And  despite  the  designa- 
tion of  AIDS  as  the  "No.  1  health  priority," 
no  one  has  provided  a  mechanism  to  speed 
up  approval  and  funding  of  grant  applica- 
tions that  take  more  than  a  year  to  process. 

Because  the  agency  was  formed  in  the  ear- 
ly Seventies,  when  congressional  concern 
with  technical  issues  was  overwhelmingly 
focused  on  energy  issues,  much  of  OTA's  ear- 
ly activity  involved  energy  assessment.  The 
agency  looked  at  questions  of  supply  and 
conservation.  It  helped  Congress  think  out 
how  the  Department  of  Energy  should  be 
organized  and  how  the  federal  role  in  energy 
should  be  defined.  Energy  issues— the  pros- 
pects for  new  discoveries  in  domestic  oil  and 
gas,  the  federal  role  in  energy  research  and 
development,  regulatory  intervention  in  the 
energy  marketplace— continue  to  have  a 
prime  place  on  the  OTA  menu. 

In  his  office  on  Pennsylvania  Avenue— 
Congress'  end  of  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  that 
is— Gibbons  has  a  hanging  mobile  that  goes 
back  to  his  Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory 
days.  The  mobile  represents  the  different  ele- 
ments of  the  energy  system:  Photosynthesis 
has  a  branch  on  it;  so  do  oil  and  gas,  a  promi- 
nent branch.  But  fusion  and  nuclear  energy 
have  broken  off  the  mobile  and  collapsed 
onto  its  base— a  sign  of  age,  but  also  a  sign  of 
the  times. 

More  than  two  years  before  the  world's 
certifiably  worst  nuclear  disaster  in  the 
Soviet  Union,  OTA  was  forecasting  a  "bleak" 
future  for  the  nuclear-power  industry  in  the 
United  States.  Its  study  saw  a  U.S.  nuclear 
enterprise  likely  to  be  feeble  if  not  moribund 
by  1990  unless  it  transforms  itself  and  re- 
ceives help  from  the  government.  OTA  said 
"regulatory  process  per  se  was  not  the  pri- 
mary source  of  delay  in  nuclear  plant  con- 
struction." Through  bad  planning  and  weak 


supervision  in  the  1970s,  the  manufacturers 
helped  bring  on  the  slump  of  the  Eighties. 
This,  combined  with  the  recession  and  the 
shock  of  Three  Mile  Island,  dealt  the  indus- 
try a  staggering  blow.  The  report  called  for  a 
series  of  government  steps,  among  them: 
help  finance  an  overhaul  of  reactor  designs 
that  would  include  the  changes  brought 
about  by  Three  Mile  Island;  fund  initiatives 
that  would  improve  the  supervision  of  plants 
during  both  construction  and  operation; 
establish  a  new  program  that  would  certify 
utilities  and  contractors  as  being  technically 
competent  to  work  in  the  nuclear  field;  in- 
volve critics  of  the  industry  more  directly  in 
the  regulation  and  design  of  new  reactors; 
and  control  the  rate  of  plant  construction  to 
avoid  future  waste. 

Gibbons,  OTA  director  since  1979,  came 
to  the  office  after  a  stint  with  the  executive 
branch  and  in  academe.  As  a  Duke  Ph.D. 
student,  he  worked  to  track  down  the  origin 
of  the  elements  of  the  solar  systems.  He  went 
on  to  become  group  leader  in  nuclear  geo- 
physics at  Oak  Ridge  and  later  director  of  its 
environmental  program.  In  1973,  in  the 
midst  of  the  Arab  oil  embargo,  he  came  to 
Washington  as  director  of  the  White  House 
Office  of  Energy  Conservation.  The  office 
was  later  absorbed  into  the  new  Department 
of  Energy.  After  a  year  he  joined  the  Univer- 
sity of  Tennessee  as  professor  of  physics  and 
director  of  the  Energy,  Environment,  and  Re- 
sources Center.  But  he  continued  consulting 
with  federal  agencies  on  energy  policy.  The 
OTA  opportunity  meant,  as  he  puts  it,  "work- 
ing in  the  middle  of  a  political  environment 
but  doing  work  that  will  only  succeed  if  it  is 
nonpolitical,  and  working  well  beyond  energy 
and  resources,  across  the  whole  front  of  tech- 
nology and  public  policy." 

Congress  gave  birth  to  OTA  at  a  time  of 
supersonic  transport  controversies,  long-life 
pesticides,  atmospheric  testing  of  nuclear 
weapons,  and,  in  general,  rising  public  con- 
cern about  the  ill  effects  of  technology.  It  was 
created  as  "a  kind  of  new  kid  on  the  block 
within  well-established  political  institutions," 
Gibbons  says.  A  group  of  critics  figured  that 
as  the  agency  looked  at  technology's  impact, 
it  would  be  stressing  the  negative  side  of  the 
equation,  and  so  would  be  slowing  down  the 
rate  of  technological  advancement.  "Early 
on,  there  were  a  lot  of  people  who  worried 
about  OTA  as  being  a  place  of  anti-tech- 
nologists who  would  give  in  to  the  environ- 
mentalists and  shut  down  technology."  So 
the  agency  was  dubbed  by  some  the  Office  of 
Technology  Harassment  or  the  Office  of 
Technology  Arrestment.  "We  have  harassed 
some  technological  ideas,  and  we  have  killed 
some.  That's  not  because  we're  against  tech- 
nology, but  because  they  were  bad  ideas,  like 
advanced  supersonic  transport,  building  a 
whole  bunch  of  MX  missiles  when  we  don't 
know  how  to  hide  them,  building  high-speed 


rail  transport  from  San  Diego  to  L.A.  that  is 
meant  to  be  self-supporting,  using  antibiotics 
in  livestock  feeds." 

And  from  the  start,  Gibbons  says,  there 
was  a  parallel— and  opposite— concern  that 
OTA  would  be  "a  place  where  a  bunch  of 
technology  optimists  come  in  to  push  tech- 
nology on  Congress."  In  fact,  he  says,  "we 
have  been  upholding  advanced  technologies 
such  as  nuclear  power.  Nuclear  power  is  not 
a  perfect  technology,  nor  is  it  totally  perfecti- 
ble, but  when  you  take  into  account  the 
imperative  to  have  more  than  one  way  of 
making  electricity,  we  can  ill  afford  to  throw 
it  out."  Gibbons  takes  comfort  in  the  impres- 
sion that,  on  both  sides,  the  cynics  have 
been  soothed. 

By  bureaucratic  standards,  the  OTA  staff  is 
relatively  small— about  100  professionals. 
About  half  of  the  staff  is  trained  in  science, 
engineering,  and  medicine,  and  the  other 
half  in  law,  economics,  political  science, 
sociology,  and  other  social  sciences.  In  addi- 
tion to  its  own  staff,  OTA  uses  an  average  of 
fifty  contractors  and  consultants  for  each 
study,  who  come  and  go  as  the  projects 
change.  In  a  typical  year,  the  agency  takes  on 
fifteen  to  twenty  new  projects;  each  one 
costs  about  $500,000  and  has  an  average  life- 
span of  two  years.  Though  OTA  itself  has  the 
final  say  on  its  reports,  it  appoints  twelve-  to 
eighteen-member  advisory  panels  to  help 
guide  the  progress  of  the  projects.  Chosen  to 
represent  a  wide  diversity  of  perspectives  and 
backgrounds— all  the  "stakeholders"  in  a 
controversy,  as  Gibbons  says— the  panels  are 
made  up  of  experts  from  outside  the  govern- 
ment, usually  from  universities,  private  firms, 
or  research  groups.  Requests  for  new  projects 
generally  come  from  the  committees  of  Con- 
gress. A  Congressional  Technology  Assess- 
ment Board,  made  up  of  six  senators  and  six 
representatives,  reviews  the  requests.  Duly 
bipartisan,  the  board  is  half-Democratic  and 
half-Republican. 

"Congress  is  overloaded  with  informa- 
tion," says  Gibbons.  "Congress  is  constantly 
besieged  by  people  who  are  both  expert  and 
who  disagree  with  each  other.  What  Con- 
gress needs,  then,  is  not  more  information 
but  better  information— more  carefully 
honed,  more  trustworthy,  more  transparent 
in  its  assumptions  and  biases." 

For  some  requests  that  come  OTA's  way, 
Gibbons  simply  steers  the  inquirer  to  an- 
other federal  agency  better-equipped  to 
handle  the  issue.  In  other  cases,  OTA  re- 
sponds with  a  short  paper  summarizing  cur- 
rent research.  And  sometimes,  his  Assess- 
ment Board  will  reject  a  request,  ruling  that 
the  requesting  committee  isn't  well-suited  to 
use  the  information,  or  that  political  con- 
siderations outweigh  the  technical  issues. 
OTA,  as  Gibbons  sees  it,  is  ideally  suited  to 
force  some  long-range  thinking  onto  a  short- 
range  Washington  mindset:  "One  reason 


Gauging  the  impact  of 
OTA's  studiously 
nonpartisan  work  in  a 
murky  political  environment 
is  no  easy  task.  But  OTA  di- 
rector John  Gibbons  Ph.D.  *54 
gave  it  a  try  last  summer.  In  a 
Washington  talk,  he  reviewed 
Congress'  response  to  the  ef- 
forts of  the  agency: 

•  OTA  contributed  three 
studies  to  the  congressional 
debate  on  hazardous-waste 
issues.  Both  the  Senate  and 


House  i 
Superfund  legislation  in- 
cluded OTA  suggestions,  on 
limiting  the  use  of  land  dis- 
posal and  regulating  the 
generation  of  small-volume 
waste. 

•  OTA  reviewed  and  ap- 
proved plans  by  the  Centers 
for  Disease  Control  to  study 
health  effects  from  Agent 
Orange  on  Vietnam  War 


After  OTA  looked  at 


postal  automation,  a  House 
committee  reconsidered  the 
Postal  Service's  plans  for  a 
half-million  dollar  investment 
in  optical  character  reading 
equipment.  The  Postal 
Service  adopted  an  OTA 
strategy,  producing  a  savings 
of  several  hundred  million 
dollars. 

•  From  an  OTA  study  on 
intellectual  property  rights, 
House  and  Senate  committees 
on  the  judiciary  developed  a 
new  law  that  protects  intellec- 
tual property  in  the  microelec- 
tronics industry. 

•  OTA's  work  on  acid  rain— 
resulting  in  more  than  twenty 
interim  reports  prepared  for 
both  the  House  and  Senate— 
provided  definitive  analysis  on 
the  economic  and  environ- 
mental implications  of  the 
much-debated  pollution 
source. 

•  Reporting  to  Congress  on 
international  competitiveness 
in  electronics,  OTA  stressed 
the  importance  of  gathering 
information  on  Japanese  sci- 
ence and  technology,  the 
need  for  federal  support  for 
technology  development,  and 
the  effects  of  the  U.S.  tax  sys- 
tem on  productivity. 

•  Ten  options— almost  all  of 
them  later  accepted  by  the 
Department  of  Interior— came 
from  OTA's  review  of  the  en- 
vironmental consequences  of 
changes  in  federal  coal  leasing 
policy. 

•  A  key  element  in  the 
debate  over  natural-gas  pric- 
ing was  OTA's  assessment  on 
natural-gas  availability  over 
the  new  twenty  to  thirty  years. 

•  In  preparing  the  1985 
Farm  Bill,  Congress  relied  on 
OTA's  look  at  farm-related 
issues— among  them,  the 
farm-credit  system,  emerging 
technologies,  and  structural 
changes  in  agriculture. 


OTA  was  created  was  to  be  just  a  few  steps 
away  from  the  day-to-day  brushfire  fighting 
business  of  Congress,  and  to  think  about  the 
future  a  bit.  There  are  a  lot  of  issues  that 
come  to  us  that  Congress  wants  to  worry 
about  but  doesn't  have  the  time  to  worry 
about. 

"It's  very  infrequent  that  we'll  come  to  the 
bottom  line  and  say,  Congress,  if  you  want  to 
do  anything,  here's  what  you  ought  to  do. 
More  frequently  it  is,  Congress,  here's  why 
these  different  experts  disagree  with  each 
other  on  this  controversial  issue  and  here  are 
your  options.  There  probably  will  be  three  or 
four  options.  We'll  try  to  provide  the  best 
shot  from  every  political  point  of  view.  If 
someone  were  to  come  and  say  he'd  like  a 
study  wrapped  around  his  favorite  point  of 
view,  we'd  say  we're  sorry,  but  that's  not  our 


bag.  The  quickest  way  to  go  out  of  business 
would  be  to  provide  one-sided  documents." 
One  continuing  theme  for  Gibbons'  OTA 
is  American  economic  competitiveness. 
"We  are  now  right  in  the  midst  of  a  world 
market,  not  a  U.S.  market,  and  the  differ- 
ence between  the  state  of  U.S.  technology 
and  the  state  of  the  rest  of  the  world  in  terms 
of  technology  is  diminishing,"  he  says.  "Inter- 
national competitiveness  in  the  nonmilitary 
sector  has  gotten  ferocious.  It  relates  to  our 
educational  system,  the  nature  of  jobs  in  the 
United  States,  and  requirements  for  training 
and  advancing  people  through  their  adult 
lives.  There's  a  lot  of  OTA  work  focused  on 
the  effectiveness  of  research  and  develop- 
ment, on  international  competitiveness  and 
technology  transfer,  on  training  and  retrain- 
Concinued  on  page  50 


mgdusu 

ff 

r 

JNl 

31> 

JG 

0 

FFBROAEW 

BY  SUSAN  BIjOCH 

EMANUEL  AZENBERG: 

STAGING  A  COMEBACK  FOR  COMMERCIAL  THEATER 

"Maybe  Duke  will  be  the  beginning  of  something  that, 
fifteen  or  twenty  years  from  now,  will  result  in  the  evo- 
lution of  theater." 

^fll  all  it  an  unconventional  ttyout 
^^^^  town   somewhere    south   of   the 
^^■^  Mason-Dixon  Line.  But  tor  Broad- 
^^^P  way  pioducet  Emanuel  Azenberg— 
battle-weary    from    union    demands    and 
bloated  budgets— Duke  and  Durham  offered 
snug  harbor  during  rehearsals  and  previews 
for  the  revival  of  Eugene  O'Neill's  Long  Day's 
Journey  into  Night. 

En  route  to  a  spring  engagement  on  Broad- 
way via  Washington,  D.C.'s  National  Theatre, 
Azenberg's  production  of  the  O'Neill  drama 
detoured  to  Durham,  plunking  cast  and  crew 
on  a  Gothic  campus  devoid  of  pretzel  wagons, 
Yellow  cabs,  and  the  Carnegie  Deli.  Fine  by 
Azenberg,  well  schooled  in  the  merits  of 
Southern  living  after  four  years  as  adjunct 
professor  of  drama  at  Duke.  Holed  up  for  a 
couple  of  weeks  in  a  college  town,  he  and 
director  Jonathan  Miller  set  about  their  task 
of  perfecting  a  theatrical  production  bound 
for  the  imperfect  world  of  Broadway— once 
fabled,  now  flawed  by  fewer  plays,  higher 
costs,  and  a  slothful  public:  the  television 
generation. 

More  experiment  than  cure-all,  the  Duke 
stopover  posed  several  questions:  Could  a 
revered  classic  be  infused  with  new  pace  for  a 

new  audience?  Could  a  major  production 
starring  Jack  Lemmon  be  whipped  into  shape 
on  a  shoestring  budget  that  paid  only  scale 
and  promised  break-even  status,  at  best? 
Could  the  cast  and  crew  find  at  Duke  the 
tranquility  that  had  long  departed  New  York 
and  traditional  tryout  locales  such  as  New 
Haven  and  Philadelphia?  More  crucial  to 
the  dramatic  tradition:  Might  the  experi- 
ment signal  a  radical  change  in  the  commer- 
cial theater  system,  one  that  in  Azenberg's 
view  stifles  new  talent  and  discourages  risk- 
taking— the  lifeblood  of  vital  theater? 

When  the  experiment  ended,  the  answers 
were  clear:  yes,  yes,  yes,  and  maybe. 

The  eclectic  Miller— British  neurosurgeon, 
author,  and  director— vowed  to  remove  the 
"dark  monumentality"  of  Long  Day's  Journey. 
"This  play  has  been  enshrined  in  Arlington 
National  Cemetery  for  half  a  century  and 
has  only  been  done  in  the  past  before  con- 
gregations, not  audiences,  who  sit  respect- 
fully for  four-and-a-half  hours,"  he  said.  "In 
the  past,  people  have  confused  the  length  of 
the  play  with  its  title." 

By  speeding  up  line  delivery  and  over- 
lapping conversations  to  approximate  normal 
dialogue  between  family  members,  Miller 

i 

r 


■ 

■ 

■ 

- 1 

^^Bk  J^\ 

i 

' 

^^ps 

Knte      _jj^| 

lopped  off  nearly  ninety  minutes,  bringing 
the  finished  product  in  under  three  hours. 
"In  doing  so  he  has  created  a  version  that  will 
remain  definitive  for  years  to  come,"  was  the 
verdict  from  the  Raleigh  News  and  Observer. 
"The  play  was  short,  but  it  wasn't  short- 
changed," said  USA  Today.  Time  magazine 
touted  Miller's  handling  of  the  text  as  more 
rediscovery  than  restaging.  The  New  York 
Times  called  it  "a  provocative  staging  that 
genuinely  shakes  the  dust  off  a  theatrical 
monument,"  but  feared  emotion  had  been 
muted  in  the  process. 

Miller's  daring  treatment  of  the  O'Neill 
play  ruffled  some  who  take  their  tradition 
straight  up.  But  four  Tony  Award  nomina- 
tions later,  it  appears  that  today's  theater 
audience  would  rather  relate  than  venerate. 
Lemmon  and  fellow  cast  members  were  eager 
participants  in  the  experiment,  agreeing  up 
front  to  work  for  minimum  scale.  "Nobody's 
going  to  make  any  money,  nobody's  going  to 
lose  any  money;  they're  doing  it  for  the  hotel 
bill,"  quipped  Azenberg  in  an  interview.  With 


"The  theater  isn't  going 

to  die,  but  it  certainly  is 

diminishing,"  says 

Broadway  producer 

Azenberg.  "It  will  take 

some  time  to  restore,  but 

it  is  restorable ." 


a  total  weekly  operating  cost  of  $50,000  at 
Duke  (compared  to  roughly  $120,000  a  week 
in  New  York),  he  was  able  to  scale  down  tic- 
ket prices  to  $20  general  admission— nearly 
half  the  cost  of  New  York  orchestra  seats— 
and  still  break  even. 
Duke's  performance  as  a  tranquil  working 


environment  also  got  favorable  notice.  "It 
worked  out  well,"  says  Lemmon.  "The  atmos- 
phere was  very  conducive  to  creativity— free 
from  people  running  in  and  out,  making 
judgments.  We  weren't  hassled,  there  were 
no  distractions,  and  the  complex  was  won- 
derful," he  said,  referring  to  the  600-seat  R.J. 
Reynolds  Industries  Theater.  "The  econom- 
ic benefits  at  Duke  were  inordinate,"  says 
Azenberg,  "but  a  fundamental  reason  for 
coming  there  was  to  create  a  pure  working 
environment."  So  throughout  the  two-week 
preview,  he  ran  interference  with  the  press 
corps,  kept  the  star-struck  at  bay,  and  cajoled 
local  reviewers  into  withholding  critical 
appraisal  of  the  production  until  the  last  days 
of  its  gestation  in  Durham.  "A  pure  atmos- 
phere may  be  a  delusion  but  the  cast  per- 
ceived it,"  he  says.  "There  were  no  reviews, 
no  ads  in  the  paper,  less  exposure.  And  you 
have  to  be  honest  when  you  come  to  a  cam- 
pus like  this.  Most  people  in  professional 
theater  regard  the  campus  as  pure.  I  like  my- 
self better  when  I'm  here." 


Jodie  Lynne  McClintock's  role  as 
Cathleen,  the  housemaid  in  Long 
Day's  Journey  into  Night,  wasn't  a 
big  part.  She  had  one  good  scene 
with  one  of  the  principals.  But  it  took  her 
thirteen  months  just  to  get  an  audition.  Last 
spring,  she  shared  this  saga  in  a  classroom 
with  eight  Duke  seniors  majoring  in  drama. 
For  Duke's  drama  majors,  nearly  thirty 
strong,  having  a  Broadway-bound  play  on 
campus  was  the  best  possible  laboratory. 
Here  was  the  real  stuff— and  the  rare  chance 
to  jump  feet  first  into  it.  But  they  weren't  the 
only  ones. 

The  play's  director,  Jonathan  Miller,  ap- 
peared at  an  English  graduate  seminar  on 
Shakespeare  to  discuss  the  Bard's  use  of  the 
language.  Also,  Miller,  a  neurosurgeon,  ad- 
dressed doctors  and  medical  students  in  a 
lecture  called  "What's  a  Doctor  Doing  Direct- 
ing a  Broadway  Play?"  He  discussed  the  need 
for  more  humanism  in  medical  education. 
"Having  to  recommend  humanism  [for  doc- 
tors]," he  said,  "is  as  absurd  as  for  a  director  to 
say  to  the  cast,  'That  was  terrific  Now,  could 
you  act  better,  please?'  In  training  doctors, 
you  have  kidnapped  infants  and  turned  them 
into  garage  mechanics  before  they  have  be- 
come people." 

Both  Miller  and  Jack  Lemmon  fielded 
questions  for  almost  two  hours  at  a  general 
colloquium  for  students  that  filled  the  Rey- 
nolds Industries  Theater  to  three-quarters' 
capacity. .  Lemmon  also  participated  in  a 
couple  of  drama  classes  and,  accompanied  by 
his  wife,  actress  Felicia  Farr,  spoke  before  an 


English  class  called  "American  Film."  "There 
was  a  time  prior  to  The  Days  of  Wine  and 
Roses  [1962]  when  people  began  to  think  of 
me  as  someone  who  was  funny,  and  that 
bothered  the  heck  out  of  me,"  Lemmon  told 
the  film  students.  "I  would  get  a  request  to  do 
a  show  out  in  Las  Vegas,  as  if  I  could  stand  up 
and  tell  jokes,  and  I  resented  that." 

Cast  members  Peter  Gallagher  and  Kevin 
Spacey  also  met  with  acting  classes,  and  the 
play's  costumer,  Willa  Kim,  talked  to  stu- 
dents in  costuming.  On  the  technical  side, 
stage  manager  Martin  Herzer  worked  with 
seven  student  interns.  And  Leslie  Butler,  the 
company  manager,  met  with  a  group  of  stu- 
dents to  talk  about  the  business  side  of  theater. 

"It  was  a  tremendous  experience,"  says 
Michael  Cerveris,  director  of  the  Institute  of 
the  Arts.  "Everyone  got  what  they  wanted: 


The  group  needed  a  congenial  atmosphere 
to  work  in,  and  they  felt  that  here;  and  for 
our  concern,  their  participation  as  artists  in 
residence  in  the  life  of  the  campus  was  just 
spectacular." 

Cerveris,  who's  headed  the  six-year-old 
institute  since  last  August,  couldn't  have 
asked  for  a  more  fitting  theatrical  foray:  "The 
whole  concept  is  in  line  with  what  I  project 
to  be  the  main  mission  of  the  institute,  which 
is  to  act  as  a  conduit  for  professional  arts  and 
artists  into  the  whole  structure  of  the  univer- 
sity, into  academe. 

"It  makes  another  statement— that  the  arts 
really  are  able  to  transcend  departments  and 
traditional  disciplines,  that  the  arts  can  be 
infused  into  a  broad  range  of  topics.  And 
that's  indeed  what  happened." 

To  David  Ball,  who  came  from  an  eight- 
year  stint  at  Carnegie-Mellon  University  to 
direct  Duke's  drama  program,  Long  Day's 
Journey  could  be  the  title  for  the  history  of 
drama  at  Duke.  He  recently  inherited  a 
strong  program  built  by  former  drama  direc- 
tor John  Clum,  who  has  returned  to  teaching 
a  full  schedule  of  drama  and  English  courses. 
Clum,  Ball  says,  left  him  with  a  "lovely 
foundation  ready  to  have  a  skyscraper  built 
on  it."  He's  setting  high  goals  for  the  pro- 
gram—becoming a  full-fledged  department, 
for  one  thing,  and  perhaps  starting  up  "a  good 
little  regional  theater"  at  Duke.  "Long  Day's 
Journey",  says  Ball,  "was  one  of  the  ways  we're 
operating  in  terms  of  bringing  in  people  who 
are  at  the  center  of  the  profession  and  letting 
students  have  regular  access  in  an  informal 
classroom  setting." 

The  New  York  production  company  made 
use  of  seven  student  interns-Greg  Weiss  '86, 
Arlen  Appelbaum  '86,  Kymberli  Contreras 
'87 ,  Sandi  Haynes  '86,  Eliana  Magarinos  '87 , 


14 


Azenberg  shows  up  every  month  or  so  dur- 
ing spring  semester  to  lead  a  two-day  semi- 
nar, "Broadway  Producing."  He's  been  teach- 
ing the  course  ever  since  his  daughter,  Lisa 
Azenberg  '86,  was  a  sophomore.  When  she 
graduated,  he  stayed  on.  Between  the  fried 
chicken  or  bagels  he  often  supplies  during 
lengthy  class  sessions,  Azenberg  teaches 
theater  as  a  metaphor  for  life.  "You've  got  to 
be  open  to  new  ideas,  not  rigid  and  closed," 
he  told  a  student  who  confessed  he  couldn't 
"get  into"  David  Mamet's  American  Buffab. 
"Are  you  saying  that  if  a  play  makes  you  feel 
good,  it's  good,  and  if  it  makes  you  feel  bad, 
it's  bad?  That's  dumb,"  Azenberg  barked. 
"Drama  is  not  a  hedonistic  experience." 

But  producing  a  play  in  the  commercial 
theater  system  is  becoming  a  painful  experi- 
ence, one  Azenberg  sought  to  remedy  by  pre- 
viewing Long  Day's  Journey  at  Duke.  "The 
theater  isn't  going  to  die,  but  it  certainly  is 
diminishing,"  he  says.  "It  will  take  some  time 
to  restore,  but  it  is  restorable.  The  person 
who  does  it  has  to  be  as  much  barracuda  as 


artist.  The  commercial  theater  has  to  change 
the  way  it  does  business." 

In  Azenberg's  view,  the  short-term  prob- 
lems are  economic,  the  long-term  artistic. 
"Ticket  prices  are  obscene,  wages  for  doing 
nothing  are  obscene,  management  is  65  per- 
cent worthless,  and  65  percent  of  all  stage- 
hand help  is  unnecessary,"  he  says.  "I'm  not 
anti-union,  I'm  anti-nonwork.  I  grew  up  a 
cold-hearted,  left-wing  Labor  Zionist.  The 
people  I  knew  got  up  at  seven,  began  work- 
ing at  nine,  put  in  eight  hours  and  then 
some.  They're  the  ones  I  respect.  In  that 
sense,  a  good  plumber  should  earn  as  much 
as  a  good  doctor.  But  when  my  toilet's  backed 
up,  I  don't  want  a  doctor,  I  want  a  plumber." 

The  short-term  answer,  says  Azenberg,  is 
bite  the  bullet  and  get  rid  of  the  dead  weight. 
"We  come  down  to  Duke  and  it's  a  joy.  What 
takes  four  or  five  days  to  put  up  in  a  commer- 
cial theater  takes  three  days  here.  We  don't 
have  the  over-specialization— the  electrician 
who  will  push  a  button  but  won't  pull  the 


The  exorbitant  costs  in  mounting  a  show 
on  Broadway— up  to  $1  million  for  a  play,  $5 
million  for  a  musical— have  turned  it  into  a 
high-risk  venture,  says  Azenberg,  among  the 
chosen  few  still  willing  and  able  to  take  the 
risk.  His  credits  include  a  dozen  Neil  Simon 
plays,  eighty  Tony  Award  nominations,  and 
twenty-seven  Tony  Awards,  most  recently  for 
Biloxi  Blues,  the  second  in  the  Simon  trilogy. 
The  third,  Broadway  Bound,  will  preview  at 
Duke  in  October,  treading  the  same  pathway 
to  Broadway  as  did  Long  Day's  Journey. 

But  not  even  Azenberg  is  immune  to  the 
risks  on  the  Great  White  Way.  "There  was  a 
time  when  I  had  four  losers  in  a  row.  I  blot 
out  the  date.  I  didn't  think  it  was  a  happy 
time,  but  I  wasn't  unhappy.  The  only  prob- 
lem was  I  didn't  have  any  money."  The  year 
was  1982,  and  the  losses— on  Little  Me, 
Einstein  and  the  Polar  Bear,  Duet  for  One,  and 
Grown  Lips— reportedly  totaled  $3.5  mil- 
lion. It's  enough  to  make  any  reasonable 
producer  set  sail  for  calmer  waters.  Last  sea- 
son, thirty-three  plays  opened  on  Broadway, 


Nancy  Sampson  B.S.E.  '86,  and  Katrina 
Stevens  '86— who  had  submitted  applica- 
tions. Another  student,  John  Gromada  '86, 
wrote  music  for  scene  transitions,  and  now  has 
a  Broadway  credit.  Artist  Danielle  Epstein 
'84  exhibited  her  abstract  paintings,  inspired 
by  the  play,  in  the  Reynolds  Theater  lobby 
during  its  run.  And  two  of  the  interns,  Weiss 
and  Stevens,  got  jobs  on  Broadway  from  Long 
Day's  Journey. 

"This  is  a  way  to  send  students  out  of  here 
with  a  lot  of  savvy  about  the  theater  world, 
as  a  conservatory  like  Carnegie-Mellon  can, 
where  students  do  nothing  but  theater  for 
four  years.  There  is  no  liberal  arts  education," 
says  Ball.  "How  do  you  compete  with  that? 
By  having  mainstream  people,  working  pro- 
fessionals, become  involved  with  these 
students." 

While  the  Institute  of  the  Arts  was  coordi- 
nating the  academic,  the  logistics  of  people, 
places,  and  things  fell  to  Peter  Coyle  72, 
associate  director  of  the  University  Union 
and  the  Bryan  Center,  which  houses  the 
theater.  And  there  was  barely  a  hitch.  "For 
one  thing,"  says  Coyle,  "this  is  something 
we've  all  wanted  to  see  happen,  so  everybody 
was  very  cooperative.  Hoof  'n'  Horn  moved 
its  dates  around,  the  Duke  Players  moved 
their  dates  around,  some  other  people  who 
were  looking  at  one-shot  uses  of  Reynolds 
were  willing  to  shift  their  locations.  So  we 
were  able  to  get  the  play  in  when  it  needed  to 
get  in." 

This  fall,  when  Neil  Simon's  Broadway 
Bound  comes  to  campus  for  a  preview  run, 
Duke's  Institute  of  the  Arts  and  the  Union 
will  be  old  hands  at  mounting  pre-Broadway 
productions.  Long  Day's  Journey  was  just  a 
successful  dress  rehearsal  for  future  projects. 
The  next  phase?  Says  Coyle:  "We're  hopeful 


that  we  may  have  at  least  one  show  a  year, 
maybe  in  the  long  term  as  many  as  four  a 
year.  We're  in  preliminary  discussion  with 
Azenberg  about  another  one  after  Broadway 
Bound.  Eventually,  instead  of  just  providing  a 
pre-Broadway  tryout  location,  Duke  may  be 
moving  into  co-production  and  actually  be  a 
part  of  the  show  financially  when  it  goes  to 
New  York.  We're  still  in  the  testing  process 
for  the  New  York  people  to  see  how  comfort- 
able they'll  be  with  that,  how  this  relation- 
ship will  evolve." 

The  arts  institute's  Cerveris  expects  the 
Broadway  Bound  people  to  be  just  as  accessi- 
ble to  students.  He's  developing  a  special 
topics  course  within  the  institute  that  will 
be  available  for  half  credit,  primarily  when 
the  new  show  is  on  campus. 

This  moving  theatrical  laboratory  that 
will,  with  luck,  converge  on  Duke  annually 
has  produced  a  variety  of  benefits— for  the 
out-of-town  cast  and  producers,  the  univer- 
sity  community's   entertainment  options, 


and,  potentially,  for  Duke's  coffers.  But  stu- 
dents will  feel  the  main  repercussions.  "To 
me,  the  value  is  not  having  somebody  in  the 
front  of  a  room  giving  a  speech  to  400  peo- 
ple," says  drama  program  director  Ball.  "The 
value  is  what  happens  when  the  actress  play- 
ing the  maid  spends  three  hours  in  the  class- 
room with  eight  senior  theater  students. 
That  possibly  was  one  of  the  most  valuable 
periods  of  time  I've  ever  seen  in  a  theater 
teaching  situation. 

"Those  well-sheltered  Duke  kids  who  don't 
have  the  vaguest  idea  how  hard  this  world  is 
they're  working  to  get  into  came  out  of  there 
not  changed,  not  discouraged,  because  as 
hard  as  Jodie  made  it  out  to  be,  she  also 
showed  that  she  could  do  it.  And  if  she  could, 
they  could.  It  was  incredible.  That  to  me  was 
the  high  point,  much  more  important  than 
the  show  itself,  more  important  than  the  big 
speeches,  was  what  happened  inside  that 
classroom.  You  can't  buy  that." 

-Sam  Hull 


the  fewest  in  its  history  and  twenty-six  fewer 
than  two  decades  earlier. 

''There  is  less  product,  and  it's  tougher  to 
get  a  show  done  because  the  risks  are  higher," 
says  Long  Day 's  Journey  star  Jack  Lemmon .  "A 
producer  knows  he  won't  have  three  plays  on 
Broadway  this  season;  he'll  have  one.  And 
he'll  have  to  be  much  more  careful  because 
nobody  knows  what  the  ingredients  are  that 
make  a  hit.  All  he  knows  is  that  it  will  cost 
him  about  ten  times  more  than  it  did  ten 
years  ago." 

"To  me,  the  biggest  crime  of  what  has 
happened  in  commercial  theater  in  the  last 
ten  to  twenty  years  is  the  fun  has  gone  out  of 
it,"  says  Lemmon.  "Each  project  starts  with  a 
dark  cloud  over  it.  Years  back,  no  single  proj- 
ect was  too  important,  so  you  could  take  a 
chance  and  maybe  get  something  good. 
That's  not  so  today,  and  that's  why  working 
at  Duke  was  such  a  joy.  The  love,  the  excite- 
ment that  has  surrounded  this  production- 
there  is  a  big  difference  between  this  and 
when  you  feel  that  cloud." 

Lemmon,  whose  career  leans  heavily  to- 
ward film  and  television,  has  witnessed  their 
impact  on  theater  audiences.  "Because  of 
TV  and  film,  when  people  go  to  the  theater, 
they  come  conditioned  not  only  not  to  have 
to  think  and  practically  not  to  listen,  but 
they  don't  allow  things  to  happen  unless  they 
happen  quickly.  O'Neill's  The  Iceman  Cometh 
was  done  to  brilliant  reviews.  There  was  some 
wonderful  acting  going  on,  but  by  the  last 
act,  half  the  people  had  gone.  No  one  wanted 
to  wait,  no  matter  how  brilliantly  it  had  been 
done." 

The  public  isn't  going  to  the  theater  as  it 
used  to.  Ticket  sales  on  Broadway  totaled  7.4 
million  last  season,  down  from  10  million 
five  years  ago.  Although  industry  observers 
note  that  attendance  figures  tend  to  go  in 
cycles,  the  gloom  is  evident. 

Artistically,  things  began  to  run  amok  for 
the  theater  when  television  was  born  and 
film  matured,  says  Azenberg.  In  these,  young 
talent  found  more  opportunity,  and  more 
money.  "Years  ago,  theater  was  the  queen  of 
battle.  TV  was  nothing  and  film  was  second- 
rate  stuff.  In  its  heyday,  all  the  writers  worked 
for  the  theater.  There  were  plenty  of  shows. 
There  were  booking  jams,  and  you  couldn't 
even  get  a  theater.  Then  TV  developed  and 
films  were  upgraded,  attracting  a  lot  of  young 
talent." 

Advance  pay  and  immediate  visibility 
became  and  remain  the  seduction,  luring 
writers— and  performers— away  from  the 
stage.  "A  playwright  takes  a  long  time  to 
develop— maybe  well  into  his  thirties,"  says 
Azenberg.  "And  that's  all  right  if  you  want  to 
dedicate  yourself.  But  then  your  agent  calls 
and  says,  'I  can't  get  your  play  on  but  I  can  get 
you  ten  segments  of  Hee  Haw  at  $15,000  a 
segment.' 

"The  signs  of  losing  young  talent  were 


Millers  daring  treatment 

of  the  O'Neill  play 

ruined  some.  But  four 

Tony  Award  nominations 

later,  it  appears  that 

todays  audience  would 

rather  relate  than 

venerate. 


there  early  on  when  you  saw  Brecht  and 
Faulkner  writing  screen  plays.  Bill  Goldman, 
who  wrote  Butch  Cassidy  and  the  Sundance 
Kid,  started  out  as  playwright.  James  Gold- 
man wrote  The  Lion  in  Winter  [Azenberg's 
first  Broadway  production]  and  that  was  the 
only  play  he  ever  wrote.  Paddy  Chayefsky  left 
the  theater  to  write  for  films.  He  said  it  was 
too  tough.  Harold  Pinter,  Tom  Stoppard— 
they're  doing  films,  too,  not  exclusively,  but 
it  shows  they're  thinking  about  it.  It's  hard  to 
resist  when  someone  calls  and  offers  a  half- 
million  dollars  for  a  screenplay,  and  you  get  it 
up  front.  We've  got  to  make  it  easier  for  the 
writers,  the  primary  people  of  the  theater." 

An  unlikely  looking  reformer— at  Duke  he 
favors  jeans  and  pullovers-built-for-two— 
Azenberg  is  playing  a  major  role  in  restoring 
the  theater's  economic  and  artistic  health. 
His  variation  on  production  financing, 
known  as  the  royalty  pool,  splits  the  money 
made  after  a  show's  break-even  point  among 
theater  owner,  investor,  producer,  and  crea- 
tive artists.  The  traditional  approach  of  royalty 
payments  as  a  fixed  percentage  of  each 
week's  gross  often  drained  resources  and  sent 
productions  into  the  red  well  before  investors 
saw  any  green.  The  intent  of  the  profit  pool 
is  to  encourage  sharing  rather  than  fighting. 
A  little  less  avarice,  he  says,  would  work 
wonders. 

"It's  amazing  how  people  pretend  money 
has  nothing  to  do  with  it,  but  the  minute  an 
institutional  or  regional  theater  does  a  play 
they  think  is  good,  they  call  me  up  to  come 
see  it  and  they  negotiate  like  Heinrich 
Himmler.  That's  an  image  that  sticks  with 
me. 

"We  have  to  change  the  way  we  do  busi- 
ness. We  need  an  attitude  change,  and  frank- 
ly, I  don't  perceive  the  leadership  in  the  com- 
mercial theater  as  progressive  enough.  Nor 
have  the  problems  been  solved  by  the  region- 
al or  institutional  theaters,  which  are  domi- 
nated by  egotistical  people.  Maybe  some- 
thing is  happening  here.  Maybe  Duke  will  be 
the  beginning  of  something  that  fifteen  or 


twenty  years  from  now  will  result  in  the 
evolution  of  theater." 

Azenberg  envisions  a  number  of  possibili- 
ties—one, a  farm  system  administered,  for 
example,  by  the  powerful  Schubert  Organi- 
zation, with  which  Azenberg  has  worked 
closely  for  years.  The  organization  would 
provide  funds  to  aspiring  playwrights,  who 
could  turn  to  designated  universities  for 
readings  and  possible  stagings.  "So  maybe 
the  play's  worth  a  production,"  says  Azenberg, 
"and  it's  done  off-off-off  Broadway  or  on  a  cir- 
cuit of  five  universities.  You'd  have  an  outlet 
in  the  commercial  subscription  theater  like 
the  National  Theatre  in  Washington  for 
eight  or  nine  weeks,  and  pay  it  off  easily.  God 
willing,  if  it  were  to  be  extended,  move  it  to 
Broadway  and  the  profits  go  back  into  the 
farming  entity.  Slowly,  you  build  your  own 
farm  system,  you  have  your  outlets,  and  every- 
body participates  economically." 

In  such  a  scenario,  the  university  would 
play  a  significant  role  in  tomorrow's  theater 
by  providing  a  low-risk,  low-cost  environ- 
ment for  its  development.  That  was  Duke's 
allure  when  Azenberg  was  ready  to  fine-tune 
Long  Day's  Journey.  What  attracted  Duke  was 
obvious— the  prestige  of  having  a  classic 
drama,  major  producer,  and  box-office  star 
on  campus,  and  a  gold  mine  in  practical  ex- 
perience for  the  university's  drama  students. 

Azenberg  had  to  park  his  developing 
production  somewhere,  because,  in  today's 
theater  business,  virtually  nothing  that  plays 
on  Broadway  begins  on  Broadway.  A  show 
must  prove  itself  somewhere  else  first— in 
commercial  theaters  on  the  circuit  of  tryout 
towns,  or  more  recently,  in  regional  or  non- 
profit theaters. 

"Most  of  the  serious  plays  on  Broadway  are 
coming  out  of  the  nonprofit  theaters,"  says 
Jim  Oakland,  editor  of  American  Theater 
Magazine.  "The  musical  Big  River  was  fos- 
tered at  the  American  Repertory  Theatre  in 
Cambridge  [on  the  campus  of  Harvard]  and 
the  La  Jolla  Playhouse  in  California.  The 
revival  of  Loot  was  done  by  the  Manhattan 
Theater  Club.  This  movement  is  the  health- 
iest part  of  the  theater,  and  it's  the  wave  of 
the  future." 

But  send  a  Broadway  show  to  a  city  well  off 
the  tryout  circuit,  to  a  university  with  excel- 
lent facilities  but  no  formal  connections  to 
the  legitimate  theater  system,  and  you  begin 
to  understand  what  Azenberg's  close  friend 
and  business  partner  Neil  Simon  meant  by 
The  Odd  Couple.  The  union,  though  brief, 
was  so  sufficiently  blissful  that  Azenberg  says 
he'll  be  back  in  October  with  Simon's  Broad- 
way Bound. 

"The  challenge  is  to  do  something  just  a 
little  different,"  he  says,  "just  a  little  different 
for  the  commercial  theater,  just  a  little  differ- 
ent for  the  university.  We're  beginning  some- 
thing here,  and  God  knows  where  it  can 
lead."  ■ 


The  General  Alumni  Association  has 
a  new  president:  Tony  Bos  worth  '58. 
Bosworth  assumed  office  on  July  1. 
His  one-year  term  follows  that  of  Frances 
"Parkie"  Adams  Blaylock  '53,  who  presided 
over  the  annual  meeting  in  May. 

From  1980  until  1982,  Bosworth  was  presi- 
dent of  the  Duke  Club  of  Wilmington,  Dela- 
ware—a club  that  he  and  a  small  group  of 
other  alumni  took  from  "inactive"  to  full- 
fledged  status.  He  has  also  been  on  the  ex- 
ecutive committee  of  the  club,  and— since 
1982 -of  the  GAA's  board  of  directors.  For 
more  than  twenty  years,  he  has  been  an  inter- 
viewer with  the  Alumni  Admissions  Adviso- 
ry Committee,  first  in  Long  Island,  then  in 
Chicago,  and  now  in  Wilmington.  "Keeping 
in  touch  with  high  school  seniors  has  im- 
pressed upon  me  the  fact  that  the  quality  of 
the  applicant  has  gone  up  dramatically,"  he 
says.  "And  applicant  quality  speaks  to  the 
kind  of  reputation  that  Duke  has  developed 
over  that  period." 

During  his  student  days,  Bosworth  was  a 
member  of  Pi  Kappa  Alpha,  the  glee  club, 
the  chapel  choir,  and  the  NROTC  Band. 

Bosworth  lives  in  Wilmington,  where  he  is 
business  manager  of  Corian  Building  Products 
for  the  DuPont  Company.  His  wife,  Gina,  is 
also  a  Duke  graduate  (Class  of  '60).  In  his 
community,  he  has  been  president  of  a  neigh- 
borhood association,  an  elder  and  choir 
member  of  his  church,  and  a  member  of  the 
High  School  Citizens  Advisory  Committee. 

Asked  about  his  goals  as  president,  Bosworth 
says  his  theme  will  be  "continuing  the  good 
work  of  my  predecessors."  The  committees  of 
the  board,  including  those  that  focus  on 
local  associations,  AAACs,  and  marketing 
and  travel,  "are  more  active  than  ever,"  he 
says.  "Involvement  has  picked  up,  and  I  want 
to  keep  that  going.  These  are  not  just  cere- 
monial committees;  they  are  working  com- 
mittees that  are  contributing  strongly  to  the 
alumni  affairs  program." 

Bosworth  also  hopes  to  make  the  GAA 
board  and  its  activities  more  visible,  and  to 
establish  more  direct  communication  with 
the  university's  new  administration.  Among 
his  other  plans:  to  continue  to  broaden  repre- 


WPJf     ^^^if&r' 

1 

■L  -j 

iM 

~M 

jar     *lflr 

Mk'          V'lKE   UNIV 

1 

^^m      f 

-W^m^'^  1 

^Lzafetstf 

Changing  of  the 


Bosworth,    Blaylock,    and    Alumni  Affairs  Director  Funderburk 


sentation  on  the  board  through  the  selection 
of  members  from  diverse  geographic  areas 
and  graduating  years. 

Paul  Risher  B.S.M.E.  '57  is  the  new  presi- 
dent-elect. Risher,  who  lives  in  Stamford, 
Connecticut,  is  president  of  Panorama  Air, 
an  air-tour  company  that  operates  out  of 
Honolulu,  Hawaii.  A  member  of  the  GAA's 
board  of  directors  since  1984,  Risher  has 
been  chairman  of  the  Alumni  Admissions 
Advisory  Committee  in  St.  Louis  and  Fair- 
field County,  Connecticut,  and  chairman  of 
the  standing  committee  for  the  AAAC.  At 
Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Delta  Theta 
and  won  a  listing  in  Who's  Who  in  Colleges 
and  Universities. 

Risher  and  his  wife,  Patricia,  have  two 
daughters,  Nancy  and  Cameron.  Nancy  is 
beginning  her  junior  year  at  Duke. 

At  its  meeting,  the  board  learned  of  prize- 
winning  performance  in  alumni  affairs.  Re- 
cognition came  through  CASE,  the  Council 
for  Advancement  and  Support  of  Education, 


which  awarded  Duke  a  1985-86  Gold  Medal 
in  its  "Alumni  Relations  Improvement"  cate- 
gory. Duke  is  one  of  five  schools  to  earn  a 
gold  medal  in  the  national  competition, 
which  evaluates  performance  over  a  three- 
year  period. 

Blaylock,  looking  back  on  her  presidency, 
said  the  past  year's  activities  by  the  profess- 
sional  staff,  the  board,  and  the  standing  com- 
mittees of  alumni  volunteers  added  meaning 
to  the  CASE  plaudits.  Some  highlights: 

•  Admissions  and  Alumni  Endowed 
Scholarships:  early  contact  with  597  chil- 
dren of  alumni  who  applied  for  admission  to 
the  Class  of  '90— a  record  number;  a  special 
mailing  to  400  14-  and  15-year-old  children 
of  alumni  encouraging  them  to  consider 
Duke;  fifty  "Capture  Parties,"  arranged  in 
mid  to  late  April,  for  accepted  students. 

•  Class  Programming:  a  new  schedule 
moving  most  undergraduate  reunions  to  the 
fall;  co-sponsorship  of  the  first  annual  spring 
workshop  for  reunion  chairs  and  other  alumni 


17 


leaders;  encouragement  of  alumni  programs 
among  fraternities,  sororities,  and  other  stu- 
dent interest  groups. 

•  Clubs:  a  manual  for  club  officers  establish- 
ing an  ideal  club  structure;  a  fall  leadership 
conference  for  club  presidents;  improve- 
ments in  the  quality  and  quantity  of  mailed 
announcements  and  information. 

•  Marketing  and  Special  Projects:  an  in- 
crease in  advertising  revenue  for  Duke  Maga- 
zine by  160  percent;  a  plan  to  better  serve 
graduate  school  alumni  through  organized 
social  events  and  publications;  an  effort  to 
broaden  the  base  of  goods  and  services  mar- 
keted to  alumni. 

•  Organizational  Activities:  developed  a 
leadership  file  to  identify  alumni  for  future 
leadership  roles;  tripled  the  number  of  Duke 
Network  alumni,  from  200  to  600,  to  help 
undergraduates  with  career  information; 
enhanced  alumni  activity  within  the  School 
of  Nursing. 

•  Duke  Magazine:  earned  more  than  a 
dozen  national  and  regional  awards  for  editori- 
al and  design  excellence;  published  compre- 
hensive "theme"  issues  dealing  with  the  presi- 
dential inauguration,  terrorism,  and  Duke's 
basketball  success,  and  added  "Duke  Retro- 
spectives" as  a  standing  section;  strengthened 
the  Editorial  Advisory  Board. 

•  Travel  and  Continuing  Education: 
doubled  the  income  from  travel  fees  and 
commissions  over  1984-85 ;  held  two  highly 
successful  alumni  colleges,  at  Martha's  Vine- 
yard and  the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory;  in- 
creased the  number  of  travelers  over  the  past 
year— despite  having  to  cancel  two  trips  be- 
cause of  the  threat  of  international  terrorism. 


VOICE  YOUR 
CHOICE 


Duke's  charter  calls  for  the  election  of 
one-third  of  its  trustees  by  graduates 
of  the  university.  Since  the  terms  of 
four  of  the  twelve  alumni  trustees  expire  in 
1987 ,  alumni  are  invited  to  submit  names  of 
alumni  to  the  General  Alumni  Association's 
executive  committee  for  consideration. 

The  executive  committee  will  submit  a  list 
of  names  to  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  for 
submission  to  the  trustees.  Four  names  are 
then  approved  for  final  submission  to  the 
alumni  body,  with  additional  nominations 
permitted  by  petition. 

The  alumni  affairs  director  maintains  a 
confidential  roster  of  alumni  recommended 
as  trustees,  and  he  welcomes  and  encourages 
recommendations  by  alumni  at  any  time. 
Submit  names  and  biographical  information 
to  M.  Lahey  Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  Director  of 
Alumni  Affairs,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
N.C.  27706. 


curious  circumstances 


seemed  to  keep  me  here" 


THE  MARSHALL 
ARTS 

ith  his  retirement  this  summer, 
Roger  Marshall  '42  has  ended  a 
Duke  career  that  spans  almost 
forty  years  in  various  administrative  posts. 

Marshall  grew  up  in  Winston-Salem. 
After  earning  his  bachelor's  in  English,  he 
volunteered  for  the  Marine  Corps.  He  re- 
turned home  from  the  war  on  Thanksgiving 
Day,  1945;  and,  as  he  reports,  "One  of  the 
first  things  I  did  was  watch  Duke  and  Caro- 
lina play  football."  He  worked  for  a  short 
time  as  a  newspaper  reporter,  then  joined  the 
staff  at  Duke  in  1947— first  as  managing  edi- 
tor of  the  Alumni  Register,  which  was  at  that 
time  a  thirty-two  page  monthly. 

Marshall  next  worked  for  five  years  as 
alumni  secretary  before  becoming  director  of 
alumni  affairs  in  1963.  In  1977,  he  took  a 
leave  of  absence,  "really  not  anticipating 
that  I'd  be  coming  back."  After  six  months, 
though,  he  returned  to  become  special  assis- 
tant to  President  Terry  Sanford.  He  was 
named  university  secretary  in  1981. 

"On  several  occasions  it  occurred  to  me 
that  maybe  it  would  be  advisable  to  do  some- 
thing different,  but  curious  circumstances 
seemed  to  keep  me  here,"  Marshall  told  the 
employee  tabloid  Duke  Dialogue.  "First  and 
foremost,  it's  a  very  fascinating  and  provoca- 
tive place."  In  a  pre-retirement  interview,  he 
praised  the  pattern  of  decision-making  at 
Duke:  "The  university  is  responsive  to  its 
environment  and  to  its  society.  We  used  to 
say  we  set  the  pace,  and  certainly  that's  true, 
but  a  university  reacts  a  lot,  too,  and  is  re- 
sponsive to  outside  changes,  and  that's  as  it 
should  be." 


At  a  trustee  dinner  in  May,  President  H. 
Keith  H.  Brodie  cited  Marshall— now  secre- 
tary emeritus— as  "a  loyal  friend"  of  the  uni- 
versity who,  throughout  his  long  career,  has 
"loved  and  protected  Duke  University  with 
tact,  finesse,  tolerance,  and  a  sense  of 
humor." 


TO  MARKET, 
TO  MARKET 


Paintings  of  campus  scenes  by  artist 
William  Mangum  and  a  specialized 
health  insurance  plan  are  being 
offered  to  alumni  by  the  General  Alumni 
Association,  based  on  marketing  research 


Davison  Building.-  jrom  a  work  in  progress 


conducted  by  the  GAA  marketing  committee. 

"From  survey  results  tabulated  in  February," 
says  Pat  Zollicoffer  '58,  director  of  marketing 
for  Alumni  Affairs,  "we  designed  these  prod- 
ucts based  on  the  wants  and  needs  of  the 
total  alumni  body." 

North  Carolina  artist  William  Mangum 
visited  Duke  to  take  photographs  and  make 
sketches  of  various  campus  scenes.  Man- 
gum's  work  has  been  exhibited  in  the  South, 
New  York  City,  Great  Britain,  and  Greece. 
His  technique  with  different  architectural 
styles  has  made  him  one  of  the  foremost 
watercolorists  in  the  South  today. 

Mangum's  series  of  three  paintings— the 
Duke  Chapel  and  gardens,  the  Davison  Build- 
ing, and  Baldwin  Auditorium— will  be  sold 
as  a  set.  This  is  the  official  GAA-sponsored 
offering  for  1986-87. 

A  specialized  health  insurance  product, 
underwritten  by  the  Kemper  Group  Insur- 
ance Company,  is  offered  exclusively  to  Duke 
alumni.  "We  think  this  program  is  of  signifi- 
cant value  to  new  graduates.  It  serves  as  a 
comprehensive  health-care  bridge  for  those 
who  no  longer  qualify  under  their  parents' 
policies  and  also  for  those  who  are  between 
jobs  and  without  coverage,"  says  Zollicoffer. 
"Health  Bridge  provides  high-quality,  low- 
cost,  interim  health  coverage." 


Brochures  on  both  items  will  be  mailed  to 
alumni  during  the  summer.  For  more  informa- 
tion, contact  Zollicoffer  at  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C  27706. 


CAMPUS 
COMEBACKS 

Commencement  had  a  different  twist 
this  year— a  weekend  of  reunions  for 
the  classes  of  1929, 1931,  and  1936,  in 
addition  to  the  annual  Half  Century  Club 
luncheon.  A  total  of  326  alumni  and  family 
members  were  back  on  campus  May  2-4  for 
class  functions  and  university  events. 

"These  classes  re-established  the  tradition 
of  holding  reunions  during  commencement 
weekend,"  says  Michael  Woodard  '81,  Alumni 
Affairs'  assistant  director  for  class  activities. 
Reunions  were  originally  held  during  com- 
mencement, which  was  the  first  weekend  in 
June.  In  1970,  the  university  calendar  changed 
and  graduation  was  pushed  forward  to  May. 
Reunions  didn't  make  the  move,  however. 

"Because  Alumni  Weekend  had  grown  so 
large,  we  decided  to  separate  these  two  occa- 
sions. With  the  new  reunion  schedule  mov- 


ing nine  of  the  twelve  classes  to  the  fall," 
Woodard  says,  "we  were  able  to  recognize  our 
oldest  alumni  at  the  same  time  as  our  newest 
alumni." 

The  Class  of  1936  set  the  record  for  the 
largest  50th  year  reunion  in  Duke  history 
with  151  classmates  and  family  members 
attending.  The  Class  of  1929,  which  meets 
annually,  numbered  thirty-two,  up  from 
eleven  last  year.  Forty  returned  for  the  Class 
of  1931  and  103  for  the  Half  Century  Club. 

For  their  class  gifts,  the  Class  of  '36  raised 
$116,322  and  the  Class  of '31  raised  $41,322. 
The  Class  of  '29,  in  recognition  of  being 
Duke's  first  official  four-year  class,  established 
the  Class  of  1929  Scholarship.  So  far, 
$23 ,490  has  been  raised.  The  class  presented 
the  first  $2,000  annual  award  to  incoming 
freshman  Ann  Elizabeth  Petering  of  Wil- 
mington, North  Carolina. 

Fall  reunions  will  take  place  during  special 
football  weekends.  The  classes  of  1941 ,  195 1 , 
and  1966  will  gather  September  26-28  when 
Duke  plays  Virginia;  the  classes  of  1961, 
1976,  and  1981  at  Homecoming,  October 
24-26,  against  Maryland;  and  the  classes  of 
1946,  1956,  and  1971  on  November  7-9, 
against  Wake  Forest.  For  more  information, 
contact  Woodard  at  Alumni  House,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706. 


CLASS 
NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


uate  or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


30s  &  40s 


Ruth  Forlines  Dailey  33,  the  first  and  only 
woman  member  of  Durham  County's  Alcoholic 
Beverage  Control  Board,  tetired  in  May  1985. 

Herbert  A.  Pohl  36,  Ph.D.  39  is  a  visiting  scien- 
tist at  the  Francis  Bitter  National  Magnet  Laboratory 
at  M.l.T.  He  is  the  director  of  research  at  the  privately 
funded  Pohl  Cancer  Research  Laboratory  in  Still- 
water, Okla.,  where  he  also  directs  the  research  of 
several  graduate  students  in  physics  and  microbiology 
at  Oklahoma  State  University.  He  is  also  the  editor  of 
the  Journal  of  Biological  Physics. 

William  F.  Franck  39,  chairman  and  chief  execu- 
tive of  Tultex  Corp.,  was  elected  a  director  of  Martin 
Processing. 


I  Hayes  M.Ed.  '41  represented  Duke  when 
he  participated  in  the  China  Clipper  II,  which  retraced 
Pan  Am's  first  transpacific  route  on  the  50th  anni- 
versary of  the  service. 


Virginia  A.  Campbell  Hollick  '41  moved  to 
Southbury,  Conn.,  after  the  death  of  her  husband. 

Mary  Abbie  Deshon  Berg  '42  is  the  executive 
director  of  Mobile's  Senior  Citizens  Services,  Inc., 
which  serves  senior  citizens  in  the  area  through  its 
multi-purpose  senior  center.  She  received  the  Profes- 
sional of  the  Year  Award  from  the  Alabama  Geronto- 
logical Society. 

Francis  L.  Dale  '43  is  commissioner  of  the  Major 
Indoor  Soccer  League. 

Verne  Bliss  '44,  M.F.  '49  was  inducted  into  the 
Hall  of  Marketing  Excellence  of  the  Du  Pont  Agri- 
cultural Products  Department. 


was  elected  mayor  of  Lexington, 
N.C,  in  a  landslide  victory  on  Nov.  6. 

William  J.  Kerr  '47  was  promoted  to  manager  of 
new  business  development  in  the  Durham  and  Raleigh 
divisions  of  the  Public  Service  Co.  of  North  Carolina. 
He  is  active  in  several  trade  and  civic  groups  in 

Margaret  Taylor  Smith  '47,  a  research  associate 

with  Merrill-Palmer  Institute  of  Wayne  State  Univer- 
sity in  Detroit,  was  elected  as  a  trustee  of  the  Kresge 
Foundation.  She  is  also  a  member  of  the  Detroit 
Medical  Center  Holding  Co.,  a  member  of  the 
Greater  Detroit  Area  Health  Council,  Inc.,  and  a 
trustee  and  vice  chairman  of  Hutzel  Hospital. 

W.  Joseph  Biggers  '49  was  appointed  director  of 
the  Vermont  American  Corp.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
board  and  chief  executive  officer  of  American  Busi- 
ness Products,  Inc.,  and  serves  on  the  Listed  Com- 
pany Advisory  Committee  of  the  New  York  Stock 
Exchange.  He  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  visitors  of 


Berry  College  and  the  executive  board  of  the  Atlanta 
Area  Council  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  a  trustee 
ot  the  Georgia  Council  on  Economic  Education,  and 
a  member  of  the  Corporate  Development  Committee 
of  the  Shepherd  Spinal  Center. 

Marion  Copeland  Michalove  '49  was  elected 
to  the  Rutherford  County,  N.C,  Board  of  County 
Commissioners  and  serves  as  vice  chairman. 

MARRIAGES:  Maidee  Brown  Kerr  39  to  Hugh 

G.  Boyd  on  Nov.  16.  Residence:  Red  Bank,  N.J. 


50s 


A.  Cote  M.F.  '50,  professor  of  wood 
products  engineering  and  director  of  the  Renewable 
Materials  Institute  at  the  State  University  of  New- 
York's  College  of  Environmental  Science  and  Forestry, 
was  named  a  member  of  the  Competitive  Research 
Grants  Wood  Utilization  Panel  for  1985.  This  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  program  provides  research 
grants  to  wood  scientists.  Cote  is  also  president  of  the 
Academy  of  Wood  Science. 


Marvin  T.  Glenn  '50  was  named  east  central 
regional  sales  manager  for  Cablec  Corp. 

Nolan  H.  Rogers  '53,  who  was  president  of  the 
student  body  and  captain  of  the  lacrosse  team  while 
at  Duke,  was  elected  president  of  the  National 
Lacrosse  Foundation  and  Hall  of  Fame  at  the  U.S. 
Lacrosse  Coaches  Association's  annual  convention. 
He  is  chief  counsel  to  the  Maryland  State  Highway 
Administration  and  the  governor's  criminal  extradi- 


THE  WRITE  PRESCRIPTION 


ystenous  cir- 


surround  the 
death  of  a  young  re- 
search assistant  at  a 
major  New  York  hospi- 
tal. An  internist  at  the 
hospital  and  best  friend 
of  the  hapless  victim 
begins  her  own  investi- 
gation and  tracks  the 
evidence  to  the  hospi- 
tal director,  who's  in- 
volved in  very  hush- 
hush  research  with 
DNA. 

The  scenario  is  from 
the  medical  suspense 
novel  Chimera,  written 
byH.L.Newbold'43, 
B.S.M.  '45,  M.D.  '45. 
He  has  a  private  prac- 
tice in  medical  nutri- 
tion and  allergy,  a  list- 
ing in  Marquis'  Who's 
Who  in  the  World,  and 
a  very  active 
imagination. 

Newbold  has  been 
mixing  the  business  of 
medicine  and  the  plea- 
sure of  writing  for  more 
than  thirty  years,  most 
recently  out  of  his  of- 
fice on  New  York's 
Lower  East  Side.  "I 
write  while  other  peo- 
ple are  commuting  to 
and  from  work,"  says 
Newbold,  who  com- 
mutes within  minutes 
from  his  home  in 
Greenwich  Village.  He 
writes  standing  up: 
That  was  good  enough 


some  extent 
on  his  medical  practice, 
Newbold  says  the  non- 
fiction  books  reflect  his 
interest  in  finding 


for  Hemingway  and 
Woolf,  he  says,  and 
besides,  prolonged  sit- 
ting is  bad  for  the  back. 
In  progress  is  a  novel 
about  a  female  resident 
in  Ob/Gyn- based  at 
Duke— who's  unlucky 
at  love  with  the  depart- 
ment chairman.  As  for 
using  his  alma  mater  in 
the  novel,  Newbold 
says:  "Any  publicity  is 
good  publicity."  His 
other  noveb  include 
Dr.  Cox's  Couch,  about 


the  adventures  of  a 
New  York  psychiatrist; 
Long  John,  about  the 
adventures  of  a  pimp; 
and  1/3  of  an  Inch  of 
French  Bread,  New- 
bold's  own  adventures 
in  existentialism. 

He's  also  written 
several  popular  medical 
non-fiction  books, 
among  them  Mega- 
Nutrients  for  Your 
Nerves  and  Vitamin  C 
Against  Cancer.  Al- 
though all  his  writing 


nutritional  and  environ- 
mental solutions  to 
allergy  problems. 

In  addition  to  the 
time  he  spends  with 
allergy  patients,  New- 
bold  writes  five  hours  a 
day,  seven  days  a  week. 
A  native  North  Caro- 
linian, he  moved  his 
practice  to  Manhattan 
for  the  good  of  his  writ- 
ing. "You  have  to  be  in 
New  York  to  under- 
stand editors  and  feel 
the  pulse  of  the  literary 
business,"  he  says.  "But 
even  in  New  York,  it's  a 
lot  easier  to  make  a  liv- 
ing practicing 

"""  Wridng" 


tion  hearing  offic 
Barbara,  have  thr 


and  adviser.  He 
children. 


Jack  Baugh  '54,  a  member  of  Duke's  board  of 
trustees,  pledged  $1  million  to  the  Capital  Campaign 
to  establish  fellowships  in  the  departments  of  anthro- 
pology, economics,  psychology,  and  sociology.  The 
Phillip  Jackson  Baugh  Fund  will  support  fellows  parti- 
cipating in  the  Center  for  Aging  and  Human 
Development  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  Baugh,  a 
former  president  of  the  General  Alumni  Association, 
is  also  a  President's  Associate  and  serves  on  the  boards 
of  visitors  of  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business  and  the 
School  of  Engineering.  He  lives  near  Lexington,  Ky., 
where  he  is  involved  in  the  commercir.l  breeding  of 
race  horses.  He  is  president  of  P.J.  Baugh  Industries, 
Inc. 


Jo  Fox  '54  is  the  coordinator  of  a  major 
traveling  exhibition  in  honor  of  the  Statue  of  Liberty 
Centennial.  "Liberties  With  Liberty,"  which  opened 
in  New  York  this  February,  highlights  the  changing 
image  of  the  female  figure  as  a  symbol  of  America, 
through  approximately  85  examples  of  folk  art  in  all 
media.  The  exhibit  will  travel  the  U.S.  for  two  years. 
Fox  has  also  published  a  book,  Liberties  With  Liberty, 
to  accompany  the  exhibit. 

Irwin  Fridovich  Ph.D.  '55  received  a  North 
Carolina  Award  in  Science  from  Gov.  Jim  Martin, 
who  called  it  "the  highest  and  most  prestigious  award 


the  state  can  offer."  Fridovich  is  a  James  B.  Duke  Pro- 
fessor of  Biochemistry,  known  for  his  work  in  oxygen 
metabolism.  He  is  active  in  many  national  scientific 
organizations,  the  authot  of  over  290  articles,  and  a 
member  of  the  editorial  boards  of  several  journals.  He 
is  co-editor  of  Superoxide  Di; 


F.  AppletOri  '56  was  elected  as  senior 
vice  president/television  for  Price  Communications 
Corp.  He  was  vice  president  and  general  manager  of 
WTVD-TV,  a  Raleigh/Durham  CBS  affiliate.  He  has 
served  as  chairman  of  the  Sales  Advisory  Council  of 
the  Television  Bureau  of  Advertising  and  has  been  a 
member  of  the  Durham  chamber  of  commerce,  the 
board  of  advisers  to  Duke  Medical  Center,  the 
YMCA,  and  the  United  Way  of  Durham. 

Marty  Hadley  Callaway  '56,  of  Maryville, 
Tenn.,  hosted  several  of  her  friends  from  the  Class  of 
'56  in  June  1985.  Together  for  the  first  time  in  30 
years  were  Marilyn  Dent  Henshaw  '56  from 
Shelby,  N  C  ;  Helen  "Lady"  Stokes  Floyd  56 
from  Texarkana,  Texas;  Margaret  Lightsey 

'56  from  Hampton,  S.C.;  and  Cleo  I. 
'56  from  Richmond,  Va. 


'56,  Carter  Glass  Professor  of 
Government  at  Sweet  Briar  College,  Va.,  received  the 
first  Distinguished  Teaching  Award  from  the  Student 
Government  Association.  He  directs  the  Asian 


Studies  Program  at  Sweet  Briar  and  is  an  authority  on 
the  politics  of  India  and  Pakistan. 

Joan  Leonhardt  Greenberg  '56  graduated 
from  the  Miami  School  of  Law  in  1985  and  is  now  a 
judicial  clerk  at  the  appeals  court  level,  preparing  for 
an  appellate  law  practice  in  Miami.  She  lives  in 
Coconut  Grove,  Fla. 

Mary  Alice  Gunter  '56  is  the  executive  director 
of  the  University  of  Virginia  School  of  Education 
Foundation,  responsible  for  directing  development 
and  alumni  affairs  for  the  school.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Ed  Gunter  B.S.M.E.  '56,  are  faculty  members 
at  the  university  in  Charlottesville. 

V.A.  "Gus"  Holshouser  '56,  the  controller  of 
Golden  Belt  Manufacturing  Co.  in  Durham,  was 
honored  for  his  25  years  of  service  as  treasurer  of  St. 

Lutheran  Church  in  Durham.  He  has  also 
served  several  terms  on  the  church  council  and  will 


II  '56,  dean  of  admissions  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Califomia-Santa  Cruz  since  1980,  was 
appointed  executive  director  of  legal  personnel  and 
external  affairs  at  the  New  York  City  law  firm  Lord, 
Day  and  Lord.  He  has  written  for  several  magazines 
and  papers  and  has  published  two  books:  Playing  the 
Private  College  Game  and  The  Public  Ivys. 

Gerald  H.  Shinn  '56,  M.Div.  '59,  Ph.D.  '64,  profes- 
sor  of  philosophy  and  religion  at  UNC-Wilmington, 

I  the  Distinguished  Citizen  Award  from  the 
UNC-W  Alumni  Association  in  November.  He  serves 
as  curator  of  UNC-W's  Museum  of  World  Cultures; 
established  the  Albert  Schweitzer  International  Prize, 
held  every  four  years  at  UNC-W;  has  received  several 
teaching  awards;  is  an  associate  of  the  Danforth 
Foundation,  an  organization  dedicated  to  improving 
the  quality  of  human  relations  in  American  higher 
education;  and  advises  the  International  John 
Steinbeck  Society. 

E.  Blake  Byrne  '57,  group  vice  president/television 
for  LIN  Broadcasting  Corp.,  was  elected  chairman  of 
the  Television  Bureau  of  Advertising's  board  of 


William  Ronald  Deans  '57  retired  from  the  Air 
Force  as  a  colonel  in  1982  and  now  serves  as  president 
of  Service  Sales,  Inc.,  his  family  business  in  Rocky 
Mount,  N.C. 

Mary  Brewer  Cox  Ed.D.  '58  is  a  psychology  pro- 
fessor at  Emory  and  Henry  College  in  Emory,  Va.  She 
and  her  husband,  Jack,  have  two  children. 

James  P.  Gill  M.D.  '59,  who  has  a  private  ophthal- 
mology practice  in  New  Port  Tichey,  Fla.,  finished 
fourth  in  the  Huntsville  Double  Ironman  Triathalon 
on  Sept.  2  in  Huntsville,  Alabama. 

William  O.  McMillan  Jr.  '59,  M.D.  '63  is  associ- 
ate vice  president  of  health  sciences  at  West  Virginia 
University  Medical  Center's  Charleston  division. 

John  W.  TibbettS  '59  was  promoted  to  captain  at 
Eastern  Airlines  and  is  based  in  Philadelphia. 

MARRIAGES:  John  W.  Tibbetts  '59  to  Nancy 
W  Weikert.  Residence:  Allentown,  Pa.,  and  Lambert- 
ville,  N.J. 


60s 


I  O.  Bowyer  M.Div.  '60,  Th.M.  '68,  cam- 
pus minister  for  the  Wesley  Foundation  at  Fairmont 
State  College,  WVa.,  is  the  author  of  chapters  2  and  9 
in  the  recently  published  The  Future  of  Global  Eco- 
nomic Disparities:  World  Religious  Perspectives.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  steering  committee  of  the  Religious 
Futurists  Network  and  chairs  the  Northeastern  Juris- 


diction  Urban  Ministers  Network  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church.  He  is  secretary  of  the  board  of 
directors  of  Fairmont  General  Hospital,  and  president 
of  the  Fairmont  Clinic  and  Valley  Community  Health 
Center  boards  of  directors.  He  is  also  a  trustee  of 
Morristown  College  in  Tennessee.  He  and  his  wife, 
Faith,  have  three  sons. 

John  P.  Kapp  '60,  M.D.  '66,  Ph.D.  '67  was 
appointed  chairman  of  the  neurosurgery  department 
in  the  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo's 
medical  school.  In  1984,  he  published  Cerebral  Venous 
System  and  Disorders.  He  has  published  over  75 
articles  and  chapters  and  also  invents  medical 
devices.  Kapp,  his  wife,  Emily,  and  their  two  children 
live  in  Buffalo. 

Donald  Serafin  '60,  M.D.  '64  is  professor  and 
chief  of  the  division  of  plastic  and  maxillofacial  sur- 
gery at  Duke's  Medical  Center,  where  he  directs  the 
plastic  surgery  microsurgery  laboratory. 

John  A.  Feagin  Jr.  M.D.  '61,  chief  of  surgery  at 
St.  John's  Hospital  in  Jackson,  Wyo.,  was  elected 
president  of  the  American  Orthopaedic  Society  for 
Sports  Medicine.  He  was  one  of  the  society's  founders. 
He  has  been  a  physician  for  the  U.S.  Ski  Team  since 
1979.  Feagin,  who  retired  from  the  Army  after  30 
years,  also  is  on  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  U.S.  Mili- 
tary Academy. 

Joyce  Robinson  Kelley  MAT.  '61  is  a  real 
estate  broker  in  Atlanta  and  a  life  member  of  the 
Atlanta  Board  of  Realtors'  Million  Dollar  Club.  She 
and  her  husband  have  two  children. 

Carol  Kreps  Sackett  B.S.N.  '61  is  a  nurse  at 
N.C.  Memorial  Hospital  in  Chapel  Hill. 

James  F.  Weekley  B.Div.  '61  is  the  author  of 
Praise  and  Thanksgiving,  published  in  January  by  C.S.S. 
Publishing  Co. 


.S.M.E.  '61,  chief  executive 
of  the  Biogen  Group,  was  formally  elected  chairman 
of  the  board  of  supervisory  directors  of  Biogen  in 
December. 

Virginia  S.  Wilson  '62,  MAT  '63,  Ph.D.  '75, 
head  of  the  humanities  department  of  the  N.C. 
School  of  Science  and  Mathematics  in  Durham, 
received  the  Outstanding  Service  Award  from  the 
National  Council  for  the  Social  Studies  at  the  coun- 
cil's anual  meeting  in  Chicago.  She  chairs  the 
Southeast  Region  Social  Studies  Coordinating  Com- 
mittee and  co-chairs  the  national  council's  Special 
Interest  Group  on  Gifted  and  Talented  Education  in 
the  Social  Studies. 

Rosalind  "Posy"  Benedict  '63  is  a  lecturer, 

writer,  and  consultant  specializing  in  oriental  carpets. 
She  is  active  in  the  Hajji  Club,  the  New  York  Rug 
Society,  and  the  Needle  and  Bobbin  Club.  She  and 
her  husband,  Williston,  have  two  daughters  and  live 
in  New  Preston,  Conn. 


Perkins  '63  was  awarded  the 
professional  designation  of  chartered  financial  analyst 
by  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Financial  Analysts  based 
in  Charlottesville,  Va. 

Girard  E.  Boudreau  Jr.  J.D  '64  joined  the  law 
firm  Jones,  Day,  Reavis  6k  Pogue  last  June  as  regional 
managing  partner  for  the  California  region.  He  and 
his  wife,  Barbara,  live  in  La  Canada,  Calif.,  with  their 
five  children. 

Mary  Clyde  Singleton  Ph.D.  '64,  professor 
emeritus  of  physical  therapy  and  anatomy  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill,  was  awarded  the  Dorothy  Baethke- 
Eleanor  J.  Carlin  Award  for  Teaching  Excellence  by 
the  American  Physical  Therapy  Association. 


B.S.N. '64  is  the  author  of 
Psychiatric  Nursing,  the  psychiatric  textbook  of  choice 


in  many  nursing  schools,  which  is  soon  to  be  released 
in  a  third  edition.  She  is  a  professor  in  the  depart- 
ment of  mental  health  and  community  nursing  at  the 
University  of  California,  San  Francisco.  She  has 
received  numerous  awards,  served  on  the  editorial 
boards  of  eight  professional  journals,  published  many 
professional  articles,  and  served  as  a  consultant  to 
more  than  35  nursing  schools. 


R.  Johnson  '65  was  appointed  associate 
dean  for  undergraduate  studies  at  the  University  of 
Toledo,  Ohio,  where  he  is  a  professor  of  secondary 
education.  He  and  his  wife,  Agnes,  have  two  children. 

Gerald  Peterson  M.Div.  '65  was  named  a  family 
life  specialist  with  the  Methodist  Home  for  Children, 
which  serves  the  N.C.  Conference  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church. 

John  R.  BertSCh  '66  was  elected  to  the  board  of 
trustees  of  Blodgett  Memorial  Medical  Center  in 
Grand  Rapids,  Mich.  He  is  president  of  Barclay,  Avers 
&  Bertsch,  an  industrial  supplier.  He  is  also  on  the 
boards  of  Indian  Trails  Camp  and  the  Grand  Rapids 
Builders  and  Traders  Exchange.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
Michigan  Association  of  Distributors  and  national 
director  of  the  American  Supply  Association.  He  and 
his  wife,  Mia,  have  two  daughters. 


Stanley  T.  Burns  '66,  who  has  been  with  Chase 
Manhattan  Corp.  for  19  years,  was  named  head  of  the 
new  Chase  Bank  of  Maryland.  He  and  his  wife  have 
three  children. 

Sherry  Ann  Kellett  '66  was  promoted  to  vice 
president  of  Southern  National  Bank  of  North  Caro- 
lina in  Lumberton. 

James  B.  Maxwell  LL.B.  '66  has  been  elected  to 
the  board  of  associates  of  Randolph-Macon  College, 
Va.  He  is  an  attorney  in  private  practice  in  Durham, 
president  of  the  N.C.  Academy  of  Trial  Lawyers, 
former  chairman  of  the  N.C.  Bar  Association's  Family 
Law  Section,  and  a  fellow  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Matrimonial  Lawyers.  He  is  listed  in  Who's  Who  in 
American  Law  and  last  year  was  named  Father  of  the 
Year  by  the  Durham  Jaycees  and  the  Durham  Mer- 
chant's Association. 

C.  Frank  Harscher  III  '67,  president  and  founder 
oi  the  engineering  and  mining  consulting  firm 
ENECO  Resources,  Inc.,  is  now  an  associate  with 
Howard,  Needles,  Tammen  &  Bergendoff  (HNTB) 
after  their  recent  acquisition  of  ENECO  Resources, 
Inc.  He  also  serves  on  the  Kentucky  Environmental 
Quality  Commission  and  the  Kentucky  Citizens 
Water  Task  Force. 


SENIOR  SUPERLATIVE 


Ted  Conway  en- 
listed in  the 
Army  in  1927. 
Nearly  sixty  years 
later— at  this  year's 
commencement  exer- 
cises—he collected  his 
doctorate  in  history 
from  Duke.  At  age  76, 
he's  the  oldest  person 
to  receive  an  earned 
degree  from  the 
university. 

A  retired  four-star 
Army  general,  Conway 
spent  three  years  in 
residence  at  Duke, 
away  from  his  home  in 
St.  Petersburg,  Florida. 
He  wrote  his  doctoral 
dissertation  on  the 


demobilization  of  the 
US.  Army  after  World 
War  I,  a  war  waged 
when  he  was  a  boy  of 
10. 

Conway  graduated 
from  West  Point  in 
1933,  the  blackest  year 
of  the  Depression.  He 
later  spent  a  year  at  the 
Sorbonne  in  Paris 
learning  French,  then 
returned  to  West  Point 
to  teach  for  four  years. 
With  the  outbreak  of 
World  War  II,  he  went 
to  Europe,  taking  part 
in  the  great  campaigns 
in  Sicily,  Italy,  and 
southern  France,  and 
serving  for  a  time  as  an 


aide  to  British  general 
Sir  Harold  Alexander. 
Serving  with  Alexander 
brought  Conway  face- 
to-face  with  General 
George  Patton.  "I 
thought  he  was  great, 
but  he  was  almost  the 
opposite  of  the  way 
George  C.  Scott  por- 
trayed him  in  the 
movie,"  he  says. 

Army  to  the  core, 
Conway  stayed  in  uni- 
form after  the  war.  He 
served  in  Korea  in  the 
early  1950s,  and  by  the 
rime  another  war  came 
along  in  the  1960s,  he 
was  a  four-star  general 
in  command  of  U.S. 


forces  in  Europe.  He 
retired  in  1969  as  com- 
mander of  the  U.S. 
Strike  Command  at 
McDUI  Air  Force  Base 
in  Florida. 

In  1975,  Conway 
earned  a  master's 
degree  in  international 
relations  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  South  Florida. 
He  did  some  teaching 
then  and  plans  to  do 
more  now.  "They  need 
a  utility  in6eldec"  he 
says,  "so  they  called  me 
up  and  I'll  be  teaching 
comparative  military 
systems." 


Pigskin  Pig-Out!! 


A  deal  on  meals  for  football  fans  this  fall: 

five  different  pregame  buffets  to  fortify  you  for 

the  best  game  in  town. 

Barbecue  and  all  the  trimmings,  plus  additional  entree 
Reunion  classes  at  UVA,  MD  and  Wake  games 
A  special  North  Carolina  Day  November  22nd. 


Duke's  General  Alumni  Association  is 
sponsoring  five  pregame  buffets  before 
each  of  the  five  home  football  games.  Open 
to  all  alumni  and  friends,  these  events  pro- 
vide an  excellent  opportunity  to  greet  old 
friends  and  classmates  and  meet  university 
staff  and  officials.  Guests  can  come  early, 
get  a  good  place  to  park,  have  a  relaxed 
meal,  and  walk  a  very  short  distance  to  the 
game.  The  buffets  will  be  served  in 
Cameron  Indoor  Stadium. 

Buffet  lines  will  open  two  hours  before 
game  time.  Tentatively,  games  on  Sept.  20 
and  27  will  begin  at  7  p.m.;  the  three 
remaining  games  start  at  1:30  p.m.  Times 
are  subject  to  change  to  accommodate 
television  coverage. 


Buffet  tickets  are  $8,  $5  for  children 
under  10,  and  will  be  mailed  if  orders  are 
received  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
game.  Buffet  tickets  will  be  held  at  the  door 
for  orders  received  later.  The  availability  of 
tickets  at  the  door  will  depend  upon 
reservations  and  pre-sale.  Please  order 
early. 

Football  game  tickets  are  available 
through  the  Duke  Ticket  Office  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium,  and  should  be  ordered 
directly.  Call  (919)  681-BLUE  for  further 
football  ticket  information  (in  North  Caro- 
lina, call  (800)  682-BLUE,  toll  free). 


Detach  and  send  this  portion  as  your  order  to:  Football  Buffets,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706.  Make  checks  payable  to  Duke  University. 
Number  of  buffet  tickets  at  $8  each,  $5  for  children  under  10 

Duke  vs.  Ohio,  5  p.m.,  Sept.  20 

Duke  vs.  University  of  Virginia,  5  p.m.,  Sept.  27  (41,  '51,  '66) 

Duke  vs.  Maryland,  11:30  a.m.,  Oct.  25  (Homecoming)  ("61,  76,  '81) 

* Duke  vs.  Wake  Forest,  11:30  a.m.,  Nov.  8  (46,  '56,  71) 

Duke  vs.  University  of  North  Carolina,  11:30  a.m.,  Nov.  22 

"Buffet  for  this  game  will  be  held  at  the  IM  Building. 

□  Mail  tickets  to: 


□  Hold  tickets  at  the  door 


Nancy  A.  Hamm  Cooke  '68  is  a  vice  president 
of  sales  for  Jacoe  Systems,  Inc.  She  lives  in  Atlanta 
with  her  husband,  John,  and  their  daughter. 

Henry  L.  Ferguson  III  J.D.  '68  was  elected  assis- 
tant vice  president  and  counsel  at  State  Mutual  Life 
Assurance  Co.  of  America.  He  lives  in  New  Braintree, 
Mass. 

Robert  Frey  J.D.  '68  was  elected  general  counsel 
and  vice  president  for  law  at  Whirlpool  Corp.  A 
member  of  the  American,  Ohio,  and  Cleveland  bar 
associations,  he  has  been  arbitrator  with  the  Cuya- 
hoga County,  Ohio,  Court  of  Common  Pleas  and  the 
American  Arbitration  Association.  He  is  also  a  mem- 
ber of  the  board  of  directors  of  Community  Concerts 
in  St.  Joseph,  Mich. 

George  A.  Keyworth  II  Ph.D.  '68,  former  White 
House  science  adviser  and  director  of  the  Office  of 
Science  &  Technology  Policy,  received  the  1985 
Award  for  Support  of  Science  from  the  Council  of 
Scientific  Society  Presidents. 

Helen  Willis  Miller  '68  was  elected  to  a  four-year 
term  on  the  town  council  of  Arcadia  Lakes,  S.C.  She 
is  the  first  female  member  in  the  council's  history.  In 
November,  she  and  her  husband,  Ben  N.  Miller 

'68,  represented  Dunhill  Personnel  of  Columbia  at  a 
national  seminar  in  New  Orleans,  La. 


DESIGNS  ON  ART 


A.M.  '69,  professor  of 
American  literature  at  Rose-Hulman  Institute  of 
Technology,  is  the  editor  of  Literature  and  Lore  of  the 
Sea,  a  collection  of  articles  and  essays  discussing  the 
role  of  the  seas  in  America's  cultural  development. 

Francis  X.  Lilly  '69,  who  was  the  Labor  Depart- 
ment's solicitor,  is  now  an  executive  vice  president  in 
Bear  Stearns  Companies'  Custodial  Trust  Co.  subsi- 
diary. He  and  his  wife  have  four  children. 

Steven  E.  Lindberg  '69,  a  research  staff  member 
in  the  environmental  sciences  division  at  the  Oak 
Ridge  National  Laboratory,  was  awarded  the 
Alexander  von  Humboldt  Foundation  Research  Fel- 
lowship, designed  to  promote  scientific  cooperation 
between  universities  and  research  institutions  in  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  the  United  States. 
He  plans  to  study  nitrogen  and  trace  metal  deposition 
to  forests  at  the  University  of  Gottingen,  West 
Germany.  He  is  also  chairman  of  the  U.S.  National 
Atmospheric  Deposition  Program.  He  and  his  wife, 
Kay,  have  one  daughter. 

MARRIAGES:  Sally  Schumacher  '65  to  Bemie 

Theroux  on  June  17,  1984.  Residence:  Seattle  .  .  . 
Judith  Curtis  '69  to  Steve  Waldron  on  Dec.  29, 
1984.  Residence:  Helena,  Mont. 


70s 


Jr.  70  is  Duke's  first  director  of 
academic  computing.  He  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
medicine  and  also  a  computer  scientist.  A  diplomate 
of  the  American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine,  he  is  the 
author  of  numerous  articles  on  medical  computing. 

Thomas  A.  Brown  Ph.D.  70,  associate  professor 
of  history  at  Augustana  College  in  Rock  Island,  111., 
was  one  often  recipients  selected  for  1985-86  Rotary 
Foundation  University  Teacher  Grants.  He  will  teach 
at  the  Universidad  Catolica  Santa  Maria  in  Peru.  An 
authority  on  Latin  American  history,  he  is  an 
honorary  professor  of  the  Catholic  University  in 
Arequipa,  Peru,  and  a  recipient  of  the  Diploma  de 
Honor  at  Merito  from  Universidad  Federico  Villareal 
in  Lima,  Peru. 

Vannie  K.  Hodges  70  is  an  associate  professor  of 
psychiatry  at  Duke. 


hen  Judy 
Luke '77 
took  the 
plunge,  she  knew  she 
was  taking  a  risk.  She 
traded  her  career  in 
banking  for  free-lane 
ing  in  graphic  arts,  a 
highly  competitive  field 
that  can  be  hard  to 
bank  on.  Four  years 
later,  she  has  no  regrets. 

Savvy  magazine 
latched  on  to  the  story 
and  featured  Luke's  job 
makeover  in  its 
November  1985  issue. 


In  the  article,  "Back  to 
the  Drawing  Board," 
she  said  she'd  always 
been  interested  in  art, 
but  instead  chose  a 
career  in  marketing 
and  sales  after  graduat- 
ing from  Duke.  She 
landed  at  New  York's 
Bankers  Trust  and 
moved  steadily  up  from 
an  assistant  marketing 
position  to  assistant 
treasurer  to  product 
manager.  "I  liked 
Bankers  Trust- 1  was 
there  for  four-and-a- 


half  years,"  Luke  told 
Savvy,  "but  I  found  out 
that  banking  wasn't  a 
world  1  wanted  to  be  in 
the  rest  of  my  life." 
She  began  what 
would  become  a  career 
transition  by  dabbling 
in  graphic-arts  night 
courses  at  Parsons 
School  of  Design.  With- 
in a  few  months,  she 
decided  to  leave  her  job 
with  Bankers  Trust  and 
attend  Parsons  full 
time.  When  Luke  told 
her  boss  about  going 


back  to  school,  he 
asked  her  which  busi- 
ness school  she'd  be  at- 
tending. "A  shock  wave 
passed  over  his  face 
when  I  told  him  I  was 
going  to  Paisons 
School  of  Design  to  be 
a  graphic  artist,"  she 
said.  "But  he  was  en- 
thusiastic and  pleased 
for  me." 

Luke  found  the  tran- 
sition challenging. 
"Bank  projects  involve 
teamwork.  In  art 
school,  everything  is 
individual  and  open  to 
class  scrutiny.  A  lot  of 
your  personal  self  goes 
into  an  art  project,  and 
you  have  to  have  a  lot 
of  self-confidence  to  sit 
there  and  let  people  cri- 
ticize it  to  death." 

Luke  graduated  with 
honors  in  1985,  and 
now  free-lances  for 
New  York  advertising 
companies  and  design 
studios.  "I  knew  the 
salary  would  be  lower; 
but  the  potential  is 
definitely  there  to  earn 
more  in  time,"  she  said. 
"The  switch  was  a  big 
risk,  but  I'm  much  hap- 
pier and  more  satisfied. 
I  would  have  hated 
being  in  banking  years 
from  now,  wondering  if 
I  should  have  gone  for 
it  and  tried  art.  Now  I 
won't  have  any  regrets." 


Adrian  S.  Juttner  M.F.  70,  the  owner  of  Adrian's 
Tree  Service,  Inc.,  sings  tenor  with  the  New  Orleans 
Symphony  Chorus,  the  vocal  arm  of  the  New  Orleans 
Symphony  Orchestra.  He  is  also  working  toward 
teacher  certification  at  the  University  of  New 
Orleans,  where  his  wife,  Adrienne,  is  a  member  of  the 
faculty. 

Samuel  B.  McLaughlin  Jr.  Ph.D.  70,  a  member 
of  the  environmental  sciences  division  of  Oak  Ridge 
National  Laboratory,  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.,  was  elected  a 
fellow  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science.  He  and  his  wife,  Marilyn,  have  one 

Mark  J.  Tager  70,  M.D  74  is  the  co-author  of 

Working  Well:  Managing  for  Health  and  High  Perform- 
ance, published  by  Simon  &  Schuster.  He  is  the  presi- 
dent of  Gteat  Performance,  a  Chicago-based  consult- 
ing firm  specializing  in  the  design  of  health  promo- 
tion programs  and  products. 

Elizabeth  C.  Wells  B.S.N.  70,  M.S.N.  '83  is  a 
psychotherapist  at  Hillsborough  Psychiatric  Associa- 
tion and  a  part-time  clinical  instructor  in  secondary 
care  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's  nursing  school. 

Patricia  Kenworthy  71  was  promoted  to  associ- 
ate professor,  with  tenure,  at  Vassar,  where  she  special- 
izes in  16th  and  17th  century  Spanish  drama  and  the 


works  of  Cervantes.  She  is  the  editor  of  Revista  de 
Estudios  Hispanicos.  From  1972-82,  she  served  as  dean 
of  freshmen. 

Pete  Marco  71  was  named  retail  advertising 
manager  with  Knight  Publishing  Co.,  publishers  of 
the  Charlotte  Observer. 

Phyllis  Salisbury  Casavant  72,  M.Ed   74 

received  her  doctorate  in  educational  administration 
and  supervision  from  the  University  ot  Tennessee  at 
Knoxville  in  March  1985.  She  is  the  director  of 
FACES,  the  National  Association  for  the  Cranio- 
facially  Handicapped,  based  in  Chattanooga.  She  and 
her  husband,  Edward,  live  on  Signal  Mountain, 
Tenn.,  with  their  two  children. 

John  A.  Howell  72,  J.D.  75  practices  government 
contracts  law  with  the  firm  Weil,  Gotshal  &  Manges 
in  Washington,  DC.  He  and  his  wife,  Regina,  a  sur- 
gical intensive  care  nurse,  live  in  Alexandria,  Va., 
with  their  son. 

Laura  Jean  Guy  Long  J.D.  72  has  joined  the 
Durham  law  firm  Powe,  Porter  &  Alphin,  where  she 
will  practice  business  and  taxation  law.  She  is  co- 
editor  of  the  legal  reference  manual,  "Douglas'  Forms." 

Karen  Brau miller  McLarty  72  is  employee 

involvement  director  for  General  Tire  &  Rubber  Co. 
at  their  Charlotte,  N.C,  plant.  She  recently  traveled 


to  Japan  to  observe  the  Japanese  tire  industry  and  was 
the  first  female  visitor  to  the  Japanese  plant.  Her 
husband,  Charles  Furman  McLarty  72, 

recently  graduated  as  Kamphoefner  Scholar  from  the 
College  of  Architecture  at  UNC-Charlotte.  He  is  a 
project  architect  at  Dalton,  Morgan,  Shook  &.  Part- 
ners in  Charlotte. 


B.S.M.E.  72,  director  of  sports  infor- 
mation for  Duke's  athletic  department  for  the  past  ten 
years,  was  promoted  to  the  newly  created  position 
director  of  sports  services. 

Tom  Triplett  J.D.  72,  director  of  the  Minnesota 

State  Planning  Agency,  was  named  head  of  the  state's 
department  of  revenue  in  September. 

Robert  Warren  72,  A.M.  73,  Ph.D.  77  was 
promoted  to  section  head  of  computer  systems  in  the 
department  of  software  engineering  and  computer- 
aided  design  at  the  Research  Triangle 


Diane  H.  Davis  B.S.N.  73  is  an  assistant  professor 
in  secondary  care  at  UNCChapel  Hill's  nursing 
school.  She  also  serves  as  an  adviser  on  graduate 
research  projects  and  assists  undergraduate  theory 
teaching.  She  has  researched  and  published  exten- 
sively on  behavioral  and  emotional  development  of 
high-risk  infants  and  parent-child  interactions. 

Thomas  P.  Foy  73  was  reelected  to  a  second 
consecutive  term  as  a  member  of  New  Jersey's  General 
Assembly  by  the  7th  Legislative  District.  He  is  vice 
chairman  of  the  Law,  Public  Safety  and  Defense 
Committee,  the  Rules  Committee,  and  the  Oversight 
Committee.  He  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Schlesinger,  Schlosser,  Foy  and  Harrington,  with 
offices  in  Mount  Holly  and  Trenton,  N.J.  He  special- 
izes in  labor  law  and  is  general  counsel  to  the  NJ. 
AFL-CIO.  He  and  his  wife,  Jamie,  live  in  Edgewater 
Park  with  their  son. 

Tim  D.  Grotts  73  was  promoted  to  senior  petrole- 
um geologist  with  Exxon  USA  and  is  now  assigned  to 
the  production  department  in  Texas.  He  and  his  wife, 
Beverly,  live  in  Andrews,  Texas,  with  their  baby 
daughter. 

J.  Curtis  Moffatt  73  has  joined  the  Chicago  law- 
firm  Gardner,  Carton  and  Douglas  as  a  partner  spe- 
cializing in  federal  energy  regulation.  He  has  been 
assistant  to  the  chairman  of  the  Federal  Energy- 
Regulatory  Commission  and  for  1983-84  was  national 
director  of  the  presidential  campaign  of  Democratic 
Sen.  Ernest  F.  Hollings.  He  is  also  counsel  to  the 
American  Council  of  Young  Political  Leaders  and  has 
served  on  several  committees  of  the  Democratic 
National  Committee.  He  and  his  wife  have  two 
children. 

Ruth  E.  Partin  73  completed  her  term  as  chief 
resident  at  Pittsburgh's  Magee-Women's  Hospital  and 
now  practices  obstetrics  and  gynecology  in  Pittsburgh. 

Larry  J.  Rose  J.D.  73  was  elected  to  a  six-year 

term  as  city  court  judge  in  Albany,  N.Y. 

W.E.  Swain  Jr.  73  is  the  manager  of  marketing 
communications  at  SAS  Institute,  a  research  and 
development  firm  in  Cary,  N.C. 

Cynthia  Hartwig  74  is  an  owner  and  executive 

vice  president/creative  director  of  Sharp  Hartwig,  the 
largest  woman-owned  advertising  agency  on  the  West 
Coast.  Sharp  Hartwig  was  named  to  Inc.  magazine's 
list  of  the  500  fastest  growing  companies  in  the 
nation.  Hartwig  was  also  selected  to  judge  the  Hatch 
Awards  competition,  which  honors  advertising  and 
creative  excellence  in  New  England,  and  to  chair  the 
1985  ADDY  awards,  which  recognizes  outstanding 
creative  advertising  in  the  Pacific  Northwest. 

Julia  McMurray  74  and  her  husband,  Mark 
Linzer,  are  physicians  in  Duke's  division  of  general 
internal  medicine.  They  live  in  Durham  with  their 


Kenneth  M.H.  Lee  74  is  a  White  House  physi- 
cian and  assistant  to  President  Reagan's  physician.  In 
July,  he  began  a  cardiology  fellowship  at  the  Washing- 
ton Hospital  Center.  His  wife,  Grace  Ku  Lee  79, 

is  a  research  chemist  at  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health.  They  live  in  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  with  their 
daughter. 

John  Stewart  74,  M.B.A.  '81  was  appointed 
manager  of  financial  administration  for  IBM  in 
Manassas,  Va. 


Nill  V.  Toulme  74  was  named  partner  in  the 
Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  and  Bird.  He  specializes  in 
commercial  litigation  and  environmental  law.  He  is 
the  co-author  of  "Environment:,  Natural  Resources, 
and  Land  Use,"  published  in  the  1982  Mercer  law 
Review. 

Charles  Michael  van  der  Horst  74  has  joined 
Duke  Medical  Center  as  an  assistant  professor  of 
medicine. 

Heidi  G.  Chapman  75,  former  law  clerk  to  Judge 
Charles  L.  Becton  on  the  N.C.  Court  of  Appeals,  is 
now  an  associate  with  the  Durham  law  firm  Beskind 
and  Rudolf. 

Ong  Chit  Chung  A.M.  75  received  his  Ph.D.  in 
history  from  the  London  School  of  Economics  in  May 
1985.  He  is  a  lecturer  at  the  National  University  of 
Singapore. 

Linda  Markus  Daniels  75,  J.D.  '83  is  practicing 
international  business  and  taxation  law  with  the  firm 
Walter  E.Daniels. 


J.  Craig  Jackson  75  is  assistant  professor  of 
pediatrics  in  the  division  of  neo-natology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Washington  in  Seattle.  He  and  his  wife, 
Joyce,  have  two  children. 

Mark  B.  Meyers  75  was  named  a  partner  in  the 


New  Orleans  law  firm  Phelps,  Dunbar,  Marks, 
Claverie  and  Sims. 


men  P.  Rader  7  5  is  practicing  law  in  Washing- 
ton, N.C.  In  1985,  he  was  reelected  to  a  second  term 
as  chairman  of  the  Beaufort  County  Republican  Party 
and  was  later  elected  chairman  of  the  21-county  1st 
Congressional  District  Republican  Party. 


J.  Angyal  Ph.D.  76,  an  associate  profes- 
sor of  English  at  Elon  College,  N.C,  received  a  Ful- 
bright  appointment  as  a  lecturer  in  American  litera- 
ture at  the  University  of  Debrecen  in  Hungary  this 
spring. 

Leslie  J.  Ballard  A.M.  76  was  appointed  directo 
of  the  writing  center  at  Rose-Hulman  Institute  of 
Technology  in  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

Cheryl  H.  Brown  M.A.T.  76  was  promoted  to  vie 
president  by  NCNB  National  Bank,  where  she  is  a 
relationship  manager  and  team  leader  in  corporate 
banking. 

Claude  R.  Carmichael  76  was  designated  as  a 
chartered  financial  analyst  by  the  Institute  of  Char- 
tered Financial  Analysts. 


76  was  elected  secretary- 
of  Teamsters  Local  435  in  Denver,  the 
Teamster's  largest  local  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 
region.  Among  the  nation's  700  Teamster  locals,  there 
are  only  two  other  female  secretary-treasurers.  Gregg  is 
also  a  member  of  the  policy-setting  steering  commit- 
tee of  Teamsters  for  a  Democratic  Union,  a  national 
reform  group. 


Ed.  D.76,  president  of  Raleigh's 
Wake  Technical  College,  was  elected  president  of  the 
N.C.  Association  of  Public  Community  College  Presi- 
dents. He  and  his  wife,  Mable,  have  two  children. 

David  E.  Lupo  76,  M.Div.  '83  is 


DUKE    UNIVERSITY 

Humanitarian  Service  y\wARD 


D: 


j  uke  Campus  Ministry  is  accepting  nominations  for  the  uni- 
versity's annual  Humanitarian  Service  Award,  to  be  given  to 
a  member  of  the  Duke  or  Durham  community.  The  winner,  an  extra- 
ordinary example  of  someone  whose  life  is  dedicated  to  the  service  of 
others,  will  be  presented  with  a  monetary  award  in  a  special  ceremony 
during  Spring  Semester. 

Selection  will  be  based  on  direct  and  personal  service  to  others, 
sustained  involvement  in  that  service,  and  simplicity  of  lifestyle.  Letters 
of  nomination  should  include  a  full  description  of  the  person  and  the 
works  in  which  he  or  she  is  involved,  with  some  attention  to  that  person's 
motivating  influences.  In  addition,  please  give  two  other  references  who 
may  be  contacted  by  the  selection  committee  about  the  nominee. 

Please  submit  nominee's  name,  address  and  both  business  and 
home  phone  numbers,  and  your  relation  to  the  nominee.  The  deadline 
for  receiving  letters  of  nomination  is  November  1.  1986.  Selection  will 
be  made  by  Duke  Campus  Ministry.  For  further  information,  call  (919) 
684-5955. 


Mail  letters  to: 
Service  Award,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  University 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


at  Carteret  Street  United  Methodist  Church  in  Beau- 
fort, S.C. 

James  Alexander  Ritcey  B.S.E.E.  76,  who 
earned  his  Ph.D.  from  the  University  of  California  at 
San  Diego  in  June  1985 ,  is  an  assistant  professor  in 
electrical  engineering  at  the  University  of  Washington 
in  Seattle. 


John  H.  Shields  76  received  his  master's  in  urban 
studies  from  Trinity  University  in  December.  He  is 
district  director  for  Rep.  Albert  G.  Bustamante  from 
Texas.  He  and  his  wife,  Marsha  McCombs 
Shields  76,  live  in  San  Antonio  with  their 
daughter,  Anna  Charline. 

Lois  Heckmann  WindiS  77  completed  her  resi- 
dency in  family  practice  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin 
at  Madison  in  June  1984.  After  a  year  as  chief  resi- 
dent, she  joined  the  Department  of  Family  Medicine 
and  Practice  as  a  faculty  member. 


78  is  a  special  services  counselor 
and  tutor  coordinator  at  Virginia  Intermont  College 
in  Bristol,  Va.  She  is  also  a  Red  Cross  volunteer  and  a 
Jaycee. 

Jaimee  Surnamer  Ehrenfried  B.S.N.  78. 
M.H.A.  '81  is  a  manager  in  the  consulting  division  of 
Arthur  Anderson  in  Chicago.  She  and  her  husband, 
David,  live  in  Evanston,  111. 

Miehele  Holmes  78  is  pursuing  her  M.B.A.  at 
Texas  Christian  University. 


R.  Laubgross  78  received  her  Ph.D.  i 
clinical  psychology  in  December.  She  now  works  ; 
Dominion  Hospital  in  Falls  Church,  Va.,  and  live: 
Washington,  DC. 


F.  Cline  79  was  promoted  to  senior  vice 
president/marketing  with  Rich,  Inc.,  the  electronic 
trading  and  systems  subsidiary  of  Reuters  Interna- 


tional, headquartered  in  London.  He  and  his  wife, 
Sharon,  live  in  Chicago. 

Paul  Green  B.S.E.E.  79,  J.D.  '85,  A.M.  '85  has 

joined  the  Durham  law  firm  Powe,  Porter  and  Alphin, 
where  he  will  concentrate  in  civil  and  criminal  law. 
He  is  a  mediator  with  the  Durham  Dispute  Settle- 
ment Center  and  a  member  of  the  board  of  the 
Durham  chapter  of  the  N.C.  Civil  Liberties  Union. 


B.S.N.  79  is  a  clinical 
in  secondary  care  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's 
nursing  school. 

Stephen  L.  Hutcherson  MBA.  79  was 

promoted  to  manager  of  the  research  data  services 
group  with  A.H.  Robins  Co.  in  Richmond,  Va. 

Chris  Kennedy  Ph.D.  79,  tutoring  coordinator 
for  Duke's  athletic  department,  was  promoted  to  assis- 
tant to  the  director  of  athletics.  He  will  be  responsible 
for  NCAA  legislation,  NCAA  rules  interpretation, 
the  editing  of  major  publications,  and  special  admin- 
istrative projects. 

Robert  P.  Landan  79  is  an  associate  with  the  law 
firm  Roberts,  Carroll,  Feldstein  and  Tucker.  His  wife, 
Lesley  Beckman  Landan  '81,  is  a  staff  psycho- 
logist at  a  Mass.  community  mental  health  center. 
They  live  in  Providence,  R.I. 

Grace  Ku  Lee  79  is  a  research  chemist  in  the 
Neurological  and  Communicative  Disorders  and 
Stroke  Division  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health. 
Her  husband,  Kenneth  Lee  74,  a  White  House 
physician,  is  assistant  to  the  president's  physician. 
They  live  in  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  with  their  daughter. 


Milstein  79  received  the  1984  Livingston 
Award  for  Young  Journalists  in  the  national  reporting 
category  for  her  article  "Lazy  Justice,"  published  in  The 
American  Lau-yer.  She  lives  in  San  Franciso,  Calif. , 
and  works  for  the  San  Francisco  Chronicle. 


Ibis  is  tk  best  of  times — for  Duk,  for  your  class,  and  for  you.  Continue  tk  record-break- 
ing, reunion  year. 

Catch  tk  class  spirit  at  fall  reunions  during  football  weekend — parties,  campus  tours  and 
activities,  special  events.  Celebrate  tk  team  spirit — tk  Spirit  of  '86  that  sets  Duk  apart. 

Jknew  old  friendships — tk  spirit  of  camaraderie  that  was  unique  to  your  days  at  Duk.  }o 
tk  fun  this  fail. 


Class  of  '41,  '51,  '66 
Class  of  '61,  '76,  '81 

Class  of  '46,  '56,  '71 


September  26-28 
Duke  vs.  Virginia 

October  24-26 
HOMECOMING 
Duke  vs.  Maryland 

November  7-9 
Duke  vs.  Wake  Forest 


For  more  information,  contact  Mk  Woodard  '81,  Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC.  27706,  or  col  1-800-FOR-DUKE  (outside  N.C.J  or  (gig)  684-5114. 


Norville  E.  Miller  IV  79,  M.B.A.  '81  was  named 
manager  of  fixed  income  portfolios  with 
McMillion/Eubanks,  Inc.,  a  Greensboro,  N.C, 
advisory  firm. 


Philip  M.  Mulford  79  is  a  partner  in  the  Dallas 
law  firm  Gregory,  Self  and  Beuttenmuller. 

Arden  Pletzer  79  has  a  private  practice  in  physi- 
cal medicine  and  rehabilitation  in  Indianapolis, 
where  she  is  affiliated  with  Hook  Rehabilitation  Cen- 
ter and  is  medical  director  of  Crossroads  Rehabilita- 
tion Center.  She  and  her  husband,  David,  live  in 
Noblesville,  Ind.,  with  their  son. 


Robert  J.  Preminger  79  is  an  associate  with  the 
Manhattan  law  firm  Ferber,  Greilsheimer  and  Chan. 
He  is  also  pursuing  an  LL.M.  in  taxation  at  New  York 
University's  law  school. 


MARRIAGES:  Richard  Alan  Fisher  M.Div.  71 
to  Janet  Kennedy  Martin  .  .  .  Kathleen  "Candy" 
Davison  B.S.N.  73  to  Roy  Schunck  on  Nov.  16. 
Residence:  San  Francisco  .  .  .  John  A.  Forlines 
III  77,  J.D.  '82  to  Anne  Megan  Rothwell  on  Oct.  19 
in  New  York  City  . . .  James  P.  Gerard  77  to 
Linda  Elaine  Lamm  77  on  Aug.  17.  Residence: 
Savannah,  Ga.  .  .  .  Lois  H.  Heckmann  77  to 
Larry  C  Windis  on  April  13,  1985.  Residence:  Rich- 
mond, Va. . .  .  Robert  Emmett  Spring  J.D.  77 
to  Cornelia  Beshar  on  Oct.  5  .  .  .  Francis  Wesley 
Newman  Jr.  78  to  Elizabeth  Dalton 
Quattlebaum  '84  on  Nov.  2  .  .  .  Tyler  B. 
Robbins  78  to  Mary  L.  Esgar  on  Oct.  26  .  .  . 
Jaimee  Surnamer  B.S.N.  78,  M.H.A.  '81  to 
David  Ehrenfried  on  June  9,  1985.  Residence: 
Evanston,  111.  .  . .  Jeanne  Marie  Erickson 
B.S.N.  79  to  Jonathon  Dean  Truwit  B.S.M.E. 
79  on  May  18,  1985.  Residence:  Nashville, 

Tenn Patricia  Anne  Gandy  B.S.C.E.  79  to 

William  Dee  Venable  on  Dec.  29,  1984.  Residence: 
Ventura,  Calif.  .  .  .  Robin  C.  Hall  B.H.S.  79  to 
Robert  P.  Jordan  on  Sept.  21  in  Duke  Chapel.  Resi- 
dence: Homestead,  Fla.  .  .  .  Carolyn  Kurtzack 
79  to  Hetbert  Arthur  Kolben  on  Sept.  28  in  Miami 

Beach,  Fla Martha  Lynne  Murray  79  to 

Charles  Stanwood  Bailey  on  Oct.  27.  Residence: 
Boston. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  John  A.  Howell 
72,  J.D.  75  and  Regina  D.  Howell  on  May  22,  1985. 
Named  John  Jr.  ...  A  daughter  to  Karen 
McLarty  72  and  Charles  McLarty  on  Oct.  18. 
Named  Katharine  Elizabeth  ...  A  daughter  to  John 
Saleeby  B.S.E.  72  on  April  24,  1985.  Named 
Lauren  Elizabeth  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Susan 
Smith  Canavello  73  and  Douglas  A. 
Canavello  76  on  May  13,  1985.  Named  Peter 
Robert  .  .  .  Third  child,  second  son,  to  John  L. 
Deal  73  on  July  7.  Named  James  Minges  .  .  .  First 
child  and  daughter  to  Kenneth  M.H.  Lee  74  and 
Grace  Ku  Lee  79  on  July  13.  Named  Bethany 
Kristin  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  John  Stewart 
74,  M.B.A.  '81  and  Arlene  Stewart  on  Sept.  26. 
Named  Daniel  ...  A  son  to  Parn  Cass 
Gershkoff  M.Ed.  75  and  Ira  Gershkoff  in  April 
1985.  Named  Brian  Jay  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter 
to  Amy  Barrett  Frew  76  and  Scott  Frew  on  July 
12.  Named  Mary  Waters  "Molly"  .  .  .  Second  child 
and  son  to  Samuel  A.  Youngman  76  and 
Rebecca  C.  Youngman  on  Oct.  24.  Named  Trevor 
Robert  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Darry  I  J. 
May  78  and  Susan  F.  May  78  on  July  7.  Named 
Lauren  Erica  ...  A  daughter  to  Richard  Haverly 
79,  M.Div.  '82  and  Karen  Haverly  '82  on  Aug. 
29.  Named  Christine  Amanda  .  .  .  First  child  and 
daughter  to  Grace  Ku  Lee  79  and  Kenneth 
M.H.  Lee  74  on  July  13.  Named  Bethany 
Kristin  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Arden  C. 
Pletzer  79  and  David  Pletzer  on  Sept.  14.  Named 
Scott  Arthur. 


80s 


)  graduated  in  May  1985 
from  the  University  of  Georgia's  law  school.  He  is  a 
vice  president  at  Fiduciary  Services  Corp.,  a  private 
:  management  firm  in  Savannah,  Ga. 


Douglass  Taft  Davidoff  '80,  a  reporter  for  the 
Indianapolis  News,  has  moved  from  the  city  hall 
bureau  to  the  state  capital  bureau. 

Elizabeth  "Buffi"  Stallings  Graver  '80  is  a 

graduate  student  in  the  department  of  environmental 
sciences  and  engineering  at  the  UNC-Chapel  Hill 
School  of  Public  Health,  studying  industrial  hygiene. 

Nick  Kanopoulos  M.S.  '80,  Ph.D.  '84  was 

promoted  to  coordinator  of  very  large  scale  integra- 
tion design  with  the  Research  Triangle 


Joanne  Shackford  Munger  5.S.M.E.  '80  was 
promoted  to  captain  in  the  Air  Force  and  is  chief  of 
the  biomedical  equipment  repair  center  at  Wright- 
Patterson  Air  Force  Base,  Ohio.  Her  husband,  Chris, 
is  also  an  Air  Force  captain  and  attends  the  Air  Force 
Institute  of  Technology.  They  live  in  Fairborn,  Ohio. 

John  Roth  '80  was  promoted  to  director  of  sports 
information  for  Duke's  athletic  department. 

Kenneth  L.  Sperling  '80,  an  account  executive 
for  MONY  Financial  Services  in  Purchase,  NX, 
received  the  designation  of  certified  employee  benefit 
specialist  from  the  International  Foundation  of 
Employee  Benefit  Plans  and  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania's  Wharton  School. 

Charles  Torre  '80  was  awarded  a  fellowship  in 
research  at  the  Imperial  College  of  Science  and 
Technology  in  London.  He  holds  a  doctorate  in  phy- 
sics  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 


B.S.M.E.  '80  recently  com- 
pleted a  two-and-a-half  month  Caribbean  sea  deploy- 
ment with  VA-66  onboard  the  U.S.S.  Eisenhower.  In 
1985 ,  he  was  runner-up  for  Junior  Pilot  of  the  Year. 
He  is  now  instructing  in  the  TA-4J  in  Meridian, 
Mississippi. 

Atis  V.  Zikmanis  '80  completed  his  naval  service 
obligation  after  five  years  of  service  in  the  Pearl 
Harbor,  Hawaii,  area.  He  is  now  a  professional  wine 
consultant  for  the  Academy  du  Vin,  Inc.,  and  lives  in 
San  Francisco. 

Arthur  A.  Charo  Ph.D.  '81  was  a  1985  recipient  of 
one  of  the  first  MacArthur  Foundation  Fellowships  in 
International  Security. 

Patricia  M.  Cisarik  '81  was  elected  into  the  Beta 
Sigma  Kappa  honor  fraternity  at  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Optometry,  where  she  is  a  third-year  stu- 
dent. She  is  also  a  member  of  the  Student  Optometric 
Service  to  Haiti. 


Kenneth  L.  Franklin  M.H.A.  '81,  a  captain  in  the 
Air  Force  and  chief  of  medical  readiness  at  the  USAF 
Hospital  in  Homestead,  Fla.,  was  reassigned  to  Yokota 
Air  Base  in  Tokyo,  Japan,  in  April.  He  and  his  wife, 
Linda,  have  two  children. 

David  R.  Grigg  '81  is  a  resident  in  anesthesia  at  the 
Indiana  University  Medical  Center  in  Indianapolis. 


Ph.D.  '81  is  manager  of  corporate 
planning  for  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield.  He  lives  in 
Durham. 

Lesley  Beckman  Landan  '81  completed  her 
Ph.D.  in  clinical  psychology  at  Boston  University  in 
June  1985  and  is  a  staff  psychologist  at  a  Mass.  com- 
munity mental  health  center,  specializing  in  child  and 
family  therapy.  Her  husband,  Robert  P.  Landan 
79,  is  an  associate  with  the  law  firm  Roberts,  Carroll, 
Feldstein  and  Tucker.  They  live  in  Providence,  R.I. 


I  Scott  Lasser  '81  graduated  from  Case 
Western  Reserve's  medical  school  in  May  1985  and  is 
now  a  resident  in  pediatrics  at  Mount  Sinai  Medical 
Center  in  New  York  City.  His  wife,  Caryn  Deborah 
Kaufman  Lasser  '82,  is  working  at  AT&T  Bell 
Laboratories  in  Whippany,  N.J.  They  live  in  New  York 
City. 


B.S.E.  '81,  M.S.  '84  is  pur- 
suing her  Ph.D.  in  biomedical  engineering  at  Duke. 
She  also  coaches  Duke's  diving  team.  Her  husband, 
William  Mackie  J.D.  '84,  is  an  attorney  with  the 
law  firm  Womble,  Carlyle,  Sandridge  and  Rice.  They 
live  in  Durham. 

Valerie  Moore  Passman  '81,  after  four  years  as  a 

systems  engineer  with  the  Air  Force,  has  begun  law 
school  at  Boston  College.  She  and  her  husband,  Bill, 
live  in  Hamilton,  Mass. 

Richard  B.  Paulsen  B.S.M.E.  '81  was  promoted  to 
senior  field  engineer  at  Schumberger  Offshore  Services, 
Morgan  City,  La.  He  and  his  wife,  Joan,  live  in  New 
Orleans. 

David  H.  Potel  J.D.  '81  is  a  special  counsel  with  the 
U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  He  recent- 
ly received  the  Manuel  F.  Cohen  Younger  Lawyer 
Award,  which  recognizes  younger  lawyers  who  have  dis- 
played "outstanding  legal  ability,  creativity,  high  per- 
sonal integrity,  and  critical  judgment"  in  the  first  four 
years  of  employment  with  the  commission. 

Edward  D.  Ridenhour  '81  was  elected  assistant 
vice  president  at  Wachovia  Bank  and  Trust  in 
Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

Windy  Sawczyn  '81  is  a  student  at  the  Faculty  of 
Astrological  Studies  in  Sussex,  England. 

Marie  Johnson  Starich  B.S.C.E.  '81  is  a  civil 
engineer  with  the  Navy  in  Corpus  Christi,  Texas.  Her 
husband,  Patrick,  is  a  geophysicist  with  Exxon. 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 
now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M  &  W,  S  M  L  XL,  only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  1  Winthrop  Court,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents— please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name 

Address _ 

City/State/Zip 


Wlute 

Duke  Blue 

Check  □    Money  Order  □ 
Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


B.S.N.  '81,  M.H.A. 
'84  is  the  assistant  administrator  of  Annie  Penn 
Memorial  Hospital  in  Reidsville,  N.C.,  where  she  lives 
with  her  husband,  Bob,  a  dentist. 


Brian  D.  Batsel  B.S.M.E.  '82  is  a  lieutenant  serving 
as  chief  engineer  aboard  the  U.S.S.  Aquila,  a  Navy 
hydrofoil  patrol  boat  based  out  of  Key  West,  Fla. 

David  D.  Boren  '82  is  a  copy  editor  for  the 
Charlottesville,  Va.,  Daily  Progress. 

Vernon  A.  Fagin  J.D.  '82  is  an  associate  attorney 
with  the  Los  Angeles  office  of  Wilson,  Elser, 
Moskowitz,  Edelman  and  Dicker. 

Evan  K.  Fram  M.D.  '82,  a  resident  in  the  radiology 
department  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center,  was  awarded 
one  of  the  first  two  research  fellowships  established  by 
the  Research  and  Educational  Fund  of  the  Radiological 
Society  of  North  America.  The  fellowship  will  allow 
him  to  pursue  his  research  on  the  integration  of  nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  spectroscopy  and  imaging  for  the 
study  of  cerebral  disease. 


V.  Hase  '82  is  an  assistant  financial  con- 
troller with  Applied  Energy  Services,  Inc.,  in  Rosslyn, 
Va.  His  wife,  Ashley  Joyner  Hase  B.S.N.  '82,  is 
an  R.N.  at  the  Capitol  Hill  Health  Center,  a  family 
practice  center.  They  live  in  Washington,  DC. 

Paula  Cherry  Koppel  B.S.N.  '82  received  an 
Edith  M.F.  Pritchard  Memorial  Scholarship  for  study  in 
gerontology  at  Boston  University. 

Caryn  Deborah  Kaufman  Lasser  '82,  who 
received  her  master's  in  computing  and  information 
science  from  Case  Western  Reserve  University  in 
August  1984,  works  for  AT&T  Bell  Laboratories  in 
Whippany,  N.J.  Her  husband,  Michael  Scott 
Lasser  '81,  is  a  resident  in  pediatrics  at  Mount 
Sinai  Medical  Center  in  New  York  City,  where  they 
live. 


S.  Rosen  '82  received  his  J.D.  from  Yale 
Law  School  and  serves  as  judicial  clerk  to  the  Hon. 
Levin  H.  Campbell,  chief  judge  of  the  U.S.  Court  of 
Appeals  for  the  1st  Circuit.  He  lives  in  Boston,  Mass. 

Mary  Kathryne  Swann  '82  was  appointed  an 
assistant  vice  president  of  Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Co. 
in  New  York  City.  As  a  member  of  the  International 
Corporate  Banking  group,  she  is  responsible  for  bank- 
ing relations  with  Swiss  corporations.  She  is  also  com- 
pleting an  executive  M.B.A.  program  at  New  York 
University. 

Kenneth  Weil  B.S.M.E.  '82  is  a  second-year  stu- 
dent at  Harvard  Business  School.  His  wife,  Audrey 
York  '82,  is  a  product  manager  for  Nashua  Corp. 

Samuel  J.  Zusmann  III  '82  received  a  master's 
of  communication,  with  a  concentration  in  print 
journalism,  from  Georgia  State  University  in  August. 
He  is  now  enrolled  in  the  master  of  management  pro- 
gram at  Northwestern  University's  Kellogg  School  of 
Management  and  continues  to  do  free-lance  news- 
paper and  magazine  writing. 

Christopher  J.  Aguilar  M.B.A.  '83  was  elected 
assistant  vice  president  at  Wachovia  Bank  and  Trust 
in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 


Joel  Dorfman  M.B.A.  '83  was  awarded  the  Certi- 
ficate in  Management  Accounting  by  the  Institute  of 
Certified  Accountants.  He  is  a  consultant  with 
Arthur  Young  in  Washington,  DC. 

Marc  C.  Fater  '83  is  a  third-year  student  at  Temple 
University's  medical  school  in  Philadelphia. 

Charles  Raymond  Johnson  '83  received  his 
M.B.A.  in  May  1985  from  Case  Western  Reserve  Uni- 
versity in  Cleveland,  Ohio.  He  now  lives  in  Raleigh 
and  works  at  System  Development  Corp. ,  in  the 
Research  Triangle  Park. 


When  things  are  done 
well,  you  notice.  You 
notice  The  Sheraton 
University  Center's  attention  to 
comfort.  The  relaxed  elegance 
of  the  atrium  lounge,  the  way 
the  cool  of 
the  indoor 
pool  and  the 
adjoining 


^^^  You'll  notice  and  ap 

Center 


service  to  the  Research  Triangle 
Park,  the  Raleigh-Durham  Airport, 
and  Duke  Hospital. 

Enjoy  Praline's  southern-style 
charm,  and  Oliver's  Signature 
Restaurant's  continental  cuisine. 
You'll  notice  and  appreciate  the 
friendly, 
attentive 
service  of 


Of  Attention 


whirlpool's  bubbles  soothe 
worries  away. 

You  notice  extra-fluffy  pillows, 
thick,  plentiful  towels,  oversized 
guest  rooms.  Twenty-four  hour 
news,  sports,  and  movies,  and 
complimentary  limousine 


our  staff. 

The  Sheraton  University 
Center  does  things  very  well. 
That's  why,  in  only  one  year, 
we've  become  the  Center 
of  Attention. 


S> 


Sheraton 

of  1-85    Durham,  North  Carolina  ¥  T*-»  f*  7Ckw*c-lf  i  ^  C^trvrxt ryw* 

ions  call  800-325-3535  or  919-383-8575    UI  llVciSf  iy  L*5IlU3I 


15-501  By-Pass  atMorreene  Road 
1  mile  south 
For  reservations 


M.  Kier  Ph.D.  '83  is  an  assistant  professor 
of  biology  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

Elizabeth  Jennings  Sibbring  '83  is  a  market- 
ing representative  for  ORDERNET  Services,  Inc.,  an 
electronic  data  interchange  services  and  software 
company.  She  lives  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  with  her  hus- 
band, Kevin,  a  marketing  representative  with  Data 
General. 

Cindy  Rice  Bolden  '84  is  a  financial  analyst  with 
General  Electric  Co.  in  Louisville,  Ky.  Her  husband, 
Tim,  is  a  systems  engineer  with  GE. 

Bill  Carpenter  '84  is  an  officer  in  the  U.S.  Marine 
Corps,  currently  on  a  year  tour  of  duty  as  the  camp 
property  officer  on  the  Japanese  island  of  Okinawa. 

Ronald  J.  Galonsky  Jr.  '84,  an  army  lieutenant, 
completed  U.S.  Army  Officer  Candidate  School  and 
the  Infantry  Officer's  Basic  Course.  He  and  his  wife, 
Joyce,  live  in  West  Germany. 

Randall  S.  Harpe  '84  graduated  from  Air  Force 
pilot  training,  receiving  his  silver  wings.  He  is  sta- 
tioned at  Holloman  Air  Force  Base  in  New  Mexico. 

William  Mackie  J.D.  '84  is  an  attorney  with  the 
law  firm  Womble,  Carlyle,  Sandridge  and  Rice.  His 
wife,  Linda  Haile  Mackie  B.S.E.  '81,  M.S.  '84,  is 
pursuing  her  Ph.D.  in  biomedical  engineering  at 
Duke. 

Lynn  E.  Barber  J.D.  '85  is  an  associate  with  the 
law  firm  Walter  E.  Daniels,  concentrating  in  bio- 
technology and  patent,  trademark,  and  copyright  law. 

H.  W.  Guy  Seay  III  '85  is  spending  two  years  with 
the  Peace  Corps  in  Botswana,  Africa,  teaching  math. 

MARRIAGES:  Patricia  Dempsey  '80  to  Philip 
W.  Langguth  on  Oct.  5  .  .  .  Anthony  F.  Fisher 

'80  to  Linda  J.  Grizzle  on  Sept.  21  .  .  .  Elizabeth 
"Buffi"  Stallings  Grover  '80  to  Steven  Eugene 
Guffey  on  Dec.  28.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill  .  .  . 
Susan  Fitzgibbon  B.S.N.  '81,  M.H.A.  '84  to 
Robert  Lewis  Wheless  on  Nov.  23.  Residence:  Reids- 
ville, N.C.  .  .  .  Linda  Waitress  Haile  B.S.E.  '81, 
M.S.  '84  to  William  Mackie  J.D.  '84  on  Oct.  5  in 
Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Richard  B. 
Paulsen  B.S.M.E.  '81  to  Joan  M.  Richter  on  Oct. 
26.  Residence:  New  Orleans.  .  .  .  Martha  Marie 
Johnson  B.S.C.E.  '81  to  Patrick  James  Starich  on 
April  13,  1985.  Residence:  Corpus  Christi,  Texas  .  .  . 

Valerie  Moore  '81  to  Bill  Passman  on  Aug.  12, 

1984.  Residence:  Hamilton,  Mass Ciel 

Albrecht  '82  to  Thomas  E.  Murphy  Jr.  on  Aug.  10. 
Residence:  Mainz,  West  Germany  .  .  .  Ian  Bullock 
Carver  M.B.A.  '82  to  Wendy  French  on  Nov.  2  ... 
Thomas  Claiborne  Guthrie  Jr.  Ph.D.  '82  to 
Linda  Jeanne  Franks  on  Oct.  26  .  .  .  Stephen  V. 
Hase  '82  to  Ashley  H.  Joyner  B.S.N.  '82  on 

Dec.  29.  Residence:  Washington,  DC Andrea 

Aya  Taylor  '82  to  Gil  M.  Cirou  on  June  22,  1985, 
in  Le  Mans,  France.  Residence:  Amage,  France  .  .  . 
Kenneth  Weil  B.S.M.E.  '82  to  Audrey  York  '82 
on  Aug.  17  . . .  Wayne  Freeman  Wilbanks  '82 
to  Elizabeth  Ashlin  Thomas  on  Nov.  9  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Norfolk,  Va.  .  .  .  Cornelius 
McKown  "Mac"  Dyke  83  to  Mary  Melanie 
Walker  '83  on  Aug.  31.  Residence:  Durham  .  .  . 
Elizabeth  Anne  Jennings  '83  to  Kevin  Douglas 
Sibbring  on  Oct.  26.  Residence:  Columbus, 
Ohio  .  . .  Caroline  Coltrane  Philpott  '83  to 
Kevin  Condrin  Dwyer  J.D.  '85  on  Aug.  30.  Resi- 
dence: Bethesda,  Md.  .  .  .  David  Mortensen 
M.S.  '83  to  Elizabeth  Pankey  '83  on  Oct.  12  .  .  . 
Kristeen  Faye  Northrup  A.M.  '83  to  Randy 
Alan  Booker  on  Oct.  12  in  Duke  Chapel  .  .  .  Walter 
Clark  '84  to  Ellen  McCrea  Fisher  on  Aug.  24  .  .  . 
Jennifer  C.  Cook  '84  to  William  T.  Ruhl  '84 
on  Aug.  24  in  Hyannis  Port,  Mass.  .  .  .  Joseph  H. 
Greer  Jr.  M.B.A.  '84  to  Jeanne  Noelle  Stephanie 


Gamer  on  Oct.  26  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Miltburn,  N.J.       Elizabeth  Dalton  Quattle- 
baum  '84  to  Francis  Wesley  Newman  Jr.  78 
on  Nov.  2  .  .  .  Cindy  Rice  '84  to  Tim  Bolden  on 
Aug.  17.  Residence:  Louisville,  Ky.  .  .  .  Pamela 
Lynn  Allen  Ph.D.  '85  to  Emanuel  Joseph  Diliberto 
Jr.  on  Dec.  14  in  Duke  Chapel  .  .  .  Kevin  Condrin 
Dwyer  ID.  '85  to  Caroline  Coltrane  Philpott 
'83  on  Aug.  30.  Residence:  Bethesda,  Md.  .  .  .  John 
S.  Gilbert  '85  to  Elizabeth  Lynn 
VanBremen  B.S.E.E.  '85  on  June  8,  1985.  Resi- 
dence: New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Jerome  Paul 
Fairchild  '80  and  Judy  Fairchild  on  Nov.  18.  Named 
Catherine  Leigh  ...  A  son  to  Sally  James 
Mathis  '80  and  Jeff  Mathis  on  Sept.  11.  Named 
Jeffrey  Taylor  ...  A  daughter  to  Karen  Haverly 
'82  and  Richard  Haverly  79,  M.Div.  '82  on  Aug. 
29.  Named  Christine  Amanda. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 

Hilda  Burnette  Oakley  '28  on  Dec.  22  . .  . 
Paul  S.  Bizzell  '29  on  June  15, 1985  . .  .  Monte 
Roper  29  on  Sept.  3  . . .  Elizabeth  B. 

79  on  Sept.  29  in  Charlotte,  N.C 

Sidney  J.  Watts  '33  on  Aug.  10  . . .  Norman  C. 
Bailey  Jr.  '34  on  Dec.  24  ...  J.  Frank  Harris 
'38,  MD.  '42  . .  .  Veva  Barber  Tomlinson  A.M. 
'40  on  Nov.  23  . .  .  Herbert  Leonard  Lee  Ph.D. 
'41 .  . .  Adrienne  Cook  Schreiber  '43  on  Dec. 
5  ...  Maureen  S.  Nicholson  MAT.  '67  on 
Oct.  12. 


Harmon  L.  Hoffman  19  on  Jan  14.  A  retired 
elder  of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  he  was  active 
in  the  Virginia  Conference  for  over  24  years.  He  also 
served  as  an  instructor  in  English  at  the  University  of 
Maine,  an  associate  professor  of  psychology  at 
Richmond  Professional  Institute,  and  a  professor  of 
psychology  and  philosophy  at  Erskine  College.  During 
World  War  II,  he  served  as  a  chaplain  in  the  U.S. 
Army.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ila  Harrell  Hoffman, 
three  daughters,  and  two  sons. 

Ruth  W.  Merritt  '19  on  Oct.  28  in  Lexington,  N.C. 
She  taught  at  Ellerbe  High  School,  Athens  College 
Academy,  Brazil  Mission  School,  and  Louisburg  Col- 
lege, where  a  women's  residence  hall  was  named  in 
her  honor.  She  was  a  member  of  First  Methodist 
Church  in  Lexington,  N.C,  and  the  American 
Association  of  University  Women. 

Benjamin  Otis  Aiken  72,  A.M.  77  on  Dec.  4  at 

his  home  in  Accident,  Md.  A  former  teacher  at 
Durham  High  School,  Aiken  was  a  professor  at  Aiken 
College,  which  was  named  for  him.  After  retiring 
from  teaching,  he  also  served  in  the  Maryland  House 
of  Representatives.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Hildegarde  Miller  Aiken,  a  son,  four  daughters,  eight 
grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Ralph  Link  Warren  73  on  Oct.  7,  after  a  long  ill- 
ness. He  taught  at  Frederick  Military  Academy  and 
Frederick  College.  After  retirement,  he  returned  to 
Frederick  Military  Academy,  where  he  taught  physics 
and  chemistry  until  he  was  72.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Nett  Moseley  Warren,  one  daughter,  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Marvin  Nuten  Woods  74  on  Oct.  19.  The 
Durham  native  worked  for  many  years  at  Erwin  Mills 
in  Durham  and  also  with  Hertz  Car  Rentals  before 
retiring  in  1974.  He  was  a  member  of  Blacknall 


Memorial  Presbyterian  Church.  He  is  survived  by  his 
daughter. 

Lucy  Glasson  Wheeler  75,  A.M.  79  on  Oct. 
25.  Before  retirement,  she  was  a  professor  at  Lime- 
stone College  in  Gaffhey,  SC.  She  is  survived  by  a 
daughter,  Mary  Wheeler  Schneider  '62;  a  son, 
William  Wheeler  B.S.E.E.  68;  a  brother,  John 
Glasson  '39,  and  a  sister,  Marjorie  Glasson 
Ross  '33. 

Nellie  Wilson  Scoggins  Germino  78  on  Dec. 

5  in  Durham,  after  a  short  illness.  She  was  a  retired 
deputy  clerk  of  the  Durham  Superior  Court.  A  life- 
long member  of  Durham's  First  Baptist  Church,  she 
was  past  president  of  the  Ann  Judson  Sunday  School 
Class  and  a  chairman  of  the  Business  Women's  Circle 
She  had  served  as  vice  president  of  the  E.K.  Powe 
School  PTA,  vice  president  of  La  Sertoma  Club,  and 
treasurer  of  Duke's  Class  of  1928.  She  was  a  member  of 
the  Girl  Scout  Council,  the  Shrinettes,  and  the  Legal 
Secretaries  Club.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  includ- 
ing Dante  Lee  Germino  '52;  a  daughter;  and 
nine  grandchildren. 

Vero  R.  Masters  79  on  Oct.  1  in  Asheville,  after 
a  short  illness.  He  served  in  the  Western  N.C.  Con- 
ference of  the  United  Methodist  Church  for  40  years, 
retiring  from  active  ministry  in  1963.  He  helped 
organize  a  Youth  Camp  in  Ashe  County.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Kate  Pennell  Masters,  a  daughter, 
and  a  granddaughter. 


1  L.  Thompson  79  on  Nov.  17.  The  retired 
Methodist  minister  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Frances 
Shearon  Thompson;  two  sons,  Leo  C.  Thompson 
'57,  B.Div.  '61  and  Edward  E.  Thompson  '62;  a 
daughter,  Betty  Thompson  Blount  B.S.N.  '58; 
three  sisters;  and  five  grandchildren. 


'30,  M.Div.  '34  on  Dec.  9.  A 


DUKE  BASKETBALL-An  Illustrated  History 


FEATURING  THE  1985-86  TEAM 

F!  or  the  first  time  an  illustrated  history 
book  of  Duke  basketball  will  be 
published.  This  handsome  illustrated 
casebound  edition  spans  the  decades  of 
Duke's  rich  tradition,  highlighting  the 
accomplishments  of  the  university's 
greatest  teams,  athletes  and  coaches^  It 
also  will  include  an  in-depth  look  at  the 
1985-86  Blue  Devils  and  their  drive  for 
national  prominence.  Authored  by  Bill 
Brill,  class  of  1952  and  former  presi- 
dent of  the  U.S.  Basketball  Writers, 
it's  a  masterpiece  of  detail  that 
brings  alive  Duke's  great  basketball 
heritage.  The  standard  edition  is 
$33,  while  a  leather-bound  auto- 
graphed collector's  edition  is 
available  for  $53  (limited 
supply). 


Send  orders  to:  Promotions  Office, 
306  Finch  Yeager  Building,  Duke 
University,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


retired  Methodist  minister,  he  was  active  in  the  N.C. 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  for  45 
years.  He  retired  in  1976.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Glenn  Yarborough  Warren,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a 
sister,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Walter  A.  Cutter  B.Div.  '31,  Ph.D.  '33  on  Aug.  14 
in  Dunedin,  Fla.,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  nation- 
ally recognized  expert  on  traffic  safety  and  the  retired 
director  of  the  Center  for  Safety  Education  at  New 
York  University.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Joyce,  a 
daughter,  a  brother,  two  grandsons,  and  three 
great-grandchildren. 

John  Meredith  Moore  32  on  Oct.  18.  A  native 
of  Guilford  County,  N.C,  he  managed  the  college 
store  at  Duke  for  many  years.  In  1938,  he  was  presi- 
dent of  the  National  Association  of  College  Stores. 
He  also  founded  Sawyer  &  Moore  Co.  of  Durham.  He 
was  ordained  as  a  deacon  at  First  Presbyterian  Church 
of  Greensboro.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Durham 
Kiwanis  Club  and  Hope  Valley  Country  Club  and  was 
active  in  Triangle  Hospice.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Kathleen  Br y son  Moore  35;  two  sons,  John 
M.  Moore  Jr.  '63  and  Thaddeus  D.  Moore  '66; 
a  daughter,  Kathleen  M.  Aldridge  '69;  four 
brothers,  including  Luther  Moore  '29  and 
William  Moore  B.S.E.  '49;  and  six  grandchildren. 


T.  Black  '34  on  Nov.  8.  He  retired 
from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  1977.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  Durham  Breakfast  Club  and  worked  for  many 
years  with  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  through  the 
Durham  Lions  Club.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Belva 
McHaney  Black;  a  daughter;  a  son,  Harold 

'55;  a  sister;  and  five  grandchildren. 

Darlington  Hastings  Jr.  35,  M.D.  '38 

on  Aug.  26,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  member  of 
numerous  medical  societies,  the  Episcopal  Church  of 


the  Advent,  the  Shriners,  and  the  Rotary  Club  of 
Spartanburg,  S.C.  During  World  War  II,  he  served  ir 
the  U.S.  Naval  Medical  Corps.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Frances  Black  Hastings  R.N.  '37,  two 
daughters,  two  sons,  and  eight  grandchildren. 


i  K.  Brumbach  36,  M.D.  '41  on  Oct.  16 
in  Gaffney,  S.C,  of  a  heart  attack.  A  general  practi- 
tioner and  surgeon,  he  served  several  terms  as  chief  of 
the  medical  staff  at  Cherokee  County  Memorial 
Hospital  in  Gaffney  and  maintained  an  active  prac- 
tice until  his  death.  During  World  War  II,  he  served 
in  the  Armed  Forces  and.  remained  active  with  the 
Army  Reserve  and  National  Guard  until  his  retire- 
ment as  a  lieutenant  colonel.  An  Eagle  Scout  himself, 
he  was  active  in  the  local  scouting  program  for  40 
years,  winning  the  Silver  Beaver  Award  and  the  Dis- 
tinguished Eagle  Award.  He  was  on  the  board  of  trus- 
tees of  the  Cherokee  County  schools  and  was  honored 
as  a  "Friend  of  Education"  by  the  Cherokee  County- 
Education  Association.  Team  doctor  for  Gaffney  High 
School,  he  was  also  a  member  and  former  president  of 
the  Gaffney  Lions  Club,  which  named  him  "Lion  of 
the  Year"  in  1968-69.  He  was  also  a  former  chairman 
of  the  Cherokee  County  Services  to  the  Aging  and 
the  County  Soil  and  Water  Conservation  Commis- 
sion; a  member  of  the  boards  of  the  Red  Cross,  the 
County  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  First  Piedmont 
Federal  Savings  and  Loan;  and  a  member  of  Buford 
Street  United  Methodist  Church.  He  received  the 
first  Gaffney  Rotary  Club's  Community  Service 
Award,  the  Service  to  Mankind  Award  from  the 
Gaffney  and  Cherokee  Sertoma  Clubs,  and  the  Friend 
of  Law  Enforcement  Award  from  the  county  sheriffs 
department.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Evelyn  Boone 
Brunbach,  two  sons,  two  daughters,  two  brothers,  and 
six  grandchildren. 

Harold  S.  Snellgrove  '36,  A.M.  '40  on  Nov.  5. 

He  was  professor  emeritus  of  history  at  Mississippi 


State  University,  where  he  served  as  department  head 
for  17  years.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  personnel 
technician  in  the  Adjutant  General's  Department.  He 
is  survived  by  a  brother. 

Robert  L.  Adams  M.Ed.  37  on  Feb.  2,  1985.  He 
was  a  retired  educator  and  arbitrator  for  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Department  of  Education  and  a  former  super- 
intendent of  several  school  districts.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  National  Education  Association,  the 
American  and  Pennsylvania  Associations  of  School 
Administrators,  and  Phi  Delta  Kappa  at  Temple  Uni- 
versity. He  was  listed  in  Who's  Who  in  American  Edu- 
cation and  Who's  Who  m  the  East.  He  wrote  several 
books  and  magazine  articles  and  was  past  president  of 
Willow  Street  and  Jonestown  Lions  Clubs.  He  was  a 
member,  elder,  and  former  teacher  of  the  Men's  Bible 
Class  and  a  lay  support  commission  worker  for  the 
United  Chutch  of  Christ.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Hazel  V  Adams,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  and  two 
grandchildren. 


i  R.  Tyler  M.Ed.  '37  on  Nov.  13,  aftet  a  heart 
attack  in  Macclenny,  Fla.  She  was  a  teacher  and 
library  expert  for  43  years,  and  the  Emily  Taber  Public 
Library's  reference  room  was  dedicated  in  her  honor 
several  years  ago.  She  was  also  an  accomplished  artist 
in  oils,  watercolors,  and  pastels.  She  was  an  active 
member  of  the  First  United  Methodist  Church  of 
Macclenny  and  the  local  Retired  Teachers  Associa- 
tion. She  is  survived  by  a  niece  and  nephew. 

Mary  H.  Campbell  '38  on  Sept.  9  in  Sierra 
Madre,  Calif.,  after  a  long  illness.  She  worked  several 
years  for  Duke  University  Press.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  Hugh  M.  Campbell,  two  daughters,  two 
sons,  three  brothers,  and  two  sisters. 

George  Jona  Poe  '38  on  Oct.  29  in  Durham. 

The  Durham  native  was  the  ownet  and  operatot  of  an 
insurance  agency  in  Durham  for  33  years.  He  was  a 


ATTORNEYS,  CPA'S,  TRUST  OFFICERS, 
CLU'S  &  OTHER  ESTATE  &  FINANCIAL  PLANNERS 


The  Duke  University  School  of  Law  and  the  Duke  Univer- 
sity Estate  Planning  Council  will  present  the  Eighth  Annual 
Estate  Planning  Conference  on  the  campus  of  Duke  University 
in  Durham,  North  Carolina,  October  23-24,  1986.  An 
outstanding  and  nationally  known  faculty  will  present  a 
program  of  timely  and  practical  interest  to  all  members  of  the 
estate  planning  team. 

Subjects  on  the  program  will  include:  Estate  Planning 
After  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986;  The  New  Subchapter  J?; 
Income  Shifting  After  the  1986  Tax  Reform  Act;  Recent 
Developments  Affecting  Estate  Planning  and  Administration; 
Estate  Planning  for  Owners  of  Closelv  Held  Corporations;  Life 
Insurance:  A  Sophisticated  Estate  and  Financial  Planning  Tool; 
Getting  Personal  Life  Insurance  Out  of  the  Estate;  New  Focus 
on  Estate  Freezes;  Tax  and  Estate  Planning  Aspects  of  Divorce 
and  Separation;  Practical  Uses  for  Private  Foundations. 

The  conference  is  designed  for  continuing  education 
credit.  Participation  is  limited  to  200  participants.  Fee  $295.  A 
special  dinner  for  the  faculty  on  Thursday  night  is  open  to 
participants  and  their  guests  at  a  cost  of  $20  per  person. 


$ check  enclosed  for  one  registration 

at  $295,  and dinner(s)  at  $20  each. 

Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Estate 
Planning  Conference  and  mail  with  registration  form 
to:  Duke  University  Estate  Planning  Conference,  P.O. 
Box  3541,  Duke  University  Medical  Center,  Durham, 
North  Carolina  27710.  ATTENTION:  Roland  R.  Wilkins, 
Director.  (Separate  registration  for  each  participant 
please!) 


THE  LOWEST  FARE 

BACK  TO  DUKE! 

FROM  ANYWHERE, 

CONTINUOUS 

DEPARTURES, 

FRIENDS  AND 

FAMILY  TRAVEL 

FREE! 


Travel  back  to  Duke  with  the  1986 
Duke  Yearlook- a  half  hour  videotape 
featuring  the  sights  and  sounds  of  the 
past  school  year.  Lazy  afternoons  on 
the  Quad,  Johnny  D.  and  slam  dunks 
in  Cameron,  Springfest,  campus 
scenes  in  all  seasons,  graduation  cere- 
monies, and  much,  much  more.  The 
videotape  is  professionally  edited  and 
duplicated,  and  includes  special 
effects,  graphics,  and  a  great  sound- 
track. Your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
or  you  can  return  the  tape  for  a  full 
refund  of  the  sale  price.  Your  order  will 
help  support  Cable  1 3  -  Duke's  student 
television  station. 

The  price  is  $39.95  plus  $2.00  shipping 
and  handling.  N.C.  residents  please 
add  $1.60  sales  tax.  For  phone  orders 
(Visa  or  Mastercard)  or  more  infor- 
mation call  collect  919-683-5658. 
Please  make  checks  payable  to 
"DUKE  YEARLOOK". 

Send  name,  address,  and  format 
desired  (VHS  or  Beta)  to: 

VIDEO  YEARBOOK  ORDER  CENTER 

P.O.  Box  17029 

Durham,  NC  27705 

"Previous  editions  1982  through  1985 
are  available  also.  Call  for  more 
information. 


charter  member  of  the  Durham  Optimist  Club,  served 
as  lieutenant  governor  of  Optimist  International,  and 
was  a  member  of  the  Masons  and  the  Durham  York 
Rite  Bodies.  Affiliated  with  the  Sudan  Temple,  he  was 
a  member  of  the  Sudan  Temple  Band,  president  of  the 
Masonic  Luncheon  Club,  and  commander  of  the 
Coast  Guard  Auxiliary.  He  was  an  associate  deacon 
and  member  of  the  senior  choir  at  First  Baptist 
Church  in  Durham.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Louise 
Robbins  Poe;  three  sons,  including  G.  Jona  Poe 
Jr.  '67  and  Donald  H.  Poe  M.B.A.  '82;  three 
brothers;  one  sister;  and  three  grandchildren. 

Ann  Rauschenberg  David  '40,  of  Westminster, 
Md.,  on  April  29,  1985,  of  Lou  Gehrig's  disease 
(ALS),  after  a  long  illness.  She  is- survived  by  her 
husband,  William  M.  David;  two  daughters;  one  son; 
two  sisters,  Lucy  R.  Simson  '37  and  Georgia  R. 
Spieth  '44;  and  two  grandchildren. 

Donald  Clark  Russell  B.S.E.E.  '40  on  Nov.  4. 

Before  his  retirement,  he  was  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Harris,  Kietch,  Russell,  and  Kem.  He  was  also  a 
senior  partner  in  Maritime,  a  real  estate  company  in 
Ventura,  Calif.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bonnie,  a 
daughter,  two  sons,  and  four  grandchildren. 

Dixie  A.  Swaren  Edwards  '41  on  Aug.  12  in 
San  Francisco,  Calif.  At  Duke,  she  was  a  White 
Duchy,  a  member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  and  active  with 
Duke  Players  and  The  Chronicle.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband. 

Denzel  R.  Garrett  M.Ed.  '41  on  Nov.  8  in 
Dunbar,  WVa.,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  retired 
administrator  and  principal  with  the  Kanawha 
County  Board  of  Education.  He  was  also  a  40-year 
member  of  the  Kiwanis  Club,  a  member  of  Kanasha 
Lodge,  a  32nd  Degree  Scottish  Rite  Mason,  and  a 
member  of  the  Beni  Kedem  Shrine.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Cybel  M.  Garrett,  two  daughters,  one 
brother,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Robert  Greenfield  Jr.  '42  on  Aug.  2  in  Burling- 
ton, Mass.,  of  cancer.  At  the  time  of  his  death,  he  was 
a  part-time  professor  of  pathology  and  laboratory 
medicine  at  the  University  of  Nebraska  Medical 
Center  in  Omaha  and  a  consultant  for  cancer  re- 
search. He  was  deputy  director  of  the  National 
Bladder  Cancer  Project  in  Worcester,  Mass.,  from 
1972  until  his  retirement  in  1981.  He  began  his  career 
with  the  health  branch  of  the  state  department,  was  a 
research  biochemist  at  the  National  Cancer  Institute, 
and  a  program  director  for  grants.  He  served  as  associ- 
ate editor  of  the  Journal  of  the  National  Cancer  Insti- 
tute for  three  years,  as  president  of  the  Assembly  of 
Scientists  at  the  Institute  for  one  year,  and  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Surgeon  General's  Health  Program  Analysis 
Group  on  Cancer  of  the  Lung.  He  remained  active  in 
the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  Cedar  Lane  Unitarian 
Church,  and  parent-teacher  organizations.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Mary  Frances,  two  sons,  a  daughter, 
a  brother,  a  stepmother,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Rosalind  Lee  Trent  A.M.  '42  on  June  3.  She  is 
survived  by  a  brother. 

David  Rabin  B.S.M.E.  '46,  J.D  '51  on  Dec.  10, 
1984,  from  injuries  received  in  a  car  accident  on  Nov. 
14.  A  patent  attorney  in  Greensboro,  N.C,  for  30 
years,  he  was  also  a  patent  examiner  with  the  U.S. 
Patent  Office,  a  patent  adviser  to  the  U.S.  Navy 
Office  of  Naval  Research  in  Washington,  DC,  and 
an  engineering  and  patent  law  instructor  at  Duke's 
law  school.  He  was  a  veteran  of  the  Marines  and  a 
member  of  the  Gate  City  Kiwanis  Club,  the  N.C. 
Engineers  Club,  the  N.C.  Bar  Association,  and  the 
U.S.  Patent  Bar.  He  had  received  many  academic  and 
professional  awards.  He  also  belonged  to  Christ 
United  Methodist  Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Vera  Rabin,  two  sons,  three  daughters,  a  brother,  two 
sisters,  and  thtee  grandchildren. 


Jack  Dunn  Wycoff  M.D  '46  on  Oct.  2  in 
Arlington,  Va.  The  retired  physician,  a  specialist  in 
internal  medicine,  served  as  a  chief  physician  at 
Johnston  Memorial  Hospital  and  as  president  of 
Johnston  Memorial  Clinic.  He  was  past  president  of 
the  Washington  County,  Va.,  Medical  Society  and  a 
member  of  several  other  medical  societies.  He  was 
also  a  member  of  Sinking  Spring  Presbyterian 
Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Warren 
Wycoff,  one  daughter,  one  son,  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Barbara  A.  Boring  Buchanan  R.N.  '47, 
B.S.N.  '48  on  Oct.  8  of  cancer  in  Miami.  She  was  a 
nurse  at  Duke  Hospital,  directot  of  nursing  at  Kansas 
State  Hospital  in  Topeka,  a  nursing  instructor  at 
Washington  University,  and  an  assistant  professor  at 
the  University  of  Florida's  nursing  school,  where  she 
served  as  head  of  psychiatric  nursing.  From  1966  until 
her  death,  she  was  a  professor  at  the  University  of 
Miami  School  of  Nursing,  which  she  helped  create 
and  where  she  served  as  dean  for  10  years.  She  also 
wrote  and  published  several  books  and  articles  on 
nursing  care  for  the  mentally  ill  and  other  nursing 
techniques.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Charles  Buchanan  '50,  two  daughters,  a  son, 
and  her  mother. 

John  J.  Gannon  '47  on  Oct.  25.  He  was  a  loan 
officer  for  various  financial  companies.  A  Navy 
veteran  of  World  War  II ,  he  was  past  president  of  the 
Honorary  Policemen's  Benevolent  Association  of 
Clark,  N.J.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia,  a  son, 
two  daughters,  his  mother,  and  a  grandson. 

Harold  E.  Hench  A.M.  '47  on  Nov.  2  of  a  heart 
attack  and  stroke,  in  New  Cumberland,  Pa.  A  teacher 
and  administrator  for  several  school  districts  in 
Pennsylvania,  he  retired  as  superintendent  of  West 
Shore  school  district.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a 
major  in  the  U.S.  Army.  He  was  a  member  of  Camp 
Hill  Presbyterian  Church,  the  American  Association 
of  Retired  Persons,  78th  Division  Veterans  Associa- 
tion and  the  Cumberland  County  Historical  Society. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Carolyn,  two  sons, 
three  sisters,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Richard  Morris  '50  on  Aug.  19  from  complica- 
tions due  to  Lou  Gehrig's  disease  in  Tucson,  Ariz.  He 
had  recently  returned  to  the  U.S.  after  27  years  of 
missionary  service  in  Taiwan.  He  was  the  only  Ameri- 
can member  of  the  Lion's  Club  of  Taiwan,  was  active 
in  civic  affairs,  and  served  on  the  board  of  the 
Scoliosis  Association.  He  began  the  Christian  Polio 
Kindergarten  and  Home  in  Kaohsiung,  Taiwan. 
Throughout  his  mission  career,  he  used  his  architec- 
tural and  drafting  skills.  His  final  project  was  super- 
vising a  seven-story  apartment  building  and  seminary 
dormitory  in  the  capital  city  of  Taipei.  Also  a  talented 
musician,  Morris  assisted  in  the  translation  of  the  first 
Taiwanese  Baptist  Hymnal  and  played  the  lead  role  in 
the  opera  The  Mikado  for  the  Taipei  Civic  Opera.  He 
enjoyed  writing  poetry,  swimming,  and  playing  tennis 
and  golf.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Tena  Simmons 
Morris,  five  daughters,  his  mother,  one  sister,  one 
brother,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Joseph  W.  Spencer  J.D.  '52  on  June  18, 1984,  of 
a  stroke.  He  retired  from  the  Air  Force  as  a  lieutenant 
colonel  after  29  years  of  service.  He  was  a  chief  judge 
of  the  1st  Circuit  of  the  Judge  Advocate  Corps.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Regina  Spencer,  two  daughters, 
one  son,  his  parents,  and  three  grandchildren. 

James  Samuel  Gibbs  M.Div.  '53  on  Oct.  18  in 
Charlotte,  N.C,  after  a  long  illness.  He  served  as  a 
minister  in  the  Western  N.C.  Conference  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church  for  42  years. 


Urban  Umstead  B.S.M.E.  '56  on  Sept. 
25  in  Durham.  The  self-employed  mechanical  engi- 
neer was  a  volunteer  for  the  Durham  Life  Saving 
Corps  and  a  Red  Cross  instructor  in  first  aid  and  water 


safety.  He  also  helped  develop  a  program  to  teach 
swimming  to  children  with  cerebral  palsy.  During 
World  War  II,  he  served  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  He  is 
survived  by  his  daughter. 

Anne  Kearns  Brooks  '59  on  Jan.  1  in  Durham, 
after  a  long  illness.  She  was  a  social  worker  at  John 
Umstead  Hospital  in  Butner  and  a  secretary  at  Duke. 
She  also  tutored  adult  non-readers  through  the 
Durham  County  Literacy  Council.  She  is  survived  by 
two  sons,  her  mother,  and  two  sisters. 

E.  Ann  Kennedy  Shriver  '62  on  Sept.  18.  She 
was  a  supervisor  of  adult  education  for  the  Hamilton 
County  Schools  and  lived  in  Hixson,  Tenn.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  James  A.  Shriver  '62. 


Mildred  L.  Hendrix,  the  organist  in  Duke  Chapel 
from  1944  to  1967,  died  June  12  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 

An  assistant  professor  of  music  at  Duke  from  1958 
to  1969,  she  taught  organ  and  organ  literature.  As  the 
chapel  organist,  she  performed  numerous  recitals  on 
Duke's  Aeolian  organ  and  assisted  at  oratorios  and 
special  choir  presentations,  including  more  than  40 
performances  of  The  Messiah. 

She  attended  Wellesley  College  in  Massachusetts 
and  UNC-Greensboro.  She  also  studied  organ  in 
France  and  Germany.  She  was  a  past  president  of  the 
N.C.  Chapter  of  the  American  Guild  of  Organists. 

She  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  Nancy  Jones 
'55  and  Muriel  L.  Hendrix  '59;  a  son;  a  brother; 
and  eight  grandchildren. 

James  A.  Beal 

A  professor  of  forest  entomology  for  more  than  a 
decade  at  Duke's  forestry  school,  James  A.  Beal  died 
Sept.  9  at  Duke  Hospital.  He  was  87. 

An  Arkansas  native,  Beal  served  briefly  in  World 
War  1  before  completing  his  bachelor's  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Massachusetts  at  Amherst,  and  his  master's  and 


doctorate  at  New  York  State  College  of  Forestry. 

He  worked  for  the  Department  of  Agriculture's 
Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine  until  he 
joined  Duke  in  1939  as  professor  of  forest  entomology. 
In  1950,  he  teturned  to  the  bureau  in  Washington, 
DC,  to  head  its  Division  of  Forest  Insect  Investiga- 
tions. In  1953,  the  program  was  transferred  to  the 
Forest  Service,  where  Beal  became  director  of  forest 
insect  research.  He  retired  to  Durham  in  1968. 

Beal  was  a  member  of  the  Entomological  Society  of 
America,  the  Society  of  American  Foresters,  the 
American  Forestry  Association,  the  National  Wildlife 
Federation,  and  the  National  Wild  Turkey  Federation. 

He  is  survived  by  his  second  wife,  Irene;  a  son;  two 
daughters;  eleven  grandchildren;  and  seven  great 
grandchildren. 

Walter  Gordy 

Walter  Gordy,  a  retired  Duke  physicist  and  pioneer 
in  microwave  research,  died  Oct.  6,  after  a  long  ill- 
ness. He  was  76. 

Gordy,  who  came  to  Duke  in  1946,  held  a  James  B. 
Duke  professorship  when  he  retired  in  1979.  While  at 
Duke,  he  started  and  directed  one  of  the  first  labs  in 
the  field  of  microwave  spectroscopy. 

Before  coming  to  Duke,  Gordy  was  head  of  the 
mathematics  and  physics  department  at  Mary  Hardin- 
Baylor  College  in  Texas,  held  a  national  research  fel- 
lowship in  physics  at  the  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  and  was  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the 
Radiation  Laboratory  at  M.IT.  during  World  War  11. 

Gordy  had  received  numeaius  awards  for  his  work  in 
microwave  spectroscopy,  including  the  Beams  Award 
and  the  Plyer  Prize  from  the  American  Physical 
Society,  the  Science  Award  from  the  State  of  North 
Carolina,  the  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  from  the 
University  of  North  Carolina,  and  the  50th  Anniver- 
sary Award  from  the  Mississippi  Academy  of  Sciences. 

A  member  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences, 
Gordy  served  for  two  years  as  a  member  of  the  Physi- 


cal Sciences  Division  ot  the  National  Research  Coun- 
cil. He  was  a  fellow  of  the  Ametican  Physical  Society, 
a  council  member  of  the  Radiation  Research  Society 
and  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science,  and  a  member  of  numerous  national  scien- 
tific advisory  committees  and  panels. 

Gordy  was  the  co-author  of  three  books  and  pub- 
lished about  260  research  papers  and  articles.  He  was 
associate  editot  of  Journal  of  Chemical  Prrvsics,  Spectro- 
chimica  Acta,  and  Radiation  Research. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Vida;  a  daughter;  a  son; 
and  two  grandchildren. 

Ted  Mann 

The  director  of  sports  information  at  Duke  for  mote 
than  forty  years,  Ted  Mann  '3 1  died  May  6  at  the 
medical  center  from  complications  of  pneumonia.  He 


Mann,  who  grew  up  in  Arkansas,  turned  down  a 
football  scholarship  to  Alabama  offered  by  Coach 
Wallace  Wade,  who  latet  came  to  Duke  himself.  In- 
stead of  college,  Mann  went  into  the  newspaper  busi- 
ness and  became  sports  editor  ot  the  Greensboro 
Record  at  the  age  of  19.  That  same  year,  1927,  he 
enrolled  at  Duke  and  began  publicizing  Blue  Devil 
athletics.  After  graduating,  he  joined  Duke's  athletic 
department  full  time. 

His  tenure  there  was  interrupted  by  a  stint  in  the 
Navy  in  1940,  where  he  rose  to  the  rank  of  com- 
mander. He  returned  as  Duke's  sports  information 
director  in  1946,  a  post  held  until  1966  when  he 
became  a  special  consultant  to  the  athletic  director. 
He  retired  from  that  job  in  1973. 

Mann  was  inducted  into  the  Duke  Sports  Hall  of 
Fame  and  the  North  Carolina  Sports  Hall  of  Fame.  In 
1981,  the  press  box  area  of  Wallace  Wade  Stadium  was 
named  for  him.  He  helped  found  the  College  Sports 
Information  Directors  Association  in  1955,  served  as 
its  president  in  1957,  and  was  president  of  the  Caro- 


The  Living  Constitution: 
A  Bicentennial  Celebration 


ALUMNI  COLLEGE  WEEKEND  IN  CHARLOTTESVILLE 
NOVEMBER  13-16 

T  efferson  country  will  be  your  campus  for  an  Alumni 
I  College  Weekend  in  Charlottesville,  Virginia.  Here,  in 

J  the  "cradle  of  the  nation,"  youll  explore  the  ways  our  con- 
stitutional system,  bom  of  revolution,  was  designed  for 

adapting  to  change. 
Duke  law  professors  Walter  E.  Dellinger  and  A.  Kenneth 

Pye  will  focus  on  the  historical,  legal,  social,  and  political 

factors  that  have  kept  the  U.S.  Constitution  alive  almost  two 

centuries.  Author  and  lecturer  Judith  Ruderman,  director  of 

continuing  education,  will  host  the  weekend  seminar.  She 

will  also  discuss  the  literature  of  the  American  Revolution 

and  introduce  you  to  "Mr.  Jefferson"  himself. 

The  Boar's  Head  Inn,  in  the  Blue  Ridge  foothills,  will  pro- 
vide classroom  and  living  accommodations.  Guests  will  have  access  i 

facilities,  as  well  as  hot-air  ballooning. 
The  weekend  package  includes  all  meals,  a  welcoming  reception  and  dinner,  and  guided 

f~-Z~.ZJ..Z  :irj;.I.ro7-.r.c7 \Z~:  ZZZZ>Z^ZZZ,Z  ~l     tours  of  the  University  of 

Virginia  and  Monticello, 
Thomas  Jefferson's  home. 
Cost:  $390  per  person, 
double  occupancy;  $495 
single  occupancy.  Without 
hotel,  $275. 


the  exercise  and  sports 


a  brochure,  write  to  Barbara  Booth  34,  Alumni  College  Weekend.  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706  (or  call  toll  free  outside  N.C.  1-800-FOR- 
DUKE;  inside  N.C.  (919)  684-5114  collect). 


CITY.  STATE,  ZIP 


asffi^s 


FLY  YOUR 

SCHOOL 

COLORS... 


with  a  handsome  imprinted, 
double  hemmed,  durable 
nylon  windsock.  Ideal  for 
patios,  porches,  game 
rooms,  dorms,  etc. 

Send  $16.95  plus 
$2.00  shipping  and 
handling  to: 

QUAIL  COVE 
ENTERPRISES 

Dept.  10 
116  Quail  Run 
Fripplsland.SC  29920 

Allow  4-6  weeks  delivery 


$50,000 

Cash 

or 

Appreciated  Stock 


Donated  to 

Annuity  Trust 

with  Income 

to  Child 


Savings  #1 
Income  Tax 
Deduction 

$36,408 


Savings  #2 
Capital  Gains  Tax 

Avoided  if 
Appreciated  Stock 


5  year, 
7%  payout 


Duke  receives 
Year  5 
$50,000 


Yearl 

$3,500 


Year  2 

$3,500 


Year  3 
$3,500 


Year  4 
$3,500 


Year  5 
$3,500 


Child's  Total 
Income  $17,500 


GIVE  YOUR  CHILD 

OR  GRANDCHILD 

INCOME  FOR  COLLEGE 

WHILE  MAKING 

A  GIFT  TO  DUKE 


If  you  establish  an  Annuity  Trust  with  $50,000  in 
principal  and  an  income  payout  of  $3,500  for  your 
child  or  grandchild,  you  will  receive  an  immediate 
tax  deduction  of  approximately  $36,408,  which 
will  generate  an  after  tax  savings  of  about  $18,204 
(assuming  a  50%  total  income  tax  bracket).  Further- 
more, $17,500  of  income  ($3,500  times  5  years), 
goes  directly  to  the  child  at  essentially  no  tax  to 
him  or  her. 


Moreover,  if  you  transfer  appreciated  (and  low- 
yielding)  stock,  you  completely  avoid  the  inherent 
capital  gains  tax  liability  Duke  has  had  considera- 
ble experience  tailoring  these  trusts  to  individual 
needs.  For  further  information,  please  call  Michael 
R.  Potter  at  (919)  684-5347  or  684-2123  or  write 
him  at  Duke  University,  2127  Campus  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27706. 


Una  Professional  Baseball  League  for  nine  years. 
He  is  survived  by  two  daughters  and  a  grandchild. 

Coach  Bill  Murray 

Former  Duke  football  coach  William  D.  "Bill" 
Murray  '31  died  in  Durham  on  March  29.  He  was  77. 

Murray,  who  coached  at  Duke  from  1950  to  1965, 
compiled  a  93-51-9  record,  leading  the  Blue  Devils  to 
three  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  titles,  a  Southern 
Conference  championship,  and  two  co-champion- 
ships. He  was  conference  coach  of  the  year  five 
times-1952,  1954,  1960,  1961,  and  1962. 

After  resigning  from  Duke,  Murray  was  executive 
director  of  the  American  Football  Coaches  Associa- 
tion until  his  retirement  in  1982.  As  an  active  coach, 
he  had  chaired  the  association's  ethics  committee  for 
fifteen  years  and  served  as  its  president  in  1962. 

The  Rocky  Mount,  N.C.,  native  was  the  high 
school's  star  athlete  before  coming  to  Duke.  In  1930, 
he  was  one  of  the  university's  first  All-Southern  Con- 
ference players.  Voted  best  all-around  freshman  in  his 
class,  he  became  senior  class  president.  Upon  gradua- 
tion, he  received  the  Robert  E.  Lee  award  as  the  out- 
standing member  of  his  class.  He  was  also  tapped  for 
Red  Friars,  Duke's  highest  honorary  fraternity  for  men, 
and  for  Omicron  Kappa  Delta,  a  national  leadership 
fraternity. 

After  graduation,  Murray  was  head  football  coach  at 
Children's  Home  in  Winston-Salem,  where  he  com- 
piled a  69-9  record.  He  also  served  as  principal,  dean 
of  boys,  and  assistant  superintendent.  He  became 
athletic  director  and  head  coach  at  the  University  of 
Delaware,  where  he  compiled  a  51-17-3  record— in- 
cluding a  thirty-two  game  winning  streak.  His  Dela- 
ware teams  went  undefeated  in  1941,  1942,  and  1946. 

At  Duke,  Murray  built  a  program  that  dominated 


the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  in  the  early  1960s.  His 
teams  won  the  first  ACC  football  championship  in 
1954,  and  consecutive  ACC  titles  in  1960,  1961,  and 
1962.  In  1965,  his  team  shared  the  title  with  South 
Carolina. 

Murray's  teams  at  Duke  also  won  two  out  of  three 
post-season  bowl  appearances,  beating  Nebraska  34-7 
in  the  1955  Orange  Bowl  and  Arkansas  7-6  in  the 
1961  Cotton  Bowl,  but  losing  the  1958  Orange  Bowl 
to  Oklahoma,  48-21. 

Murray  was  inducted  into  the  Duke  Sports  Hall  of 
Fame  in  1976,  and  was  named  to  the  National  Foot- 
ball Hall  of  Fame,  the  North  Carolina  Sports  Hall  of 
Fame,  and  the  University  of  Delaware  Hall  of  Fame. 
His  overall  coaching  record  was  213-77-14. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carolyn  Kirby 
Murray  '32;  three  daughters,  including  Carolyn 
M.  Happer  '60,  Ph.D.  '85;  a  brother,  three  sisters, 
ten  grandchildren,  and  a  great-granddaughter. 

Professor  Paul  Gross 

Chemistry  professor  emeritus  and  Duke  administra- 
tor Paul  Magnus  Gross  died  May  4  in  Durham.  He  was 
91.  Gross,  who  retired  from  Duke  in  1965  after  a  forty- 
six-year  career,  was  honored  when  Gross  Chemical 
Laboratory,  a  160,000-square-foot  building  on  West 
Campus,  was  named  fot  him  in  1968. 

Gross,  William  Howell  Pegram  Professor  Emeritus 
of  Chemistry,  served  eleven  years  as  vice  president  for 
academic  affairs  at  Duke.  He  was  also  chairman  of  the 
chemistry  department  for  twenty-seven  years  and  dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  for  five  years. 

An  internationally  respected  scientist,  he  was  presi- 
dent of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  in  1962  and  chairman  of  its  board  of 
directors  the  next  year.  He  was  also  chairman  of  the 


U.S.  Surgeon  General's  committee  that  put  together 
the  landmark  1961  report  on  environmental  health 
problems  that  led  to  the  establishment  of  federal 
environmental  health  programs. 

Gross  was  a  founder  of  Oak  Ridge  Institute  of 
Nuclear  Studies  (now  Oak  Ridge  Associated  Universi- 
ties) in  1947.  His  research  interests  were  in  physical, 
inorganic,  and  fluorine  chemistry. 

Born  in  New  York  City,  Gross  earned  his  bachelor's 
from  the  City  College  of  New  York  in  1916,  his 
master's  and  doctoral  degrees  from  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, and  later  did  post-graduate  work  at  the  University 
of  Leipzig  in  Germany  and  Oxford  University  in 
England.  During  World  War  1,  he  was  a  second  lieu- 
tenant in  the  Army  Chemical  Warfare  Service. 

Gross,  who  was  awarded  an  honorary  degree  by 
Duke  in  1975,  received  scores  of  honors  during  his 
career.  He  was  designated  an  Honorary  Commander 
of  the  Civil  Order  of  the  British  Empire  by  Queen 
Elizabeth  II  in  1958.  In  1948,  he  was  awarded  the 
President's  Medal  for  Merit  for  his  World  War  II  de- 
velopment of  a  frangible  bullet  used  in  aerial  gunnery 
practice. 

President  Harry  Truman  appointed  Gross  to  the 
National  Science  Foundation  at  its  founding  in  1950. 
He  was  reappointed  by  presidents  Eisenhower  and 
Kennedy,  serving  until  1962.  After  his  retirement, 
Gross  worked  as  a  consultant  to  the  U.S.  Army  Office 
of  Ordnance  Research,  the  Research  Triangle  Insti- 
tute, and  the  NC.  Board  of  Science  and  Technology. 
He  was  also  an  adviser  to  several  national  environ- 
mental health  organizations. 

He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Paul  M.  Gross  Jr.  '41;  a 
daughter,  Beatrix  G.  Ramey  '46;  and  two  grand- 
sons, including  Thomas  L.  Ramey  M.D.  '79. 


PUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


FOR  RENT 


WINTER  PARK,  COLORADO.  Luxury  condo,  2  bed- 
rooms, 2  baths,  fireplace,  sleeps  7,  all  amenities,  ski 
shuttle  to  door.  Special  off-season  rates  (303)  733-0388. 

LONDON.  My  delightful  studio  apartment  near 
Marble  Arch  is  available  for  short  or  long  term  rental. 
Elisabeth  J.  Fox,  M.D.,  901  Greenwood  Road,  Chapel 
Hill,  NC  27514  (919)  929-3194. 


FOR  SALE 


MOVING  TO  MINNEAPOLIS/ST  PAUL?  Let  me 
help  you  get  acquainted,  moved  in,  and  settled  in  one  of 
our  fine  homes  around  the  Lakes,  on  the  Hill,  or  in  the 
Park.  Call  GORDON  FOWLER,  REALTOR.  First 
Minneapolis  Realty.  (612)  333-2580. 

DUKE:  A  PORTRAIT.  More  than  100  full-color  photo- 
graphs capture  the  beauty  and  the  spirit  of  the  univer- 
sity campus.  Large-format  book,  128  pages,  printed  on 
heavy  coated  paper,  with  silver-embossed,  library  cloth 
binding.  A  true  collector's  edition.  $30,  plus  $2 
postage/handling.  (NC.  orders  add  4  percent  sales  tax.) 
Gothic  Bookshop,  Drawer  LM,  Duke  Station,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 

3  2B2B  Condos  for  sale:  Brevard,  NC;  Delray,  FL;  PGA 
National  Palm  Beach,  FL.  Pool,  tennis,  golf.  (703) 
860-0544,  2636  Steeplechase  Dr.,  Reston,  VA  22091. 

BASKETS  AND  BOWS,  INC.,  opened  in  December 
1982  by  a  Duke  alumna,  specializing  in  unique  gifts 


delivered  to  your  Duke  student!  Our  offerings  include: 
gourmet  fruit  baskets,  delicious  birthday  cakes,  and 
delightful  balloon  bouquets.  We  welcome  your  special 
requests  and  invite  you  to  visit  our  shop  when  you  are  in 
Durham.  Call  or  write  for  our  brochure.  (919)  4934483 , 
1300  University  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27707 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 

KIAWAH  ISLAND,  S.C.  Come  enjoy  our  unspoiled 
beach  and  superb  sports  weather.  You  can  relax  in  pri- 
vately-owned, fully-furnished  villas  or  homes.  We  offer 
you  superior  service  and  quality.  OCEAN  RESORTS 
INC.  OF  CHARLESTON,  1-800-221-7376  or  (803) 
559-0343. 

DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  6k  BREAKFAST.  Arrowhead 
Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Corner  Rox- 
boro  Road  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430.  Mem- 
bet  N.C  B&B  Association. 


SERVICES 


PAINE  WEBBER  BROKERAGE  SERVICES.  Please 
call  me  toll  free  if  I  can  assist  you  in  any  way  with  the 
many  brokerage  services  available  through  Paine 
Webber.  I  specialize  in  stocks,  corporate  bonds,  Ginnie 
Mae  and  Municipal  Bond  funds,  and  IRA  accounts. 
Outside  Minnesota,  call  1-800-292-4128.  Locally,  our 
number  is  371-5144.  Ron  MacLeod  '55,  3737  Multi- 
foods  Tower,  Minneapolis,  MN  55402. 

MCDONALD  TRAVEL,  DURHAM,  NC  offers  guar- 
anteed lowest  available  airfares,  hotel  discounts,  and 


$100,000  life  insurance  on  every  ticket.  We  will  donate 
10  percent  of  income  from  alumni  bookings  to  the 
Alumni  Association.  Call  our  experienced  agents  toll 
free  for  assistance  in  planning  your  next  trip,  tour,  or 
cruise.  1-800  672-5792,  NC.  1-800  334-8352,  USA. 
(919)  383-9451,  Durham.  Iron  Duke  Member. 

FURNITURE  SHOPPING??  $$Savings  up  to  50  per- 
cent  major  brand  name  furniture.  Call  one  of  our  sales 
consultants  for  expert,  friendly  assistance.  Insured 
nationwide  in-home  delivery.  Call  TOLL  FREE  1-800- 
438-3858  or  write:  THE  FURNITURE  HOUSE  OF 
NC.  INC.,  P.O.  Box  1591-D,  Salisbury,  NC  28144. 
JERRY  BARGER  '55,  PRESIDENT 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75 ,000  POTENTIAL  buyers, 
renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke's  Classifieds. 
For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50 
for  each  additional  word.  10-word  minimum.  Telephone 
numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  DIS- 
PLAY RATES  are  $100  per  column  inch  (2  1/2  x  1).  10 
PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for  multiplf 


REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed; 
no  telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to:  Duke 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  March  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-October),  September  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January-February), 
December  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the  issue  in 
which  your  ad  should  appear. 


RETROSPECTIVES 


WHOSE  GAME 
■SIT? 

Several  Big  Ten  coaches  and  athletic 
directors  defended  athletics  [at  a 
recent  conference].  All  agreed 
there  was  no  overemphasis  on  the  part 
of  the  undergraduates,  but  that  alumni 
and  the  public  generally  had  demanded 
that  athletics,  football  especially,  be 
made  a  spectacle  rather  than  an  under- 
graduate activity,  with  the  result  that  too 
much  was  being  done  to  satisfy  the  public. 
Football  was  pointed  out  as  a  game  for 
the  undergraduate,  that  it  was  intended  for 
him  and  should  be  kept  for  him,  but  that 
alumni  and  others  had  taken  such  an  inter- 
est in  the  sport  that  it  was  about  to  be  taken 
over  by  the  alumni  to  the  detriment  of  the 
undergraduate  participation  and  support. 
The  general  opinion  was  that  the  game 
should  be  reserved  to  and  managed  by  the 
undergraduates. 

The  game,  representing  the  best  in  team- 
work, fair  play,  and  coordination  of  mental 
and  physical  powers,  was  conceded  to  be  one 
of  the  best  developers  of  manhood;  the  ten- 
dency of  some  alumni  to  make  the  big  games 
occasions  for  revelry  mid  the  flowing  of  spirits 
was  decried  as  foreign  to  the  atmosphere  of 
clean  living  and  fair  play  portrayed  by  the 
players. 

That  professionalism  in  football  does  not 
threaten  the  sport  was  the  opinion  of  coaches; 
even  the  so-called  professional  "press  agent- 
ing"  of  football  players  while  in  college  was 
not  found  to  be  alarming.  One  official  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  the  sport  page,  repre- 
senting the  successes  of  fair  play,  was  perhaps 
the  cleanest  of  any  page  in  the  newspaper— 
the  others  often  recounting  in  detail  morbid 
failures  of  life—  May  1926 


come  teachers,  ten  have  gone  into  industry, 
and  fifteen  are  engaged  in  government  work. 
One  or  two  of  the  married  women  have  given 
up  teaching,  but  most  of  the  Ph.D.s,  whether 
married  or  single,  have  continued  in  their 
professions.— August  1936 


LEARNING  TO 
BE  LAWYERS 


SUCCEEOING  BY 


From  1928  through  1936  Commence- 
ment, the  Duke  University  Graduate 
School  has  awarded  the  Ph.D.  degree 
to  139  students.  An  attempt  has  been  made 
to  locate  these  students  and  find  out  what 
they  are  doing.... 

Jobs  vary  from  secondary  school  rank  to 
that  of  acting  president  of  a  college;  some 


Give  peace  a  second 

chance:  First  of  International  Rela- 

Lady  Eleanor  dons.  "The  time  to  do 

Roosevelt  with  univer-  the  work  for  peace  is 

sity  President  William  when  you  are  at  peace," 

Preston  Few  on  June  she  told  the  audience. 

11,  1934.  She  had  ar-  "When  the  die  is  cast,  it 

rived  on  campus  that  is  then  too  late  to  do 
pen  the 


graduates  are  research  workers,  others  are 
assistant  professors,  a  few  have  already 
reached  the  rank  of  full  professor. 

Of  the  139  who  have  received  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  at  Duke  (this  in- 
cludes the  twenty-five  who  received  the 
degree  in  June  1936),  only  eight  are  un- 
employed. Since  so  many  have  been  able  to 
secure  employment,  not  only  in  colleges  and 
universities,  but  also  in  industrial  fields,  it  is 
only  reasonable  to  surmise  that,  in  a  short 
time,  most  of  the  remaining  eight  will  be 
placed. 

Of  the  Ph.D.s  now  working,  103  have  be- 


andling   over  5,000  applica- 
tions for  legal  aid  since  its 
establishment    in    1931,    the 
Duke  Legal  Aid  Clinic,  directed  by  Pro- 
fessor John  S.  Bradway,  has  an  outstanding 
record  of  service  rendered  to  the  Duke  Law 
School,  as  well  as  to  Durham  and  North 
i    Carolina. 

The  Duke  Legal  Aid  Clinic  is  unique 
among  similar  clinics  connected  with  other 
university  law  schools  in  that  it  is  incorpor- 
ated as  a  part  of  the  third-year  curriculum 
of  the  school.  It  was  designed  with  a  two- 
fold objective  in  view,  to  serve  the  public 
and  to  provide  an  internship  program  for 
students  of  the  Duke  Law  School.  Taking 
work  in  the  clinic  as  a  regular  course,  third- 
year  law  students  receive  invaluable  experi- 
ence in  dealing  with  about  ten  actual  cases  a 
year,  in  addition  to  assisting  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  briefs  for  lawyers  in  active  practice.— 
August  1946 


AS  USUAL 


The  younger  generation  is  constantly 
going  to  the  dogs,  and  some  day  it 
might  even  get  there.  But  the  Duke 
University  Class  of  1956  isn't  going  to  help. 
Old  timers  might  be  surprised  to  find  these 
soon-to-be  alumni  quite  serious  in  intent 
and  firm  of  purpose,  with  the  class  as  a  whole 
characterized  by  less  of  the  frivolous  "horse- 
play" that  more  or  less  typified  the  college 
student  of  a  generation  ago.... 

It  is  notable  that  the  largest  single  group 
centered  its  studies  around  the  fields  of  busi- 
ness administration,  accounting,  and  eco- 
nomics, and  the  majority  of  the  155  who  did 
[from  a  class  of  almost  750  undergraduates] 
can  reasonably  be  deduced  as  having  busi- 
ness careers  in  mind. 
This  year's  class  is  further  evidence  of  a 


34 


continuing  trend  away  from  the  humanities, 
as  such,  toward  the  more  tangible  and  materi- 
ally productive  sciences.— May  1956 


BEST  DATES  IN 
THE  STATE 


A  reporter  in  the  Durham  Morning 
Herald  on  June  29. ..added  a  light 
touch  to  male-female  college  rela- 
tions in  the  North  Carolina  area  by  asking 
thirty-five  University  of  North  Carolina 
coeds  where  they  believed  the  best  dates  in 
the  state  were  to  be  found— Davidson,  Wake 
Forest,  North  Carolina,  North  Carolina 
State,  or  Duke— and  why.  Surprisingly  (con- 
sidering the  source),  Duke  men  were  held  in 
high  esteem  by  most  of  the  ladies  studying  at 
athletic  rival  UNC. 

One  UNC  coed  put  it  this  way:  "Duke  boys 
are  intelligent  and  mature.  They  know  what 
they  want  in  life  and  don't  beat  around  the 
bush  after  it." 

A  senior  student  from  Raleigh  added  that 
"Duke  probably  encourages  individualism 
more,  and  intelligent,  thought-provoking 
conversations  are  more  characteristic  there." 

Still  another  Carolina  lady,  in  praising  her 
own  classmates,  lauded  Duke  men  indirect- 
ly: "I  would  rather  date  here  [UNC]  than 
anywhere  else  other  than  Duke." 

According  to  the  Morning  Herald  story,  the 
young  men  of  Davidson,  Wake  Forest,  and 
North  Carolina  State  ran  far  behind  their 
North  Carolina  and  Duke  cousins.— August 
1966 


DEGREE  NO 
GUARANTEE 


Employment  cutbacks  resulting  from 
the  1973  recession  undermined  the 
assumption  that  going  to  college  auto- 
matically means  a  good  job  will  be  waiting. 
Hard  times  have  given  momentum  to  a 
new  wave  of  vocationalism  in  highet  educa- 
tion being  developed  at  the  expense  of  the 
liberal  arts,  Edgar  F.  Shannon  '41,  retired 
president  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  told 
Duke's  Phi  Beta  Kappa  initiates. 

Students  coming  out  of  college  with  B.A.s 
or  Ph.D.s  are  not  finding  jobs  or  at  least  not 
the  jobs  they  expect,  Shannon  said. ...The 
disappointing  job  prospects  have  caused  stu- 
dents and  parents  to  question  the  time  and 
cost  of  college  and  made  the  public  take  a 
hard  look  at  how  tax  dollars  are  being  spent 
on  higher  education. 

For  a  lot  of  people,  Shannon  said,  the  pri- 
mary justification  for  college  has  been  a 
high-paying  job  and  social  prestige— benefits 
that  have  not  materialized  for  graduates  in 
the  mid-1970s.-June  1976 


Joe  College  remi- 
vited  to  campus 
by  Duke's  greeks  in 
1951  because,  face  it, 
this  burg  was  dullsville 
in  the  spring— no  party 
weekends!  Well,  it 
started  out  as  "Spring 
Frolics,"  but  I  put  the 
kibosh  on  that  handle 
by  "52. 

"Let  it  be  my  week- 
end," I  said.  "Bring  in  a 
big  band  and  have  not 
one  but  two -count 
'em— two  dances.  And 
a  parade." 

Then  everybody  got 
into  the  act:  Hoof  V 
Horn  put  on  the  musi- 
cal Anything  Goes  that 
year,  and  later  started 
writing  and  producing 


in  my  honor,  natch. 
And  themes  were 
chosen  for  the  annual 
parade.  Some  of  those 
floats  were  the  living 
end.  We'd  pull  all- 
nighters  on  Wednesday 
and  Thursday  in  the 
tobacco  warehouses 
downtown.  There  we'd 
i  for  the 


And  we'd  cut  a  rug 
that  night  at  the  in- 
formal dance,  crawl 
onto  the  lawn  Saturday 
for  a  concert  and  a  box 
lunch,  but  still  manage 
to  get  all  spiffed  up  for 
the  formal 


night. 
By  1959,  we  were 
hep — two  of  the  coolest 
bands  made  the  scene: 
Lionel  Hampton  one 
night  and  Duke  Elling- 
ton the  next.  By  then, 
Betty  Coed  had  joined 
me,  which  was  only 
fair,  and  we 


somehow,  through  the 
Sixties.  When  they 
started  rocking  and 
rolling,  we  soon  realized 
we  were  just  too  old  to 
stroll.  So  we  split  by  the 
early  Seventies. 

Betty  recently  told 
me  that  the  Ivy  Room 
had  closed.  The  Donut 
Dinette's  demise  was 
bad  enough,  not  to 

Woman's  College  on 
East. 

Well,  I  may  have 
been  cool  then,  but 
now  Duke's  hot.  Pro- 
gess,  I  guess -but  I  still 
like  Ike! 


DRUM 


WHERE  HAVE  ALL 
THE  GENERALISTS 


BYROYBOSTOCK'62 

President,  D'Arcy  M-isius  Benton  &  Bowks,  Inc. 

In  preparation  for  these  remarks,  I  can- 
vassed the  large  representation  of  Duke 
graduates  within  my  family.  What  I  ex- 
pected to  get  was  a  diversity  of  views.  What  I 
got  was  a  consistent  message,  although  the 
experiences  spanned  fifty-three  years  and 
majors  from  Latin  to  political  science,  his- 
tory to  French,  and  psychology  to  English. 

That  message  hinges  on  the  arts  and  sci- 
ences program  at  Duke.  The  arts  and  sci- 
ences provide  the  intellectual,  social,  psy- 
chological, and  personal  experiences  that 
allow  students  to  develop  and  discover  their 
own  talents  (and  deficiencies,  which  is  just 
as  important  as  discovering  talents)  at  the 
same  time  they  broaden  their  understanding 
of  the  world  in  which  they  live.  And  perhaps 
most  importantly,  the  arts  and  sciences  help 
them  realize,  or  at  least  start  to  realize,  how 
they  want  to,  can,  and  should  participate  in 
that  world.  It  provides  them  the  breadth  and 
depth  of  knowledge  necessary  to  participate 
well  in  their  world,  whether  they  define  that 
world  as  a  household,  a  neighborhood,  a  pro- 
fession, a  community,  a  nation,  this  entire 
mass  of  matter  inhabited  by  mankind— or  all 
of  the  above. 

My  thesis  is  quite  simple.  The  liberal  arts 
and  sciences  program  at  Duke  is  unique;  it  is 
strong;  it  is  the  heart  and  soul  of  this  great 
university.  Its  benefits  are  not  only  desirable 
for  students,  they  are  imperative  for  our 
society  at  large. 

At  this  time  in  our  history,  we  see  an  ever 
increasing  trend  toward  specialization,  from 
genetic  engineering  to  space  weaponry  de- 
velopment, from  robotics  production  to  liver 
transplants,  from  satellite  communications 
to  MTV.  And  we  have  a  coincident  lessen- 
ing of  emphasis  on  and  resources  devoted  to 
studying  and  understanding  man's  history, 
literature,  religions,  psychology,  political 
systems,  sociology,  arts  and  sciences.  We 
risk— indeed,  we  encourage— the  disintegra- 
tion of  ideologies,  values,  and  cultural 
restraints  that  allow  us  to  utilize,  harness, 
and  direct  the  results  of  this  inexorable  drive 
to  specialization. 

The  dilemma  we  are  rapidly  approaching 


is  the  anarchy  of  specialization.  It  is  the 
chaos  spawned  by  disparate  bases  of  know- 
ledge developed  to  their  extreme;  it  is  the 
absence  of  logic,  rationale,  and  perspective. 
What  we  need  are  the  generalists  capable  of 
synthesizing  and  integrating  ideas;  thinkers 
with  vision  based  on  knowledge  who  can 
deal  with  indefinite  and  proximate  truths; 
people  who  can  segregate  concepts  and  raise 
them  to  a  level  of  validity  that  allows  rea- 
sonable conclusions  and  decisions  to  be 
reached.  In  an  organization,  it's  called  deci- 
sion-making and  leadership.  In  a  society,  it 
results  in  a  cohesive  ideology  that  forms  the 
basis  of  that  society. 

But  where  have  all  the  generalists  gone? 
We  have  specialists,  sometimes  afflicted  with 
tunnel  vision,  pursuing  micro-endeavors. 
We  have  placard  wavers;  we  have  despots;  we 
have  non-reflecting  people  taunting  one 
another.  We  have  Jesse  Helms.  We  have  Jesse 
Jackson. 

An  arts  and  sciences  education  develops  the 
generalists,  those  with  a  perspective  on  the 
whole,  those  with  a  facility  to  process  and 
synthesize  ideas,  those  with  an  ability  to 
understand  and  absorb,  to  put  in  proper  per- 
spective the  concrete  developments  of 
specialization. 

I  have  become  alarmed  by  and  disappointed 
with  the  lack  of  perspective,  vision,  and  re- 
flective thought  demonstrated  by  our  busi- 
ness school  graduates.  I  am  not  generalizing 
about  Duke's  Fuqua  students;  it  applies  to 
students  I  have  seen  from  Harvard,  Carnegie- 
Mellon,  Tuck,  Wharton,  Stanford,  Virginia, 
M.I.T.  The  problem  is  not  with  the  business 


schools;  it  is  with  the  educational  experi- 
ences brought  to  the  schools  by  the  students. 

Too  many  of  these  students  come  to  busi- 
ness schools  with  specialized  undergraduate 
experiences.  Perhaps  the  greatest  waste  of 
money  and  time  is  represented  by  the  stu- 
dent who  studies  business  administration  as 
an  undergraduate,  and  then  goes  to  business 
school.  He  or  she  has  spent  six  years  and  per- 
haps as  much  as  $75,000  getting  two  years' 
worth  of  "specialized"  knowledge. 

I  sometimes  despair  at  the  inability  of 
these  so-called  business  specialists  to  develop 
conceptual  frames  for  understanding  how  and 
in  which  direction  they  should  move  with 
specialized  knowledge  and  techniques.  In 
fact,  I  have  seen  large  corporations  inhi- 
bited, even  paralyzed  at  times,  by  the  special- 
ists' pursuing  process  without  an  inkling  of 
understanding  of  how  that  activity  might 
benefit  the  corporation.  Sad,  maddening, 
but  true.  Moreover,  this  lack  of  vision  is  com- 
plicated by  an  increasing  inability  of  these 
business  specialists  to  articulate  ideas  and 
concepts  orally  and  in  writing.  While  I  don't 
know  it  first-hand,  I  suspect  the  same  phe- 
nomenon is  true  of  other  so-called  specialists. 

The  fabric  of  Duke  today  is  heavily  im- 
printed with  a  collage  of  specialized,  mostly 
post-graduate  endeavors.  We  have  an  enor- 
mous medical  center;  we  have  built  the  Fuqua 
Business  School  into  the  top  ten  business 
schools  virtually  overnight,  as  academic  in- 
stitutions go;  we  have  a  first-rate  law  school, 
a  divinity  school  ranked  among  the  top 
three.  The  university  now  has  specialized 
graduate  centers  of  world  renown  where 
world-class  research,  teaching,  and  studying 
are  taking  place. 

The  time  has  come  to  ensure  that  the 
imprint  of  the  arts  and  sciences  program  on 
the  fabric  of  the  university  is  maintained  in 
the  decades  ahead.  It  needs  to  be,  in  my  view, 
the  fundamental  design  on  that  fabric- 
highlighted  and  enhanced,  augmented  and 
brightened,  to  be  sure,  by  the  specialized  grad- 
uate programs.  If  we  maintain  this  balance  at 
Duke,  the  university  will  move  through  the 
remainder  of  this  century  and  into  the  next 
as  a  truly  great  university— which  is,  by  defini- 
tion, the  achievement  of  excellence  in  vir- 
tually all  areas  of  academic  pursuit.  ■ 


Bostock  delivered  a  longer  version  of  these  remarks 
last  fall.  He  was  the  alumni  speaker  for  the  Duke 
Seminar,  a  campus  update  for  invited  alumni  and 
friends  of  the  university. 


36 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


TO  TAKE 


An  African  summer 
isn't  on  the  sche- 
dules of  most  under- 
graduates  or  new 
graduates.  But  it 
dominated  the 
agenda  for  Lisa 
Reiter  '86  and  seven 
other  students,  who  put  together  a  pilot  pro- 
gram—which they  hope  to  expand  to  other 
institutions— called  the  Duke-Africa  Initia- 
tive. The  program's  intent  is  to  help  the  vic- 
tims of  famine  and  drought. 

For  some  200  students  in  Duke's  Institute 
of  Policy  Sciences  and  Public  Affairs,  the 
summer  was  an  education  with  a  difference— 
away  from  the  Gothic  comfort  of  the  cam- 
pus. None  of  them  spent  any  time  studying  a 
particular  discipline,  nor  did  they  earn  any- 
thing more  than  a  nominal  stipend  toward 
the  rest  of  their  educations.  They  worked  at 
conducting  investigations  and  research  for 
the  House  Select  Committee  on  Aging;  at 
researching  communication  and  mass  media 
issues  for  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission;  at  assist- 
ing state  and  local  gov- 
ernments, including 
the  governor's  office  in 
Raleigh;  and  at  a  host 
of  other  assignments 
with  one  theme  in 
mind— learning  about 
leadership. 

The  policy  sciences 
institute  is  one  of  the 
hallmarks  of  Terry 
Sanford's  presidency- 
one  that  reflects  his 
concern  for  creating 
leaders.  "When  I  came 
to  Duke,"  he  said  recent- 
ly, "I  believed  that  a 
university  could  do 
more  than  simply  edu- 
cate and  practice  re- 
search. By  bringing  the 
resources  of  academia  to  bear  on  issues  of 
public  policy,  I  felt  the  university  could  help 
government  be  more  effective  by  training 


BEYOND  THE  BLACKBOARD 


BY  TIM  NOONAN 


A  new  course 
encourages  students  to 

take  risks  and  get 

involved  while  exploring 

the  personal  price  of 

leadership. 


both  more  knowledgeable  and  more  highly 
skilled  leaders,  by  developing  more  informed 
and  more  involved  private  citizens,  and  by 
addressing  complex  and  immediate  public 
problems." 

Producing  wiser  and  better  trained  public 
leaders  and  citizens  demanded  a  new  ap- 
proach to  traditional  education;  and  so  in 
197 1 ,  Sanford  created  the  institute.  Eleven  of 
the  core  group  of  sixteen  public  policy  facul- 
ty are  trained  as  economists  or  political 
scientists,  and  five  are  specialists  in  a  variety 
of  other  disciplines.  Core  courses  for  under- 
graduates and  graduates  stress  economics, 
policy  analysis,  and  quantitative  methods, 
combined  with  exposure  to  history,  ethics, 
and  the  other  humanities.  Students  supple- 
ment their  coursework  with  internships  or 
other  contacts  with  professional  practi- 
tioners both  on  and  off  campus.  "What  is 
unique  about  the  institute,"  says  its  director, 
Philip  Cook,  "is  the  combination  of  rigorous 
intellectual  demands  and  an  active  exchange 
with  the  world  of  public  affairs.  Students, 
through  their  coursework,  internships,  and 


contact  with  distinguished  visitors,  get  both 
a  theoretical  and  a  practical  education." 
The  institute's  leadership  program,  through 


37 


which  Lisa  Reiter  and  her  friends  designed 
the  Duke-Africa  Initiative,  is  a  new  example 
of  combining  the  theoretical  and  the  practi- 
cal. The  brainchild  of  Duke  trustee  and 
parent  Milledge  Hart,  who  is  also  on  the  in- 
stitute's board  of  advisers,  and  Bruce  Payne,  a 
lecturer  in  ethics  and  public  policy,  the  pro- 
gram is  an  effort  to  bring  leadership  training 
into  the  curriculum.  "Leadership  can't  be 
taught,"  says  Hart,  "but  you  can  create  a  situa- 
tion which  causes  students  to  think  about 
who  they  are  and  what  they  believe."  lb 
create  that  situation,  Hart  gave  Duke  a  gift  of 
$1  million  and  looked  to  Payne,  the  recipient 
of  the  1984  Alumni  Distinguished  Under- 
graduate Teaching  Award,  to  devise  a  course. 
The  course  would,  in  Hart's  words,  "force 
students  beyond  the  books  to  a  point  where 
they  would  have  to  get  out  on  their  own  and 
start  exhibiting  leadership." 

With  an  ethicist's  passion  for  probing 
deeply  into  the  complexities  behind  an  issue, 
and  the  social  activist's  heart  for  creativity 
and  change,  Payne  enthusiastically  took  on 
the  job  of  carrying  out  Hart's  vision.  His  own 
interest  in  leadership  began  when,  in  his 
ethics  courses,  he  focused  on  the  serious 
moral  and  social  dilemmas  represented  in 
the  civil-rights  debate  and  the  decisions 
leading  up  to  the  Vietnam  War.  "I  was  fasci- 
nated," he  says,  "by  the  spectacle  of  decent, 
thoughtful  people  doing  indecent  things." 

Like  most  teachers,  Payne  experimented 
with  ways  to  interest  his  students  in  those 
concerns.  "I  went  through  an  aggressive 
Socratic  phase,  and  a  lot  of  other  approaches 
in  attempts  to  draw  them  out.  Then  one  day 
I  was  talking  to  some  of  my  alumni,  and  real- 
ized that  what  they  remembered  from  my 
courses  were  the  stories.  They  learned,  in 
large  part,  biographically."  Since  then, 
through  the  use  of  narrative,  biography,  and 
storytelling,  Payne  has  worked  to  engage  his 
students  in  the  ethical  issues  that  are  central 
to  his  courses. 

Hart  sees  in  Payne  not  only  a  good  teacher 
but  someone  who  embodies  some  of  the  cen- 
tral characteristics  of  leadership.  "There's 
never  been  a  great  leader  who  wasn't  a  great 
teacher,"  says  Hart.  Leadership,  he  adds,  is 
not  simply  motivating  people,  but  "creating 
a  concern  among  them  so  that  they'll  buy 
into  the  cause  and  be  willing  to  take  risks." 
To  Hart,  leadership  means  "creating  a  goal  or 
recognizing  a  cause,  and  then  getting  others 
to  go  along  with  you." 

The  course  Payne  put  together  entails 
seminars;  lectures;  presentations  by  visiting 
leaders  from  the  corporate,  social-service, 
and  public  sectors;  and  a  great  deal  of  work 
in  special  projects  where  students  must 
struggle  at  first  hand  with  the  problems  of 
leadership.  For  Payne,  the  end  is  both  knowl- 
edge and  action.  "At  a  time  when  students 
are  encouraged  to  careerist  anxieties,"  he 
says,  "what  is  really  needed  is  to  give  them 


38 


"Leadership  requires  an 
active  process  of  action 
and  reflection,  and  we 

want  to  challenge 

students  to  begin  that 

process  now" 


some  vision  of  how  much  they  might  do,  and 
how  quickly  they  might  do  it.  We  are  trying 
to  give  them  some  different  signals,  so  that 
they  might  discover  in  themselves  qualities 
which  will  allow  them  to  act  with  other 
people  to  create  change." 

The  knowledge  part  begins  with  a  long 
and  demanding  syllabus:  studies  in  the  Old 
Testament;  biographies  of  people  like 
Gandhi,  Machiavelli,  and  Franklin  Roose- 
velt; and  writings  of  such  leaders  as  Martin 
Luther  King  Jr.  Payne  provides  a  compendium 
of  stories  and  life  histories,  an  odyssey  through 
the  history  of  leadership,  both  good  and  bad. 
Although  Payne  agrees  it  may  not  be  possible 
to  teach  leadership,  he  says  "it  can  be  learned, 
so  I  don't  do  a  great  deal  of  lecturing  but 
rather  put  the  burden  on  the  students."  Not 
only  must  his  students  write  weekly  essays 
about  the  readings  and  carry  the  burden  of 
the  discussion,  they  also  prepare  at  great 
length  for  a  wide  range  of  visiting  lecturers— 
among  them,  Carl  Reichardt,  chairman  and 
chief  executive  officer  of  the  Wells  Fargo 
Banks,  and  Valerie  Hooks,  a  Yale  professor 
and  writer  on  black  feminine  consciousness. 

Says  Payne:  "Their  concept  of  corporate 
leaders  was  somewhat  grim  and  vague  until  a 
few  visited.  Then  some  of  the  students  be- 
came very  interested  in  the  personal  price  of 
leadership.  When  they  began  asking  how 
chief  executive  officers'  positions  affected 
their  family,  friends,  and  personal  lives,  I 
realized  the  students  were  seriously  imagin- 
ing themselves  in  these  positions.  Frankly, 
some  were  turned  on,  and  others  realized 
that  that  wasn't  what  they  wanted  at  all." 

One  of  the  most  powerful  and  provocative 
aspects  of  the  course  are  the  service  projects. 
The  projects  force  students  to  couple  their 
discussions  and  studies  with  individual  ef- 
forts at  leadership.  In  addition  to  putting 
together  the  Duke-Africa  Initiative,  stu- 
dents in  the  program  last  year  worked  with 
Durham's  recreation  department  to  design  a 
soccer  program  for  underprivileged  youths; 
directed  Vox  Humana,  an  a  capelh  section  of 
the  Duke  University  Chorale;  and  organized 
a  week-long,  campus-wide  symposium  on 
South  Africa  and  apartheid.  During  the 


summer,  others  concerned  themselves  with 
poverty-related  issues  among  migrant  workers 
in  south  Florida  and  with  coal-mining  com- 
munities in  Appalachia.  The  purpose,  says 
John  Ott,  the  associate  director  in  charge  of 
the  projects,  "is  to  provide  a  concrete  oppor- 
tunity for  students  to  act,  to  take  risks.  Lead- 
ership at  the  very  least  requires  an  active 
process  of  action  and  reflection,  and  we  want 
to  challenge  students  to  begin  that  process 
now." 

Rising  senior  John  Landesverk  began  that 
process  while  helping  to  develop  recreation 
and  counseling  programs  at  Durham's  Lenox 
Baker  Children's  Hospital.  "One  day  at  the 
hospital,  I  suddenly  realized  how  much  the 
kids  looked  up  to  me,"  he  says.  "They  fought 
for  my  attention.  The  sudden  responsibility 
was  overwhelming  and  I  wasn't  ready  for  it. 
It's  not  always  easy  to  be  a  leader.  All  I  could 
think  of  was  Saul  when  he  was  told  he  was 
the  new  king  of  Israel.  I  wanted  to  do  what 
he  did— hide." 

The  policy  sciences  institute  directs  itself 
to  the  leadership  theme  through  another 
nontraditional  approach— its  Governors 
Center.  Headed  by  Robert  Behn,  a  professor 
of  public  policy  and  former  director  of  the 
institute,  the  Governors  Center  studies  the 
governorship  and  issues  in  state  manage- 
ment. "With  all  the  attention  on  federal  and 
local  government,"  says  Behn,  "state  govern- 
ment is  largely  ignored.  But  the  problems, 
particularly  those  in  regard  to  management, 
are  significant."  Behn  compares  the  governor 
to  the  corporate  chief  executive  officer.  "The 
governors  have  strategic  responsibilities  to 
establish  purposes  and  communicate  a  vision, 
to  generate  resources  and  create  capabilities, 
to  select  key  managers  and  provide  them 
with  support,  to  motivate  employees  and  in- 
spire confidence,  to  determine  overall  priori- 
ties and  mold  organizational  character." 

Governor  Lamar  Alexander  of  Tennessee— 
who  has  spoken  at  Duke— is  squarely  on 
Behn's  side.  Alexander  has  called  on  the 
National  Governors  Association  to  "spend 
less  time  helping  governors  act  like  senators 
and  more  time  helping  governors  be  better 
chief  executives." 

The  flagship  program  for  the  Governors 
Center  is  the  Gubernatorial  Fellows  Pro- 
gram, which,  every  year,  arranges  two-day 
campus  visits  for  three  or  four  governors. 
While  on  campus,  the  governors  give  a  pub- 
lic talk  that  focuses  on  some  aspect  of  leader- 
ship and  state  management.  They  also  con- 
duct seminars  with  students,  faculty  mem- 
bers, and  visiting  corporate  executives.  Not 
long  after  the  Three  Mile  Island  nuclear 
power  accident,  Pennsylvania's  Richard 
Thornburgh  came  to  campus.  In  his  talk  he 
focused  on  the  crisis— a  crisis  that,  he  said, 
taught  him  about  the  capabilities  of  the 
people  around  him  and  the  strengths  and 
weaknesses  of  his  administration  ten  times 


faster  than  through  the  natural  course  of 
events.  Among  the  lessons  he  took  from 
Three  Mile  Island:  Expect  the  unexpected— 
because  if  it  hadn't  been  Three  Mile  Island, 
it  might  have  been  three-mile  gas  lines;  when 
an  emergency  strikes,  consider  using  a  trusted 
"ad-hocracy"  rather  than  an  entrenched  and 
untested  bureaucracy;  once  engaged  in  the 
crisis,  be  ready  to  restrain  those  who  act 
merely  for  the  sake  of  action,  or  out  of  an 
exaggerated  sense  of  "emergency  macho"; 
respect  but  don't  depend  on  the  news  media; 
manage  the  emergency  from  the  site  itself; 
and  forget  partisanship,  since  "there  is  no 
Republican  or  Democratic  way  to  manage  a 
crisis." 

In  the  past  academic  year,  Florida's  Robert 
Graham  emphasized  for  a  Duke  audience  the 
difference  between  management  and  leader- 
ship. "Magical  vision,"  he  suggested,  is  an 
essential  element  for  any  leader.  "Manage- 
ment," he  said,  "essentially  directs  itself 
toward  operating  as  effectively  as  possible 
within  a  set  of  givens.  Leadership  challenges 
those  givens.  At  its  best,  leadership  attempts 
to  challenge  people  to  higher  standards  in 
their  own  expectations  and  to  raise  the  level 
of  what  people  believe  is  possible." 

And  in  a  March  visit,  one  of  the  nation's 
most  outspoken  governors— Colorado's  Dick 
Lamm— delivered  an  attack  on  "all  the  sacred 
cows  in  America."  Lamm  said  "America  is 
becoming  increasingly  noncompetitive,  and 
the  answers  lie  in  reforming  many  of  our 
major  institutions."  He  criticized  welfare 
programs,  highway  maintenance,  immigra- 
tion policy,  health  care  ("There  is  an  inverse 
correlation  between  how  many  doctors  you 
have  per  capita  and  how  healthy  the  society 
is"),  and  the  education  system  ("We  need  to 
make  our  kids  turn  off  the  television  set  and 
go  to  school.  We  treat  education  in  this 
country  as  a  trivial  pursuit").  According  to 
Lamm,  money  and  labor  are  being  funneled 
to  nonproductive  efforts— including  legal 
entanglements,  prime  among  his  sacred 
cows.  "Two-thirds  of  all  Rhodes  Scholars  go 
to  law  school.  Japan  trains  1,000  engineers 
for  every  lawyer.  America  trains  1,000  law- 
yers for  every  engineer.  .  .  Americans  spend 
more  time  suing  each  other  than  any  nation 
on  Earth.  I'm  proud  to  be  a  lawyer,  but  you 
don't  sue  a  nation  to  greatness." 

In  Lamm's  view,  the  United  States  is  struc- 
tured for  long-term  collapse  because  "the 
very  institutions  we  surround  ourselves  with 
are  not  competitive  enough  to  keep  us 
strong.... Ronald  Reagan's  out  there  telling 
everybody  it's  morning  in  America  when  it's 
really  high  noon.  I  try  really  hard  not  to  scare 
people,  but  to  wake  them  up." 

The  Governors  Center  draws  not  only  the 
governors  to  campus,  it  also  attracts  senior 
managers  from  state  government.  Through 
its  Top  State  Managers  Executive  Education 
Program,  with  an  annual  workshop  as  its  core, 


"The  living  conditions  will 
be  pretty  primitive,"  Lisa 
Reiter  said  in  an  interview 
before  her  trip.  "Well  be  living 


sleeping  on  the  floor.  Our 
work  will  be  largely  labor, 
either  building  something  like 
a  storage  facility  or  a  hospital, 
or  helping  with  harvesting  or 


Though  only  eight  made 
the  trip,  more  than  twenty  stu- 
dents spent  fifteen  hours  per 
week  this  past  school  year 
writing  letters,  researching 
potential  sponsoring  volun- 
teer organizations,  and  raising 
about  $3,000  per  person  from 
churches,  local  businesses, 
and  civic  organizations. 

Reiter  is  no  pie-in-the-sky 
idealist.  "I  know  we're  not 
going  to  make  much  differ- 
ence; there  are  only  eight  of 
us  doing  manual  labor  for  a 
short  time.  But  through  ex- 
perience, we  will  be  much 
better  able  to  address  issues  of 
rural  development." 

Many  of  the  twenty  stu- 
dents involved  will  be  return- 
ing to  Africa  next  year,  pursu- 
ing the  project  as  part  of 
Duke's  Leadership  Program. 
Reiter  hopes  to  join  the  Jesuit 
Volunteer  Corps  in  the  fall, 


I  nder  the  auspices  of 
|  Operation  Cross- 
roads -  an  African 


tion-  eight  Duke  students  are 
in  Africa  this  summer.  The 


had  joined  forces 
the: 
create  the  Duke-Africa  Initia- 
tive, and  are  extending  their 
initiative  to  rural  African 
communities.  There,  they  are 


for  abused  children.  "Those 
who  remain  with  the  Duke- 
Africa  Initiative  may  choose 
to  change  the  focus  or  keep  it 
the  same,"  she  says.  "But  the 
project  \ 


the  center  gives  managers  a  solid  grounding 
in  policy  analysis.  Over  the  past  two  years, 
about  a  hundred  managers  have  attended 
the  workshop.  It's  a  major  accomplishment, 
say  Governors  Center  staffers,  to  bring  to- 
gether previously  autonomous  and  somewhat 
isolated  government  staffs.  Through  the 
workshop,  the  managers  become  students  of 
public  policy,  increasing  their  analytical 
skills  and  building  links  among  their  col- 
leagues in  other  state  governments.  The  cen- 
ter is  also  working  with  the  National  Gover- 
nors Association  in  planning  other  seminars 
for  chiefs  of  staff  and  on  specific  issues  of 
state  management.  As  Behn,  the  director, 
puts  it:  "We  are  attempting  to  foster  more 
communication  among  governors,  state 
managers,  corporate  executives,  and  scho- 
lars in  a  way  in  which  they  can  all  learn  from 
one  another." 

The  policy  sciences  institute  has  been 
called  a  business  school  for  the  public  sector. 
With  an  emphasis  on  leadership,  though,  it 
is  becoming  much  more.  Even  as  leadership 
training  is  coming  into  vogue  at  Duke,  it  has 
largely  disappeared  from  the  curriculum  at 


most  universities.  An  article  this  spring  in 
The  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  pointed 
out  that  private  foundations  are  being  called 
upon  to  play  a  larger  role  in  developing  and 
encouraging  new  leaders.  They  are  being 
called  upon,  that  is,  to  fill  a  void,  because 
colleges  and  universities  no  longer  provide 
an  education  in  leadership  at  a  time  when 
the  need  is  critical. 

"The  nineteenth-century  liberal  arts  col- 
lege, while  as  elitist  as  you  could  get,  pro- 
vided what  was  really  an  education  for  public 
leadership,"  Robert  N.  Bellah,  a  sociologist 
at  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley, 
told  a  conference  of  philanthropic  organiza- 
tions. The  research  university  of  the  late 
nineteenth  century  was  enormously  success- 
ful in  democratizing  higher  education.  But, 
at  the  same  time,  "education  became  a  spe- 
cial sphere  concerned  with  its  own  standard, 
losing  touch  with  the  larger  society  in  moral 
exchange."  ■ 


Noonan  is  assistant  director  for  Duke's  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences. 


3UKE  PROFILE 


OFF  AND 


AGAIN 


Around  Boston's 
Cleveland  Circle, 
the  joggers  know 
Evelyn  Murphy  '61, 
Ph.D. '65.  She's 
been  running  the 
same  loop  at  the 
reservoir  near  her 
home  for  years,  and  she's  familiar  with  every 
menacing  tree  root,  every  shadowy  curve 
along  the  way.  As  for  the  run  she's  making 
for  lieutenant  governor  of  Massachusetts, 
Murphy's  still  on  familiar  ground. 

She  went  the  distance  in  the  1982  race, 
keeping  pace  but  finally  succumbing  to  a 
last-minute  sprint  by  John  Kerry  in  the 
Democratic  primary.  It  was  Murphy's  first  bid 
for  elected  office,  and  she  walked  away  with  a 
consolation  prize,  becoming  the  first  woman 
in  Massachusetts  history  to  receive  the  state 
Democratic  Party  convention  endorsement 
for  lieutenant  governor.  "I  had  great  poll 
ratings,"  she  says.  "It's  unbelievable  that  I 
lost." 

Though  she  missed  the  '86  convention 
nod,  Murphy  still  figures  her  chances  for 
lieutenant  governor  are  better  this  time 
around— due,  in  part,  to  the  track  record  she 
compiled  as  economic  affairs  secretary  under 
Governor  Michael  Dukakis.  Her  timing 
couldn't  be  better  now  that  the  Bay  State  is 
flush  with  economic  vigor  after  stagnating 
for  decades  in  dead-end  industry  and  high 
unemployment.  "Today,  Massachusetts  is 
again  at  the  vanguard,  the  very  model  of  the 
high-tech  state,"  Time  magazine  proclaimed, 
branding  this  hot,  Frost  Belt  state  as  a  leader 
in  the  transition  to  what  economists  see  as 
the  country's  future— 'a  high-tech,  service- 
oriented  economy." 

Murphy  also  views  the  political  landscape 
as  slightly  less  rugged  for  women  since  the 
vice  presidential  candidacy  of  Geraldine 
Ferraro.  But  she  says  the  stakes  for  the  office 
of  lieutenant  governor  are  higher  now  than 
they  were  in  1982;  the  post  is  viewed  as  a 
stepping  stone  to  bigger  things  now  that 
Kerry  has  stepped  from  lieutenant  governor 
to  U.S.  senator.  And  Murphy  says  her  home 


EVELYN  MURPHY 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


"Geraldine  Ferraro  made 

a  great  impact.  You  don't 

have  to  defend  your  own 

credibility  anymore." 


state  of  Massachusetts— despite  its  progres- 
sive label— is  still  cautious,  still  conserva- 
tive. No  woman  has  ever  held  statewide 
elected  office  there. 

As  the  state's  chief  policymaker  in  eco- 
nomic development,  employment,  tourism, 
small  business,  and  international  trade  from 
1983  until  she  declared  her  candidacy  for 
lieutenant  governor  last  December,  Murphy 
was  highly  visible,  her  approach  direct.  On 
the  day  of  her  appointment,  she  said  her 
biggest  challenge  would  be  "to  put  forth  an 
economic  policy  for  the  Eighties.  Since  we're 
not  getting  it  from  Washington,  we'll  have  to 
do  it  here." 

As  a  candidate  for  lieutenant  governor, 
she's  still  convinced  that  the  real  leadership 
in  economic  policy-making  must  come  at 
the  state  level.  "I  made  the  comment  in  the 
context  of  what  I'd  learned  the  first  time 
around  as  the  governor's  environmental  af- 
fairs secretary,"  says  Murphy.  "I'd  watched  in 
Washington  a  kind  of  divesting  of  responsi- 
bilities and  programs  under  Carter  and  more 
so  under  Reagan.  What  we're  seeing  now  is 
the  increasing  importance  of  state  govern- 
ment in  the  day-to-day  lives  of  people.  And 
that's  the  level  where  we  need  the  real 
leadership." 

True  to  her  word,  Secretary  Murphy  em- 
barked on  a  comprehensive  economic  de- 
velopment program  emphasizing  a  diversi- 


fied employment  base,  emerging  techno- 
logies, job  training  for  minorities,  and  growth 
in  the  international  trade  market.  "We 
looked  at  how  to  keep  the  job  base  here 
diverse,  emphasizing  and  supporting  high 
technology,  traditional  manufacturing,  and 
traditional  service  sector  all  at  once,"  says 
Murphy.  "And  we  found  that  if  you  are  deli- 
berate, you  can  spread  the  economic  growth 
you're  experiencing  to  everybody,  to  offer 
economic  opportunity  to  every  citizen  of  the 
state." 

Murphy  accomplished  that,  she  says,  by 
taking  aim  at  the  trouble  spots,  targeting 
demographically  and  geographically.  "The 
targeting  process  focuses,  in  part,  on  minori- 
ties and  women  who've  had  a  tough  time 
sharing  in  the  economic  fortune.  The  His- 
panics  in  Massachusetts  are  having  the 
hardest  time  economically.  Our  aim  is  to 
make  sure  they  are  mastering  basic  English 
skills,  as  well  as  learning  employment  skills 
suited  to  the  businesses  here." 

Welfare  recipients  are  another  target  group. 
Murphy  says  that  in  the  last  six  months  of  her 
tenure  as  economic  affairs  secretary,  18,000 
welfare  recipients  found  employment,  "and 
we  did  it  not  by  forcing  but  by  figuring  out 
what  it  takes  to  help  women  on  welfare— and 
they're  mostly  women  with  children— get  off 
and  stay  off  welfare.  Part  of  the  answer  is  in 
child  care  and  obtaining  medical  benefits.  It 
turns  out  that  if  we  can  provide  that  bridging 
financial  support,  then  we've  got  literally 
18,000  people  who  can  find  jobs  in  the  pri- 
vate sector." 

Murphy  also  formed  the  Women's  Business 
and  Development  Council  to  promote  more 
women-owned  businesses,  and  is  a  major 
force  in  the  state's  efforts  to  establish  more 
corporate  child-care  facilities. 

Geographical  targeting,  says  Murphy, 
focused  on  traditionally  depressed  areas  of 
the  state.  "The  governor  and  I  literally  took 
busloads  of  company  presidents  and  plant 
managers  to  see  these  areas,  to  see  the  quality 
of  life.  People  coming  from  the  crowded  areas 
along  Route  128  [Boston's  congested  high- 
way of  high-tech  industries]  see  the  coastline 


of  southeastern  Massachusetts,  for  example, 
where  the  quality  of  life  is  staggering.  For 
many  of  these  people,  areas  outside  Boston 
are  virtually  unknown." 

One  of  several  success  stories  in  this  target- 
ing venture:  two  major  companies  moved 
into  an  industrial  park  just  outside  Taunton 
in  southeastern  Massachusetts,  and  another 
twelve  are  planning  to  relocate  there.  One  of 
the  tenants  is  GTE,  which  is  building  a  $21 
million  communications  plant.  A  major 
hotel  chain  is  now  considering  a  site  nearby. 

Murphy  looks  to  high  technology  as  a  con- 
tinuing source  of  economic  growth  in  the 
Bay  State,  and  isn't  particularly  worried 
about  the  recent  downswing  in  the  industry. 
"We've  seen  some  significant  layoffs  here  in 
high-tech  companies,  but  the  unemploy- 
ment rate  doesn't  go  up  because  the  smaller 
companies  are  growing  even  as  the  larger 
ones  catch  their  breath."  She  is  not,  how- 
ever, willing  to  leave  to  chance  the  coopera- 
tion between  universities  and  industries  that 
gave  birth  to  the  Route  128  techno-phenome- 
non.  "We  want  to  work  with  emerging  techno- 
logies, keep  making  sure  our  institutions  of 
higher  education  have  labs  of  engineering- 
based  scientific  quality  that  attract  the  best 
in  the  world.  We're  deliberately  recreating 
that  cooperation  by  acting  as  facilitator  be- 
tween industry  and  education." 

To  that  purpose,  one  of  Murphy's  last  and 
most  prominent  actions  as  economic  affairs 
secretary  was  the  launching  of  an  economic 
development  program,  Centers  of  Excellence, 
to  capitalize  on  the  state's  top  academic  cen- 
ters and  emerging  technologies.  The  pro- 
gram's board  brings  together  key  figures  in 
education  and  industry,  including  chairmen 
of  the  boards  of  New  England  Power,  the 


Wang  Institute  of  Graduate  Studies,  and  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  Cor- 
poration. The  board  will  work  with  the 
state's  universities  in  focusing  attention  on 
important  technologies  of  the  future— bio- 
technology, photovoltaics,  marine  and  poly- 
mer sciences,  and  microelectronics— with 
the  goal  of  developing  jobs  in  Massachusetts 
for  the  next  century.  "The  way  to  create  that 
future  is  by  making  sure  we  invest  in  educa- 
tion," says  Murphy.  "Education  and  eco- 
nomic survival  in  this  state  are  interwoven." 

High  technology  plays  an  important  role 
in  the  state's  economy  and  employs  roughly 
one-third  of  the  state's  workers,  but  the  key  to 
economic  health,  says  Murphy,  is  balance 
and  diversity.  One  way  to  achieve  that  is  by 
playing  matchmaker— introducing  high 
technology  to  traditional  manufacturing. 

"The  governor  and  I  toured  a  textile  plant 
that  weaves  fabric  used  in  offices  for  a  total 
environment  encompassing  the  walls,  win- 
dows, furniture,  the  whole  works.  This  com- 
pany uses  computers  to  study  light  dispersion 
in  various  fabrics  and  colors,  and  keeps  this 
information  on  file  for  its  customers.  What 
used  to  be  a  textile  mill  is  now  a  sophisti- 
cated office  furniture  manufacturing  opera- 
tion. Here  is  an  application  of  high  tech- 
nology in  traditional  manufacturing."  It's  a 
trend  whose  time  has  come,  she  says.  In 
1984,  half  of  the  45,000  new  manufacturing 
jobs  in  the  state  were  in  high-technology 
fields.  "That  diversity  is  helping  us  with  the 
ups  and  downs  in  high  technology  overall." 

Creating  a  climate  of  cooperation  between 
the  public  and  private  sector,  between  edu- 
cation and  industry,  between  diverse  employ- 
ment sectors,  comes  easily  to  Murphy.  "It 
helps  to  have  been  around  the  track  twice," 


she  says.  From  1974  to  1978,  she  was  Dukakis' 
secretary  of  environmental  affairs.  Her  re- 
sponsibilities included  management  of 
metropolitan  Boston's  water  supply,  the 
state's  forests  and  parks  system,  agriculture 
department,  coastal  zone,  fisheries  and  wild- 
life, and  New  England's  third  largest  police 
force.  "At  that  time,  the  environment  was 
one  of  the  most  controversial  sectors,"  she 
recalls.  "The  question  was  how  to  protect  the 
environment  and  not  strangle  the  economy." 
Murphy  brought  environmental  managers 
into  state  government,  "so  we'd  have  that 
ethic  in  the  bureaucracy,  not  on  the  outside 
screaming.  We  set  the  climate  to  work 
together." 

By  the  time  she  first  joined  Dukakis'  cabi- 
net in  1974,  Murphy  had  already  demon- 
strated teamwork  skills.  Fresh  from  her  Ph.D. 
in  economics  at  Duke,  she  returned  to  Boston 
to  start  the  Organization  for  Social  and 
Technological  Innovation  (OSTI).  "I  was  in 
the  business  of  Sixties  social  change,"  she 
says.  Among  her  projects:  working  with 
leaders  of  the  city's  minority  community  to 
revitalize  Detroit's  Elmwood  Park.  In  1970, 
she  founded  Ancon  Associates  in  Boston, 
advising  non-profit  companies  on  effective 
management  in  the  areas  of  education, 
health  care,  and  new  town  development. 
The  company  later  merged  with  Llewelyn 
and  Davies,  an  international  planning  and 
management  company  based  in  New  York. 
Murphy  remained  a  board  member  until  her 
appointment  as  secretary  of  environmental 
affairs. 

She  admits  she  didn't  have  much  expertise 
in  environmental  issues,  "except  for  some 
open  space  planning  with  Llewelyn."  But  the 
governor  "made  the  connection  that  an  eco- 


nomist  involved  with  the  environment  could 
make  some  economic  sense  out  of  environ- 
mental statutes ,"  says  Murphy,  "and  that  be- 
came my  political  salvation  for  the  next  four 
years." 

When  a  change  in  the  states  gubernatorial 
administration  knocked  Murphy  out  of  office 
in  1978,  she  got  a  fast  lesson  in  Massachu- 
setts politics.  "I  reasoned  that  it  would  be 
better  to  run  for  public  office  than  to  hang 
around  waiting  to  be  reappointed.  I  really 
wanted  to  be  in  state  government.  I  loved  it. 
It  never  occurred  to  me  that  in  such  a  pro- 
gressive state  as  Massachusetts,  no  woman 
had  held  a  statewide  office.  Then,  when  I  ran 
for  lieutenant  governor,  I  began  to  under- 
stand'why,  that  this  is  a  deeply  cautious  and 
conservative  state  in  many  ways,  and  very 
localized.  There's  a  long  way  left  to  go  for 
women  in  this  state." 

Although  she  failed  in  her  first  attempt  for 
the  office,  Murphy  got  the  largest  vote  of  any 
woman  in  the  state's  history.  In  her  favor  this 
time,  she  says,  is  Geraldine  Ferraro's  vice  pre- 
sidential bid.  "She  made  a  great  impact,"  says 
Murphy.  "You  can  feel  it.  You  don't  have  to 
defend  your  own  credibility  anymore.  It's 
legitimate  for  a  woman  to  run  for  high  public 
office.  Women  don't  have  to  be  on  the  defen- 
sive. There  are  at  least  a  half-dozen  women  in 
the  United  States  coming  from  these  cabi- 
net positions  who  now  think  and  talk  about 
becoming  governor.  That  was  unheard  often 
years  ago.  Ferraro  made  a  major  contribution 
to  opening  doors  for  women,  as  Jesse  Jackson 
did  for  people  of  color." 

The  turn  of  events  this  election  year  sup- 
ports Murphy's  belief  that  the  time  is  ripe  for 
more  political  involvement  by  women.  The 
National  Women's  Political  Caucus  esti- 
mates that  more  than  twenty  women  ran  for 
governorships  in  1986  and  predicts  that  at 
least  three  will  win.  Currently,  there  are  two 
female  governors— Kentucky's  Martha  Layne 
Collins  and  Vermont's  Madeleine  M.  Kunin, 
who  is  seeking  re-election  this  year.  In 
Nebraska's  May  primary,  voters  from  both 
major  parties  nominated  women  for  the  gov- 
ernorship—a first  in  the  United  States. 
Women  are  also  prime  contenders,  the  Cau- 
cus says,  for  the  U.S.  Senate,  with  notable 
races  in  Maryland,  Missouri,  Florida,  and 
Illinois.  Also,  more  than  thirty  women  are 
running  for  lieutenant  governor,  secretary  of 
state,  attorney  general,  and  state  treasurer. 
"The  challenge  for  us  right  now  is  to  take 
that  growing  momentum,  not  let  it  slow 
down  or  stop  for  one  minute,  and  use  it,  all  of 
us,"  Murphy  told  participants  at  a  recent 
conference  on  women  in  the  workplace. 

Unlike  candidate  Ferraro,  candidate 
Murphy  plans  to  meet  that  challenge  on  her 
home  turf.  "It's  easier  for  a  woman  to  seek 
political  office  at  the  state  level,"  she  says. 
"Here  you've  got  the  days  and  nights,  the 
rubber  chicken  circuit,  the  town  meetings— 


ic  affairs,  Evelyn 
Murphy  '61,  Ph.D.  '65  was  all 
optimism  about  her  Centers  of 
Excellence  program.  A  co- 

:  effort  among  state 
idustry,  and 
higher  education,  Centers  of 
Excellence  keep  the  state's 


ogies  today,  for  i 


cerned  that  s 
springing  up  all  over  the 
country  may  be  promising 
more  than  they  can  deliver  in 
future  economic  growth. 
They  worry  that  those  pro- 
grams could  hurt  higher  edu* 
cation  if  funding  for  colleges 
and  universities  hinges  on  the 
question  of  economic  develop- 


Most  states  have  made  an 
effort  to  promote  cooperation 
between  industry  and  higher 


education  for  economic  de- 
velopment. They  have  looked 
to  Boston's  Route  128,  North- 
em  California's  Silicon  Valley, 
and  Piedmont  North  Caro- 
lina's Research  Triangle  Park 
as  models  for  prosperity  in  a 
technological  age. 

But  The  Chronicle  of 
Higher  Education  reports  that 


with  technological  develop- 
ment, and  are  expecting 
unrealistically  fast  results. 
"Their  hopes  are  too  big. 
Everyone  wants  a  new  Silicon 
Valley.  They're  going  for  the 
most  visible,  most  prestigious 
thing  for  the  dollar,"  policy 
analyst  Candice  Brisson  told 
the  education  weekly.  "That 
has  meant  high  technology 
projects,  such  as  robotics  and 
biotechnology,  instead  of 
looking  for  ways  to  help 
existing,  if  unglamorous, 


Universities  deriving  new 
research  support  in  the  name 
of  fast  economic  development 
could  find  it  to  be  the  stan- 
dard by  which  all  future 
programs  are  funded,  say 
some  observers.  And  higher 
education  could  be  on  the 
legislative  firing  line  if  projects 
fail  to  yield  quick  discoveries, 
I  more  jobs. 

Terry  Sanford,  Duke's  presi- 
dent emeritus  and  a  major 
figure  in  the  founding  of 
Research  Triangle  Park,  says 
universities  are  an  important 
factor  in  economic  develop- 
ment, but  the  process  is  much 
slower  than  state  leaders 
might  wish.  "You  can't  build  a 
great  university  overnight,"  he 
told  The  Chronicle  of  Higher 
Education,  "and  even  when 
you  have  a  great  university, 
you  can't  build  an  image  as  a 
good  industry  location 


whatever  you  need  to  build  the  base  to  be 
elected.  The  difference  between  Geraldine 
Ferraro  and  Evelyn  Murphy  is  Ferraro  only 
played  on  national  television,  on  twenty- 
second  spots.  I  thought  she  was  a  knockout, 
but  her  exposure  was  limited.  The  people 
here  see  me  day  in  and  day  out." 

So  what  does  a  lieutenant  governor  do? 
"Nothing,"  Murphy  shoots  backs.  "The  office 
has  no  statutory  authority  except  presiding 
over  the  executive  council.  But  its  strength  is 
its  perceived  power,  just  one  step  away  from 
the  governor."  For  Murphy,  having  the  power 
of  proximity  and  the  time  to  put  it  to  use  are 
the  most  appealing  qualities  of  the  lieu- 
tenant governor's  post.  "You  can  take  on  a 
tough  political  issue,  make  a  contribution, 
stay  focused,"  she  says,  "because  of  the  luxury 


of  not  having  to  do  something  day-to-day, 
the  way  I  have  to  manage  2,500  people  here. 
I  believe  you  can  take  that  office  and  do 
something  that's  exceptional.  The  ways  of 
using  that  perceived  power  are  staggering 
and  not  to  be  underrated." 

Nor  is  Murphy  underestimating  the  poten- 
tial for  a  productive  lieutenant  governor  to 
win  the  top  spot  on  Beacon  Hill.  But  being 
the  state's  first  woman  to  hold  statewide  pub- 
lic office  is  her  goal,  the  September  primary 
her  immediate  concern.  National  elected 
office  isn't  even  in  the  picture.  Her  interests 
and  abilities,  she  says,  are  suited  to  the  Bay 
State.  Twice  she  was  approached  to  run  for 
U.S.  Congress.  "My  decision  not  to  run  was 
very  deliberate.  I  like  this  state.  My  ambi- 
tions are  here.  This  is  where  I'll  be."  I 


DUKE  GAZETTE 


DUKE 
DIVESTS 


In  a  sweeping  condemnation  of  South 
Africa's  system  of  racial  separation,  the 
university's  board  of  trustees  voted  to 
begin  selling  all  of  Duke's  holdings  in  busi- 
nesses that  invest  in  South  Africa  if  apartheid 
is  not  abolished  by  next  January. 

According  to  the  board's  May  resolution, 
passed  by  a  twenty-one  to  three  margin,  the 
university  will  divest  some  $12.5  million  in 
stocks  and  bank  deposits  by  January  31, 
1988.  That  step  of  total  divestment  will 
occur  "if  by  January  1,  1987 ,  the  South  Afri- 
can government  has  not  repealed  all  influx 
control  laws  and  all  laws  providing  for  racially 
based  group  areas  and  if  it  has  not  explicitly 
recognized  the  principles  of  unrestricted 
rights  of  travel  and  residence  for  all  persons 
within  the  internationally  recognized  borders 
of  South  Africa."  The  university's  total 
endowment  is  valued  at  about  $276  million. 
The  vote  follows  more  than  a  year  of  cam- 
pus activism  focusing  on  apartheid  and  uni- 
versity investments  in  South  Africa.  Protest 
activity  culminated  the  week  before  com- 
mencement when  Duke  students,  faculty 
members,  and  area  political  groups  con- 
structed shanties  on  the  main  quad  to 
demonstrate  their  support  for  total  divest- 
ment. They  defied  a  directive  by  President 
H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  that  the  shanties- 
symbolizing  poor  living  conditions  for 
blacks  in  South  Africa— be  removed  each 
day  by  nightfall  and  dismantled  completely 
by  May  2 .  Six  Duke  students  and  one  alumna 
were  arrested  by  Duke  Public  Safety  officers 
April  26  on  charges  of  trespassing,  and  the 
shanties  were  dismantled  by  university 
employees. 

A  district  court  judge  dismissed  the  charges 
April  29  after  a  two-hour  trial,  saying  the 
university  is  "a  special  place  which  is  more 
tolerant  to  ideas  than  the  rest  of  North  Caro- 
lina." He  added  that  the  case  would  be  more 
appropriately  handled  by  Duke  authorities 
than  the  county  district  court.  University 
officials  took  no  further  action  against  the 
students. 

Two  days  after  the  court  decision,  students 
built  two  new  shanties  on  the  main  quad, 
and  administrators  allowed  the  structures  to 
remain.  Protest  activity  continued  through 
the  day  of  the  board  vote;  at  one  point,  near- 
ly 100  people  gathered  on  the  quad,  joining 


Shanty  symbolism:  a  call  for  divestment 

hands  in  support  of  a  board  vote  for  total 
divestment.  President  Brodie,  who  favored 
selective  rather  than  total  divestment  before 
the  final  vote  May  3,  left  the  meeting  with 
board  chairman  L.  Neil  Williams  '63,  LL.B. 
'66  to  inform  the  students  on  the  quad  of  the 
board's  decision.  They  were  greeted  with 
applause.  "We  got  what  we  wanted,"  said 
Mikel  Taylor,  a  Duke  graduate  student  and 
one  of  the  seven  people  arrested  for  trespass- 
ing. "But  this  wouldn't  have  happened  with- 
out our  working  for  it." 

The  vote  was  a  surprise  to  many  observers. 
The  board's  executive  committee  had  earlier 
recommended  that  the  full  board  reject  total 
divestment  in  favor  of  a  selective  process  of 
reviewing  individual  companies  by  commit- 
tee. In  previous  meetings,  the  sentiment 
among  board  members  opposing  total  divest- 
ment was  that  the  move  would  deny  Duke  a 
voice  in  determining  company  policy  on  the 
treatment  of  workers,  and  that  black  South 
Africans  could  lose  their  jobs.  But  there  was 
growing  evidence  that  faculty  and  students 
were  firmly  behind  total  divestment. 

Referring  to  the  board's  final  resolution, 
Brodie  told  the  trustees,  "I  think  this  delivers 
what   the    university's   constituencies   have 


asked  us  to  deliver.  I  would  like  to  get  behind 
this." 

The  committee  on  the  Social  Implica- 
tions of  Duke  Investments  (SIDI),  composed 
of  students,  faculty,  and  administrators,  had 
been  grappling  with  the  divestment  issue 
since  last  September.  In  February,  the  com- 
mittee issued  a  ten-resolution  report  on  uni- 
versity dealings  with  South  Africa.  Resolu- 
tion Six  called  for  total  divestment  from  all 
companies  doing  business  in  South  Africa  if 
apartheid  is  not  abolished.  Duke's  Academic 
Council  approved  all  but  this  resolution  dur- 
ing its  April  meeting,  but  changed  its  vote  in 
favor  of  total  divestment  in  May,  two  days 
before  the  trustee  vote. 

"The  trustees  have  been  sensitive  to  taking 
a  position  that  would  polarize  the  univer- 
sity," says  Arie  Lewin,  professor  of  business 
and  outgoing  chairman  of  the  Academic 
Council,  "partly  because  President  Brodie 
has  made  a  major  theme  of  his  presidency 
the  oneness  of  the  university."  In  Lewin's 
view,  the  Nixon  library  debate  was  still  fresh 
in  the  minds  of  board  members  who  wanted 
to  avoid  the  divisiveness  that  characterized 
the  1981  controversy.  He  says  there  was  also  a 
sense  among  several  trustees  that  the  mes- 
sage sent  by  student  activists  at  Duke  cannot 
be  ignored. 

Trustee  Wilson  Weldon  B.D.  '34  told  the 
board  that  his  daughter,  Nancy  Leila  Weldon 
'64,  had  been  arrested  her  senior  year  for 
forcing  a  Chapel  Hill  restaurant  to  serve 
blacks.  He  said  the  board's  decision  could  set 
another  example  for  human  freedom.  Trustee 
emeritus  George  McGhee  said  he  failed  to 
listen  to  students  during  the  Vietnam  era, 
and  "I  now  conclude  they  were  right."  Trustee 
emerita  Mary  D.B.T  Semans  '39,  who  had 
conferred  with  presidents  of  predominantly 
black  colleges,  spoke  of  total  divestment  as 
"the  one  symbolic  act  that  white  South 
Africa  could  understand."  Similar  views 
were  expressed  by  trustees  David  R.  Maise, 
who  called  total  divestment  "a  message  that 
cannot  be  misunderstood,"  and  John  A. 
Koskinen  '61,  who  saw  "the  need  for  a  sym- 
bolic act." 

Trustee  Samuel  Dubois  Cook,  who  called 
apartheid  "a  sanctified  negation  of  human 
personality,"  spoke  in  favor  of  total  divest- 
ment, adding  that  Duke  is  in  a  unique  posi- 
tion to  influence  views  on  South  Africa's 
policies.  "When  Duke  speaks  on  this  issue, 
not  only  will  other  colleges  and  universities 
listen,  the  world  will  listen,"  he  said.  "Duke 


43 


ought  to  take  a  stand."  The  chairman  of  the 
trustees'  investment  committee,  Benjamin 
Duke  Holloway  '50,  said  he  didn't  think  di- 
vestment would  financially  harm  Duke  or 
the  companies  involved.  He,  too,  spoke  in 
favor  of  divestment  as  a  symbolic  statement. 

An  editorial  appearing  in  the  student 
Chronicle  lauded  the  divestment  vote:  "The 
determination  of  the  protesters,  students, 
faculty,  SIDI  members,  and  administration 
most  undoubtedly  influenced  the  trustees' 
decision.. ..And  as  the  trustees  voted,  they 
added  to  the  university's  determination  to 
see  the  end  of  apartheid  and  the  beginning 
of  freedom  in  South  Africa." 

Other  key  elements  of  the  board's  final 
resolution  stipulate  that  Duke  communicate 
its  investment  policy  to  all  American  cor- 
porations with  business  operations  in  South 
Africa,  that  the  university  undertake  to 
provide  funding  of  four  scholarships  for  black 
South  Africans,  and  that  it  contact  top  ad- 
ministrators of  major  universities  and  news 
organizations  to  publicize  the  scholarships. 

Duke  is  among  a  growing  number  of 
schools  choosing  total  divestment  in  South 
Africa,  according  to  a  study  by  the  Investor 
Responsibility  Research  Center.  The  study, 
released  in  May,  found  that  of  the  100  col- 
leges and  universities  with  the  largest 
endowments,  sixty-two  had  established 
policies  on  investments  relating  to  South 
Africa.  Of  those  institutions,  forty  chose 
selective  divestment  and  seven  totally 
divested.  Six  of  the  seven  total  divestment 
policies  were  adopted  last  year,  the  most 
active  year  to  date,  said  the  report.  Just  over 
half  of  the  forty-nine  institutions  that  adopted 
some  form  of  divestment  policy  in  1985 
chose  total  divestment. 

The  study  noted  that  student  activism  on 
apartheid  has  spread  to  campuses  across  the 
nation,  although  students  in  the  Midwest 
and  Deep  South  are  less  interested  in  the 
divestment  issue.  The  study  also  said  that 
trustees  are  more  likely  to  accept  divestment 
because  the  anti-apartheid  movement  has 
gained  widespread  support  in  the  United 
States,  and  some  of  the  more  prestigious  uni- 
versities have  established  divestment  poli- 
cies. Trustees  interviewed  for  the  study 
agreed  that  the  worsening  situation  in  South 
Africa,  rather  than  student  demands,  led  to 
their  votes  in  favor  of  divestment. 


IACOCCA:  ROUGH 
ROAD  AHEAD 


Speaking  before  2 ,000  graduates  and 
12,000  guests  at  Duke's  spring  com- 
mencement, Chrysler  Corporation 
Chairman  Lee  Iacocca  warned  tomorrow's 
leaders  that  they'll  be  grappling  with  today's 
failures. 


"Every  generation  inherits  both  the  suc- 
cesses and  the  failures  of  the  one  that  came 
before  it,"  he  said.  "One  of  the  greatest  suc- 
cesses my  generation  can  claim  is  that  we 
helped  create  a  stronger  and  more  competi- 
tive world  economy.  But  one  of  our  greatest 
failures  is  that  we  haven't  equipped  you  to 
compete  in  it. ..We've  put  our  heads  in  the 
sand.  We  don't  grasp  the  fact  that  companies 
don't  just  compete  against  companies  today; 
countries  also  compete  against  countries." 

Iacocca  said  the  United  States,  in  its  blind 
commitment  to  free  trade,  has  not  devised 
strategies  to  improve  its  competitive  posi- 
tion on  the  world  market.  "That's  one  of  the 
reasons  other  [countries]  are  catching  up  and 
passing  us.... Today,  you  only  have  to  look  at 
the  trade  figures  and  the  loss  of  more  than  3 
million  jobs  to  see  where  our  blind  faith  is 
taking  us,"  said  Iacocca,  citing  a  $2-trillion 
national  debt  that  has  doubled  over  the  last 
five  years. 

"When  you  people  are  still  trying  to  figure 
out  how  to  pay  for  your  roads,  your  schools, 
your  Social  Security,  and  your  space  stations, 
you'll  also  still  be  paying  for  part  of  ours.  I 
hate  to  tell  you,  but  we've  been  using  your 
credit  card,  and  you  didn't  even  know  it." 

Iacocca  urged  the  Class  of  1986  to  speak 
up  and  actively  pursue  new  economic  stra- 
tegies. "Get  mad  enough  to  demand  the 
policies  you  need  to  compete  in  the  world. 
Get  mad  at  the  people  in  Washington  who 
are  burying  you  in  a  dungheap  of  public  debt. 
Tell  them,  'no  more.' " 

Iacocca  was  one  of  five  people  who  re- 


ceived honorary  degrees  during  commence- 
ment ceremonies.  The  architect  of  a  federal 
bail-out  that  saved  Chrysler  from  financial 
ruin  received  a  doctor  of  laws  degree,  and  was 
cited  as  an  innovative  industrialist.  Said 
President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie:  "Your  leader- 
ship of  one  of  the  nation's  major  corpora- 
tions saved  thousands  of  threatened  jobs  for 
the  American  people,  and  helped  bolster  an 
industry  facing  financial  crisis. ...On  public 
policy  issues  you  continue  to  call  for  a  com- 
mitment to  excellence." 

Terry  Sanford,  Duke's  president  for  fifteen 
years,  former  North  Carolina  governor,  and 
now  the  state's  Democractic  nominee  for 
U.S.  Senate,  received  an  honorary  doctor  of 
laws  degree— and  a  standing  ovation  from 
the  senior  class  when  he  was  introduced.  As 
the  citation  put  it,  "Your  entire  life  is  marked 
by  dedication  to  public  service,  inspirational 
leadership,  integrity  of  principles,  and  com- 
mitment to  liberal  learning." 

Brodie  awarded  an  honorary  doctor  of  litera- 
ture degree  to  Robert  M.  Lumiansky,  Duke 
English  professor  from  1963  to  1965,  trustee 
from  1979  to  1984,  and  acting  director  of  the 
American  Council  of  Learned  Societies: 
"Your  distinguished  career  as  scholar,  teacher, 
author,  and  academic  leader  has  made  you 
America's  chief  spokesman  for  the  humani- 
ties and  the  arts." 

An  honorary  doctor  of  laws  degree  went  to 
state  Senator  Kenneth  C.  Royall:  "You  have 
served  the  people  of  North  Carolina  for 
more  than  twenty  years  as  a  member  of  the 
General  Assembly  of  North  Carolina,  justly 


earning  a  reputation  as  a  vigorous  and  effec- 
tive leader." 

Ralph  Owen  Slayter,  director  of  the  Re- 
search School  of  Biological  Sciences  at  the 
Australian  National  University,  received  an 
honorary  doctor  of  science  degree.  He  was 
cited  as  a  "renowned  botanist  and  researcher, 
sympathetic  teacher,  skillful  administrator, 
and  distinguished  diplomat." 

This  year's  recipient  of  the  Alumni  Distin- 
guished Undergraduate  Teaching  Award  was 
Sydney  Nathans,  associate  professor  of  his- 
tory. Given  by  the  General  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, the  award  recognizes  exceptional  teach- 
ing ability,  responsiveness  to  students,  and 
overall  excellence  in  instruction.  Nathans, 
born  in  Wilmington,  Delaware,  earned  his 
undergraduate  degree  from  Rice  and  his 
master's  and  doctoral  degrees  from  Johns 
Hopkins.  He  joined  the  Duke  faculty  in  1966. 
A  recipient  of  Rockefeller  and  Guggenheim 
fellowships,  he  is  the  editor  of  a  series  of 
books  on  the  history  of  North  Carolina,  The 
Way  We  Lived  in  North  Carolina. 

Mary  D.B.T.  Semans  '39,  great-grand- 
daughter of  Duke  benefactor  Washington 
Duke,  received  the  Distinguished  Alumni 
Award.  Established  in  1983,  the  award  recog- 
nizes alumni  who  have  distinguished  them- 
selves in  their  field,  in  service  to  the  univer- 
sity, or  the  betterment  of  humanity.  Semans 
chairs  The  Duke  Endowment,  the  eighth 
largest  foundation  in  the  country;  estab- 
lished the  first  art  gallery  for  the  blind;  and 
has  long  supported  programs  of  the  North 
Carolina  Museum  of  Art  and  North  Carolina 
School  of  the  Arts. 


DEANS 
LIST 


The  university  has  named  new  deans 
for  the  graduate  school  and  the 
medical  school  and  a  new  director  of 
undergraduate  admissions. 

Economist  Malcolm  G.  Gillis  succeeds 
Craufurd  D.  Goodwin  as  dean  of  the  gradu- 
ate school  August  1.  He  will  also  become 
vice  provost  for  academic  affairs. 

Gillis  graduated  from  the  University  of 
Florida  in  1962.  He  has  a  master's  degree 
from  Florida  and  a  doctorate  from  Harvard. 
Gillis  taught  at  Duke  in  the  1960s,  and  has 
been  a  professor  in  Duke's  Institute  of  Policy 
Sciences  and  Public  Affairs  since  1984.  His 
research  interests  include  fiscal  theory  and 
policy,  economic  development,  and  mone- 
tary theory  and  policy. 

Provost  Phillip  Griffiths  praised  Goodwin 
for  his  successful  tenure  as  graduate  school 
dean,  citing  increased  enrollments,  the 
Ph.D.  degree  in  literature,  and  part-time 
graduate  study.  Goodwin,  James  B.  Duke 
Professor  of  Economics,  will  return  to  teach- 
ing and  research. 

Dr.  Charles  E.  Putman,  James  B.  Duke  Pro- 
fessor of  Radiology,  assumed  the  post  of 
medical  school  dean  July  1.  He  was  also 
appointed  vice  provost  for  research  and  de- 
velopment. As  dean,  Putman  will  direct  the 
medical  school's  academic  activities,  ap- 
pointments, committee  assignments,  and 
budget.  His  responsibilities  as  vice  provost 
for  research  and  development  will  include 
coordinating  with  government  and  industry 
research  funding  for  the  university. 

Former  chairman  of  the  radiology  depart- 


ment, Putman  also  holds  an  appointment  as 
professor  of  medicine.  He  has  served  as  vice 
chancellor  for  health  affairs  and  vice  provost. 
Says  Duke  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie,  "Dr. 
Putman  epitomizes  those  personal  qualities 
of  excellence  our  medical  school  found  in  its 
first  dean— dedication  to  patient  care,  to 
teaching,  to  building  a  strong  faculty  through 
abundant  hard  work  and  determination." 

A  Minnesota  educator  with  more  than 
twenty  years  of  experience  in  college  admis- 
sions is  Duke's  new  director  of  undergraduate 
admissions.  Richard  E.  Steele,  dean  of  ad- 
missions at  Carleton  College  in  Northfield, 
Illinois,  succeeds  Jean  Scott,  who  now  holds 
the  top  admissions  post  at  Case  Western 
Reserve  University. 

"Steele  is  a  first-rate  admissions  profes- 
sional who  is  both  energetic  and  effective," 
says  Griffiths.  "His  expertise  and  sensitivity 
will  be  great  assets  to  this  institution  as  will 
his  experience  at  an  excellent  liberal  arts 
college,  nationally  recognized  for  the  strength 
of  its  student  body." 

Dean  of  admissions  at  Carleton  since 
1979,  Steele  developed  a  national  alumni 
admissions  program,  set  up  a  community- 
based  minority  scholarship  program,  raised 
the  number  of  applications,  and  designed  a 
five-year  plan  for  recruitment.  Before  joining 
Carleton,  he  was  admissions  director  at  the 
University  of  Vermont  from  1971  to  1979, 
assistant  admissions  director  at  Vassar  from 
1969  to  1971,  and  assistant  to  the  dean  of 
admissions  at  Bates  from  1962  to  1964. 

A  Harvard  graduate,  Steele  holds  a  doctor- 
ate in  English  from  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin. The  Lewiston,  Maine,  native  is 
active  in  professional  groups,  serving  on  the 
boards  of  the  New  England  Association  of 
College  Admissions  Counselors  and  the 
National  Scholarship  Committee  of  the 
National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation. 


FUNDING  FOR 
THE  FUTURE 


Undergraduate  tuition  will  increase 
by  11  percent  for  the  1986-87  aca- 
demic year,  from  the  current  $8,270 
to  $9,180.  Total  costs,  including  room, 
board,  and  fees,  will  be  $14,340. 

The  board  of  trustees  approved  the  tuition 
hike  during  its  December  meeting.  Provost 
Phillip  Griffiths  told  the  board  that  the  addi- 
tional tuition  represents  6  percent  for  infla- 
tion and  5  percent  for  program  expansion, 
including  specialized  courses,  library  improve- 
ments, financial  aid,  and  faculty  development. 
The  tuition  proposal  met  with  opposition 
from  a  few  board  members  and  a  representa- 
tive from  student  government,  who  ques- 
tioned the  necessity  of  a  double-digit  in- 
crease. According  to  the  student  Chronicle, 


45 


trustee  John  Forlines  '39  expressed  concern 
that  the  high  tuition  tab  might  be  too  expen- 
sive for  some  students.  "I  don't  believe  Mr. 
Duke  had  in  mind  that  we  price  ourselves 
out  of  the  market  for  students  in  the  region." 
Trustee  emerita  Mary  D.B.T.  Semans  '39  said 
the  increase  would  place  added  burden  on 
middle-income  students.  "I  don't  know  that 
just  because  the  Ivy  League  schools  have  a 
certain  tuition  level  that  we  necessarily  have 
to  compare  ourselves  with  their  position.  We 
live  in  a  semi-rural  state." 

Marty  November  '86,  then-president  of 
the  Associated  Students  of  Duke  University, 
also  voiced  opposition  to  the  proposed  tui- 
tion hike.  A  resolution  by  ASDU  called  for 
an  8.5  percent  increase,  with  any  additional 
funds  to  be  generated  through  other  sources. 

Griffiths  told  the  board  that  the  increased 
funds  were  needed  to  keep  Duke  competitive 
with  other  top  colleges  and  universities, 
most  having  tuitions  higher  than  Duke.  "I 
think  many  of  us  feel  this  is  a  period  of  oppor- 
tunity," Griffiths  told  the  board.  With  new 
leadership  at  the  university,  the  time  is 
opportune  to  enhance  Duke's  stature  nation- 
ally, he  suggested. 

The  tuition  increase  would  also  make 
more  money  available  to  needy  students, 
said  Griffiths.  According  to  his  figures,  Duke 
devotes  approximately  20  percent  of  tuition 
to  financial  aid,  as  compared  to  32  percent  at 
Brown,  50  percent  at  Harvard,  and  60  per- 
cent at  the  University  of  Chicago. 

President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  told  the 
board  that  he  would  anticipate  a  tuition  in- 
crease next  year  of  less  than  10  percent  if  the 
cost  of  living  index  remains  low. 


HONORABLE 


Growing  old  in  Japan  is  more  reward- 
ing and  less  threatening  than  it  is  in 
this  country,  says  Erdman  B.  Pal- 
more  Ph.D.  '52 ,  a  fellow  in  Duke's  Center  for 
the  Study  of  Aging  and  Human  Develop- 
ment. According  to  a  study  by  Palmore,  the 
status  and  integration  of  elderly  within 
Japanese  society  are  substantially  higher 
than  those  of  elders  in  Western  industrialized 
nations. 

"The  Japanese  tradition  of  respect  for  the 
elderly  and  the  family's  responsibility  to  care 
for  its  parents  and  grandparents  seems  to  be 
the  main  force  that  continues  to  maintain 
the  integration  of  the  elderly  in  society," 
Palmore  says.  Duke  Press  has  published  his 
findings  in  Honorable  Elders  Revisited,  writ- 
ten by  Palmore  and  Daisaku  Maeda  of  the 
Tokyo  Metropolitan  Institute  on  Geron- 
tology. Palmore,  who  was  born  in  Japan  and 
lived  there  his  first  six  years,  returned  there 
for  three  months  last  year  to  update  his  1975 
book,  The  Honorable  Elders. 


"The  big  news  is  that  not  much  has  changed 
in  ten  years,"  he  says.  He  found  that  70  per- 
cent of  Japanese  over  age  65  live  with  a 
younger  relative,  and  more  than  half  of  those 
ever  employed  continue  to  work  past  65  in 
family  businesses  or  other  small  companies. 
By  contrast,  only  13  percent  of  the  elderly  in 
this  country  live  with  a  family  member,  and 
only  27  percent  of  those  over  age  65  conti- 
nue to  work. 

Still,  the  greatest  difference  between  the 
elderly  in  Japan  and  the  United  States  is  the 
way  they  are  greeted,  he  says.  Americans 
consider  it  rude  to  ask  the  age  of  older  per- 
sons, but  Japananese  consider  the  question 
polite  because,  for  older  Japanese,  it's  some- 
thing to  be  proud  of.  "Here,  we  deny  our  age, 
but  in  Japan,  your  age  is  something  to  cele- 
brate. You  are  achieving  the  honorable  age." 

Respect  for  elders  in  Japan,  says  Palmore,  is 
shown  in  such  traditions  as  bowing  to  them 
and  the  celebration  of  Respect  for  Elders  Day 
in  September.  Newspapers  run  feature  ar- 
ticles on  the  aged,  and  the  very  old  are  pre- 
sented gifts  by  the  government. 

Palmore  found  that  the  Japanese  elderly 
maintain  a  greater  share  of  power  and  pres- 
tige than  other  age  groups  in  Japan.  Respect 
for  the  elderly  also  lessens  discrimination  in 
the  workplace.  In  the  United  States,  29  per- 
cent of  those  retired  said  they  were  forced  to 
retire  and  that  they  want  to  work.  In  Japan, 
only  6  percent  cited  forced  retirement. 

"Another  fundamental  difference  between 
the  two  societies  is  the  rate  of  institutionali- 
zation," says  Palmore.  In  the  United  States, 
more  than  5  percent  of  the  elderly  live  in 
long-term  care  facilities  such  as  rest  homes, 
compared  to  1.5  percent  in  Japan.  However, 
another  1.5  percent  of  Japanese  elderly  are 
long-term  patients  in  hospitals. 

Palmore  says  the  Japanese  maintain  a 
better  diet,  exercise  regularly,  and  keep  a 
regular  schedule,  factors  that  increase  life 
span.  In  Japan,  the  average  life  expectancy  of 
a  male  is  73,  and  79  for  women.  For  Ameri- 
can men  it  is  70,  78  for  American  women. 

Palmore  suggests  several  ways  to  improve 
the  comparative  picture  in  the  United  States: 
observe  an  Older  Americans  Day;  celebrate 
the  65th  birthday  in  a  special  way  as  the 
Japanese  do  for  the  61st  birthday;  encourage 
sports  for  the  elderly,  such  as  senior  Olympics; 
allow  free  annual  health  exams  for  those  over 
65 ;  and  promote  employment  for  the  elderly. 


MUSICAL 
HERITAGE 


As  the  late  singer/folklorist  Frank 
Wamer  '25  once  observed,  "You 
can  read  all  of  American  history  in 
books,  but  you  can't  feel  what  the  people  felt 
without  knowing  their  songs." 


Knowing  the  songs,  rhythms,  and  vanish- 
ing traditions  of  rural  America  became  a  life- 
long passion  for  Warner  and  his  wife,  Anne, 
who  traveled  the  eastern  coast  recording  folk 
songs  by  mountain  musicians.  The  results  of 
their  efforts  were  published  by  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity Press  in  1984,  Traditional  American 
Folk  Songs  from  the  Anne  and  Frank  Wamer 
Collection. 

Duke's  manuscript  department  has  re- 
ceived from  Anne  Warner  and  her  sons,  Jeff 
Warner  '65  and  Gerret  Warner  '68,  field 
recordings  and  transcriptions,  letters,  and 
photographs  from  which  the  book  evolved. 

"It's  a  many  faceted  collection  that  cap- 
tures the  aspects  of  our  cultural  paths  too 
infrequently  preserved,"  says  manuscripts 
curator  Robert  Byrd  '72.  "The  Warners  were 
obviously  most  interested  in  folk  music,  and 
the  collection  is  certainly  rich  in  that  it  pre- 
serves recordings  of  folk  songs  sung  from 
generation  to  generation. 

"But  the  Warners  were  also  interested  in 
people  and  they  formed  relationships  that 
have  lasted  over  several  generations.  They've 
gathered  materials  that  documented  the 
lives— through  letters,  photographs,  diaries— 
of  folks  we  never  would  have  known  otherwise." 

The  collection  includes  complete  tran- 
scriptions of  1,000  song  texts  from  field 
recordings  collected  in  the  Appalachian 
Mountains  and  the  Outer  Banks  of  North 
Carolina;  Tidewater  Virginia;  East  Jaffrey, 
New  Hampshire;  Dorset,  Vermont;  and  the 
Adirondack  Mountains.  The  collection  also 
contains  letters  from  such  Southern  moun- 
tain singers  as  Nathan  Hicks  and  his  son-in- 
law,  Frank  Proffitt. 

The  Warners  first  heard  "Hang  Down  Your 
Head,  Tom  Dooley"  when  Proffitt  sang  it. 
Warner  performed  the  song  throughout  the 
country  during  the  next  twenty  years  and 
recorded  it  for  Elektra  Records  in  1952,  six 
years  before  the  Kingston  Trio  recorded  it 
and  sold  three  million  copies. 

The  Wamer  Collection  began  with  Proffitt, 
whom  the  Warners  met  on  their  first  visit  to 
Beech  Mountain  in  1938.  In  a  letter  to  the 
Warners,  he  recalled  waking  on  a  cold  winter 
morning,  "hearing  the  sad,  haunting  tune  of 
Tom  Dooley  picked  by  my  father  along  with 
the  frying  of  meat  on  the  little  stepstove. 


46 


Front  porch  music:  Anne  Warner,  using  some  of  the  earliest  recording  devices,  captures  original  folk  tunes  on-site 
during  the  Forties.  At  left,  the  Warner  collection  reflects  their  interest  in  not  only  the  music,  but  the  people-folks  we 
never  would  have  known  otherwise." 


What  better  world  could  they  [sic]  be  for  a 
small  boy  who  was  hungry  for  the  fried  meat 
and  biscuit,  and  hungry  allso  [sic]  to  make 
sounds  like  grown  up  on  a  curley  walnut 
banjer  [sic]." 

The  original  field  recordings,  dating  back 
to  1941  when  the  Warners  began  tracking 
the  music  with  the  earliest  electronic  record- 
ing devices,  are  housed  in  the  Library  of 
Congress,  but  the  Duke  collection  includes 
copies  of  the  originals. 

The  Warners,  Hicks,  and  Proffitts  became 
well  known  in  folklore  circles  over  the  years, 
and  have  remained  close  through  succeeding 
generations. 

Wrote  Anne  Warner  in  the  preface  to 
Traditional  American  Folk  Songs:  "In  the  dis- 
covery of  what  was  then  to  us  a  new  world, 
we  were  surprised  by  joy.  I  well  remember  the 
exhilaration  of  waking— the  first  time  we 
stayed  with  the   Hicks  family  on  Beech 


Mountain— to  hear  an  early  banjo  picker 
welcoming  the  dawn. ..One  experience  after 
another— our  trips  north  and  south,  a  moun- 
tain girl's  visit  with  us  in  New  York  City  dur- 
ing the  war,  the  letters  we  exchanged— com- 
bined to  cement  lifelong  friendships  and 
give  us  a  new  understanding  of  our  country." 


NO  FEAR 

OF  FLYING 

International  terrorism  may  have  put  a 
crimp  in  travel  plans  for  some  Ameri- 
cans, but  not  for  Duke  students  travel- 
ing abroad  through  the  university's  Summer 
Session  program. 

Approximately  250  students  signed  on  for 
studies  in  Europe,  Asia,  South  America,  and 


Africa,  says  Christa  Johns,  assistant  director 
of  the  Summer  Session.  Some  fifteen  stu- 
dents changed  their  minds  just  before  the 
six-week  program  began,  but  other  students 
replaced  them. 

Johns  says  her  office  received  numerous 
calls  from  parents  concerned  about  the  safe- 
ty of  their  children  in  light  of  recent  terrorist 
activities.  "We  want  to  facilitate  the  pro- 
gram," she  says,  "and  we  told  all  the  partici- 
pating students  and  their  parents  that  the 
final  choice  had  to  be  a  personal  matter."  She 
says  the  decision  to  keep  the  travel  program 
intact  this  year  came  after  careful  considera- 
tion of  the  risks  involved.  "We  felt  that  there 
was  no  reason  to  cancel,"  she  says. 

The  Summer  Session  programs  include 
study  of  archaeology  in  Israel,  Islamic  art 
and  music  in  Morocco,  East-West  relations 
in  Berlin,  and  political  development  in 
Brazil.  One  group  of  students  traveled  to 
Moscow  and  Leningrad  on  a  program  that 
was  nearly  canceled  because  of  the  nuclear 
accident  at  Chernobyl. 

Officials  for  the  university's  Study  Abroad 
program  report  no  significant  changes  in  the 
numbers  of  students  planning  foreign  travel 
during  the  next  school  year. 

"We  think  study  abroad  is  an  important 
element  of  the  Duke  educational  experi- 
ence," Calvin  Ward,  director  of  the  Summer 
Session,  told  the  campus  news  tabloid  Duke 
Dialogue.  "Maybe  this  is  something  we'll  have 
to  learn  to  live  with.  Terroristic  activity  may 
well  continue." 


BASKETBALL 
BONUS 

Some  facilities  on  campus  will  be  get- 
ting a  facelift  while  others  will  be  ex- 
panded. That's  one  legacy  of  the 
Duke  basketball  team's  stellar  performance 
in  the  NCAA  Tournament. 

During  its  May  meeting,  the  board  of  trus- 
tees approved  a  plan  to  use  $400,000  from 
NCAA  receipts  and  $1,350,000  from  the 
university's  athletic  association  reserve  fund 
to  add  four  racquetball  courts  on  East  Cam- 
pus and  resurface  two  intramural  fields  on 
West  with  artificial  turf.  The  funds  will  also 
be  used  to  renovate  the  men's  locker  room  on 
East  Campus.  The  locker  room  and  artifi- 
cial-turf fields  will  be  completed  by  Septem- 
ber, and  the  racquetball  courts  will  be  in 
place  by  next  spring. 

Administrators  expect  receipts  from  the 
basketball  team's  appearance  in  the  NCAA 
Tournament  to  total  $600,000;  but  the  pub- 
licity windfall  was  even  more  substantive. 
Athletics  Director  Tom  Butters  told  the  trus- 
tees that  the  university  received  more  than 
$50  million  worth  of  free  advertising  during 
the  basketball  team's  participation  in  the 


Final  Four  of  the  NCAAs.  About  69  million 
people  watched  the  final  games  on  national 
television.  Butters  also  told  the  board  that 
plans  to  expand  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 
have  been  abandoned  in  favor  of  renovation. 
He  said  the  expansion  was  considered  eco- 
nomically and  aesthetically  unfeasible. 

The  trustees  approved  new  tuition  support 
for  college-bound  children  of  Duke  employ- 
ees, and  assistance  for  Duke  employees  wish- 
ing to  enroll  at  Duke.  Under  the  Tuition 
Grant  Program,  the  university  will  provide 
non-taxable  tuition  grants  of  up  to  75  per- 
cent of  the  Duke  tuition  for  children  of 
employees.  Those  employees  must  show  five 
or  more  years  of  continuous  service.  The 
benefit,  which  covers  two  children  per 
employee,  can  be  applied  to  tuition  pay- 
ments at  other  schools.  Under  the  Educa- 
tional Assistance  Program,  meant  for  em- 
ployees who  want  to  obtain  a  Duke  degree, 
the  existing  Duke  tuition  waiver  is  increased 
from  50  percent  to  90  percent.  That  program 
covers  employees  of  the  university  with  two 
or  more  years  of  continuous  service. 


Secretary  of  State  Dean  Rusk  and  Senate 
leader  William  Fulbright  are  priceless  in 
terms  of  their  historical  value,  says  James 
David  Barber,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of 
Political  Science.  Barber  is  director  of  the 
fourteen-year-old  program. 

Supplementing  history  in  written  form 
with  the  taping  of  live  interviews  is  an  idea 
brought  to  Duke  in  1971,  when  Jay  Ruther- 
ford, a  former  print  and  radio  journalist,  of- 
fered to  establish  the  program.  Rutherford, 
who  recently  provided  a  $1.07  million  chari- 
table gift  annuity  to  further  benefit  Duke 
Living  History,  says  it  was  the  first  program  of 
its  kind  on  a  college  campus. 

A  committee,  composed  of  Rutherford, 
faculty  members,  and  experts  outside  the 
university,  invites  a  significant  figure  in  post- 
World  War  II  diplomacy  to  Duke  for  a  Ruther- 
ford Lecture  to  the  public.  The  speaker  also 
participates  in  a  six-hour  interview  session 
with  pre-selected  faculty  members. 

According  to  Barber,  the  faculty  inter- 
viewers do  extensive  research  in  preparing 
questions  for  these  prominent  figures  of 


For  the  record:  video  views  and  viewpoints  of  Charles  Percy,  past  Foreign  Relations  Committee  chairman 


LIVING 

HISTORY 

Some  major  players  on  the  world 
stage  have  assumed  a  new  role.  They 
„  have  been  captured  on  videotape  dis- 
cussing their  place  in  history  for  the  Duke 
Living  History  Program. 

The  insight  from  comprehensive,  hours- 
long  interviews  with  such  figures  as  former 


modern  history.  He  says  the  camera  captures 
the  "candor  that  is  cultivated  when  one  no 
longer  has  the  kind  of  ambition  that  leads 
one  to  edit  himself  in  one  way  or  another." 
The  interviews  have  covered  a  wide  range 
of  topics,  including  U.S.-Soviet  relations, 
the  rise  of  Argentina's  Juan  Peron,  India's 
border  wars  with  China,  American  diplomacy 
in  the  Middle  East,  the  reconstruction  of 
Europe  after  World  War  II,  the  Cuban  Mis- 
sile Crisis,  U.S.  intervention  in  the  Domini- 


can Republic,  and  the  Vietnam  War. 

Dean  Rusk  and  William  Fulbright  are  just 
two  of  the  interview  subjects  on  an  impres- 
sive list  that,  so  far,  includes  Averell  Harri- 
man,  former  ambassador  to  Russia  and  Great 
Britain;  former  Senator  Charles  Percy,  past 
chairman  of  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations 
Committee;  and  Ellsworth  Bunker,  former 
ambassador  to  Argentina,  Italy,  India,  Nepal, 
and  South  Vietnam,  and  chief  negotiator  of 
the  Panama  Canal  treaties.  Interviews  with 
Rusk,  Fulbright,  and  Bunker  were  edited 
into  a  shorter  video  that  could  be  used  for 
teaching  purposes;  and  Barber  expects  the 
material  from  the  interviews  to  be  edited  for 
a  book. 

The  finished  tapes  are  kept  in  the  manu- 
script department  of  Perkins  Library,  and  are 
accessible  to  students  and  scholars.  Barber 
hopes  to  expand  the  Living  History  program 
by  obtaining  permanent  taping  facilities  and 
equipment  at  Duke.  Says  Barber,  "These  facili- 
ties and  a  small,  trained  staff  could  become 
the  source  of  a  growing  number  of  broadcast- 
quality  programs,  classroom  tapes,  and 
publications." 


UNTYING 
THE  KNOT 


One  of  the  most  famous  of  all  biblical 
injunctions— 'What  therefore  God 
hath  joined  together,  let  not  man 
put  asunder— has  been  viewed  by  many 
through  the  centuries  as  an  ominous  anti- 
divorce  mandate.  But  according  to  a  scholar 
of  biblical  interpretation,  the  Bible  doesn't 
condemn  divorce  out  of  hand,  nor  does  it  say 
remarriage  is  wrong. 

James  M.  Efird,  associate  professor  of  bibli- 
cal languages  and  intrepretation  at  the 
divinity  school,  says  that  the  emotionally 
charged  issues  surrounding  marriage  and 
divorce  are  frequently  misinterpreted  by  lay 
readers.  Author  of  Marriage  and  Divorce— 
What  the  Bible  Says,  he  blames  the  confusion 
on  the  casual  reader's  tendency  to  take  pas- 
sages out  of  context.  His  book  seeks  to  ex- 
plore the  controversial  issues  of  marriage  and 
divorce  against  the  Bible's  background,  its 
setting  of  time  and  place. 

"The  Bible  almost  assumes  that  marriage  is 
not  so  much  a  sociological  phenomenon— 
which,  of  course,  it  is— but  something  insti- 
tuted by  God  for  the  good  of  the  human  race, 
the  society  in  general,  and  the  individual," 
Efird  says.  Marriage  served  several  purposes 
in  Hebrew  society,  among  them  to  ensure 
stability  in  the  social  order,  foster  an  ethical 
environment  for  procreation,  give  proper 
expression  to  human  sexuality,  and  guard 
against  sexual  misconduct,  says  the  Duke 
researcher. 

There   were   many   historical   and   legal 


aspects  to  divorce,  he  writes.  For  example, 
only  the  male  had  the  right  to  divorce.  (In 
the  Greco-Roman  world  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment, women  also  had  the  right  to  divorce.) 
Polygamy  prevailed  and  both  a  wife  and  her 
lover,  if  caught,  were  stoned  to  death  for 
adultery. 

Divorce  paperwork  existed  even  in  biblical 
times.  The  law  said  a  man  must  provide  his 
wife  with  a  written  divorce  decree  so  that  she 
might  have  in  her  possession  proof  that  she 
was  not  an  adulteress. 

Even  while  monogamy  became  more  of  a 
force  in  the  New  Testament  days,  there  arose 
a  debate  between  the  rabbis  of  Israel.  The 
Hillel  school  was  more  flexible  in  its  applica- 
tion of  the  old  divorce  directives,  saying  that 
the  phrase  allowing  a  man  to  divorce  his  wife 
for  "some  indecency"  could  refer  to  any- 
thing, from  a  wife  serving  a  bad  meal  to  be- 
coming older  and  less  attractive  to  her  hus- 
band. The  conservative  Shammi  school 
contended  that  a  wife  could  be  cast  off  only 
for  reasons  of  sexual  misconduct.  "The  heat 
of  the  debate  suggests  that  the  issue  was  a 
problem  during  that  time,  and  religious 
leaders  tried  to  draw  Jesus  into  the  fray,"  Efird 
says. 

Jesus'  response  to  the  question  of  divorce, 
often  viewed  as  an  absolute  teaching  about 
divorce,  was  actually  a  "description  of  what 
real  marriage  is  supposed  to  be."  Says  Efird, 
"The  real  issue  is  not  to  be  preoccupied  with 
how  one  may  legally  slip  out  of  a  marriage 
but  rather  how  one  makes  a  real  marriage." 

Efird  will  serve  as  general  editor  for  a  series 
of  books  on  biblical  interpretation  of  con- 
troversial issues,  including  capital  punish- 
ment, life  after  death,  and  homosexuality. 


ROTC 
RESURGENCE 


Capitalizing  on  a  resurgence  of  patriot- 
ism in  the  United  States,  the  Re- 
serve Officers'  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 
is  experiencing  growth  on  college  campuses 
and  renewed  acceptability  among  students. 

After  the  growth  periods  that  occurred 
during  pre-war  periods  and  the  down  times  of 
the  early  1970s,  ROTC  participation  in  1986 
is  considered  "acceptable  activity"  on  cam- 
puses. That's  the  assessment  of  Captain  R.  F. 
Green,  chairman  of  the  department  of  naval 
sciences  and  commanding  officer  of  Duke's 
Naval  ROTC. 

"It's  fine  today  to  be  a  flag-waving  Ameri- 
can," he  says.  "I  attribute  a  lot  of  that  attitude 
to  President  Reagan  and  his  basic  philoso- 
phies. He  is  a  flag-waving,  patriotic,  conser- 
vative American." 

Other  Duke  ROTC  administrators  agree 
that  a  new  spirit  of  patriotism  is  influencing 
on-campus  military  training.  "I  think  there 


In  procession:  now  an  "acceptable  activity" 
are  a  lot  of  factors  that  enter  into  the  kind  of 
patriotism  we're  experiencing,"  says  Colonel 
Peter  Haerle,  professor  of  aerospace  studies 
and  commander  of  Air  Force  ROTC  Detach- 
ment 585.  T  think  it  began  before  the  Reagan 
administration  as  more  of  a  backlash  to  the 
excesses  of  the  Sixties  and  early  Seventies." 

"A  bad  economy  tends  to  make  people 
more  conservative,"  says  Colonel  Donald 
Lockey,  professor  of  military  science  and 
head  of  Army  ROTC.  "Then  there  were  inci- 
dents like  the  Iranian  hostage  situation,  the 
bombing  of  Beirut,  and  Grenada.  All  of  that 
affected  how  Americans  view  military 
priorities." 

ROTC,  as  it  is  known  today,  started  with 
the  National  Defense  Act  of  1916,  which 
provided  support  for  military  training  at  col- 
leges and  summer  camps.  The  program  re- 
mained basically  unchanged  until  the  Reserve 
Forces  Act  of  1955  provided  for  reserve  com- 
missions for  all  ROTC  graduates.  The  pri- 
mary purpose  of  ROTC  before  World  War  II 
was  to  supplement  the  number  of  officers 
graduating  from  military  academies.  But 
since  then,  nearly  75  percent  of  newly  com- 
missioned officers  have  come  from  ROTC. 

Navy  ROTC  has  been  at  Duke  since  1941. 
Air  Force  ROTC  came  in  the  1950s  and 
Army  ROTC  is  in  its  fourth  year  at  Duke.  But 
the  programs  seldom  slid  into  place  naturally 
and  easily  on  Duke's  campus  or  any  other, 
says  Lockey. 

"There  have  been  a  variety  of  reactions  on 
campus  to  ROTC.  There  has  been  surprisingly 
little  hostile  reaction  to  the  introduction  of 
Army  ROTC  A  few  hostile  professors  believe 
we  shouldn't  exist,  some  feel  we  should  be 
here  but  not  seen,  and  others  feel  we  are  a 
legitimate  part  of  the  university.  In  the  main, 
the  vast  majority  of  students  and  faculty 


have  been  very  helpful  and  supportive." 

Lockey  says  that  in  his  experience,  stu- 
dents get  started  in  ROTC  to  finance  their 
education.  A  majority  of  students  in  the  pro- 
gram are  on  ROTC  scholarships.  Females 
make  up  10  percent  of  Navy  ROTC,  27  per- 
cent in  Army,  and  37  percent  in  Air  Force. 
According  to  ROTC  administrators,  stu- 
dents in  the  program  perform  well  academi- 
cally, with  most  coming  from  the  top  10  to  15 
percent  of  their  high  school  classes. 

"My  generation  was  very  disciplined,  but 
we  weren't  questioning  enough,"  says  Haerle 
of  Air  Force  ROTC.  "In  the  Sixties  and 
Seventies,  they  weren't  disciplined,  but  they 
questioned  everything.  Kids  today  seem  to 
have  both  the  discipline  and  the  questioning 
attitude." 


BURNING 
ISSUE 


Surgeon  General  E.  Everett  Koop 
envisions  a  smoke-free  society  by  the 
year  2000.  He  admits,  though,  that 
there's  still  a  long  road  ahead  in  persuading 
the  public  of  the  hazards  of  smoking. 

Koop,  who  spoke  at  Duke  last  semester,  is  a 
former  pediatric  surgeon  and  an  outspoken 
critic  of  tobacco  use.  He  says  more  than 
50,000  scientific  articles  have  linked  smok- 
ing to  death,  disability,  and  disease,  and  that 
research  indicating  otherwise  has  been  sup- 
ported by  the  tobacco  industry.  Says  Koop, 
"These  people  know  in  their  hearts  that 
what  they  say  is  not  true." 

To  Kopp,  smoking  is  a  bigger  health  hazard 
than  drinking,  because  "anyone  who  smokes 
takes  a  tremendous  risk  of  becoming  addicted." 
He  estimates  that  98  percent  of  people  who 
smoke  become  addicted  immediately. 

Koop  blames  tobacco  advertising  for 
encouraging  people  to  smoke,  particularly 
those  ads  that  equate  smoking  with  popu- 
larity and  social  acceptance.  He  says  studies 
have  shown  that  tobacco  advertisers  in 
women's  magazines  are  tending  to  direct 
their  campaigns  at  younger  women,  and  that 
some  leading  magazines  with  high  incomes 
from  cigarette  advertising  have  failed  to  run 
articles  on  the  hazards  of  smoking.  He  says  it 
is  his  job  to  determine  the  risks  from  tobacco 
products,  which  include  smokeless— or 
chewing— tobacco.  "The  way  that  risk  is 
managed  is  up  to  the  politicians." 

Koop  says  he  is  aware  of  the  importance  of 
tobacco  as  an  economic  base  in  the  South 
and  is  willing  to  work  with  "anyone,  anytime, 
anyplace  to  find  substitutes"  for  the  tobacco 
industry.  "Certainly,  there  is  no  vendetta 
against  anyone.... My  major  mandate  is  to 
warn  people  of  health  dangers.  If  I  have  any 
integrity  at  all,  I  have  to  say  that  smoking  is 
the  No.  1  public  health  menace." 


49 


Continued  from  page  I  i 


ing  of  workers,  on  educational  skills— train- 
ing people  to  be  versatile,  not  just  to  be  life- 
time specialists  in  an  area.  As  industry  and 
production  move  offshore,  it's  not  long  be- 
fore services  move  offshore  with  the  goods.  I 
don't  think  we  can  afford  to  let  that  happen. 
The  way  we  keep  it  from  happening  is  not  by 
building  fences  around  the  country  but  by 
being  smarter  and  therefore  being  able  to 
compete  better. 

"There  is  a  great  need  for  people  to  be 
brought  to  a  better  state  of  literacy  not  only 
in  technology  but  in  other  aspects  of  human 
thinking.  Our  future  really  rests  on  human 
inventiveness,  on  intellectual  capital,  and 
yet  it  just  doesn't  reflect  in  the  way  we  are 
investing- in  our  schools  or  in  our  kids." 

Gibbons  sees  an  unfortunate  skewing  of 
research  and  development  resources  toward 
military  power  and  away  from  mindpower. 
"We  talk  about  these  large  increases  in  re- 
search and  development  over  the  past  five 
years,  but  in  fact  almost  all  of  it  has  been  in 
the  military  side  of  the  equation.  In  real  dol- 
lars, the  federal  R&D  that  has  gone  into  the 
civilian  sector  has  actually  fallen  off,  and  the 
percent  of  federal  R&D  dollars  going  into 
the  military  has  moved  from  about  half  up  to 
nearly  80  percent.  I  think  that  trend  is  not 
wholesome.  Defense  beyond  the  threshold 
of  deterrence  is  unproductive.  And  while 
one  could  claim  that  in  the  post-World  War 
II  era  defense  research  had  high  relevance  to 
domestic  productivity,  defense  research  now 
is  only  relevant  to  defense." 

The  "leading  edge"  of  technology  is  a  staple 
of  OTA  examinations.  OTA  wrote  the  first 
definitive  piece  on  the  potential  of  biotech- 
nology, Gibbons  says.  The  report  said  invest- 
ment dollars  have  given  the  United  States 
dominance  of  the  fledgling  industry.  That 
good  news  comes  with  a  warning,  though. 
OTA  saw  too  much  attention  to  the  basic 
sciences  exclusively,  including  genetics  and 
immunology,  and  too  little  to  the  engineer- 
ing side  of  biotechnology.  OTA  continues  to 
look  at  biotechnology,  information  tech- 
nology, and  other  areas  that  represent,  in 
Gibbons'  words,  "the  new  processes  and 
products  that  will  help  make  American 
industry  stay  competitive."  It's  not  that  the 
majority  of  the  workforce  will  be  employed 
in  high-tech  industry,  says  Gibbons,  "but  it's 
high-tech  that  makes  traditional  industries 
such  as  textiles  stay  competitive." 

OTA  has  also  concentrated  efforts  on  the 
by-products  of  technological  society- 
hazardous  and  toxic  wastes,  nuclear  and 
non-nuclear  wastes.  In  preparation  for  the 
renewal  of  the  Superfund  Act,  the  agency 
reported  that  the  magnitude  of  the  necessary 
cleanup  is  much  greater  than  experts  had 


50 


7/7/   / 


/  /  /  7 


thought.  According  to  OTA  estimates,  the 
government  may  have  to  spend  several  hun- 
dred billion  dollars  in  an  effort  requiring  as 
long  as  fifty  years.  The  report  urges  a  look  at 
new  ways  to  treat  the  wastes,  including  bio- 
logical and  chemical  technology,  rather 
than  reliance  on  landfills.  And  it  criticizes 
the  way  that  the  Environmental  Protection 
Agency  has  operated.  For  the  most  part,  for 
example,  toxic  waste  has  merely  been  moved 
from  one  place  to  another. 

The  agency  has  involved  itself  frequently 
in  health-care  issues— particularly  the  cost- 
effectiveness  of  new  medical  technologies 
and  procedures.  "The  challenge,"  says 
Gibbons,  "is  to  have  people  enjoy  a  society  in 
which  technological  innovation  continues 


'I  \\  7  ... 

to  occur  and  they  can  reap  the  benefits  of 
that  innovation.  And  yet,  we  don't  want  to 
get  buried  economically  by  new  gadgets  that 
are  fundamentally  uneconomic."  In  con- 
gressional testimony  earlier  this  year,  he 
sketched  some  of  the  consequences  of  medi- 
cal advances  combined  with  greater  access 
to  health  care.  A  greater  number  of  older 
persons  than  ever  are  surviving  to  "the  oldest 
ages,"  75  and  over.  Medicare  reimbursements 
will  come  to  about  $70  billion  in  1986.  Up  to 
30  percent  of  that  figure  is  toward  care  of 
older  Americans  in  their  last  year  of  life. 

For  Congress'  benefit,  Gibbons  ran  through 
the  crowded  OTA  health-care  agenda:  the 
complex  legal,  ethical,  and  financial  issues 
concerning  the  definition  of  death;  appropri- 


ate  use  of  life-sustaining  technologies;  defin- 
ing acceptable  quality  of  life;  surrogate 
decision-making  for  patients;  the  allocation 
of  federal  health  dollars. 

There  are  "degrees  of  zooming  that  the 
congressional  lens  goes  through,"  as  Gib- 
bons puts  it,  "and  it's  sometimes  very  unpre- 
dictable to  gauge  which  study  is  going  to 
register  a  big  impact."  Small  studies  some- 
times make  big  news.  Or,  as  Gibbons  says  in 
a  switch  of  metaphors,  "It's  a  matter  of  being 
caught  on  the  right  wave  of  timing  and  inter- 
est that  is  peaked  by  one  event  or  another." 
This  spring  OTA  finished  work  on  the  tech- 
nology of  handguns— a  project  that  surfaced 
just  as  a  gun-control  bill  was  before  Con- 
gress. The  agency  studied  the  state  of  plastics 
technology  and  concluded  that  an  all-plastic 
pistol,  a  weapon  that  could  pass  unnoticed 
through  airport  security  devices,  is  just  a  year 
or  two  away.  Plastic  could  be  combined  with 
substances  such  as  glass  or  carbon  fibers  to 
build  a  non-metal  gun.  Such  a  creation  could 
conceivably  withstand  the  enormous  pres- 
sure of  an  explosion  within  its  chamber.  It 
wouldn't  show  up  on  metal  detectors.  Be- 
cause plastic  is  less  dense  than  metal,  it 
might  defy  X-ray  technology,  too. 

A  relatively  small  amount  of  OTA  effort 
brought  headline  treatment  because  of  the 
administration's  polygraph  preoccupation. 
Polygraphs,  or  lie  detectors,  measure  a  sub- 
ject's change  in  pulse,  blood  pressure,  and 
perspiration  when  responding  to  a  series  of 
questions.  The  polygraph  can  work  where 
the  individual  being  examined  is  well- 
known  to  the  examiner,  according  to  the 
OTA  study.  But  the  "available  research 
evidence  does  not  establish  the  validity  of 
the  polygraph  test"  for  screening  on  a  large 
scale.  That  verdict  inspired  Congress  to  dis- 
courage the  administration  from  its  grandiose 
ideas.  The  word  from  OTA  might  also  be  a 
message  to  employers:  About  2  million  poly- 
graph tests  are  administered  each  year  in  the 
United  States,  98  percent  of  them  in  the 
workplace. 

Gibbons'  own  assessment  of  technology's 
potential  is  upbeat.  He  says  that  in  his 
moments  of  romanticism,  he  thinks  he 
wouldn't  mind  retreating  into  the  times  of 
his  fifth-generation  ancestors,  when  the 
individual  and  the  forces  of  nature  defined 
the  world.  But  his  vision  of  the  coming 
decades  is  strongly  optimistic,  embracing 
improvements  in  traditional  medicine,  the 
cure  of  disease,  the  extension  of  useful  life, 
the  control  of  fertility,  and  the  development 
of  drugs  through  bioengineering;  higher 
farmland  productivity;  more  leaps  in  informa- 
tion technology;  increasing  efficiency  in 
manufacturing  techniques  and  in  the  use  of 
energy;  and  a  continuing  sense  of  "grand 
adventure"  from  space  exploration. 

"If  you  asked  me  about  technology  opti- 
mism in  the  middle  of  a  nuclear  attack,  I 


More  than  two  years 
before  the  world's  worst 
nuclear  accident  in  the 
Soviet  Union,  OTA  was 

forecasting  a  "bleak" 

future  for  the  U.S. 

nuclear-power  industry. 


guess  I'd  have  to  ask  myself  that  question 
again.  But  given  the  hope  that  we  can  stay 
out  of  a  nuclear  conflict,  then  it  seems  to  me 
technology  has  brought  unbelievable  and 
untold  benefits.  We  have  escaped  the  curse 
of  early  death,  disease,  and  starvation  in 
large  measure  because  of  technological  in- 
roads. Any  powerful  technology  has  the 
opportunity  for  good  or  evil.  Not  that  it's 
inherent  in  the  technology;  it's  inherent  in 
the  way  people  use  it.  The  same  thing  that 
gives  a  desk  calculator  or  a  rescue  satellite  its 
capabilities  also  guides  a  missile  right  to  its 
pinpoint." 

Gibbons  sees  a  pro-technology  streak 
running  through  society:  "We  are  a  nation 
that  spurs  innovation  and  is  enchanted  with 
new  technology,"  he  says.  "Start  with  the 
president:  He  has  great  visions  of  what  tech- 
nology can  do.  Some  of  the  visions  are  false, 
like  a  great  shield  over  the  world  to  protect  it 
against  strategic  missiles.  Nonetheless,  he 
represents  the  epitome  of  a  person  who  has 
supreme  technological  enthusiasm.  And  he 
is  reflecting  the  nation  in  large  measure." 

But  a  society  enamored  of  technology  also 
invites  problems— particularly  in  the  ten- 
dency to  look  to  technology  for  quick-fix 
solutions.  "The  Challenger  disaster  gives  us  a 
sharp  reminder  that  we  are  dealing  with 
things  that  are  powerful,  dangerous,  full  of 
frailties,  and  carrying  the  potential  for  costly 
failures.  Major  catastrophes  sometimes  al- 
most seem  to  be  required  to  snap  people  back 
to  a  more  sober  sense  of  judgment  about  the 
perfection  of  technology.  It's  tragic  that  it 
has  to  be  so  costly  in  terms  of  human  life  and 
money,  but  that's  the  reality. 

"Three  Mile  Island  was  a  billion-dollar 
accident.  It  didn't  kill  anybody,  but  it  sure 
brought  a  sober  reappraisal  of  how  you  train 
reactor  operators  and  how  you  build  control 
rooms.  Challenger  reminds  us  how  terribly 
unfortunate  it  is  to  put  all  your  technological 
eggs  in  one  basket.  Not  that  the  shuttle  is 
necessarily  a  bad  idea.  It's  a  good  idea,  but  by 
itself  it  isn't  everything  we  need  in  our  space 
transportation  system.  The  astronauts  died 
unnecessarily,  because  of  bad  engineering 


and  the  procedures  of  an  agency  that  got  so 
swept  up  in  trying  to  meet  a  time  schedule, 
and  in  trying  to  keep  from  losing  so  much 
money,  that  we  ended  up  with  disaster.  I 
don't  think  those  people  died  as  heroes. 
They  just  died  as  the  unfortunate  side  effect 
of  a  system  that  was  going  in  the  wrong 
direction." 

Although  he  is  constrained  to  be  non- 
political  in  his  technological  judgments, 
Gibbons  finds  himself  immersed  constantly 
in  politically-charged  issues.  After  a  six-year 
gestation  period,  one  politically  painful 
episode  for  OTA  surfaced  this  spring. 

Back  in  1980,  Congress  had  asked  OTA  to 
study  the  United  States'  ability  to  communi- 
cate with  its  strategic  nuclear  forces,  or  what 
the  Pentagon  calls  "strategic  connectivity." 
The  agency  hired  a  specialist  in  command 
and  control  issues  to  lead  the  study.  His  re- 
port identified  the  vulnerabilities  in  the 
command  and  communications  system, 
information  that  would  be  useful  to  con- 
gressional experts  seeking  to  eliminate  the 
vulnerabilities,  and  presumably  to  adver- 
saries seeking  to  exploit  them.  OTA  supplied 
the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  with  a  copy  of  the 
report.  The  Joint  Chiefs  decided  that  it 
should  be  classified  at  a  higher  level  than 
"top  secret"  and  that  all  copies  should  be  sent 
to  the  Pentagon  for  safekeeping.  In  May,  the 
chairman  of  the  House  Committee  on 
Government  Operations  called  for  release  of 
the  findings,  insisting  that  Congress  has  an 
unquestioned  right  to  control  a  report  pre- 
pared for  Congress  by  a  congressional  agency. 
The  Pentagon  countered  that  the  report  is 
"too  sensitive"  to  be  released  to  Congress. 

In  that  tug  of  war  between  Congress  and 
the  Pentagon,  Gibbons'  OTA  is  caught,  not 
so  comfortably,  in  the  middle.  A  political 
environment  isn't  always  respectful  of  non- 
political  activity. 

Gibbons  learned  his  first  lesson  of  the  poli- 
tical world  in  1973,  during  his  White  House 
energy  office  days.  One  Friday,  he  and  the 
then-director  of  the  office,  former  Colorado 
Governor  John  Love,  were  talking  about  the 
need  for  presidential  action  on  some  energy 
issues.  They  agreed  to  meet  that  Monday 
morning  to  draft  a  set  of  formal  recommen- 
dations. As  Gibbons  recalls:  "When  Mon- 
day morning  arrived,  it  turned  out  that  Gov- 
ernor Love  was  not  only  gone,  even  his  office 
furniture  was  moved  out.  It  was  one  of  those 
lightning  moves  that  sometimes  happens  in 
politics."  Love  had  gone,  but  the  future  OTA 
director  had  become  Washington-wise. 

Now  in  charge  of  a  headline-making 
machine  of  Congress,  Gibbons  has  dodged 
the  lightning  strikes  of  critics,  fashioning  a 
reputation  for  his  agency  as  being  both  ob- 
jective and  important.  But  that  early  lesson 
in  the  ways  of  Washington,  he  says,  "leaves 
you  with  a  kind  of  insecure  feeling  about 
how  much  you  can  count  on  the  future."  ■ 


51 


DUKE  BOOKS 


The  Accidental  Tourist. 

B^  Anne  Tyler  '61.  New  York:  Knopf,  1986. 
355pp. 


hen  I  try  to 
guess  the 
single  gift 
Anne  Tyler 
possesses  that 
is  most  envied 
by  other 
writers,  the 


w 

word  "ease"  presents  itself  immediately. 
There  seems  to  be  no  barrier  between  mind 
and  text  in  her  work;  the  speaking  voice 
seems  changed  not  in  the  least  by  the  printed 
page.  I  like  to  imagine  that  this  illusion  is 
produced  without  sweaty  labor,  that  the  sen- 
tences unfurl  magically  beneath  the  author's 
fingers.  It  would  be  grand  to  believe  that  at 
least  one  writer  in  the  world  is  so  lucky. 

But  my  fantasy  is  almost  certainly  mis- 
taken. "Macon  rose  and  returned  to  the 
kitchen,  walking  more  quietly  than  usual 
and  keeping  a  weather  eye  out,  the  way  a  cat 
creeps  back  after  it's  been  dumped  from  some- 
one's lap."  Even  if  Tyler  got  the  wording  of 
that  sentence  right  the  first  time,  it  is  still 
the  product  of  unyielding  attention,  precise 
and  subtle  observation.  It  is  a  sentence  that 
has  been  thirty  years  in  the  making,  the 
product  of  decades  of  writing  and  thinking 
about  the  problems  of  writing. 

She  does  give  herself  some  leeway  by 
choosing  modest  subjects.  Her  characters 
are  often  gentle  souls,  spiritual  drifters  who 
orbit  the  peripheries  of  utter  chaos  without 
ever  confronting  it  directly.  Her  central  loca- 
tions are  usually  domestic,  seated  firmly  in 
house  and  neighborhood,  and  her  characters 
are  steadily  entrenched  in  the  families  they 
so  often  find  themselves  at  odds  with. 

The  Accidental  Tourist  is  a  case  in  point. 
The  protagonist,  Macon  Leary,  has  always 
been  a  passive  and  introspective  man.  When 
his  only  child,  the  adolescent  Ethan,  is  bru- 
tally and  pointlessly  murdered  by  a  felon,  he 
withdraws  from  the  world  even  more.  His 
wife,  Sarah,  brings  their  long  marriage  to  an 
end.  Macon  then  wraps  himself  in  a  many- 
layered  cocoon  of  reverie,  ennui,  despair,  and 
mechanical  habit.  He  is  delivered  from  his 
chrysalis — like  a  broken  leg  delivered  from  its 
cast— by  the  feckless  and  scatterminded 
Muriel,  as  unlikely  a  savior  as  he  ever  could 
imagine.  She  is  his  antipodal  opposite  in 
every  way,  and  perhaps  the  only  possible 


complement  to  his  wounded  character. 

The  novel  is  the  story  of  Macon's  reawaken- 
ing (or  maybe  his  first  awakening)  to  life.  The 
material  is  low-keyed— all  the  hard  violence 
and  the  most  bitter  combats  have  already 
taken  place— but  it  is  not  easy.  It  demands  all 
the  sympathy,  all  the  subtlety  of  handling, 
all  the  optimism  an  honest  fiction  writer  can 
muster. 

But  Tyler  is  equal,  and  more  than  equal,  to 
her  task.  She  has  always  been  able  to  find 
subject  matter  that  is  congenial  to  her  gifts, 
and  she  seems  drawn  by  a  certain  maternal 
coziness  of  affection  to  the  sort  of  character 
Macon  represents. 

Nor  is  she  the  only  one  who  understands 
him.  Macon  understands  himself;  he  has  an 
accurate  notion  of  what  he  is  like,  and  he 
doesn't  want  to  change.  Having  broken  his 
leg,  he  wishes  that  he  could  remain  in  his 
cast  forever.  "In  fact,  he  wished  it  covered 
him  from  head  to  foot.  People  would  thump 
faintly  on  his  chest.  They'd  peer  through  his 
eyeholes.  'Macon?  You  in  there?'  Maybe  he 
was,  maybe  he  wasn't.  No  one  would  ever 
know." 

The  old-fashioned  name  for  his  condition 
is  accidie,  meaning  "spiritual  sluggishness,  or 
torpor,"  and  during  the  Middle  Ages  this 
word  became  the  proper  term  for  the  fourth 
cardinal  sin.  It  is  the  disease  of  the  recluse 
and  can  be  overcome  only  by  means  of  some 
compassionate  commerce  with  the  world.  But 
while  it  posed  a  special  danger  to  medieval 
monks,  it  was  also  identified  as  an  element  of 
Romantic  despair.  Byron  and  Lermontov 
spoke  of  it,  J.-K.  Huysamans  treated  it  at 
great  length.  Goncharov's  Oblomov  is  the 
supreme  gargantual  example  of  this  state  of 
mind. 

But  where  the  Romantics  preferred  to  leave 


the  causes  unspecified,  Tyler  locates  it 
for  Macon  in  the  death  of  his  son. 

Though  he  is  by  profession  a  travel  writer, 
/Macon  has  always  liked  to  know  as  little  as 
possible  of  the  world;  after  Ethan's  death,  he 
wants  to  know  nothing  of  it  at  all.  This  is 
perhaps  a  natural  reaction,  but  it  is  not  the 
only  possible  one. 

Sarah's  despair  is  dull,  bitter,  and  furious— 
but  not  passive.  She  has  come  to  believe  that 
people  are  basically  bad.  "Evil,  Macon,"  she 
says.  "So  evil  they  would  take  a  twelve-year- 
old  boy  and  shoot  him  through  the  skull  for 
no  reason.  I  read  a  paper  now  and  I  despair; 
I've  given  up  watching  the  news  on  TV. 
There's  so  much  wickedness,  children  setting 
other  children  on  fire  and  grown  men  throw- 
ing babies  out  second-story  windows,  rape 
and  torture  and  terrorism,  old  people  beaten 
and  robbed,  men  in  our  very  own  govern- 
ment willing  to  blow  up  the  world,  indiffer- 
ence and  greed  and  instant  anger  on  every 
street  corner." 

Hers  is  a  familiar  litany,  and  a  large  part  of 
her  anger  derives  from  her  inability  to  do 
anything  effective  to  combat  these  evils. 
That  is  the  difference  between  Sarah  and  her 
estranged  husband.  She  resents  her  impo- 
tence; he  rather  welcomes  his. 

Macon  is  rescued  from  his  predicament  by 
Muriel,  a  young  lady  deeply  though  random- 
ly involved  in  the  seething  life  of  her  lower 
class  neighborhood.  A  life  of  ill  treatment 
has  not  taught  her  to  give  in  to  despair,  a 
vulnerable  temperament  does  not  prevent 
her  from  placing  herself  in  harm's  way.  She  is 
willing  to  take  every  opportunity  to  seize 
happiness,  even  to  the  point  of  making  her- 
self look  pitiable  and  ridiculous.  She  even 
follows  Macon  to  Paris... 

But  I  won't  give  away  the  story.  Perhaps  it 
wouldn't  make  a  large  difference  if  I  did,  since 
Tyler's  plot  is  so  much  less  important  than 
her  treatment.  But  there  are  surprises  in  the 
conclusion  that  are  worth  saving  back,  and 
they  are  necessary  to  the  tone  of  a  novel 
which  depends  heavily  upon  tone.  Which, 
in  The  Accidental  Tourist,  is  unexpected.  Out 
of  a  dreadful  situation,  Anne  Tyler  produces 
cheerfulness,  humor,  and  even  hope.  I  can't 
name  another  novelist  who  could  convinc- 
ingly bring  it  off. 

-Fred  Chappell  '61,  A.M.  '64 


Author,  poet,  and  professor  of  literature  and  writing  at 
the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro, 
Chappell  was  recently  presented  an  O.  Max  Gardner 
Award  by  the  UNC  system  for  excellence  in  teaching. 


WERE 

NUB 


cia; 


ONE. 


It  takes  a  lot  to  be  the  best  in  the  printing 
industry.  A  lot  of  talent  A  lot  of  hard  work. 

And  each  year  printers  from  around  the 
States  —  and  around  the  world  —  send  the 
best  of  what  they've  got  to  the  oldest,  most 
prestigious  competition  in  printing.  Where 
judges  decide  if  their  best  is  good  enough. 

This  year,  out  of  six  thousand  entries  at 
the  1985  Printing  Industries  of  America 
Graphic  Arts  Awards  Competition,  our  best 
was  better  than  good.  We  won  more  awards 
than  any  printer  in  North  Carolina. 

That  just  shows  what  talent  and  hard  work 
can  do  for  a  printer.  And  it  shows  what  we 
do  every  day  for  our  clients  —  with  a  lot  of 
talent,  and  a  lot  of  hard  work. 


m 


Hunter  Publishing  Company 

2505  Empire  Drive 

Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina  27103 

Phone:  (919)  765-0070,  Toll-Free  1-800-334-1988.  In  North  Carolina  1-800-642-0609. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


A  classic  goes  to  college:  graduating  to  Broadway  ( 


A  MAGAZINE 
FOR  ALUMNI 


AND  FRIENDS 


SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER  1986 


JEFFREY  ON  JAZZ 


MAYBERRY  MEMORIES 


TYLER  AND  PRICE:  A  NEW  CHAPTER 


BIOTECHNOLOGY'S  FIRST  YIELD 


Duke:  An  Artist's  Perspective 


>v  William  Mam 


m  ■ 

P^P 

m^-^W** 

i       ■- 

I  -J 

EDITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 
\SSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Bam  Hull 

-"EATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT 
West  Side  Studio 
\DVERTISING  MANAGER: 
'at  Zollicoffer  '58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Lisa 
-iinely  '86 

PUBLISHER.  M.  Laney 
:underhurk  Jr.  '60 

3FFICERS,  GENERAL 
\LUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
\nthony  Bosworth  '58, 
resident,-  Paul  Risher 
3.S.M.E. '57,  president-elect; 
\4.  Laney  Funderhurk  Jr.  '60, 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
\ND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
\SSOCIATIONS: 
E.  Thomas  Murphy  Jr.  B.D. 
65,  Divinity  School;  Sterling 
I  Brockwell  Jt.  B.S.C.E.  '56, 
khool  of  Engineering; 
I  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
BO,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
Hdward  R.  Drayton  III  M.F  '61, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Bnwronmental  Studies;  Jack  M. 
Cook  M.H.A. '69,  Department 
l\  Health  Administration; 
Charles  W.  Petty  Jr.  LL.B.  '63, 
School  of  law;  Elizabeth  R. 
3akerM.D.'75H.S.'79, 
School  of  Medicine;  Barbara 
Bind  Germino  B.S.N.  '64, 
M.S.N.  '68,  School  of  Nursmg; 
Raul  L.  Imbrogno  '80  M.S., 
graduate  Program  in  Physical 
Therapy;  Katherine  N. 
HalpemB.H.S. '77,  Physicians' 
Assistant  Program;  Joseph  L. 
Skinner  '33,  Half-Century 
Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
.-hoirman;  Frederick  F. 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  Cardwell  '69; 
lerrold  K.  Footlick;  Janet  L. 
3uyon'77;JohnW.Hartman 
44;  Elizabeth  H.Locke '64, 
Ph.D. '72;  Thomas  P.  Loseejt. 
'63;  Peter  Maas  '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

©  1986,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  volun- 
tary subscriptions  $15  per  year 


SEPTEMBER 
OCTOBER  1986 


DUCE 


NUMBER 


Cover:  The  growing  phenome- 
non ot  biotechnology  means  more 
food,  longer  lives,  and  greater 
pror'irs.  Phato  by  Peter  Damroth 


FEATURES 


BIOTECH  BECOMES  BIG  BUSINESS 

After  years  of  costly  research  and  development  and  time-consuming  clinical  trials, 
biotechnology's  early  harvest  is  about  to  enter  the  marketplace 


THE  LEGEND  AND  THE  LEGACY  8 

Prize-winning  author  Anne  Tyler  makes  a  return  visit  to  Duke  and  finds  her  mentor, 
Reynolds  Price,  "affectionately  guiding  a  whole  new  generation  of  students" 


KATE  VAIDEN  10 

Reynolds  Price's  people  still  have  very  much  their  own  style  of  speaking:  an  excerpt  from 
his  latest  novel 


MAKING  AMERICA'S  MUSIC  12 

As  Duke's  director  of  jazz  studies,  saxophonist  Paul  Jeffrey  is  trying  to  "gentrify"  the 
musical  genre 


37 


The  author  of  more  than  thirty  scripts  for  The  Andy  Griffith  Show  became  one  of 
Hollywood's  most  sought-after  comedy  writers 


From  pre-meds  to  poets,  18,000  freshmen  have  taken  James  Bonk's  course  in  introductory 
chemistry 


SWAZILAND'S  BOLD  EXPERIMENT  42 

Amid  South  African  unrest,  an  integrated  school  across  the  border  has  become  a  symbol  for 
racial  harmony 


DEPARTMENTS 


RETROSPECTIVES  32 

Postwar  popularity  crowds  the  dorms,  the  marine  lab  is  floated  as  an  idea,  the  forestry  school 
branches  out 


34 


Protesting  a  protest,  shunning  the  shanties,  boosting  basketball 


GAZETTE 

A  new  chapter  opens  for  Page,  freshman  enrollment  has  its  ups  and  downs,  executive 
education  gets  a  $4-million  vote  of  confidence 


45 


IMifel^lWiM*! 

I 

BJ 
BI 

DIBU 
KjOMI 
BUSES 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

H 

IES 

■^ 

CLONING  PROFITS: 

POISED  FOR  THE  PAYOFF 

After  years  of  costly  research  and  development  and 

time-consuming  clinical  trials,  biotechnology's  early 

harvest  is  about  to  enter  the  marketplace. 

^R^^k^V  hen  Campbell  Soup  Com- 
mK  pany  decided  to  apply  bio- 

^^■^^V    technology  to  the  tomato,  it 

^V  l^M      meant  a  lot  more  than  a 
square  Best  Boy  that  shipped  more  easily  and 
yielded  more  fruit.  For  the  two  biotechnol- 
ogy firms  that  snared  the  Campbell  contract, 
it  brought  $10  million  in  research  revenues. 

This  summer,  when  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration   approved   for   commercial 
sale  alpha  interferon,  the  first  genetically 
engineered  drug  for  treatment  of  cancer,  it 
not  only  opened  the  future  for  the  2,000 
Americans  suffering  from  hairy-cell  leuke- 
mia—a deadly  blood  cancer.  For  one  of  the 
developing  firms,  Biogen  N.V.,  it  opened  up 
$1.5  million  to  $3  million  in  first-year  royal- 
ties. And  with  its  corporate  partner,  Schering- 
Plough,  Biogen  could  share  a  projected  $350 
million  in  annual  revenues  by  1990. 

After  decades  of  costly  and  time-consum- 
ing  research,    development,    and   clinical 
trials,  biotechnology's  early  harvest  is  about 
to  enter  the  marketplace.  The  science  is 
graduating  into  business,  and  the  lines  are  al- 
ready forming  from  the  labs  to  the  banks. 

Industry  experts  like  to  compare  the  bio- 
technology revolution  of  the  Eighties  to  the 

microelectronics  revolution  that  preceded 
it,  and  they  say  we've  barely  begun  to  feel  the 
impact  of  this  newest  round.  The  term  bio- 
technology refers  to  techniques  that  mani- 
pulate living  organisms  for  practical  pur- 
poses, including  agricultural,  medical,  and 
other  products.  Through  such  techniques  as 
gene  splicing  and  cell  culturing,  nature's 
processes  can  be  speeded  up  or  rearranged  to 
cure  diseases,  clean  up  toxic  wastes,  improve 
agricultural  yields.  Initial  products  in  the 
field  of  human  therapeutics  include  gamma 
interferon,  a  human  protein  produced  by  the 
immune  system  and  considered  promising  in 
treatment  of  cancers  and  certain  immune 
system  diseases;  interleukin-2,  produced  by 
white  blood  cells— a  key  component  of  the 
human  immune  system— and  viewed  as  a 
potential  anti-cancer  agent  and  useful  in  treat- 
ment of  AIDS;  and  tPA  (plasma  Plasminogen 
Activator),  a  blood  clot-dissolving  protein 
expected  to  help  treat  heart  attacks,  strokes, 
and  other  blood  clot  disorders.  On  the  agri- 
cultural forefront  are  biotech  products  to  in- 
hibit deadly  frost  formation  on  plants,  grow 
fresher,  more  flavorful  vegetables  from  single 
cells,  and  produce  disease-resistant  crops 
and  livestock. 

i  y^t 


Kfi 


Bom  in  the  nation's  university  laboratories 
in  the  early  Seventies,  the  science  (and  in 
many  cases,  the  scientists)  moved  into  young 
upstart  research  firms  that  soon  linked  up 
with  large  corporations  for  lucrative  research 
grants  leading  to  marketable  products.  Cali- 
fornia's Genentech,  established  in  1976  out 
of  the  University  of  California  at  San  Fran- 
cisco, joined  forces  with  the  pharmaceutical 
firm  Eli  Lilly  6k  Company  for  the  research, 
development,  manufacture,  and  marketing 
of  Humulin,  an  insulin  for  diabetes  derived 
from  human  cells.  In  the  first  year  after  feder- 
al approval,  Eli  Lilly  sold  nearly  $30  million 
worth  of  the  product.  The  Harvard-bred 
Biogen  and  Schering-Plough  will  share  with 
Genentech  and  Hoffmann-La  Roche  the 
riches  wrought  by  their  two  versions  of  alpha 
interferon. 

"A  lot  of  large  companies  that  will  be  af- 
fected by  biotechnology  in  the  future  cur- 
rently don't  have  the  research  or  production 
facilities  to  engage  in  it,"  says  Herb  Schuette, 
assistant  professor  at  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of 
Business  and  consultant  on  biotechnology 
to  Duke's  Office  of  Research  and  Develop- 
ment. "Finding  themselves  without  enough 
biotechnology  talent,  yet  understanding  the 
need  to  get  into  the  field  quickly,  these  com- 
panies seek  out  one  of  the  200  or  so  bio- 
technology firms  in  the  world,  paying  them 
to  do  the  research  and  sharing  in  the  profits 
should  a  marketable  product  emerge.  A  com- 
mon theme  in  the  industry  is  that  firms 
whose  own  research  has  been  based  in  tradi- 
tional technologies  that  are  likely  to  be  re- 
placed by  biotechnology  find  the  conversion 
process  time-consuming  and  expensive,  so 
they  seek  talent  by  joint  venturing." 

Other  firms,  also  banking  on  the  profit 
potential  of  biotechnology,  are  simply  buy- 
ing up  research  firms,  becoming  major  stock- 
holders in  them,  or  building  on  their  own 
efforts.  According  to  Schuette,  Du  Pont  re- 
cently poured  $120  million  into  biotechnol- 
ogy research.  "That  move  represented  one  of 
the  largest  research  changes  in  Du  Pont  in 
the  last  twenty  years,"  he  says,  "and  it  will  re- 
shape that  company  in  the  future."  In  1980, 
Monsanto  purchased  $20  million  worth  of 
stock  in  Biogen,  one  year  after  Schering- 
Plough  grabbed  up  $29  million  worth.  In 
1981,  Allied  Corporation  bought  into  Cal- 
gene  for  $10  million,  and  anotner  $5.5  mil- 
lion for  the  Genetic  Institute.  "By  becoming 
major  stockholders  in  these  biotechnology 
firms,  the  large  companies  have  direct  in- 
fluence on  the  direction  the  firms  take,"  says 
Schuette. 

Still  in  its  relative  infancy,  biotechnology 
has  high  risks  accompanying  its  high  stakes. 
A  decade  ago,  biotech  firms  began  multiply- 
ing in  chorus  with  major  developments  in 
recombinant  DNA  research— the  manipula- 
tion of  genetic  codes  by  breaking  up  and 
splicing  nucleic  acids  of  different  organisms. 


James  Vincent's  arcival 
at  Biogen  signaled  the 
firms  readiness  to  estab- 
lish a  commercial 
presence,  and  that's  the 
new  wave  in  biotech- 
nology. Top  managers  are 
replacing  top  scientists. 


The  numbers  of  biotech  firms  worldwide 
swelled  to  nearly  500,  says  Schuette,  with 
firms  betting  their  existences  on  specific 
technologies  and  products.  "A  lot  of  bets 
were  made,  but  as  it  turns  out,  about  60  per- 
cent of  those  start-up  firms  have  gone  bank- 
rupt. A  lot  of  investors  were  disappointed,  a 
lot  of  individuals,  pension  funds,  venture 
capitalists.  They  were  disappointed  because 
biotechnology,  by  its  very  nature  and  our 
current  understanding  of  it,  takes  a  fairly 
long  time  to  develop  these  products. 

"Everybody  thought  it  was  going  to  be  an- 
other Apple  computer  firm.  But  the  technol- 
ogy didn't  develop  as  quickly  as  anticipated, 
and  it  was  hard  to  determine  the  real  pros- 
pects of  producing  a  major  product.  If  I  were 
asked  to  name  the  top  ten  biotechnology 
products  in  the  last  decade,  I'd  have  to  search 
and  scramble  to  find  them.  Five  years  from 
now  it  will  be  easy.  We're  beginning  to  see 
the  emergence  and  major  impact  of  agri- 
technology,  animal  vaccines,  growth  hor- 
mones and  pharmaceuticals,  and  the  modifi- 
cation of  other  physical  processes  using  bio- 
technology. Down  the  road,  it  will  be  easier 
to  identify  their  impact  and  the  firms  that 
are  succeeding  or  failing  as  a  result.  Today,  we 
can't  say,  but  soon  it  will  be  very  apparent 
who  those  players  are." 

Schuette  says  there  is  renewed  investor  in- 
terest now— spurred,  in  part,  by  recent  gov- 
ernment approval  of  Genentech's  human 
growth  hormone  to  combat  dwarfism.  Ob- 
servers anticipate  similar  reactions  to  the 
FDA's  approval  of  alpha  interferon.  Its  rela- 
tively rapid  approval— less  than  six  months 
after  the  developing  companies  submitted 
final  clinical  results— may  also  spark  more 
research  activity  into  similar  anti-cancer 
drugs,  including  other  forms  of  interferon. 

But  joining  the  biotechnology  race  is  an 
expensive  proposition— one  fraught  with  trial 
and  error.  The  eight-year-old  Biogen,  says  its 
chief  executive,  James  Vincent  B.S.M.E.  '61, 
has  invested  a  total  of  $150  million  in  re- 
search and  development.  "If  you  look  at  a 


single  drug  in  human  therapeutics— and 
that's  where  most  of  your  leading  companies 
are  working  initially— the  total  cost  of  bring- 
ing that  drug  to  market  can  run  anywhere 
between  $25  million  and  $35  million  as  it 
tracks  through. 

"However,  if  you  overlay  the  failure  rate  you 
have  in  development,  then  the  total  cost  of 
developing  a  single  successful  drug  in  the 
United  States  would  run,  at  the  very  low 
end,  in  the  $50  million  to  $60  million  range, 
and  go  on  up  to  as  much  as  $125  million."  He 
says  cancer  drugs  tend  to  cost  less  in  develop- 
ment, while  those  for  rheumatoid  arthritis, 
for  example,  tend  to  be  more  costly  due  to 
the  complexity  of  clinical  trials  required  be- 
fore federal  approval. 

The  biotech  flops— like  dry  holes  in  the  oil 
business— become  part  of  what  industry  in- 
siders call  the  decay  curve.  "In  traditional 
drug  business,"  says  Vincent,  "as  you  go 
through  the  three  phases  of  clinical  trials  to 
get  federal  approval,  you  have  a  decay  curve, 
or  drop  out  rate,  of  about  50  percent  in  each 
phase.'The  bottom  line  is  that  as  many  as 
10,000  initial  leads  will  come  and  go  before 
researchers  come  up  with  one  successful  drug. 

Biogeris  version  of  alpha  interferon  is  the 
gusher  in  the  oil  business— the  company's 
first  major  product.  The  market  for  alpha 
interferon  is  expected  to  expand  rapidly  over 
the  next  few  years  when  it  receives  FDA  ap- 
proval as  treatment  for  other  forms  of  cancer— 
Kaposi's  sarcoma,  a  skin  cancer  associated 
with  AIDS;  mylogenous  leukemia,  a  form  of 
leukemia  in  adults;  and  juvenile  laryngeal 
papilloma,  a  benign  tumor  of  the  larynx  in 
children.  Interferon  has  been  studied  as  a 
cancer  cure  since  its  discovery  in  England 
thirty  years  ago.  But  further  study  was  ham- 
pered by  problems  in  purifying  the  substance 
and  obtaining  sufficient  amounts  for  testing 
purposes.  In  an  example  of  miniaturization 
reminiscent  of  the  microchip  phenomenon, 
researchers  used  recombinant  DNA  tech- 
nology to  combine  genes  bearing  the  produc- 
tion code  of  interferon  with  bacteria— the 
latter  becoming  tiny  factories  that  produce 
large  quantities  of  the  interferon. 

It's  estimated  that  alpha  interferon  will 
sell  for  approximately  $35  an  injection.  A 
year's  worth  of  treatment  for  hairy-cell  leu- 
kemia will  cost  about  $5,000.  In  clinical 
trials,  the  substance  caused  remission  in  90 
percent  of  test  cases. 

Its  approval  by  the  FDA  was  the  shot  heard 
round  the  world— an  appropriate  image  for 
Biogen,  located  within  commuting  distance 
from  historic  Concord.  The  day  after  the 
announcement,  Biogen's  stock  in  national 
over-the-counter  trading  closed  at  $19,125, 
up  $1,375.  The  firm  will  get  from  10  to  15 
percent  of  Schering-Plough's  sales  under  the 
licensing  agreement— a  welcome  change  for 
a  company  that  has  never  reported  a  profit, 
but  did  report  net  losses  of  $13  million  in 


1984  and  $19  million  in  1985.  The  biggest 
plus,  however,  is  that  at  long  last,  Biogen  has 
stepped  over  the  commercial  threshold  of 
biotechnology,  becoming  one  of  the  key 
players  in  a  competitive  business. 

"The  competition  is  intense,"  says  Vincent. 
"I  spent  the  first  ten  years  of  my  career  in  the 
semiconductor  business  with  Texas  Instru- 
ments, when  the  whole  industry  was  emerg- 
ing. You  have  a  very  similar  situation  here, 
from  the  point  of  view  that  you're  running  a 
technological  horse  race.  But  one  of  the  rea- 
sons why  firms  such  as  Biogen  exist  today  is 
that  they  have  been  able  to  create  a  rate  of 
change  in  the  science  more  rapidly  than 
many  of  the  larger  firms  that  have  more  re- 
sources, more  dollars  to  spend.  They  have 
not  moved  the  science  forward  as  rapidly  as 
these  emerging  companies  in  biotechnology. 
That's  similar  to  the  semiconductor  business. 
In  the  early  days  back  when  the  transistor 
was  invented,  probably  most  people  would 
have  said  that  General  Electric  and  RCA 
would  be  the  ones  to  capitalize  on  the  new 
technology.  No  one  thought  about  Texas 
Instruments  or  Intel." 

Vincent's  arrival  at  Biogen  last  year  sig- 
naled the  firm's  readiness  to  establish  a  com- 
mercial presence  in  the  industry,  and  that, 
says  business  professor  Schuette,  is  the  new 
wave  in  biotechnology.  Top  managers  are 
replacing  top  scientists.  "Business  people 
have  been  following  these  technologies. 
They  understand  the  potential  and  they 
know  who  the  players  are.  From  their  current 
perches,  they  go  out  and  find  the  people,  put 
the  packages  together."  Genentech  was 
founded  by  a  venture  capitalist  and  a  Univer- 
sity of  California-San  Francisco  researcher. 
Vincent  assumes  the  post  held  by  Biogen  co- 
founder  Walter  Gilbert,  a  Nobel  Prize-win- 
ning biochemist  at  Harvard. 

With  the  science  well  under  way,  atten- 
tion turns  to  business  skills— and  Vincent 
has  them.  The  Duke  mechanical  engineer- 
ing major  and  Wharton  Business  School 
graduate  is  former  president  of  Texas  Instru- 
ments-Asia, and  executive  vice  president 
and  chief  operating  officer  of  Abbott  Labora- 
tories Inc.  In  1982,  he  joined  Allied-Signal 
Incorporated  as  the  first  president  of  its 
Health  and  Scientific  Products  Company 
unit,  which  makes  diagnostic  and  laboratory 
equipment.  As  one  of  Vincent's  former  co- 
workers at  Abbott  told  The  Wall  Street  Jour- 
nal, "Jim  recognizes  that  an  important  way  to 
build  a  business  is  with  technology  leverage. 
He  understands  how  to  drive  an  organization 
to  commercial  results,  and  that's  certainly 
badly  needed  in  biotechnology." 

"In  the  beginning,  most  of  what  biotech- 
nology was  about  was  the  science,"  says 
Vincent.  "In  an  emerging  technology  like 
this,  the  founders  are  usually  the  scientists, 
the  technical  people.  You're  trying  to  be  'the 
firstest  with  the  mostest'  in  what  you've 


created  through  research.  As  that  moves 
along,  organizations  grow,  they  expand,  and 
all  of  a  sudden  you  have  the  need  to  enter  the 
development  phase,  enlarging  your  focus  to 
clinical  work  and  manufacturing.  Finally 
one  day,  you  have  to  do  sales.  The  industry 
then  looks  for  people  who  have  experience 
in  these  areas— the  non-scientific  aspects  of 
the  business  such  as  leadership,  systems  skills, 
marketing,  and  manufacturing." 

From  venture  capitalists  to  state  and  feder- 
al government,  all  the  players  in  biotechnol- 
ogy mean  business.  "As  we  saw  in  the  micro- 
electronics industry,  many  states,  in  an  effort 
to  develop  jobs,  are  looking  for  their  version 
of  high  technology,"  says  Schuette.  "After  the 
electronics  revolution,  they're  jumping  on 
the  biotechnology  bandwagon.  Most  of  the 


major  industrial  states  are  looking  to  bio- 
technology as  a  key  element  of  their  future 
economy.  Maryland,  for  example,  has  a  con- 
sortium for  industry,  state,  and  major  federal 
funding."  Most  states  are  trying  to  maximize 
cooperation  among  universities,  business, 
industry,  and  government— creating  a  mutu- 
ally beneficial  partnership. 

North  Carolina  was  a  pioneer  in  setting  up 
the  first  state-assisted  program  in  biotech- 
nology. With  state  support,  the  North  Caro- 
lina Biotechnology  Center  was  established 
in  Research  Triangle  Park  in  1981.  Its  main 
function  is  to  spur  the  development  of  the 
technology  through  conferences,  programs, 
funded  research,  and  commercial  initiatives. 
The  center  encourages  multi-institutional 
research  and  promotes  interaction  among 


Nearly  a  decade  ago, 
Earl  W.  Brian  '61, 
M.D.  '66  had  his  first 
opportunity  to  invest  in  an 
emerging  biotechnology 
company.  But  an  experienced 
investor  talked  him  out  of  it. 
"Later  on,  the  stock  split 
seven  times,"  recalls  Brian.  "I 
just  didn't  have  the  courage  of 
my  convictions  on  that  first 
deal."  The  scenario  has  never 
been  repeated. 

Today,  the  neurological 
surgeon-turned-venture 
capitalist  heads  Biotech  Capi- 
tal Corporation,  an  outgrowth 
of  his  hard-learned  lesson  that 
biotechnology  is  the  wave  of 
the  future. 

Brian  founded  Biotech 
Capital  in  1980  on  profits 
from  his  successful  invest- 
ment in  a  laser  company.  Its 
establishment,  he  says,  was 
"with  the  express  purpose  of 
investing  in  biotechnology 
venture  capital  deals."  In  his 
view,  the  scientific  field  fares 
exceedingly  well  on  his  check- 
list for  sound  investments. 

The  first  criterion,  and  his- 


torically, the  weakest  link  in 
biotechnology,  he  says,  is 
management.  "Few  managers 
really  know  how  to  run  a  bio- 
tech  firm,  but  the  situation  is 
improving."  The  second  re- 
quirement is  that  the  firm 
have  proprietary  technology, 
"and  biotechnology  clearly 
represents  that  opportunity." 
Too,  products  must  be  geared 
to  a  large  market.  "There's  no 
sense  fiddling  around  in  the 
venture  capital  business  un- 
less you  have  the  chance  to 
get  into  something  that's 
growing  rapidly,"  Brian  ad- 
vises. Investment-worthy  com- 
panies are  also  engaged  in 
commerce,  with  products  al- 
ready in  the  marketplace.  "We 
look  for  commercial  com- 
panies that  are  having  certain 
problems— collecting  receiv- 
ables, customer  complaints, 
manufacturing.  It's  a  lot  easier 
to  find  companies  with  a  com- 
mercial presence  and  add  the 
technology  to  them." 

Roughly  half  of  the  100 
deals  Biotech  Capital  con- 
siders each  month  involve  bio- 
technology, but  Brian  cau- 
tions that  it's  still  easier  to 
make  money  in  scientific 
areas  outside  biotechnology. 
"It's  a  function  of  the  size  of 
the  investment  we  have  to 
make.  We're  not  talking  just  a 
few  hundred  shares.  We  end 
up  with  30  to  40  percent  of  a 
company.  As  principal  ven- 
ture capital  investors,  we're  in 
for  the  long  haul  to  maturity, 
anywhere  from  five  to  ten 
years.  The  nature  of  the  in- 
dustry is  also  long-term  in  its 
research  and  development 
cycles.  Our  seven  biotech 
companies  have  been  nur- 
tured all  the  way.  We're  hands- 


on  venture  capitalists." 

A  measure  of  Brian's  cour- 
age in  his  convictions:  Within 
one  year  of  establishing  Bio- 
tech Capital,  he  was  able  to 
garner  $2  million  in  start-up 
capital  for  the  Financial  News 
Network,  the  twenty-four- 
hour  business  news  cable  net- 
work. According  to  current 
Nielsen  ratings,  it  is  the 
fastest-growing  cable  network 
in  the  country.  In  1983,  Brian 
became  FNN's  chairman. 

"The  network  has  a  close 
relationship  to  what  we  do  at 
Biotech  Capital,"  he  says. 
"The  whole  game  of  the  ven- 
ture capital  business  is  capital- 
izing on  information,  and  the 
demand  for  information  by 
the  solo  investor  or  institution 


The  future  for  venture 
capitalists  in  biotechnology, 
looks  better  than  ever,  says 
Brian.  "It  has  only  been  in  the 
last  five  years  that  manage- 
ments have  developed  that  are 
capable  of  doing  business  in 
this  arena.  Previously,  they've 
all  been  locked  up  by  the  big 
companies.  Only  recently 
have  they  ventured  out  into 
the  cold  world  of  start-your- 
own  business,  meeting  payroll 
every  Tuesday.  The  opportu- 
nities were  more  ephemeral 
than  realistic  before  they  had 
those  opportunities.  For  the 
first  time,  we'll  be  able  to  take 
scientific  creative  ability,  meld 
it  with  business  management 
skills,  and  come  up  with 
something  that  can  sustain  it- 
self through  the  invariable 
growing  pains  from  birth  to 
maturity  in  business.  The 
number  of  opportunities  is 
infinite,  beyond  anybody's 


business,  industry,  universities,  government, 
research  institutions,  and  funding  agencies. 
Based  on  the  recommendations  contained 
in  a  1984  study  of  biotechnology's  potential 
impact  on  North  Carolina,  the  General 
Assembly  approved  a  major  funding  com- 
mitment of  some  $5  million  per  year  for  the 
Biotechnology  Center. 

Schuette  chaired  the  panel,  and  its  find- 
ings explain  the  national  passion  for  bio- 
technology. "We  looked  at  the  existing  eco- 
nomic sectors  of  the  state  to  see  what  impact 
biotechnology  might  have.  We  also  looked 
at  what  new  industries  might  be  attracted 
here,  how  our  existing  industries  might 
participate  in  biotechnology,  and  at  the 
prospects  for  entrepreneurial  activity  in  the 
state."  The  study  indicated  that  North  Caro- 
lina could  realize  up  to  $50  million  (in  1985 
dollars)  in  additional  farming  profits  alone 
through  such  biotechnology  breakthroughs 
as  improving  seed  quality  and  growing  char- 
acteristics of  corn— a  product  grown  in  al- 


most every  county  in  the  state.  The  panel 
found  that  existing  industry  could  adapt  it- 
self to  supply  the  equipment  for  manufactur- 
ing processes  of  biotechnology,  and  that  up 
to  $200  million  in  additional  employee  pay- 
rolls could  be  realized  during  a  fifteen-year 
period.  "These  are  firms  already  located  in 
the  state  using  related  technology  that  could 
be  tied  into  the  biotechnology  industry," 
Schuette  says. 

Small  wonder  that  North  Carolina  is  one 
of  the  many  vying  for  increased  biotechnol- 
ogy activity.  Some  observers  believe  that  the 
industry  could  contribute  to  70  percent  of 
the  Gross  National  Product  by  the  year  2000. 

The  competition  is  international,  a  fact 
that  has  not  escaped  the  attention  of  Wash- 
ington. "There's  an  awareness  in  the  federal 
government  and  those  of  major  industrial 
countries  that  biotechnology  in  the  next 
thirty  years  will  have  an  impact  in  products 
and  economics  which  may  easily  exceed  the 
electronics    industry   of  the   Fifties,"   says 


Schuette.  The  United  States  is  the  inter- 
national leader  in  terms  of  biotechnology- 
related  research  and  development;  govern- 
ment expenditures  in  1983  totaled  $520 
million.  But  the  competition  is  not  far 
behind— particularly  in  Japan,  West  Ger- 
many, the  United  Kingdom,  Switzerland, 
and  France.  According  to  Schuette,  Japan  is 
the  closest  competitor,  and  has  scaled  up 
major  programs  in  biotechnology  research 
and  industrial  applications.  He  speculates 
that  in  the  United  States  current  research 
and  development  funding  levels  will  be 
jeopardized  under  the  Gramm-Rudman- 
Hollings  budget-balancing  act,  and  that 
total  allocations  can  only  go  down. 

In  Washington,  the  Congressional  Office 
of  Technology  Assessment— directed  by 
John  H.  Gibbons  Ph.D.  '54— is  optimistic 
about  the  United  States'  international  posi- 
tion in  the  biotechnology  race,  but  admits  to 
a  potentially  dangerous  domestic  lag  in 
funding  to  develop  new  engineering  tech- 
nologies involved  in  production  of  biotech- 
nology products.  In  a  1984  study,  the  OTA 
said  that  U.S.  companies  are  at  the  forefront 
in  such  areas  as  basic  research  and  the  ability 
to  attract  high-risk  capital.  Because  domestic 
tax  laws  favor  creation  of  venture  capital 
funds,  a  large  percentage  of  U.S.  investment 
has  gone  to  small  start-up  firms— the  aggres- 
sive and  fast-paced  Biogens  and  Genentechs 
that  convincingly  outstrip  the  larger  and 
more  cumbersome  pharmaceutical  com- 
panies in  capitalizing  on  basic  research. 
These  young  up-starts,  and  the  successful 
university-industry  link,  says  the  OTA,  have 
given  the  United  States  a  competitive  edge 
internationally. 

But  the  United  States  falls  short  on  fund- 
ing for  development  of  bioengineering  pro- 
cesses, and  the  OTA  reports  that  the  future 
competitive  edge  will  hinge  as  much  on  this 
development  as  on  genetics  and  immunol- 
ogy. According  to  the  OTA,  the  United 
States  spends  roughly  $6.5  million  a  year  on 
bioengineering,  while  Japan  devotes  a  large 
portion  of  government  funds  to  this  area. 
"The  strategy  worked  well  in  the  semicon- 
ductor industry,"  the  OTA  study  says,  "and 
Japan  may  well  attain  a  larger  market  share 
for  biotechnology  products  than  the  United 
States  because  of  its  ability  to  rapidly  apply 
results  of  basic  research  available  from  other 
countries." 

Duke's  Center  for  Biochemical  Engineer- 
ing, established  two  years  ago,  is  one  place 
that's  looking  to  engineer  U.S.  biotechnol- 
ogy out  of  its  vulnerable  state.  Under  acting 
director  Robert  M.  Hochmuth,  the  center 
conducts  research  on  the  uses  of  living  cells 
to  produce  drugs,  diagnostic  reagents,  and 
food  and  agricultural  products.  The  focus  is 
on  engineering  problems  in  molecular  bio- 
logy, and  designing  techniques  and  equip- 
ment for  large-scale  commercial  production 


of  the  products  of  biochemical  research. 

Earl  H.  Dowell,  dean  of  engineering,  says 
the  center  "will  help  Duke  play  a  role  in 
shaping  the  social  and  industrial  changes 
made  inevitably  by  new  biological  discoveries." 
This  year,  the  center  received  a  $407,000 
grant  from  the  North  Carolina  Biotechnol- 
ogy Center  to  help  equip  its  laboratories  and 
offices  in  the  engineering  school.  Duke  is 
participating  in  research  on  monoclonal 
antibodies  in  a  program  sponsored  by  the 
North  Carolina  Biotechnology  Center,  the 
National  Science  Foundation,  and  five  cor- 
porations—each of  the  five  contributing 
$75,000  a  year  for  research.  Produced  by 
genetically  altered  white  blood  cells,  the 
antibodies  are  useful  in  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  several  diseases. 

"Duke  could  be  one  of  the  pioneers  in  the 
study  of  mass-producing  the  products  of  bio- 
chemical research  to  benefit  the  general 
public,"  says  Howard  Clark,  professor  of  bio- 
medical engineering.  "I'd  like  to  see  us  con- 
tinue developing  these  industry  processes." 

Biotechnology  is  also  playing  a  prominent 
role  in  Duke's  plans  for  finding  companies  to 
support  university  research  activities.  Under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  Charles  Putman,  vice 
provost  for  research  and  development,  the 
university  is  encouraging  collaborative  re- 
search efforts  with  industry  in  biotechnology 
as  well  as  other  scientific  fields  through  its 
new  Office  of  Research  and  Development. 
During  the  last  two  years,  faculty  from  a 
number  of  schools  and  departments  at  Duke 
have  been  exploring  ways  to  develop  teach- 
ing and  research  programs  in  biotechnology. 
"The  university  has  seen  that  biotechnology 
will  be  very  important  to  its  faculty  and  its 
programs,"  says  Clark.  "Essentially,  we're  try- 
ing to  raise  the  awareness  level  at  Duke  about 
biotechnology  crossing  many  disciplinary 
interests." 

Industry  observers  predict  that  as  the 
much  vaunted  products  of  biotechnology 
continue  their  march  from  laboratory  to 
marketplace,  the  early  and  fierce  competi- 
tion will  pit  biotech  against  the  standard 
products  now  in  use.  "That's  the  biggest  stra- 
tegic issue  faced  by  companies  today,"  says 
Schuette.  "In  plant  agriculture,  for  example, 
we  have  products  based  on  essentially  tradi- 
tional chemistry— chemical  entities  being 
combined— where  in  the  future  we  can  take 
the  biological  counterpart  of  that,  clone  it, 
grow  it,  and  have  the  same  or  better  entity." 
The  next  big  shakedown,  he  says,  is  still  five 
or  more  years  down  the  road,  "when  you  have 
Du  Pont  going  up  against  Eli  Lilly,  with  the 
second  generation  of  some  of  these  bio- 
technology products." 

Another  battle  already  raging  pits  the  bio- 
tech industry  against  opponents  of  genetic 
engineering.  The  critics,  whose  concerns 
are  invariably  voiced  by  Washington-based 
activist  Jeremy  Rifkin,  point  to  potential 


"In  an  effort  to  develop 

jobs,  many  states  are 
looking  for  their  version 

of  high  technology. 
After  the  electronics  rev- 
olution, they're  jumping 
on  the  biotechnology 
bandwagon." 

HERB  SCHUETTE 
Duke  Office  of  Research  and  Development 


ecological  hazards  from  unleashing  genetic- 
ally altered  organisms  into  the  environment. 
Depending  on  where  one's  loyalties  are,  the 
potential  "side  effects"  are  viewed  as  realistic 
to  alarmist.  Among  the  scenarios:  Proposed 
genetically  engineered  enzymes  useful  in 
cleaning  up  effluent  from  paper  mills  could 
get  out  of  control  and  destroy  lignin,  the 
organic  substance  that  gives  trees  their  rigid- 
ity, turning  affected  woodlands  into  rubber 
forests. 

For  Rifkin,  branded  the  Ralph  Nader  of 
biotechnology,  the  industry's  haste  to  bring 
products  to  market  means  their  potential 
side  effects  are  getting  short  shrift  in  the 
scientific  community's  investigations.  Dog- 
gedly seeking  injunctions  against  companies 
that  fail  to  follow  federal  regulatory  guide- 
lines in  testing  biotechnology  products,  he  is 


singlehandedly  responsible  for  a  number  of 
trial  and  marketing  delays. 

Last  spring,  for  example,  he  filed  a  petition 
with  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  to 
halt  the  sale  of  PRV,  a  genetically  engi- 
neered vaccine  for  farm  animals,  marketed 
by  Biologies  Corporation.  The  USDA  sus- 
pended sales  until  Biologies  completed  an 
assessment  of  the  vaccine's  environmental 
impact.  Weeks  earlier,  an  increasingly  sen- 
sitized Environmental  Protection  Agency 
suspended  Advanced  Genetic  Sciences'  per- 
mit to  field-test  a  genetically  engineered 
farm  chemical  that  prevents  frost  from  form- 
ing on  plants.  The  suspension  and  a  $20,000 
fine  were  the  first  enforcement  actions  ever 
levied  against  a  biotechnology  company. 
Advanced  Genetic  Sciences  was  accused  of 
falsifying  scientific  data  and  violating  two 
provisions  of  the  national  pesticide  control 
law  by  conducting  outdoor  testing  without  a 
permit. 

"There's  a  lot  of  concern  today  that  bio- 
technology is  going  to  create  new  organisms 
that  could  threaten  us,"  says  Schuette,  "be- 
cause we  don't  understand  the  nature  of  these 
modified  organisms.  Rifkin  is  raising  the 
appropriate  warnings  that  say  it  had  better 
be  done  right. 

"We  do  have  to  be  cautious  in  that  many  of 
our  previous  major  technological  revolu- 
tions, such  as  microelectronics,  are  a  much 
more  physically  contained  process,  where  if 
you  drop  a  microchip  it  won't  clone  itself  and 
go  walking  out  the  door.  Biological  entities 
can  reproduce,  modify  existing  environ- 
ments, and  can  have  the  potential  of  being 
very  threatening  to  us  if  we  don't  understand 
them.  That's  one  reason  that  the  major 
players  in  human  and  animal  biotechnolo- 
gies are  likely  to  become  the  big  companies, 
because  they  have  the  resources  to  carry 
them  through  the  long  review  processes." 

From  university  laboratory  to  Wall  Street, 
the  promise  of  biotechnology  is  being 
embraced,  courted,  and  cultivated.  In  state 
economic  development  programs,  in  the 
allocation  of  research  funds,  and  for  today's 
brand  of  entrepreneur,  biotechnology  is  the 
fabled  Pied  Piper— and  it's  a  very  catchy 
tune.  Are  the  proponents  of  biotechnology, 
then,  overstating  its  potential,  promising 
more  than  can  be  delivered? 

"They're  probably  not  promising  too 
much,"  says  Schuette.  "They're  promising  it 
too  soon.  Expectations  have  been  raised 
when  we're  still  not  sure  where  some  of  the 
key  breakthroughs  are  going  to  come  and 
when  they'll  fall  out.  For  example,  our  under- 
standing of  cardiovascular  disease  and  treat- 
ment will  certainly  be  dramatically  affected 
by  biotechnology  research.  Who  will  do  that 
and  when  is  the  big  issue.  But  it's  clear  that  if 
we've  done  anything,  we've  understated  what 
biotechnology's  impact  will  be,  even  in  our 
own  lifetime."  ■ 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


THE  LEGEND 

AND  THE 

LEGACY 


BY  ANNE  TYLER 


REYNOLDS  PRICE: 


A  GENEROUS  MAN 


"When  I  revisited  Duke,  I  found  him  gray-haired  but 

otherwise  unchanged,  affectionately  guiding  a  whole 

new  generation  of  students." 


e  used  to  wear  a  long  black  cape 
with  a  scarlet  lining.  Or  at  least 
I  always  thought  he  did.  Every 
body  thought  so.  Whenever  we 
compared  our  freshman  English  instructors, 
someone  was  sure  to  say,  "Reynolds  Price? 
Isn't  he  the  one  with  the  cape?" 

Turns  out  it  wasn't  a  cape  after  all.  It  wasn't 
even  black.  It  was  a  navy-blue  coat  that  he 
wore  tossed  around  his  shoulders.  That's 
what  he  tells  me  now,  at  any  rate,  and  I  sup- 
pose he  knows  best.  But  I  prefer  to  have  it  my 
way:  He  wore  a  long  black  cape  with  a  scarlet 
lining,  and  he  dashed  across  the  campus 
with  his  black  curls  swirling  out  behind  him. 
Ask  any  of  the  people  who  went  to  Duke  in 
the  fall  of  1958;  I  bet  they'll  say  I'm  right. 

He  was  twenty-five  years  old  back  then,  he 
tells  me  now,  but  in  1958  he  seemed  older 
than  God.  (I  was  sixteen  and  a  half.)  Which 
made  it  all  the  more  remarkable  when  he 
perched  on  his  desk  tailor-fashion  to  read  us 
his  newest  story;  or  when  he  said,  to  a  stu- 
dent analyzing  a  poem,  "You're  good  at  this, 
aren't  you!"  (He  seemed  genuinely  pleased, 
and  admitted  straight  out  that  he  hadn't  seen 
what  she  had  seen.  For  me,  that  girl's  face 
will  always  symbolize  the  moment  I  first 


understood  that  we  students,  too,  had  some- 
thing to  offer— that  we  weren't  the  blank 
slates  we'd  thought  we  were  in  high  school.) 

"Wouldn't  it  be  something,"  he  says  now,  "if 
we  could  locate  a  photograph  taken  of  us  to- 
gether as  children?"  I'm  puzzled.  Together? 
As  children?  But  then  I  realize  that  in  fact  he 
wasn't  quite  grown  up  himself  when  he  started 
teaching— and  that  maybe,  in  the  best  sense, 
he  never  will  be.  And  I  remember  a  thought 
I  had  when  I  was  a  sophomore,  listening  to 
one  of  his  funny,  incisive  discussions.  He 
must  have  been  a  very  loved  child,  I  thought.  I 
believe  that  occurred  to  me  because  he 
seemed,  sitting  in  our  midst,  a  naturally 
happy  man.  Not  to  mention  the  fact  that 
there  was  something  childlike  about  his  face, 
which  was— and  still  is— round  and  serene 
and  gravely  trusting. 

And  the  other  thought  that  occurred  to 
me— not  then  but  years  later,  when  I  revisited 
Duke  and  found  him  gray-haired  but  other- 
wise unchanged,  affectionately  guiding  a 
whole  new  generation  of  students— was  that 
Reynolds  has  had  the  great  good  fortune  to 
know  his  place,  geographically  speaking. 
More  than  any  other  writer  I'm  acquainted 
with,  except  for  perhaps  Eudora  Welty,  he 


Outstanding  in  his  field:  by  1 963,  he'd  had  two  books  published 


V 


has  a  feeling  for  the  exact  spot  on  earth  that 
will  properly  contain  him,  and  he  has  never 
let  himself  be  lured  away  from  it  any  longer 
than  necessary. 

As  luck  would  have  it,  that  spot  is  his 
family  stomping  grounds— semirural  North 
Carolina,  a  country  of  scrubby  woods  and 
scrappy  little  towns.  He  was  born  in  Macon, 
North  Carolina,  in  1933,  the  son  of  a  door- 
to-door  salesman  and  a  woman  who  hadn't 
been  educated  past  the  eleven  years  of  public 
schooling  then  available.  The  family  moved 
from  place  to  place  within  a  narrow  radius, 
incidentally  exposing  him  to  a  nearly  un- 
broken stream  of  those  dedicated,  selfless 
teachers  who  used  to  be  so  prevalent  back 
when  teaching  was  still  recognized  as  a  noble 
profession.  ("They  were  mostly  single  women 
that  seemed  old  and  wise,"  says  the  heroine 
of  Kate  Vaiden,  his  latest  novel,  "...and  the 
fact  that  I've  made  it  this  far  upright  is  partly 
a  tribute  to  their  hard  example  that  you  get 
up  each  morning  and  Take  what  comes.") 

It  was  his  eighth-grade  teacher  in  Warren- 


EXCERPT  FROM 


Kate 
Vaiden 


Price:  continued  critical  acclaim  in  1986 


ton  who  first  encouraged  his  interest  in  writ- 
ing and  art— especially  art.  The  two  of  them 
used  to  paint  everything  available;  if  they 
had  nothing  better  to  do,  they'd  decorate 
wine  bottles  and  china  dishes.  Then  in 
eleventh  grade,  at  Broughton  High  School 
in  Raleigh,  Reynolds  began  to  concentrate 
on  writing  under  the  direction  of  Phyllis 
Peacock,  an  English  teacher  whose  name  is 
legend  to  anyone  who  grew  up  in  Raleigh 
during  the  Fifties  or  Sixties. 

From  Broughton,  he  went  on  to  Duke  Uni- 
versity, and  there,  during  his  senior  year,  he 
wrote  his  first  two  short  stories,  "Michael 
Egerton"  and  "A  Chain  of  Love,"  for  William 
Blackburn's  creative-writing  class.  (Do  you 
notice  how  his  history— as  told  by  Reynolds 
himself— is  a  progression  from  teacher  to 
teacher?  It  may  explain  why  he's  so  whole- 
heartedly poured  his  gifts  back  into  his 
students.) 

While  he  was  at  Duke,  he  met  Eudora  Welty, 
who  came  to  give  a  lecture  during  his  senior 
year  and  arranged  for  him  to  send  his  writing 


...I  wouldn't  know  a  true  way  to  tell  you  how 
I  grieved,  and  I  doubt  Shakespeare  would.  In 
the  years  since  then,  the  whole  world  has 
noticed  what  it  hadn't  before— that  children 
suffer  worse  pain  than  adults.  But  in  1943, 
with  half  the  world  in  flames,  a  sixteen-year- 
old  girl  who'd  lost  a  sweetheart  couldn't  ex- 
pect much  nursing  care.  Especially  when 
barely  three  people  alive  even  knew  she'd 
been  in  love.  I  remember  staring  at  the  ceil- 
ing in  my  bedroom  wishing  we  were  poor. 
Then  I'd  have  to  work.  Children  were  still 
taught  the  virtues  of  work— it  kept  off  the 
Devil,  was  the  general  claim— but  in  Macon, 
N.C.,  if  you  were  a  girl,  and  unless  your  peo- 
ple farmed,  you  had  as  much  chance  of  useful 
work  as  a  Luna  moth.  I  went  to  the  length  of 
hauling  out  my  bead  loom  and  rigging  it  up, 
but  Noony  saw  me  and  went  into  an  imita- 
tion Indian-dance  (like  a  lot  of  proud  blacks, 
she  claimed  Indian  blood).  That  finished 
that. 

I  kept  on  spotting  planes  with  Fob  and  tak- 
ing Roz  out  two  or  three  times  a  week.  But 
mainly  I  stayed  in  my  room  and  slept— ten 
hours  at  night,  long  afternoon  naps. 

One  evening  when  Noony  had  to  wake  me 
for  supper,  Caroline  said  "Kate,  you  think  you 
need  a  doctor?  Is  it  maybe  sleeping  sickness?" 

But  Holt  said  "Hush.  It's  growing  pains." 
And  they  never  mentioned  my  health  again. 

So  I  stayed  on  asleep  as  much  as  I  could, 
and  the  dreams  I'd  feared  just  never  came. 
Not  once  did  Gaston,  in  any  shape  or  form, 
ever  pass  through  my  rest.  What  did  was  my 
father,  time  after  time.  Not  in  any  way,  mad 
or  bleeding,  but  alive  and  well.  I'd  walk  in 
the  store  and  ask  for  a  comb  or  five  pounds  of 
flour,  and  then  I'd  hear  somebody  say  "Dan." 


to  her  agent,  Diarmuid  Russell.  Reynolds 
had  heard  she'd  be  arriving  alone  on  a  three 
a.m.  train,  so  he  showed  up  to  escort  her  to 
her  hotel.  He  wore  a  gray  suit  which  Eudora, 
decades  later,  remembers  as  snow  white.  I 
don't  know  why  everyone  is  so  confused 
about  Reynolds  Price's  wardrobe. 

After  graduating  in  1955,  he  spent  three 
years  on  a  Rhodes  Scholarship  to  Oxford, 
where  he  was  encouraged  by  such  people  as 
Lord  David  Cecil,  Stephen  Spender,  and 
W.H.  Auden.  But  he  felt  he  should  settle 
near  home— his  father  had  died  by  then, 
leaving  a  widow  and  younger  son— so  he  re- 
turned to  Duke  to  teach  and  to  finish  his  first 
novel,  A  Long  and  Happy  Life.  And  at  Duke 
he  has  remained,  except  for  one  further  year 
at  Oxford  and  brief  trips  abroad.  He  is  now 
James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  English;  he  teaches 
one  semester  a  year  and  writes  during  the 
other  semester.  Some  of  his  students  are  the 
children  of  the  students  he  taught  when  he 
first  arrived. 

What  this  stability  has  meant  for  his  writ- 


I'd  turn  and  there  Dan  would  be,  playing 
checkers,  with  Marvin  Thompson's  hand  on 
his  shoulder  to  prove  he  was  real.  I'd  think 
"Now  wait.  Did  I  get  this  wrong?  Dan  Vaiden 
is  dead."  But  I'd  ease  over  there  and  stand  by 
the  game;  and  after  some  brilliant  move 
where  he'd  jump  six  other  men  and  win 
hands-down,  he'd  look  up  and  meet  my  eyes 
but  not  speak.  It  was  always  that— Dan  res- 
cued and  active  but  maybe  not  recognizing 
me  anymore. 

Maybe  that  was  the  reason  why,  when  I  was 
awake,  I  started  accepting  the  blame  for  it 
all.  I  had  surely  been  what  came  between 
Dan  and  Frances  and  set  them  off.  Now  I'd 
driven  Gaston  to  leave  his  home  and  rise  up 
into  a  flood  of  live  bullets,  from  his  own 
country's  guns,  no  nearer  an  enemy  than 
South  Carolina.  Who  would  be  the  next 
ones  I  ruined?  I  thought  through  that  a  thou- 
sand times  in  those  summer  days,  never 
breathing  it  to  any  soul  likely  to  answer. 
Some  minutes  I  was  calm  enough  to  think  I 
was  crazy— imagining  that  I  mattered  so 
much  in  the  world.  But  then  I'd  remember 
something  Frances  used  to  say  in  her  own 
blue  moods,  to  cheer  herself  up,  "If  you  think 
you're  crazy,  you're  not.  Crazy  people  don't 
know  it." 

The  main  question  was,  what  was  Gaston 
doing?  Was  he  in  his  right  mind?  Did  he  mean 
to  kill  himself?  How  long  did  he  plan  it? 
Could  anybody,  knowing  he  planned  to  die, 
write  the  letter  he  wrote  me?  What  had  I  ever 
done  to  earn  such  cruelty  from  somebody 
gentle  as  a  fine  down-quilt?  At  least  I  had 
company  in  asking  most  of  that.  You  couldn't 
meet  any  two  people  in  town  without  them 
finally  wondering  about  Gaston.  The  main 


ing  is  that  his  fiction  has  roots— deep,  tena- 
cious roots  to  a  part  of  the  country  that  re- 
mains absolutely  distinct  from  other  parts. 
You  may  find  shopping  malls  in  North  Caro- 
lina; you  may  come  across  those  ubiquitous 
chocolate-chip-cookie  boutiques  and  Olde 
English  potpourri  marts;  but  the  people  still 
have  very  much  their  own  style  of  speaking, 
and  Reynolds  Price  knows  that  style  by  heart. 
Any  North  Carolinian,  reading  one  of  his 
novels,  must  stop  at  least  once  per  page  to 
nod  at  the  Tightness  of  something  a  character 
says.  It's  not  just  the  tone  that's  right;  it's  the 
startling,  almost  incongruous  eloquence,  for 
some  of  the  state's  least  educated  citizens  can 
sling  a  metaphor  pretty  handily  and  know 
how  to  pack  a  punch  into  the  homeliest  re- 
mark. A  bosomy  girl  in  A  Long  and  Happy 
Life  has  "God's  own  water  wings  inside  her 
brassiere,"  according  to  one  of  the  characters, 
while  in  A  Generous  Man,  a  boy  describes 
tobacco  farming  so  vividly  that  the  reader 
sags  in  sympathy:  "...lose  half  my  plants  to 
frost  and  blue  mold,  then  transplant  the  rest 


public  answer  seemed  to  be  that  he  had 
snapped,  just  the  instant  he  stood  up— no 
advance  warning.  All  the  old  men  would  say 
"That  Marine  camp  is  mean.  They  try  to 
break  you."  I  could  hope  that  was  it.  But  then 
that  would  mean  the  idea  of  me— seeing  Kay 
soon  and  maybe  for  life— had  not  been  strong 
enough  to  pull  him  through. 

One  afternoon  when  Fob  and  I  were  spot- 
ting and  no  planes  had  passed,  Gaston's 
father  stopped  by  and  sat  on  a  stool.  He  and 
Fob  talked  awhile.  There'd  been  a  short  hail- 
storm; they'd  lost  some  tobacco.  Then  Mr. 
Stegall  picked  up  our  airplane-silhouette 
book  and  studied  that  quietly.  I  saw  he  didn't 
really  care,  was  just  passing  time;  and  I  saw 
his  face  was  somehow  younger  now  and 
showed  signs  of  Gaston  (I  guess  he'd  lost 
weight).  So  I  suddenly  said  "Mr.  Stegall, 
what  happened?" 

Fob  laughed  and  said  "To  what?" 

But  Mr.  Stegall  knew.  He  kept  on  turning 
pages  carefully— the  way  men  used  to  do  who 
never  read  books  but  honored  them  still. 
And  he  never  met  my  eyes,  but  he  finally  said 
"The  captain  I  talked  to  said  they  were  mysti- 
fied; he'd  been  a  model  boy.  His  mama  tries  to 
say  Gaston's  time  had  come  and  how  much 
better  it  was  here  than  overseas  or  in  some 
prison  camp  in  a  foreign  tongue,  hungry.  I 
don't  believe  that.  It's  eating  me  up." 

So  I  said  "Me  too— the  first  time  I  said  it. 

Fob  said  "I'm  older  than  all  of  you  together. 
It'll  happen  again." 

He  wasn't  that  old  but  he  wasn't  wrong 
either.  I  knew  he  meant  it  as  a  promise  to 
help  us.  Most  people  over  forty  say  it  every 
day,  knowing  full  well  it  seldom  changes  any- 
thing. It  somehow  changed  me.  ■ 


Kate  Vaiden  is  not 
literally  Reynolds' 

mother,  but  she  does 
have  his  mother's 
independence  and 

strength  of  character. 


in  early  May  and  nurse  it  all  summer  like  a 
millionaire's  baby— losing  half  again  to  wet 
weather,  dry  weather,  worms,  blight." 

It  may  be  too  that  staying  on  home  ground 
has  helped  Reynolds  Price  keep  his  fiction 
centered  on  the  family  he  grew  up  in.  He  has 
remained  intensely  curious  about  his  parents, 
alert  to  every  story  they  passed  on  to  him. 
Kate  Vaiden  began  to  take  form  after  he  wrote 
a  poem,  "A  Heaven  for  Elizabeth  Rodwell, 
My  Mother"  (Poetry,  June  1984),  in  which  he 
took  the  three  hardest  events  his  mother  had 
to  endure  and  gave  them  happy  endings. 
Then  he  began  remembering  her  tales  of  an 
orphaned  childhood,  and  her  stoicism  when 
she  faced  death  from  an  inoperable  aneurysm. 
(She  died  in  1965.)  Kate  Vaiden  is  not  liter- 
ally Reynolds'  mother,  but  she  does  have  his 
mother's  independence  and  strength  of 
character.  She's  a  bit  more  self-possessed,  is 
all,  Reynolds  says;  she  was  offered  a  bit  more 
scope  than  Elizabeth  Rodwell  Price  ever  was. 

In  the  summer  of  1983,  he  started  the 
novel,  and  he  finished  Part  One  at  the  end  of 
May  1984.  Then  in  June  he  learned  that  he 
had  cancer  of  the  spinal  cord.  He  under- 
went immediate  surgery,  followed  by  an  ex- 
hausting course  of  radiation  and  steroid 
therapy.  The  tumor  was  arrested,  but  he  was 
no  longer  able  to  walk,  and  he  entered  a 
rehabilitation  clinic  to  learn  the  practical 
strategies  for  life  in  a  wheelchair.  A  mere 
three  months  after  the  original  diagnosis 
(though  it  must  have  seemed  like  an  eter- 
nity), he  was  back  at  work— first  not  writing 
but  drawing,  as  if  retracing  his  career  from 
childhood  on;  then  two  month  later  inching 
into  the  written  word  with  a  play,  August 
Snow,  commissioned  by  Hendrix  College; 
and  sailing  off  on  an  astonishing  creative 
burst  that  produced  two  more  plays,  a  volume 
of  poetry,  and  a  collection  of  essays.  At  that 
point  he  felt  ready  to  continue  with  Kate 
Vaiden.  He  worried  that  the  break  might 
have  altered  his  narrative  voice,  but  he  wor- 
ried needlessly.  Following  his  usual  routine, 
working  in  longhand  on  legal  pads,  he  picked 
up  with  Part  Two  and  continued  to  the  end  of 
the  book. 

Kate  Vaiden,  too,  develops  cancer,  and 
Reynolds  says  that  that  part  of  her  story 


emerged  from  his  recent  experiences.  But 
otherwise  the  novel  remains  untouched  by 
his  illness,  and  lacks  any  trace  of  bitterness. 
You  could  say  the  same  for  Reynolds  himself. 
Whatever  those  first  months  must  have  cost 
him,  he  is  now  as  high-spirited  as  ever.  All 
that's  new  about  him  is  a  bigger  set  of  biceps 
(he's  changed  shirt  sizes  since  he  started 
wheeling  himself  around)  and  a  stock  of 
funny  stories  about  nurse's  aides  and  wheel- 
chair salesmen. 

He  lives  where  he  has  lived  for  the  past 
twenty-eight  years,  next  to  a  pond  in  the 
pines  outside  Durham;  and  when  I  visited 
him,  a  younger  writer,  Daniel  Voll,  was  shar- 
ing the  house  in  order  to  help  him  navigate 
the  stairs.  (A  single-floor  addition  that's  now 
being  built  will  soon  allow  him  to  be  self- 
sufficient.)  The  rooms  are  stuffed  with  a 
mesmerizing  collection  of  unrelated  objects: 
fossils,  cow  skulls,  death  masks,  and  a  per- 
sonal letter  from  General  Eisenhower  dated 
1943.  Even  the  bathrooms  are  hung  with 
photographs,  and  the  kitchen  windowsills 
are  so  densely  lined  with  antique  coins  and 
pottery  shards  that  for  a  moment  I  took  an 
ordinary  black  metal  window  lock  to  be  some 
kind  of  prehistoric  artifact. 

Around  this  labyrinth  Reynolds  wheels 
competently.  He  has  returned  to  teaching 
after  an  eighteen-month  sabbatical;  even  if 
he  were  a  billionaire,  he  says,  he  would  want 
to  go  on  teaching.  Teaching  is  his  "serious 
hobby";  it  keeps  him  in  touch  with  the  next 
generation.  And  he  knows  he  has  at  least 
one  thing  of  value  to  offer  his  students:  prac- 
tical, concrete  advice  for  getting  on  with  the 
job  of  writing  (I  can  bear  witness  to  that,  cer- 
tainly; and  so  can  at  least  a  half-dozen  other 
published  writers  he's  taught,  in  addition  to 
who  knows  how  many  more  who  will  sooner 
or  later  hit  print.)  Really  what  he  offers  is 
strategy,  he  says.  In  fact,  he's  a  sort  of  rehab 
clinic.  This  notion  makes  him  smile. 

Dan  Voll,  who  audited  Reynolds'  course 
during  undergraduate  days,  tells  how  he 
spent  his  first  session  lurking  apprehensively 
just  outside  the  classroom  doorway.  Oh, 
Reynolds  is  thought  to  be  pretty  intimidat- 
ing, if  you  ask  the  average  Duke  student.  But 
that's  only  at  the  start,  Reynolds  argues.  At 
the  start,  he  tells  his  class  how  he  loves  to 
root  through  Dempster  Dumpsters  in  hopes 
of  finding  other  people's  mail  to  read,  and 
then  everybody  relaxes.  How  can  you  be 
intimidated  by  someone  who's  confessed  to 
that? 

He  smiles  again.  He  does  a  little  turn  in  his 
sporty  tour-model  wheelchair.  The  scarlet 
lining  of  his  long  black  cape  swirls  out  be- 
hind him.  M 

Copyright  ®  1986  by  Anne  Tyler  '61.  Reprinted  with 
permission.  This  article  first  appeared  in  Vanity  Fair. 
Tyler's  tenth  and  latest  novel,  The  Accidental 
Tourist,  received  the  National  Book  Critics  Circle 
award  for  best  fiction  published  in  1985. 


11 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


MAKING 

AMERICAS 

MUSIC 


BY  GEORGANN  EUBANKS 


PAUL  JEFFREY: 


BRINGING  JAZZ  TO  CLASS  AND  CLASS  TO  JAZZ 


Dukes  director  of  jazz  studies  is  trying  to  "gentrify"  the 

musical  genre.  "Its  always  in  the  ghetto"  he  says.  "That 

shouldn't  be  necessary,  it  seems  to  me." 


A  saxophone  can  sound  like 
nothing  else.  Throaty,  silky, 
rasping,  or— when  filled  with  a 
hard  wind— as  busy  as  New 
York  City  traffic.  On  a  Monday  night  in 
Duke's  Reynolds  Theater,  heads  are  bobbing 
with  the  brisk  tempo  as  saxophonist  Paul 
Jeffrey,  accompanied  by  a  quartet  of  local 
musicians,  lays  into  his  first  solo.  His  eyes  are 
closed.  His  cheeks  bulge  like  hickory  nuts. 
The  music  is  hot. 

The  audience  is  small  but  enthusiastic. 
Jeffrey,  Duke's  director  of  jazz  studies,  doesn't 
seem  to  mind.  That's  how  it's  always  been 
with  jazz.  To  many  people,  this  music  is  a 
foreign  language,  complex,  hard  to  follow; 
but  those  who  know  and  love  the  genre  are 
most  likely  to  be  aficionados,  as  facile  with 
player  history  and  trivia  as  any  sports  fan. 

So  it  is,  too,  with  Jeffrey's  particular  tool  of 
the  trade.  The  saxophone  is  generally  es- 
chewed by  the  symphony,  seldom  written  for 
in  contemporary  "classical"  music.  That  may 
be  why  Jeffrey  ultimately  chose  the  instru- 
ment. He's  something  of  a  maverick,  the  sus- 
picious fish  out  of  water  no  matter  where  he 
goes  now— an  unusual  kind  of  artist  in  the 
academic  environment,  and  a  "professor"  in 


the  jazz  environment.  It's  a  double  role  he's 
proudly  cultivated.  He  wants  to  prove  to 
both  sides  that  the  stereotype  of  the  hard- 
living,  unreliable  musician  just  ain't  neces- 
sarily so.  And  there  is  no  doubt  in  Jeffrey's 
mind  that  jazz  belongs  in  the  college  classroom. 

Now  Jeffrey  is  rolling  the  bright  brass  bell 
of  his  horn  in  a  narrow  arc.  He  plays,  pauses, 
then  answers  himself  as  if  two  horns  were 
going  at  each  other— a  call  and  response.  His 
knees  bend  and  one  leg  is  pitched  slightly  in 
front  of  the  other.  His  trouser  cuff  jitters  at 
the  ankle  as  he  fiercely  taps  one  heel.  Finally, 
the  solo  makes  its  last  drive  through  the 
melody  and  drops  with  a  slide  down  to  the 
low  register.  Jeffrey  opens  his  eyes,  pulls  the 
instrument  from  his  mouth,  cradles  the  horn 
against  his  chest,  steps  back  from  the  micro- 
phone. He  nods  to  the  crash  of  applause  as 
vibrophonist  Hayes  Samir  begins  his  turn  in 
the  traffic. 

"1  wake  up  in  the  morning  and  I  go  to  bed 
at  night  listening  to  music,"  Jeffrey  says,  now 
sitting  in  his  cluttered  office  in  the  Mary 
Duke  Biddle  Music  Building  on  East  Cam- 
pus. "And  if  I  dream  music,  I  feel  very  happy." 
A  big  band  record  is  playing  softly  on  the 
turntable  at  his  elbow.  "I  would  not  say  that  I 


■J-^ 


-  i\Xi 


he  worked  with  Louis 
,  Armstrong,  Duke 
Ellington,  Benny 
Goodman,  and  Tommy 
Dorsey.  She  could  play  jazz 
piano  like  no  one  else.  And 
right  up  until  her  death  from 
cancer  in  1981,  jazz  great 
Mary  Lou  Williams  insisted 
that  music  was  her  constant 
companion.  "It  lives  right 
here  in  my  mind,"  she  liked  to 
say.  'It  saves  me." 

In  the  last  four  years  of  her 
life,  she  was  Paul  Jeffrey's 
predecessor  as  jazz  artist-in- 
residence  at  Duke.  Through- 
out her  career,  she  was  con- 
sidered one  of  the  most 
important  composers  in  the 
field  of  jazz— renowned  for 
the  range  of  her  musical 
knowledge,  her  physical 
strength  at  the  keyboard,  her 
courage  to  stretch  her  powers 
as  a  woman  in  a  man's  field. 

Williams  was  at  the  center 
of  the  jazz  world  during  the 
swing  era  of  the  mid-Thirties 
and  Forties,  and  moved  effort- 
lessly into  the  bebop  style  of 
the  next  decade.  She  was  the 
Gertrude  Stein  of  Harlem: 
Dizzy  Gillespie,  Bud  Powell, 
Thelonious  Monk,  Sarah 
Vaughan.-Charlie  Parker  and 
others  would  bring  their  new 
work  for  her  all-night  critique 
sessions. 

Born  in  Atlanta,  Georgia,  in 


1910,  Williams  began  tapping 
out  tunes  on  the  piano  at  the 
age  of  three.  She  got  her  back- 
ground in  the  blues,  ragtime, 
and  boogie  woogie  by  listen- 
ing to  the  professional  musi- 
cians her  mother  invited  over 
for  demonstrations.  By  the 
time  she  was  twelve,  Williams 
was  hired  to  play  in  a  touring 
show.  She  performed  with 
Duke  Ellington  at  age  sixteen, 
and  had  written  her  first  score 
three  years  later. 

In  her  storied  career; 
Williams  played  with  Andy 
Kirk  and  his  Clouds  of  Joy, 
composed  and  arranged  for 
Armstrong,  Dorsey,  and 
Goodman,  and  toured  with 
Ellington.  She  appeared  with 
Gillespie  at  the  Newport  Jazz 
Festival,  and  debuted  her 
Zodiac  Suite  with  the  New 
York  Philharmonic  in  Carne- 
gie Hall-  the  first  perform- 
ance ever  of  a  jazz  musician 
with  a  symphony  orchestra. 
She  contributed  more  than 
350  compositions  to  the  jazz 


"No  one  can  put  a  style  on 
me,"  she  said  in  an  interview 
with  the  Duke  Alumni 
Register.  "I've  learned  from 
too  many  people.  I  experi- 
ment to  keep  up  with  what  is 
going  on,  to  hear  what  every- 
body else  is  doing.  I  even  keep 
a  little  ahead  of  them,  like  a 


that  shows  what  will 
next." 

Williams  was  best  known  in 
later  life  for  her  three  jazz 
masses.  The  final  one,  Mary 
Lou's  Mass,  was  commis- 
sioned by  the  Vatican  in  1969, 
introduced  at  the  United 
Nations,  and  became  the  first 
jazz  score  ever  performed 
during  a  Mass  at  St.  Patrick's 
Cathedral. 

At  Duke,  she  was  recog- 
nized for  her  remarkable  con- 
tributions to  the  genre  of  jazz. 
Her  classes  were  often  stand- 
ing room  only.  "If  you  keep 
on  listening  to  rock,  you're 
going  to  end  up  with  the 
cramps,"  she'd  tell  her  stu- 
dents. "Bock  puts  you  in  a  box 
and  makes  you  stiff  as  a  nine- 
ty-year-old man.  Jazz  is  love. 
You  have  to  lay  into  it  and  let 
it  flow."  As  then-Duke  senior 
Marvin  Brown  told  People 
magazine  in  a  1980  feature  on 
Williams,  "When  I  heard  she 
was  teaching  jazz,  I  signed 
right  up.  It's  like  having 
Albert  Einstein  teaching 
physics." 

After  her  death,  Duke 
memorialized  the  jazz  great  by 
establishing  the  Mary  Lou 
Williams  Center  for  Black 
Culture.  Located  in  the  base- 
ment of  the  Union,  the  center 
is  used  for  performances,  art 


chose  this  profession,  it  chose  me." 

Over  the  years,  Jeffrey,  now  53 ,  has  worked 
for  nearly  all  the  legends— Lionel  Hampton, 
Dizzy  Gillespie,  Thelonious  Monk,  B.B. 
King,  Clark  Terry,  and  Count  Basie,  to  name 
a  few.  He's  made  several  records  as  a  soloist 
and  as  a  sideman.  He  taught  at  Rutgers,  Jul- 
liard,  Columbia,  and  Princeton  before  com- 
ing to  Duke  in  1981,  following  the  death  of 
Duke's  former  jazz-artist-in-residence,  Mary 
Lou  Williams.  (Jeffrey  played  at  her  funeral  in 
New  York  before  his  association  with  Duke 
even  started.)  Because  he's  so  well-respected 
in  the  field,  he's  been  able  to  bring  in  many 
of  his  longtime  friends  for  guest  perform- 
ances at  the  university— most  recently,  one 
of  the  greatest  couriers  of  the  bebop  tradi- 
tion, saxophonist  Sonny  Rollins. 

Paul  Jeffrey's  career  in  jazz  has  been  distin- 
guished by  its  range.  He's  a  musician's  musi- 
cian, a  gifted  arranger  with  an  unerring  ear,  a 
popular  teacher,  an  articulate  advocate  for 
the  art  form— always  offering  the  humblest 
appraisal  of  his  own  talents.  And  he  is,  finally, 
a  survivor  in  a  field  with  many  casualties, 
though  he's  quick  to  point  out  that  he's  done 
his  share  of  scuffling. 

"Scuffling"  is  the  operative  verb  among 
jazz  musicians— that  struggle  to  make  ends 
meet  by  playing  every  gig  you  can  get  in 
smoky  clubs  in  the  seamy  sections  of  a  town, 
places  where  the  payment  may  be  a  share  of 
the  door,  split  among  all  the  band  members. 
Sleep  during  the  day,  play  all  night.  Or 
worse,  have  a  day  job  and  play  the  band  job 
at  night. 

"You  see,"  Jeffrey  says,  "this  music  has  al- 
ways flourished  where  there  were  illicit 
goings-on.  It  started  in  Storyville  because 
that's  where  the  pianos  were— where  they 
had  enough  money  to  have  pianos."  (Story- 
ville was  the  notorious  bar  and  bordello  dis- 
trict in  New  Orleans  where  jazz  first  emerged 
at  the  turn  of  the  century  as  a  recognizable 
musical  form.)  "Where  would  symphony 
orchestras  be  if  they  had  to  play  in  night 
clubs  with  drinking  glasses?  How  much 
would  they  have  really  wanted  to  continue. 
Not  that  Bach  and  Beethoven  didn't  have  to 
scuffle,  but  they  did  have  their  rewards."  Jef- 
frey smiles.  "In  the  early  days,  I'd  go  sit  in  a 
club  in  New  York  City  from  9  p.m.  to  3  a.m. 
and  wait  to  be  invited  to  play  just  one  tune 
with  the  band."  He  shakes  his  head.  "That 
was  how  I  started." 

Performer  biographies  in  the  jazz  field  are 
often  tales  of  tragedy  and  waste,  of  lights  that 
burned  brightly  but  briefly.  Drugs,  debt, 
poverty,  divorce,  mental  illness,  imprison- 
ment, and  fatal  accidents  seem  to  be  the 
rule.  For  example,  the  saxophonist  Jeffrey 
first  idolized— Charlie  Parker— began  a  nar- 
cotic habit  at  fifteen,  suffered  ulcers,  was 
committed  to  a  mental  institution  by  a 
California  court,  attempted  suicide  by 
drinking  iodine,  and  died  a  very  sick  man 


at  the  age  of  thirty-five. 

"You  know,"  Jeffrey  says,  "I'm  really  a  cru- 
sader for  this  music,  but  people  don't  know 
what  the  musicians  have  gone  through  to  be 
able  to  play  it."  He  says  it's  ironic  and  un- 
fortunate that  jazz— the  United  States'  only 
indigenous  musical  form— has  not  received 
its  due  in  this  country  to  the  extent  that  it 
has  in  Europe  and  Japan .  "Why?  Because  this 
music  is  the  music  of  the  freed  slaves.  It  would 
do  something  to  the  social  structure  of  this 
country  if  we  gave  jazz  the  support  it  justly 
deserves."  Jeffrey  is  not  strident.  He  says  this 
matter-of-factly,  without  reproach. 

But  wouldn't  the  nature  of  this  music— 
born  of  the  blues,  spawned  in  such  particular 
hardship— change  if  it  were  easier  for  the 
musicians?  "Yes.  I  think  you  play  better  on  a 
full  stomach.  I  also  think  that  students, 
Duke  students,  ought  to  be  able  to  find  out 
about  the  most  important  music  America 
has  contributed,  and  I  don't  think  they 
should  have  to  go  to  a  sleazy  nightclub.  It 
should  be  readily  available  right  here. 

"I  feel  sorry  for  people,  particularly  Cau- 
casians, who  come  up  in  a  very  good  back- 
ground, and  all  of  a  sudden  they  find  they 
love  this  music,  and  they  want  to  play  it. 
And  where  do  they  have  to  go?  Jazz  has  been 
zoned—  in  every  city  of  this  country.  It's  al- 
ways in  the  ghettos.  That  shouldn't  be  neces- 
sary, it  seems  to  me." 

Jeffrey's  life  is  testimony  to  the  potential 
for  the  change  he  proposes— the  "mainstream- 
ing"  or  "gentrification"  of  jazz.  He  was  born 
in  Harlem  Hospital,  and  at  the  age  of  four, 
when  his  parents  split  up,  he  went  to  live 
with  his  aunt  and  cousin  on  Madison  Ave- 
nue between  115th  and  116th  Streets.  One  of 
his  earliest  memories  is  of  hiding  behind  his 
aunt's  giant  Philco  radio  and  listening  to 
classical  symphonies  for  hours  at  a  time.  "It's 
a  wonder  I  wasn't  electrocuted,"  he  says, 
laughing. 

Jeffrey  comes  from  a  very  religious  family. 
He  heard  his  first  jazz  in  church.  "On  Sun- 
days, all  the  other  kids  would  be  out  playing, 
and  I'd  be  sitting  in  the  Rockland  Palace  on 
155th  Street,  which  was  a  church  at  the 
time,  listening  to  the  church  band  rehearse. 
The  music  was  a  kind  of  Dixieland  gospel 
with  tubas  and  everything.  I'd  sit  for  hours 
with  my  mouth  open.  They  had  one  of  these 
velvet  ropes,  and  they'd  put  out  a  chair  for  me 
behind  it.  My  father  always  knew  where  to 
find  me." 

When  he  was  eight,  he  was  sent  to  live  on 
a  farm  in  a  small  town  in  upstate  New  York 
near  the  Ashokan  Reservoir.  There  Jeffrey 
and  his  cousin  went  through  the  fourth 
through  eighth  grades  in  a  one-room  school- 
house  with  children  of  all  ages. 

"That  was  good  for  me  because  I  was  able 
to  hear  what  the  other  students'  lessons 
were.  It  was  like  getting  two  chances  at  each 
grade."  Jeffrey  still  spent  his  summers  in  the 


"In  the  early  days,  I'd  go 

sit  in  a  club  in  New  York 

City  from  9  p.m.  to 

3  a.m.  and  wait  to  be 

invited  to  play  one  tune 

with  the  band." 


city  with  his  father— a  strict  and  fastidious 
man  who  had  come  to  New  York  from  a  small 
island  in  the  Lesser  Antilles  and  who  worked 
as  a  pressman  for  a  printing  company.  "For 
some  reason,  my  father  was  always  trying  to 
steer  me  toward  music.  He  wanted  me  to  play 
violin  and  go  to  Julliard.  He  got  me  a  violin 
when  I  was  eight.  I  knew  what  it  was  sup- 
posed to  sound  like,  but  the  first  time  I  tried 
to  draw  the  bow  across  the  strings,  I  was  hor- 
rified at  the  sound.  I  threw  the  violin  across 
the  room." 

Sometime  later,  when  Jeffrey  heard  Harry 
James  on  radio's  Hit  Parade,  he  decided  he 
wanted  to  play  the  trumpet.  Jeffrey's  father, 
however,  insisted  on  the  piano.  Paul  took 
one  or  two  lessons  but  continued  to  ask  for  a 
trumpet.  Finally,  Jeffrey's  father  bought  him 
a  metal  clarinet,  and  the  obsession  with 
music  took  hold.  He  was  living  by  that  time 
in  Kingston,  New  York,  in  a  non-denomi- 
national religious  order  created  by  a  man 
named  Father  Divine.  "Someone  kind  of  like 
Reverend  Ike,"  Jeffrey  explains,  "only  not  a 
con  man." 

Jeffrey  immediately  signed  up  for  the 
junior  high  band.  He  couldn't  read  music 
and  he  had  to  watch  his  classmates  to  see 
how  to  put  his  clarinet  together  and  attach 
the  reed.  "Then  the  band  director  called  on 
me,  and  of  course  I  couldn't  get  a  sound  out  of 
the  thing.  I  don't  know  why  he  didn't  throw 
me  out."  Slowly,  by  watching  the  others,  Jef- 
frey managed  his  first  note.  Then  his  guardian 
in  the  religious  order  found  him  a  private  in- 
structor, a  bartender  who  played  classical 
music. 

"I  went  home  from  school  every  day  and 
practiced.  On  Saturdays  I'd  start  playing  in 
the  morning  and  then  I'd  look  up  again  and 
it  would  be  dark.  Music  meant  more  to  me 
than  life  itself.  It  was  a  companion  to  me."  By 
the  end  of  the  semester,  Jeffrey  had  moved  up 
from  last  to  first  chair  of  the  second  clarinet 
section  in  the  band. 

Through  high  school,  his  playing  improved. 
He  was  tutored  by  a  distinguished  classical 
clarinetist,  Robert  Willaman,  who  played 
with  the  WOR  orchestra.  Willaman  was  so 
impressed  with  Jeffrey  that  he  wanted  him  to 


come  live  on  his  farm  near  Poughkeepsie  and 
work  in  exchange  for  room,  board,  and  private 
lessons  when  he  graduated  from  high  school. 
He  wanted  to  shape  Jeffrey  into  a  musician  of 
symphony  caliber.  Jeffrey  was  interested,  but  in 
his  senior  year,  he  won  a  statewide  musical 
competition  and  was  encouraged  by  one  the 
judges  to  apply  to  college.  Willaman  reluctant- 
ly agreed.  "You  may  not  get  a  job  as  a  black 
man  in  a  symphony  orchestra,"  he  said.  "Go  to 
college." 

Meanwhile,  Jeffrey  had  discovered  Sonny 
Rollins,  Bud  Powell,  and  Charlie  Parker  on 
records.  Now  he  wanted  to  play  jazz,  too.  He 
taught  himself  to  play  his  cousin's  alto  saxo- 
phone and  was  asked  to  fill  in  for  a  saxophonist 
in  a  band  playing  at  a  high  school  prom.  That 
night  for  the  first  time,  Jeffrey  says  he  heard  a 
melody  that  was  different  from  the  one  that 
was  written  on  the  sheet  music.  And  he  played 
it.  He  was  smitten  with  improvisation. 

Ithaca  College  accepted  him  for  admission, 
and  he  moved  there,  carrying  one  of  his  father's 
suits  and  every  penny  he'd  earned  during  his 
summers  in  New  York  City,  money  which  his 
father  had  secretly  saved  over  the  years.  "I  still 
wasn't  really  thinking  about  what  I  was  going 
to  do  with  music.  I  just  wanted  to  play  it.  Of 
course,  the  saxophone  wasn't  considered  an 
instalment  at  Ithaca  College,  so  I  had  to  audi- 
tion on  the  clarinet  when  school  started."  Jef- 
frey was  one  of  two  freshmen  who  made  the 
college  band  that  year.  But  he  kept  up  with  the 
sax  as  well,  playing  dance  band  jobs  at  Cornell 
on  weekends.  He  also  worked  at  the  Ithaca 
Hotel  carrying  bags— a  job  that  he  would  be 
forced  to  repeat  a  number  of  times  in  his  career 
to  help  supplement  his  income  from  music. 

Finally,  before  his  senior  year  in  college,  Jef- 
frey went  to  Atlantic  City  for  the  summer.  He 
was  determined  to  make  music  and  money 
during  the  break. 

"I  found  this  rundown  place  on  Baltic  Ave- 
nue and  asked  to  speak  to  the  proprietor.  I  told 
him  that  he  needed  some  music  to  change  the 
atmosphere  in  the  place.  It  was  horrible.  Much 
to  my  surprise,  the  guy  said,  'sure,'  thinking  he'd 
probably  never  see  me  again.  So  the  next  day  I 
went  to  a  music  store  and  rented  a  piano  in  his 
name.  When  the  music  store  called  to  confirm 
the  order  and  schedule  the  delivery,  the  bar 
owner  almost  died.  He  canceled  the  piano,  but 
he  figured  if  I  had  enough  moxie  to  do  that, 
he'd  get  me  a  piano!" 

Jeffrey  then  rounded  up  some  musicians- 
including  a  fifteen-year-old  pianist  from  Phila- 
delphia named  McCoy  Tyner,  now  one  of  jazz's 
premier  pianists.  Tyner's  aunt  brought  him  to 
the  gigs  and  stayed  around  as  chaperone.  "We 
were  living  music  down  there  that  summer." 
Not  that  the  living  was  easy:  "The  piano  was 
so  bad  McCoy  used  to  have  to  tape  his  fingers." 
Jeffrey's  group  played  from  11  p.m.  to  5  a.m., 
slept  on  the  beach  until  noon,  and  then  would 
go  back  to  the  bar  and  start  rehearsing.  Ulti- 
mately, the  group  was  fired  from  the  job  be- 


cause  the  owner  found  out  that  Tyner  was  a 
minor. 

At  the  end  of  that  summer  of  1956,  Jeffrey 
did  not  return  to  Ithaca.  "What  I'd  been 
doing  in  school  had  prepared  me  in  a  certain 
way.  I  could  read  music  very  well  and  could 
write  a  little  bit,  but  I  was  totally  unprepared 
for  the  rigors  of  the  bandstand."  And  the 
bandstand  was  what  he  wanted.  He  headed 
for  New  York  City. 

Jeffrey  met  Sonny  Rollins  that  year,  was 
married  for  the  first  time,  and  started  to  get 
some  work  with  bands.  In  fact,  his  first  road 
trip  was  to  North  Carolina  A&T  in  Greens- 
boro with  Illinois  Jacquet's  group.  In  1960, 
Jeffrey  went  to  Miami  and  played  with  some 
organ  groups  for  a  while  before  he  was  told 
he  had  to  leave  town  unless  he  got  a  union 
card.  He  didn't  have  the  money  to  get  back  to 
New  York,  but  just  then,  B.B.  King  came 
through  Florida  with  an  opening  for  a  tenor 
saxophonist. 

Touring  the  South  with  King,  Jeffrey  wit- 
nessed racism  just  before  the  civil  rights 
movement  blossomed.  He  was  not  especially 
comfortable  on  the  road.  He  finally  left  the 
band  in  Mississippi  on  its  second  tour  through 
the  region,  returned  to  New  York  City,  and 
went  to  work  with  trumpeter  Buck  Clayton 
until  Dizzy  Gillespie,  working  in  an  adjacent 
rehearsal  studio,  unexpectedly  approached 
Jeffrey  and  asked  if  he  had  his  passport  in 
order.  And  Jeffrey  was  off  to  London  with  the 
Gillespie  band. 

The  most  memorable  of  Jeffrey's  musical 
associations  over  the  years,  however,  was 
with  Thelonious  Monk— the  high-strung, 
eccentric,  and  misanthropic  pianist  who  was 
one  of  jazz's  most  influential  and  innovative 
composers.  Through  Monk  (a  native  North 
Carolinian),  Jeffrey  moved  into  the  heart  of 
New  York's  jazz  culture.  He  spent  time  with 
Monk  at  the  home  of  Baroness  Pannonica 
"Nica"  de  Koenigswarter,  the  daughter  of  the 
late  British  banker  Nathaniel  Rothschild 
and  a  great  patroness  for  jazz.  Her  home  was 
where  Charlie  Parker  had  died— a  huge  scan- 
dal. And  there,  too,  Thelonius  Monk  and 
Paul  Jeffrey  played— not  jazz,  but  ping-pong 
into  the  wee  hours.  The  manic  Monk  loved 
the  game,  and  he  liked  Jeffrey.  He  could  talk 
to  him— a  rare  relationship. 

Jeffrey  went  to  Japan  and  recorded  there 
with  Monk  in  1970.  But  after  the  Japan  tour, 
Monk  was  hospitalized  in  California,  and  his 
wife  Nell  asked  Jeffrey  to  stay  close  by  and 
help  out.  Jeffrey  obliged  and  earned  his  liv- 
ing during  that  time  by  writing  lead  sheets— 
that  is,  transcribing  musical  scores  from 
records— for  the  Savoy  label.  (Jeffrey  had 
earned  the  down  payment  on  his  first  house 
several  years  before,  writing  lead  sheets  for 
Sammy  Davis  Jr.)  After  1974,  Monk  would 
never  play  again  on  a  regular  basis,  but  he 
and  Jeffrey  remained  friends  until  his  death 
in  1982. 


"The  music  is  in  danger 

of  becoming  a  curiosity 

piece,  extinct,  because 

there's  not  enough 

poured  into  it  artistically. 

We  have  money  for 

minority  outreach,  why 

don't  we  have  money  for 

jazz  outreach?" 


In  the  Seventies,  after  the  tour  with  Monk 
and  back  in  New  York  City,  Jeffrey's  career 
took  a  new  turn.  At  the  urging  of  a  student  of 
Sonny  Rollins,  Jeffrey  sent  a  resume  to  the 
music  department  at  Columbia.  They  were 
looking  for  a  saxophone  instructor.  He  didn't 
really  expect  to  hear  anything  from  them, 
nor  was  he  sure  that  he  would  like  teaching. 
In  short  order,  though,  Jeffrey  was  hired, 
which  led  to  a  series  of  teaching  jobs,  a  radio 
program  for  Fordham  University,  and  the 
creation  of  the  Midtown  Jazz  Center.  Jeffrey 
ended  up  at  Rutgers  in  1977  on  a  tenure  track. 
Four  years  later,  Duke  approached  him  to 
teach  Mary  Lou  Williams'  "History  of  Jazz" 
course  on  an  interim  basis. 

"The  first  time  I  hit  the  Duke  campus,  I 
knew  this  was  a  fine  university.  The  students 


were  very  different  from  the  students  at  a 
state  school  like  Rutgers.  The  Duke  students, 
outside  of  being  very  bright,  have  the  ability 
to  do  anything  they  want  to  in  life."  And  Jef- 
frey wants  to  make  sure  they  know  about  the 
history  and  artistry  of  jazz.  He  sees  his  work 
at  Duke  as  a  very  pragmatic  way  to  serve  the 
musical  genre. 

"Listen  to  the  word,"  he  says.  "Jazz.  We  use 
it  in  a  pejorative  sense.  Like,  'don't  give  me  all 
that  j  azz,'  or  'don't  you  look  j  azzy.'  And  now,  at 
this  time,  I  think  the  music  is  very  much  in 
danger  of  becoming  a  curiosity  piece,  ex- 
tinct, because  there's  not  enough  poured 
into  it  artistically.  We  have  money  for  minor- 
ity outreach,  why  don't  we  have  money  for 
jazz  outreach?  I  hope  to  have  a  little  impact 
on  that  in  my  position  here."  Jeffrey  was  in- 
strumental in  getting  a  new  endowment 
fund  for  jazz  studies  at  Duke,  contributed  by 
his  old  friend  Lionel  Hampton. 

Jeffrey  does  not  see  himself  as  shaping  per- 
forming artists  here  so  much  as  he  is  educat- 
ing future  leaders— future  arts  patrons.  Since 
his  classes  are  limited  to  seventy-five  stu- 
dents and  are  always  oversubscribed,  he's 
broadened  his  audience  by  hosting  a  jazz  pro- 
gram on  the  student  radio  station,  WXDU, 
every  Sunday  afternoon.  He  performs  regu- 
larly on  campus  with  his  quintet,  and  he's 
also  imported  the  principal  players  from 
Italy's  prestigious  Umbria  Jazz  Festival  for  the 
last  three  years.  The  key,  says  Jeffrey,  is  expo- 
sure. The  music  sells  itself.  He  won't  take 
credit.  "Besides,  Duke  ought  to  have  a  great 
jazz  program.  Of  all  the  people  who  have 
graduated  from  here,  one  of  the  best  known 
is  a  gentleman  by  the  name  of  Les  Brown." 

And  Jeffrey's  commitment  to  jazz  goes 
beyond  the  Duke  community.  He  was  ap- 
pointed last  year  to  the  North  Carolina  Arts 
Council  by  Governor  James  Martin,  and  he 
works  with  a  high  school  jazz  band  in  Wake 
County  once  a  week.  "I  do  that  gratis  because 
we  can't  wait  until  these  kids  get  in  college  to 
expose  them  to  the  music.  Where  are  they 
going  to  hear  jazz?  They  can't  go  into  night 
clubs.  What  other  form  of  music  do  you  have 
to  go  around  whiskey  to  hear?" 

In  all  of  his  performances  and  in  his  work 
with  the  Duke  Jazz  Ensemble,  Jeffrey  is  deter- 
mined to  enforce  the  same  kind  of  dignity  in 
appearance  and  stage  decorum  as  projected 
by  classical  musicians.  As  far  as  he's  con- 
cerned, jazz  is  this  country's  classical  music. 
"It's  up  to  me  and  the  musicians  to  present  a 
product  that  gives  the  appropriate  respect  to 
this  music.  Maybe  I'm  old  fashioned.  But 
positive  images  are  made  from  positive 
images.  It's  as  simple  as  that.  Let's  just  give 
the  music  a  chance  to  be  what  it  can  be."B 


Over  the  past  year,  Eubanks  76  has  placed  her  short 
stories  in  The  Boston  Globe  Magazine,  The 
American  Voice,  and  The  North  American 
Review. 


DUp 


DUKE 


ore  than  400  Duke  alumni  and 
friends  were  on  hand  May  31  at 
Atlanta's  Georgia-Pacific  Center. 
The  occasion:  a  black-tie  celebration  of  the 
university  and  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie. 

The  event  was  sponsored  by  the  Duke  in 
Atlanta  Alumni  Association.  Honorary 
chairmen  were  J.B.  Fuqua,  benefactor  of  the 
Fuqua  School  of  Business;  and  L.  Neil  Wil- 
liams Jr.  '58,  J.D.  '61,  chairman  of  the  board 
of  trustees. 

In  his  remarks  to  the  gathering,  Brodie 
provided  a  presidential  update  on  campus 
events— from  the  legacy  of  success  in  basket- 
ball to  policy  shifts  in  admissions.  He  an- 
nounced $800,000  in  pledges  for  the  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences  toward 
a  goal  of  $2.5  million  from  the  Atlanta  area. 
And  he  recognized  new  members  of  the  uni- 
versity's Founders  Society— donors  Erskine 
and  Gay  Love  and  J.B.  Fuqua.  The  Atlanta 
celebration  included  a  cocktail  buffet,  an 
exclusive  exhibition  and  tour  of  the  High  Mu- 
seum of  Art's  newest  branch,  and  dancing. 

At  the  helm  of  Atlanta's  alumni  leadership 
are  Stanley  G.  Brading  Jr.  74  and  D.  Hayes 
Clement  '58,  who  coordinate  alumni  and 
development  events  in  the  area. 

For  Brodie,  inaugurated  as  president  last 
fall,  the  Atlanta  event  capped  a  year  of 
alumni  activities  across  the  country.  He  is 
scheduled  for  a  number  of  appearances  in 
1986  and  1987,  including  Philadelphia, 
November  12;  Houston,  fall;  Raleigh,  Decem- 
ber 27;  Miami,  January  27;  Los  Angeles, 
March;  and  Baltimore,  April  6. 


ABOVE  AND 


Outstanding  volunteer  service  to  the 
university  brought  this  year's  Charles 
A.  Dukes  awards  to  fifteen  alumni. 
The  fifteen  were  selected  by  the  General 
Alumni  Association's  board  of  directors  and 
the  executive  committee  of  the  Annual 
Fund. 
Included  in  the  GAAs  roster  are  two  Dur- 


High  marks:  Strolling  through  newest  High  Museum 
gallery 

ham  residents  from  the  Class  of  35:  Charlotte 
Corbin,  former  alumnae  secretary  and  local 
arrangements  chairman  for  the  50th-reunion 
class  and  Kathleen  Bryson  Moore,  50th- 
reunion  chairman.  Other  award  winners 
were  John  A.  Koskinen  '61  of  Washington, 
D.C.,  president  of  the  GAA  in  1980-81; 
Thomas  E.  McLain  '68,  J.D.  '74,  chairman  of 
the  Los  Angeles  Alumni  Admissions  Advi- 
sory Committee;  and  F.  Maxton  Mauney  Jr., 
M.D.  '59  of  Asheville,  president  of  the  Medi- 
cal School  Alumni  Association  in  1984-85. 
Among  the  top  volunteer  leaders  chosen 
by  the  Annual  Fund  is  Brenda  LaGrange 
Johnson  '61  of  New  York  City,  who,  as  class 
chairman  of  the  25th-reunion  gift  drive,  ran 
the  largest  single  class  campaign  in  Duke  his- 
tory, netting  $250,000.  Other  honorees  are 
Chester  Andrews  '29,  B.D.  '32  of  Hillsbo- 
rough, who,  as  class  president,  has  been 
instrumental  in  establishing  the  class  scho- 
larship and  in  planning  annual  reunions; 
William  Bramberg  '57  (Largo,  Florida),  a 
class  agent  for  several  years;  George  J.  Evans 
Jr.  B.S.E.E.  '56  (New  Canaan,  Connecticut), 
a  two-term  class  agent;  and  Robert  F.  Long 


'41  (Raleigh),  special  gifts  chairman  for  his 
class. 

Also,  Margaret  Castleberry  Malone  R.N. 
'39  (Salisbury,  Maryland),  nursing  class 
agent  from  1983  to  1985;  George  Nance  '36 
(Greensboro),  class  agent  for  the  50th-reunion 
gift  drive,  also  active  in  the  Four  County 
Scholarship  drive  for  the  capital  campaign; 
Brian  Stone  LL.B.  '63  (Atlanta)  and  Robert 
E.  Mitchell  LL.B.  '61  (New  York  City),  for 
their  service  on  the  National  Council  for 
the  Law  School  Fund;  and  Dale  Shaw  '69, 
M.D.  '73  (Raleigh),  medical  school  class 
agent  and  co-chairman  of  the  Medical  An- 
nual Fund. 

Named  in  honor  of  Charles  A.  Dukes  '29, 
the  awards  were  established  in  1983.  Dukes' 
service  to  the  university  spanned  fifty-five 
years  and  positions  that  included  alumni 
affairs  director  and  assistant  vice  president. 


DOLLARS  FOR 
SCHOLARS 


Alumni  Endowed  Undergraduate 
Scholarships  have  gone  to  a  former 
Duke  TIPster  from  Florida  and  to  a 
New  York  musician.  Each,  a  member  of  the 
Class  of  1990,  will  receive  $5 ,000  a  year.  The 
merit-based  scholarships,  begun  in  1979  by 
the  General  Alumni  Association,  are  awarded 
annually,  with  preference  given  to  children 
of  alumni. 

Chris  Imershein  of  Tallahassee,  Florida,  is 
the  Anne  W.  Garrard  Scholar.  Garrard  was 
dean  of  women  at  Greensboro  College  until 
she  joined  Duke's  alumni  office  in  1939.  She 
retired  in  1971. 

Imershein,  the  son  of  Allen  Wallace 
Imershein  '66,  took  part  in  Duke's  Talent 
Identification  Program  for  four  consecutive 
summers.  He  graduated  from  the  Develop- 
mental Research  School,  where  he  was  a 
member  of  the  National  Honor  Society  and 
its  Brain  Bowl  Team.  He  was  also  active  in 
student  government  and  the  computer  club, 
and  was  first  violinist  in  the  Tallahassee 
Youth  Orchestra.  He  plans  to  major  in  math- 
ematics for  a  career  in  a  related  field. 

Katherine  Lawyer  of  Rye,  New  York,  is  the 
Charles  A.  Dukes  Scholar.  Dukes  '29  was 
assistant  director,  acting  director,  and  then 


director  of  alumni  affairs  and  public  relations 
at  Duke  for  nearly  thirty  years  before  being 
named  a  university  assistant  vice  president 
in  1963.  He  retired  in  1967  and  died  in  1984. 

Lawyer,  the  daughter  of  William  Grove 
Lawyer  '65 ,  played  with  the  Westchester  Area 
All-State  Orchestra  and  the  New  York  All- 
State  String  Orchestra,  and  was  concert  mis- 
tress her  senior  year  for  the  Rye  High  School 
Orchestra.  She  is  a  member  of  the  National 
Music  Honor  Society  as  well  as  the  National 
Honor  Society.  She  was  co-editor  of  her 
school's  newspaper  and  active  in  student 
government.  A  prospective  history  major, 
she  plans  to  become  a  teacher. 

"The  Alumni  Endowed  Scholarship  Pro- 
gram has  been  restructured  over  the  last 
year,"  says  Sandy  Kopp  McNutt  M.Div.  '83, 
Alumni  Affairs'  assistant  director  for  alumni 
admissions  programs.  "We're  now  awarding 
two  scholarships  at  $5,000  each  instead  of 
three  at  $3,000.  This  will  put  our  scholar- 
ship on  par  with  other  prestigious  scholar- 
ships offered  by  schools  with  which  we 
compete." 

Last  year's  winner,  a  member  of  the  Class 
of  1989,  was  Gregory  C.  Carter  of  Needham, 
Massachusetts.  He  was  named  the  Mary 
Grace  Wilson  Scholar.  Wilson  was  dean  of 
undergraduate  women  at  Duke  from  1930  to 
1972. 

Carter  is  the  son  of  Robert  Mills  Carter  '62 
and  Ann  Kirkman  Carter  '62 ,  and  the  grand- 


son of  Thomas  Carlton  Kirkman  '22,  and 
has  eleven  other  alumni  family  connections. 
He  was  a  member  of  the  National  Honor 
Society  and  was  selected  for  Who's  Who 
Among  American  High  School  Students.  He 
was  president  of  the  Junior  Classical  League 
and  won  first  prize  two  years  in  a  row  in  the 
Classical  Association  of  New  England's  essay 
contest.  An  English  major,  he  plans  a  career 
in  writing. 


SEA  AND 
SKI 


Some  recent  graduates  may  have  been 
left  back  on  shore  by  Duke  Travel's 
foreign  itineraries— because  of  the 
expense,  duration,  or  both.  But  their  ship 
might  finally  come  in  with  a  new  program 
offered  by  the  Alumni  Office. 

Two  trips  planned  for  1987  were  tailor- 
made  for  "young  alumni,"  the  20,000  who 
graduated  within  the  last  ten  years, 
1976-1986.  The  Keystone  Resort  Trip, 
February  4-8,  is  a  $150  per  person,  four-night 
ski  package  based  on  four  people  sharing 
two-bedroom  condominiums.  Also  included 
are  roundtrip  transfers  and  lodging  taxes.  Lift 
tickets  are  at  a  special  group  rate  of  $18  a  day 
to  ski  Colorado's  Keystone,  North  Peak,  and 


Arapahoe  Basin.  Ski  equipment  rentals  are 
also  at  group  rates.  Airfare,  though,  is  not 
part  of  the  package. 

For  those  who  would  rather  get  away  from 
the  snow,  the  Jamaica  Trip,  February  19-22, 
might  be  the  ticket.  This  $440-per-person 
package  includes  roundtrip  airfare  from  At- 
lanta, hotel  accommodations,  based  on  dou- 
ble occupancy,  at  the  Holiday  Inn  Montego 
Bay,  roundtrip  transfers,  baggage  handling, 
hotel  and  U.S.  departure  taxes,  and  service 
charges. 

This  fall,  young  alumni  are  also  being 
catered  to  in  Chicago  and  Atlanta.  On 
September  6,  a  party  is  scheduled  in  Chicago 
after  the  Duke  vs.  Northwestern  football 
game;  in  Atlanta,  the  date  to  save  is  October 
31,  the  Friday  night  before  Saturday's  game 
against  Georgia  Tech. 

"This  is  the  first  major  effort  to  involve  all 
young  alumni  in  this  type  of  programming," 
says  Barbara  Pattishall,  associate  director  of 
Alumni  Affairs.  "Before,  young  alumni  acti- 
vities were  always  done  in  conjunction  with 
local  clubs.  We'll  be  keeping  careful  statistics 
on  which  of  the  four  offerings  have  the  most 
response  and  where,  geographically,  to  help 
us  in  planning  future  functions  and  trips." 

For  detailed  information,  write  Barbara 
Pattishall,  Young  Alumni  Program,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27706,  or  call 
toll  free  1-800-FOR-DUKE  outside  North 
Carolina;  or  (919)  684-5114. 


CLASS 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 


20s  &  30s 


Ralph  Biggerstaff  76,  after  retiring  from  his 
lumber  and  building  supplies  business  twelve  years  ago 
in  Burlington,  N.C,  began  tracing  his  genealogy.  So 
far,  he's  back  to  1740  and  has  organized  over  9,000 
names.  He  has  published  two  editions  of  his  book,  pri- 
marily a  list  of  names  but  including  some  history. 

Isaac  E.  Harris  Jr.  M.D.  '29  retired  in  January 
from  active  surgery  practice  with  the  Durham  Clinic. 
He  writes  that  he  is  enjoying  taking  it  easy  in  Durham. 


Fox  '31  was  recently  honored  when 
her  family  established  an  endowment  fund  in  her 
name.  The  Frances  Hill  Fox  Endowment  will  support 
faculty  development  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's  nursing 


school.  From  1956  to  1982,  she  was  a  member  and 
chairman  of  the  school's  Nursing  Advisory  Commit- 
tee. She  is  now  a  member  of  UNC's  School  of  Nurs- 
ing Foundation.  She  also  serves  on  Central  Carolina 
Bank's  board  of  directors  and  is  a  former  trustee  at 
Watts  Hospital. 


K.  Owen  '31,  of  Pulaski,  Tenn.,  repre- 
sented Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presi- 
dent of  Martin  College  in  Pulaski. 

Dorothy  Noble  Smith  '36,  who  was  the  first 
woman  to  be  made  an  officer  of  Chemical  Bank  in 
New  York  City,  retired  in  1969  as  its  assistant  secre- 
tary. She  moved  to  the  Shenandoah  Valley  and  has 
had  two  books  published.  She  writes  that  her  latest, 
Gran,  Please  Tell  Me  a  Story,  is  to  help  children  under- 
stand and  care  for  animals.  She  lives  in  Luray,  Va. 

Lucy  Lopp  R.N.  '37,  B.S.N.  '38  retired  in  January 
as  director  of  High  Point,  N.C,  services  for  the 
Guilford  County  health  department.  At  a  reception 
for  her  retirement,  a  conference  room  was  named  in 
her  honor. 

Raymond  W.  Postlethwait  M.D.  '37  has  retired 
after  serving  on  the  Duke  faculty  and  at  the  Durham 
Veterans  Administration  Medical  Center  for  30  years. 


Gerald  Griffin  '39  received  his  Ph.D.  in  business 
administration  in  June  1985  from  Golden  Gate  Uni- 
versity in  San  Francisco.  He  is  now  a  part-time  faculty 
member  in  the  M.B.A.  program. 


40s 


Paul  Ader  '40  has  published  his  fourth  novel  and 
fifth  book.  The  Commander,  issued  by  the  Pentland 
Press  of  Edinburgh,  Scotland.  The  novel  relates  the 
experiences  of  Ader  when  he  served  as  assistant  opera- 
tions officer  of  the  6950th  Radio  Squadron  Mobile. 
He  lives  with  his  wife,  Cicely,  in  San  Antonio,  Texas. 


A.  Gerow  M.Ed.  '40  was  appointed  in 
January  to  the  Burlington,  N.C,  city  council  to  com- 
plete the  two-year  term  of  a  member  who  resigned.  He 
has  served  for  the  last  five  years  on  the  Burlington 
Housing  Authority  Board  of  Commissioners  as 
chairman. 


'40  received  the  Silver  Beaver 
Award  from  the  Tidewater  Council  No.  596  of  the 
Boy  Scouts  of  America.  This  award  is  the  highest 
honor  that  a  local  Boy  Scout  Council  can  bestow  on 

Margaret  Taylor  '41,  an  assistant  professor  of 
English  and  journalism  at  Cuyahoga  Community  Col- 
lege in  High  Point,  N.C,  was  one  of  25  semi-finalists 
in  the  1985  National  Professor  of  the  Year  competi- 
tion sponsored  by  the  Council  for  Advancement  and 
Support  of  Education.  She  also  received  the  Profes- 
sional Excellence  Award  from  Cuyahoga  Community 
College. 


18 


Calder  W.  Womble  '43,  LL.B.  '47  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  new  chan- 
cellor of  Winston-Salem  State  University. 

Robert  V.  Nauman  '44  recently  returned  from  a 
sabbatical  leave  in  Chile,  where,  with  a  Fulbright 
research  grant,  he  worked  at  the  Universidad  Tecnica 
Federico  Santa  Maria  in  Valparaiso  and  Universidad 
de  Chile  in  Santiago.  During  his  four  months  in 
Chile,  he  completed  nine  research  articles  on  spectro- 
scopy and  photophysics.  He  is  a  chemistry  professor  at 
Louisiana  State  University  in  Baton  Rouge. 

Margaret  T.  Smith  '47  received  the  Heart  of 
Gold  award,  which  recognizes  community  volunteers 
in  the  Detroit  area.  She  is  currently  a  member  of  the 
Detroit  Medical  Center,  the  Greater  Detroit  Area 
Health  Council,  Inc.,  and  the  board  of  trustees  of 
Harper,  Grace,  and  Hutzel  hospitals  holding  company. 
She  is  a  research  associate  at  the  Merrill-Palmer  Insti- 
tute of  Wayne  State  University.  She  and  her  husband, 
Sidney,  have  four  adult  children. 

Theron  Montgomery  A.M.  '48,  Ph.D.  '50, 
former  president  of  Jacksonville  State  University  in 
Jacksonville,  Ala.,  was  named  Citizen  of  the  Year  by 
the  Anniston  Star.  He  retired  in  June,  after  almost  36 
years  of  service  at  JSU,  including  five  years  as  presi- 
dent. He  is  also  past  president  of  the  Calhoun  County 
Chamber  of  Commerce. 


Carolyn  Satterfield  '47  retired  as  associate  editor 
of  The  Durham  Sun  aftet  20  years  with  the  newspaper 
She  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Herald-Sun  Credit  Union  and  the  Durham  Nursery 
School  Association.  She  and  her  husband,  John,  have 
two  daughters  and  four  grandchildren. 

Joan  Angevin  Swift  '48  received  a  writing  grant 
from  the  Ingram  Merrill  Foundation.  She  has  pub- 
lished three  volumes  of  poetry,  and  her  most  recent, 
The  Dark  Path  of  Our  Names  from  Dragon  Gate,  Inc., 
won  the  King  County  (Washington)  Arts  Commis- 
sion's Poetry  Publication  Prize  in  1984.  In  1982,  she 
was  awarded  a  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
Creative  Writing  Fellowship.  She  lives  in  Edmonds, 
Wash. 

Stephen  W.  Washburn  '48,  president  and  owner 
of  McNeely's  in  Shelby,  N.C.,  prior  to  his  retirement, 
recently  made  a  survey  of  the  garment  industry  in 
Panama  as  a  volunteer  for  the  International  Executive 
Service  Corps. 

Donald  Q.  O'Brien  '49  took  early  retirement  from 
Warner-Lambert  Co.  in  1984  after  31  years  of  market- 
ing responsibility  within  its  consumer  products  group. 
In  January,  he  started  a  "small  messenger/courier  ser- 
vice," he  writes,  "which  provides  me  with  just  the 
right  amount  of  daily  activity."  He  and  his  wife, 
Anne,  live  in  Bedminster,  N.J. 

MARRIAGES:  Helen  Armstrong  Falknor  '40 

to  Col.  Sedgley  Thornbury  on  Jan.  5.  Residence: 
Daytona  Beach. ..Maud  Smith  Stowe  R.N.  '48  to 
William  H.  Vogelsang  on  Nov.  2.  Residence:  New 
Bern,  N.C. 


THE  SOUND  OF  MUSIC 


50s 


Nicholas  Georgiade  M.D.  '50  was  elected  secre- 
tary general  of  the  International  Society  of  Aesthetic 
Plastic  Surgery  at  its  meeting  in  Madrid,  Spain.  He 
was  chief  of  Duke's  division  of  plastic,  maxillofacial, 
oral,  and  reconstructive  surgery  from  1975  to  1985 
and  will  continue  his  practice  of  aesthetic,  maxillo- 
facial, and  breast  surgery.  He  has  been  president  of  the 
American  Association  of  Plastic  Surgeons,  vice- 
chairman  of  the  American  Board  of  Plastic  Surgery, 
and  president  of  the  American  Society  of  Maxillo- 


sually  the  fra- 
grance of  cured 
tobacco  wafts 
through  downtown 
Durham  on  summer 
evenings.  But  for  five 
nights  in  June,  opera 
was  in  the  air.  At 
Brightleaf  Square,  a 
Main  Street  shopping 
mall  created  from  reno- 
vated historic  brick 
tobacco  warehouses, 
Pagliacci  was  per- 
formed al  fresco. 

The  idea  originated 
with  Mary  D.B.T. 
Semans  '39  and  Dr. 
James  Semans  when 
they  witnessed  a  street 
opera  about  ten  years 
ago  during  a  summer 
festival  in  the  small 
Italian  village  of 
Montepulciano.  They 
thought  it  might  work 
for  Durham's  own 
downtown  arts  festival 
and  presented  the 
notion  to  Jim  Mclntyre 
71,  then  executive 
director  of  the  Durham 
Arts  Council.  A  grant 
was  provided  by  the 
Mary  Duke  Biddle 
Foundation.  But  the 
idea  was  put  on  hold 
until  a  site  could  be 
found  that  would  ac- 


audience,  without 
distractions. 

Mclntyre  left  Dur- 
ham for  New  York  to 
head  the  Carnegie  Hall 
campaign. 


Michael  Marsicano  '78, 
Ph.D.  '82  took  his  place 
on  the  council,  and  the 
idea  finally  jelled  with 
Brightleaf  Square 
chosen  as  the  perfect 
locale. 

This  marks  the 
second  year  that  the 
Durham  Arts  Council, 
with  help  from  Duke, 
has  staged  a  street 
opera.  Last  year,  town 
and  gown  braved  the 
heat  and  summer 
showers  to  put  on 
Carmen.  That  produc- 
tion was  written  up  in 
The  New  York  Times, 
and  Opera  News  put  it 
on  its  cover.  This  year, 
approximately  3,000 
shared  the  carnivale 
spirit  of  Pagliacci, 
entertained  by  mimes, 
jugglers,  and  other 
street  performers 
whose  origins  even 
predate  the  opera's  own 
commedia  dell'arte. 

That  touch,  says  the 
indomitable  Ella 
Fountain  Pratt,  pro- 
ducer for  both  operas, 
was  an  innovation  uni- 
que to  this  production. 
"We  developed  the 
mime  and  juggler  con- 
cept," she  says.  "The 
duet  between  Nedda 
[the  lead  soprano]  and 
the  mime  gave  us  a 
chance  to  see  another 
side  of  her  character." 
Pratt,  who  retired  from 
Duke  two  years  ago  as 


director  of  cultural  af- 
fairs, administers  the 
Durham  Arts  Council's 
Emerging  Artists  Pro- 
gram. During  her 
tenure  at  Duke,  Pratt 
saw  artists  emerge  by 
the  stage-full. 

For  instance,  Michael 
Best  '62,  a  tenor  and 
principal  artist  with  the 
Metropolitan  Opera, 
returned  to  Durham  as 
guest  artist  playing 
Beppe,  the  Harlequin 
to  Nedda's  Columbina 
in  the  play  within  the 
play.  Best  has  been 
with  the  Met  for  eight 
seasons,  debuting  in 
The  Rise  and  Fall  of  the 
City  ofMahogonny  in 
1979. 

Michael  Ching  '80 
was  once  again  the 
production's  music 
director.  Also  a  com- 
poser of  operas,  he  has 
seen  his  Leo  in  five 
productions  since  its 
premiere  in  1985.  Since 
graduating  as  a  Mary 
Duke  Biddle  Scholar  in 
music  composition,  he 
has  worked  for  the 
Houston  Grand  Opera, 
Greater  Miami  Opera, 
Texas  Opera  Theater, 
and  the  Chautauqua 
Opera. 

In  addition  to  what 
Pratt  calls  "the  tre- 
mendous support  by 
Duke"  in  providing 
technical  services  such 
as  sound  and  lights, 


John  Clum,  long-time 
director  and  teacher  of 
Duke  dramas  and 
drama  courses,  stepped 
in  for  his  second  year 
as  stage  director.  Robert 
Ward,  Duke  composer 
in  residence,  who  won 
the  Pulitzer  Prize  for 
his  opera  The  Crucible, 
was  again  artistic 
director. 

Durham  was  recog- 
nized by  the  North 
Carolina  Association  of 
Arts  Councils  for  Out- 
standing Achievement 
in  Expansion  of  Arts 
Awareness.  "Rarely 
does  an  arts  administra- 
tor have  an  opportun- 
ity to  involve  the  entire 
community  in  such  an 
innovative  cultural 
experience,"  says 
Marsicano. 

It  seems  street  opera 
will  become  an  annual 
tradition.  "From  the 
start,"  says  Pratt,  "we 
wanted  to  make  it  ac- 
cessible to  everyone, 
and-sinceit'sin 
English — understanda- 
ble. 

"Opera  is  considered 
elitist  in  America,  but 
we  put  it  in  a  place 
where  it  was  not 
threatening.  And  we 
had  phenomenal 
audiences -opera 
lovers  as  well  as  others 
who  had  never  seen 
opera  in  their  lives." 


Watson  '70  is 


off- 

Broadway-500  miles 
off  Broadway,  in  North 
Carolina  with  the  Red 
Clay  Ramblers. 

The  five-member 
string  band  has  become 
an  institution  down 
South  with  its  reper- 
toire of  updated  tradi- 
tional music  spiced 
with  old-time  swing, 
jazz,  and  blues,  and 
played  on  mandolin, 
banjo,  piano  and  fiddle. 
Some  people  call  their 


music"  But  after  seven 
months  in  New  York 
performing  in  Sam 
Shepard's  most  recent 
off-Broadway  show,  A 
Lie  of  the  Mind,  the 
Red  Clay  Ramblers  are 
building  a  reputation  in 
the  city  of  steel  and 
concrete. 

The  band  was  fea- 
tured throughout  the 
show's  run  at  the 
Promenade  Theatre, 
performing  original 
and  traditional  songs  at 
the  beginning  and  end 
of  each  act,  during 
scene  transitions,  and 
as  background  music. 
It  was  sheer  serendipity, 
says  Watson,  that 
Shepard  happened 


upon  the  group  while 
pondering  the  music 
for  his  non-musical, 
which  explores  a 
stormy  marriage  and  its 
impact  on  two  rural 
families. 

"A  few  years  ago, 
while  he  was  working 
on  the  film  Country, 
Sam  heard  us  on  a 
radio  station  in  Iowa," 
says  Watson.  "When  he 
started  rehearsing  A  Lie 
of  the  Mind  last 
September,  he  saw  a 
poster  with  our  name 
on  it  for  the  show 
Diamond  Studs,  and 
that  jogged  his 
memory."  That  1975 
musicial  was  born  in 
Chapel  Hill,  North 
Carolina,  and  took  the 
Red  Clay  Ramblers- 
performing  as  both 
musicians  and  actors  - 
to  New  York  for  a 


the  Red  Clay  Ramblers' 
thirteen  songs  for  A  Lie 
of  the  Mind  has  just 
been  released  nation- 
ally by  Durham-based 
Sugar  Hill  Records, 
whose  founder  and 
president  is  Barry  Poss 
A.M.  '70.  He  became  a 


Although  they  have 
now  two  off-Broadway 
shows  to  their  credit, 
the  Red  Clay  Ramblers 
aren't  looking  to  make 
a  career  of  it.  "It's  not 
our  aim  to  be  Broad- 
way musicians,"  says 
Watson.  "We're  basi- 
cally a  performing 
band  and  we  want  to  be 
back  on  the  road." 

A  record  album  of 


traditional  music  when 
he  went  to  the  annual 
Union  Grove  Fiddlers 
Convention  as  a  gradu- 
ate student  in  sociology. 

"After  that,  I  became 
interested  in  fiddlers 
and  banjo  players,  and 
made  trips  to  the  North 
Carolina  i 
visit 

formers,"  says  Poss.  His 
interest  expanded  to 
second-generation  per- 
formers, "with  one  foot 
in  traditional  music, 
but  young  enough  to 
be  exposed  to  and 
influenced  by  con- 
temporary music  and 
culture.  The  tension 
between  the  two  led  to 
great  music" 

The  Sugar  HOI  label 
was  established  in  1978 
on  that  brand  of  ten- 
sion, and  now  has  a 
catalogue  of  sixty-five 
albums,  a  Grammy 
Award  for  Best  Coun- 
try Instrumental,  and  a 
gold  record  for  a  prior 
release  by  Ricky 


Hill 
discovery  who's  gone 
on  to  become  one  of 
the  hottest  country 
artists  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe. 

"It  is  unusual  for  a 
label  to  be  located 
here,"  says  Poss,  "but 
that's  part  of  our  suc- 
cess. The  Red  Clay 
Ramblers  approached 
us  on  the  Broadway 
project  because  we've 
had  great  success  mar- 
keting music  that's  out- 

Shepard  also  did  a 
pretty  fair  job  of  "mar- 
keting" his  play,  whose 


Geraldine  Page, 
Amanda  Plummet;  and 
Harvey  Keitel.  It  was 
named  the  best  new 
play  for  the  1985-86 
season  by  the  New 
York  Drama  Critics 
Circle,  best  off-Broad- 
way play  by  the  Outer 
Circle  Critics,  and  has 
been  nominated  for 
several  Drama  Desk 


facial  Surgery.  He  is  a  contributing  author  or  editor  of 
11  textbooks  and  has  published  over  250  scientific 
papers. 

Donal  M.  Squires  M.Div.  '51  was  the  1985  cam- 
paign chairman  for  the  United  Way  of  Marion 
County,  W.  Va.  The  United  Way  goal  of  $300,000  was 
met  and  exceeded  for  the  first  time  in  19  years. 

Lena  Mac  "Mackie"  Smith  Wllmer  51  was 

selected  by  the  Lower  Delaware  Gridiron  Club  as  the 
1985  Outstanding  High  School  Coach  of  the  Year, 
the  first  time  in  the  Club's  1 2-year  history  that  a 
coach  of  women's  sports  was  chosen.  She  retired  at 
the  end  of  the  1985  season  as  Seaford  High  School's 
field  hockey  coach,  with  a  record  of  12440-19  in  16 
years.  Her  teams  have  won  the  conference  champion- 
ship six  times  and  have  earned  a  berth  in  the  state 
tournament  for  the  past  11  years.  She  was  Conference 
Field  Hockey  Coach  of  the  Year  in  1983  and  All-State 
Field  Hockey  Coach  of  the  Year  in  1985.  Several 
players  from  her  teams  have  played  on  the  Duke 
hockey  team.  She  continues  to  teach  language  arts  at 
Seaford  Middle  School. 

Arthur  W.  Judd  '52  took  early  retirement  from 
Nationwide  Insurance  Co.  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  where 
he  was  an  agent  for  over  33  years.  He  is  now  a  real 
estate  sales  associate  in  Hot  Springs  Village,  Ark. 

S.  Perry  Keziah  '52,  J.D.  '54  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  High 
Point  College. 

Alfred  E.  Saieed  '52,  who  has  taught  chemistry  at 
James  Madison  High  School  in  Vienna,  Va.,  for  the 
past  19  years,  received  the  Leo  Schubert  Memorial 
Award  for  outstanding  teaching  of  high  school  chem- 
istry from  the  Chemical  Society  of  Washington. 

Richard  Allen  Claxton  '53,  J.D.  '62  has  ex- 
panded his  law  firm  practice  in  small  corporations  to 
include  securities  representation  of  underwriters  of 
"penny  stock  public  offerings."  His  wife,  Connie,  is 
completing  her  master's  in  education.  They  live  in 
Aurora,  Colo. 


Harold  Lupton  Jr.  '54  was  ordained  a 
deacon  at  St.  David's  in  San  Antonio,  Texas.  He  will 
later  be  ordained  a  priest. 

Carroll  M.  "Bud"  Robinson  Jr.  '54  retired  as 
president  of  Catalina  Sportswear  and  lives  in  San 
Diego,  Calif,  with  his  wife,  Wanda. 

Hugh  M.  Shingleton  '54,  M.D.  '57,  professor  and 
chairman  of  the  obstetrics  and  gynecology  depart- 
ment at  the  University  of  Alabama  Medical  School 
in  Birmingham,  was  named  the  first  J.  Marion  Sims 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology..  He  was 
recently  honored  by  election  to  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Surgeons'  Commission  of  Cancer  and  installed 
as  the  17th  president  of  the  Society  of  Gynecologic 
Oncologists.  He  is  associate  editor  of  Gynecologic 
Oncology. 

Carl  E.  BentZ  '56  is  associate  pastor  of  St.  Mark's 
Lutheran  Church  in  York,  Pa. 

Hancy  L.  Bowles  '57,  a  researcher  at  Boston  Uni- 
versity's medical  school,  was  awarded  a  major  grant  by 
the  National  Institutes  on  Aging  to  study  normal 
changes  in  memory  as  one  ages,  specifically,  the 
normal  loss  of  word  recall. 

Gene  Van  Curen  B.S.E.E.  '58  is  the  St.  Lucie  dis- 
trict manager  for  Florida  Power  and  Light.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  Martin  County  Family  YMCA,  the 
Fort  Pierce  Rotary  Club,  the  St.  Lucie  County  Cham- 
ber of  Commerce,  the  St.  Lucie  County  Growth 
Opportunities  Team,  and  the  board  of  trustees  for  the 
Port  St.  Lucie  Hospital.  He  and  his  wife,  Judy,  live  in 
Stuart  and  have  two  children. 


20 


60s 


M.  Joan  Foster  '61  was  named  a  partner  in  the 
Roseland,  N.J.,  law  firm  Grotta,  Glassman  &  Hoff- 
man. She  is  a  member  of  the  executive  committee  of 
the  labor  and  employment  law  section  of  the  N.J. 
State  Bar  Association,  where  she  serves  as  editor-in- 
chief  of  the  section  newsletter.  She  is  also  a  a  member 
of  the  labor  sections  of  the  American,  N.J.,  Essex  and 
Bergen  Counties'  bar  associations.  She  lives  in 
Wyckoff,  N.J. 

Wallace  Kaufman  '61  started  two  new  rural 

development  projects  in  the  Research  Triangle  area. 
He  continues  to  travel  in  Latin  America  and  to  trans- 
late indigenous  literature.  He  is  also  president  of  the 
Conservation  Foundation  of  North  Carolina. 

Ronald  E.  Shackelford  '61  was  promoted  to 
manager  of  research  and  development  information 
systems  with  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Co. 

Anne  Tyler  '61  was  awarded  the  National  Book 
Critics  Circle  Award  for  best  fiction  published  in  1985 
for  her  latest  novel,  The  Accidental  Tourist. 

Harold  Vick  B.S.C.E.  '61  is  executive  vice  presi- 
dent of  Kimley-Horn  and  Associates,  an  engineering 
consulting  firm.  His  wife,  Judy  Rowe  Vick  B.S.N. 
'61,  is  a  nursing  consultant  for  children's  medical  ser- 
vices for  the  state  of  Florida.  They  live  in  Palm  Beach 
Gardens,  Fla. 


M.  Essig  '62  was  promoted  to  executive 
vice  president  of  retail  banking  by  Transohio  Savings 
Bank. 


H.  Green  '62  is  manager  of  the  Milwaukee 
office  of  Towers,  Perrin,  Forster  and  Crosby,  an  inter- 
national consulting  firm,  which  advises  Wisconsin 
Power  and  Light  Co.  on  employee  compensation  and 
benefits. 

Dean  M.  Ross  '63,  after  13  years  in  Europe  with 
Citicorp,  is  now  a  condominium  and  hotel  developer 
in  Puerto  Vallarta,  Mexico.  He  and  his  family  live  in 
Palos  Verdes,  Calif. 


R.  Walsh  J.D.  '63  was  selected  in  a  nation- 
wide poll  by  Town  and  Country  magazine  as  one  of  the 
90  best  family  and  marital  lawyers  in  the  U.S.  His 
practice  is  in  Orlando,  Fla. 

John  F.  Brldgers  '64  was  appointed  dean  of  the 
business  education  division  at  Wake  Technical  Col- 
lege in  Raleigh. 

Donald  A.  Grilli  '64  is  vice  president  for  sales  and 
marketing  at  Johnson  &.  Johnson  Ultrasound,  Inc.  He 
and  his  wife  live  in  Moreland  Hills,  Ohio,  with  their 
two  children. 


J.  Raymond  Lord  Th.M.  '64,  Ph.D.  '68  is  rector 
of  St.  Luke's  Episcopal  Church  in  Anchorage,  Ky. 

Mary  Jane  Johnson  Preston  '64  is  the  author 

of  Getting  Your  House  in  Order,  which  addresses  the 
problems  of  organizing  time  and  keeping  a  clean  and 
orderly  home.  She  lives  in  Rochester,  N.Y.,  with  her 
husband,  John  Preston  B.S.M.E.  '62,  and  their 
two  children. 

Betsy  Alden  Turecky  '64  and  Helen  R. 

Helnast  M.Div.  78  are  co-editors  of  Church  and 
Campus  Calling:  Resources  for  Ministry  in  Higher  Educa- 
tion, published  jointly  by  United  Ministries  in  Educa- 
tion and  the  Board  of  Higher  Education  and  Ministry 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 


Lowe  '65  is  the  general  manager  of 
KRRTTV,  San  Antonio,  Texas'  first  new  over-the-air 
station  in  20  years  and  the  area's  first  independent 
station. 


MAD  HATTER 

Some  people  can 
design  a  hat,  but 
former  Duke 
basketball  star  Kenny 
Dennard  '81  can  top 
that  He's  come  up 
with  a  hat  that  doubles 
as  a  bag— a  nylon  carry 
all  complete  with 
handles  and  zipper. 
Dennard  calls  the  crea- 
a  hat-r-sac,  one  of 
several  presto-chango 

he  and  his 
brother,  David,  are 
designing  and 
marketing.  HB^ 

After  four 
years  playing 
pro  ball-  f     iff, 

three  in  the 
NBA, 


pany— Inventures  Uni- 
versital  Inc.  Like  the 
products  he  markets, 
the  name  of  his  com- 
pany is  two-for-one. 
'Inventures  is  a 
combination  of  adven- 
ture and  i 


he  says,  "and  universi-      once  it's  used,  but  it 
tal  is  universal  and  ver-     can  accomplish  one 
satile."  He  calls  himself     of  life's  necessities  in 
the  "creative  mobilizer"    the  privacy  of  your 
of  the  firm.  He  coins         own  car.  Another  item 
words  whenever  is  touted  as  the  answer 

necessary.  to  passive  smoking. 

The  Dennard  team        Dennard's  prototype 
only  began  with  the  smokescreen  fits  over 

hat-r-sac.  Another  the  tip  of  a  cigarette 

design  -  the  sleep-  and  filters  the  smoke 

walker— is  a  jacket  that     before  it  floats  into  a 
turns  into  a  sleeping  non-smoker's  face, 

bag.  Zip  off  the  sleeves,        Some  of  the  products 
and  the  jacket  turns  are  on  the  market, 

a  vest.  A  dispos-         others  are  in  the  last 
able  toothbrush— you       stages  of  development, 
chew  it— doesn't        As  the  marketing  spe- 
turn  into  cialist  for  Inventures 

anything  you'd    Universital  Inc.,  Den- 
care  to  keep     nard  is  anticipating 
international 
distribution, 
and  already 
holds  patents 
in  the 
United  States, 
Japan,  Austra- 
lia, the  United 
Kingdom,  Italy, 
and  Germany. 
"These  products 
have  great  potenrj 
says  Dennard,  who 
keeps  his  car  loaded 
down  with  sample  hat- 
r-sacs  in  various  stages 
between  hats  and  bags. 
^    -^i  -.  n    "People  laugh  until 
—  .       W-\    you  show  it 
y>»  *    .  ^       them,"  he  says. 

"Then  everybody 
likes  them." 


Paul  C.  EchOlS  '66  has  been  named  director  of 
publications  with  G.  Schirmer,  lnc,  where  he  will  be 
responsible  for  selecting  new  works  for  publication. 
He  most  recently  was  international  director  of  the 
concert  music  division  of  Peer-Southern  Music  Pub- 
lishers. Twenty-seven  of  his  articles  will  appear  in  the 
forthcoming  Groves  Dictionary  of  Music  in  the  United 
States. 

John  Gutekunst  '66,  who  was  captain  in  both 
football  and  baseball  at  Duke  and  then  a  Duke  coach 
for  11  seasons,  was  named  head  coach  of  the  Minn- 
esota Gophers.  He  was  most  recently  Minnesota's 
defensive  coordinator. 

John  S.  Stoppelman  '66  is  the  managing  partner 


of  the  law  firm  Stoppelman,  Rosen,  Eaton  &  De 
Martino,  based  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  specializing 
in  securities,  corporate,  and  tax  law.  He  was  chairman 
of  an  American  Bar  Association  task  force  which 
studied  and  reported  on  the  use  of  the  U.S.  Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission's  investigative  and  en- 
forcement power.  He  and  his  wife,  Lynn,  have  three 
children  and  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

James  B.  Craven  III  J.D.  '67,  M.Div.  '81  was 
ordained  a  deacon  in  the  Episcopal  Church  by  the 
Bishop  of  North  Carolina  on  Dec.  14  in  Duke 
Chapel.  As  a  clergyman,  he  is  assigned  to  the  Federal 
Correctional  Institution  at  Butner  and  is  an  assistant 
at  St.  Joseph's  Episcopal  Church  in  Durham.  He  also 
i  practice  law  in  Durham. 


Kenny  Dennard 

presents 
The  Blue  Devil 


HAT-R-SAC 


The  transformer  you  can  wear! 
The  Hat-R-Sac  is  a  patented  new  design  that  combines 
a  stylish  one-size-fits-all  hat  with  a  functional  tote  bag, 
ALL  IN  ONE  UNIQUE  PRODUCT! 
SEEING  IS  BELIEVING!        A  GREAT  BLUE  DEVIL  GIFT  IDEA! 
Only  $9.95  plus  $1.50  shipping  and  handling. 
Just  send  check  or  money  order  with  order  form  to: 
HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY  . 

P.O.  Box  5609  J 

Durham,  N.C.  27706 
Proceeds  go  to  The  American  Cancer  Society 


AMERICAN 
,>  CANCER 
f  SOCIETY' 


batisfacti' 
Please  send 


Guaranteed! 
Hat-R-Sac(s) 


at  $9.95  each  plus  1.50  shipping  and  handling 


ADDRESS . 
CITY    


STATE  _ 


HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY,  P.O.  BOX  5609,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 
now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M6kW,SMLXL,only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  1  Winthrop  Court,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents  — please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name 


Address 

City/State/Zip  _ 


White 

Duke  Blue 

Check  D    Money  Order  □ 
Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


Barbara  Butt  McLean  B.S.N.  '67  was  promoted 
to  director  of  clinical  services  at  the  Bresler  Center 
Medical  Group  in  Santa  Monica,  Calif.  She  will  be 
listed  in  the  1986  edition  of  Who's  Who  in  California. 

Jon  R.  Elmendorf  '68  has  been  named  president 
of  the  O'Conner  Combustor  Corp.,  a  unit  of  Westing- 
house  Electric  Corp.'s  resource  energy  systems  division. 

Dorothy  Gohdes  '68  is  the  director  for  the 
Diabetes  Care  Program  for  the  Indian  Health  Service 
in  Albuquerque,  N.M.,  and  is  on  the  faculty  of  the 
American  Diabetes  Association's  Clinical  Education 
Program.  She  represented  the  U.S.  as  a  moderator  and 
a  panel  member  at  a  meeting  of  the  International 
Diabetes  Association  in  Madrid  last  year. 

Donald  L.  Howard  '68,  vice  president  of  human 
resources  at  National  Data  Corp.  in  Atlanta,  was  re- 
elected as  vice  president,  Region  6,  of  the  American 
Society  for  Personnel  Administration.  He  is  also  a 
member  of  the  Economic  Advisory  Council  of  the 
Atlanta  Chambet  of  Commerce,  a  member  of  the 
American  Compensation  Association,  and  chairman 
of  the  Human  Resources  Committee  of  the  Associa- 
tion of  Data  Processing  Service  Organizations. 

Stephen  W.  Leermakers  J.D.  '68  was  promoted 
to  senior  litigation  attorney  with  Ashland  Chemical 
Co.  He  will  live  in  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Stuart  M.  Salsbury  '68,  a  partner  in  the  Balti- 
more law  firm  Israelson,  Jackson  &.  Salsbury,  was 
elected  president  of  the  Maryland  Trial  Lawyers  Asso- 
ciation and  was  appointed  as  public  relations  spokes- 
person for  the  state  of  Maryland  by  the  Association  of 
Trial  Lawyers  of  America.  He  and  his  wife,  Suzanne, 
live  in  Columbia,  Md.,  with  their  two  children. 


Gregory  J.  Bowcott  '69  was  appointed  t 
vice  president  and  elected  to  the  board  of  directors  fot 
Gibraltar  MoneyCenter,  a  second  mortgage  and  con- 
sumer lending  company  based  in  San  Diego. 


M.  Davis  Jr.  M.H.A.  '69  was  promoted 
to  regional  administrator  for  freestanding  hospitals 
with  Greenleaf  Health  Systems,  Inc.  He  and  his 
family  will  live  in  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

William  D.  Gudger  '69  is  the  new  organist  for  the 
Episcopal  Cathedral  of  St.  Luke  and  St.  Paul  in 
Charleston,  S.C.,  where  he  is  also  an  associate  profes- 
sor of  fine  arts  at  the  College  of  Charleston.  He  was 
one  of  three  American  scholars  invited  to  speak 
before  the  Handel  Tercentenary  Conference  at 
London's  Royal  Academy  of  Arts  in  1985. 

Steven  C.  Gustafson  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  '74  repre- 
sented Duke  in  May  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presi- 
dent of  Wright  State  University  in  Ohio. 

William  C.  Head  M.H.A.  '69  was  elected  to  the 

board  of  governors  of  the  American  College  of  Health- 
care Executives,  representing  Arkansas,  Louisiana, 
New  Mexico,  Oklahoma,  and  Texas.  A  lieutenant 
colonel  in  the  Air  Force,  he  is  chief  of  the  medical 
information  systems  division  at  the  Air  Force's  School 
of  Health  Care  Sciences,  responsible  for  all  medical 
computer  training  for  the  Air  Force.  He  and  his  wife, 
Debbie,  live  in  Wichita  Falls,  Texas. 

Robyn  A.  Jones  A.M.  '69  was  named  vice  presi- 
dent in  charge  of  Integon  Life  Insurance  Corp.'s  con- 
servation department  and  Integon  Marketing  Corp. 

Whitney  Wherrett  Roberson  69,  who  writes 
for  television,  wrote  three  episodes  for  the  '85:86 
season  of  Scarecrow  and  Mrs.  King.  She  lives  in 
Carpenteria,  Calif.,  with  her  husband,  Sam 
Roberson  '68,  and  their  three  daughters. 

Marjorie  Bekaert  Thomas  '69  was  elected  a 

delegate  to  the  National  White  House  Conference  on 
Small  Business.  She  is  chief  executive  officer  of 
Ivanhoe  Communications,  Inc.,  in  Orlando,  Fla. 


ROSS  Spears  '69  is  directing  a  documentary  film, 
Long  Shadows,  dealing  with  the  economic,  political, 
social,  and  racial  legacy  of  the  Civil  War.  He  and  his 
wife,  Jude  Cassidy  73,  edited  Agee.-  A  Life 
Remembered  hy  Robert  Coles,  a  book  about  author 
James  Agee  which  was  published  last  fall.  They  live  ir 
Charlottesville,  Va. 

MARRIAGES:  George  Marshall  Lyon  Jr. 

M.D.  '61  to  Judith  Dembo  Mitchell  on  Jan.  2  in 
Chapel  Hill. ..Ross  Spears  '69  to  Jude  Anne 
Cassidy  73  in  March  1984.  Residence:  Charlottes- 
ville, Va. 


BIRTHS:  A  son  to  David  Stollwerk  '64  and  Susan 
Stollwerk  on  March  2.  Named  Alan  Harrison. ..First 
child  and  son  to  Vernon  M.  Padgett  '69  and 

Anita  V.  Moeller  on  March  28,  1982.  Named 
Christopher  Thomas  Andreas  Padgett. 


70s 


Andrew  J.  Markus  70  is  a  partner  in  the  Miami 
law  firm  Payton  and  Rachlin,  practicing  international 
law.  He  and  his  wife,  Wendy,  live  in  Miami  with  their 
infant  son. 

Jacque  H.  Passino  Jr.  70  was  named  head  of 
Arthur  Anderson  &  Co.'s  information  planning 
practice. 

William  F.  Provenzano  M.H.A.  70  is  president 
of  Ohio  Valley  General  Hospital  in  McKees  Rocks, 
Pa. 

John  C.  Warren  70  was  elected  vice  president 
and  counsel  in  the  legal  department  of  Wachovia 
Corp. 

Dahl  T.  Gardner  M.H.A.  71  is  an  administrator 
at  Cascade  Community  Hospital  in  Central  Point, 
Ore. 

Robert  W.  Gillmore  M.D.  71,  a  colonel  in  the 
U.S.  Air  Force,  was  decorated  with  the  Meritorious 
Service  Medal  in  West  Germany.  He  is  a  hospital 
services  director  with  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Regional 
Medical  Center. 


J.  Payne  71  is  a  partner  in  the  Philadel- 
phia law  firm  Kleinbard,  Bell  &.  Brecker.  He  lives  in 
Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa.,  with  his  wife,  Sheryl,  and  their  son 
and  daughter. 


J.  Schwartz  M.H.A.  71,  J.D.  '82  is  the 
president  and  chief  executive  officer  at  Alexian 
Brothers  Hospital  in  Elizabeth,  N.J. 


72,  A.M.  74  was  awarded  a  Nation- 
al Science  Foundation  Visiting  Professorship  for 
Women  Grant.  She  is  taking  a  leave  of  absence  from 
the  botany  department  at  the  University  of  Nebraska 
to  spend  a  year  back  at  Duke. 


Egan  Jr.  72,  A.M.  73  was  named  a 
partner  with  the  Atlanta  law  firm  Hurt,  Richardson, 
Gamer,  Todd  &  Cadenhead. 

N.  Allison  Haltom  72  was  appointed  secretary  to 
the  university  in  July.  She  has  served  as  Duke's  assis- 
tant director  of  undergraduate  admissions,  and  as 
assistant  director,  associate  director,  and  director  of 
the  Office  of  Annual  Giving.  Her  new  responsibilities 
include  serving  as  secretary  to  the  board  of  trustees, 
corporate  secretary,  and  secretary  to  the  faculty.  She 
and  her  husband,  David  McClay,  a  Duke  zoology  pro- 
fessor, have  two  children. 

Bob  Hutcheson  72,  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Smith,  Pendry  &  Hutcheson,  was  selected  for  Who's 
Who  in  the  Midwest.  He  and  his  wife,  Jane,  live  in 
Xenia,  Ohio,  with  theit  son,  Matt. 


William  B.  Weaver  72  was  promoted  to  managing 
director  of  the  First  Boston  Corp.  and  continues  to 
work  in  its  mergers  and  acquisitions  department. 

Jude  Cassidy  73  received  her  Ph.D.  in  develop- 
mental psychology  from  the  University  of  Virginia  in 
January.  She  is  now  a  post-doctoral  fellow  with  the 
Consortium  on  Family  Process  and  Psychopathology 
at  the  University  of  Virginia.  She  is  also  a  fellow  of 
the  National  Center  for  Clinical  Infant  Programs. 
She  and  her  husband,  ROSS  Spears  '69,  edited 
Agee.-  A  Life  Remembered  by  Robert  Coles,  a  book 
about  author  James  Agee  which  was  published  last 
fall.  They  live  in  Charlottesville. 

Gael  Marshall  Cheney  73  is  editor  of  The 
Virginia  Explorer,  the  newsletter  of  the  Virginia 
Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Martinsville. 

Dale  Freemann  Cleary  73  received  her  Ph.D. 
in  human  development  and  child  psychology  in  Jan- 
uary from  Bryn  Mawr  College.  She  has  a  private  prac- 
tice as  a  licensed  psychologist,  is  school  psychologist 
in  a  local  school  district,  and  is  client  services  coordi- 
nator for  the  Philadelphia  Society  of  Clinical  Psy- 
chologists. She  and  her  husband,  John,  live  in 
Merion,  Pa.,  with  their  daughter. 

Gary  D.  Melchionni  73,  J.D.  '81  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Elizabethtown  College  in  Pennsylvania. 

Larry  J.  Rosen  J.D.  73  was  elected  to  a  six-year 
term  as  city  court  judge  for  Albany,  N.Y. 

Ben  Baier  74  is  the  pastor  of  Faith  Missionary 
Church  in  Peoria,  111.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura,  have 
two  children. 


N.  Branson  Call  M.D.  74,  an  ophthalmologist  in 
private  practice  in  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  is  president 
of  Primary  Children's  Medical  Center. 


David  H.  Dill  74,  a  major  in  the  Air  Force,  was 
decorated  with  the  Meritorious  Service  Medal.  He  is 
commanding  officer  of  cadets  with  the  Air  Force 
Academy. 

Ellen  Tchorni  Lowenthal  74  is  a  founding 
partner  of  the  New  York  City  law  firm  Anderson, 
Raymond  &  Lowenthal.  She  and  her  husband  live  in 
Summit,  N.J.,  with  their  son. 

Capers  McDonald  B.S.M.E.  74  is  vice-president 
of  HP  Genenchem,  a  South  San  Francisco  joint  ven- 
ture of  Hewlett-Packard  and  Genentech.  His  wife, 
Marion  Kiper  McDonald  75,  graduated  in  May 
from  the  University  of  California's  law  college  and 
practices  labor  and  employment  law  with  the  San 
Francisco  law  firm  Morrison  and  Foerster.  They  live  in 
Foster  City,  Calif. 

Walter  C.  Putnam  III  74  recently  defended  his 
doctoral  dissertation  in  comparative  literature  at  the 
Sorbonne  in  Paris.  He  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
French  at  the  University  of  New  Mexico  in  Albuquer- 
que, where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Valerie. 


74  is  chairman  of  the 
Duke  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee  for 
Fairfield  County,  Conn.  She  is  an  attorney  with 
Senie,  Stock  &.  LaChance  in  Westport. 


J.  White  Ph.D.  74,  associate  professor  of 
theology  at  St.  John's  University  in  New  York,  was 
awarded  the  1986-87  Leo  John  Dehon  Fellowship  by 
the  Sacred  Heart  School  of  Theology  in  Hales 
Comers,  Wise.  He  is  editor  of  the  Biblical  Theology 
Bulletin  and  is  the  author  of  many  books  and  articles. 

Jeffrey  D.  Blass  75  was  promoted  to  vice  presi- 
dent by  NCNB  National  Bank  in  Tampa,  Fla. 

Carolyn  A.  Conley  75,  Ph.D.  '84  is  an  i 
professor  of  British  history  at  the  University  of 


We  Stock  Everything  You 

Need  To  Print  On.  Vtoite  On. 

And  On  And  On. 


% 


Printing  Papers 


Envelopes 


Computer  Supplies  Copier  Papers 

and  Accessories  and  Products 

And  even  this  publication  is  printed 
on  paper  supplied  by  Virginia  Paper 
Company.  We'd  like  to  help  your 
company  make  a  better  impres- 
sion. Call  us  at  one  of  our  offices  in 
Charlotte,  Raleigh,  Greensboro, 
Columbia,  Richmond,  Virginia 
Beach,  Washington,  DC,  Atlanta, 
Jacksonville,  Tampa,  Orlando  and 
Miami. 


Virginia  Paper  Company 


Make  Every 

Game  A 
Homecoming. 

When  you  come  back  to  Duke 
to  cheer  on  the  Blue  Devils,  you'll 
also  want  to  see  old  friends  and 
reminisce  about  times  past. 

To  make  the  most  of  your  time 
back  at  your  alma  mater,  make 
the  Governors  Inn  your  pre-  and  post- 
game  headquarters.  Where  you  and 
your  fellow  Blue  Devils  can  gather 
to  enjoy  delicious  continental 
cuisine  from  the  Galeria.  Spend 
Saturday  nights  dancing  to  big  band 
sounds.  Relax  over  drinks  in  the 
Quorum.  Or  catch  a  hit  play  at  the 
Triangle  Dinner  Theatre. 

Keep  the  good  times  going.  By 
starting  a  new  tradition.  Call  us, 
for  information  and  reservations. 

Governors  Inn 

NC  54  &  1-40  at  Davis  Drive, 

Research  Triangle  Park. 

Call  toll  free  for  reservations:  800-682-1229 

(inside  NC)  or  800-982-3431  (outside  NC). 


DUKE 

TRAVEL 

'87 


Over  Here, 
Over  There 


We're  offering  you  the  world:  the  Americas, 
Canada,  Alaska,  Europe,  Australia,  the  South 
Pacific,  and  a  special  trip  in  October  1987  to  be 
announced  next  issue. 

Check  out  our  1987  itinerary,  then  check  off, 
on  the  form  below,  your  interests.  We'll  send 
you  detailed  brochures  as  they  become 


Australia,  New  Zealand,  Tasmania 

January  4-22, 1987 

Cruising  the  Grenadines  and  the 
Orinoco  River 

February  22-29, 1987 

Islands  of  the  South  Pacific 

March  16-April  1, 1987 

Mississippi  River  Boat  Cruise  and 
New  Orleans 

April  9-18, 1987 

British  Isles  (with  options  to  Scotland 
and  Ireland) 

May  27-June  2, 1987 

Canadian  Rockies 

June  13-22, 1987 

Alaskan  Cruise 

July  16-30, 1987 

Burgundy  and  the  Alps 

July  29-Ausust  10, 1987 

Danube  and  the  Black  Sea 

September  15-28, 1987 


it  the  coupon  and  return  to 
Barbara  Delapp  Booth  '54,  Duke  Travel,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  N.C  27706,  (919)  684-5114,  or  1-800-fOR-DUKE,  toll  free 
outside  North  Carolina. 


D  Australia  □  Canadian  Rockies 

□  Grenadines  □  Alaskan  Cruise 

□  South  Pacific  □  Bursundy,  Alps 

□  Mississippi  Cruise  □  Danube,  Black  Sea 

□  British  Isles 


PHONE  (HOME) 


Alabama  in  Birmingham,  where  she  has  been  ap- 
pointed to  the  international  studies  faculty. 

Robert  L.  Frizzelle  75  is  a  systems  research 
analyst  with  Lockheed  Missiles  and  Space  Co.  in 
Sunnyvale,  Calif. 

John  E.  'May"  Harris  III  75  was  named  pub- 
lisher of  the  new  Asian  edition  of  Travel  and  Leisure 
magazine.  He  and  his  wife,  Marcia  Cohen,  moved  to 
Hong  Kong  from  New  York,  where  he  was  special 
projects  manager  for  Newsweek  International. 

David  K.  Paylor  75  is  a  water  resources  ecologist 
for  the  Virginia  Water  Control  Board,  working  in 
toxic  substance  control.  He  live?  in  Richmond. 

Claude  R.  Carmichael  76,  vice  president  of 

Oppenheimer  &  Co. ,  was  designated  a  Chartered 
Financial  Analyst  by  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Finan- 
cial Analysts. 


76  is  an  ophthalmologist  at 
the  Eye  and  Ear  Clinic  of  Charleston,  WVa.,  specializ- 
ing in  corneal  diseases.  He  and  his  wife  have  twins,  a 
boy  and  a  girl. 

Nancy  Fecher  B.H.S.  76  was  commissioned  a 
second  lieutenant  in  the  biomedical  service  corps  of 
the  Ait  Force  Reserve.  She  is  a  staff  physician  assistant 
at  the  V.A.  Medical  Center  in  Memphis,  Term. 

John  Glaser  76  is  a  consultant  for  Arthur  Little 
in  Boston,  where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Denise 
Drake  Glaser  77,  and  their  daughter. 

M.  Clay  Glenn  76  was  promoted  to  deputy  con- 
troller at  First  Atlanta  Corp.  Last  year,  she  was  recog- 
nized by  the  YWCA  as  a  "Woman  of  Achievement  in 
the  Community." 

Judith  Hammerschmidt  76  is  a  special  assis- 
tant to  the  attorney  general  in  the  U.S.  Justice 


Department.  She  and  her  husband,  Hank  Hankla, 
live  in  Washington,  DC,  with  their  son,  David. 

Patricia  R.  Hatler  76  was  promoted  to  vice  presi- 
dent and  general  counsel  of  Blue  Cross  of  Greater 
Philadelphia. 

Lori  Ann  Haubenstock  76  is  director  of  corpor- 
for  Tampa  General  Hospital. 


76  is  an  editor  of  The  Computer 
Lawyer  and  Software  Protection,  and  works  in  the  Busi- 
ness/Technology Group  of  the  Atlanta  law  firm 
Vaughan,  Roach,  Davis,  Birch  &  Murphy.  His  wife, 
Sally  Rice  Jones  77,  is  project  manager  for 
documentation  at  Brock  Control  Systems,  a  developer 
of  Unix-based  software  systems  for  sales  organizations. 
They  live  in  Atlanta. 

Neal  Keny  76,  formerly  a  management  assistant  in 
the  Lebanon  field  office  of  Save  the  Children,  was 
appointed  director  of  the  Middle  East/North  Africa 
region. 

William  C.  Roden  M.D.  76,  an  orthopedic 
surgeon  at  Brooke  Army  Medical  Center  in  San 
Antonio,  Texas,  was  promoted  to  lieutenant  colonel 
in  the  U.S.  Army. 

William  W.  Shingleton  A.M.  76,  Ph.D.  '82 

represented  Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the 
president  of  Earlham  College  in  Richmond,  Ind. 

Suzanne  Tongue  76  is  vice  president  of  the 
advertising  firm  Dancer  Fitzgerald  Sample,  Inc.,  in 
New  York  City. 


(en  77  has  become  a  partner  in  the 
Miami  law  firm  Smathers  &  Thompson. 

John  F.  Gillespy  77  is  a  first-year  student  at 
Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business.  He  spent  four  years 
as  an  internal  controls  analyst  in  Memphis,  Tenn., 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

EAST  CAMPUS  °  WEST  MAIN  STREET  °  DURHAM 


Hours:  Tues-Fri  9-5  pm    Sat  10-1  pm    Sun  2-5  pm  °  ADMISSION  FREE 


FALL  1986  EXHIBITION  SCHEDULE: 

5  September- 1 9  October  Hans  Hinterreiter,  a  retrospective  exhibition 
of  the  work  of  the  Swiss  painter.  Catalogue  and 
exhibition  poster  available. 

Selections  From  The  National  Museum  Of 
Women  In  The  Arts.  Guest  curator.  Dr.  Jill 
Meredith.  Brochure  available. 

ber-21  December  We  Are  The  Seventh  Generation,  arranged 
by  the  Triangle  Native  American  Society,  and 
sponsored  by  the  Duke-Semans  Fine  Arts 
Foundation. 


13  September-31  October 


INovem 


Sunday,  2  November 

2  December-21  December 


■ 


Music  In  The  Museum.  Fall  concert. 

Annual  Christmas  Tree.  Handmade 
ornaments  available  for  sale  during  museum  open 
hours. 


and  Lakeland,  Fla.  He  and  his  wife,  Donna,  live  in 
Durham  with  their  son. 

Phillip  J.  Grigg  77  was  elected  vice  president  and 
actuary  for  Pruco  Life  Insurance  Co.,  a  subsidiary  of 
The  Prudential  Insurance  Co.  He  is  a  fellow  of  the 
Society  of  Actuat ies  and  a  member  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Actuaries.  He  and  his  wife,  Belinda,  live 
in  Flanders,  N.J.,  and  have  one  son. 

Marjorie  A.  Popefka  Pelcovits  77  is  a  clini- 
cal psychologist  at  E.P.  Bradley  Hospital  in  East 
Providence,  R.I.,  where  she  has  also  started  a  small 
private  practice.  She  and  her  husband,  Robert,  a  phy- 
sics professor  at  Brown  University,  have  a  daughter. 

Paul  Reni  77  practices  law  in  Seattle,  Wash., 
where  he  also  watches  for  killer  whales.  He  and  his 
wife,  Ann  Heath  B.S.N.  '80,  have  an  infant  son. 


77  is  the  controller  of  Campeau 
Corp.,  based  in  San  Francisco.  He  and  his  wife, 
Nannette,  have  an  infant  daughter. 


77  is  the  controller  for  Beaver-Free 
Corp.,  a  commercial  investment  real  estate  and 
property  management  company  in  Santa  Barbara.  He 
also  obtained  his  California  real  estate  license. 


77  is  coordinator  of  the 
sexual  assault  program  at  the  Coalition  to  Assist 
Abused  Persons  in  Aiken,  S.C. 

Susan  Booth  VanSant  77,  M.R.E.  '83  works  in 
risk  management  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  Her  hus- 
band, Charles  M.  VanSant  '83,  M.Div.  '86  is  an 
assistant  dean  for  residential  life  at  Duke.  They  live  in 
Durham. 

Vilray  P.  Blair  III  M.D.  78  was  inducted  as  a 
fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Orthopedic 
Surgeons. 

John  F.  Carpenter  78  received  his  Ph.D.  in 


An  Old  Idea 
Just  Got  Better! 

Colonial  professionals  knew  a  good 
idea  when  they  saw  one.  The  Ben 
Franklin  revolving  bookcase  is  a 
handsome  appointment  to  your 
home  or  office.  Quality  workman- 
ship provides  years  of  use.  Maximize 
your  office  space  and  minimize  your 
trips  to  the  library.  Your  research  is 
a  reach  away. 

Satisfaction  Guaranteed. 
BIG  BEN 
5  Shelves 
$875 

LITTLE  BEN 

4  Shelves 

*675 

Ask  about 
Southern  Artisans 
combination 
revolving 
bookcase  and 
beverage  cabinet. 
Also  create 
custom  stand-up 
desks  to  your 
height. 

To  order,  call  or  write: 

Southern  artisans 

1442  Adkins  Rd. 
Houston,  Texas  77055 

(713)  932-9512 


environmental  and  evolutionary  biology  from  the 
University  of  Southwestern  Louisiana  in  December. 

Deborah  Weiss  Fowlkes  78  was  promoted  to 
head  librarian  at  the  Ahoskie  Public  Library  in 
Ahoskie,  N.C.,  in  November  1985. 

Lisa  A.  Greene  B.M.E.  78  is  vice  president  of 
Glenrock  Development  Corp.,  which  constructs  high- 
rise  commercial  buildings.  She  and  her  husband, 
Bruce  Hoffman,  live  in  Santa  Monica,  Calif. 

Lisa  Dale  Edelmann  McLaughlin  78  is  an 

associate  with  the  St.  Louis  law  firm  Bryan,  Cave, 
McPheeters  &  McRoberts,  specializing  in  estates  and 
ttusts.  Her  husband,  Robert  Williams 
McLaughlin  79,  is  a  senior  sales  representative 
with  Digital  Equipment  Corp.  They  have  a  daughter. 

Helen  R.  Neinast  M.Div.  78  and  Betsy  Alden 
Turecky  '64  are  co-editors  of  Church  and  Campus 
Calling.-  Resources  for  Ministry  in  Higher  Education, 
published  jointly  by  United  Ministries  in  Education 
and  the  Board  of  Higher  Education  and  Ministry  of 
the  United  Methodist  Church. 

Lawrence  I.  Schmetterer  78  was  a  clinical 
associate  in  the  surgery  branch  of  the  National  Heart 
Lung  and  Blood  Institute,  NIH,  Bethesda,  Md.  After 
completing  his  two-year  fellowship  at  NIH  in  July,  he 
will  return  to  general  surgery  residency  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois  in  Chicago,  where  he  has  completed 
two  years  of  residency. 

Randall  T.  Smith  B.S.M.E.  78  is  an  independent 
consultant  in  project  permitting  and  environmental 
analysis  in  San  Francisco.  His  wife,  Sidney  Hollar,  is 
an  attorney. 


John  D.  Watt  III  78  is  executive  vice  president  of 
the  Staunton-Augusta  County,  Va.,  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce. He  most  recently  served  as  chief  administra- 
tive officer  of  the  Metropolitan  Richmond  Chamber 
of  Commerce. 


Wendy  C.  Aims  79  is  a  marketing  account  execu- 
tive fot  Chemical  Business  Credit  Corp.,  the  asset- 
based  lending  affiliate  of  Chemical  Bank.  Working 
out  of  Jersey  City,  N.J.,  she  is  responsible  for  nation- 
wide marketing  of  equipment  finance  and  tax  leasing 
products.  She  lives  in  New  York  City. 

Rhonda  Arnold  79  graduated  from  Air  Force  pilot 
training  and  received  her  silver  wings. 


Brian  J.  Brodeur  79  was  promoted  t 
officer  and  product  manager  at  the  Harris  Trust  and 
Savings  Bank  in  Chicago.  He  and  his  wife,  Margaret, 
live  in  Keniworth,  111.,  with  their  three  children. 

David  B.  Dabney  B.S.M.E.  79  is  a  sales  and  mar- 
keting representative  for  ALCOA  Chemicals.  He  and 
his  wife,  Nancy  Anderson  Dabney  78,  live  in 
Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  with  their  two  sons. 

Brian  Gullett  79,  M.S.  '81,  Ph.D.  '84  is  a  research 
engineer  for  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection 
Agency's  Air  and  Energy  Engineering  Research 
Laboratory  in  Research  Triangle  Park.  He  is  working 
on  acid  rain  control  technologies. 


John  T.  Harlowe  M.H.A.  79  was  promoted  from 
the  rank  of  commander  to  captain  with  the  U.S.  Pub- 
lic Health  Service.  In  January,  he  was  recognized  as  a 
certified  public  accountant  by  the  state  of  Florida. 


David  C.  Hill  79  is  president  of  P.J.  Noyes  Co.,  the 
largest  manufacturer  of  precision  food  pellets,  which 
are  primarily  used  by  academic  and  governmental 
institutions  for  research  with  animals.  He  and  his 
wife,  Sarah,  live  in  Lancaster,  N.H. 


L.  Jensen  79,  after  teaching  biology  in 
Africa  for  three  years,  has  been  preparing  to  enter 
medical  school.  She  will  attend  the  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania. 


Elizabeth  Pryor  Johnson  79  i 

with  the  New  York  law  firm  Simpson,  Thacher  & 
Bartlett.  She  and  her  husband,  Ethan,  live  in  New 
York  City. 

Ronald  James  Mandel  79  received  his  Ph.D.  in 

physiological  psychology  in  February  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California.  He  is  doing  post- 
graduate work  in  neuroscience  at  the  University  of 
California  at  San  Diego,  researching  animal  models  of 
Alzheimer's  disease.  He  and  his  wife,  Marie,  live  in 
San  Diego. 

James  L.  Mazur  79  is  the  treasurer  for  MultiVest, 
Inc.,  in  Fort  Lauderdale,  Fla.  His  wife,  Davia  Ann 
Odell  '80,  J.D.  '85,  is  an  associate  with  a  Miami  law 
firm. 

Ralph  E.  Otte  B.H.S.  79,  who  earned  his  M.Div. 
from  Concordia  Seminary  in  May,  is  the  ministet  for 
Zion  Lutheran  Church  in  Pinckneyville  and  Trinity 
Lutheran  Church  in  Conant,  111.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jane,  and  their  daughtet  Amanda  live  in  Pinckneyville. 

Donald  C.  Stanners  79  was  promoted  to  vice 
president  of  Security  Pacific  Corp.'s  corporate  banking 
special  industries  department.  He  lives  in  Santa 
Monica,  Calif. 

Lori  Foster  Weiss  B.H.S.  79  is  a  senior  instruc- 
tor for  Coulter  Electronics,  Inc.  She  and  her  husband, 
Steven,  live  in  Miami,  Fla. 

MARRIAGES:  Jude  Anne  Cassidy  73  to 

ROSS  Spears  '69  in  March  1984.  Residence: 
Charlottesville,  Va.  .  .  .  Martha  A.  Baird  M.H.A. 

75  to  Michael  Reagor  Harbert  on  Dec.  24. ..John  E. 
'Uay"  Harris  III  75  to  Marcia  Cohen  on  Aug.  11. 
Residence:  Hong  Kong... David  A.  Bittermann 

76  to  Laura  Fain  on  Feb.  14  in  Dallas, 

Texas. William  Allen  Hawkins  III  BSE.  76  to 
Sharon  Doyle  on  April  12.  Residence:  London, 
England... John  Faulkner  Mansure  76, 
M.H.A.  79  to  Ruth  Melva  Schonett  on  Nov.  9. 

Residence:  Easley,  S.C Susan  A.  Booth  77, 

M.R.E.  '83  to  Charles  M.  VanSant  '83,  M.Div. 
'86  on  June  7  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Durham. ..Lisa  A.  Greene  B.M.E.  78  to  Bruce 
Hoffman  on  Feb.  22.  Residence:  Santa  Monica, 
Calif.  .  .  .  McNeal  C.  Hutcheson  B.S.E.E.  78  to 
Anne  G.  McChord  on  Jan.  18,..Lori  G.  Foster 
B.H.S.  79  to  Steven  Weiss.  Residence: 
Miami. ..James  C.  Howell  M.Div.  79,  Ph.D.  '84 
to  Lisa  S.  Stockton  '80  on  March  1.  Residence: 
Charlotte,  N.C.  .  . .  James  L.  Mazur  79  to  Davia 
Ann  Odell  '80,  J.D.  '85  on  June  2,  1985.  Residence: 
Hollywood,  Fla.  .  .  .  Anne  S.  Walters  79  to 
Graham  C.  Jelley  on  Dec.  8,  1984...Lynne  L. 
Warshall  79  to  Michael  H.  Truscott  on  Aug.  17, 
1985.  Residence:  Cape  Cod,  Mass. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Andrew  J. 
Markus  70  and  Wendy  Ann  Markus  on  Dec.  3. 
Named  Benjamin  Marion... First  child  and  son  to 
Katharine  A.  Gracely-Kilgore  B.S.N.  72  and 
Dennis  Kilgore  on  May  28,  1985.  Named  James 
Richard...A  daughtet  to  Richard  B.  Keyworth 
M.Div.  73  and  Amy  Jackson  Keyworth  79  on 
Feb.  5.  Named  Laura  Buggs... Second  child  and  son  to 
Prlscilla  Jack  Wallace  73  and  Scott  Wallace 
on  Jan.  24.  Named  Peter  Mitchell. ..Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Roberta  Sue  Bartow  Matthews 

74  and  Paul  A.  Matthews  74  on  June  30, 1985. 
Named  Elizabeth  Barret... A  daughter  to  Jon 
Sanford  74  and  Pam  Haas  78  on  Oct.  3. 
Named  Alisa  Haas  Sanford. ..A  son,  adopted  by 
Janie  Dieringer  Verrlllo  74  and  Jim  Verrillo, 
on  July  31,  1985.  Named  Jeffrey  James. . .Third  child, 
first  daughter,  to  Andrea  Hammerschmidt 
Felklns  75  and  Robert  S.  Felkins  on  Nov.  1.  Named 
Katherine  Elizabeth.. .A  son  to  Marty  Klapheke 

75  and  Kathy  Klapheke  76  on  Aug.  11, 1985. 
Named  John  Martin. ..Second  child,  first  daughter,  to 


Zoe  A.  Tillson  Piliero  B.S.N.  75  and  Christopher 
R.  Piliero  on  Nov.  21.  Named  Candace  Mix. ..First 
child  and  daughter  to  Robin  Huestis  Prak  75 
and  Mark  J.  Prak  77,  J.D.  '80  on  Oct.  11,  1984. 
Named  Suzanne  Michelle... Third  child,  second  son, 
to  James  M.  Robinson  75  and  Leslie  M. 
Robinson  on  Dec.  18.  Named  Jacob  Daniell.. .First 
children,  twins,  to  James  W.  Caudill  76  and 
Gloria  Caudill  on  Oct.  22.  Named  Steven  James  and 
Carol  Ann...A  son  to  Ronald  P.  Manley  A.M.  76 
and  Linda  Ruth  Halperin  77  on  Nov.  8.  Named 
Matthew  Halperin  Manley. .  .Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Barbara  Kiehne  Younger  76  and 
Clifford  A.  Younger  B.S.E.E.  77  on  Oct.  18. 
Named  Laura  Elizabeth. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Mona  Lisa  Fiorentini  Bergman  M.H.A.  77 
and  Herbert  M.  Bergman  on  April  17,  1985.  Named 
Mitchell. ..First  child  and  son  to  John  F.  Gillespy 
77  and  Donna  H.  Gillespy  on  Sept.  15.  Named  John 
Alden... Second  child,  first  son,  to  Elisabeth  Fel- 
lows King  77  and  Michael  Burton  King  78 
on  July  2,  1985.  Named  Andrew  Michael. ..Twin 
daughters  to  Lynne  D.  Lanning  B.S.N.  77  and 
Richard  Smith  on  Dec.  20.  Named  Jenna  Lynne  and 
Jessica  Leigh. ..First  child  and  daughter  to  Marjorie 
A.  Popefka  PelCOVitS  77  and  Robert  Pelcovits 
on  Jan.  14.  Named  Lisa  Michelle.. .First  child  and  son 
to  Paul  Reni  77  and  Ann  Heath  B.S.N.  '80  on 
Feb.  17.  Named  Peter  Fox  Reni.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Floyd  Rowley  77  and  Nannette  B. 
Rowley  on  Nov.  10.  Named  Margot  Allison. ..Second 
child  and  son  to  Nancy  Anderson  Dabney  78 
and  David  B.  Dabney  B.S.M.E.  79  on  Dec.  12, 
1984.  Named  Lars  Wehman...A  daughter  to  Richard 
Dutemple  78  and  Betina  Dutemple  on  Dec.  25  in 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil.  Named  Michelle..  A  daughter 
to  Pam  Haas  78  and  Jon  Sanford  74  on  Oct. 
3.  Named  Alisa  Haas  Sanford... Second  child,  first 
son,  to  J.D.  Ingram  M.H.A.  78  and  Karen  Ingram 


on  Nov.  20.  Named  Benjamin  David..  A  daughter  to 
Jeffrey  Alan  Kozak  B.M.E.  78  and  Lee  Ana 
Kozak  on  Dec.  24.  Named  Ashley  Elizabeth.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Lisa  Dale  Edelmann 
McLaughlin  78  and  Robert  William 
McLaughlin  79  on  Jan.  7.  Named  Laura 
Helen. ..Third  child,  second  son,  to  Brian  J. 
Brodeur  79  and  Margaret  K.  Brodeur  on  Dec.  27. 
Named  Matthew  Brian. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Laurie  Elliott  79  and  Mark  Elliott  on  Jan.  1. 
Named  Mark  Lee.. .First  child  and  son  to  Scott 
Loepp  79  and  Joan  E.  Thomas  Loepp  '81  on 
Jan.  24.  Named  Eric  Douglas.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Ralph  E.  Otte  B.H.S.  79  and  Jane 
Bowles  Otte  on  Dec.  5.  Named  Amanda  Gail. ..A  son 
to  Jennifer  Elise  Pollock  Shankle  79  and 
Stephen  Lee  Shankle  '80  on  Feb.  3, 1985. 

Named  Benjamin  Ryan. 


80s 


Christina  I.  Braun  '80  graduated  from  the 
Harvard  School  of  Public  Health  with  an  M.P.H.  in 
1985  and  the  University  of  Virginia's  medical  school 
in  January.  She  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 

Mary  Cuddeback  Downs  '80,  a  full-time  house- 
wife and  mother,  and  her  husband,  John,  serve  as  lay 
members  of  the  Maryland  Conference  of  Catholic 
Bishops  Social  Concerns  Committee.  They  work  with 
Baltimore  area  shelters  for  the  homeless.  The 
Downses  have  two  sons. 


B.S.M.E.  '80  is  vice  president  at 
Proquim  C.A.  in  Caracas,  Venezuela,  where  he  lives 
with  his  wife,  June  Lauren  Dunn,  and  their  son. 

Ann  Heath  B.S.N.  '80  is  a  visiting  nurse  for  Group 
Health  Cooperative  in  Seattle,  Wash.  She  is  also  the 


co-author  of  Head  Injuries:  A  Manual  for  Families.  She 
and  her  husband,  Paul  Reni  77,  have  a  son. 

Lora  Hinson  '80  will  be  in  California  for  two  years 
working  on  her  M.B.A.  at  Stanford  University's 
Graduate  School  of  Business. 

Karl  W.  Kindig  J.D.  '80  was  named  a  partner  in  the 
Indianapolis  law  firm  Henderson,  Daily,  Withrow  6k 
DeVoe. 

Jeff  Novatt  '80  is  practicing  law  with  a  Los 
Angeles  law  firm.  His  wife,  Susan  Westeen  J.D. 
'83,  also  practices  law  in  Los  Angeles. 

Davia  Ann  Odell  '80,  J.D.  '85  is  an  associate  with 
the  Miami  law  firm  Arky,  Freed,  Stearns,  Watson, 
Greer  and  Weaver.  Her  husband,  James  L.  Mazur 

79,  is  the  treasurer  for  MultiVest,  Inc.,  in  Ft.  Lauder- 
dale, Fla. 

Fredrick  Olness  '80  received  his  Ph.D.  in  theore- 
tical physics  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin- 
Madison  in  August.  He  is  now  a  post-doctoral  research 
fellow  at  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology  in  Chicago. 

Charles  J.  O'Shea  '80  graduated  from  Fordham 
Law  School  and  was  admitted  to  the  New  York  State 
Bar.  He  is  a  deputy  county  attorney  in  Nassau  County, 
N.Y.,  and  a  legal  counsel  to  the  County  Young 
Republicans. 


David  Palmer  '80  was  named  project  manager  for 
the  corporate  planning  department  at  Rodale  Press  in 
Emmaus,  Pa. 


received  her  M.B.A.  from 
Columbia  University's  business  school  in  1984  and  is 
now  executive  assistant  to  the  mayor  of  Indianapolis. 
She  and  her  husband,  Kenneth  M.  Cohen,  live  in 
Indianapolis. 

Stephen  Lee  Shankle  '80,  a  captain  in  the  U.S. 
Air  Force,  is  flying  the  A-10  with  the  81st  Tactical 


Wouldn't  you 
miss  us  if  we 
weren't 
dropping  in 
every  two 
months? 


uke  Magazine  recently  earned  the  distinction  "Magazine  of  the  Year," 
making  it  the  best  of  the  nation's  university  magazines.  But  compet- 
ing priorities  make  it  difficult  to  cover  ever-rising  printing  and  mailing  costs. 
Your  special  contribution  to  the  magazine  will  help  ensure  that  it  remains  vital, 
compelling,  and  imaginative— editorially  and  visually. 

The  suggested  "voluntary  subscription"  for  one  year  is  $15.  To  enable  us 
to  keep  up  the  good  work,  please  send  your  check  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Duke  Magazine,  614,  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27706. 


THE  OFFICIAL  BUPPIE*  HANDBOOK 

by  Staples  is  here! 

♦BLACK  URBAN  PROFESSIONAL 

•  How  do  Buppies  dress?               c. X^-L.^ /, 

•  What  do  they  eat  and  where  do  ^V^T^^* 
they  vacation?                     £ff  ^^N_    V* 

•  How  do  they  manage  their      Q ;/    ■        j    l^ 

•  All  you  ever  wanted  to  know    \V    \     NB    1 
about  the  Black  Urban  Prates-     \Xj^^T 

Send  $5.65  tor  Handbook  (includes  postage) 
OFFICIAL  BUPPIE  PARAPMBMUA  CATALOG  $2.00 

($2.00  deducted  tram  first  order) 
Pyramid  Designs  Press,  Suite  1017  Investment  Build- 
ing, Pittsburgh.  PA  15222. 

OFFICIAL  BUPPIE*  PARAPHERNALIA!! 


ITEM 

PRICE  S 

HIPPING 

TOTAL 

Book 

$  4.95 

$  .69 

$  5.64 

T-shirt 

8.95 

1.05 

10.00 

Coffee  Mug 

5.50 

.75 

6.25 

Key  Chain 

3.50 

.75 

4.25 

License  Plate 

3.50 

.69 

4.19 

Golf  visor 

4.25 

.75 

5.00 

Golf  Shirt 

15.95 

1.50 

17.45 

Wine  Set 

22.95 

3.75 

26.70 

Golf  Hat 

6.50 

1.00 

7.50 

•All  items  have  "Official  Buppie"  logo 


OR  ask  for  il  at  your  local  book  store! 
Request  ISBN  0-937071-00-5 


Fighter  Wing  at  RAF  Bentwaters,  England.  He  and 
his  wife,  Jennifer  Elise  Pollock  '79,  live  in 
Tunstall,  England,  with  their  son. 

Jeffrey  G.  Thompson  '80  left  the  state  attorney's 
office  in  Titusville,  Fla.,  to  join  the  law  firm  Baugh, 
Collins,  Lintz  and  Westman  in  Cocoa,  Fla.,  practicing 
general  civil  and  criminal  litigation. 

Albert  Sears  Bugg  M.B.A.  '81,  president  of 
Eastern  Motor  Lines,  Inc.,  was  named  to  the  local 
board  of  directors  of  First  Citizens  Bank  in  Warrenton, 
NC. 

Gary  Davidson  '81  received  his  master's  in  com- 
munications management  from  the  Annenberg 
School  of  Communications  and  his  J.D.  from  the 
University  of  Southern  California's  law  school  in  May. 
He  was  awarded  the  Ztronics  Consulting  Award  by  the 
Annenberg  School  for  marketing  consulting  done  for 
Western  Airlines.  He  was  also  managing  editor  of  the 
USC  Journal  of  Law  and  the  Environment  for  1985-86. 
He  is  an  associate  with  the  law  firm  Allen,  Kimerer  & 
Lavelle  in  Phoenix,  Ariz. 

Jennie  Deveaux  '81  received  her  master's  from 
the  department  of  engineering  and  policy  at  Washing- 
ton University  in  St.  Louis.  She  is  now  an  environ- 
mental consultant  with  Policy,  Planning,  and  Evalua- 
tion, Inc.,  in  the  Washington,  DC,  area. 


K.  Gehling  M.B.A.  '81  was  promoted  to 
vice  president  by  NCNB  National  Bank. 

Davis  F.  Golding  '81  is  managing  an  Australian 
trade  finance  company.  His  wife,  Kristen  Alley 
Golding  B.S.M.E.  '81,  is  the  director  of  technical 
services  for  Bank  of  America's  MicroWorld  project. 
They  live  in  Hong  Kong. 


Jan  L.  Guenther  '81  received  her  M.B.A.  from 
Northwestern  University  and  is  co-owner  of  a  bike 
and  ski  store  in  Chicago. 


Duke 
Chorale 
Record 

Hear  the  soon-to-be-released 

recording  of  the  Chorale 

(Rodney  Wynkoop,  director): 

-Brahms  "Mass"*  * 

*  *  First  US.  recording 

-The  Owl  and  the 

Pussycat,  by  Virgil 

Thomson 

-Dear  Old  Duke 

and  more 

ORDER  FOR  CHRISTMAS  OR  ANY  OCCASION! 
(Christmas  orders  by  Dec.  1) 

Please  send  me copies  of  the  Duke  Chorale 

record  at  #8.00  each,  which  includes  mailing.  NC 
residents  please  add  $36  sales  tax  per  record. 
MAKE  CHECKS  PAYABLE  TO  DUKE  CHORALE 


CITY,  STATE,  ZIP 

Mail  to:  Duke  Chorale,  6695  College  Station 
Durham,  N.C.  27708 


Mark  S.  Litwin  '81  is  an  intern  in  general  surgery 
at  Harvard's  Brigham  and  Women's  Hospital  in  Boston. 

Terri  Mascherin  '81  graduated  from  North- 
western's  law  school  in  1984  and  works  for  a  firm  in 
Chicago  doing  litigation. 

Gail  L.  Slocum  '81  graduated  from  Boalt  Hall 
School  of  Law  at  UC-Berkeley  and  is  an  associate 
attorney  with  the  Los  Angeles  office  of  Petht  & 
Martin. 

Steven  E.  Spetnagel  '81  received  his  M.B.A. 
from  Emory  University  and  is  a  marketing  associate 
with  Mead  Packaging  in  Atlanta. 

Kenneth  L.  Barrett  III  '82  received  his  M.B.A. 
in  May  from  the  Wharton  Business  School  in  Phila- 
delphia. He  spent  the  previous  summer  working  in 
Santiago,  Chile,  on  a  corporate  finance  internship 
and  the  fall  semester  in  Barcelona,  Spain. 


82  was  promoted  to 
marketing  manager  with  American  Hospital  Supply 
in  Valencia,  Calif. 

John  H.  Evers  B.S.E.E.  '82  received  his  master's  in 
electrical  engineering  in  1984  from  Southern 
Methodist  University,  where  he  is  now  pursuing  his 
doctorate  in  engineering.  He  was  also  promoted  to 
senior  systems  engineer  at  Texas  Instruments.  He  lives 
in  Garland,  Texas,  with  his  wife,  Cynthia. 

Jacqueline  S.  Hebert  B.S.N.  '82,  who  com- 
pleted her  first  year  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  law 
school,  spent  the  summer  studying  international  law 
in  England. 

Amy  Schoen  Marshall  B.S.M.E.  '82  received 
her  M.B.A.  from  Georgetown's  business  school.  She  is 
a  strategic  planner  with  M/A-COM,  a  high  tech  tele- 
communications equipment  manufacturer  in  Rock- 
ville,  Md.  She  and  her  husband,  John  R. 
Marshall  B.S.M.E.  '81,  live  in  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  area. 

John  Mclntire  '82,  M.B.A.  '83  was  promoted  to 
manager  of  business  research  at  AT&T  Communica- 
tions in  Basking  Ridge,  N.J. 

Robert  C.  Nevins  '82  is  a  distribution  architect 
for  IBM.  His  wife,  Sharon  Pardy  Nevins  '82,  is  a 
systems  engineer  for  IBM.  They  live  in  Raleigh. 


David  H.  Ransom  '82  is  the  product  line  manager 
for  Beckman  Instruments  SPINCO  division's  System 
990  Peptide  Synthesizer.  He  is  responsible  for  market- 
ing support  and  research  on  existing  and  new  product 
development.  He  lives  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif. 

David  Charles  Squires  B.S.M.E.  '82  received 
his  master's  from  the  University  of  Virginia  in  1984. 
He  is  an  aerospace  structural  dynamicist  for  a  consult- 
ing firm  in  Oakton,  Va.  His  wife,  Debbie,  is  a  speech 
language  pathologist  for  the  Fairfax  County  school 
system. 

Art  Coulson  '83  was  promoted  to  news  editor  of 
The  Sarasota  Sun,  which  has  a  weekly  circulation  of 
30,000  on  the  Florida  Gulf  Coast. 

Paul  L.  Feldman  '83  is  a  graduate  student  in 
organic  chemistry  at  the  University  of  California- 
Berkeley.  He  and  his  wife  have  a  daughter. 

Larry  Hartzell  '83  received  his  master's  degree 
from  the  University  of  Virginia  in  1985  and  is  now 
pursuing  his  doctorate  in  American  history.  His  wife, 
Polly  DeLap  Hartzell  '83,  is  a  bookkeeper  for  the 
Fashion  Square  Mall  in  Charlottesville,  Va. 

Alice  Giesecke  Johnson  B.S.N.  '83  is  a  pri- 
mary nurse  in  the  intensive  care  unit  at  Northwest 
Hospital  in  Seattle,  where  she  lives  with  her  husband, 
Joseph. 


Sandra  Kopp  McNutt  M.Div.  '83  i 

director,  alumni  admissions  programs  for  Duke's 
Alumni  Affairs  Office.  Her  husband,  Frank,  is  an 
assistant  dean  for  residential  life  at  Duke.  They  live  in 
Durham. 

Dorothy  Louise  "Gigi"  Metier  Short  '83  is  a 

programmer/analyst  at  Continental  Bank  and  attends 
Northwestern  University's  Kellogg  School  of  Manage- 
ment. She  lives  in  Chicago  with  her  husband,  Mark, 
who  also  attends  the  Kellogg  School  and  is  a  commer- 
cial banking  officer  at  Northern  Trust  Co. 


Stuart  '83  is  a  student  at  the  University  of 
Cincinnati  College  of  Medicine. 

Jennifer  Elyce  Tope  '83  is  a  development  co- 
ordinator for  the  Portsmouth  Redevelopment  and 
Housing  Authority  in  Portsmouth,  Va. 

Charles  M.  VanSant  '83,  M.Div.  '86  is  an  assis- 
tant dean  for  residential  life  at  Duke.  His  wife, 
Susan  Booth  VanSant  '77,  M.R.E.  '83  is  in  risk 

management  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  They  live  in 
Durham. 

Matthew  L.  Friedman  M.B.A.  '84,  J.D.  '84  was 
appointed  assistant  counsel  in  the  law  department  of 
The  Travelers  Companies  in  Hartford,  Conn. 

Thomas  C.  Kolmer  '84  graduated  from  Air  Force 
pilot  training  and  received  his  silver  wings. 

Douglas  H.  Kramp  '84  was  named  vice  president 
of  MEDMAX,  Inc.,  a  Dallas  medical  equipment 
company. 

Jeffrey  S.  Odell  '84  was  promoted  to  Martex  sales 
representative  with  WestPoint  Pepperell's  consumer 
products  division.  He  will  transfer  from  Chicago  to 
Seattle. 

Deborah  Leary  Patellos  B.S.N.  '84  is  a  lieute- 
nant in  the  Air  Force,  stationed  in  Columbus,  Miss. 
Her  husband,  Sam,  is  an  Air  Force  instructor  pilot. 


Laura  Eve  Schanberg  M.D.  '84  is  a  medical 
resident  in  the  pediatrics  department  at  the  Duke 
Medical  Center. 


D.  Tierney  B.S.E.E.  '84  is  a  systems  design 
consultant  in  the  inter-exchange  carrier  marketing 
department  of  Pacific  Bell  in  San  Francisco. 

ilmot  '84  was  named  assistant  account 
the  Atlanta  office  of  the  public  relations 
firm  Cohn  &.  Wolfe. 

MARRIAGES:  Christopher  J.  Daly  '80,  M.B.A. 

'85  to  Elizabeth  W.  Fay  '81.  Residence:  Charlotte, 
N.C Glen  Alan  Duncan  '80  to  Karen 

Heinemann  on  June  21  in  New  Orleans.  Residence: 
Athens,  Ga.  . . .  Elizabeth  "Buffi"  Stallings 
Grover  '80  to  Steven  Eugene  Guffey  on  Dec.  28. 
Residence:  Chapel  Hill... Jeff  Novatt  '80  to 
Susan  Westeen  J.D.  '83  on  March  29.  Residence: 
Los  Angeles.. .Davia  Ann  Odell  '80,  J.D.  '85  to 
James  L.  Mazur  '79  on  June  2,  1985.  Residence: 
Hollywood,  Fla.  .  .  .  Elena  Salsltz  '80  to  Kenneth 
M.  Cohen  in  June  1985.  Residence: 

Indianapolis.. .Lisa  S.  Stockton  '80  to  James 

C.  Howell  M.Div.  '79,  Ph.D.  '84  on  March  1. 
Residence:  Charlotte. .  .Susan  Elizabeth  Cole 
'81  to  Steven  Alan  Saval  on  Oct.  28,  1984. 
Residence:  Baltimore... Susan  Gavoor  81  to 
Michael  A.  Delaney  on  Aug.  17,  1985.  Residence: 
New  York  City. Terri  Mascherin  '81  to  Tom 
Abendroth  in  August  1985.  Residence: 
Chicago... John  H.  Evers  B.S.E.E.  '82  to  Cynthia 
Dawn  Teaters  on  July  6,  1985.  Residence:  Garland, 
Texas... Robert  Chamberlaine  Nevins  '82  to 
Sharon  BayliSS  Pardy  '82  on  Nov.  9.  Residence: 
Raleigh.. .David  Charles  Squires  B.S.M.E.  '82 
to  Deborah  Sue  Pershem  on  April  5.  Residence: 
Oakton,  Va... Polly  DeLap  '83  to  Larry  Hartzell 
'83  on  Aug.  25,  1984.  Residence:  Charlottesville, 


Va.  .  .  .  Alice  Giesecke  B.S.N.  '83  to  Joseph  H. 
Johnson  Jr.  in  June  1985.  Residence:  Seattle... C.E. 
Henshall  IV  J.D.  '83  to  Susan  Geoghegan  on  Feb. 
15. ..Sandra  J.  Kopp  M.Div.  '83  to  Franklin  H. 
McNutt  on  May  17.  Residence:  Durham... Dorothy 
Louise  "Gigi"  Mestier  '83  to  Mark  Alan  Short 
on  Sept.  7.  Residence:  Chicago.. .Ann  Patricia 
Russavage  '83  to  Andrew  E.  Faust  on  May  24. 
Residence:  Berwyn,  Pa.  .  .  .  Charles  M.  VanSant 
'83,  M.Div.  '86  to  Susan  A.  Booth  '77,  M.R.E.  '83 
on  June  7  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Durham... Susan  Westeen  J.D.  '83  to  Jeff 
Novatt  '80  on  March  29.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles... Stephen  M.  Brown  '84  to  Heidi  R. 
Kreuter  on  Dec.  8. ..Jane  E.  Clark  '84  to  Robert 
Lee  Banse  Jr.  .  .  .  Thomas  B.  Decker  Jr.  '84  to 
Mary  Lee  Johnson  '84  on  Oct.  26.  Residence: 
Columbus,  Ohio.. .Deborah  Leary  B.S.N.  '84  to 
Sam  Patellos  on  Jan.  25.  Residence:  Columbus, 
Miss.  .  .  .  Jill  Butters  '85  to  Edward  Steidle  II  on 
Dec.  28  in  Duke  Chapel. ..Kelly  Fay  Perkins  '85 
to  Anthony  David  Ryan  B.S.E.E.  '85  on  Oct.  19. 
Residence:  Atlanta. 


and  William  R.  Walsh  on  Jan.  4.  Named  William  R., 
Jr.  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Jess  Samuel 
Eberdt  III  '82  and  Anne  Henley  Eberdt  on  Oct.  27. 
Named  Benjamin  Henley.. .A  daughter  to  Robert 
A.  Canfield  B.S.M.E.  '83  and  Glenda  G. 
Canfield  B.S.N.  '83  on  Feb.  14,  1985.  Named 
Katherine  Alicia.. .A  daughter  to  Charles  Robert 
Simpson  J.D.  '84  and  Jan  Simpson  on  Dec.  4. 
Named  Elizabeth  Anne. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughte 
Fred  Clark  III  '80  and  Rierson  R.  Clark.  Named 
Rierson  Stephens... First  child  and  son  to  Pedro 
Fenjves  B.S.M.E.  '80  and  June  Lauren  Dunn 
Fenjves  on  Dec.  3.  Named  Daniel  Emery.. .First  child 
and  son  to  Ann  Heath  B.S.N.  '80  and  Paul  Reni 
'77  on  Feb.  17.  Named  Peter  Fox  Reni..  A  son  to 
Stephen  Lee  Shankle  '80  and  Jennifer 
Elise  Pollock  Shankle  79  on  Feb  3, 1985. 
Named  Benjamin  Ryan.. .First  child  and  son  to  Joan 
E.  Thomas  Loepp  '81  and  Scott  Loepp  79  on 
Jan.  24.  Named  Eric  Douglas... A  son  to  John  P. 
Thompson  '81,  M.D  '85  and  Elizabeth  Cook 
Thompson  on  Oct.  14.  Named  Kyle  Benjamin. ..First 
child  and  son  to  Sheryl  A.  Miffleton  Walsh  81 


OCTOBER  8-1 1, 
1986 


THE  GIOVANNI 
TOMMASSO  QUINTET 


SPECIAL  GUEST  ARTIST 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 

L.D.  Coltrane  Jr.  13  on  Dec.  16    Leroy 
Riddick  '22  on  Dec.  lO.Burla  Leighton 
Feeney  '24  on  Aug.  18, 1985. ..Nellie  Scoggins 
Germino  '28  on  Dec.  5... J.  Galloway  Peterson 
'28.. .Nancy  King  Dobyns  '31. ..Leonard 
Ellsworth  Jones  '31,  of  Asheville,  N.C.,  on  Jan. 
21.. .Walter  R.  Wiley  M.D.  '32  on  Jan.  1    Robert 
M.  Morris  36.  George  H.  Williams 
36.  Paul  Eugene  Shull  M.Ed.  38   Wayne  A. 
Christy  A.M.  42    Paxton  Jones  '42,  M.D.  '44 
on  Aug.  24, 1985. ..John  W.  Huffman  '46  on  Dec. 
17.  Thomas  H.  McCormack  '48. ..Brian 
Carter  Hume  '56  on  Dec.  4. ..John  I. 

i  Jr.  '56  in  January... Herbert  C. 

M.D.  '57  on  July,  9, 1984.. Terry 
Schultz  '60  on  Jan.  24  in  Washington,  DC. 


K.  Fuller  '19,  of  Hickory,  N.C.,  on  July  3, 
1985.  He  was  a  retired  former  city  manager  of  Kings 
Mountain  and  Laurinburg,  N.C.,  and  a  retired  em- 
ployee of  Superior  Cable  Corp.,  now  Siecor  Inc.  He  is 
survived  by  his  son,  Manley  K.  Fuller  Jr.  '45,  J.D. 


UMBRIA 
AT  DUKE 
JAZZ  FESTIVAL 


'47  and  five  grandchildren,  including  Manley  K. 
Fuller  III  74  and  Elizabeth  Conrath  Fuller 

'82. 


/llitalia 


THE  DUKE  JAZZ 
ENSEMBLE 


JAZZ  IN  THE  CLUB 


FOR  TICKET  INFORMATION: 


Otis  Aiken  '22,  A.M.  '27  on  Dec.  4  in 
Cumberland,  Md.  He  taught  in  both  North  Carolina 
and  Maryland  schools  and  served  for  20  years  as  prin- 
cipal of  Accident  High  School  in  Garrett  County, 
Md.  He  was  also  a  delegate  to  the  General  Assembly 
from  Garrett  County  during  the  Sixties,  and  was  in- 
strumental in  establishing  Garrett  Community  Col- 
lege and  the  Garrett  County  Library  System.  A 
veteran  of  World  War  I  and  a  member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Legion,  he  was  a  member  of  the  Accident  Fire 
Department,  the  Friendsville  Rotary  Club,  and  Zion 
Lutheran  Church.  He  was  past  president  of  the  Gar- 
rett County  Farm  Bureau,  past  president  of  the  Gar- 
rett County  Historical  Society,  and  chairman  of  the 
Garrett  County  Bicentennial  Commission  in  1976. 

Georgia  Airheart  '23,  A.M.  '25  on  Dec.  26.  She 

taught  history  at  Phillips  High  School  for  many  years. 
She  received  a  Rockefeller  Scholarship  at  Cornell 
University  and  a  Ford  Foundation  Fellowship  for 
travel  and  study  in  Central  and  South  America.  She 
belonged  to  Independent  Presbyterian  Church.  She  is 
survived  by  two  sisters,  Nellie  Christian  '18  and 
Dorothy  L.  Airheart  '35,  and  one  brother. 

Margaret  Ledbetter  Jernigan  '25,  A.M.  '31 
on  Dec.  17  in  Charlotte,  N.C.  From  1925  to  1940,  she 
worked  at  Duke  for  The  Duke  Endowment's  rural 
churches  section.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  includ- 
ing Jerry  Wyche  Jernigan  '68,  J.D.  74;  a  sister, 
Frances  L.  Hunter  '24,  A.M.  '31;  and  four 
grandchildren. 


'27  on  Jan.  4.  Before  retir- 
ing in  1972,  he  had  been  a  Durham  Morning  Herald 
dealer  and  carrier  in  Henderson,  N.C,  for  49  years. 
He  belonged  to  the  First  United  Methodist  Church, 
was  director  and  former  president  of  the  Henderson 
Kiwanis  Club,  and  was  a  member  and  former  chaplain 
of  Henderson  Lodge  #229  AF&AM.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Amran  Shrine  Temple  and  the  Hill-Cooper 
Post  of  the  Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Mae  Hobgood  Cooper;  a  son;  and  two 
brothers,  including  W.E.  Cooper  '25. 


i  L.  Kelley  '28  on  Dec.  24.  At  Duke,  he 
was  captain  of  the  last  Trinity  College  freshman  bas- 
ketball team.  He  was  also  a  member  of  the  first  foot- 
ball team  at  Duke  in  1925  and  played  varsity  for  three 
years.  By  his  senior  year,  he  was  again  captain  of  the 
basketball  team.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  left 
the  Navy  as  a  lieutenant  commander.  He  returned  to 
professional  scouting  and  retired  in  May  1970  as 
Scout  Executive  of  the  Lanier  Council,  West  Point, 
Ga.  He  is  survived  by  two  sisters  and  a  brother. 


r  A.M.  '28,  Ph.D.  '30  on 
Dec.  30,  in  San  Diego,  Calif.  A  native  of  Little 
Cataloochee,  N.C,  he  wrote  an  essay,  "Cataloochee 
Homecoming,"  which  was  published  in  the  South 
Atlantic  Quarterly.  He  was  a  professor  in  Duke's  history 
department  until  he  retired  in  1970.  He  also  published 
South  Carolina  During  Reconstruction,  was  awarded  the 
American  Historical  Association's  John  H.  Dunning 
Prize  in  American  history,  and  edited  and  wrote 
William  Preston  Feui;  Papers  and  Addresses.  Fot  10  years, 
he  served  as  director  of  the  George  Washington 
Flowers  Memorial  Collection  of  Southern  Americana 
in  Duke's  library.  He  belonged  to  all  of  the  major  his- 
torical associations  and  served  on  the  board  of  editors 
of  the  Journal  of  Southern  History.  He  was  also  a  mem- 
ber of  the  executive  council  of  the  Southern  Histori- 
cal Association  and  a  past  president  of  the  Historical 
Society  of  North  Carolina.  He  is  survived  by  a  daugh- 
ter, a  son,  and  three  granddaughters. 

Rozzle  Ray  Branton  B.Div.  '30  on  Nov.  26, 
1985,  in  Lafayette,  La.,  at  the  age  of  93.  He  was  re- 
sponsible for  organizing  10  new  Methodist  churches 


in  Louisiana  during  his  acti' 
by  his  wife,  Doris  A.  Branto 


•  ministry.  He  is  survived 


'30  on  Sept.  26,  1985.  At  Duke, 
he  was  a  member  of  Kappa  Sigma  fraternity.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Eleanor  B.  Gilliland. 

H.  Aurelia  Gill  Nicholls  A.M.  '30  on  Jan.  22  in 
Pascagoula,  Miss.  She  was  a  physician  and  educator. 
She  is  survived  by  her  daughter,  Margaret 
Nicholls  Wiebe  '61,  Ph.D.  '68,  and  a  son. 

Millard  W.  Warren  '30,  B.Div.  '34  on  Dec.  9.  He 
was  active  in  the  N.C.  Conference  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  for  45  years.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  sister,  and  five 
grandchildren. 

Mary  Kirkland  Fuss  '31  of  Pine  Mountain 
Valley,  Ga.,  on  May  30,  1985.  At  Duke,  she  was  a 
member  of  Kappa  Alpha  Theta.  She  taught  school  in 
Erwin  and  Durham,  N.C,  for  several  years  and  was 
active  with  the  Brownies,  the  Homemakers  Group  of 
Harris  County,  and  the  Hamilton  United  Methodist 
Church.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Turner 
Ashby  Fuss,  a  brother,  a  step-son,  a  step-daughter,  five 
grandchildren,  and  four  great-grandchildren. 

Luther  James  Morriss  '31  on  Dec.  19  in 
Raleigh.  He  taught  in  the  North  Carolina  public 
schools  for  several  years  and  was  also  associated  with 
several  radio  stations.  He  taught  mass  media  and 
audio  visual  at  both  Wake  Forest  University  and 
Southeastern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary.  He  served 
as  pastor  of  several  churches  and  worked  with  religious 
programs  at  WRALTV.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Christine  L.  Morriss,  a  daughter,  a  stepdaughter,  a 
stepson,  and  two  step-grandchildren. 

John  V.  Blady  M.D  '32  on  Nov.  24, 1985,  of  a 
heart  attack.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dee  Blady. 


Margaret  Gray  Bledsoe  '32  on  Feb.  14.  She  was 
former  director  of  the  research  division  of  the  Nation- 
al Geographic  Society,  responsible  for  the  accuracy  of 
all  information  in  National  Geographic  articles.  During 
World  War  II,  she  served  with  the  American  Red 
Cross  in  Hawaii,  Guam,  and  Tinian.  She  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Washington  Press  Club  and  attended 
Washington  Cathedral.  She  is  survived  by  her  sister. 

C.  Pardue  Bunch  '34,  M.D.  '39  on  Nov.  3, 1985. 
His  survivors  include  his  wife,  Marjorie  King 

'35,  and  his  daughter,  Charlotte  Anne 


Allen  S.  White  '34  on  Nov.  9,  1985.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Jane  Miller  White  '35. 

Ernest  Brindley  Dunlap  Jr.  '35,  M.D.  '39  on 
Dec.  24,  in  La  Grange,  Ga.  At  Duke,  he  played  varsity 
football  and  was  named  All  Southern  center  for  two 
consecutive  years.  In  1959,  he  was  named  by  Sports 
Illustrated  to  the  1934  Silver  Anniversary  All  Ameri- 
can team.  During  World  War  II,  he  joined  the  medi- 
cal corps  of  the  U.S.  Army  Air  Corp.  He  was  engaged 
in  the  private  practice  of  orthopedic  surgery  for  al- 
most 30  years  before  joining  the  Georgia  Department 
of  Human  Resources.  He  rented  as  medical  director  of 
the  Roosevelt-Warm  Springs  Rehabilitation  Center. 
He  was  a  trustee  on  the  administrative  board  and  a 
member  of  the  choir  at  First  United  Methodist 
Church  of  Manchester,  Ga.,  and  a  member  of  the 
Kiwanis  Club.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Jane;  a 
sister;  a  brother,  Jack  W.  Dunlap  '35;  and  several 
nieces  and  nephews. 

Walter  D.  Hastings  Jr.  '35,  M.D.  '38  on  Aug.  26, 
1985,  after  a  long  illness.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Frances  Black  Hastings  R.N.  '37,  two  daugh- 
ters, two  sons,  and  eight  grandchildren. 

Benjamin  Burch  Weems  '35,  A.M.  '37  on  Jan. 

31  of  cancer  in  Seoul,  South  Korea.  He  was  bom  in 


Korea,  where  his  parents  were  missionaries.  Aftet 
graduating  from  Duke,  he  taught  school  in  Hamlet, 
N.C.  During  World  War  11,  he  was  a  Far  East  specialist 
in  public  affairs  activities.  He  worked  for  the  Agency 
for  International  Development  in  Korea,  returned  to 
the  U.S.  as  public  affairs  officer  for  the  Army's  Edge- 
wood  Arsenal  in  Maryland,  and  then  returned  to 
Korea  to  teach  and  practice  public  relations.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  second  wife,  Yunhui  Shin  Weems,  two 
daughters  from  his  first  marriage,  a  son  and  daughter 
from  his  second  marriage,  three  brothers,  and  thtee 
grandchildren. 

Robert  L.  Weston  '37,  of  Chevy  Chase,  Md.,  on 
Nov.  28,  1985.  He  was  a  member  of  Sigma  Phi  Epsilon. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret  C  Weston,  a 
daughter,  a  son,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Paul  B.  Boger  '38  on  Jan.  14  from  lung  cancer.  He 
was  a  rented  sales  manager  with  Hancock  Buick  in 
Columbia,  S.C.,  and  a  member  of  Eastminister 
Presbyterian  Church  in  Columbia.  A  veteran  of 
World  War  II,  he  served  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the 
Army.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  Samuel  Boger 
'70  and  Michael  Boger  73;  a  brother  and  sisters; 
and  three  grandchildren. 

C.  Leigh  Dimond  '40  on  Feb.  8  in  Larchmont,  N.Y. 
He  was  a  retired  marketing  vice  president  of  the 
Newspaper  Advertising  Bureau  in  Manhattan.  During 
World  War  11,  he  was  a  lieutenant  in  the  Army  Air 
Corps.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Constance 
Blumenthal  Dimond,  a  son,  and  a  daughter. 

Kathryn  W.  Lynch  A.M.  '40  on  Oct.  23,  after  a 
short  illness.  A  teacher  for  over  50  years,  she  had  re- 
tired from  the  mathematics  department  of  West  Vir- 
ginia State  College  in  1984  but  continued  to  teach 
there  part  time.  She  earned  her  doctorate  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska,  where  she  was  one  of  the  first 
women  initiated  into  the  school's  chaptet  of  Phi  Delta 


TY    MEDICAL   CENTER    CONTINUING    MEDICAL    EDUCATION 

•  Basic  Clinical  Teaching  Skills,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
'  Microsurgery  Workshop,  DUMC 

*  8th  Diving  Accident  and  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment  Special  Course:  Physiology  and  Medicine  of  Diving 
Flamingo  Beach  Hotel,  Bonaire,  Netherland  Antilles 
13th  Annual  Fall  Symposium  of  Diagnostic  Imaging,  Southampton  Princess  Hotel,  Bermuda 

•  Davison  Club  Weekend,  DUMC 

*  Rehabilitation  of  the  Lower  Urinary  Tract,  Pinehurst,  NC 
Susan  Dees  Symposium  in  Allergy  and  Immunology,  DUMC 
20th  Annual  Duke/McPherson  Otolaryngology  Symposium,  Hotel  Europa,  Chapel  Hill,  NC 

*  The  Difficult  Learner,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 

•  Duke  Medical  Alumni  Weekend,  DUMC 

*  Duke  Tuesday,  DUMC 

*  Small  Group  Discussions  and  Lecture  Skills,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 

"  Skills  for  Adapting  to  Career  Transitions  of  Faculty,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 

•  Educational  Negotiations:  Content  and  Process,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
4th  Annual  Winter  Symposium:  Selected  Topics  in  Internal  Medicine,  Snowshoe,  WV 
Selected  Topics  for  the  Practicing  Clinician,  DUMC 

•  Administrative  Skills:  Power,  Leadership,  and  Authority,  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
Contemporary  Intraoperative  Monitoring:  Concepts  for  1987,  Sonesta  Beach  Hotel,  Bermuda 
3rd  Annual  Aging  Conference,  Omni  Hotel-Charleston  Place,  Charleston,  SC 

•  Administrative  Skills  II:  Planning  Change  and  Conflict  Resolution 
Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
9th  Diving  Accident  and  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment  Course 
Grand  Caymanian  Holiday  Inn,  Grand  Cayman,  BWI 

*  CME  Category  1  Credit  Approved 

For  further  information  call  the  Office  of  Continuing  Medical  Education       Outside  NC  1-800-222-9984       NC  (919)  684-6878 


DUKE    UNIVERSI 

September  21-24 

October  6-10 

October  18-November  1 

October  19-25 
October  24-25 
October  30-November  2 
October  31-November  2 
November  7-8 
November  9-12 
November  20-22 
December  2 
December  7-10 

1987 

January  4-7 
February  1-4 
February  2-6 
February  16-18 
March  1-4 
March  20-24 
April  1-4 
April  5-8 

April  18-25 


Kappa,  a  professional  education  fraternity.  She  was 
also  a  member  of  Delta  Zeta  sorority.  A  membet  of  the 
National  Council  of  Teachers  of  Mathematics,  she 
was  also  a  past  president  of  the  West  Virginia  Council 
of  Teachers  of  Mathematics.  She  belonged  to  St. 
Andtews  United  Methodist  Church  in  Charleston, 
WVa.  She  is  survived  by  her  sister  and  several  nieces 
and  nephews. 

Charles  Theodore  Dotter  '41  on  Feb.  15, 1985, 
after  a  long  illness.  He  was  professor  and  chairman  of 
radiology  at  the  University  of  Oregon  Medical  School 
in  Portland  for  33  years  until  his  death.  He  was  the 
father  of  interventional  radiology'  and  contributed 
extensive  research  to  cardiovascular  radiology.  In  addi- 
tion to  writing  over  300  papers,  he  made  three  scienti- 
fic films  and  almost  20  scientific  exhibits.  He  was  on 
the  editorial  hoards  of  several  journals  and  served  on 
the  FDA  Surgical  Drug  Advisory  Committee,  includ- 
ing a  year  as  chairman.  He  received  many  honors  and 
awards,  including  a  nomination  for  the  Nobel  Prize  in 
Medicine.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Pamela,  and 
three  children. 


F.  Gray  '41,  of  McLean,  Va.,  on  Jan.  30, 
after  a  long  illness.  He  worked  for  the  Foreign  Eco- 
nomic Administration  and  the  State  Department's 
Division  of  Commercial  Policy.  In  1953,  he  entered 
the  Foreign  Service  and  served  in  Ecuador,  West 
Germany,  Bolivia,  and  Panama,  before  retiring  in 
1964.  In  1965,  he  was  a  visiting  professor  of  inter- 
national economics  at  Eckerd  College  in  St.  Peters- 
burg, Fla.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Alta  O.  Gray, 
three  children,  two  grandchildren,  and  four  sisters. 

Morton  Freeman  Mason  Ph.D.  '43  on  Nov.  28. 

He  was  a  professor  emeritus  of  forensic  medicine  and 
toxicology  in  the  pathology  department  at  South- 
western Medical  School,  University  of  Texas  Health 


Service  Center,  Dallas,  where  he  had  been  a  faculty 
member  since  1944.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Miriam 
D.  Mason. 

Sherrill  High  '45  on  Jan.  6  in  Durham.  Before 
retiring,  he  was  a  landscape  plannet  with  Duke.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  Durham  Tech  Board  of  Trustees, 
the  Tobaccoland  Kiwanis  Club,  First  Presbyterian 
Church,  and  the  Durham  Engineers  Club.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth  High;  a  daughter, 
Melissa  H.  Kilpatrick  76,  M.A.T.  77;  a  brother, 
L.  Sneed  High  '36;  and  two  grandsons. 


Virginia  Campbell  Osborne  '47  on  Jan.  15, 
from  injuries  sustained  in  a  car  accident  in  Charlotte, 
N.C.  A  member  of  the  Myers  Park  Baptist  Church 
since  1950,  she  was  a  member  of  the  choir,  chairman 
of  the  music  committee,  and  chairman  of  the  board  of 
worship.  She  had  appeared  in  productions  of  the 
Charlotte  Opera  Association,  the  Oratorio  Guild, 
and  the  Junior  League  Follies.  She  was  a  member  of 
the  American  Heart  Association,  on  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  Community  Concert  Association, 
and  involved  with  the  Nature  Museum  and  the  Mint 
Museum.  She  was  active  with  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women,  the  Girl  Scouts,  and  the 
Law  Dames  of  the  26th  Judicial  District.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  her  husband,  Wallace  Osborne  '47, 
LL.B.  '50;  a  son,  Grant  Osborne  '81,  J.D.  '85;  two 
daughters;  four  grandchildren;  and  her  parents. 

Allen  H.  Aymond  PT.  Cert.  '48,  of  Alexandria, 
La.,  on  Jan.  3,  after  a  short  illness.  He  was  a  veteran  of 
World  War  II  and  a  member  of  Our  Lacy  of  Prompt 
Succor  Catholic  Church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Virginia  Deville  Aymond,  three  sons,  two  daughters, 
one  brother,  two  sisters,  and  five  grandchildren. 


of  cancer.  She  was  a  facul- 
ty member  at  Georgia  College. 


Charles  S.  Onderdonk  III  '48,  of  Avon,  Conn., 
on  May  27,  1985.  He  was  vice  president  of  the  United 
Bank  and  Trust  Co.  in  Hartford,  Conn.  He  was  an 
incorporator  at  Hartford  Hospital,  a  board  member  of 
the  Hartford  Seminary,  and  a  member  of  two  yacht 
clubs.  During  World  War  II,  he  served  with  the  U.S. 
Navy  Air  Corps.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Alyce 
Peppel  Onderdonk,  a  son,  and  a  daughter. 


'48,  M.D.  '52  on  Nov.  21, 
1985.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Frances  Bird 
Wansker  '48. 

Arthur  George  "Bud"  Smith  Jr.  '49  on  Jan.  13 

in  Binghamton,  N.Y.  He  was  a  member  of  All  Saints 
Episcopal  Church,  an  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II, 
a  member  of  the  Binghamton  Lions  Club,  and  a 
former  member  of  the  Binghamton  Optimist  Club. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Barbara  Thayer  Smith,  one 
son,  thtee  daughters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Elwood  R.  Thompson  B.S.E.E.  '49  on  Dec.  25 
in  Wilmington,  Del.,  of  cancer.  He  was  the  general 
manager  of  engineering  and  real  estate  with  Delmarva 
Power  and  Light,  where  he  had  worked  since  graduat- 
ing from  Duke.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Professional 
Engineers  of  Delaware,  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronic  Engineers,  and  the  Washington  Duke 
Club.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy  Thompson, 
three  daughters,  and  one  son. 


B.S.E.E.'51onFeb. 
5  in  Orange  Park,  Fla.,  of  heart  failure.  He  was  a 
retired  aerospace  engineer.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  a 
daughter,  his  mother,  a  sister,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Charles  Lee  Epps  '52,  of  Houston,  Texas,  on  Feb. 
8.  He  was  a  self-employed  stockbroker  and  real  estate 
investor.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Debbie  Sue  Epps, 
three  daughters,  two  brothers,  and  two  sisters. 


ATTORNEYS,  CPAS,  TRUST  OFFICERS, 
CLU'S  &  OTHER  ESTATE  &  FINANCIAL  PLANNERS 


The  Duke  University  School  of  Law  and  the  Duke  Univer- 
sity Estate  Planning  Council  will  present  the  Eighth  Annual 
Estate  Planning  Conference  on  the  campus  of  Duke  University 
in  Durham,  North  Carolina,  October  23-24,  1986.  An 
outstanding  and  nationally  known  faculty  will  present  a 
program  of  timely  and  practical  interest  to  all  members  of  the 
estate  planning  team. 

Subjects  on  the  program  will  include:  Estate  Planning 
After  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986;  The  New  Subchapter  J?; 
Income  Shifting  After  the  1986  Tax  Reform  Act;  Recent 
Developments  Affecting  Estate  Planning  and  Administration; 
Estate  Planning  for  Owners  of  Closely  Held  Corporations;  Life 
Insurance:  A  Sophisticated  Estate  and  Financial  Planning  Tool; 
Getting  Personal  Life  Insurance  Out  of  the  Estate;  New  Focus 
on  Estate  Freezes;  Tax  and  Estate  Planning  Aspects  of  Divorce 
and  Separation;  Practical  Uses  for  Private  Foundations. 

The  conference  is  designed  for  continuing  education 
credit.  Participation  is  limited  to  200  participants.  Fee  $295.  A 
special  dinner  for  the  faculty  on  Thursday  night  is  open  to 
participants  and  their  guests  at  a  cost  of  $20  per  person. 


iP.O  Bo*  or  Street) 


$ check  enclosed  for  one  registration 

at  $295,  and dinner(s)  at  $20  each. 

Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Estate 
Planning  Conference  and  mail  with  registration  form 
to:  Duke  University  Estate  Planning  Conference,  P.O. 
Box  3541,  Duke  University  Medical  Center,  Durham, 
North  Carolina  27710.  ATTENTION:  Roland  R.  Wilkins, 
Director.  (Separate  registration  for  each  participant 
please!) 


Rhett  M.F.  '52  on  Jan.  22.  He  was  the 
district  forester  of  the  S.C.  State  Forestry 
Commission  and  a  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Ricker  Rhett,  two 
daughters,  two  sons,  a  sister,  two  brothers,  and  a 
granddaughter. 

Charles  E.  Watkins  Jr.  '52.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  I sa belle  Young  Watkins  52 

Judith  Ann  Jones  Guthmann  '56  on  Aug.  9  of 
a  heart  attack,  while  on  vacation  in  Montreal.  She 
was  active  in  environmental  concerns  for  many  years 
and  was  chairman  of  the  Peabody,  Mass.,  Conserva- 
tion Commission  and  president  of  the  Mass.  Associa- 
tion of  Conservation  Commissions.  She  was  also  per- 
sonal secretary  to  Harold  Jefferson  Coolidge,  a  noted 
international  conservationist  descended  from  Thomas 
Jefferson.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  John  A. 
'56,  two  sons,  and  her  father. 


Anne  Kearns  Brooks  '59  on  Jan.  1  in  Durham, 
after  a  long  illness.  She  worked  as  a  social  worker  at 
John  Umstead  Hospital  in  Burner  and  as  a  secretary  at 
Duke.  She  tutored  adult  non-readers  through  the 
Durham  County  Literacy  Council.  She  is  survived  by 
two  sons;  her  mother;  and  two  sisters,  including 

Kearns  57 


Terrence  E.  Schultz  '60  on  Jan.  24  in  Fairfax, 
Va.  He  was  special  assistant  to  the  deputy  assistant 
secretary  for  enforcement  and  compliance  with  the 
Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development.  At 
Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  the  Chapel  Choir  and  the 
Duke  Glee  Club.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Federal 
Executive  Institute  Alumni  Association,  the  Duke 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee,  and  the 
Lewinsville  Presbyterian  Church  in  McLean,  Va.  He 
was  active  in  the  Virginia  Jaycees,  serving  as  state  vice 
president  and  receiving  the  organization's  highest 
honors,  life  membership  and  the  Virginia  Jaycee 
Senatorship.  He  sang  with  the  Choral  Arts  Society  of 
Washington  and  the  Oratorio  Society  of  Washington, 
appearing  at  Carnegie  Hall  in  New  York,  the  Kennedy 
Center  in  Washington,  and  at  presidential  inaugural 
programs.  He  is  survived  by  his  mother  and  two  sisters. 

Vernon  O.  Stumpf  Ph.D.  '68  on  Jan.  25  in 

Chapel  Hill.  A  professor  emeritus  of  history  at 
Campbell  University,  he  was  the  author  of  ]osiah 
Martin:  Last  Royal  Governor  of  North  Carolina,  pub- 
lished this  spring  by  Carolina  Academic  Press. 

Charles  M.  Elliott  71,  of  Denver,  Colo.,  in  a 
plane  crash  in  August  1985. 

Charles  E.  Reier  Jr.  '81  of  a  cerebral  hemorrhage 
on  June  28  in  Columbus,  Ohio.  A  graduate  of  West 
Virginia  University's  medical  school,  he  was  to  begin 
a  surgical  residency  at  Cabrini  Medical  Center  in 
New  York  City.  He  is  survived  by  his  parents,  two 
brothers,  a  sister,  and  his  maternal  grandparents.  Duke 
University  has  established  the  Charles  E.  Reier  Jr. 
Memorial  Fund. 

Alison  Bracey  Von  Brock  '84  in  an  automobile 
accident  on  Jan.  26  in  Durham.  She  was  a  first-year 
graduate  student  in  psychology  at  Duke.  She  was  a 
member  of  Pi  Beta  Phi  sorority  and  a  little  sister  of 
Kappa  Alpha  fraternity.  She  worked  in  the  Duke's 
Talent  Identification  Program.  She  is  survived  by  her 
parents. 

'85  on  Feb.  26  at  Duke  Medical 


Center. 


Tsong-I  Chang  '85  on  June  14  in  an 
automobile  accident.  The  Rockville,  Md.,  resident 
was  a  research  technician  at  Howard  University.  At 
Duke,  he  was  a  membet  of  Alpha  Phi  Omega,  a  ser- 
vice fraternity,  and  chairman  of  the  Performing  Arts 
Committee,  which  plans  the  "Broadway  at  Duke" 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


26  FORESTED  ACRES.  5  minutes  north  of  Chapel 
Hill.  Excellent  residential  atea.  Splendid  for  building 
or  investment.  Phone  (704)  252-1154,  or  (919)  787- 
0033  after  6  p.m. 

COLLEGE  MUNCHIE  PACKAGES!  Three  deliver- 
ies per  school  year:  October,  February,  and  April. 
Birthday  and  gift  packages  available.  Morgan 
Munchies,  1745  Stout  Street,  Denver,  Colorado 
80202.(303)777-9494. 

BASKETS  AND  BOWS,  INC.,  opened  in  December 
1982  by  a  Duke  alumna,  specializes  in  unique  gifts 
delivered  to  your  Duke  student!  Our  offerings  include: 
tempting  Fruit  Baskets,  delectable  Survival  Kits, 
delicious  Bitthday  Cakes,  and  delightful  Balloon 
Bouquets.  For  Halloween,  we  are  delivering  extra 
special  "Pumpkin  Shells"  to  campus.  We  welcome 
your  special  requests  and  invite  you  to  visit  our  shop 
when  you  are  in  Durham.  Call  or  write  for  our 
brochure.  (919)  493-4483,  1300  University  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27707. 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 

DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST.  Arrowhead 
Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Corner  Rox- 
boro  Rd.  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430.  Mem- 
ber NC  B&.B  Association. 


SERVICES 


MCDONALD  TRAVEL,  DURHAM,  NC  offers 
guaranteed  lowest  available  airfares,  hotel  discounts, 
and  $100,000  life  insurance  on  every  ticket.  We  will 
donate  10  percent  of  income  from  alumni  bookings  to 
the  Alumni  Association.  Call  our  experienced  agents 
toll  free  for  assistance  in  planning  your  next  trip,  tour, 
or  cruise.  1-800  672-5792,  NC.  1-800  334-8352,  USA. 
(919)  383-9451,  Durham.  Iron  Duke  Member. 


QUITSMART  STOP  SMOKING  KIT.  The  director 
of  Duke's  acclaimed  Quit  Smoking  Clinic  comes  to 
you:  attractive  94-page  manual  and  telaxing  hypnosis 
audiocassette.  Satisfaction  guaranteed.  Send  $14.95: 
JB  Press,  P.O.  Box  4843-D,  Durham,  NC  27706. 


WANTED  TO  BUY 

RARE  BOOKS  AND  MAPS.  Richard  Sykes  '53, 
Mary  Flanders  Sykes  '52.  Sykes  and  Flanders, 
Antiquarian  Booksellers,  P.O.  Box  86,  Weare,  NH 
03281  (603)  529-7432.  Member  ABAA. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

ATTENTION  CLASSMATES  1944.  Looking  for  a 
picture  of  the  freshman  class  taken  on  the  chapel 
steps.  Would  like  to  borrow  the  picture  to  have  a  print 
made.  Bill  Ingham,  51  Ridge  Road,  Concord,  New 
Hampshire  03301.  Call  collect  (603)  224-1821. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000  POTENTIAL  buyers, 
renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke's  Classifieds. 
For  one-time  insertion,  $25  fot  the  first  25  words,  $.50 
for  each  additional  word.  10-word  minimum.  Telephone 
numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free.  DIS- 
PLAY RATES  are  $100  per  column  inch  (2  1/2  x  1).  10 
PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for  multiple  i 


DEADLINES:  Match  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-October),  September  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January-February), 
January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the  issue  in 
which  your  ad  should  appear. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed; 
no  telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to:  Duke 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 


COGGIN'S 

GOT  YOUR 

TICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


BUY  IT, 
LEASE  IT. 
RENT  It 


mazoa 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


ALUMNI 
ARMS 


Eighty  college  and  university  alumni 
associations  of  America  have  cooper- 
ated to  establish  intercollegiate  alumni 
hotels  in  some  forty  outstanding  centers  of 
America.  At  these  hotels  will  be  found  every- 
thing planned  for  the  convenience  and  com- 
fort of  the  college  man.  Here  the  alumnus  of 
each  of  these  colleges  will  find  on  file  his 
own  alumni  magazine  and  a  list  of  his  own 
college  alumni  living  in  the  immediate  local- 
ity served  by  the  hotel.  He  will  find  the 
alumni  atmosphere  carried  throughout.  This 
service  will  be  unusually  pleasing,  and  un- 
doubtedly local  alumni  spirit  will  be  greatly 
forwarded  by  this  movement. 

In  California,  where  the  plan  has  been  in 
operation  for  three  years,  it  has  been  found  to 
be  eminently  successful.  The  intercollegiate 
alumni  hotel  idea  came  into  being  from  a 
very  definite  need.  The  growth  of  travel  by 
automobile   combined  with  the   gigantic 


growth  in  numbers  of  university  and  college 
men  has  brought  to  light  the  necessity  for 
some  place  to  which  the  visiting  alumnus 
may  go  when  in  a  strange  city  to  find  the 
names  and  addresses  of  his  fellow  alumni 
living  in  the  community.— October  1926 


SOIL 


A  good  deal  of  experimental  work  in 
relation  to  tobacco  is  being  carried 
on  at  Duke  through  the  coopera- 
tion of  the  departments  of  chemistry  and 
botany,  but  much  more  remains  to  be  done. 
All  too  little  has  yet  been  done  about  soil 
erosion,  reforestation,  and  forest  conserva- 
tion, it  is  felt. 

Closely  allied  to  agriculture  and  forest  prob- 
lems is  a  much  needed  study  of  the  flora  and 
fauna  of  North  Carolina....  Such  a  survey 
should  be  made  cooperatively  by  several  in- 
stitutions and  preferably  through  a  joint  bio- 
logical institute  [that]  could  include  one  or 
more  inland  field  laboratories  and  a  marine 
station  at  the  seacoast.... 
Duke  University  hopes  to  establish  a  marine 


biological  laboratory  which  could  be  made 
one  of  the  units  of  such  a  joint  biological  in- 
stitute. The  university  has  title  to  the  re- 
mainder of  the  island  on  which  the  U.S. 
Bureau  of  Fisheries  at  Beaufort,  North  Caro- 
lina, is  located  and  plans  to  inaugurate  a 
teaching  and  research  summer  school  in  the 
near  future,  which  together  with  the  bureau's 
laboratory,  should  provide  the  proper  environ- 
ment for  a  marine  -station  similar  to  the 
Marine  Biological  Laboratory  at  Woods 
Hole,  Massachusetts. 

In  addition  to  its  scientific  significance, 
such  a  station  ought  to  have  practical  value 
for  the  future  development  of  the  fish,  oyster, 
and  shrimp  industries,  which  are  of  great 
importance  to  the  eastern  Carolinas.— 
October  1936 


THE  HISTORIC 
PUKE  TRIPLE 

The  vast  majority  of  upperclassmen  at 
Duke  this  year  are  veterans,  and  ap- 
proximately 60  percent  of  the  430 
new  freshmen  who  arrived  on  the  campus  for 
the  orientation  week  prior  to  the  formal 


32 


opening  are  also  former  servicemen, 

lb  meet  the  demands  of  the  increased 
enrollment,  the  housing  situation  at  the  uni- 
versity has  been  adjusted  as  much  as  possible 
to  room  two  men  in  single  rooms  and  three 
men  in  double  rooms  where  such  an  arrange- 
ment is  practical.  Forty-two  married  veterans 
are  housed  at  Piedmont  Village  at  Camp 
Butner.  The  university  has  assisted  both 
married  and  unmarried  students  as  far  as  pos- 
sible in  obtaining  accommodations  through- 
out the  city  and  has  also  made  known  to 
incoming  students  the  prospective  trailer 
housing  accommodations  to  be  installed  by 
the  city  of  Durham,  which  has  secured  com- 
mitments from  the  government  for  seventy- 
eight  trailers  for  veterans.— September  1946 


SINK  OR  SWIM 
FOR  ORIENTATION 


Some  forty-five  foreign  students  from 
twenty  countries  arrived  at  Duke  the 
latter  part  of  July  for  a  six-week  orien- 
tation course  conducted  by  the  university's 
International  Studies  Center.  Their  long 
journey  to  Duke,  for  the  most  part,  was  un- 
eventful. But  for  Harms  Buehler,  an  exchange 
student  from  Austria,  the  trip  held  moments 
of  excitement  bordering  on  terror.  He  was  a 
passenger  on  the  ill-fated  Italian  liner,  the 
Andrea  Doria,  which  was  rammed  by  the 
Stockholm  and  sank  some  100  miles  off 
Nantucket. 
His  first  thought  as  he  was  thrown  out  of 


he  received  hot  coffee  and  dry  clothes,  and 

at  the  Italian  Consulate  in  New  York  he 

was  given  $200,  two  suits  of  clothing, 

and  was  sent  off  to  Duke.— September 

1956 


Come  blow 
horn:  One  of 
the  kings  of 
swing,  Tommy 
Dorsey  was  not  an 
infrequent  visitor 
to  the  Duke  cam- 
pus, particularly 
during  the  late 
Thirties.  The 
big  band  era 

lat 
Duke.  For 
the  last  three 
years,  the 
Tommy  Dorsey 
Band  has  been 
featured  at  Home- 
coming's Blue  and 
White  Night. 


FIRST  IN  THE 
FIELD 


his  bunk  when  the  ships  collided  was  that 
the  ship  was  sinking.  On  deck  about  an  hour 
later,  he  relates,  he  was  sure  that  everyone 
would  be  drowned....  "When  we  finally  real- 
ized that  rescue  ships  were  around  us,  we  had 
a  wonderful  safe  feeling." 

Not  until  Buehler  was  on  his  rescue  ship, 
the  Cape  Ann,  did  he  know  that  the  two 
luxury  liners  had  collided.  On  the  Cape  Ann 


I  e  of  good  cheer: 
,  The  194r>47 


sports  season  at 
Duke  didn't  give 
Duke's  cheerleaders  a 
whole  lot  to  cheer 
about.  The  football 


,  which  i 

its  acquaintance  with  about  Duke's  win  over 

head  coach  Wallace  Navy.  The  basketball 

Wade  after  his  return  team  fared  much  bet- 

from  World  War  II,  ter,  with  a  19-8  season, 

went  a  disappointing  but  faltered  in  the 

4-5.  But  there  was  Southern  Conference 


less,  they  boasted ; 
sheer  victory  over  the 
Hanes  Hosiery  tea 


Forestry  schools  have  traditionally  been 
the  domain  of  the  robust,  hearty  male 
student  who  combines  an  avid  inter- 
est in  nature  with  specialized  scientific  knowl- 
edge. Female  foresters,  though  not  unheard 
of,  have  been  uncommon. 

This  summer  the  School  of  Forestry  made 
a  decisive  break  with  tradition  and  admitted 
the  first  female  student  to  work  for  an  ad- 
vanced degree  in  forestry  in  the  history  of  the 
university.  Victoria  Delill  and  eight  young 
men  were  enrolled  in  the  summer  portion  of 
the  school's  two-and-a-half  year  graduate 
program  leading  to  the  master  of  forestry 
degree.... 

Asked  why  she  decided  on  forestry  as  a 
career,  Miss  Delill  says  that  she  has  always 
been  fond  of  the  outdoors.  "Even  as  a  little 
girl  I  enjoyed  camping  out,"  she  recalls.  "At 
Duke  I  hope  my  studies  will  involve  lots  of 
outdoor  work...." 

Professors  L.E.  Chaiken  and  Fred  White 
headed  the  summer  course  work,  and  both 
admitted  the  obvious  when  they  intimated 
that  the  presence  of  a  coed  presented  certain 
problems.  The  professors  believe  that  two 
girls,  in  fact,  would  be  preferable  to  one  in 
the  class. 

The  professors  expressed  surprise  at  their 
female  forester's  interest  in  the  outdoor  as- 
pects of  the  profession.  "Most  women  stu- 
dents are  interested  in  becoming  forest  path- 
ologists or  experts  in  the  non-outdoor  forestry 
laboratory  techniques,"  Dr.  Chaiken  says. 
"They  are  never  really  put  to  the  strenuous 
field  work  we  require  of  our  men  students.'— 
September  1966 


FIRST  IN  THE 
FLOCK 

An  experiment  in  nonsexist  liturgy  is 
being  conducted  in  the  chapel  of- 
fice complex  at  5:15  p.m.  Thurs- 
days. Groups  of  forty  to  fifty  people  first  got 
together  last  spring  for  services  written  in 
nonsexist  language,  and  this  fall  the  services 
continue  with  support  from  women  in  the 
divinity  school. 

The  forty-five-minute  service  is  open  to  all 
who  wish  to  come— both  sexes,  of  course.— 
October  1976 


DUKE  FORUM 


A  LIBERAL 
DOSE 


Editors: 

The  organized  disruption  of  Nicaraguan 
Democratic  Front  leader  Adolpho  Calero's 
January  speech  in  Page  Auditorium  [May- 
June,  Gazette,  "Contra  Pros  and  Cons"]  by 
the  usual  assembly  of  liberal  Duke  students 
and  professors  is  a  typical  example  of  the 
Left's  intolerance  of  opinions  other  than  its 
own. 

The  Left  commonly  protests  the  appear- 
ance of  conservative  speakers  invited  to 
speak  on  college  campuses,  and  disrupts 
their  speeches  by  engaging  in  childish  antics 
such  as  the  kind  that  occurred  at  Duke. 

From  a  recent  column  by  William  F.  Buckley 
Jr.,  a  few  cases  in  point: 

At  Northwestern  University,  an  assistant 
professor  of  English  interrupted  Calero  as  he 
was  describing  atrocities  committed  by  the 
Sandinistas.  "He  has  no  right  to  speak  here 
tonight,  and  we're  not  going  to  let  him 
speak.  He'll  be  lucky  to  get  out  of  here  alive," 
she  said.  A  riot  ensued,  and  members  of  the 
crowd  poured  blood  on  Calero. 

At  Brown  University,  a  presentation  by 
two  CIA  representatives  was  interrupted 
midway  through  the  initial  speech  when  a 
whistle  blew  and  half  of  those  assembled  rose 
to  administer  a  citizen's  arrest  of  the  two 
men. 

At  Haverford  College,  former  Transporta- 
tion Secretary  Drew  Lewis,  invited  to  his 
alma  mater  to  deliver  a  commencement  ad- 
dress and  to  receive  an  honorary  degree,  was 
forced  to  decline  the  degree  during  the  cere- 
mony because  about  a  third  of  the  faculty 
had  registered  a  protest  against  his  receiving 
it.  Their  reason  was  the  prominent  role  Lewis 
played  in  President  Reagan's  decision  to  dis- 
miss the  air-traffic  controllers  who  engaged 
in  an  illegal  strike. 

Incidents  such  as  these,  which  have  oc- 
curred on  college  campuses  throughout  the 
United  States,  are  severe  blows  to  academic 
freedom.  Not  only  are  speakers  essentially 
denied  the  right  to  speak,  but  students  are 
denied  the  right  to  hear  views  that  might 
challenge  the  normally  liberal  views  of  their 
professors. 

While  the  Left,  entrenched  in  American 
colleges  and  universities,  benefits  from  an 
academic  setting  in  which  the  only  views 
heard  are  its  own,  those  seeking  an  educa- 


34 


tion  do  not.  It  was  heartening  that  many 
Duke  students,  some  of  whom  even  sym- 
pathize with  the  brutal,  repressive  Sandinista 
regime,  were  offended  and  angered  by  the 
fascistic  actions  of  the  Left  against  Calero. 
They  booed  the  protesters  and  defended 
Calero's  right  to  speak,  as  well  as  their  right 
to  hear.  Strike  one  up  for  academic  freedom. 

John  Campbell  '85 
Alexandria,  Virginia 


APART  ON 


Editors: 

While  on  campus  in  May  for  my  fiftieth 
reunion,  I  had  an  unsettling  experience.  As 
we  were  walking  to  the  Half-Century  Club 
luncheon  in  the  West  Campus  Union,  we 
passed  one  of  those  revolting  anti-apartheid 
shacks  that  seem  to  be  the  in  thing  for  stu- 
dents today.  It  was  in  the  process  of  being  dis- 
mantled, and  I  remember  thinking  that  at 
least  the  authorities  had  made  them  remove 
it.  Not  so! 

That  evening,  several  of  us  were  watching 
the  news  in  our  hotel  room  when  what  to  our 
wondering  eyes  should  appear  but  the  afore- 
mentioned shack.  Two  of  the  trustees  were 
there  capitulating  to  a  wild-eyed,  bearded 
clod  who  was  waving  his  fist  and  shouting 
"We  won!"  Positively  nauseating. 

We  had  a  small  engineering  class  in  1936 
(only  seventeen),  but  we  have  always  had 
good  turnouts  at  the  reunions— usually  50 
percent  or  more.  Two  of  the  fellows  with  me 
are  consistently  the  largest  donors  in  our 
group.  I  guess  I'm  the  third.  We  all  agreed 
that  the  scene  would  make  us  revise  our  giv- 
ing in  the  future.  You  can't  let  the  inmates 
run  the  asylum.  The  wide-eyed  ideologues 
who  grab  their  diplomas  and  immediately 
dash  off  to  build  a  better  world  are  not  the 
ones  who  start  sending  contributions.  The 
ones  who  contribute  are  the  old  fogies  like  us 
who  have  been  out  in  the  real  world  long 
enough  to  realize  that  this  is  about  as  good  as 
it  gets,  so  be  thankful  you're  still  here. 

The  cretins  who  attend  all  the  demonstra- 
tions of  this  type  are  basically  on  an  ego  trip. 
This  particular  group  does  not  seem  to  realize 


that  the  South  Africans  made  that  country 
and  it  is  theirs,  not  ours.  We  stole  this  country 
from  the  Indians  and  put  them  in  "home- 
lands," but  we  called  them  reservations. 
Finally,  to  divest  oneself  of  stock,  it  must  be 
sold  to  someone  else.  The  only  gain  is  that 
you  have  forced  someone  to  do  what  you 
wanted  him  to  do.  Makes  you  feel  like  a  Big 
Man  on  Campus. 

I  think  it  is  much  more  than  coincidence 
that  one  never  sees  demonstrations  such  as 
this  decrying  Russia's  invasion  of  Afghanis- 
tan, or  any  of  their  thousands  of  other  human 
rights  violations.  These  people  would  dearly 
love  to  see  Africa  as  a  completely  Marxist 
continent.  Since  the  white  man  has  been 
evicted  from  Africa,  there  has  not  been  one 
stable  government  run  by  blacks.  That  should 
tell  you  something.  The  latest  and  worst  vio- 
lence in  South  Africa  has  been  blacks  killing 
blacks,  but  that  is  downplayed. 

The  moral  of  all  this  is  that  I'm  sick  and 
tired  of  seeing  one  group  trying  to  force  its 
ideas  on  everyone  else— the  anti-abortion 
groups  who  think  they  are  a  law  unto  them- 
selves, the  Southern  Baptists  who  know  they 
are  but  still  fight  among  themselves.  Some  of 
the  bloodiest  wars  in  history  were  religious 
wars.  The  only  trouble  with  the  world  today 
is  people. 

Sidney  L.  Kauffman  '36 
Fulsom,  Pennsylvania 

Editors: 

I  am  writing  to  congratulate  Duke  on  hav- 
ing the  courage  to  divest  all  its  holdings  in 
South  Africa.  Duke  is  setting  ah  example  for 
other  universities  in  this  country,  and  remind- 
ing us  all  that  to  convey  knowledge  without 
encouraging  moral  debate  is  to  do  a  disser- 
vice to  one's  students. 

I  have  never  given  money  to  Duke  before, 
mainly  because  I  have  worked  for  a  subsistence 
salary  since  my  graduation  in  1983  (first  at  a 
shelter  for  the  homeless  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  and  now  as  a  graduate  student  and 
teaching  assistant  in  European  history  at 
Brown  University).  Nevertheless,  I  have  al- 
ways been  grateful  for  and  proud  of  the  edu- 
cation Duke  gave  to  me  and  my  classmates. 
Of  Duke's  outstanding  faculty,  I  particularly 
want  to  single  out  Bill  Chafe,  Barry  Gaspar, 
Susan  Jackson,  Sheridan  Johns,  and  James 
Rolleston  as  the  teachers  whose  example 
continues  to  inspire  and  challenge  me  to  this 
day. 


I  want  to  thank  you  all— from  the  adminis- 
tration to  the  Canterbury  cleaning  staff— for 
all  that  you  have  given  me.  I  was  never 
prouder  of  Duke  than  on  the  day  I  heard 
about  the  decision  to  divest.  Here's  the  $40 1 
have  left  over  this  month.  I  hope  it  will  go 
toward  a  minority  scholarship. 

Dagmar  Herzog  '83 
Providence,  Rhode  Island 


IT 


HOME 


Editors: 

Yes,  it  would  have  been  a  real  upper  to  have 
won  the  NCAA  Tournament  in  Dallas. 
However,  the  real  feat  performed  by  the 
Duke  team  and  coach,  as  far  as  this  alumna  is 
concerned,  is  the  perception  it  formed  in  the 
minds  of  Duke  and  non-Duke  people  across 
the  nation. 

Here  were  superb  athletes  who  were  cool, 
calm,  intelligent,  and  sportsmanlike  at  every 
turn.  And  a  coach  whose  own  impeccable 
behavior  under  pressure  clearly  was  the  posi- 
tive influence  on  the  team.  In  a  string  of 
nationally  televised  appearances,  there  was 
not  one  incident  that  could  make  anyone 
feel  anything  but  pride  in  these  young  men— 
and  by  extension  in  the  university  that  nur- 
tured and  educated  them  instead  of  just  us- 
ing them. 

It  is  clear  that  academic  excellence  and 
athletic  prowess  can  exist  side  by  side  in  the 
same  environment,  and  I  am  grateful  that  my 
school  was  the  one  to  bring  it  home  to  the 
nation.  We  have  been  filled  with  tales  of 
young  men  who  bring  athletic  victories  to 
their  colleges  only  to  be  discarded  when 
their  eligibility  is  over.  Other  than  the  few 
who  make  it  as  professional  athletes,  I  won- 
der what  futures  they  can  look  forward  to. 

As  this  dream  team  goes  marching  off, 
degrees  in  hand,  their  horizons  are  limitless. 
And  the  gleam  they  will  continue  to  add  to 
the  word  "Duke"  is  their  gift  to  us  all. 

Joane  Synnott  Fitzpatrick  '50 
Bronxville,  New  York 


Editors: 

A  few  weeks  ago  I  received  my  first  copy  of 
Duke  Magazine.  I  have  read  it  from  cover  to 
cover  and  I  have  just  re-read  the  special  sec- 
tion on  the  great  basketball  season  for  the 
third  time.  How  wonderful  memories  can  be. 

Your  magazine  represents  Duke  University 
with  class,  which  is  just  the  way  it  should  be. 


Nancy  Hemmerich 
Wyomissing,  Pennsylvania 


A  SEASON 
OF  SILVER 


FROM 


Towle  Silversmiths 
have  created  a  Christ- 
mas ornament  especially 
for  Duke  University  for 
1986 -an  incredibly 
intricate  silver- 
plated  design 
featuring  the 
Duke  Chapel. 
This  beautiful 


DUKE 


2  lA-by-\  Vi-inch  commemora- 
tive piece  will  be  a  wel- 
come addition  to  your 
Christmas  tree  or 
holiday  arrange- 
ments. At  $12 
each,  this  limited 
edition  would 
make  a  special 
silver  gift. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  OFFICE 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham.  NC  27706 


Please  check  your  school 

O  TRINITY  □   ENGINEERING 

□  NURSING  O  ALLIED  HEALTH 
D  LAW  D  DIVINITY 

□  MEDICINE        D  FORESTRY 

□  BUSINESS         D  GRADUATE 


Your  class  year 
YourGRADSID* 
(on  mailing  addressl 

Sorry,  no  COD.  orders. 


Please  Print  Legibly 
Ordered  by: 

NAME 

Ship  To  (If  Different) 

NAME 

BILLING  ADDRESS 

DELIVERY  ADDRESS 

CITY                                               STATE                                      ZIP 

CITY                                               STATE 

ZIP 

AREA  CODE                              DAY  PHONE 

AREA  CODE                                 DAY  PHONE 

QUANTITY 

PRICE 

AMOUNT 

1986  Silver  ornaments®  SI  2.00 

D  Check  enclosed  (no  COD'S  please),  made  payable  t 

o  Duke  Univer 

3lty                        Total  Order 

Tax 
Total 

For  credit  card  orders,  please  sign  your  full  name_ 


Sales  lax:  North  Carolina  residents  only  add  4%  sales  tt 


Is  A  Qft  For  Duke 
In  Your  Tax  Plans? 


As  we  move  toward  significant 
changes  in  the  tax  laws,  we  invite 
you  to  review  making  a  charitable 
gift  or  paying  a  charitable  pledge 
before  the  end  of  1986.  ■■  Consider 
especially  gifts  of  appreciated  property. 
Under  the  present  law,  if  you  make  a 
gift  of  appreciated  property  (stock, 
real  estate,  or  other  investment)  that 
you  have  held  for  more  than  six 
months,  you  completely  avoid  the 
capital  gains  tax  liability  on  the  ap- 
preciated value  of  that  property. 
After  December  31,  1986,  however, 
this  appreciated  value  could  be  sub- 
ject to  the  alternate  minimum  tax. 
■■We  therefore  invite  you  to  dis- 
cuss with  your  own  financial  and  tax 
advisors  whether  1986  would  be  an 
appropriate  year  to  make  a  gift  of 
appreciated  property  in  one  of  the 
following  ways: 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock 
with  no  dividend  or  a  low-yielding 
dividend  to  satisfy  a  charitable 
pledge  to  the  University. 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock  or 
real  estate  to  a  life  income  trust 
which  will  pay  income  to  you  (and 
your  spouse)  throughout  your 
lifetimefs.) 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock 
or  real  estate  to  a  charitable  trust  to 
shift  income  to  a  child  or  grandchild 
toward  their  college  expenses. 

Please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  at 
(919)  684-5347  or  684-2123  or  send 
in  the  coupon  below  We  appreciate 
your  generosity  to  the  University  in 
the  past  and  hope  that  you  will  con- 
tact us  with  your  specific  questions 


Please  send  me  information  regarding: 
D  Gift  of  Securities 

□  Gift  of  Real  Estate 

□  Life  Income  Trust 

□  Educational  Trust 

Duke  University 
Office  of  Planned  Giving 
2127  Campus  Drive 
Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)684-5347 


SPOUSE  OR  OTHER  BENEFICIARY 


APPROXIMATE  AMOUNT  OF  GIFT 


DUKE  PROFILE 


HEART  OF 


H 


is  family  moved  from 
Oxford,  North  Caro- 
lina, when  he  was 
three,  and  he  had  not 
lived  in  the  South 
since  he  graduated 
from  Duke  in  1943. 
But  when  Harvey 
Bullock  sat  down  at  the  typewriter  some 
seventeen  years  later  to  write  his  first  scripts 
for  The  Andy  Griffith  Show,  his  short-lived 
Southern  heritage  returned  with  a  vengeance. 
"Before  I  knew  it,  instead  of  gas  station  I'm 
writing  'fillin'  station,'  a  character  was  'just 
fixin' '  to  do  something,  or  had  'half  a  mind 
to,'  fat  people  became  'heavyset,'  ladies  were 
'carried  to  the  dance,'  if  they  were  warm  they 
'felt  the  heat.'  It  was  strange." 

What  Bullock  calls  his  "proclivity  to 
coloration,"  his  tendency  to  absorb  accents 
and  mannerisms,  has  never  left  him.  Even 
now  when  Griffith  telephones  from  his  home 
in  North  Carolina,  Bullock  says,  "Ah  find 
mahsef  jus'  tawkin',  say  in',  'Hey  Andy!  How's 
it  goin'  down...'  And  my  wife  looks  at  me, 
and  I  think,  'Hey,  wait  a  minute.  That's  his 
accent,  not  mine.'" 

In  his  career,  Bullock's  "proclivity"  led 
more  often  to  success  than  confusion.  He 
would  write  more  than  thirty  scripts  for  The 
Andy  Griffith  Show  during  its  highly  popular 
television  run  from  1960  to  1968,  and  would 
go  on  to  become  one  of  the  most  sought-after 
comedy  writers  in  Hollywood.  Bullock  had 
earlier  established  himself  writing  for  radio 
and  then  for  live  television  in  New  York  and 
London  in  the  1950s.  In  California,  along 
with  his  partner  Ray  Allen,  he  wrote  for  more 
than  forty  television  comedy  series,  among 
them  The  Dick  Van  Dyke  Show,  Hogan's 
Heroes,  and  The  Danny  Thomas  Show. 

In  conversation,  he  skips  from  one  humor- 
ous vignette  to  another  in  a  slightly  raspy 
voice,  so  quick  that  he  often  interrupts  his 
own  sentences.  Listening  to  him  at  his  ocean- 
front  home  in  southern  California  is  like 
watching  the  best  of  1960s  television  comedy: 
The  so-familiar  humor  jumps  along  the  sur- 
face of  guileless,  quirky,  and  compassionate- 
ly told  tales. 


HARVEY  BULLOCK 

BY  BENJAMIN  EDWARDS 


The  author  of  more 

than  thirty  scripts  for 

The  Andy  Griffith  Show 

became  one  of 

Hollywood's  most 

sought-after  comedy 

writers. 


"The  Griffith  show  was  my  all-time  favor- 
ite. The  feeling  around  the  set  was  one  of 
success.  You  were  working  with  profession- 
als, and  they  made  the  writers  look  good." 
Because  the  show  relied  on  character  comedy 
rather  than  jokes,  however,  all  writers  were 
not  equally  adept  at  meeting  its  peculiar 
requirements.  "My  partner  was  a  great  joke 
writer,  but  he  was  a  little  confused  with  this 
assignment.  He'd  been  working  in  London 
before  he  met  me  out  here,  and  his  humor 
thinking  went  no  farther  than  lead-ins  like: 
'as  fat  as...,'  'as  thin  as...,'  'a  funny  thing  hap- 
pened on  the  way  to. . . .'  Pretty  soon  he  says  to 
me,  'Who's  this  Aunt  Bee?' " 

Bullock  knew  Aunt  Bee;  he  felt  at  home 
with  the  people  of  Mayberry.  His  father,  a 
civil  engineering  graduate  of  Trinity  College 
in  1914— 'He  laid  out  some  of  the  roads  there, 
and  we  used  to  kid  him,  'Must've  been  a  cow 
standing  there  and  there,  and  you  had  to 
swerve  around'  —took  a  job  in  upstate  New 
York.  But  the  elder  Bullock  became  "trans- 
formed" whenever  the  family  recrossed  the 
Mason-Dixon  Line.  "He  was  'back  South.'" 

With  undiminished  glee,  Bullock  remem- 
bers as  a  very  young  child  visiting  his  great- 
grandmother  in  Greenville,  North  Carolina, 
and  finding  her  sitting  in  her  bay  window 
vigilantly  observing  all  the  town's  activity 
while  expertly  working  her  snuff.  "She'd  spit 
into  a  Maxwell  House  can  about  nine  feet 
away.  I  was  in  awe.  She  wouldn't  take  her  eyes 
off  the  window— clocking  everybody  in 
town— and  then,  bing,  right  in  the  can. 
That's  the  kind  of  talent  I  come  from." 

Much  later,  a  cousin,  the  family  genealog- 
ist, noticed  Bullock's  name  among  the  cre- 
dits of  a  TV  show  and  sent  him  a  200-year 
history  of  the  Bullocks  of  North  Carolina. 
He  was  delighted,  and  still  is.  "It's  fantastic, 
the  old  wills:  'To  my  daughter  Margaret  I 
leave  one  shilling,  which  is  all  she's  entitled 
to.'  You  keep  thinking  these  are  pompous  old 
porkers— they're  not,  they're  blood  and  guts 
and  mean  and  all.  Same  as  today." 

Wearing  jeans  and  a  pink  Hawaiian  shirt, 
Bullock  seems  comfortable  in  the  semi-retire- 
ment that  allows  him  to  live  peacefully  fifty 
miles  down  the  coast  from  the  studios.  He 


ack  in  the  1960s, 
!  nobody  gave  much 
thought  to  the  socio- 
logical significance  of  May- 
berry,  North  Carolina— home 
of  Andy,  Opie,  Barney,  and 
Aunt  Bee.  The  Andy  Griffith 
Show  was  simply  what  you 
did  after  supper. 

Twenty  years  later,  the  show 
is  still  in  syndication  and  its 
aging  loyalists  are  viewing  it 
with  a  more  practiced  eye. 
They're  telling  us  that  May- 
berry's  popularity  stems  not 
from  a  longing  for  the  way  we 
were -but  for  the  way  we  wish 
we  were. 

"Mayberry  captures  an 
American  fantasy,  not  reality," 
says  Richard  Kelly  A.M.  '60, 
Ph.D.  '65,  author  of  the  book 
The  Andy  Griffith  Show. 
"The  show  gives  a  delightful, 
hy  genie  sense  of  a  small  town 
in  America— and  like  a 
Norman  Rockwell  painting, 


there's  no  real  evil,  no  death, 
no  malicious  aspects  of  life.  It 
captures  the  sense  of  lost 
childhood  in  a  simple  black- 
and-white  veneer,  and  that's 
the  genius  behind  the  show." 
Kelly's  book,  now  in  its  fifth 


core,  though,  is  the  explora- 
tion of  a  television  program  as 
an  institution  of  the  Sixties. 

"At  that  time,  the  show  was 
competing  with  the  Vietnam 
War  on  television,  severe 
racial  crises,  and  campus  un- 
rest," says  Kelly.  'It  was  a 
rather  vicious,  unpleasant 
time.  Mayberry  was  a  golden 
world  to  escape  to."  He  attri- 
butes the  show's  continuing 
interest- NBC  aired  Return  to 
Mayberry  this  spring— to  the 
current  nostalgia  craze. 
"America  is  now  looking  for 
its  roots,  not  realistically  but 
in  fantasy.  People  still  love  to 
live  in  the  past  when  the 
present  isn't  delightful." 

Kelly,  a  professor  of  English 
at  the  University  of  Tennessee 
in  Knoxville,  is  the  national 
resident  expert  on  Mayberry. 
He's  been  interviewed  by  the 
major  networks  and  travels 
the  country  on  the  University 
of  Tennessee's  alumni  lecture 
circuit.  His  proudest  moment 
came  last  spring  when  he 
tuned  in  to  Return  to  May- 
berry and  found  that  veteran 
script  writer  Harvey  Bullock 
'43  had  worked  Kelly's  name 
into  the  show.  The  scene 
focused  on  an  attempt  to  dis- 
courage development  around 
May  berry's  Myers  Lake,  and 
concerned  citizens  had  put  up 
a  sign  warning  of  t 
the  water.  In  an  i 
with  the  hometown  paper, 
Barney  thanked  a  local 
"Richard  Kelly"  for  painting 
the  sign,  "despite  painful 
arthritis  in  his  knuckles." 
Until  he  saw  the  show,  the 
real  Kelly  had  no  idea  he'd 
been  so  honored. 

For  Kelly,  interest  in  The 
Andy  Griffith  Show  was  born 
at  Duke  in  1960-when  the 
series  began.  "I  thought  it  was 
quaint  hearing  the  names  of 
places  around  me  in  North 
Carolina,"  he  says.  "As  the 
years  went  on,  I  became  an 
addict." 


has  recently  allowed  himself  a  white  beard— 
which  he'd  hoped  would  be  thick,  red,  and 
curly.  He  puffs  on  a  cigar  and  savors  his  stories. 
While  at  Duke,  he  worked  as  a  disc  jockey  at 
WDNC,  which  led  to  his  being  classified  a 
"sound  expert"  when  called  to  the  Navy  dur- 
ing World  War  II.  He  learned  of  this  just  be- 
fore boarding  a  ship  preparing  to  leave  for  the 
eastern  Mediterranean.  "I  had  played  records, 
that  was  it,"  he  says. 

Back  in  New  York  after  the  war,  Bullock 
slowly  made  his  way  among  the  top  comedy 
writers  in  radio.  "I  was  The  Kid.  I'd  bring  in 
eight  pounds  of  jokes,  return  to  Jersey,  then 
come  back  with  eight  more  pounds  of  jokes. 
Maybe  they'd  use  one.  I  just  sort  of  stood  in 
the  background,  digging  my  toes  in  the  lino- 


leum, thrilled  just  to  be  in  the  room."  Best  of 
all,  Bullock  recalls,  he  had  the  "opportunity 
to  fail."  He  remembers  live  radio  and  televi- 
sion as  "a  whole  different  bundle  of  nerves." 
But  a  low-paid,  relatively  unpressured  ap- 
prenticeship under  veteran  writers  gave  him 
the  chance  to  develop  his  skills. 

His  first  break  came  when  Allen  and  he 
wrote  a  skit  in  the  mid-Fifties  for  a  "Salute  to 
Baseball"  with  the  comedienne  Gertrude 
Berg.  As  often  happens,  this  one  success  led 
to  months  and  even  years  of  additional  work 
in  a  free-lance  career  where,  normally,  "every 
two  weeks  you'd  be  out  of  a  job."  Successes  are 
"so  rare,"  Bullock  says,  still  slightly  incredul- 
ous about  his  good  fortune,  "and  people 
gravitate  to  them.  After  that  show,  she  [Berg] 


would  ask,  'Where  are  my  geniuses?'  You  do 
something  that's  good  and  you'll  get  work 
from  it  for  ten  years." 

Bullock  says  that  his  first  credits  for  The 
Andy  Griffith  Show  provided  him  the  same 
cachet  in  California.  But  despite  his  almost 
painful  modesty,  or  maybe  because  of  it,  one 
suspects  that  a  series  of  breaks  were  only  in 
small  part  responsible  for  taking  Allen  and 
him  to  the  top  of  their  profession.  Bullock 
admits,  "We  were  never  unemployed  in  thirty- 
five  years."  Always  deferring  to  his  partner's 
superior  talents  for  business  and  public  rela- 
tions—his blood  ran  agentry,  all  the  stuff  I 
shied  away  from— he  finally  allows  that  "Ray 
thought  we  were  better  than  anyone,  and  he 
sort  of  hypnotized  me." 

Though  comedy-writing  partnerships  such 
as  theirs  have  been  common,  "the  right 
partner,"  Bullock  says,  "is  harder  to  find  than 
a  marriage  partner."  The  Bullock-Allen  asso- 
ciation was  one  of  the  longest,  remaining 
strong  until  Allen's  death  in  1981.  A  partner 
provides  "that  one  other  voice,"  Bullock  says. 
"I've  stared  holes  in  more  ceilings  in  this 
town.  Sometimes  you  write  at  2  a.m.,  you 
think  they're  hysterical.  The  next  morning, 
they're  deadly.  Alone,  you  go  nuts  after  a 
while.  You  get  to  thinking,  is  this  funny?" 

How  to  explain  the  chemistry  of  the  Bullock- 
Allen  writing  partnership  or,  even  more 
elusive,  how  to  say  what  makes  something 
funny,  continues  to  escape  and  mystify  Bul- 
lock. He  gropes  for  an  explanation.  "Every 
once  in  a  while  you  hear  a  theory.  Superior- 
ity: Someone  slips  on  a  banana  peel.  You  are 
really  laughing  at  someone  else's  hurts, 
embarrassments.  Insult  jokes  follow  on  this. 
But  what  makes  it  funny?  Foibles.  People  like 
to  see  the  mistakes  they  make.  I  call  the  Don 
Knotts  character  'transparent.'  We  see  the 
aspirations,  there's  a  lot  of  self-identifica- 
tion. But  I'm  wallowing  in  theory,  which  I'm 
determined  not  to  do. 

"Writers  are  funny.  They  go  to  a  Neil  Simon 
play,  then  they  all  run  home.  They  go  through 
red  lights,  trying  to  get  back  to  the  type- 
writer, thinking,  'I  can  do  that.'  There's  no 
guru  in  this  business.  I  don't  know  if  it  can  be 
taught.  I  would  be  at  a  loss  to  say  how  to. 
That's  what  should  keep  you  humble.  That's 
what  makes  it  a  business,  what  makes  it  high- 
paid.  There  aren't  any  hard  and  fast  answers. 
I  guess  the  closest  I  can  come  to  saying  it  very 
quickly  is,  it's  a  muscle.  You  exercise  it  and 
see  if  it  works.  I  think  there  should  be  a  hun- 
dred nouns  for  'writer.'  There  should  be  one 
for  Shakespeare,  one  for  William  Styron 
[47].  There's  writing  for  Simplicity  patterns— 
how  to  sew  a  dress.  It  all  requires  something, 
a  muscle." 

He  goes  on  to  defend  himself  for  having 
written  some  of  the  less  highly  regarded 
shows  on  television.  "It's  ego-pleasing  to  be 
on  a  show  that  people  like,  but  economics 
said  it  was  a  job  and  it  paid  and  you  took  it. 


38 


We've  all  done  that.  We've  all  built  outhouses, 
gas  stations,  and  cathedrals.  I  don't  have  any 
guilt  about  it.  I  enjoy  the  life." 

Asked  about  that  "Hollywood  life"  and 
how  he  would  characterize  working  in  show 
business,  Bullock  turns  puckish  again.  "What 
are  you,  a  thrill-seeker?"  A  moment  later  he 
asks,  "You  want  some  stinkers,  was  that  what 
you  were  saying?  I  never  was  in  with  the 
naked  starlets  swimming  in  the  pool,  or  the 
casting  couch  situation.  My  great  regret."  He 
shakes  his  head  in  mock  disappointment. 
"Actually,  our  friends  are  all  non-theatrical. 
My  wife  had  a  Girl  Scout  troop;  we  were  liv- 
ing a  Norman  Rockwell  existence.  I'd  just  go 
into  Fairyland  in  the  morning.  Anyway, 
writers  usually  just  sat  in  a  room  with  a  type- 
writer, very  anti-social. 

"Well,  I  lie  about  that  to  some  of  my  bud- 
dies. They  come  smacking  their  lips— Holly- 
wood!—but  our  social  life  was  away  from  it. 
My  partner  was  different,  but  each  of  us  ac- 
cepted the  other's  way.  He  was  uncomfort- 
able at  our  house,  ill  at  ease  with  account- 
ants, gas  station  owners.  It  was  like  he  didn't 
know  Aunt  Bee." 

Bullock  is  amused,  and  obviously  pleased, 
at  the  continuing  popularity  of  the  old  Andy 
Griffith  Show,  and  with  its  fans'  fervent  loyal- 
ty. The  Andy  Griffith  Show  Rerun  Watchers 
Club,  founded  in  1979,  now  has  over  sixty 
active  chapters  across  the  country,  and  a 
book  titled  The  Andy  Griffith  Show  by 
University  of  Tennessee  English  Professor 
Richard  Kelly  A.M.  '60,  Ph.D.  '65  is  in  its 
fifth  printing.  "Professor  Kelly  thinks  the 
show  is  a  microcosm  of  America,"  Bullock 
says,  "bless  his  heart."  There  is  even  a  "Nip  It 
in  the  Bud"  bumper  sticker  originally  in- 
spired by  this  passage  from  a  Bullock  script 
about  Mayberry  kids: 

Barney:  I  don't  like  it.  I  don't  like  it  one 
bit.  I  tell  you,  this  is  just  the  beginning. 
Going  around  breaking  street  lamps!  City 
property,  mind  you.  Next  thing  you  know 
they'll  be  on  motorcycles  and  wearing  them 
leather  jackets  and  zooming  around.  They'll 
take  over  the  whole  town.  A  reign  of  terror! 

Andy:  Barney,  these  are  just  boys  you're 
talking  about.  They're  only  about  eight  years 
old. 

Barney:  Yeah,  well  today's  eight-year- 
olds  are  tomorrow's  teenagers.  I  say  this  calls 
for  action  and  now.  Nip  it  in  the  bud!  First 
sign  of  youngsters  going  wrong,  you've  got  to 
nip  it  in  the  bud. 

Andy:  I'm  going  to  have  a  talk  with 
them.  What  else  do  you  want  me  to  do? 

Barney:  Well,  just  don't  mollycoddle 
them. 

Andy:  I  won't. 

Barney:  Nip  it.  You  go  read  any  book  you 
want  on  the  subject  of  child  discipline  and 
you'll  find  every  one  of  them  is  in  favor  of  bud 
nipping. 


"Before  I  knew  it,  instead 
of  gas  station  I'm  writing 
'filliri  station,'  a  character 

was  'just  fixin"  to  do 
something,  or  had  'half  a 
mind  to.'  It  was  strange." 


Andy:  I'll  take  care  of  it. 
Barney:  There's  only  one  way  to  take 
care  of  it. 

Andy:  Nip  it... 
Barney:  In  the  bud! 

Over  the  last  several  years,  Bullock  has 
chosen  to  forego  his  once  hectic  schedule, 
which,  in  addition  to  writing  for  comedy 
series,  included  several  projects  as  a  televi- 
sion producer  plus  writing  assignments  on  a 
half-dozen  movies  and  numerous  animated 
features.  He  works  occasionally,  but  as  often 
as  not  he  now  finds  other  outlets  for  his 


energy— and  the  humor  that  sparks  it.  He 
dons  a  favorite  cap  and  delivers  furniture  or 
whatever  neighbors  need  in  a  1929  Model  A 
truck  with  "Harv's  Delivery  Service"  painted 
on  the  side.  "My  range  depends  on  the  wind." 
And  he  seems  at  his  most  buoyant  as  he 
shows  the  house  that  wears  his  humor— as  he 
stomps  on  one  particular  spot  on  the  floor  to 
turn  on  the  light  over  the  bar,  explains  his 
collection  of  flags,  deciphers  odd  clocks  that 
no  one  but  the  initiated  can  read.  He  still 
wonders  at  it  all,  with  a  can-you-believe-this 
enthusiasm. 

That  sense  of  wonder,  an  omnipresent,  al- 
most visceral  sense  of  the  humor  in  things, 
makes  its  way  into  the  work  Bullock  now 
chooses  to  take  on.  Recently  he's  been  adapt- 
ing six  Bible  stories  into  short,  animated 
videos  geared  to  children.  One  he  described, 
in  the  producer's  words,  as  a  "punch-up"  of 
the  Nativity.  Bullock  howls.  "Is  that  wonder- 
ful? Harv  Bullock  from  Oxford,  North  Caro- 
lina, is  going  to  touch  that  story.  The  house- 
keeper thought  I  was  a  holy  man,  and  I  was 
getting  my  underwear  ironed."  ■ 


Edwards  is  assistant  direcu  >rof  Duke's  Institute  of  the 
Arts  and  associate  director  of  the  Capital  Campaign 
for  the  Arts  and  Sciences. 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


BONKISTRY 


^■^  ames  Bonk  lays  his  twelve  extra- 
I     long  pieces  of  chalk  on  the  lab 
I     table,  like  a  chemist  with  canistets 
I     of  explosives.  His  laboratory  has 
I     always  been  the  lecture  hall.  And 
I     his  "research  projects"  for  twenty- 
I     six  years  have  focused  on  getting 
B    even  the  most  intimidated  student 
W    through  introductory  chemistry. 
■^        In  his  familiar  short-sleeve  white 
shirt  and  club  tie,  Bonk  chats  with  students 
in  the  front  row.  Glancing  frequently  at  the 
clock  through  Clark  Kent  glasses,  he  laughs 
with  the  freshman  pledges  who  have  donned 
formal  wear  for  his  Monday  morning  class. 
Students  trickle  into  the  main  lecture  hall  of 
Gross  Chemistry,  rehashing  Duke's  weekend 
victories  in  the  NCAA  basketball  tournament. 
"The  clocks  are  still  a  little  slow  in  the 
building,  so  let's  get  started,"  Bonk  announces 
at  9:07.  After  a  brisk  rundown  of  the  assign- 
ments written  on  the  far  left  blackboard,  he 
leaves  the  only  writing  that  will  survive  a 
fifty-minute  explosion  of  chalk  and  erasure 
dust— a  vintage  Professor  Bonk  lecture. 

For  the  18,000  who  have  gone  through 
freshman  chemistry  with  Bonk,  the  profes- 
sorial trademarks  are  the  organized  delivery, 
the  uncanny  memory  for  figures  and  equa- 
tions, the  blackboard  scrawling  of  his  lec- 
ture, nearly  word  for  word,  at  the  pace  of  a 
sizzling  John  McEnroe  serve.  Bonk  has  run 
the  freshman  chemistry  program,  for  which 
he  created  five  editions  of  his  own  textbook, 
since  1960.  "He's  the  most  organized  teacher 
I've  ever  seen,"  says  John  Perry,  a  sophomore. 
"He  teaches  us  what  we  need  to  know  and 
presents  it  in  a  way  that  you  can  pick  up 
exactly  what  he  wants  you  to  learn."  Perry,  a 
prospective  biomedical  engineer,  remembers 
his  introduction  to  Bonk  and  freshman 
chemistry.  During  his  first  week  on  the  Duke 
campus,  Perry's  freshman  adviser  explained 
simply,  "You'll  be  taking  Bonkistry." 

Perry  is,  in  fact,  learning  exactly  what  he 
"needs  to  know."  Bonk  adjusts  the  freshman 
chemistry  program  every  year  to  the  changes 
in  the  standard  medical  school  exams  (all 
pre-med  students  take  Bonkistry)  and  the 
professional  "engineering  in  training"  exam. 


SCIENCE  FOR  BEGINNERS 

BY  BILL  FINGER 


From  pre-meds  to 

poets,  18,000  freshmen 

have  taken  James  Bonks 

course  in  introductory 

chemistry. 

■mmiiHiiiiiiiB 


"There's  a  desire  to  accelerate  everything  in 
science,"  says  Bonk.  "Science  is  continually 
expanding,  and  the  newer  content  comes  in 
the  later  courses.  That  means  everything  is 
moved  down— like  today's  lecture  on  the  first 
law  of  thermodynamics,  which  has  been  in 
the  curriculum  only  ten  years." 

"Chemical  thermodynamics  is  the  rela- 
tion between  heat  changes  that  accompany 
reaction  and  other  properties,"  explains 
Bonk  to  200  students,  the  smaller  of  his  two 
lecture  sections.  "I'll  tell  you  up  front.  Grad 
schools  spend  a  full  semester  on  this,  and 
we're  going  to  polish  it  off  in  two  lectures.  So 
we're  going  to  leave  a  lot  out— like  most  of  it." 
He  laughs,  allowing  the  ripple  of  relief  to 
work  its  way  across  the  auditorium.  "We're 
going  to  teach  you  how  to  tum  the  crank, 
and  don't  worry  about  all  the  social  implica- 
tions of  what  we'll  be  explaining.  Just  tum 
the  crank."  With  that  caveat,  Bonk  begins 
filling  panel  after  panel  of  blackboard  with 
his  careful  outline. 

Bonk  creates  illusions  as  he  lectures;  he 
seems  to  be  sprinting  from  blackboard  to 
blackboard,  yet  he  unfolds  complicated 
points  at  a  step-by-step  pace  geared  to  the 
slowest  students.  He  punctuates  the  new 
content  with  reassuring  notes:  "Good  ol' 
Math  31  strikes  again,"  says  Bonk  as  he  darts 
through  a  familiar  equation  on  the  board, 
preparing  for  the  next  step  in  the  thermo- 
dynamics story.  The  audience  catches  its 
breath  as  Bonk  jumps  from  the  fifth  panel  on 
the  right  back  to  the  blackboard  on  the  left, 
rippling  the  oversized  erasure  across  the 
board. 

"Sometimes  when  I  couldn't  understand  a 
point,  I  would  go  to  the  second  lecture,"  re- 
calls Mike  Calhoun  74,  a  Durham  lawyer 
who  took  Chemistry  11  more  than  a  decade 
ago.  "He  was  so  organized  that  he  even  put 
his  jokes  at  the  same  place  in  the  lecture." 

Growing  up  in  Menominee,  Michigan, 
Bonk  neither  worked  with  chemical  formu- 
las nor  with  a  tennis  racket,  two  of  his  three 
passions  (opera  is  the  third).  His  father,  who 
never  graduated  from  high  school,  was  a 
jack-of-all-trades  for  a  wealthy  businessman. 
Eventually,  the  senior  Bonk  rose  from  chauf- 


feur  and  groundskeeper  to  captain  of  an 
eighty-five-foot  yacht  that  sailed  Lake  Michi- 
gan. The  younger  Bonk,  who  remembers 
fondly  his  rigorous  swims  across  the  river 
separating  the  Michigan  peninsula  from  Wis- 
consin, became  the  cabin  boy. 

After  completing  his  doctorate  at  Ohio 
State,  Bonk  scheduled  interviews  at  five 
schools.  He  came  first  to  Duke,  where  in 
1959,  university  officials  agreed  to  let  Bonk 
run  the  freshman  program  and  do  no  research. 
He  cancelled  his  other  interviews  and  has 
never  considered  leaving,  despite  periodic 
offers.  "Teaching  is  what  I  always  wanted  to 
do.  The  freshman  course  needs  to  have  some- 


one who  enjoys  doing  it  or  it  can  be  less  than 
an  exhilarating  experience." 

At  universities  increasingly  focused  on  re- 
search, professors  who  teach  and  do  no  re- 
search have  become  rare.  "A  person  would 
have  a  much  harder  time  getting  a  job  such 
as  mine  these  days,"  says  Bonk.  "Duke  is  be- 
coming more  research  oriented  and  trying  to 
build  its  reputation  as  a  national  institution. 
Teaching  is  not  very  quantifiable."  The  head 
of  Duke's  chemistry  department,  Charles 
Lochmuller,  points  out  that  everyone  on  the 
Duke  chemistry  faculty  teaches.  "It's  more 
common  than  most  would  believe  to  have 
coordinators  of  the  freshman  program  whose 


There's  no  confusing 
James  Bonk  with  any- 
one else  on  campus. 
He's  the  chemistry  professor 
with  the  tan  arms  and  legs 
and  the  painfully  white 
ankles.  The  markings  are  a 
badge  of  honor  among  tennis 
aficionados,  and  Bonk  wears 
it  proudly. 

He's  tennis  coach  Steve 
Strome's  one  and  only  assis- 
tant coach,  a  volunteer  one  at 
that.  He  became  a  regular  on 
the  Duke  tennis  courts  within 
days  after  he  arrived  on 
campus  in  1959,  with  his 
doctorate  from  Ohio  State. 

At  lunch  one  afternoon,  he 
happened  to  meet  Bob  Cox 
'34,  former  Duke  football 
standout,  football  coach,  and 
at  that  time,  the  newly 
appointed  tennis  coach.  Cox 
was  also  handling  junior  var- 
sity football.  Bonk  generously 
agreed  to  become  the  belea- 
guered tennis  coach's  assis- 
tant. "I  mentioned  that  while 
I  was  at  Ohio  State,  I'd  worked 
with  John  Hendrix  [the  Buck- 
eyes' tennis  coach  and  a 
former  Duke  coach  as  well], 


and  Bob  had  also  worked  with 
John  at  Duke,"  says  Bonk.  "I 
was  delighted  to  become  an 
assistant.  I  always  loved 
tennis." 

The  job  was  fairly  informal 
in  nature  until  the  early  Six- 
ties, when  Bonk  became  an 
official  assistant  coach.  'In  a 
manner  of  speaking,  I  guess  I 
became  a  real  one,  although 
it's  still  voluntary." 

In  his  many  years  as  the 
tennis  team's  favorite  "drill 
sergeant,"  Bonk  has  worked 
closely  with  nearly  100 
players.  "It's  a  marvelous 
opportunity  for  a  member  of 
the  teaching  faculty  to  really 
get  to  know  a  group  of  out- 
standing student-athletes,"  he 
says,  "in  the  way  many  people 
this  past  year  got  to  know  the 
basketball  team  during  its 
winning  season.  That's  a  pri- 
vilege I've  had  all  these  years. 
This  university  is  well  repre- 
sented by  its  student-athletes." 

Duke  tennis  star  Marc  Flur 
'83,  a  member  of  the  1982 
championship  team  and  now 
internationally  ranked,  recalls 
Bonk's  influence  on  the 


players.  "He  was  almost  1 
father  and  a  coach.  If  we 
wanted  to  come  out  at  four  in 
the  morning  to  hit,  he'd  come. 
He  was  willing  to  drill 
anytime." 

Of  course,  Coach  Bonk  is 
more  widely  known  as  Profes- 
sor Bonk,  and  most  of  his 
tennis  charges  have  en- 
countered him  in  the  chemis- 
try lecture  hall.  "After  a  parti- 
cularly tough  quiz,  I'll  hear 
how  difficult  it  was  in  very 
loud  and  clear  terms,"  says 
Bonk.  "It's  a  group  in  which 
we  freely  exchange." 

Over  the  years,  he  has  tra- 
veled occasionally  with  the 
team,  but  those  occasions  are 
fewer  these  days.  "The  team  is 
playing  much  more  of  a  na- 
tional schedule  now— at  major 
national  tournaments.  My 
obligations  in  chemistry  pre- 
vent me  from  traveling  with 
the  team."  But  Coach  Strome 
never  fails  to  call  his  sole  assis- 
tant immediately  after  a  road 
game.  Says  Bonk,  "I  can  al- 
ways count  on  a  blow-by-blow 


interests  are  in  chemical  education  rather 
than  in  laboratory  research,"  he  says.  Loch- 
muller is  quick  to  add,  though,  that  few  uni- 
versities have  people  in  Bonk's  league. 

The  two  lectures  every  Monday  and  Wed- 
nesday to  a  total  of  about  600  students  make 
up  only  the  most  visible  part  of  Chemistry  1 1 
and  12.  In  a  typical  semester,  Bonk  has  a  staff 
of  eight  recitation  instructors  and  eighteen 
lab  assistants.  He  meets  with  the  instructors 
every  Thursday  and  has  prepared  a  detailed, 
step-by-step  guidebook  for  the  lab  assistants. 

The  spirit  of  Bonkistry  has  gone  beyond 
code  words  for  freshman  advisers  and  catchy 
headlines  on  feature  stories  in  The  Chronicle. 
"At  Duke,  Bonk  is  the  infrastructure  for  the 
freshman  students,"  says  Lochmuller.  "You 
need  someone  who  can  devote  his  time  to 
the  out-of-class  'tough  love'  during  their  fresh- 
man year,  to  tell  them  either  that  they  are 
right  or  they  are  skating.  He  devotes  an  enor- 
mous amount  of  time  to  that.  I  don't  know 
how  we  could  ever  replace  him.  The  idea  of 
concern  for  the  undergraduates  during  the 
earliest  years  of  the  career— the  need  to  do 
more  than  give  a  stirring  lecture— is  some- 
thing that  I  hope  Duke  would  continue  to 
address.  But  there  won't  be  Bonkistry  once 
Bonk  is  gone." 

Bonk's  teaching  interests  extend  beyond 
freshman  chemistry.  Since  1974,  his  depart- 
ment has  sponsored  a  "Chemistry  for  Execu- 
tives" program,  designed  for  business  people 
trained  in  law  and  finance  who  head  chemi- 
cal divisions  of  major  corporations.  "They 
need  to  know  something  of  the  chemistry 
involved,  to  be  familiar  with  the  jargon,"  says 
Bonk.  Exxon,  Arco,  Du  Pont,  U.S.  Steel, 
and  Dow  Chemical,  among  others,  have 
sent  their  senior  executives  to  Duke  for  the 
two-week  intensive  course,  complete  with 
six  hours  of  lectures  a  day  and  tutoring  at 
night.  "They're  a  group  of  people  who  are 
used  to  getting  to  the  heart  of  the  matter. 
They  use  the  time  well,"  says  Bonk,  who  lec- 
tures up  to  three  hours  a  day  during  the  pro- 
gram with  what  he  calls  his  leather  lungs. 

Directing  his  energies  to  teaching  rather 
than  research  leaves  Bonk  vulnerable  to  extra 
administrative  assignments.  As  head  of  the 
department's  safety  committee,  he  developed 
a  fifty-five  page  manual,  required  reading 
for  graduate  students  and  faculty.  Dating 
from  the  stormy  Sixties,  he  has  been  on  the 
Undergraduate  Faculty  Council  for  Arts  and 
Sciences. 

With  18,000  students  on  his  career  roster, 
Bonk  remembers  more  than  just  the  stars. 
"You  see  people  afraid  of  chemistry,  people 
who  have  struggled,"  he  says.  "To  see  those 
people  do  well  is  very  satisfying."  ■ 

Finger  '69  is  editor  o/N.C.  Insight,  published  by  the 
North  Carolina  Center  for  Public  Policy  Research, 
Inc.  Based  in  Raleigh,  he  is  also  a  free-lance  writer. 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


SWAZILAND'S 


The  young  black  student 
stood  up  from  his  seat 
and,  shifting  netvously 
from  foot  to  foot,  shyly 
accused  the  man  at  the 
podium  of  being  a 
racist.  I  was  sitting  in 
the  back  row  and  bare- 
ly heard  the  student's  remark,  but  I  could  feel 
the  tension  in  the  auditorium  rising. 

The  man  at  the  podium,  Sir  Harry  Oppen- 
heimer,  chairman  of  the  Anglo-American 
Corporation,  cupped  his  hand  to  his  ear  and 
politely  asked  the  student  to  repeat  his  ques- 
tion. The  student,  a  seventeen-year-old 
black  South  African,  wiped  his  hand  across 
his  mouth  and  began  again.  He  spoke  more 
loudly  and  with  greater  confidence.  He  asked 
Oppenheimer  if  he  was  aware  that  his  com- 
pany paid  black  workers  in  South  African 
mines  deprivation  wages  and  that  many 
black  miners  were  not  even  allowed  to  live 
with  their  families. 

I  had  been  a  teacher  at  the  Waterford- 
Kamhlaba  School  in  Swaziland  for  only  three 
weeks  and  I  knew  little  of  Harry  Oppen- 
heimer and  even  less  about  the  complexities 
of  the  apartheid  system  in  neighboring 
South  Africa.  So  as  the  student  finished 
speaking,  I  scanned  the  auditorium  for  a 
reaction.  Some  of  the  younger  students 
smiled.  They  didn't  necessarily  understand 
the  question,  but  they  recognized  that  one  of 
their  compatriots  was  challenging  authority. 
Waterford-Kamhlaba  School,  located  in 
the  Kingdom  of  Swaziland,  is  nestled  in  the 
western  range  of  low  mountains  which  form 
a  natural  boundary  with  South  Africa.  This 
is  significant  because  since  1910  South 
Africa  has  been  ruled  by  an  all-white  govern- 
ment; blacks  and  other  non-whites  are  dis- 
enfranchised. In  a  country  of  twenty  million 
blacks,  four  million  whites  have  forcibly 
secured  all  political,  economic,  and,  of 
course,  educational  advantages.  Under  the 
system  known  as  apartheid,  whites  enjoy  the 
greatest  opportunities  for  education,  the  best 
facilities,  and  the  best  teachers. 

It  was  into  this  rigid  yet  volatile  atmos- 
phere that  a  colorful,  eccentric  Englishman 


WATERFORD-KAMHLABA 

BY  DAVID  MCKEAN 


Amid  South  African 

unrest,  an  integrated 

school  across  the  border 

has  become  a  symbol  for 

racial  harmony. 


named  Michael  Stern  arrived  in  1960.  Stern 
had  come  from  London  at  the  request  of  the 
South  African  Anglican  Church  to  run  an 
African  mission  school  in  the  town  of  Ros- 
settenville  just  outside  of  Johannesburg.  He 
had  just  settled  into  his  new  job  when 


Hendrik  Verwoerd,  the  ultra-conservative 
minister  of  native  affairs  and  future  prime 
minister,  maneuvered  through  Parliament 
the  Bantu  Education  Act,  which  closed  all 
black  schools  in  white  areas.  The  mission 
school  shut  down,  but  less  than  a  year  later, 
an  all-white  school,  St.  Martins,  was  set  up 
on  the  same  premises  and  Stem  was  asked  to 
stay  on  as  headmaster. 

He  did  so  until  1961,  when  he  squabbled 
with  the  school's  board  of  trustees  over  an 
incident  in  which  black  domestics  were 
found  swimming  in  the  pool  supposedly  re- 
served for  white  students.  The  trustees,  try- 
ing to  avoid  adverse  publicity  and  a  possible 
confrontation  with  the  authorities,  wanted 
the  workers  dismissed.  Stern  found  their 
reaction  grotesque.  He  resigned  from  St. 
Martins  and  six  months  later  approached 
Christopher  Newton  Thompson  with  his 
dream  of  forming  a  multiracial  school  some- 
where in  southern  Africa. 

Newton  Thompson,  a  Johannesburg  busi- 
nessman, former  rugby  star  at  Cambridge, 
and  a  member  of  the  Progressive  Party,  the 
official  opposition  party  in  South  Africa, 
found  Stern's  concept  "to  be  entirely  in  line 
with  the  ideas  of  our  political  party."  Con- 
sequently, he  set  about  raising  money  for  a 
school.  Six  months  later  and  with  a  handful 
of  contributions  totaling  less  than  $30,000— 
the  first  of  which  was  a  $5,000  check  from 
Harry  Oppenheimer— Newton  Thompson 
and  Stern  began  searching  for  a  site  on 
which  to  build  their  school.  They  eventually 
settled  on  twenty-six  acres  halfway  up  a 
mountain  in  the  tiny  country  of  Swaziland. 

Waterford  has  used  the  Oppenheimer 
money  and  other  donations  over  the  years  to 
purchase  an  additional  175  acres  of  land  and 
to  build  dormitories,  laboratories,  and  a 
gymnasium  (one  of  only  two  in  the  entire 
country).  The  school  is  completing  con- 
struction of  a  new  arts  and  language  center. 
The  bulk  of  the  money,  however,  goes  toward 
supporting  the  vast  number  of  bursaries,  or 
scholarships,  which  are  awarded  each  year.  A 
student  is  admitted  to  Waterford  solely  on 
academic  qualifications  and  potential;  if 
money  is  needed,  it  will  be  found.  While 


42 


"Students  took  for  granted  the 


undings  that  provided  sweeping  vistas  from  any  ridge 


some  of  Waterford's  students  are  extremely 
rich— the  son  of  an  Anglo-American  execu- 
tive is  a  recent  graduate— others  have  never 
slept  in  a  bed  before  coming  to  the  school. 
One  girl,  carrying  everything  she  owned  in  a 
basket  perched  on  top  of  her  head,  traveled 
to  the  school  on  foot. 

In  the  process  of  breaking  through  the 
racial  and  economic  barriers,  Waterford  has 
grown  into  an  institution  of  more  than  350 
boys  and  girls.  The  students  are  primarily 
from  southern  Africa,  but  many  come  from 
Europe,  India,  Asia,  and  even  the  United 
States.  In  1972,  King  Suboza  II  of  Swaziland, 
then  the  longest  reigning  monarch  in  the 
world,  visited  Waterford  and  was  so  impressed 
by  the  diversity  of  the  student  body  that  he 
bestowed  the  name  Kamhlaba  ("Little  World") 
on  the  school.  More  recently,  Waterford  - 
Kamhlaba  added  United  World  College  of 
Southern  Africa  when  it  officially  became 
part  of  the  British-based  United  World  Col- 
lege system. 

In  many  respects,  Waterford  is  not  much 
different  from  an  American  preparatory 
school;  the  students  wear  jeans,  listen  to 
disco,  and  complain  about  the  food.  Yet  there 
is  a  certain  naivete  among  students  who  at- 
tend Waterford— less  political  than  cultural— 


that  separates  them  from  their  American 
counterparts.  There  were  often  complaints 
that  Waterford  was  terribly  isolated— stuck 
halfway  up  a  mountain,  far  removed  from  the 
video  arcades,  sports  stadiums,  and  movie 
theaters  that  are  so  prevalent  in  countries 
like  the  United  States,  Britain,  and  even 
South  Africa.  As  a  result,  students  romanti- 
cized the  outside  world  and  took  for  granted 
the  beautiful  surroundings  in  which  they 
found  themselves— low,  grass-covered  moun- 
tains that  provide  sweeping  vistas  from  any 
ridge. 

In  observing  the  students,  I  also  became 
aware  of  my  own  peculiarly  American  values. 
Before  coming  to  Swaziland,  I  had  lived  on 
quaint  Beacon  Hill  in  traditional  Boston, 
yet  I  soon  found  myself  adjusting  to  the  Spar- 
tan living  conditions  of  a  Third  World  coun- 
try. Since  I  was  hired  during  the  first  week  of 
school,  I  was  last  in  line  for  faculty  housing 
and,  during  the  first  months,  I  lived  in  a  con- 
crete rondavel— a  cylindrically-shaped  struc- 
ture with  a  thatched  roof  fashioned  after  a 
Swazi  hut.  The  rondavel  was  among  the  first 
structures  erected  at  Waterford  in  the  early 
1960s  and  had  originally  been  a  classroom. 
The  washroom  and  the  toilet  were  in  another 
rondavel  a  long  100  yards  away.  In  my  quar- 


ters I  had  a  bed,  a  chair,  a  cabinet  in  which  to 
hang  clothes,  a  lamp,  a  radio,  and  a  picture  of 
my  family.  I  lived  considerably  worse  than 
the  other  teachers,  but  on  about  the  same 
level  as  the  students,  and  far  better  than  the 
majority  of  Swazis. 

As  the  students'  complaints  attested,  there 
were  not  many  urban  diversions  in  the  even- 
ings, but  the  relaxed  pace  agreed  with  me. 
After  grading  papers  and  preparing  class  for 
the  following  day,  I  either  visited  with  fellow 
teachers  or  read  a  variety  of  books  ranging 
from  spy  novels  to  South  African  history.  At 
times  I  listened  to  the  radio,  tuning  in  to 
either  a  station  in  South  Africa,  or  Voice  of 
America,  or  Radio  Moscow  for  a  revisionist 
view  of  the  news.  On  weekends  there  were 
guest  speakers,  films,  or  student  plays,  and 
the  entire  school  would  crowd  into  the  cin- 
derblock  assembly-hall.  Several  weekends  I 
visited  a  fellow  teacher  and  his  Swazi  wife  at 
their  farm  in  the  northernmost  section  of 
the  country.  He  was  trying  to  raise  cattle,  and 
it  seemed  that  every  time  I  visited  the  farm 
one  of  his  cows  escaped  from  the  makeshift 
pastures.  We  spent  many  Sunday  mornings 
chasing  an  errant  Guernsey. 

As  weather  in  Swaziland  is  temperate,  I 
was  able  to  regularly  participate  in  a  range  of 


43 


sports,  and  I  coached  the  basketball  and  the 
tennis  teams.  When  not  coaching  tennis,  I 
used  to  practice  the  game  with  the  deputy 
chief  of  police  of  Mbabane.  A  black  Swazi, 
Tom  Mbata  had  become  intrigued  by  the 
sport  after  attending  Wimbledon  on  leave 
from  a  police  training  seminar  in  London  a 
decade  ago.  He  was  ranked  No.  3  in  the 
country  (there  are  all  of  three  courts  in 
Mbabane),  and  I  had  been  on  the  junior  var- 
sity tennis  team  in  college.  We  played  every 
week  and  were  very  evenly  matched.  As  the 
date  of  my  departure  drew  near,  he  pleaded 
with  me  to  remain  another  few  months  and 
assured  me  that  we  could  win  the  national 
doubles  title.  Knowing  the  weakness  of  my 
overhead,  I  opted  for  six  weeks  of  travel 
around  the  continent. 

While  I  became  comfortable  amid  Swazi- 
land's great  beauty,  perfect  weather,  and  easy 
lifestyle,  the  looming  presence  of  South 
Africa  twenty  miles  away  reminded  me  that 
the  school  was  vital  for  a  more  important  rea- 
son than  its  bucolic  setting.  I  soon  came  to 
recognize  that  the  school  was  (and  is)  an  on- 
going experiment  in  racial  integration. 
Simply  by  reading  the  South  African  news- 
papers, students  and  faculty  remain  deeply 
aware  that  Waterford  has  survived  as  an  aber- 
ration in  southern  Africa. 

That  awareness  continues  in  the  presence 
of  Athol  Jennings,  who  replaced  Michael 
Stern  as  headmaster.  Jennings  reflects  the 
more  mature  Waterford,  for  in  contrast  to  the 
inspirational  Stern,  he  is  a  cautious,  effi- 
cient administrator.  But  like  Stern,  his  poli- 
tical convictions  run  strong.  Jennings,  a 
South  African  and  former  Methodist  preacher, 
once  walked  from  Durban  to  Capetown  in 
protest  of  the  government's  apartheid  poli- 
cies. He  was  vilified  by  many  of  the  ultra- 
conservative  South  African  newspapers  and 


"The  looming  presence 

of  South  Africa 

twenty  miles  away 

reminded  me  that  the 

school  was  and  is  an 

ongoing  experiment  in 

racial  integration, 

an  aberration  in 

southern  Africa." 


even  physically  threatened  by  disgruntled, 
militant  "Africaaners." 

Because  Waterford  embodies  a  political 
conscience,  many  of  South  Africa's  most 
notable  black  leaders  have  enrolled  their 
children.  Former  alumnae  include  the 
daughters  of  both  Nelson  Mandela  and 
Bishop  Desmond  Tutu,  two  of  the  most  dis- 
tinguished black  leaders  in  South  Africa 
today.  Clearly,  for  both  black  and  white 
South  Africans,  the  school  is  a  symbol  of 
racial  harmony  and  represents  hope  for  their 
own  country.  Yet  because  of  Waterford's 
proximity  to  South  Africa,  it  also  reflects 
many  of  the  complexities  which  belie  the 
apartheid  system. 

In  certain  respects  Waterford  is  a  micro- 
cosm of  South  African  society.  For  instance, 
much  of  the  maintenance  of  the  school,  the 
upkeep  of  the  grounds  and  buildings,  is  per- 
formed by  unskilled  black  Swazis,  while  the 


teaching  faculty,  on  the  other  hand,  is  al- 
most exclusively  white.  There  are  very  few 
qualified  black  teachers  in  South  Africa  and 
Swaziland,  a  problem  that  can  largely  be  ex- 
plained by  South  Africa's  oppressive  apar- 
theid policies  but  which  is  also  endemic  to 
African  nations  in  general.  Furthermore,  it 
is  not  clear  that  those  qualified  teachers  in 
the  region  should  be  plucked  from  the  gov- 
ernment schools  where  they  teach,  and 
where  they  are  perhaps  making  a  more  signi- 
ficant impact. 

Waterford  is  also  symbolic  of  the  plight 
which  liberal  whites  feel  in  South  Africa. 
Those  whites  who  oppose  apartheid  in  South 
Africa,  a  vocal  minority,  are  ostracized  by  the 
political  power  structure  in  their  own  coun- 
try. Liberal  whites  are  also  resented  by  most 
blacks,  who  find  their  concern  both  meek 
and  patronizing.  Ever  since  Steve  Biko  initi- 
ated the  black  consciousness  movement  in 
South  Africa  in  the  early  Seventies,  blacks 
have  recognized  that  they  do  not  need  the 
help  of  men  like  Harry  Oppenheimer  or 
Christopher  Newton  Thompson.  In  fact, 
those  men,  however  honorable  their  inten- 
tions, may  only  be  slowing  down  the  process 
of  change  by  perpetuating  black  dependence 
on  white  generosity. 

Waterford  students  are  constantly  being 
asked  to  evaluate  and  to  scrutinize,  to  think 
for  themselves.  They  have  "prep,"  or  home- 
work, every  night— a  great  deal  by  American 
standards.  Consequently,  when  I  asked  my 
third-form  history  students  to  write  a  short 
essay  on  South  Africa,  I  received  some  start- 
lingly  sophisticated  responses.  For  instance, 
Zola,  a  fourteen-year-old  South  African, 
wrote:  "By  the  year  2000,  South  Africa  will 
be  free.  Whether  it  will  be  a  bloody  revolu- 
tion or  not,  I  don't  know,  but  it  will  be  free. 
And  then  maybe  like  you  and  many  people, 
I  will  be  excited  when  I  go  back  home.  But 
right  now  there  is  not  a  chance." 

In  most  respects,  of  course,  life  at  Water- 
ford is  the  antithesis  of  that  in  South  Africa. 
Yet,  a  strong  argument  can  be  made  that  the 
students  are  only  being  prepared  for  fantasy- 
land.  There  is  at  the  school  an  unspoken 
credo  that  any  problem  can  be  worked  out 
through  communication.  There  is,  as  a  re- 
sult, very  little  discipline  and  a  great  reluc- 
tance on  the  part  of  the  faculty  to  assert  their 
authority.  Yet  South  Africa  is  not  a  little 
world.  And  there  is  no  spirit  of  cooperation 
in  the  country.  It  is  a  country  that  is  com- 
pletely polarized  in  its  racial  attitudes  to  the 
extent  that  dialogue  only  exists  on  the  most 
superficial  level.  Perhaps  a  school  like  Water- 
ford is  destined  to  remain  only  a  symbol  of 
what  life  in  South  Africa  could  be.  ■ 


McKean  J.D.  '86  recently  earned  his  master  s  in  inter- 
national relations  from  the  Fletcher  School  of  Law 
and  Diplomacy  at  Tufts  University.  He  is  planning  a 
return  visit  to  Swaziland  for  September. 


TAKE  A 
SEAT 


During  a  couple  of  humid  days  this 
July,  there  was  an  unusual  perform- 
ance going  on  in  Page  Auditorium. 
It  wasn't  the  audience  that  got  carried  away, 
but  the  chairs. 

As  part  of  a  $150,000  renovation  of  Page 
this  summer,  the  944  seats  on  the  main  floor 
and  the  548  seats  in  the  balcony  were  being 
removed  and  replaced  by  wider,  cushier 
models.  What  to  do  with  the  twenty-seven- 
year-old,  red  upholstered  seats  was  the  prob- 
lem. The  answer  was  to  sell  them. 

So  Duke's  Office  of  Cultural  Affairs  hosted 
a  "going  out  of  Page  sale,"  offering  the  num- 
bered seats  for  $5  each  on  a  first-come,  cash- 
and-carry,  take'-em-as-they-are  basis.  The  seats 
were  sold  in  groups  of  twos  and  threes,  be- 
cause that's  how  they  were  connected.  They 
were  also  available  in  bulk.  Most  had  longer 
front  legs  than  back— slightly  sloping,"  as 
Cultural  Affairs  director  Susan  Coon  de- 
scribed them— to  accommodate  the  terrain 
of  Page  Auditoriums  floor. 


Nonetheless,  Page  loyalists  showed  up  for 
the  sale,  cash  in  hand,  some  looking  for  the 
seats  they'd  occupied  for  years  during  Page 
performances.  The  last  major  renovation  to 
the  auditorium  was  in  the  late  Fifties,  when 
the  original  wooden  seats  were  replaced  with 
the  current  ones.  The  refurbishment  calls  for 
a  reduction  in  the  total  number  of  seats  from 
1,492  to  1,232,  a  relief  to  those  whose  line  of 
vision  to  the  stage  was  blocked  by  their  own 
knees. 

In  the  course  of  the  renovation,  workers 
have  installed  gray  floor  tile  downstairs,  and 
painted  the  walls  gray. 


FOR  EVERY 
ACTION... 

A  senior  official  at  Mobil  Oil  Corpora- 
tion has  resigned  his  position  on 
the  Fuqua  School  of  Business'  board 
of  visitors  in  reaction  to  the  university  board 
of  trustees'  South  African  divestment  deci- 
sion of  last  May. 

According  to  the  trustees'  resolution,  the 
university  will  divest  its  holdings  in  busi- 


nesses that  invest  in  South  Africa  if  apartheid 
is  not  abolished  by  January  1987.  Duke  has 
some  $12.5  million  invested  in  twelve  such 
companies,  including  Mobil  Oil. 

Within  weeks  of  the  trustees'  decision, 
Rex  Adams,  vice  president  for  employee  rela- 
tions and  director  of  Mobil's  charitable 
foundation,  sent  a  letter  informing  Fuqua 
Dean  Thomas  Keller  of  his  resignation  from 
the  school's  forty-five  member  advisory 
board.  In  the  letter,  Adams  termed  the  trus- 
tee decision  "an  exercise  in  cheap  disgrace." 
He  told  the  student  Chronicle  that  divest- 
ment punishes  companies  like  Mobil,  which 
he  said  has  recently  instituted  a  $20-million 
foundation  to  provide  educational  opportu- 
nities for  black  South  Africans.  "We're  doing 
something  about  [apartheid],  not  issuing 
paper  statements  from  the  sanctuary  of 
Durham,  North  Carolina,"  he  said. 

In  a  letter  to  Adams,  President  H .  Keith  H. 
Brodie  asked  Adams  to  reconsider  his  deci- 
sion, which  he  said  "could  be  interpreted 
by  some  as  a  lack  of  faith  or  hope  that  the 
apartheid  system  will  be  dismantled." 

Development  officials  say  there  has  been 
no  further  backlash  in  the  wake  of  the  divest- 
ment resolution,  but  they  are  uncertain 
45 


about  what  impact  Adams'  personal  deci- 
sion will  have  on  Mobil  Oil's  support  of  uni- 
versity facilities  and  programs.  According  to 
Harry  Gotwals,  director  of  university  develop- 
ment, Mobil  has  donated  nearly  $700,000  to 
Duke  since  1974,  including  $100,000  toward 
the  Fuqua  Building  Fund.  As  for  future  cor- 
porate donations,  Gotwals  predicts  that 
"there  will  be  a  few  companies  for  whom  the 
divestment  decision  will  have  some  impact 
on  giving.  For  many  others,  the  decision  will 
have  no  impact  on  giving." 

In  October,  Adams  will  participate  in  a 
panel  discussion  at  the  business  school  on 
the  issue  of  economic  involvement  in  South 
Africa.  "The  panel  discussion  was  planned 
after  the  trustees  announced  the  divestment 
resolution,"  says  Sandra  Mikush,  director  of 
corporate  relations  for  the  Fuqua  School.  "It 
has  become  a  huge  issue,  one  that  our  stu- 
dents need  to  address." 


BIG  IS 
BEAUTIFUL 


An  embarrassment  of  riches.  That's 
what  admissions  officials  are  saying 
about  the  record-breaking  number 
of  students  who've  decided  to  join  Duke's 
Class  of  1990. 

The  freshman  class  size  of  1,579  is  consider- 
ably larger  than  officials  projected.  During 
the  spring  admissions  notification  period, 
officials  were  anticipating  a  yield  rate  of  43 
percent,  1  percent  higher  than  last  year's 
rate,  according  to  then-interim  admissions 
director  Clark  Cahow.  In  the  language  of  ad- 
missions, yield  is  the  percentage  of  accepted 
students  who  decide  to  enroll. 

Instead,  48  percent  of  accepted  students 
chose  to  enroll  at  Duke.  Ironically,  this  was 
to  be  the  year  when  the  freshman  class  size 
would  be  reduced  to  remedy  overcrowding 
and  bring  the  undergraduate  population  to 
the  desired  level  of  5,800. 

Cahow  says  the  Class  of  1990  has  a  mean 
SAT  score  of  1298,  the  highest  in  Duke's  his- 
tory. About  15  percent  of  the  class  is  from 
North  Carolina.  The  applicant  pool  num- 
bered 12,675,  the  largest  in  university  his- 
tory. Of  these,  3,315  students  were  accepted. 
A  total  of  1,245  freshmen  will  attend  Trinity 
College— 660  men  and  585  women— while 
334  will  attend  the  engineering  school,  270 
men  and  64  women.  Cahow  attributes  the 
high  enrollment,  in  part,  to  the  university's 
academic  prestige  and  the  "personal  touch" 
in  the  admissions  process.  "Duke  students 
are  among  our  best  recruiters,"  he  says. 

Duke's  increased  visibility  this  past  year- 
owing  largely  to  the  success  of  the  basketball 
team,  and  U.S.  News  and  World  Report's  rank- 
ing of  the  university  as  the  sixth  best  in  the 
nation— may  also  have  contributed  to  in- 


creased student  interest. 

According  to  the  Consortium  on  Financ- 
ing Higher  Education,  Duke's  admissions 
figures  represent  the  largest  known  increase 
experienced  by  comparable  institutions  in  a 
single  year. 

The  freshman  glut  had  housing  officials 
working  overtime  to  find  dorm  space.  The 
results— what  the  student  Chronicle  termed 
"a  miracle  cure— finds  the  largest  concentra- 
tion of  freshmen  in  East  Campus's  Pegram 
and  Aycock  dormitories.  Office  space  in  the 
basement  of  Trent  Hall  was  also  reclaimed 
and  converted  into  dorm  rooms.  Officials 
have  added  more  freshman  advisers  and  resi- 
dential advisers  for  the  residence  halls,  says 
Richard  Cox,  dean  of  residential  life.  And 
several  academic  departments,  such  as  Eng- 
lish and  chemistry,  have  expanded  their 
undergraduate  teaching  sections. 


ml    &      i^v       *m 

W  fe%f             7           ' 

1 

DUKE 

THEFUQUA 

SCHOOL 

OF  BUSINESS 

i 

^m.               1 

Thomas:  "I'm  all  for  higher  education" 

BULL  MARKET 
FOR  FUQUA 


The  Fuqua  School  of  Business  will  be 
beefing  up  its  facilities  thanks  to  the 
chairman  of  Wendy's  International 
Incorporated.  R.  David  Thomas  has  donated 
$4  million  toward  construction  of  a  $10-mil- 
lion  building  to  house  the  business  school's 
executive  education  programs. 

Thomas,  founder  and  senior  board  chair  of 
Wendy's  International,  presented  the  per- 
sonal gift  to  Fuqua  officials  in  June.  He  serves 
on  the  school's  board  of  visitors,  recently  was 
named  the  Fuqua  School's  Entrepreneur  of 
the  Year,  and  is  a  friend  of  J.B.  Fuqua,  whose 
own  financial  support  of  the  school  resulted 
in  its  being  named  for  him. 
"I  had  a  different  kind  of  education," 


Thomas  said  during  presentation  ceremonies. 
"Mine  was  on-the-job  training.  But  I'm  all 
for  higher  education.  We  need  more  educa- 
tion to  keep  the  free  enterprise  system 
moving.  Without  free  enterprise,  I'd  probably 
be  a  busboy  or  a  head  waiter  somewhere— 
although  there's  nothing  wrong  with  that." 

Thomas  began  Wendy's— named  after  his 
daughter— with  $10,000  in  capital,  opening 
his  first  restaurant  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  in 
1969.  Sales  in  1985  from  its  3,500  inter- 
national outlets  totaled  $2.7  billion. 

The  R.  David  Thomas  Center  will  attract 
executives  to  the  Fuqua  School's  continuing 
education  programs  in  management  tech- 
niques. Fuqua  Dean  Thomas  E.  Keller  says 
some  1,700  executives  participate  each  year 
in  thirty-five  programs  lasting  from  one  to 
four  weeks.  Weekend  MBA  candidates  will 
also  use  the  facility,  which  is  scheduled  for 
completion  by  the  spring  or  summer  of  1988. 
It  will  be  located  near  the  business  school  at 
Science  Drive  and  N.C  751. 

The  center  will  include  classrooms,  dining 
and  recreational  facilities,  and  100  bedrooms 
wired  for  computer  use.  Currently,  executive 
education  participants  stay  at  area  hotels. 

"We  are  especially  and  deeply  grateful 
[Thomas]  finds  the  Fuqua  School  deserving 
of  his  support,"  said  President  H.  Keith  H. 
Brodie.  "The  new  center  we  will  develop 
with  his  assistance  is  a  major  stimulus  for  our 
business  school,  which  is  already  a  unique 
success  in  a  highly  competitive  field."  Ac- 
cording to  Brodie,  the  remaining  $  6  million 
needed  to  complete  the  center  will  be  raised 
from  outside  sources. 


TOP  JOBS 

An  economist  for  the  U.S.  Forest 
Service  and  a  prominent  figure  in 
the  health  care  field  have  been 
named  to  top  academic  posts  .at  Duke. 

George  F.  Dutrow  '59,  M.E  '60,  Ph.D.  '70, 
acting  dean  of  the  School  of  Forestry  and  En- 
vironmental Studies  since  July  1,  1985,  has 
been  appointed  to  the  permanent  position. 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42,  president  of  the 
American  Hospital  Association,  has  been 
named  chairman  of  the  newly  constituted 
Fuqua  School  of  Business/University  Medi- 
cal Center  Program  in  Health  Administration. 

Dutrow,  a  football  standout  at  Duke  in  the 
1950s,  joined  the  U.S.  Forest  Service  in  1968 
as  a  research  forester.  Widely  recognized  for 
his  research  and  leadership,  he  was  awarded 
its  Certificate  of  Merit  in  1981  for  leading  a 
nationwide  assessment  of  ways  to  increase 
timber  supplies.  He  helped  establish  the 
Southeastern  Center  for  Forest  Economics 
Research  at  Research  Triangle  Park,  and  was 
named  executive  secretary  of  the  center  in 
1983. 


46 


Dutrow  "has  served  Duke  admirably  as 
acting  dean  during  the  past  year,"  says  Pro- 
vost Phillip  Griffiths,  "and  has  formed  a 
vision  of  the  challenges  and  opportunities 
that  lie  ahead... as  the  forestry  school  con- 
tinues to  strengthen  its  ties  to  various  other 
components  within  the  university." 

A  former  chairman  of  Duke's  board  of  trus- 
tees and  president  of  the  General  Alumni 
Association,  McMahon  received  his  law 
degree  from  Harvard,  and  was  Blue  Cross  and 
Blue  Shield  of  North  Carolina's  first  presi- 
dent. He  joined  the  American  Hospital 
Association  in  1972.  A  member  of  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Science's  Institute  of 
Medicine,  he  was  vice  chairman  of  the  board 
of  the  National  Center  for  Health  Education. 

The  Duke  program  he  will  head  takes 
about  forty  students  a  year  for  a  four-semester 
graduate  course  of  study.  Each  semester's  cur- 
riculum includes  courses  in  the  Medical 
Center  and  the  Fuqua  School. 

"We  are  delighted  that  Alex  has  agreed  to 
bring  his  vast  experience  in  the  health  care 
field  to  Duke,"  says  Dr.  William  G.  Anlyan, 
chancellor  for  health  affairs.  "He  has  had  a 
distinguished  career  in  health  care,  estab- 
lishing new  standards  in  health  manage- 
ment and  actively  fostering  cooperation 
among  hospitals,  physicians,  and  government." 


DISTINGUISHED 


Five  Duke  faculty  members,  whose  dis- 
ciplines range  from  opthamalogy  to 
systematic  theology,  have  been  named 
to  distinguished  professorships. 

Dr.    David   Eddy    is    the   J.    Alexander 
McMahon  Professor  of  Health  Policy  and 


Management.  Director  of  Duke's  Center  for 
the  Study  of  Health  Policy,  he  is  a  professor 
of  community  and  family  medicine.  He 
earned  his  medical  degree  at  the  University 
of  Virginia  and  also  holds  a  doctorate  in 
engineering-economic  systems  from  Stan- 
ford. He  is  a  frequent  writer  and  consultant 
on  health  policy  issues. 

John  F.  Geweke  is  the  William  R.  Kenan  Jr. 
Professor  of  Economics.  A  1970  graduate  of 
Michigan  State  University,  he  earned  his 
doctorate  in  1975  from  the  University  of 
Minnesota.  Geweke  joined  the  Duke  faculty 
in  1983,  and  has  also  taught  at  the  University 
of  Wisconsin,  the  University  of  Minnesota, 
and  Carnegie-Mellon. 

Clark  C.  Havighurst  is  the  William  Neal 
Reynolds  Professor  of  Law.  He  is  also  a  pro- 
fessor of  community  health  sciences.  Havig- 
hurst teaches  the  law  of  antitrust,  economic 
regulation,  and  health  care,  and  is  also  direc- 
tor of  the  Program  in  Legal  Issues  in  Health 
Care.  He  writes  widely  on  regulation  of 
health-care  issues,  is  a  member  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Medicine,  and  an  adjunct  scholar  of 
the  American  Enterprise  Institute. 

Dr.  Gordon  K.  Klintworth  is  the  Joseph 
A.C.  Wadsworth  Research  Professor  of 
Ophthamology.  He  is  also  a  professor  of 
pathology.  A  native  of  Zimbabwe,  he  earned 
his  medical  degree  and  doctorate  at  South 
African  universities,  and  now  holds  Ameri- 
can citizenship.  Klintworth  joined  the  medi- 
cal center  in  1964  as  assistant  director  of  the 
neuropathology  training  program.  He  was 
named  clinical  professor  of  ophthalmology 
in  1979  and  professor  of  pathology  and  oph- 
thalmology in  1981.  He  was  the  first  visiting 
professor  at  the  University  of  London's  Insti- 
tute of  Ophthalmology. 

Thomas  L.  Langford  Jr.  is  the  William 
Kellon  Quick  Professor  of  Theology  and 


Methodist  Studies.  He  is  a  1951  graduate  of 
Davidson  College,  and  earned  his  doctorate 
at  Duke  in  1958.  He  has  been  a  member  of 
the  divinity  school  faculty  since  1956.  He 
was  dean  of  the  school  from  1971  to  1981, 
and  has  been  vice  provost  for  academic  af- 
fairs since  1984.  Langford  is  an  ordained 
Methodist  minister  and  has  been  active  in 
United  Methodist  Church  affairs  for  more 
than  thirty  years. 


ABOVE  SEA 
LEVEL 


hen  you  decide  to  re-enlist  for  an- 
other five  years  in  the  Navy,  mili- 
tary tradition  says  you  get  to 
choose  the  site  for  the  re-enlistment  cere- 
mony. A  veteran  of  eighteen  years,  Chief 
Quarter  Master  Stephen  C.  Bonawitz,  an 
assistant  instructor  in  Duke's  Naval  ROTC, 
chose  the  top  of  the  210-foot  Duke  Chapel 
tower. 

Bonawitz,  soon  to  be  the  captain  of  a  mine 
sweeper  in  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  says 
he  has  a  special  place  in  his  heart  for  the 
chapel  perch.  "Teaching  navigation  can  be  a 
problem  when  you  live  250  miles  from  the 
ocean,"  he  says.  "So  we  found  that  the  chapel 
tower  as  an  observation  deck  provided  a  rela- 
tively flat  horizon." 

The  ceremony  required  the  transporting  of 
Bonawitz,  his  wife  Anne,  and  their  three 
children,  along  with  NROTC  commanding 
officer  Captain  Richard  Green,  fellow  navi- 
gation instructor  Lieutenant  Ralph  Mason, 
and  a  few  others,  up  to  the  tower  in  the 
chapel's  tiny,  half-century-old  elevator.  It 
took  several  trips. 

Green  awarded  Bonawitz  the  Naval  Achieve- 
ment Award  for  his  four  years  of  service  to 
Duke,  and  commended  him  for  his  contribu- 
tions as  a  "teacher,  counselor,  and  role  model." 


NEWSPAPERS, 
MORE  OR  LESS 

Competing  newspapers  don't  neces- 
sarily cover  the  news  any  better  than 
those  with  a  monopoly  in  their  cities, 
a  Duke  researcher  suggests  in  a  study  of 
ninety-one  U.S.  papers. 

"It's  not  at  all  clear  that  competition  fosters 
higher  quality  news  coverage,"  says  Robert 
Entman  '71,  assistant  professor  of  political 
science  and  member  of  the  Institute  of  Policy 
Sciences  and  Public  Affairs.  "Simple  faith 
that  competition  makes  for  better  journalism 
just  isn't  borne  out  by  the  facts." 

Competition  for  readership,  he  says,  may 
make  some  competing  newspapers  overly 
solicitous  of  their  audiences.  "If  the  audience's 


47 


tastes  run  to  sports,  comics,  and  food  articles, 
that  may  be  what  the  audience  buys  the  paper 
for,  and  that  may  be  the  main  arena  of  com- 
petition." He  adds  that  monopoly  papers 
may  have  more  leeway  for  certain  types  of 
investigative  and  other  controversial  report- 
ing than  competing  papers  fearful  of  upset- 
ting their  readers  and  advertisers. 

About  thirty  U.S.  cities  had  two  or  more 
completely  separate,  competitively  owned 
newspapers  in  1985 .  The  rising  costs  of  news- 
paper publishing  and  advertising,  coupled 
with  competition  from  television,  have 
killed  many  competing  papers— especially 
afternoon  papers. 

In  his  study,  Entman  used  a  comprehen- 
sive data  set  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
Center  for  Political  Studies.  Researchers 
there  coded  all  front-page  and  editorial-page 
articles  that  appeared  during  the  two-month 
sample  period. 

The  ninety-one  papers  studied  are  broadly 
representative  of  the  U.S.  daily  press,  says 
Entman.  They  were  analyzed  statistically  for 
news  quality,  diversity,  fairness,  and  respon- 
siveness to  the  political  views  and  interests 
of  their  readers. 

"On  balance,"  he  concludes,  "the  wide 
concern  with  recent  trends  toward  one-paper 
cities  may  be  somewhat  overdrawn."  He 
notes  that  there  remains,  though,  "a  philoso- 
phical dimension"  to  newspaper  monopoly 
that  can't  be  covered  by  any  study  of  content. 
"Most  newspaper  owners  have  a  great  deal  of 
influence  in  their  communities  because  of 
their  apparent  and  real  sway  over  public 
opinion.  Where  there  is  only  one  owner, 
community  power  is  more  concentrated. 
Genuine,  two-publisher  competition  may  be 
beneficial  less  for  its  effects  on  news  than  its 
leveling  impact  at  the  apex  of  the  commu- 
nity power  structure." 

Entman  also  says  the  effects  of  the  con- 
troversial Newspaper  Preservation  Act, 
which  allows  a  failing  newspaper  to  enter 
into  a  joint  publishing  arrangement  with  its 
healthy  competitor,  may  not  be  as  serious  as 
critics  have  charged.  "Having  two  separate 
owners  in  competition  doesn't  necessarily 
produce  better  newspapers.  Reporting  was 
no  worse,  and  sometimes  better,  in  cities 
with  joint  publication  or  even  two  papers 
owned  by  the  same  firm." 


SIX  ON 
THE  AISLE 


The  1986-87  Duke  Artists  Series  fea- 
tures some  of  the  world's  top  per- 
formers, highlighted  in  April  by  vio- 
linist Isaac  Stern.  On  September  24,  the 
six-performance  series  opens  with  a  produc- 
tion of  Mozart's  opera  Cosi  Fan  Tutte,  under 
the  direction  of  Pulitzer  Prize-winning  com- 


poser and  Duke  music  professor  Robert  Ward. 

American  pianist  Ruth  Laredo  will  be  fea- 
tured in  a  concert  November  18.  When 
Laredo  made  her  debut  with  the  New  York 
Philharmonic,  The  New  York  Times  called 
her  "the  present  generation's  first  truly  major 
American  woman  pianist." 

Kicking  off  the  new  year,  the  BBC  Sym- 
phony Orchestra,  with  conductor  Sir  John 
Pritchard,  will  perform  January  14.  The  fifty- 
six-year-old  British  orchestra  was  the  first  to 
employ  musicians  on  full-time  contracts. 
Today,  it  is  the  largest  symphony  orchestra  in 
Britain.  Pritchard  has  been  with  the  orches- 
tra since  1982,  the  year  he  was  knighted  for 
his  contributions  to  British  musical  life. 

February  5,  the  series  continues  with  a 
performance  by  Finnish  baritone  Jorma 
Hynninen.  A  favorite  in  Europe,  Hynninen 
gained  widespread  notice  in  the  United 
States  in  1983  when  he  starred  with  the  Fin- 
nish National  Opera,  on  tour  at  the  Metro- 
politan Opera,  as  Topi  in  The  Red  Line. 

Famed  musicians  Emanuel  Ax  and  Yo-Yo 
Ma  will  perform  at  Duke  March  30.  Ax  has 
been  described  by  The  Neiv  York  Times  as  a 
"pianist  with  spectacular  fingers  and  a  dis- 
tinct poetic  gift."  Of  Ma,  the  Times  said:  "For 
as  long  as  he  is  playing,  it  becomes  very  diffi- 
cult for  a  listener  to  think  that  any  cellist 
today  could  possibly  surpass  him."  Both  mu- 
sicians have  received  the  prestigious  Avery 
Fisher  Prize.  They  have  been  performing  to- 
gether since  1980. 


Considered  by  many  to  be  the  greatest  vio- 
linist of  the  century,  Isaac  Stern  will  perform 
April  9.  He  is  the  recipient  of  numerous 
Grammy  Awards  for  his  recordings.  The  film 
From  Mao  to  Mozart:  Isaac  Stem  in  China  won 
the  Academy  Award  for  the  best  full-length 
documentary  of  1981  and  received  a  special 


mention  at  the  Cannes  Film  Festival. 

Stern  began  his  career  in  San  Francisco  in 
the  Thirties.  He  debuted  at  Carnegie  Hall  in 

1943 ,  and  made  his  debut  with  the  New  York 
Philharmonic,  under  Arthur  Rodzinski,  in 

1944.  Since  then  he  has  performed  with  the 
orchestra  more  than  eighty  times,  more  than 
any  other  violinist  in  history.  Outside  his 
performing  career,  he  led  the  drive  to  save 
Carnegie  Hall  from  demolition.  He  is  chair- 
man of  the  board  of  the  America-Israel  Cul- 
tural Foundation,  and  received  the  first 
Albert  Schweitzer  Music  Award  for  "a  life 
dedicated  to  music  and  devoted  to  humanity." 


TWAIN 

REVISITED 

In  1885,  Mark  Tvain  was  considered 
something  of  a  progressive.  But  by  pres- 
ent-day standards,  he  hasn't  fared  so  well. 

The  nation  has  just  observed  the  100th 
anniversary  of  the  publication  of  The  Adven- 
tures of  Huckleberry  Finn  and  the  150th 
anniversary  of  Twain's  birth.  And  Twain 
scholars,  critics,  and  educators  across  the 
nation  are  holding  spirited  debates  about 
whether  the  colorful  writer-humorist's  most 
famous  book,  regarded  for  years  as  a  classic, 
reflects  racism. 

In  the  midst  of  the  furor,  it's  important  to 
remember  the  historical  and  political  con- 
text in  which  the  book  was  written,  says 
Louis  J.  Budd,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of 
English  and  a  nationally  known  Twain 
scholar. 

"A  book  that  lasts  over  the  years  says  dif- 
ferent things  to  different  generations,"  he 
says.  "The  Adventures  of  Huckleberry  Finn  was 
viewed  as  a  clearly  humane,  progressive  book 
in  terms  of  its  treatment  of  the  issues  of  slav- 
ery. That  was  during  Reconstruction.  It 
wasn't  until  the  founding  of  the  N.A.A.C.P. 
that  things  began  to  improve..  We've  come  a 
long  way. 

"Perhaps  my  favorite  Mark  Twain  quote  is 
the  one  in  which  he  said,  'I  have  no  color  pre- 
judices...I  can  stand  any  society.  All  I  need 
to  know  is  that  a  man  is  a  human  being;  that 
is  enough  for  me;  he  can't  be  any  worse.' " 

Budd  has  published  a  great  deal  on  Twain 
and  has  spent  considerable  time  getting  to 
know  Twain,  the  man.  "He  had  the  most 
spontaneous  personality— more  than  most 
people,"  Budd  says.  "We're  always  thinking  or 
repressing.  He  was  himself  in  all  situations. 
On  the  other  hand,  he  really  did  care  about 
what  the  world  ought  to  be. 

"A  lot  of  people  take  his  dark  humor  too 
seriously,  in  my  opinion.  He  expressed  irony 
and  disappointment  in  people  through  the 
things  he  said.  He's  something  of  a  mystery, 
as  all  people  are  mysteries,  but  I  think  there's 
a  great  deal  of  Twain  to  chew  on.  For  exam- 


48 


pie,  there's  one  place  in  The  Adventures  of 
Huckleberry  Finn  where  one  con  man  asks 
the  other  if  he  thinks  they  can  get  away  with 
their  scheme.  And  the  other  responds,  'We'll 
have  the  damn  fools  on  our  side,  and  that's  a 
majority  in  any  town  I  ever  saw.' " 

The  book  has  maintained  its  popularity 
over  the  years  in  spite  of  a  changing  reader- 
ship. It  is  even  the  basis  for  Big  River,  a  Broad- 
way production  about  life  on  the  Mississippi. 
But  dissension  exists  regarding  some  of  the 
language  used  in  the  book  as  well  as  the  ir- 
reverence of  some  of  Twain's  humor. 

"There's  a  big  split  in  which  I  play  my  part," 
says  Budd.  "I  am  one  of  those  who  believes 
that  most  people  today  take  Twain  too  seri- 
ously. He  wanted  the  book  to  sell  and  he  had 
fun  in  parts  of  it.  It's  a  good  book.  When  you 
read  a  good  book,  you  remember  it  a  long 
time." 


BRIGHTER 

FUTURE 

With  a  U.S.  Department  of  Energy 
grant  of  $800,000,  the  Triangle 
Universities  Nuclear  Laboratory 
(TUNL)  will  be  building  a  brighter  future  for 
itself— specifically,  building  a  device  that 
will  significantly  increase  the  lab's  capability 
for  certain  nuclear  experiments. 

The  new  device  will  give  the  Triangle  lab  a 
capability  now  found  at  only  two  other  re- 
search facilities,  both  in  Switzerland,  says 
Edward  G.  Bilpuch,  physics  professor  at  Duke 
and  director  of  TUNL.  Construction  of  the 
new  intense  spin-polarized  ion  source  began 
in  August  and  will  take  two  years  to  complete. 
Located  on  the  Duke  campus,  the  lab  is 
supervised  by  N.  Russell  Roberson,  Duke 
physics  professor,  and  Thomas  B.  Clegg  of 
the  University  of  North  Carolina.  About  10 
percent  of  the  nation's  new  Ph.D.s  in  nuclear 
physics  are  trained  at  the  facility. 

TUNL  now  uses  a  32-million-volt  Cyclo- 
graaff  accelerator  in  its  experiments.  The 
device  fires  beams  of  atomic  particles  at  tar- 
get nuclei  so  scientists  can  study  the  strong 
nuclear  force  that  holds  atomic  nuclei  to- 
gether. With  the  upgrade,  scientists  will  be 


able  to  control  the  spin  direction  of  the  bom- 
barding particles,  reducing  the  complexity 
of  the  nuclear  reaction.  The  device  will  pro- 
vide a  spin-polarized  ion  beam  twenty  times 
more  intense  than  now  possible  at  TUNL. 

"This  has  been  our  highest  priority  for  new 
equipment,"  says  Bilpuch.  "The  experiments 
required  today  to  test  definitively  the  latest 
theories  of  the  nuclear  force  are  becoming 
more  and  more  sophisticated." 


CHINESE 

DOUBLES 

Unlike  traditional  study  abroad  pro- 
grams that  offer  intensive  study  at 
one  university,  Duke's  Study  in 
China  Program  enables  students  to  attend 
two.  And  that,  says  the  program's  coordina- 
tor, is  what  makes  Duke's  program  distinctive. 
In  the  four  years  since  the  Study  in  China 
Program  was  established,  nearly  eighty  col- 
lege students— twenty  of  them  from  Duke- 
have  participated  in  the  six-month  visit  to 
the  People's  Republic  of  China.  The  Study 
in  China  Program  is  sponsored  by  Duke  in 
association  with  Washington  University-St. 
Louis  and  Wesleyan  University  through 
Duke's  Asian/Pacific  Studies  Institute.  "The 
program  is  very  solid  academically,"  says  co- 
ordinator Mavis  Mayer.  "We've  established  a 
very  close  relationship  with  Beij  ing  Teachers 
College  and  Nanjing  University,"  host  schools 
for  the  program. 

Located  in  the  "academic  quarter"  of  China's 
capital,  Beijing  Teacher's  College  is  a  small 
liberal  arts  and  science  college  with  special 
emphasis  on  teaching  languages,  history, 
and  the  arts.  Participants  in  the  Study  in 
China  Program  spend  July  and  August  there 
for  intensive  Chinese  language  study.  In  the 
fall,  they  move  to  Nanjing  University  for  a 
semester  of  instruction  in  language,  litera- 
ture, history,  and  independent  study  on  a 
topic  of  the  student's  choice. 

A  Duke  faculty  member  serves  as  resident 
director  for  the  Study  in  China  Program, 
teaching  one  course  in  his  or  her  field  of 
study,  and  accompanying  the  twenty-member 
student  group  during  its  three  weeks  of  travel 
in  China.  "The  travel  is  educationally  valua- 
ble," says  last  year's  resident  director,  Robert 
Weller,  assistant  professor  and  director  of 
graduate  studies  in  anthropology  at  Duke. 
"The  students  are  able  to  visit  places  they've 
talked  and  read  about.  Seeing  a  city  that's 
2,000  years  old  gives  them  a  great  sense  of 
history,  and  that's  something  you  can't  do  in 
the  United  States." 

Before  signing  on  for  the  rigorous  curricu- 
lum—students are  given  full  credit  for  a 
semester  and  summer  term— participants 
must  have  studied  from  one  to  three  years  of 
Chinese. 


GOOD 
SPORTS 


here's  nothing  unlucky  about  the 
number  13  when  it's  the  thirteenth 
annual  Duke  Children's  Classic.  Pro- 
ceeds from  the  May  event,  which  benefit  the 
pediatrics  department  of  Duke  Hospital, 
topped  the  $360,000  mark,  bringing  the 
thirteen-year  total  to  more  than  $2  million. 
This  year's  proceeds  will  benefit  the  bone 
marrow  transplant  program. 

Some  sixty-four  celebrities  from  the  sports 
and  entertainment  worlds  participated  in 
the  classic.  Individuals  and  corporations 
paid  handsomely  for  the  right  to  compete 
against  the  stars  in  golf  and  tennis  matches. 
The  sports  contests  drew  15,000  spectators 


3** 


That's  entertainment:  Como  in  a  classic  perfc 
and  the  largest  number  of  participants  since 
the  classic  began,  says  Jerry  Neville,  execu- 
tive director. 

Two  new  events  in  last  year's  classic— 
skydiving  and  five-  and  fifteen-kilometer 
road  races— attracted  unusual  interest.  For  a 
$100  donation,  one  could  strap  onto  a  sky- 
diver's  back  tor  a  tandem  ride.  For  $10,  specta- 
tors got  a  fifteen-minute  airplane  ride  over 
Durham.  More  than  1,000  runners,  includ- 
ing fifteen  corporate  teams,  ran  in  the  road 
races.  Corporations  also  competed  in  other 
track  and  field  events. 

The  classic  celebrity  show  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium  was  a  sell-out,  featuring  per- 
formances by  comedian  Jay  Leno  and  singing 
by  Pat  Boone,  Glen  Campbell,  and  the  clas- 
sic's honorary  chairman,  Perry  Como,  who 
also  celebrated  his  seventy-fourth  birthday 
that  night. 

"All  went  smoothly,"  says  Neville,  "thanks 
to  the  more  than  800  volunteers  working  at 
the  event." 


49 


Duke  University  presents:  The  Duke  gold 
MasterCard®  for  its  members,  (with  credit 
lines  up  to  $10,000).  It's  a  premium  credit 
card  for  less  than  you'd  pay  for  your 
regular  credit  card  alone. 

The  Duke  gold  MasterCard®    has  more 
financial  clout  and  more  special  features 
than  just  about  any  other  credit  card 
that  you  can  carry  in  your  wallet.  IT'S 
ISSUED  FREE  OF  AN  ANNUAL  FEE 
FOR  THE  FIRST  YEAR  and  with  a 
low  continuing  annual  fee  of  $30  for 
subsequent  years.  Premium  cards  cost 
$45  to  $65 !  But  because  you  are  a  Duke 
graduate,  this  gold  MasterCard  brings 
you  far  more  benefits  than  cards  costing 
twice  as  much.  Consider  for  example: 

Up  to  $10,000  Credit  Line. 

Now  that's  clout.  You  have  access  to 
the  credit  you  need,  when  you  need  it 
.  .  .  from  $5,000  up  to  $10,000  with 
sufficient  current  annual  income. 
MasterCard®  is  accepted  at  over  4/2 
million  locations  worldwide  .  .  .  four 
times  more  than  accept  American 
Express® . 

Credit  Card  Registration  at  no 

additional  COSt.  If  your  cards  are 
lost  or  stolen,  one  toll-free  call  will  start 
the  notification  to  all  your  registered 
credit  card  companies.  This  service 
alone  could  cost  you  up  to  $16,  but  as  a 
Duke  graduate,  it's  FREE. 


Now  There's  A  gold 
MasterCard®  Card  Just  For  You! 
ISSUED  FREE*  i^Jtetor 


It  pays  to  travel  with  your 
Duke  gold  MasterCard. 

Just  look  at  the  benefits  you  receive  i 
no  charge  whenever  you  make  your 
travel  arrangements  with  your  Duke 
gold  MasterCard: 


•  Up  to  $500,000  Travel  Accident 
Insurance  Protection 

•  Up  to  $1,250  Lost  Luggage 
Coverage 

•  Up  to  $5,000  Emergency  Cash 
and/or  Airline  Tickets 

•  24-Hour  Travelers  Message 
Service 

•  Emergency  Card  Replacement 

•  Guaranteed  Check  Cashing 

•  Up  to  $1,000  Auto  Rental 
Deductible  Coverage 


ALL  THIS  FOR  ABOUT 
1/2  THE  COST 

There  are  so  many  advantages  to  join- 
ing your  fellow  Duke  Alumni  who  carry 
this  exclusive  Duke  gold  MasterCard. 
It's  just  one  more  way  we  work  to  bring 
our  members  the  best  for  less.  Mail 
your  application  today. 


If  you  have  any  questions 

or  to  apply  today  by  phone, 

please  call  toll-free 

1-800-847-7378 


MBNA'  A  subsidiary  of  the  Maryland  National 
Corporation.  MasterCard  is  a  registered  service 
mark  of  MasterCard  International  Incorporated 
used  under  license.  Available  only  to  members 
who  reside  in  the  50  United  States  and 
Washington  D.C. 


SEND  NO  MONEY 


□  YES.  Please  accept  my  applica- 
tion for  the  Duke  gold  MasterCard  with 
a  credit  line  from  $5,000  up  to  $10,000.  I 
understand  that  it  will  be  issued  to  me 
free  for  the  first  year  and  for  just  $30 
for  each  year  thereafter.  9 

Should  my  application  for  the  Duke 
gold  MasterCard  not  be  approved,  this 
request  constitutes  my  application  for  a 
Duke  silver  MasterCard,  also  issued  free 
of  charge  for  the  first  year,  and  for  only 
$20  each  year  thereafter.  Both  the  Duke 
gold  card  and  silver  card  carry  an  An- 
nual Percentage  Rate  of  17.9%. 


Present  Employer 
Position 


Annual  Income  $ 
Other  Income  $   _ 


(Alimony,  child  support  or  separate 
maintenance  income  need  not  be  reveal- 
ed if  you  do  not  wish  it  to  be  considered 
as  a  basis  for  repayment.) 
Residence:  □  Own  D  Rent 

Monthly  Payment  $    

Signature 

Please  include  a  card  for  the  qualifying 
family  member  over  18  years  old. 


Name    

Social  Security  No.  _ 

Address    

City State. 

Home  Phone   

Business  Phone    


Relationship, 
Signature  . 


Zip_ 


I  understand  that  you  may  investigate 
facts  contained  in  this  request  form  and 
obtain  reports  from  consumer  reporting 
agencies  and  others  during  consideration 
of  this  application  for  credit. 


MAIL  TO:  Duke  MasteiCard 

Maryland  Bank,  N.A. 

P.O.  Box  15023,  Wilmington,  DE  19850 


When  a  *?^F   student  ^M$  s  to 


tj\ 


ask  for  your  B  ,  please  give  as 

much  £§)  as  you  can.  Your 

are  important  to  ^^  today,  just 

as  alumni  support  was  when  you  were 

a  aS  years  ago.  ^w  gifts  help 

pay  for  p~ 


m-/  ©  / 


^^ 


and  much  much  more 
^  goal  is  5.8  million  by  llsoj  ♦ 
Take  advantage  of  current  ^  tax  law 
by  sending  your 


Tfahk  yoi*,  1 


Put  The  Future  First. 


You  understand  just  how  important  education  is  to  the  economic  vitality  and  quality  of 
life  in  North  Carolina. 

And  you  know  the  important  role  independent  colleges  and  universities  play  in  our 
system  of  higher  education. 

{i^j^<ULL^b\~   J 

On  November  4,  help  Duke  build 
a  brighter  future.  Vote  FOR 
Constitutional  Amendment  #1. 


The  amendment  will  allow  North  Carolina's  nonprofit  independent 
colleges  and  universities  to  use  tax-exempt  financing  to  build  and  renovate 
facilities  -  like  libraries,  research  centers,  classrooms,  health  centers. 
This  kind  of  financing  means  lower  interest  rates,  which  will  help  these 
colleges  keep  their  costs  lower  and  ensure  they  will  be  here  for  future 
generations  -  for  North  Carolina. 

All  funds  raised  through  tax-exempt  financing  will  be  repaid  by  the 
colleges  themselves.  As  a  safeguard,  the  State  Treasurer  will  permit  this 
financing  only  for  colleges  that  fully  back  it  up.  The  state  -  and  North 
Carolina  taxpayers  -  will  never  pay  a  cent. 


n/ 


VOTE  FOR  AMENDMENT  #1 

For  the  Future  -  For  North  Carolina 


Authorized  by  NC  Friends  of  Higher  Education, 
hairpersons:  Hon.  Harlan  Boyles,  Sen.  Jim  Broyhill,  Hon.  Harvey  Ganlt,  Mrs.  Margaret  Harper. 
Lt.  Gov.  Bob  Jordan,  Gov.  Jim  Martin,  Hon.  Liston  Ramsey,  Hon.  Terry  Sanford. 


im-u 


?^S?   ^!2Lg 


jropa  is  modeled  after  the  European  grand  hotel  tradition,  characterized  by  spacious, 
)mfortable  foyers  which  guests  enjoy  as  an  extension  of  their  private  rooms. 

Where  European  Tradition  Meets 
Southern  Hospitality 

Tjl  A  new  generation  of  travellers  looks  for  a  subtle  balance  of 


elegance  and  informality,  both  in  accommodations  and  dining, 
hat  rare  combination  is  masterfully 
ccomplished  at  Hotel  Europa. 


First  class  accommodations  are 
ily  part  of  the  Hotel  Europa  story, 
loughtful  amenities  and  attention 
)  the  specialized  needs  of  today's 
jsiness  and  casual  traveller  are 
andard.  Europa  prides  itself  on 
leeting  those  needs  with  an 
(tensive  list  of  the  services  you 
ant  most. 


Fingertip  Service 

We^ admit  to  spoiling  you  a  bit  at 
Europa  and  we  make  no 
apology  for  it. 
Tennis  courts  and 
swimming  pool 
are  on  the 
premises.  Other 
convenient  extras 
are  arranged:  spa 
privileges,  tee-off  times, 
baby  sitting,  make-up  mirrors, 
hairdryers  —  even  an 
emergency  ironing  of  a 
wrinkled  shirt  or  suit.  Just 
press  the  button  on  your 
phone.  Within  minutes  a  staff 
lember  will  be  on  hand. 


Superb  Dining 


Some  of  the  best 
restaurants  are  found  in 
the  better  hotels;  one 
such  rare  gem  is  Rubens 
Restaurant  at  Hotel 
Europa.  Rubens  requires 
four  chefs  and  eight 
veteran  cooks  to  fulfill 
the  promise  of  its 
gourmet  menu.  Classic 
continental  cuisine  is  supported  by  a 
near-exhaustive  wine  list  and  exquisite 
desserts.  Every  item  is  made  fresh  daily 
under  the  watchful  eye  of  our 
uncompromising  executive  chef  and  is 
served  by  people  who  understand  that 
quality  of  service  is  as  important  to  the 
dining  experience  as  the  meal  itself. 


An  Easy  Elegance 


The  great  hotels  combine  an  outstanding 
facility  with  an  exceptional  staff.  The 
magnificent  architecture  of  Europa, 
beautiful  landscaping  and  posh  decor 
reflect  extraordinary  accommodations. 
But  it  is  the  hospitality  of  a  dedicated  staff 
that  adds  the  warmth. 

Underneath  this  easy  elegance  is  the 
strict  commitment  to  excellence  which  has 


earned  Europa  membership  in  the  world- 
wide association  of  Preferred  Hotels.  Accep- 
tance into  this  select  group  of  independently 
owned  luxury  hotels  ranks  an  establishment 
among  the  very  finest.  Europa  is  also 
designated  as  a  Mobil  4-Star  Hotel. 


The  Weekend  Getaway  Stay  $42 

® 


For  a  pleasant  change  of  pace,  take 
a  break  with  Europa's  Weekend 
Getaway  Stay.  Just  $42  per_ 

person,  based  on  double 

occupancy.  Included  are  two 

drinks  in  our  Kings  Club, 

$25  credit  for  two  people  in 

Rubens  Restaurant  or  for 

room  service,  morning  coffee  j 

and  newspaper  delivered 

to  your  room  and  late 

checkout.  Advance 

reservations  required. 

Taxes  and  gratuities 

not  included.  It  makes 

a  wonderful  gift! 


HOTEL 

EUROPA 


Member  Preferred  Hotels  Association 
Mobil  4-Star  Hotel 


>r  details  call  or  write  for  a  free  brochure:  Hotel  Europa,  1  Europa  Drive,  Chapel  Hill,  NC  27514  'Telephone:  919-968-4900  •  1-800-334-4280  (US)  •  1 -800-672-4240  (NC) 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


Periodicals  Room 
Duke  University 
105  Perkins  Library 
CAMPUS 


Professor  of  jazz-  Paul  Jeffrey  keeping  the  music  alive  (page  12) 


NOVEMBER-DECEMBER  1986 


ETHICS  AND  THE  BOTTOM  LINE 


LANGUAGE  MEETS  ELECTRONICS 


THE  MOVIE  MUSIC  MAN 


NEW  FACES  IN  THE  CROWD 


k\A 


Duke:  An  Artist's  Perspective 

by  William  Marmum 


EDITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
West  Side  Studio 
ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
Pat  Zollicoffer  '58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Caroline 
Haynes  '87 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Anthony  Boswotth  '58, 
president;  Paul  Risher 
B.S.M.E.  '57,  president-elect;  M. 
Laney  Funderbutk  Jf.  '60, 
secretory-treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
E.  Thomas  Murphy  Jr.  B.D.  '65, 
Divinity  School;  Sterling  M. 
Brockwell  Jr.  B.S.C.E.  '56, 
School  of  Engineering; 
P.  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
W,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
Edward  R.  Drayton  III  M.F.  '61, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Erwrronmento!  Studies;  Jack  M. 
Cook  M.H.A.  '69,  Department 
of  Health  Administration; 
Charles  W.  Petty  Jr.  LL.B. '63, 
School  of  Law;  Elizabeth  R. 
Baker  M.D.  75  H.S.  79,  School 
of  Medicine;  Barbara  Brod 
Germino  B.S.N.  '64,  M.S.N. 
?68,  School  of  Nursing;  Paul  L. 
Imbrogno  '80  M.S.,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
KatherineN.HalpemB.H.S. 
77,  Physicians'  Assistant 
Program;  Joseph  L.  Skinner  '33, 
Hal/-Centurj  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker  '51, 
chairman,-  Frederick  F. 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  Cardwell  '69; 
Jenold  K.  Rootlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hartman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas  '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

Typesetting  by  Liberated  Types, 
Ltd.;  printing  by  Hunter 
Publishing  Co. 

©  1986,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  voluntary 
subscriptions  $15  per  year 


NOVEMBER- 
DECEMBER  1986 


VOLUME  73 
NUMBER  2 


Cover:  Changing  seasons  and 
changing  classes;  and  beginning 
on  page  2,  a  freshman's  orienta- 
tion. Photo  by  Les  Todd 


FEATURES 


The  dollars  add  up.  Last  year,  individuals  and  institutions  invested  more  than  $100 
billion  using  social  or  political  criteria 


IF  IT'S  TUESDAY,  THIS  MUST  BE  PHYSICS  8 

Brooklyn  this  isn't:  A  member  of  the  Class  of  1990  documents  his  first  dozen  days  at 
Duke  in  "A  Freshman's  Journal" 


A  COMPOSER  GOES  TO  THE  MOVIES 

It's  really  a  kick  when  you  can  contribute  to  the  emotional  fiber  of  a  film,  says  Patrick 
Williams,  the  holder  of  two  Emmys  and  a  Grammy 


12 


THE  COMPUTER  SPOKE  FRENCH-AND  ETHIOPIC  37 

Frank  Borchardt  believes  in  better  language-learning  through  technology— and  the 

technology  continues  to  unfold  at  a  blistering  pace 

THE  SECOND  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION  40 

With  a  single  intellectual  masterstroke,  the  framers  ensured  an  enduring 
U.S.  Constitution 


SURVIVING  TAX  INVASION  42 

For  America's  universities,  the  latest  round  of  tax  reform  means  a  potential  dollar  drain 


DEPARTMENTS 


RETROSPECTIVES 

Post-war  boom  for  Homecoming,  early  warnings  on  South  Africa,  Flentrop  recital  for 
Founder's  Day 


34 


GAZETTE 

Revamping  alcohol  policies,  celebrating  women's  art,  rethinking  the  unthinkable 
with  McNamara 


46 


BOOKS 

Black  Widow— a  true-life  mystery  with  a  murderous  twist 


52 


Hlim^fctElitoHMiH 


VERSUS 
PRINCIPLES 


BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


ETHICAL  INVESTING: 


WHEN  CONSCIENCE  IS  YOUR  GUIDE 


The  dollars  add  up.  Last  year,  individuals  and  institu- 
tions invested  more  than  $100  billion  using  social  or 
political  criteria. 


line  reflect 


oney  talks.  Lately,  it's  been 
shouting,  the  result  of  a 
growing  trend  in  invest- 
ment—making the  bottom 
much  principle  as  profit.  In- 
creasingly, individuals  and  institutions  are 
putting  their  ethical  values  on  the  line  when 
they  invest,  letting  their  money  influence 
the  corporate  board  rooms  of  America. 

Last  spring,  Duke  joined  thirty-eight  other 
U.S.  colleges  and  universities  in  calling  for 
total  divestment  of  stock  in  companies  doing 
business  in  South  Africa  if  apartheid  is  not 
abolished.  Their  collective  voice  involves  a 
total  of  $189  million,  in  chorus  with  another 
$222  million  from  the  sixty-one  educational 
institutions  that  have  called  for  partial 
divestment. 

According  to  the  Franklin  Research  and 
Development  Corporation,  a  Boston-based 
organization  that  helps  clients  invest  accord- 
ing to  ethical  principles,  divestment  and/or 
selective  purchase  legislation  directed  against 
South  Africa  is  now  the  investment  approach 
of  choice  for  nineteen  states,  sixty-three  cities, 
and  more  than  114  colleges  and  universities 
since  1976. 
This  year,  New  York  became  a  precedent- 


setting  state:  It  adopted  legislation  monitor- 
ing fair  employment  practices  for  a  group  of 
companies  in  which  the  state's  employee 
retirement  funds  are  invested.  The  group 
singled  out  conducts  business  in  Northern 
Ireland.  Faculty  at  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan are  drafting  a  resolution  calling  for  so- 
cially responsible  options  for  the  investment 
of  their  pension  funds.  And  in  large  and 
small  communities  across  the  nation,  individ- 
duals  are  judging  their  portfolios  by  social  or 
political  criteria,  including  weapons  manu- 
facture, nuclear  power,  environmental  impact, 
and  promotion  of  women  and  minorities. 
The  dollars  add  up.  Last  year,  individuals  and 
institutions  invested  more  than  $100  billion 
using  social  or  political  criteria— a  250  per- 
cent increase  over  1984  precipitated  by  large- 
scale  South  African  divestment  in  1985. 

Variously  known  as  ethical  investing,  do- 
good  investing,  or  investing  by  conscience, 
the  approach  reflects  growing  sensitivity  to 
the  social  implications  of  investments.  It 
also  reflects  a  new  sense  of  investor  responsi- 
bility for  the  political,  social,  and  economic 
behavior  of  the  corporations  in  which  invest- 
ments are  made. 

"People  have  always  wanted  to  know  what 


\ 


*    '    . 


} 


i 


K  * 


'ffakJLLhJui 


they  are  buying,"  says  Durham  broker  Linda 
Phillips  73.  "But  increasingly,  people  look  at 
buying  equity  in  a  company  as  if  they  were 
buying  the  company.  They're  asking  them- 
selves if  they  would  be  proud  owners  in  terms 
of  the  company's  stand  on  the  environment, 
involvement  in  defense  contracts,  treatment 
of  minorities,  quality  of  products.  It's  also 
becoming  more  common  for  investors  to 
look  at  management  styles— a  company's 
promotions  process,  how  it  furthers  human 
development." 

Phillips,  who  taught  a  Duke  Learning  in 
Retirement  course  on  ethical  investing  last 
summer,  is  part  of  a  new  breed  of  investment 
professionals  in  the  field  who  apply  so-called 
"social  screens"  to  clients'  portfolios.  "It's  still 
a  minority  interest  among  investment  pro- 
fessionals," she  says,  "but  there's  representa- 
tion in  every  major  brokerage  firm  some- 
where in  the  country,  though  not  in  every 
city."  In  fact,  the  fastest  growing  single  cate- 
gory of  membership  in  the  Boston-based 
Social  Investment  Forum  is  stock  brokers. 
The  organization  publishes  a  directory  of 
socially  responsible  investors  and  funds. 

The  growth  of  ethical  investing  in  the  last 
decade  has  spawned  resource  organizations 
and  funds  geared  to  this  investment  approach. 
The  Investor  Responsibility  Research  Cen- 
ter (IRRC)  and  the  Council  for  Economic 
Priorities  (CEP)  are  prominent  among  non- 
profit organizations  that  offer  research  and 


"The  discussion  about 

divestment  has  been 

centered  on  its  being  a 

business  or  political 

decision.  All  of  that  is 

nonsense.  It's  a  question 

of  morality." 


analysis  of  corporate  policy  on  such  contro- 
versial issues  as  defense,  environment,  poli- 
tical influence,  and  employment  practices. 
Founded  in  1969  as  a  pioneer  watchdog  of 
corporate  responsibility,  CEP  launched  its 
first  study  during  the  Vietnam  era,  focusing 
on  anti-personnel  weapons.  The  study,  Effi- 
ciency in  Death,  described  the  effects  of  these 
fragmentation  bombs  and  listed  105  com- 
panies involved  in  their  production.  The 
IRRC  received  substantial  publicity  this  past 
year  for  its  comprehensive  analysis  of  the 
South  African  divestment  movement,  and 
its  reports  were  practically  required  reading 
by  colleges  and  universities  grappling  with 


the  divestment  issue. 

Social  investment  funds  are  also  becoming 
more  prevalent.  The  Clavert  Social  Invest- 
ment Fund,  for  example,  was  established  in 
1982  to  support  firms  that  emphasize  the 
safety  and  involvement  of  employees.  It 
avoids  companies  involved  in  nuclear  power 
or  weapons  manufacture,  and  companies 
with  operations  in  South  Africa.  That  same 
year  saw  the  origins  of  the  New  Alternatives 
Fund,  meant  to  provide  options  to  tradition- 
al energy  investments.  According  to  CEP, 
the  New  Alternatives  Fund  avoids  com- 
panies producing  nuclear  energy  or  nuclear 
weapons;  the  fund  recently  sold  General 
Electric  stock  because  of  the  company's  in- 
volvement in  the  Reagan  administration's 
Strategic  Defense  Initiative  ("Star  Wars") 
program. 

Methodist  clergy  established  the  Pax 
World  Fund  in  1971.  It  emphasizes  a  mili- 
tary-free portfolio  and  sends  questionnaires 
on  defense,  minority  hiring,  promotions, 
South  Africa  operations,  and  environmen- 
tal performance  to  companies  it  is  consider- 
ing for  investment. 

A  big  issue  within  the  financial  commu- 
nity is  whether  ethical  investing  means 
more  principle  than  profit.  "It's  a  pretty  well- 
accepted  idea  that  putting  constraints  on 
your  money  manager  means  you  must  be 
willing  to  accept  a  lower  return  on  your  in- 
vestment," says  Duke  law  school  Dean  Paul 


Carrington.  "Limiting  your  options  means 
you  might  not  do  as  well,  and  you  may  do 
worse." 

The  gospel  according  to  performance- 
oriented  Wall  Street  supports  Carrington's 
stance.  Says  broker  Phillips:  "For  the  most 
part,  there  is  a  consensus  that  putting  restric- 
tions on  buying  puts  limitations  on  perform- 
ance. But  in  some  cases,  absolute  maximum 
performance  is  not  the  goal."  As  Wall  Street 
Journal  reporter  Paul  Barrett  wrote:  "Invest- 
ment performance  is  in  the  eye  of  the  be- 
holder. People  who  put  their  money  in  a  do- 
good  fund  expect  psychic  returns  in  addition 
to  profits." 

Yet,  the  prominent  placement  in  the 
Journal  of  an  article  on  ethical  investing  sug- 
gests that  the  approach  is  coming  of  age.  The 
article  compared  the  rate  of  return  on  social- 
ly responsible  or  "restricted"  mutual  funds 
versus  unrestricted  mutual  funds  during  the 
last  fiscal  year.  Its  conclusion:  that  "indivi- 
duals who  exclude  investments  in  companies 
that  don't  meet  certain  social  or  political  cri- 
teria probably  don't  do  any  worse,  on  average, 
than  the  typical  investor."  Says  Phillips,  "If 
you're  interested  in  overlaying  your  ethical 
concerns  on  top  of  investment  performance, 
you  can  still  get  very  good  returns  that  are 
definitely  commensurate  with  the  risk,  plus 
the  sense  of  peace  that  your  money  went  to  the 
right  place  according  to  your  values." 

Ascertaining  ethical  investment  values  and 
priorities  on  an  individual  basis  is  one  thing. 
Accomplishing  that  on  an  institutional  level 
is  quite  another,  as  Duke  discovered  before  and 
after  its  divestment  decision  of  last  May.  The 
board  of  trustees  resolved  to  divest  some  $12.5 
million  of  holdings  in  companies  doing  busi- 
ness in  South  Africa  if  apartheid  is  not  abol- 
ished by  January  1987.  The  position  was  also 
embraced  by  the  Social  Implications  of  Duke 
Investments  committee  (SIDI)  earlier  in  the 
year. 

Before  the  vote,  debate  in  both  groups  fo- 
cused on  whether  divestment  would  deny 
Duke  a  voice  in  company  decisions  regarding 
South  African  workers.  Campus  leaders  also 
debated  the  question  of  the  trustees'  responsi- 
bilities as  the  policymakers  for  the  university's 
money  managers,  as  well  as  the  appropriate 
response  to  social  inequities  of  other  coun- 
tries. When  the  vote  was  publicized,  the  uni- 
versity took  its  share  of  plaudits  and  punches. 
Letters  to  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  and 
Duke  Magazine  ran  the  gamut  from  hearty 
support  for  the  university's  uncompromising 
display  of  moral  leadership  to  criticism  for  its 
misguided  role  in  furthering  social  causes  at 
the  expense  of  its  assets. 

"I  was  impressed  by  the  high  moral  tone  of 
the  statements  of  the  trustees,"  wrote  one 
critic,  "[but]  by  what  fiduciary  standard  are 
the  trustees  governed?  Is  it  management  of 
trust  assets  in  a  prudent  manner  or  is  it  one  of 
management  to  further  causes?"  Wrote  a 


Some  of  the  most  visible 
South  African  divest' 
ment  activity  in  the 
United  States  is  taking  place 
on  college  and  university 
campuses.  From  that  same 
arena  now  comes  a  call  for 
socially  responsible  invest- 
ment options,  directed  at 
TIAA/CREF-  higher  educa- 
tion's pension  system  and  the 
largest  private  pension  system 
in  the  United  States. 

With  approximately  1  mil- 
lion policy  holders  working  at 
3,800  colleges  and  universities 
in  the  United  States,  the 
Teachers  Insurance  and  An- 
nuity Association/College 
Retirement  Equities  Fund  in- 
vests in  excess  of  $5  billion  a 
year  in  fixed  and  equity  finan- 
cial markets  on  behalf  of 
policy  holders.  Now  there's  a 
"Clean  Up  CREF"  effort,  co- 
ordinated by  Ken  Brown 
Ph.D.  '64,  and  NeU  Wollman 
at  Manchester  College  in 
Manchester,  Indiana,  and  Don 
Pelz  of  the  University  of 
Michigan.  They  are  urging 
the  retirement  fund  to  expand 
its  investment  options  to  in- 
clude some  of  the  new  socially 
responsible  funds,  such  as  the 
Calvert  Social  Investment 
Fund  or  the  Pax  World  Fund, 
Inc. 


Specifically,  the  "Clean  Up 
CREF"  organizers  and  sup- 
porters do  not  want  their  re- 
tirement funds  invested  in 
corporations  that  support 
nuclear  weapons  or  South 
Africa's  system  of  apartheid. 
"We're  really  asking  for  a 
modest  response,  because 
many  members  of  the  aca- 
demic community  do  not 
necessarily  support  the  idea  of 
total  divestment,"  says  Brown, 
director  of  the  Peace  Studies 
Program  at  Manchester  Col- 
lege. "We're  looking  for  soci- 
ally responsible  alternatives 
for  our  money,  we're  asking 
for  freedom  of  conscience." 

The  clean-up  efforts  are 
directed  primarily  at  CREF, 
because,  "in  terms  of  socially 
responsible  investing  such  as 
avoiding  companies  making 
parts  for  nuclear  weapons, 
CREF  is  one  of  the  least  dis- 
criminating of  major  funds," 
according  to  a  brochure  the 
organizers  are  mailing  to 
faculty  at  a  number  of  col- 
leges and  universities. 
"CREF's  1985  assets  include 
twenty-nine  of  the  top  thirty 
nuclear  contractors,  almost  9 
percent  of  its  total  holdings. 
Over  25  percent  of  CREF's 
portfolio  is  in  nuclear  or  top 
100  i 


Brown  says  TIAA's  involve- 
ment is  lower;  approximately 
2.5  percent  of  its  total  assets. 
He  says  CREF  includes  171 
U.S.  companies  with  subsi- 
diary operations  in  South 
Africa,  or  35  percent  of  the 
fund's  market  value. 

For  TIAA/CREF,  divestment 
is  not  an  appropriate  avenue 
of  social  commentary,  "given 
the  characteristics  of  this 
fund."  Says  Assistant  Vice 
President  Claire  Sheahan:  "In 
an  organization  with  as  large  a 
constituency  as  ours,  there  is 
a  tremendous  diversity  of 
opinion  on  such  issues  as 
South  Africa,  weapons  manu- 
facture, the  environment.  We 
believe  we  can  play  a  more 
effective  role  in  social  change 
by  working  direcdy  with  the 
corporations." 

TIAA/CREF  does  use  the 
Sullivan  Principles  as  a  guide- 
line for  investment  in  corpora- 
tions doing  business  in  South 
Africa.  Sheahan  also  points 
out  that  most  of  the  corpora- 
tions outlined  in  the  "Clean 
Up  CREF"  effort  are  only 
marginally  involved  in  nuclear 


South  Africa.  "We  look  at  the 
total  company  and  total  sphere 
of  operations  in  evaluating 
whether  it  is  appropriate  for 
our  portfolios,"  she  says. 

Regarding  the  call  for  soci- 
ally responsible  investment 
options  at  TIAA/CREF, 
Sheahan  says  the  organiza- 
tion's management  and 
trustees  recently  studied  its 
corporate  goals  and  objec- 
tives. "They  concluded  that 
we  should  be  looking  at  the 
products  and  services  that 
best  meet  the  needs  of  most 
participants  [in  TIAA/CREF], 
and  that  our  concern  as  a  pen- 
sion fund  fiduciary  must  put 
economic  concerns  first.  That 
is  our  mandate  under  the  law." 

Brown  and  fellow  organizers 
of  the  "Clean  Up  CREF" 
movement  recommend  in 
their  brochure  that  members 
of  the  academic  community 
pursue  the  socially  responsi- 
ble investment  option  within 
their  university  committees, 
conduct  letter-writing  cam- 
paigns to  colleagues  and  the 
news  media,  and  communi- 
cate directly  with  TIAA- 
CREF.  "For  many  of  us, 
TIAA/CREF  represents  our 
largest  lifetime  investment," 
says  Brown,  "and  we  should 
have  general  options  about  its 


divestment  supporter:  "Duke  is  setting  an 
example  for  other  universities  in  this  country, 
and  reminding  us  all  that  to  convey  know- 
ledge without  encouraging  moral  debate  is 
to  do  a  disservice  to  one's  students."  Finally, 
in  the  first,  and  at  this  point,  only  demonstra- 
tion of  divestment  backlash  at  Duke,  Rex 
Adams  '62 ,  a  senior  official  at  Mobil  Oil  Cor- 
poration, resigned  his  post  on  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business'  board  of  visitors.  Adams 
was  protesting  Duke's  divestment  stance, 
terming  it  "an  exercise  in  cheap  grace." 

"The  SIDI  took  very  seriously  the  kinds  of 
dilemmas  and  ironies  involved  in  a  decision 
such  as  this,"  says  Vice  Provost  Charles  Clot- 
felter,  a  member  of  SIDI  and  chairman  of  the 
Policy  Implementation  Committee,  charged 
with  carrying  out  the  trustees'  resolution. 
"Divestment  wasn't  seen  as  the  only  moral 
step,  and  to  take  the  step  we  did  does  not 
necessarily  condemn  any  corporation  that  is 
staying  in  South  Africa  and  trying  to  do  its 
best  within  the  system.  But  it  was  the  judg- 
ment of  SIDI  that  working  within  the  system 
would  not  be  the  most  effective  way  to  bring 
about  an  end  to  apartheid. 

"There  are  some  within  the  higher  educa- 
tion community  that  would  argue  universi- 
ties have  no  business  looking  at  any  political 
considerations  connected  with  their  invest- 
ments, that  once  you're  on  that  road,  you're 
involved  inevitably  in  political  workings  in  a 
way  you  might  not  want  to  be,"  says  Clotfelter, 
also  a  professor  of  public  policy  and  eco- 
nomics. "The  university  looked  long  and 
hard  at  this  question  and  found  that  institu- 
tions of  higher  learning  like  Duke  have  a 
responsibility  to  manage  assets  in  a  way  con- 
sistent with  their  broader  educational  ends. 
Thus,  the  trustees  acted  responsibly  and 
with  full  knowledge  of  their  fiduciary 
responsibilities." 

The  trustee  resolution  specified  that  let- 
ters detailing  the  university  decision  be  sent 
to  corporations  conducting  business  in  South 
Africa;  colleges  and  universities  with  total, 
partial,  or  no  divestment  policies;  the  major 
news  and  wire  services;  South  African  Presi- 
dent RW.  Botha;  and  prominent  individuals, 
institutions,  and  foundations  concerned 
with  the  South  African  question.  "As  an 
institution  currently  holding  stock  in  your 
company,  we  urge  you  to  intensify  visible 
activities  to  quicken  the  end  of  apartheid 
and  improve  conditions  for  black  and  colored 
South  Africans,"  said  one  of  the  corporate 
letters,  signed  by  President  Brodie.  "Further- 
more, we  request  that  [the  specific  company] 
communicate  with  the  government  of  South 
Africa  and  encourage  an  end  to  its  oppres- 
sive policy  toward  nonwhites  in  that  country. 
If  the  government  does  not  respond  positive- 
ly, we  strongly  urge  you  to  withdraw  from 
South  Africa." 

To  universities  that  had  not  initiated  di- 
vestment policies  as  of  June  1986,  Brodie 


"Duke  is  setting  an 

example  for  other 

universities  in  this 

country,  and  reminding 

us  all  that  to  convey 

knowledge  without 

encouraging  moral 

debate  is  to  do  a 

disservice  to  one's 

students." 


outlined  the  Duke  decision,  adding:  "On 
behalf  of  the  board  of  trustees  and  the  uni- 
versity, I  urge  you  to  consider  similar  steps, 
for  I  believe  that  the  collective  voice  of 
American  higher  education  can  be  an  effec- 
tive instrument  for  change."  To  Botha:  "We 
recognize  that  efforts  to  reform  apartheid 
policies  create  turmoil  within  white  South 
Africa.  But,  we  also  know  that  the  disman- 
tling of  apartheid  will  eventually  serve  the 
people  of  a  free  South  Africa,  create  a  more 
secure  African  continent,  and  finally,  attest 
to  the  inherent  dignity  of  all  people...." 

Duke's  response  to  the  apartheid  issue 
evolved  over  fifteen  years  and  two  university 
presidential  administrations.  President 
Brodie  shook  the  dust  off  the  original  Social 
Implications  of  Duke  Investments  commit- 
tee, established  in  1972  by  then-President 
Terry  Sanford  to  advise  the  university  on 


appropriate  responses  to  a  number  of  politi- 
cal issues,  including  involvement  in  Viet- 
nam, minority  representation  on  the  board 
of  General  Motors,  and  South  Africa's  politi- 
cal situation.  In  1978,  Sanford  announced 
that  the  university  would  vote  its  proxies  in 
favor  of  non-expansion  of  investment  in 
South  Africa.  But  that  action  never  evolved 
into  a  more  forceful  university  decision— to 
initiate  resolutions  calling  for  its  portfolio 
companies  to  withdraw  from  South  Africa. 

In  1985,  the  university  instructed  its 
money  managers  to  sell  off  interests  in  cor- 
porations that  had  not  signed  the  Sullivan 
Principles— tenets  created  by  the  Reverend 
Leon  Sullivan,  a  black  civil  rights  activist, 
calling  for  equal  employment  opportunities 
and  practices  by  U.S.  corporations  operating 
in  South  Africa. 

It  was  not  until  the  following  year  that  the 
university  consensus  favored  total  divest- 
ment and  its  money  managers  spoke  openly 
of  the  ethical  considerations  involved.  "The 
discussion  about  divestment  has  been  cen- 
tered on  its  being  a  business  or  political  deci- 
sion," says  Benjamin  Holloway  '50,  chairman 
of  Duke's  investment  committee.  "All  of  that 
is  nonsense.  It's  a  question  of  morality.  I  don't 
think  the  investment  committee  has  a  more 
enlightened  view  than  before.  It's  an  evolu- 
tion. Things  are  happening  in  the  world  and 
we're  reacting  in  a  very  common-sense  way." 

Duke's  reaction  reflects  the  ways  of  a  world 
in  turmoil,  including  a  growing  acceptance 
of  putting  ethical  reins  on  investments.  Says 
Clotfelter:  "The  university  is  responsible  for 
teaching  and  research.  But  certainly,  it  has 
the  responsibility  to  take  seriously  moral 
issues,  to  ask  how  these  moral  issues  impact 
on  people's  lives." 

"The  board  of  trustees  has  the  duty  to  man- 
age the  university  endowment  funds  in  a 
manner  consistent  with  the  university's  edu- 
cational mission,"  President  Brodie  wrote  to 
a  critic  of  the  divestment  action.  "On  more 
than  one  occasion,  -the  trustees  have  stated 
their  intention  to  consider  the  social  impli- 
cations of  their  investment  decisions.  They 
are  charged,  therefore,  with  more  than  sim- 
ply maximizing  the  financial  return  on  the 
university's  endowment." 

In  the  wake  of  Mobil  executive  Rex  Adams' 
departure  from  Fuqua's  board  of  visitors, 
administrators  are  hesitant  to  speculate  over 
further  backlash— resignations  from  univer- 
sity boards,  or,  of  greater  peril  with  revised 
charitable-giving  tax  laws,  a  cutback  in 
donations  by  divested  corporations.  In  the 
last  fiscal  year,  Duke  received  $18  million  in 
corporate  donations,  the  seventh  highest 
amount  among  universities  nationwide.  "We 
may  hit  some  rough  water  with  some  com- 
panies," says  Clotfelter,  "but  most  under- 
stand that  we  are  not  shooting  at  them,  that 
we've  taken  a  considered  approach  and  we're 
not  condemning  the  corporations  them- 


selves.  We  want  to  be  an  active  force  for 
good,  and  that's  a  significant  part  of  the 
trustees'  resolution." 

The  trustee  resolution  calls  for  Duke  to 
establish  four  graduate  and  undergraduate 
scholarships  for  black  South  African  stu- 
dents to  study  at  Duke.  It  also  stipulates  that 
the  university  president  will  explore  educa- 
tional opportunities  for  joint  programs  with 
black  South  African  colleges.  "We  can't  go 
to  South  Africa  directly,  but  we  can,  per- 
haps, influence  the  tide  of  events  of  the 
world  just  by  nudging  these  educational  pro- 
grams," Clotfelter  says. 

Duke's  alignment  with  other  institutional 
investors  in  choosing  divestment  has  already 
had  corporate  impact.  According  to  Insight: 
The  Advisory  Letter  for  Concerned  Investors, 
U.S.  companies  established  no  new  South 
Africa  operations  in  1985.  Fifty-eight  com- 
panies have  pulled  out  of  South  Africa  since 
January  1984,  and  thirteen  others  have 
announced  they  will  pull  out  before  the  end 
of  this  year.  What  impact  their  departures 
are  having  on  the  social  and  political  environ- 
ment in  South  Africa  is  not  easily  determined. 

"Neither  the  continued  presence  of  U.S. 
firms  in  South  Africa  nor  their  withdrawal 
significantly  alters  the  likelihood  of  a  transi- 
tion from  white  political  domination  to 
majority  rule,"  was  the  sobering  conclusion 
of  a  recent  study  conducted  by  David  Hauch 
of  the  Investor  Responsibility  Research  Cen- 


ter. "The  political  temperature  would  be 
raised  by  withdrawal,  but  the  underlying 
balance  of  political  force  probably  would  stay 
essentially  unchanged." 

"That  may  be  the  case,"  says  political  sci- 
ence professor  Sheridan  Johns,  "but  Duke's 
divestment  resolution  positions  us  with  the 
black  majority  in  South  Africa.  It's  more  a 
form  of  indirect  pressure,  part  of  a  cumula- 
tive process." 

Is  Duke  likely  to  act  on  the  momentum 
that  has  been  created  thus  far,  instructing  its 
money  managers  to  consider  other  social  or 
political  issues  beyond  those  of  South  Africa? 
The  mechanism  for  examining  future  invest- 
ments—the Social  Implications  of  Duke 
Investments  committee— exists  in  name,  al- 
though the  organization  has  not  met  since 
the  May  divestment  decision.  According  to 
President  Brodie,  new  leadership  is  being 
sought  for  SIDI,  which  he  says  will  continue 
monitoring  the  university's  investments. 
Investment  committee  chairman  Holloway 
says,  however,  that  at  this  time  trustees  have 
not  instructed  the  committee  to  take  any 
actions  "out  of  the  ordinary,"  beyond  those 
outlined  in  the  South  Africa  resolution. 

As  some  observers  note,  it  is  unlikely  that 
any  educational  institution  would  or  could 
follow  its  ethical  urgings  wherever  they  lead. 

The  intertwining  of  business  enterprise 
makes  ethical  investing  a  difficult  proposi- 
tion for  individuals  or  institutions,  says  John 


Chandler  B.D.  '52,  Ph.D.  '54,  president  of 
the  Association  of  American  Colleges.  "If 
one  tried  to  derive  income  only  from  pure 
sources,  that  would  be  a  virtually  impossible 
task.  Furthermore,  if  one  wants  to  be  com- 
pletely pure  in  one's  economic  activity,  it 
seems  to  me  that  the  obligations  as  a  con- 
sumer are  no  less  imperative  than  those  of 
the  investor.  I  see  a  great  deal  of  contradic- 
tion from  people  who  are  refusing  to  invest  in 
certain  companies  but  are  still  using  the 
products  of  those  companies— and  contribu- 
ting to  their  successes." 

If  he  had  to  pick  a  candidate  for  post-South 
Africa  divestment  activity  within  the  uni- 
versity community,  Chandler,  former  presi- 
dent of  Williams  College,  would  choose  the 
defense  industry.  "It's  easily  conceivable  that 
if  there  is  wholesale  divestment  of  holdings 
relating  to  South  Africa,  there  might  be 
some  momentum  in  the  arms  issue,  parti- 
cularly of  nuclear  arms." 

But  the  bottom  line,  in  the  view  of  Duke 
divinity  school  professor  Harmon  Smith, 
will  necessarily  reflect  more  profit  than  prin- 
ciple. "It  would  be  suicidal  for  the  university 
to  get  too  highly  sensitized  about  the  ethical 
aspects  of  its  investments  in  a  world  that 
does  not  operate  on  those  kinds  of  sensitivi- 
ties," he  says.  "It  would  be  incredibly  naive  to 
think  the  university  could  conduct  its  affairs 
by  even  the  most  benign  interpretation  of 
the  Sermon  on  the  Mount." 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

IF 
1 

IT* 

Til: 

P 

STUE 

SMUS 

msic 

BY  DAVID  LENDER 

TBI 

S 

f 

A  FRESHMAN'S  JOURNAL: 

THE  FIRST  DOZEN  DAYS 

"I  missed  breakfast,  which  is  just  as  well.  Never  before 

have  I  been  served  scrambled  eggs  from  an  ice  cream 

scooper." 

R  inding  a  suitable  Duke  freshman  to 
■   chronicle  his  or  her  first  days  in  col- 
lege proved  to  be  a  far  easier  task 
than  the  editors  at  Duke  Magazine 
had  anticipated.  As  it  turned  out,  incoming 
freshman  David  Lender  of  Brooklyn,  New 
York,  was  already  providing  readers  of  The 
New  York  Times  with  an  insider's  view  of  the 
college  application  and  decision  process  last 
April.  He  was  among  a  group  of  students 
who  were  being  followed  by  the  Times  as  they 
made  their  college  selections. 

The  twist  is  that  Lender  was  recommended 
for  the  Times  series  by  admissions  officials  at 
Connecticut's    Wesleyan   University,    who 
apparently  felt  confident  of  his  final  choice. 
Lender  went  to  the  newspaper  for  a  two-hour 
interview,  and  was  contacted  repeatedly  by 
the  Times  for  several  weeks  thereafter  for  up- 
dates on  his  decision-making.  After  visiting 
Duke  during  Easter  vacation,  he  began  to 
waver  in  his  loyalty  to  Wesleyan. 

"The  paper  thought  I  was  going  to  Wesleyan, 
Wesleyan  thought  I  was  going  to  Wesleyan, 
and  I  thought  I  was  going  until  I  came  down 
to  Duke,"  Lender  recalls.  Picture  day  soon 
arrived;  Wesleyan  told  the  Times  to  be  at 
Lender's  house  the  day  his  acceptance  letter 

was  to  arrive.  The  photographer,  Dith  Pran, 
subject  of  the  1984  movie  The  Killing  Fields, 
showed  up,  but  the  letter  from  Wesleyan 
didn't— at  least  not  that  day.  There  was,  how- 
ever, a  letter  from  Duke,  an  acceptance  let- 
ter. So  Pran  snapped  pictures  of  Lender  in 
various  effusive  poses— reading  the  letter, 
hugging  his  mother,  jumping  up  and  down. 

Shortly,  he  got  a  call  from  the  Times,  ad- 
vising him  that  the  paper  wouldn't  be  run- 
ning the  photo  because  it  showed  him  being 
accepted  at  Duke  instead  of  Wesleyan.  "Two 
days  later,  I  opened  the  paper  and  there  was 
the  picture,"  says  Lender.  "You  could  see 
Duke  Chapel  on  the  brochure  I  was  holding. 
Wesleyan  still  thought  I  was  going  to  Wesleyan, 
but  two  days  later  I  sent  the  check  to  Duke 
and  said  good-bye  to  Wesleyan.  They  don't 
call  me  anymore." 

As  the  final  article  in  the  Times  series 
noted,  Lender  was  swayed  by  Duke  when  he 
hit  campus:  "I  walked  around,  met  some  cute 
girls,  got  the  feel  of  things,"  he  said.  His 
parents,  the  article  continued,  were  more 
enamored  of  the  $5,000  grant  Duke  offered. 
His  father,  Mel,  told  the  paper  he  had  no  in- 
tention of  bankrupting  himself  on  his  son's 
education. 

*****&* 


i.vjfc 


:•:#•,. 

^ 


JF-- 


„jSfe; 


@ 


a*.  • 


"j'i-JI  <rv»,^. 


• 


<££&£" 


Already  a  veteran  news  subject  before  he 
ever  arrived  on  campus,  Lender  happily 
agreed  by  phone  to  begin  his  journal  for  Duke 
Magazine.  For  him,  it  was  a  matter  of  pride. 
Not  only  is  he  the  first  member  of  his  family 
to  go  to  Duke,  he's  the  first  member  of  the 
Lender  clan  to  go  to  college  out  of  state. 

Precollege  Days 

Things  are  pretty  hectic.  How  much 
money  could  I  have  possibly  spent  on  books? 
My  Dad  has  been  giving  me  the  "dorit-mess- 
around-or-you'11-come-home"  speech.  My 
grandfather  even  told  me,  "No  mar-i-wana," 
(he  speaks  with  a  slight  Hungarian  accent). 

There  have  been  the  usual  sad  good-byes 
and  some  happy  ones:  "I'll  never  have  to  see 
that  fool  again."  I  laughed  when  I,  a  Brooklyn 
Jew,  received  a  letter  from  Duke  inviting  me 
to  join  the  church  choir— the  highlight 
being  a  free  trip  to  New  York. 

On  The  Road 

As  we  were  pulling  out  of  the  driveway,  I 
thought,  "Just  think,  only  550  more  miles  to 
go."  I  could  have  gone  to  Brooklyn  College, 
ten  minutes  by  subway.  Yet,  I  am  feeling  the 
anticipation  of  starting  a  new  life.  My  room- 
mates are  from  Tennessee  and  Missouri,  and 
I  can't  help  but  wonder  what  they'll  think  of 
me:  "He's  probably  some  vigilante  from 
Brooklyn  who  beats  up  old  women  walking 
on  the  streets." 

Just  500  miles  to  go.  My  Mom  turns  on  FM 
"lite"  (dentist  music),  and  I  know  this  trip 
will  be  "memorable." 

Still  On  The  Road 

I've  been  thinking  of  my  roommates  a  lot 
on  this  trip— three  people  crammed  into  a 
room  the  size  of  a  shoe  box  hoping  to  live  to- 
gether. There  would  be  two  new  strangers  in 
my  life  and  many  more  to  come. 

We  stopped  somewhere  in  Virginia  for  gas, 
and  something  struck  me  as  peculiar.  I  went 
to  a  self-service  island  and  turned  on  the 
pump,  serving  myself  gas.  Then  I  walked  over 
to  the  attendant,  who  took  the  effort  to  walk 
away  from  his  game  of  checkers,  ask  me  how 
much  gas  I  had  pumped,  and  explain  about 
the  discount  for  cash  payment.  Now,  wait.  In 
Brooklyn,  you  don't  touch  those  pumps 
before  paying.  You  first  have  to  go  to  a  man 
sitting  behind  a  bulletproof  window,  tell  him 
how  much  gas  you're  buying,  and  slip  the 
bills  under  the  slot  that's  about  a  quarter- 
inch  wide.  Then  and  only  then  can  you 
pump  gas,  and  when  your  money  runs  out,  so 
does  your  gas. 

Day  One 

We  finally  arrived,  and  then  there  was  the 
three-mile  hike  up  to  the  top  of  Trent.  Lug- 
ging the  necessities  of  TV,  fan,  and  radio  up 
four  flights  of  stairs  is  pretty  tiring. 


"My  rationale 

in  trying  out  for 

the  pep  band?  All 

basketball  games  for 

free.  I'll  be  playing 

the  mellophone,  which 

I  have  never  played  in 

my  entire  life." 


DAVID  LENDER 
Class  of  1990 


Day  Two 

Orientation  began  today.  I  finally  met  the 
student  behind  those  computerized  letters— 
Jenny  Rudy,  my  Freshman  Advisory  Council 
(FAC)  representative.  About  eight  of  us  met 
with  her— the  first  eight  people  you  meet  on 
campus.  How  ridiculous  were  those  mug 
shots  for  I.D.  cards.  A  guy  in  my  FAC  group 
got  the  right  card  with  the  wrong  picture.  He 
was  seeing  himself  in  a  completely  new  light. 
It's  really  amazing  how  much  one  can  buy 
with  those  cards— from  bagels  to  pimple 
medicine.  In  New  York,  college  kids  have  to 
buy  roach  spray. 

Anyway,  I  was  greeted  just  fine  by  the 
Durham  welcoming  committee  when  I  got 
my  first  bee  sting.  What  a  great  way  to  start 
my  first  day. 

Those  house  meetings  were  trying— hun- 
dreds of  people  stuffed  into  a  room  hotter 


than  hell,  memorizing  North  Carolina's  new 
drinking  laws.  I  suspect  this  won't  be  the 
only  time  we'll  be  hearing  about  them. 

We  also  had  academic  advising  meetings 
where  these  guidance-counselor  types  told 
us  how  to  be  better  students.  My  adviser- 
noticing  there  were  so  many  pre-meds  among 
us— asked  what  we  hoped  to  get  out  of  being 
doctors.  My  natural  response  was:  "Boats, 
cars,  and  so  forth." 

Day  Three 

Who  in  Durham  County  decided  to  sched- 
ule the  language  placement  tests  at  8:30 
a.m.?  After  partying  the  night  before,  I  found 
opening  my  eyes  a  task  in  itself,  let  alone  tak- 
ing a  Spanish  placement  test.  I  knew  I  was 
truly  in  trouble  when  the  very  first  multiple- 
choice  question  was  a  mystery  to  me.  But  stu- 
dents can  be  such  great  guessers.  Everyone 
has  his  own  method,  but  I  prefer  the  pick- 
and-poke  approach. 

Waiting  in  line  to  buy  books  was  an  eter- 
nity. The  cashiers  punch  in  every  single  code 
number,  with  each  book  having  thirteen  num- 
bers. There  were  twenty  people  in  a  line,  each 
with  ten  books.  How  many  code  numbers  did 
they  punch? 

My  class  schedule  really  got  messed  up.  A 
course  I  never  even  asked  for  showed  up  on 
my  schedule— something  like  "African  Cul- 
ture Writing." 

Day  Four 

I  don't  know  about  Southerners,  but  up 
North  we  don't  see  the  crack  of  morning 
until  after  noon.  I  missed  breakfast,  which  is 
just  as  well.  Never  before  have  I  been  served 
scrambled  eggs  from  an  ice  cream  scooper.  It 
amazes  me  that  the  Duke  dining  halls  serve 
dishes  where  I  have  to  ask  what  it  is.  People 
in  line  have  their  own  interpretations. 

Then  it  was  time  to  sign  away  my  life  at  "A 
Potpourri  of  Duke  Student  Life,"  where  there 
were  some  thirty  booths  promoting  extracurri- 
cular activities.  I  was  overwhelmed,  and  signed 
up  for  almost  all  of  them— even  the  compu- 
ter club,  but  not  the  Methodist  Athletic  Club. 
(God,  they're  so  precise  in  their  offerings.)  Is 
there  any  time  left  for  classes?  I  guess  I  have 
to  fit  them  in. 

I  hit  my  first  fraternity  party  last  night. 
These  parties  are  great— hundreds  of  bodies 
packed  into  a  space  the  size  of  my  dorm 
room,  and  you  can't  help  but  meet  people. 
After  "accidentally"  touching  a  member  of 
the  opposite  sex,  you  can't  help  but  say: 
"Well,  hello  there."  Then  you're  on  your 
own. 

I  tried  out  for  the  pep  band  today.  My  ration- 
ale? All  basketball  games  for  free!  I'll  be 
playing  the  mellophone,  which  I  have  never 
played  in  my  entire  life.  I  did  play  the  French 
horn  in  high  school,  but  there's  no  French 
horn  in  the  pep  band.  The  lady  conducting 
the  auditions  gave  me  the  mellophone,  I 


10 


blew  a  few  notes— very  intense  try-outs— and 
I  was  in.  You  have  to  play  in  the  marching 
band  to  be  in  the  pep  band— otherwise  every- 
body would  join  the  pep  band  just  to  get  into 
basketball  games.  You  don't  have  to  march  in 
the  pep  band,  you  get  to  sit  down  while  you 
play,  and  you're  guaranteed  a  good  seat  for 
the  games.  It's  easier.  That's  why  everyone 
wants  to  join  the  pep  band.  And  that's  why 
they  also  make  you  join  the  marching  band. 

Day  Five 

I've  met  a  hundred  people  and  can  recall 
the  names  of  about  three.  Just  for  the  record, 
there's  Steve,  Dave,  Mike,  and  a  few  others 
with  names  beginning  with  K  or  C. 

Upon  finishing  my  shower,  I  stepped  out- 
side the  stall  to  dry  off,  when  someone  came 
in  the  side  door  to  use  the  bathroom.  I  was 
standing  completely  naked  and  upon  look- 
ing up,  saw  a  girl  standing  there,  looking 
right  at  me.  Since  this  situation  seemed  em- 
barrassing, I  walked  over  to  her  and  in  my 
deepest  voice  said,  "Well,  now  that  you  know 
me  a  little  better,  let  me  introduce  myself." 

Day  Six 

Today  is  Labor  Day.  Almost  every  office  on 
campus  was  closed;  no  one  works  on  Labor 
Day  except  Duke  students.  Chemistry  class 
was  crowded— I  felt  like  part  of  a  nation  in 
there.  This  place  is  definitely  not  like  high 
school.  I  still  feel  like  a  child  at  camp,  not 
really  ready  to  accept  the  responsibility  lying 
ahead.  I'm  just  not  ready  yet. 

Everyone  else  is  studying.  I've  tried  every- 
thing from  rapping  to  dancing  with  a  teddy 
bear  to  stimulate  a  response  from  people. 
School's  just  begun  and  already  this  place 
resembles  something  I  vaguely  remember 
from  my  junior  year  of  high  school.  I  mean, 
who  studied  last  year?  I  hope  I  still  remember 
how. 

There  was  no  way  I  was  going  to  wait  in 
that  add-drop  line.  The  world  was  created  in 
less  time.  I'll  learn  to  like  my  classes,  what- 
ever they  are.  Who  is  this  Professor  "Staff'? 
He  seems  so  popular  that  I  really  want  to  sign 
up  for  his  class. 

I  had  my  first  glucose  deficiency  last  night. 
Steve's  Ice  Cream  is  but  five  minutes  away. 

Day  Seven 

I'm  starting  to  re'alize  that  classes  are  going 
to  be  tough.  No  more  big  fish  in  the  ocean. 
Duke  makes  every  student  of  equal  size,  like 
minnows. 

It  takes  twenty-three  minutes  to  walk  from 
North  Campus  to  Science  Drive.  Because  of 
Duke's  size,  it's  hard  to  get  around.  Thank 
goodness  for  the  bus  system,  but  it  seems 
unjust  to  have  to  wake  up  an  hour  earlier  to 
get  to  class  on  time.  And  the  bus  drivers:  I 
was  tired,  so  I  dozed  on  the  bus  and  the  driver 
decided  to  be  my  alarm  clock.  He  made  a 
Continued  on  page  45 


Mo  one  can 
more  colorful  and 
accurate  picture  of  life 
at  Duke  than  the  students 
themselves,"  a  new  book  says. 
And  so  they  did.  Twenty  cur- 
rent students  and  one 
alumnus  (New  Yorker  Scott 
Newrock  '72,  who  donated 
typesetting  and  design  ser- 
vices)—all  veterans  of  drop- 
add,  dorm  living,  and  fresh- 
man English— teamed  up  to 
produce  the  first,  definitive 
guide  to  Duke,  aptly  tided 
The  Student  Guide  to  Duke, 
1986-1987. 

The  220-page  book,  written 
by  junior  John  Arundel,  is 
loaded  with  mirthful  tips  on 
the  ins  and  outs  of  life  as  a 
Duke  student.  Take  room- 
mates, for  example:  "You 
chose  Duke.  You  get  to  choose 
your  major.  You  can  choose 
your  friends.  You  can  even 
choose  your  brand  of  breath 
mints.  But  unless  you're  one 
of  the  few  people  who  filled  in 
the  preferred  roommate  sec- 
tion on  your  housing  forms, 
you  don't  get  to  choose  your 

On  laundry:  "You'll  soon 
discover  the  most  valuable 
commodity  at  Duke  is  quar- 
ters. If  you  have  them,  you're 
in  like  Flynn.  If  you  don't,  you 
should  brush  up  on  your  pan- 
handling skills... .One  of  the 


most  painful  realities  of  Duke 
is  the  fact  that  your  clothes  no 
longer  remove  themselves 
from  the  pile  at  the  end  of 
your  bed  and  reappear  clean 
and  folded  in  your  dresser. 
Welcome  to  college." 

On  illness:  "A  stay  in  the  in- 
firmary warrants  a  'Dean's 
Excuse,'  which  (usually)  ex- 
plains to  your  Ancient  Greek 
History  Prof  why  you  might 
have  failed  to  turn  in  that 
twenty-page  paper  on  Minoan 
fertility  cults."  On  parking: 
"Parking  spaces  at  Duke  are 
so  precious  they're  practically 
traded  on  the  commodities 
market  in  New  York." 

One  section  directs  the 
uninitiated  through  the  hash 
of  dining  halls,  cafes,  and 
cafeterias  feeding  East  and 
West  campuses.  Here  the  stu- 
dent discovers  the  Blue  and 
White  Room  is  affectionately 
known  as  "the  Pits,"  that  the 
Downunder  on  East  got  a  96 
percent  rating  for  cleanliness 
last  year,  and  that  the  C.I.,  or 
Cambridge  Inn,  is  Duke's 
"biggest  social  forum,"  unless 
you  head  on  over  to  Central 
Campus,  a.k.a.  "Duke 
Country  Club." 

The  Duke  guide  clues  new- 
comers in  on  the  important 
administrative  faces  on  cam- 


pus. Speaking  of  President  H. 
Keith  H.  Brodie:  "When  seen 
on  campus,  he  is  best  recog- 
nized by  his  broad  grin  and  by 
the  Eskimo-style  parka  he  fre- 
quently wears,  even  in  warm 
weather."  And  there  are  even 
tips  on  how  to  meet  the 
important  non-administrative 
faces  on  campus:  "A  major 
extracurricular  activity  for 
Dukies  is  scoping.  Fraternity 
brothers  like  to  scope  from 
their  respective  benches  on 
the  main  quad  to  observe 
vivacious  coeds  breeze 
by....Perkins  Library  is  always 
bustling  with  scoping  action." 

Frosh  and  other  interested 
parties  who  want  to  use 
libraries  for  the  real  thing  will 
learn  from  the  guide  that  "the 
Seeley  G.  Mudd  Medical 
Center  Library  is  a  study  vege- 
table's paradise  if  it's  quiet  you 
want."  The  guide  further 
notes  that  any  library  fre- 
quented by  graduate  students 
is  a  safe  bet  for  silence,  be- 
cause grad  students  "work  too 
hard  to  talk." 

Of  particular  benefit  to  the 
loquacious  Duke  novice  is  the 
section  on  terminology, 
wherein  he  or  she  learns  that 
"benching  is  the  most 
fundamental  form  of  hanging 
out,  face  time  is  time  well 
spent  among  the  masses  on 
the  quad,"  and  that  scoping  is, 
well,  see  above. 

In  addition  to  new  students, 
The  Student  Guide  to  Duke 
should  also  have  appeal  to 
graduates  wishing  to  re- 
acquaint  themselves  with 
alma  mater  through  the  eyes 
of  their  successors.  Copies  are 
available  for  $5  from  Student 
Guide  to  Duke,  P.O.  Box  4194 
Duke  Station,  Durham,  North 
Carolina  27706. 


l)pPERClftV»rAr\H        FfcCSHtAAN 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

I 

( 

OMPC 
STOr 
OVIE 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

)SH 
ffl] 

S 

E 

PATRICK  WILLIAMS: 

BREAKING  AWAY  FROM  THE  HOLLYWOOD  PACK 

It's  really  a  kick  when  you  can  contribute  to  the  emo- 
tional fiber  of  a  film,  says  the  holder  of  two  Emmys  and 
a  Grammy  "When  the  music  is  just  wallpaper,  it's  not 
doing  what  it  can  do  effectively'' 

^^JH  ut  the  Fifties  rock  'n'  roll  from 

American  Graffiti  and  listen  to  a 

^^h^  cacophony    of   noxious   jalopies 

^^^^  cruising  the  strip.  Take  Vangelis' 
score  from  Chariots  of  Fire  and  watch  a  gaggle 
of  runners  unceremoniously  slosh  along  the 
water's    edge.    Remove    the    Mendelssohn 
adaptation  from  Breaking  Away  and  Dennis 
Christopher  quietly  pedals  along  the  Indiana 
highway  on  his  Masi.  Without  music,  some 
of  the  magic  is  missing. 

"In  Breaking  Away,  Christopher  plays  a 
good-hearted  kid  from  the  Midwest  caught 
up  in  a  fantasy— that  he's  an  Italian  cyclist," 
says  Patrick  Williams  '61,  who  wrote  the 
Academy  Award-nominated  score  for  the 
1980  hit.  "He  insists  on  speaking  Italian  at 
home,  and  drives  his  father  crazy.  But  when 
he  rides  the  highway,  he's  fulfilling  that  fan- 
tasy—one of  complete  confidence,  freedom, 
triumph.  Through  the  music,  the  audience 
experiences  his  uplifting  feeling,  the  total 
immersion  in  his  fantasy.  Music  can  be  very 
effective  when  it  gets  to  the  underpinnings 
of  what  the  character's  feelings  are  all  about." 

Williams  is  also  the  music  man  behind 
some   fifty-eight   other   feature   films— his 

most  recent  are  Just  Between  Friends  with 
Mary  Tyler  Moore  and  Sam  Waterson,  and 
Violets  Are  Blue  with  Kevin  Kline  and  Sissy 
Spacek.  He  has  also  composed  themes  for 
more  than  forty  television  movies,  pilots, 
and  series,  including  The  Lou  Grant  Show, 
The  Streets  of  San  Francisco,  and  The  Mary 
Tyler  Moore  Show. 

Not  only  has  Williams  won  two  Emmys, 
one  Grammy,  and  a  bundle  of  nominations, 
but  he  estimates  he's  written  5,000  chase 
scenes— perhaps  the  truest  measure  of  veter- 
an status  in  the  film-score  business. 

"A  composer's  job  is  to  enhance,  embel- 
lish, and  accompany  as  effectively  as  pos- 
sible," he  says.  "It's  really  a  kick  when  you  get 
a  chance  to  make  a  contribution  to  the 
emotional  fiber  of  the  movie.  When  the 
music  is  just  wallpaper,  it's  not  doing  what  it 
can  do  effectively." 

But  scoring  films  and  television  is  no  place 
for  bravado.  In  Williams'  experience,  some  of 
the  most  successful  scores  may  be  the  least 
noticed.  "There  is  a  certain  kind  of  mild 
paranoia  that  goes  with  composing  music  for 
the  movies  because,  if  you  have  done  your 
job  effectively,  in  a  way,  the  audience  is  not 

ig  bands  were  at  Duke 
in  a  big  way  in  the 
1930s,  when,  for  a 
time,  there  were  three  campus 
swing  bands— the  Duke  Blue 
Devils,  the  Duke  Collegians, 
and  the  Duke  Ambassadors. 
Some  of  the  nation's  future 
swing  kings  got  their  start  dur- 
ing that  golden  era— George 
"Jelly"  Leftwich  A.M.  76, 
Johnny  Long  '33,  Les  Brown 
'36,  and  Joseph  Francis 
"Sonny"  Burke  '37,  among 
them.  The  most  enduring  of 
the  big  bands  at  Duke,  how- 
ever, proved  to  be  the  Ambas- 
sadors. Founded  by  Burke,  the 
band  reigned  supreme  for 
thirty-five  years. 

They  played  regularly  on 
campus,  throughout  the 
Southeast,  in  Europe  and 
Iceland,  and  toured  the  Carib- 
bean under  the  auspices  of 
the  Department  of  Defense, 
performing  for  U.S.  military 
personnel.  The  so-called 
"Ambassadors  of  Good  Will" 
also  appeared  at  high  school 
proms,  civic  functions,  and 
the  annual  North  Carolina 
Governor's  Ball.  In  the  1940s, 
recalls  former  band  member 
Fred  Whitener  '46,  the 
Ambassadors  were  a  perma- 
nent fixture  in  the  Union 
lobby  each  evening  at  dinner- 
time. Their  meal  ticket  was  a 
few  licks  on  their  saxophones 
and  trumpets;  the  music  en- 
couraged Duke  students  to 
show  up  for  dinner. 


Now  and  again  they'd  play 
in  the  Ark  at  the  Woman's 
College,  when  the  war  years 
made  women  dancing  with 
women  a  common  sight.  The 
band's  appeal  was  clear:  "It 
has  the  finesse  for  good  listen- 
ing and  a  'beat*  for  good  danc- 
ing," explained  a  1950s  bro- 
chure on  the  Ambassadors. 

Within  a  decade,  however, 
the  band  fizzled  out.  Some 
blame  its  demise  on  changing 
musical  tastes  in  the  1960s. 
Others  say  that  leadership  was 
lacking  and  bookings  dropped 
off.  But  this  past  summer, 
Ambassador 

senting  three-plus  decades 
gathered  for  a  reunion  in 
Pinehurst,  North  Carolina. 


They  were  playing  once 
again— for  a  capacity  crowd  in 
the  Cardinal  Ballroom  of  the 
Pinehurst  Hotel.  This  was  no 
amateur  night,  either.  After 
graduating  from  Duke,  many 
of  the  Ambassadors  went  on 
to  successful  careers  in  the 
field— playing  with  such 
heavies  as  Woody  Herman,  Al 
Hirt,  the  Glenn  Miller  Band, 
and  the  Fred  Waring  Orchestra. 
Says  trumpet  player  Richard 
Gable  '58,  who  now  combines 
his  work  in  vocational  re- 
habilitation with  frequent 

jazz  gigs:  "We 
sounded  pretty  good  at  the 
reunion.  We  were  really 
cookin'." 


noticing  what  a  terrific  score  it  is.  It's  a  sort  of 
less-is-more  art— how  to  accompany  without 
getting  in  the  way."  The  successful  score,  says 
Williams,  gives  a  film  its  mood  and  rhythm. 
"Music  can  give  the  movie  pace  or  it  can 
bring  the  movie  down.  A  bad  score  can  hurt 
a  good  film,  but  I'm  not  sure  the  reverse  is 
true." 

On  the  other  hand,  a  winning  movie  can 
salvage  what  Williams  calls  "a  low-calorie 
score....  You're  into  the  success  of  the  whole, 
not  the  parts,"  he  says.  "If  the  movie's  a  suc- 
cess, it  carries  all  the  ingredients  along  with 
it,  as  a  rule."  And  a  particularly  strong  com- 
position may  endure  well  beyond  the  life  of 
the  film  for  which  it  was  written.  "Movie 
music  can  have  a  life  of  its  own.  A  movie  can 
do  poorly  at  the  box  office  but  a  song  might 
live  on  to  become  a  standard.  Like  the  movie 
The  Sandpiper.  Not  many  people  remember 
it,  but  everybody  remembers  the  song  in  the 
movie,  'The  Shadow  of  Your  Smile.'  It's  a 
classic." 

Success  in  the  business  can  breed  imita- 
tion, says  Williams.  "No  one  asks  you  to  re- 
peat what's  not  successful.  But  you  can  get 
into  a  kind  of  box  when  you  are  successful,  by 
being  asked  to  do  things  in  the  same  genre. 
John  Williams  has  had  a  long  career  writing 
all  kinds  of  music.  But  notice  how  many 
symphonic  scores  he's  written  in  the  last  five 
or  six  years  since  Star  Wars.  And  how  many 
times  was  Henry  Mancini  asked  to  write 
'Moon  River'  again?" 

Even  the  Mancinis  and  Williamses  of  the 
business  have  to  select  their  movies  carefully 
to  avoid  being  dragged  down  with  a  clunker. 
But  selectivity  is  tougher,  says  Williams,  in 
an  era  of  fewer  films.  "There  was  a  time  when 
each  of  the  major  studios  was  making  as 
many  as  100  films  a  year.  That's  not  the  case 
anymore.  Now  it's  maybe  six.  So  you  have  to 
look  around  carefully  for  something  you 
want  to  do  at  a  certain  point  in  your  career. 
When  you're  younger,  you'll  take  anything  to 
add  to  your  experience  pool.  But  at  a  later 
point,  you  have  to  be  selective." 

Movies  like  the  Academy  Award-winning 
Out  of  Africa  don't  come  along  too  often. 
More  typically,  composers  must  select  from 
lesser  fare— putting  their  professional  reputa- 
tions on  the  line.  "We  need  more  good 
filmmakers,  with  taste  and  expertise,"  says 
Williams.  "You  see  so  few  well-crafted  films 
today.  A  lot  go  down  the  dumper  because  the 
story  is  not  advanced  properly,  the  characters 
aren't  fleshed  out  well.  They're  failures  even 
at  $25  million.  If  you  get  four  or  five  pictures 
that  don't  make  it  at  the  box  office,  you  can 
get  cold.  The  producer  looks  at  what  you've 
done  and  doesn't  see  anything  that's  had  too 
much  action." 

Williams  has  been  there.  A  few  years  back, 
several  of  the  movies  he  scored  suffered  poor 
box  office  performance— the  final  arbiter,  he 
says,  of  success  in  the  film  business.  "I  began 


14 


feeling  that  my  career  was  in  a  state  of  limbo. 
It's  not  that  the  films  were  that  had.  I  didn't 
think  they  all  deserved  a  bad  fate  but  they 
simply  didn't  do  well.  An  eighty-year-old 
friend,  an  arranger/orchestrator  who  has 
worked  with  composers  since  the  mid-Thir- 
ties, told  me  it's  like  being  an  actor— when 
you're  most  hungry  for  a  good  role  and  most 
vulnerable  is  when  you  should  go  out  and  do 
a  play,  do  something  creative  and  make  it 
happen.  No  magic  job  will  pull  you  out.  You 
have  to  make  the  opportunities  yourself." 

In  a  renewed  burst  of  optimism,  Williams 
jumped  on  an  idea  conceived  by  M*A*S*H 
writer/producer  Larry  Gelbart:  recording  an 
album  based  on  Gulliver's  Travels.  "That  sent 
me  into  a  frenzy  of  creative  activity,"  says 
Williams,  "and  I  was  happily  involved  in  the 
project  for  almost  a  year.  My  whole  mental 
outlook  changed  from  feeling  victimized 
and  bereft  to  once  again  being  excited  about 
why  I  got  into  this  business  in  the  first  place— 
the  creative  kick  from  doing  your  best. 
Things  started  to  turn  for  me." 

He  established  his  own  record  company, 
Soundwings,  around  the  recently  released 
Gulliver,  for  which  he  did  most  of  the  writ- 
ing, arranging,  and  producing.  The  fifty-two- 
minute  symphonic  adventure  features  a  nar- 
rative written  by  Gelbart  and  the  voice  of  Sir 
John  Gielgud,  all  to  London's  Royal  Phil- 
harmonic. Williams'  second  project,  Bill 
Watrous  Someplace  Else,  celebrates  the  heralded 
trombone  player  "in  everything  from  jazz 
quintet  to  full  orchestra,"  says  the  composer. 
One  Night... One  Day  highlights  sax  player 
Tom  Scott  in  a  similar  and  unconventional 
musical  mix— from  jazz  fusion  to  symphony, 
including  a  piece  Williams  wrote  called 
"Romances  for  a  Jazz  Soloist  and  Orchestra." 

Williams  is  hopeful  that  the  audience  can 
accept  the  creative  blend.  "One  thing  I've 
felt  for  years  is  that  the  major  labels  are  ig- 
noring a  certain  record-buying  population, 
one  who  enjoys  good  music  and  has  some 
semblance  of  musical  taste.  Everything  the 
record  companies  care  about  is  geared  to  the 
fantasies  of  a  fourteen-year-old  girl.  I'm  hop- 
ing we  can  go  after  a  particular  market  in 
combination  with  state-of-the-art  digital 
sound  on  compact  disc." 

When  it  comes  to  the  technological  revolu- 
tion sweeping  the  music  industry,  Williams 
is  more  steady-state  than  state-of-the-art;  he 
tends  to  favor  smaller  instrumental  ensembles 
to  electronic  music.  Speaking  at  a  Duke 
seminar  last  spring  on  music  and  the  movies, 
he  sent  a  tremor  through  the  audience  after 
admitting  he'd  never  seen  the  thoroughly 
synthesized  and  highly  imitated  TV  show 
Miami  Vice.  Of  the  Academy  Award-winning 
score  for  Chariots  of  Fire,  he  said:  "It  didn't 
knock  me  out."  But  what  it  did  was  "start  a 
trend  where  somebody  can  almost  improvise 
on  a  synthesizer  and  it  will  kind  of  work,"  he 
added.  "That  flies  in  the  face  of  those  of  us 


"If  you  have  done 

your  job  effectively, 

the  audience  is  not 

noticing  what  a  temfic 

score  it  is.  It's  a  sort  of 

less-is-more  art." 


who  work  on  cue  sheets  for  years  and  get 
things  down  to  a  tenth  of  a  second." 

Not  that  Williams  is  the  industry  scold. 
He  can  play  a  DX7  with  MIDI  (musical  instru- 
ment digital  interface)  capabilities  as  well  as 
the  next  guy,  and  just  completed  a  synthe- 


sized piece  for  a  detective  series  pilot  airing 
this  fall  on  ABC-TV  "We  did  the  music  at 
the  highest-tech  house  in  town,"  he  says.  But 
he's  worried  that  highly  trained  musicians 
are  being  edged  out  by  technological  cow- 
boys and  electronic  tricks.  "In  film  com- 
posing, is  technology  being  handled  by  a 
screen  composer  or  just  by  a  keyboard  player 
who  puts  a  synclavier  in  his  garage?  My  con- 
cern about  the  technology  is  the  way  it's  used 
and  by  whom."  Technology's  impact  is  al- 
ready being  felt  in  the  music  business.  Wil- 
liams is  told  that  acoustic  recording  sessions 
in  New  York  are  down  40  percent.  "That's  a 
very  dramatic  drop.  Out  here,  I'd  guess  the 
impact  is  just  as  severe." 

Creating  music  for  film  or  television  is 
both  a  solitary  and  collaborative  process. 
"Most  times,  the  film  is  pretty  well  shot  be- 
fore any  thought  is  given  to  the  music,"  he 
says.  "I  like  to  look  at  the  film  at  least  once  by 
myself  to  get  a  first  impression,  an  overall 


emotional  handle.  It's  more  intuitive  than 
clinical.  I'm  simply  trying  to  enjoy  and  ex- 
perience this  movie."  For  those  outside  the 
business,  it's  a  jarring  experience  since  the 
film  at  this  stage  is  a  rough  cut,  minus  many 
of  the  sound  and  visual  effects. 

Williams  will  view  the  film  another  three 
or  four  times  with  the  director  and  editor, 
hashing  out  the  question  of  where  music  will 
be  used.  "The  discussions  I  like  to  have  are 
on  the  pacing,"  he  says.  "Pace  and  tempo  are 
very  important  in  a  film.  Sometimes  a  scene 
seems  a  little  slow  and  the  tempo  of  the 
music  can  help  the  feeling  that  the  scene  is 
moving  along." 

Then  begins  the  solitary  part,  when  Wil- 
liams heads  home  from  Hollywood  to  Santa 
Monica  to  begin  composing.  He  works  in  a 
room  attached  to  the  back  of  his  house.  "Each 
morning  I  go  in  there  like  a  mole  goes  into  its 
hole,"  armed  with  vintage  Scriptos  and  a  VHS 
cassette  of  the  film.  The  average  feature  will 
have  from  thirty  to  forty  minutes  of  under- 
scoring, and  Williams  tries  to  write  two  to 
three  minutes'  worth  each  day.  Those  few 
minutes  usually  take  him  all  day,  with  an 
occasional  break  for  tennis.  "It's  slow  at  first, 
trying  to  develop  thematic  material— if  there's 
a  love  scene,  a  hero  scene.  Once  you  get 
going,  it  gets  quicker." 

The  score  is  recorded  in  a  studio  with 
musicians  hired  by  Williams.  As  he  con- 
ducts up  front,  the  movie  is  being  shown  on 
a  screen  behind  the  musicians.  The  trick,  he 
says,  is  to  make  the  music  match  the  action 
on  screen.  A  streamer,  or  white  line,  is  etched 
on  the  film  as  a  visual  aid  to  anticipate  the 
action.  Williams  also  has  before  him  cue 
sheets  that  describe  the  action  and  dialogue, 
and  give  the  time  in  tenths  of  a  second. 
"Music  is  in  seconds  and  film  is  in  feet,"  says 
Williams.  "It's  a  game  to  convert  back  and 
forth.  If,  for  example,  you're  planning  music 
to  coincide  with  a  purse  falling  on  the  floor 
in  the  film,  the  music  has  to  be  within  a 
tenth  of  a  second  on  that  count.  It  has  to  be 
very  accurate."  Dubbing— the  mixing  to- 
gether of  sound  effects,  dialogue,  and  music— 
is  the  last  shot  the  movie  will  have,  says 
Williams,  "and  a  lot  is  on  the  line.  The  engi- 
neer has  to  mix  and  balance  every  single  in- 
gredient in  that  movie.  I  don't  think  the  pub- 
lic is  aware  of  how  long  and  arduous  a  process 
that  is." 

The  collaboration  among  composer,  di- 
rector, and  other  principals  has  its  occasion- 
al snags.  Not  long  ago,  Williams  was  hand- 
ling the  music  for  a  two-hour  television 
movie.  To  impress  the  network  executives 
with  how  well  the  project  was  going,  the  di- 
rector, prpducer,  and  editor  showed  them  a 
rough  cut  of  the  film  accompanied  by  "temp" 
music— a  fill-in  until  the  real  score  is  writ- 
ten. "They  temped  very  grandiose  music," 
Williams  recalls,  "Raiders  of  the  Lost  Ark  kind 
of  stuff  using  eighty  musicians.  Then  they 


"You  can  find  yourself 

in  a  situation  of 

tremendous  pressure, 

with  tons  of  stress. 

So  you  hang  in  there 

and  hope  you  wont  be 

bleeding  too  badly  when 

it's  over." 


called  me  and  said  they  want  that  kind  of 
sound  and  gave  me  enough  money  to  hire 
thirty  musicians.  I'm  a  musician,  not  a 
magician. 

"It's  very  difficult  when  you  have  to  talk 
about  these  kinds  of  things  with  people  who 
aren't  musicians,  because  they  simply  don't 
understand  that  the  only  way  eighty  strings 
sound  like  eighty  strings  is  if  you  hire  eighty 
strings.  That's  where  you  get  the  symphonic 
gloss."  Williams  maneuvered  his  way  through 
the  snag  by  using  a  large  orchestra  for  ten 
minutes  or  so  of  a  three-hour  recording  ses- 
sion, and  cut  back  to  ten  musicians  for  the 
remainder.  "That  gave  them  some  semblance 
of  the  sound,"  he  says.  "It  becomes  a  balanc- 
ing act  to  accommodate  what  they  want." 

Effective  collaboration,  according  to  Wil- 
liams, can  be  a  difficult  psychological  game, 
"especially  considering  we  often  walk  into  a 
situation  where  we're  dealing  with  time  pres- 
sures and  budget  constraints.  It's  a  high- 
pressure,  volatile  equation."  The  Best  Little 
Whorehouse  in  Texas  is  a  case  in  point.  "That 
movie  got  into  a  very  difficult  post-produc- 
tion situation,"  he  says.  "It  had  songs  but  no 
score,  no  way  to  weave  them  together  and  no 
time.  The  picture  was  in  a  chaotic  state  with 
fifteen  editors  working  on  it  at  once." 

Some  projects  are  less  volatile  than  others. 
"Occasionally,  you  run  across  the  really  nice 
mix,"  says  Williams.  "You  know  it's  gonna 
cook.  Lou  Grant  is  an  example  of  a  successful 
working  experience.  Everyone  trusted  every- 
one else  to  do  the  job,  and  going  to  work 
there  was  a  pleasure.  The  Streets  of  San  Fran- 
cisco was  nice  because  there  was  the  same 
meshing  of  personalities.  That's  vitally 
important  in  trying  to  put  the  pieces  of  the 
puzzle  together.  You  can  also  find  yourself  in 
the  reverse  situation,  where  there's  going  to 
be  tremendous  pressure  on  you,  tons  of  stress, 
and  people  aren't  going  to  be  happy  no  mat- 
ter what  you  do.  But  once  you've  taken  the 
job,  you  have  a  responsibility  to  see  it  through. 
You  hang  in  there  and  hope  you  won't  be 
bleeding  too  badly  when  it's  over." 


Looking  over  his  list  of  film  and  television 
credits  as  if  it  were  a  scrapbook,  Williams 
remembers:  "The  Cheap  Detective  was  a 
period  score.  That  was  kind  of  fun,  writing  a 
score  based  on  the  ideas  of  early  Forties 
music;  Cuba  didn't  do  well  at  the  box  office. 
The  first  four  reels  were  terrific  but  then  it 
got  into  a  lame  love  story  and  the  picture 
went  downhill  emotionally.  The  idea  of  the 
score  was  to  fuse  Afro-Cuban  rhythms  with 
the  London  Symphony,  and  that  was  a  chal- 
lenge; Macho  Callahan  was  my  second  pic- 
ture. Doing  westerns  is  an  interesting  chal- 
lenge because  what  are  you  going  to  do  be- 
sides banjo?  Anything  else  and  you're  a 
genius."  Williams  went  with  a  full  symphony 
orchestra. 

Although  well  established  in  a  competi- 
tive business,  Williams  finds  some  of  his 
most  creative  moments  away  from  film  and 
television.  "If  I  want  to  do  something  that 
really  expresses  my  feelings  as  a  musician,  I'll 
do  a  concert  piece."  In  fact,  his  two  Grammy 
nominations  in  1981— for  Best  Instrumental 
and  Best  Jazz  Fusion— were  for  his  composi- 
tion "An  American  Concerto."  The  piece 
also  brought  him  a  Pulitzer  Prize  nomina- 
tion. During  his  visit  to  Duke  last  spring, 
Williams  conducted  the  Duke  Jazz  Ensemble 
in  the  performance  of  two  new  composi- 
tions: "From  the  Sea  to  the  Stars  (A  Fanfare 
for  Band)"  and  "Rhapsody  for  Concert  Band 
and  Jazz  Ensemble." 

In  Baldwin  Auditorium  hours  before  the 
concert,  surrounded  by  music  stands  and 
lured  by  an  idle  piano,  he  began  hammering 
out  a  show  tune— but  he  tackles  the  piano 
haltingly,  as  befits  a  man  who  studied  trum- 
pet. When  he  was  a  student,  he  performed 
with  the  Duke  Symphony  Orchestra  and  was 
band  leader  of  the  Duke  Ambassadors— a 
sixteen-piece  jazz  band.  "I  wore  dark  glasses 
my  whole  four  years,"  he  recalls. 

Smitten  by  music  and  classmate  Catherine 
Greer  '61,  Williams  got  married  shortly  after 
heading  for  New  York  in  1962.  "I  wanted  to  get 
into  the  music  business  any  way  I  could,  and  I 
was  lucky  enough  to  end  up  in  a  small  produc- 
tion company  doing  arranging,  jingles- 
getting  my  act  together."  The  movie  business 
beckoned  and  the  family  moved  to  Los 
Angeles  in  1968.  He's  been  there  ever  since, 
a  self-described  survivor  of  the  industry  push 
and  pull. 

"I've  been  around  a  long  time,  through  all 
the  cycles,"  he  says.  "Earlier  in  my  career  at 
Universal  Studios,  I  was  doing  more  drama- 
tic series  for  television— Name  of  the  Game, 
The  Virginian.  Then  the  music  director  told 
me  I  needed  to  do  some  contemporary  come- 
dies, that  I  was  getting  typecast.  Then  after 
I'd  done  a  lot  of  comedy  for  MTM  Produc- 
tions, I  was  told  I  had  to  do  more  dramatic 
series— I  was  getting  typecast  into  comedy. 
Now  I  don't  really  care  anymore.  I'm  just  glad 
to  be  here."  ■ 


DUKE 


ALUMNI 
REGISTER 


SURVEY 
SAYS 


The  largest  freshman  class  in  Duke's 
history  attended  the  largest  indoor 
picnic  in  the  Alumni  Offices  history 
when  summer  rains  came  to  campus. 

The  annual  welcoming  picnic,  sponsored 
by  Duke's  General  Alumni  Association,  was 
moved  inside  to  the  Intramural  Building. 
"Class  of  1990"  T-shirts  and  freshman  direc- 
tories were  distributed,  hamburgers  were 
served,  and  the  Duke  Blue  Devil  and  the 
cheerleading  squad  entertained  above  the 
din. 

But  the  sun  was  out  for  another  historic 
occasion  the  next  day:  the  first  welcoming 
reception  for  incoming  graduate  and  profes- 
sional school  students.  Wine  and  cheese 
were  served  under  tents  on  the  Alumni 
House  lawn,  and  the  new  dean  of  the  gradu- 
ate school,  Malcolm  Gillis,  spoke  to  the 
group  of  approximately  500.  Copies  of  Duke 
Magazine,  "Love  Duke"  buttons,  and  Duke 
decals  were  distributed.  The  Alumni  Office 
has  targeted  graduate  and  professional  school 
students  for  special  attention.  The  welcom- 
ing reception  was  one   attempt;   another 


If  they  had  it  to  do  all  over  again ,  the  vast 
majority  of  students  from  the  Class 
of  '85  would  still  choose  Duke.  Most 
thought  the  curriculum  was  appropriately 
demanding,  that  attending  campus  films  was 
a  worthwhile  endeavor,  but  that  eating  in  the 
Boyd-Pishko  Cafe  was  not. 

These  and  other  revealing  sentiments  are 
the  results  of  the  first  comprehensive  survey 
on  college  life  at  Duke.  Coordinated  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs  and  mailed  to  all 
members  of  the  Class  of  '85,  the  survey 
prompted  responses  from  700  graduates  and 
a  plethora  of  insightful  tidbits  on  the  "Duke 
experience." 

For  example,  the  respondents  (82.7  per- 
cent of  them  graduated  from  Trinity  College) 
said  the  chief  source  of  academic  pressure  at 
Duke  was  self-imposed,  followed  in  order  by 
peers,  faculty,  and  parents.  Nearly  64  per- 
cent said  course  requirements  were  right  on 
target.  Almost  80  percent  said  they  were 
encouraged  to  pursue  fields  of  knowledge 
outside  their  majors,  but  most  ( 94.5  per- 
cent) did  not  pursue  a  certificate  in  an 
interdisciplinary  program  (such  as 


came  a  short  time  later,  with  publication  of 
the  first  directory  of  grad  students. 

"These  activities  give  us  the  perfect  oppor- 
tunity to  welcome  new  additions  to  the 
Duke  family,"  says  Laney  Funderburk  '60, 
director  of  alumni  affairs.  "We  consider  all 
Duke  students  to  be  'alumni-in-residence.'  " 


Women's  Studies,  Canadian  Studies,  or  Afro- 
American  Studies). 

According  to  the  survey,  some  41  percent 
of  respondents  spent  twenty  to  thirty  hours 
per  week  engaged  in  study;  nearly  three- 
quarters  reported  spending  thirty  or  less. 
Verifiable  grinds,  spending  forty  to  fifty 
hours  per  week,  represent  only  3.8  percent  of 
respondents.  On  a  scale  of  1  to  10  in  terms  of 
important  results  of  the  Duke  experience, 
the  ability  to  think,  question,  and  express 
oneself  rated  an  8.38,  well  ahead  of  the  5.27 
accorded  preparation  for  a  specific  career. 

The  survey  indicates  that  members  of  the 
Class  of  '85  spent  more  time  studying  than 
participating  in  extracurricular  activities, 
but  when  free  time  was  available,  they  espe- 
cially liked  Quad  Flix,  Freewater  Films,  and 
the  annual  Springfest/Octoberfest  celebra- 
tions on  campus.  Concerts,  major  speakers, 
and  campus  theater  also  were  highly  rated. 
The  cultural  caboose  proved  to  be  the  North 
Carolina  Symphony  and  Chamber  Arts 
Society. 

Not  particularly  surprising  to  anyone  was 
the  fact  that  dorm  overcrowding  was  a  signi- 
ficant concern,  mostly  during  freshman  year. 
Things  improved  dramatically  by  senior  year 
when  overall  living  arrangements  at  Duke 
rated  an  8.91  out  of  10.  The  most  important 
living  group  activity  at  Duke?  Parties.  The 
least?  Camping  and  hiking.  Overall  satisfac- 
tion with  campus  athletic  facilities  was  high, 
though  there  was  discernible  interest  in  ex- 
panding racquetball  and  weight  room 
offerings. 

Topping  the  dining  areas  in  terms  of  food 
quality— though  the  best  rating  was  a  7 .4  out 
of  10— was  the  Oak  Room,  followed  by  the 
University  Room  and  East  Union.  The 
much-maligned  Boyd-Pishko  Cafe  in  the 
Bryan  Center  came  in  last  with  a  3.5  ranking. 

Other  miscellaneous  opinions:  the  stu- 
dent Chronicle  was  rated  better  than  average 
in  its  campus  news  coverage,  while  the  Asso- 
ciated Students  of  Duke  University  (ASDU) 


was  rated  slightly  below  average  in  its  accu- 
rate reflection  of  student  opinion.  The  uni- 
versity libraries  fared  well  in  rankings  of  their 
accessibility,  most  notably  Perkins'  stacks 
and  desk  service. 

According  to  survey  coordinator  Barbara 
Pattishall,  this  is  the  first  time  Duke  has 
sought  specific  feedback  from  recent  gradu- 
ates on  their  experiences  at  Duke.  "The  sur- 
vey will  become  a  very  useful  data  base,"  she 
says,  "from  which  administrators  can  evalu- 
ate changes  in  curriculum,  residential  life, 
facilities,  and  services."  She  says  another 
survey  will  be  conducted  this  winter  for  the 
Class  of '86. 


HISTORY 
MAKERS 


In  a  year  marked  by  increased  alumni 
support  and  involvement,  Duke  com- 
pleted fiscal  1985-86  with  a  record-break- 
ing total  in  cash  gifts  and  grants. 

The  $64.1  million  total  is  the  highest  in 
the  university's  history.  It  represents  a  19.6 
percent  increase  over  1984-85's  $53.5  mil- 
lion total,  says  John  Piva,  vice  president  for 
alumni  affairs  and  development. 

Individuals  contributed  more  than  $23.7 
million  of  the  total  dollars,  and  industry  con- 
tributed more  than  $18  million.  Additional 
cash  gifts  include  $10.6  million  from  founda- 
tions and  $8.4  million  from  The  Duke  En- 
dowment and  special  sources. 

The  number  of  donors  to  the  Annual  Fund 
over  the  last  three  years  increased  from 
20,643  to  31,081.  Participation  by  alumni  in 
the  Annual  Fund  reached  34  percent,  while 
one  class — 193  7 — reported  a  record-breaking 
67  percent.  Overall  alumni  support  to 
the  university  reached  45  percent.  Income 
from  alumni  dues  to  the  General  Alumni 
Association    increased   from   $126,000   to 


$291,000;  the  number  of  dues  payers  in- 
creased from  just  over  10,000  to  13,000  dur- 
ing the  same  period. 

Duke  realized  the  most  successful  corpor- 
ate fund-raising  year  in  the  university's  his- 
tory. For  the  ninth  consecutive  year,  corpor- 
ate gifts  to  Duke  set  a  new  record  with  cash 
payments  of  more  than  $18  million— an  8.3 
percent  increase  over  last  year,  and  a  64  per- 
cent increase  over  the  previous  year. 

Activity  in  gift  clubs  also  shows  substan- 
tial growth.  Membership  in  the  William 
Preston  Few  Association,  which  recognizes 
unrestricted  contributions  of  $5,000  or 
more,  increased  from  57  in  1983-84  to  103 
last  year,  with  a  gift  total  of  $5,617,000.  The 
oldest  of  Duke's  gift  clubs,  the  Washington 
Duke  Club,  recognizing  contributions  of 
$1,000,  is  observing  its  20th  anniversary  this 
year  and  reports  a  membership  of  967  mem- 
bers, nearly  double  the  number  from  three 
years  ago.  The  club  marked  its  anniversary  by 
topping  the  $l-million  mark  in  donations. 
The  Davison  Club  (medicine,  $1,000  level) 
donated  $353,744,  while  totals  for  the  Bar- 
risters Club  (law,  $1,000  level)  reached 
$224,971,  and  Shareholders  Club  (business, 
$1,000  level)  $109,417.  The  Founders  Socie- 
ty, recognizing  contributors  of  $10,000  for 
endowment,  has  added  more  than  200  mem- 
bers in  the  last  three  years. 

In  its  first  full  year,  Duke  2000:  The  Socie- 
ty of  Centurions  has  a  membership  of  100. 
The  organization  recognizes  donations  of 
$100,000  or  more  to  the  Capital  Campaign 
for  the  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Piva  attributes  increased  donations,  in 
part,  to  the  work  of  Duke  President  H.  Keith 
H.  Brodie,  who  has  been  active  in  the  past 
year  in  fund-raising  in  Charlotte,  Atlanta, 
New  York,  and  Chicago;  and  to  Joel  Fleish- 
man, chairman  of  the  $200  million  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences.  Piva 
says  that  in  the  past  three  years,  the  arts  and 
sciences  portion  of  the  cash  gifts  total  has 
increased  from  32  te  39  percent. 


CLASS 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


30s  &  40s 


John  H.  Brownlee  33  and  his  wife,  Hilda,  cele- 
brated their  50th  wedding  anniversary  in  New  York 
City  during  the  "Lady  Liberty"  festivities  in  July.  He 
retired  from  the  Navy  as  a  captain  in  1966  and  is  a 
charter  member,  past  chairman  of  the  board,  and  past 
president  of  the  Pocono  Mountains  chapter  of  the 
Retired  Officers  Asso 


Clyde  F.  Boyles  '34  and  his  wife,  Lanelle,  en- 
dowed the  Duke  Chapel  Development  Fund  in  honor 
of  his  parents,  Clarus  F.  and  Lilla  Hawkins  Boyles. 
Their  gift  to  the  university's  pooled  income  fund  will 


be  used  to  supply  guest  ministers  tor  chapel  services. 
The  Boyles  live  in  Paducah,  Ky. 

Kendrick  S.  Few  '39  established  the  William 
Preston  Few  Endowment  Fund  for  Duke  Chapel  in 
honor  of  his  father,  William  Preston  Few,  Duke's  first 
president.  The  gift  annuity  will  be  used  to  support  the 
William  Preston  Few  Theologian-in-Residence  Pro- 
gram and  to  supply  distinguished  visiting  speakers  for 
chapel  services. 

Margaret  Bussell  Black  '43,  associate  professor 
of  music  at  Peace  College,  retired  in  May  after  twenty- 
five  years  on  the  faculty.  She  plans  to  continue  teach- 
ing with  private  piano  lessons  in  her  home  studio  in 
Raleigh. 


Wright  Tracy  Dixon  Jr.  '43,  who  was  featured  in 
the  Raleigh  News  and  Observer  as  "Tar  Heel  of  the 
Week,"  completed  a  term  as  president  of  the  N.C. 
State  Bar  Association.  He  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Bailey,  Dixon,  Wooten,  McDonald,  Fountain  &. 
Walker.  He  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  live  in  Raleigh 
and  have  three  children. 

John  P.  McGovern  '43,  B.S.M.  '45,  M.D  '45, 
founder  of  the  Houston  Allergy  Clinic,  delivered  the 
commencement  address  to  the  first  M.Div.  graduating 
class  at  the  Houston  Graduate  School  of  Theology. 
He  also  received  the  honorary  degree  Doctor  of 
Humane  Letters. 

Lewis  M.  Branscomb  '45,  Hon.  71,  vice  presi- 
dent and  chief  scientist  at  IBM,  headed  a  fourteen- 
member  Carnegie  Forum  on  Education  and  the  Econ- 
omy. Its  final  report,  "Shaping  Our  Future:  Teachers  in 
America,"  was  released  in  April  and  recommended 
drastic  changes  in  the  education,  certification,  and 
pay  of  schoolteachers. 

Joseph  Frisch  '46  retired  as  professor  of  mechani- 
cal engineering  at  the  University  of  California  in 
Berkeley.  During  his  thitty-eight  years  on  the  faculty, 
he  served  as  assistant  director  for  the  Institute  for 
Engineering  Research,  chairman  of  the  division  of 
mechanical  design,  and  associate  dean  of  the  college 
of  engineering.  He  and  his  wife,  Joan,  live  in  Berkeley, 
where  he  will  continue  teaching  and  research  activi- 
ties "in  a  more  leisurely  fashion,"  he  writes. 

Tom  Aycock  '47,  the  first  full-time  vicar  at  All 
Angels  by  the  Sea  Episcopal  Mission  on  Longboat 
Key,  Fla.,  retired  in  April.  He  and  his  wife,  Sarah, 
have  three  children  and  three  grandchildren. 

Louis  E.  DeMoll  Jr.  '47  was  promoted  to  full  pro- 
fessor at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  where  he 
has  been  teaching  since  1968  in  the  school  of  social 
work.  His  wife,  Jean  Gibbons  DeMoll  '47, 
teaches  sixth  grade  in  the  Austin  Independent  School 
District  and  is  an  antiques  dealer  on  weekends. 


50s 


Carlyle  B.  Hayes  '50  is  assistant  vice  president  for 
development  at  Hardin-Simmons  University  in 
Abilene,  Texas. 

Robert  E.  Hosack  Ph.D.  '51  represented  Duke  in 
September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Idaho  State  University. 

Jane  Harmeling  McPherson  '51,  M.Ed.  '72  is 
a  senior  travel  consultant  with  McDonald  Travel.  She 
and  her  husband,  Harry  T.  McPherson  '46, 
B.S.M.  '48,  M.D.  '48,  an  endocrinologist  and  professor 
of  medicine  at  Duke,  live  in  Durham. 


'5 1  was  one  of  seven 
"Women  of  Outstanding  Achievement"  honored  by 
the  Camden  County  (N.J.)  Council  of  Girl  Scouts.  A 
writer  and  photographer,  she  is  assistant  to  the  man- 
ager of  public  information  for  the  N.J.  Pinelands 
Commission. 

H.  Claude  Young  Jr.  '51,  B.Div.  '54  is  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  publishing  division  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  Publishing  House,  the  world's 
largest  church-owned  publishing,  printing,  and  dis- 
tributing organization.  He  heads  a  newly  reorganized 
division  that  includes  Abingdon  Press  and  Graded 
Press. 


Fred  Ellis  M.D.  '52,  professor  emeritus  of  pharma- 
cology at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  received  a  Distinguished 
Service  Award  from  the  school's  medical  alumni 
association. 

John  J.  Carey  '53,  Ph.D.  '65  is  the  new  president 
of  Warren  Wilson  College  in  Swannanoa,  N.C.  The 


There  was  a  good 
story  on  campus 
this  fall,  and  for 
a  change  the  subject  - 
and  not  the  reporter- 
was  William  Lander 
73,  A.M.  '24.  Lander 
was  back  to  donate  to 
Duke's  manuscripts 
department  a  collec- 
tion of  his  papers  from 
a  twenty-two-year 
career  as  a  reporter. 
Working  for  United 
Press  International,  he 
filed  stories  ranging 
from  the  overthrow  of 
the  last  Spanish 
monarch,  Alfonso 
XIII,  in  1931,  to  Leon 
Trotsky's  exile  to 
Mexico  in  1937,  to 
Cuban  uprisings  in 
1933  to  1935  that  led  to 
a  coup  for  dictator 
Batista,  to  the  creation 
of  the  United  Nations 
in  1945. 
But  his  local  claim  to 


fame  is  establishing  the 
"Blue  Devils"  as  the 
university's  mascot. 

His  start  in  journal- 
ism was  in  1918,  when 
he  edited  his  prep 
school's  annual.  In 
1919,  at  what  was  then 
Trinity  College,  he 
became  one  of  seven 
reporters  for  The 
Trinity  Chronicle,  a 
weekly  produced  in 
101  Aycock.  He  was 
voted  editor  by  the  staff 
in  1923.  "With  the  help 
of  the  late  Mike 
Bradshaw  as  managing 
editor,  we  adopted  the 
name  'Blue  Devils,' 
having  in  mind  those 
famous  and  sturdy 
French  Alpine  soldiers 
[of  World  War  I],"  he 
says.  "The  choice  was 
unpopular.  The  college 
news  service  refused  to 
use  that  designation." 

But  it's  his  gift  to 


Duke's  manuscripts 
department  that 
brought  the  efferve- 
scent eighty-three-year- 
old  back  to  Blue  Devil 
country.  The  assort- 
ment consists  of  wire 
service  clippings- 
some  3,000,  more  than 
half  in  Spanish— note- 
books, Teletype  stories, 
photographs,  and  per- 
sonal papers.  He  told 
The  Chronicle  that  he 
hopes  his  papers  will  be 
of  service  to  "the  schol- 
ar looking  for  unsus- 
pected angles  on  his- 
torical events."  He 
mentioned  Ramon 
Franco,  the  brother  of 
the  Spanish  dictator 
Francisco  Franco,  in 
some  of  his  articles  on 
the  Spanish  Civil  War. 
Ramon  has  since  be- 
come a  "non-person"  in 
Spanish  history. 
Another  fascinating 


file  deals  with  the  Rus- 
sian revolutionary, 
Leon  Trotsky,  whom 
Lander  interviewed 
during  his  exile  in 
Mexico.  Trotsky  and 
Lander  became  friends. 
"One  of  the  great 
things  is  the  copy  of 
the  letter  Trotsky  wrote 
me,"  in  which  he  asks 
Lander's  help  in  finding 
a  job  for  a  friend. 

But  "the  most  drama- 
tic case  history  I've  pro- 
vided," Landers  told 
The  Chronicle,  is  the 
Cuba  story.  In  terms  of 
"the  actual  dispatches 
as  filed  in  the  telegraph 
office,  Cuba  is  the  best 
exhibit."  He  came  to 
know  Fulgencio  Batista, 
the  Cuban  general  and 
on-again-off-again 
president  who  staged  a 
coup  made  possible  by 
a  terrible  summer 
storm. 

Lander  was  on  U.P.I.'s 
Washington  bureau 
during  the  early  years 
of  Franklin  Delano 
Roosevelt's  presidency 
and  was  a  regular  visi- 
tor to  the  Oval  Office. 
That,  as  well  as  a  1937 
train  ride  to  Mexico 
City  with  General 
Douglas  MacArthur, 
the  Philippine  indepen- 
dence movement,  and 
the  drafting  of  the 
United  Nations  charter 
in  San  Francisco  are 
contained  in  his  histori- 
cal collection. 

As  for  his  part  in 
Duke's  history,  he  says, 
"Years  later,  I  came 
here  and  I  saw  this  guy 
dancing  around,  a 
cheerleader  with  a  tail 
and  a  pitchfork,  and  I 
thought,  'My  God,  did  I 
start  that?' " 


former  professor  of  religion  at  Florida  State  University 
played  a  key  role  in  founding  FSU's  religion  depart- 
ment in  1965. 

Ann  S.  Goodman  R.N.  '53  writes  that  "after  being 
out  of  nursing  for  twenty-eight  years,  I  have  recently 
taken  a  three-month  refresher  course  in  Chapel  Hill 
to  reactivate  my  license."  She  now  works  as  a  registered 
nurse  at  Caswell  Center  in  Kinston,  N.C.  "It  beats 
anything  I've  done  in  the  intervening  years." 

William  M.  Bartlett  B.S.C.E.  '54  was  named  a 
Distinguished  Alumnus  by  Duke's  Engineering 
Alumni  Association.  He  is  president,  chief  executive 
officer,  and  a  director  of  Kewaunee  Scientific  Equip- 
ment Corp.  He  is  a  member  of  the  engineering 
school's  Dean's  Council  and  chairs  its  long-range  plan- 
ning subcommittee. 

Mary  Evelyn  Blagg  Huey  Ph.D.  '54,  president 
of  Texas  Woman's  University  in  Denton,  Texas,  is 
listed  in  Foremost  Women  of  the  Twentieth  Century. 


;  L.  Langford  Jr.  B.Div.  '54,  Ph.D.  '58, 
vice  provost  for  academic  affairs  at  Duke  since  1984, 
was  named  a  William  Kellon  Quick  Professor  of 
Theology.  A  member  of  the  divinity  school  faculty 
since  1956,  he  was  dean  of  the  school  from  1971  to 
1981. 

Walter  I.  Goldberg  Ph.D.  '55  represented  Duke  ir 
October  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  Bicentennial 
Convocation. 

Ronald  C.  MacLeod  '55  was  promoted  to  senior 
vice  president,  investments,  for  Paine  Webber  Inc.  in 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Carlyle  C.  Ring  J.D.  '56  is  vice  president  and 
general  counsel  for  Atlantic  Reseach  Corp.  in 
Alexandria,  Va.  He  was  corporate  counsel  and  con- 
tinues as  director  of  contracts.  He  has  been  an 
Alexandria  city  councilman  since  1979. 

R.  William  Bramberg  Jr.  '57,  president  of 


WHO  WAS  THAT  LADY? 


B 


efore  standing 
in  New  York 
harbor  for  a 
century  as  a  symbol  of 
America,  Lady  Liberty 
suffered  quite  an 
identity  crisis. 

Nancy  Jo  Fox  '54  has 
chronicled  it  all  in 
Liberties  with  Liberty, 
a  book  of  full-color 
illustrations  and  text 
published  by  E.P. 
Dutton,  Inc. 

For  Fox,  what  was  to 
be  a  five-page  paper  in 
1984  for  a  master's 
course,  "American 
Decorative  Arts,"  at 
New  York  University 
grew  into  a  100-page 
project  with  illustra- 
tions, a  poster  series,  a 
museum  exhibit— now- 
touring— and  its 
accompanying  book. 
The  book  presents  the 
major  images  and 
objects  she  had 
compiled  for  last 
spring's  exhibit  at  New 
York's  Museum  of 
American  Folk  Art.  As 
guest  curator,  Fox 
showed  the  evolution 
of  the  female  figure 
symbolizing  America— 
past,  present,  and 
future. 

Sixteenth-century 
engravings  depict  the 
continent  "America"  as 
a  savage,  semi-clothed 
Indian  queen,  draped 
in  feathers,  carrying  a 
bow  and  arrow,  and  rid- 
ing atop  an  armadillo. 
During  colonial  days, 
she  was  an  Indian  prin- 
cess, still  dressed  in 
feathers,  but  accom- 
panied by  purely 
American  symbols:  the 
rattlesnake,  Liberty 
Pole,  pine  tree,  Niagara 
Falls,  tobacco,  stars  and 
stripes,  the  alligator, 
and  the  Liberty  Cap 
from  ancient  times. 

As  liberty  prevailed 
in  the  fledgling  nation, 
"America"  evolved  into 
a  Greek  goddess,  garbed 
in  toga,  plumed  and 
crowned  defender  of 
freedom,  sometimes 
depicted  in  the 
company  of  George 
Washington.  By  the 
early  1800s,  the  Indian 
princess  merged  with 
the  Greek  goddess  into 
the  "Goddess  of  Liber- 
ty," despite  a  brief  foray- 
when  she  was  inter- 
preted as  "Columbia," 
after  Christopher 


Columbus,  showing  up 
on  weather  vanes  and 

Finally,  when  in- 
stalled on  Bedloe's 
Island  in  1886  as  the 
Statue  of  Liberty,  she 
gained  permanence  as 
the  symbol  for  the 
United  States  of  Ameri- 
ca. She  has  dominated 
popular  and  folk  art 
ever  since — including 
twentieth-century 
paintings  and  sculpture 
done  in  dubious  taste, 
or  "kitsch." 

Fox,  a  teacher  and 
assistant  registrar  at  the 
New  York  School  of 
Interior  Design,  is  in  a 
master's  program  at  • 
NYU.  When  asked  by 
her  professor  what  topic 
she  had  chosen  for  her 
paper,  Fox  blurted,  "the 
Statue  of  Liberty." 
She  recalls: 
"There  was 
this  awkward 
pause.  'See 
me  after 
class,'  the 
teacher 
said.  I 
honestly 
don't  know 
what  made  me 
say  that.  I'd 
never  even  been 
to  the  Statue  of 
Liberty." 

But  they  dis- 
cussed it  and 
decided  it  was 
feasible.  "I  had 
always  wondered 
why  she  was  a 
woman,"  Fox  says, 
"and  found  out  it 
was  related  to  so  many 
different  things:  the 
feminine  mystique, 
early  representations  of 
woman  as  goddess— 
usually  relating  to  fer- 
tility, the  female  being 
a  symbol  of  one  who 
enlightens,  nourishes 
the  spirit." 

Her  school  project 
became  a  museum  pro- 
ject, with  a  grant  from 
the  Xerox  Corporation. 
A  poster  series  of 
twenty  objects  from 
the  show  was  distri- 
buted to  all  U.S.  ambas- 
sadors and  governors 
for  circulation  among 
their  constituents.  The 
exhibition,  which 
closed  in  May,  is  now 
traveling.  It  was  in 
Dallas  over  the  sum- 
men  in  Evanston,  Illi- 
nois through  Novem- 


ber. It  will  be  in  Spring- 
field until  January 
25,  1987,  at  the 
Illinois  State 
Museum;  at  the 
Detroit  Histori- 
cal Museum 

February  10- 
April  26;  and  then 
in  Los  Angeles 
from  June 


1-August  9  at  the  Craft 
and  Folk  Art  Museum. 
Aside  from  being  in- 
terviewed for  the  Voice 
of  America,  attention 
in  various  popular 
magazines,  and  tele- 
vision coverage  in 
Japan,  Fox  received  yet 
another  accolade  for 
her  project.  She  got  an 
"A"  in  her 


berg  Management  Organization,  Inc.,  of  Largo, 
Fla.,  toured  the  People's  Republic  of  China  in  May  as 
a  guest  of  the  China  Energy  Research  Society.  The 
society  is  a  subdivision  of  the  China  Association  for 
Science  and  Technology,  a  federation  of  more  than 
100  national  organizations  of  scientists,  engineers, 
and  technicians.  He  was  part  of  a  delegation  repre- 
senting the  Citizen  Ambassador  Program  for  People  tc 
People  International,  whose  members  are  solar-  and 
alternative-energy  specialists. 

Stanley  E.  Faye  '57,  J.D.  '60  is  vice  president, 
general  counsel,  and  assistant  secretary  for  Church's 
Fried  Chicken,  Inc.,  of  San  Antonio,  Texas.  He  is 
responsible  for  all  corporate  legal  matters.  Church's  is 
the  second  largest  fast-food  chicken  chain  in  the  U.S., 
with  franchises  in  five  foreign  < 


Joe  Grills  '57  is  the  assistant  treasurer  for  the  IBM 
Corp.  He  was  director  of  financial  liaison  at  ROLM 
Corp.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  IBM.  He  lives  in 
New  Canaan,  Conn. 

Janet  I.  Perez  A.M.  '57,  Ph.D.  '61  was  named  a 

Paul  Whitfield  Horn  Professor  at  Texas  Tech  Univer- 
sity in  Lubbock.  The  award,  the  highest  honor  the 
university  can  bestow,  is  based  on  "national  or  inter- 
national distinction  in  teaching,  research,  or  other 
creative  achievements."  She  is  editor  of  the  20th  cen- 
tury portion  of  the  Dictionary  of  Literature  of  the  Iberian 
Peninsula  and  the  author  of  five  books. 

James  L.  Blevins  '58,  a  professor  of  New  Testa- 
ment at  Southern  Baptist  Seminary  in  Louisville,  Ky, 
has  had  two  books  published  this  year:  Revelation  and 
Revelation  as  Drama  by  Boardman  Press. 

Norman  K.  Bosley  '58  is  associate  professor  of 
humanities  at  Ocean  County  College  in  Toms  River, 
N.J.  He  is  serving  his  eleventh  term  as  president  of 
the  Long  Beach  Island  board  of  education.  He  and  his 
wife,  Karen,  who  also  teaches  at  the  college,  have 
three  sons  and  one  daughter. 

Roy  O.  Rodwell  Jr.  '58,  president  of  Hutton 
Timber  Resources,  has  established  the  Rodwell  Trinity 
Scholarship  at  Duke  for  students  from  eastern  North 
Carolina.  The  four-year,  merit-based  scholarship  will 
provide  full  tuition,  all  fees  including  room  and  board, 
and  money  for  summer  travel,  work,  or  study  abroad 
each  year. 

Thor  Hall  M.Rel.  '59,  Ph.D.  '62,  who  is  a  philo- 
sophy  professor  at  the  University  ot  Tennessee,  repre- 
sented Duke  in  October  at  the  university's  Founder's 
Day  Convocation  in  Chattanooga. 


A.  Wilkinson  M.D.  '59,  Ph.D.  '62,  profes- 
sor and  chairman  of  the  neurosurgery  division  at  the 
University  of  Massachusetts'  medical  school  at 
Worcester,  was  elected  to  a  three-year  term  on  the 
board  of  directors  of  the  2,800-member  American 
Association  of  Neurological  Surgeons. 

MARRIAGES:  Madeleine  Auter  R.N.  '49, 
B.S.N.Ed.  '51  to  Donald  A.  Fero  on  March  1.  Resi- 
dence: Comano  Island,  Wash. 


60s 


Gary  W.  Dickinson  B.S.M.E.  '60  was  named  a 
Distinguished  Alumnus  by  Duke's  engineering  alumni 
association.  He  is  vice  president  and  group  director  of 
engineering  for  the  Chevrolet-Pontiac-Canada  Group 
of  General  Motors.  He  is  a  member  of  the  engineer- 
ing school's  Dean's  Council  and  chairs  its  budget  and 
engineering  in  context  subcommittee. 

Crawford  Best  '61,  principal  bassoonist  for  the 
New  Orleans  Symphony  and  the  Sante  Fe  Opera,  per- 
formed last  December  in  the  first  concert  of  the 
World  Symphony  Orchestra  for  the  opening  cere- 
monies of  the  Nobel  Prize  awards  in  Stockholm, 


Sweden.  He  was  one  of  five  players  from  the  United 
States  to  be  chosen  for  this  annual  concert,  sponsored 
by  the  United  Nations  and  composed  of  principal 
players  from  the  major  orchestras  of  58  nations.  He 
lives  in  Metairie,  La. 

George  I.  Clover  '61  is  vice  president  of  adminis- 
tration for  Sea-Land  Corp. ,  with  headquarters  in 
Menlo  Park,  N.J.  He  has  responsibility  for  controller, 
internal  audit,  purchasing,  and  office  services  func- 
tions. He  and  his  wife,  Louise,  have  three  children 
and  live  in  Summit,  N.J. 

Janie  Risch  Fortney  B.S.N.  '61  is  the  director  of 

Cabarrus  County's  Crisis  Pregnancy  Center  in 
Concord,  N.C.  She  directs  the  training  of  volunteer 
counselors. 

Harry  C.  Slusser  '61  is  a  vice  president,  bath  divi- 
sion, of  Fieldcrest  Cannon,  the  new  company  formed 
when  Fieldcrest  Mills,  Inc.,  acquired  Cannon  Mills. 
He  will  be  vice  president  for  Cannon  Towel's  greige 
manufacturing  section. 

Robert  A.  Fletcher  '62  was  promoted  to  super- 
visor of  the  technical  services  department  of  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Applied  Physics  Laboratory. 
He  lives  in  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

Thomas  W.  Graves  Jr.  '62,  J.D.  '65,  former 
executive  vice  president  for  the  N.C.  Citizens  for 
Business  and  Industry,  has  been  named  its  president 
and  staff  executive.  He  and  his  wife,  Sara 
Thomasson  Graves  '65,  and  their  two  daughters 
live  in  Raleigh. 

Kathleen  Patterson  Teso  '62  was  promoted  to 
account  executive  at  Reynolds/Gould,  Inc.,  a  public 
relations  and  marketing  communications  agency 
based  in  West  Hartford,  Conn.  She  lives  in  Bloomfield. 

Linda  Garrett  Whitson  '62,  who  earned  her 
Ph.D.  in  education  in  January,  is  assistant  principal  at 
Dodson  Junior  High  School  in  Rancho  Palos  Verdes, 
Calif.  She  and  her  husband,  John,  and  their  daughter, 
Wendy,  a  sophomore  at  Pomona  College,  live  in  San 
Pedro. 


St  '63  is  corporate  vice  president  and 
director  of  merchandise  control  for  Morse  Shoe,  Inc., 
one  of  the  nation's  ten  largest  footwear  retailers.  He 
was  vice  president  of  merchandise  planning  and  con- 
trol for  Montgomery  Ward  in  Chicago.  He  and  his 
wife,  Nancy,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Easton, 
Mass. 

Mike  McManus  '63  is  a  self-syndicated  columnist. 
"Solutions"  and  "Ethics  and  Religion"  appear  in  ap- 
proximately 200  newspapers.  He  and  his  wife,  Harriet, 
live  in  Stamford,  Conn.,  and  have  three  sons,  includ- 
ing Adam,  a  junior  at  Duke. 


Harry  L.  Holan  Jr.  '64,  president  of  Marketing 
Advisory  Services,  Inc.,  of  Atlanta,  was  selected  by 
the  American  Management  Associations  to  write  the 
strategic  marketing  planning  section  of  the  first  Mar- 
keting Handbook,  to  be  published  in  1987.  He  also 
chairs  a  presidential  task  force  for  the  American 
Marketing  Association.  His  group  is  tesponsible  for 
evaluating  and  developing  publications  the  associa- 
tion provides  its  50,000  members. 


'64,  who  earned  his  M.D.  from 
Georgetown  University's  medical  school,  is  an  associ- 
ate clinical  professor  at  Cornell  University's  medical 
school.  He  has  a  private  practice  in  obstetrics  and 
gynecology  in  Great  Neck  and  lives  in  Syosset,  N.Y. 

Peter  M.  Hicholas  '64,  co-founder  and  president 
of  Boston  Scientific  Corp.,  was  elected  to  the  board  of 
trustees  of  Eliot  Bank,  a  community-based  mutual 
savings  institution  based  in  Boston,  Mass.  He  lives  in 
Concord. 


H.  Rogers  J.D.  '64  was  named  vice  presi- 
dent, international  operations,  for  Price  Brothers  Co. 


Casinos  weren't 
the  draw  when 
Karen 
Bloomquist  '85  went  to 
Atlantic  City,  New 
Jersey,  in  September. 
But  putting  her  talent, 
intellect,  and  good 
looks  on  the  line 
against  other  con- 
tenders for  the  title  of 
Miss  America  was 
something  of  a  gamble. 
She  came  away  with- 
out the  title,  but  still 
reigns  as  Miss  North 
Carolina  1986- the 
second  Duke  grad  to  do 
so.  Elaine  Herndon  '59 
represented  the  Tar 
Heel  State  in  1957, 
taking  second  runner- 
up  in  the  national 
competition. 

A  student  at  the 
Fuqua  School  of  Busi- 
ness, the  twenty-two- 
year-old  Bloomquist 
was  most  diplomatic 
after  the  Miss  America 


pageant,  terming  win- 
ner Kellye  Cash  of 
Tennessee  "a  very 
sweet  girl." 

"Kellye  and  I  were 
very  different.  I'm  very 
career-oriented  and  I 
didn't  sense  that  in 
her,"  she  told  reporters. 

Bloomquist's  com- 
ments came  in  reaction 
to  a  small  imbroglio 
that  developed  when 
some  pageant  partici- 
pants openly  criticized 
the  selection  of  Cash, 
grandniece  of  country 
music  star  Johnny 
Cash.  Miss  Florida, 
Molly  Pesce,  referred  to 
the  new  Miss  America 
as  "a  non-aggressive 
Southern  belle,"  and 
"the  least-liked  girl 
around."  Cash  also 
prompted  commentary 
when  she  refused  to 
discuss  such  issues  as 
the  Equal  Rights 
Amendment  or  abor- 


tion, telling  the  press 
she  does  not  think  Miss 
America  should  be 
"controversial." 

"She  calls  herself  the 
girl-next-door  type," 
said  Bloomquist,  "and  I 
think  that's  exacdy 
what  she  is.  I  would 
have  thought  the  Miss 
America  pageant  could 
have  used  a  more 
Eighties-type  woman." 

That's  as  good  a 
description  as  any  of 
Bloomquist,  who's 
planning  a  career  in 
business  when  she 
completes  her  M.B.A. 
"This  is  a  marketing 
sort  of  effort,"  she  told 
the  student  Chronicle 
of  her  approach  to  the 
competition.  "Within 
the  pageant,  you  are 
presenting  yourself  as  a 
package."  The  New 
Canaan,  Connecticut, 
native  is  a  classical 


that  she  performed 
Chopin's  "Polonaise 
Militaire"  some  15,000 
times  in  the  course  of 
her  climb  to  the  nation- 
al competition.  She 
prefers  to  call  beauty 
pageants  "scholarship 
pageants,"  and  won  a 
$5,000  scholarship 
when  she  became  Miss 
North  Carolina. 

Bloomquist  has  taken 
a  leave  of  absence  from 
the  business  school  this 
academic  year  to  fulfill 
her  obligations  as  Miss 
North  Carolina.  She's 
taking  the  parades, 
speeches,  and  hun- 
dreds of  other  public 
appearances  seriously. 
"I  have  a  lot  of  pride  in 
the  state,"  she  says, 
"and  I  don't  want  to  dis- 
appoint it." 


of  Dayton,  Ohio.  He  will  be  responsible  for  the  wate 
systems  technology  division,  government  services 
division,  and  the  United  Kingdom  subsidiary  Price 
Brothers.  He  is  also  a  member  of  Miami  University's 
business  school  advisory  council. 


I.  Gruber  '65,  senior  lecturer  in  the  depart- 
ment of  Bible  and  ancient  Near  East  at  Ben-Gurion 
University  of  the  Negev  in  Beersheva,  Israel,  is  a  visit- 
ing professor  of  biblical  studies  at  Spertus  College  of 
Judaica  in  Chicago  and  visiting  scholar  in  the  depart- 
ment of  Near  Eastern  languages  and  civilizations  at 
the  University  of  Chicago.  He  is  editorial  adviser  to 
Hebrew  Studies. 

Carl  Settle  B.Div.  '65,  president  of  Rutledge 
Education  System  in  Charlotte,  N.C,  was  awarded  an 
honorary  doctor  of  commercial  science  degree  by 


Schiller  International  University  for  "outstanding  ser- 
vice and  contribution  to  the  field  of  education." 

Robert  Sheheen  '65,  an  attorney  who  has  been  a 
member  of  the  S.C.  House  of  Representatives  since 
1977,  was  elected  by  acclamation  as  State  House 
Speaker. 

J.  Gordon  Burns  '66  is  a  vice  president  of  E.F. 
Hutton  &  Co.,  Inc.  He  lives  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Peter  C.  Fackler  '67  is  vice  president  for  business 
and  finance  at  Alfred  University  in  New  York.  He  was 
associate  vice  president  for  fiscal  affairs  and  associate 
professor  of  accounting  at  West  Chester  University  in 
Pennsylvania. 

Edwin  Southern  '67  is  the  director  of  the  Office 
of  Records  Management  and  University  Archives, 


and  an  adjunct  professor  of  history,  at  Appalachian 
State  University  in  Boone,  N.C.  He  was  assistant  uni- 
versity archivist  at  Duke  since  1980. 

Dianne  Strickland  '67,  an  assistant  professor  of 
arr  history  at  Southwest  Missouri  Stare  University  in 
Springfield,  was  named  head  of  the  art  and  design 
department. 

Dennis  D.  Yule  J.D.  '67  was  appointed  to  the 
Superior  Court  of  the  state  ot  Washington  tor  Benton 
and  Franklin  counties  in  March.  He  was  chief  deputy 
prosecuting  attorney  for  Benton  County,  Wash. 

Jon  R.  Elmendorf  '68  has  returned  from  working 
in  Japan  and  is  now  president  of  the  O'Connor 
Comhustor  Corp.,  a  unit  ot  Westinghouse  Resource 
Energy  Systems  Division,  with  headquarters  in  Fuller- 
ton,  Calif.  He  lives  in  Irvine. 

David  M.  Henderson  '68  and  his  wife,  Akemi 
Mukai,  have  a  professional  management  company, 
Renaissance  American  Management,  in  New  York 
City. 

W.  Gordon  Snyder  '68  is  vice  president  of  mar- 
keting for  Twentieth  Century  Investors,  Inc.,  of 
Kansas  City,  Mo.  He  was  an  IBM  branch  manager  in 
Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

David  K.  Wellman  '68,  M.D.  '72  is  medical  direc- 
tor tor  Coastal  Physical  Services,  Inc.,  a  division  of 
Coastal  Group  Inc.  oi  Durham.  He  handles  physician- 
client  relations,  new  business  development,  and  quali- 
ty assurance. 

Susan  Hendrix  Cronin  B.S.N.  '69,  who  earned 
her  M.B.A.  from  the  University  ot  Dallas,  is  vice 
president  at  St.  Paul  Medical  Center  in  Dallas,  Texas. 

Josh  S.  Garavelli  '69  is  a  research  associate  and 
director  of  computer  operations  at  the  Agouron  Insti- 
tute in  La  Jolla,  Calif.  He's  conducting  research  in 
computer  modeling  of  biomolecules  and  supervising 
operation  ot  the  computer  system  for  the  institute,  a 
part  ot  the  San  Diego  Supercomputer  Consortium. 

Ronnie  E.  Lesher  '69,  an  Air  Force  lieutenant 
colonel,  is  assigned  to  the  NATO  Comi 


COGGIN'S 

GOT  YOUR 

TICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


and  Information  Systems  Agency.  He  is  a  quality- 
assurance  engineer  and  quality  assurance  plans  and 
policy  staff  officer  in  Brussels,  Belgium,  where  he  lives 
with  his  wite,  Nancy,  and  their  son  and  daughter. 

Walter  Hollis  Smith  '69  has  been  named  presi- 
dent and  chairman  of  the  board  of  Yellow  Cab  Co- 
operative Association  in  Denver,  Colo.  He  lives  in 
Boulder. 


Haslett  Williams  MAT  69  was 

promoted  to  training  officer  in  the  training  depart- 
ment of  First  Georgia  Bank  of  Atlanta.  She  lives  in 
Tucker,  Ga. 

MARRIAGES:  Nancy  Ebert  Scott  '63,  J.D.  '84 
to  David  Paul  Henderson  on  Feb.  15. ..David  M. 

Henderson  '68  to  Akemi  Mukai  on  July  2,  1985. 
Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  A  son  to  David  Stollwerk  '64  and 

Susan  Stollwerk  on  March  2.  Named  Alan 
Harrison. ..Second  son  to  Martha  Terry 
Mechling  du  Pont  '69  and  Victor  C.  du  Pont  on 
Feb.  10.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Ronnie 
E.  Lesher  '69  and  Nancy  Lesher  on  March  17, 
1985.  Named  Bevin  Rochelle. 


70s 


Bavier  B.S.N.  '70  was  named  Dis- 
tinguished Alumna  for  1986  by  Duke's  nursing  school. 
She  was  an  assistant  professor  at  Yale's  nursing  school 
until  joining  the  National  Cancer  Institute  in  1985, 
where  she  is  program  director  for  nursing  research  in 
the  Community  Oncology  and  Rehabilitation  branch 
of  the  Cancer  Prevention  and  Control  division.  Her 
latest  book,  Cancer  Care  Today,  is  to  be  published  by 
J.B.  Lippincott  Co. 


Jones  Fuller  '70  was  appointed  judge  of 
the  West  Orange  County  Municipal  Court  of  Cali- 
fornia in  December  1985.  She  is  a  member  of  the 
Duke  General  Alumni  Association's  board  of  direc- 
tors. She  and  her  husband,  David,  an  attorney,  live  in 
Santa  Ana,  Calif. 


BUY  IT 


Joseph  E.  Olson  J.D.  '70.  a  law  professor  at 
Hamline  University's  law  school  in  St.  Paul,  Minn., 
has  had  his  treatise,  "Federal  Taxation  of  Intellectual 
Property  Transfers,"  published  by  Law  Journal  Semi- 
nars-Press of  New  York.  He  is  a  visiting  professor  at  St. 
Louis  University's  law  school,  where  he'll  teach 
corporate  and  tax  law. 

John  H.  Park  A.M.  '70,  who  earned  his  M.Div. 
from  the  Episcopal  Theological  Seminary  of  the 
Southwest,  was  ordained  in  1985.  He  is  now  a  mis- 
sionary overseeing  three  churches  in  Honduras, 
Central  America. 

Peter  Applebome  71  is  a  national  correspondent 
for  The  New  York  Times.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  a 
reportet  with  the  Howlon  Chronicle,  live  in  Houston. 


John  M.  Bowers  '71  is  assistant  professor  of  En- 
glish at  Princeton  University.  He  recently  had  his  first 
book,  The  Crisis  of  Will  in  Piers  Plowman,  published 
by  the  Catholic  University  of  America  Press. 

Brian  Chabot  Ph.D.  '71,  associate  director  of 
research  for  the  N.Y.  State  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Life  Sciences  at  Cornell  University,  was  ptomoted  to 
professor  of  ecology  and  systematics.  The  associate 
directot  of  Cornell's  agricultural  experiment  station, 
he  is  an  authority  on  physiological  plant  ecology. 

Daniel  Avery  Pitt  '71  is  employed  at  IBM.  His 
wife,  Claudia  Bloom,  is  a  faculty  member  in  Duke's 
music  department.  They  live  in  Durham. 

Thomas  S.  Yow  III  M.Div.  71,  Ed.D.  '82,  presi- 
dent of  Martin  College  in  Pulaski,  Tenn.,  received  the 
Distinguished  Alumnus  Award  from  Methodist  Col- 
lege in  Fayetteville,  N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Julia,  have 
two  teenage  sons. 

Robert  E.  Ansley  Jr.  72  is  director  of  the 

Orlando  Neighborhood  Improvement  Corp.,  a  non- 
profit development  corporation  that  finances  the 
expansion  of  small  businesses,  low  and  moderate  in- 
come housing  construction  and  rehabilitation,  and 
neighborhood  revitalization. 

Stephen  Corriher  72  is  vice  president  of  market- 
ing for  Expressions,  a  twenty-five-unit  retail  franchise 
chain  specializing  in  custom-order  upholstery,  in 
Metairie,  La.  He  will  be  involved  in  expanding  the 
Expressions  network  and  developing  company  stra- 
tegy. He  was  vice  president  of  corporate  development 
at  Morgan  Imports  in  Durham. 

Milton  Scarborough  Ph.D.  72,  professor  of 
philosophy  and  religion  at  Centre  College  in  Dan- 
ville, Ky.,  was  named  chair  of  the  division  of  social 
studies,  one  of  the  college's  three  main- academic  divi- 
sions. He  recently  returned  frcim  a  two-month  sabbati- 
cal in  India,  where  he  studied  Indian  culture  and  the 
Hindu,  Buddhist,  and  Islam  religions. 

J.  Curtis  Moffatt  73,  assistant  to  the  chairman  of 
the  Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission  from  1977 
to  1979,  is  a  partner  in  the  Washington,  DC,  office 
of  the  law  firm  Gardner,  Carton  &  Douglas. 

Robert  R.  Nelson  Jr.  73  manages  Duke  Power 
Co.'s  internal  audit  department.  His  wife,  Patricia,  is  a 
technical  assistant  at  The  Equitable.  They  live  in 
Charlotte. 

Mike  Hippler  74,  a  columnist  for  San  Francisco's 
Bay  Area  Reporter,  received  the  1986  Cable  Car  Award 
tor  Outstanding  Journalism.  He  writes  that  he  still 
eatns  the  bulk  of  his  living,  however,  as  a  waiter  at 
Vannelli's  Seafood  Restaurant  on  Pier  39. 


Catherine  Day  Lohmann  74  has  been  named 
special  assistant  to  the  President's  Commission  on 
Americans  Outdoors,  which  is  studying  the  public's 
recreation  needs.  She  was  a  state  director  of  the 
Tennessee  Nature  Conservancy  and  aide  to  Tenn. 
Gov.  Lamar  Alexander.  She  lives  in  Washington,  D.C. 


Michael  S.  Mayer  74,  A.M.  75  is  a  lecturer  in 
history  at  the  University  of  Auckland  in  New  Zea- 
land. His  wife,  Susan  Bonar  Mayer  75,  teaches 
history  at  Tamaki  College. 

Ann  McCracken  74  was  named  manager  of  pub- 
lic relations  for  the  newly  restored  Willard  Inter- 
Continental  Hotel  in  Washington,  DC  She  was  an 
account  executive  and  media  relations  specialist  at 
the  Hill  &.  Knowlton  public  relations  firm. 

Jerry  E.  Roberts  M.B.A.  74  is  corporate  finance 
manager  for  General  Electric  Credit  Corp.'s  corporate 
finance  services  division,  Southwest  region,  with 
headquarters  in  Dallas.  The  division  provides  lever- 
aged buyout  financing  and  other  asset-based  financing 
services  to  the  corporate  marketplace. 

Sara  Via  74,  Ph.D.  '83,  assistant  professor  of  biology 
at  the  University  of  Iowa,  was  one  of  fifteen  nation- 
ally to  receive  a  Searles  Scholars  Program  award.  She 
was  cited  for  her  project,  "Genetic  Analysis  of  Evolu- 
tion in  Variable  Environments."  The  award  includes 
support  for  three  years  at  $60,000  a  year. 

Stanley  G.  Brading  Jr.  75,  president  of  Duke's 
Atlanta  alumni  club,  represented  the  university  in 
September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  the 
Atlanta  College  of  Art. 

Eric  Brinsfield  75  was  promoted  to  technical  sup- 
port manager  for  operating  system  interfaces  in  the 
technical  support  department  of  SAS  Institute  Inc.,  a 
software  research  and  development  firm  in  Cary,  N.C. 
He  and  his  wife,  Catherine,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Donna  Dorfler  Burch  Ed.D.  75  teaches  chemis- 
try and  physics  and  heads  the  science  department  at 
Chatham  Hall  in  Chatham,  Virginia.  She  was  named 
Outstanding  Chemistry  Teacher,  for  the  second  time, 
by  the  American  Chemical  Society's  Blue  Ridge  sec- 
tion. This  summer,  she  coordinated  Dreyfus  Outreach 


THE  OFFICIAL  BUPPIE*  HANDBOOK 

by  Staples  is  herel 

*BLACK  URBAN  PROFESSIONAL 

•  How  do  Bunnies  dress?               r  \  ^i^tf  , . 

•  What  do  they  eat  and  where  do    , <~yy  V*%L* 
thev  vacation?                     ^  v  «^^v_   v4 

•  How  do  they  manage  their      0  [    ■        |    \~ 

.  All  yim  n  mantel  In  Irnnai     \\     I        ^B      M 

about  the  Black  Urban  Profes-      XOs^JFx 

Send  $5.65  for  Handbook  (includes  postage) 

OFFICIAl  BUPPIE  PMM1HMUA  CATALOG  $2.00 

(S2.00  deducted  from  first  order) 

Pyramid  Designs  Press.  Suite  1017  Investment  Build- 
ing, Pittsburgh,  PA  15222. 

OFFICIAL  BUPPIE'  PARAPHERNALIA!! 


ITEM 

PRICE  S 

HIPPINC 

TOTAL 

Book 

$  4.95 

$  .69 

$  5.64 

T-shirt 

8.95 

1.05 

10.00 

Coffee  Mug 

5.50 

.75 

6.25 

Key  Chain 

3.50 

.75 

4.25 

License  Plate 

3.50 

.69 

4.19 

Golf  visor 

4.25 

.75 

5.00 

Golf  Shirt 

15.95 

1.50 

17.45 

Wine  Set 

22.95 

3,75 

26.70 

Golf  Hat 

6.50 

1.00 

7.50 

*AII  items  have  "Official  Buppie"  logo 

OK  ask  for  il  at  your  local  book  store! 
Request  ISBN  0-93707 1-00-5 


Workshops  for  chemistry  and  physics  teachers  at 
Hollins  College.  She  and  her  husband,  Walter,  have 
two  children  and  have  acted  as  American  parents  tc 
an  Indonesian  brother  and  sister. 


W.  Jefferson  A.M.  75,  Ph.D.  79, 
director  of  African-American  studies  at  Southern 
Methodist  University  in  Dallas,  Texas,  is  the  first  reci- 
pient of  the  Margareta  Deschner  Teacher  Award  from 
the  Women's  Studies  Council  of  SMU.  He  also  re- 
ceived the  Most  Popular  Teacher  Award  from  the 
1986  yearbook  staff,  based  on  student  nominations. 
He  is  also  a  faculty  affiliate  at  UT-Austin's  graduate 
school  and  a  member  of  the  advisory  board  of  the 
Internationa/  Journal  of  Oral  History. 

Charles  Jenkins  Ed.D.  75  is  the  new  vice  chan- 
cellor for  academic  affairs  at  Pembroke  State  Univer- 
sity in  Pembroke,  N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Karen,  have  a 
daughter. 

Mark  Johnson  75,  M.H.A.  78  was  promoted  to 
senior  vice  president,  support,  of  CIGNA  Healthplan 
of  Arizona,  Inc.  He  supervises  real  estate  and  building 
acquisition  and  operations  for  the  organization,  as 
well  as  the  health  plan's  administration,  personnel, 
and  patient  relations  operations.  He  was  vice  presi- 
dent of  planning  and  development. 

Bob  Bell  76,  M.Div.  79  is  an  attorney  with 
Womble,  Carlyle  Sandridge  &  Rice.  His  wife,  Joan 
Hope  M.Div.  79,  is  an  associate  pastor  of  Knoll- 
wood  Church.  They  live  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C, 
with  theit  infant  son. 

Claude  R.  Carmichael  76  was  awarded  the 
designation  Chartered  Financial  Analyst.  He  is  a  vice 
president  at  Oppenheimer  &  Co.,  Inc.,  in  New  York 
City. 

Steven  W.  Christopher  76  was  promoted  to 
senior  vice  president,  retail  operations  administration. 


for  American  Savings  and  Loan  Association  in 
Miami,  Florida. 

Dwight  T.  Kernodle  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  76  was  pro- 
moted to  vice  president  of  NCNB  Operations,  NCNB 
Corp.,  the  Southeast's  largest  bank  holding  company, 
located  in  Charlotte.  He  and  his  wife,  Gloria,  have 
two  children  and  live  in  Pineville,  N.C. 


M.  McCrary  Jr.  76,  M.B.A.  '82  is  vice 
president  and  director  of  marketing  for  Northeast 
Savings  of  Hartford,  Conn.  He  will  have  overall 
responsibility  for  all  marketing,  including  advertising, 
public  relations,  and  marketing  research  for  the  com- 
pany's tri-state  banking  network. 

J.  Thomas  McMurray  B.S.M.E.  76,  M.S.M.E. 
78,  Ph.D.  '80  was  named  associate  dean  of  Duke's 
engineering  school  in  May  and  director  of  external 
affairs,  as  well  as  an  associate  professor  of  mechanical 
engineering  and  matetials  science. 

Arthur  J.  Minds  J.D.  76  is  vice  president,  nation- 
al operations,  for  Murdock  Management  Co.,  which 
develops  and  manages  commercial  real  estate,  of  Los 
Angeles. 

Carol  Sisco  76  is  the  director  of  an  outpatient 
alcohol  and  drug  treatment  program.  She  is  also  an 
adjunct  assistant  professor  at  George  Washington 
University's  medical  school  in  Washington,  DC.  She 
lives  in  Rockville,  Md. 

Louise  H.  Smoak  76,  who  earned  her  M.B.A. 
from  the  University  of  Virginia's  Colgate  Darden 
School,  is  vice  president  for  finance  and  administra- 
tion for  the  Earle  Palmer  Brown  Cos.,  a  marketing 
communications  agency  in  Bethesda,  Md. 

John  Wilson  Ph.D.  76  is  bishop  of  the  southern 
region  of  Melbourne,  Australia.  He  and  his  wife,  Jill, 
have  two  daughters  and  live  in  the  hundred-year-old 
vicarage  of  Christ  Church,  St.  Kilda. 


This  is  Your  Last 
Chance! 


December  31,  1986  is  the  deadline  for  taking 
advantage  of  the  current  tax  laws  in  making 
your  gift  to  the  Duke  Annual  Fund. 
Beginning  in  1987,  changes  in  individual  tax 
rates  and  deductions  for  appreciated  prop- 
erty may  affect  your  tax  savings  on  gifts  to  Duke.  You  may  be  smart  to 
make  your  1986-87  gift  to  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  before  December  31. 

But  It's  Never  Too  Late! 

Vbu  can  also  make  your  gift  in  1987.  This  year's  Annual  Fund  drive  lasts 
until  June  30, 1987.  And  Duke  needs  your  support  this  year  and  every 
year  to  keep  your  University  strong.  Through  the  Annual  Fund,  alumni, 
parents,  and  friends  provide  the  unrestricted  operating  funds  necessary 
to  buy  new  library  books,  pay  faculty  salaries  and  provide  student 
scholarships. 

So,  take  advantage  of  the  1986  tax  laws  if  it  makes  sense  for  you.  But 
remember  that  the  real  reason  for  your  gift  is  the  purpose  it  serves. 
Support  the  1986-87  Duke  Annual  Fund. 


DUKE'S 

BLUE  DEVIL 

BASEBALL  CAMP 

1987 


FOR  BOYS 
ACE  9-17 

TWO  ONE  WEEK  SESSIONS 

DAY  CAMP— JUNE  22-26 
RESIDENT  CAMP— JULY  26-31 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
DIRECTOR 


Individualized  instruction  in  all  base- 
ball fundamentals 

Modern  dormitory  accommodations 

Proper  supervision— 24  hours 

Excellent  baseball  facility 


FOR  MORE  INFORMATION  MAIL  FORM  TO 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
BLUE  DEVIL  BASEBALL  CAMP 
CAMERON  INDOOR  STADIUM 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
DURHAM,  NC 27705 


PmOME.HOME 


R.  Randal  Bollinger  Ph.D.  77  was  promoted  to 
associate  professor  in  the  surgery  department  of  Duke 
Medical  Center.  He  is  also  an  assistant  professor  of 
immunology. 

Joseph  Michael  O'Amico  77  is  in  his  third 
year  of  orthopedic  residency  at  St.  Lukes-Roosevelt 
Hospital,  Columbia  University.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary 
Ellen,  live  in  Pelham  Manor,  N.Y. 

J.  Jefferson  Humphries  77  is  an  associate  pro- 
fessor of  French  and  director  of  graduate  studies  at 
Louisiana  State  University.  His  latest  book,  Metamor- 
phoses of  The  Raven:  Literary  Oi'eraeterminedness  in 
France  and  the  South  Since  Foe,  published  by  LSU 
Press,  has  been  selected  for  a  design  award.  It  will  be 
displayed  nationally  at  traveling  book  exhibitions  and 
in  Germany  at  the  Frankfurt  Book  Fair. 

Lynn  Isaac  77  is  an  assistant  vice  president  in  the 
special  credits  division  of  InterFirst  Bank  Dallas. 

Stephen  S.  King  77,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  was 
awarded  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  Antisub- 
marine Warfare  Award,  presented  for  graduating  with 
the  highest  grade  point  average  from  the  Surface 
Warfare  Officers  School. 

Lester  J.  Propst  Ed.D.  77  joined  the  firm 
Clemmer,  Bush,  Sills,  Abernethy,  Architects  of 
Hickory,  N.C.,  as  educational  consultant  and  market- 
ing director.  He  was  superintendent  of  Watauga 
County  schools.  He  lives  in  Sherrills  Ford. 

Glenn  Rampe  77  joined  a  family  medicine  prac- 
tice in  Old  Town,  Maine.  His  wife,  Nancy  Lif  son 

Rampe  77,  has  a  private  practice  in  individual, 
marital,  and  family  counseling  in  the  same  building. 
They  live  in  Orono. 

Geoffrey  H.  Simmons  J.D.  77  was  elected  by 
the  N.C.  Bar  Association  to  the  board  of  directors  of 
Legal  Services  of  North  Carolina.  He  and  his  wife, 
Carolyn,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Frank  Daniels  III  78  was  named  assistant  general 
manager  of  the  News  and  Observer  and  the  Raleigh 
Times.  He  was  employee  relations  director  of  The 
News  and  Observer  Publishing  Co.  since  1984.  He 
and  his  wife,  Teresa,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Raleigh. 

Eric  L.  Ferraro  B.S.M.E.  78  earned  his  M.B.A. 
from  the  University  of  Virginia's  Colgate  Darden 
Graduate  School.  He  is  a  stores  officer-comptroller 
with  the  Navy  aboard  rhe  USS  Du'ight  D.  Eisenhower 
in  Norfolk. 

John  R.  Fitz  78,  who  completed  his  residency  at 
the  University  of  Missouri  at  Columbia,  has  estab- 
lished an  ophthalmology  practice  in  Farmington,  Mo. 
His  wife,  Betsy,  is  completing  a  management  degree  at 
Webster  University. 

Suzanne  I.  Greenfield  M.H.A.  78  is  director  of 
planning  and  development  for  Health  Maintenance 
Plan  of  Ohio,  which  operates  health  maintenance 
organizations  in  the  Cincinnati,  Dayton, 
Warren/Youngstown,  and  Canton  areas. 

Rick  Lukianuk  78,  J.D.  '82  is  senior  staff  attorney 
at  the  automotive  division  of  United  Technologies  in 
Dearborn.  His  wife,  Lee  Ann  Cheves  Lukianuk 

B.S.N.  '82,  is  a  home  health  nurse.  They  are  co- 
directors  of  the  teen  choir  at  Highland  Park  Baptist 
Church  in  Southfield,  Mich.,  where  they  live  with 
their  infant  daughter. 

Peter  G.  Smith  Ph.D.  78  is  an  assistant  medical 
research  professor  in  the  pharmacology  department  at 
Duke  Medical  Center.  His  wife,  Ellen  Averett 

Ph.D.  '84,  is  a  psychologist  in  the  Children's  Psychia- 
tric Institute  at  John  Umstead  Hospital.  They  live  in 
Durham. 

Betsy  Sullivan  78  sells  computers  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Defense  as  an  account  manager  for  SMS  Data 


There's  a  Duke  connection  between 
two  law  firms  which  took  part  in  the 
largest  merger  in  the  history  of  North 
Carolina,  creating  a  new  firm  of  108  lawyers. 

Powe,  Porter  and  Alphin  of  Durham  and 
Raleigh  and  Moore,  Van  Allen  &.  Thigpen  of 
Charlotte  and  Raleigh  merged  in  October  to 
become  Moore  and  Van  Allen. 

Five  partners  and  three  associates  of  Powe, 
Porter,  and  Alphin  are  Duke  graduates: 
Charles  R.  Holton  J.D.  73;  Nick  A.  Ciompi 
'68,  M.Ed.  71,  J.D.  73;  Nancy  Russell  Shaw 
70,  J.D.  73;  A.  Margie  Happel  J.D.  78; 
James  L.  Stuart  B.S.E.  71;  Laura  Jean  Guy 
Long  J.D.  72;  Bryan  E.  Lessley  '80;  and  Paul 
M.Green  79,  A.M. '85,  J.D. '85. 

Three  partners  and  six  associates  of  Moore, 
Van  Allen,  Allen  &.  Thigpen  are  Duke  grad- 
uates: Richard  E.  Thigpen  Jr.  '51;  C.  Wells 
Hall  III  J.D.  73;  Kenneth  S.  Coe  J.D.  76; 
Donald  S.  Ingraham  J.D.  '82;  Richard  Wilson 
Evans  J.D.  '82 ;  Jean  Ann  Gordon  Carter  J.D. 
'83;  Richard  C.  Gaskins  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '80;  Brad 
S.  Markoff  79;  and  Richard  M.  Thigpen  78. 

The  new  firm  will  maintain  offices  in  all 
three  cities,  with  59  lawyers  in  Charlotte  and 
49  in  the  Research  Triangle  area. 


Products  Group,  Inc.  She  works  and  lives  in  McLean, 
Va. 

David  M.  Schlossman  Ph.D.  78,  M.D.  79  has 

been  promoted  to  assistant  professor  in  Duke's  depart- 
ment of  medicine. 

Michael  A.  Schwartz  78,  M.D.  '82  completed  a 
neurology  residency  in  June  at  Richmond's  Medical 
College  of  Virginia  and  entered  the  Air  Force  as  a 
neurologist  at  Wright-Patterson  Air  Force  Base  in 
Dayton,  Ohio.  His  wife.  Ana  C.  Mieres  M.S.  '80, 
is  pursuing  a  doctorate  at  Ohio  State  University  in 
Columbus. 

Claude  S.  Burton  III  M.D.  79,  who  joined 
Duke's  department  of  medicine  in  1984,  has  been 
promoted  to  assistant  professor. 

William  F.  Cline  79  is  senior  vice  president  of 
sales  and  marketing  for  Rich,  Inc.,  the  trading  systems 
subsidiary  of  Reuters  International. 

Edward  M.  Gomez  79,  a  reporter-researcher  for 
Time  magazine  and  an  artist  in  New  York  City,  was 
awarded  the  1986  Fulbt ight  Fellowship  for  Japan.  Dur- 
ing a  nine-month  period,  he'll  examine  the  country's 
contemporary  arts  scene,  art  education  system,  and 
art  market. 

Gregory  G.  Hall  B.S.M.E.  79,  M.D.  '83  has  joined 
Wilmington  Anesthesiologist  in  Wilmington,  N.C. 
He  and  his  wife,  Donna  Caswell  Hall  '81,  have  a 

daughter 

Virginia  Hart  79  is  managing  editor  of  the  alumni 
magazine  for  N.C.  State  University's  alumni  associa- 
tion. The  former  Salem  Academy  alumnae  director 
earned  her  master's  in  journalism  from  UNC-Chapel 
Hill. 

Hancy  A.  Leathers  B.S.N.  79,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  health  services  administration  from 
George  Washington  University,  is  the  admii 
coordinator  for  medical  activities  at  Richmond 
Memorial  Hospital. 

Erin  Fitzgerald  Helson  79  is  the  admi 
for  Volvo  Tennis  in  New  York  City.  Her  husband 


Carl  Nelson  '80,  is  an  attorney  in  Franklin,  N.J. 
They  live  in  Stanhope,  N.J. 

MARRIAGES:  Sarah  S.  Jones  '70  to  David  J. 
Fuller  on  Feb  1.  Residence:  Santa  Ana,  Calif.  .  .  . 
Daniel  Avery  Pitt  71  to  Claudia  Bloom  on  May 
3.  Residence:  Durham. ..Russell  Lamont 
Creighton  72,  M.B.A.  75  to  Katherine  Mitchell 
Cheney  on  April  12. ..Robert  R.  Nelson  Jr.  73 
to  Patricia  Joan  Yarasavage  on  April  26.  Residence: 
Charlotte... Alison  L.  Asti  75  to  Charles  E. 
Bienemann  Jr.  on  April  20. ..William  Allen 
Hawkins  III  B.S.M.E.  76  to  Sharon  Rose  Doyle  on 
April  12.  Residence:  London,  England. ..Mary  M. 
Millhiser  76  to  Philip  C.  Halsey  on  June  14... 
Victoria  Marie  Cox  77  to  Matthew  E.  Buresch 
on  April  12    Laureen  DeBuono  77  to  William 
Stephen  Solari  III  on  March  2.  Residence:  San 
Francisco... Lawrence  Scot  Deitch  77  to 
Andrea  Ruth  Warshaw  on  May  18.  Residence:  New- 
York  City... Craig  Everhart  77  to  Suzanne  Marie 
Burrows  on  Oct.  14,  1984.  Residence:  Gloucester- 
shire, England. ..Janice  Elizabeth  Farrell  77  to 
Owen  E.  Hearty  Jr.  on  March  22  in  New  York  City... 
Mary  Brist  Bellamy  Boney  78  to  James  W. 
Denison  III  on  May  17... Sally  Feldman  78  to 
Gordon  Raphael  Schonfeld  in  June.. .Peter 
Frederick  Hurst  Jr.  78  to  Barbara  Lynn  Atwell 
on  May  3. ..Peter  G.  Smith  Ph.D.  78  to  Ellen 
Averett  Ph.D.  '84  on  Feb.  22.  Residence:  Durham... 
Erin  Fitzgerald  79  to  Carl  Nelson  '80  on  Feb. 
22.  Residence:  Stanhope,  N.J.  .  .  .  Kenneth 
James  Kornblau  79,  J.D.  '83  to  Lisa  Karen 
Rubin  on  June  8. ..Paul  Marshall  Rodriguez  79 
to  Carol  Virginia  Ross  on  May  10  in  Duke  Chapel. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Maureen  R. 
Hanson  71  and  Shelby  Hildebrand  on  Oct.  13, 
1985.  Named  Daryl  Aaron  Hildebrand. ..Second  son 
to  Laurie  Earnheart  Williamson  71  and 
Richard  A.  Williamson  on  June  26,  1985.  Named 
James  Henry  Franklin. ..A  son  to  R.  Bruce 
Brower  B.S.M.E.  73  on  Dec.  3.  Named  Christopher 
Michael. ..First  child  and  son  to  Carolyn  Cook 
Gotay  73  and  Mark  Joseph  Gotay  73  on 
April  14.  Named  Alexander  Joseph  Belen.. .Second 
daughter  to  Laurence  J.  Shapiro  74  and  Betsy 
Towers  Shapiro  on  April  7.  Named  Jessica  Louise... 
Third  child  and  third  son  to  Anne  DeVoe  Lawler 
75  and  Brian  E.  Lawler  on  Jan.  6.  Named  Patrick 
Easley... Third  child  and  second  son  to  William  M. 
McDonald  75,  M.D.  '84  and  Jane  Cassedy 
McDonald  78  on  July  28.  Named  Marshall 
Anderson. ..Second  child  and  second  son  to  Cheryl 
Walker  Pearl  B.S.N.  75  and  David  R.  Pearl  75 
on  May  6.  Named  John  Taylor.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Bob  Bell  76,  M.Div.  79  and  Joan  Hope  M.Div. 
79  on  Feb.  26.  Named  Christopher  Woodard... First 
child  and  daughter  to  Kathryn  Markel  Levy 
M.Ed.  76,  M.B.A.  '81  and  Philip  Levy  M.B.A.  '81 
on  March  4.  Named  Alison  Michele... First  child  and 
son  to  Barbara  L.  Twombly-Herrick  76  and 
Christopher  W.  Herrick  on  March  16.  Named 
Michael  Alexander  Twombly  Herrick. .Twin  daugh- 
ters, second  and  third  children  to  Nancy  Burr 
Zweiner  76  and  David  K.  Zweiner  76  on 
March  7.  Named  Carolyn  Jean  and  Laura  Burr.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Rick  Lukianuk  78,  J.D.  '82 
and  Lee  Ann  Cheves  Lukianuk  B.S.N.  '82  on 
Feb.  8.  Named  Jordan  Quinn... Third  child  and  second 
son  to  Jane  Cassedy  McDonald  78  and 
William  M.  McDonald  75,  M.D.  '84  on  July  28. 
Named  Marshall  Anderson. ..First  son  and  second 
child  to  Elizabeth  Swails  Matteson  78  and 
William  Hillary  Matteson  Ph.D.  '83  on  March 
21.  Named  Robert  Walker... First  child  and  son  to 
Christopher  Jon  Ema  79  and  Maura  Lyren 
Ema  B.S.N.  '81  on  March  30.  Named  Carl  Patrick... 
A  daughter  to  Elizabeth  Lovett  Fletcher  79 
and  C.  Edward  Fletcher  III  '81  on  April  6. 
Named  Catherine  McCall...A  daughter  to  Gregory 


G.  Hall  B.S.M.E.  79,  M.D.  '83  and  Donna 
Caswell  Hall  '81  on  Jan.  2.  Named  Kathryn 
Lindsey.A  son  to  Victoria  Becker  Hoskins 

79  and  Carlton  Hoskins  on  April  28.  Named  Grant 
Wright... Second  child  and  first  son  to  Jeffrey 

79,  J.D.  '82  and  Marilyn  Dickman 

79  on  Nov.  12,  1985.  Named  Brad  Michael... 
Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Anne  Bruce 
Talcott  Howe  79  and  Allen  G.  Howe  on  Jan.  22. 

Named  Katherine  Bruce. 


80s 


Elizabeth  S.  Adams  B.S.N.  '80,  an  Air  Force 

captain,  graduated  from  Squadron  Officer  School  at 
Maxwell  Air  Force  Base,  Ala. 

Edwin  W.  Chamberlain  III  M.Ed.  '80,  an  Army 
major,  was  decorated  with  the  Meritorious  Service 
Medal  in  West  Germany  for  "outstanding  non-combat 
meritorious  achievement." 

Nina  S.  Gordon  '80  is  an  associate  with  the  Miami 
law  firm  Sticin  6k  Camner.  She  lives  in  Ft.  Lauderdale. 

Thomas  Gordon  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '80  is  a  senior 

software/digital  design  engineer  with  Scientific 
Atlanta.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Hapeville,  Ga. 

Barbara  Carter  Kohn  '80  graduated  from  Emory' 
University's  physician  associate  program  in  1984  and 
is  a  surgical  physician  assistant  at  St.  Joseph  Medical 
Center  in  Stamford,  Conn.  She  and  her  husband, 
Ernesto,  live  in  Old  Greenwich,  Conn. 


who  was  manager  of 
Duke's  recording  studios,  writes  that  he  is  pursuing  "an 
irresponsible  lifestyle  in  Bem,  Switzerland.  I  am  not 
married.  I  have  no  children.  I  have  no  plans  to  attend 
a  professional  school  of  any  type  and  I  do  not  own  a 
German  luxury  car.  I  am  currently  searching  for  the 
pot  of  gold  at  the  end  of  the  rainbow  and/or  a  job." 

Ana  C.  Mieres  M.S.  '80  is  pursuing  a  doctorate  in 
motor  development  at  Ohio  State  University  in 
Columbus.  Her  husband,  Michael  A.  Schwartz 

78,  M.D.  '82,  is  a  neurologist  in  the  Air  Force  at 
Wright-Patterson  Air  Force  Base  in  Dayton. 

Carl  Nelson  '80  is  an  attorney  in  Franklin,  N.J.  His 
wife,  Erin  Fitzgerald  Nelson  79,  is  an  adminis- 
trator for  Volvo  Tennis.  They  live  in  Stanhope,  N.J. 


80  ,  who  gradu- 
ated from  Campbell  University's  law  school,  works  at 
the  accounting  office  Ernst  &  Whinney.  He  and  his 
wife,  Mary  Elizabeth,  a  travel  agent,  live  in  Raleigh, 
N.C 

Jamie  Robert  Wisser  '80  received  his  medical 
degree  from  The  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in 
May. 

Todd  Fredric  Baumgartner  '81  graduated  from 
medical  school  in  May  and  began  a  residency  in  family 
medicine  at  the  University  of  Missouri-Columbia 
Hospital.  His  wife,  Patty,  is  also  a  medical  student. 

Leslie  A.  Cornell  '81  is  director  of  career  planning 
and  placement  at  Centenary  College  in  Hacketts- 
town,  N.J. 

Marcy  Cathey  Ewell  '81  is  a  consultant  to  the 

International  Monetary  Fund,  developing  course 
curriculum,  implementing  new  procedures,  and  deli- 
vering computer  and  word  processing  training  to  IMF 
staff,  as  well  as  evaluating  and  designing  the  fund's 
continuing  education  credit  program.  She  and  her 
husband,  Greg,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Burke,  Va. 

Michael  D.  Fields  '81,  a  financial  planning  con- 
sultant with  Capital  Concepts  Securities,  was  named 
one  of  the  Ten  Outstanding  Young  North  Carolinians 


An  Old  Idea 
Just  Got  Better! 

Colonial  professionals  knew  a  good 
idea  when  they  saw  one.  The  Ben 
Franklin  revolving  bookcase  is  a 
handsome  appointment  to  your 
home  or  office.  Quality  workman- 
ship provides  years  of  use.  Maximize 
your  office  space  and  minimize  your 
trips  to  the  library.  Your  research  is 
a  reach  away. 

Satisfaction  Guaranteed. 
BIG  BEN 
5  Shelves 
$875 

LITTLE  BEN 

4  Shelves 

$675 


.4s*  about 
Southern  / 
combination 
revolving 
bookcase  and 
beverage  cabinet 
Also  create 
custom  stand-up 
desks  to  your 
height. 

To  order,  call  or  write: 

Southern  artisans 

1442  Adkins  Rd. 
Houston,  Texas  77055 

(713)  932-9512 


We  Stock  Everything  You 

NeedTo  Prints.  Write  On. 

And  On  And  On. 


^ 


=\ 


Printing  Papers 


Envelopes 


Computer  Supplies  Copier  Papers 

and  Accessories  and  Products 

And  even  this  publication  is  printed 
on  paper  supplied  by  Virginia  Paper 
Company.  We'd  like  to  help  your 
companymake  a  better  impres- 
sion. Call  us  at  one  of  our  offices  in 
Charlotte,  Raleigh,  Greensboro, 
Columbia,  Richmond,  Virginia 
Beach,  Washington,  D.C.,  Atlanta, 
Jacksonville,  Tampa,  Orlando  and 
Miami. 


Virginia  Paper  Company 


for  1985.  Last  fall,  he  chaired  a  record-breaking  United 
Way  campaign  in  Moore  County. 

Douglas  Hammerstrom  '81  graduated  with 
honors  from  the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  medical 
school  and  is  doing  his  residency  in  family  practice  at 
the  Contra  Costa  County  Hospital  in  Martinez,  Calif. 

Rosetta  Inmon  M.B.A.  '81  has  been  promoted  to 
new  product  associate  in  the  new  products  depart- 
ment of  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  She  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Maura  A.  O'Brien  '81,  who  earned  her  master's  at 
Georgetown  University,  was  awarded  a  Fulbright 
Award  to  write  her  doctoral  dissertation  AIDS:  Civil 
Liberties  us.  Public  Health  at  the  Centre  for  Human 
Bioethics  of  Monash  University  in  Australia.  She  is  a 
doctoral  fellow  in  philosophy  at  Georgetown's  Ken- 
nedy Institute  of  Ethics  and  is  staff  ethicist  for  N.Y. 
Gov.  Mario  Cuomo's  state  Task  Force  on  Life  and  the 
Law.  She  lives  in  Fanwood,  N.J. 

Gerald  C.  Shea  '81  is  an  associate  specializing  in 
corporate  law  with  the  firm  Pepe  &  Hazard  of  Hart- 
ford, Conn. 

John  R.  Carter  '82  has  been  promoted  to  captain 
in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  He  and  his  wife,  Melissa 
Kline  Carter  '80,  live  in  Myrtle  Beach,  S.C., 
where  he  flies  the  A-10  aircraft  at  the  Air  Force  base 
there. 

Charles  A.  Johnson  Jr.  '82  is  a  second  lieuten- 
ant in  the  Air  Force  flying  Lockheed  C-130  aircraft 
with  the  N.C.  Air  Narional  Guard  in  Charlotte.  His 
wife,  Leslie,  is  an  advertising  copywriter  in  Atlanta. 
They  live  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Stephen  N.  Leibensperger  '82,  who  earned 

his  M.D.  in  May  from  Pennsylvania  State  University's 
medical  school,  began  a  residency  in  family  medicine 
at  St.  Margaret's  Memorial  Hospital  in  Pittsburgh. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

YOUNG 

WRITERS' 

CAMP 


Session  I:  June  14-26 
Session  II:  June  2  8-July  11 
Session  III:  July  13-24 
A  camp  for  young  people  ages  10-17 
During  the  10-day  workshop,  you  will 
be  able  to  learn  from  practicing  writers 
and  will  receive  guidance  to  further 
develop  your  own  writing  style.  Groups 
will  be  divided  by  age  and  interest  and 
will  utilize  informal  indoor  meeting 
rooms  and  the  Duke  grounds.  Faculty 
are  themselves  authors  and  have  experi- 
ence working  with  children  and  young 
adults.  Campers  may  stay  on  campus  or 
commute.  For  a  complete  description 
phone  919-684-6259  or  just  send  the 
attached  coupon  NOW. 

Mail  to:     DUKE  UNIVERSITY  YOUNG  WRITERS  CAMP 
The  Bishops  House 
Duke  University/Durham,  NC  27708 


J  EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY  INSTITUTION 


Lee  Ann  Cheves  Lukianuk  B.S.N.  '82  is  a 

home  healrh  care  nurse  at  Metto  Home  Health  Care. 
Her  husband,  Rick  Lukianuk  78,  J.D.  '82,  is  a  staff 
attorney  with  United  Technologies.  They  are  co- 
directors  of  the  teen  choit  at  Highland  Park  Baptist 
Church  in  Southfield,  Mich.,  where  they  live  with 
their  infant  daughter. 


'  Jay  Mayer  '82  graduated  from  Washing- 
ton University's  law  school  in  May.  He  is  spending  a 
year  clerking  for  the  Arizona  Supreme  Court  before 
joining  the  Chicago  law  firm  Schiff,  Hardin  6k  Waite. 

Douglas  C.  McCrory  '82,  who  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Miami's  medical  school  in  May,  was 
elected  to  Alpha  Omega  Alpha,  a  medical  honor 
society.  He  is  working  on  his  residency  in  internal 
medicine  at  the  Medical  College  ot  Virginia  in 
Richmond. 


Wade  Thomas  Overgaard  '82,  senior  i 
assistant  with  The  Travelers  Insurance  Co.  of  Hart- 
ford, Conn.,  was  accepted  as  an  associate  in  the 
Casualty  Actuarial  Society.  An  associateship  is 
achieved  by  passing  seven  comprehensive  mathemati 
cal,  statistical,  and  insurance  examinations. 


Michael  A.  Redmond  '82  was  promoted  to  senior 
associate  programmer  with  IBM's  consumer  systems 
business  unit  in  Charlotte. 

Joel  H.  Swofford  '82  is  a  fourth-year  student  at 
the  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine.  His  wife, 
Melinda,  is  a  registered  nurse  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

Jon  Upson  B.S.M.E.  '82  lives  in  San  Diego,  Calif., 
where  he  works  tor  Sundstrand's  Turbomach  division 
as  a  manufacruring  engineer. 

Mark  David  Arian  '83,  who  graduated  from 

Columbia  Unnersiry's  law  school  m  May,  joined  the 
N.Y.  law  firm  Dorsey  &  Whitney.  He  and  his  wife, 
Ellen,  live  in  S.  Salem,  N.Y. 


Eric  D.  Disher  M.Div.  '83,  pastor  of  First  United 
Church  of  Christ,  was  elected  to  the  board  of  the 
Nazareth  Children's  Home  in  Salisbury,  N.C. 

Laura  Hunger  Kahn  B.S.N.  '83  is  a  nurse  thera- 
pist working  with  geriatric  clients  in  Chalfont,  Pa. 
Her  husband,  Jeff,  works  for  his  family's  commercial 
real  estate  firm  in  Philadelphia. 

Jerry  D.  Lewis  M.Div.  '83,  a  chaplain  at  Home- 
stead Air  Force  Base,  Fla.,  with  the  31st  Combat  Sup- 
port Group,  has  been  promoted  to  captain. 

Ellen  Rock  Luken  M.B.A.  '83  is  director  of  spe- 
cial events  for  Duke  Medical  Center  and  for  the  Searle 
Centet  for  Continuing  Education.  Her  husband, 
Michael,  is  a  software  engineer  for  GTE  Government 
Systems.  They  live  in  Durham. 

William  Hillary  Matteson  Ph.D.  'S3  is  a  senior 
associate  engineer  at  IBM.  He  and  his  wife,  Eliza- 
beth Swails  Matteson  78,  hve  in  Durham  with 
their  two  children. 

Andrew  D.  McClintock  B.S.C.E.  '83.  a  Marine 
Corps  first  lieutenant,  has  qualified  as  an  aircraft  co- 
pilot. He  is  serving  with  the  Third  Marine  Aircraft 
Wing,  Marine  Corps  Helicoptet  Ait  Station,  in 
Tustin,  Calif. 


I  J.  Miller  M.H.A.  '83  is  assistant  adminis- 
trator, ambulatory  services,  tor  Rex  Hospital  in 
Raleigh,  N.C. 

Terry  Ransbury  B.S.E.  '83,  who  holds  the  current 
pole  vault  and  decathlon  tecord  at  Duke,  is  an  electri- 
cal engineer  working  on  insttument  design  for  Cordis 
Corp.  in  Miami,  Fla. 

Brad  S.  Torgan  '83,  who  earned  his  master's  in 
regional  planning  in  May  from  UNC-Chapel  Hill, 
works  in  Hillsborough,  N.C,  as  a  comprehensive 
planner  for  Orange  County. 


Kenny  Dennard 

presents 
The  Blue  Devil 

H  APR-SAC 


The  transformer  you  can  wear! 
The  Hat-R-Sac  is  a  patented  new  design  that  combines  - 
a  stylish  one-size-fits-all  hat  with  a  functional  tote  bag, 
ALL  IN  ONE  UNIQUE  PRODUCT! 
SEEING  IS  BELIEVING!        A  GREAT  BLUE  DEVIL  GIFT  IDEA! 
Only  $9.95  plus  $1.50  shipping  and  handling. 
Just  send  check  or  money  order  with  order  form  to: 
HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY  i 

P.O.  Box  5609  J 

Durham,  N.C.  27706  * 

Proceeds  go  to  The  American  Cancer  Society 


AMERICAN 
? CANCER 
F  SOCIETY* 


Satisfaction  Guaranteed! 
Please  send Hat-R-Sac(s) 


at  $9.95  each  plus  1.50  shipping  and  handling 


ADDRESS 
CITY    


STATE . 


ZIP. 


HAT-R-SAC  COMPANY,  P.O.  BOX  5609,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706 


Lawrence  C.  Trotter  '83,  who  earned  his  M.Div. 
from  Westminster  Theological  Seminary,  is  an  associ- 
ate pastor  at  Glen  Burnie  Evangelical  Preshyterian 
Church.  He  and  his  wife,  Sandra,  live  in  Glen  Burnie, 
Md. 

Ellen  Averett  Ph.D.  '84  is  a  psychologist  in  the 
Children's  Psychiatric  Institute  at  John  Umstead 
Hospital  in  Burner,  N.C.  Het  husband,  Peter  G. 
Smith  Ph.D.  78,  is  a  medical  tesearch  assistant  pro- 
fessor at  Duke  Medical  Center.  They  live  in  Durham. 

Eileen  M.  Flanagan  '84  has  been  in  Bobonong, 

Botswana,  since  1984  teaching  English  and  African 
history.  She  returns  to  the  United  States  in  December 
to  do  graduate  work. 

Ronald  J.  Galonsky  Jr.  '84,  an  Army  second 
lieutenant,  is  a  platoon  leader  with  the  J.S.  Military 
Community  Activity  in  West  Germany. 

Jeffrey  Carlton  Harelson  '84  is  a  commercial 

account  teptesentative  for  ChemLawn  Services  Corp. 

His  wife,  Electra  Thomas  Harelson  '86,  is  a 
recruiting  administratot  fot  a  law  firm  in  Dallas, 
Texas. 

Lehman  H.  Johnson  III  M.B.A.  '84  is  vice  presi- 
dent of  marketing  for  Telco  Systems  Fiber  Optics 
Corp.  of  Redwood  City,  Calif.  He  was  director  of 
product  development  for  ITT  Telecom  in  Raleigh, 
N.C. 

Michael  Leighton  '84  is  a  third-year  medical  stu- 
dent at  the  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of 
New  Jersey's  Robert  Wood  Johnson  (Rutgers)  medical 
school.  He  and  his  wife,  Andtea,  a  paralegal,  live  in 
Edison,  N.J. 

Julia  M.  Brannon  Ph.D.  '85  is  a  psychologist  at 

New  River  Mental  Health  Center  in  Wilkesboro, 
N.C. 


Ed  Prewitt  '85  is  a  reporter  at  Fortune  magazine 
and  lives  in  New  York  City. 

Andrew  David  Reddick  M.B.A.  '85  is  product 
manager  in  the  marketing  unit  at  Burroughs  Wellcome 
in  Research  Triangle  Park,  N.C.  His  wife,  Judith 
Anne,  is  a  financial  setvice  specialist,  also  in  Bur- 
roughs Welcome's  marketing  unit.  They  live  in 
Raleigh. 

Judy  A.  Seaber  Ph.D.  '85  was  promoted  to  associ 
ate  professor  in  ophthalmology  at  Duke  Medical 
Center. 

David  A.  Trott  J.D  '85  is  a  member  of  the  law  firm 
Robert  A.  Tfott,  recently  renamed  Trott  and  Trott,  in 
Bloomfield  Hills,  Mich. 

Electra  Thomas  Harelson  '86  is  a  recruiting 
administrator  for  the  law  firm  Locke,  Purnell  in 
Dallas,  Texas.  Her  husband,  Jeffrey  Carlton 

Harelson  '84,  is  a  commercial  account  representa- 
tive. They  live  in  Dallas. 

MARRIAGES:  Robert  Scott  Bradley  '80  to 

Virginia  Marie  Williams  on  Jan.  25. ..David  L. 
Feldman  '80,  M.D.  '84  to  Debra  Ann  Green  in 
August... Anne  Kennard  O'Neil  '80  to  Juan 
Manuel  Ocampo  on  May  3. .Thomas  Warwick 
Steed  III  '80  to  Mary  Elizabeth  Adams  on  May  17. 
Residence:  Raleigh. ..Amy  Elizabeth  Weber  '80 
to  William  Rogers  Reid  on  May  17... Elizabeth 
Ann  Wilkinson  '80  to  Edwin  Wilson  Edmonson 
on  July  12  in  Duke  Chapel. .Todd  Fredric 
Baumgartner  '81  to  Patricia  Elizabeth  Wetherill 
on  May  24.  Residence:  Columbia,  Mo.  .  .  .  Ilissa 
Ann  Kimball  '81  to  Lon  Fredric  Povich  in  May- 
Jennifer  N.  Riegel  '81  to  Paul  Joseph  Elmlinger 
on  Feb.  8  in  New  York  City.. .Lynn  Benson 
Stephanz  '81  to  David  M.  Harrington  on  June  15, 
1985.  Residence:  Salisbury,  N.C.  .  .  .  Charles  A. 


Wouldn't  you 
miss  us  if  we 
weren't 
dropping  in 
every  two 
months? 


uke  Magazine  recently  earned  the  distinction  "Magazine  ot  the  Year," 
making  it  the  best  of  the  nation's  university  magazines.  But  compet- 
ing priorities  make  it  difficult  to  cover  ever-rising  printing  and  mailing  costs. 
Your  special  contribution  to  the  magazine  will  help  ensure  that  it  remains  vital, 
compelling,  and  imaginative— editorially  and  visually. 

The  suggested  "voluntary  subscription"  for  one  year  is  $15.  To  enable  us 
to  keep  up  the  good  work,  please  send  your  check  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Duke  Magazine,  614,  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27706. 


Johnson  Jr.  '82  to  Leslie  LuAnn  Palmet  in  Decem- 
ber Residence:  Matietta,  Ga.  .  .  .  Andrew  Scott 
McElwaine  '82  to  Barbara  Lyn  Lieber  on  March 

8. ..Susan  Lynn  Spaller  '82  to  John  Peter 
Verschoor  on  May  17... Joel  H.  Swofford  '82  to 

Melinda  H.  Stinson  on  July  19.  Residence:  Winston- 
Salem,  N.C.  .  .  .  Mark  David  Arian  '83  to  Ellen 
Meredith  Lester  on  May  18.  Residence:  S.  Salem, 
N.Y.  .  .  .Laura  Hunger  B.S.N. '83  to  Jeff  Kahn  on 
June  28. ..Karen  Bernice  Kiefer  M.S.  '83  to 
Scott  David  Katy  on  Jan.  28,  1985.  Residence: 
Bermuda.  J.  Parker  Mason  '83  to  Lora  Jean 
Fassett  '85  on  May  10  in  Duke  Chapel. ..Ellen 
Ruth  Rock  M.B.A.  '83  to  Michael  Edward  Luken 
on  March  1.  Residence:  Durham..  Valerie  Ann 
Schwarz  J.D.  '83  to  Steven  J.  George  on  May  10... 
Lawrence  C.  Trotter  '83  to  Sandra  Lou  Martin 

on  Aug.  17,  1985.  Residence:  Glen  Burnie,  Md 

Ellen  Averett  Ph.D.  '84  to  Peter  G.  Smith 
Ph.D.  '78  on  Feb.  22.  Residence:  Durham... Jeffrey 
Carlton  Harelson  84  to  Electra  Gail 
Thomas  '86  on  May  24.  Residence:  Dallas... 
Michael  Leighton  '84  to  Andrea  P.  Gross  on  July 

4.  Residence:  Edison,  N.J Daniel  Francis 

Danello  J.D.  '85  to  Elizabeth  Wan-en  Harper  on 
May  3. ..Lora  Jean  Fassett  '85  to  J.  Parker 
Mason  '83  on  May  10  in  Duke  Chapel. ..James 
Thaddeus  Jennings  A.M.  '85  to  Nancy  Eliza- 
beth Sparks  on  April  19.  Residence:  Cary,  N.C.  .  .  . 
Andrew  David  Reddick  M.B.A.  '85  to  Judith 
Anne  Pickett  on  April  12.  Residence:  Raleigh... 
Steven  Marshall  Conger  M.Div.  '86  to 
Nancy  Susan  Hollowed  M.Div.  '86  on  May  4. 
Residence:  Plymouth,  Ind.  .  .  .  Electra  Gail 
Thomas  '86  to  Jeffrey  Carlton  Harelson  '84 
on  May  24.  Residence:  Dallas. 

BIRTHS:  Fitst  child  and  daughtet  to  Thomas 
Gordon  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '80  and  Susan  Gotdon  on 
Nov.  28.  Named  Chnsta  Elaine.. .First  child  and 


Duke 
Chorale 
Record 

r lear  the  soon-to-be-released 

recording  of  the  Chorale 

(Rodney  Wynkoop,  director): 

—  Brahms  "Mass"*  * 

First  U.S.  recording 

-The  Owl  and  the 

Pussycat,  by  Virgil 

Thomson 

-Dear  Old  Duke 

and  more 


OKDER  FOR  CIIRISTM:\S  OR  ANY  OCCASION! 
(Christmas  orders  by  Dec.  1) 

Please  send  me copies  of  the  Duke  Chorale 

record  at  g&00  each,  which  includes  mailing.  N'C 
residents  please  add  S„3(>  sales  tax  per  record. 
MAKE  CHECKS  PAYABLE  TO  DUKE  CHORALE 


V,  STATE  ZIP 

Mail  to:  Duke  Chorale,  (>6'J5  College  Station 


Durham,  N.C.  27708 


A  SEASON 
OF  SILVER 


FROM 


Towle  Silversmiths 
have  created  a  Christ 
mas  ornament  especially 
for  Duke  University  for 
1986-  an  incredibly 
intricate  silver- 
plated  design 
featuring  the 
Duke  Chapel. 
This  beautiful 


DUKE 


2  lA-by-\  %-inch  commemora- 
tive piece  will  be  a  wel- 
come addition  to  your 
Christmas  tree  or 
holiday  arrange- 
ments. At  $12 
each,  this  limited 
edition  would 
make  a  special 
silver  gift. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  OFFICE 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham.  NC  27706 


Please  Print  Legibly 


Please  check  your  school 

D  TRINITY  D  ENGINEERING 

□  NURSING  O   ALLIED  HEALTH 

□  LAW  D  DIVINITY 
D  MEDICINE  D  FORESTRY 
D   BUSINESS         D  GRADUATE 


Your  class  year 
Your  GRADS  ID  # 
[on  mailing  addressl 

Sorry,  no  CO  D  orders 


Ordered  by: 

Ship  lb  (If  Different): 

BILLING  ADDRESS 

DELIVERY  ADDRESS 

CITY                                                STATE 

ZIP 

CITY                                                STATE 

ZIP 

AREA  CODE                                 DAY  PHONE 

AREA  CODE                                 DAY  PHONE 

I,  made  payable  t 

QUANTITY 

PRICE 

AMOUNT 

1986  Silver  ornaments®  SI2  00 

D  Check  enclosed  (no  CODs  pleas 

d  Duke  Univer 

sity 

MasterCard  Interbank   tt 

Total 

daughter  to  Bradley  D.  Korbel  '80  and  Leah 
Morgan  Korbel  '80  on  April  4.  Named  Morgan 
Ann. ..First  child  and  son  to  Sandra  Hardin 
Mikush  '80  and  Donald  C.  Mikush  Jr.  '80  on 

Dec  13.  Named  David  Russell... First  child  and  son  to 
John  P.  Thompson  '80,  M.D.  '84  and  Elizabeth 
Cook  Thompson  on  Oct.  14,  1985.  Named  Kyle 
Benjamin. ..First  child  and  son  to  Maura  Lyren 
Ema  B.S.N.  '81  and  Christopher  Jon  Ema  '79 
on  March  30.  Named  Carl  Patrick. ..A  daughter  to 
Mary  Cathey  Ewell  '81  and  Greg  Ewell  on  March 
14,  1985.  Named  Emily  Steed.. .A  daughter  to  C. 
Edward  Fletcher  III  '81  and  Elizabeth 
Lovett  Fletcher  '79  on  April  6.  Named  Catherine 
McCall...A  daughter  to  Donna  Caswell  Hall  '81 
and  Gregory  G.  Hall  B.S.M.E.  '79,  M.D.  '83  on 
Jan.  2.  Named  Kathryn  Lindsey... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Philip  Levy  M.B.A.  '81  and  Kathryn 
Markel  Levy  M.Ed.  '76,  M.B.A.  '81  on  March  4. 
Named  Alison  Michele... First  child  and  daughter  to 
Lee  Ann  Cheves  Lukianuk  B.S.N.  '82  and 
Rick  Lukianuk  '78,  J.D.  '82  on  Feb.  8.  Named 
Jordan  Quinn...A  son  to  James  Russell 
Peacock  III  J.D.  '82  on  Sept.  15,  1985.  Named 
James  Russell  IV. .First  son  and  second  child  to 
William  Hillary  Matteson  Ph.D.  83  and 
Elizabeth  Swails  Matteson  '78  on  March  21 
Named  Robert  Walker. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 

Garland  B.  Daniel  '20,  L.  77  of  Suffolk,  Va. . .  . 
Guy  T.  Hardee  '29  on  Feb.  16. ..Homer  L. 
Lippard  '30  on  May  18,  1985... Charles  H. 
Morgan  A.M.  '30  on  Nov.  5, 1985...Branscomb 
T.  Black  '34  of  Durham..  Edythe  Pettigrew  '34 
on  Feb.  27    Lenora  S.  Persson  '35  on  May  9, 
1985,  in  Tenafly,  N.J.  . .  .  Benjamin  B.  Weems 
'35,  A.M.  '39  on  Jan.  31. ..Herbert  G.  Whiting  '36 
on  Jan.  29. ..Lucy  C.  Robins  '37  of  Crozier,  Va.,  on 
Dec.  -V  Thera  Carpenter  Calhoun  '39  of 
Exmore,  Va.  .  .  .  T.Z.  Sprott  '39  of  Charlotte,  N.C., 
on  May  6. ..A.  Paul  Robinson  '43  of  Laurel, 
Del.  .  .  .  Dorothy  Underdown  Simmons  '48 
of  Hickory,  N.C.,  on  Jan.  V  Thomas  V.  Kaicher 
M.D.  '52  of  White  Plains,  N.Y.,  on  Dec.  3. ..Joseph 
Troup  Zink  Jr.  M.R.E.  '52  of  Houston,  Texas,  on 
Jan.  19.. .Philip  J.  Accardo  '53  of  Waccabuc,  N.Y., 
on  May  5. ..Richard  L.  Tenney  '57  of  Aldie,  Va., 
on  June  30. William  Harrison  Williams  III 
M.D.  73  on  Feb.      Donald  M.  Paulson  '75  of 
Tamarac,  Fla.  .  .  .  Eric  Brandt  '81. 


H.  Taylor  '16,  A.M.  '24  of  Linden,  N.C., 
on  March  13  in  Raleigh.  He  was  principal  in  several 
schools  in  Cumberland,  Sampson,  Harnett,  and 
Durham  counties,  and  was  a  member  of  the  Order  of 
Daedalians,  a  national  fraternity  for  military  pilots. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jessie,  two  daughters,  three 
sons,  a  sister,  sixteen  grandchildren,  and  ten  great- 
grandchildren. 

Benjamin  Muse  '18  on  May  4  in  his  Reston,  Va., 
home,  of  a  heart  ailment.  A  former  director  of  the 
Southern  Regional  Council,  one  of  the  early  private 
organizations  working  for  civil  rights,  he  was  later 
appointed  by  President  John  F.  Kennedy  to  monitor 
racial  equality  in  the  armed  forces.  In  the  1950s  and 
early  '60s,  he  contributed  a  weekly  column  to  The 
Washington  Post.  He  was  the  author  of  Virginia's  Mas- 
sive Resistance  (1961),  Ten  Yean  of  Prelude  (1964),  and 
The  American  Negro  Revolution  (1971).  The  Durham 
native  grew  up  in  Petersburg,  Va.,  and  attended  Trinity 
College  and  George  Washington  University.  He  en- 
listed in  the  British  Army  in  World  War  I  and  was 
captured  by  the  Germans.  He  joined  the  U.S.  Foreign 


QjUKE  TRAVEL  1987 


Australia,  New  Zealand,  &  Tasmania 
January  4-22 

Start  the  New  Year  with  our  friends  Down 
Under!  Fly  with  us  to  Auckland,  New  Zealand 
for  two  nights  in  fabulous  Auckland,  then  set 
sail  for  12  nights  aboard  the  ROYAL  ODYSSEY, 
and  finally  two  nights  in  beautiful  Sydney, 
Australia.  Prices  start  at  $3,688  including  the 
four  nights  hotel,  the  cruise  and  roundtrip  air 
from  Raleigh-Durham.  Your  friends  and  family 
members  are  welcome  to  join  you  on  this  fab- 
ulous New  Year's  cruise. 

Cruising  the  Grenadines  and  the  Orinoco  River 

February  22-March  1 

Combine  South  America  adventure  with 
the  Caribbean's  most  exquisite  Grenadine 
Islands  on  this  seven-day  cruise  from  Barbados. 
The  Ocean  Princess  weaves  among  the  islands 
calling  at  Barbados,  Palm  Island,  Grenada, 
Tobago,  St.  Lucia  and  Martinique.  For  an  ex- 
citing contrast,  she  sails  up  Venezuela's  jungle- 
fringed  Orinoco  River  to  Ciudad  Guayana. 

Prices  range  from  $1,095  to  $2,195  (double 
occupancy)  depending  on  cabin  category 
selected  —  free  air  from  Atlanta  and  Miami  to 
Barbados  round  trip.  Optional  three-night, 
pre-cruise  package  in  Barbados  for  $390  per 
person,  double  occupancy. 

Islands  of  the  South  Pacific 
March  15-31 

Aboard  the  small  elegant  cruise  ship 
ILLIRIA,  explore  beautiful  and  remote  is- 
lands of  the  South  Pacific.  Our  travels  begin 
in  Sydney,  the  stunning  capital  of  New  South 
Wales,  before  flying  to  Port  Moresby  in  Papua, 
New  Guinea  where  we  embark  our  lovely 
ship  for  a  fascinating  cruise.  Witness  the 
ancient  rituals  of  the  primitive  Trobriand 
Islands,  the  Santa  Cruz  Islands,  and  the  New 
Hebrides.  And  visit  islands  which  were  heavily- 
involved  in  World  War  II  including  Guadal- 
canal and  Bouganville  in  the  Solomons,  and 
Rabaul.  Finally,  enjoy  the  long  stretches  of 
tropical  beaches  and  coral  reefs  in  Fiji  before 
flying  home.  Optional  extensions  in  Australia 
and  New  Zealand  also  available. 


Mississippi  River  Boat  Cruise  and  New  Orleans 
April  9-18 

Relive  the  days  when  cotton  was  king  and 
the  riverboat  was  the  only  way  to  travel.  Join 
Duke  and  UNC  alumni  on  this  unique  journey 
up  the  Mississippi  from  New  Orleans  to 
Memphis.  Enjoy  two  nights  deluxe  accom- 
modations in  New  Orleans  and  then  board 
one  of  America's  newest  riverboats  for  our 
journey  to  fascinating  historic  sites,  ante- 
bellum homes,  cotton  and  sugar  plantations, 
and  quaint  town  centers.  Price  includes 
FREE  air  fare  and  shore  excursions,  nightly 
cocktail  parties  and  all  meals  on  board,  two- 
night  pre-cruise  package  in  New  Orleans, 
and  more.  Priced  from  $1,460  per  person. 


The  British  Isles  and  Ireland 
May  27-June  2 

Experience  the  historic  lands  of  England, 
Wales,  Scotland,  and  Ireland.  You  can  see  the 
roval  attractions  in  London;  the  charming 
villages  in  Cardiff  and  Edinburgh;  and  the 
"luck  of  the  Irish"  in  Limerick  and  Dublin. 
From  $899 -Boston  departure.  From  $1,099- 
Raleigh/Durham  departure. 


Canadian  Rockies 
June  13-22 

Enjoy  ten  relaxing  days  in  Canada's  most 
beautiful  surroundings  of  their  Western  Cana- 
dian Rockies.  Visit  and  enjoy  the  world's 
largest  shopping  center  at  Edmonton,  the 
tranquility  of  chateaux  in  Lake  Louise  and 
Banff,  the  beauty  of  Butchart  Gardens  in 
Victoria  and  end  your  visit  in  one  of  Canada's 
most  prestigious  and  progressive  cities.  Van- 
couver. The  ten-day  adventure  is  inclusive  of 
everything,  and  will  be  priced  at  $1,699  from 
Edmonton. 


Alaska 
July  15-22 

Cruise  the  new  frontier  of  America-Alaska 
aboard  the  elegant  GOLDEN  ODYSSEY! 
Join  our  7-day  voyage  from  historic  Anchor- 
age, past  majestic  mountains,  through  spec- 
tacular fjords  and  awesome  glaciers  to  breath- 
taking Vancouver,  British  Columbia.  Prices 
start  at  $1,903  per  person  roundtrip  from 
Raleigh-Durham  including  special  Duke 
Alumni  bonuses  (bar  credits,  cocktail  parties, 
wine  and  group  rates).  Your  friends  and  family 
members  are  welcome  to  join  you. 


Burgundy  Passage  and  the  Alps 
July  29-August  10 

Arrive  Geneva,  Switzerland,  via  Swissair 
and  transfer  to  Macon,  France,  to  begin  your 
six  night  cruise  on  the  Saone  River  aboard  the 
M.V.  ARLENE.  Ports  of  call  through  the  Bur- 
gundy Provence  will  include  Tournus,  Chalon- 
Sur-Saone,  Seurre,  and  St.  Jean  de  Losne  near 
Dijon.  From  the  Dijon  area,  transfer  to  Lausanne, 
Switzerland,  on  Lake  Geneva  for  two  nights. 
From  Lausanne  transfer  to  Lucerne,  Switzer- 
land, on  Lake  Lucerne  for  three  nights  via 
Berne,  Interlaken,  Grindehvald,  and  the  Bernese 
Oberland  area.  Return  from  Zurich.  Approxi- 
mately $2,930  from  Atlanta. 

The  Danube  and  the  Black  Sea 
September  15-28 

The  Danube  has  been  celebrated  in  story 
and  in  song  as  Europe's  greatest  river.  Enjoy 
an  adventure  where  you  follow  the  Danube 
through  seven  of  Europe's  most  fascinating 
countries  over  14  days:  Austria,  Czecho- 
slovakia, Hungary,  Yugoslavia,  Bulgaria, 
Romania,  plus  Turkey.  See  the  old  romantic 
Europe  that  is  still  the  way  the  rest  of  Europe 
used  to  be.  The  adventure  will  depart  from 
New  York  City,  and  be  priced  from  $2,799. 

China/Orient 

October  25-November  10 

Discover  the  mysterious  Orient  on  this  exciting 
adventure  in  China  and  Japan  on  board  the 
luxurious  Royal  Viking  Star.  Cruise  to  some  of 
China's  most  fascinating  ports  and  cities  in- 
cluding Shanghai,  Yantai,  Beijing  (where  you'll 
see  China's  Great  Wall),  and  Dalian.  In  Japan, 
explore  the  highlights  of  Nagasaki.  Priced  from 
$4,535  per  person  from  the  West  Coast  includ- 
ing either  a  Hong  Kong  Pre-Cruise  or  Tokyo 
Post-Cruise  Package. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL  OUT  THE  COUPON  AND 
RETURN  TO  BARBARA  DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE  TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL 
DRIVE,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114. 

Burgundy/The  Alps 
Danube/Black  Sea 
China/Orient 


U    Australia 

□    British  Isles 

□ 

D    Grenadines 

D    Canadian  Rockies 

□ 

□    South  Pacific 

□    Alaska 

□ 

LJ    Mississippi  River 

Name 

Class 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

Service  in  1920,  held  various  posts  in  Europe  and 
Latin  America,  but  resigned  in  1934  to  become  a 
farmer  in  Petersburg.  He  was  elected  to  the  Virginia 
Senate  as  a  Democrat,  but  resigned  in  1936  when  he 
broke  with  the  New  Deal  labor  policies  of  Franklin  D. 
Roosevelt.  In  1941,  he  unsuccessfully  ran  for  governor 
of  Virginia.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  stationed  in 
Washington,  DC,  as  an  Army  lieutenant  colonel.  He 
founded  the  weekly  Manassas  Messenger,  selling  it  in 
1950;  it  is  now  the  daily  Journal-Messenger.  In  1966, 
he  retired  to  Reston  but  continued  his  work  with  the 
Southern  Regional  Council  into  the  1970s.  He  is 
survived  by  three  daughter;,  two  sons,  twenty-four 
grandchildren,  and  thirteen  great-grandchildren. 

James  Maynard  Keech  74,  A.M.  78,  Ph.D. 
'37  of  Bunceton,  Mo.,  on  April  29.  The  professor  and 
chairman  of  the  management  department  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Miami  retired  in  1968.  He  was  a  member  of 
Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and  the  Bunce- 
ton Lions  Club.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Amy,  two 
sons,  a  daughter,  and  four  grandchildren. 

Jeannette  Young  Andrews  75  on  Feb.  22  in 

Durham.  The  Durham  native,  who  gtaduated  from 
the  Southern  Conservatory  of  Music,  taught  piano  for 
many  years.  She  was  a  member  oi  the  Watts  Street 
Baptist  Church,  where  she  was  a  past  president  of  the 
Johnson  Bible  Class,  and  a  charter  member  of  the 
Durham  Woman's  Club  and  chairman  of  its  music 
department.  She  i>  survived  hv  three  daughters,  a  son, 
a  sister,  ten  grandchildren,  and  three  great- 
grandchildren. 


75  on  Jan.  19  in  Durham. 
She  was  a  past  executive  secretary  of  Municipal  Forms 
Systems,  a  member  of  the  Durham  Lions  Auxiliary, 
and  an  organizer  of  the  Westwood  Gatden  Club.  She 
is  survived  by  a  sister. 

Sara  Nachamson  Evans  75  on  March  23.  She 

was  a  local,  regional,  and  national  leader  of  Hadassah, 
the  women's  Zionist  organization.  She  had  served  on 
every  level,  from  president  of  the  Durham  chapter, 
president  of  the  Seaboard  region  of  nine  states  from 
1942  to  1945,  to  national  vice  ptesident  from  1954  to 
1957.  As  a  public  speaker  traveling  across  the  South 
in  the  '30s  and  '40s  to  organize  local  chapters,  she 
earned  the  title  of  Hadassah's  "Southern  Accent."  As 
the  wife  of  Durham  Mayor  E.J.  Evans,  she  was  Dur- 
ham's "First  Lady"  from  1950  to  1963.  The  daughter  of 
the  foundet  of  United  Dollar  Stote  in  Durham,  she 
became  primarily  responsible  for  store  operations 
when  her  father  became  ill.  Eventually,  she  and  her 
husband  built  the  local  store  into  a  chain,  called 
United  Department  stores,  in  North  Carolina  and 
Virginia.  She  was  a  member  of  the  League  of  Women 
Voters  and  the  N.C.  board  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  the  United  Nations.  In  1960,  she  led  Durham's 
United  Fund  campaign.  For  the  last  fifteen  years,  she 
and  her  husband  created  and  supported  Duke's  Judaic 
Studies  Center.  In  addition  to  her  husband,  she  is  sur- 
vived by  two  sons,  four  grandchildren,  a  brother,  and 
five  sisters,  including  Grace  N.  Taylor  '31  and 
Eva  N.  Steward  '40. 

Charles  Alexander  Kendall  25  of  Ansonville, 
N.C,  on  Jan.  12.  An  Army  veteran  of  World  War  1, 
he  taught  in  the  public  schools  in  North  Carolina, 
South  Carolina,  and  Georgia.  He  was  manager  of  the 
Ansonville  branch  of  Anson  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  until 
retiting  in  1963.  He  was  a  member  of  Concord  United 
Methodist  Church,  where  he  served  as  superin- 
tendent of  Sunday  schools,  chairman  of  the  adminis- 
trative board,  and  treasurer  of  the  Ansonville 
United  Methodist  Charge.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Nancy,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  and  nine 
grandchildren. 

Addie  McDonald  75  on  Feb.  27  in  Lillington, 
N.C.  She  was  a  retired  public  school  teacher  and  a 
member  of  Lillington  United  Methodist  Church.  She 
is  survived  by  a  sister,  Florence  M.  Lee  '30. 


Israel  Freedman  76  of  Durham  on  March  26.  A 
native  of  Russia,  he  came  to  the  United  States  as  a 
child.  When  he  retired  in  1977,  he  owned  The  Young 
Men's  Shop,  The  Boy's  Shop,  The  Varsity  Men's  Wear, 
and  The  Sports  Shop.  He  is  survived  by  a  brother  and 
two  sisters. 

William  Alfred  "Red"  Underwood  Jr.  26  of 

Asheboro,  N.C,  on  Aug.  5.  The  Randolph  County 
native  was  a  Kappa  Alpha  at  Duke.  He  tetired  from 
Acme-McCrary  Corp.,  where  he  was  a  manager  of  the 
Sapona  Manufacturing  Co.  in  Cedar  Falls.  He  was  a 
member  and  past  president  of  the  Asheboro  Rotary- 
Club  and  the  Southern  Senior  Golf  Association.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth  "Toots" 
Churchill  Underwood  77,  a  son,  and  daughter 
Elizabeth  U.  Parkin  57 

William  Heap  Hickey  77  of  Black  Mountain, 
N.C,  on  April  4.  The  Spruce  Pine  native  was  a  retired 
banker,  a  member  of  the  Lions  Club,  and  a  past  officer 
in  various  civic  organizations.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife. 

E.  Clarence  Tilley  78,  M.Ed.  '33  on  May  13  at 

home.  The  Durham  native  was  a  retired  executive  of 
United  Travelers  of  America,  where  he  had  worked 
since  1956.  Before  that,  he  taught  at  Oak  Grove 
School  and  was  the  first  principal  ot  Hillandale 
School.  He  lived  in  Columbus,  Ohio  where  he  be- 
came general  manager  of  United  Commercial  Trave- 
lers of  America  before  retiring  to  Durham  in  1970.  He 
was  a  deacon  at  Trinity  Avenue  Presbyterian  Church 
and  a  member  of  the  Durham  Lions  Club.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Charlotte;  four  daughters,  including 
Diana  T.  Strange  '60;  two  sisters;  eight  grand- 
children, and  one  great-grandchild. 

Beryl  Jones  Tyler  78  on  Feb.  26  in  Durham, 
after  a  brief  illness.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a 
daughter,  a  brother,  and  a  sister,  Margaret  J. 
Clark  '38 


B.  Coble  79  on  Jan.  31  in  Durham.  He 
was  a  roofing  salesman  for  Budd-Piper  Roofing  Co.  for 
thirty  years.  He  was  a  member  of  Trinity  United 
Methodist  Chutch,  Elk  Lodge  No.  568,  the  Blue 
Devil  Club,  Iron  Dukes,  and  past  secretary  of  the 
Duke-Durham  County  Alumni  Association.  He  is 
survived  by  brothers  Edgar  M.  Coble  '30  and 
Thomas  S.  Coble  '37,  and  two  sisters,  one  of 
whom  is  Elizabeth  C.  Whaling  '45. 


M.  Little  '30  on  Aug.  31,  1985,  in 
Wadesboro,  N.C.  The  Anson  County  civic  and  reli- 
gious leader  was  associated  with  H  W.  Little  and  Co., 
a  tamily-owned  hardware  firm,  was  a  director  of  Little 
Cotton  Manufacturing  Co.,  and  headed  Little  Tractor 
and  Truck  Co.  and  Anson  Concrete  Supply,  Inc.  He 
was  a  member  of  Wadesboro's  First  United  Methodist 
Church,  whose  education  building  has  been  named 
for  him.  He  also  chaired  the  administrative  board,  was 
a  lay  leader  and  lay  preacher,  and  was  church  school 
superintendent.  He  served  on  the  boards  of  the 
Methodist  Home  in  Charlotte  and  Hospitals  and 
Homes,  and  was  a  Rotarian.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Catharine;  three  daughters,  including  Frances  L. 
Poel  '63  and  Jeanne  L.  Harmeling  '68;  a  sister 
and  two  brothers;  six  grandchildren;  and  thirteen 
nieces  and  nephews,  including  Dora  Anne  Little 
'67  and  Henry  Little  '70. 

John  E.  Williams  '32  of  Alzheimer's  disease  on 
Dec.  29,  1984,  in  Chesterfield,  S.C.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Dorothy. 

Rex  Glenn  Powell  '33  on  May  3.  The  former 

mayor  of  Fuquay-Varina  served  two  terms  from  1963  to 
1967.  He  was  a  charter  member  and  past  president  of 
the  Fuquay-Varina  chamber  of  commerce  and  the 
local  Lions  Club.  He  served  as  a  trustee  for  the  Wake 
Medical  Centet  from  1975  to  1983.  A  former  banker 
and  car  dealer,  he  eventually  became  president  of  the 
Fuquay-Apex  and  Lillington  Ford  dealerships.  He 


Precollege  program  for  rising  high  school  seniors 


Selected 

academically 

talented  students 

enroll 

courses  in 

the  humanities, 

social  sciences, 

natural  sciences,  and 

foreign  languages 

with  Duke 

undergraduates. 


Deadline  for 
submission  of 
applications- 
March  9.  1987 
Contact: 

PrecolUge  Program 
01  West  Duke  Building 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708 
or  call 

(919)  684-3847 
for  further  information 
and  to  request  application 


30 


chaired  the  local  city  school  board  and  served  for 
twenty  years  on  the  board  of  trustees  of  Elon  College, 
which  awarded  him  an  honorary  doctorate.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Ina  Mae;  two  daughters;  three  sis- 
ters; six  brothers,  including  J.  Dewey  Powell 
M.Ed.  '42;  six  grandchildren;  and  five  great- 
grandchildren. 

Geraldine  Fletcher  Wells  '33  of  McColl,  S.C., 
on  March  18.  The  retired  math  teacher  was  a  Phi  Beta 
Kappa  at  Duke.  She  was  a  member  of  Pine  Grove 
United  Methodist  Church,  a  secretary  of  the  United 
Methodist  Women,  and  a  member  of  the  Fletcher 
Saturday  Afternoon  Book  Club.  She  is  survived  by 
her  husband,  Robert  N.  Wells  B.Div.  '46;  a  son, 
Robert  N.  Wells  Jr.  71;  and  a  sister. 

Grace  Elizabeth  Moore  R.N.  '34,  B.S.N.  '38  of 
Greenville,  N.C,  on  March  7.  She  retired  from  the 
Greenville  Hospital  System  as  associate  director  of 
nursing  services.  She  is  survived  by  a  sister,  a  niece,  a 
nephew,  and  four  grand-nieces. 

Edith  Wannamaker  Pettigrew  34  on  Feb  28 

in  Albuquerque,  N.M.  The  Florence,  S.C.,  native  was 
a  retired  personnel  officer  with  the  U.S.  Department 
of  State.  She  is  survived  by  two  sisters  and  a  brother. 

Margaret  L.  Cuninggim  '36  in  St.  Petersburg, 
Fla.,  on  July  4-  At  Duke,  she  was  a  member  of  Alpha 
Lambda  Delta,  a  freshman  scholastic  honorary  fra- 
ternity, Kappa  Alpha  Theta  sorority,  and  a  star  tennis 
and  basketball  player.  She  earned  her  master's  at 
Columbia  University  and  her  doctorate  in  education 
from  Northwestern.  A  dean  emerita  of  student  ser- 
vices at  Vanderbilt,  she  began  her  career  as  an  art 
professor  and  dean  of  women  at  Ripon  College,  even- 
tually moving  on  to  Tennessee  Polytechnic  Institute 
and  the  University  of  Tennessee  before  joining 
Vanderbilt  in  1966.  She  retired  in  1976.  She  has  been 
listed  in  Who's  Who  in  America  since  1965,  and  in 


Who's  Who  of  Women,  Who's  Who  in  Tennessee,  and 
Who's  Who  in  Education.  She  was  a  member  of  the 
American  Association  of  Higher  Education,  the 
American  Association  of  University  Women,  and  the 
National  Association  of  Women  Deans,  Administra- 
tors and  Counselors,  which  honored  her  with  a  cita- 
tion in  1977  for  forty  years  of  service  in  higher  educa- 
tion. She  is  survived  by  a  brother,  Merrimon 
Cuninggim  '33,  Hon.  '63,  a  Duke  trustee  emeritus; 
and  two  nieces,  one  of  whom  is  Penny  C.  Bengis 
'66. 

Carolyn  Goldberg  Knuemann  '36  on  Jan.  19, 
after  a  brief  illness.  The  Durham  native  wrote  a  syndi- 
cated column  under  the  pen  name  "Carol  Leh,"  about 
Hollywood  stars,  with  an  emphasis  on  native  North 
Carolinians.  She  was  a  free-lance  editorial  writer,  past 
president  of  the  Durham  chapter  of  the  United 
Nations,  active  in  the  YWCA,  and  active  in  civil 
rights  causes  since  1940.  In  the  early  Fifties,  she 
worked  in  Germany  translating  publications  into 
English.  She  is  survived  by  her  mother. 

Culver  Cary  Shore  '37  of  Hendersonville,  N.C, 
on  March  4.  He  retired  last  year  after  twenty-five  years 
with  the  U.S.  Office  of  Personnel  Management  in 
Atlanta  and  Orlando.  From  1970  to  1978,  he  was 
manager  of  the  Atlanta  area  office.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Elizabeth;  a  son;  two  sisters;  a  brother, 
Philip  L.  Shore  Jr.  '35,  M.Div.  '37;  and  nephew 
Philip  L.  Shore  III  84 

William  P.  Simmons  '37  on  Feb.  28  in  Macon, 
Ga.  He  was  chairman  of  the  board  of  Trust  Company 
Bank  of  Middle  Georgia  since  1964.  At  Duke,  he  was 
a  membet  of  Sigma  Nu  fraternity  and  Red  Friars.  The 
Bainbridge,  Ga.,  native  moved  to  Macon  fifty  years 
ago.  He  was  named  to  the  First  National  Bank  and 
Trust  Co.'s  board  of  directors  in  1942  and  served  as 
bank  president  from  1973  to  1981.  He  was  chairman 


Introducing  the  Duke  Alumni  Polo 


A  100%  cotton  polo 
shirt  embroidered 
with  the  Duke 
Alumni  logo. 
Like  the  infamous 
Polo  shirt,  the  Duke 
polo  too  is  made 
from  an  extremely 
comfortable  100% 
cotton  interlock 
cloth,  has  a  tradi- 
tional two  button  placket, 
ribbed  cuffs  on  the  sleeve, 
and  a  long  tail  in  back.  In 


place  of  the  Polo  Player  how- 
ever, is  the  Duke  Alumni 
logo.  In  this  way  we 
make  a  good  thing 
even  better.  And  so 
now  it  is  possible  to  own 
one  of  these  great  shirts 
because  of  what  is  on  it, 
not  in  spite  of  it.  In  white 
or  Duke  Blue,  adult  sizes 
M  &  W,  S  M  L  XL,  only 
$24.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
These  shirts  are  not  available  at 
the  Duke  University  Bookstore. 


Mail  to: 

Alumni  Apparel,  4103  Malvern,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27707. 

Please  send  me Duke  Polos  at  $24.95  each  +  $2.00  per  shirt  shipping  and 

handling.  NC  state  residents— please  add  $1.00  per  shirt  sales  tax. 

Name 

Address 


White 

Duke  Blue 

City/State/Zip 

Check  □    Money  Order  □ 
Alumni  Apparel  can  make  shirts  for  any  company,  club  or  organization. 


Dial  1-900-410  DUKE  from  anywhere 
in  the  world  and  follow  the  Blue  Devils  by 
phone  as  they  make  their  February  stretch 
run  for  the  ACC  title. 

NOVEMBER  22    NORTH  CAROLINA     1:30 
JANUARY  H       MARYLAND  8:00 

JANUARY  21       N.C.  STATE  7:30 

FEBRUARY*        VIRGINIA  7:30 

DIAL  1-900-U10DUKE 

No  matter  where  you  are  ii  the 
world,  you  can  hear  Blue  D 
by  dialing  this  number.  The 


Duke  fans  everywhere  to  hear  Duke  bas- 
ketball LIVE  on  the  Duke  Sports  Network. 
The  900  number  will  be  activated  30 
minutes  prior  to  game  time  (Eastern 
Standard  Time)  and  will  include  the 


Callers  to  the  900  number  will  be 
charged  50  cents  for  the  first  minute  and 
35  cents  for  each  minute  thereafter.  For 
areas  outside  the  U.S.,  Canada,  Puerto 
Blco,  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  internation- 
al calling  rates  will  be  in  effect. 

Hear  the  whole  game  or  call  in  as 
often  as  you  wish  for  updates. 

You  must  dial  direct.  An  operator 


1987 

DUKE 

UNIVERSITY 

SUCCER  CAMP 

"I  have  been  to  over  ten  soccer  camps  in  the  last  three 
years  and  Duke  was  definitely  the  best. . ." 

Kerwin  Clayton,  Wallingford,  Pennsylvania 


WOMEN'S  RESIDENTIAL 

Girls  8  and  up 

1st  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-12 

1st  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up 

2nd  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up 

2nd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up 

3rd: 

Boys  13  and  up 
DAY  CAMP 

Beginners  6-12 


Duke  Soccer  Camp 
RO.  Box  22176 
Duke  Station 
Durham,  NC  27706 
I  -         (919)  684-2120 


of  the  board  of  Southern  Crate  &.  Veneer  Co. ,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Wesleyan  College  and 
Emory  University,  and  a  member  of  the  national 
Committee  for  Economic  Development.  In  1946,  he 
began  a  twenty-one-year  tenure  as  a  member  of  the 
Bibb  County  Board  of  Education,  and  in  1963  was 
one  of  only  three  members  who  voted  to  begin  volun- 
tary desegregation  of  schools.  In  1977,  the  Macon 
Telegraph  named  him  one  of  the  ten  most  powerful 
men  in  Macon.  He  had  chaired  the  Cherry  Blossom 
Festival,  was  founding  chairman  of  the  Georgia  Busi- 
ness Committee  for  the  Arts,  president  of  the  Macon 
Council  on  World  Affairs,  and  president  of  the  Cen- 
tral Georgia  Council  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America. 
He  was  a  past  president  of  the  Macon  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  Macon  Rotary  Club,  and  the  Macon 
Executives'  Club. 

Jerome  E.  Hoag  Jr.  '38  on  April  7  at  Palm 
Beach  Gardens,  Fla.  A  Madison,  Conn.,  resident 
since  1969,  he  retired  in  1979  from  a  business  career 
in  finance  and  marketing.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member 
of  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon  fraternity.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Evelyn  Kleinmans  Hoag  '36,  a  daugh- 
ter, and  two  grandchildren. 

Henry  Hoyle  Williams  '40  of  Hickory.  N.C.,  on 
April  15.  The  retired  sales  representative  for  Hickory 
Tavern  Furniture  was  an  Army  master  sergeant  in 
World  War  II.  He  was  a  member  of  the  American 
Legion  and  served  as  secretary  of  Hickory  Elk  Lodge 
No.  1654.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  two 
sons,  two  daughters,  and  eight  grandchildren. 

William  F.  Gray  '41  on  Jan.  30  in  Charlottesville, 
Va.  A  native  of  Charleston,  S.C.,  he  graduated  from 
Tufts  University  School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy.  He 
was  a  retired  foreign  service  officer  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  State.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  foreign 
economics  administrator.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Alta,  a  son,  and  two  daughters. 

Bettilu  Porterf  ield  Lewis  '41  on  April  2  at  her 

home  in  Sarasota,  Fla.  At  Duke,  she  was  the  first 
woman  editor  of  the  literary  magazine,  and  was  presi- 
dent of  Sigma  Kappa  sorority.  She  was  an  advertising 
and  public  relations  executive,  and  wrote  more  than 
100  radio  plays  before  moving  to  Sarasota  in  1968. 
Since  1973,  she  was  executive  director  of  the  Asolo 
Theater  Festival  Association.  A  booster  of  the  Asolo- 
Florida  State  University  Acting  Conservatory,  she 
helped  establish  a  scholarship  program  for  drama  stu- 
dents. She  is  sutvived  by  a  son,  a  brother,  and  two 
grandsons. 

Jane  Leonard  Timmerman  '42  of  Lima,  Ohio, 
on  March  10.  At  Duke,  she  was  a  member  of  Kappa 
Kappa  Gamma  sorority.  She  was  a  member  and  past 
president  of  the  Delphian  Club,  the  Junior  Service 
League,  and  the  Girl  Scout  Council.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  Lynn,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  four 
grandchildren,  and  a  brother. 

Herbert  W.  Walker  '42  on  March  9  of  cardiac 
arrest.  After  serving  in  the  Navy  during  World  War  II, 
he  became  a  funeral  director  and  joined  his  family's 
business.  He  was  the  president  of  N.F.  Walker,  Inc.,  in 
Merrick,  N.Y.,  and  was  an  interviewer  for  Duke's 
alumni  admissions  advisory  committee.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Edna,  and  a  daughter,  Elise  Walker 
'80. 

Mary  Waters  Hall  '44  on  April  18  in  Durham. 
The  retired  supervisor  of  Granville  County  Elemen- 
tary Schools  had  taught  in  High  Point,  Troy,  and 
Townsville,  NC.  A  graduate  of  St.  Mary's,  she  earned 
her  master's  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill.  She  was  member  of 
the  North  Carolina  Education  Association,  the 
Society  of  International  Delta  Kappa  Gamma  Beta 
Phi  of  North  Carolina,  the  National  Society  of 
Colonial  Dames  of  North  Carolina,  the  NC.  Histori- 
cal Associates,  and  the  Granville  County  Historical 
Society.  She  belonged  to  the  United  Daughters  of  the 


Confederacy  and  the  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution.  She  is  survived  by  five  nephews. 

Henry  Watson  Stewart  '44  on  April  29  at  his 
home  on  Lake  Norman  in  Mooresville,  N.C.,  after  a 
long  illness.  The  Charlotte  native  was  president  of 
Winchester  Surgical  Supply  Co.  During  World  War  II, 
he  was  a  Navy  lieutenant  serving  in  the  South  Pacific 
and  Phillipine  Islands.  He  joined  Winchester  in  1946 
and  became  its  president  in  1972.  Active  in  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America,  he  was  a  scoutmaster  for  thirty 
years,  on  the  Eagle  Scout  Advisory  Board,  a  member 
of  the  Order  of  the  Arrow-Vigil  Honor,  and  recipient 
of  the  Silver  Beaver  Award  in  1959  for  outstanding 
contributions  to  the  BSA.  He  served  on  the  boards  of 
various  businesses  and  trade  associations  and  was  both 
a  Mason  and  a  Kiwanian.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Travis;  two  sons;  daughters  J.  Staley  Stewart  79 
and  Travis  M.  Stewart  '82;  a  sister,  Jane  E. 

Smith  '48;  his  mother;  son-in-law  Donald  C. 
Stanners  79;  and  two  granddaughters. 

John  Norman  Haney  B.S.C.E.  '47  on  Dec.  10, 
1985,  in  Charleston,  WVa.,  after  a  short  illness.  He 
was  field  engineer  and  district  manager  of  corporate 
real  estate  and  property  management  lor  the  C&.P 
Telephone  Co.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Kanawha- 
Ohio  Valley  Construction  Users  Council,  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  Cha-Tel  Federal  Credit  Union,  and  the 
Appalachian  Youth  Jazz  Ballet  Group  Inc.  He  served 
in  the  Navy  during  World  War  II.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Barbara,  two  sons,  four  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

David  Nicholas  Chadwick  Jr.  '48  on  April  13 
of  a  heart  attack  suffered  while  participating  in  the 
Great  Raleigh  Road  Race.  The  Wilmington,  N.C., 
native  and  Durham  resident  was  a  cost  clerk  for 
American  Tobacco  Co.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Ruby,  two  daughters,  a  son,  a  sister,  and  four 
grandchildren. 

John  Marcellus  Vilas  52,  B.S.E.E.  57  on  Feb. 
25  in  Durham.  He  was  a  senior  engineer  at  IBM  for 
twenty-six  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carol,  his 
mother,  two  daughters,  a  son,  a  sister,  a  stepson,  and  a 
stepdaughter,  Elizabeth  Ann  Pauk  '85. 

Geoffrey  Cooke  Brown  76  on  April  20.  At 
Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Delta  Theta  fraternity. 
A  native  of  Cooke  County,  111.,  he  graduated  in  1980 
from  Northwestern  University's  dental  school  and 
practiced  dentistry  in  Biscoe,  N.C.  He  was  a  member 
of  the  Biscoe  Lion's  Club,  the  First  Baptist  Church 
choir,  and  an  assistant  Sunday  school  teacher.  He  is 
survived  by  his  mother,  Catherine  C.  Brown,  his  sis- 
ter, and  his  fiancee. 

Dr.  Angus  McBryde 

Pediatrician  and  a  member  of  the  school  of  medi- 
cine's original  faculty,  Angus  Murdoch  McBryde  died 
September  16  at  his  Durham  home.  He  was  84. 

An  alumnus  of  Davidson  College  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania's  medical  school,  Dr.  McBryde 
joined  Duke's  medical  faculty  in  1931  after  a  residency 
at  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  From  1932  to  1955,  he 
was  director  of  nurseries  at  Duke  Hospital. 

McBryde  was  president  of  the  N.C.  Pediatric  Socie- 
ty and  the  Durham-Orange  Medical  Society  for  many 
years.  He  was  the  originator  of  Duke's  annual  pediatric 
symposium  on  the  newborn,  which  now  bears  his 
name.  It  was  be  held  for  the  32nd  time  this  fall.  In 
1974,  he  received  the  Distinguished  Alumnus  Award 
from  Duke  Medical  Center. 

A  member  of  St.  Philips  Episcopal  Church,  he  was 
senior  warden  of  the  vestry  under  every  rector  of  the 
church,  and,  at  the  time  of  his  death,  was  on  the 
board  of  St.  Philips  community  kitchen.  In  1982,  he 
and  his  wife  were  elected  co-chairs  of  the  Historic  Pre- 
servation Society  of  Durham. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Priscilla  Gregory 
McBryde  79;  two  sons,  one  of  whom  is  A.M. 
Jr.  M.D.  '63;  daughter  P.  Read  M. 
'63;  and  ten  grandchildren. 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


UNIQUE  CHRISTMAS  GIFT.  Duke  Commemora- 
tive Wedgwood  Plates.  Six  mulberry,  $300.  Twelve 
blue,  first  edition,  signature  of  W.P.  Few.  $1,000.  Per- 
fect condition.  Leslie  Dees,  2103  Springlake  Dr., 
N.W.,  Atlanta,  GA  30305.  (404)  355-0551  (after  6 
p.m.) 

Twelve  Wedgwood  Duke  memorial  plates.  Original 
set.  Mrs.  W.  Amos  Abrams,  2701  Anderson  Dr., 
Raleigh,  NC  27608.  (919)  782-2648. 

CHANTICLEERS,  from  1912  to  1983.  Most  years 
available.  $15  each,  includes  postage.  Write  Year- 
books, Duke  Alumni  Association,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  NC  27706.  1-800-FOR  DUKE,  or  (919) 
684-5114  in  N.C. 

Mountain  Dream  Home— Black  Mountain,  N.C.  3 
Bedroom,  3  bath,  just  outside  the  town  limits  on  6 
acres.  Nice  view.  All  appliances.  Fireplace.  Great 
place  to  raise  children  or  have  the  children  visit  you. 
Close  to  golf  course  and  town  recreation  complex. 
Alan  Holcombe,  Broker/Owner,  500  Beech  Mountain 
Parkway,  Beech  Mountain,  N.C.  28604.  (N.C.  Call 
704-387-4246;  other  Call  800-258-6198).  Other 
available  property  located  at  Beech  Mountain.  Lots, 

n  chalets,  and  condominium  units  listed 

Accommodations  Center. 


NEW!  DEVIL  PENDANT  Exquisite  14-karat  brushed 
and  polished  gold  Devil  atop  a  polished  gold  plaque 
inscribed  with  DUKE.  2.20  grams.  Perfect  Christmas 
gift.  4  to  6  weeks  delivery.  SEND  CHECK  FOR 
$69.90  to:  FOREVER,  INC.,  P.O.  BOX  17965, 
RALEIGH,  N.C.  27619  OR  CALL;  1-800-334-3310 
outside  North  Carolina. 

RESORTS/TRAVEL 

DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST.  Arrowhead 
Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Corner 
Roxboro  Road  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430. 
Member  N.C.  B&.B  Association. 

PALM  BEACH  COUNTY,  FLORIDA.  Relocating? 
Coming  for  the  winter!  Whether  buying,  selling  or 
renting,  call  Marilyn  Samwick,  Assoc,  Properties 
Unlimited  Realty,  Inc.,  10887  N.  Military  Trail,  Palm 
Beach  Gardens,  (305)  622-7000.  Eves.  626-3564. 

FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE.  Fantastic  view  Pine 
Channel,  Key  Deer  Refuge,  National  Bird  Sanctuary. 
Tbast/applaude  sunset.  Stilt  house,  boat  basin,  3/2, 
screened  porches,  fully  furnished,  stained  glass  win- 
dows. Swimming,  diving,  fishing.  (305)  665-3832. 

BEECH  MOUNTAIN,  NC.  Private  development,  61 
luxury  homes  alongside  ski  slopes.  Paved  roads,  under- 
ground utilities,  controlled  access,  shops.  Home- 
buyers:  (704)  387-4251;  Investors:  (704)  246-6230. 


Plan  your  winter  ski  vacation  now.  Beech  Mountain. 
North  Carolina's  Premier  Ski  Mountain.  Relax  and 
enjoy  privately  owned  mountain  chalets  or  town 
houses.  All  on  mountain  and  fully  furnished.  Alpine 
and  cross  country  skiing,  ice  skating,  restaurants  and 
lounges,  and  shops  all  on  mountain.  Accommoda- 
tions Center,  500  Beech  Mountain  Parkway,  Beech 
Mountain,  N.C.  28604.  (N.C.  Call  704-387-4246; 
other  call  800-258-6198). 


PUERTO  RICO.  Hilltop  home  on  7  acres,  pool,  12 
minutes  to  San  Juan.  Available  15  December-15 
January.  Call  (809)  789-3531  or  write  POB  12006, 
Santurce,  PR  00914. 


SNOWSHOE,  WV.  At  the  NEW  Snowshoe,  a  luxury 
two-bedroom  condominium,  2  1/2  bath,  fireplace, 
microwave,  washer/dryer,  sleeps  six,  on  lift.  Discount 
rates.  (716)  688-0096. 

SANIBEL  ISLAND,  FLORIDA:  Beautiful  three-bed- 
room house  overlooking  golf  course  and  wildlife 
refuge.  Air-conditioned,  fully  equipped,  sleeps  eight. 
Tennis  courts,  swimming  pool  available.  Call  (202) 
362-1546  for  rates  and  availability. 


SERVICES 


PAINE  WEBBER  BROKERAGE  SERVICES.  Please 
call  me  toll  free  if  1  can  assist  you  in  any  way  with  the 
many  brokerage  services  available  through  Paine 
Webber.  1  specialize  in  stocks,  corporate  bonds, 
Ginnie  Mae  and  Municipal  Bond  funds,  and  IRA 
accounts.  Outside  Minnesota,  call  1-800-328-4002. 
Locally,  our  number  is  371-5144.  Ron  MacLeod  '55, 
3737  Multifoods  Tower,  Minneapolis,  MN  55402. 

MOVING  TO  MINNEAPOLIS/ST  PAUL?  Let  me 
help  you  get  acquainted,  moved  in,  and  settled  in  one 
of  our  fine  homes  around  the  Lakes,  on  the  Hill,  or  in 
the  Park.  Call  GORDON  FOWLER,  REALTOR. 
First  Minneapolis  Realty.  (612)  333-2580. 

QU1TSMART  STOP  SMOKING  KIT.  The  director 
of  Duke's  acclaimed  Quit  Smoking  Clinic  comes  to 
you:  attractive  94-page  manual  and  relaxing  hypnosis 
audiocassette.  Satisfaction  guaranteed.  Send  $14.95: 
JB  Press,  P.O.  Box  4843-D,  Durham,  NC  27706. 

COLLEGE  MUNCHIE  PACKAGES!  Three  deli- 
veries per  school  year:  October,  February,  and  April. 
Birthday  and  gift  packages  available.  Morgan 
Munchies,  1745  Stout  St.,  Denver,  Colorado  80202. 
(303)777-9494. 

C.J.  Harris  and  Company,  Inc.  offers  financial  and 
marketing  consulting  to  small  and  mid-size  com- 
panies. WE  SPECIALIZE  IN  REPRESENTING 
CLIENTS  WHO  WISH  TO  BUY  OR  SELL  A  BUSI- 
NESS. Call  Gordon  Gillooly  M.B.A.  '83,  (919) 
848-1010. 


WANTED  TO  BUY 


RARE  BOOKS  AND  MAPS.  Richard  Sykes  '53, 
Mary  Flanders  Sykes  '52.  Sykes  and  Flanders, 
Antiquarian  Booksellers,  P.O.  Box  86,  Weare,  NH 
03281.  (603)  529-  7432.  Member  ABAA. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000  POTENTIAL  buyers, 
renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke  Classifieds. 
For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25  words,  $.50 
for  each  additional  word.  10-word  minimum.  Tele- 
phone numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip  codes  are  free. 
DISPLAY  RATES  are  $100  per  column  inch  (2  1/2  x 
1).  10  PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for  multiple  insertions. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or  typed; 
specify  in  which  section  ad  should  appear;  no  tele- 
phone orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  prepaid. 
Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to:  Duke 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham, 
NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  March  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-Octobet),  September  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January- 
February),  January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the 
issue  in  which  your  ad  should  appear. 


asMs™ 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


FOUNDING 
FOUNDERS  DAY 

Usually  many  years  elapse  before  steps 
are  taken  to  properly  commemorate 
any  great  event  in  the  history  of 
nations  or  institutions.  Fortunately,  the 
momentous  occasion  that  made  possible 
Duke  University  is  not  to  be  overlooked,  but 
on  December  11,  1926,  the  first  Duke  Uni- 
versity Day  celebrations  will  be  staged  through- 
out the  constituency  of  alma  mater. 

Two  years  ago,  on  this  date,  the  late  James 
B.  Duke  pronounced  the  principles  of  phi 
anthropy  in  a  way  that  men  marveled  at  his 
far-sighted  vision  of  the  needs  of  mankind....  A 
great  university  was  made  possible  in  every 
way  but  one— the  necessary  atmosphere 
created  by  the  enthusiastic  loyalty  and  intel- 
ligent cooperation  of  former  students.  This 
quality  which  was  lacking,  must  be  and  is 
being  supplied  by  the  alumni  and  alumnae  of 
old  Trinity  and  the  newer  Duke.... 

Foremost  in  the  mind  of  the  man  who 
made  possible  Duke  University,  was  the 
training  of  men  and  women  to  serve  man- 
kind. In  the  indenture,  he  directed  that  a 
school  of  religion  be  set  up;  in  fact,  the 
school  of  religion  was  the  first  school  men- 
tioned. The  formal  opening  of  the  School  of 
Religion  of  Duke  University  took  place  on 
November  9;  this  date  marks  the  real  begin- 
ning of  seminary  work.— December  1926 


DEALING  WITH 
THE  NEW  DEAL 

idespread  interest  in  the  federal 
social  security  act  (the  adminis- 
tration of  which  is  currently  get- 
ting under  way),  as  well  as  in  the  state  laws 
enacted  under  it,  has  led  to  an  unprece- 
dented demand  for  the  two  "social  security 
issues"  of  Law  and  Contemporary  Problems, 
the  quarterly  published  by  the  Duke  Univer- 
sity school  of  law.  The  issues. ..have  been  in 
such  demand  by  business  firms,  lawyers, 
social  workers,  governmental  boards,  and 
others  that  a  second  printing  of  each  has 
been  necessitated  and  a  third  printing  of  the 


raise  the  Lord 
and  pass  the 
ammunition: 
The  date  was  Decern- 
ber  7,  1941,  and  stu- 
dents eating  in  the 
Union  crowded  around 
a  radio  to  hear  America 
declare  war  on  Japan. 
The  university  shortly 
launched  an  accelerated 
war-time  program  that 
included  completion  of 


ments  in  three  calendar 
years,  abolishment  of 
spring  break,  and  an 
abbreviated  final  exam 
period.  A  Red  Cross 
work  room  was  esta- 
blished so  members  of 


January  1936  issue  is  now  off  the  press. 

Approximately  700  copies  of  each  of  the 
above  issues  of  the  Duke  law  periodical  have 
been  ordered  by  the  social  security  board  in 
Washington  for  use  as  textbooks  in  the 
board's  training  school.  In  addition  the  board 
is  recommending  the  material  to  all  state 
training  centers  and  to  anyone  seeking  in- 
formation on  the  social  security  act  — 
December  1936 


POST-WAR 
GAMES 


ith  765  alumni  and  visitors 
registered,  the  annual  Home- 
coming weekend... turned  out  to 
be  the  largest  celebration  of  its  type  in  the 
history  of  the  university,  as  alumni  from 


throughout  the  nation  returned  to  the  cam- 
pus for  the  first  completely  peace-time 
Homecoming  since  the  beginning  of  the 
war. 

Leaden  skies  and  intermittent  rain  failed 
to  dampen  the  spirits  of  old  grads,  ranging 
from  the  Class  of  '92  to  the  veterans  of  the 
most  recent  classes  who  are  continuing  their 
war-interrupted  educations.... To  replace  the 
annual  parade,  omitted  again  this  year 
because  of  the  shortage  of  materials  and 
vehicles,  the  Durham  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce sponsored  a  window  decoration  con- 
test among  downtown  stores  and  merchants 
as  a  part  of  the  Homecoming  festivities. 
First-place  winners  in  their  respective  divi- 
sions in  town  included  B.C.  Woodall  with  its 
caricature  of  Lena  the  Hyena  as  a  Duke 
rooter,  Miller-Bishop  featuring  a  Blue  Devil 
barbecuing  a  Yellow  Jacket,  Belk  Leggett  Co. 
with  a  gridiron  scene  of  disaster  for  the  in- 


Local  draft  boards  can  decide  whether  or 
not  they  wish  to  use  the  class  rank  and  draft 
test  as  guidelines  for  the  induction  policies. 
Most  local  hoards  do  use  these  criteria.— 
December  J  966 


vaders,  and  Home  Building  and  Loan  show- 
ing a  toy  train  wrecked  by  a  Blue  Devil.  — 
November  1946 


SOUTH  AFRICAN 


A  head-on  collision  between  whites 
and  blacks  in  South  Africa  is  com- 
ing some  day,  and  it  cannot  be  too 
far  away.  This  impression  was  received  by  Dr. 
Edgar  T.  Thompson,  professor  of  sociology, 
who  spent  the  past  summer  at  Rhodes  Uni- 
versity in  Grahamstown,  South  Africa. 

"I  found  that  there  are  a  number  of  race 
problems  in  Africa,  not  just  one,"  he  said  on 
his  return.... 

Within  these  [racial]  divisions  there  are 
deep  hostilities,  but  in  the  whole  conflict 
the  two  principal  antagonists  are  the  white 
Afrikaners  and  the  black  Africans.  Both  are 
highly  nationalistic  and  steadily  becoming 
more  so.  The  Afrikaners  have  political  and 
police  power  but  the  Africans  have  numbers. 

"If  we  do  not  want  to  lose  Africa,  with  its 
great  agricultural  and  mineral  resources,  we 
had  better  interest  ourselves  in  it,"  Dr. 
Thompson  advised.  "If  there  is  anything  the 
United  States  can  do  to  bring  about  some 
greater  measure  of  social  justice  in  South 
Africa,  it  is  to  our  selfish  interest  to  do  so  — 
—  December  1956 


CAUGHT  IN 

A  DRAFT 

As  the  situation  in  Vietnam  has 
grown  steadily  more  intense,  it  has 
commanded    larger    numbers    of 
America's  young  men,  and  the  relative  size 


and  scope  of  the  draft  has  increased  corre- 
spondingly. Since  a  sizable  majority  of  the 
male  college  students  in  this  country  are  be- 
tween eighteen  and  twenty-six  years  old,  and 
therefore  are  potential  conscripts,  educa- 
tional institutions  everywhere  have  been 
interested  in  keeping  abreast  of  the  draft 
situation. 

Last  spring  at  Duke,  Dr.  R.  Taylor  Cole, 
university  provost,  appointed  a  "university 
Selective  Service  Committee"  comprised  of 
key  administrators  and  faculty  members.... 
Dr.  Richard  Tuthill,  university  registrar  and 
chairman  of  the  committee,... says  that  there 
have  been  about  250  cases  during  the  last 
several  months  in  which  students  have  had 
some  sort  of  problem,  usually  entirely  rou- 
tine, with  theit  local  draft  boards.  To  a  stu- 
dent, a  "problem"  might  be  defined  as  that 
time  when  he  receives  a  reclassification  let- 
ter from  2-S  (the  normal  student  classifica- 
tion) to  1-A,  the  class  from  which  tomorrow's 
soldiers  are  selected.... 


onday  morning  after  last  spring's 
commencement,  workmen  began 
removing  the  back  six  rows  of 
pews  in  the  Duke  Chapel  and  carrying  the 
heavy  oak  benches  to  the  church's  base- 
ment....Outside,  two  trailer  trucks  awaited 
unloading.  Inside,  a  stout  platform  of  lami- 
nated beams  awaited  the  cargo  from  those 
trucks. 

It  was  a  coming  together  of  things  that  had 
begun  almost  eight  years  before,  with  a  letter 
to  a  Dutch  organ  builder.  It  was  six  years  from 
the  time  the  university  had  finally  ordered 
the  hand-crafting  of  a  great  organ  from  the 
D.A.  Flentrop  shops  of  Zaadnam.  Holland. 
In  those  trucks  last  May  was  a  5,000-pipe 
organ  built  in  the  baroque  style  and  mechan- 
ics of  the  eighteenth  century's  great  age  of 
organ  building.  By  the  time  the  installation 
was  finished  in  early  summer,  the  colorfully 
stained  mahogany  case  filled  the  top  two- 
thirds  of  the  great  arch  at  the  rear  of  the 
chapel's  sanctuary.  But  before  the  sonorities 
of  the  organ  themselves  filled  the  big  chapel , 
months  of  voicing  and  tuning  lay  ahead  dur- 
ing which  two  Hentrop  voicers  handled  every 
pipe,  trimming  and  filing  and  shaping  the 
soft  metal  for  the  exact  tone.  Everything  was 
ready,  however,  for  the  organ's  dedication  on 
Founder's  Day,  at  which  its  maiden  recital 
included  a  piece  composed  especially  for  the 
packed-house  event.— November-December 
1976 


The  magic  bus: 
Graduates  re- 
turning to  cam- 
pus for  Alumni  Week- 
end in  197 1  got  the 
grand  tour  of  Duke, 
with  a  running  narra- 
tive by  Alumni  Affairs 
staff  member  Boyce 
Cox  M.Div.  '66. 
Reunion  attendees 
were  shown  some  rela- 
tively new  buildings  on 
campus,  among  them 
the  Phytotron,  Gross 
Chemistry  Building, 
and  the  modern  addi- 
tion to  Perkins  Library. 


Is  A  Gift  For  Duke 
In  Yojr  Tax  Plans? 


As  we  move  toward  significant 
changes  in  the  tax  laws,  we  invite 
you  to  review  making  a  charitable 
gift  or  paying  a  charitable  pledge 
before  the  end  of  1986.  ■■  Consider 
especially  gifts  of  appreciated  property. 
Under  the  present  law.  if  you  make  a 
gift  of  appreciated  property  (stock, 
real  estate,  or  other  investment)  that 
you  have  held  for  more  than  six 
months,  you  completely  avoid  the 
capital  gains  tax  liability  on  the  ap- 
preciated value  of  that  property. 
After  December  31.  1986.  however, 
this  appreciated  value  could  be  sub- 
ject to  the  alternate  minimum  tax. 
■■We  therefore  invite  you  to  dis- 
cuss with  your  own  financial  and  tax 
advisors  whether  1986  would  be  an 
appropriate  year  to  make  a  gift  of 
appreciated  property  in  one  of  the 
following  ways: 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock 
with  no  dividend  or  a  low-yielding 
dividend  to  satisfy  a  charitable 
pledge  to  the  University. 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock  or 
real  estate  to  a  life  income  trust 
which  will  pay  income  to  you  (and 
your  spouse)  throughout  your 
lifetime(s.) 

■  Transfer  highly-appreciated  stock     ' 
or  real  estate  to  a  charitable  trust  to 
shift  income  to  a  child  or  grandchild 
toward  their  college  expenses. 

Please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  at 
(919)  684-5347  or  684-2123  or  send 
in  the  coupon  below.  We  appreciate 
your  generosity  to  the  University  in 
the  past  and  hope  that  you  will  con- 
tact us  with  your  specific  questions. 


Please  send  me  information  regarding: 

□  Gift  of  Securities 
D  Gift  of  Real  Estate 
D  Life  Income  Trust 

□  Educational  Trust 

Duke  University 
Office  of  Planned  Giving 
2127  Campus  Drive 
Durham.  NC  27706 
(919)684-5347 


s  OTHER  BENEFICIARY 


APPROXIMATE  AMOUNT  OF  GIFT 


DUKE  RESEARCH 


THE  COMPUTER 


SPOKE  FRENCH- 


AND  ETHIOPIC 


For  years,  Professor  Wallace 
Fowlie  brought  the  elegant 
language  of  Dante  to  life  for 
hundreds  of  undergraduates 
in  a  narrow  room  in  the  base- 
ment of  the  Languages 
Building.  Now  there  are 
rows  of  tables  with  more 
than  a  dozen  desktop  microcomputers. 

Fowlie's  old  classroom  has  been  transformed 
into  a  new  kind  of  language  lab,  one  used  by 
foreign  language  students  to  practice  their 
grammar  by  means  of  on-screen,  multiple- 
choice  drills.  The  room  is  also  still  used  by 
students  and  teachers  of  literature,  but  now 
they  plunge  into  documents— the  novels  of 
Virginia  Woolf,  for  example— that  are  elec- 
tronically stored  in  computer  memory.  Those 
texts  can  be  called  up  and  analyzed  word  by 
word,  on  screen,  using  a  revolutionary  soft- 
ware developed  at  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity and  now  being  tested  and  "debugged"  at 
Duke. 

For  some  humanists,  the  application  of 
computers  to  the  study  of  language  and  litera- 
ture may  have  seemed  at  first  like  a  fate  worse 
than  a  trip  to  one  of  Dante's  circles  in  hell. 
For  others,  it  just  sounded  like  more  high- 
tech  science  fiction.  Only  a  few  short  years 
ago,  it  was. 

The  "computerization  of  the  humanities" 
began  at  Duke  in  1979,  when  Leland  Phelps, 
then  chairman  of  the  German  department, 
met  an  enterprising  undergraduate  who  was 
completing  a  double  major  in  German  and 
computer  science.  The  student,  Omar  Hos- 
sain,  was  interested  in  the  idea  of  a  computer- 
assisted  language  instruction  program,  a 
method  to  help  students  with  the  repetitive 
and  highly  cumulative  process  of  learning 
the  vocabulary  and  grammar  of  a  foreign  lan- 
guage. Hossain  believed  that  the  computer 
would  be  easier  to  use  and  save  more  time 
than  the  old  reel-to-reel  language  tapes. 

With  the  addition  of  the  computer,  Hossain 
argued,  more  precious  classroom  time  in 
foreign  languages  could  then  be  devoted  to 
exploring  culture,  idiom,  and  literature,  in- 
stead of  rote  drills.  Phelps'  imagination  was 
fired  when  Hossain  gave  him  a  rudimentary 


ON-LINE  WITH  'CALIS' 

BY  GEORGANN  EUBANKS 


Frank  Borchardt 

believes  in  better 

language-learning 

through  technology— 

and  the  technology 

continues  to  unfold  at  a 

blistering  pace. 


demonstration  of  the  computer's  possibili- 
ties. He  persuaded  his  German  colleagues 
that  the  idea  should  be  pursued.  However, 
when  Phelps  consulted  the  resident  experts 
in  Duke's  computer  science  lab,  he  was  dis- 
couraged to  learn  that  initial  estimates  on 
the  cost  of  developing  and  implementing  a 
computer-assisted  language  instruction  pro- 
gram might  run  as  high  as  a  million  dollars. 

Phelps  persisted.  With  $20,000  earmarked 
for  "creative  pedagogy"  from  the  Common- 
wealth Fund  and  the  Goethe  Institute  in 
Atlanta,  the  German  department  bought 
some  computer  time  on  TUCC— Triangle 
Universities  Computation  Center— the  large 
mainframe  computer  system  in  Research 
Triangle  Park  used  via  phone  line  by  Duke, 
UNC-Chapel  Hill,  and  N.C.  State.  The 
money  also  provided  a  fellowship  for  Omar 
Hossain  to  .begin  work  on  his  master's  in 
German  and  computer  science. 

In  short  order,  Hossain  developed  his  lan- 
guage instruction  program,  also  called  an 
"authoring  system— meaning  that  the  pro- 
gram was  designed  to  be  flexible  enough  for 
individual  teachers  to  "author"  or  plug  in 
their  own  personally-tailored  exercises  and 
drills  within  the  framework  of  the  program. 
The  German  department's  Helga  Bessent 
was  the  first  to  try  it,  creating  a  "data  base"  of 
language  exercises  for  each  of  the  eighteen 
chapters  of  the  textbook  she  uses  in  her 
beginning  German  classes. 

Hossain's  ingenious  authoring  system  did 
not  require  that  Bessent  have  any  program- 
ming expertise.  She  simply  entered  a  series 
of  basic  sentences  that  would  test  students 
on  certain  grammatical  and  syntactic  princi- 
ples. When  questions  about  the  sentences 
flashed  on  the  screen,  students  would  type 
their  answers  on  the  computer  terminal's 
keyboard.  Learning  to  use  the  system  was  no 
more  complicated  for  students  than  learning 
to  type. 

By  the  fall  of  1980,  the  first  version  of 
German  Computer  Assisted  Instruction 
(CAI)  came  "on-line"  via  TUCC  and  at  the 
service  of  Duke's  German  students— and  all 
of  this  done  on  Phelps'  shoestring  budget. 
Hossain  completed  his  degree  work,  was 


A  bit  of  pondering  and 
a  bit  of  typing:  that's 
part  of  the  prescrip- 
tion for  learning  a  language  in 
the  age  of  CALIS  (Computer 
Augmented  Language  In- 
structional System).  The  com- 
puter instructs:  "Answer  the 
questions  by  typing  the  letter 
that  corresponds  to  the  cor- 
rect answer";  and  depending 
on  his  or  her  choice,  the  stu- 


dent gets  an  elec tronii 
or  a  prod  to  try  again. 

How  do  the  primary 
"users"— the  students— evalu- 
ate language-learning  with  an 
electronic  twist? 

High  tech  won't  soothe  every 
complaint:  The  most  recent 
edition  of  Duke's  Teacher- 
Course  Evaluation  Book  states 
that  the  "weakest  aspect"  of 
"Elementary  German"  was  its 


"8  a.m.  time  slot."  But  "the 
strongest  aspect . . .  was  the 
combination  of  teaching 
materials,"  according  to  the 
assessment.  "Dr.  Borchardt 
was  fascinating,  the  text  was 
interesting  and  helpful,  and 
the  computer,  although  bor- 
ing, forced  the  students  to 
drill  and  thus  learn  more 
quickly." 


commended  by  his  computer  science  profes- 
sors for  the  economy  of  his  program,  and 
took  an  excellent  job  in  Switzerland. 

After  its  first  year,  the  CAI  program  was 
refined  by  Tom  Clark,  a  former  Duke  German 
student  and  computer  wizard  who  had  come 
back  to  the  university  for  a  residency  in 
pathology  at  Duke  Hospital.  Now  the  revised 
system,  called  CALIS  (Computer  Augmented 
Language  Instructional  System),  tests  stu- 
dents by  asking  them  to  fill  in  blanks,  rewrite 
sentences,  and  answer  true-false,  multiple- 
choice,  and  matching  questions.  Correct 
answers  are  applauded  on  the  computer 
screen  by  one  of  twelve  randomly  generated 
praises  in  German;  incorrect  answers  are  met 
with  preprogrammed  responses  from  the 
teacher  urging  the  student  to  find  and  fix 
what  is  wrong.  Professors  monitor  individual 
students'  required  work  in  the  computer  lab 
by  means  of  print-out  reports  generated  every 
Friday.  (Students  are  also  still  required  to  use 
the  old  language  tapes.) 

What  began  on  the  large  mainframe 
TUCC  has  now  been  adapted  to  the  PCs, 
the  desktop  personal  computers  that  fill 
Wallace  Fowlie's  old  classroom  and  are  used 
for  word  processing  and  literary  text  analysis. 
CALIS  is  available  on  diskette  as  Micro- 
CALIS,  and  more  than  300  copies  of  the 
software  have  been  sent  free  of  charge  to 
language  instructors  across  the  country. 
After  some  recent  publicity  in  a  computer 
user's  magazine,  Duke  received  sixty  requests 
in  a  single  day  for  copies  of  MicroCALIS. 


CALIS,  as  it  turns  out,  was  only  the  begin- 
ning. Even  though  high-tech  terminology 
now  rolls  off  his  tongue  as  easily  as  the  per- 
cussive German  consonants  pepper  his 
classroom  lectures,  the  German  depart- 
ment's current  chair,  Frank  Borchardt,  read- 
ily admits  his  initial  attitude  toward  com- 
puters was  "hostile,  uninformed,  self-righte- 
ous, and  condescending."  Once  he  had  been 
won  over  by  predecessor  Phelps'  enthusiasm, 
however,  Borchardt  set  about  to  digest  all  he 
could  about  other  possible  applications  of 
computers  as  tools  in  humanities  scholarship. 

Borchardt  is  an  imposing  figure  who  looks 
the  part  of  the  Teutonic  scholar,  from  his 
salt-and-pepper  beard  to  the  clogs  on  his 
feet.  His  enthusiasm  for  the  project  has 
caught  fire  all  over  campus.  "You  see,"  he  says, 
leaning  across  a  desk  cluttered  with  com- 
puter-generated documents,  "high  technol- 
ogy still  requires  a  relatively  high  degree  of 
new  learning  for  anyone  who  is  not  a  tech- 
nologist by  discipline.  The  beginner  must 
constantly  deal  with  intermediaries  between 
the  human  and  the  machine— intermediaries 
which  are  unfortunately  much  friendlier  to 
the  machines  than  they  are  to  the  people 
who  have  to  use  them.  The  machines  and 
the  programs  that  make  them  work  are  writ- 
ten by  technicians— engineers,  computer 
scientists.  But  it  happens  that  most  human 
beings  do  not  communicate  with  one  an- 
other about  the  things  they  need  in  the 
world  the  way  technicians  do.  The  way 
most  people  communicate  with  each  other 


is  in  natural  language." 

That  humanists  have  something  to  offer 
the  technicians  was  the  revelation  that  set 
Borchardt  dreaming.  "What  humanities 
departments  are  and  have  been  for  500 
years,"  he  says,  "are  societies  of  experts  who 
have  been  exploring  the  way  language  works— 
by  its  greatest  speakers  and  writers.  That  is 
the  expertise  that  has  not  been  brought  into 
the  technological  world,  and  that  is  what 
our  project  at  Duke  is  ultimately  about." 

Borchardt  took  this  notion  to  the  Duke 
administration  in  a  proposal  called  COLOE 
(Computerization  of  Language  Oriented 
Enterprises).  In  1982,  with  the  enthusiastic 
support  of  then  chancellor  H.  Keith  H. 
Brodie,  COLOE  became  a  committee  that 
Borchardt  chairs.  The  project  received  in- 
itial support  from  The  Duke  Endowment. 
Staff  was  hired,  computers  were  purchased, 
and  high  tech  was  introduced  to  high  literature. 

The  Trent  Fund  provided  money  to  create 
additional  CAI  programs  in  Russian  and 
Chinese.  The  Chinese  vocabulary  learning 
program,  developed  by  Rick  Kunst  of  Duke's 
Center  for  International  Studies,  actually 
speaks  to  the  student.  "The  computer  gives 
the  correct  pronunciation,  sound,  and  tone 
of  each  Chinese  character— an  audible  pro- 
nunciation—while the  character  is  shown  at 
the  center  of  the  screen  in  the  context  of 
other  Chinese  characters.  It's  quite  spectac- 
ular," Borchardt  says. 

Both  the  Chinese  instruction  program 
and  a  CALIS  program  in  French,  written  by 
Donald  Houpe  of  the  North  Carolina  School 
of  Science  and  Mathematics  in  Durham, 
have  been  used  in  the  Talent  Identification 
Program,  Duke's  special  summer  learning 
session  for  gifted  teenagers.  Another  pro- 
gram, "The  Duke  Chinese  Typist— also  de- 
veloped and  copyrighted  by  Duke— allows 
the  student  to  type  in  the  Romanized  phonet- 
ic spelling  of  a  Chinese  word.  The  computer 
then  searches  its  electronic  "dictionary"  and 
displays  the  proper  Chinese  character  on 
screen.  With  the  word  processing  capability 
of  microcomputers  and  laser  printers,  stu- 
dents can  write  papers  in  Chinese  without  a 
calligraphic  paintbrush— which  is  exactly 
how  some  Talent  Identification  Program  stu- 
dents spent  their  time  on  campus  this 
summer. 

The  COLOE  project  today,  expanding 
rapidly  in  a  dozen  mind-boggling  directions, 
is  managed  by  Peter  Batke,  a  native  German 
speaker,  who  while  earning  his  Ph.D.  in 
German  literature  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill  in 
the  mid-Seventies,  also  found  himself  inter- 
ested in  computers.  Batke  works  in  a  room 
beside  Fowlie's  old  classroom— a  space 
crowded  with  a  tangle  of  cables  and  banks  of 
microcomputers,  printers,  video  and  audio 
equipment,  and  modems  that  connect,  or 
"network,"  the  microcomputers  used  all  over 
campus.  This  is  "mission  control." 


38 


Recently,  in  only  two  afternoons,  Jeff  Gil- 
lette, COLOE's  senior  programmer,  used 
CALIS  to  write  an  "interactive  video"  pro- 
gram to  teach  irony,  parody,  and  satire.  The 
program  uses  film  clips  from  Woody  Allen's 
movie  Love  and  Death  as  the  basis  for  a  series 
of  multiple-choice  questions  on  the  Ameri- 
can cultural  idiom  and  sense  of  humor.  With 
interactive  video,  the  questions  flash  on 
a  color  TV  screen  instead  of  a  computer 
screen.  "Is  Woody  Allen's  tone  of  narration 
in  this  film  clip  (a)  realistic;  (h)  satirical;  or 
(c)  wistful?"  A  wrong  answer  will  repeat  the 
film  clip  with  a  comment  such  as,  "Does 
Woody  Allen  really  sound  sincere?  Try 
again." 

Adding  interactive  video  and  digitized 
audio  (the  state  of  the  art  in  sound  technol- 
ogy) to  computers  is  still  a  prohibitively  ex- 
pensive process.  Its  applications  to  CALIS 
are  only  in  their  infancy,  but  CALIS,  unlike 
its  predecessors  developed  at  other  universi- 
ties, is  extremely  open-ended  and  flexible. 
Other  language  instruction  programs  have  as 
many  as  2,000  pages  of  explanatory  material 
that  must  be  digested  before  the  user  can 
understand  how  to  adapt  the  software  to  his 
or  her  teaching  purposes. 

In  another  partitioned  section  of  the  small 
COLOE  workroom,  Batke  demonstrates  the 
CALIS  adaptation  he  has  been  working  on 
with  the  National  Cryptological  School  in 
Baltimore— a  project  funded  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Defense.  In  addition  to  computer- 
aided  language  instruction  programs  in 
modern  Greek  and  Swahili,  Batke  and  a 
native  Ethiopian  from  Chapel  Hill  have 
written  a  program  that  teaches  Amharic— 
the  language  of  Ethiopia. 

"What  has  made  Ethiopic  so  tricky,"  Batke 
says,  "is  that  every  single  vowel  and  conso- 
nant combination  has  its  own  alphabetical 
character,  a  sum  total  of  283  symbols.  The 
IBM-PC  was  originally  designed  to  handle 
256  symbols,  and  now  we've  managed  to  ex- 
tend its  capacity  to  512."  The  Ethiopian 
characters  on  the  screen  Batke  points  to  look 
something  like  a  cross  between  Hebrew  and 
Chinese.  He  demonstrates  how  the  compu- 
ter keyboard,  with  its  standard  Roman  alpha- 
bet, can  be  converted  to  type  Ethiopic  with 
just  a  few  keystrokes. 

"Now  that  this  is  nearly  finished,  we  are 
ready  to  concentrate  on  more  mainstream 
languages— Spanish  and  Russian,"  he  says.  A 
yearlong  course  in  Spanish— complete  with 
CALIS  programming  and  an  accompanying 
textbook,  written  by  a  graduate  assistant  at 
UNC— has  been  published  by  Holt,  Rine- 
hart,  and  Winston.  Batke  and  a  colleague 
from  Ohio  State  are  also  working  on  another 
language  instruction  course  in  German.  But 
not  all  the  language  used  in  this  bank  of 
computers  is  foreign.  For  his  undergraduate 
seminars  in  the  modern  British  novel,  Elgin 
Mellown  of  Duke's  English  department  has 


The  Chinese  vocabulary 

learning  program  actually 

speaks  to  the  student, 

giving  the  correct 

pronunciation,  sound, 

and  tone  of  each 

Chinese  character. 


been  using  a  data  set  that  includes  novels  by 
Virginia  Woolf  and  Joseph  Conrad.  And 
three  or  four  sections  of  freshman  English 
composition  come  regularly  to  the  computer 
lab  to  work  on  their  writing  and  literary- 
analysis. 

With  two  keystrokes,  Batke  can  call  up  any 
word  that  appears  in  the  text  of  Virginia 
Woolf  s  novels,  find  out  how  many  times  the 
word  is  used,  and  then  see  the  word  in  con- 
text. "For  example,  you  see  here  that  there 
are  twenty  occurrences  of  the  name  'Shake- 
speare' in  Woolfs  Jacob's  Room.  There  are  six 
occurrences  of  the  name  'Marlowe.'  And 
within  thirty  characters  of  one  another, 
Shakespeare  and  Marlowe  appear  in  con- 
junction of  the  text  twice. 

"This  way,  you  can  put  your  finger  on  what- 
ever you're  looking  for  without  wasting  a  lot 
of  time,"  he  says.  "It  is  no  substitute  for  read- 
ing the  books,  though." 

The  computer  software  is  so  sophisticated 
that  it  also  permits  the  user  to  split  the  screen 
on  the  computer  and  to  work  on  his  or  her 
own  writing  while  having  the  citations  from 
the  novel  appear  on  the  other  half  of  the 
screen.  "In  the  next  five  to  ten  years,"  says 
Batke,  "we  expect  to  have  every  single  piece 
of  literature  used  in  the  undergraduate  cur- 
riculum at  Duke  electronically  stored  like 
this.  Once  it's  there,  it's  there  forever." 

A  grant  from  the  Pew  Memorial  Trust  was 
used  to  purchase  the  Kurzweil  Data  Entry 
Machine  that  "reads"  the  books.  The  Kurzweil 
scans  the  printed  page,  is  able  to  recognize 
several  languages  and  typefaces,  and  stores 
the  literature  in  its  electronic  memory.  This 
manipulation  of  literary  texts  is  just  an  ex- 
tension of  what  computers  have  been  doing 
for  years— namely,  taking  a  data  base,  a  set  of 
information  (in  the  past,  usually  collections 
of  numbers  and  symbols  instead  of  natural 
language  words),  and  moving  that  data  around 
in  various  configurations,  guided  by 
mathematical  equations. 

As  an  extension  in  text  analysis,  Borchardt 
has  had  his  German  literature  students 
actually  chart  the  use  of  words  in  the  plays  of 


Friedrich  von  Schiller.  His  end-of-semester 
papers  for  the  course  include  charts  and 
graphs  in  addition  to  the  usual  interpretive 
essay. 

It  sounds  terribly  scientific  and  statistical. 
In  fact,  one  ot  Borchardt's  favorite  phrases  is 
"the  arithmetic  of  literature,"  but  he  is  quick 
to  dismiss  the  charge  that  such  dispassionate 
dissection  of  a  work  of  literary  art  is  some- 
how improper.  "The  hookup  between  cer- 
tain important  words  that  comes  out  of  these 
graphs  may  not  have  leapt  off  the  page  for 
the  student  who  read  Schiller's  plays  once  or 
twice  straight  through.  When  the  conceal- 
ing surface  of  the  play— the  context— is 
removed,  you  can  see  the  configurations  of 
words  at  greater  depth,  and  you  may  uncover 
certain  clues  about  the  author's  thematic 
intentions.  The  computer  can't  do  the  inter- 
pretation for  you.  These  word  lists  are  useless 
without  any  traditional  command  of  the 
text.  The  computer  is  merely  a  tool,  not  un- 
like your  yellow  highlighter.  Actually,  it's  a 
very  expensive  highlighter." 

"These  kinds  of  insights  are  just  the  begin- 
ning of  what  we  need  to  do  to  look  at  the 
underlying  structures  that  great  literary 
masters  use  in  the  manipulation  of  language," 
he  says.  "Chances  are  that  Dante  knew 
exactly  what  he  was  doing  when  he  put  the 
word  'love'  at  the  center  of  the  two  lines  of 
the  central  canto  in  the  Divine  Comedy.  In 
fact,  a  scholar  at  Johns  Hopkins  looked  at 
the  organization  of  the  Divine  Comedy,  and 
there  is  absolutely  no  doubt  that  Dante  in- 
tentionally structured  his  work  on  arithme- 
tic principles.  Not  that  he  expected  people 
to  see  them.  It  was  meant  only  to  please  the 
eye  of  God." 

The  technology  continues  to  unfold  at  a 
blistering  pace.  "The  technology  has  in  fact 
superseded  the  problems  we  originally  set 
out  to  solve  here,"  says  Borchardt.  There  are 
more  programs  COLOE  is  working  on.  One 
involves  a  grant  from  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Humanities  to  put  the  Records 
of  the  Federal  Convention  of  1787— the  tran- 
script of  the  debates  of  Hamilton  and  Wash- 
ington and  the  other  founding  fathers— into 
electronic  form.  Access  to  particular  cita- 
tions in  such  lengthy  documents  will  greatly 
simplify  the  study  of  history  and  law. 

And  finally,  says  Borchardt,  COLOE  would 
like  to  begin  a  visiting  scholar  program 
whereby  humanists  who  are  computer  liter- 
ate can  come  to  Duke  to  offer  their  expertise 
and  to  evaluate  Duke's  work  in  the  field.  "We 
also  need  to  get  some  good  social  scientists 
to  measure  the  effectiveness  of  the  CALIS 
teaching  techniques,"  he  says.  "This  kind  of 
learning— whether  it's  better  or  more  effec- 
tive than  the  older,  conventional  ways— is 
inevitable."  ■ 

Eubanks  76  is  a  regular  contributor  to  Duke  Maga- 
zine. Her  most  recent  article  was  on  Paul  Jeffrey. 


DUKE  PROFILE 


REVOLUTION 


Silk-clad  and  prosperous, 
delegates  from  the  thirteen 
states  who  gathered  in  Phil- 
adelphia in  May  1787  for 
the  nations  first  constitu- 
tional convention  hardly 
saw  themselves  as  the  van- 
guard of  a  second  Ameri- 
can revolution.  Yet  by  the  end  of  the  sum- 
mer, this  contentious  group  of  men  whose 
ideas  flashed  like  chain  lightning  would  pro- 
pose nothing  less  than  a  revolutionary 
change  in  the  way  Americans  governed 
themselves. 

A  dozen  of  the  Philadelphia  delegates  were 
prominent  lawyers;  others  were  planters, 
merchants,  physicians,  and  college  profes- 
sors. The  oldest  was  Pennsylvania's  Benjamin 
Franklin  at  eighty-one;  the  youngest  was 
New  Jersey's  Jonathan  Drayton  at  twenty-six. 
In  the  memory  of  all,  barely  a  dozen  years 
had  gone  by  since  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence, a  war  had  been  fought  and  won 
against  Great  Britain,  and  the  fledgling 
United  States  had  adopted  a  semblance  of 
national  government  under  the  Articles  of 
Confederation  and  Perpetual  Union.  But  as 
the  presence  of  the  delegates  at  Indepen- 
dence Hall  confirmed,  trouble  haunted  the 
young  republic  as  the  steamy  summer  of  1787 
approached. 

The  Articles,  says  Duke  law  school  profes- 
sor Walter  Dellinger,  had  much  to  do  with 
that  trouble. 

Discontent  with  the  Articles  had  its  roots 
in  the  Revolution,  which  the  thirteen  colo- 
nies had  fought  as  allies  rather  than  as  a 
united  nation,  says  Dellinger,  who  has 
emerged  in  the  1980s  as  one  of  the  nation's 
leading  constitutional  scholars.  At  the  end 
of  the  Revolution  in  1781,  the  states  had 
come  together  under  the  Articles,  but  had 
unwisely  held  on  to  their  "sovereignty,  free- 
dom, and  independence,"  except  for  certain 
powers  grudgingly  delegated  to  a  weak  Con- 
gress. Each  state  voted  as  a  state  and  cast  a 
single  vote. 

As  a  result,  American  political  power  200 
years  ago  boiled  angrily  in  the  democratic 
state  legislatures— too  much  power,  in  the 


WALTER  DELLINGER 
ON  ALLOCATING  POWER 

BY  BOB  WILSON 


opinion  of  New  York's  Alexander  Hamilton 
and  many  other  delegates.  Hamilton,  who 
would  become  the  nation's  first  secretary  of 
the  treasury,  had  dratted  the  call  for  the 
Philadelphia  convention  to  discuss  what 
should  be  done  "to  render  the  constitution  of 
the  Federal  Government  adequate  to  the  exi- 
gencies of  the  Union." 

Hamilton's  concern  for  reform  was  real, 
says  Dellinger:  Populist  legislatures  domi- 
nated by  farmers  and  tradesmen  were  threa- 
tening cherished  property  rights  with  legisla- 
tion that  extended  debtors'  obligations— or 
in  some  instances  actually  canceled  them. 
Another  rankle  lay  in  the  blizzard  of  infla- 
tionary paper  money  that  made  for  cheap 
repayment.  And  then  came  an  astonishing 
report  that  the  Rhode  Island  assembly  was 
considering  a  law  mandating  the  equal  redis- 
tribution of  property  every  thirteen  years. 
"We  are  fast  verging  to  anarchy  and  confu- 
sion," complained  a  worried  George  Wash- 
ington, up  from  Mount  Vernon  to  preside 


over  the  Philadelphia  convention. 

"The  central  issue  in  the  minds  of  many  of 
the  framers,"  says  Dellinger,  "was  the  need  to 
curb  what  they  saw  as  the  excesses  of  the  state 
legislatures.  In  a  real  sense,  the  'problem 
facing  the  convention  was  the  problem  of 
democracy— democracy  in  the  state  legisla- 
tures unchecked  by  any  other  power."  Clear- 
ly, the  inept  confederation  model  of  a  severe- 
ly limited  national  government  had  failed. 
But  the  Philadelphia  convention  would  not: 
When  the  delegates  wrapped  up  their  work 
on  September  17,  1787,  they  gave  the  United 
States  a  durable  framework  for  constitution- 
al government  whose  bicentennial  celebra- 
tion is  only  months  away. 

No  other  nation's  charter  has  survived  as 
long.  One  reason  the  United  States  has 
never  discarded  its  Constitution,  Dellinger 
believes,  lies  in  the  convention's  innovative 
accommodation  of  change  through  the 
amendment  process. 

Remarkably,  only  twenty-six  amendments 
have  been  tacked  onto  the  Constitution 
since  1787  (and  ten  of  those  make  up  the  Bill 
of  Rights),  though  some  scholars  believe 
another  amendment  could  be  on  the  way. 
Thirty-two  states— out  of  thirty-four  needed- 
are  petitioning  Congress  in  1986  for  a  second 
constitutional  convention  that  would  osten- 
sibly propose  a  balanced-budget  amend- 
ment. Supporters  of  the  convention  tout  it 
as  the  only  way  to  enforce  pay-as-you-go 
financing  in  Washington. 

"From  the  earliest  days  of  the  1787  conven- 
tion," says  Dellinger,  "the  delegates  sought  to 
avoid  giving  Congress  the  sole  authority  to 
propose  amendments.  The  solution  was  the 
convention  of  the  people.'  Congress  must 
call  a  convention  whenever  two-thirds  of  the 
state  legislatures  apply  for  one.  A  conven- 
tion would  be,  like  Congress,  a  deliberative 
body  capable  of  assessing  the  need  for  consti- 
tutional change  and  drafting  proposed 
amendments  tor  ratification  by  the  states." 

Dellinger  considers  many  of  the  state  peti- 
tions for  a  second  convention  invalid  on 
technical  grounds,  because  they  would  limit 
the  convention  to  the  single  issue  of  the 
balanced-budget  amendment.  The  petitions 


are,  nonetheless,  direct  descendants  of  the 
conventions  solution  to  one  of  the  eighteenth 
century's  most  vexing  political  conundrums: 
How  does  a  constitutional  system  of  govern- 
ment, itself  born  of  revolution,  provide  for 
its  own  revision?  Says  Dellinger:  "It  is  a 
mystery  that  reverberates  through  two 
centuries." 

In  an  intellectual  masterstroke,  the  Phil- 
adelphia delegates  cut  their  way  out  of  the 
conundrum  with  Article  V,  the  amendment 
article  that  set  up  the  process  for  future  law- 
ful revision.  "The  amendment  process  they 
adopted  represented,  in  a  sense,  the  domesti- 
cation—the taming— of  the  right  of  revolu- 
tion which  had  been  proclaimed  by  the 


"It  has  been  said  that  in  constructing  a 
federal  government  the  two  most  important 
issues  are  the  initial  allocation  of  power  be- 
tween the  two  levels  of  government  and  the 
location  of  power  to  change  that  allocation 
in  the  future.  Throughout  the  summer  of 
1787,  the  delegates  at  the  Philadelphia  con- 
vention had  constructed  the  basic  framework 
of  American  federalism.  Only  in  the  closing 
days  of  the  convention— after  the  delegates 
had  completed  the  difficult  task  of  achieving 
consensus  on  the  balance  of  state  and 
national  power— was  agreement  reached  on 
an  amendment  formula." 

Perhaps  the  most  pronounced  federal  as- 
pect of  that  formula  lies   in  ratification, 


MU2m^- 


5ince  James  Madison's 
time,  Congress  has 
considered  more  than 
5,000  proposed  constitutional 
amendments.  Only  thirty- 
three  have  won  the  necessary 
two-thirds  vote  of  the  House 
and  Senate  to  go  to  the  states 
for  ratification.  And  seven  of 
the  thirty-three  didn't  pass 
muster  on  the  state  level. 
"With  only  a  few  excep- 
tions," says  Walter  Dellinger, 
"the  amendments  proposed 
by  Congress  have  come  in 
clusters.  History  shows  that  a 
political  movement  with  the 
strength  to  see  one  amend- 
ment through  ratification 
usually  succeeds  in  enacting  a 
series  of  amendments. 

"There  have  been  four 
periods  in  our  history  in  which 


been  proposed  and  ratified. 


Virtually  all  of  our  amend- 
ments are  the  product  of  these 
four  political  movements." 

The  first  burst  of  amending 
lasted  from  1789  to  1804, 
producing  the  anti-federalist 
Bill  of  Rights  and  the  11th  and 
12th  amendments.  The  12th 
amendment  held  considerable 
interest  for  Thomas  Jefferson: 
It  cleared  up  a  glitch  in  the 
electoral  college  that  almost 
cost  him  the  presidency. 

The  second  amending 
period  followed  the  Civil  War. 
The  13th,  14th,  and  15th 
amendments  "fundamentally 
changed  the  Constitution"  by 
expanding  federal  power  over 
the  states,  says  Dellinger.  The 
14th,  the  so-called  "due 
process"  amendment,  remains 
a  powerful  wellspring  of  con- 
troversy and  change  in  consti- 
tutional law  and  theory. 


The  third  outburst  of 
amending  came  between  1913 
and  1920  during  the  heyday  of 
the  Progressive  movement. 
Four  amendments  gave 
Americans  direct  election  of 
senators,  the  progressive  in- 
come tax,  and  women's  suf- 
frage. A  less  successful  at- 
tempt was  made  at  weaning 
the  nation  from  its  thirst  for 
strong  drink. 

The  fourth  and  most  recent 
amending  period  lasted  from 
1961  to  1978.  Four  amend- 
ments sailed  through  ratifica- 
tion with  litde  controversy, 
giving  the  District  of  Columbia 
three  electoral  votes,  lowering 
the  voting  age  in  federal  elec- 
tion to  eighteen,  discarding 
the  poll  tax  in  federal  elec- 
tions, and  setting  up  the  rules 
of  presidential  disability  and 


colonists,"  says  Dellinger,  whose  native 
North  Carolina  at  first  rejected  the  Consti- 
tution before  finally  ratifying  it  in  1791.  In- 
deed, he  says,  the  early  constitutions  of 
Maryland  and  several  other  states  boldly 
"proclaimed  the  right  of  their  citizens  to  re- 
form or  create  new  governments." 

Dellinger  sees  Article  V  skillfully  tapping 
this  simmering  revolutionary  fervor  and 
turning  it  into  a  conservative  triumph  of  the 
convention.  Crafted  for  the  most  part  by 
Virginia's  James  Madison,  destined  to  be- 
come the  nation's  fourth  president,  Article 
V  confined  the  right  to  revolution  "within 
expressly  prescribed  legal  procedures."  It 
offered  two  avenues  of  change:  amendments 
proposed  either  by  Congress  or  by  a  national 
constitutional  convention.  "And,"  says 
Dellinger,  "amendments  may  be  ratified  in 
either  of  two  ways:  by  the  legislatures  of  three- 
fourths  of  the  states  or  by  ratifying  conven- 
tions in  three-fourths  of  the  states. 


where  each  state  counts  as  one.  "Unlike  the 
presidential  selection  process,"  says  Dellinger, 
"Article  V  doesn't  require  that  the  votes  of 
each  state  be  weighted  by  population.  It 
doesn't  even  require  that  states  with  a  majority 
of  the  population  ratify  an  amendment.  How 
much  popular  support  an  amendment  needs 
in  order  to  be  ratified  varies  enormously  de- 
pending upon  whether  it's  supported  or  op- 
posed principally  in  small  or  large  states." 

This  is  where  the  three-fourths  rule  deter- 
mines the  life  or  death  of  a  proposed  amend- 
ment. For  example,  Dellinger  says,  an  amend- 
ment opposed  by  the  thirteen  smallest  states 
containing  less  than  4  percent  of  the  U.S. 
population  won't  become  part  of  the  Constitu- 
tion—even if  it's  ratified  by  the  other  thirty- 
seven  states  with  96  percent  of  the  popula- 
tion. Conversely,  an  amendment  backed  by 
the  smaller  states  can  be  ratified  with  the 
support  of  less  than  half  the  American 
people  if  it's  accepted  by  the  thirty-eight 


smallest  states— states  with  only  40  percent 
of  the  population. 

"Of  course,"  says  Dellinger,  "this  is  exactly 
what  the  framers  intended:  The  equality 
that  is  relevant  for  purposes  of  amending  the 
Constitution  is  not  the  equality  of  indivi- 
duals, but  the  equality  of  states  in  a  federal 
union."  As  a  consequence  of  this  deference 
to  federalism,  the  population  percentage 
needed  for  ratification  varies  from  40  per- 
cent to  96  percent,  depending  on  whether 
an  amendment  is  favored  by  those  in  large  or 
smaller  states. 

A  1966  Yale  law  graduate  who  clerked  for 
Supreme  Court  Justice  Hugo  Black,  Dellin- 
ger has  become  a  familiar  figure  on  Capitol 
Hill,  where  he  frequently  testifies  before  the 
House  and  Senate  judiciary  committees.  He 
also  advises  the  Democratic  Party  on  con- 
stitutional issues,  and  writes  for  a  broad  pro- 
fessional and  popular  audience  in  publica- 
tions ranging  from  the  Harvard  Law  Review 
to  Newsweek.  Dellinger  balances  his  interest 
in  the  Constitution  with  a  life  in  Chapel 
Hill  that  centers  on  his  wife,  Anne  Maxwell 
Dellinger  J.D.  '79,  who  teaches  at  UNC's 
Institute  of  Government,  sons  Andrew  and 
Hampton,  and  a  ten-speed  bicycle  that 
knows  every  country  road  in  southern  Orange 
County. 

The  intellectual  impact  of  Dellinger's 
scholarship  is  earning  him  an  international 
reputation  for  constitutional  theory.  Anne 
and  the  boys  were  hardly  surprised  one  day 
last  year  when  he  came  home  with  a  deal 
they  couldn't  refuse:  Pack  up  and  come  with 
him  on  a  spring  lecture  tour  of  Europe's  lead- 
ing universities.  The  trip  was  the  start  of  a 
round  of  international  invitations.  Last 
December,  Dellinger  flew  to  Rio  de  Janeiro 
to  speak  to  officials  drafting  a  new  democra- 
tic constitution  for  Brazil,  and  in  early  July, 
he  lectured  at  the  National  University  of 
Mexico.  He's  scheduled  to  give  a  paper  on 
The  Federalist  at  a  March  conference  in 
Rome.  "Interest  in  the  Constitution's  history 
is  worldwide,"  he  says. 

Dellinger  often  cautions  audiences— as  he 
did  this  year  in  his  hometown  of  Charlotte, 
where  he  gave  the  city's  1986  Law  Day  Ad- 
dress—to avoid  "unwarranted  romanticiza- 
tion  of  the  Constitution  or  an  unnecessary 
deification  of  its  framers."  The  Philadelphia 
convention,  he  says,  sometimes  threatened 
to  dissolve  into  a  rawboned  struggle  for 
power.  And  in  the  end,  its  success  rested  on 
a  "literally  unspeakable  compromise"  over 
the  issue  of  human  slavery. 

"The  drafting  of  the  Constitution  in  the 
summer  of  1797,"  he  says,  "did  not  mark  the 
culmination  of  the  quest  for  a  just  society, 
but  only  the  beginning."  ■ 

Wilson,  associate  director  of  Duke  News  Service,  is  a 
student  in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies 
program. 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


SURVIVING 


TAX 


The  Making  of  a  Mira- 
cle." That's  the  label 
Time  pinned  on  the 
tax-reform  plan  ham- 
mered out  by  Congress. 
But  as  frustrated  higher- 
education  officials  see 
it,  tax  reform  has  all 
the  makings  of  a  disaster. 

In  a  much-cited  study,  Harvard  economist 
Larry  Lindsay  figured  that  between  1986  and 
1988,  the  tax  bill  will  cause  giving  to  higher 
education  to  fall  by  16.5  percent.  According 
to  those  estimates,  contributions  from 
wealthier  taxpayers— those  earning  between 
$100,000  and  $200,000  a  year-will  decline 
by  17.5  percent,  and  from  the  wealthiest, 
with  annual  earnings  of  more  than  $200,000, 
by  29.5  percent.  Those  projections  reflect  in 
part  the  dramatic  reduction  in  tax  rates  for 
individual  taxpayers;  but  perhaps  the  heav- 
iest blow  to  higher  education  comes  from 
changes  in  the  treatment  of  gifts  of  property— 
such  as  stocks  and  bonds— that  has  appreci- 
ated in  value. 

Two  years  ago,  as  the  tax-reform  express 
was  gathering  steam,  Duke's  Charles  T.  Clot- 
felter  began  issuing  his  own  series  of  gloomy 
projections.  Clotfelter,  a  vice  chancellor  as 
well  as  professor  of  public  policy  studies  and 
economics,  wrote  in  a  New  York  Times  op-ed 
piece:  "If  the  current  momentum  for  funda- 
mental tax  reform  is  sustained,  the  nonprofit 
sector  may  well  become  its  most  conspicuous 
victim.  Because  proposals  to  reform  the  in- 
come tax  would  have  th 


EDUCATION'S  NEW 
NEMESIS 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


For  Americas 

universities,  the  latest 

round  of  tax  reform 

means  a  potential 

dollar  drain. 


effect  of  reducing  the  incentive  to  make  con- 
tributions, such  proposals  are  likely  to  dampen 
the  level  of  giving  at  the  very  time  that  federal 
budget  cuts  are  making  private  support  more 
important."  Clotfelter  has  called  the  impact  of 
the  tax  code  that  finally  emerged  this  summer 
"all  negative"  for  higher  education. 

And  he  is  far  from  alone  in  his  downbeat 
assessment.  In  a  joint  statement,  the  presi- 
dents of  three  major  higher-education  asso- 
ciations—the American  Council  on  Educa- 
tion, the  Associa- 


tion of  American  Universities,  and  the 
National  Association  of  Independent  Col- 
leges and  Universities— said  the  tax  bill 
would  "seriously  compromise  the  vitality  of 
America's  colleges  and  universities  and 
impose  significant  financial  hardship  on  the 
institutions  and  the  students  they  serve." 

Higher  education's  criticism  hasn't  gone 
unnoticed;  and  what  it's  inspired,  in  the 
heady  atmosphere  of  tax-reform  miracles,  is 
criticism  of  the  critics.  Secretary  of  Educa- 
tion William  J.  Bennett  said  universities 
"should  look  beyond  their  narrow,  immedi- 
ate self-interest  and  look  to  the  common 
prosperity  in  which  they  will  share."  In  an 
editorial  that  reflected  the  posture  assumed 
by  much  of  the  press,  The  New  York  Times 
acknowledged  that  tax  reform  will  strike  at 
higher  education  in  a  series  of  unpleasant 
ways.  But,  declared  the  editorial,  the  time 
had  come  to  ftee  the  tax  code  from  the  con- 
straints of  social  policy.  "Reformers  knew 
that  to  avoid  losing  revenue  they  had  to 
broaden  the  tax  base  in  order  to  lower  tax 
rates.  And  supporters  of  reform  were  right  to 
believe  that  the  use  of  'tax  expenditures'  to 
solve  economic  and  social  problems  had  be- 
come a  dangerous  political  addiction.... 
Government  should  support  education,  and 
there  are  times  when  government  should 
encourage  this  industry  or  that  investment. 
But  it  should  do  so  openly  and  directly, 
rather  than  through  the  side  door  labeled 
'tax  breaks.' " 


. 


Even  some  within  higher  education— in- 
cluding educational  fund-raisers— aren't 
quite  ready  to  join  with  the  gloom-and-doom 
crowd.  In  talks  to  Duke's  volunteer  fund- 
raisers and  the  trustee  Committee  on  Insti- 
tutional Advancement,  Director  of  Planned 
Giving  Michael  R.  Potter  has  said  "there 
may  be  too  much  pessimism  about  how  the 
lowering  of  the  highest  tax  brackets  will  af- 
fect charitable  giving."  Potter  says  that  after 
the  1981  tax  act,  when  the  highest  marginal 
rates  were  changed  from  70  to  50  percent, 
some  economists  forecast  a  drop  in  chari- 
table giving  in  the  12  to  25  percent  range. 
Despite  those  projections,  fund-raisers  have, 
in  fact,  watched  charitable  giving  increase 
dramatically  each  year  over  the  last  five  years. 

From  Potter's  perspective,  the  trend  of  in- 
creased giving  isn't  necessarily  threatened. 
Tax  savings  may  determine  how  much  money 
some  donors  give  in  a  particular  year;  but 
donors  give  largely  for  reasons  other  than  tax 
savings,  he  says.  Even  if  tax  savings  loom 
large  in  their  motivations,  donors  of  appreci- 
ated property  have  to  consider  other  eco- 
nomic benefits— removing  property  from 
estate  and  gift  taxes,  for  example,  or  improv- 
ing their  income  through  a  transfer  to  a 
charitable  trust.  Under  the  old  tax  code, 
with  all  of  its  tax  shelters,  many  donors  have 
had  overall  tax  rates  far  below  what  they  can 
now  expect.  For  that  reason,  Potter  says, 
they're  likely  to  take  advantage  of  one  of  the 
few  remaining  (though  restricted)  tax  shel- 
ters—namely, charitable  contributions. 

The  switch  to  a  new  tax  code  didn't  come 
without  a  fight  from  education's  partisans. 
Duke's  director  of  government  relations, 
Robert  Havely,  says  Duke  was  among  the 
front  ranks  of  tax  policy-monitoring  and 
lobbying  groups,  many  of  them  meeting 
under  the  A.C.E.  and  A.A.U.  umbrellas. 
Duke  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  and 
Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs  William 
Anlyan  joined  in  the  early  letter-writing 
campaigns  to  Congress.  As  Congress'  tax- 
writing  committees  were  wrapping  up  their 
work,  the  education  groups  did  some  edu- 
cated guessing  about  the  members  likely  to 
get  chosen  for  the  conference  committee.  It 
was  the  conference  committee  that  would 
put  the  final  imprint  on  the  legislation. 
Spurred  by  their  lobbyists,  leaders  from 
higher  education  organized  district  meet- 
ings for  those  targeted  senators  and  represen- 
tatives. Duke  trustees  reinforced  the  message 
with  their  own  appeals. 

Duke's  position,  according  to  Havely,  was  a 
mix  of  the  patriotic  and  the  self-interested: 
It  embraced  rate  reductions  as  a  necessary 
step  in  producing  a  fairer  tax  system,  but 
came  out  against  the  changes  in  taxing  ap- 
preciated property.  Columbia's  president, 
Michael  I.  Sovern,  echoed  that  attitude  in  a 
comment  to  The  New  York  Times:  "We  recog- 
nized that  to  the  extent  rate  reduction  might 


be  economically  productive,  we  thought 
that  as  good  citizens,  we  should  not  oppose 
it.  But  the  bill  does  a  number  of  other  things 
that  go  beyond  that  damage." 

What  the  bill  does  is  impose  a  new  set  of 
rules  in  the  tax  game,  most  of  them  taking 
effect  on  January  1,  1987.  When  that  hap- 
pens, tax  benefits  to  upper-income  donors 
will  go  down  proportionately  with  the  drop 
in  the  top  tax  bracket  from  50  percent  to  28 
percent.  For  taxpayers  in  the  top  bracket  of 
28  percent,  a  gift  of  $100  will  actually  cost 
$72.  Under  current  law,  a  taxpayer  in  the  top 
bracket,  which  is  50  percent,  has  an  out-of- 
pocket  expense  of  only  $50  for  the  same  gift. 
For  those  who  don't  itemize  deductions,  the 


give  the  majority  of  such  gifts  will  find  them- 
selves subject  to  tax  liability  under  a  new  "al- 
ternate minimum  tax."  Taking  into  account 
the  gifts  of  stocks,  bonds,  real  estate,  and  the 
like  from  both  groups  of  taxpayers— those 
who  find  themselves  under  the  alternate 
minimum  tax  and  those  who  simply  shift  to 
the  new  tax-rate  structure— Duke  economist 
Clotfelter  came  up  with  a  depressing  esti- 
mate: that  gifts  of  appreciated  property  will 
fall  by  27  percent. 

From  all  the  appreciated-property  changes, 
higher-education  officials  are  expecting  seri- 
ous dollar  consequences  to  Duke  and  other 
universities.  But  the  principle,  and  not  just 
the  cost,  is  bad,  they  insist.  Those  changes 


Should  tax  policy 
promote  social  policy? 
To  the  tax  reformers, 
that  idea  is  an  invitation  to 
economic  chaos.  But  to  others 
embroiled  in  the  tax-reform 
controversy— among  them, 
Dallas  tax  lawyer  Robert 
Taylor  '49,  J.D.  '52 -it's  the 
route  to  social  equity. 

Taylor  took  his  arguments 
to  the  op-ed  page  of  The  Wall 
Street  Journal.  His  column 
ran  last  spring,  as  the  Senate 
Finance  Committee  was 
emerging  with  its  brand  of  tax 
reform.  For  many  years,  Taylor 
wrote,  "the  federal  tax  system 
has  carried  out  a  host  of  gov- 
ernment policies  in  an  effec- 
tive manner."  The  deduction 
for  home-mortgage  interest  is 
a  classic  example,  he  said. 
"Federal  policy  encourages 
home  ownership,  and  it  is  so 


ingrained  in  the  system  that 
even  proponents  of  a  pure  flat 
tax  have  so  far  made  no  seri- 
ous attempt  to  eliminate  this 
deduction." 

In  the  tax  deduction  for 
charitable  contributions, 
Taylor  saw  another  case  of  tax 
policy  with  social  worth: 
"Contributions  to  churches, 
schools,  the  arts,  and  other 
worthy  causes  have  been  en- 
couraged by  the  federal  gov- 
ernment for  decades  as  impor- 
tant to  the  quality  of  life  in  a 
civilized  society."  Given  the 
success  of  federal  policy 
promoted  through  the  tax  sys- 
tem, "we  should  seriously 
consider  expanding  the  use  of 
this  efficient  mechanism" 
rather  that  cutting  back  on 


Taylor  is  disappointed  with 
the  outcome  of  tax  reform.  By 
shifting  the  tax  rates  and  the 
line-up  of  economic  incen- 
tives, he  says,  Congress  will 
discourage  entrepreneurial 
activity  and  the  "charitable 
purpose"  built  into  the  old 
code.  He  spent  a  lot  of  time  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  listening 
and  lobbying  for  the  interests 
of  his  clients,  including  real 
estate  and  small  business. 
After  hearing  from  Duke's 
government  relations  director, 
Robert  Havely,  he  added  the 
cause  of  higher  education. 
Taylor  met  with  Havely  and 


representatives  from  other 
universities,  took  their  mes- 
sage to  Texas  Senator  Lloyd 
Bentsen,  and  found  the  sena- 
tor to  be  an  ally.  And  that's  no 
unimportant  ally:  Bentsen  is 
senior  Democrat  on  the 
Senate  Finance  Committee. 

But  Bentsen  "didn't  have 
much  maneuvering  room"  in 
the  tax  fight,  as  Taylor  puts  it. 
"The  end  result  was  that  Dan 
Rostenkowski  and  Bob  Pack- 
wood  wrote  the  whole  bill  be- 
tween them,  then  left  it  for 
the  conference  committee  to 
decide  on  a  straight  up  or 
down  vote.  Competing  posi- 
tions never  really  had  a 
chance  to  get  heard.  This  was 
the  first  time  in  my  experi- 
ence that  an  entire  bill  was 
written  by  two  people  with  no 
other  discussion.  That's  not  a 
good  way  to  pass  a  bill  of  such 
monumental  proportions." 

President  Reagan  sparked 
the  tax-reform  movement 
with  the  goals  of  simplicity, 
fairness,  and  economic 
growth,  says  Taylor.  "With  the 
final  bill,  he  achieved  some 
measure  of  fairness,  because 
more  people  will  pay  taxes. 
But  he  didn't  achieve  eco- 
nomic growth,  because  the 
bill  will  probably  depress  eco- 
nomic growth.  And  he  cer- 
tainly didn't  achieve  simpli- 
city: It's  a  complicated  maze 


new  bill  gives  no  chance  to  deduct  charita- 
ble contributions.  And  because  the  bill  eli- 
minates many  widely  used  deductions,  fewer 
people  will  choose  to  itemize.  About  56  per- 
cent of  taxpayers  don't  itemize  under  the  old 
code;  their  number  will  rise  to  73  percent 
under  the  new  system,  according  to  a  Chroni- 
cle of  Higher  Education  analysis. 

Universities  are  especially  unhappy  about 
the  new  tax  code's  handling  of  gifts  of  appre- 
ciated property— about  40  percent  of  all  giv- 
ing by  individuals.  For  Duke,  appreciated- 
property  gifts  came  to  $9.5  million  last  year. 
But  contributors  have  new  consequences  to 
consider:  The  high-bracket  taxpayers  who 


"breach  a  principle  that  has  existed  through- 
out the  history  of  the  American  tax  code," 
says  Havely.  "Gifts  to  charity  have  always 
been  tax-deductible  because  they  have  been 
deemed  to  be  for  a  public  purpose."  The  ap- 
preciated-property deduction  has  worked  as 
"an  economically  efficient  way  to  stimulate 
the  delivery  of  needed  services  in  the  Ameri- 
can economy,"  he  says.  In  North  Carolina, 
one-third  of  all  undergraduate  degrees  and 
one-half  of  all  medical  and  law  degrees  come 
from  private  colleges  and  universities;  and  to 
the  extent  that  the  federal  government  dis- 
courages support  for  private  institutions, 
their  public  counterparts  are  forced  to  ex- 


43 


pand  their  facilities— and  their  share  of  the 
tax  bite. 

Under  the  new  tax  code,  private  univer- 
sities are  now  barred  from  issuing  more  than 
$150  million  in  tax-exempt  bonds.  Educators 
were  relieved  to  see  an  inglorious  ending  to 
an  earlier— and  far  more  restrictive— proposal, 
involving  a  formula  based  on  state  popula- 
tion and  embracing  all  charitable  entities. 
But  the  new  cap  is  still  uncomfortable. 
Twenty  to  twenty-five  major  private  univer- 
sities already  have  borrowed  more  than  $150 
million  through  bonds,  which  they  consider 
a  relatively  cheap  means  for  raising  capital 
toward  building  or  renovating  laboratories, 
classrooms,  or  residence  halls.  Harvard,  for 
example,  has  more  than  $1  billion  in  debt. 
The  $150  million  ceiling  was  not  designed  to 
grow  with  inflation,  a  troubling  fact  if  the 
economy  is  again  wracked  with  inflation. 

In  the  North  Carolina  context,  says  Havely, 
the  $150  million  cap  is  no  problem  for  the 
foreseeable  future.  Under  North  Carolina 
law,  private  universities— as  opposed  to 
health-care  institutions,  including  Duke 
Medical  Center— haven't  been  able  to  float 
any  tax-exempt  bonds,  federal  ceiling  or  no 
federal  ceiling.  That  changed  with  a  Novem- 
ber ballot  initiative;  and  even  with  the  feder- 
al government's  cap,  Duke  will  be  well-posi- 
tioned to  issue  bonds  as  a  low-cost,  flexible 
source  of  funding,  Havely  says. 

The  No.  1  dollar  item  for  Duke  in  the  tax 
package  has  nothing  to  do  with  giving  or 
borrowing;  it's  a  pension-plan  issue.  In  the 
1930s,  a  Carnegie  Commission  study  found 
that  college  faculty  members  had  a  distinc- 
tive need  for  a  retirement  plan  that  would 
follow  them  from  institution  to  institution; 
the  absence  of  "portability"  in  retirement 
plans  was  crippling  higher  education,  said 
the  study.  The  result  was  the  tax-deferred 
annuity  plans  offered  to  professors  and  ad- 
ministrators, traditionally  through  the 
Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association/ 
College  Retirement  Equities  Fund.  TIAA/ 
CREF  plans  reduce  tax  payments  over  the 
course  of  a  career  and  provide  a  reasonably 
hefty  annuity  package  at  the  time  of  retire- 
ment. That  strategy  is  of  a  much  different 
order  than  the  salary-supplement  plans  of- 
fered by  corporations. 

The  corporate  counterparts  to  TIAA/ 
CREF  often  take  the  form  of  awarding  execu- 
tives bonus  income  above  salary  and  provid- 
ing them  a  means  to  shelter  it. 

Now,  under  rules  the  tax-writers  drafted 
mainly  to  cover  the  supplemental  corporate 
plans,  universities  will  be  required  to  offer 
comparable  benefits  to  all  employees.  And 
the  amount  of  money  those  employees  can 
put  away  in  an  annuity  drops  from  $30,000  to 
$9,500  a  year.  Congress'  idea  is  to  make  sure 
that  lower-paid  workers  are  not  discriminated 
against.  Higher  education  has  been  exempt 
from  such  rules;  universities  will  have  to 


wmmmmma 

"We  lobbied  Congress, 

just  as  hard  as  industry 

did,  as  health  care  did, 

as  high-tech  did,  as  every 

charity  from  the  Boy 

Scouts  to  the  United 

Way  did." 

ROBERT  HAVELY 
Director  of  Government  Relations 


comply  with  new  rules  beginning  January  1, 
1989.  To  be  duly  non-discriminatory,  Duke 
must  offer  substantially  the  same  retirement 
plan  to  everyone.  That  requirement  means 
either  eroding  the  benefits  of  Duke's  profes- 
sional staff— an  unlikely  step— or  enhancing 
the  benefits  of  biweekly  employees.  The  esti- 
mated cost  comes  to  $6  million  a  year. 

But  does  non-discrimination  make  sense 
here?  Says  Havely:  "Universities  recruit  bi- 
weekly employees  in  a  local  market,  but  they 
recruit  their  faculty  in  a  national  market. 
And  one  way  higher  education  competes 
with  private  industry— particularly  in  engi- 
neering and  health  fields— is  by  being  in  a 
position  to  offer  a  tax-deferred  annuity  plan 
to  make  retirement  comfortable.  The  new 
plan  from  Congress  invites  an  accelerated 
brain  drain  from  education  to  industry.  It 
further  erodes  higher  education's  ability  to 
compete." 

Other  provisions  of  the  tax  change  have 
negative— or  ambiguous— implications  for 


higher  education.  Scholarship  and  fellow- 
ship income  above  the  amount  "required  to 
be  spent  and  in  fact  spent"  for  tuition  and 
equipment  will  be  taxable  to  the  student. 
Federal  scholarships  would  be  among  those 
affected.  So  the  popular  Pell  grants  may  be 
taxable  as  income,  since  they  are  not  specifi- 
cally earmarked  for  tuition;  and  the  subsi- 
dized interest  rate  attached  to  Guaranteed 
Student  Loans  may  likewise  be  taxable  to 
students.  Prize-winning  professors  may  bask 
a  bit  less  in  their  glory,  since  some  employee 
prizes  and  awards  will  probably  also  fall  into 
the  taxable  category. 

As  the  head  of  Duke's  five-year-old  govern- 
ment relations  team,  Havely  took  to  the 
front  lines,  but  had  to  watch,  frustrated,  as 
the  defenses  crumbled  all  around  him.  At  a 
time  when  foreign  competitors  are  "breath- 
ing down  our  necks,"  he  says,  it  makes  sense 
to  be  investing  more  in  education— not  to  be 
making  support  less  practical  and  to  be  dis- 
couraging entry  into  the  profession.  In  the 
end,  the  tax-reform  express  was  unstoppable. 
And  interest  groups— among  them  those 
with  education  on  their  minds— couldn't  ex- 
pect a  fair  hearing  in  the  midst  of  the  ensu- 
ing roar  of  approval.  "For  members  of  the  tax- 
writing  committees,  it  was  easier  to  see  edu- 
cation as  just  another  interest  group.  We 
lobbied  them,  just  as  hard  as  industry  did,  as 
health  care  did,  as  high-tech  did,  as  every 
charity  from  the  Boy  Scouts  to  the  United 
Way  did.  And  it  was  inevitable,  as  the  new 
tax  system  fell  into  place,  that  tax  writers 
looked  at  all  interests  on  a  level  playing  field." 

But  higher  education  will  have  its  come- 
back day,  Havely  predicts.  As  comprehen- 
sive as  it  was,  this  tax-reform  effort  was  the 
third  major  instance  of  congressional  tax 
tinkering  since  1980.  The  signs  are  that  the 
tinkering  is  far  from  over,  suggesting  that 
opportunity  for  education's  interest  groups 
hasn't  disappeared.  Duke's  planned-giving 
expert,  Michael  Potter,  reels  off  a  list  of  tax 
uncertainties  to  Duke  audiences:  "My  first 
prediction  is  that  the  tax  bill  should  be  a 
bonanza  for  tax  lawyers  and  accountants 
everywhere.  The  bill  contains  both  prospec- 
tive rules  phasing  in  changes  through  1988 
and  retroactive  laws  reaching  back  to  1985. 
Congress  will  empower  the  Internal  Reve- 
nue Service  to  formulate  regulations  that 
will  undoubtedly  be  challenged  and  liti- 
gated in  the  courts."  Concludes  Potter:  "This 
tax  bill  is  anything  but  tax  simplification." 

Already,  President  Reagan  has  hinted  that 
some  parts  of  the  '86  package  ought  to  be 
hammered  out  anew  in  '87;  congressional 
leaders  have  discussed  the  need  for  some 
fine-tuning  and  technical  corrections;  and 
at  least  one  congressman— Ways  and  Means 
chairman  Dan  Rostenkowski— has  talked 
about  taxing  our  way  out  of  deficits.  As 
Havely  sees  it,  "Our  agenda  is  very  much 
unfinished  in  the  tax  area."  ■ 


FRESHMAN  JOURNAL 

Continued  from  page  1 1 

sharp  turn  and  pulled  up  right  onto  the  curb. 
I  woke  up  with  a  girl  in  my  lap,  and  I  couldn't 
help  but  say,  "Hello  there." 

I  got  a  work-study  job  as  a  librarian  in  the 
Biological  Forestry  Library.  The  choice  was 
between  that  and  an  assignment  in  the  ad- 
missions office,  carrying  boxes  weighing  fifty 
pounds  each.  No  thanks.  Being  a  librarian  in 
the  bioforestry  library  is  a  great  job.  My  first 
night  I  worked  five  hours  and  five  people 
walked  in.  I'm  expected  to  work  ten  hours  a 
week.  It  seems  hard  to  fit  in  everything.  It's  a 
Catch  22:  If  you're  not  involved  in  extracur- 
ricular activities  that  you  really  enjoy,  you're 
upset.  But  if  you're  in  them  and  they  take 
away  from  study  time,  you're  upset,  too. 
Budgeting  my  time  is  key. 

I  have  yet  to  say  "y'all,"  but  there  are  still 
eight  months  to  go  as  a  freshman. 

Day  Eight 

Well,  my  first  full  week  as  a  freshman  is 
over,  and  I  think  I'm  only  two  weeks  behind 
in  my  work.  I  wish  someone  could  explain 
that  one  to  me.  This  weekend  is  marching- 
band  camp.  There's  always  next  weekend. 

Day  Nine 

I  was  up  at  8  a.m.,  marching  until  8  p.m. 
We  were  taken  to  some  YMCA  camp  in 
Wake  Forest  to  learn  marching  routines  so 
we'd  be  ready  for  the  first  football  game.  We 
carried  our  instruments  but  didn't  play  them. 
I  can't  believe  this  uniform.  The  gloves  have 
no  fingers,  the  hat  is  make-it-fit,  and  the 
color  scheme  is,  uh,  very  blue. 

I  had  my  first  real  experience  with  South- 
ern food  this  weekend  at  marching  camp.  For 
lunch,  I  was  told  we  would  be  eating  "barbe- 
cue." Of  course,  my  response  was:  "Barbecued 
what?"  Turns  out  that  this  substance  (which 
looks  like  dog  food)  is  generically  called 
barbecue.  I  also  learned  a  new  word:  "boot," 
which,  incidentally,  comes  from  eating  too 
much  barbecue. 

Day  Ten 

I  have  tons  of  work  to  do.  Did  you  ever 
notice  that  whenever  you  have  work  to  do, 
it's  beautiful  outdoors? 

Trent  3  is  the  nuttiest  dorm  on  campus. 
Half  the  hall  is  up  at  3  a.m.  I  was  instructed 
that  hurling  garbage  cans  after  midnight  is  a 
no-no.  Sorry. 

You  know,  maybe  it's  me,  but  I've  already 
eaten  10,000  "points"  worth  of  food  on 
Duke's  prepaid  meal  plan.  That  means  I  ate 
an  eighth  of  my  semester's  worth  of  food  in  a 
week. 

I  decided  to  hit  the  library  and  try  this 
Gothic  Reading  Room.  The  place  is  outra- 
geous. It's  like  studying  in  a  Southern  man- 
sion. I've  never  heard  such  loud  silence. 


I  had  my  first  real 

experience  with 

Southern  food  this 

weekend.  For  lunch,  I 

was  told  wed  be  eating 

"barbecue."  Of  course, 

my  response  was 

"Barbecued  what?" 


Day  Eleven 

I  just  called  home  to  find  out  if  you  dry- 
clean  jeans.  I  didn't  know  living  on  my  own 
would  be  anything  like  this.  But  things  are 
becoming  familiar  to  me.  I  now  know  where 
I'm  walking  and  pretty  much  what  I'm  doing. 

Still,  the  freshman  jitters  hit  now  and 
then.  What  does  a  college  test  look  like? 
Will  I  do  well?  How  will  I  choose  a  fraternity? 
All  people  talk  about  is  fraternities.  It's  like 
selling  your  soul  for  eternity  and  wondering 
if  you  made  the  right  decision.  The  frats  seem 
to  be  the  social  foundation  ot  Duke.  Practi- 
cally all  the  parties  are  run  by  them. 

I  was  pressed  into  service  today  by  the 
admissions  office,  showing  prospective  stu- 
dents from  New  York  City  around  Duke.  I 


guess  admissions  thought  the  kids  would  feel 
at  home  with  me.  I  showed  them  campus— 
Bryan  Center,  my  dorm,  and  even  took  them 
to  my  "Europe  to  1645"  class.  The  professor 
asked  the  class  if  we  were  doing  okay  finding 
the  reserved  reading  material  and  such.  I 
told  her  I  couldn't  find  it.  "Find  what?"  she 
asked.  I  said,  "The  library."  The  New  York 
City  kids  laughed. 

I  left  New  York  to  get  away  from  crime,  and 
today  my  room  was  robbed.  You  see,  Duke 
does  have  everything. 

Day  Twelve 

My  first  football  game,  and  it  was  very  in- 
tense. After  a  morning  and  an  afternoon 
practice,  we  were  ready.  The  stadium  was  not 
even  half  full,  but  it  seemed  packed  to  me.  I 
couldn't  help  but  feel  that  everyone  was 
looking  right  at  me,  waiting  for  me  to  make  a 
mistake. 

It  felt  great  before  the  game,  marching  in 
with  the  rest  of  the  band.  Everyone  looked  at 
us  in  awe.  We  all  pulled  for  one  another, 
working  with  one  force,  one  mind,  together. 

The  halftime  show  was  the  test.  We  had 
practiced  three  hard  weeks,  memorizing  and 
rehearsing  the  steps  and  music.  We  sounded 
good,  and  I  know  future  shows  will  be  better. 
I  really  want  to  go  to  a  bowl  game. 

Although  I  was  exhausted  afterward, 
memories  of  this  first  football  game  will  al- 
ways stay  with  me.  I  was  part  of  a  winning 
team,  and  it  felt  really  good— friends  telling 
you  how  good  the  performance  was,  knowing 
that  applause  is  for  you.  I  think  I'm  gonna 
like  it  here.  ■ 


45 


DUKE  GAZETTE 


BASKETBALL 
ABROAD 


Duke  head  basketball  coach  Mike 
Krzyzewski,  who  led  the  Blue  Devils 
to  the  NCAA  championship  game 
in  Dallas  last  season,  will  be  the  head  coach 
for  the  United  States  team  competing  in  the 
1987  World  University  Games. 

Held  every  two  years,  the  World  Univer- 
sity Games  are  an  international  competition 
tor  college  and  university  student-athletes. 
The  fourteenth  annual  event  will  be  held 
July  5-16  in  Zagreb,  Yugoslavia.  Krzyzewski 
was  chosen  for  the  coaching  post  by  the 
Amateur  Basketball  Association-USA, 
which  also  selects  coaches  for  the  U.S. 
Olympic  team,  the  Pan  American  team,  and 
the  U.S.  Olympic  Festival  teams. 

Krzyzewski  was  an  assistant  coach  for  the 
1979  U.S.  team  that  won  the  gold  medal  at 
the  Pan  American  Games,  and  held  the 
same  post  for  the  U.S.  Olympic  Team  Trials 
in  1984.  He  also  coached  the  South  team  to 
the  gold  medal  at  the  1983  National  Sports 
Festival,  and  was  head  coach  for  several  U.S. 
Armed  Forces  teams  before  beginning  his 
collegiate  coaching  career. 

He'll  have  his  work  cut  out  for  him  this 
year.  The  United  States  has  not  won  the  gold 
medal  in  the  World  University  Games  bas- 
ketball competition  since  1981,  although  it 
did  receive  the  silver  medal  in  1985  after  a 
final-game  loss  to  the  Soviet  Union.  The 
United  States  took  the  bronze  in  1983  after  a 
loss  to  the  gold  medal  Canadian  team  led  by 
former  Duke  eager  Dan  Meagher  '85 . 

Krzyzewski  told  the  sports  newsletter 
Devilirium  that  the  Olympic  coaching  posi- 
tion promises  multiple  rewards— getting  a 
chance  to  represent  the  United  States,  hav- 
ing the  training  camp  at  Duke,  and  working 
with  the  high  caliber  of  young  men  who  will 
be  competing  for  positions  on  the  team." 


SILENT 
MINORITY 


The  weight  of  voting  power  in  U.S. 
presidential  elections  remains  firmly 
with  middle-age  whites.  That's  de- 
spite two  decades  of  gains  by  minorities,  a 
Duke  demographer  says  in  a  new  study. 


^M.    "s^m 

SL  '**  ^j 

«l 

Whites  are  more  likely  to  vote  in  presiden- 
tial elections  than  nonwhites  at  any  age,  says 
Kenneth  C.  Land,  chairman  of  the  sociology 
department.  Voter  participation  peaks  in 
the  mid-forties  among  all  groups,  falls  slight- 
ly by  the  late  forties,  and  turns  sharply  down 
at  age  fifty-eight.  "At  age  forty-two,"  says 
Land,  "86  percent  of  whites  voting  in  a  presi- 
dential election  will  vote  in  the  next  elec- 
tion. The  corresponding  figure  for  non- 
whites  is  77  percent." 

Land  says  whites  can  be  expected  to  cast 
ballots  in  at  least  two  more  presidential  elec- 
tions than  nonwhites  during  the  course  of 
their  voting  lives.  In  his  view,  nonwhite  poli- 
tical power  could  have  a  substantial  impact 
on  American  politics,  but  it  remains  badly 
diffused  by  social  and  economic  handicaps. 
"Blacks,  in  particular,  tend  to  be  more  mobile, 
less  a  part  of  mainstream  residential  Ameri- 
ca. Home  ownership  is  linked  to  voting." 

Land  analyzes  voter  behavior  in  Voting 
Status  Life  Tables  for  the  United  States,  written 
with  George  C.  Hough  Jr.  of  the  University 
of  Texas  at  Austin  and  Marilyn  M.  McMillen 
of  the  National  Center  for  Health  Statistics. 

The  1960s  predictions  of  a  "youth  revolu- 
tion" at  the  polls  never  materialized,  he  says, 
because  young  Americans  didn't  turn  out  in 
high  numbets  for  presidential  elections.  The 


youth  counterculture  that  flourished  during 
the  Vietnam  years  helped  change  U.S.  socie- 
ty, but  the  change  didn't  occur  primarily 
through  the  voting  booth.  In  fact,  a  dip  in 
voter  turnout  occurred  in  the  1960s  and 
1970s  as  post-World  War  II  baby-boomers 
moved  into  their  late  teens  and  early  twen- 
ties—an age  range  of  low  voting  rates. 

According  to  Land,  the  1984  presidential 
election  between  Ronald  Reagan  and  Walter 
Mondale  marked  a  change  in  the  voting  pat- 
terns of  aging  baby  boomers,  now  moving 
into  their  thirties  and  forties.  Many  of  them 
began  to  vote.  Almost  unnoticed  except  by 
demographers,  voting  rates  are  now  in  the 
upswing;  and  demographers  look  to  even 
higher  voter  turnout  in  1988,  Land  says. 

"It  should  be  fascinating  on  election  night 
in  1988,"  he  adds,  "when  the  pundits  are 
remarking  on  the  many  more  people  who 
voted  than  were  expected  to." 


GETTING 
CARDED 


Duke  took  a  sober  look  at  alcohol  con- 
sumption on  campus  when  a  new 
state  law  changed  the  drinking  age 
in  August.  A  dizzying  set  of  regulations  on 
the  sale  and  consumption  of  alcohol  on 
campus  came  with  the  passage  of  state  laws 
that  now  make  it  illegal  to  sell  or  give  beer, 
wine,  or  liquor  to  anyone  under  the  age  of 
twenty-one. 

Among  provisions  of  Duke's  alcohol  policy: 
The  sale  of  alcoholic  beverages  by  students  is 
prohibited,  as  is  the  use  of  alcoholic  bever- 
ages as  a  prize  in  contests,  drawings,  raffles, 
or  lotteries.  All  residential  and  social  groups 
on  campus  must  designate  a  member  to  par- 
ticipate in  an  Alcoholic  Awareness  Session 
at  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year.  The 
representatives  are  responsible  for  sharing 
information  on  alcohol  use  and  on  existing 
univetsity  and  state  laws  regarding  alcohol. 
Representatives  from  125  student  groups  par- 
ticipated in  the  university's  first  Alcoholic 
Awareness  Session  this  fall. 

The  university's  alcohol  policy  involves 
registering  certain  social  events  with  the 
Office  of  Student  Life,  in  part  to  assure  that 
sponsoring  organizations  abide  by  regula- 
tions on  the  use  of  alcohol  on  campus. 
Events  where  attendees  include  other  than 
dues-paying    members    of  the    sponsoring 


organization,  where  total  attendance  ex- 
ceeds 200,  or  where  sound  amplification 
devices  will  be  placed  or  directed  outside 
must  be  registered.  And  for  such  registered 
events,  groups  are  prohibited  from  offering 
alcoholic  beverages  in  or  adjacent  to  resi- 
dence halls  and  at  certain  non-residential 
facilities. 

According  to  the  regulations,  a  reasonable 
quantity  of  non-alcoholic  beverages  (not  in- 
cluding water)  should  be  available  at  campus 
social  functions  where  alcohol  is  served.  In 
most  cases,  sponsoring  groups  and/or  indivi- 
duals are  responsible  if  persons  under  age 
twenty-one  are  served  alcoholic  beverages. 

For  example,  the  traditional  fraternity  keg 
party— if  registered— would  be  restricted  to 
certain  non-residential  facilities,  and  suffi- 
cient quantities  of  non-alcoholic  beverages 
must  also  be  available.  If  unregistered,  such  a 
party  generally  must  be  held  in  a  residence 
hall.  Alcohol  may  be  distributed  to  members 
of  the  sponsoring  organization  and  one  guest 
per  member.  Alternate  non-alcoholic  bever- 
ages must  be  available.  In  both  cases,  indivi- 
duals are  allowed  to  bring  their  own  alcohol- 
ic beverages,  but  no  more  than  he  or  she,  and 
one  guest,  might  readily  consume  during  the 
course  of  the  event. 

"Most  public  colleges  and  universities 
have  a  stricter  policy  than  ours,  to  the  point 
of  not  allowing  alcohol  on  campus  in  public 


areas,"  says  Sue  Wasiolek  76,  M.H.A.  '78, 
dean  for  student  life.  "We're  in  line  with 
other  private  institutions,  those  with  which 
we  compare  ourselves."  In  developing  Duke's 
alcohol  regulations,  officials  contacted  a 
number  of  universities  across  the  country, 
asking  for  copies  of  their  policies. 

"Alcohol  awareness  is  a  major  topic  of  dis- 
cussion within  the  education  community," 
says  Wasiolek,  "but  there  are  no  magic 
answers.  Our  approach  is  to  counsel  and 
educate." 


GONE  WITH 


other  Nature  had  a  conniption. 
On  August  11,  in  a  fit  of  rage  un- 
paralleled and  untimely  (as  the 
campus  was  gearing  up  for  the  fall  semester), 
she  sent  a  colossal  storm  through  Durham  — 
seemingly  right  through  the  heart  of  Duke— 
uprooting  some  trees,  topping  others,  and 
turning  the  traditionally  handsome  campus 
into  one  very  large  mud  pie. 

The  rains  came  first,  then  an  ominous 

dark  accompanied  by  fierce  winds,  capped  by 

thunder  and  lightning  that  promptly  knocked 

out  electricity  all  over  campus. 

Trees  bent  sideways,  some  giving  up  the 


fight  and  snapping  in  half.  One  fell  against 
the  English  Tudor  exterior  of  the  University 
Relations  Office,  another  tore  a  hole  in  the 
roof  of  the  Alumni  House  Annex,  then  con- 
tinued its  downward  plunge,  landing  smack 
on  the  hood  of  a  hapless  auto.  Several  cars 
met  their  tate  this  way. 

When  the  fifteen-minute  reign  of  destruc- 
tion was  over,  100  trees  were  damaged,  half  of 
them  destroyed,  including  some  landmark 
oaks  on  East  Campus.  The  law  school,  Old 
Chemistry,  and  Biological  Sciences  were 
among  buildings  sustaining  water  damage, 
and  the  chapel  lost  a  pinnacle  after  being  hit 
by  lightning.  Throughout  the  campus,  road- 
ways and  sidewalks  were  littered  with  tree 
limbs  and  a  fine  new  blanket  of  green  leaves. 

Duke  spent  some  $186,000  for  repairs  and 
clean-up,  a  process  that  continued  for  a 
month  after  the  storm.  The  whine  of  chain- 
saws  became  a  familiar  sound.  A  local  church, 
however,  benefited  from  the  chaos— receiv- 
ing truckloads  of  firewood  for  its  home  heat- 
ing program. 

"The  storm  really  threw  us  back  about 
three  weeks  on  our  normal  routine,"  says 
David  Love,  manager  of  operations  for  the 
Physical  Plant.  "We've  got  some  long-term 
problems  with  trees  that  were  weakened, 
creating  problems  that  are  not  visible,  not 
tight  now.  As  far  as  'normal'  storms  go,  this 
was  easily  the  worst." 


PROGRESS 
TOWARD  PARITY 


A  student  project  for  the  Women's 
Studies  Program  last  year  raised 
some  eyebrows  when  it  revealed 
that  Duke  still  has  a  way  to  go  in  recruiting 
female  faculty,  particularly  at  Trinity  College. 

In  announcing  the  promotions  and  hir- 
ings  of  five  women  to  the  rank  of  full  profes- 
sor this  fall,  Provost  Phillip  Griffiths  and 
Margaret  Bates,  vice  provost  for  academic 
programs,  said  that  Duke  has  made  obvious 
progress  in  attracting  female  faculty.  But, 
they  added,  the  university  will  need  to  make 
further  efforts  to  achieve  parity. 

According  to  Rebecca  Schaller  '86,  who 
conducted  the  project  on  the  history  of 
female  professors  at  Duke,  while  the  propor- 
tion of  women  on  the  Trinity  faculty  has 
doubled  since  1930,  it  is  still  less  than  the 
proportion  of  female  Ph.D.  holders,  approxi- 
mately 37  percent.  She  also  found  that  until 
1960  the  proportion  of  female  faculty  at 
Duke  was  greater  than  the  national  percent- 
age. But  while  the  hiring  of  Trinity  female 
faculty  remained  steady,  growth  in  the  num- 
bers of  women  earning  doctorates  accelerated. 

The  picture  improved  somewhat  this  fall, 
with  ten  women  among  thirty-five  new 
faculty  members  in  Trinity  College,  bringing 
the  proportion  of  women  on  the  arts  and  sci- 
ences faculty  to  15.9  percent.  The  univer- 
sity's previous  peak  was  12.3  percent  in  the 
1950s.  Currently,  sixty-five  of  Duke's  400  arts 
and  sciences  faculty  are  women,  eleven  of 
them  full  professors. 

Administrators  are  not  convinced  that  the 
record  numbers  of  women  pursuing  post- 
graduate degrees  will  bring  an  equal  balance 
between  men  and  women  on  university 
faculties.  According  to  The  Chronicle  of 
Higher  Education,  the  number  of  doctorates 
awarded  to  women  has  increased  by  33  per- 
cent since  1977.  In  1985,  10,699  women  re- 
ceived Ph.D.s.  But  those  degrees  tend  to  be 
awarded  in  such  fields  as  education,  health 
sciences,  psychology,  language,  literature, 
and  art,  while  mathematics,  the  natural  sci- 
ences, and  engineering  are  still  dominated 
by  male  graduate  students  and  faculty. 

Another  concern,  according  to  the  educa- 
tion weekly,  is  that  women  in  academe  tend 
to  be  concentrated  in  non-tenure  or  part- 
time  positions.  Nationally,  they  make  up 
27.5  percent  of  full-time  faculty  and  only 
11.4  percent  of  full  professorships.  Despite 
the  fact  that  the  majority  of  undergraduate 
students  are  women,  and  that  record  num- 
bers of  women  are  going  on  to  receive  their 
doctorates,  says  The  Chronicle,  "lingering 
sexual  bias  in  hiring  and  promotion  deci- 
sions, as  well  as  a  shortage  of  women  with 
doctorates  in  scientific  fields,  may  cloud  the 
promise  that  women  may  achieve  parity." 


Louise  Abbema:  Portrait  of  a  Young  Girl  with  a  Blue 

FIRST 
RECOGNITION 

hen  Washington's  National 
Museum  of  Women  in  the  Arts 
opens  in  April,  its  visitors  will  be 
viewing  important  yet  heretofore  uncele- 
brated works  of  art  by  women.  But  the  view- 
ers won't  be  the  first  to  set  eyes  on  the  Wash- 
ington collection.  Duke's  Institute  of  the 
Arts  presented  the  first  public  showing  of 
artwork  that  will  form  the  nucleus  of  the 
collection. 

The  inaugural  event  of  the  institute's 
"1986-1987  Festival  of  Women  in  the  Arts," 
the  month-long  exhibit  in  the  Duke 
Museum  of  Art  this  fall  featured  forty-eight 
pieces  of  art  which  had  not  been  previously 
displayed  outside  the  Georgetown  home  of 
collector  Wilhelmina  Holladay,  founder  of 
the  National  Museum  of  Women  in  the 


Ribbon 

Arts.  The  exhibit  featured  works  in  various 
media  by  female  artists  from  the  seventeenth 
century  to  the  present,  including  etchings 
by  Louise  Abbema  (1858-1927),  a  pastel  by 
Elisabetta  Sirani  (1638-1665),  and  photog- 
raphs by  Gertrude  Kasebier  (1852-1934)  and 
premier  fashion  photographer  Louise  Dahl- 
Wolfe  (1896- ). 

The  exhibit,  brought  to  Duke  by  guest 
curator  Jill  Meredith,  also  included  a  group 
of  photographs  by  Bernice  Abbott  (1898- )  of 
leading  female  figures  of  Paris  in  the  1920s, 
such  as  Coco  Chanel,  Betty  Parsons,  and 
Edna  St.  Vincent  Millay.  Works  by  Helen 
Frankenthaler,  Georgia  O'Keeffe,  Geneve 
Sargeant,  and  Suzanne  Valadon  were  also  on 
exhibit. 

Holladay,  who  with  her  husband,  Wallace, 
has  worked  for  years  to  form  a  collection  of 
art  by  women,  says  she  first  focused  on  the 
subject  twenty  years  ago  when  she  discovered 
that  no  female  artist  was  included  in  the  stan- 
dard college  art  history  text,  H.W.  Janson's 


4> 


History  of  Art.  (The  recently  published  third 
edition  includes  some  women.) 

The  Washington  museum,  formerly  a 
Masonic  Temple,  will  house  six  exhibition 
areas  on  the  upper  floors,  a  200-seat  auditor- 
ium for  lectures,  concerts,  and  poetry  read- 
ings, and  a  library  resource  center  for  scho- 
lars and  students.  One  gallery  will  house 
rotating  exhibits  featuring  female  artists 
from  specific  states— with  Kansas  presenting 
the  opening  exhibit,  to  be  followed  by  North 
Carolina. 

Kathy  Bruch,  who  has  served  as  a  docent 
for  Duke's  Museum  of  Art,  says  that  before 
the  late  nineteenth  century,  women  found  it 
difficult  to  obtain  art  training  unless  they 
were  born  into  the  household  of  a  male  ar- 
tist. She  says  that  currently,  75  percent  of  art 
school  students  are  women,  while  women 
form  only  9  percent  of  the  artists  represented 
in  major  New  York  galleries,  and  under  10 
percent  of  museum  purchases  are  by  female 
artists. 

The  Institute  of  the  Arts'  year-long  festival 
continues  with  events  exploring  women's 
contributions  in  writing,  music,  drama,  film, 
and  dance.  Highlights  include  a  two-day 
residency  by  mezzo-soprano  Katherine  Cies- 
inski,  March  20-21;  a  series  of  informal  read- 
ings by  North  Carolina  female  writers, 
through  April  3;  a  March  24  performance  by 
Nina  Wiener  and  Dancers,  presenting  In 
Closed  Time;  and  a  film  series— 'Internation- 
al Cinema:  The  Woman's  Perspective— fea- 
turing award-winning  international  films 
and  discussions  examining  the  images  and 
contributions  of  women  in  different  cul- 
tures, to  be  held  Sundays  during  February 
and  March. 

On  January  16  and  17 ,  Duke  will  sponsor  a 
symposium  on  the  participation  of  women 
in  the  arts,  featuring  commentary  by  visiting 
scholars  and  artists.  Exhibits  in  the  Institute 
of  the  Arts  Gallery  include  "Photographs  by- 
Elizabeth  Matheson,"  through  January  9, 
and  "Watercolors  by  Helen  Smith,"  January 
10-February  13. 

More  information  on  "1986-1987  Women 
in  the  Arts"  is  available  from  the  Institute  of 
the  Arts,  109  Bivins  Building,  Durham, 
North  Carolina  27708,  (919)  684-6654. 


SUICIDE  AND  THE 
FUTURE  ELDERLY 

Their  sheer  numbers  make  the  baby- 
boomers  an  imposing  demographic 
phenomenon.  By  the  year  2011,  the 
phenomenon  could  be  as  alarming  as  it  is 
imposing,  according  to  doctors  at  Duke's 
Center  for  the  Study  of  Aging  and  Human 
Development. 

A  study  by  the  center  indicates  that  baby- 
boomers  will  be  committing  suicide  at  a 


shocking  rate  beginning  in  2011,  when  the 
boomers  begin  turning  sixty-five. 

"There  is  a  wave  of  suicide  coming,  and  the 
medical  community  should  not  be  lulled  to 
sleep  concerning  suicide  and  the  elderly," 
says  Dr.  Dan  G.  Blazer,  professor  of  psychia- 
try and  director  of  the  study.  He  warns  that 
suicide  is  a  problem  for  today's  elderly,  rank- 
ing in  the  top  ten  causes  of  death  for  those 
over  sixty-five.  "The  problem  of  suicide 
among  the  elderly  has  been  overshadowed 
recently  by  the  increased  rate  ot  teenage  sui- 
cide. But  the  fact  remains  that  rates  of  sui- 
cides in  the  United  States  are  higher  in  older 
people  than  any  other  age  group,"  Blazer  says. 

The  baby-boomers  will  reflect  the  general 
trend  of  increased  suicide  rates  as  they  age, 
but  the  study  revealed  that  they  may  be  parti- 
cularly inclined  toward  suicide.  The  findings 
are  based  on  a  way  of  evaluating  age  groups 
known  as  cohort  effects.  They  are  often  used 
to  investigate  physical  diseases  but  have  not 
been  used  before  to  study  national  statistics 
on  suicide.  Researchers  have  found  that  be- 
havioral patterns  remain  constant  for  co- 
horts as  they  age.  "That  means  that  if  a  group 
has  higher  suicide  rates  when  they  are  young, 
they  will  have  higher  rates  when  they  are 
older,"  says  Blazer. 

The  incidence  of  depression,  the  major 
cause  of  suicide,  can  also  be  measured  by 
cohorts.  "The  baby-boomers  have  a  higher 
rate  of  depression  than  cohorts  around 
them,"  the  Duke  doctor  says.  "Apparently, 
baby-boom  cohorts  may  experience  a  more 
competitive  job  market,  increased  social 
stress,  delayed  marriage  (and  therefore  de- 
layed establishment  of  intimate  relation- 
ships), fewer  children  (and  therefore  a  smal- 
ler social  network),  frequent  divorce,  and 
feelings  of  alienation." 


The  health-care  community  is  being  lulled 
on  the  elderly  suicide  issue  for  several  rea- 
sons, Blazer  says.  "Teen  suicides  seem  more 
tragic  and  have  taken  the  spotlight  off  the 
elderly."  Also,  the  cohorts  reaching  sixty-five 
in  the  1970s  and  1980s  have  a  lower  suicide 
rate,  and  suicide  in  the  elderly  is  harder  to 
document. 

"Older  people  tend  to  be  on  more  medica- 
tions, and  it  is  very  easy  for  them  to  overdose. 
If  the  person  is  eighty-five,  however,  no  one 
thinks  to  check  for  overdose  as  the  cause  of 
death,  so  census  information  used  to  study 
suicide  rates  can  be  misleading.  That  has 
been  a  problem  in  the  past,"  Blazer  says.  The 
reason  for  the  high  rate  of  suicide  among  the 
elderly  isn't  clear,  according  to  Blazer.  Anxiety 
over  chronic  medical  problems  and  disabili- 
ties at  advanced  ages  (seventy-five  and  older) 
may  be  increasingly  important  as  a  cause  of 
suicide." 

The  number  of  suicides  in  the  twenty-to- 
twenty-nine-year-old  age  group  will  be  rela- 
tively constant  over  the  next  100  years,  ac- 
cording to  the  study.  In  contrast,  the  number 
of  suicides  in  the  seventy-to-seventy-nine- 
year-old  age  group  will  more  than  double  and 
eventually  equal  the  number  of  suicides  in 
the  numerically  larger  twenty-to-twenty- 
nine-year-old  group.  "That  is  why  we  must 
not  tall  into  a  false  sense  ot  security  regarding 
this  preventable  cause  ot  death  in  the  elder- 
ly," Blazer  says. 


EXTRACURRICULAR 
CASH 

ost  of  the  time  they're  students. 
But  sometimes  they're  also  ban- 
quet waiters,  office  workers,  bar- 
tenders, or  concert  set-up  crews.  They're  part 
of  a  program  called  Student  Labor  Services. 

Participants  learn  management  skills  and 
earn  money  for  college,  while  Duke  saves  $5 
an  hour  on  labor  and  gains  an  energetic  labor 
force  willing  to  work  odd  jobs  and  odd  hours. 
A  student's  casual  labor  status  allows  Duke 
departments  to  cut  costs  normally  accrued 
with  full-time  workers,  such  as  fringe  bene- 
fits, overhead  costs,  and  overtime  pay. 

"Before  student  labor,  we  were  paying  elec- 
tricians to  operate  movie  projectors  and 
campus  employees  to  run  the  football  score- 
board," says  Larry  Brooks,  director  of  special 
services.  "It  was  very  costly  because  we  were 
spending  more  money  on  overskilled  laborers." 

The  program  began  in  1971  when  a  group 
of  enterprising  students  proposed  the  service 
to  the  administration.  The  first  year,  sixteen 
students  were  employed,  earning  a  total  of 
$2,000.  Last  year,  Student  Labor  Services 
employed  more  than  500  students  and  tour 
full-time  workers.  Earnings  totaled  almost 
$700,000. 


49 


Student  labor  aids  departments  whose 
work  varies  on  a  seasonal  basis.  Students  are 
hired  during  short  periods  of  intense  activity 
to  supplement  the  permanent  staff.  The  ser- 
vice does  not  replace  regular  employees;  the 
university  guarantees  that  the  use  of  student 
labor  will  not  result  in  the  termination  of 
any  employee.  Joseph  Alleva,  director  of  fi- 
nance for  athletics,  says  the  athletics  depart- 
ment often  employs  students  for  the  five 
home  football  games  each  season.  "We  don't 
have  any  regular  employees  in  this  depart- 
ment who  could  do  the  kind  of  work  the  stu- 
dents do." 

"It's  more  a  question  of  containing  expan- 
sion and  making  life  more  pleasant  for  regu- 
lar employees,"  says  Wes  Newman  78,  direc- 
tor of  special  events  and  conference  services, 
and  an  alumnus  of  Student  Labor.  "It's  also 
an  easy  way  to  find  out  about  the  working 
world." 

Students  can  work  their  way  up  from 
casual  laborer  to  student  coordinator.  Pro- 
motions are  based  on  performance  and  reli- 
ability, rather  than  length  of  service.  Trinity 
senior  Laura  Groblewski  signed  up  to  work  in 
the  Cambridge  Inn,  a  campus  restaurant, 
and  trained  to  become  student  manager.  As 
a  senior,  Elizabeth  Gatti  '86  was  student 
coordinator  of  the  Student  Labor  football 
program,  and  says  she  got  early  exposure  to 
sales  and  management  from  her  work. 

Newman  says  the  biggest  advantage  of 
Student  Labor  Services  is  the  management 
experience.  "There  is  nothing  like  someone 
giving  you  this  real-life  responsibility.  There 
is  nobody  looking  over  your  shoulder,  no 
staff  member  there  checking  up  on  you.  It's 
hard  to  find  that  elsewhere." 


'BLUNDERING  INTO 
DISASTER' 

Describing  the  ri^k  of  nuclear  war  as 
"one  of  the  gravest  problems  facing 
the  human  race,"  former  Secretary  of 
Defense  Robert  McNamara  proposes  a  new 
vision  ot  long-term  goals  tor  nuclear  force 
levels,  military  strategy,  and  arms  control 
agreements  between  the  superpowers.  What 
that  vision  promises,  he  says,  is  "minimizing 
the  risk  ot  nuclear  war." 

In  his  October  speech  at  Duke,  titled 
"Blundering  into  Disaster:  The  First  Cen- 
tury ot  the  Nuclear  Age,"  McNamara  in- 
augurated the  Institute  of  Policy  Sciences 
and  Public  Affairs'  Terry  Sanford  Distin- 
guished Lecture  series.  His  comments  fol- 
lowed within  days  oi  the  Iceland  "summit" 
between  President  Ronald  Reagan  and 
Soviet  leader  Mikhail  Grobachev.  While  he 
praised  their  "courageous"  and  "innovative" 
ettorts  toward  world  peace,  McNamara  said 
the  absence  ot  any  master  plan  tor  the  nuclear 


age  would  cause  the  number  of  nuclear  wea- 
pons to  multiply. 

"And  now  we  appear  on  the  verge  of  an 
escalation  of  the  arms  race  that  will  not  only 
place  weapons  in  space,  but  will  seriously  in- 
crease the  risk  that  one  or  the  other  of  the 
adversaries  will  be  tempted  in  a  period  of 
tension  to  initiate  a  preemptive  nuclear 
strike  before  the  opponent  can  get  in  the  first 
blow,"  he  said.  "Although  four  decades  have 
passed  without  the  use  of  nuclear  weapons, 
and  though  it  is  clear  that  both  the  United 
States  and  the  U.S.S.R.  are  aware  of  the  dan- 
gers of  nuclear  war,  it  is  equally  true  that  for 
thousands  of  years  the  human  race  has  en- 
gaged in  war.  There  is  no  sign  that  is  about  to 
change." 

"History  is  replete  with  examples  of  occa- 
sions in  such  wars  when  emotions  have  taken 
hold  and  replaced  reason,"  said  McNamara, 


McNamara:  a  goal  of  mutual  dete 


referring  to  the  Bay  of  Pigs  invasion  in  1961, 
the  introduction  of  Soviet  missiles  into  Cuba 
in  1962,  and  the  Arab-Israeli  war  of  1967  — 
three  confrontations  carrying  risk  of  military 
conflict  during  McNamara's  tenure  as  de- 
fense secretary.  "In  none  of  these  cases  did 
either  side  want  war,"  McNamara  said.  "In 
each  of  them,  we  came  perilously  close  to  it." 
McNamara  left  the  defense  department  in 
1968  to  head  the  World  Bank  until  his  retire- 
ment in  1981. 

Continuing  East-West  confrontations  are 
likely,  McNamara  warned.  "Any  one  of  these 
can  escalate,  through  miscalculation,  into 
military  conflict.  And  that  conflict  will  be 
between  blocs  that  possess  50,000  nuclear 
warheads— warheads  that  are  deployed  on 
the  battlefields  and  integrated  into  war  plans. 


A  single  nuclear-armed  submarine  of  either 
side  could  unleash  more  firepower  than  man 
has  shot  against  man  throughout  history.... 
The  risk  that  military  conflict  will  quickly 
evolve  into  nuclear  war,  leading  to  certain 
destruction  of  our  civilization,  is  far  greater 
than  I  am  willing  to  accept  on  military,  poli- 
tical, or  moral  grounds.  It  is  far  greater  than 
I  am  prepared  to  pass  on  to  my  children  or 
grandchildren." 

Central  to  McNamara's  long-range  ap- 
proach to  military  strategy  in  a  nuclear  age  is 
the  unilateral  recognition  that  nuclear  war- 
heads are  not  military  weapons  in  the  tradi- 
tional sense,  "and  therefore  serve  no  military 
purpose  other  than  to  deter  one's  opponent 
from  their  use.  Such  a  view  would  require 
fundamental  adjustments  in  NATO's  stra- 
tegy, war  plans,  and  conventional  force  levels, 
[as  well  as]  weapons  development  and  arms 
control  agreements.... The  ultimate  goal 
should  be  that  of  mutual  deterrence  at  the 
lowest  force  levels  consistent  with  stability." 

According  to  McNamara,  NATO's  current 
military  strategy  calls  for  early  use  of  nuclear 
weapons  in  response  to  a  Soviet  convention- 
al attack.  "Eighty  percent  of  Americans  be- 
lieve we  would  not  use  such  weapons  unless 
the  Soviets  used  them  first,"  he  said.  "They 
would  be  shocked  to  learn  they  are  mistaken." 

McNamara  estimates  that  the  number  of 
nuclear  weapons  required  for  deterrent  forces 
would  probably  not  exceed  500,  and  says 
that  policing  an  arms  agreement  that  re- 
stricted each  side  to  a  small  number  of  war- 
heads "is  quite  feasible  with  present  verifica- 
tion technology.... With  tactical  nuclear 
forces  to  be  eliminated  entirely  and  the  stra- 
tegic forces  having  500  or  fewer  warheads, 
the  present  inventory  of  50,000  weapons 
could  be  cut  to  no  more  than  1,000."  A  simi- 
lar retaliatory  force  was  proposed  thirty  years 
ago,  McNamara  added.  "In  the  Navy's  words, 
it  would  be  sized  by  'an  objective  of  generous 
adequacy  for  deterrence  alone,  not  by  the 
false  goal  of  adequacy  for  winning.' 

"Before  such  limited-force  goals  could  be 
reached,  other  nuclear  powers— China, 
France,  Britain,  and  possibly  others— will 
have  to  be  involved  in  the  process  of  reduc- 
ing nuclear  arsenals  lest  their  weapons  dis- 
turb the  strategic  equilibrium,"  McNamara 
said.  "The  proposed  changes  in  U.S.  and 
Soviet  strategic  and  tactical  forces  would 
require,  as  would  the  president's  Strategic 
Defense  Initiative  (SDI),  complementary 
changes  in  NATO  and  Warsaw  Pact  con- 
ventional forces." 

McNamara  said  he  does  not  think  Reagan's 
SDI  will  strengthen  deterrence.  "Neither 
U.S.  nor  Soviet  experts  can  figure  out  how 
both  to  reduce  offensive  forces  and  permit 
defensive  deployment,  while  at  the  same 
time  giving  each  side  adequate  confidence 
in  maintaining  its  highest  goal:  assurance  of 
an  effective  nuclear  deterrent  against  nuclear 


50 


attack.  So  it  can  be  said  without  qualifica- 
tion: We  cannot  have  both  Star  Wars  and 
arms  control."  In  McNamara's  view  this  ob- 
stacle ultimately  led  to  the  collapse  of  the 
Iceland  summit  talks. 

"I  realize  I  am  proposing  a  radical  change 
in  attitude  toward  NATO's  present  nuclear 
strategy,"  McNamara  told  the  Duke  audience. 
"And  I  realize,  too,  that  attitudes  will  not 
change  quickly.  They  are  based  on  deep- 
seated  feelings  of  mistrust  of  the  Soviet 
Union  and  on  misconceptions  of  how  nu- 
clear weapons  can  protect  us  from  Soviet 
aggression.... [But]  we  have  reached  the  pres- 
ent dangerous  and  absurd  confrontation  by  a 
long  series  of  steps,  many  of  which  seemed  to 
be  rational  in  their  time.  Step  by  step,  we  can 
undo  much  of  the  damage." 


ETHICS 


Engineers  need  to  develop  a  deeper 
ethical  awareness  of  their  impact  on 
the  natural  world,  a  Duke  engineering 
professor  and  a  New  Zealand  philosopher  say 
in  their  new  book. 

"Ethical  thought  and  decision-making 
skills  should  be  part  of  the  engineer's  reper- 
toire," argue  P.  Aarne  Vesilind,  chairman  of 
the  civil  and  environmental  engineering 
department  at  Duke,  and  Alastair  S.  Gunn 
of  the  University  of  Waikato.  They  advocate 
a  new  way  of  thinking  about  the  social  impli- 
cations of  engineering  in  Environmental 
Ethics  for  Engineers.  The  book  is  being  used 
at  Duke  and  several  other  engineering 
schools. 

"Engineers  harness  technology  to  achieve 
their  goals,"  says  Vesilind,  "yet  the  history  of 
recent  technology  is  a  history  of  the  wasteful 
use  of  mostly  non-renewable  resources,  aimed 
at  satisfying  short-term  human  wants  with- 
out regard  to  future  human  needs  or  the  rest 
of  nature." 

Although  engineers  often  argue  that  they 
are  merely  responding  to  the  demands  of 
society,  the  book's  authors  say  engineers  can- 
not evade  responsibility  for  wise  stewardship 
of  the  natural  world. 

"For  example,"  they  write,  "engineers  may 
be  required  to  choose  between  the  value  of 
an  unspoiled  natural  vista  which  provides 
enjoyment  and  pleasure  for  sightseers,  and 
the  value  of  a  new  bridge  which  allows  greater 
access  to  a  remote  valley  but  which  visually 
intrudes  and  spoils  the  beautiful  view.  Or, 
engineers  may  be  placed  in  the  position  of 
having  to  evaluate  the  relative  merits  of  us- 
ing animals  for  the  testing  of  cosmetics  ver- 
sus providing  untested  chemicals  for  human 
use.  Or,  engineers  may  be  required  to  design 
advanced  weapons  systems,  which  they 
might  personally  deplore." 


Vesilind  says  the  application  of  classical 
ethics  to  engineering  goes  far  beyond  the 
profession's  formal  Code  of  Ethics,  a  list  of 
seven  canons  that  govern  professional  be- 
havior. These  canons,  he  says,  "cannot  pos- 
sibly deal  with  the  complex  moral  j  udgments 
that  often  face  engineers." 


KOPPEL  FOR 


Described  by  President  H.  Keith  H. 
Brodie  as  "perhaps  the  most  re- 
spected video  journalist  today," 
ABC  newsman  Ted  Koppel  will  deliver  the 
university's  commencement  address  May  10. 

As  host  of  ABC's  Nightline,  Koppel  has 
achieved  national  prominence  for  his  aggres- 
sive, no-nonsense  interview  style.  He  has 
anchored  the  late-night  news  program  since 
1981,  and  earlier  was  ABC  News'  chief  dip- 
lomatic correspondent  in  Vietnam.  Koppel 
received  the  Overseas  Press  Club  award  in 
1971,  1974,  and  1975. 

A  graduate  of  Syracuse  University,  Koppel 
received  his  master's  in  journalism  from 
Stanford,  where  he  delivered  the  commence- 
ment address  last  year. 

Koppel,  whose  daughter,  Diedre,  is  a  Trin- 

New  from  Duke  University  Press 
Sites 

A  Third  Memoir     WalUce  Fowlie 


ity  senior,  was  the  first  choice  for  commence- 
ment speaker  from  a  list  compiled  by  a  twenty- 
one-member  commencement  committee  of 
students,  faculty  members,  and  administra- 
tors. Committee  member  and  University 
Marshal  Pelham  Wilder  told  the  student 
Chronicle:  "We  want  someone  who  has 
something  to  say,  who  can  say  it  well... 
someone  with  a  clear  Duke  affiliation  who 
can  project  to  an  audience  of  13,000." 


"Fowlie  here  gives  us  his  third  book  of  memoirs — the  best  yet.  Sites  is 
thematically  focused  on  places  that  have  marked  Fowlie's  life  and  affected 
his  way  of  looking  at  the  world.  This  brilliantly  written  book  exhibits 
great  clarity  and  elegant  simplicity,  virtues  that  only  an  experienced  — 
and  good — writer  can  achieve."  —  George  Core,  Editor,  The  Sewanee 
Review. 

Wtllace  Fowlie  is  James  B.  Duke  Professor  Emeritus  of  French  Literature 
at  Duke.     240  pages,  clothbound,  $19.95. 

Reading  the  Wind 

The  Literature  of  the  Vietnam  War 
An  essay  by  Timothy  J.  Lomperis 
Bibliographic  commentary  by  John  Clark  Pratt 

Drawing  on  the  synergy  of  a  conference  sponsored  by  the  Asia  Society  in 
which  leading  writers,  critics,  and  specialists  examined  the  phenomenal 
outpouring  of  thinking  and  writing  about  Vietnam,  Lomperis  has  pro- 
duced an  original  work  treating  the  growing  body  of  literature — novels, 
first-person  accounts,  drama,  etc. — which  describes  the  experiences  of 
American  soldiers  both  in  Vietnam  and  upon  their  return  home. 
Timothy  Lomperis  is  a  veteran  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 
Science  at  Duke.  176  pages,  clothbound  $27.75;  paperback  $10.95. 

Duke  University  Press     6697  College  Station     Durham,  NC  27^08 


DUKE  BOOKS 


N 


Black  Widow 

By  R.  Robin  McDonald  77.  Far  Hills,  New 
Jersey:  New  Horizons  Press,  1986.  340  pp. 

ewspaper  reporters 
love  a  good  mystery. 
Just  one  month  into 
her  job  on  the  police 
beat  for  a  highly  re- 
spected, small  South- 
em  newspaper,  Robin 
McDonald  was  given 
the  plum  assignment  of  tracking  down  a 
woman  suspected  of  murdering  her  husband 
and  poisoning  numerous  others.  The  story 
focused  on  Audrey  Marie  Hilley,  a  seemingly 
genteel  woman  who  fled  Anniston,  Ala- 
bama, amid  speculation  that  she  had  fed  her 
loved  ones  liberal  doses  of  arsenic. 

McDonald  originally  became  involved 
with  Hilley 's  strange  saga  in  October  1982, 
when  McDonald's  editor  at  the  Anniston 
Star  asked  her  to  try  to  locate  the  then- 
fugitive.  Two  months  of  investigation  and 
interviews  revealed  a  bizarre  story  of  schizo- 
phrenic behavior,  inexplicable  deaths,  and 
possible  insurance  fraud.  Hilley's  husband 
Frank  died  in  1975  after  a  mysterious  and 
prolonged  illness.  He  had  purchased  a  $31,000 
life  insurance  policy,  of  which  his  wife  was 
beneficiary.  Then  in  1977,  Hilley's  mother 
died  of  cancer.  Hilley  was  the  beneficiary  of 
a  $600  burial  policy  her  mother  had  purchased. 
But  it  was  Hilley's  daughter's  chronic  se- 
vere nausea  and  increasing  paralysis,  dating 
back  to  1979  and  finally  identified  as  symp- 
toms of  arsenic  poisoning,  that  led  to  Hilley's 
arrest  and  conviction  in  1983. 

The  twists  and  turns  in  Hilley's  life  preced- 
ing her  conviction  make  fascinating  reading 
and  do  much  to  reveal  Hilley's  disturbed 
nature.  She  had  first  been  arrested  in  1979 
on  bad  check  charges.  An  extravagant  and 
compulsive  spender,  Hilley  had  been  paying 
irate  creditors  with  checks  written  on  closed 
accounts.  Immediately  upon  her  arrest,  sus- 
picion intensified  regarding  her  involve- 
ment in  her  husband's  death  and  the  mysteri- 
ous illnesses  befalling  others  who  had  been 
close  to  her.  A  grand  jury  indicted  Hilley  for 
passing  bad  checks  and  for  attempting  to 
poison  her  daughter,  Carol.  Hilley  was  able 
to  post  bond  and  fled  to  Florida  in  November 
1979,  where  she  took  on  a  new  identity. 

She  had  been  a  fugitive  for  more  than  three 
years  when  McDonald's  update  on  the  Hilley 
investigation,  appropriately  titled  "Arsenic 
and  Old  Leads,"  ran  in  the  Anniston  Star 


"Charming,  indulgent, 

and  overprotective, 

Marie  had  pampered  and 

petted  her  only  daughter 

for  years  before  she 

began  in  1979  slowly  to 

feed  her  growing  doses  of 

arsenic." 


December  18,  1982.  National  wire  services 
picked  up  the  story  in  early  January  1983; 
Hilley  was  captured  in  Vermont  by  the  F.B.I. 
January  12,  1983.  Black  Widow  is  the  culmi- 
nation of  McDonald's  year-long  efforts  re- 
porting Hilley's  return  to  Anniston  and  the 
trial  for  the  murder  of  her  husband  and  at- 
tempted murder  of  her  daughter. 

McDonald  relates  the  events  of  the  Hilley 
case  with  impressive,  almost  overwhelming 
detail.  This  attention  to  detail  is  perhaps 
most  effective  in  the  retelling  of  daughter 
Carol's  agonizing  and  horrifying  "illness." 
McDonald  describes  the  tragic  irony  of  a 
doting  mother  who  would  purchase  a  $25,000 
life  insurance  policy  for— and  then  try  to 
murder— her  own  child:  "Charming,  indul- 
gent, and  overprotective,  Marie  had  pam- 
pered and  petted  her  only  daughter  and 
youngest  child  for  years  before  she  began  in 
1979  slowly  to  feed  her  growing  doses  of 
arsenic."  As  Carol  got  sicker  and  weaker  with 
the  severe  nausea  caused  by  arsenic  poison- 
ing, Marie  would  take  her  from  hospital  to 
hospital,  ostensibly  in  search  of  a  cure.  All 
the  while,  Hilley  was  not  only  planting  the 


suggestion  that  her  daughter's  illness  was 
psychosomatic,  but  was  continuing  to  dose 
her  with  arsenic. 

The  description  of  Hilley's  trial  encom- 
passes nearly  half  the  book,  providing  a  lei- 
surely look  at  the  drama  unfolding  inside  the 
Calhoun  County  Courthouse.  While  the 
prosecution  presented  witness  after  witness 
who  added  to  the  damaging  evidence  against 
Hilley,  her  attorneys  continually  were  sur- 
prised and  confused  by  the  witnesses'  revela- 
tions. Evidently,  Hilley's  defense  attorneys 
had  been  as  charmed  by  her  as  were  her 
victims. 

McDonald's  extensive  research  into  the 
historic  and  economic  foundations  of 
Anniston  sets  the  stage  for  the  events  to  fol- 
low. Anniston  was  organized  as  a  company 
town,  an  "industrial  plantation."  Life  in  the 
community  could  be  restrictive  and  oppres- 
sive: Even  the  private  behavior  of  the  town's 
residents  was  governed  by  company  rules 
posted  in  the  kitchens  of  company-owned 
homes.  Explains  McDonald,  "It  is  a  moder- 
ately small  town  in  a  region  known  as  much 
for  its  prejudices  as  for  its  congeniality.  The 
easy  familiarity  among  its  residents  is  in? 
grown  and  as  old  as  the  town  itself.  No 
trauma  is  truly  private.  Too  many  people 
know  each  other.  And  someone  is  always 
looking  out  the  window."  One  can't  help  but 
wonder  whether  it  was  this  "easy  familiarity" 
that  ultimately  exposed  Hilley  and  her 
schemes. 

McDonald  concludes  that  the  social  stratifi- 
cation present  in  a  town  like  Anniston  led, 
in  part,  to  Hilley's  acts.  Hilley  was  "obsessed 
with  wealth  and  social  standing"  and  proba- 
bly used  the  proceeds  of  her  family's  life  in- 
surance policies  to  fuel  her  spending  sprees. 
This  conclusion  may  be  too  simplistic,  how- 
ever; the  possibility  that  Hilley  may  have 
been  severely  mentally  disturbed,  although 
frequently  alluded  to,  was  not  fully  explored. 

Hilley  was  convicted  of  the  first-degree 
murder  of  her  husband  and  the  attempted 
murder  of  her  daughter.  As  of  the  book's 
writing,  she  was  serving  concurrent  life  and 
twenty-year  sentences,  and  was,  by  all  appear- 
ances, a  model  prisoner.  But,  as  McDonald's 
work  aptly  demonstrates,  appearances  can 
be  deceiving. 

—Nina  S.  Gordon 


An  associate  with  the  Miami  law  firm  Stuzin  & 
Camner,  Gordon  '80  was  features  and  design  editor 
for  the  Duke  Alumni  Register  until  1981. 


52 


Presenting... 


The  Lamp  of  Duke 


"The  torch  of  knowledge, 
the  light  of  friendship . 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  a  special 
opportunity  to  show  your 
pride  in  Duke  University.  In  your 
home  or  office,  its  traditional 
design  bespeaks  the  highest 
standards  of  quality. 

The  Lamp  will  symbolize 
for  generations  to  come  your  last- 
ing commitment  to  the  pursuit 
of  knowledge  and  to  the  glory 
that  is  Duke  University. 

Now,  the  craftsmen  of  Royal 
Windyne  Limited  have  created 
this  beautifully  designed,  hand- 
made, solid  brass  desk  lamp 
proudly  bearing  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity shield. 

Lasting  Quality 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  has  been 
designed  and  created  to  last 
for  generations  as  a  legacy  of 
quality: 

•  All  of  the  solid  brass  parts  shine 
with  a  hand-polished,  mirror 
finish,  clear  lacquered  for  last- 
ing beauty. 

•  The  shield  of  Duke  is  hand 
printed  prominently  in  gold  in 
two  places  on  the  14"  diameter 


j  The  traditional  pull  chain  hangs 
just  above  the  fount  for  easy  ac- 
cess while  denoting  the  lamp's 


'  The  solid  brass  parts  make  this 
lamp  heavy  (three  pounds),  and 
its  22"  height  provides  just  the  right  look  on 
an  executive  desk,  den  end  table  or  foyer 


Show  your  pride  in  the  University,  in  your  home  or  office. 
Solid  brass;  22"  tall. 


All  the  parts  were  selected  by  the  Royal 
Windyne  craftsmen  to  provide  just  the  right 
look.  You  will  admire  its  beautiful  design,  but 


A  Personal  Statement 

Each  time  that  you  use  the  Lamp  you  will 
be  reminded  of  your  University  days —"burn- 
ing the  midnight  oil"  for  exams,  strolling  down 
the  Main  Quadrangle  and  building  friendships 
that  will  never  dwindle.  At  one  glance  your 
friends  will  know  that  you  attended  the  uni- 
versity founded  by  James  B.  Duke. 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  makes  a  personal 
statement  about  your  insistence  on  quality. 
Before  assembling  each  lamp,  skilled  Ameri- 
can craftsmen  hand  polish  the  parts  while 
carefully  examining  each  piece — and  select- 
ing only  the  best.  After  being  assembled,  each 
lamp  is  tested  and  inspected  to  ensure  its 
lasting  quality  and  beauty. 


.////////?/ 


at  the  same  time  appreciate  its  traditional  and 
simple  features.  This  is  a  custom-built  lamp 
that  will  enhance  any  decor  in  which  it  is 
placed,  from  Chippendale  to  Contemporary, 
with  a  style  lasting  forever. 

Excellent  Value 

Other  solid  brass  lamps  of  this  size  and 
quality  regularly  sell  in  custom  brass  shops 
for  $175  to  $250.  But  as  you  are  able  to  buy 


this  direct,  you  can  own  this 
showpiece  for  significantly  less. 
The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  a  value 
that  makes  sense,  especially  at 
this  introductory  price. 

Personalized 

Considering  this  is  the  first 
time  that  a  lamp  such  as  this  has 
ever  been  offered,  you  can  have  it 
personalized  with  your  name, 
initials,  class/year,  etc.,  recorded 
now  and  for  generations  to  come, 
hand  lettered  in  gold  on  the 
shade. 

How  to  Reserve; 
Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  available 
directly  by  using  the  reservation 
form  below.  Telephone  orders 
(credit  card)  may  be  placed  by 
calling  (804)  358-1899.  Satis- 
faction is  fully  guaranteed,  or 
you  may  return  it  for  a  refund 
anytime  within  one  month. 

If  you  are  a  graduate  of  the 
University,  or  if  you  are  reserving 
for  a  friend  or  relative  who  is, 
this  lamp  will  be  a  source  of 
pride  for  years  to  come. 


i  or  Return  in  30  Days  for  Full  Refund. 


lb:  Duke  University 

Alumni  Association,  Dept  W3 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 
Telephone  Orders:  (804)  358-18S 


:  the  personalization  form  s 
ribed  before  shipping.  I  ha\ 
included  $20  additional  charge  for  this  service. 

Check  or  money  order  enclosed  for  $ 


Charge 

to:  VISA  D  Mastercard  D  Am.  Express  □ 

f™- 

Name: 

Virginia  residents  please  add  t 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


addn 


requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


O  LJFSI-liFir^.         HC 


M4C  SL_!L_  s:  f=*r<i 

Cl-O/ILJJie-X 

smos 


K  X  B-^ICS 


Rights  and  rewrites:  the  changing  Co 


i  (page  40) 


A  MAGAZINE 
FOR  ALUMNI 
AND  FRIENDS 


MARCH-APRIL  1987 


LIVING 


SHAKING  UP  CITY  HALL 


HEARTBREAK  HOTELS 


STAGING  A  WINNER 


9  Reasons 

\bu  Should  Stay  at  the 

Sheraton  University  Center 


1,2,3,4. 
** 

^TravelGuideJ 


5, 6, 7, 8. 


9.  All  your  friends  will  be  there. 


Because  the  Sheraton 
University  Center  is  proud  to 
be  named  the  official  hotel  for 
Duke  Alumni. 

So  come  enjoy  our  over- 
sized rooms,  the  concierge 
service  of  our  Chancellors 
Quarters,  the  fine  wines  and 
cuisine  of  Oliver's  Restaurant. 
And  remember  your  stay  in 
Durham  as  fondly  as  your  days 
at  Duke. 


©. 


Sheraton 
University  Center 

The  hospitality  people  of  I  I  ■  II 1 1 

Durham,  North  Carolina 

NC  15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road 

1  mile  south  of  I-85 

(919)  383-8575 


Chancellors  Quarters' private  lounge 


The  Lobby  Bar 


Sunday  Brunch  by  the  pool 


EDITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
West  Side  Studio 
ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 
Pat  Hawkins  '58 
STUDENT  INTERN:  Caroline 
Haynes  '87 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Anthony  Bosworth  '58, 
president;  Paul  Risher 
B.S.M.E.  '57,  president-elect,'  M. 
Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
Charles  M.  Smith  '62,  M.Div. 
'65,  Dinnirv  Schodi  Sterling  M. 
Brockwell  jr.  B.S.C.E.  '56, 
School  of  Engineering; 
P.  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
'80,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
David  W.  Gerhatdt  M.F.  79, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Environmental  Studies;  Jack  O. 
Bovenderjr.  M.H.A. '69, 
Department  of  Health 
Administration;  Charles  W. 
Petty  Jr.  LL.B.  '63,  School  of 
law;  Robert  L.  McWhorter  Jr. 
M.D.  '47,  School  of  Medicine; 
Barbara  Brod  Germino  B.S.N. 
'64,  M.S.N.  '68,  School  of 
Nursing;  Paul  L.  Imbrogno  '80 
M.S.,  Graduate  Program  in 
Physical  Therapy;  Katherine  N. 
Halpem  B.H.S.  77,  Physicians' 
Assistant  Program;  Joseph  L. 
Skinner  '33,  Hal/-Centtrrv  Clufe 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Frederick  F. 
Andre™  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  Cardwell  '69; 
Jenold  K.  R»tlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hartman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas  '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

Typesetting  by  Liberated  Types, 
Ltd.;  printing  by  Hunter 
Publishing  Co. 

©  1987,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  voluntary 
subscriptions  $15  per  year 


APRIL  1987 


VOLUME  73 
NUMBER  3 


Cover:  Fresh  from  the  Duke  pre- 
miere of  the  New  York  hit  Brood- 
uay  Bound,  theatrical  producer 
Emanuel  Azenberg  is  starting  a 
third  play  on  campus -A  Month  of 
Sundays,  starring  Jason  Robards, 
which  opens  in  March.  Photo  rrv 
Us  Todd 


FEATURES 


MAKING  ROOM  AT  THE  INN 

"We  run  the  best  Band-Aid  program  possible,"  says  the  director  of  New  York's  family 
hotel  system;  but  the  wounds  may  be  beyond  healing 


NATURE'S  TRICKS  OF  THE  TRADE 

Two  zoologists  are  investigating  the  mysteries  of  how  living  things  manage  the 
mechanical  stresses  of  their  environment 


BUTTONED-DOWN  PROGRESSIVE 

Eighteen  years  ago,  he  was  asking,  "How  do  you  bring  about  change  in  this  country?" 
Now  Durham's  controversial  young  mayor  is  bringing  his  activist  agenda  to  a  new  arena 


12 


OUT  OF  AFRICA  37 

Founded  by  Duke  alumni,  Africa  News  has  become  an  indispensable  resource  for 
decision  makers  concerned  about  a  volatile  and  fast-changing  continent 


BOUND  FOR  GLORY  40 

Broadway  Bound,  which  premiered  at  Duke,  is  the  last  of  Neil  Simon's  trilogy  of  memory 
plays— an  accomplishment  that  has  critics  reassessing  his  stature  as  a  playwright 


TRIPLE  FOR  DOUBLES  AND  SINGLES  42 

Patti,  Terri,  and  Christine  O'Reilly  happen  to  be  identical  triplets— and  they  also  happen 
to  be  three  of  the  freshman  standouts  on  the  women's  tennis  team 


DEPARTMENTS 


RETROSPECTIVES  32 

Medicine  gets  its  first  dean,  parapsychology  gets  concerned  about  the  future,  Jimmy  Carter 
gets  analyzed 


34 


The  way  we  were:  the  twenty-five-year  class  takes  stock  of  itself  and  its  times 


A  reforming  Hart,  a  first-ever  championship  title,  a  change  on  Capitol  Hill, 
a  bit  of  movie  magic 


Mli^td^MiA*! 

M 

AK 

INGF! 
VTTH1 

INN 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

DC 

S 

M 

HOTELS  FOR  THE  HOMELESS: 

1 

s 

LOCKED  IN  A  CYCLE 

Many  families  will  spend  the  next  year  and  a  half  in 

a  welfare  hotel.  The  comparatively  lucky  ones  will 

spend  the  duration  in  one  hotel,  others  will  be  shifted 

from  one  to  the  next. 

I   n  better  days,  New  York  City's  Prince 

1   George  Hotel  was  a  monument  to 

1   grandeur.  When  completed  in  1904, 

U   it  was  the  city's  third  largest  hotel. 

Within  strolling  distance  of  the  shopping 

and  theater  districts,  the  twelve-story  Prince 

George  accommodated  600  guests.  Single 

rooms  with  bath  and  shower  were  $2  a  night, 

$5  for  a  suite.  The  hotel  brochure  boasted 

"modern   steel   construction,"   the   Italian 

Room,  the  English  Tap  Room,  the  Matron's 

Room. 

Eighty-three  years  later,  the  grandeur  is 
gone.  The  remnants:  the  clink  of  a  glass 
chandelier  from  the  breeze  of  an  open  door, 
the  massive  columns  in  a  former  ballroom 
now  a  kiosk  for  notices  about  nutrition,  drug 
abuse,  prenatal  medical  care.  The  Prince 
George   is  temporary  shelter  for  approxi- 
mately 450  of  New  York  City's  homeless 
families.  Two  thousand  people  live  here, 
most  of  them  women  and  children.  Two 
hundred   are   unofficial   residents— usually 
boyfriends.    Caseworkers    from    the    city's 
social  services  department  refer  to  them  as 
"furniture." 
The  Prince  George  is  the  largest  of  fifty- 

five  welfare  hotels  in  New  York's  five  bor- 
oughs, the  system's  granddaddy  in  terms  of 
size  and  services.  Its  second  floor  is  a  maze  of 
resource  programs  for  hotel  residents,  an 
unexpectedly  smooth  meshing  of  city,  fed- 
eral, and  nonprofit  programs  in  health,  edu- 
cation, day  care,  and  nutrition.  But  the  faci- 
lity is  also  in  the  middle  of  growing  discon- 
tent over  the  welfare  hotel  system,  one  that 
pours  more  than  $70  million  annually  into 
the  pockets  of  private  sector  hotel  owners 
and  concentrates  thousands  of  homeless  in 
midtown  Manhattan. 

More  than  40  percent  of  the  estimated 
4,500  homeless  families  in  New  York  City 
live  in  the  midtown  business  district.  They're 
sheltered  in  the  once  thriving,  now  flagging 
hotels,   privately   owned,   some   exotically 
named— the  Prince  George,  the  Martinique, 
the  Allerton,  the  Madison.  Although  decent 
apartments   are   chronically  scarce,   there 
always  seems  to  be  a  midtown  hotel  that  has 
fallen  from  commercial  grace. 

The  cab  inches  along  in  mid-morning 
Manhattan  traffic  as  Jeffrey  Greim  A.M.'81, 
director  of  the  city's  family  hotel  program, 
tells  the  driver  to  go  to  the  Prince  George  on 

2 

Bed  anc 

breakfast:  one  of 450  familit 

s  at  New  York's  Prince  George  Hotel 

East  Twenty-eighth.  "In  this  one  city  block, 
there  are  three  welfare  hotels  with  a  total  of 
nearly  700  families,"  he  says.  "The  optimum 
number  of  families  would  be  maybe  sixty  or 
seventy.  The  concentration  here  is  too  high. 
Needless  to  say,  the  community  doesn't  like 
what  we've  done  to  the  city." 

Nor  does  Greim,  a  veteran  of  five  years  in 
social  service  programs,  the  last  two  with  the 
city's  Crisis  Intervention  Services.  Part  of 
the  city's  Human  Resources  Administration, 
the  CIS  family  hotel  program  provides  infor- 
mation and  referral  to  the  homeless  so  they 
can  get  the  social  services  they  need.  Greim 
admits  that  both  the  city  and  the  homeless 
would  be  better  off  if  the  concentration  were 
reduced,  if  the  families  locked  in  the  busi- 
ness district  lived  closer  to  playgrounds, 
schools,  and  grocery  stores.  He  admits  that 
the  twenty-year-old  hotel  program  is  more 
Band-Aid  than  solution.  But  each  day  he 
deals  with  the  grim  statistics  that  brought  it 
about. 

The  city  provides  emergency  housing  for 
4,500  homeless  families  in  welfare  hotels, 
group  shelters,  city-owned  apartments,  and 
family  centers.  The  number  of  welfare  hotel 
families  has  increased  by  211  percent  since 
1983.  According  to  the  Human  Resources 
Administration,  the  number  of  single,  home- 
less adults— the  highly  visible  "street  peoples- 
housed  by  the  city  will  approach  10,000  this 
winter,  up  from  6,785  in  1984.  Mayor  Ed 
Koch  is  figuring  on  6,000  families  and  11,200 
single  adults  by  1988.  Added  to  these  num- 
bers are  the  so-called  "hidden  homeless,"  as 
many  as  230,000  people  in  the  city  who  live 
doubled  and  tripled  up  with  friends  or  rela- 
tives. "The  number  of  potential  homeless  out 
there  is  twenty  times  greater  than  the  number 
of  families  now  in  the  homeless  system,"  says 
Greim.  "That's  what  scares  people." 

Across  the  nation,  other  cities  face  similar 
problems.  Newark,  New  Jersey,  officials  say 
their  number  of  homeless  last  year  ranged 
from  4,000  to  7,000.  Providence  reports 
3,500,  Atlanta  has  5,000,  Philadelphia  esti- 
mates 13,000,  Dallas  figures  14,000,  Los 
Angeles  as  many  as  40,000.  The  U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  Housing  and  Urban  Development 
(HUD)  reported  a  national  homeless  popula- 
tion of  350,000  in  1984,  and  projected  an 
annual  increase  of  10  percent.  By  its  esti- 
mates, there  are  only  91,000  beds  for  the 
nation's  homeless,  shelter  for  one  in  three. 
And  advocates  for  the  homeless  say  the 
figures  are  much  higher,  much  worse. 

"It's  an  accumulation  of  problems,"  says 
Greim,  "a  decline  in  federal  housing  and 
social  service  programs.  Consequently,  more 
people  are  having  to  make  it  on  their  own. 
They  can't  pay  their  rent,  and  end  up  losing 
their  apartments."  Urban  gentrification  and 
rising  real  estate  prices  are  also  blamed  for  the 
displacement  of  families,  the  fastest-growing 
homeless  population  in  the  country. 


"The  goal  of  the  hotel 

program  is  to  bring 

stability  to  these  people, 

to  keep  the  families  from 

deteriorating.  We  run 

the  best  Band-Aid 

program  possible." 

JEFFREY  GREIM  A.M. '81 
New  York  City  Family  Hotel  Program 


According  to  a  House  subcommittee  report 
last  spring,  families  make  up  21  percent  of  the 
country's  homeless.  Typically,  says  Greim, 
New  York's  homeless  are  women  in  their 
twenties,  with  two  or  three  children.  They  are 
black  or  Hispanic,  and  on  welfare.  Invariably, 
social  service  caseworkers  identify  the  fami- 
lies by  a  woman's  name. 

In  the  Prince  George,  a  young  woman  sits 
on  her  bed,  smoking  a  cigarette.  Her  two 
sons,  with  whom  she  shares  the  tiny  room  and 
private  bath,  are  at  school.  Their  bunk  beds 
are  neatly  made  up.  She's  feeling  optimistic 
today.  After  more  than  a  year  in  the  hotel,  she 
and  her  family  have  found  an  apartment  in 
the  projects,  where  the  waiting  list  reportedly 
exceeds  175,000  people. 

Around  the  corner  at  the  Madison,  a 
woman  watches  the  color  television  the 
hotel  owner  provides  free  of  charge  in  the 
rooms.  She  also  has  a  small  refrigerator, 


another  gift  from  the  owner.  The  woman 
says  she  hopes  to  get  out  of  the  hotel  soon, 
but  she  has  no  plan.  The  double  bed  she 
shares  with  her  daughter  takes  up  most  of  the 
room's  floor  space.  Their  bathroom  is  across 
the  hall. 

Fire  codes  prohibit  the  cooking  of  food  in 
most  of  the  welfare  hotels,  so  residents  turn 
to  hotplates,  which  are  hidden  when  city 
inspectors  come  around.  The  hotel  residents 
who  lack  cooking  facilities  receive  a  restau- 
rant allowance  of  $2  a  day  per  person.  Com- 
bined with  food  stamp  benefits  and  the  food 
portion  of  the  welfare  grant,  each  resident 
has  just  under  $3  a  day  for  food. 

Eighty-six  percent  of  the  welfare  hotel 
rooms  are  now  equipped  with  small  refrigera- 
tors, the  result  of  a  year-long  battle  between 
advocates  for  the  homeless  and  some  hotel 
owners.  There  was  little  interest  on  the  part 
of  owners  to  provide  the  units  until  news- 
papers began  running  stories  about  pregnant 
women  storing  perishables  on  window  sills 
and  in  toilet  tanks.  Some  owners  relented, 
but  others  held  out  until  the  city  offered  to 
pay  them  $1  a  day  for  each  refrigerator  they 
provided,  "for  maintenance,  electricity,  and 
a  fat  profit,"  says  Greim.  Still  others  waited 
until  the  city  did  the  buying,  which  it  did 
some  550  times. 

The  welfare  hotels  are  intended  to  serve  as 
temporary  shelter  until  permanent  housing 
is  found.  The  residents  come  from  the  city's 
congregate  group  shelters,  the  first  level  of 
the  homeless  system.  Testament  to  the  diffi- 
culty in  finding  permanent  housing  for  New 
York's  homeless:  Many  of  these  families  will 
spend  the  next  year  and  a  half  in  a  welfare 
hotel.  The  comparatively  lucky  ones  will 
spend  the  duration  in  one  hotel,  others  will 
be  shifted  from  one  to  the  next. 

"The  goal  of  the  hotel  program,"  says 
Greim,  "is  to  bring  stability  to  these  people, 
to  keep  the  families  from  deteriorating— 
make  sure  the  kids  go  to  school,  make  sure 
that  pregnant  mothers  get  prenatal  care. 
Continuity  of  service  is  jeopardized  when 
they  get  bounced  all  over  the  system."  The 
so-called  "short-stay"  hotels  take  advantage 
of  a  section  in  the  city's  rent  stabilization  act 
that  grants  hotel  residents  tenant's  rights 
after  thirty  days.  At  that  point,  they  cannot 
be  evicted  without  a  court  hearing.  By  restrict- 
ing residents  to  stays  of  less  than  a  month, 
hotel  owners  protect  themselves  from  legal 
hassles  but  subject  the  homeless  to  disrup- 
tive moves  and  confound  caseworkers'  efforts 
to  keep  up  with  their  clients.  "We  always 
need  the  space,"  says  Greim,  "so  we  some- 
times have  to  use  places  that  are  less  than 
optimal." 

Such  is  the  case  with  the  Carter  Hotel  on 
West  Forty-third  Street— considered  sub- 
standard in  facilities  and  maintenance,  and 
dismally  located  in  the  heart  of  Times  Square. 
But  once  the  city  has  contracted  with  a  hotel 


for  use  by  the  homeless,  says  Greim,  it's  very 
difficult  to  get  out  of  the  contract,  even  as 
the  facility  continues  its  downward  spiral. 
When  CBS's  60  Minutes  decided  to  feature 
the  city's  welfare  hotel  system  last  year,  cor- 
respondent Ed  Bradley  was  dispatched  to  the 
Carter,  where  he  spent  the  night.  Greim  was 
assigned  by  the  city  to  accompany  him,  and 
recalls  his  night  there  as  "a  very  unpleasant 
experience."  Of  no  particular  surprise  to  any- 
one, Bradley's  piece  was  a  twenty-minute 
indictment  of  the  city's  homeless  policy. 

The  criticism  continues— for  the  greed  of 
the  welfare  hotel  owners  and  the  hefty  sums 
the  city  pays  them,  for  the  concentration  of 
homeless  in  unsuitable  areas  of  the  city,  for 
short-term  answers  to  long-term  problems. 

A  New  York  Times  editorial  pointed  to  the 
average  $2,000  per  month  per  room  the 
owners  receive  and  accused  them  of  having 
the  city  over  "the  proverbial  barrel,  squeez- 
ing the  situation  for  all  it's  worth."  Accord- 
ing to  Greim,  the  largest  chunk  of  the  city's 
social  service  dollar  for  the  homeless  is  spent 
on  shelter— roughly  $63  out  of  the  $70  allot- 
ted per  family  per  day. 

Business  and  neighborhood  groups  unhappy 
about  midtown  concentrations  of  homeless 
people  have  taken  legal  steps  forcing  the  city 
to  stop  placing  families  in  the  area's  hotels. 
They  charge  that  the  welfare  hotels  have 
increased  crime  in  the  area  and  are  magnets 
for  prostitution  and  drug  use.  Their  efforts 
brought  a  restraining  order  that  will  prevent 
further  placement  of  the  homeless  there 
until  the  legal  battle  is  resolved.  Greim's  staff 
had  to  look  elsewhere  for  hotel  space— includ- 
ing across  the  river  in  New  Jersey. 

In  October,  Mayor  Koch  proposed  a  $100 
million  emergency  housing  plan  that  would 
more  equitably  distribute  homeless  families 
throughout  New  York  City's  five  boroughs. 
The  plan  calls  for  twenty  new  shelters  to 
house  7,000  people— fifteen  family  shelters 
for  100  families,  and  five  adult  shelters  with 
200  beds  each.  In  the  meantime,  he  told 
reporters  at  a  press  conference,  "we'll  keep 
putting  the  people  where  the  beds  are." 

"The  mayor  is  a  pragmatist,"  says  Greim. 
"He's  attempting  to  provide  the  best  services 
possible  for  the  homeless  we  now  have." 
Koch  has  already  committed  the  city  to 
renovating  4,000  abandoned  apartments  per 
year  for  low-income  housing,  but  the  num- 
ber of  units  cannot  keep  pace  with  the  num- 
ber of  homeless,  still  rendering  the  welfare 
hotels  a  pragmatic  if  temporary  solution. 

The  largest  of  the  welfare  hotels,  the 
Prince  George  reverberates  with  the  sounds 
of  children.  Its  halls  are  starkly  lighted;  secur- 
ity guards  with  nightsticks  and  walkie-talk- 
ies rove  them  at  night.  On  the  eleventh 
floor,  workers  are  replacing  the  hotel's  origi- 
nal wood  and  glass  transom  doors  with  steel 
fire  doors,  and  the  sound  of  drills  is  piercing. 
A  fire  in  one  of  the  rooms  last  year  killed  a 


child.  On  another  floor,  a  painter  is  at  work, 
always  half  a  step  behind  the  building's  graf- 
fiti artists.  A  bank  of  rooms  on  one  floor  have 
been  revamped  for  family  use,  but  they  stand 
empty,  their  doors  locked.  "The  owner  is 
holding  out  for  a  rent  increase,"  says  Greim. 
But  within  the  vast,  impersonal  shell  ot 
the  once-sumptuous  Prince  George,  an  amal- 
gamation of  public  and  private  service  orga- 
nizations is  at  work  on  the  second  floor, 
where  rooms  have  been  recycled  into  offices 
and  resource  centers.  The  seven  social  ser- 
vice caseworkers  assigned  to  Prince  George 
residents  work  here.  Down  the  hall,  WIC— 
the  federal  nutrition  program  for  women, 
infants  and  children— provides  residents 
with  government  food  coupons.  Nearby,  a 
pediatrics  clinic  and  day  care  program  are 
operated  by  the  nonprofit  Children's  Aid 
Society.  Soon,  the  city  will  fund  twice- 
weekly  obstetrics/gynecology  services  there. 
Next  door  is  a  representative  from  the  city's 
board  of  education,  who  enrolls  Prince 
George  children  in  school  and  checks  on 


their  attendance.  Another  office  belongs  to 
a  nurse  from  the  city's  department  of  public 
health. 

"You  go  back  ten  years  and  people  were 
only  staying  in  these  hotels  for  two  or  three 
months,"  says  Greim.  "Now  people  are  living 
here  for  a  year  and  a  half,  and  that's  too  long 
not  to  provide  these  services.  Probably  the 
most  significant  change  in  the  homeless 
situation  is  that  people  are  staying  much 
longer  in  the  system.  The  growing  publicity 
and  public  consciousness  of  the  homeless 
problem  has  brought  these  services  here." 

Downstairs,  in  the  shell  of  a  former  ball- 
room, the  city  and  the  Coalition  for  the 
Homeless— a  private  advocacy  group  di- 
rected by  Tom  Styron,  son  of  author  William 
Styron  '47— provide  free,  hot  lunches  to  the 
hotel's  residents.  Food  purchased  from 
school  lunch  suppliers  is  delivered  in  canis- 
ters and  served  family  style  beneath  the  gilt- 
domed  ceiling.  After  lunch,  the  canisters  are 
stacked  in  a  corner,  the  tables  are  cleared, 
and  the  Prince  George's  ballroom  becomes 


Trinity  junior  Marc 
Supcoff  says  it's  no 
mystery  why  he  wants 
to  get  involved  with  the  home- 
less. Spending  six  weeks  last 
summer  working  in  New  York 
City's  family  shelters  and  soup 
kitchens,  he  came  face  to  face 
with  "the  desperate  urgency 
of  homelessness." 

For  Supcoff,  the  mystery  is 
that  he  found  plenty  of  cam- 
pus interest  this  fall  in  starting 
the  Duke  Homeless  Project. 
"1  was  unsure  about  the  level 
of  interest  I  might  find  here. 
These  are  two  very  different 
worlds,  and  I  wasn't  sure  I 
could  relate  the  experiences  I 
had  in  New  York  so  that  the 


students  would  feel  as  com- 
mitted as  I  do." 

Some  twenty  students  joined 
forces  with  Supcoff,  launch- 
ing the  project  and  securing 
its  student  government  char- 
ter. Next  summer,  twelve 
members,  including  Supcoff, 
will  spend  ten  weeks  in  New 
York,  volunteering  as  interns 
at  organizations  for  the  home- 
less. Supcoff  coordinated  the 
internships,  meeting  with 
Father  David  Kirk,  who 
founded  Harlem's  Emmaus 
House,  a  community  of  some 
forty  residents;  the  Reverend 
Catherine  Roskam,  director  of 
Holy  Apostles  Soup  Kitchen 
in  midtown,  the  largest  soup 


kitchen  in  Manhattan;  Tom 
Styron,  program  director  of 
the  Coalition  for  the  Home- 
less, the  most  vocal  advocacy 
group  in  New  York  City  for 
the  homeless;  and  organizers 
of  six  other  nonprofit  pro- 
grams for  the  homeless. 

At  Supcoff  s  invitation, 
Father  Kirk  came  to  Duke  las) 
fall  to  address  members  of  the 
Duke  Homeless  Project. 
"People  don't  understand  that 
the  system  of  shelters  destroys 
human  spirit  and  creates 
dependency,"  he  said.  "The 
answer  is  in  low-income  hous- 
ing communities  where  the 
poor  work  together 


Each  Duke  student  will 
work  with  one  of  the  organi- 
zations, in  some  cases  living  in 
the  homeless  facilities.  Mem- 
bers of  the  Duke  Homeless 
Project  are  looking  for  foun- 
dation grants  to  supplement 
the  $400  start-up  funds  pro- 
vided by  the  student  govern- 
ment. "Ideally,  we'd  like  to 
provide  each  intern  with  a 
$1,000  stipend,  so  that  finan- 
cial constraints  won't  prevent 
interested  students  from  parti- 
cipating," says  Supcoff.  He  is 
also  looking  for  Duke  alumni 
or  parents  who  would  consi- 
der housing  the  interns  during 
the  ten-week  period 
ing  financial  support  to  the 
program. 

"I  hope  this  project  doesn't 
have  to  go  on  forever,"  says 
Supcoff,  "but  until  the  home- 
less problem  is  turned  around, 
this  project  must  go  on.  No 
statistic  can  convey  the  des- 
perate urgency  of  homeless- 
ness better  than  seeing  the 
reality  for  yourself.  As  for  me, 
if  seeing  is  believing,  I  am 
starting  to  be  a  believer." 


an  activity  room.  Preteens  use  the  pillared 
facility  during  daytime  hours,  teens  use  it 
from  seven  to  ten  at  night. 

The  city's  hotel  program  garners  more  cri- 
ticism than  support,  but  in  Greim's  view,  the 
Prince  George  is  a  rare  example  of  coopera- 
tion among  federal,  state,  local,  and  non- 
profit organizations,  who  may  not  agree  on 
policy  issues  but  can  combine  resources  in 
this  aging,  midtown,  welfare  hotel.  "On  the 
service  level  here,  the  organizations  work 
together,"  he  says,  "whereas  on  the  policy 
level,  they're  yelling  at  one  another.    The 


fact  that  there  are  450  welfare  families  in  one 
building  is  detrimental  and  not  a  model  the 
city  would  like  to  go  with."  He  adds:  "It's  not 
good  for  anybody.  But  in  terms  of  services, 
it's  very  good,  and  will  get  better  as  more 
health  services  come  in." 

The  Madison  Hotel  is  smaller,  with  ninety- 
eight  units  housing  ninety-seven  adults  and 
129  children.  More  typical  of  the  welfare 
hotels,  there  is  no  social  service  resource 
floor  here,  no  office  for  the  caseworker 
assigned  to  it.  "The  city  doesn't  pay  for  office 
space  for  the  caseworkers,"  says  Greim.  "So  I 


beg  and  cajole  hotel  owners  to  give  us  space." 

In  the  Madison,  caseworker  Brian  Burke 
spends  the  day  in  the  windowless  lobby.  He's 
equipped  with  a  desk  and  chair,  a  telephone 
and  ashtray,  and  a  three-tier  filing  cabinet 
jammed  with  resource  information  for  his 
clients— on  after-school  programs,  food 
stamps,  medical  services,  educational  ser- 
vices. Most  caseworkers  are  assigned  sixty 
families— 240  people.  Burke's  case  load  is 
closer  to  eighty  families.  He's  just  arranged 
for  a  group  of  Madison  teenagers  to  join  an 
evening  sports  program  sponsored  by  the 
city's  recreation  department.  Residents  greet 
him  by  name  on  their  way  to  the  small  eleva- 
tor. He's  been  working  with  the  homeless  for 
two  years;  he's  worked  in  social  services  for 
more  than  fifteen. 

"Most  of  the  caseworkers  come  to  us  with  a 
college  degree  and  a  feel  for  underprivileged 
families,"  says  Greim.  "Usually  they've  worked 
in  some  aspect  of  social  services  and  they 
have  a  sound  knowledge  of  city  resources. 
They're  incredibly  dedicated  people.  They 
have  to  be.  You  don't  just  put  in  your  time 
here." 

Amid  the  ongoing  criticism  of  New  York 
City's  welfare  hotel  system,  caseworkers  and 
administrators,  by  necessity,  look  for  the 
small  successes  within  an  unpopular  policy. 
"We  run  the  best  Band-Aid  program  pos- 
sible," says  Greim.  "Given  the  considerable 
financial  and  political  constraints,  I  think 
the  Crisis  Intervention  Services  personnel 
run  a  really  good  program.  As  for  the  system, 
it's  terrible.  We  use  the  hotels  out  of  neces- 
sity, but  they're  certainly  not  the  best  way  to 
go,  either  fiscally  or  socially.  There  are  other 
alternatives  the  city  is  pursuing  on  a  smaller 
scale."  Among  these  are  the  family  centers, 
renovated  buildings  in  which  the  homeless 
can  be  housed  for  up  to  six  months.  The 
centers  have  separate  sleeping  and  cooking 
facilities  and  cost  the  city  substantially  less 
than  the  hotels.  But  only  a  few  of  these 
prized  centers  are  available.  The  city  has  also 
committed  $40  million  to  renovating  aban- 
doned apartments  as  permanent  rental  units, 
and  operates  a  van  service  to  transport  hotel 
residents  as  the  units  become  available. 

But  better  temporary  housing  is  vital,  and 
Greim  hopes  to  see  more  family  centers  or 
other  smaller  facilities  with  on-site  social 
services.  These  centers  are  contracted  out  to 
nonprofit  groups,  rather  than  the  private 
sector,  and  restore  some  of  the  dignity  home- 
less victims  have  lost  in  their  travels  through 
the  impersonal  hotel  system.  "We're  basic- 
ally ruining  the  families  that  are  in  the 
hotels,"  says  Greim.  "These  places  are  not 
healthy,  and  in  the  long  run  we're  creating 
more  problems.  Within  six  months,  the  fam- 
ilies deteriorate,  kids'  attendance  at  school 
falls  off,  and  the  families  are  broken  in  spirit. 

"When  people  come  in  to  the  hotels  ini- 
tially, they  say  it  stinks,  and  they're  moti- 


vated  to  find  alternatives.  But  look  at  them 
six  months  later  and  what  once  was  an  atti- 
tude of  'I  can  make  it'  literally  and  figura- 
tively becomes  one  of  either  quiet  resigna- 
tion or  loud  anger.  They  stop  trying,  and 
things  deteriorate  more  and  more." 

In  Greim's  view,  other  cities  will  likely  fall 
into  what  he  terms  "the  trap  of  a  short- 
sighted policy,"  one  that  locks  cities  and 
their  homeless  in  a  costly  and  emotionally 
damaging  cycle.  "As  advocacy  groups  go  to 
court  pressing  for  the  rights  of  the  homeless, 
cities  feel  they  have  to  provide  certain  ser- 
vices, the  first  being  housing.  The  quickest 
answer  is  to  rent  run-down  hotels  because 
the  lead  time  for  building  facilities  is  one  to 
two  years.  But  once  you  get  into  that  system, 
you  can't  get  out.  We're  already  seeing  that 
families  are  staying  in  longer,  and  the  muni- 
cipalities are  always  going  to  be  behind  the 
eight  ball  in  terms  of  building  new  facilities. 
So  they  become  dependent  upon  what  were 
intended  to  be  short-term  solutions." 

A  case  in  point  is  the  shelter  at  Roberto 
Clemente  State  Park  in  the  Bronx,  a  large 
gymnasium-turned-barracks.  The  city  and 
state  agreed  on  use  of  the  facility  for  one 
weekend  to  house  people  on  an  emergency 
basis.  Says  Greim,  "It  took  the  city  three 
years  to  get  out  of  it." 

"I  don't  know  of  any  other  city  or  state  that 
has  taken  such  an  activist  role  in  trying  to 
address  the  homeless  situation,"  says  Steve 
Thomas  A.M.  '81,  who  also  spent  several 


.-.to 

years  at  the  city's  Crisis  Intervention  Ser- 
vices before  joining  the  department  of  cor- 
rections as  assistant  commissioner  for  pro- 
grams. "But  every  time  you  open  a  bed,  it's 
going  to  be  filled,  and  it  stays  occupied.  In 
the  case  of  the  San  Clemente  shelter,  people 
needed  beds  and  there  was  nowhere  else  to 
send  them." 

But  the  larger  problem,  in  Thomas'  view, 
encompasses  teenage  pregnancy,  lack  of  edu- 
cational programs,  and  a  welfare  system  that 
creates  a  cycle  of  dependency. 

"The  homeless  problem  is  a  sexy  issue  right 
now,"  he  says.  "But  it's  only  a  symptom  of 
underlying  problems,  which  the  city  isn't 
focused  on,  which  advocates  for  the  home- 
less aren't  focused  on.  More  than  $200  mil- 
lion is  being  spent  annually  just  treating  the 
symptom.  You  can't  go  after  the  long-term 
solutions  until  you  recognize  that  symptoms 
are  the  public  policy  focus  today." 

A  major  problem  in  the  family  area  is  teen- 
age pregnancy,  he  says.  "There's  a  lot  of  talk 
but  no  one  wants  to  touch  it  because  it's 
filled  with  moral  implications.  But  it  has  to 
be  dealt  with.  There's  no  way  a  pregnant 
fifteen-year-old  knows  the  long-term  impli- 
cations of  what  she's  doing,  that  she'll  end  up 
like  her  mother  and  her  grandmother,  on 
welfare  with  small  children  and  no  husband. 
Birth  control  and  counseling  are  critical. 
And  so  is  education.  The  city's  homeless 
population  is  basically  black  or  Hispanic- 
people  who  dropped  out  of  high  school,  who 


lack  language  skills  and  the  basic  work  skills 
to  get  a  minimum-wage  job." 

Thomas  reserves  his  harshest  criticism  for 
the  welfare  system,  "probably  the  most  debil- 
itating, cruel  thing  we've  created,"  he  says. 
"With  it  we've  created  dependencies  and  all 
kinds  of  disincentives  to  work.  The  welfare 
system  was  devised  by  well-meaning  people 
who  don't  understand  what  it's  like  to  be 
poor,  to  be  discriminated  against,  to  be  a 
single  mother.  The  program  doesn't  take  into 
account  those  factors  which  have  become 
embedded  in  generations  of  people." 

But  sheer  numbers,  says  Thomas,  demand 
that  the  symptoms  be  treated  while  long- 
term  solutions  are  sought.  "The  city  is  going 
to  put  up  twenty  shelters  at  $100  million. 
Imagine  what  that  money  would  buy  in  per- 
manent housing.  But  what  do  you  do  with 
the  homeless  meanwhile?  Build  more  shel- 
ters, where  the  beds  will  always  be  occupied. 
Housing  never  keeps  up  with  the  demand.  I 
admit  I  don't  have  the  answers." 

He's  not  alone.  During  a  nationally  tele- 
vised speech  and  press  conference  in  Novem- 
ber on  the  U.S.  sale  of  guns  to  Iran,  President 
Ronald  Reagan  fielded  a  last-minute  ques- 
tion about  federal  programs  for  the  home- 
less. He  said  he'd  just  read  a  newspaper  story 
about  a  family  living  in  a  New  York  City  wel- 
fare hotel  at  a  cost  of  $37 ,000  a  year.  "I  won- 
der," he  said,  "why  someone  doesn't  use  the 
$37,000  to  build  them  a  house."  ■ 


\M\kdkteiMMMiM 

t 

TF 
TH 

\TUR1 
UCKS< 
ETR^ 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BITWISE 

lDE 

BIOMECHANICS: 

WHY  FISH  GOTTA  SWIM,  BIRDS  GOTTA  FLY 

Two  zoologists  are  investigating  the  mysteries  of  how 

living  things  manage  the  mechanical  stresses  of  their 

environment. 

^^k  ^H  o   matter  what  you   imagine, 

^B^H  you'll  find  that  nature  has  been 

^■^^H  there  before  you.   Well,   to  a 

B  ^^H  point. 

A  few  years  back,  a  book  called  Life  in 
Darwin's  Universe  speculated  on  the  course  of 
evolution  beyond  earth.  The  authors  built  a 
fanciful  animal  kingdom  on  other  worlds,  a 
kingdom  with  strange  and  wonderful  inhab- 
itants outfitted  for  success  in  their  version  of 
a    strange    and    wonderful    environment. 
There  were  furred,  human-like  beings;  bear- 
like intelligent  creatures;  bipedal  reptiles; 
even  amphibians  able  to  change  back  and 
forth  between  an  adult  aquatic  form  or  juve- 
nile air-breathing  land  dwellers. 

The  composition  of  the  atmosphere,  the 
combination  of  light  and  dark  intervals,  the 
extremes  of  temperature,  the  forcefulness  of 
gravity,  the  mix  between  land  and  water- 
each  mysterious  world  would  offer  its  distinct- 
ive profile.  And  each  life  form  somehow 
would  be  just  right  for  that  profile. 

Such  animal  oddities  would  find  ready 
admirers  in  a  pair  of  Duke  zoologists,  Steven 
Vogel  and  Stephen  Wainwright  '53.  As  they 
see  it,  nature  is  a  genetic  engineer,  putting 
various  materials  and  shapes  together  to  turn 

out  organisms  that  can  manage  the  mechan- 
ical stresses  of  their  environment.  The  trend 
toward  overlapping  disciplines  may  be  fine, 
they  argue,  but  it's  not  so  fine  if  biology 
comes  closer  to  chemistry  than  to  physics  or 
engineering.   Vogel   and   Wainwright   call 
their  specialty  comparative  biomechanics— - 
or,  somewhat  irreverently,  "The  Center  for 
the  Deforming  Arts."  Their  combined  reper- 
toire reaches  from  the  drag  on  wave-pounded 
seaweed,  to  the  stretchiness  of  spider  silk,  to 
the  question  of  how  squid  extend  their  ten- 
tacles. "We  work  on  everything,  and  I  mean 
everything,"  says  Vogel.  "We  get  around." 

The  startling  number  of  animal  and  plant 
variations    on    the    biomechanics    theme 
shouldn't  disguise  the  fact  of  the  theme,  say 
the  scientists.  What's  at  the  core  of  their 
science  is  a  special  way  of  looking  at  the 
world.  Every  bit  of  research  hinges  on  "this 
question  of  what  does  nature  do  about  the 
physical  world,  how  nature  gets  along  in  the 
macroscopic,  mechanical  world,"  as  Vogel 
puts  it.  All  their  studies  spring  from  a  curios- 
ity about  the  mechanics  of  the  fit  between 
organisms  and  their  environment.  In  the 
biomechanical  view,  the  structure  of  organ- 
isms contributes  to  their  survival. 

Seeing  sea  shells:  Vogel  checks  physical  forces  through  the  flow  tank 


;l 


"You  can't  look  at  either  function  or  struct- 
ure separately,"  says  Vogel.  "Here  the  two  are 
just  inseparably  linked  together  in  every- 
thing we  do."  As  he  wrote  in  a  recent  issue  of 
the  journal  Mechanical  Engineering:  "Bio- 
mechanics is  concerned  with  the  relation- 
ship between  structure  and  mechanical 
function— with  nature's  stock  of  structural 
tricks."  Vogel  brings  some  of  his  natural 
eclecticism  to  Duke's  graduate  Liberal  Stu- 
dies Program,  where  his  "Life  in  a  Physical 
Context"  course  has  a  time-tested  appeal  for 
avid  non-zoologists. 

Vogel's  Life  in  Moving  Fluids,  published  in 
1981,  is  the  fullest  expression  of  his  fluid  con- 
cerns. Fluids  and  flows  define  his  own  biolog- 
ical niche  within  the  specialty  of  biomech- 
anics. In  the  book's  section  on  "gliding  and 
thrust  production,"  for  example,  he  writes 
about  animal  flight  as  "a  kind  of  cross 
between  a  fixed-wing  craft  and  a  helicopter." 
For  birds,  bats,  and  insects,  "the  wing  stroke 
isn't  a  simple  reciprocating  up-and-down 
analog  of  a  vertical  propeller  but  instead 
usually  takes  the  form  of  an  inclined  ellipse 
or  figure  eight.  The  downstroke  moves  for- 
ward as  well  as  downward;  it  produces  mainly 
lift  but  also  some  thrust.  The  upstroke  goes 
backward  as  well  as  upward,  and  it  produces 
mostly  thrust  but  also  some  lift." 

For  his  part,  Wainwright's  1976  Mechanical 
Design  in  Organisms— written  with  three 
colleagues  from  British  and  Canadian 
universities— blends  principles  of  biology 
and  mechanical  engineering.  Wainwright 
and  company  dig  deeply  into  biological 
structures,  from  joints  and  bone  to  silk  and 
cellulose.  In  one  section,  they  dwell  on 
shells.  Shell  thickness  serves  sound  mecha- 
nical purposes:  Some  animals  that  live  above 
the  low  tide-line  are  dislodged  and  thrown 
around  by  the  sea  and  so  need  extremely 
thick  shells,  compared  with  those  living 
beneath  the  tide  line.  Folding  or  wrinkling 
of  shells  also  has  mechanical  meaning- 
increasing  the  stiffness  and  strength  of  a 
shell  without  greatly  increasing  its  mass. 
Other  ornamentation,  such  as  spines,  may 
provide  a  barrier  against  storm-swept  coral 
debris  and  against  predators  that  prefer  more 
chewable  alternatives. 

Many  of  Vogel's  biomechanical  efforts 
involve  how  animals  put  air  flows  to  use.  In 
one  early  experiment,  he  determined  that 
prairie-dog  tunnels,  which  are  apparently 
too  long  and  deep  to  get  adequate  ventila- 
tion, are  actually  "air  conditioned."  What 
the  prairie  dog  does  is  make  use  of  basic  sci- 
entific principles  and  some  simple  engineer- 
ing. Airplane  wings  are  shaped  so  that  air 
will  move  along  the  top  surface  faster  than 
along  the  bottom  surface.  That  creates 
greater  pressure  beneath  the  wings,  and  the 
plane  is,  in  effect,  sucked  upwards.  In  similar 
fashion,  prairie  dogs  build  a  burrow  with 
openings  at  either  end  and  then  add  crater- 


"A  fair  bit  of  animal 

structure  is  probably 

accidental,  and  a  fair 

number  of  neat  devices 

have  never  been  turned 

up  by  evolution  for  one 

reason  or  another." 


Nineteenth-century  flying:  bird  biomechanics,  in  Otto 
Ulenthal's  view 

like,  six-inch-high  mounds  around  one  end. 
The  air  is  moving  faster  around  the  elevated 
mound;  and  the  pressure  is  less  there  than  at 
the  lower  opening  of  the  burrow.  That  build- 
ing technique  provides  a  natural  suction  at 
the  mound  which  pulls  the  air  through  the 
burrow. 

"I  didn't  know  there  were  phenomena  that 
were  quite  so  conspicuous  and  obvious  but 
that  nobody  had  ever  worked  on,"  says  Vogel. 
"I  went  through  a  period  of  being  very  ner- 
vous about  whether  I  had  really  searched  the 
literature  well  enough:  Somebody  had  to 
have  done  this  fifty  years  earlier.  But  nobody 
had.  Nobody  had  seen  the  common  factor  in 
the  design  of  a  sponge,  prairie-dog  burrows, 
and  giant  termite  mounds.  We  were  dealing 
with  the  same  little  bit  of  physics  in  each 
case.  Not  only  had  nobody  seen  the  con- 
nections, practically  no  one  had  pointed  out 
the  physical  realities  even  in  the  individual 
cases.  That  made  me  wonder  if  maybe  this 
business  of  starting  out  with  the  physical 
idea  rather  than  some  bit  of  biology  was 
more  powerful  than  I  thought." 


These  were  all  cases,  Vogel  found,  of  organ- 
isms being  able  to  arrange  themselves  so  that 
one  part  was  exposed  to  a  certain  air-flow 
velocity  and  one  part  to  a  different  velocity— 
a  combination  they  could  use  to  drive  some 
activity  that  required  energy.  The  same  phe- 
nomenon is  at  work  in  a  windmill:  A  wind- 
mill rotates  not  j  ust  because  its  rotors  are  up  in 
the  air,  but  because  its  feet  are  on  the  ground. 
If  you  were  to  put  that  windmill  on  top  of  a 
free-floating  balloon,  you  wouldn't  find  it  of  a 
mind  to  turn. 

A  self-described  "accidental  biologist," 
Vogel  is  not  an  avid  field  researcher,  and 
instead  does  most  of  his  work  through  labor- 
atory simulations.  For  the  prairie-dog  study, 
he  created  burrow  models  out  of  pipes  and 
hose,  and  placed  them  in  a  wind  tunnel  to 
study  air  flow  through  the  burrow  openings. 
These  days,  he  shares  his  office  with  an 
aluminum  approximation  of  a  squid— the 
object  of  his  work  on  the  distribution  of 
water-flow  pressures  around  streamlined 
shapes.  "Fuzzy  animals  by  nature  bite  me,"  he 
says.  "I  have  a  couple  of  cats  at  home,  but  my 
wife  came  with  them.  I've  worked  on  things 
like  sponges,  which  don't  do  any  of  the  ani- 
mal sorts  of  things  and  which  a  person  who 
likes  animals  doesn't  go  near.  I  spent  a  few 
years  working  on  leaves.  Leaves  were  swell. 
They  behaved  themselves." 

When  he  left  prairie  dogs  for  leaves,  Vogel 
uncovered  a  functional  explanation  for  why 
oak  leaves  at  the  top  of  a  tree  have  narrow 
blades  with  little  surface  area,  while  those  at 
the  bottom  of  the  tree  are  broad-bladed  and 
nearly  oval.  "The  leaves  at  the  top,  where  the 
sun  hits  them  most  directly,  are  better 
designed  for  cooling,"  he  found.  Air  can  cir- 
culate easily  around  the  thin  blades,  meaning 
that  tree  tops,  like  prairie-dog  burrows,  come 
with  built-in  air  conditioning.  On  the  other 
hand,  cooling  is  not  as  important  to  the 
leaves  at  the  bottom,  because  they're  well- 
shaded.  But  those  leaves  aren't  left  groping  in 
the  dark:  Their  large  surfaces  permit 
maximum  exposure  to  light. 

With  leaves  behind  him,  Vogel  has  turned 
to  the  question  of  how  aquatic  organisms  put 
water  pressure  to  use.  How,  for  example,  does 
a  squid  manage  to  reinflate  itself  in  between 
its  own  jet  blasts?  As  it  turns  out,  the  squid 
takes  advantage  of  the  pressures  produced  as 
it's  moving  through  the  water.  Scallops  open 
their  shells  as  they  swim  along,  and  whales 
have  their  mouths  pulled  open,  partly  due  to 
the  same  forces  from  fast-flowing  fluids. 

"Every  organism  is  well  adapted  for  its  job," 
says  Vogel.  "But  they're  not  perfectly 
adapted;  it's  a  mixed  bag.  A  fair  bit  of  animal 
structure  is  probably  accidental,  and  a  fair 
number  of  neat  devices  have  never  been 
turned  up  by  evolution  for  one  reason  or 
another.  So  it's  not  as  if  it's  the  best  of  all 
conceivable  worlds."  In  fact,  if  it  were  a  bet- 
ter world,  the  natural  world  might  be  filled 


Zoology's  current  crop 
of  biomechanics  in- 
cludes Lisa  Orton  - 
who,  along  with  Stephen 
Wainwright,  finds  fascination 
in  a  dolphin  skull.  Orton  has 
two  Duke  electrical 
engineering  degrees,  a  197S 
bachelor's  and  a  1979 
master's.  Now  she's  a  fourth- 
year  doctoral  student  in 
Wainwright's  laboratory. 

Orton's  guiding  hypothesis: 
"Blubber  is  used  during  loco- 
motion to  elastically  store  and 
release  energy,  and  to  act  as  a 
force."  As  she  puts  it ,  "We're 
trying  to  find  out  how  hard 
you  have  to  pull  the  blubber 
to  get  it  to  stretch  so  much, 
then  how  far  it  is  actually 
stretched  when  the  whale  or 
dolphin  swims." 

In  Hawaii,  Orton,  graduate 
student  Ann  Pabst,  and 
Wainwright  put  trained  dol- 
phins through  an  unusual 
test:  They  painted  spots  on 
the  skins  of  dolphins,  watched 
their  subjects  swimming,  and 


blubber  question  in  smaller 
dimensions.  With  hydraulic 
winches,  they  pulled  on  one- 
square-meter  sheets  of  blub- 
ber to  measure  the  forces  and 
extensions  in  the  material. 

What  does  a  one-time  elec- 
trical engineer  see  in  whales? 
"Every  kid  wants  to  study 
whales,"  says  Orton.  "They're 
the  most  magnificent  of 
animals.' 


tances  between  the  spots. 


What  the  dot  patterns  told  the 
investigators  was  how  much 
the  blubber  compresses  and 
stretches. 

Wainwright's  team  took  the 
same  scientific  interest  to  a 
whaling  factory  in  Iceland. 
Using  the  carcass  of  a  fin 

t  forty- 
five  tons  and  extending  sixty 
feet,  they  ran  what  Orton  calls 
"the  biggest  biomechanics 
experiment  ever  done  or 
likely  to  be  done."  To 
how  much  the  fin-whale 
blubber  deforms,  they 
repeated  their  dot-pattern 
work,  this  time 
swimming  as  they  suspended 
the  whole  body  on  an  intri- 


cate system  of  cables. 

While  in  Iceland,  the  Duke 
group  also  worked  on  the 


with  organisms  built  of  metals,  Vogel  believes. 
"Chunks  of  metal  are  very  good  building 
materials.  There's  nothing  wrong  with  steel: 
Steel  may  be  better  than  bone,  depending  on 
what  you  use  it  for.  There's  a  lot  of  human 
technology  organisms  have  not  come  any- 
where near." 

At  the  same  time,  there's  a  lot  of  natural 
technology  that  should  inspire  human  envy. 
As  compared  to  human  design,  natural 
design  tends  to  favor  stiff  structures  less  and 
to  value  flexibility  more.  Our  structures  are 
almost  all  dry,  nature's  are  almost  all  wet. 
Nature  works  in  small  ways,  at  least  in  a 
structural  sense,  and  humans  in  large  ways. 
The  products  of  engineering  are  full  of  right 
angles,  the  products  of  nature  are  more 
diversely  shaped.  So  in  an  earthquake, 
houses  fall  down  but  trees  don't.  Trees  are 
actually  pretty  stiff  organisms,  particularly 
in  their  trunks,  but  in  their  branches,  leaves, 
and  stems,  they're  very  flexible— quite  unlike 
houses.  As  Vogel  writes  in  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering: "The  bending  of  the  wind-whipped 
willow  is  no  pathological  or  accidental 
deformation,  but  rather  a  positive  adaptive 
reconfiguration."  Flexibility  also  brings  a 
reduction  in  the  impact  of  drag,  providing  "a 
qualitative  advantage  over  a  rigid,  stream- 
lined body." 

Admiring  nature  is  one  thing;  copying  it 
blindly  is  quite  another  proposition— and  a 
potentially  dangerous  one.  The  U.S.  Navy 
brought  in  both  Vogel  and  Wainwright  to 
consider  whether  Soviet  attack  submarines 
might  reflect  superior  knowledge  of  whale 
and  dolphin  structure.  They  found  that  to  be 
an  unlikely  scenario,  since  the  features  of 


animal  locomotion  and  submarine  propul- 
sion have  a  different  basis.  Technological 
materials  are  distinct  from  biological  materi- 
als; they're  simpler  in  what  they're  made  of 
and  how  they're  layered.  Such  human-made 
materials  as  fiberglass  are  nothing  more  than 
fibers  layered  into  a  plastic  matrix;  natural 
materials  like  bone  include  complex  combi- 
nations of  minerals,  polymers,  and  liquids. 

"It  is  so  easy  to  see  things  that  are  similar 
between  human-made  structures  and  nature- 
designed  structures,"  in  Wainwright's  view, 
"and  to  say  something  quite  empty  about  the 
similarities.  Very  often  they're  not  true  com- 
parisons at  all.  A  suspension  bridge  is  said  to 
be  like  a  skeleton  of  a  cow— big  legs  with  a 
heavy  body  suspended  from  a  backbone. 
That's  a  very  simple  comparison,  but  while 
you  can  walk  the  cow  from  one  end  of  a 
pasture  to  another,  you  can't  do  that  with  a 
suspension  bridge." 

Some  of  his  most  "forward-looking"  work 
in  biomechanics,  says  Wainwright,  is  with 
robots;  and  the  innovative  aspect  of  the 
work  comes  from  skepticism  about  meshing 
human  and  mechanical  shapes.  The  robotic 
grasping  mechanisms  of  assembly  lines  are 
mostly  copies  of  the  human  hand.  Such  a 
hand  preoccupation  "has  always  seemed  to 
me  a  pretty  unimaginative  way  to  go  about 
the  problem.  There  are  lots  of  things  that 
grasp,  even  plants."  At  the  National  Zoo, 
Wainwright  filmed  elephants  stretching  out 
their  trunks  to  lift  weights.  From  that  read- 
ing of  elephant  grasping  behavior,  James 
Wilson  of  Duke's  civil  engineering  depart- 
ment designed  a  hydrostatic  mechanism- 
something  based  on  fluids  rather  than  rigid 


structures.  A  natural-world  equivalent  would 
be  a  sea  anemone,  which  has  a  no-frills  skele- 
ton that  allows  it  to  bend  slowly  and  execute 
ponderous  movements. 

As  Vogel  points  out  in  his  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering article,  early  aviators  were  all-too- 
diligent  students  of  their  avian  predecessors. 
Airplanes  don't  look  much  like  birds  for  enor- 
mously practical  reasons.  Otto  Lilenthal,  a 
would-be  biomechanic  of  the  late  nineteenth 
century,  wrote  a  book  on  Birdflight  as  the  Basis 
of  Aviation.  The  mechanical  sophistication 
of  birds  may  have  been  "a  dangerous  trap," 
Vogel  writes.  "Stability  and  maneuverability 
are  antithetical  in  flying  machines,  and 
highly  evolved  flying  animals  are,  for  just 
that  reason,  highly  unstable."  Lilenthal  was 
killed  in  one  of  his  hang  gliders,  possibly  a 
victim  of  that  trap. 

Doubly  titled— as  James  B.  Duke  Professor 
of  Zoology  at  Duke  and  adjunct  professor 
with  North  Carolina  State's  design  school— 
Wainwright  traces  his  intellectual  interests 
to  designer  Buckminster  Fuller.  Fuller 
believed  that  there  should  be  basic  prin- 
ciples and  a  universal  language  of  design. 
"Architects  and  engineers  can't  talk  to  each 
other  because  they  speak  different  lan- 
guages, and  no  one  can  talk  to  biologists, 
which  is  very  foolish,"  says  Wainwright.  "The 
biggest  thing  in  my  life  is  to  do  something 
about  that."  His  mother  was  a  watercolorist, 
his  father  a  mechanical  engineer,  and  his 
brother  is  a  full-time  sculptor  whose  specialty 
is  large,  outdoor  mobiles.  A  hobbyist  in 
sculpture,  Wainwright  is  now  combining 
wood  construction  and  wood  carvings  into 
continued  on  page  45 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 


BUTTONED- 

DCWN 
PROGRESSIVE 


BYJOANOLECK 


MAYOR  W.  P.  WIB'  CULLEY: 

A  POLITICAL  AWAKENING 


Eighteen  years  ago,  he  was  asking,  "How  do  you  bring 
about  change  in  this  country?"  Now  Durham's  contro- 
versial young  mayor  is  bringing  his  activist  agenda  to 
a  new  arena. 


arely  twenty-four  hours  had 
passed  since  the  Reverend  Martin 
Luther  King  Jr.  was  killed  in 
Memphis  when  Duke  students 
by  the  hundreds  took  to  the  streets  in  a  show 
of  frustration  and  fury.  The  date  was  April  5, 
1968,  and  the  protestors— young,  privileged, 
and  white— were  mourning  a  black  preacher 
from  Georgia,  a  man  set  a  world  apart.  Now 
he  was  further  away  still,  leaving  behind  a 
void  in  the  Dream  and  the  realization  of  how 
deeply  rooted  were  violence  and  hate. 

This  is  how  the  politicization  of  Wib  Gulley 
70  began. 

On  that  drizzly  spring  night  in  1968,  Gulley 
joined  350  students  marching  to  Duke  Pres- 
ident Douglas  M.  Knight's  house,  carrying  a 
list  of  demands  for  a  $1.60  minimum  wage 
and  bargaining  recognition  for  the  mostly 
black  Duke  employees  who  cooked  the  stu- 
dents' meals  and  made  their  beds.  "It  was  a 
very  stirring  and  moving  time  in  my  life,"  says 
Gulley,  now  thirty-eight,  now  mayor  of  Dur- 
ham, now  one  of  the  Souths  few  politically 
progressive  municipal  leaders. 

Only  six  months  in  office,  Gulley  last  June 
showed  his  progressive  colors  by  signing  a 


civil  rights  proclamation  for  homosexuals 
that  made  him  the  most  controversial  mayor 
in  the  state  and  prompted  a  recall  campaign 
against  him  by  the  religious  right. 

That  Gulley  never  reneged  a  word  of  the 
proclamation  throughout  that  campaign 
was  no  surprise  to  supporters.  The  mayor  had 
had  eighteen  years  since  the  Duke  Vigil  to 
formulate  his  political  stance,  and  follow 
it— whether  the  world  liked  it  or  not. 

Gulley  still  speaks  today  of  the  enormous 
impact  the  protest  following  King's  assassi- 
nation had  on  him.  When  the  protestors 
reached  Knight's  house,  fully  200  were  invited 
in  for  tea  and  polite  negotiation.  Blue-jeaned 
and  army-jacketed,  they  camped  out  for  two 
nights  on  the  president's  floor.  But  Knight 
was  ill  and  the  demands  went  unmet.  The 
talks  of  racism  at  Duke  stalled.  So,  on  April 
7 ,  the  protestors  marched  back  to  West  Cam- 
pus Quad  and,  with  their  ranks  swelling  to 
2,500,  began  a  four-day  vigil  that  prompted 
national  news  coverage  and  messages  of  sup- 
port from  Senator  Robert  F.  Kennedy  and 
author  William  Styron  '47 . 

"It  was  a  time  of  discussion  and  reflection 
on  issues  of  race  and  treatment  of  working 


people  and  violence,"  Gulley  says.  He  remem- 
bers the  feeling  of  warmth  and  unity  there  on 
the  quad,  where  students  organized  to  pro- 
vide protestors  with  food  and  course  notes, 
where  a  local  fried-chicken  entrepreneur 
donated  buckets  of  wings  and  thighs.  But  the 
mood  was  somber.  The  overall  question, 
Gulley  says,  was:  "  'How  do  you  bring  about 
change  in  this  country?'  Things  I  had  never 
thought  much  about  or  talked  much  about." 

For  Wilbur  Paul  Gulley,  a  Little  Rock, 
Arkansas,  native  who  came  to  the  Vigil  a 
wide-eyed  sophomore— wholesome  and 
clean-cut,  an  avid  basketball  player  and  head 
usher  for  Duke  Chapel — the  time  was  ripe  for 
asking  questions.  King's  appearance  in  Mem- 
phis that  week  had  spurred  violence  reminis- 
cent of  the  riots  in  Detroit  and  Newark  the 
year  before.  In  Washington,  President  Lyndon 
Johnson  was  hinting  at  peace  talks  with 
Hanoi  but  still  beefing  up  the  troop  levels 
and  the  defense  budget.  And  young  men 
Gulley's  age  were  saying  no  to  the  military 
draft,  growing  their  hair  long,  and  creating 
their  own  alternative,  psychedelic-hued  cul- 
ture. If  talk  of  revolution  was  in  the  air,  so  were 
anguish  and  fear  on  campuses  nationwide. 

"The  war  at  that  point,  I  think,  was  really 
tearing  my  country  apart,"  recalls  Tom 
Campbell  70,  a  former  editor  of  the  student 
Chronicle  and  today  a  member  of  Durham's 
city  council.  "It's  hard  to  explain  to  someone 
who  hasn't  lived  through  it  what  it  was  like  to 
live  in  a  country  that's  at  war.  They  were  pas- 
sionate times.... The  feeling  was  that  the 
country  was  at  a  turning  point,  which  in 
retrospect  holds  up  well." 

Pursuing  an  undergraduate  education  at 
this  point  were  Wib  and  his  identical  twin 
brother,  William  H.  Gulley  70.  Beyond 
their  unorthodox  names— 'Wib"  was  their 
mother's  whimsical  invention,  "Dub"  a  short- 
ening of  "W.H."  pronounced  Southern- 
style— the  two  attracted  attention  for  obvi- 
ous reasons.  "They  were  hard  to  miss,"  says 
Campbell.  "Blond-haired  twins."  Comfort- 
ably middle  class,  as  Wib  puts  it,  they  were 
the  sons  of  a  Little  Rock  savings  and  loan 
executive,  Wilbur  P.  Gulley  Jr.  '47,  and  his 
former  wife,  Jane,  who  now  lives  in  Boulder, 
Colorado.  In  1963,  the  twins  had  first  seen 
Duke  as  high  school  sophomores  attending 
Vic  Bubas'  basketball  camp.  When  it  came 
time  to  pick  a  college,  Duke  was  the  natural 
choice.  "It  had  a  great  academic  reputation, 
it  was  beautiful,  and  it  had  basketball,"  says 
Wib.  "I  thought,  'What  more  to  life  is 
there?'  " 

The  twins'  decision  to  attend  Duke  toge- 
ther also  made  sense.  High  school  honor 
students  who  had  set  up  a  youth  jury  project 
to  recommend  court  penalties  for  young 
offenders,  the  Gulley  boys  early  on  developed 
a  competitive  streak  for  grades,  for  sports- 
bet  ween  themselves— that  would  serve  them 
later  in  life.   In  their  teens,  competition 


Gulley  passionately 

defends  his  call  for  city 

stands  against  apartheid 

and  nuclear  power.  But 

the  days  of  unity,  at  the 

demonstrations  on 

the  quad  and  in 

Washington,  are  gone, 

and  he  knows  it. 


merely  played  havoc  with  their  love  life.  "My 
dad  finally  had  this  system,"  Wib  chuckles, 
"because  I'd  tell  Dub,  'I  met  this  wonderful 
girl,'  and  darn  if  he  wouldn't  the  next  day  go 
and  ask  her  for  a  date.  So  my  dad  had  what  he 
called  The  List.  When  you  had  someone  you 
were  interested  in  inviting  out,  you  could 
come  tell  him  and  that  would  register  the 
woman  on  The  List,  and  for  six  weeks  the 
other  could  not  ask  her  out."  Dub's  charac- 
teristically brief  remark  on  fraternal  compe- 
tition: "Just  put  in  that  I've  always  had  a 
better  jump  shot." 

At  Duke,  the  competitiveness  honed  itself 
on  the  basketball  court,  where  the  Gulleys 
and  their  close  buddies,  Tom  A.  Banks  Jr. 
72,  Kenneth  P.  Vickery  70,  Robert  M. 
Entman  71,  and  Clay  M.  Steinman  71, 
began  a  ritual  weekly  game  that  continues 
today.  "It  is  true  that  Wib  Gulley  can  be 
sweet,  syrupy  sweet,  the  nicest  guy  and  solic- 
itous of  your  welfare,"  says  Vickery,  now  an 
associate  professor  of  history  at  North  Caro- 
lina State  University.  "But  I'll  tell  you  what: 
He  will  take  your  head  off  in  basketball ."  Late 
at  night  and  in  the  early  morning  hours,  the 
group  would  assemble  at  the  Men's  Student 
Government  Office,  studying,  talking  poli- 
tics, making  forays  for  burgers  and  pinball  to 
the  all-night  General  Sherman  Restaurant 
on  Interstate  85 . 

"This  group  could  make  a  game  out  of  any- 
thing," Vickery  recalls  of  the  competitive 
ethos  that  emerged.  Pinball,  throwing  paper- 
wads  into  trash  baskets— anything  was  an 
excuse.  But  in  the  emerging  counterculture, 
competition  was  becoming  uncool.  "I  can 
remember  Wib  at  the  height  of  cultural  non- 
competition either  coming  up  with  noncom- 
petitive games  or  saying,  'It's  not  winning 
that  counts.'  "  Vickery  recalls.  "And  I  can 
remember  saying,  'Let's  cut  the  crap,  Wib. 
The  day  you  stop  being  competitive,  that 
will  be  news.'  " 

In  both  Gulleys  the  leadership  drive  was 


showing  up  on  traditional  tracks.  Dub  held 
office  in  the  student  governing  body,  Wib 
chaired  the  Major  Speakers  Committee.  But 
old-style  role  models  were  changing.  Says 
Vickery:  "I  guess  that  it  was  fairly  important 
to  see  that  there  were  people  who  were  part 
of  the  BMOC  syndrome  which  I  aspired  to 
and  which  I  think  Dub  and  Wib  also  did, 
people  who  clearly  'made  it'  along  student- 
body  lines,  as  president  or  editor,  yet  none- 
theless were  thinking  critically  and  criticiz- 
ing things  around  them.  It  was  a  jolt,  but  a 
credible  jolt."  To  Dub,  the  jolt  came  at  a  fresh- 
man convocation,  where  Women's  Student 
Government  President  Mary  E.  Earle  '67  told 
incoming  students:  "The  most  significant 
thing  about  you"  at  Duke  "is  how  insignifi- 
cant you  are."  Says  Dub  today,  "We  really 
didn't  have  anything  to  hang  that  on.  You 
knew  something  was  going  on,  but  you  didn't 
know  what.  What  it  was  was  undergraduates 
saying,  'We  want  some  of  the  control.' 

To  Wib,  the  jolt  was  the  messages  he  was 
getting  from  professors  like  Jack  J.  Preiss  of 
sociology  and  guest  speakers  like  educator 
Clark  Kerr  and  draft  activist  David  Harris, 
who  urged  the  students  not  to  take  advan- 
tage of  their  2-S  deferments.  Wib's  privi- 
leged status  already  was  making  him  uneasy. 
"I  was  beginning  to  struggle  with  things  that 
seemed  to  be  problems  on  campus,  like 
people  not  getting  into  fraternities,"  he  says. 
"I  got  in;  I  saw  what  happened  to  friends  who 
didn't." 

When  he  tried  opening  his  fraternity  to 
blacks  and  others,  he  met  stony  opposition. 
He  had  more  success  in  the  counterculture 
realm,  as  a  draft  counselor  through  the  Cam- 
pus Y,  where  Methodist  chaplain  Elmer  Hall 
encouraged  him  to  integrate  his  Christian 
convictions  with  his  developing  political 
beliefs.  Abandoning  all  the  apple-pie-and- 
motherhood  values  that  had  made  him  a 
Gold  water  fan  in  1964  wasn't  easy.  But,  says 
his  friend  Robert  Entman,  today  a  Duke 
assistant  professor  of  public  policy  studies: 
"It  was  the  religious  stuff  that  gave  him  the 
spark,"  the  discovery  that  "religion  doesn't 
mean  going  to  church  and  putting  some- 
thing into  the  collection  plate."  Wib  himself 
says  that  his  church  taught  him  to  be  "other- 
centered."  It  was  only  in  college,  he  says, 
"that  I  got  involved  with  things  that  said, 
'Well ,  how  do  you  extrapolate  from  caring  for 
others  to  being  in  the  world?  You're  coming 
of  age,  you're  going  to  be  an  adult,  you're 
going  to  live  in  the  world.  What  does  that 
mean?' 

"What  Duke  felt  like  was  a  strong  getting- 
to-know-the-world,"  Gulley  adds.  "Coming 
from  high  school  in  a  relatively  sheltered 
situation,  I  had  not  experienced  poverty 
very  much.  Our  high  school  was  integrated, 
but  there  were  six  black  students  and  1,500 
white  students.  So  it  was  integrated  in  the 
most  token  fashion;  racism  had  no  meaning 


14 


to  me.  At  Duke,  I  was  coming  to  realize, 
'There's  a  lot  of  black  people  out  there  and  I 
can't  believe  the  things  this  country  has 
done,  in  terms  of  treating  them  with  Jim 
Crow  laws  and  having  separate  bathroom 
facilities.'  And  Duke  had  only  recently  inte- 
grated itself.  Racism  was  palpable." 

So  was  the  Vietnam  War.  The  summer 
before  Wib's  senior  year,  NixonAgnew 
became  the  GOP  ticket,  the  Paris  peace  talks 
halted,  and  Wib  attended  the  Washington 
conference  of  the  National  Student  Associ- 
ation, of  which  he  was  a  Southern  represen- 
tative. "The  NSA  that  summer  began  to  talk 
about  how  we  could  organize  against  the 
war,"  he  recalls.  "So  in  my  senior  year  we 
organized."  Dub,  also  fresh  from  a  summer  in 
the  capital  working  for  Arkansas  Senator 
William  Fulbright,  had  met  antiwar  activists 
Sam  Brown  and  Dave  Dellinger.  The  talk  in 
D.C.  had  been  of  a  massive  student  action,  a 
"Mobilization"  for  the  fall.  Back  at  Duke,  the 
Gulleys  were  primed  to  lead  it;  their  political 
transition  was  complete. 

The  events  they  led  were  the  Moratorium 
of  October  14,  1969,  when  50  percent  of 
Duke  classes  were  boycotted  in  favor  of 
"peace  seminars,"  and  the  mid-November 
Mobilization  in  Washington,  when  800 
Duke  students  joined  the  40,000-member 
March  Against  Death.  Winding  its  way  from 
Arlington  Cemetery  to  the  Capitol,  the 
march  stopped  repeatedly  at  the  White 
House  gates,  where  protestors  called  out  the 
names  of  individual  Vietnam  casualties. 
That  weekend,  a  crowd  estimated  at  a  mil- 
lion people  heard  South  Dakota  Senator 
George  McGovern  and  Coretta  Scott  King 
speak.  Wib  remembers:  "There  was  this  mas- 
sive sea  of  people  as  far  as  you  could  see,  all 
kinds  of  people,  but  we  were  all  there  for  the 
same  reason.  There  was  a  great  spirit  of 
unity." 

In  a  letter  to  the  Chronicle  that  month, 
Gulley  was  somewhat  more  rhetorical, 
explaining  the  goals  of  the  "New  Mobe": 
"Bring  all  the  GIs  home  now,  U.S.  out  of 
Vietnam,  war  machine  off  campus,  free 
speech  for  GIs,  self-determination  for  Viet- 
nam and  black  America,  free  all  political 
prisoners,  and  end  the  political  persecu- 
tion." Like  a  moment  frozen  in  time,  a  photo 
from  that  period  shows  the  Gulleys,  hair 
neatly  cropped  at  the  collar,  wearing  jackets 
and  ties,  leading  a  Mobilization  press  confer- 
ence. "I'm  not  sure  I  would  describe  them  as 
activists  at  all  until  that  point,"  Vickery  says. 
Adds  Mark  Pinsky  '69,  then  a  brash  colum- 
nist for  the  Chronicle,  now  a  reporter  for  the 
Los  Angeles  Times:  "They  were  so  wholesome- 
looking  and  unfailingly  polite  in  whatever 
the  political  discourse  was;  they  did  a  lot  to 
involve  people  in  the  issues  who  might  have 
been  put  off." 

At  political  meetings  where  tensions  ran 
high,  Entman  says,  Wib  could  be  counted  on 


ib  Gullets  first  polit- 
ical crisis  began 
with  that  most 
mundane  of  mayoral  duties — 
the  proclamation.  During  his 
first  year  in  office,  the  new 
mayor  has  thrown  his  weight 
behind  such  civic  celebrations 
as  Dental  Hygiene  Week,  Gar- 
den Week,  and  Youth  Appre- 
ciation Week. 

But  when  he  officially 
endorsed  Anti-Discrimination 
Week  for  homosexuals  last 
summer,  a  firestorm  erupted. 

"There  is  a  fine  line  between 
showing  the  courage  of  one's 
convictions  and  brain  dam- 
age. Mayor  Gulley  is  about  to 
cross  that  line,"  the  Durham 
Morning  Herald  editorialized 
as  word  of  the  proclamation 
spread.  A  coalition  of  funda- 
mentalist, evangelical,  and 
pentacostal  churches  quickly 
formed,  calling  itself  the  Dur- 
ham Citizens  for  Traditional 
Government.  Buttressed  by 


three  suddenly  visible  con- 
servative Republican  candi- 
dates for  the  state  House  and 
U.S.  Congress,  the  coalition 
mounted  a  petition  campaign 
to  recall  the  mayor. 

"All  people  have  the  right  to 
love  and  live  free  from  bigotry, 
violence,  and  fear,  in  the  work- 
place, the  family,  the  streets  of 
our  city.. .and  the  privacy  of 
our  homes,"  read  the  docu- 
ment that  started  the  fray. 
While  supporters  viewed  the 
document  as  a  statement  of 
.  civil  rights, 


and  even  encouraging  the  gay 
lifestyle. 

"What  they  were  trying  to 
promote  was  against  the  laws 
of  man,  the  laws  of  God," 
fundamentalist  minister 
Donald  Q.  Fozard  said.  "It  was 
not  a  civil  rights  issue.. ..They 
were  trying  to  get  people  to 
accept  gay  rights  as  an  alter- 
native lifestyle." 


The  petition  drive  began. 
With  only  thirty  days  to  col- 
lect 15,426  signatures -one- 
fourth  of  the  city's  registered 
voters— the  religious  crusaders 
sprang  into  action  with  tables 
set  up  at  shopping  centers. 
Gulley's  supporters  retaliated 
with  their  own  group,  Dur- 
ham Citizens  for  Responsible 
Leadership,  and  their  own 
petitions. 

The  fundamentalists— 
whose  petition  reportedly  fell 
short  of  the  required  number 
by  1,351— srill  claimed  victory. 
"We  have  proved  that  tradi- 
tional moral  values  are  alive  in 
Durham,  that  Durham  is  not 
another  San  Francisco,"  the 
ministers  said  in  a  statement. 

Gulley  remains  optimistic 
"It  really  is  a  phenomenon  of 
politics  that  people  want  to 
play  it  safe,"  he  said  after  the 
recall  effort.  He  said  he'd  been 
buoyed  by  his  many  supporters, 
but  was  disappointed  that  the 
media  had  underlined  his  own 
role  in  the  controversy  instead 
of  the  point  he  was  trying  to 
make  about  sexual  discrimi- 
nation. "The  political  leader- 
ship of  a  community,  or  a 
region,  or  a  state  should  say, 
It's  wrong  to  discriminate 
against  people  on  the  basis  of 
their  sexual  orientation.' 

"That  seems  entirely  appro- 
priate, much  as  speaking  out 
against  racism  was  twenty, 
thirty  years  ago.  That  was  not 
something  that  a  lot  of  South- 
ern white  political  leaders  did, 
but  I  think  it  is  history's  judg- 
ment that  it  was  the  right 
thing  to  do." 


to  produce  his  trusty  guitar  and  lead  yet 
another  innocent,  if  slightly  off-key,  rendi- 
tion of  Get  Together,  the  anthem  of  unity  for 
the  times.  "The  Gulleys,"  says  Pinsky,  "were 
always  bridge  builders,  even  in  their  most 
radical  period." 

But  if  Dub  was  the  organizer,  Wib  was  the 
negotiator.  "My  impression  is  Wib  very 
much  wanted  to  have  a  responsible  demon- 
stration . .  .a  coat-and-tie  demonstration ,"  says 
Charles  Jem-ess,  who  met  Gulley  through 
NSA  work  that  year.  Jeffress,  who  today  is 
assistant  state  labor  commissioner,  got  to 
know  Wib  further  through  the  1971  drive  to 
register  eighteen-  to  twenty-one-year-old 
voters,  an  effort  instituted  in  North  Carolina 
by  activist  Al  Lowenstein.  Gulley,  newly  grad- 
uated from  Duke,  was  living  in  a  group  house 
in  Durham,  deciding  to  settle  down  in  the 
Bull  City  because,  as  he  puts  it,  he  was  in 
love,  he  had  friends,  and  the  beach  and 
mountains  were  both  only  three  hours  away. 
Like  many  his  age,  he  adopted  a  potluck 
approach  to  his  post-graduate  years,  teaching 
handicapped  children,  traveling  around  the 
world,  watching  the  Little  Rock  draft  board 


inch  up  to  within  one  digit  of  his  draft  num- 
ber, and  getting  himself  arrested  in  an  act  of 
civil  disobedience  during  the  1970  May  Day 
demonstration  in  Washington. 

From  1972  to  1976,  he  was  executive  direc- 
tor of  a  lobbying  organization,  the  North 
Carolina  Public  Interest  Research  Group, 
which  had  him  campaigning  for  flameproof 
children's  pajamas  and  fair  prices  on  pre- 
scription drugs.  "The  PIRG  thing  was  to  say 
that  I  didn't  want  to  spend  my  time  in  life 
going  back  to  graduate  school  getting  cre- 
dentials," Gulley  says,  "that  the  measure  of 
someone's  life  was  not  in  how  many  master's 
degrees  and  Ph.D.s  someone  had.  The  thing 
I  remembered  was  that  most  of  the  pilots 
dropping  napalm  and  causing  such  human 
destruction  in  Vietnam— most  of  them  had 
Ph.D.s." 

The  PIRG  years  were  also  years  for  cement- 
ing friendships,  with  people  like  Vickery— 
who  tells  how  on  a  hike  through  the  Tetons, 
Gulley  saved  Vickery's  frostbitten  toes  by 
warming  them  under  his  arms— and  Lanier 
A.  Fonvielle,  now  a  city  council  member, 
who  remembers  how  "Dub  and  Wib  took  me 


on  as  a  sister"  during  a  serious  illness.  With 
Wib  in  PIRG  and  Dub  organizing  on  utility 
rates  and  neighborhood  issues  through  Caro- 
lina Action,  it  was  a  crazy,  fragmented  time 
of  endless  meetings,  phone  calls,  and  unro- 
mantic  trench  work— for  $6,000  a  year.  "The 
two  of  them  lived  on  peanut  butter  and  jelly 
through  the  Seventies,"  Vickery  recalls.  "If 
I've  seen  it  one  time,  I've  seen  it  500  times— 
Wib  slamming  the  door  from  one  meeting, 
slapping  peanut  butter  on  one  slice,  jelly  on 
the  other,  and  running  out  to  another 
meeting." 

Having  decided  to  devote  himself  to  "work- 
ing with  the  issues  of  justice  and  injustice," 
Gulley  knew  he  needed  more  tools.  So  in 
1978,  he  left  for  Northeastern  Law  School  in 
Boston  and  returned  in  1981  to  open  a  law 
office  with  partner  Martin  Eakes  in  a  reno- 
vated toy  store  in  downtown  Durham.  "We 
took  a  lot  of  what  walked  in  the  door  as  far  as 
cases,"  Gulley  says.  He  married  during  that 
time— Asheville,  North  Carolina-native 
Charlotte  Nelson— and  helped  found  the 
Self-Help  Credit  Union  for  small  business 
loans.  He  also  turned  to  face  electoral  poli- 
tics head-on. 

He'd  already  been  active  in  Democratic 
Party  campaigns;  now  he  became  the  coun- 
ty's party  vice  chairman  and  secured  appoint- 
ments to  the  city  Board  of  Adjustment, 
which  makes  zoning  decisions,  and  the  Main 
Street  Committee,  which  works  in  down- 
town revitalization. 

Once  he  began  putting  out  political  feel- 
ers, he  was  quickly  snapped  up  as  a  candidate 
by  a  local  coalition  of  white  progressives  and 
black  organizers  who  already  controlled  nine 
of  thirteen  council  votes.  "If  you're  looking 
for  the  level  of  government  that  has  the  most 
direct  effect  upon  people  and  is  the  most 
directly  responsive,  it's  local  government," 
Gulley  says.  "A  lot  of  people  get  bored  pretty 
fast  when  you  start  talking  about  solid-waste 
disposal.  But  I  think  those  things  are  terribly 
important." 

On  election  night  in  November  1985, 
while  Gulley 's  supporters  and  pals  were  cele- 
brating his  decisive  win  over  incumbent 
mayor  Charles  Markham  '45;  local  business 
leaders  were  more  likely  tossing  in  their 
sleep.  What  to  expect  from  a  Sixties  activist? 
The  Durham  Morning  Herald  said  the  appre- 
hension toward  Gulley  approached  that 
"aroused  in  the  halls  of  commerce  by  reformer 
revolutionaries  in  countries  to  the  south." 

"My  image  of  him  was  what  he  is— ultra- 
liberal,  lots  of  causes  that  he's  fostered,  very 
attractive,  eloquent,  glib,"  says  former  Dur- 
ham mayor  James  R.  Hawkins  '49,  LL.B.  '51. 
"He  presents  himself  well  but  fosters  causes 
that  I  think  are  absolutely  extraneous  to 
what  I  think  the  governing  of  Durham  is  all 
about."  Gulley,  in  turn,  looking  closer- 
cropped  these  days,  his  boyish  good  looks 
replaced  by  a  more  rugged  handsomeness, 


At  college  political 
meetings,  Wib  could  be 
counted  on  to  produce 
his  trusty  guitar  and  lead 
yet  another  slightly  off- 
key  rendition  of  Get 
Together,  the  anthem  of 
unity  for  the  times. 


Ten  years  after:  taking  a  stand  in  '81 

passionately  defends  his  call  for  city  stands 
against  apartheid  and  nuclear  power.  But  the 
days  of  unity,  at  the  demonstrations  on  the 
quad  and  in  Washington,  are  gone,  and 
Gulley  knows  it. 

Presiding  over  a  city  manager  form  of  gov- 
ernment where  the  mayor's  power  is  limited 
to  his  vote— equal  to  that  of  the  other  twelve 
members— and  whatever  mileage  he  can  get 
out  of  the  media,  Gulley  faces  some  obsta- 
cles. He  faces  members  who  visibly  chafe 
when  the  mayor— as  he  sometimes  does— 
forges  ahead  on  issues  they  feel  haven't  been 


discussed  enough.  He  faces  blacks  and 
whites  who  sometimes  split  on  jobs-versus- 
growth  issues.  And  he  faces  political  oppo- 
nent Howard  Clement  III,  who  says,  "The 
mayor  is  one  of  thirteen,  not  one  and  twelve. 
He's  not  the  boss.  He  thinks  he's  the  boss." 

Yet  even  Clement  will  allow  that  Gulley  is 
doing  "a  creditable  job."  The  new  mayor  has 
repeatedly  reassured  the  business  commu- 
nity that  he's  not  anti-growth,  that  he's  for 
managed  growth  in  a  city  caught  between 
sleepy  tobacco  town  and  high-tech  metro- 
polis. "I  think,"  Gulley  says  of  his  vision  for 
Durham,  "that  my  main  job  as  mayor  is  to 
assure  that  in  the  midst  of  this  transition,  we 
maintain  the  high  quality  of  life  that  makes 
Durham  a  great  place  to  live,  work,  and  raise 
a  family." 

With  estimates  that  Durham  County's 
162,000  population  will  nearly  double  by 
the  year  2000,  with  new  firms  in  the  area 
toting  foreign  names  like  Mitsubishi,  with 
former  Duke  President  (and  now  U.S.  Sena- 
tor) Terry  Sanford's  proposed  5,200-acre 
Treyburn  development  hovering  along  the 
city's  northern  edge,  accelerating  growth 
seems  a  given.  Some  say  the  Bull  City  is  in 
danger  of  surrendering  its  small-town  flavor 
to  suburban  sprawl.  But  Gulley  maintains 
that  control  is  still  possible.  On  his  side,  he 
says,  is  a  sympathetic  council  that  harps  on 
each  development  proposal's  "cost"  to  the 
community— in  increased  needs  for  roads, 
water  and  sewer  lines,  and  police  protection— 
as  well  as  its  tax  and  employment  advantages. 

And,  Gulley  adds,  his  agenda  has  room  for 
the  kinds  of  grassroots  priorities  progressives 
love.  "The  difference  I'm  bringing  is  I  give  a 
little  more  weight  to  the  concerns  of  neigh- 
borhood preservation  than  the  previous 
mayor  or  the  previous  councils  have."  Last 
summer,  at  Gulley's  urging,  the  council 
approved  two  planning  department  posi- 
tions specifically  geared  to  neighborhoods. 
In  May,  the  voters  approved  a  council-backed 
bond  package  that  included  $6  million  for 
Durham's  severe  housing  needs. 

Somehow,  the  big-hearted  progressives  are 
still  managing  to  balance  the  books.  "In  a 
year  when  most  cities  across  the  state  raised 
taxes,  we  were  able  to  tighten  up,  to  be  fis- 
cally conservative— Gulley  chortles  at  his 
own  claim  to  the  word  "conservative— 'and 
not  have  any  property  tax  increase." 

So  is  it  possible  for  a  man  up  to  his  neck  in 
sewer  line  extensions,  an  employee  roster  of 
1,300,  and  a  city  budget  of  $70  million  still 
to  echo  those  heartfelt  values  of  a  long-ago 
college  activist?  "I  think  it  is,"  Gulley  says. 
"Part  of  the  challenge  is  figuring  out  how  you 
can  take  the  values  of  commitment  to  demo- 
cracy," he  says,  "and  have  a  city  that  cares 
about  the  interests  of  all  its  citizens  as  it  goes 
about  doing  its  business."  ■ 


Oleck  is  a  Chapel  Hill-based  free-lance  writer. 


DUKE 


ALUMNI 
REGISTER 


FALL 
FLURRIES 


Autumn  activities  have  been  at  a 
peak  for  Duke  clubs  across  the 
country— first  events  for  new  ones, 
special  events  for  old  ones,  and  shared  events 
for  neighboring  ones. 

Seventy-two  people  attended  the  Duke 
Club  of  San  Antonio's  first  meeting,  held  in 
October  at  the  Oak  Hills  Country  Club.  The 
club's  chair,  Bonnie  Bauer  Harkrader  '65, 
welcomed  Professor  Robert  Durden  as  guest 
speaker  and  new  resident  Johnny  Dawkins 
'86,  of  the  San  Antonio  Spurs,  to  its  active 
board  of  fifteen  members.  The  response  was 
also  strong  in  Thomas  Jefferson  Country, 
with  eighty  alumni  attending  a  reception  at 
the  Colonnade  Club  on  the  Charlottesville 
campus  in  November.  Linda  Tall  Sigmon 
'69,  M.Ed.  '80,  organized  the  gathering  held 
in  conjunction  with  Alumni  College  Week- 
end, with  law  professors  A.  Kenneth  Pye  and 
Walter  E.  Dellinger  on  the  Constitution's 
bicenntenial.  Down  the  road  in  Lynchburg, 
the  first  meeting  of  the  Duke  club  there 
attracted  nearly  fifty  alumni  to  a  Piedmont 
Club  reception  to  hear  Richard  A.  White, 
dean  of  Trinity  College  and  the  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Mike  Bradford  75  is  the  new 
president. 

On  the  West  Coast,  Duke  Marston  J.D. 
'63,  president  of  the  San  Diego  club,  brought 
some  ACC  flavor  to  the  sixth  annual  New 
England  clambake,  held  with  UNC,  State, 
and  Wake  Forest  at  Crown  Point  in  July.  But 
by  September,  it  was  strictly  barbecue  and 
Blue  Devils  for  the  fifth  annual  pig  pickih  at 
the  Lomas  Santa  Fe  Executive  Golf  Course. 
The  Northern  California  club,  headed 
by  Tom  Senf '62,  sampled  "A  Touch  of  India" 
in  September  when  a  group  of  forty-five 
toured  San  Francisco's  Asian  Art  Museum, 
followed  by  Indian  cuisine  and  a  cooking 
demonstration.  Even  further  west,  Duke 
Hawaii  welcomed  the  Blue  Devil  basketball 
team  on  November  23  at  the  airport  with  leis 
they  had  made,  held  a  reception  on  the  25th 
to  meet  the  team  and  hear  Coach  K,  and 
organized  tickets  for  the  tournament  held 
the  28th  and  29th.  This  young  club,  headed 
by  Page  Brewster  '83,  was  involved  in 
community  service  last  summer  with  an 


Sights  at  sea:  alumni  examine  instumentation  aboard  the 
Marine  Lab's  R.V.  First  Mate  during  a  chilly  cruise  on 
Taylor's  Creek 
island  cleanup  project  at  Sea  Life  Park. 

Duke  experts  have  been  on  the  road  for 
Duke  clubs,  with  Duke  historian  Robert 
Durden  speaking  on  "Ironies  in  the  Launch- 
ing of  Duke  University"  in  Charlotte, 
Houston,  and  San  Antonio.  NASA  histor- 
ian and  Duke  professor  Alex  Roland  spoke  at 
a  Little  Rock,  Arkansas,  dinner  meeting  on 
"The  Tyranny  of  Manned  Space  Flight." 
Duke  in  Atlanta  sponsored  a  September 
reception,  "Duke  Admissions:  An  Inside 
Look,"  featuring  Admissions  Director 
Richard  Steele  and  Vice  Provost  Thomas 
Langford  at  the  Atlanta  Historical  Society. 
Attendance  was  130. 

In  Chicago,  the  Duke  club  held  a  pregame 
dinner  before  the  Bulls  home  opener  against 
the  Spurs,  and  bused  to  the  coliseum  to  see 
Johnny  Dawkins'  first  NBA  game,  a  battling 
encounter  with  the  Bulls'  Gene  Banks  '81. 

Duke  was  down  east  at  the  Marine  Lab  in 
October  for  Eastern  North  Carolina  Duke 


Alumni  Day.  Featured  for  the  day  were  a  sea- 
food luncheon;  a  presentation  of  coastal 
research  activities;  and  tours  of  Beaufort  and 
the  research  vessels  Cape  Hatteras  and  First 
Mate,  followed  by  a  cocktail  reception. 
Another  joint  effort,  by  the  Duke  Club  of 
Greensboro  and  the  Duke  Club  of  High 
Point,  was  attended  by  150.  Coach  Mike 
Krzyzewski  was  the  after-dinner  speaker. 

Alumni  are  notified  by  mail  of  local  club 
events.  If  you're  not  receiving  information  or 
need  to  find  out  your  local  club  contact, 
notify  Kay  Mitchell  Couch  B.S.N.  '58, 
Assistant  Director,  Clubs  Program,  Alumni 
House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706,  1-800-FOR-DUKE  toll  free,  (919) 
684-5114  collect  in  North  Carolina. 


NORTH  BY 
NORTHWEST 

hen  Arthur  Arnold  '38  got  the 
call,  he  didn't  believe  it.  "I'm  one 
of  the  200  million  people  who've 
never  won  anything,"  he  says. 

Now  he's  among  the  select  few  who  have. 
In  the  annual  General  Alumni  Association 
dues  drawing,  Arnold's  name  was  randomly 
selected  by  computer,  and  the  Hagerstown, 
Maryland,  resident  won  a  trip  for  two  to 
Alaska  and  British  Columbia. 

"I  was  thrilled,  tickled  to  death,"  he  says. 
"I've  never  been  to  either  place.  I've  never 
even  been  across  the  Mississippi." 

In  July,  Arnold  and  his  wife,  Nell,  will  take 
a  seven-day  journey  on  the  cruise  ship  Golden 
Odyssey,  beginning  at  historic  Anchorage  and 
traveling  to  Vancouver,  British  Columbia, 
home  of  the  1986  World's  Fair. 

A  regular  GAA  dues  payer,  magazine  sub- 
scriber, and  contributor  to  the  Annual  Fund 
for  years,  Arnold  says  he  never  anticipated 
winning  a  trip  for  his  efforts.  "It  was  the  fur- 
thest thing  in  my  mind."  He  and  his  wife 
have  been  married  for  forty-five  years.  They 
recently  retired  from  the  interior  design 
business  and  live  in  a  restored,  nineteenth- 
century  stone  house.  They  have  one  daugh- 
ter and  three  grandchildren.  The  only  prob- 
lem with  winning  a  trip  for  two,  Arnold  says, 
is  that  his  granddaughter  wants  to  go. 


REUNION 
RECORDS 


For  alumnni,  the  campus  rates  more 
and  more  as  a  seasonal  stop— particu- 
larly in  autumn.  Fall  reunions  have 
more  than  doubled  the  number  of  graduates 
and  their  families  returning  to  campus,  com- 
pared to  the  years  when  ten  classes  came  for 
one  long,  summer  weekend. 

Totals  for  the  late-October  Homecoming 
Weekend  alone— at  nearly  1,400,  when  only 
three  classes  held  official  reunions— have 
surpassed  attendance  figures  from  the  final 
summer  reunion  in  1985 .  Among  the  Home- 
coming highlights:  a  pregame  Alumni  As- 
sociation brunch,  a  football  match  against 
Maryland,  a  blue-and-white  basketball 
scrimmage  and  alumni  game,  and  the  tradi- 
tional Blue  and  White  Night,  which  this 
year  had  a  musical  mix  of  The  Drifters  and 
Doc  Dikeman. 

The  total  for  all  fall  class  reunions  this  year 
is  more  than  2,200.  The  Duke  University 
Black  Alumni  Connection  (DUBAC)  had  a 


record  100  returning  for  Homecoming. 
Other  affinity  groups,  such  as  the  Duke 
Ambassadors,  Stonehenge,  Beta  Theta  Pi, 
Kappa  Alpha,  Theta  Chi,  and  Zeta  Beta  Tau, 
rounded  out  the  numbers  at  900.  The  total 
for  all  reunions  for  1986,  including  com- 
mencement, is  3,528. 

The  Class  of  1961  broke  all  attendance 
records  at  452,  making  it  the  largest  indivi- 
dual class  reunion  in  Duke  history.  It  beat 
the  previous  record  set  last  year  by  the  Class 
of  1980  at  404.  The  classes  of '41,  '51,  '56,  '61, 
'66,  76,  and  '81  also  established  new  attend- 
ance records  for  their  reunions. 

As  for  class  gifts,  the  Class  of '61  was  a  win- 
ner again  at  $223,254,  followed  by  the  Class 
of '56  at  $136,184.  Total  giving  for  all  reunion 
classes  was  just  over  $1.1  million,  the  first 


Return  engagments:  on  the  lawn,  helping  the  Hot  Nuts, 
or  on  the  field,  fall  class  acts  made  history 


time  reunion  giving  has  ever  broken  the  mil- 
lion-dollar mark. 

Reunion  coordinator  Michael  Woodard 
'81,  Alumni  Affairs'  assistant  director  for 
class  activities,  says  campus  activity  levels 
were  the  attraction.  "Fall  reunions  offer  more 
excitement— football  games,  the  interaction 
with  students,  the  chance  to  meet  with 
faculty  members— than  summer  reunions. 

"Another  reason  we  had  record  turnouts  is 
that  we  were  fortunate  to  have  very  strong 
committees,"  Woodard  says.  "They  planned 
excellent  programs  and  did  a  good  job  of  get- 
ting the  word  out  to  their  classmates." 


ALUMNI 
TRUSTEES 


Oeorge  V.  Grune  '52,  who  heads  the 
Reader's  Digest  Association,  Inc., 
has  been  nominated  to  represent 
alumni  for  a  six-year  term  on  Duke's  board  of 
trustees.  He  joins  trustees  P.J.  Baugh  '54, 
Dorothy  Lewis  Simpson  '46,  and  L.  Neil 
Williams  Jr.  '58,  J.D.  '61,  who  are  up  for  re- 
election. Baugh  and  Simpson  have  been 
trustees  since  1981;  Williams  was  elected  in 
1980  and  named  chairman  in  1983. 

Grune  is  the  chairman,  chief  executive 
officer,  and  director  of  the  company  that 
publishes  Reader's  Digest,  the  nation's  largest- 
selling  magazine.  While  at  Duke,  he  was 
both  a  football  player  and  editor  of  The 
Archive,  the  literary  magazine.  He  chaired 
the  Men's  Judicial  Board  and  was  a  member 
of  Alpha  Tau  Omega.  He  attended  law 
school  at  the  University  of  Horida  before  join- 
ing Continental  Can  Company.  In  1960,  he 
began  working  for  Reader's  Digest  and  within 
ten  years  became  a  vice  president  and  direc- 
tor of  international  advertising  sales.  Grune 
is  married  to  Betty  Lu  Albert  Grune  '51. 
They  have  three  sons. 

Baugh  is  president  and  chief  executive 
officer  of  Almahurst  Farm,  which  breeds  and 
sells  race  horses.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Davi- 
son Club,  the  Washington  Duke  Club,  the 
Founder's  Society,  the'  Society  of  Centur- 
ions, and  the  Chapel  Development  Com- 
mittee of  100.  He  serves  on  the  Fuqua  busi- 
ness school's  and  the  engineering  school's 
board  of  visitors,  and  the  engineering  school's 
and  the  Arts  and  Sciences'  Dean's  Council. 
He's  chairman  of  the  trustees'  Committee  for 
Institutional  Advancement,  a  member  of 
the  trustees'  Executive  Committee,  the  Arts 
and  Sciences  Campaign's  National  Leader- 
ship Committee,  and  a  class  agent.  He  has 
established  three  endowment  funds  at  Duke, 
in  honor  of  his  mother,  his  father,  and  the 
late  Patricia  Meyers  Baugh.  Baugh  has  four 
children  and  is  married  to  Jane  Kelly  Baugh. 
Simpson  chairs  the  Seattle  Repertory 
Theatre's  board  of  directors.  At  Duke,  she 


Return  to  splendor:  the  recently  redecorated  Anna  Branson  Parlor  in  the  East  Duke  Building 


was  president  of  her  class  in  her  junior  and 
senior  years.  She  was  a  member  of  Kappa 
Alpha  Theta  and  White  Duchy.  In  1980,  she 
chaired  a  $4-million  fund-raising  drive  to 
build  Seattle's  Bagley  Wright  Theatre, 
which  reached  110  percent  of  its  goal  within 
two  years.  She  is  a  member  of  the  Founder's 
Society  and  the  William  Preston  Few  Associ- 
ation. In  1982,  she  established  two  endow- 
ment funds  at  Duke.  She  is  married  to  W 
Hunter  Simpson  and  they  have  three 
children. 

Williams  is  the  managing  partner  of 
Alston  &.  Bird,  an  Atlanta  law  firm  with 
offices  in  Marietta,  Georgia,  and  Washing- 
ton, D.C.  He  is  on  the  board  of  visitors  for 
Duke's  public  policy  studies  institute.  A  for- 
mer president  of  the  the  law  alumni  associa- 
tion and  the  General  Alumni  Association, 
he  is  a  member  of  the  Barristers  Club,  the 
Washington  Duke  Club,  and  the  Founder's 
Society.  In  1984,  he  established  the  Richard 
F.  Watson  graduate  fellowship.  Williams  is 
married  to  Sue  Sigmon  Williams,  and  one  of 
their  two  children  is  a  Duke  graduate. 

Duke's  charter  calls  for  the  election  of  one- 
third  of  its  trustees  by  graduates  of  the  uni- 
versity. Every  two  years,  in  odd-numbered 
years,  the  terms  of  four  of  the  twelve  alumni 
trustees  expire.  The  executive  committee  of 


the  General  Alumni  Association's  board  of 
directors  submits  a  list  of  names  to  the  uni- 
versity secretary  for  submission  to  the  trus- 
tees. Four  names  are  then  approved  for  final 
submission  to  the  alumni  body,  with  addi- 
tional nominations  permitted  by  petition. 

After  notice  appears  in  print,  alumni  may 
submit  a  petition  within  thirty  days  nomi- 
nating additional  persons  and  signed  by  one- 
half  of  1  percent  of  the  alumni  body  of 
72,000-or  360  names. 

The  alumni  affairs  director  maintains  a 
confidential  roster  of  alumni  recommended 
as  trustees— and  he  welcomes  and  encour- 
ages recommendations  by  alumni  at  any 
time.  The  next  election  will  be  for  terms  that 
expire  in  1989.  Submit  names  and  biograph- 
ical information  to  M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr. 
'60,  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs,  614  Chapel 
Drive,  Durham,  N.C  27706. 


ROOMS  WITH 
A  VIEW 


Dressed  to  the  nines,  two  historic 
rooms  in  the  East  Duke  Building 
were  the  focal  point  this  fall  for  the 
Woman's  College  Class  of  1946  reunion. 


The  Anna  Branson  Parlor,  named  for  the 
wife  of  tobacco  merchant  and  Duke  friend 
James  A.  Thomas  in  1921,  and  the  Alumnae 
Room  have  served  for  decades  as  meeting 
rooms  for  faculty,  students,  alumni,  and 
friends  of  the  university.  Both  underwent 
extensive  renovation  this  summer  in  an 
effort  coordinated  by  Dorothy  Lewis  Simpson 
'46,  a  member  of  the  university's  board  of 
trustees,  and  Mary  D.B.T  Semans  '39,  chair- 
man of  The  Duke  Endowment. 

The  rooms— one  decorated  in  the  manner 
of  a  Victorian  sitting  room,  the  other  in  a 
French  motif— were  the  locations  for  a 
November  7  reception  marking  the  fortieth 
reunion  of  the  Class  of  1946.  Among  class 
members  who  helped  fund  the  renovation 
effort:  Betty  Ann  Taylor  Behrens,  Margaret 
Otto  Bevan,  Martha  McGowan  Black,  Mary 
Ann  Cassady  Crommelin,  Cornelia  L. 
DeVan  Hargett,  Norine  E.  O'Neill  Johnson, 
Barbara  Gosford  Kinder,  Willa  Lee  Church 
Koran,  Elaine  I.  Rose,  and  Elinore  K.  Nicholl 
Wren.  Additional  funds  for  the  restoration 
were  provided  by  the  Mary  Duke  Biddle 
Foundation. 

Durham  area  alumnae  attended  a  tea  in 
the  parlors  in  November.  Local  members  of 
the  Women's  Studies  Council  were  hosts  for 
the  reception. 


SOCIETY'S  CHILD 


Television's  Leave 
It  to  Beaver  saw 
parenting  one 
way -traditional,  ideal- 
ized. But  it  was  a  differ- 
ent story  for  millions  of 
people  rearing  children 
during  the  tumultuous 
Sixties  and  Seventies. 

From  nice,  middle 
class  families  came 
children  that  experi- 
mented with  drugs, 
joined  religious  cults, 
came  out  of  the  closet 
as  gays  or  lesbians,  pur- 
sued interracial  mar- 
riages, avoided  the 
draft,  attempted 
suicide. 

A  trained  sociologist, 
self-described  "profes- 
sional volunteer,"  and 
mother  of  four  grown 
children,  Margaret 
Taylor  Smith  '47  devel- 
oped a  profound  inter- 
est in  how  mothers 
such  as  herself  learned 
to  cope  with  the  chal- 
lenges wrought  by  their 
children's  alternative 
lifestyles.  Some  eight 
years  later,  her  inter- 
views with  women 
across  the  country 
became  the  basis  for  a 
book  tided  Mother,  1 
Have  Something  to  Tell 
You.  Published  in  Jan- 
uary by  Doubleday,  the 
book  features  Smith's 
interviews  with  women 
who  "tried  to  give  their 
children  the  best  of  the 
world  as  they  knew  if.  a 
traditional  upbringing 
in  loving  but  disci- 
plined homes....  To 
their  dismay,  they  dis- 
covered they'd  given 
birth  to  the  rebels,  the 


mother  tries  to  under- 
stand the  real  child 
behind  the  ideal  she 
has  created.  The  action 
stage  finds  the  mother 
seeking  the  help  of 
doctors,  support  groups, 
teachers,  and  others, 
followed  by  detach- 
ment—the vital  period 
of  discovering  the  limits 
of  her  responsibility  for 
her  child.  The  stages  of 
autonomy  and  connec- 
tion allow  the  mother 
to  find  new  direction  ii 
her  life  while  establish- 
ing more  realistic  bonds 
of  love  and  concern  for 
the  child. 

"These  women  were 
on  the  cusp  of  great 
social  change,"  says 
Smith.  "As  they  fought 
to  cope  with  the  chal- 
lenges of  their  c 
and  as  they  succeeded, 
they  granted  their  child- 
ren their  own  freedom 
and  individuality,  set- 
ting themselves  free  as 


freaks,'  the  flower  child- 
ren of  the  Sixties  and 
Seventies. 

"The  pieces  of  the 
puzzle  that  had  been 
on  the  table  for  these 
mothers  had  been 
knocked  onto  the 
floor,"  says  Smith,  "and 
when  they  picked  them 
up,  the  configuration  of 
the  darned  thing  had 
changed  and  the  pieces 
didn't  fit  any  more. 
They  didn't  know  what 
the  heck  was  going  on." 

Encouraged  by 
friends  in  the  academic 
community  at  Wayne 


State  University  and 
the  Henry  A.  Murray 
Research  Center  at 
Radcliffe  College, 
Smith  and  editor  Jo 
Brans  produced  a  book 
about  "human  develop- 
ment and  growth.... 
This  is  not  a  how-to 
book  on  parenting," 
says  Smith. 

In  the  book,  she  out- 
lines six  stages  in  the 
process  of  coping  with 
a  child's  untraditional 
behavior.  Shock  at 
recognition  and  denial 
of  the  behavior  leads  to 
attention,  where  the 


uld- 
>m 

t- 


Smith's  research  for 
the  book  has  been 
acquired  by  Radcliffe's 
Henry  A.  Murray 
Research  Center.  In 
view,  this  exploration 
of  mother-child  bonds 
transcends  the  most 
recent  era  of  social 
upheaval.  "Throughout 
history,  we  have  always 
had  social  change,"  she 
says,  "and  it  is  appro- 
priate that  we  have  it 
Traditions  need  to  be 
changed  and  chal- 
lenged on  a  regular 
basis.  In  every  genera- 
tion we  see  the  rite  of 
passage." 


NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


30s  &  40s 


Claude  W.  Bolen  '35,  Ph.D.  '41  represented  Duke 
at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Winthrop  Col- 
lege in  November. 

Sigrid  H.  Pedersen  '36  retired  from  Paramount 
Pictures  as  its  legal  counsel  to  open  her  own  New 
York-based  law  firm. 

Charles  Townes  '37,  a  Nobel  Prize-winner  in 
physics,  will  be  honored  by  the  1988  opening  of  a  cen- 
ter in  his  name  in  the  North  Carolina  State  Museum. 

Skip  Alexander  '41  was  one  of  three  to  be  in- 
ducted into  the  North  Carolina  Golf  Hall  of  Fame 


last  June.  A  former  Duke  star,  he  was  a  popular  tour- 
ing pro  and  currently  resides  in  Florida,  where  he  is  a 
club  pro. 

Elsie  Quarterman  '41,  Ph.D.  '49  represented 
Duke  in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  David  Lipscomb  College. 

A.  Owen  Aldridge  Ph.D.  '42  has  been  named 
Will  and  Ariel  Durant  Professor  of  Humanities  at  St. 
Peter's  College  in  Jersey  City,  N.J.  Earlier  this  year,  the 
University  of  Delaware  Press  published  his  latest 
work,  The  Reemergence  of  World  Literature. 

Francis  L.  Dale  '43  was  named  president  of  Los 
Angeles  County's  Music  Center.  He  will  manage  the 
Music  Center  and  raise  funds  for  the  Center's  per- 
forming companies,  which  include  the  Los  Angeles 
Philharmonic  as  well  as  ballet,  opera,  and  chorale 
companies.  He  is  the  former  publisher  of  the  Los 
Angeles  Herald  Examiner  and  has  served  as  a  U.S. 
ambassador  to  the  United  Nations. 

Elizabeth  T.  Zipp  '43,  a  real  estate  broker,  has 
retired  and  now  lives  in  Dover,  Del. 

John  G.  Poole  Jr.  '44,  J.D.  '48,  a  senior  member 
of  the  Miami  law  firm  Papy,  Poole,  Weissenborn  & 
Papy,  is  opening  a  Tampa  office  in  June.  The  firm  is 
considering  further  expansion  in  Florida. 

Parks  M.  King  Jr.  '47  has  qualified  for  member- 
ship in  the  Top  of  the  Table  of  the  International  Mil- 
lion Dollar  Round  Table,  a  group  that  includes  less 
than  1  percent  of  the  350,000  professional  life  insur- 
ance producers  worldwide. 


Ian  Barbour  A.M.  '47  was  granted « 
at  Minnesota's  Carleton  College  in  the  religion  depart- 
ment. He  also  taught  in  the  physics  department. 

W.  Phillip  GarriSS  '48  has  retired  as  controller  of 
the  N.C.  Department  of  Transportation  after  36  years 
of  service.  He  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Phyllis  H.  Thompson  '49  has  published  her  fifth 
book  of  poems,  The  Ghosts  of  Who  We  Were.  She  is 
currently  living  in  Albuquerque  after  retiring  from  the 
University  of  New  Mexico  as  a  professor  of  English. 

MARRIAGES:  Anne  Mellin  Hawes  '44  to  A  AY. 

Morgan  on  June  8,  1985.  Residence:  Houston,  Texas. 


50s 


G.  Cate  Jr.  J.D.  '50  represented  Duke  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Lee  College  in 
October. 

Richard  T.  Commander  B.Div.  '50  was  appointed 
pastor  of  Duke  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church, 
Durham's  largest  Methodist  church.  He  had  been  pas- 
tor of  a  Jacksonville,  N.C,  church  since  1981. 

Arnold  B.  McKinnon  '50,  LL.B.  '51  was  named 
chairman  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Norfolk 
Southern  Corp.  He  was  executive  vice  president, 
marketing. 


:  A.  Biselle  '51  served  as  president  and 
chief  executive  officer  of  the  National  Postal  Forum, 
which  took  place  in  Washington,  DC,  in  September. 

John  A.  Barlow  Ph.D.  '52  represented  Duke  at  the 
inauguration  of  the  president  of  New  York's  Queens 
College  in  November. 

John  W.  Chandler  B.Div.  '52,  Ph.D  '54  received 

the  honorary  degree  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  from 
Emory  and  Henry  College  in  recognition  of  his  nation- 
al leadership  in  higher  education. 

Mary  Early  Hardison  '52,  coordinatot  of  com- 
munity education  for  the  Apalachee  Center  for 
Human  Services,  was  one  often  volunteers  selected 


nationally  to  be  honored  by  the  Congressional  Select 
Committee  on  Hunger  for  her  volunteer  efforts  to  al- 
leviate world  hunger.  She  coordinates  the  local  chap- 
ter of  Bread  for  the  World  and  works  with  church  and 
community  agencies  addressing  hunger.  Her  husband, 
James  A.  Hardison  '52,  has  joined  the  staff  of 
Florida  Impact,  a  statewide  interfaith  education  and 
advocacy  organization  based  in  Tallahassee. 

J.  William  Haskins  '52  was  granted  emeritus 
status  from  the  University  of  Toledo,  where  he  has 
taught  since  1969.  He  was  department  chairman  and 
professor  of  engineering  technology. 

Warren  W.  Webb  '52  was  granted  emeritus  status 
from  Vanderbilt  University,  where  he  was  professor  of 
psychiatry  and  psychology  for  30  years. 

J.  Owen  Cole  '53  has  joined  the  newly  formed 
President's  Council  at  St.  Mary's  College  of  Mary- 
land. The  council  advises  the  college's  president  and 
trustees  on  curriculum,  planning,  and  resource 
allocation. 

Joseph  T.  Hart  A.M.  '53  has  retired  as  president 
of  Ferrum  College  in  Ferrum,  Va. 

Charlotte  B.  Nelson  '54  was  named  executive 
director  of  the  Iowa  Commission  on  the  Status  of 
Women.  She  lives  in  Des  Moines,  where  she  has 
worked  as  the  executive  assistant  to  the  human 
services  deputy  commissioner  since  1983. 


'55  earned  her  master's  in 
health  science  from  Slippery  Rock  University  in 
August  1985 .  She  is  now  a  home  school  liaison  for  the 
federal  compensatory  education  department  of  Flo- 
rida's Volusia  County  schools.  She  lives  in  Daytona 


David  J.  Fischer  '55  has  been  chairman  of  the 
board  of  Eckerd  College  in  St.  Petersburg  since  1985. 
He  has  been  the  president  of  the  St.  Petersburg 
Chamber  of  Commerce  since  1983. 


Huntley  '55,  Ph.D.  '64,  who  taught  at 
the  University  of  Redlands,  has  been  appointed  pro- 
fessor and  associate  dean  at  Waseda  University  in 
Tokyo,  Japan.  He  invites  his  classmates  to  come  visit 
him:  "I  have  four  bedrooms." 

Reynolds  Price  '55  took  part  in  the  Blackburn 
Literary  Festival  at  Duke  in  April.  He  read  excerpts 
from  his  latest  novel,  Kate  Vaiden,  and  some  works 
from  his  latest  volume  of  poetry,  The  Laws  of  Ice.  He 
recently  received  the  North  Carolina  Award  for  his 
novel. 

John  Q.  Beard  '56,  LL.B.  '60  is  president  of  the 
7,000-member  N.C.  Bar  Association  and  a  senior 
partner  of  Sanford,  Adams,  McCullough  and  Beard, 
one  of  Raleigh's  largest  law  firms  specializing  in  bank- 
ruptcy, utilities,  taxation,  health  care,  and  civil  rights 
law. 

Barbara  Bell  Eshbaugh  '57,  who  earned  a  doc- 
toral degree,  has  a  son  in  Duke's  medical  school  and  a 
son  who  is  a  junior  at  Duke.  They  live  in  Sanibel 
Island  and  Ft.  Myers,  Fla. 

Ruth  Stephenson  Hassaneln  '57  is  a  profes- 
sor of  biometry  at  the  University  of  Kansas  Medical 
Center,  which  she  joined  in  1967.  In  1983,  she  was 
awarded  the  Faculty  Assembly  Stewardship  Award  by 
Kansas'  College  of  Health  Sciences  "in  appreciation 
for  meritorious  and  longstanding  service  to  faculty 
governance."  She  is  listed  in  Who's  Who  in  the  Mid- 
west, Who's  Who  in  American  Women,  and  Who's  Who 
in  the  World. 


.S.E.E.  '58,  Ph.D.  '69  was  pro- 
moted to  professor  of  neurology  at  Wake  Forest  Uni- 
versity's Bowman  Gray  medical  school,  where  he  has 
taught  since  1970.  He  directs  the  national  Ultrasound 
Reading  Center  and  is  studying  why  deaths  from  heart 


GOAL  TENDING 


ayor  Koch 
proclaimed  it 
"Carnegie 
Hall  Day,"  while  Isaac 
Stern  said,  "There  isn't 
an  artist  alive  who 
doesn't  share  in  the 
magic  of  this  wonderful 
place." 

The  wonderful  place 
is  New  York's  Carnegie 
Hall,  which,  in  the 
spring  of  1985,  cele- 
brated the  twenty-fifth 
anniversary  of  its  res- 
cue from  demolition. 
At  the  same  time— to 
much  ado  and  fan- 
fare—the renowned 
music  hall  kicked  off  a 
capital  campaign.  And 
right  at  the  helm  was 
James  Mclntyre  '71, 
Carnegie's  director  of 
development.  "He's 
very  organized  and  per- 
sistent," says  Sanford 
Weill,  former  chairman 
of  American  Express 
and  head  of  the  fund 
drive's  steering 


In  December  1986, 
Mclntyre  helped 
orchestrate  the  hall's 
gala  reopening.  The 
mood  was  purely  cele- 
bratory: Carnegie  offi- 
cials announced  that 
the  drive  had  exceeded 
its  original  $50-million 
goal.  And  they  have 
decided  to  "keep  on 
going,"  Mclntyre  says, 
with  the  hope  of  reach- 
ing $60  million  by  June 
1988. 

"I  hope  that  this  peri- 
od in  our  history  is 
looked  back  on  as  a 
Belle  Epoch  of  Carne- 
gie Hall,  a  rebirth,"  says 
Mclntyre.  "There  has 
been  a  remarkable  out- 
pouring of  love  for  it 
that  was  never  tapped 
into  before.  Carnegie 
Hall  is  a  great  Ameri- 
can institution  that,  for 
almost  100  years,  has 
represented  musical 
excellence." 

Carnegie  Hall  opened 
its  doors  on  May  5, 


1891.  Since  then,  it  has 
been  host  for  the  likes 
of  Tchaikovsky —who 
conducted  the  opening 
night  performance  - 
Frank  Sinatra,  Peter 
Allen,  Jack  Benny,  the 
Beatles,  and  Isaac 
Stern.  Each  year,  the 
hall  is  the  site  for  more 
than  700  concerts  and 
special  events. 

But  Carnegie's  age 
was  beginning  to  show. 
It  has  never  had  ade- 
quate backstage  or 
public  space.  Many  of 
the  rooms  used  for 
artistic  purposes  were 


music  in  mind.  Clumsy 
alterations  and  deferred 
maintenance  have 
taken  a  further  toll. 

'Initially  there  was 
no  fund  raising  at  all 
for  Carnegie  Hall  and 
its  money  requirements 
were  modest.  Now  the 
capital  improvements 
are  absolutely  essential," 
says  Mclntyre.  The 


fund  drive  covers, 
among  other  goals, 
restoration  of  the  Main 
Hall  auditorium  and 
the  building's  exterior 
to  recapture  its  turn-of- 
the-century  elegance. 
Expanded  artistic  space 
was  also  part  of  the 
package. 

As  a  Duke  student, 
Mclntyre  was  chair- 
man of  the  Performing 
Arts  Committee.  Later, 
he  became  director  of 
the  Durham  Arts 
Council.  During  his 
decade  in  the  job,  he 
increased  participation 
in  council  programs 
and  proved  himself  to 
be  an  able  fund-raiser. 
He  was  also  responsible 
for  the  renovation  of 
the  group's  Durham 
headquarters. 

Says  Mclntyre:  "It 
seems  I  have  always 
been  involved  with  old 
,  I  have  an 


disease  in  the  U.S.  have  declined  25  percent  since 
1968. 

W.  Keith  O'Steen  Ph.D.  '58  was  presented  a  Basic 
Science  Teaching  Excellence  Award  by  the  sopho- 
more class  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 
medical  school  for  outstanding  teaching  in  the  basic 
medical  sciences.  He  is  a  professor  and  chairman  of 
the  anatomy  department. 


Stark  '58,  Ph.D.  '62  repre- 
sented Duke  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
the  University  of  Montana  in  November. 


W.  Johnston  M.D.  '59,  professor  of 
pathology  and  chief  of  the  division  of  cytopathology 
and  cytogenetics  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center,  re- 
ceived the  1986  Papanicolaou  Award  from  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Cytology.  This  annual  award  is  given  to 
scientists  who  have  made  significant  contributions  to 
the  study  of  cellular  changes  that  occur  with  disease. 


60s 


Charlotte  H.  Jacobsen  '61  was  named  vice  pro- 
vost for  student  life  at  Bucknell  University.  She  was 
director  of  student  life,  overseeing  more  than  250  stu- 
dent organizations,  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Stan  Lundlne  '61,  a  former  U.S.  Congressman,  was 
elected  lieutenant  governor  for  the  state  of  New  York. 

Reginald  W.  Ponder  M.Div.  '61  was  appointed 

executive  secretary  of  the  Southeastern  Jurisdictional 
Conference,  Council  of  Ministries  of  the  United 
Methodist  Chuich.  He  moved  from  his  Rocky  Mount 
church  to  the  denomination's  Lake  Junaluska  confer- 
ence center  in  western  North  Carolina,  where  he 
directs  conferences  and  programs  for  Methodists  in 
nine  southeastern  states. 


BUPPIE  IS  BEAUTIFUL 


Norman  G.  Barrier  '62,  A.M.  '64,  Ph.D.  '66  pub- 
lished his  book  on  U.S.-Indian  cultural  exchange, 
America  Encounters  India.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
University  of  Missouri's  history  department  and  is 
writing  a  book  on  the  emergence  of  modern  Sikhism. 


Category:  Yuppie, 
young  urban 
professional.  Sub- 
set: Buppie,  black  ur- 
ban professional;  for 
reference,  see  The  Offi' 
cial  Buppie  Handbook 
by  Thayer  William 
Staples  IV  and  Kather- 
ine  McMillan  Staples. 

The  "Staples"  are 
actually  Rosalie  Goode 
ParkerJ.D.'77andher 
husband,  Lonnie,  an 
accountant  and  mini' 
ster.  She  was  a  legal  aid 
attorney  and  federal 
court  law  clerk,  but 
now  she's  working  on  a 
writing  and  editing 
career  full  time,  when 
not  caring  for  their 
three-year-old  son.  To 
capture  the  charac- 
teristics, the  couple 
researched  two-and-a- 
half  years  otjet,  Ebony, 
and  Essence  maga- 
zines. She  took  notes, 
fed  data  into  their  com- 
puter, and  did  most  of 
the  writing.  "I  thought, 
'at  least  we  can  define 
our  own 
phenomenon.' " 

Why  the  pseudo- 
nyms? "I  just  felt  our 
names  didn't  have  a 
Buppie  ring,"  she  told 
The  Pittsburgh  Press. 
So  they  played  with 
various  name  combina- 
tions from  the  fortune 
400,  the  magazine's  list 
of  the  nation's  wealthi- 
est. The  paperback  is 
published  by  their  com- 
pany, Pyramid  Designs 
Press,  a  division  of 
Pyramid  Designs  Ltd., 
a  greeting  card  com- 
pany in  Pittsburgh. 

According  to  the 


book's  introduction, 
Buppies  are  not  Yup- 
pies in  blackface: 
"Buppies  do  not  need 
white  role  models 
strive  out  of  historical 
circumstances,  not  out 
of  a  need  to  imitate 
whites.  They  are  striv- 
ing for  a  better  life  not 
simply  as  a  means  to  an 
end,  but  as  a  matter  of 
black  pride  and 
development." 

This 

catalogue  of  consumer- 
ism covers  every  aspect 
of /a  dolce  vita:  the 
Buppie  look,  educa- 
tion, family,  home,  va- 
cation, diet,  leisure 
activities,  vacations, 
career,  finances.  There's 
even  a  chapter  on  "The 
Baaad  Buppie,"  who 
drives  a  Porsche  944 
(preferably  red)  instead 
of  a  BMW,  has  a  trainer 
come  in  for  a  workout 
rather  than  frequent  a 
fitness  center,  and  pa- 
tronizes polo  matches, 
not  pro  sports. 

After  a  humorous 
look  at  amassing  the 
accoutrements  of  the 
American  Dream,  the 
authors  offer  a  serious 
overview:  "We  note 
Buppies  are  in  a  unique 
position  to  help  the  vast 
majority  of  black  people 
who  do  not  enjoy  the 
fruits  of  financial  inde- 
pendence.... We  all  owe 
a  debt  to  someone.  Let 
us  not  let  education, 
money,  position,  posses- 
sions, and  the  lifestyle 
that  results  from  these 
things  allow  us  to  for- 
get 'from  whence  we 


P.  Teso  '62  was  promoted  to  i 
executive  at  Reynolds/Gould,  Inc.,  a  West  Hartford- 
based  public  relations  and  marketing  communications 
agency.  She  joined  the  company  in  1983. 

William  L.  Pickett  '63  was  named  the  fourth  pres- 
ident of  St.  John  Fisher  College  in  Rochester,  N.Y.  He 
was  vice  president  for  university  relations  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  San  Diego. 

Nancy  Craig  Simmons  '64  received  tenure  at 
Virginia  Tech  and  has  been  promoted  to  associate  pro- 
fessor of  humanities  and  English.  She  was  co-editor  of 
Volume  4  of  The  journal  of  Henry  D.  Thoreau,  pub- 
lished by  Princeton  University  Press. 

Charles  B.  Mills  J.D.  '65  joined  the  Columbus, 
Ohio,  law  firm  Thompson,  Hine  and  Flory  in  an  "of 
counsel"  capacity.  He  was  assistant  attorney  general 
for  Ohio  from  1965-1966  and  was  then  a  special  agent 
for  the  F.B.I. 

John  R.  Burke  '65  has  joined  the  James  River  Co. 
as  manager  of  government  relations.  He  will  be  liai- 
son with  governmental  associations  in  the  30  states 
where  the  company  has  offices. 

Ruth  Sutch  Miller  '65  is  the  co-author  of  Witness 
to  History:  Charlestons  Old  Exchange  and  Provost  Dun- 
geon, published  by  Sandlapper  Publishing  of  Orange- 
burg, S.C.  She  is  a  partner  in  Charleston  Strolls,  a 
tour  service  for  the  city's  historic  district. 

Linda  C.  Scherl  B.S.N.  '65,  who  helped  start 
Winston-Salem  and  Forsyth  County's  first  hospice  in 
1979,  was  elected  president  of  Hospice  of  North  Caro- 
lina, the  statewide  organization  that  represents  and 
coordinates  60  hospices. 


G.  Stephens  '65  is  practicing  environ- 
mental and  administrative  law  with  Blain  &  Cone, 
PA.  in  Tampa,  Fla. 


Rebecca  H.  Felton  '66  is  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  neurology  at  Wake  Forest  University's 
Bowman  Gray  medical  school.  She  has  been  recog- 
nized for  her  work  with  children  who  have  develop- 
mental disabilities. 


Allen  M.D.  '67  was  recognized  as  Sandhills 
Hospice's  Volunteer  of  the  Year  for  his  help  in  estab- 
lishing the  center  and  for  his  work  on  the  board  of 
directors. 

Barbara  Wilmot  Flynn  '67,  A.M.  '70,  Ph.D.  '74 
represented  Duke  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  Vassar  College  in  October. 

Heyward  H.  Coleman  A.M.  '68  was  named 
senior  vice  president  of  Sonat  Marine  Inc.,  the 
nation's  largest  independent  marine  carrier  of  petro- 
leum products.  He  will  be  responsible  for  sales  and 
marketing,  traffic,  and  new  business  development. 

William  Ishmael  B.S.C.E.  '68  has  been  named 
chairman  of  the  "Design  Sacramento"  Citizen's  Task 
Force,  the  city's  planning  commission  in  charge  of 
tending  design  guidelines  for  the  downtown 


Jay  E.  Hakes  '68,  Ph.D  '70  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  for  the  president  of  Flo- 
rida A  &  M  University. 

D.  Kern  Holeman  '69,  professor  and  chair  of  the 
music  department  at  the  University  of  California  at 
is,  received  a  distinguished  teaching  award.  He 
selected  by  his  students  and  colleagues. 


chief  of  anesthesia; 


S.E.E.  '69  was  appointed 
the  Massachusetts  Eye  and  Ear 


Infirmary  in  Boston.  He  previously  taught  at  the  Bow- 
man Gray  School  of  Medicine  in  Winston-Salem.  He 
and  his  wife,  Ruth  Anne,  have  three  children. 

ADOPTED:  Second  son,  bom  March  28,  by  Julie 
Davis  Driscoll  '68  and  Arlen  Driscoll.  Named: 
Alexander  Smith. 


70s 


Cohen  M.D./Ph.D.  70,  professor  of  pedi- 
atrics and  chief  of  the  division  of  pediatric  hematol- 
ogy and  oncology  at  the  University  of  Rochester's 
medical  center,  was  elected  vice-president  of  the 
Society  for  Pediatric  Research  for  1986-87.  He  will  be 
president-elect  for  1987-88  and  president  for  1988-89. 

Robert  T.  Harris  '70  has  been  elected  a  fellow  in 
the  American  College  of  Physicians  for  his  work  in 
internal  medicine  and  psychomatic-behavioral  medi- 
cine. He  is  affiliated  with  Rex  Hospital  and  with 
Wake  County  Medical  Center  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

Kenton  L.  Kuehnle  J.D.  '70  has  joined  the 
Columbus,  Ohio,  law  firm  Thompson,  Hine  and  Flory 
as  a  partner. 

John  R.  Sanders  '70  received  the  U.S.  Navy's 
Meritorious  Service  Medal  for  his  work  on  the  staff  of 
the  chief  of  naval  operations.  His  next  assignment 
will  be  executive  officer  of  Attack  Squadron  105  on 
board  the  U.S.S.  Forrestal. 

Huston  Diehl  71,  Ph.D.  75  is  the  author  of  An 
Index  of  Icons  in  English  Emblems  Books,  1500-1700. 

Paul  S.  Lux  71  was  promoted  to  secretary  of  the 
Chase  Bag  Co.  He  was  head  of  the  company's  legal 
department. 

James  F.  Maher  71,  a  member  of  the  legal  depart- 
ment of  Hercules  Inc.,  was  elected  president  of  the 
Delaware  Bar  Association's  section  on  labor  and 
employment  law.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the  planning 
commission  for  Concord  Township,  Pa. 

Hank  Majestic  71  was  elected  to  the  800-member 
N.C.  Psychological  Association. 

Paul  M.  Wiles  M.H.A.  71,  president  of  Carolina 
Medicorp,  Inc.  and  Forsyth  Memorial  Hospital,  was 
chosen  as  one  of  the  nation's  50  top  young  profes- 
sionals in  the  health  care  industry. 


72  is  practicing  radiation  oncol- 
ogy at  Massachusetts'  Salem  Hospital  and  is  interested 
in  finding  new  methods  for  the  treatment  of  early- 
stage  breast  cancer  other  than  mastectomy.  He  lives 
in  Swampscott  with  his  wife,  Jean,  and  son,  Nathan 
Daniel. 

Hugh  M.  Dorsey  III  J.D.  72  was  awarded  an 
honorary  degree  by  Savannah  College  of  Art  and 
Design,  where  he  is  chairman  of  the  board  of  trustees. 

John  R.  Hendricks  M.Div.  72  represented  Duke 
at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Mount  Union 
College  in  October. 

Katherine  J.  Zerbe  73  was  named  president  of 
C.  F.  Menninger  Hospital  staff.  She  also  teaches  at 
the  Karl  Menninger  School  of  Psychiatry.  She  has  pre- 
sented several  of  her  papers  in  Paris,  Cannes,  and 
Rome. 


E.  Bello  74  is  the  assistant  acquisitions 
librarian  at  the  M.I.T.  libraries  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 

John  W.  Curtis  B.S.E.E.  74  was  named  president 
of  Automation  Concepts  Corp. ,  an  industrial  controls 
company  he  organized  in  1984  with  the  owners  of  Pro- 
duction Systems  Inc. 


22 


J.  Sewell  Ph.D.  74  was  appointed  acting 
chief  academic  officer  and  dean  of  instruction  at 
Durham  Technical  Institute.  He  has  been  with  the 
since  1984. 


Alison  L.  Asti  75,  A.M.  76  is  a  partner  in  the 
Baltimore  law  firm  Gordon,  Feinblatt,  Rothman, 
Hoffberger  and  Hollander.  She  is  also  president  of  the 
Baltimore  City/Baltimore  County  chapter  of  the 
Women's  Bar  Association  and  is  a  member  of  the 
board  of  governors  of  the  Maryland  State  Bar 
Association. 

Anthony  N.  Galanos  75  graduated  from  the 
University  of  South  Alabama's  medical  school  and  is 
completing  his  residency  in  internal  medicine  in  Gal- 
veston, Texas.  He  writes  that  his  son,  Nicholas,  is  now 
two  years  old  and  a  devout  Blue  Devils  basketball  fan. 

Ben  Heeb  M.B.A.  75  was  named  one  of  the  top 

100  "stock  pickers"  by  Barron's  in  its  contest  asking 
entrants  to  choose  the  best  stock  portfolio  to  own  dur- 
ing a  six-month  period. 

Jonathon  S.  Miller  75  has  been  named  deputy 
assistant  to  President  Ronald  Reagan  for  administra- 
tion. He  was  senior  director  for  coordination  at  the 
National  Security  Council. 


I.  Lader  Ph.D.  75  has  joined  the  public 
>  department  at  the  Home  Life  Insurance  Co. 
York  City. 


David  F.  Shutler  75  has  been  promoted  to  major 
in  the  U.S.  Air  Force  and  is  stationed  in  England. 

Mark  T.  Wilson  75  was  promoted  to  consumer 
credit  officer  of  North  Carolina  National  Bank  in 
Greensboro,  where  he  has  worked  since  1984  as  a  con- 
sumer credit  attorney. 


Paul  D.  Amos  76  has  been  made  a  partner  of  the 
Memphis  law  firm  Waring  Cox,  where  he  practices 
general  corporate  and  commercial  law. 

James  D.  Blessing  B.H.S.  76  received  his 
master's  of  health  science  from  Wichita  State 
University. 

Craig  K.  de  Castrique  76  was  elected  vice  pres- 
ident of  Wachovia  Bank's  Asset-Based  Financial 
Group.  He  joined  the  firm  in  1983  as  manager  of  the 
regional  accounts  section  of  commercial  finance. 

Anne  L.  Edwards  B.S.N.  76  received  her  M.D. 
from  the  University  of  South  Carolina's  medical 
school.  She  is  completing  a  residency  in  surgery  at  the 
University  of  Tennessee  Memorial  Hospital  in 
Knoxville. 

R.  Louis  Graner  76  was  promoted  to  vice  pres- 
ident of  the  Hardin  Management  Co.  He  has  been  its 
financial  manager  since  1984. 

Charles  F.  Hawkins  76  received  his  M.B.A. 
from  the  Wharton  School  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  is  a  human  resources  associate  with 
Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Jean,  live  in  Phil- 
adelphia with  their  son  Kyle. 

William  A.  Hawkins  III  B.S.M.E.  works  for 
IVAC  Corp.  in  San  Diego.  His  wife,  Sharon,  works  for 
Km  ulmaker,  Inc. 


Henderson  76,  J.D.  79  is  a  partner  in 
the  Charlotte  law  firm  Murchison,  Guthrie  and 
Davis. 


SHOULD 
*HEAR 
WUS 


The  next  best  thing  to 


radio  via  a  new  worid- 


W.  Linhart  76,  M.H.A.  78  is  president 
of  Healthmark  Corp.,  a  multi-institutional  system  in 
Pittsburgh.  She  and  her  husband,  Bill,  have  a  daugh- 
ter, Elizabeth  Leigh. 


ii  the  world  and  follow  the  Blue  Devils  by 
phone  as  they  make  their  February  stretch 
run  for  the  ACC  title. 

NOVEMBER  22  NORTH  CAROLINA  1:30 
JANUARY  14       MARYLAND  8:00 

JANUARY  21       NJC  STATE  7:30 

VIRGINIA  7:30 

DIAL  1-800-410-DUKE 
natter  where  you  are  In  the 


kettall  LIVE  on  the  Duke  Sports  Network. 
The  900  number  will  be  activated  30 


'Distinctive 
MtmmoMons 


Formerly  the  Durham  Hilton,  the  Brownestone  Inn  is  proudly 

carrying  on  the  well  deserved  tradition  of  excellent  service. 

Located  adjacent  to  Duke  University  and  just  a  block 

away  from  Duke  Medical  Center  and  VA  Hospital, 

the  Brownestone  is  perfect  for  both  business  and  tourist. 

Call  us  today  and  enjoy  the  ambiance  of  one  of  Durham's 

favorite  places  to  stay.  The  Brownestone  Inn. 


Brownestone  Inn 

DURHAM  •  RESEARCH  TRIANGLE.  NORTH  CAROLINA 

ierly  The  Durham  Hilton  •  2424  Erwin  Rd  .  Durham.  NC  (919)  286-^ 


Caners  to  the  900  number  will  be 
charged  50  cents  tor  the  first  minute  and 
For 
iU.S., 


al  calling  rates  will  be  In  effect. 

Hear  the  whole  game  or  call  In  as 
often  as  you  wish  for  updates. 

You  must  dial  direct.  An  operator 
cannot  call  for  you,  nor  can 
you  make  a  call  from  coin 


CALLING  ALL 
BLUE  DEVILS! 

The  annual  spring 
telethon  is  underway, 
and  we  need  your  support 
of  the  Duke  Annual  Fund 
to  meet  Duke's  current 
operating  needs.  Please 
think  about  what  Duke 
means  to  you  and  say 
yes"  when  a  student 
volunteer  calls. 


2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)6844419 


'76  received  a  B.F.A.  degree 
with  a  concentration  in  interior  design  from  Georgia 
State  University  in  June.  She  plans  to  continue  her 
free-lance  writing  with  articles  on  interior  design.  She 
and  her  husband,  Carlos,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Stone  Mountain,  Ga. 

Dan  Nunn  B.S.M.E.  76  is  a  systems  engineer  for 
Duke  Power  Co.  in  Charlotte. 

Sarah  E.  Pigman  76  is  a  consulting  manager  at 
the  accounting  and  consulting  firm  Arthur  Anderson 
and  Co. 

Charles  D.  Pratt  M.S.  76,  Ph.D.  '83,  a  senior 
environmental  scientist,  is  a  director  of  the  Air  Pol- 
lution Control  Association  in  the  office  of  air  quality 
planning  and  standards.  He  has  worked  with  APCA 
since  1966  developing  training  programs  for  the  air 
pollution  control  community. 

Bradley  R.  Byrne  77  was  made  a  partner  in  the 
law  firm  Miller,  Hamilton,  Snider  and  Odom.  He  and 
his  wife,  Rebecca,  live  in  Mobile,  Ala.,  with  their  new 
son,  Patrick  McGuire. 

Barry  Leshin  M.D.  77  has  joined  the  faculty  of 
Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray  medical 
school  in  Winston-Salem  as  an  assistant  professor  in 
dermatology.  He  and  his  wife,  Diane,  have  two 
children. 


i.S.N.  77  has  received  her 
M.B.A.  with  a  concentration  in  finance  and  invest- 
ments from  George  Washington  University.  She  and 
her  husband,  William,  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 

G.  Kellum  Plaskett  III  77  is  vice  president  of 
Colonial  Insurance  Agency.  He  and  his  wife,  Vickie, 
live  in  Mt.  Laurel,  N.J.,  where  she  is  a  school  teacher. 

Laura  J.  Schenk  77  has  completed  her  psychi- 
atry residency  at  the  University  of  Chicago  and  is 
now  an  assistant  professor  of  psychiatry  and  co- 
director  of  inpatient  psychiatry  services  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois  in  Chicago. 

David  J.  Arnett  78  is  a  partner  with  Adaron 
Group,  a  real  estate  development  and  brokerage  firm 
in  the  Research  Triangle.  He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer, 
have  a  daughter  and  a  son. 

Lanneau  W.  Lambert  Jr.  78  is  practicing  law 
with  the  South  Carolina  firm  Turner,  Padget,  Graham 
&  Laney,  PA.  He  was  an  assistant  general  counsel  for 
a  real  estate  and  mortgage  banking  company. 

Carol  E.  Lee  78  is  now  the  regional  partner  for 
Hyatt  Legal  Services  in  Atlanta,  a  general  practice 
law  firm  with  more  than  200  offices  across  the  coun- 
try. She  joined  Hyatt  in  1982  as  a  staff  attorney. 

John  B.  Scibal  78  is  an  optometrist  in  private 
practice.  He  and  his  wife,  Rhonda  McQueen 

Scibal  '80,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  New  Bem, 
N.C. 

Richard  Snow  M.H.A.  78,  former  chief  operating 
officer  at  the  Columbia  Regional  Hospital  in  Mis- 
souri, was  named  managing  director  of  Bethesda  Hos- 
pital in  Chicago.  He  and  his  wife,  Laurie,  and  their 
son,  Matthew,  live  in  Chicago. 

Donald  R.  Van  Dyke  78  is  the  vice  president  of 
sales  for  Biolmage  Corp.,  which  develops  and  markets 
computer-based  analytical  instruments. 

Harry  C.  Weinerman  78  received  his  M.D. 
degree  from  the  University  of  Connecticut's  medical 
school,  where  he  is  completing  his  pediatrics  resi- 
dency. He  and  his  wife,  Hilary,  had  their  first  child, 
Rachel,  in  May. 

Leslie  M.  Borsett  79  has  completed  a  pediatrics 
residency  at  the  University  of  Florida-Gainesville. 
She  is  now  working  in  the  subspecialty  area  of  learn- 


ing disabilities.  Her  husband,  Steven  Kanter,  is  in  his 
last  year  of  a  neurosurgery  residency. 

Daniel  Brooks  Jr.  79  M.B.A.  '82  is  a  vice  presi- 
dent and  senior  foreign  exchange  dealer  with  Shear- 
son  Lehman  Brothers  in  New  York.  He  and  his  wife, 

Amy  Stancs  Brooks  '80,  live  in  Westport, 

Conn. 

Virginia  S.  Hart  79  received  her  master's  in  jour- 
nalism from  UNC-Chapel  Hill  and  is  now  an  account 
executive  with  the  public  relations  firm  Smith  and 
Associates  in  Raleigh. 

Janice  Hawthorne  79  received  her  master's  in 
sacred  music  from  Southern  Methodist  University  in 
Dallas  and  is  now  minister  of  music  at  First  Evange- 
lical Covenant  Church  in  Lincoln,  Neb. 


Marie  L.  Mclntyre  79  is  a  senior  account  repre- 
sentative for  the  DuPont  Co.,  Diagnostic  Systems. 
She  and  her  husband,  Matt,  live  in  Houston. 


David  S.  Neufeld  79  is  an  associate  with  the 
Washington,  DC,  law  firm  Cole  and  Corette.  He 
specializes  in  international  tax  law. 


J.  RegaldO  79  has  joined  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital  in  Baltimore  as  a  pathology  resident.  He 
received  his  M.D.  degree  from  the  Medical  College  of 
Georgia  in  1985. 


Watral  79  resigned  as  a  captain  from  the 
US.  Marine  Corps  and  is  now  working  as  a  financial  con- 
sultant for  Robinson  Humphrey  American  Express/Shear- 
son  Lehman  Brothers.  His  wife,  Lauren 
Steinman  Watral  '81,  received  her  master's  in 
social  work  from  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
and  is  a  counselor  at  an  alcoholism  and  drug  treat- 
ment center.  They  live  in  Raleigh. 

Daniel  M.  Zirkman  79  earned  his  M.D.  degree 
from  the  University  of  Texas  Health  Science  Center 
at  San  Antonio  and  is  completing  his  residency  at 
Pittsburgh's  Montefiore  Hospital. 


MARRIAGES:  Susan  L.  Watts  74,  Ph.D.  78  to 
Gary  S.  Fried  on  April  27.  Residence: 
Durham. ..Lawrence  M.  Campbell  76  to  Naomi 
S.  Williams  on  May  24. William  Allen  Haskins 
III  B.S.M.E.  76  to  Sharon  Doyle  on  April  12. 
Residence:  San  Diego... Suzanne  Nugent  B.S.N. 
77  to  William  F.  Lindlaw  on  May  10.  Residence: 
Bethesda,  Md. . .  .  G.  Kellum  Plasket  III  77  to 
Vickie  Nolan  on  May  3.  Residence:  Marlton, 
N.J.  . . .  Frank  S.  Gilliam  78,  Ph.D.  '83  to  Laura 
Pleasants  on  Aug.  23. ..Leslie  M.  Borsett  79  to 
Steven  L.  Kanter  on  June  30,  1984.  Residence: 

Gainesville,  Fla Janice  H.  Hawthorne  79 

to  Robert  M.  Timm  on  May  31.  Residence:  Lincoln, 
Neb. .  .  .  Arthur  W.  Kelley  B.S.E.E.  79,  M.S.  '81, 
Ph.D.  '84  to  Elizabeth  A.  Whitmore  B.S.N.  79 
on  May  24.. .Marie  L.  Mclntyre  79  to  James 
Matthew  Baker  on  July  19.  Residence: 
Houston. ..Karen  Scruggs  B.S.N.  79  to  Gary 
Wilkinson  on  June  14.  Residence:  Richmond,  Va. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter  to  Charles  A.  Zapf  M.D.  71 
on  July  11.  Named  Marilyn  Harris. .  .First  child  and 
son  to  Mark  J.  Brenner  72  and  Jean  Brenner  on 
May  18.  Named  Nathan  Daniel. ..Second  child  and 
son  to  Elizabeth  Gibson  72  and  Robert  Mosteller 
on  May  14.  Named  Benjamin  Gibson... A  third  son  to 
Byron  Hoffman  Jr.  72  and  Erika  Vogel 
Hoffman  73,  A.M.  74.  Named  Erik 
Christian. ..Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Bob 
Hutcheson  72  and  Jane  Hutcheson  on  March  11. 
Named  Katherine  Carrington... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Sally  Meyers  Moore  72  and  Robert 
Moore  on  June  4.  Named  Sally  Elizabeth... First  child 
and  son  to  Sallie  Smith  B.S.N.  72  and  Mike 
Scarborough  on  Aug.  1,  1985.  Named  William 
Walter.. .A  son  to  William  A.  Young  72  and 


Jeanette  Young  on  July  13.  Named  Stephe 
Robert. ..Second  child  and  daughter  I 
"Sue"  Bartow  Matthews  74  and  Paul  A. 
Matthews  74  on  June  30.  Named  Elizabeth 
Barret... First  child  and  daughter  to  Jonathon  S. 
BartelS  75  and  Karen  Barrels  on  May  29.  Named 
Shana  Ariel... A  daughter  to  Debbie  Besch 
Anderson  75  and  Tyler  Anderson  on  March  4. 
Named  Elizabeth  Jean. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Edward  S.  Stanton  75,  M.D.  79  and  Linda 
Westfall  Stanton  77  on  June  22.  Named:  Craig 
Andrew... First  child  and  daughter  to  Deborah 
Williams  Linhart  76,  M.H.A.  78  and  Bill 
Linhart.  Named  Elizabeth  Leigh. ..Third  child  and 
daughtet  to  Robert  Linkous  76  and  Sherry 
MacLellan  Linkous  B.S.N.  79  on  May  2.  Named 

Amy  Katherine.. Third  child  and  son  to  Dan  Nunn 

B.S.M.E.  76  and  Susan  Spears  Nunn  76  on 

June  2.  Named  Michael  McWhorten.. .First  child  and 
son  to  Bradley  R.  Byrne  77  and  Rebecca  Byrne 
on  Dec.  25,  1984.  Named  Patrick  McGuire...A 
daughter  to  Douglas  E.  Kingsberry  77,  J.D.  '80 
and  Katie  Russell  Kingsberry  78  on  Feb.  13, 
1986.  Named  Kelsey  Louise... Second  child  and  son  to 
David  A.  Amett  78  and  Jennifer  Amett  on  June 
28.  Named  James  David... A  daughter  to  Roxanna 
Harper  Hurst  78  and  Jeffrey  M.  Hurst  78  on 
June  6.  Named  Madeline  Wicott.. .Second  child  and 
son  to  John  R.  Scibal  78  and  Rhonda 
McQueen  Scibal  '80  on  April  15.  Named  Craig 
Philip... First  child  and  daughter  to  Harry  C. 
Weinerman  78  and  Hilary  Weinerman  on  May  21. 
Named  Rachel. ..First  child  and  son  to  Barbara 
Wickenhaver  Snyder  B.S.N.  78  and  Gordon 
Snyder  on  April  14.  Named  Robert  Eugene... Third 
child  and  second  daughter  to  Kathy  Hamrick 
Wilson  79  and  Larry  Wilson  on  April  23.  Named 
Mary  Margaret. ..Second  son  to  Daniel  Brooks  Jr. 
79,  M.B.A.  '82  and  Amy  Stancs  Brooks  '80. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

GOLF 

SCHOOLS 

1987 

FOR  BOYS  AND  GIRLS 
AGES  11-17 


Mim 


IPJDP 


JUNE  14  -  JUNE  19 BOYS  ONLY 

JUNE  21 -JUNE  26 CO-ED 

495.00  per  week 
1000.00  both  sessions 

Brochures  available  upon  request 

For  applications,  write  to:  Rod  Myers, 

Golf  Director,  Duke  University 

Golf  Course,  Durham,  N.C.  27706 

(919)  684-2817 


Named  Benjamin  Albert. ..First  child  and  daughter  t 
Bettie  Watson  Toma  79  and  Sameh  Toma  on 
Aug.  11,  1985.  Named  Nicole  Sameh 
Harwood... Second  son  to  Victoria  Becker 

Hoskins  79  and  Carlton  Hoskins  on  April  28. 
Named  Grant  Wright.. .A  daughter  to  David  S. 
Heufeld  79  and  Madelyn  Neufeld  on  March  23. 
Named  Sara  Hilary.. .A  son  to  Sam  Rovit  79  and 

Abigail  Rovit  on  July  5.  Named  Nathaniel 
Eliason... First  child  and  daughter  to  Bruce 

M.D.  79.  Named  Anna  Brenner. 


80s 


Charles  F.  Bond  Jr.  Ph.D.  '80,  a  visit 
professor  at  Ohio  State,  was  appointed  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  psychology  at  Texas  Christian  University. 

Robert  A.  Fasanella  '80  received  his  law  degree 
in  May  from  the  University  of  Vermont's  law  school  in 
South  Royalton  and  is  now  working  at  McGregor, 
Shea  and  Doliner  in  Boston. 

Berrylin  J.  Ferguson  M.D.  '80  received  a 
Janssen  Postdoctoral  Fellowship  in  medical  mycology 
from  the  National  Foundation  for  Infectious  Diseases. 

Sara  Harrison  '80  has  moved  from  New  York  to 
Philadelphia  to  work  for  NFL  Films  as  a  writer  and 
editor. 

M.  Lora  Hinson  '80  is  working  on  her  M.B.A.  at 

Stanford  University's  business  school. 


graduated  with  honors  from  the 
University  of  Florida's  law  school  in  1985  and  was 
inducted  into  the  Order  of  the  Coif.  He  is  an  as- 
sociate in  the  Atlanta  office  of  Sutherland,  Asbill  and 
Brennan. 


ROSS  A.  Nabatoff  '80  is  an  assistant  U.S.  attorney 
for  Florida's  northern  district.  He  and  his  wife, 
Kathryn  Nixon  Nabatoff  '81,  live  in  Talla 

hassee,  where  she  is  a  health-policy  analyst  with  the 
Fla.  Statewide  Health  Council. 

Alden  Philbrick  '80  is  a  regional  vice  president  of 
Finalco,  Inc.'s  marketing  division,  a  lease  financing 
company.  His  wife,  Amy  Dauray  Philbrick  '80,  is 
the  manager  of  office  systems,  training,  and  develop- 
ment for  the  Allegheny  Beverage  Corp. 

Dwayne  Smith  Ph.D.  '80  was  granted  tenure  and 
promoted  to  associate  professor  of  sociology  at  Tulane 
University. 

Jane  Stoddard  Williams  '80  is  a  free-lance  tele- 
vision producer  and  a  former  executive  producer  of 
Panorama,  a  public -affairs  program  in  Washington  on 
WTTG-TV,  where  she  met  het  husband,  Brian.  They 
live  in  Washington. 

Jeffrey  G.  Thompson  '80  left  the  state  attorney's 
office  in  Titusville,  Fla.,  to  join  the  Cocoa,  Fla.,  law 
firm  Baugh,  Collins,  Lintz  &  Westman  as  a  civil  and 
criminal  trial  attorney. 

L.  Campbell  Tucker  III  '80,  J.D.  '85  has  joined 
the  litigation  team  at  the  Charlotte  law  firm 
Kennedy,  Covington,  Lobdell  &  Hickman. 

Stacy  Miller  Antoniadis  AH.  81  has  received 

a  fellowship  from  the  World  Rehabilitation  Fund,  an 
affiliate  of  the  Wotld  Health  Otganization.  She  is  on 
leave  from  her  position  as  clinical  supervisor  of 
communication  disorders  at  the  University  of  Virginia 
to  complete  her  studies  of  cross-cultural  considera- 
tions for  high-risk  infants  in  Thessaloniki,  Greece. 


Cliff  Bailin  M.H.A.  '81  was  promoted  to  director  of 
professional  benefits  by  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  in 
Durham. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

EAST  CAMPUS  °  WEST  MAIN  STREET  °  DURHAM 


Hours:  Tues-Fri  9-5  pm    Sat  1 0-1  pm    Sun  2-5  pm  °  ADMISSION  FREE 
SPRING  1987  EXHIBITION  SCHEDULE: 


15  January-28  February 


15  March-5  May 
!5May-l5June 


Cleve  Gray:  Recent  Paintings.  Contempor- 
ary American  abstract  painter  will  lecture  on 
his  work.  For  details  call  684-5135. 

Music  in  the  Museum.  Ensemble  performs 
works  commissioned  for  women  performers. 
Sponsored  by  the  Duke  Semans  Fine  Arts 
Foundation  and  the  Duke  Institute  of  the  Arts. 

Photographs  of  Constance  Stuart  Larra- 
bee.  Society  photographer,  World  War  II  war 
correspondent  and  chronicler  of  South  Africa. 


Voices  From  Exile.  Six  contemporary 
African  artists. 


THE  DEVIL  MADE 
US  DO  IT!! 

(give  away  our  ACC  Tournament  tickets) 


For  your  contribution  of  $15 
or  more  to  DUKE  MAGAZINE  your 

name  will  be  included  in 

a  drawing  for  two  Atlantic  Coast 

Conference  Basketball 

Tournament  tickets.  The 

tournament  will  be  held  on 

March  6-8, 1987  at  Capital  Center 

in  Landover,  Maryland. 

This  is  our  way  of  saying  thanks 

to  all  of  you  who  contribute  to  the 

award-winning  publication. 

University  funds  do  not  cover  all 

the  costs  associated  with 

producing  and  mailing  the 

magazine,  so  we  depend  on  our 

advertisers  and  readers  for 

broad-based  support  to  help  keep 

our  magazine  strong. 

The  Duke  Blue  Devil  made  us  give 

away  our  ACC  tickets  this  year 

to  help  DUKE  MAGAZINE-won't  you 

give  $15  or  more  to  help? 

Your  voluntary  contribution  will 
be  tax  deductible. 


Please  complete  the  attached  form  and  mail  to  the  alumni  office  along  with 
your  check.  The  drawing  will  be  held  on  February  16. 1987. 


Please  make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  or  Duke  Magazine  and  mail  to: 


Alumni  House 

614  Chapel  Drive 

Duke  University 

Durham,  NC  27706 


FULL  NAME. 
ADDRESS  _ 


Your  Voluntary  Contribution  Helps: 

•  Provide  support  for  the  magazine 's  current  operating  expenses. 

•  Provide  resources  to  build  on  our  record  of  editorial  and 
design  excellence. 

•  Provide  a  powerful  and  consistent  link  between  the  university 
and  its  alumni. 

•  Provide  you  with  a  tax-deductible  contribution. 


John  Barnhill  '81  has  moved  to  Manhattan,  where 
he  is  a  psychiatry  resident  at  the  New  York  Hospital- 
Cornell  Medical  Center. 

Robert  D.  Buschman  '81,  who  earned  his 

M.B.A.  from  Emory  University's  business  school,  has 
joined  the  Atlanta  office  of  the  Industrial  Bank  of 
Japan  as  an  assistant  officer  and  financial  analyst. 

Patricia  Dombrowski  M.B.A.  '81  is  a  develop- 
ment officer  at  Syracuse  University  working  with  the 
New  England  area. 

Catherine  Parsons  Emmett  B.S.N.  '81  grad- 
uated from  the  University  of  Florida's  nursing  program 
where  she  was  a  member  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau,  the 
national  honor  society  for  nursing.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, David,  live  in  Gainesville,  where  she  works  at 
the  V.A.  Hospital  as  a  geriatric  nurse  practitioner. 

Lennard  R.  Gildiner  '81,  who  earned  his  M.D. 
degree  from  Philadelphia's  Hahnemann  University,  is 
completing  his  OB/GYN  residency  at  Albert  Einstein 
Medical  Center. 

Catherine  Streich  Kramer  '81  and  her 

husband,  Paul,  live  in  New  York,  where  they  are 
account  executives  at  DFS-Dorland  Worldwide,  an 
advertising  agency. 

Chester  J.  Maxson  '81  received  his  M.D.  degree 
with  honors  from  the  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  will  complete  his  internal  medicine  resi- 
dency at  the  Medical  College's  hospital. 

Kevin  H.  Pollard  M.B.A.  '81  is  now  working  as 
the  district  manager  of  Air  Products  and  Chemicals, 
Inc.,  in  New  Orleans.  He  has  two  children. 

Stuart  T.  Schwab  '81  received  his  Ph.D.  from  the 

University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  He  is  working  as  a 
research  scientist  at  the  Southwest  Research  Institute 
in  San  Antonio. 

Benjamin  D.  Sheridan  '81  received  his  M.B.A. 
degree  from  Harvard  Business  School  and  will  work  as 
a  management  consultant  with  McKinsey  &  Co.  in 
Cleveland. 


Allen  R.  Brockman  '82  is  a  hydrogeologist  with 
the  N.C.  Division  of  Water  Resources.  He  and  his 
wife,  Jennifer,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Mark  J.  Callan  M.B.A.  '82  is  a  senior  analyst  for 
Keyser-Marston,  a  real  estate  firm  in  Hillsborough, 
Calif. 

Richard  Cohen  B.S.M.E  '82  earned  his  M.D.  from 
Hahnemann  University  and  will  complete  his  transi- 
tional residency  at  Reading  Medical  Center  in  Penn- 
sylvania. In  his  spare  time,  he  enjoys  the  luge  and  is 
an  official  candidate  for  the  1988  Israeli  Winter 
Olympic  team. 

Kimberly  A.  Hott  '82  received  her  M.D.  from 

Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray  medical 
school  and  was  awarded  the  Janet  M.  Glasgow 
Memorial  Achievement  Citation,  presented  to 
women  graduating  in  the  top  10  percent  of  their  class. 
She  is  taking  postgraduate  training  in  emergency 
medicine  at  the  McGaw  Medical  Center  in  Chicago. 

Kathy  J.  Huntsman  '82,  a  student  at  the  Mary- 
land Regional  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  plans 
to  treat  small  animals  and  horses. 


P.  Jones  '82,  who  graduated  from 
Harvard  Business  School  in  June,  works  for  Kidder, 
Peabody  &  Co.  in  New  York  as  an  associate  in  the  real 
estate  finance  department. 

Scott  H.  Kozin  '82  is  at  Philadelphia's  Albert 
Einstein  Medical  Center  completing  an  orthopedic 
surgery  residency.  He  graduated  with  honors  from 
Hahnemann  Medical  School,  receiving  letters  of 
commendation  in  pharmacology,  pathology,  clinical 
medicine,  surgery,  and  psychiatry. 


L.  Lieberman  '82  received  his  M.D.  from 
Hahnemann  Medical  School  in  Philadelphia  and  will 
complete  his  family  practice  residency  at  Shadyside 
Hospital  in  Pittsburgh. 

Robert  T.  Lucas  III  '82,  who  graduated  with 
honors  from  Wake  Forest  University's  law  school,  is 
now  with  the  Charlotte  law  firm  Smith,  Helms, 
Mulliss  &  Moore. 

V.  Martin  Mustian  Jr.  M.H.A.  '82  is  the  vice 
president  of  Richland  Memorial  Hospital  in  Colum- 
bia, S.C.. 

Lionel  W.  Neptune  B.S.M.E.  '82,  who  received 

his  M.B.A.  from  the  Harvard  Business  School,  is  busi- 
ness manager  of  The  Washington  Post. 

E.  Powell  Osteen  Jr.  '82,  M.Div.  '85  is  an  as- 
sociate minister  at  Highland  United  Methodist 
Church.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary  Eure  Osteen  '85, 
live  in  Raleigh,  where  she  is  a  salesperson  for  the 
America  II  Group. 

Michael  A.  Redmond  '82  is  a  graduate  student 
in  information  and  computer  science  at  Georgia  Tech 
in  Atlanta. 

Barbara  Short  M.B.A.  '82  is  president  and  owner 
of  InfoMarketing  Inc.,  a  new  advertising  and  public 
relations  agency  in  Durham.  For  the  past  17  years,  she 
was  head  of  the  Durham  office  of  Inform  Inc.  of 
Hickory. 

Katherine  A.  Smock  '82  has  completed  her  first 
year  of  the  University  of  Michigan's  M.B.A.  program. 
She  spent  her  summer  as  an  intern  at  Shearson 
Lehman  Mortgage  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

John  J.  Tharp  '82  has  completed  the  military  jus- 
tice legal  officer  course  at  the  Naval  Justice  School  in 
Newport,  R.I.,  which  prepared  him  to  be  a  non-lawyer 
legal  officer. 


Calvin  T.  Wilson  B.S.M.E.  '82  has  begun  a  resi- 
dency training  in  OB/GYN  at  the  Wright  Patterson 
Air  Force  Base  at  Wright  State  Universiry  in  Dayton, 
Ohio.  He  graduated  from  the  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh's medical  school  and  has  been  commissioned  a 
captain  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Medical  Corps. 

Anna  H.  Wray  '82  received  a  grant  from  the 
National  Institute  of  Health  to  study  the  "Role  of 
Angiogenesis  in  Volume  Restitution  in  Newborn 
Lambs"  over  the  summer.  She  is  in  her  second  year  at 
Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray  medical 
school. 

James  F.  Wyatt  III  J.D.  '82  has  begun  his  own  law 
practice,  specializing  in  criminal  and  civil  cases,  in 
Charlotte,  N.C.  His  wife,  Jane,  is  a  free-lance  writer. 

Lisa  L.  Anderson  '83  was  awarded  the  U.S.  Army 
commendation  medal  at  Fort  Huachuca,  Ariz.,  where 
she  is  a  rest  and  evaluation  officer  with  the  U.S.  Army 
Electronic  Proving  Ground. 

Randy  Blanchard  M.Div.  '83  and  his  wife, 
Diane  Christianson  Blanchard  M.Div.  '83, 
received  their  Elders  Orders  and  full  membership  in 
the  N.C.  Annual  Conference  in  June  1986. 


Boulden  '83  works  at  the 
Land  of  the  Little  People  Day  Care  Center.  Her  hus- 
band, Richard  Samuel  Boulden  J.D.  '86,  is  a 
lawyer  with  the  Chicago  firm  Sonnenschein,  Carlin, 
Nath  6k  Rosenthal. 

Gregory  W.  Hall  M.B.A.  '83  is  ditector  of  engi- 
neering for  Liggett  &  Myers  Tobacco  Co.  Inc. 

Sandra  L.  Jones  '83  received  her  D.V.M.  degree 
from  Georgia's  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine. 

Frederick  Walter  Laub  '83  works  for  a  computer 

company.  He  and  his  wife,  Carol  Cracchiolo 


Laub  '85,  live  in  Okemos,  Mich.,  where  she  is  work- 
ing on  her  doctorate  in  clinical  psychology  at  Michi- 
gan State. 

J.  Parker  Mason  '83  is  a  law  student  at  Duke.  He 
and  his  wife,  Lora  Fassett  Mason  '85,  live  in 
Durham. 


Massey  '83,  who  graduated  from 
University  of  Texas'  law  school,  is  practicing  law  with 
the  Dallas  firm  Moore  &  Peterson  in  the  litigation 


Katherine  Kuffler  Mazzoleni  '83  is  the  pro- 
gram director  for  the  Wisconsin  Special  Olympics. 
She  received  her  master's  in  therapeutic  recreation 
from  the  University  of  Kentucky-Lexington  in  1985. 
She  and  her  husband,  Andre  Mazzoleni  B.S.E.E. 
'83,  live  in  Madison,  where  he  is  working  toward  his 
Ph.D.  in  math  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 

Diana  S.  McClintock  '83  received  her  master's  in 
art  history  from  Emory  University. 

Susan  R.  McGovern  '83  received  her  master's  in 
psychology  from  Emory  University. 

Charles  C.  Miraglia  M.S.  '83  received  a  grant  to 
study  the  "Role  of  Leukocyte  Procoagulants  in  the 
Pathogenesis  of  Lupus  Nephritis"  over  the  summer.  He 
is  a  second-year  student  at  Wake  Forest  University's 
Bowman  Gray  medical  school. 


A.  Mogil  '83  is  an  account  executive  in 
the  insurance  brokerage  house  of  New  Amsterdam 
Excess.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura  Joseph  Mogil 

'84,  live  in  New  York,  where  she  is  a  publicist  at  Jane 
Wesman  Public  Relations. 

Polly  E.  Ross  '83  was  awarded  a  grant  to  make  an 
"Evaluation  of  the  Effect  of  Acetazolarnide  on  Car- 
bonic Anhydrase  Concentrations  in  Epileptic  Pa- 


UKE  UNIVERSITY 

YOUNG 

WRITERS' 

CAMP 


Session  I:  June  14-26 
Session  II:  June  28-July  11 
Session  III:  July  13-24 
A  camp  for  young  people  ages  10-17 
During  the  10-day  workshop,  you  will 
be  able  to  learn  from  practicing  writers 
and  will  receive  guidance  to  further 
develop  your  own  writing  style.  Groups 
will  be  divided  by  age  and  interest  and 
will  utilize  informal  indoor  meeting 
rooms  and  the  Duke  grounds.  Faculty 
are  themselves  authors  and  have  experi- 
ence working  with  children  and  young 
adults.  Campers  may  stay  on  campus  or 
commute.  For  a  complete  description 
phone  919-684-6259  or  just  send  the 
attached  coupon  NOW. 

Mail  to:    DUKE  UNIVERSITY  YOUNG  WRITERS  CAMP 
The  Bishop's  House 
Duke  University/Durham,  NC  27708 


I  EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY  INSTITUTION 


COURSES 

anthropology  •  art  •  biology  •  botany  •  chemistry  •  classical  studies  •  dance  'drama  • 
economics  •  education  •  engineering  •  english  •  foreign  languages  •  geology  •  history  • 
management  sciences  •  mathematics  •  music  •  philosophy  •  physics  •  political  science  • 
psychology  •  religion  •  sociology •  zoology  STUDY  ABROAD 

Brazil  (History/Politics)  •  Canada  (History/Government)  •  England  (Drama  •  History/Civil  Engineering  • 

Legal  Heritage  •  Religion/English)  •  France  (French/Culture)  •  Germany  (German/Culture  • 
East-West  Politics)  •  Greece  (Archaeology)  •  Italy  (History/Art  History)  •  Morocco  (History/Religion/Arabic 
Literature)  •  Netherlands  (Economics  •  Learning  Disabilities)  •  Soviet  Union  (Russian/Culture)  • 
Spain  (Spanish/Culture)  •  Zimbabwe/Botswana  (Politics/Literature) 

EVENING  COURSES 

Term  I:  history  •  management  sciences  •  political  science  •  psychology 
Term  II:  management  sciences  •  political  science  •  sociology 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS      Summer  Theater  Institute  •  Summer  Festival  of  the  Arts 

For  more  information,  a  brochure  and  an  application,  call  or  write: 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY     Summer  Session  Office 

121  Allen  Building     Durham,  NC  27706 

(919)  684-2621 


Precollege  program  for  rising  high  school  seniors 


Selected 

academically 

talented  students 

enroll  in 

courses  in 

the  humanities, 

social  sciences, 

natural  sciences,  and 

foreign  languages 

with  Duke 

undergraduates. 


Deadline  for 
submission  of 
applications- 
March  9,  1987 
Contact: 

Precollege  Program 
01  West  Duke  Building 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708 
or  call 

(919)  684-3847 
for  further  information 
and  to  request  application 


COGGIN'S 

GOTYOUR 

TICKET 

TO  RIDE! 


SSOIDURHAM-OWELI- 


dents."  She  is  a  second-year  student  at  Wake  Forest 
University's  Bowman  Gray  medical  school. 


Ann  P.  Russavage  '83  received  her  J.D.  degree 
from  Pennsylvania's  Dickinson  Law  School. 


i  in  his  final  year  at  Ne 


M.  Denton  Stam  "■ 

York  Medical  School. 

Joseph  C.  Sussingham  B.S.M.E.  '83  is  a 
fighter  pilot  with  the  612th  Tactical  Fighter  Squadron 
in  Spain. 

Helaine  Becker  Szasz  '83  is  a  free-lance  writer 
and  the  Canadian  representative  for  National  Teach- 
ing Aids,  Inc.,  which  publishes  scientific  educational 
materials.  She  and  her  husband,  Karl,  live  in  Toronto. 

Richard  H.  Winters  '83,  J.D.  '86,  who  was  the  ar- 
ticles editor  of  the  Duke  Law  Journal,  clerked  for  Judge 
Gerald  Bard  Tjoflat  of  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for 
the  11th  Circuit  and  is  now  an  associate  with  the 
Chicago  law  firm  Winston  &  Strawn. 

David  "Taco"  Amaro  '84  is  a  marketing  represen- 
tative for  the  Dictaphone  Corp.  in  Collingswood,  N.J. 
His  wife,  Jennifer  Tiffany  Amaro  B.S.N.  '84, 
works  as  a  staff  nurse  for  the  Children's  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia. 

Magda  Baligh  '84  is  in  her  second  year  with  the 
Peace  Corps,  teaching  English  in  Morocco. 

Denise  Balthrop  '84  completed  one  year  of  work 
on  her  master's  in  fine  arts  in  acting  at  Catholic  Uni- 
versity in  Washington  in  1985 .  She  then  toured  the 
U.S.  for  nine  months  with  the  National  Players, 
America's  oldest  classical  touring  company,  playing 
Viola  in  Twelfth  Nigrct.  She  is  continuing  her  master's 
work  this  year. 

Colleen  L.  Benson  '84  was  elected  trust  officer  in 
the  Wachovia  Bank's  Institutional  Funds  Manage- 


Group.  She  joined  the  firm  in  1984  as  an 
manager  in  employee  benefits. 


Marquita  M.  Carter  '84  was  awarded  a  Con- 
sortium Fellowship  for  graduate  study  in  management 
at  New  York  University's  business  school,  where  she 
will  concentrate  in  international  finance  geared 
toward  developing  economies. 

Charles  S.  Clark  '84  was  awarded  a  grant  to  study 
"Ambulatory  Intraluminal  Pressure  and  ph  Monitor: 
A  New  Technique  to  Measure  Gastroesophageal 
Reflux."  He  is  a  third-year  student  at  Wake  Forest 
University's  Bowman  Gray  medical  school. 

William  Cohen  '84  is  doing  graduate  work  in  com- 
puter science  at  Rutgers  University.  He  and  his  wife, 
Susan  Kundin  Cohen  '82,  live  in  New  Bruns- 
wick, N.J. 

Stephen  C.  Davis  B.S.M.E.  '84  is  stationed 

aboard  the  U.S.S.  New  York  City,  a  nuclear-powered, 
fast-attack  submarine  whose  home  port  is  Pearl 
Harbor. 

Gail  Dunkel  '84  is  in  her  third  year  of  medical 
school  at  McGill  University  in  Montreal,  Canada. 

Kevin  J.  Fellhoelter  B.S.E.E.  '84,  M.S.  '86  is 
working  as  an  engineer  in  the  defense  systems  and 
electronics  group  at  Texas  Instruments  in  Dallas. 

Alan  R.  Jacobs  '84  is  a  student  at  Duke's  medical 
school.  His  wife,  Pamela  Powell  Jacobs  '85,  is 
for  the  Research  Triangle  Institute. 

Kiefer  M.F.  '84  owns  Kiefer  Land- 
scaping Inc.  in  Durham.  His  wife,  Janet,  is  a  sixth- 
grade  teacher  with  the  Durham  County  Schools. 

Robert  M.  Luscher  Ph.D.  '84  was  appointed  pro- 
fessor of  English  at  Catawba  College  in  Salisbury, 
N.C. 


Mclntyre  '84  has  been  promoted  to 
associate  editor  at  Atheneum  Publishers  in  New  York. 
He  joined  the  firm  in  1985  as  an  assistant  to  the  presi- 
dent and  publisher.  He  was  with  the  Ellen  Levine 
Literary  Agency. 


K.  Picha  M.H.A.  '84  has  accepted  a 
health  care  consulting  position  with  Ernst  & 
Whinney  in  Miami. 

David  S.  Ruch  '84  received  a  grant  to  study  the 
"Time  Course  of  Reperfusion  Injury  in  Ischemic 
Myocardium."  He  is  a  third-year  student  at  Wake 
Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray  medical  school. 

Michael  Schoenfeld  '84  received  his  master's  in 
public  policy  from  Harriman  College  and  is  a  writer, 
editor,  and  producer  at  VOA-Europe,  the  Voice  of 
America's  new  Western  Europe  broadcast  service  in 
Washington,  DC. 

Debby  Stone  '84  has  left  her  position  at  Contel 
Service  Corp.  in  Atlanta  to  begin  law  school  at  Duke. 

Elizabeth  Temple  '84  received  a  certificate  from 
the  Radcliffe  Publishing  Course  and  is  the  advertising 
coordinator  and  a  writer  for  Washington  Woman,  a 
monthly  magazine  based  in  Rosslyn,  Va. 
Terry  Lee  Tippens  '84  is  a  senior  at  Emory 
University's  Candler  School  of  Theology  after  two 
years  as  a  youth  minister  at  Glenn  Memorial  United 
Methodist  Church.  He  and  his  wife,  Missy,  live  in 
Atlanta,  where  she  is  a  microbiologist  at  Emory 
Hospital. 

Ed  Conroy  M.B.A.  '85  was  promoted  to  sales  ad- 
ministration manager  in  over-the-counter  sales  with 
the  Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  Research  Triangle 
Park. 


WILLIAM  WILLIMON 

shows  how  to  LAUGH 
with  the  best  of  them! 


In  his  latest  book,  And  the  Laugh 
Shall  Be  First,  William  H.  Willimon 
offers  the  finest  in  20th  century  religious 
humor  and  satire.  From  Mark  Twain,  to 
Lewis  Grizzard,  to  Martin  E.  Marty,  this 
collection  provides  splendid  hours  of 
entertainment  and  enjoyment.  Yet  it  also 
conveys  a  serious  message:  humor 
reveals  to  us  much  about  our  humanity, 
and  much  about  the  grace  of  God.  It 
provides  us  a  dignified  way  to  deal  with 
our  troubles,  when  we  might  otherwise 
wring  our  hands  and  weep. 

Pieces  include  "Fundies  in  Their 
Undies,"  "The  Microchip  Church," 
"Encounter  With  a  Pagan,"  "Oral 
Roberts  and  the  900-Foot  Jesus." 
Order  And  the  Laugh  Shall  Be  First 
today.  $12.95,  cloth,  ISBN  0-687-01383-6 

(2)  Abingdon  Press 

Or  available  from  the  Gothic  Bookshop  Duke 
University.  Please  send  $2.00  for  postage. 


William  H.  Willimon  is  i 
to  the  University  and  professor 
of  the  practice  of  Christian 
ministry  at  Duke  University, 


M.  Francis  Durden  J.D.  '85  has  passed  the  Ohio 
state  bar  examination  and  is  now  an  associate  with 
Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan  &  Aronoffin 
Cleveland. 

Doug  D.  Hahne  '85  is  at  the  Naval  air  station  in 
San  Diego  with  the  carrier  airborne  early  warning 
squadron. 

Ellen  E.  HayneS  '85  completed  Sotheby's  Works 
of  Art  Course  in  London  in  June.  In  October,  she 
worked  in  Paris  at  the  Biennial  Exhibit  held  at  the 
Grand  Palais. 

Bennett  Stanley  King  B.S.M.E.  '85  is  a  second 
lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force.  His  wife,  Karla 
Breitweiser  King  '85,  is  a  student  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill's  law  school. 

James  C.  Nichols  III  '85  is  a  physician's  assist- 
ant for  the  Pinehurst  Surgical  Clinic.  He  and  his  wife, 
Dora,  live  in  Pinehurst. 

Mary  Eure  Osteen  '85  is  a  salesperson  for  the 
America  II  Group  in  Raleigh,  N.C.  Her  husband, 
E.  Powell  Osteen  Jr.  '82,  M.Div.  '85,  is  associate 
:  Highland  United  Methodist  Church. 


Anne  M.  Patterson  M.H.A.  '85  is  the  assistant 
administrator  at  Colleton  Regional  Hospital,  a 
145-bed  facility  near  Charleston,  SC. 

Margaret  Woollen  Perry  '85  is  a  technical  sup- 
port analyst  for  Becton,  Dickinson  Research  Center 
in  High  Point.  Her  husband,  Garry,  works  for  Hales 
Construction  Co. 

Mark  Alarie  '86  plays  professional  basketball  for 
the  Denver  Nuggets. 

Jay  Bilas  '86  signed  with  a  professional  basketball 
team  in  Verona,  Italy.  He  hopes  to  play  three  to  five 
years  and  then  work  in  television. 

Richard  Samuel  Boulden  J.D.  '86  is  a  lawyer 
with  the  Chicago  firm  Sonnenschein,  Carlin,  Nath 
and  Rosenthal.  His  wife,  Deborah  Goodwin 
Boulden  '83,  works  at  a  day  care  center. 

Edwin  A.  Briggs  M.Div  '86  and  his  wife,  Lisa  A. 

Brown  M.Div.  '86,  are  associate  ministers  at  the 
First  United  Methodist  Church  in  Wilson,  N.C. 

Johnny  Dawkins  '86  plays  professional  basketball 
for  the  San  Antonio  Spurs. 

Ann  Hardison  '86  is  on  Fla.  Sen.  Lawton  Chiles' 
staff  in  Washington,  where  she  is  working  on  hunger, 


infant  mortality,  health,  and 


David  Henderson  '86  is  playing  professional 
basketball  for  the  Washington  Bullets. 

Ellen  Reynolds  '86  was  named  "Outstanding 
College  Woman  of  1986"  by  College  Woman  Magazine. 
Selected  from  a  field  of  ten  finalists,  she  received  a 
$1,000  award  and  recognition  in  the  April  issue.  In 
June,  she  participated  in  an  NCAA  track  meet  in 
Indianapolis. 

MARRIAGES:  Amy  Dauray  '80  to  Alden 
Philbrlck  '80  on  Sept.  27  in  Alexandria, 
Va.  .  . .  Ross  A.  Nabatoff  '80  to  Kathryn  J. 
'81  on  June  14  in  Tallahassee... Jane  G. 

'80  to  Brian  D.  Williams  in  New  Canaan 

Conn Catherine  Parsons  B.S.N.  '81  to 

David  M.  Emmett  on  Dec.  28,  1985.  Residence: 

Gainesville,  Fla Catherine  L.  Streich  '81  to 

Paul  E.  Kramer.  Residence:  New  York  City.  ...  A. 
Joel  Assaraf  '82  to  Paige  L.  McDonald  on  Aug. 
30.  Residence:  Atlanta... John  Z.  Ayanian  '82  to 
Ann  T.  Fox  B.S.M.E.  '82  on  June  14  in  Wilmington, 
N.C. . . .  Allen  R.  Brockman  '82  to  Jennifer  Hill 

on  Aug.  14,  1985.  Residence:  Raleigh Mark  J. 

Callan  M.B.A.  '82  to  Victoria  Forster  on  Aug. 
30        Susan  Kundin  82  to  William  Cohen 
'84  on  May  25.  Residence:  New  Brunswick, 


1987 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

SOCCER  CAMP 

"If  your  soccer  game  doesn't  improve  after  this  camp, 
you've  gone  out  for  the  wrong  sport." 

Clayton  Walls,  Mt.  Crawford,  Virginia 


KI^\TT[I®KI^\[L 


WOMEN'S  RESIDENTIAL 

Girls  8  and  up-June  20-25 

1st  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-12-June  20-25 

2nd  JUNIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  8-1 2- June  28-July  3 

1st  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-July  5-10 

2nd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-Aug.  1  -6 

3rd  SENIOR  RESIDENTIAL 

Boys  13  and  up-Aug.  8-1 3 

1st  SENIOR  OLYMPIC  WEEK 

Boys  13  and  up-July  15-20 

2nd  SENIOR  OLYMPIC  WEEK 

Boys  13  and  up-July  21-26 

DAY  CAMP 

Beginners  6-12-June  22-26 

For  additional  information 
write  or  call: 

Duke  Soccer  Camp.PO.  Box  22176 
Duke  Station,  Durham,  NC  27706 
(919)933-6039 


N.J.  .  .  .  E.  Powell  Osteen  Jr.  '82,  M.Div.  '85  to 
Mary  L.  Eure  '85  on  July  12.  Residence: 
Raleigh..  Helaine  Becker  '83  to  Karl  Szasz  on 
June  29.  Residence:  Toronto,  Ontario.  .  .  .  Richard 
E.  Faillkenberry  '83  to  Susan  Marie  McCourt  on 

June  7.  Residence:  College  Park,  Md Deborah 

Anne  Goodwin  '83  to  Richard  Samuel 
Boulden  J.D.  '86  on  Dec.  27  in  Duke 
Chapel.. .Gregory  W.  Hall  M.B.A.  '83  to 
Catherine  E.  Sacrinty  on  July  19  in  Duke 
Chapel. Frederick  Walter  Laub  '83  to  Carol 
Noel  Cracchiolo  '85  on  June  28.  Residence: 
Okemos,  Mich.  ...  J.  Parker  Mason  '83  to 
Lora  Jean  Fassett  '85  on  May  10  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Durham.   Aliis 
to  Brian  Woram  in  June  1985.  Residence: 
Dallas.  Robert  A.  Mogil  83  to  Laur; 
'84  on  May  31.  Residence:  New  York  City. 
Agarwal  '84,  M.B.A.  '86  to  David  H. ! 
M.H.A.  '86  on  Sept.  6.  Residence: 

Phoenix David  "Taco"  Amaro  '84  to 

Jennifer  Tiffany  B.S.N.  '84  on  June  14. 
Residence:  Philadelphia.. .Alan  R.  Jacobs  '84  to 
Pamela  S.  Powell  '85  on  June  28  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Durham. ..Mark  Andrew 
Kiefer  M.F.  '84  to  Janet  D.  Glass  on  Aug.  9  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Durham... Terry  Lee  Tippens 
'84  to  Melissa  Lou  Conley  on  June  28.  Residence: 
Atlanta... Karla  Breitweiser  '85  to  Bennett 
Stanley  King  B.S.M.E.  '85  on  June  28.  Residence: 
Chapel  Hill. ..James  C.  Nicholas  III  '85  to  Dora 
A.  Hilliard  on  May  10.  Residence:  Pinehuist, 
N.C. . . .  Margaret  C.  Woollen  '85  to  Garry 
Glenn  Perry  on  Oct.  4.  Residence:  Durham. ..Lisa 
A.  Brown  M.Div/86  to  Edwin  A.  Briggs  Jr. 
M.Div.  '86  on  May  17.  Residence:  Wilson,  N.C. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Je 

Wood  MS  81  and  Stacey  A.  Wood  Jr.  MD. 

'83,  on  May  8.  Named:  Richard  Allen...A  daughter  to 
Jeanne  K.  Freeman  B.S.N.  '82  and  Charles 
Freeman  on  Feb.  17.  Named:  Kathryn  Marie..  A 
daughter  to  Leo  C.  Hearn  Jr.  M.F.  '82  and  Anita 
Heam  on  May  25.  Named  Sarah  Marie.. .A  son  to 
IcBride  M.D.  '83  and  Ann  Farrar 
M.D.  '82  on  July  10.  Named  Matthew 
Farrar. 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 

Ernest  M.  Fulp  15  ..Harold  D.  Bailey  20  on 
May        Elizabeth  P.  Smathers  '20  on  Jan.  11, 

1986 Martha  Adams  Snyder  '27  on  Aug. 

Laura  Oliver  Martin  '28  on  Aug. 
31. .Thomas  E.  Martin  '29  on  July  21. 
G.  Condon  III  '30  on  Dec.  5,  1985...UI 
31    Hannis  T.  Latham  Jr.  '31  on  July  9. Pat 
Marshall  31    Lyndon  R.  Day  35    Albert 
Vermont  A.M.  '35  on  May  23, 1985. ..Joseph  M. 
Lesko  M.D.  '38  on  April  30. 
'43,  M.Div. '53  on  May  31,  1985. 
Welsh  '44  on  March  29    Robert  &  Graf  '45  on 
May  24.. .David  R.  Evans  II  '49  on  Oct.  11, 
1985. .Clyde  R.  Potter  M.D.  '54  on  May 
12. .George  D.  Barron  '55  in  September 

1984 Lydia  E.  Hammaker  '56  on  Feb.  15, 

1986...Roxanne  Kershaw  Rone  '64  in  October 
1985. ..Raymond  B.  Collier  '85  in  September 
1985. 


12  in  Fayetteville, 
N.C.  In  memory  of  her  fifty  years  of  dedication  as  a 
teacher  and  principal  in  the  Fayetteville  city  schools, 
the  Souders  Elementary  School  was  named  to  honor 
her.  At  Trinity  College,  she  was  a  member  of  Delta 
Kappa  Gamma  sorority.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter, 
three  grandchildren,  and  six  great-grandchildren. 


Whitfield  H.  Marshall  '31  on  May  16  in  Hous- 
ton. He  had  been  a  partner  in  the  law  firm  Fulbright 
and  Jaworski  since  1947  and  was  head  of  its  corporate 
section  for  many  years.  He  was  a  trustee  for  the 
Houston  Museum  of  Art,  the  Houston  Symphony 
Society,  the  Society  for  the  Performing  Arts,  the 
Alley  Theatre,  and  a  founding  trustee  for  the  Houston 
Ballet.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  daughter,  a  grand- 
son, a  sister  and  two  brothers. 

J.  Chlsman  Hanes  30,  J.D.  '33  on  April  24  in 
Greensboro.  He  was  a  partner  of  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  law  firm  Klagsbum  and  Hanes.  He  was  chair- 
man of  the  board  of  governors  of  St.  Stephens  School. 
He  is  survived  by  a  son,  three  sisters,  and  three 
grandsons. 

H.  Paul  Strickland  J.D.  '30  on  April  30  in  Dunn, 
N.C.  He  practiced  law  in  Dunn  for  over  fifty  years.  He 
was  a  member  and  a  past  master  of  the  Palmyra  Lodge 
Number  147,  a  member  of  the  Wilmington  Consist- 
ory of  the  Scottish  Rite  and  Dunn  Chapter  Number 
59,  Order  of  the  Eastern  Star.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  a  niece,  and  four  nephews. 

John  C.  Adams  '33,  Ph.D.  '36  on  May  16  in 

Hanover,  N.H.  He  was  professor  emeritus  of  history  at 
Dartmouth  College  and  an  expert  on  Balkan  and  Rus- 
sian history.  In  1970,  he  was  named  by  Esquire  maga- 
zine as  one  of  the  ten  best  college  professors  in  the 
nation.  He  taught  for  four  years  at  Princeton  Univer- 
sity before  joining  the  Dartmouth  faculty  in  1941.  He 
retired  in  1974.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  daughter, 
two  grandsons,  and  a  sister. 

Thomas  S.  Ryon  '38  in  Farmville,  N.C.  He  was 
senior  vice  president  of  the  AC.  Monk  Co.,  where  he 
had  worked  since  1940  after  completing  law  school  at 
George  Washington  University.  Since  1967,  he  served 
as  treasurer  for  the  Walter  B.  Jones  for  Congress  cam- 
paign committee.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  one  of 
whom  is  T.S.  Ryon  Jr.  '65;  a  sister,  Mary 
Elizabeth  "Sue"  R.  Norris  '45;  and  four 
grandchildren. 

C.  Leigh  Diamond  '40  on  Feb  8  in  Larchmont, 
N.Y.  He  was  a  retired  marketing  vice  president  for  the 
Newspaper  Advertising  Bureau  in  Manhattan.  He  was 
also  an  active  volunteer  in  organizations  serving  the 
mentally  retarded.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son, 
and  a  daughter. 

Harry  H.  Burks  M.Ed.  '42  on  May  11  in  Vienna, 
Md.  He  had  been  a  principal  for  more  than  forty  years 
with  the  Fairfax  County  schools.  During  World  War 
II,  he  served  in  the  Army  in  Europe.  When  he  retired 
in  1976,  he  was  the  principal  of  Little  Run  Elemen- 
tary School  in  Fairfax.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a 
daughter,  a  son,  and  two  grandsons. 

Frances  Clark  Goodrick  '43  on  June  8  in 
Oakton,  Va.  An  accomplished  artist,  she  studied 
under  Richard  Leahy  at  the  Corcoran  School  of  Art 
and  then  under  Robert  Gates  at  American  University. 
She  was  a  founding  member  of  the  Vienna,  Va.,  Soci- 
ety of  Artists  in  1969  and  became  its  president  in 
1973.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Forrest,  four 
daughters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Joy  Grant  Eib  '44  on  May  18  in  Richmond,  Va. 
She  taught  school  first  in  Cecil  County,  Md. ,  and 
later  in  Chesterfield,  Va.,  at  the  Bon  Air  Elementary 
School.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  a  son,  and 
two  daughters. 

John  R.  Ward  '59  in  Johnson  City,  Ohio.  He  was  a 
consumer  relations  employee  with  Firestone  Tire  in 
Akron.  He  is  survived  by  one  son,  one  daughter,  and 
two  grandchildren. 

Charlotte  Riedel-lverson  75  on  March  28  in 
Seattle.  She  earned  her  master's  in  German  literature 
in  1981  from  the  University  of  Washington  in  Seattle 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


FOR  SALE 


HEALTH  THROUGH  HYPNOSIS.  Challenging 
new  report.  $3.  Free  catalogue.  HASCO,  Box  2018, 
Brick,  NJ  08723. 

CHANTICLEERS,  from  1912  to  1983.  Most  years 
available.  $15  each,  includes  postage.  Write  Year- 
books, Duke  Alumni  Association,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  NC  27706.  1-800-FOR  DUKE,  or  (919) 
684-5114  in  N.C. 

WRIGHTSVILLE  BEACH,  OCEAN  FRONT  home, 
DEEDED  co-ownership  shares-$45,000.  609  Ocean 
Club,  Oma  Russell,  N.C.  Broker,  (919)  256-9008 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 


DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST.  Arrow- 
head Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Corner 
Roxboro  Road  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430. 
Member  N.C.  B&.B  Association. 

PALM  BEACH  COUNTY,  FLORIDA.  Relocating? 
Coming  for  the  winter?  Whether  buying,  selling  or 
renting,  call  Marilyn  Samwick,  Assoc,  Properties 
Unlimited  Realty,  Inc.,  10887  N.  Military  Trail,  Palm 
Beach  Gardens,  (305)  622-7000.  Eves.  626-3564. 

FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE.  Fantastic  view  Pine 
Channel,  Key  Deer  Refuge,  National  Bird  Sanctuary. 
Toast/applaud  sunset.  Stilt  house,  boat  basin,  3/2, 
screened  porches,  fully  furnished,  stained  glass  win- 
dows. Swimming,  diving,  fishing.  (305)  665-3832. 


FOR  RENT 

SANIBEL  ISLAND,  FLORIDA:  Beautiful  three-bed- 
room house  overlooking  golf  course  and  wildlife 
refuge.  Air-conditioned,  fully  equipped,  sleeps  eight. 
Tennis  courts,  swimming  pool  available.  Call  (202) 
362-1546  for  rates  and  availability. 


SERVICES 


COLLEGE  MUNCHIE  PACKAGES!  Three  deli- 
veries per  school  year;  October,  February,  and  April. 


Birthday  and  gift  packages  available.  Morgan  Mun- 
chies,  1745  Stout  St.,  Denver,  Colorado  80202.  (303) 
777-9494. 

C.J.  Harris  and  Company,  Inc.  offers  financial  and 
marketing  consulting  to  small  and  mid-size  compa- 
nies. WE  SPECIALIZE  IN  REPRESENTING 
CLIENTS  WHO  WISH  TO  BUY  OR  SELL  A  BUSI- 
NESS. Call  Gordon  Gillooly  M.B.A.  '83,  (919) 
848-1010. 


WANTED  TO  BUY 

RARE  BOOKS  AND  MAPS.  Richard  Sykes  '53, 
Mary  Flanders  Sykes  '52.  Sykes  and  Flanders,  Anti- 
quarian Booksellers,  P.O.  Box  86,  Weare,  NH  03281. 
(603)  529-7432.  Member  ABAA. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

FOUND:  1970  class  ring.  Inscription:  Mary  Ellen 
Blue.  Contact  Bernice  Charles,  Alumni  House, 
1-800-FOR  DUKE. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke 
Classifieds.  For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25 
words,  $.50  for  each  additional  word.  10-word  mini- 
mum. Telephone  numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip 
codes  are  free.  DISPLAY  RATES  are  $100  per  column 
inch  (2  1/2  x  I).  10  PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for  mul- 
tiple insertions. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  in  which  section  add  should  appear;  no 
telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to: 
Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  March  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-October),  September  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January-Febru- 
ary), January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the  issue 
in  which  your  ad  should  appear. 


i  lecturer  there  in  German  language  i 


Coach  Wallace  Wade 

Duke's  lengendary  football  coach,  Wallace  Wade, 
best  known  for  bringing  the  1942  Rose  Bowl  to 
Durham,  died  October  6  after  a  brief  illness.  He  was 
94. 

He  coached  for  the  University  of  Alabama  during 
the  Twenties  and  his  teams  won  sixty-one  games,  lost 
thirteen,  and  played  in  three  Rose  Bowl  games. 

Wade,  who  came  to  Duke  in  1931,  had  a  fifteen-year 
record  of  110-36-7,  and  two  Rose  Bowl  bids  for  the  Blue 
Devils.  Three  weeks  before  Duke  was  to  play  Oregon 
in  the  1942  Rose  Bowl,  Pearl  Harbor  was  attacked. 
Since  federal  officials  feared  attacks  would  follow  on 
the  California  coast,  they  discouraged  large  crowds 
from  gathering.  Wade  went  to  Duke  officials  with  a 
plan  to  stage  the  bowl  game  in  Durham  at  the  stadium 
which  would  eventually  bear  his  name.  Though  Duke 
fell  to  Oregon  20-16,  the  New  Year's  Day  crowd,  at 
56,000,  was  the  third  largest  to  witness  a  football 
game  at  Duke. 

Wade  left  Duke  in  1942  to  serve  in  the  U.S.  Army 


in  Europe— a  volunteer  at  age  53.  He  took  part  in  five 
major  campaigns  there,  including  the  Battle  of  the 
Bulge,  and  was  discharged  as  a  colonel.  He  was 
honored  for  bravery  and  awarded  the  Bronze  Star  and 
the  French  Croix  de  Guerre  with  Palm.  He  returned 
to  Duke  in  1946  to  continue  his  coaching  career.  He 
coached  until  1950,  posting  a  25-17-4  mark  before 
retiring.  His  last  Blue  Devil  team  finished  7-3,  with 
his  last  game  a  7-0  victory  over  North  Carolina. 

Born  in  Trenton,  Tennessee,  he  played  collegiate 
football  at  Brown  University,  including  the  1916  Rose 
Bowl  game  with  Washington  State.  He  joined  the 
Army  during  World  War  I,  but  the  war  ended  before 
he  embarked  for  Europe.  He  returned  to  Tennessee  to 
his  first  coaching  job,  at  a  military  school.  His  team 
won  two  state  titles  in  a  row  and  Wade  was  hired  as 
assistant  coach  at  Vanderbilt  University.  He  helped 
that  team  go  undefeated  in  both  1921  and  1922. 

He  became  head  coach  for  Alabama,  and  after 
eight  seasons  and  three  bowl  victories,  he  came  to 
Duke.  By  the  mid-1930s,  he  had  built  the  Blue  Devils 
into  a  national  power. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Peg.  A  memorial  service 
was  held  in  Duke  Chapel  on  October  8. 


jaangsiffla 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


PRESCRIPTION 
FOR  SUCCESS 


Upon  the  nomination  of  President 
Few,  the  executive  committee  of  the 
board  of  trustees  [selected]  Dr. 
Wilburt  Cornell  Davison,  at  present  assist- 
ant dean  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Medical 
School,  to  head  the  school  of  medicine  at 
Duke.  Dr.  Davison  will  assume  responsibility 
at  once  in  organizing  and  building  the  new 
school  and  hospital.... 

The  fact  that  Dr.  Davison  is  a  compara- 
tively young  man  who  has  already  achieved 
success  in  his  profession  and  is  widely  recog- 
nized as  an  authority  on  pediatrics,  means 
that  Duke  will  have  at  the  head  of  its  medi- 
cal school  a  man  of  vision  and  vigor,  who  by 
reason  of  his  wide  study  and  research  can 
direct  the  development  of  this  important 
unit  along  the  best  known  lines.  He  will 
watch  closely  the  building  of  the  medical 
school  and  hospital  from  the  blueprint  stage, 
thus  assuring  the  proper  equipment  and 


location  of  the  factors  involved;  further,  he 
will  organize  the  faculty,  and  it  is  reasonable 
to  assert  that  the  faculty  will  be  of  such  men 
as  will  be  able  to  bring  to  our  medical  school 
their  best  years  of  service.— February  1927 


HAVING  A 


Events  are  crowding  just  now.  The 
autumn  Co-Ed  Ball  comes  on  the 
night  before  Thanksgiving,  and  is  the 
high  spot  in  the  social  calendar  of  the  East 
Campus.  All  the  resources  of  the  girls'  fertile 
brains  are  enlisted  in  making  this  the  most 
beautiful  and  dignified  ball  of  all. 

Decorations  this  year,  in  red  and  black  and 
silver,  [include]  a  ceiling  of  drapery-material 
stretched  to  reduce  the  height  of  the  gymna- 
sium and  wreaths  of  silver  leaves  against 
black  velvet  borders.  The  effect  is  wonderful. 
Miss  Annie  Louise  Reist  is  responsible  as 
chairman  of  Social  Standards.— January 
1937 


JUST  BANO, 
NO  BUCK 


hen  the  frangible  bullet  was  first 
being  used  in  the  training  of  stu- 
dent gunners  at  Laredo  Air  Base 
in  Texas,  enthusiastic  Colonel  E.  M.  Day, 
commandant  of  the  base,... said:  "They 
enable  our  gunners  to  shoot  down  the  enemy 
in  comfort....  " 

The  first  persons  to  set  about  to  meet  this 
need  for  more  realistic  instruction  for  the 
American  gunner  were  the  Texas  architect 
Major  Cameron  D.  Fairchild  of  Houston  and 
Dr.  Paul  M.  Gross,  professor  of  chemistry  at 
Duke.  What  they  visualized  was  the  need  for 
some  kind  of  a  bullet  which  could  be  used  to 
score  hits  in  close  simulation  of  actual  war- 
fare; a  bullet,  in  other  words,  that  would  do 
the  work  of  a  real  live  piece  of  ammunition 
up  to  but  minus  the  destructive  effects; 
something  which  would  give  the  gunner 
experience  in  shooting  down  the  enemy  "at 
home,"  in  order  to  relieve  him  of  the  buck 
fever  he  had  on  his  first  combat  mission, 
which  of  itself  was  often  responsible  for  his 
missing  the  target.... 


ot  college:  The 
Main  Build- 
ing was  the  cen- 
ter of  campus  life  at  the 
former  Trinity  College, 
now  the  site  of  Duke's 
East  Campus.  Built  in 
1892  at  a  cost  of 
$90,000,  the  building 
was  renamed  the 
Washington  Duke 
Building  in  1896.  The 
three-story,  red  brick 
structure  was  used  for 
recitations,  administra- 
tive offices,  meetings  of 
the  two  literary  socie- 
ties, and  dorm  rooms 
for  sixty  students.  Cam- 
pus expansion  plans 
called  for  it  to  be  torn 
down,  but  a  major  fire 
on  January  4,  1911, 
beat  the  wrecking  < 
leaving  just  a  shell  of 
the  historic  property. 
The  East  Duke  Build- 
ing now  stands  on  the 
site  of  the  Washington 
Duke  Building. 


s 


ign  of  the  times: 
It's  1952  and  no 
rule-abiding  stu- 
dent at  the  Woman's 
College  leaves  campus 
without  signing  out  of 
her  dorm.  She  also 
returns  to  campus  by 
10:30  p.m.  Monday 
through  Thursday,  II 
p.m.  Friday  and  Sun- 
day, and  1  a.m. 
Saturday. 


The  frangible  bullet  is  by  no  means  a  play- 
thing....It  can  be  used  in  gunnery  practice 
only  because  target  planes  and  their  crews 
are  enclosed  behind  special  dural  and  glass. 
The  bullet  must  be  fired  from  a  specially 
designed  gun,  which  was  also  developed  at 
Duke-February  1947 


MORE 
MIND  WORKERS 


The  scarcity  of  young  workers  in  para- 
psychology is  cause  for  widespread 
concern  in  that  field,  according  to 
Dr.  J.B.  Rhine,  head  of  the  parapsychology 
laboratory  at  Duke.  Many  of  the  more  active 
investigators  are  approaching  the  age  of 
retirement,  he  pointed  out,  and  the  larger 
proportion  of  workers  are  at  the  "older  end" 
of  the  age  curve. 

Reasons  for  the  scarcity  include  an  increas- 
ing amount  of  technical  knowledge  which  is 
required,  the  absence  of  textbooks,  the 
limited  professional  acclaim  and  recogni- 
tion, and  the  uncertainty  as  to  foreseeable 
support  for  such  a  branch  of  inquiry.... 

To  rectify  the  situation,  Dr.  Rhine  sug- 
gested that  a  method  be  developed  for  select- 
ing promising  young  workers  and  at  the  same 
time  taking  steps  to  safeguard  them  from 
later  grief  and  failure.  It  would  also  be  profit- 
able to  coordinate  the  efforts  of  those  who 
are  able  to  encourage  young  workers  with 
grants  and  scholarships,  and  those  sen- 
ior research  workers  who  would  be  called 
upon  to  direct  their  training  and  research 
efforts.— February  1957 


REMEMBERING  A 
MAJOR  AUTHOR 


This  year's  celebration  of  Founders' 
Day  consisted  of  a  series  of  events 
which  included  a  ceremony  officially 
recognizing  the  fact  that  the  Duke  Library 
had  been  named  in  honor  of  William  R. 
Perkins  Sr....  The  events  were  part  of  the 
observance  of  the  forty-second  anniversary 
of  the  signing  of  the  Duke  Indenture  by 
James  B.  Duke,  an  act  which  created  The 
Duke  Endowment  and  transformed  Trinity 
College  into  Duke  University. 

Judge  Perkins  was  author  of  the  indenture 
and  also  counsel  for  the  Duke  family  until  his 
death  in  1945.  In  addition,  he  was  a  member 


of  the  executive  committee  of  the  university 
board  of  trustees  and  one  of  the  twelve  ori- 
ginal trustees  of  The  Duke  Endowment. 

University  President  Douglas  M.  Knight, 
who  spoke  at  the  December  11  ceremony 
in  the  Library's  Rare  Book  Room,  said, 
"There  is  nothing  else  so  central  to  the 
intellectual  ventures  of  a  university  as  its 
library....— February  1967 


PRODS,  PROSE, 
PRAISE  FOR  A 
PRESIDENT 

Time  magazine's  first  issue  of  1977  con- 
tains not  only  a  sketch  of  Juanita 
Kreps  A.M.  44,  Ph.D.  48,  the  uni- 
versity vice  president  and  distinguished  pro- 
fessor of  economics  who  has  been  named 
secretary  of  commerce,  but  also  a  piece  by 
novelist  Reynolds  Price  '55  on  the  Carter 
family,  and  an  assessment  by  Duke  political 
scientist  James  David  Barber  of  Jimmy 
Carter's  presidential  character.... 

[Time  says]:  "Kreps  is  unlikely  to  be  bashful 
about  speaking  her  mind.  Within  minutes  of 
her  appointment,  she  had  already  reproved 
Carter  before  a  national  TV  audience.  It 
would  be  hard,  said  she,  'to  defend  the  pro- 
position that  there  are  not  a  great  many  qual- 
ified women'  to  serve  in  the  cabinet.  Replied 
Carter,  who  has  tried  to  do  exactly  that:  'I 
think  she  said  she  disagrees  with  me.' " 

Reynolds  Price  on  Carter:  "What  he 
mainly  does  is  listen  with  a  blowtorch  inten- 
sity which  makes  most  other  brands  of 
human  attention  seem  dazed  or  bored." 

David  Barber  on  Carter:  "Jimmy  Carter 
may  turn  out  to  be  wrong— is  bound  to  in 
some  ways— but  I  for  one  will  be  surprised  if 
his  major  troubles  grow  out  of  his 
character.'—  February  1977 


First  tip-off:  Some 
8,000  fans 
poured  into  Duke 
Indoor  Stadium  on  Jan- 
uary 6,  1940,  to  watch 
the  Blue  Devils  christen 
the  South's  "basketball 
palace"  by  beating  the 
Princeton  Tigers, 
36-27.  In  the  ensuing 
years,  the  Tigers  have 
been  throtded  by  Duke 
in  thirteen  of  fourteen 
games,  the  stadium  has 
been  renamed  to  honor 
Duke  Coach  Eddie 
Cameron,  and  the  Blue 
Devils  have  racked  up  a 
stadium  win-loss  record 
of  419-111,  proving  that 
there  really  is  some- 
thing to  that  home- 
court  advantage. 





15 


THE  WAY  WE  ARE: 
RATING  THE  FIRST 


BY  LEN  G.  PARDUE  '61 
Assistant  to  the  Editor 
Louisinlle,  Kentucky,  Courier-Journal 
and  the  Louisville  Times 

A  key  purpose  of  a  class  reunion, 
surely,  is  to  find  out  how  things 
have  gone  with  our  classmates  and 
to  compare  our  experiences  to  those  of  oth- 
ers. We  all  want  to  know  who  has  made  it 
big,  and  who  decided  to  get  out  of  advertis- 
ing and  become  a  monk.  We  wonder  whose 
romance  has  flourished  and  whose  has  fal- 
tered. We  want  to  hear  whose  kids  are  in  jail 
and  whose  got  admitted  to  Duke. 

Curiosity  akin  to  that  arose  among  the 
organizers  of  our  class  reunion.  To  try  to  learn 
something  about  how  our  lives  had  turned 
out,  they  asked  me  to  put  together  a  ques- 
tionnaire for  the  Office  of  Alumni  Affairs  to 
mail  to  classmates.  I  agreed.  We  sent  out  859 
questionnaires  and  received  238  responses,  a 
response  rate  of  28  percent. 

That's  too  low,  I'm  told,  to  provide  a  statis- 
tically reliable  portrait  of  the  class  as  a  whole. 
No  matter.  The  responses  provide  signifi- 
cant and  fascinating  information  about  a 
large  segment  of  our  class. 

The  Office  of  Alumni  Affairs  kindly  tabu- 
lated totals  and  percentages  for  the  answers 
to  the  twenty-six  multiple-choice  questions 
we  asked.  As  interesting  and  revealing  as  the 
numbers  are,  comments  in  response  to  the 
questionnaires  final,  open-ended  question 
provide  even  more  specific  insight  about  indi- 
vidual experiences.  Using  those  comments 
and  the  statistics,  I  offer  these  thoughts 
about  the  way  we  are,  we  238  inevitably 
middle-aged  members  of  the  Class  of  1961  of 
Duke  University's  Trinity,  Engineering,  and 
Woman's  colleges  and  its  School  of  Nursing. 

Two  groups  spring  forth  from  the  numbers 
and  the  comments.  You  could  call  them  the 
Haves  and  the  Have  Lesses,  or  the  Pleased 
and  Prosperous  and  the  Less-Pleased  and 
Less-Prosperous.  I  don't  use  the  labels  in  a 
judgmental  way.  I  don't  suggest  that  a  signifi- 
cant group  of  us  has  suffered  irreversible 
defeat  on  the  battlefield  of  life.  I  simply  want 
to  point  out  that  some  of  us  have  experienced 
what  our  culture  would  regard  as  remarkable 
good  fortune.  Others  have  suffered  reverses. 


They  have  climbed  less  far  up  a  ladder  they 
had  wanted  to  climb.  Perhaps  a  rung  broke 
under  their  feet  in  an  unexpected  or  unwel- 
come way,  and  yet  they  climbed  on. 

The  Haves  make  up  the  bulk  of  the  class. 
This  bunch  is  prosperous,  pleased  and  posi- 
tive-minded—happy about  their  careers, 
their  marriages,  their  children,  financially 
well  off.  These  classmates  have  been  fortu- 
nate. They  appear  to  know  it. 

The  Have  Lesses  have  obtained  or  achieved 
a  bit  less  of  something  significant.  Their 
income  is  lower.  Or  they  experienced  a  diffi- 
cult divorce.  Or  things  haven't  gone  as  well 
in  their  careers  as  they  had  hoped.  Here  and 
there,  a  bitter  comment  emerges  about  a  hus- 
band who  ended  a  twenty-year  marriage.  A 
nurse  complains,  justifiably,  in  my  view, 
about  low  pay.  More  than  one  classmate 
remarks  on  the  stresses  of  working  at  a  career 
and  as  a  parent-homemaker. 

The  views  of  the  Haves  and  Have  Lesses 
converge  on  some  matters.  The  Alumni 
Affairs  people  will  happily  note  that  one  of 
these  areas  of  near-unanimity  involves  atti- 
tudes toward  our  days  at  Duke.  Forty-six  per- 
cent of  us  strongly  agree  that  Duke  helped 
get  us  ready  for  career  challenges,  and  an- 
other 42  percent  mildly  agree.  Thirty-one 
percent  strongly  believe  that  Duke  helped 
get  us  ready  for  the  challenges  of  our  per- 
sonal lives.  Another  48  percent  mildly  think 
that's  true.  That's  an  approval  rating  in  the 
80  percent  range. 

Perhaps,  in  part,  we  feel  good  about  Duke 
because  of  what  happened  to  us  and  around 
us  after  we  left  Duke. 

Two  circumstances  helped  all  of  us,  it 
seems  to  me.  First,  we  were  born  at  the  end  of 
the  Great  Depression,  during  a  time  of  low 
birth  rate.  As  a  result,  during  much  of  our 
adult  lives  we've  faced  less  competition  in 
numerical  terms  for  jobs  and  promotions. 
Second,  we  entered  adult  life  at  a  time  of 
relative  prosperity  and  low  inflation.  Many 
of  us  had  begun  families  and  bought  houses 
well  before  the  double-digit  inflation  days  of 
1974,  1979,  and  1980. 

Some  of  our  female  classmates  mention  a 
third  helpful  factor— the  women's  move- 
ment. They  say  it  helped  open  job  opportu- 
nities for  them. 

True,  we  have  experienced  Vietnam,  Wa- 
tergate, the  civil  rights  movement,  and  the 
Space  Age.  We've  witnessed  what  have  been 
described  as  revolutions  in  sexual  behavior, 
in  drug  use,  in  relations  between  the  genera- 


tions and  the  sexes.  But  if  all  that  change 
and  tumult  have  overturned  our  basic  values, 
I  don't  see  the  evidence  in  our  answers  to  the 
questionnaire. 

As  a  group,  we  held  conservative  political 
views  when  we  left  Duke,  and  we  apparently 
still  hold  them  today.  In  1964,  half  of  us  sup- 
ported Barry  Goldwater  for  president  (he  got 
39  percent  of  the  votes).  In  1984,  seven  in 
ten  of  us  backed  Reagan,  who  got  six  in  ten 
of  the  nation's  votes. 

We  work  as  professionals  and  managers.  In 
half  our  homes  both  spouses  work.  Almost 
all  of  us  married  and  raised  children.  We  live 
in  the  south  and  the  east,  by  and  large.  We're 
prosperous,  much  more  prosperous  than 
other  college  graduates  our  age.  In  40  per- 
cent of  our  households,  annual  income 
exceeds  $100,000.  Little  wonder,  then,  that 
many  of  us  feel  better  able  than  our  parents 
to  afford  the  house  of  our  choice. 

Half  of  us  say  our  views  on  the  role  of 
women  in  society  have  become  much  more 
liberal  since  we  left  college.  In  general,  we 
approve  the  changes  in  those  roles,  but  a  sig- 
nificant number  worry  about  whether  child- 
ren whose  mother  works  outside  the  home 
are  as  well  off  as  children  whose  mother  stays 
home. 

We  think  that  in  homes  where  both  spouses 
work,  they  should  share  equally  in  house- 
hold chores,  but  we  acknowledge  that  that 
doesn't  happen  too  often  in  our  houses. 

We  say  our  adult  lives  have  turned  out  the 
way  we  expected,  but  we  agree  that  on  the 
whole  we're  more  financially  secure  than  we 
anticipated  at  this  time  of  our  lives.  We're 
pleased  with  our  family  relationships— in 
fact,  almost  60  percent  of  us  voice  strong 
satisfaction  about  those  relationships.  Most 
of  us  think  we've  worked  out  our  roles  with 
our  spouses  without  undue  stress. 

We  agree  wholeheartedly  that  successful 
people  should  generously  support  commu- 
nity service  activities  with  their  time  and 
money.  Most  of  us  think  we're  giving  about 
the  right  amount  of  support  to  those  activi- 
ties. In  significant  numbers,  we  hope  in  the 
next  five  years  to  develop  new  professional 
and  personal  skills  and  to  give  more  time  to 
recreation  and  to  our  families.  Only  a  few  of 
us  have  retired  or  expect  to  any  time  soon. 

The  comments  that  members  of  our  class 
made  about  their  experiences  and  thoughts 
give  flesh-and-blood  dimensions  to  the 
numbers. 

"I  have  few  disappointments  to  report  and 


many  accomplishments  to  be  proud  of  and 
grateful  for,"  writes  a  social  worker  who  owns 
a  business  in  Lexington,  Massachusetts.  The 
writer  goes  on  to  talk  of  enjoying  happy- 
family  relationships,  taking  trips  on  business 
and  for  pleasure  throughout  the  United 
States  and  Europe,  writing  three  books,  and 
enjoying  sports  and  other  recreation.  And, 
"I  have  been  consistent  in  my  values  and 
goals.  I  have  wanted  to  help  people  since  I 
was  a  child,  and  I  have." 

A  nurse  tells  of  giving  up  nursing  to  stay 
home  and  rear  her  children.  Later,  volunteer 
work  in  her  children's  schools  brought  even 
larger  responsibilities,  first  as  co-author  of  a 
manual  telling  how  to  organize  school  vol- 
unteers, later  as  part-time  coordinator  of 
community  school  programs,  and  finally  on 
a  full-time  basis  in  that  role. 

A  senior  partner  in  a  management  con- 
sulting firm  in  Cleveland  says,  "My  life  over 
the  past  twenty-five  years  can  be  described  in 
one  word— blessed."  He  speaks  warmly  of  a 
meaningful  and  exciting  marriage,  children 
who  have  been  * 
a  joy  as  well  as  jf 
a  challenge,  and 
work  that  has  been 
challenging,  fun, 
and  financially  re- 
warding, and  that  !E  "* 
has  given  him  a 
chance  to  help  col- 
leagues, commun- 
ity, and  clients. 

"This  has  been 
a  good  twenty- 
five  years,"  anoth- 
er of  our  class- 
mates writes.  "I 
was  naive  enough 
to  expect  it,  and 
[am]  a  little  awed 
now  that  the  period  has  met  my 
expectations." 

Clearly  the  writer  speaks  for  a  great  many 
of  us,  but  not  all;  the  responses  to  the  ques- 
tionnaire suggest  that  some  of  us  have  dealt 
with  adversity  and  major  disappointment. 

Fifteen  percent  of  the  238  who  responded 
have  divorced  or  are  separated.  One  in  six  say 
emphatically  they've  faced  difficulty  and  fric- 
tion with  their  spouses  in  working  out  their 
roles  in  their  personal  lives.  A  third  of  us  say 
we've  compromised  career  goals  to  achieve 
the  kind  of  family  life  we  wanted.  Six  per- 
cent report  annual  household  income  of  less 
than  $35 ,000.  Fifteen  percent  say  they're  less 
able  than  their  parents  were  to  afford  the 
house  they  want.  Three  in  ten  say  they're  less 
able  than  their  parents  to  get  by  comfortably 
with  one  adult  working. 

Behind  these  statistics  lie  some  poignant 
situations,  as  well  as  much  courage,  resource- 
fulness, and  resilience. 

"Disappointed  in  my  financial  situation," 


writes  a  classmate  who  works  in  sales  and 
consulting  in  Pennsylvania.  "I  have  put  fami- 
ly and  personal  matters  ahead  of  career  mat- 
ters, especially  where  relocation  is  concerned, 
and  it  has  impeded  my  progress  significantly." 

A  nurse  and  mother  says  she  found  it  dif- 
ficult to  serve  both  those  roles  well:  "Little 
did  I  think  twenty-five  years  ago  when  I  gra- 
duated from  Duke  that  the  melding  of  the 
two  roles  would  be  so  challenging." 

"I  was  raised  to  be  a  wife  and  mother  and  I 
now  live  in  a  world  where  these  have  less 
value  than  having  a  good  job,"  writes  a  Con- 
necticut classmate.  "I  feel  that  tension,  and 
fight  to  be  my  own  person." 

Others  commented  about  disappointments: 

•  "Greatest  disappointment:  Permanently 
debilitating  illness  of  first  child." 

•  "I  really  like  my  work  as  a  nurse,  but  I  am 
extremely  disappointed  with  the  pay  we  get 


has 
passed  is 
alitde 
disconcerting.' 


when  I  look  around  at  others  with  similar  or 
less  education  who  make  much  more." 

•  "I  am  disabled  with  multiple  sclerosis, 
the  only  fact  of  my  life  I  was  surprised  with 
and  would  like  to  change." 

Difficulty  in  a  marriage  produced  rough 
times  for  some:  "Whatever  happened  to 
commitment,  caring  for  others,  family 
unity?"  asks  a  woman  who  says  one  of  her 
goals  in  the  next  five  years  is  to  "survive  a 
possible  divorce  with  dignity  and  a  renewed 
sense  of  self-worth." 

Though  the  break-up  of  their  marriages  pro- 
duced trauma  and  stress,  some  found  greater 
happiness  later.  Among  her  successes,  says  a 
lawyer  from  New  Jersey,  is  her  second  mar- 


riage, "to  the  'right'  person  for  me,  [someone] 
who  is  warm,  supportive,  secure,  flexible  and 
whose  professional  demands  as  an  attorney 
match  mine." 

"To  others  who  may  find  themselves  alone 
at  mid-life,  I'll  offer  a  perspective  that  it  can 
be  an  opportunity  for  renewed  happiness, 
but  it  takes  time,  and  courage— and  a  little 
help  from  your  friends,"  writes  a  classmate 
who  found  new  life  after  forty. 

Others  overcame  other  kinds  of  adversity. 
Comments  one  classmate:  "Generally— a 
sad  life— pursuing  goals  and  objectives  dic- 
tated by  family,  friends,  and  society  and  [in 
conflict  with]  personal  goals....  Today  I  have 
focus[ed]  on  the  right  things  and  have  a  full 
life  with  emphasis  on  children,  spiritual  life, 
proper  management  of  time,  objectives  and 
goals.  Surprises:  My  resilience,  tenacity,  will 
to  live,  and  gratitude." 

The  questionnaire  produced  interesting 
data  and  rich,  thoughtful,  instructive  com- 
ments. I  will  finish  by  letting  a  few  more 
classmates  speak  for  themselves: 

•"As  you  get  older,  not  only  does  your 
vision  get  worse,  it  gets  narrower." 

•  "I'm  a  far  stronger  person  than  I  thought, 
more  patient,  able  to  endure  and  withstand." 

•"The  university  dedicates  itself  to  an 
education    for    rational    decision-making— 
logical,  factual  thinking....  What  I  was  not 
prepared  for  very  well  is  how  powerless  this 
thinking  is  in  the  face  of  forces  we  studied 
too  abstractly,  even 
too       rationally— 
pride,  greed,  fana- 
ticism, love,  hate, 
egomania,  etc.  The 
more  I  meet  and 
understand    these 
forces     at     home, 
.  abroad,  and  in  my 
.  »       old  classmates  (tak- 
ing leave  of  their  education  for  some  secure 
ideology  or  fanaticism),  the  less  salvageable 
humankind  seems  to  be— the  more  like  a 
grand,  dazzling,  and  bizarre  short  eddy  in  the 
four-billion^year  river  of  evolution.  But  in  the 
end,  a  fascinating  and  amusing  subject." 

•  "I  am  eternally  grateful  for  my  Duke  edu- 
cation. I've  often  said  over  the  past  twenty- 
five  years  that  the  chance  to  have  real  fun, 
expand  experience  and  yet  be  exposed  to  real 
intellectual  challenge  during  that  time  of 
my  life  has  shaped  me  and  benefited  me  tre- 
mendously." 

•  "The  speed  with  which  time  has  passed 
is  a  little  disconcerting  and  the  advice  that 
friends  and  experiences  are  the  most  signifi- 
cant things  in  life  seems  more  valid  every 
day." 

•  "I  want  to  continue  to  grow,  to  contri- 
bute, and  to  love  whenever  I  can.  Life  is  para- 
doxical, a  mystery  in  so  many  ways,  but  I 
want  to  experience  it  fully  and  to  celebrate 
and  rejoice  in  it  as  much  as  I  can." 


UKE  TRAVEL  1987 

TEN  EXCITING  ADVENTURES 


Mississippi  River  Boat  Cruise 
and  New  Orleans 
April  9-18 

Relive  the  days  when  cotton  was  king 
and  the  riverboat  was  the  only  way  to 
travel.  Join  Duke  and  UNC  alumni  on 
this  unique  journey  up  the  Mississippi 
from  New  Orleans  to  Memphis.  Enjoy 
two  nights  deluxe  accomodations  in  New 
Orleans  and  then  board  one  of  America's 
newest  riverboats  for  our  journey  to  fasci- 
nating historic  sites,  antebellum  homes 
cotton  and  sugar  plantations,  and  quaint 
town  centers.  Price  includes  FREE  air 
fare  and  shore  excursions,  nighdy  cocktail 
parties  and  all  meals  on  board,  two-night 
pre-cruise  package  in  New  Orleans  and 
more.  Priced  from  $1,460  per  person. 

The  British  Isles  and  Ireland 
May  27 -June  2 

Experience  the  historic  lands  of  Eng- 
land, Wales,  Scodand,  and  Ireland.  You 
can  see  the  royal  attractions  in  London; 
the  charming  villages  in  Cardiff  and  Edin- 
burgh; and  the  "luck  of  the  Irish"  in  Lime- 
rick and  Dublin.  From  $899  — Boston 
departure.  From  $1099  —  Raleigh/Durham 
departure. 

Canadian  Roches 
June  13-22 

Enjoy  ten  relaxing  days  in  Canada's 
most  beautiful  surroundings,  the  Western 
Canadian  Rockies.  Visit  and  enjoy  the 


world's  largest  shopping  center  in 
Edmonton,  the  tranquility  of  chateaux  in 
Lake  Louise  and  Banff,  the  beauty  of 
Butchart  Gardens  in  Victoria  and  end 
your  visit  in  one  of  Canada's  most  pro- 
gressive cities,  Vancouver.  The  ten-day 
adventure  is  inclusive  of  everything,  and 
will  be  priced  at  $1,699  from  Edmonton. 

Alaska 
July  15-22 

Cruise  the  new  frontier  of  America- 
Alaska  aboard  the  elegant  GOLDEN 
ODYSSEY!  Join  our  7-day  voyage  from 
historic  Anchorage,  past  majestic  moun- 
tains, through  spectacular  fjords  and  awe- 
some glaciers  to  breath-taking  Vancouver, 
British  Columbia.  Prices  start  at  $1,903 
per  person  round  trip  from 
Raleigh/Durham  including  special  Duke 
Alumni  bonuses  (bar  credits,  cocktail 
parties,  wine  and  group  rates).  Your 
friends  and  family  are  welcome  to  join 
you. 

Burgundy  Passage  and  the  Alp 
July  29-August  10 

Arrive  Geneva,  Switzerland,  via 
Swissair  and  transfer  to  Macon,  France, 
to  begin  your  six  night  cruise  on  the 
Saone  River  aboard  the  M.V  ARLENE. 
Ports  of  call  through  the  Burgundy  Prov- 
ence will  include  the  Tournus,  Chalon- 
Sur-Saone,  Seurre,  and  St.  Jean  de  Losne 
near  Dijon.  From  the  Dijon  area,  transfer 
to  Lausanne,  Switzerland,  on  Lake 


Geneva  for  two  nights.  From  Luasanne 
transfer  to  Lucerne,  Switzerland,  on  Lake 
Lucerne  for  three  nights  via  Berne,  Inter- 
laken,  Grindewald,  and  the  Bernese  Ober- 
land  area.  Return  from  Zurich.  Approxi- 
mately $2,930  from  Adanta. 


The  Danube  and  the  Black  Sea 
September  15-28 

The  Danube  has  been  celebrated  in 
story  and  song  as  Europe's  greatest  river. 
Enjoy  an  adventure  where  you  follow  the 
Danube  through  seven  of  Europe's  most 
fascinating  countries  over  14  days:  Austria, 
Czechoslovakia,  Hungary,  Yugoslavia, 
Bulgaria,  Romania,  plus  Turkey.  See  the 
old  romantic  Europe  that  is  still  the  way 
the  rest  of  Europe  used  to  be.  The  adven- 
ture will  depart  from  New  York  City,  and 
be  priced  from  $2,799. 

China/Orient 

October  25-November  10 

Discover  the  msyterious  Orient  on  this 
exciting  adventure  in  China  and  Japan 
on  board  the  luxurious  Royal  Viking 
Star.  Cruise  to  some  of  China's  most  fas- 
cinating ports  and  cities  including  Shang- 
hai, Yantaim  Beijing  (where  you'll  see 
China's  Great  Wall),  and  Dalian.  In  Japan, 
explore  the  highlights  of  Nagasaki.  Priced 
from  $4,535  per  person  from  the  West 
Coast  including  either  a  Hong  Kong  Pre- 
Cruise  or  Tokyo  Post-Cruise  Package. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES,  FILL  OUT  THE  COUPON  AND  RETURN  TO  BARBARA 
DeLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE  TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL  DRIVE,  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114 

□  Mississippi  River                           □  Alaska                                               □  Danube/Black  Sea 

□  British  Isles                                     □  Bui^undy/The  Alps                       □  China/Orient 

□  Canada 

Name 

Class 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

Phone  (Home) 

(Office) 

DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


OUT  OF 


AFRICA 


a  collection  of  modest  offices  located  below 
a  book  shop  on  Durham's  Ninth  Street  com- 
mercial block.  When  CBS's  60  Minutes  team 
needed  research  on  Tanzanian  agriculture 
and  preparation  for  an  interview  with  Presi- 
dent Mugabe  of  Zimbabwe,  they  called  the 
same  place. 

There,  just  a  stone's  throw  from  Duke's  East 
Campus,  the  people  of  the  Africa  News  Ser- 
vice maintain  one  of  the  nation's  leading 
resource  centers  on  contemporary  Africa. 

Day  in  and  day  out,  workers  at  Africa  News 
and  their  network  of  correspondents  on  the 
continent  gather  information  for  a  growing 
number  of  clients.  Started  by  three  Duke  grad- 
uates and  several  associates  in  1973,  the  non- 
profit organization  continues  to  rely  on  a  steady 
flow  of  undergraduate  interns  from  Duke  and 
the  Durham  community.  They  handle  the 
thousands  of  hours  of  research  and  organiz- 
ing necessary  to  maintain  their  clipping  files 


"Often  stories  disappear 
from  American  news, 

but  they  haven't 
stopped  happening. 

We  cover  the 

developments  in  the 

in-between  times." 


BEHIND  THE  HEADLINES 

BY  PAUL  HOLMBECK 


and  verify  incoming  information  from  short- 
wave radio  and  correspondents. 

"There  was  a  real  vacuum  of  information 
on  Africa  when  we  started  out,"  says  Charles 
Ebel  73.  There  were  three  civil  wars  going 
on  at  the  time,  he  adds,  and  there  was  "a  real 
need  to  give  context  to  these  conflicts  as  well 
as  to  droughts  and  economic  development 
efforts"  in  Africa.  Ebel  prepared  radio  broad- 
casts and  worked  as  managing  editor  of 
Africa  News,  the  biweekly  newsletter,  for 
twelve  years  before  moving  on  to  do  free- 
lance writing  and  editing.  He  stays  on  as  a 
consultant. 

Co-founders  Tami  Hultman  '68  and  Reed 
Kramer  '69,  who  are  now  married,  serve  as 
executive  editor  and  manager.  They  have 
worked  on  both  continents  writing,  editing, 
and  producing  radio  and  print  news  on 
diverse  African  regions  and  issues. 

Kramer  explains  the  organizations  ambi- 
tious purpose  very  simply:  "We  want  to  com- 
municate the  essentials  of  what  is  happen- 
ing in  Africa  to  as  broad  an  American  public 
as  we  can  reach."  To  the  staff  at  Africa  News, 
American  access  to  African  perspectives, 
conditions,  and  culture  is  the  key  to  con- 
structive relations  with  Africa.  American 
understanding  of  Africa,  they  believe,  can 


.and  co-founder  Kramer 


improve  the  chances  for  economic  develop- 
ment, peace,  and  human  rights  on  the 
continent. 

Their  unassuming,  sixteen-page  biweekly 
is  published  by  the  news  service  in  the  maze 
of  renovated  offices  below  the  Regulator 
Book  Shop.  Its  impact,  however,  may  go  well 
beyond  its  humble  origins  in  Durham.  Listed 
among  the  3,400  subscribers  are  twenty-two 
offices  in  the  State  Department,  dozens  of 
major  corporations  and  members  of  Con- 
gress, numerous  African  embassies,  and 
major  news  media.  The  Library  of  Congress 
has  classified  the  publication  as  "high  use," 
and  Northwestern  University  now  requires 
users  to  sign  out  editions  because  they  keep 
disappearing. 

A  stack  of  Africa  News  digests  sits,  along 
with  State  Department  bulletins,  within 
reach  of  the  desk  of  Sheridan  Johns,  a  politi- 
cal science  professor  and  one  of  Duke's  best 
known  Africanists.  "At  its  founding,  the 
potential  for  providing  informed  informa- 
tion on  Africa  in  such  a  void  was  incredibly 
great,"  says  Johns,  a  former  teacher  of  boch 
Hultman  and  Kramer,  "but  the  potential  for 
finding  a  viable  economic  base  was  far  less 
certain." 

Despite  increasing  reliance  by  major  news 


37 


Consistent  with  the 
Africa  News  Service's 
broad  approach  to  cul- 
tural exchange,  co-founder 
Tami  Hultman  '68  created  the 
Africa  News  Cookbook: 
African  Cooking  for  Western 
Kitchens. 

The  book  not  only  gives 
insight  into  the  many  flavors 
of  African  cuisine,  but  also 
shares  the  cultural  context  for 
food  production  and  prepara- 
tion. Hultman  probes  nutri- 
tion's dark  partner  in  Africa- 
hunger— tracing  its  varied 
roots  to,  among  other  factors, 
climatic  shifts  and  the  reorien- 
tation of  agriculture  in  the 
colonial  period. 

When  the  news  service's 
own  printing  of  4,500  copies 
sold  out,  Hultman  went  look- 
ing for  a  publisher.  She  faced 
such  questions  as,  "What's  in 
it,  monkey  soup?"  and,  "Why 
don't  you  do  something  with 
mass  appeal,  like  our  new  arti- 
choke cookbook?" 

"The  obstacles  and  stereo- 
types we  faced  with  the  cook- 
book underlined  the  very 
reasons  Africa  News  exists:  to 
educate  people  on  the  rich- 
ness of  Africa  and  African 
culture,"  says  Hultman.  Persis- 
tence paid  off,  though.  Viking 


•  


Penguin  saw  the  book's  poten- 
tial and  published  12,000 
copies  in  hard  and  soft  covet 
A  second  printing  was  com- 
pleted last  year,  and  all  earn- 
ings continue  to  go  to  food 


and  hunger  projects. 

"And  that's  not  all,"  says 
Hultman.  "I  also  learned  to 
cook." 


media  on  the  Africa  News  Service,  and 
despite  several  prestigious  awards,  it's  still 
trying  to  stay  financially  afloat.  "We  try  to 
cover  the  entire  continent  on  a  budget  that 
some  major  media  spend  on  a  single  corre- 
spondent," says  Kramer.  With  only  40  to  45 
percent  of  the  service's  revenues  coming 
from  subscriptions  and  other  sales,  Africa 
News  has  remained  highly  reliant  on  contri- 
butions and  the  less  certain  grant  cycle. 

The  service's  ten  staff  members  are  all  on 
half-time  salary  this  winter,  though  the  Afri- 
can continent  still  generates  more  than  a  full 
day's  worth  of  news.  "We  can't  cover  every- 
thing worth  reporting  on,"  says  Ebel,  adding 
that  the  news  service  has  turned  toward  more 
contract  journalism  and  background  research 
for  other  news  services. 

Users  of  the  news  service  say  the  informa- 
tion is  extremely  reliable.  "The  publication 
is  the  best  source  of  news  on  Africa,"  says 
Wall  Street  Journal  reporter  Jonathan  Kwitny. 
"I  have  relied  on  the  news  service  for  infor- 
mation from  many  countries,  and  I've  never 
found  it  in  error."  Kwitny,  who  cites  Africa 
News  throughout  Endless  Enemies,  his  book 
on  U.S.  foreign  policy,  has  suggested  that  the 
service's  contacts  across  the  African  conti- 
nent "must  make  the  C.I.A.  envious.... You 
find,  among  other  things,  that  the  Africa 
News  Service  has  the  best  information  on 
the  current  movements  to  topple  existing 
governments  or  movements  which  are  about 
to  topple  them." 


And  joining  in  the  chorus  of  professional 
praise,  Marianne  A.  Spiegel,  former  Africa 
staff  member  of  the  Senate  Foreign  Rela- 
tions Committee  and  the  State  Department 
policy  planning  group,  wrote  recently: 
"Africa  News  profoundly  influences  policy— 
not  by  advocating  positions  or  slanting  its 
stories,  but  by  intelligent,  informed,  reliable 
reporting." 

Kramer  and  Hultman  were  pioneers  in 
studying  the  impact  of  U.S.  corporate  inter- 
ests operating  in  South  Africa,  providing  in 
1970  the  first  systematic  survey  of  the  employ- 
ment practices  of  U.S.  corporations  in  South 
Africa  and  their  role  in  society  in  general. 
"Some  company  heads  genuinely  believed 
that  they  were  a  progressive  force  for  change," 
Hultman  recalls,  "but  the  research  showed 
that  they  actually  lagged  behind  their  South 
African  counterparts."  This  information  was 
useful  to  decision-makers,  such  as  Duke's 
trustees,  who  wanted  to  base  investment 
decisions  on  factual  material  rather  than 
vague  impressions  or  political  winds. 

After  their  one-year,  fact-finding  trip  for 
the  National  Council  of  Churches,  Hultman 
and  Kramer  found  that  providing  reliable 
information  on  Africa  would  become  their 
primary  professional  concern  and  one  of 
their  greatest  personal  commitments.  That 
commitment  brought  Hultman  into  the 
desert  battle  zone  of  the  western  Sahara  in 
1977,  and  she  produced  an  exclusive  front- 
page series  for  The  Washington  Post  on  a  pre- 


viously little-known  war  being  waged  against 
Morocco  by  Polisario  guerillas  seeking 
self-determination. 

Though  staffers  make  trips  to  Africa  as  fre- 
quently as  possible,  the  Africa  News  staff 
stays  close  to  developments  across  the  conti- 
nent through  its  network  of  correspondents 
and  other  channels,  including  mail,  tele- 
phone, telex,  and  constant  short-wave  radio 
monitoring.  One  day  in  October,  Kramer 
had  a  cordial  interview  with  Zwelakhe  Sisulu, 
editor  of  The  New  Nation,  an  opposition 
South  African  weekly,  who  had  only  a  week 
before  been  held  by  South  African  autho- 
rities. Within  minutes,  Kramer  had  a  first- 
person  account  on  current  conditions  from 
one  of  South  Africa's  best-known  journalists 
speaking  on  his  recent  "vacation,"  as  Sisulu 
referred  to  his  detention,  on  a  visit  by  Goretta 
Scott  King,  and  on  a  speech  by  President 
RW  Botha. 

Sisulu,  one  of  the  many  contributors  to 
Africa  News,  described  the  basis  for  unrest 
that,  in  most  papers,  translated  into  little 
more  than  pictures  of  marching  blacks  and 
reports  of  death  tolls.  Rents  were  unafford- 
able,  he  explained,  and  working  conditions 
in  the  mines  had  deteriorated. 

Publications  all  over  the  African  conti- 
nent subscribe  to  Africa  News  to  get  updates 
on  developments  in  U.S.  policy  and  to  get 
news  from  less  accessible  regions  of  their  own 
continent.  "If  you  want  to  see  people  at  work 
and  in  their  real  life,  you  have  to  get  out  of 
the  capitals,"  says  Tanzanian  staffer  Seth 
Kitange,  who  has  spent  the  last  three  of  his 
seven  years  in  the  United  States  with  Africa 
News.  Since  its  founding,  the  service  has 
used  radio  broadcasts  to  reach  wide  audi- 
ences. Periodic  reports  and  documentaries 
supplement  contract  work  on  breaking  news— 
when  their  services  are  in  greatest  demand. 
When  Mozambican  President  Samore 
Machel  was  killed  in  a  plane  crash  in  South 
Africa  last  fall,  Africa  News  rushed  on  short 
notice  to  produce  background  pieces  on 
Mozambique  for  National  Public  Radio  and 
for  newspapers  across  the  country,  including 
the  Boston  Globe,  the  Philadelphia  Inquirer, 
and  Newsday. 

Last  summer,  Africa  News  produced  Date- 
line Africa,  a  series  of  twelve  half-hour  shows 
aired  by  about  seventy-five  public  and  com- 
mercial stations  around  the  United  States. 
The  British  Broadcasting  Corporation  and 
the  Armed  Forces  Radio  Network  picked  up 
the  series  and  ran  it  in  dozens  of  other 
countries  across  the  globe.  The  segments 
included  reports  on  human  rights,  agricul- 
ture, women's  roles  in  African  economies, 
sanctions  against  South  Africa,  and  a  timely 
history  on  Libya. 

Segments  of  the  series  that  focused  on  the 
sources  of  hunger— written  by  Ebel— caught 
the  attention  of  judges  for  the  1986  World 
Hunger  Media  Awards.  Africa  News  won  the 


38 


Judges  Prize  for  its  extensive  coverage  of  hun- 
ger. Each  piece  also  included  a  ninety- 
second  "AFRIFACTS"  segment  that  the 
news  service  hopes  to  begin  marketing  this 
year  to  improve  its  financial  standing. 

One  of  the  staffs  favorite  radio  spots  fea- 
tured Elliot  Fratkin,  an  anthropologist  study- 
ing nomadic  peoples  of  east  Africa.  Now  a 
visiting  scholar  in  Duke's  anthropology 
department,  Fratkin  began  with  an  analysis 
of  how  development  projects  in  Kenya  had 
disrupted  a  fragile  water  system  that  had 
sustained  grazing  lands  needed  by  the 
Rendille,  nomadic  camel  herders  of  north- 
ern Kenya.  "Nobody  asked  the  Rendille  what 
is  good  for  the  Rendille,"  Fratkin  says  of  the 
development  organizations.  His  segment 
ended  with  a  description  of  his  courageous 
but  futile  attempts  to  learn  a  warriors'  dance. 

According  to  Africa  News  co-founder 
Hultman,  many  development  projects  lack 
the  basic  information  necessary  to  be  effect- 
ive. She  cites  projects  across  Africa  that 
ignored  the  role  of  women  in  producing  80 
percent  of  the  continent's  food.  Programs 
granted  access  to  credit,  seeds,  and  land  own- 
ership to  men,  based  on  a  Western  model 
which  intensified  existing  problems.  By 
looking  at  successes  and  failures  in  greater 
detail  and  publishing  its  findings,  Africa 
News  contributes  to  more  accurate  news  and 
more  effective  problem-solving  in  areas  rang- 
ing from  literacy  and  health  to  economic 
development. 

"Often  stories  disappear  from  American 
news  but  they  haven't  stopped  happening," 
says  co-founder  Kramer.  "We  cover  the  devel- 


The  Africa  News  Service, 

says  one  admiring 

reporter,  "has  the  best 

information  on  current 

movements  to  topple 

existing  governments 

or  movements  which  are 

about  to  topple  them." 


opments  in  the  in-between  times."  Says  poli- 
tical scientist  John's:  "Africa  appears  in  the 
news  as  crisis,  instability,  and  corruption,  all 
of  which  are  a  part  of  African  reality,  but 
there  are  significant  countertrends  and  con- 
texts that  are  quite  often  missed.  You  don't 
often  find  explanations  of  why,  for  example, 
there  is  famine,  environmental  decay,  the 
outbreak  of  disease,  or  expanded  enrollment 
in  primary  schools  or  higher  education. 
Africa  News  covers  these  things  well." 

Kwitny  of  The  Wall  Street  Journal  says  the 
constant  monitoring  also  puts  the  Africa 
News  Service  more  on  top  of  breaking  news, 
citing  its  reports  on  ferment  in  Liberia  before 
the  1984  coup  d'etat  that  ended  the  130-year 
True  Whig  Party  rule.  He  calls  most  coverage 
of  Africa  "disgraceful." 


Staffers  say  that  because  editors  of  the 
West's  major  media  outlets  carry  commonly 
held  myths  and  stereotypes  about  Africa  and 
its  people,  news  from  the  continent  tends  to 
reinforce  those  myths.  "We  know  that  quite 
often  correspondents  in  Africa  will  send 
back  features  that  do  not  conform  to  the  ster- 
eotypes held  by  their  editors,  and  the  pieces 
are  not  published.  The  correspondents  com- 
plain, but  editors  are  more  likely  to  publish 
articles  that  confirm  their  own  stereotypes 
and  those  of  their  readers,"  says  Tanzanian 
staffer  Kitange. 

A  frequently  encountered  stereotype  attri- 
butes all  economic  setbacks  to  incompe- 
tence on  the  part  of  African  peoples.  "There 
is  often  an  assumption  that  failures  are  inher- 
ently a  result  of  things  that  are  exclusive  to 
African  governments  or  the  African  conti- 
nent and  not  so  much  a  consequence  of 
external  factors,  including  a  not  necessarily 
congenial  world  economic  order  which  is 
disadvantageous  for  Africans,"  says  Johns. 
Staffers  point  to  the  lingering  influence  of 
Tarzan  films  and  other  stories  where  Afri- 
cans were  almost  always  helpless  villagers, 
confused  by  the  world  around  them,  and 
always  looking  for  guidance  from  the  great 
white  "Bwana." 

"Today  we  are  still  dealing  with  these 
images  of  Africans  as  people  passively 
waiting  for  a  handout,"  says  Hultman.  "We 
try  to  show  their  endless  efforts  on  their  own 

behalf." ■ 

Holmbeck  '84  is  a  Durham-based  free-lance  writer 
who  contributes  regularly  to  the  Raleigh  News  and 
Observer. 


"Dateline  Africa":  Tami  Hultman,  Charles  Ebel  and  June  Archibald 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


GLORY 


Broadway  Bound  left  Duke 
in  October  like  a  down- 
hill snowball  heading 
north  and  gathering 
accolades  along  the  way. 
For  the  second  time  in 
one  year,  a  play  en  route 
to  New  York  was  mounted 
at  Duke's  R.J.  Reynolds  Industries  Thea- 
ter for  intense  rehearsals,  rewrites,  and 
reflections. 

During  its  twelve-day  run  in  Durham, 
standing  ovations  were  common,  and  the 
local  critics  full  of  praise.  "The  dialogue 
sparkles...,"  the  Durham  Morning  Herald 
reported.  "The  production  is  professional, 
smooth,  and  fast-paced."  The  Raleigh  News 
and  Observer  called  it  "a  peach  of  a  show, 
Simon's  best  yet,  and  sure  to  be  a  Tony 
winner." 

By  the  time  it  rolled  into  Washington, 
D.C.,  for  a  five-week  tryout  performance  at 
the  National  Theatre,  the  advance  publicity 
had  been  extensive.  The  Washington  Post  ran 
a  full-page  feature— datelined  Durham— by 
drama  critic  David  Richards,  who  discussed 
Simon's  status  as  a  "serious"  playwright: 
"After  all,  Simon  has  not  been  churning  out 
gag  after  gag  for  some  time  now.  He's  been 
writing  about  growing  up  in  Brighton  Beach- 
poor,  Jewish,  and  yelled  at;  about  the  philan- 
dering father  who  sold  piece  goods  to  ladies' 
dress  manufacturers,  and  the  crusty  mother, 
whose  bark  was  worse  than  her  bite,  although 
her  bite  was  pretty  forbidding.  He's  been 
looking  back  at  his  days  in  boot  camp  during 
World  War  II  and  the  trepidation  he  experi- 
enced at  the  thought  of  losing  his  life,  not  to 
mention  his  virginity.  And  he's  been  writing 
about  the  older  brother,  who  sensed  the 
comic  talent  in  him  and  dragged  me  by  the 
roots  of  my  hair  into  the  business,  when  I  just 
wanted  to  go  out  and  play  ball.' " 

Playing  ball,  indirectly,  was  one  reason 
Simon  brought  his  latest  work  to  Duke.  He 
met  Emanuel  Azenberg  on  a  Softball  field 
twenty-three  years  ago  in  the  Broadway  show 
league.  Simon  played  second  base,  Azenberg 
was  shortstop,  and  Robert  Redford  was  first 
baseman.  "Manny  was  a  ringer  on  our  team, 


NEIL  SIMON 

BY  SAM  HULL 


the  Barefoot  in  the  Park  team,"  Simon  said 
during  a  news  conference  at  Duke.  Broadway 
producer  Azenberg,  who  teaches  a  seminar 
at  Duke  on  producing,  has  worked  with 
Simon  since  The  Sunshine  Boys. 

Simon  came  to  Duke  to  work  on  his  most 
important  play  in  order  to  avoid  the  usual 
scrutiny  of  the  outside  world.  "Manny  and  I 
had  been  talking  for  a  long  time  about  trying 
to  find  different  ways  of  doing  our  plays," 
Simon  explained.  "Since  I  live  a  good  part  of 
the  year  in  California,  for  the  last  eleven  or 
twelve  years  we've  been  trying  out  our  plays 
at  the  Ahmanson,  a  2,000-seat  theater.  The 
pressure  there  in  the  beginning  of  those  two 
weeks  of  getting  the  play  together  is  so  great 


because  they're  coming  as  if  it's  a  world  pre- 
miere and  this  is  the  opening  and  it  should 
be  finished. 

"We  really  came  here  to  work,  and  so  the 
size,  the  environment,  and  the  kinds  of  audi- 
ences we  will  get  will  permit  us  to  do  that 
kind  of  work.  They're  not  coming  down  from 
New  York  looking  to  see  a  finished  product. 
There's  always  the  pressure  to  be  good,  and 
we  hope  to  be  good  very  soon.  But  the  pres- 
sure is  our  own  because  of  the  work,  not  what 
someone  from  the  outside  is  bringing  to  it." 

Though  not  a  finished  product,  the  play 
was  a  sell-out  in  Durham.  And  so  was  a 
600-person  benefit  gala  in  Durham- 
followed  by  a  similar  affair  in  New  York— for 
the  Neil  Simon  Endowment  for  the 
Dramatic  Arts  at  Duke.  Sparked  by  producer 
Azenberg,  the  endowment  will  help  Duke 
attract  visiting  artists— playwrights,  actors, 
creative  technicians,  directors— to  teach  in 
the  drama  program.  The  galas  raised  a  total 
of  $85,000. 

The  last  of  a  semi-autobiographical 
trilogy— preceded  by  Tony  Award-winners 
Brighton  Beach  Memoirs  in  1983  and  BiJoxi 
Blues  in  1985— Broadway  Bound  deals  with 
the  postwar  Jeromes.  Eugene  and  his  brother, 
Stanley,  are  trying  to  break  into  writing 
comedy  for  the  radio  while  their  family  falls 
apart  around  them:  Their  parents'  marriage 
bitterly  dissolves  and  recriminations  abound 
between  the  socialist  grandfather  and  the 
wealthy  daughter  over  her  parents'  estrange- 
ment. Sublimated  selfishness  and  bitterness 
are  as  chilling  as  the  snow  outside  the  Brook- 
lyn home  where  the  play  is  set.  But  the 
brothers  create  humor  in  the  midst  of  this 
underlying  hurt  and  frustration.  Comedy 
writing  will  be  their  ticket  to  success,  their 
escape  from  family  ties  and  trials.  "There's  a 
wealth  of  material  in  this  house,"  says 
Eugene,  the  author's  alter  ego. 

It's  certainly  Simon's  most  personal  play. 
"The  scenes  can  be  wearing  on  you  emotion- 
ally," he  told  the  Associated  Press.  "I  get  very 
close  to  the  bone  in  terms  of  what  my  family 
was  going  through.  Still,  the  core  of  the  play 
is  about  the  growth  of  the  brothers  and  their 
being  able  to  leave  home." 


40 


Richards,  reviewing  for  The  Washington 
Post  after  two  weeks  of  previews,  called 
it  Simon's  "finest  work...,  filled  with  human- 
ity and  heartache.... No  one  who  sees  Broad- 
way Bound  will  ever  again  deny  the  au- 
thor his  credentials  as  a  serious  American 
playwright." 

At  Duke,  Simon  talked  about  working  in 
threes:  "I  never  set  out  to  write  a  trilogy.  I  was 
going  to  write  just  the  one  play,  Brighton 
Beach  Memoirs.  It  started  with  Frank  Rich  of 
The  New  York  Times,  who  gave  a  qualified 
review,  though  fairly  favorable,  to  Brighton 
Beach.  At  the  end  of  his  review,  he  said,  one 
hopes  there  will  be  a  chapter  two  to  Brighton 
Beach.'  I'd  never  received  that  kind  of  encour- 
agement from  a  critic  to  write  a  sequel  to  a 
play.  I  don't  envision  going  on  to  more, 
though  one  can  never  tell,  but  I  think  I 
caught  up  with  myself." 

By  December,  the  play  had  reached  its 
title's  goal.  The  Times'  Frank  Rich  was  quali- 
fied but  fairly  favorable,  again,  in  his  review. 
He  wrote:  "Broadway  Bound  contains  some 
of  its  author's  most  accomplished  writing  to 
date— passages  that  dramatize  the  timeless, 
unresolvable  bloodlettings  of  familial  exist- 
ence as  well  as  the  humorous  conflicts  one 
expects." 

Rich  also  discussed  Simon's  generosity  to 
characters  other  than  himself,  citing  Linda 
Lavin's  Kate,  the  mother  and  the  play's  pro- 
tagonist. "Though  Simon  has  either  senti- 
mentalized or  caricatured  his  past  heroines," 
he  wrote,  "he  sees  Kate  whole,  refusing  to 
sanctify  or  mock  her.  Kate  is  a  remarkable 
achievement— a  Jewish  mother  who  rede- 
fines the  genre... [who]  greets  her  fate  with 
stoical  silence,  not  self-martyrdom." 

Lavin,  best  known  for  her  long-running 
television  series  Alice,  gives  a  performance 
that  Rich  ranks  "of  the  same  high  integrity  as 
the  writing... a  meticulously,  deeply  etched 
portrait  of  a  woman  who  is  a  survivor,  not  a 
victim,  of  an  immigrant  family's  hard  path  to 
assimilation." 

It  wasn't  Lavin's  first  time  out  with  Simon. 
She  was  nominated  for  a  Tony  for  best  sup- 
porting actress  in  his  successful  The  Last  of 
the  Red  Hot  Lovers .  A  few  days  after  Broadway 
Bound's  opening  night  at  Duke,  she  described 
her  impressions  to  a  group  of  students  and 
faculty  gathered  to  ask  questions  of  her,  Neil 
Simon,  and  director  Gene  Saks.  She  com- 
pared the  intensity  of  preparations  to  that  of 
the  historic  Moscow  Art  Theater,  whose 
director,  Konstantin  Stanislavski,  is  con- 
sidered the  father  of  modern  acting:  "We've 
worked  on  every  possible  element  and  level 
of  the  behavior  and  motivations  of  these 
people,  we  have  a  living  playwright  to  be 
connected  to  part  of  this  process,  to  watch 
us,  to  listen  to  us,  adjusting  for  us,  making 
sure  that  what  was  happening  was  true,  and 
the  director— I've  never  worked  with  a 
director  as  provocative  and  fulfilling  and 


Broadway  Bound,  which 

premiered  at  Duke,  is  the 

last  of  Simons  trilogy  of 

memory  plays — an 

accomplishment  that 
has  critics  reassessing  his 

stature  as  a  playwright. 


exciting  as  Gene  Saks,  who  makes  you  feel 
that  everything  you're  bringing  to  the  piece 
is  valid  and  can  be  built  on.  There's  been  a 
great  respect  in  this  piece  among  all  of  us.  It's 
been  an  extraordinary  experience." 

The  moment  of  truth  in  the  creative  pro- 
cess came  to  her  across  the  footlights,  she 
said,  when  an  audience  puts  it  in  perspec- 
tive: "Suddenly,  the  play  is  no  longer  belong- 
ing just  to  you;  now  the  play  belongs  to  the 
world.  For  me,  the  memory  that's  strongest  is 
from  the  Monday  night  we  opened  here— 
the  laughs  came  through  that  fourth  wall 
like  a  Mack  truck  going  through  a  plate  of 
glass  that  we  were  behind. 

"We'd  been  protected  like  a  family  in  the 
rehearsal  period.  Suddenly,  we  had  invited 
these  new  people.  At  first,  they  were  stran- 
gers, but  they  became  friends  during  the  eve- 
ning. And  then  welcoming  that  laughter, 
that  connection,  was  so  soothing  to  me. 
Soon  after,  I  thought,  'well,  yes,  I  really  did 
want  to  have  these  people  over  for  dinner,' 
but  then  I  wasn't  sure  that  I  had  enough 
food!" 

Simon  also  discussed  the  process  and  the 
audience  as  bellwether.  In  the  week  before 
opening,  "Gene  Saks  is  really  working  tech- 
nically with  the  actors  and  the  crew,"  he  said, 
"just  mounting  it.  We  won't  make  further 
changes  until  an  audience  comes  in.  And 
then  Gene  and  Manny  and  I  will  discuss 
what  changes  we  want  to  make,  based  on 
audience  reaction,  and  the  word  that  we  get 
back,  and  what  our  feelings  are,  based  on 
what  we  see  with  an  audience." 

Saks  directed  the  other  plays  in  the  trilogy 
and  feels  quite  at  home  with  the  latest. 
"Since  I  knew  the  characters,  or  most  of 
them,  very  well,  it's  become  part  of  my  life, 
this  trilogy,"  he  said.  "Just  as  in  the  first  play, 
the  characters  were  much  like  my  family, 
and  I  added  to  the  play  what  I  felt  about 
my  youth  and  my  family.  I  almost  adopted 
the  plays  as  my  own— that's  a  strange  kind  of 
transference— but  I  feel  as  much  a  part  of 
these  characters,  I  think,  as  Neil  does." 

Saks  also  directed  the  film  version  of 


Brighton  Beach  Memoirs,  which  was  released 
at  Christmas.  The  character  of  Eugene 
is  played  by  Jonathan  Silverman,  who 
debuted  on  Broadway  as  a  younger  Eugene, 
replacing  Matthew  Broderick.  Silverman 
then  played  Eugene  on  the  national  tour.  He 
reprised  the  role  in  Biloxi  Blues,  again 
replacing  Broderick.  But  he  creates  the  role 
this  time  around  in  Broadway  Bound. 

The  New  York  Times'  Rich  wrote:  "It  takes 
a  while  to  forget  Mr.  Broderick's  Eugene,  but 
once  one  does,  it's  clear  that  his  successor 
has  captured  the  'nice,  likable,  funny'  shell  of 
the  young  man  and  the  'angry,  hostile'  writer- 
on-the-make  within.  By  the  time  Eugene 
coaxes  his  mother  to  dance  with  him,  in 
Oedipal  emulation  of  that  long-ago  invita- 
tion from  George  Raft,  we  also  see  the  com- 
passion of  a  fledgling  playwright  who  may 
someday  come  to  terms  with  his  childhood." 

Lavin's  "aria,"  as  Simon  refers  to  it,  wasn't  in 
the  first  version  of  the  play.  There  was,  he 
explained,  a  love  story  between  Eugene  and 
Josie,  a  character  based  on  Simon's  first  wife. 
But  it  didn't  quite  work,  the  character  was 
written  out,  and  Kate's  monologue  added. 
Her  reminiscence  as  a  young  girl  being 
singled  out  by  George  Raft  to  be  his  dance 
partner  is  Eugenes  favorite.  As  he  fox-trots 
with  her,  she  reveals  the  highlight  of  her  life, 
during  a  period  when  she  fell  in  love  with  the 
husband  who  has  now  left  her  for  another 
woman. 

"I  didn't  find  it  difficult  to  write  because  it 
was  so  organic  to  the  play,"  he  told  the  Duke 
student  audience.  The  character  Eugene,  in 
an  aside  to  the  audience,  recalls:  "Dancing 
with  my  mother  was  very  scary.  Holding  her 
like  that  and  seeing  her  smile  was  too  inti- 
mate for  me  to  enjoy." 

That  scene  is  the  heart  of  a  work  lauded  as 
"the  best  American  play  of  the  1980s"  in  a 
cover  story  by  Time  magazine's  theater  critic 
William  A.  Henry  III.  "Broadway  Bound 
should  firmly  establish  Simon's  standing  in 
the  top  rank  of  American  playwrights." 

Director  Saks'  remarks  at  Duke  now 
seem  prophetic:  "I  don't  think  Neil  has  been 
given  the  proper  niche.  He's  begrudgingly 
given  accolades  as  the  most  successful  play- 
wright in  history,  but  that's  a  backhanded 
compliment— saying  you're  really  not  an 
artist.  But  I  think  it's  turning.  Someday  they 
will  mention  his  name  in  the  same  way  as 
Arthur  Miller's." 

Speaking  at  Duke,  Simon  was  philosoph- 
ical about  his  work— and  his  life.  "As  we  get 
closer  to  the  end,  things  shift  in  importance 
with  us,  and  thank  goodness  they  do.  We 
search  ourselves  more,  and  our  memory 
starts  to  play  a  more  important  part  in  our 
lives.  We  began  to  get  senses  of  values  that 
we  didn't  have  before,  and  we  become  less 
patient  with  a  lot  of  the  things  that  amused 
us  in  our  youth.  We're  look  for  more  serious 
answers  to  things,  more  serious  textures."  ■ 


41 


DUKE  SPORTS 


FOR  DOUBLES 


How  to  tell  them 
apart?  You  have  to 
look  hard.  One  of 
Patti's  teeth  on  the 
left  side  seems  to  be 
set  back  the  tiniest 
bit  in  the  otherwise 
perfectly  straight 
row.  Terri's  face  is  a  little  rounder.  Christine's 
dimples  are  more  pronounced  than  the 
others'  when  she  smiles.  And  they  all  smile 
with  dazzling  energy.  Enough  to  make  your 
head  spin. 

Not  long  ago,  according  to  their  mother, 
one  of  their  older  brothers  called  Patti 
"Christine." 

"Bryan,"  Patti  said,  "how  long  have  you 
known  me?" 

"Eighteen  years,"  Bryan  answered,  still  puz- 
zling over  the  new,  curly  hairstyle  all  three 
had  recently  adopted.  "Who  are  you?"  he 
asked.  Perhaps,  as  Tolstoy  suggested,  all 
happy  families  are  alike. 

Patti,  Terri,  and  Christine  O'Reilly  are 
identical  triplets— a  phenomenon  of  birth 
for  which  the  odds  are  something  like  10,000 
to  one.  That  they  all  are  extremely  bright, 
well-rounded,  attractive,  and  happen  to  be 
three  of  the  four  freshman  standouts  on  the 
Duke  women's  tennis  team  has  sent  the  press 
in  droves  to  watch  their  early  matches  this 
year  and  to  scramble  for  interview  time— 
reporters  from  People  magazine,  The  New 
York  Times,  and  Sports  Illustrated  among 
them. 

With  all  due  respect  to  the  talents  of  their 
veteran  teammates,  it  can  be  argued  that  the 
O'Reillys'  collective  presence  on  the  Duke 
squad  was  the  weight  that  tipped  the  scales, 
giving  Duke  a  preseason  national  collegiate 
ranking  of  16— just  the  second  time  a  Duke 
women's  tennis  team  has  ever  placed  in  the 
top  20.  Of  the  other  teams  in  the  ACC,  only 
Clemson  has  a  higher  berth  at  10. 

Patti,  Terri,  and  Christine  came  to  Dur- 
ham this  fall  on  full  scholarships,  individu- 
ally ranked  one,  two,  and  four,  respectively, 
among  eighteen-year-olds  by  the  Eastern 
Tennis  Association.  They  also  have  a  station- 
wagon  load  of  USTA  and  ETA  singles  and 


TENNIS  TRIPLETS 

BY  GEORGANN  EUBANKS 


Patti,  Christine,  and 

Terri  are  all  "natural 

team  players,"  says  their 

coach.  After  all,  they've 

always  been  a  team 

unto  themselves. 


doubles  titles  to  their  credit,  some  dating 
back  to  their  elementary  school  days.  All 
three  graduated  with  honors  in  the  top  5  per- 
cent of  their  high  school  class. 

They  talk  rapid  fire,  serve  and  volley,  fin- 
ishing one  another's  sentences,  often  speak- 
ing two  or  three  at  a  time.  The  consensus  is 
complete. 

Favorite  movie? 

"The  Sound  of  Music." 

"Yeah,  The  Sound  of  Music" 

"The  Sound  of  Music."  Laughter. 

Favorite  food? 

"Italian."  (Multiply  by  3). 

All  three  say  they  are  leaning  toward  majors 
in  political  science;  Terri  and  Christine  con- 
fess to  an  additional  interest  in  communi- 
cations. "I  can't  believe  you  guys  stole  my 
major,"  Patti  says  with  exaggerated  frustra- 
tion—the only  instance  in  the  interview 
where  the  slightest  hint  of  rivalry  seems  to 
surface.  All  three  agree  that  the  interna- 
tional relations  class  they  just  completed 
with  Assistant  Professor  Timothy  Lomperis 
is  the  best.  "Something  new  for  us,"  Christine 
says.  Nods  all  around. 


The  reasons  for  such  unanimity  are  inter- 
esting to  ponder.  Nature  and  nurture  are  sel- 
dom witnessed  in  such  a  powerful  and  equal 
combination  among  a  group  of  siblings. 
Still,  the  triplets  doggedly  insist  that  each 
one  is  different,  a  separate  personality.  "You 
just  have  to  get  to  know  us,"  one  says.  Yet, 
when  each  is  questioned  with  the  other  two 
out  of  the  room,  the  answers  are  strikingly 
similar.  What  does  each  really  enjoy  besides 
tennis?  "Charity  work.  I'll  bet  my  sister  said 
that,  too." 

And  each  O'Reilly  is  clearly  reluctant  to 
try  to  describe  another  sister  by  what  might 
be  her  differences.  "I  can  tell  you  how  we're 
similar..." 

Born  and  reared  in  Ridgewood,  New  Jer- 
sey—a predominantly  white-collar  village  of 
28,000,  with  large,  single-family  homes  and 
one  of  the  best  public  school  systems  in  the 
state— the  triplets  were  to  have  been  the 
fourth  child  of  Gene  and  Dee  O'Reilly,  after 
three  brothers:  Gene  Jr.,  twenty-five;  Bryan, 
twenty-four;  and  John,  twenty-two. 

According  to  their  mother,  their  early 
interest  in  tennis  was  spontaneous.  "Two 
years  before  the  girls  were  born, -in  1966,  we 
bought  a  house  that  happened  to  have  a  ten- 
nis court.  When  the  girls  were  three  or  four, 
the  boys  started  taking  tennis  lessons.  The 
girls  would  watch  all  of  us  playing,  and  when 
we  came  back  in  the  house,  they  would  pick 
up  the  equipment  and  start  mimicking  what 
they'd  seen  us  do." 

"We  were  always  very  active..."  Patti  says. 

"Basketball,  diving,  swimming,  track,  soft- 
ball..."  Christine  continues. 

"And  education  was  very  important,"  Patti 
concludes. 

Terri:  "We  were  very  involved  with  our 
school,  student  government,  fund-raisers." 

Christine:  "Our  parents  always  stressed 
participation  as  a  way  to  have  fun." 

Terri:  "It's  not  whether  you  win  or  lose..." 

Tennis— which  is  such  a  highly  individual 
sport— may,  in  fact,  have  contributed  heavily 
to  the  uncanny  absence  of  friction  among 
the  O'Reilly  sisters.  While  they  are  all  "natu- 
ral team  players,"  according  to  their  Duke 
coach,  Jane  Preyer— after  all,  they've  always 


42 


They  hadn't  necessarily  planned  to 

been  a  team  unto  themselves— people  who 
meet  them  for  the  first  time  are  surprised  at 
how  encouraging  and  easygoing  they  are 
with  one  another. 

The  O'Reillys'  assimilation  on  the  Duke 
squad  happened  quickly.  "They've  fit  in  really 
well,"  says  Megan  Foster,  the  team's  only 
senior.  "They're  very  outgoing,  get  along 
well,  and  they're  interested  in  meeting  new 
people.  I  think  they're  trying  not  to  stick 
together,  but  want  to  make  it  more  of  a  team 
situation." 

"They  were  always  supportive  and  non- 
competitive off  the  court,"  says  their  father,  a 
finance  consultant  on  Wall  Street.  "They 
definitely  play  to  win  at  tennis,  but  there  was 
never  a  rivalry  among  them.  The  reason  for 
this  was  that  they  kept  on  switching  places. 
One  year,  one's  ahead  in  the  rankings,  the  next 
year,  another  one.  So  it  keeps  on  rotating." 

The  rotation  goes  for  double  pairings  as 
well.  Patti  and  Christine  were  finalists  in  the 
1985  USTA  Clay  Courts  Championship. 
Terri  and  Christine  were  USTA  National 
Indoor  and  Eastern  Clay  Court  champions, 
and  Patti  and  Christine  were  ranked  No.  7 
this  year  in  the  preseason  national  collegiate 
doubles.  Another  curious  detail:  Patti  is  the 
only  left-hander  of  the  three.  "Dynamite  for 


right,  pres 


doubles  to  have  one  lefty,"  says  Coach  Preyer. 

Many  observers  consider  the  triplets  the 
top  pick  among  high  school  women  tennis 
players  last  year.  Getting  them  to  come  to 
Duke  was  no  small  recruiting  feat  for  Coach 
Preyer.  "I  didn't  have  any  slick  video  show 
like  some  of  the  schools  had.  No  high-tech 
indoor  facility  on  campus.  I  think  the  sim- 
plicity of  our  approach  appealed  to  them." 

"Stanford,  Notre  Dame,  Trinity,  North- 
western, Miami— every  school  in  the  country 
with  a  big  tennis  program  called  here,"  their 
father  says.  "We  were  thrilled  with  Jane 
Preyer.  She  stands  out  as  the  kind  of  coach 
the  girls  wanted.  And  then  Duke  stood  out. 
James  Duke  wrote  those  few  paragraphs  in 
1924  about  the  commitment  to  excellence, 
and  you  observe  that  excellence  when  you 
see  a  Duke  sporting  event— in  the  team,  in 
the  coaching,  in  the  crowd." 

The  triplets  say  they  hadn't  necessarily 
planned  to  go  to  the  same  college,  and  they 
don't  share  dorm  rooms,  though  they  all  live 
on  North  Campus.  Their  four  years  in  col- 
lege may  be  the  last  time  they  can  be  together 
on  a  day-to-day  basis.  Did  that  influence 
their  decision  to  attend  the  same  school? 

"No." 

"Not  really." 


"Hadn't  thought  of  that  before." 

"We  just  all  loved  Duke— the  atmosphere," 
says  Patti. 

"Good  answer,"  says  Terri. 

At  the  age  of  eighteen,  Patti,  Terri,  and 
Christine  are  remarkably  gracious,  poised, 
and  unassuming.  There  is  no  indication  that 
their  heads  have  been  turned  by  all  the 
attention  that  has  come  their  way  through- 
out their  lives.  How  could  you  miss  them  in 
triplicate? 

Dee  O'Reilly  explains  it  this  way:  "I  don't 
think  they  ever  thought  they  were  getting 
any  attention.  I  keep  thinking  of  the  pro- 
gram we  followed  when  they  were  babies.  I 
would  take  all  three  of  them  around  the 
block  for  a  short  walk,  and  then  we  would 
come  home  for  lunch— a  routine  that  we  fol- 
lowed every  day.  I  operated  a  nursery."  She 
laughs.  "They  had  their  bath  at  the  same 
time,  ate  their  dinner  at  the  same  time. 
Their  playpen  was  the  kitchen  floor.  It  was 
just  a  kind  of  unified  existence." 

From  the  first  through  sixth  grades,  the 
triplets  were  in  separate  classes,  "and  each 
girl  had  her  own  pride  in  her  accomplish- 
ments," says  their  mother.  "There  was  no 
copying,  no  depending  on  one  another  tor 
anything  unless  one  happened  to  miss  a  class 


43 


Like  the  O'Reilly  sisters, 
Duke's  women's  tennis 
coach  Jane  Preyer 
knows  about  being  in  the 
limelight,  and  she  knows  what 
it's  like  to  come  from  a  large, 
close  family. 

She  has  four  siblings.  Her 
father,  L.  Richardson  Preyer, 
made  a  close  but  unsuccessful 
bid  for  the  governorship  of 
North  Carolina  in  1964  when 
Jane  was  nine.  From  1968  to 
1980,  he  represented  the 
state's  6th  District  in  Congress. 

Preyer  graduated  from 
UNC,  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  with  a 
degree  in  English,  and  decided 
to  make  a  stab  at  a  long-held 
dream— to  play  professional 
tennis.  Before  an  elbow  injury 
cut  her  career  short,  Preyer 
i  the 


WTA  between  1978  and  1983. 
She  beat  Evonne  Goolagong 
in  the  sixteenth  round  at  the 
1981  Australian  Open,  and 
made  the  sixteenth  round  at 
Wimbledon  in  1982.  At  the 
peak  of  her  career,  Preyer  was 
ranked  No.  58  in  the  world  of 


Partially  relieved  to  leave 
the  rigors  of  the  road  and  the 
professional  circuit,  Preyer 
returned  to  her  native  Greens- 
boro, North  Carolina,  to  com- 
plete a  master's  in  athletic 
administration  from  UNC- 
Greensboro.  Duke  hired  her 
in  July  1985.  In  her  first  sea- 
son as  a  collegiate  head  coach, 
Prayer's  team  finished  with  a 
21-7  record.  The  year  before, 
the  team  had  gone  11-14. 

In  a  time  when  women's 


collegiate  tennis  is  as  strong  as 
it's  ever  been,  Preyer  is  looking 
for  athletes  like  the  O'Reillys, 
who  want  to  get  that  college 
degree,  and  if  they  want  to 
turn  pro  in  the  long  run,  she 
can  offer  the  benefit  of  her 
own  experience.  "I'm  looking 
for  people  who  may  be  moti- 
vated enough  to  think  about 
turning  pro,  but  I  don't  recruit 
the  kind  of  person  who  doesn't 
want  the  full  college  experi- 
ence as  well." 

Still,  Preyer  suggests  that  if 
one  of  her  players  really 
wanted  to  turn  pro  before 
finishing  college,  "I  would  feel 
like  UNC  basketball  coach 
Dean  Smith  did  with  James 
Worthy.  If  a  player  had  a  fabu- 
lous summer  playing  in  the 
tournaments,  I  wouldn't  stop 
her  from  going  for  it.  But  the 
way  collegiate  women's  tennis 
is  now,  you  can  get  some  fan- 
tastic training  and  still  go  to 
school." 

Preyer  has  worked  hard  this 
season  to  build  a  team  spirit. 
"We  spent  the  first  few  weeks 
just  getting  to  know  each 
other.  The  upperclassmen 
were  great,  arranging  dinners 
for  the  whole  team  to  build 
camaraderie,"  she  says.  "We 
talked  as  a  team  about  the 
notoriety  we  would  experi- 
ence because  of  the  triplets 
and  recognized  that  would  be 
something  we'd  have  to  deal 
with  up  front. 

"Actually,  I  found  that  I  was 
too  protective  of  the  rest  of 
the  team— so  concerned  about 
making  the  team  work  as  a 
group,  that  I  failed  to  give  the 
triplets  enough  credit.  They 
have  handled  all  the  publicity 
very  well,  always  mentioning 
the  whole  team  in  their 
interviews." 


and  needed  to  catch  up  on  the  assignments." 

When  the  triplets  were  in  grade  school, 
Charles  Osgood  of  CBS  heard  about  them, 
before  their  tennis  careers  had  really  begun. 
He  filmed  them  for  five  days— their  playing 
basketball,  then  switching  to  their  softball 
uniforms,  then  going  to  their  swim  and  track 
meets.  "That  kind  of  thing  has  been  going 
on  for  years,"  says  their  father.  "When  you 
have  a  lot  of  it,  it's  something  you  get  used 
to." 

With  all  their  children,  the  O'Reillys  say 
they  stressed  the  value  of  their  Catholic  faith 
and  the  children's  academics  above  sports 
and  other  social  activities.  During  the  girls' 
high  school  years,  summer  vacations  cen- 
tered on  the  grueling  every-other-week  juniors 
national  tennis  tournaments.  But  the  entire 
family  traveled  together,  staying  at  resorts, 
always  making  time  for  horseback  riding, 
swimming,  and  other  games.  "We  tried  not 
to  have  seven  days  of  tennis  per  week,  but  left 
two  days  completely  off,"  says  Gene  O'Reilly. 
"We  wanted  to  restrict  the  girls'  time  on  the 
court.  You  see  so  many  injuties  now  among 
the  young  girls  when  they  are  pushed  too 
hard." 

It's  obvious  how  the  O'Reilly  triplets  are 
alike;  it  takes  time  to  discern  how  they're 
not.  Both  their  mother  and  their  coach 
allow  that  Christine  is  probably  the  most 
outgoing,  the  easiest  to  get  to  know.  They 
find  Patti  a  little  more  reserved,  a  little  more 
serious,  and  Terri  falls  somewhere  in  between. 

Their  father  characterizes  their  individual 
tennis  games:  "Many  years  ago,  Harry  Hop- 
man— who  was  a  great  coach  of  the  Austra- 
lians—was coaching  Patti,  and  he  called  her 
'Little  Fire.'  Patti  is  fire  on  the  court.  Christine 
is  very,  very  aggressive.  And  Terri  can  be  the 
little  professor.  She's  a  very  clever  player.  She 
almost  made  the  Olympics  when  she  was  six- 
teen, beating  players  from  Stanford  and  Har- 
vard. But  I  think  all  their  games  are  about  a 
year  away— the  part  they  need  to  polish  now  is 
the  mental  game." 

Coach  Preyer  is  understandably  enthusiastic 
about  her  team's  future.  "One  thing  I  remind 
myself  is  that  we're  a  young  team.  We've  got 
four  more  years  of  some  real  good  tennis  ahead 
of  us,  and  I  certainly  don't  want  everything  to 
come  this  year.  But  we'll  reach  some  of  our 
goals  now  and  in  the  next  two  years." 

The  team's  current  schedule  is  deliberately 
tough.  The  O'Reillys  and  their  teammates  will 
face  no  less  than  eight  teams  ranked  in  the  top 
20.  A  bid  for  the  NCAAs  is  not  guaranteed, 
"but  I  think  we've  got  a  good  shot  at  it,"  Preyer 
says.  Certainly  one  or  more  of  the  O'Reillys  as 
individuals  or  doubles  players  will  likely  make 
it  to  the  tournament.  And  the  odds  are  in 
their  favor  when  one  quarter  of  Duke's  dozen  is 
O'Reilly.  ■ 


Eubanks  76  is  a  regular  contributor  to  the  magazine. 


NATURE'S  TRICKS 

Continued  from  page  1 1 

single  forms— trying,  in  his  own  way,  to 
resolve  one  of  "the  big  schisms  in  structure." 

Through  his  almost-overpowering  office 
decor,  Wainwright  likes  to  "disorient"  visi- 
tors, "in  the  sense  of  opening  their  minds 
with  something  out  of  the  ordinary."  And  his 
office  is  a  visual  melange  suitable  for  a  self- 
described  "visual  person."  Huge  Marimekko 
prints  line  one  wall,  and  in  one  corner  hangs 
a  sculpture— a  Fuller  design,  based  on  some 
of  the  same  principles  he  brought  to  his 
house  designs— of  plastic  coat  hangers  and 
string.  A  combination  of  continuous  ten- 
sion and  compression  holds  the  hangers  in 
place  and  preserves  the  shape. 

For  Wainwright  and  his  graduate  students, 
the  business  of  biomechanics  is,  right  now, 
rooted  in  whales,  dolphins— and  blubber. 
Their  blubber  fascination  relates  to  its  role 
in  swimming.  Blubber  is  full  of  fat,  so  it's  an 
efficient  fuel  for  long  migrations,  it's  a  good 
insulator  in  the  cold  sea,  and  it  provides  the 
buoyancy  that  helps  the  animal  zoom  to  the 
surface  for  air.  Those  characteristics  are 
familiar.  What  Wainwright 's  work  led  to  was 
the  discovery  that  blubber  is  40  percent  by 
volume  tendon  material,  and  the  tendon 
material— not  the  fat— does  much  of  the 
work  in  swimming.  Wainwright's  dolphin 
interest  has  taken  him  to  the  Naval  Ocean 
Systems  Center  in  Hawaii,  which  made  one 
of  its  captive  dolphins  available.  From  high- 
speed movies  of  dolphins  in  open  ocean,  he 
says,  "we  can  learn  how  fast  the  animal  goes, 
how  much  it  bends  its  body,  and  therefore 
how  much  it  stretches  and  compresses  the 
blubber." 

Teaming  with  his  graduate  students, 
Wainwright  has  looked  at  how  the  spider 
web  catches  flies,  how  the  squid  swims,  how 
sea  anemones  and  giant  kelp  resist  the  inter- 
tidal  surf,  how  small  animals  move  among 
sand  grains.  In  one  project,  he  showed  how 
strong  fibers  in  a  shark's  skin  cause  the  ani- 
mal to  behave  like  an  external,  body-long 
tendon.  This  feature  permits  the  large  swim- 
ming muscles  near  the  shark's  head  to  move 
the  tail  from  side  to  side.  Wainwright  moved 
on  to  the  great  blue  marlin,  concluding  that 
its  uniquely  elastic  backbone  may  be  a  key  to 
the  fish's  famed  fighting  qualities.  "I  get 
interested  in  a  group  of  animals  by  asking 
what  it  is  they  do  better  or  more  elaborately 
or  more  elegantly  than  other  animals,"  he 
says. 

Wainwright  divides  the  structural  makeup 
of  plants  and  animals  into  familiar  body 
types:  branched,  solid  cylinders  of  corals, 
seaweeds,  bushes,  and  trees;  the  stretched 
membrane  hydrostats  of  worms,  sea  ane- 
mones, sea  cucumbers,  and  caterpillars;  and 
the  braced,  jointed  frameworks  that  are  fami- 
liar in  insects,  crabs,  shrimps,  fishes,  frogs, 


"You  can't  say  a  whale  is 

better  designed  to  do  its 

particular  thing  than 

kelp  is  to  do  its  thing. 

Life  itself  is  a 

compromise." 

STEPHEN  WAINWRIGHT 
Zoology  Department 


birds,  and  mammals.  His  favorite  form:  the 
cylinder.  "It's  a  design  feature  that  is  not  only 
pervasive  but  it  really  works."  Cylindrical 
organisms  like  plants  that  spend  their  lives 
attached  to  their  environments  "efficiently 
out-reach  and  thus  out-compete  their  neigh- 
bors for  things  like  sunlight  or  food  or 
oxygen."  Organisms  on  the  move— swimmers 
or  burrowers— 'need  to  be  streamlined  to  suf- 
ficiently out-run  other  organisms,"  which 
means  they're  cylindrical.  Runners  and  flyers 
do  their  out-running  with  "cylindrical,  lever- 
like limbs." 

But  even  the  cylinder  isn't  the  epitome  of 
perfect  design,  Wainwright  says.  And  he 
finds  the  idea  of  perfection  perfectly  absurd. 
"You  can't  say  a  whale  is  better  designed  to  do 
its  particular  thing  than  kelp  is  to  do  its 
thing.  Life  itself  is  a  compromise."  If  you  look 
at  muscles  as  a  kind  of  lever  system,  he  says, 
you  realize  that  it's  possible  to  have  a  strong 
lever  or  a  fast  one,  but  to  have  both  is  a  physi- 
cal impossibility.  Strong  muscles  are  appro- 
priate in  an  elephant,  which  lumbers  under 
a  great  deal  of  weight;  fast-acting  muscles  are 
well-suited  to  the  gazelle,  which  lives  a  life 
dependent  on  speedy  comings  and  goings. 

Vogel  sees  the  attraction  of  biomechanics 


in  the  intellectual  gamesmanship  it  repre- 
sents. For  new  initiates  to  the  field,  he  says, 
part  of  the  draw  is  that  "in  terms  of  organism- 
level  biology,  it's  not  a  particularly  heroic 
age.  There  are  people  who  are  not,  by  their 
general  inclination,  cell  or  molecular  biolo- 
gists, nor  are  they  ecologists.  They  are  wait- 
ing for  some  different  approach  to  the  func- 
tional biology  of  organisms.  I  think  we're  fill- 
ing that  vacuum.  We've  moved  into  an 
unoccupied  niche." 

Vogel  and  Wainwright  have  the  satisfac- 
tion of  being  part  of  biomechanics  at  the 
time  of  creation— and  at  the  place  of  crea- 
tion. The  Duke  biomechanics  group  began 
by  chance  in  the  early  Seventies,  when  a 
graduate  student  combined  both  fluid  and 
solid  mechanics  in  her  doctoral  study  of  sea 
anemones.  Vogel,  long  drawn  to  fluid-flow 
problems,  and  Wainwright,  a  specialist  in 
solid  biomechanics,  were  persuaded  that  "we 
were  playing  the  same  game,"  Vogel  recalls. 

"In  some  weird  way,  Duke  has  become  a 
kind  of  North  American  center  for  this 
thing,"  Vogel  says,  "and  you  see  an  extraor- 
dinary bunch  of  people  who  have  come 
through  here.  You  don't  think  of  Duke  as  the 
center  of  the  universe.  But  with  this  stuff,  it's 
at  least  the  center  of  the  North  American 
universe.  Everybody  traces  back  to  Duke." 
Last  year's  meeting  of  the  American  Society 
of  Zoologists  offered,  for  the  first  time,  a 
section  devoted  to  biomechanics.  And  every 
scientist  in  the  section  had  studied  under 
Vogel  at  one  time  or  another.  Scientists  with 
their  biomechanical  roots  in  Duke's  zoology 
department  have  gone  on  to  senior  appoint- 
ments at  Cambridge,  Stanford,  Berkeley, 
Chicago,  and  the  University  of  Washington. 
In  the  difficult  and  expensive  effort  to  enroll 
new  crops  of  graduate  students,  Vogel  now 
finds  himself  competing  with  those  former 
students:  "That's  success.  It's  hard  to  com- 
plain about  that." 

Even  as  a  fledgling  field,  biomechanics  has 
spawned  an  impressive  diversity,  both  in  the 
organisms  researchers  study  and  in  the 
methods  they  bring  to  the  task.  Some  in  the 
field  are  mathematically  minded,  others 
keener  on  observation.  Some  are  preoccu- 
pied with  the  feeding  patterns  of  marine 
organisms,  others  with  the  wood  patterns  of 
trees.  What  brings  together  the  biomechani- 
cal bunch,  though,  is  a  curiosity  about  how 
life  copes  with  the  challenges  of  the  physical 
world.  Says  Vogel:  "There  are  a  lot  of  differ- 
ent ways  of  playing  the  game.  You  look  at  the 
little  bozo  and  you  think,  'Well,  this  looks 
like  a  crummy  thing.'  But  if  the  organism  has 
been  around  largely  unchanged  for  a  billion 
years,  it  has  to  be  doing  whatever  it's  been 
doing  fairly  well." 

Good  design  is  a  natural  consequence  of 
competition,  the  biomechanics  say.  In 
Wainwright's  words:  "The  bad  designs  have 
been  literally  eaten  up  by  the  good  ones."H 


45 


DUKE  GAZETTE 


HART  ATTACK 


Former  Colorado  Senator  Gary  Hart 
rapped  the  federal  government  for  its 
lack  of  commitment  to  education  and 
characterized  the  current  education  system 
as  "racing  toward  obsolescence"  in  a  January 
speech  before  a  full  house  in  Page  Audito- 
rium. The  likely  Democratic  presidential 
candidate  for  1988  lost  the  nomination  in 
1984  to  Walter  Mondale. 

Hart  said  misplaced  priorities  have  already 
taken  their  toll.  "Our  economy  is  like  an 
aging,  lumbering  boxer— pummeled  at  will 
by  younger,  quicker,  cleverer  opponents.  The 
fractures  of  decline  are  all  too  evident  to 
ignore.  Ninety  percent  of  all  high  school  grad- 
uates are  scientifically  and  technologically 
illiterate.  Our  twelfth  graders  now  finish  well 
below  the  mean  score  of  fifteen  industrial- 
ized nations  in  mathematical  skills.  On  the 
new  and  turbulent  battlefield  of  economic 
competition,  our  rivals  are  doing  better  by 
their  young  people  and  workers  than  we  are. 
And  we're  paying  for  it." 

Hart  criticized  the  Reagan  administra- 
tion's fiscal  1988  budget,  which  he  said 
reduces  national  investment  in  education 
for  the  seventh  straight  year.  "Instead  of  a 
Strategic  Defense  Initiative  to  initiate  an 
arms  race  in  space,  why  not  empower  genera- 
tions of  tomorrow  with  a  Strategic  Invest- 
ment Initiative  to  prepare  students  and 
workers  for  the  next  century?" 

Among  Hart's  proposed  education 
reforms:  increasing  the  rewards  and  chal- 
lenges to  teachers,  creating  opportunities  for 
disadvantaged  students,  and  making  retrain- 
ing available  to  all  American  workers. 
"Excellence  in  education,"  he  said,  "is  excel- 
lence in  teaching.  To  have  excellent  teach- 
ing, we  must  attract  and  keep  the  best 
teachers."  Hart  proposed  increasing  teacher 
pay,  the  use  of  peer-created  competency 
tests,  a  reduction  in  pupil-teacher  ratios, 
and— to  promote  diverse  educational  phi- 
losophies and  strategies— the  freedom  for 
parents  to  choose  among  public  schools. 

For  disadvantaged  students,  Hart  called 
for  the  expansion  of  such  programs  as  Head 
Start  and  increasing  incentives  for  skilled 
teachers  .to  work  in  rural  and  inner-city 
schools.  He  proposed  citizen  involvement  in 
a  literacy  campaign,  a  campaign  to  be  bol- 
stered by  expansion  of  voluntary  national 
service,  tutoring  by  students,  and  new  learn- 
ing centers. 


Hart:  why  not  a  Strategic  Ir 

Hart  said  education  should  not  be  viewed 
as  simply  another  function  of  government. 
"A  nation's  future  is  shaped  in  its  schools  and 
halls  of  learning,"  he  said.  "When  we  neglect 
investment  in  our  youth,  we  neglect  invest- 
ment in  our  future." 


FIRST  AND 
FOREMOST 

Durham  philanthropist  Mary  D.B.T 
Semans  39  and  noted  political 
scientist  R.  Taylor  Cole  are  recipi- 
ents of  the  first  University  Medals  for  Distin- 
guished Meritorious  Service.  President  H. 
Keith  H.  Brodie  presented  the  awards  during 
the  university's  Founders'  Day  Convocation 
on  December  11. 

The  medals,  which  bear  the  seal  and 
motto  of  Duke,  recognize  members  and 
close  friends  of  Duke  who  have  made  a 
lasting  impact  on  the  university.  A  com- 
mittee chooses  the  recipients,  and  their 
names  are  kept  secret  until  announced  at  the 
convocation. 

Semans  is  chair  of  The  Duke  Endowment, 
a  Duke  trustee  emerita,  and  the  great-grand- 
daughter of  Washington  Duke,  for  whom  the 
university  is  named.  In  his  citation  of 
Semans,  Brodie  noted  her  contributions  to 
the  university  as  trustee  and  benefactor,  and 
her  "supportive  presence  and  dedication  to 
the  mission  of  the  institution." 

Cole  is  James  B.  Duke  Research  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Political  Science.  He  was  the 
university's  provost  during  the  turbulent 
1960s,  and  acting  chief  executive  officer  of 
Duke  in  1968.  "He  is  without  question  the 


architect  of  our  nationally  ranked  depart- 
ment of  political  science,"  said  Brodie  during 
the  award  ceremony.  "He  has  received 
honors  outside  this  community  but  he  has 
always  brought  them  home,  loyally  main- 
taining that  they  are  a  result  of  his  affiliation 
with  Duke  University." 

Brodie  also  recognized  outstanding  Duke 
faculty  members,  students,  and  employees 
during  the  convocation  in  Duke  Chapel, 
which  included  remarks  by  Neil  Williams  Jr. 
'58,  J.D.  '61,  chairman  of  the  board  of  trust- 
ees, and  historian  Robert  Durden.  Accord- 
ing to  University  Archivist  William  E.  King 
'61,  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  70,  this  was  the  first 
year  since  1967  that  Founders'  Day  was 
observed  with  a  formal  ceremony  on  the 
actual  day  of  the  anniversary. 


WE  ARE  THE 
CHAMPIONS 

The  football  team  has  dreamed  about 
it,  the  basketball  team  has  come 
within  a  game  of  it  three  times,  but 
only  the  soccer  team  has  done  it— snared  an 
NCAA  championship  title. 

The  lOth-ranked  Blue  Devils  walked  away 
with  the  university's  first  NCAA  title  after 
running  over  the  12th-ranked  Akron  Zips 
1-zip  in  a  game  played  in  Tacoma,  Washing- 
ton, on  December  13.  It  was  the  team's 


Tapping  the  Zips:  goal 


second  appearance  in  an  NCAA  Cham- 
pionship game.  In  1982,  it  lost  to  Indiana  in 
a  game  with  eight  overtimes. 

"If  Duke  University  wanted  to  give  this 
team  a  degree,  the  subject  should  be  chem- 
istry," said  Duke  Coach  John  Rennie  at 
a  press  conference  after  the  Akron  game, 
"because  that  is  why  we  won.  Over  the 
last  six  weeks  we've  been  unbeatable. 
We've  found  a  formula  and  it  worked  again 
tonight." 

Junior  forward  Tom  Stone  scored  the 
game's  one  goal,  barely  a  minute  into  the 
second  half,  on  a  seven-yard  rising  shot  off 
assists  by  freshman  Joey  Valenti  and  law  stu- 
dent Carl  Williamson.  Akron,  also  aiming 
for  its  first  NCAA  title,  had  seventeen  shots, 
ten  of  them  in  the  second  half.  Duke  had 
eleven  shots  in  the  contest.  Stone  was  voted 
the  game's  most  valuable  player  on  offense, 
while  senior  sweeper  Kelly  Weadlock 
received  the  defense  award. 

Some  4,600  people  attended  the  game  at 
the  Tacoma  Dome,  where  the  artificial  turf 
was  unfamiliar  ground  for  both  teams.  The 
Blue  Devils  had  played  once  on  the  surface, 
while  the  Zips  were  playing  on  it  for  the  first 
time.  "The  field  was  just  so  fast,"  said  Rennie. 
"That's  the  reason  we  had  to  use  a  lot  of 
substitutes... Our  guys  did  a  good  job  of 
keeping  the  flow  at  a  decent  pace." 

At  its  triumphant  return  to  Durham,  the 
1986  NCAA  Championship  soccer  team 
was  honored  with  a  ceremony  and  celebra- 
tion on  the  quad. 


FROM  CAMPUS  TO 
CAPITOL  HILL 


On  the  Duke  campus,  no  one  would 
confuse  them  for  freshmen.  But  in 
the  nation's  capital,  that's  exactly 
what  they  are— sixty-nine-year-old  freshman 
Senator  Terry  Sanford  and  forty-six-year-old 
freshman  Representative  David  Price. 

Former  Duke  President  Sanford  and  cur- 
rent political  science  professor  Price— both 
staunch  Democrats— scored  hard-fought 
November  victories  over  their  Republican 
opponents.  Sanford  defeated  Jim  Broyhill 
with  52  percent  of  the  vote,  while  Price 
unseated  freshman  Representative  Bill 
Cobey  in  the  state's  4th  congressional  Dis- 
trict at  54  percent.  Broyhill  had  represented 
the  state's  10th  District  for  twenty-four  years 
until  North  Carolina  Governor  Jim  Martin 
appointed  him  last  summer  to  fill  the  remain- 
ing Senate  term  of  the  late  John  East. 

With  his  victory,  Sanford  won  his  first  bid 
for  public  office  since  he  was  elected  gover- 
nor of  North  Carolina  in  1960.  He  told 
reporters  that  his  election  affirmed  his  poli- 
tical philosophy  as  well  as  his  record  as 


governor,  Duke  president,  and  party  leader. 
Describing  himself  throughout  the  cam- 
paign as  "a  North  Carolina  regular,"  Sanford 
pledged  to  bring  an  independent  voice  to 
the  Senate.  He  has  been  critical  of  the 
Reagan  administration's  farm  policy,  and  is  a 
proponent  of  placing  limits  on  textile 
imports. 

Turning  back  a  late-campaign  attack  by 
Broyhill  for  instituting  a  food  tax  during  his 
tenure  as  governor,  Sanford  said  that  voters 
clearly  supported  this  method  of  raising  reve- 
nues for  schools.  "I  think  it  was  truly  a  vindi- 
cation of  the  efforts  to  do  something  about 
the  schools,"  he  told  the  Associated  Press, 
"and  the  willingness  to  provide  the  taxes  for 
it,  an  affirmation  that  the  people  of  North 
Carolina  believe  in  education  and  are  wil- 
ling to  invest  in  it." 

As  governor,  Sanford  was  also  a  leading 
advocate  of  racial  equality,  and  helped  esta- 
blish Good  Neighbor  Councils  across  the 
state  to  ease  the  process  of  integration.  At 
Duke,  he  successfully  diffused  a  volatile  cam- 
pus community  during  the  Vietnam  War 
era,  and  elevated  Duke's  reputation  as  a 


Representative  David  Price  joined  the  Duke 
faculty  in  1977.  The  4th  District  congres- 
sional race  pitted  him  against  an  incumbent 
who  tried  in  vain  to  distance  himself  from 
the  support  of  the  conservative  Congres- 
sional Club.  Price  came  out  in  support  of  the 
Equal   Rights   Amendment   and   abortion 

1 FKILC 

M 


national  institution. 

In  a  November  cover  story,  The  New  York 
Times  Magazine  termed  Sanford's  victory  a 
"stunner"  and  described  him  as  among  "a 
rich  cast  of  Southern  characters"  who  now 
shape  the  country's  political  leadership. 
"The  South  will  be  one  of  the  principal 
cockpits— quite  possibly  the  principal  cock- 
pit in  which  the  Republicans  and  Democrats 
will  struggle  for  dominance  at  the  start  of  the 
post-Reagan  era  in  American  politics,"  said 
The  Times.  Sanford  has  been  named  to  three 
Senate  committees:  Foreign  Relations; 
Budget;  and  Banking,  Housing  and  Urban 
Affairs. 

Former  State  Democratic  Party  chairman, 


rights,  in  favor  of  sanctions  against  South 
Africa,  and  for  limits  on  "Star  Wars"  fund- 
ing. The  North  Carolina  Independent  charac- 
terized his  campaign  approach  as  "temper- 
ate, intelligent,  and  honest." 

In  early  December,  The  New  York  Times 
featured  Price  in  its  first  article  in  a  series  on 
"how  a  freshman  member  of  the  House 
learns  the  legislative  ropes."  "I  guess  it's  not 
as  new  to  me  as  it  is  to  some,"  Price  told  the 
paper.  "But  I'm  very  glad  I'm  here." 

According  to  the  Times,  among  the  twenty- 
seven  freshman  Democrats,  "Mr.  Price 
belongs  to  the  small  subgroup  most  prized  by 
the  Democratic  leadership  of  the  House.  He 
was  one  of  only  five  Democrats  to  defeat  an 


47 


incumbent  Republican,  as  opposed  to  win- 
ning election  to  an  open  seat."  Price  also 
belongs  to  an  even  smaller  subgroup—that  of 
academics  who  have  left  the  classroom  to 
serve  in  Congress,"  said  the  Times.  Senator 
Daniel  Patrick  Moynihan  of  New  York  may 
be  the  only  other  current  member  of  Con- 
gress who  falls  into  that  category. 

During  his  congressional  tenure,  Price  will 
take  a  two-year  leave  of  absence  from  Duke. 


where  volatile  forces  beneath  the  rift  valley 
are  pulling  Africa  apart  at  the  rate  of  one 
millimeter  a  year.  "What  we  are  seeing  is  the 
creation  of  an  ocean,"  Duke  geologist  and 
Project  PROBE  director  Bruce  Rosendahl 
said  in  an  interview  last  year  with  Duke 
Magazine.  Fifteen  oil  companies  that  com- 
pose the  funding  consortium  for  PROBE 
also  use  the  project's  seismic  studies  to  deter- 
mine where  oil  deposits  might  exist. 


Oh  "Mai":  Project  PROBE  sails  into  the  ranks  of  big-time  geophysics 


PROBE'S  SHIP 
COMES  IN 


hat  a  buy.  Officials  of  the  geology 
department's  Project  PROBE 
(Proto-Rifts  and  Ocean  Basin 
Evolution)  simply  couldn't  pass  it  up— the 
opportunity  to  get  a  $7.1  million  research 
ship  for  $68,000. 

PROBE's  was  the  only  bid  on  the  222-foot 
ship,  which  was  being  held  by  a  Canadian 
bank.  The  newly  acquired  vessel,  the  Mai, 
will  enable  PROBE  researchers  to  expand 
their  work  in  oceanographic  seismology, 
studying  the  formation  of  rifting  faults 
beneath  the  ocean. 

According  to  Michael  Bradley,  business 
officer  and  corporate  manager  of  PROBE, 
the  acquisition  has  led  to  the  formation  of  a 
joint  research  effort  between  PROBE  and 
the  Canadian-based  Earth  and  Ocean 
Research  Company— a  group  of  geophysi- 
cists  familiar  with  large-scale  operations  in 
seismic  ocean  profiling. 

The  three-year-old  Project  PROBE  has 
been  using  the  thirty-six-foot  vessel,  the 
Nyanja,  to  study  remote  East  African  lakes, 


With  the  addition  of  the  Mai,  Bradley  told 
the  student  Chronicle,  Project  PROBE  is 
"one  of  the  largest  geophysics  concerns  in 
the  country.  We  can  do  the  kind  of  scientific 
work  now  that,  if  not  unique,  will  be  rare 
among  other  universities." 


BEYOND 

CONFLICT 

The  Arab-Israeli  conflict  is  an  impor- 
tant part  of  what  is  happening  in  the 
world's  Arab  nations,  but  there's 
much  more  that  people  need  to  understand 
about  the  overall  picture,"  says  the  director  of 
Duke's  Islamic  and  Arabian  development 
studies. 

"I  think  what  we  [Americans]  probably 
don't  realize  and  need  to  understand  is  that 
Islam  is  much  more  than  the  Middle  East," 
says  Ralph  Braibanti,  James  B.  Duke  Profes- 
sor of  Political  Science.  "We  tend  to  focus  on 
the  Arab-Israeli  conflict,  and  that's  impor- 
tant. But  I  think  our  focus  has  been  too 
narrow." 
One  of  the  "greatest  weaknesses"  in  the 


Arab  world  today  is  that  there  is  no  single 
leader  toward  whom  everyone  looks,  Brai- 
banti says.  The  leadership  role  held  for  a 
time  by  Egypt's  Gamal  Nasser  (Anwar  Sadat's 
predecessor)  and  briefly  by  the  late  King 
Faisal  of  Saudi  Arabia  remains  unfilled 
today,  with  King  Hussein  of  Jordan  coming 
closest  in  general  regard  as  a  statesman. 

Braibanti  says  people  throughout  the 
world  are  becoming  more  aware  that  there  is 
a  "Muslim  genocide,"  or  a  "holocaust"  taking 
place.  "The  execution  of  large  numbers  of 
Muslims  is  taking  place  all  over  the  world 
with  whole  cultures  being  wiped  out  in 
places  like  Afghanistan  and  the  Philip- 
pines," he  says. 

Although  the  overall  picture  is  grim,  there 
are  a  couple  of  positive  notes  in  today's  Arab 
world,  according  to  Braibanti.  "Two  positive 
developments  we  can  see  are:  one,  that  the 
Muslim  nations  have  been  independent 
since  1947  and  are  therefore  free  to  express  a 
Muslim  identity;  and,  two,  that  three  of  the 
nations— Saudi  Arabia,  Kuwait,  and  United 
Arab  Emirates— have  gained  a  certain 
amount  of  oil  wealth.  So  they  can  help  the 
other  Muslim  nations,  all  of  which  are  poor." 


CALCULATED 
APPROACH 

Open  the  doors  of  the  nation's  mathe- 
matics classrooms  and  let  the  twen- 
tieth century— in  the  form  of  calcu- 
lators—come in,  says  a  Duke  educator.  But 
that's  only  if  calculators  are  accompanied  by 
measures  to  protect  students'  knowledge  of 
math  fundamentals. 

Lewis  D.  Blake  III,  supervisor  for  freshman 
instruction  in  the  mathematics  department, 
says  he  agrees  with  the  National  Council  of 
Teachers  of  Mathematics  that  the  calculator 
has  a  place  in  math  classrooms.  The  council 
issued  a  statement  last  summer  recommend- 
ing increased  use  of  calculators  in  schools, 
"where  they  could  free  large  amounts  of  the 
time  that  students  currently  spend  practicing 
computation.  That  time  gained  should  be 
spent  helping  students  to  understand  mathe- 
matics, to  develop  reasoning  and  problem- 
solving  strategies,  and,  in  general,  to  use  and 
apply  math." 

Blake  says  that  a  good  argument  for  that 
position  would  be  the  work  of  Isaac  Newton. 
Newton  actually  worked  in  physics  only  for  a 
few  years,  but  his  research  papers  were  accom- 
panied by  mountains  of  papers  containing 
routine  calculations.  "Just  imagine  what  he 
might  have  accomplished  if  he'd  had  a  calcu- 
lator," says  Blake. 

In  his  view,  the  fact  that  calculators  are  not 
fully  integrated  into  math  instruction  at  all 
levels  of  education  can  be  attributed  to  a 
reluctance  on  the  part  of  some  educators. 


48 


"Those  who  oppose  the  use  of  calculators  in 
teaching  math  are  concerned  that  students 
who  develop  a  dependency  on  their  calcula- 
tors won't  be  able  someday  to  do  their  taxes  or 
balance  their  checkbooks.  And  I  think  that's 
theoretically  possible.  I've  seen  individuals 
who  couldn't  compute  10  percent  without  a 
calculator  in  their  hands. 

"I  think  what  we  have  to  do  is  be  very  care- 
ful how  we  use  calculators  in  a  course.  We 
need  to  maintain  enough  of  the  old  funda- 
mentals. And  we  need  to  stress  the  limita- 
tions of  the  machine  to  students,  many  of 
whom  don't  understand  that  they're  getting 
approximations  and  that  machines  aren't 
perfect." 

For  example,  it's  easy  to  test  students  study- 
ing algebra  for  basic  knowledge,  since  algebra 
deals  with  variables  and  calculators  do  not, 
Blake  says.  In  other  courses,  teachers  might 
work  in  blocks— using  the  calculator  for  a 
while  and  working  without  it  for  a  while. 
Then  there  are  courses  such  as  statistics,  in 
which  the  use  of  the  calculator  is  a  real  asset. 
"I  remember  in  high  school  we  spent  a  lot  of 
time  trying  to  learn  how  to  use  all  those 
tables— logarithm  tables,  exponential  tables," 
Blake  says.  "You  can  get  what  you  spent  all 
that  time  looking  for  in  those  tables  by  hit- 
ting a  couple  of  keys  on  the  calculator.  Not  a 
bit  of  understanding  is  lost." 

In  recent  years,  students  have  wanted  to 
incorporate  both  calculators  and  computers 
into  their  math  studies.  Duke  has  acknowl- 
edged the  advancing  technology,  Blake  says. 
Where  the  university  once  did  not  use  calcu- 
lators in  the  pre-calculus  course,  it  now 
requires  them. 


CALLING 
TOBIAS 


Randall  L.  Tobias,  vice  chairman  of 
AT&T  and  chairman  and  chief  exe- 
cutive officer  of  AT&T  Communi- 
cations and  Informations  Systems,  has  been 
elected  to  the  university's  thirty-seven- 
member  board  of  trustees. 

An  Indiana  University  graduate,  Tobias 
joined  AT&T  in  1964,  working  for  Indiana 
Bell  and  Illinois  Bell,  and  later  becoming 
vice  president  of  residence  marketing  sales 
and  service  for  the  Bell  System.  He  was 
named  president  of  AT&T's  consumer  prod- 
ucts division  in  1983,  senior  vice  president 
in  charge  of  regulatory  and  legislative  policy 
issues  in  1984,  and  chairman  and  chief  exe- 
cutive office  of  AT&T  Communications  in 
1985.  He  assumed  his  current  post  last 
September. 

Says  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  of 
Tobias:  "His  wide-ranging  experience  and 
business  acumen  will  be  an  invaluable  asset 
to  the  university." 


It's  only  logical.  Spock  beams  dom 


THE  OTHER 
SPOCK 


Legions  of  "Trekkies"  thronged  Page 
Auditorium  in  November  to  listen  to 
Star  Trek  gospel  according  to  Mistet 
Spock— actor  Leonard  Nimoy. 

A  familiar  face  to  millions  who  viewed  the 
Star  Trek  series  from  1966  to  1969,  re-view  it 
in  syndication,  or  saw  the  film  trilogy, 
Nimoy  arrived  on  stage  minus  the  distinc- 
tive pointed  ears  and  sloping  eyebrows  he 
wears  when  portraying  the  rigidly  logical 
Vulcan.  Recalling  the  early  days  of  the  series, 
he  said,  "Here  was  a  man  asking  me  to  put  on 
strange  makeup  for  the  role  of  the  alien 
science  officer.  I  had  some  reservations." 

He  told  the  audience  he  never  anticipated 
the  overwhelming  response  to  the  series— 
which  included  formation  of  international 
fan  clubs  and  a  whole  new  vocabulary  of 
Trekkie  catch-phrases  and  kitsch.  "When 
you  can  have  a  bumper  sticker  that  says, 
'Beam  me  up,  Scotty—  there's  no  intelligent 
life  here,'  you  know  it  has  become  part  of  the 
culture,"  said  Nimoy. 

The  series  drew  its  largest  and  most  loyal 
following  in  syndication,  Nimoy  said.  Only 
seventy-nine  shows  were  produced,  making 
reruns  a  common  occurrence  and  giving  fans 
ample  opportunity  to  get  acquainted  with 
the  dialogue.  Said  Nimoy,  "People  were 
memorizing  the  show.  It  was  very  strange." 

The  fifty-five-year-old  Nimoy  has  appeared 
in  several  theatrical  productions  and  four- 
teen movies.  He  was  also  the  host  of  televi- 
sion's In  Search  Of .  He  made  his  directorial 
debut  with  Star  Trek  III,  and  spent  the  last 
two  years  directing  and  starring  in  Star  Trek 
IV,  in  which  the  crew  returns  to  earth  in 
1986— just  in  time  for  the  Thanksgiving 
holiday  release  of  this  newest  Trekkie  film. 

Nimoy,  who  analyzed  the  Star  Trek  pheno- 


menon in  his  1975  book,  I  Am  Not  Spock, 
told  the  Duke  audience  he's  enjoyed  his 
twenty-year  involvement  with  the  series.  As 
for  the  enduring  relationship  between  Star 
Trek  and  its  fans,  Nimoy  said,  "It's  still  a  love 
affair." 


TIES  SHOULD 
NOT  BIND 


University-industry  ties  must  be  kept 
in  balance  to  prevent  U.S.  and  West- 
ern European  universities  from  evolv- 
ing into  "corporate-dtiven  research  insti- 
tutes," Duke  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie 
told  a  conference  of  European  educators  this 
fall. 

In  a  speech  delivered  at  the  Council  of 
European  Rectors  in  Madrid,  Spain,  Brodie 
said  research  ties  between  universities  and 
industry  are  growing  closer  because  of  global 
economic  conditions.  Brodie,  who  repre- 
sented the  American  Association  of  Univer- 
sities at  the  meeting,  said  the  greatest  con- 
cern U.S.  university  administrators  have 
about  research  ties  with  industry  "is  whether 
industry  is  likely  to  interfere  with  the  free 
flow  of  ideas  among  colleagues  and  the  com- 
mitment of  the  university  to  rapid  sharing  of 
new  knowledge  for  the  public  good." 

A  recent  Harvard  University  study  found 
that  faculty  members  at  more  than  half  of 
the  universities  surveyed  said  they  had  done 
research  that  could  not  be  published  without 
the  consent  of  the  industrial  sponsor.  Brodie 
said  university  officials  may  be  tempted  to 
move  closer  to  "the  industrial  purse"  when 
corporate  executives  sit  on  boards  of  trustees 
and  in  the  state  legislatutes  and  Congress. 

University  faculty  membets  and  admini- 
strators are  the  ones  who  must  "resist  con- 
verting our  universities— Americas  and 
eventually  yours— into  corporate-dtiven 
research  institutes,"  Brodie  said,  noting  that 
university-industry  research  ties  offer  advan- 
tages to  both  sides  but  also  have  the  poten- 
tial for  conflict. 

"The  profit  incentive  motivates  industry 
to  look  for  immediate  commercial  applica- 
tion of  research  results,"  he  said.  "The  faculty 
of  a  university,  on  the  other  hand,  believe 
that  the  search.for  truth  is  its  own  reward, 
and  that  knowledge  resulting  from  that 
search  is  to  be  disseminated  for  the  public 
good." 

Brodie  said  American  universities  are  just 
beginning  to  deal  with  the  implications  of 
research  partnerships  with  industry.  Duke  is 
one  of  the  major  universities  involved  in 
industry-sponsored  research,  and  has  recently 
adopted  an  eight-point  policy  governing 
such  relationships.  "By  developing  specific 
wtitten  policies  to  guide  faculty  members, 
the  university  can  be  protected,  and  industry 


49 


can  be  educated  to  the  differences  in  our 
separate  spheres  and  the  points  at  which  we 
can  work  fruitfully  together,"  Brodie  said. 

The  Duke  policy  states  that  no  principal 
investigator  can  be  required  as  a  condition  of 
employment  "to  participate  in  a  particular 
research  effort"  and  that  faculty  "have  final 
authority  over  the  design  and  control  of  that 
research."  Final  determination  of  what  may 
or  may  not  be  published  as  a  result  of  research 
efforts  remains  with  the  university,  and 
industry  sponsors  generally  cannot  restrict 
the  freedom  of  faculty  members  to  commu- 
nicate with  their  colleagues  or  take  on  addi- 
tional sponsored  work  of  a  related  nature. 
The  university  pledges  "a  good  faith  effort  to 
organize  research  projects  in  a  manner  which 
is  sensitive  to  the  special  needs  and  time 
constraints  of  the  sponsor." 

Graduate  students  usually  may  not  partici- 
pate in  research  involving  proprietary  infor- 
mation, and  faculty  members  may  not  parti- 
cipate in  outside  activities  which,  by  reason 
of  the  possibility  of  bias  in  the  relation- 
ship or  because  of  the  amount  of 
time  and  effort  involved,  would  con- 
flict with  their  obligations  to  the  university. 

But  such  policies  should  also  take  the  con- 
cerns of  business  into  account,  Brodie  said. 
"Our  policy  speaks  to  these  concerns,  esta- 
blishing that  we  do  not  seek  an  adversarial 
relationship  and  acknowledging  that  we 
have  different  roles  to  play  in  a  healthy 
society." 


TO  TELEVISE 

■S  DIVINE 

Engineering  professor  Henry  Petroski's 
acclaimed  book,  To  Engineer  is  Human, 
will  be  adapted  into  an  hour-long  tele- 
vision program  by  the  British  Broadcasting 
Corporation  for  its  science  program  Horizon. 

A  producer  for  Horizon  read  Petroski's  book 
and  contacted  the  associate  professor  of  civil 
engineering  last  summer.  Production  was  well 
under  way  by  the  fall;  BBC  production  crews 
visited  Duke,  the  Kennedy  Space  Center  in 
Florida,  and  the  Kansas  City  Hvatt  Regency, 
where  the  collapse  of  two  suspended  walk- 
ways six  years  ago  killed  114  people. 

Petroski's  book,  which  was  excerpted  in  the 
January-February  1986  issue  of  Duke  Magazine, 
examined  a  range  of  engineering  successes 
and  failures  and  argued  that  failures  are 
inevitable,  even  in  the  wake  of  the  over- 
whelming numbers  of  successes.  He  will  pre- 
sent the  thesis  of  his  book  through  narration 
and  some  on-camera  appearances. 

The  show  is  scheduled  to  air  this  spring. 
Petroski  doesn't  know  whether  it  will  be 
broadcast  in  the  United  States,  although  the 
program  is  sometimes  puchased  by  the  Public 
Broadcasting  Service  for  U.S.  distribution. 


REMEMBERING 
WADE 

In  1942,  Duke's  football  team  played  at 
home  in  the  only  Rose  Bowl  Game  held 
outside  Pasadena,  California.  Forty-four 
years  later,  three  weeks  after  his  death  at  age 
ninety-four,  Coach  Wallace  Wade  was 
memorialized  during  Homecoming  Week- 
end with  the  unveiling  of  a  statue  located  at 
the  entrance  to  the  stadium  which  bears  his 
name. 

The  bronze  bust  on  a  stone  pedestal  was 
created  and  donated  to  Duke  by  Frank 
Creech  A.M.  '64.  It  will  soon  be  surrounded 
by  forty-two  rose  bushes,  provided  by  the 
Rose  Bowl  Committee,  to  symbolize  the  his- 
toric football  game. 


Also  announced  during  Homecoming  was 
the  establishment  of  the  Wallace  Wade 
Endowment  Fund,  set  up  by  a  $100,000 
bequest  from  the  Duke  coach.  The  fund  will 
support  students  who  have  lettered  in  foot- 
ball, basketball,  baseball,  or  track  during 
their  undergraduate  careers  at  Duke  and  who 
plan  to  continue  their  studies  in  graduate  or 
professional  schools. 

In  announcing  the  gift,  L.  Neil  Williams 
'58,  J.D.  '61,  chairman  of  Duke's  board  of 
trustees,  said:  "This  gift  embraces  the  con- 
cept at  Duke  of  putting  the  emphasis  on  the 
word  'student'  when  talking  of  student- 
athletes.  It  helps  set  a  high  standard  for  col- 
legiate athletics  in  this  country."  A  number 
of  Wade's  former  players  and  colleagues  have 
made  gifts  to  the  Wade  Endowment  Fund  in 
his  honor. 

Wade  was  head  football  coach  and  ath- 
letic director  at  Duke  for  sixteen  years  in  the 
1930s  and  '40s,  interrupted  only  by  service  in 
the  Army  during  World  War  II.  His  Duke 
teams  won  six  Southern  Conference  Cham- 
pionships and  went  unbeaten,  untied,  and 
unscored  upon  until  losing  to  Southern 
California,  7-3,  in  the  1938  Rose  Bowl.  In 
1942,  another  undefeated  team  played  Ore- 
gon State  in  the  Rose  Bowl,  transplanted  to 
Durham  because  of  wartime  restrictions. 


Wade  also  enlarged  and  reorganized  Duke's 
physical  education  system  to  include  all  stu- 
dents, regardless  of  athletic  talent.  During 
his  tenure,  the  university  completed  pay- 
ments on  the  football  stadium  and  fully 
funded  construction  of  the  indoor  basket- 
ball stadium. 


PRESSURE 
POINTS 


Stress  is  not  only  unpleasant.  The  evi- 
dence suggests  it  plays  a  role  in  some 
mental  and  physical  illnesses,  accord- 
ing to  a  psychiatry  professor  at  the  medical 
center. 

When  most  people  think  of  stress,  says  Dr. 
Redford  B.  Williams,  they  think  of  stressful 
events— being  yelled  at  by  the  boss,  losing  a 
job,  the  death  of  a  friend  or  relative,  a  child  in 
trouble,  or  a  rocky  marriage. 

"But  events  are  only  part  of  the  equation," 
he  says.  "Stress  is  a  process,  an  interaction 
between  a  person  and  events."  Some  people 
are  more  sensitive  to  stress  than  others  and 
experience  more  distress  because  of  it. 
Anxiety  disorders,  panic  attacks,  and  phobias 
are  potentially  disabling  responses  to  stress. 

"People  with  certain  personality  traits  may 
find  it  stressful  to  wait  in  long  lines  or  traffic 
jams,"  Williams  says,  "while  others  may  take 
such  delays  in  stride.  What  we're  finding  is 
that  stress  has  definite  biological  effects— on 
hormone  production  and  blood  pressure,  for 
example.  And  these  effects,  in  turn,  have 
implications  for  coronary  artery  disease, 
depression,  and  other  illnesses." 

Research  at  Duke  indicates  that  hostility 
and  cynicism  may  be  the  most  damaging 
aspects  of  Type-A  behavior.  Type-A  people 
are  always  on  edge  and  in  a  hurry.  They're 
ambitious,  hard-driving,  and  impatient, 
whereas  Type  Bs  are  more  relaxed  and 
easygoing. 

"People  who  are  Type  A  are  more  sensitive 
to  being  mistreated  by  others.  They  take 
things  personally  and  are  quicker  to  blame 
others  when  things  move  too  slowly  to  suit 
them,"  Williams  says.  Such  people  are  statis- 
tically more  likely  to  develop  heart  disease, 
and  there  is  evidence  that  prolonged  stress 
may  suppress  the  immune  system,  perhaps 
increasing  the  risk  of  cancer  and  other 
diseases. 

"People  seem  to  come  down  with  colds  or 
suffer  flare-ups  of  arthritis  more  often  when 
they  are  under  stress,"  says  Williams.  "The 
influence  of  stress  on  the  immune  system  is 
the  focus  of  a  lot  of  scientific  study." 

The  workplace  is  a  traditional  source  of 
stress.  According  to  Williams,  job-related 
stress  is  usually  determined  by  two  factors:  a 
high  demand  for  productivity  and  the 
amount  of  control  the  individual  has  over 


how  that  demand  is  met.  "There  is  evidence 
that  a  high  level  of  uncontrolled  stress  can 
lead  to  depression.  Symptoms  may  include 
listlessness,  not  putting  as  much  effort  into 
things,  and  giving  up  easily." 

Williams  says  one  way  to  cope  with  stress  is 
to  modify  the  environment— change  jobs  or 
the  way  you  work,  or  improve  your  relation- 
ships with  the  people  who  are  putting  you 
under  pressure.  "Behavior  modification, 
relaxation  training,  and  psychotherapy  can 
be  effective  strategies  for  coping  with  stress. 
Many  people  find  that  regular,  vigorous  exer- 
cise helps." 

Research  may  ultimately  provide  more 
effective  answers,  the  Duke  psychiatrist  says. 
"As  we  learn  more  about  the  biological  con- 
sequences of  stress,  we  will  begin  to  devise 
better  methods  of  dealing  with  it." 


SOCIAL 
INSECURITY 


Federal  and  state  officials  should  think 
twice  before  tinkering  too  much  with 
current  policies  that  affect  the  retire- 
ment planning  of  Americans.  That  counsel 
comes  from  a  Duke  sociologist  and  adviser 
on  aging  policy  to  Congress  and  the  federal 
government. 

"The  later  years  of  life  are  filled  with 
degrees  of  uncertainty  in  health,  finances, 
and  social  support,"  says  George  Myers,  who 
also  directs  the  Center  for  Demographic 
Studies  at  Duke.  "Younger  persons  need  the 
assurance  in  planning  their  remaining  years 
of  life  that  stable  structures  provide." 

Several  traditional  systems  for  security  in 
the  later  years  now  appear  insecure,  he  says. 
Federal  policy  dating  back  to  the  Great 
Society  years  of  the  mid-Sixties  has  been 
very  successful  in  fostering  stable  retirement 
planning  and  living  for  millions  of  aging 
Americans.  "Older  persons  want  the  free- 
dom to  choose  their  way  of  life,  without 
major  constraints  placed  on  this  freedom." 

Myers  says  the  policies  of  the  last  twenty 
years  are  being  threatened  by  actual  and  pro- 
posed changes  in  Social  Security  benefits, 
Individual  Retirement  Account  deductions, 
and  company-sponsored  pension  plans,  and 
by  rapidly  rising  limits  on  Medicare  benefits. 
Many  of  these  changes  stem  directly  from 
attempts  to  cut  the  federal  budget  deficit, 
Myers  says. 

In  his  view,  many  young  Americans  are 
especially  wary  and  resentful  of  Social  Secu- 
rity because  they  aren't  convinced  they  will 
get  much  out  of  the  system  when  they  retire. 
These  young  workers  see  Congress  periodi- 
cally trying  to  shore  up  Social  Security  with 
payroll  tax  hikes,  and  that  reduces  contribu- 
tors' confidence  in  the  system. 


Movie  time:  Semans,  left,  gets  "extra"  credit 


In  addition,  Social  Security  now  has  an 
earnings  test  that  requires  Americans  whose 
other  retirement  income  is  over  a  certain 
level  to  pay  income  taxes  on  half  their  Social 
Security  benefits. 

Although  he  doesn't  fear  for  the  long-term 
stability  of  Social  Security,  Myers  says  Con- 
gress should  resist  temptations  to  bail  out 
one  lagging  Social  Security  fund— such  as 
the  Old  Age  and  Survivors  Trust  Fund— with 
money  borrowed  from  another. 

Cutbacks  in  Medicare  benefits,  he  says, 
are  a  more  tangible  threat  to  the  well-being 
of  aging  Americans.  The  yearly  deductible, 
the  amount  Medicare  beneficiaries  have  to 
pay  out  of  their  own  pocket,  recently  jumped 
from  $492  to  $572.  In  addition,  the  monthly 
Medicare  premium  for  physicians'  services 
rose  from  $15.50  to  $17.90.  Myers  says  the 
rising  Medicare  deductible  probably  has 
helped  hold  down  medical  care  costs,  but  at 
the  same  time  it  undoubtedly  has  denied 
medical  care  "to  the  people  who  really  need 
it." 

Such  rising  costs  feed  many  older  Ameri- 
cans' fears  that  they  won't  be  able  to  take  care 
of  themselves  during  their  last  years.  As  a 
result,  Myers  says,  many  of  the  elderly  tend 
to  hold  on  to  expensive  possessions  such  as 
their  houses  as  a  form  of  self-insurance  against 
cancer,  Alzheimer's  disease,  and  other  cata- 
strophic illnesses.  "What  we  need  is  some 
form  of  affordable  insurance  against  cata- 
strophic illnesses,"  he  says. 

Recent  claims  by  some  researchers  that 
programs  for  the  elderly  are  taking  limited 
resources  from  programs  for  the  young  are,  in 
Myers'  view,  unfounded.  "Where  neglect 
exists,"  he  says,  "especially  with  respect  to  the 
young,  we  should  remedy  the  situation.  But 
not  at  the  expense  of  the  elderly." 


STAR 
SEARCH 


The  notice  covered  the  entire  back 
page  of  the  student  Chronicle:  "Want 
to  be  a  star?"  Hundreds  of  students 
said  yes,  and  queued  up  in  Bryan  Center  to 
sign  on  as  extras  in  a  feature  film  to  be  shot  at 
Duke  in  January. 

The  Los  Angeles-based  BHP  Productions 
was  in  town  in  November  looking  for  extras 
to  appear  in  the  film  Weeds,  starring  Nick 
Nolte.  Several  Duke  interiors  will  be  used  for 
the  film,  which  follows  a  group  of  ex-convicts 
who've  written  a  play  about  prison  life  and 
appear  in  it.  The  play  travels  the  college  cir- 
cuit en  route  to  Broadway,  and  through 
movie  magic  Duke  theaters  will  double  as 
college  theaters  across  the  country.  Sites 
include  Baldwin  Auditorium,  Bryan  Center 
Film  Theater,  and  Page  Auditorium's  dress- 
ing rooms. 

Bill  Badalato  is  producing  Weeds.  His  cred- 
its include  executive  producer  and  produc- 
tion manager  for  last  summer's  hit  film  Top 
Gun.  Director  John  Hancock  also  directed 
Let's  Scare  Jessica  to  Death.  Other  locations 
for  the  film  include  Wilmington,  North 
Carolina,  San  Francisco,  and  Statesville, 
Illinois. 

According  to  production  liaison  Beth 
Semans  '86,  Duke  extras  will  be  used  both  for 
speaking  and  non-speaking  roles.  Some 
twenty  students  will  serve  as  volunteer 
interns.  "The  interns  will  get  a  lot  of  expo- 
sure to  a  major  motion  picture,  assisting  the 
director,  producer,  art  director,  scene  designer, 
and  set  dresser,"  she  says.  "It's  hands-on 
experience  that  they  could  never  get,  even  at 
a  film  school." 


51 


DUKE  BOOKS 


The  Defense  Game 

B31  Richard  A.  Stubbing  with  Richard  A. 
Mendel  '83.  New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  J  986. 
417  pp. 


During  Dick  Stubbing's 
tenure  as  assistant  pro- 
vost for  academic  pol- 
icy and  planning  at 
Duke,  he  appreciated 
that  quality  could  not 
be  purchased  by  throw- 
ing money  at  a  pro- 
blem. He  and  his  collaborator  have  brought 
the  same  approach  to  an  analysis  of  the  de- 
fense establishment  in  The  Defense  Game: 
An  Insider  Explores  the  Astonishing  Realities  of 
America's  Defense  Establishment.  They  are 
neither  hawks  nor  doves  but  believe  that  the 
United  States  is  receiving  too  little  for  what 
it  is  spending. 

Much  of  the  book  describes  the  causes  of 
the  problem.  There  is  adequate  blame  to  be 
shared  among  the  major  participants: 

•  The  services,  whose  mission  overlap, 
whose  rivalry  belies  the  unification  that  was 
supposedly  achieved  forty  years  ago,  and 
whose  dedication  to  favored  fighting 
doctrines  and  weapons  (e.g.,  the  manned 
strategic  bomber  for  the  Air  Force  and  the 
large  aircraft  carrier  for  the  Navy)  is  balanced 
only  by  an  unwillingness  to  allocate 
resources  to  meet  unwanted  demands  placed 
upon  them  by  national  policy  (e.g.,  close 
ground  support  from  fixed-wing  aircraft  by 
the  Air  Force  and  rapid  deployment 
capability  and  mine  laying  by  the  Navy). 

•  The  Congress,  whose  concern  for  the 
economic,  and  political,  impact  of  the  loss 
of  a  major  contract  or  a  base  closing 
effectively  precludes  efficient  decisions  on 
many  such  issues. 

•  The  contractors,  whose  zest  for  lucrative 
business  is  reflected  in  overly  optimistic  bids, 
financial  support  of  key  members  of  Con- 
gress, liaison  with  the  military,  not  excluding 
the  military-industrial  complex's  equivalent 
of  the  "golden  parachute,"  and  little  concern 
that  a  cost  overrun  will  prej  udice  chances  for 
new  contracts. 

•  The  civilian  and  military  officials  within 
the  Defense  Department  who  have  powerful 
incentive's  for  insisting  upon  state-of-the-art 
technology  and  few  incentives  for  minimiz- 
ing costs. 

The  authors  are  even  more  concerned 
with  institutional  flaws  in  the  process,  such 


•  the  "Rule  of  Three"  that  apparently 
assures  approximately  the  same  percentage 
of  the  defense  budget  to  each  service  annu- 
ally, in  part  because  of  the  collegial  decision- 
making authority  of  the  Joint  Chiefs  (modi- 
fied, one  hopes,  by  recent  legislation); 

•  the  limited  power  of  the  secretary  of 
defense  and  the  almost  schizophrenic  nature 
of  a  job  that  requires  the  incumbent  to 
restrain  rapacious  appetites  of  service  chiefs 
in  developing  a  budget  and  then  lobby  for  all 
that  can  be  obtained  from  the  president  and 
Congress; 

•  a  time  lag  between  the  beginning  of  the 
budget  cycle  and  the  deployment  of  a  wea- 
pons system,  well  in  excess  of  anything  pri- 
vate industry  would  tolerate; 

•  a  procurement  process  that  is  basically 
non-competitive,  even  for  non-major  sys- 
tems, and  is  characterized  by  the  award  of 
contracts  on  the  basis  of  an  assertion  of  the 
ability  to  perform  according  to  specifica- 
tions, a  process  inevitably  leading  to  changes, 
delays,  and  cost  overruns; 

•  and  the  inability  to  trade  off  among  dif- 
ferent national  security  programs  that  fall  in 
different  administrative  cubbyholes.  (The 
authors  ask  what  would  happen  if  $1  billion, 
about  one-third  of  1  percent  of  military 
spending,  was  devoted  to  economic  aid  to 
Central  America,  and  deplore  the  absence 
of  any  process  by  which  such  a  trade-off  is 
likely  to  be  considered  in  the  budget  process.) 

Concerned  with  cures  as  with  the  disease, 
the  authors  plead  for  increasing  competi- 
tion, weighing  past  performance  in  awarding 
new  contracts,  and  providing  incentives,  not 
only  to  contractors  but  to  Defense  Depart- 
ment military  and  civilian  personnel.  The 
failure  of  the  Navy  to  develop  a  rapid  deploy- 
ment force  to  implement  the  Carter  doc- 
trine; the  fluctuating  missions  of  AWACS; 
and  the  rise,  fall,  and  rise  of  the  B-l  (or  B-1B) 
are  just  a  few  of  their  examples. 

Nowhere  is  the  book  more  persuasive  than 
in  its  discussion  of  the  "soft  underbelly  of 
defense":  the  procurement  of  non-major  sys- 
tems, military  construction,  annual  opera- 
ting accounts,  personnel,  and  retirement 
costs.  After  pointing  out  that  the  average 
soldier's  pay  in  1985  was  50  percent  more 
than  in  1980,  the  authors  ask  why  officers 
received  the  same  increase  as  enlisted  per- 
sonnel when  there  was  no  problem  in  attract- 
ing officers,  and  why  one-fourth  of  the  pay 
increases  after  1980  were  given  to  higher- 
ranking  officers.  They  also  inquire  why  30 


percent  of  the  100,000  net  increase  in  mili- 
tary personnel  since  1980  has  been  for  addi- 
tional officers,  reducing  the  ratio  of  enlisted 
men  to  officers  to  5.9  to  1. 

Separate  chapters  cover  the  five  secre- 
taries of  defense  under  whom  Stubbing 
served  as  defense  budget  analyst  in  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  from  1962  until 
1981.  They  are  Robert  S.  McNamara  (the 
Manager);  Melvin  R.  Laird  (the  Politician); 
James  R.  Schlesinger  (the  Intellectual); 
Harold  Brown  (the  Scientist);  and  Casper  W. 
Weinberger  (the  Fund  Raiser).  Each  is  given 
high  marks  for  dedication  and  intellect,  and 
the  authors  recognize  that  each  brought  to 
the  job  different  talents  and  styles  and  faced 
different  problems.  Each,  with  the  possible 
exception  of  Brown,  accomplished  many 
of  his  objectives  and  each,  with  the  pos- 
sible exception  of  Laird,  failed  to  achieve 
some.  Laird  received  the  highest  marks  and 
Weinberger  and  Brown,  the  lowest  (although 
for  different  reasons). 

In  assessing  the  performance  of  each,  the 
authors  recognize  that  much  depends  on  the 
particular  problems  faced  at  a  given  time  and 
the  particular  style  of  a  given  secretary. 
McNamara's  ability  to  develop  a  coherent, 
centralized  decision-making  process  was 
limited  by  the  Vietnam  War;  Brown  might 
have  been  quite  different  if  he  had  served 
under  a  president  other  than  Jimmy  Carter. 
Laird's  style  and  talents  may  be  ill-suited  to 
developing  the  required  strategic  nuclear 
policy  for  the  1980s  or  to  restraining  indivi- 
dual services  that  each  desires  to  develop  its 
own  weapons. 

The  vignettes  cast  light  on  the  type  of 
person  needed  in  the  future.  Prior  experi- 
ence in  defense,  a  collegial  rather  than  an 
autocratic  working  style,  and  experience  in 
dealing  with  Congress  and  the  press  are  the 
most  important  attributes,  say  the  authors. 
Strangely,  they  don't  include  managerial 
experience,  although  much  of  the  book 
emphasizes  a  need  for  more  effective  man- 
agement of  the  nation's  largest  enterprise. 

The  book  is  a  powerful  presentation  of 
what  is  wrong  with  our  process  for  managing 
the  defense  establishment  and  what  should 
be  done  about  it.  We  can  only  hope  that  its 
teachings  are  heeded. 

—A.  Kenneth  P;ye 


Pye  is  Samuel  Fox  Mordecai  Professor  of  Law.  A  ver- 
sion of  this  review  appeared  in  Duke  Policy  News, 
published  by  the  Institute  of  Policy  Sciences  and 
Public  Affairs. 


52 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 

address  correction  requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


taiHis.be> 

MS.    &0R15'  C.    PHRR1SH 


The  artofbior 

mechanics:  tendinous  fibers  m  sperm-u  hale  blubber  (page  8) 

S                           V      VOfe:        \ 

®Xm^ 

,4 

b  \ 

V 

Kf 1 

&£                               '-/    to 

^ 

JR  ALUMNI 


AND  FRIENDS 


MAY-JUNE  1987 


Kike  Alumni  Association  presents  the 


S^Sortable^eisthe 


Kenned  Jo"*  cdlection^n  , 


*mmi 


Strap  Collection 


Quantity 

330 Club  chair 

200P240 24 "  Pedestal  Table  w/umbrella  hole 

150 Umbrella  (Aluminum  Pole) 

197 Chaise  Lounge 

1042TGU 42"  Dining  Table  w/hole  (shown) 

720TG Rd.  Accent  Table 

1036TB 36 "  Dining  Table  no  hole 

1048TGU 48"  Dining  Table  w/hole 

330 Serving  Cart 

151  _ 


Beach  Collection 


1 ^_  Beach  Chair  &  Footrest  (White 

or  natural) 
2 Beach  Umbrella  (Wood  Pole) 


Shipping  Time  3  to  4  weeks 


$  99.00 
$159.00 
$159.00 
$214.00 
$229.00 
$  79.00 
$219.00 
$249.00 
$199.00 
$  26.00 


$  99.00 
$159.00 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  OFFICE 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham.  NC  27706 


Please  check  your  school 

Your  class  year 

0  TRINITY 

0  ENGINEERING 

YourGRADSIDtf 

D  NURSING 

0  ALLIED  HEALTH 

(on  mailing  address) 

OLAW 

0  DIVINITY 

D  MEDICINE 

0  FORESTRY 

Sorry  no  COD  orders 

□  BUSINESS 

□  GRADUATE 

Please  Print  Legibly 
Ordered  by: 

Ship  To  (If  Different): 

BILUNGADDRESS 

DELIVERY  ADDRESS 

CITY                                           STATE                                           ZIP 

CITY                                                STATE                                                ZIP 

AREA  CODE                                  DAY  PHONE 

AREA  CODE 

DAY  PHONE 

Total  Order 

AMOUNT 

D  Check  enclosed  (no  CODs  please),  made  payable  to  Duke  University 

For  credit  card  orders  please  sinn  vour  lull  name 

Sales  Tax  North  Carolina  residents  only  add  S°o  sal 

Total 

FREIGHT  COLLECT  FOB  MIAMI,  FLORIDA 


Thank  you  lor  your  order 


EDITOR:  Robert  ].  Bliwise 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Susan  Bloch 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

West  Side  Studio 

ADVERTISING  MANAGER: 

Pat  Hawkins  '58 

STUDENT  INTERN:  Caroline 

Haynes'87 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderhurk  Jr.  '60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
Anthony  Bosworth  '58, 
president;  Paul  Risher 
B.S.M.E.  '57,  president-elect;  M. 
Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60, 
secretary -treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
Charles  M.  Smith  '62,  M.Div. 
'65,  Divinity  School;  Sterling  M. 
Brockwell  jr.  B.S.CE.  '56, 
School  of  Engineering; 
P.  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
'80,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
David  W.  Gerhardt  M.E  79, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Environmental  Studies;  Jack  O. 
BovenderJr.M.H.A.'69, 
Department  of  Health 
Administration;  Charles  W. 
Petty  Jr.  LL.B.  '63,  School  of 
Late;  Robert  L.  McWhorter  Jr. 
M.D.  '47,  School  of  Medicine; 
Barbara  Brod  Germino  B.S.N. 
'64,  M.S.N.  '68,  School  of 
Nursing;  Paul  L.  Imbrogno  '80 
M.S.,  Graduate  Program  in 
Physical  Therapy;  (Catherine  N. 
Halpem  B.H.Sl  77,  Physicians' 
Assistant  Program;  Joseph  L. 
Skinner  '33,  Ha/fCentury  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Frederick  F. 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  Cardwell  '69; 
Jerrold  K.  Footlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hattman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas  '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  '35;  Susan  Tifft 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

Typesetting  by  Liberated  Types, 
Ltd.;  printing  by  Huntet 
Publishing  Co. 

©  1987,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  voluntary 
subscriptions  $15  per  year 


MAY- 
JUNE  1987 


DUE 


VOLUME  73 


Cover:  With  takeover  fever  and 
insider  trading  making  headlines, 
interest  in  ethics  is  on  an  upward 
trend  at  the  Fuqua  School. 
Photo  by  Les  Todd 


CORPORATE  AMERICA'S  DROPOUTS 

Women  are  entering  the  corporation  armed  with  high  expectations  and  a  briefcase 
full  of  myths,  says  Sarah  Hardesty 


TOWARD  A  CORPORATE  CONSCIENCE  6 

If— in  the  light  of  Wall  Street  scandals— business  ethics  belongs  in  the  curriculum,  how 
and  when  should  students  get  their  ethical  exposure? 


LEARN  NOW,  PAY  LATER  12 

Now  it's  the  debtor  generation:  Under  federal  programs,  students  borrowed  $9.8  billion 
this  year,  five  times  more  than  ten  years  ago 


LIGHT  ON  KNIGHT  37 

John  Feinstein's  book  takes  fans  into  places  where  no  college  coach  has  ever  allowed  a 
reporter  to  tread— at  least  not  one  with  a  running  tape  recorder 


HURRY  UP  AND  WAIT 

When  the  movie  Weeds  came  to  campus,  some  four  hundred  people  came  face  to  face 
with  the  faceless  world  of  the  film  "extra" 


IS  THIS  ANYWAY?  42 

Many  of  the  nation's  best-known  corporations  are  seeking  alliances  with  universities. 
When  the  funding  starts,  does  academic  freedom  stop? 


DEPARTMENTS 


RETROSPECTIVES  32 

Coaches  get  some  counsel,  "Dear  Old  Duke"  finds  a  wider  audience,  the  May  Queen 


title  breaks  a  barrier 


FORUM  36 

The  disappearing  wall,  the  misidentified  Dorsey,  the  meritorious  tax  plan 

GAZETTE  46 

A  warm-up  for  the  Olympics,  a  promising  start  for  football,  a  warning  on  the 
electronic  church 


BOOKS  51 

Bearing  the  Cross:  a  Pulitzer  Prize-winning  look  at  Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  and  the  civil 
rights  movement  he  inspired 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES| 

( 

JORPOR; 
AMERC 
DROPOU 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

Ml 

AS 
T5 

i 

WHY  WOMEN  WALK: 

i 

SUCCESS  AND  BETRAYAL 

Women  are  entering  the  corporation  armed  with 

high  expectations  and  a  briefcase  full  of  myths,  says 

co-author  Sarah  Hardesty 

;~j   t's  getting  crowded  on  the  corporate 
^3   ladder.  In  addition  to  the  women  who 
B   are  determined  to  work  their  way  up, 
1   there  are  a  growing  number  just  as 
determined  to  climb  down,  or  find  a  safe 
jump-off  point. 

Disillusioned    with    the    prospects    for 
advancement,  doubting  the  value  of  their 
contributions  to  the  corporation,  weary  of 
the  balancing  act  between  career  and  family, 
these  women  feel  they've  been  betrayed  by 
corporate  America.  And  their  experiences 
are  the  down  side  of  a  once-heartening 
phenomenon,  the  large-scale  entrance  of 
women  into  the  corporate  world. 

Between  1972  and  1983,  the  number  of 
female  managers  doubled  to  3.5  million  and 
the  number  of  executive  women  rose  143 
percent.  Despite  their  numbers,  however, 
few  women  are  reaching  the  top.  A  1985  sur- 
vey revealed  that  of  1,362  senior  corporate 
executives  in  the  United  States,  only  2  per- 
cent are  women.  Today,  women  hold  only  4 
percent  of  the  12,000  directorships  in  Amer- 
ica's top  companies.  And  according  to  a 
report  in  Fortune  magazine,  follow-up  studies 
of  female  graduates  from  top  business  schools 
reveal  corporate  dropout  rates  as  high  as  30 
percent. 

Where  are  the  women?  A  few  are  in  top- 
level  executive  posts,  many  are  locked  in 
entry-level    or    middle-management    posi- 
tions, and  still  others  are  dropouts— pursuing 
new  careers,  returning  to  school,  raising  fam- 
ilies, serving  as  consultants,  glazing  pottery. 
According  to  a  new  book  researched  and 
written  by  two  vice  presidents  for  large  cor- 
porations, a  disturbing  number  of  these  cor- 
porate women  are  victims  of  what  the  authors 
term  "success  and  betrayal  syndrome." 

"In  general,  women  reach  a  point  where 
they  wonder  if  their  efforts  have  been  worth 
it,  and  they  begin  to  reassess,"  says  Sarah 
Hardesty  72,  vice  president  of  the  public 
relations  firm  Hill  and  Knowlton.  "There  are 
two  sides  to  success  and  betrayal— success 
and  corporate  betrayal,  and  success  and  per- 
sonal betrayal.   In  terms  of  who's  failing 
whom,  we  think  it's  a  little  of  both.  In 
the  corporations,  there  still  is  definite  dis- 
crimination toward  women— roadblocks— 
and  it's  more  insidious  today  because  it's 
hidden,  less  obvious.  Also,  a  lot  of  women 
aren't  sure  they're  motivated  in  the  same 
way  men  are,  and  as  much  as  they  want 
to  do  well,  they  may  not  want  to  give  eigh- 
teen hours  a  day  to  a  job.  Even  if  the  cor- 
porations were  letting  them  go  to  the  top, 

Streetwise:  Sarah  Hardesty  warns  of  hidden  roadblocks  and  frozen  pipelines 


HHB 


1 


they  don't  want  to  make  that  sacrifice." 

As  Hardesty  and  co-author  Nehama 
Jacobs,  a  former  Young  &  Rubicam  ad  agency 
vice  president,  point  out  in  their  book, 
Success  and  Betrayal:  The  Crisis  of  Women  in 
Corporate  America,  these  self-  and  corporate- 
imposed  obstacles  are  the  foundation  of  a 
quiet  revolution  among  female  managers.  It 
is  a  revolution  "that  is  slowly  draining  the 
workplace  of  its  best-educated,  best-trained 
women."  Says  Stanford  University  professor 
Myra  Strober  in  the  book:  "It's  ironic.  The 
problem  of  the  1970s  was  bringing  women 
into  the  corporation.  The  problem  of  the 
1980s  is  keeping  them  there." 

Hardesty  and  Jacobs  began  their  research 
as  a  result  of  conversations  with  their  peers- 
conversations  that  revealed  a  subtle  but 
growing  sense  of  disillusionment  with  the 
corporate  world,  what  the  book  describes  as 
"this  odd  ennui,  this  disconcerting  disap- 
pointment, a  sense  of,  'Is  this  all  there  is?' " 
After  the  authors  outlined  their  approach  to 
the  book,  which  would  include  interviews 
with  100  women  managers  and  a  small  num- 
ber of  men  from  America's  500  largest  com- 
panies, they  began  looking  for  a  publisher. 
"Several  rejected  it  because  they  didn't  believe 
the  success  and  betrayal  syndrome  was  true," 
says  Hardesty.  "The  people  we  were  pitching 
the  book  to  had  never  really  worked  at  a 
Mobil,  an  IBM."  The  authors  intentionally 
focused  on  corporations.  "We  wanted  to  look 
at  the  most  male-dominated  sphere  where 
women  are,"  Hardesty  says.  "We  saw  that 
women  there  were  finding  the  most  frustra- 
tion because  corporations  have  the  biggest 
roadblocks." 

Hardesty— a  member  of  Duke's  Council  on 
Women's  Studies,  a  long-term  planning  and 
fund  raising  group  for  the  Women's  Studies 
Program — and  Jacobs  now  find  themselves  at 
the  forefront  of  a  major  shift  in  media  treat- 
ment of  women  and  work.  After  more  than  a 
decade  of  upbeat  stories  about  new  career 
vistas  for  women,  the  media  are  just  begin- 
ning to  focus  on  the  growing  disillusion- 
ment. Earlier  stories  pitched  "the  image  of 
the  confident,  successful  corporate  amazon 
who  climbed  company  ladders  and  per- 
formed other  feats,  such  as  the  balancing  act 
of  a  family  from  that  high  wire,  just  as  effort- 
lessly," says  Success  and  Betrayal.  "They  under- 
scored the  notion  that  women  who  had 
entered  the  brave  new  world  of  corporate  life 
had  never  had  it  so  good— and  that  it  could 
only  get  better." 

"As  a  result,"  says  Hardesty,  "women  began 
developing  a  feeling  of  failure  if  they  weren't 
spectacularly  successful.  There  was  a  strange 
feeling  that  'everyone  has  it  figured  out  but 
me.'  These  superwoman  stories  made  women 
feel  like  wimps  if  they  didn't  want  to  work 
eighteen-hour  days.  Women  had  no  role 
models  in  the  corporate  world  and  had  to 
depend  on  the  media.  But  their  expectations 


After  more  than  a 

decade  of  upbeat  stories 

about  new  career  vistas 

for  women,  the  media 

are  just  beginning 

to  focus  on  the 

growing  disillusionment. 


were  incredible  when  they  came  into  the 
workforce  because  no  one  told  them  what  it 
was  all  about.  The  media  did  oversell  the 
glamour,  the  success,  but  on  the  other  hand, 
these  things  tend  to  go  in  cycles,  and  it  was 
important  for  women  to  be  aware  that  they 
could  achieve." 

So  they  entered  the  corporations,  armed 
with  high  expectations  and  a  briefcase  full  of 
myths,  say  the  authors.  Among  these  is  the 
myth  of  the  corporation  as  family.  "The  cor- 
poration offers  immediate  identity,  safety, 
and  protection,"  says  Hardesty,  "particularly 
for  young  women  just  coming  out  of  college." 
It's  an  alluring  package,  as  a  veteran  of  ten 
years  in  management  told  the  authors:  "I 
have  to  personify  the  company  at  this  point 
to  feel  I'm  getting  something  back  even  if  I'm 
not.  This  is  like  a  family,  and  my  love-hate 
relationship  with  it  is  really  like  a  parental 
conflict." 

There  is  also  a  tendency,  say  the  authors, 
for  women  to  embrace  the  corporation  as 
lover,  replacing  Mr.  Right  with  Mr.  Right 
Corporation.  These  so-called  "corporate 
brides"  elevate  the  corporate  affiliation  to 
the  level  of  surrogate  lover,  "steady,  loyal, 
reliable,  an  endlessly  challenging  compan- 
ion in  a  50-50  partnership.  Small  wonder,  in 
a  corporate  society  in  which  only  41  percent 
of  women  executives  are  married  (as  against 
90  percent  of  men),  28  percent  have  never 
been  married,  and  most  women  are  married 
to  their  jobs." 

Says  magazine  magnate  Clay  Felker  '51  in 
the  book:  "Offices  provide  a  great  attraction 
for  a  'Peter  Pan'  generation  of  people  who  see 
divorce  as  inevitable  and  are  reluctant  to 
grow  up  and  commit  themselves  to  more  tra- 
ditional institutions."  The  damage  to  women's 
self-esteem,  say  the  authors,  "comes  from 
early,  unconscious  tendencies  to  anthropo- 
morphize the  company  itself— the  inani- 
mate corporate  entity— and  to  cast  the 
corporation  as  either  proud  father  or  demand- 
ing lover,  expecting  the  appropriate  emo- 
tional feedback  in  return." 

Also  at  work  in  the  workplace,  according 
to  Hardesty,   is  the  myth  of  meritocracy. 


"Women  still  tend  to  want  to  believe  the  best 
will  be  recognized,  that  hard  work  will  be 
rewarded.  Then  they  find  politics  comes  into 
it.  Men  enter  business  with  some  of  this,  too, 
but  even  when  they  don't  achieve,  there's 
more  of  a  sense  that  it  was  a  clean  fight."  As 
a  publishing  executive  in  her  late  thirties 
says,  "I  actually  thought  that  if  you  were  fair 
to  people  in  life,  life  would  be  fair  to  you."  In 
the  words  of  the  authors,  "The  myth  that 
recognition  rewards  achievement  is  the  most 
potent  and  pervasive  among  women  at  all 
corporate  levels." 

The  myth  of  "irreplaceability,"  according 
to  Hardesty  and  Jacobs,  reflects  an  urgent 
and  inevitably  unfulfilled  need  to  believe 
that  one  is  materially  contributing  to  the 
success  and  well-being  of  the  organization- 
hoping  that  unselfish  commitments  will  pay 
generous  dividends  in  the  form  of  love  and 
appreciation,  boosting  one's  sense  of 
self-worth. 

Central  to  many  of  these  myths  of  the 
workplace  is  that  women  believe  the  key  to 
success  lies  primarily  within  themselves. 
"My  mother  even  painted  a  drawing  of  the 
Little  Engine  That  Could  on  my  nursery 
room  wall,"  says  a  thirty-four-year-old  assis- 
tant vice  president.  "So  ingrained  is  the  clas- 
sic overachiever  pattern  that  women  have 
for  years  accepted  on  faith,  and  despite  all 
reality  to  the  contrary,  that  theirs  was  the 
generation  destined  to  take  on  the  world— 
and  win,"  Hardesty  and  Jacobs  report.  "The 
internalizing  of  responsibility  for  one's  own 
destiny  seemed  the  inevitable  outcome  of  a 
me-generation  mentality  that  favored 
individual  accountability  over  collective 
complaining." 

Yet  men  seldom  begin  their  corporate 
careers  burdened  with  such  baggage  because 
they  have  more  role  models  and  are  less 
dependent  on  myth  as  a  means  of  projecting 
reality.  "The  gap  between  the  myths  on 
which  women  were  raised  eventually  creates 
more  and  more  distance  between  corporate 
men  and  women,"  the  authors  found. 

The  first  seeds  of  disenchantment  are 
planted  as  these  myths  come  under  siege,  as 
women  begin  recognizing  the  limitations  of 
their  roles.  "Women  are  forced  to  confront 
the  gap  between  their  glamorous  expecta- 
tions of  insistent  and  incipient  challenge 
and  the  reality  of  bureaucratized  structure, 
which  is  repetitious,  dulling,  limited,  and 
uncreative,"  write  Hardesty  and  Jacobs. 
"Women  soon  learn  the  truth  of  Edna  St. 
Vincent  Millay's  observation:  'It's  not  true 
that  life  is  one  damn  thing  after  another.  It's 
one  damn  thing  over  and  over.' " 

Compounding  personal  myths  and  mis- 
conceptions about  corporate  life  are  the  very 
tangible  limitations  on  mobility  women 
experience  in  corporate  life,  or,  what  the 
media  have  labeled  "the  glass  ceiling." 

"Things  have  improved  and  we're  a  lot  fur- 


ther  along  than  we  were  fifteen  years  ago," 
says  Hardesty,  "but  the  roadblocks  still  exist. 
For  example,  a  common  explanation  for  the 
dearth  of  women  at  the  top  is  that  they  are  in 
the  pipeline,  working  their  way  up.  But  we're 
finding  that  sometimes  this  just  means 
people  aren't  giving  these  women  opportu- 
nities. We  call  it  the  frozen  pipeline."  Most 
senior  managers  "in  a  position  to  know,"  say 
the  authors,  support  the  frozen  pipeline 
theory.  "I  doubt  the  rate  of  progress  women 
have  achieved  in  getting  access  will  be 
matched  by  ascent,"  is  the  gloomy  forecast  in 
the  book  by  former  U.S.  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce Juanita  Kreps  A.M.  '44,  Ph.D.  '48,  an 
economist  who  holds  numerous  corporate 
board  appointments. 

"The  pipeline  gets  heavily  blocked  at  cer- 
tain points  for  all  managers,"  says  a  former 
CEO  who  now  works  with  executive  search 
consultants.  "But  the  reason  women  get 
blocked  specifically  is  that  they  don't  come 
to  mind.  They're  not  part  of  the  network." 

The  fraternal  nature  of  the  game  at  the 
executive  level,  say  the  authors,  affects  the 
manner  in  which  employees  are  promoted. 
"There  is  no  pure  and  scientific  method  for 
selecting  and  promoting  people,"  according 
to  a  male  corporate  recruiter.  "It's  a  bunch  of 
guys  sitting  around  the  table  making  a  deci- 
sion." (He  refers  to  the  system  as  BOGSAT.) 
"They  are  going  to  sense  which  way  the  wind 
is  blowing  and  usually  go  with  the  senior  guy 
in  the  room." 

Women  struggling  to  develop  their  cor- 
porate presence  can  also  run  headlong  into  a 
double  standard  that  gauges  men's  perfor- 
mance quite  differently  from  women's.  A 
Midwestern  manager  recalls  how  manage- 
ment evaluated  several  men  and  women 
who'd  just  completed  interviews.  "About  the 
men  they'd  say,  'he's  a  real  go-getter,  he's  really 
going  to  go  far.'  But  when  it  came  to  the 
women  they'd  say  things  like,  'she's  really 
aggressive,  she's  going  to  turn  everyone  off.' " 

"The  double  standard  by  which  women's 
performance  is  evaluated  has  created  a  super- 
race  of  women  managers. ...Inherently  com- 
petitive (or  they  would  have  dropped  off  ear- 
lier), these  few  women  find  themselves  in 
splendid  isolation,  slugging  it  out  for  the  one 
or  two  token  slots  the  corporation  intends  to 
award  to  a  senior  woman,"  say  the  authors  of 
Success  and  Betrayal.  "A  token  woman's  cur- 
rency is  devaluated." 

As  the  authors  phrase  it,  the  inverse  corol- 
lary to  the  token  woman  is  "the  noble  experi- 
ment, the  ultimate  casualty  of  the  corporate 
double  standard."  If  one  woman  fails,  the 
corporation  may  well  keep  other  women 
from  further  competition. 

The  corporate  version  of  the  sexual  revo- 
lution has  yet  to  be  waged,  as  the  book's 
interview  subjects  still  report  a  volatile 
atmosphere  between  the  sexes  en  route  to 
continued  on  p.  45 


Kelly  Walker:  "It's  not  just  how  to  get 

'  hen  is  good  news 

news?  When  the 
media's  upbeat 
treatment  of  pioneering  busi- 
nesswomen creates  unreason- 
able expectations  of  success 
and  glamour  for  the  women 
following  them,  say  the  auth- 
ors of  Success  and  Betrayal; 
The  Crisis  of  Women  in 
Corporate  America. 

Not  necessarily,  a  magazine 
editor  counters.  "The  positive 
side  is  played  up,"  says  Kelly 
Walker  '83,  associate  editor  of 
Savvy,  a  magazine  specifically 
geared  to  executive-level 
women.  "But  women  want  to 
read  the  up  side.  They  don't 
want  to  go  home  at  night  after 
a  tough  day  at  the  office  and 
read  an  article  that  says 
'There's  nothing  there  for 
you.  Why  bother?'  I'm  an  opti- 
mistic person,  and  I'd  rather 
read  that  there's  a  light  at  the 
end  of  the  tunnel,  even  if 
there  are  problems." 

She  admits  there  are.  Walker 
came  to  Savvy  after  a  stint  at 
Forbes,  where  articles  on 
women  and  business  were 
relatively  rare.  "A  large  per- 
centage of  the  work  force 
wasn't  being  covered  in  any 
great  manner  in  the  standard 


where  you're  going,  but  what  to  do  once  you're  there 

business  publications,"  she 
says.  "Women  have  problems 
getting  ahead  that  men  don't 
have,  and  there's  a  very  real 
need  for  role  models  for 
women  trying  to  get  in  and 
follow  the  proper  political 
footwork." 

She  agrees  with  the  authors 
of  Success  and  Betrayal  that 
obstacles  to  advancement  for 
women  exist,  but  argues  that 
the  experiences  of  successful 
corporate  women  are  impor- 
tant role-models-in-print, 
particularly  for  women  living 
outside  major  metropolitan 
areas  where  some  of  the  first 
successes  have  occurred. 
"Those  women  weren't  in 
New  York  to  see  Muriel 
Siebert  become  the  first 
woman  to  get  a  seat  on  the 
New  York  Stock  Exchange," 
says  Walker.  "But  how  she  got 
there  was  something  Savvy 
could  follow,  so  our  readers 
could  learn  how  to  apply  that 
success  to  their  individual 
jobs." 

The  media  message  about 
women  and  work  is  changing 
as  the  audience  changes,  says 
Walker.  "Originally,  maga- 
zines gave  hardcore,  do-or-die 
advice.  Now  we're  seeing  that 


women  are  looking  not  only 
for  management  advice,  but 
for  a  wide  range  of  topics. 
They're  making  the  money 
and  now  they  want  to  know 
what  to  do  with  it.  They're 
concerned  about  advance- 
ment, but  they  also  want  to 
know  what  wines  to  buy.  It", 
not  just  how  to  get  where 
you're  going,  but  what  to  do 
once  you're  there.  That's  the 
next  editorial  swing." 

In  Walker's  view,  today's 
crop  of  businesswomen  are  at 
a  new  stage,  not  necessarily  a 
crisis  stage.  "For  women  com- 
ing out  of  college,  it  used  to  be 
a  matter  of  career  or  family. 
Now  there's  a  generation  of 
women  having  to  make  new 
choices  because  they  have 
more  options.  There  are 
women  poised  to  break 
through  the  so-called  glass 
ceiling,  and  people  want  to 
know  how  they  do  it.  Women 
still  have  to  establish  a  track 
record,  learn  how  to  network, 
and  their  styles  and  ap- 
proaches to  the  workplace 
have  to  mesh  with  men's. 
Each  has  to  become  accus- 
tomed to  the  way  the  other 
works.  That  takes  time  and 
patience." 


1  DUKE  PERSPECTIVES! 

TC 

WWL 

)A 

( 
( 

JORPOR; 
jQNSCM 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 

Ml 

^ 
-n 

ETHICS  AND  THE  M.B.A.: 

i 

1 
1 

GOOD  CONDUCT  IN  BUSINESS 

"Success  in  business  is  not  simply  to  maximize  profit," 

says  Fuqua  professor  Thomas  Mulligan.  "Otherwise, 

we'd  consider  the  Mafia  an  example  of  an  extremely 

successful  business ." 

fs  ow  the  Wall  Street  mighty  have 
i^  fallen— beginning  with   thirty- 
1  four-year-old  Dennis  Levine,  the 
Si   investment  banker  who  was  the 
first  catch  in  the  still-unraveling  scandal. 
After  earning  $12.6  million  from  trading  on 
inside  information,  Levine  now  faces  an 
insider's  view  of  prison.  Levine  pronounced 
his  two-year  sentence  and  $362,000  fine 
"fair."  He  told  reporters,  "I  hope  the  mes- 
sage goes  out  to  other  young  professionals  to 
learn  from  this,  and  not  repeat  the  mistakes 
I  have  made." 

Has  the  message  really  hit  home  with 
young  professionals?  Business  ethics  is  sud- 
denly an  item  on  the  corporate  agenda,  and 
in  the  college  curriculum.  Skeptics  wonder 
about  the  depth  of  commitment,  though, 
among  educators  and  their  students.  And 
if  ethics  belongs  in  the  curriculum,  how  and 
when   should   students  get   their   ethical 
exposure? 

Dennis  Campbell,  dean  of  Duke's  divinity 
school,  would  like  to  see  ethical  awareness 
pervade  professional  education— and  other 
levels  of  education  as  well.  Campbell  is  the 
author    of    Doctors,     Lawyers,     Ministers: 

Christian    Ethics    in    Professional    Practice. 
Although  they  remain  high  in  status,  the 
professions  seem  to  be  distrusted  in  modern 
society,  Campbell  writes  in  his  book.  "Once 
the  word  'professional'  carried  with  it  a 
connotation  of  service,  but  now  for  many  it 
implies  selfishness."  In  Campbell's  view,  one 
of  the  jobs  of  the  professional  school  is  to 
challenge  students  to  think  about  the  role  of 
the  profession  in  society,  and  the  ethical 
issues  that  arise  from  that  role.  But  before  the 
professional-school  stage,  he  argues,  students 
should  have  learned  what  he  calls  "an  ethical 
reasoning  process."  In  his  book,  he  says  that 
process  should  extend  beyond  "the  ability  to 
apply  rules  to  situations"  to  "the  ability  to 
make  connections  and  to  think  critically 
and  carefully  about  situations." 

And,  says  Campbell,  ethical  reasoning  "is 
not  something  students  know  well.  We're 
not  doing  the  job  at  the  undergraduate  level, 
let  alone  at  the  secondary  and  elementary 
level. 

"Take  Duke  as  an  example:  We  say  that 
because    we're    a    private    university    and 
because  of  our  traditions,  we  are  a  university 
that  raises  the  question  of  values  and  moral 

Richard  Staelin:  encouraging 
in  their  ethical  thinking 


Does  ethics  belong  in  a 
business  student's  edu- 
cation? Sure,  but  a 
single  course,  while  "useful" 


"change  students  overnight." 
That's  the  assessment  of 
Richard  Staelin,  Fuqua  busi- 
ness professor  and  associate 
dean  for  faculty  affairs.  "Most 
of  our  students  are  twenty- 
four  or  twenty-five  years  old. 
They  have  twenty-four  or 
twenty-five  years  of  history 
and  associations  behind  them, 
and  for  this  school  to  be 
expected  to  make  them 


ethical  individuals  is  ludi- 
crous. If  we  could  do  that,  we 
could  take  over  the  churches 
of  the  world." 

According  to  Staelin,  the 
Fuqua  School  believes  a  good 
dose  of  exposure  to  ethics  is 
healthy.  But  most  of  that 
exposure,  he  says,  comes  as  a 
natural  consequence  of  busi- 
ness study.  "We  teach  ethics 
all  the  time  because  business 


Staelin  says  it's  hard  to 


into  the  ethical  i 
of  deception,  or  a  marketing 
class  that  doesn't  deal  with 
such  ethical  issues  as  safety 
versus  cost:  "Is  it  ethical  to 
produce  a  product  if  one  out 
of  every  100,000  will  hurt 
somebody?  If  we  manufacture 
cars,  are  we  obliged  to  spend 
unbelievable  amounts  of 
money  to  make  those  cars 
absolutely  safe,  even  if  we 
make  the  car  so  expensive 
that  we  destroy  its  usefulness?" 

"I  don't  know  that  we  as  a 
faculty  can  teach  our  students 
how  to  make  these  decisions," 
says  Staelin.  "But  we  do 
encourage  them  to  air  their 
opinions  in  front  of  then- 
peers,  to  engage  in  discussion, 
and  to  become  more  sophisti- 
cated in  their  thinking."  From 
the  experience  of  weighing 
ethical  issues  in  an  open 
environment,  he  adds,  stu- 
dents are  more  likely  to 
"make  reasonable  decisions 
ten  or  twenty  years  down  the 
road  when  they  have  reached 
leadership  roles." 

The  stereotype  of  the 
money-  and  power-hungry 
M.B.A.  student  doesn't 
impress  Staelin.  His  own  read- 
ing of  the  M.BA..  mindset 
comes  from  one  of  the  courses 
he  runs,  which  pits  the  stu- 
dents in  competition  with  one 
another  in  a  management 
game.  Students  work  in  teams 
and  are  graded  according  to 
how  much  money  they  earn 
for  a  hypothetical  company. 
The  game  is  "as  close  to  a 


have  in  the  business  school," 
says  Staelin.  The  M.B.A. 
players,  he  finds,  "are  not  laid- 
back  people.  They  play  hard, 
they  work  to  win,  but  they 
don't  want  to  win  at  any 


for  example,  that  doesn't  delve 


issues.  The  question  is,  where  in  the  curric- 
ulum is  this  dealt  with?  Is  it  absorbed  sort  of 
by  osmosis,  or  do  we  specifically  address  it? 
My  hunch  is  that  the  American  higher 
education  establishment  has  largely  pro- 
scribed, gotten  rid  of,  any  specific  attention 
to  these  matters  in  the  undergraduate  cur- 
riculum. It's  perfectly  possible  to  go  all  the 
way  through  the  education  system  and  never 
really,  in  a  careful  way— an  academically, 
intellectually,  philosophically  rigorous 
way— deal  with  the  ethical  process.  You  can 
encounter  some  relatively  well-educated 
people  who  are  ignorant  of  ethical  reason- 
ing, who  don't  know  how  to  go  about  asking 
the  right  questions  about  a  moral  dilemma. 
And  that  can  be  taught." 
Americans  tend  to  confuse  the  idea  of 


thinking  about  ethics  with  specific  belief 
structures,  says  Campbell.  "One  comment 
that  will  always  come  up  is,  'Why  should  we 
be  inculcating  a  particular  kind  of  view?'  "  A 
secular  society  is  understandably  uneasy 
with  introducing  religious  values  into  the 
schools;  but  Campbell  says  you  can  learn  the 
rigor  of  ethical  decision  making  apart  from 
religious  tenets.  One  of  his  favorite  ethical- 
reasoning  devices  is  the  case  method, 
through  which  students  come  face  to  face 
with  a  dilemma  and  must  sort  through  and 
evaluate  the  ethical  implications.  He  also 
would  have  professional  schools  embrace  the 
history,  sociology,  and  great  achievers  of  the 
profession  in  their  curricula. 

"There  is  a  legitimate  distinction  to  be  made 
between  the  reasoning  process  involved  in 


asking  moral  and  ethical  questions  and  the 
roots  of  your  values.  The  pluralism  of  Ameri- 
can society  today  is  a  given.  But  to  recognize 
the  legitimacy  and  the  reality  of  pluralism 
doesn't  mean  we  need  therefore  to  throw  out 
the  teaching  of  ethical  reasoning  and  moral 
accountability." 

Duke's  business  students  are  prominently 
caught  up  in  the  trend  of  ethical  awareness. 
Last  winter,  second-year  student  Chris  Duke 
asked  his  Fuqua  School  of  Business  peers  for 
their  opinions  on  the  most  notorious  of  the 
insider-trading  offenders,  Ivan  Boesky.  With 
help  from  marketing  professor  Julie  Edell, 
Duke  developed  a  written  survey  and  drew 
responses  from  185  of  the  business  school's 
500  students.  A  majority  believed  that  the 
$100-million  fine  levied  on  Boesky  was  too 
small;  and  most  also  viewed  insider  trading 
as  occurring  routinely.  The  students  came 
through  as  skeptics  when  asked  whether  an 
M.B.A.  program  can  "train  a  student  who 
might  otherwise  act  unethically  to  observe 
more  ethical  standards."  Sixty-one  percent 
said  they  were  doubtful. 

The  survey  also  delved  into  what  M.B.A. 
student  Duke  calls  "gray  areas"  relating  to 
ethical  behavior.  Most  students  rated  as 
"unethical  business  practices"  such  situa- 
tions as  these:  "You  discover  your  supervisor 
has  omitted  vital  information  from  govern- 
ment environmental  reports";  "You  are  travel- 
ing on  business  and  you  eat  all  your  meals  at 
fast-food  restaurants  while  turning  in  a  per 
diem  amounting  to  more  than  you  actually 
spent";  "A  company  asks  you  to  visit  a  com- 
petitor to  obtain  proprietary  information." 
Students  were  just  about  evenly  split  on 
rating  the  ethical  virtues  or  drawbacks  of  this 
hypothetical  slice-of-business  life:  "The 
CEOs  of  three  competing  companies  play 
golf  every  Saturday  at  the  local  country  club. 
Invariably,  the  conversation  turns  to  product 
pricing."  And  fewer  than  half  saw  any  ethical 
dilemma  here:  "A  company  pays  a  'commis- 
sion to  a  foreign  government  official  in  a 
country  where  this  is  accepted  business 
practice."  The  same  ambiguity  greeted  the 
case  where  "A  manager  solicits  clients  from 
her  previous  employer  immediately  after  she 
changes  jobs." 

Although  the  survey  has  received  consid- 
erable and  somewhat  cynical  play  in.  the 
media- including  The  Wall  Street  Journal 
and  USA  Today— its  creator  is  reluctant  to 
extrapolate  the  results  too  freely.  "It's  diffi- 
cult to  predict  behavior  in  a  particular  situa- 
tion from  someone's  survey  response,"  says 
Duke,  a  former  pharmaceutical  sales  repre- 
sentative who  has  an  interest  in  beginning 
his  own  business.  "For  me,  the  important 
thing  is  that  of  all  the  top  business  schools, 
we  had  the  courage  to  take  a  hard  look  at 
these  issues.  The  survey  will  serve  its  purpose 
if  it  inspires  thinking  " 

Fuqua  students  aren't  required  to  take  a 


course  that  specializes  in  ethics.  But  business 
school  administrators  say  ethics  education  is 
woven  into  other  courses.  And  they  point  to 
a  Fuqua-organized  symposium  on  "U.S. 
Business  and  South  Africa"  as  evidence  of 
the  school's  concern  for  ethics.  The  school 
canceled  classes  for  the  symposium,  held  last 
fall.  Among  those  on  the  program  were 
executives  from  corporations  that  have 
reacted  in  contrasting  ways  to  divestment 
pressures,  a  Newsweek  correspondent  who 
was  expelled  from  South  Africa,  a  South 
African  union  organizer,  and  a  representa- 
tive of  a  firm  that  surveys  black  South 
African  opinion. 

The  South  Africa  symposium's  chief 
organizer,  Thomas  Mulligan,  teaches  the 
one  Fuqua  course  devoted  specifically  to 
business  ethics.  Mulligan  has  taught  philos- 
ophy, the  field  in  which  he  earned  his  Ph.D. 
He  also  spent  seven  years  working  in  the 
computer  software  and  manufacturing 
industry. 

Three  areas  of  inquiry  form  the  core  of 
Mulligan's  course:  business  philosophy  and 
corporate  culture,  corporate  social  responsi- 
bility and  the  moral  conduct  of  business,  and 
philosophical  ethics.  Business-ethics  stu- 
dents delve  into  readings  ranging  from  IBM's 
"Business  Conduct  Guidelines"  to  C.P. 
Snow's  The  Two  Cultures,  and  into  discus- 
sion topics  ranging  from  theories  of  human 
nature  to  preferential  hiring. 

In  one  recent  class  meeting,  those  stu- 
dents were  debating  a  pastoral  letter  issued 
by  the  Catholic  bishops  of  America.  Many 
were  having  a  difficult  time  seeing  the  "prac- 
tical side"  of  the  document,  which  was  a  call 
for  greater  economic  justice  in  American 
society.  "This  program  isn't  a  program— it's 
too  vague  to  implement,"  commented  one 
student.  "It  leads  me  to  wonder  what  the 
bishops  know  about  business."  Retorted 
another:  "Sometimes  you  need  to  have 
someone  whispering  in  your  ear  to  look 
out  for  the  other  guy.  Maybe  it's  a  useful 
counter-balance."  Mulligan  broke  into  the 
discussion  to  point  out  the  inevitable  con- 
flict between  the  religious  orientation— 
which  grows  from  a  concept  of  stewardship 
and  from  concern  with  equity  in  distribution 
and  participation— and  the  "textbook  con- 
cept" of  business  objectives,  which  comes 
down  to  maximizing  utility. 

Mulligan  sees  "a  lot  of  curiosity"  around 
the  topic  of  business  ethics  among  the 
second-year  students,  for  whom  his  course  is 
an  option.  "These  students  are  in  their  last 
semester  of  formal  education,  they're  going 
to  move  into  positions  of  responsibility  and 
leadership,  and  they  are  very  well  poised  to 
discover  that  there's  more  to  our  culture  than 
what  they've  run  up  against  so  far.  One  of  the 
questions  I  like  to  leave  them  with  is,  'Who 
counts  as  a  moral  expert  in  this  world?'  It's 
probably  not  enough  to  know  moral  truths. 


"Business  schools 

are  controlled  by 

behavioral  scientists  and 

mathematicians.  There 

is  very  much  of  a 

mindset  that 

management  can  be 

understood  as  a  science." 


Thomas  Mulligan 
Fuqua  School  Profess( 


It's  more  important  to  be  challenged  to  make 
a  moral  difference  in  this  world." 

If  his  students  have  had  little  exposure  to 
the  culture  of  the  humanities,  says  Mulligan, 
that's  as  much  a  reflection  of  the  values  artic- 
ulated by  professional  schools  as  it  is  of  per- 
sonal interests.  Over  the  past  few  decades, 
business  education  has  shifted,  becoming 
"ever  more  technical,  ever  more  rigorous, 
ever  more  scientific."  Business  schools,  he 
says,  are  "now  controlled  by  behavioral 
scientists  and  mathematicians.  There  is  very 
much  of  a  mindset  that  management  can  be 
understood  as  a  science,  and  some  schools, 
in  fact,  call  themselves  schools  of  manage- 
ment science.  Our  students  can  become  very 
heavily  focused  on  technique  and  how  to  use 
technique  for  the  standard  interpretation  of 
business  success,  which  is  to  maximize  profit. 
It  isn't  difficult  for  students  to  leave  one  of 
the  major  business  schools  with  little  more 
to  their  sense  of  business  purpose  than  that." 

Mulligan  describes  his  mission  as  "provid- 
ing some  counter-balancing  to  an  education 
that  is  preponderantly  technical."  Students 
who  go  into  business,  he  says,  "will  discover 
that  some  kind  of  ability  to  deal  with  the  way 
people   think   and   walk   and   talk— some 


understanding  of  the  humanities  side  of  life 
in  general — is  going  to  serve  them  well .  And , 
in  fact,  they're  going  to  need  that  under- 
standing if  they  are  to  be  successful  in  busi- 
ness. People  who  rise  to  positions  of  leader- 
ship and  responsibility  in  business  are  people 
who  inevitably  have  to  focus  on  more  than 
technical  issues." 

A  basic  theme  in  his  business-ethics  course 
is  what  counts  for  success  in  business.  "Do 
you  accept  the  purist  view  of  what  business 
is,  that  business  is  an  engine,  a  transforma- 
tion between  markets,  that  it  is  not  a  moral 
agent,  that  it  has  no  social  responsibilities, 
that  it  is  not  there  to  promote  the  public 
good  per  se?  Or  is  a  humanities-based  under- 
standing of  business  more  appropriate:  Are 
businesses  like  communities,  where  com- 
munities have  moral  responsibility,  where 
there  is  such  a  thing  as  collective  action  and 
collective  responsibility,  where  ideas  are  the 
property  of  a  whole  community  and  motives 
are  the  property  of  a  whole  community? 
When  you  spend  seven  years  in  business  as  I 
have,  it  is  difficult  to  be  totally  averse  to  the 
concept  that  you  are  in  a  community  and 
that  you  do  function  a  lot  like  a  community, 
that  business  is  not  simply  part  of  a  mecha- 
nistic transformation  between  markets 
striving  for  optimal  performance. 

"One  of  the  first  things  you  do  to  establish 
yourself  as  a  leader  is  to  have  some  kind  of 
notion  of  what  counts  as  success  in  business. 
And  success  isn't  merely  a  technical  con- 
cept; it's  a  moral  concept  as  well.  Success  in 
business  is  not  simply  to  maximize  profit. 
Otherwise,  we'd  consider  the  Mafia  an 
example  of  an  extremely  successful  business." 

Where  Mulligan  sees  an  appetite  for  ethi- 
cal awareness  among  M.B.A.  students,  one 
of  his  colleagues,  Thomas  Naylor,  is  a  con- 
firmed worrier  over  the  issue.  Naylor,  who 
holds  a  joint  appointment  in  Fuqua  and  the 
economics  department,  says  students  see 
business  education  as  simply  providing  "the 
set  of  skills  they  can  use  to  make  money."  At 
the  beginning  of  his  Fuqua  course  on  corpor- 
ate strategy,  he  asks  his  students  to  write  a 
five-page,  ten-year  personal  strategic  plan. 
The  plan  is  meant  to  reflect  personal  goals, 
objectives,  and  strategies  after  the  M.B.A.  is 
behind  them.  "With  very  few  exceptions," 
says  Naylor,  "these  students  are  primarily 
interested  in  money,  power,  and  things— very 
big  things."  He  finds  few  mentions  of  per- 
sonal or  spiritual  growth,  and  detects  instead 
a  worship  of  technology  as  the  cure-all  for 
problems  of  any  scope.  To  Naylor,  these 
"future  leaders  of  corporate  America"  are 
basically  "very  unhappy  people,  whose  lives 
are  filled  with  spiritual  emptiness." 

Naylor  draws  a  distinction  between  his 
daytime  business  students  and  the  somewhat 
older,  more  experienced,  and  perhaps 
broader-minded  group  he  encounters  through 
the  part-time  evening  and  weekend  pro- 


gram.  The  part-timers  tend  to  be  more 
reflective,  he  says;  the  daytime  students  "all 
literally  believe  they're  going  to  make  a 
million  dollars.  And  the  whole  mentality  of 
business  schools  is  to  psych  them  up,  to  raise 
that  level  of  expectation."  He  gives  a  psy- 
chological reading  to  this  "accumulation 
mentality,"  referring  to  a  television  portrait 
of  a  millionaire— one  of  the  outstanding 
acquiring  types— for  whom  life's  meaning 
had  come  to  building  and  outfitting  one 
luxurious  house  after  another.  "An  exclusive 
concern  with  money,  power,  and  things  is  a 
form  of  denial  of  death.  Through  an  insa- 
tiable appetite,  you  seek  to  buy  your  own 
immortality.  You  deny  your  own  humanity, 
and  therefore  you  deny  you're  going  to  die." 

Rather  atypically  for  a  course  on  corporate 
strategy,  Naylor  takes  his  students  through  a 
series  of  business-ethics  cases.  In  addition  to 
marketing  strategies  and  business  simulation 
models,  the  syllabus  stretches  to  toy-based 
television  shows,  the  historical  example  of 
Machiavelli  as  a  precursor  to  T  Boone 
Pickens,  IBM's  corporate  stance  in  favor  of  a 
continuing  presence  in  South  Africa, 
Morton  Thiokol's  role  in  the  Challenger 
disaster,  Gerber's  reluctance  to  recall  its  baby 
food  after  an  alleged  tampering  incident, 
and  the  aggressive  promotion  of  cigarette 
products  in  the  Third  World.  Naylor  also 
assigns  M.  Scott  Peck's  The  Road  Less  Traveled, 
a  psychologist's  look  at  personal  problem 
solving,  as  the  first  required  reading. 

As  a  scholar  and  consultant,  Naylor  is 
interested  in  a  strategic-planning  device  he 
calls  a  "strategy  matrix."  The  Naylor  strategy 
matrix  relies  on  a  participatory  management 
style,  makes  heavy  use  of  team  effort,  and,  in 
general,  defies  the  traditional  concept  of 
hierarchy-  by  infusing  corporations  with  a 
democratic  spirit.  According  to  Naylor, 
several  of  America's  most  successful  firms— 
including  IBM,  Shell  Oil,  and  Federal 
Express— have  adopted  the  strategy  matrix 
as  their  chief  planning  and  organizing  prin- 


"It's  perfectly 

possible  to  go  all 

the  way  through  the 

education  system 

and  never  really 

deal  with  the 
ethical  process ." 


Dennis  Campbell 
Divinity  School  Dean 


ciple.  And  he  sees  it  as  an  essential  tool  in 
returning  the  United  States  to  the  much- 
ballyhooed  state  of  competitiveness  in  inter- 
national dealings.  "We  will  not  solve  our 
efficiency  problems,  our  productivity  pro- 
blems, until  we  make  our  enterprises  more 
humanistic.  If  they're  doing  nothing  else, 
the  Japanese  are  forcing  us,  kicking  and 
screaming,  into  making  sure  that  employees 
have  some  real  stake  and  some  real  say  in 
their  corporations." 

For  Naylor,  a  big  question  is  whether  hard- 
driven  business  students  are  prepared  for  this 
brand  of  productivity-promoting  corporate 
democracy.  And  he  finds  the  answer  all  too 
obvious:  "Are  you  kidding!"  His  students 
tend  to  be  critical  of  matrix  management, 
questioning  fuzzy  accountability  and  deci- 
sion making  by  committee.  "But  the  more 


I'm  around  this,  the  more  I  realize  that  the 
real  hang-up  is  over  distribution  of  power. 
Matrix  management  is  non-hierarchical, 
less  authoritarian,  more  democratic— that's 
the  real  rub."  Undergraduates  especially,  for 
whom  he  teaches  a  version  of  the  strategy 
course,  have  a  lot  of  difficulty  with  team  proj- 
ects, resent  being  held  back  by  slower  peers, 
and  fight  for  individual  credit,  says  Naylor. 
"They're  conditioned  to  think  individually." 

Not  all  the  evidence  points  to  Naylor's 
money-power-things  formulation.  In  the 
most  comprehensive  survey  of  its  type  con- 
ducted in  years,  the  Graduate  Management 
Admission  Council  found  that  students 
seeking  M.B.A.s  place  a  greater  value  on 
having  a  job  that  provides  interesting  work, 
not  high  pay,  and  that  most  think  they  will 
need  to  be  good  communicators,  not  cut- 
throats or  number  crunchers,  to  get  ahead. 
The  survey,  run  last  winter,  covered  about 
2,000  first-year  business  administration  stu- 
dents at  ninety-one  institutions. 

Asked  what's  important  to  becoming  a 
successful  manager,  more  of  the  surveyed 
students  rated  "communication  skills"  as 
"very  important"  compared  to  such  traits  as 
"cunning"  and  "assertiveness."  Nearly  as 
many  students  cited  "initiative"  as  "very 
important";  and  "leadership  skills'— the 
abilities  to  motivate  others,  to  organize,  and 
to  delegate— ranked  just  a  bit  lower.  Those 
results,  said  the  Graduate  Management 
Admission  Council,  "are  largely  inconsis- 
tent with  the  stereotypical  images  of  M.B.A. 
students  as  overly  theoretical  technicians 
who  are  Machiavellian,  brashly  assertive, 
mindless  of  team  play,  and  concerned  more 
with  exploiting  personal  opportunities  than 


The  graduate:  fu 


t  banker  Frank  McMahon  plac 


value  on  "personality  fit"  than  a  huge  salary 


with  developing  and  properly  exercising 
leadership  skills  for  the  benefit  of  their 
employers.  Indeed,  the  results  suggest  that 
most  M.B.A.  students  would  judge  someone 
fitting  this  stereotype  to  be  poorly  equipped 
for  management." 

The  council  says  nothing  is  more  central 
to  the  M.B.A.  stereotype  than  assumptions 
about  what  M.B.A.  students  want  from  their 
jobs.  And  in  its  survey,  more  than  four-fifths 
of  the  students  listed  "interesting  work"  as 
"very  important"  for  their  first  employment 
after  graduation.  A  similar  proportion 
pegged  having  good  chances  for  promotion 
as  "very  important,"  and  about  three-quarters 
considered  it  "very  important"  that  "promo- 
tions are  handled  fairly."  "Good  pay"  ranked 
fourth  in  importance,  with  just  over  half  of 
the  students  assigning  it  a  "very  important" 
label;  "job  security"  came  out  eighth.  Just 
under  half  of  the  students  marked  "having 
friendly  co-workers"  on  their  first  job  as  "very 
important,"  and  about  the  same  proportion 
gave  the  same  high  ranking  to  having  an 
employer  who  "is  concerned  about  giving 
everyone  a  chance  to  get  ahead."  Such  find- 
ings "clearly  provide  poor  evidence  of  per- 
vasive greed,  avarice,  and  lack  of  concern  for 
fellow  workers  among  M.B.A.  students," 
according  to  the  council's  assessment. 

From  his  own  Fuqua  encounters,  second- 
year  business  student  Frank  McMahon  says 
he  doubts— and  resents— the  stereotype. 
McMahon  is  president  of  the  M.B.A.  Asso- 
ciation, the  umbrella  group  for  Fuqua's 
twenty-two  student  clubs  and  committees. 
This  summer,  he'll  be  entering  the  invest- 
ment banking  profession— along  with  about 
10  percent  of  his  classmates— as  he  takes  a 


"An  exclusive  concern 

with  money,  power,  and 

things  is  a  form  of  denial 

of  death.  Through  an 

insatiable  appetite, 

you  seek  to  buy  your 

own  immortality." 


Thomas  Naylor 
Fuqua  School  Professor 


position  with  Merrill  Lynch  Capital  Markets. 
From  an  earlier  summer  job  with  Shearson 
Lehman,  he  decided  he'd  fit  in  well  as  an 
investment  banker. 

To  be  sure,  McMahon  discerns  some 
drawbacks  in  his  profession  of  choice— the 
eighty-hour  work  weeks,  the  pressure  to  per- 
form, the  sense  of  being  always  on  call.  "For 
a  couple  of  years,  you  lose  control  of  your 
own  time.  It's  virtually  impossible  to  make 
plans  without  having  to  break  them  half  the 
time."But  looking  back  over  his  months  with 
Shearson  Lehman,  he  focuses  on  the  advan- 
tages. "When  I  woke  up  each  morning,  I  was 
excited  about  the  prospect  of  going  to  work. 
The  position  means  a  lot  of  responsibility 
early  on  in  my  career,  and  it  means  dealing 
with  people  of  great  intellect."  And  in  the 
course  of  his  job  interviews,  he  found  that 


Peer  reporting:  Chris  Duke's  survey  revealed  61  percent  as  "doubtful"  that  ethics  can  be  instilled  in  the  unethical 


many  supervisors  are  concerned  about  an 
investment  banking  culture  that  measures 
achievement  strictly  in  dollars.  "It  seems 
that,  increasingly,  managing  directors  realize 
that  it's  possible  to  become  too  wrapped  up 
in  the  demands  of  work.  They  want  to  see 
young  associates  bring  some  sense  of  balance 
to  their  lives." 

McMahon  acknowledges  he  will  be  highly 
rewarded  as  a  fledgling  investment  banker. 
That's  the  supply-and-demand  law  at  work, 
he  says:  Investment  banking  firms  had  their 
best  earning  years  in  1986  and  must  grow  to 
continue  their  momentum,  meaning  they 
are  in  competition  for  the  best  business  stu- 
dents. And  McMahon  insists  he  would  be 
drawn  to  the  field  even  apart  from  high 
starting  salaries.  In  fact,  he  says,  he  turned 
down  more  generous  salary  offers  because  of 
the  high  value  he  placed  on  "personality  fit" 
with  potential  co-workers. 

Professionals  like  future  investment 
banker  McMahon,  says  the  divinity  school's 
Dennis  Campbell,  are  the  shapers  of  society. 
So  we  all  have  a  stake  in  their  education  and 
their  orientation.  In  Campbell's  view, 
though,  the  professions  find  themselves  in  a 
state  of  crisis,  a  crisis  that  hinges  on  "the 
fundamental  question  of  service."  He  asks: 
"Do  men  and  women  in  the  professions  think 
of  themselves— are  they  even  intellectually 
equipped  to  think  of  themselves— as  having 
a  role  in  society?  Or  are  they  really  thinking: 
'This  is  simply  a  way  for  me  to  make  a  living. 
And  if  tangentially  I'm  contributing  some- 
thing, all  right.  But  the  value  of  my  work  is  in 
how  it  benefits  me  and  my  self-esteem  and 
my  self-satisfaction.' 

"The  question  of  success  has  not  been 
receiving  the  kind  of  sustained  intellectual 
examination  and  reflection  that  it  deserves. 
As  a  result,  we  have  made  an  equation— in  a 
thoroughly  American  way— between  success 
and  money.  But  if  we  live  by  that  definition 
of  success,  we  may  get  there  and  find  out  it's 
not  very  fulfilling."  ■ 


|  DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

I 

N 
] 

£ARh 
LATER 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

1 

GRADUATING  IN  DEBT: 

! 
i 

COLLEGE  LOANS  ON  THE  RISE 

Under  federal  programs,  students  borrowed  $9.8  bil- 
lion this  year,  five  times  more  than  ten  years  ago. 

NA  NA^D  hen    she    graduated    from 

|M  Duke  in  1983,  Barbara  left 

^^■^^V    with  a  degree  in  English, 

■V  ^V     the     collected     works     of 
Shakespeare,  and  a  bill  for  $7,411. 

After  considering  a  public  university  and 
weighing  an  attractive  financial  aid  package 
at  a  small,  private  college,  she  decided  on 
Duke.  And  when  her  studies  were  complete, 
Barbara  had  assumed  nearly  $2,000  each 
year  in  government  and  bank  loans.  She'd 
also  become  a  statistic— among  the  40  per- 
cent of  Duke  students  receiving  financial 
aid,  and  the  nearly  half  of  U.S.  students 
leaving  college  in  debt. 

Newly  minted  in  a  report  issued  this  win- 
ter by  the  Congressional  Joint  Economic 
Committee  is  the  term  "debtor  generation." 
It  refers  to  the  number  of  today's  college 
students— estimates  range  from  a  third  to  a 
half— who  must  go  into  debt  to  pay  for  their 
education.  "Today's  students  are  accumu- 
lating more  total  indebtedness  than  did  their 
counterparts   in  earlier  years,"  said  Janet 
Hansen,  the  study's  author  and  director  of 
policy  analysis  for  the  Washington  office  of 
the  College  Board. 

The    report,    Student   Loans:   Are    They 
Overburdening  a  Generation?,  found  that,  on 
the  average,  students  at  public,  four-year  col- 

leges  graduate  with  $6,685  in  loans,  and 
those  at  private,  four-year  colleges  carry  a 
loan  debt  of  $8,950.  Borrowing  under  federal 
programs— primarily    through   Guaranteed 
Student  Loans  (GSL)  and  National  Direct 
Student  Loans  (NDSL)- totaled  $9.8  bil- 
lion, nearly  five  times  greater  than  ten  years 
ago.  According  to  the  study,  some  4.7  million 
students  borrowed  from  the  federal  govern- 
ment last  year,  twice  as  many  as  in  1976. 

"Loans  are  not  now  just  a  convenience  for 
the  middle  class,"  said  Hansen,  "but  an 
important  part  of  the  way  they  and  lower- 
income  families  finance  higher  education. 
This  transformation  has  occurred  with  rela- 
tively little  attention  paid,  whether  at  the 
beginning  or  along  the  way,  to  what  the 
impact  of  borrowing  for  education  would  be 
on  students  who  would  have  to  repay  the 
loans."  The  report  paints  a  grim  picture: 
Increasing  reliance  on  loans  could  price 
many  students  out  of  higher  education,  the 
economic  future  of  financially  inexperienced 
borrowers  could  be  jeopardized,  debt-laden 
students  might  be  inclined  to  pursue  more 
financially  rewarding  professions  or  default 
on  their  loans,  and  repayment  of  loans  could 
be  placing  a  heavier  burden  on  women  and 
minorities  who  must  devote  a  larger  share  of 
their  income  to  the  debt. 

SL« 


* 


Mary  Hawkins:  "Students  have  had 
stay  in  school." 

It's  a  good  thing  that  Greg, 
a  third-year  law  student, 
wants  to  join  a  large  law 
firm  and  specialize  in  com' 
mercial  litigation.  With  a  loan 
debt  of  $35,500  from  his  Duke 
undergraduate  and  law  school 
studies,  Greg's  going  to  need 
every  penny  of  his  $45,000 
starting  salary. 

He  figures  that  even  with 
the  loan  payments,  he'll  be 
able  to  live  comfortably,  "if  I 
don't  overindulge  for  the  first 
few  years."  But  he's  still  nerv- 
ous about  the  pending  pay- 
back. "It's  like  a  bad  dream 
I've  yet  to  encounter." 
The  typical  Duke  law  stu- 


sidized  loans  after  the  first 
year  of  school,  or  approxi- 
mately $40,500  in  loans  by 
graduation.  Some  67  percent 
of  Duke  law  students  fall  into 
this  category,  according  to 
financial  aid  counselor  Mary 
Hawkins.  "We're  very  con- 
cerned," she  says,  "because  in 
the  last  few  years,  students 
have  had  to  go  to  three  or  four 
loan  programs  to  stay  in 
school." 

There's  no  question  in  her 
mind  that  the  financial  obli- 
gations of  such  students  color 
their  career  choices.  Most  are 


carries  a  debt  of  about 
$13,500! 


public  service  law  such  as 
legal  aid,  public  defense,  and 
legal  reform,  which  offer  start- 
ing salaries  in  the  $16,000  to 


$23,000  range. 

According  to  placement 
director  Cynthia  Peters,  barely 
1  percent  of  law  graduates 
from  the  Class  of  1986  took 
public  sector  jobs,  opting 
instead  for  the  private  sector 
with  an  average  starting  salary 
of  $39,000.  "There  are  stu- 
dents who  would  be  interested 
in  the  public  sector  but  are 
compelled  to  take  jobs  with 
law  firms  and  corporations  to 
get  out  from  under  the  bur- 
den of  debt,"  she  says. 

Some  of  the  nation's  top  law 
schools  are  encouraging  loan- 
laden  graduates  to  take  a 
second  look  at  careers  in  the 
public  sector.  Harvard,  New 
York  University,  and  North- 
western are  among  those 
experimenting  with  'loan 
forgiveness,"  which  reduces 
or,  in  some  cases,  wipes  out 
law  school  loan  debt  for  stu- 
dents who  take  public  service 
jobs. 

But  Greg  thinks  most  of  his 
fellow  Duke  law  grads  would 
opt  for  the  private  sector 
regardless  of  their  loan  debt. 
"Most  people  ambitious 
enough  to  go  to  a  competitive 
law  school  want  to  practice 
law.  A  very  small  number 
would  be  interested  in  public 
service.  I'd  have  made  the 
same  choice  if  I  had  more 
debt,  or  no  debt." 


Hansen's  report  came  out  within  months 
of  the  latest  round  of  college  and  university 
tuition  hikes— 8.9  percent  at  Duke's  Trinity 
College— and  a  particularly  scathing  pre- 
Christmas  pronouncement  by  Secretary  of 
Education  William  Bennett  in  which  he 
rapped  higher  education  for  high  prices  and 
low  performance  levels.  Coloring  the  whole 
debate  are  warnings  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment that  national  budget  slashing  will 
necessarily  extend  to  financial  aid  for  college- 
bound  students. 

Congress  has  already  tightened  up  the 
government-subsidized  GSL  program,  and 
the  loan  will  now  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
need— for  families  with  incomes  of  $15,000 
or  less.  Previously,  the  cutoff  was  at  the 
$30,000  level.  In  North  Carolina,  for 
example,  the  change  would  affect  from  14  to 
30  percent  of  GSL  recipients,  who  would  not 
get  loans  or  would  have  their  loans  reduced. 
The  Reagan  administration  also  proposes 
cuts  in  Pell  grants,  from  $3.8  billion  this  year 
to  $2.7  billion  in  1988.  The  program  pro- 
vides need-based  scholarships  for  low-  and 
middle-income  students. 

Financial  aid  professionals  are  dismayed 
that  such  budget  paring  should  come  at  a 
time  of  increasing  loan  debt.  "The  cuts  will 
significantly  hurt  our  budget,  students  at 
Duke,  and  students  around  the  country,"  says 


James  Belvin,  Duke's  director  of  undergrad- 
uate financial  aid.  "Reagan's  making  an 
attempt  to  dismantle,  essentially,  thirty  years 
of  financial  aid.  You  could  argue  that  govern- 
ment involvement  in  financial  aid  programs 
began  in  1957.  I  like  to  tell  people  that  it 
went  up  on  the  same  rocket  that  carried 
Sputnik.  The  government's  response  was  that 
we  were  falling  behind.  Now  they  want  to 
dismantle  these  programs  and  I'm  not  sure 
we've  reached  the  point  where  we  can 
actually  say  we're  educated  enough. 

"The  federal  government  spends  one  of  its 
best  dollars  by  supporting  our  future,  and  one 
of  the  best  ways  is  by  educating  our  citizenry," 
says  Belvin.  "But  we  don't  want  to  do  this  by 
creating  an  indentured  society,  and  one 
could  argue  that  that's  exactly  where  we're 
headed.  Some  reasonable  student  debt  is  not 
only  fair  and  reasonable,  it  is  appropriate. 
The  key  is  to  determine  what  is  an  appro- 
priate and  reasonable  burden." 

Hansen's  report  says  that  attempts  to 
define  manageable  debt  limits  for  students 
have  met  with  diverse  and  sometimes  con- 
tradictory findings.  But  colleges  and  univer- 
sities have  their  own  notions  of  manageabil- 
ity. At  Duke,  the  average  student  aid  package 
includes  a  loan  of  $1,900  for  the  year,  and  the 
student  who  takes  that  loan  package  for  each 
of  four  years  graduates  with  a  loan  debt  of 


approximately  $7 ,600.  According  to  Belvin, 
some  40  percent  of  Duke  students  leave  with 
some  loan  debt,  and  the  average  need-based 
aid  recipient  leaves  with  a  debt  of  approxi- 
mately $7,000.  He  says  there's  no  sentiment 
among  college  administrators  to  place  a  ceil- 
ing on  loan  levels.  "Placing  limits  takes  away 
a  student's  planning  flexibility.  We  need  to 
be  concerned  about  loan  debt,  and  we  work 
to  keep  it  down,  but  we  don't  want  to  hurt 
the  student  with  artificial  ceilings. 

"Over  the  last  four  years,"  Belvin  says, 
"we've  made  a  very  clear  effort  to  hold  loan 
debt  down,  and  the  loan  portion  in  our  stu- 
dent aid  package  has  not  increased  in  that 
period."  Duke  raised  the  loan  portion  last  fall 
by  $100,  but  according  to  1984-85  figures 
compiled  by  the  Consortium  on  Financing 
Higher  Education— embracing  thirty  of  the 
nation's  most  selective  and,  admittedly,  most 
expensive  colleges  and  universities— Duke's 
average  loan  debt  is  lower  than  most  of  its 
peer  institutions.  "Not  to  be  critical,"  says 
Belvin,  "but  certainly  our  loan  portion  is 
increasing  at  a  more  reasonable  rate  than  at  a 
lot  of  institutions." 

And  in  April,  university  officials  an- 
nounced extension  of  a  Duke  Endowment- 
financed  program— which  currently  allows 
selected  North  Carolina  students  to  grad- 
uate without  incurring  a  debt— to  students 
from  South  Carolina.  The  loan-replacement 
program,  administered  through  the  Benjamin 
N.  Duke  Leadership  Fund,  now  covers  about 
eighty  in-state  undergraduates.  It  replaces 
the  need-based  loan  portion  of  student 
financial  aid  packages  with  a  need-based 
grant.  Qualified  students,  then,  can  receive 
assistance  free  of  repayment. 

It's  safe  to  assume,  however,  that  Secretary 
of  Education  Bennett  was  eyeing  the  consor- 
tium schools  last  fall  when  he  lambasted 
higher  education  for  excessive  price  hikes. 
"Colleges  raise  costs.  There  is  pressure  on  the 
federal  government  to  meet  those  costs.  Stu- 
dent aid  increases  to  meet  them,  and  up  costs 
go  all  over  again,"  Bennett  told  an  audience 
at  Catholic  University.  "This  cannot  go 
on  .  .  .  Trying  to  control  college  costs 
merely  by  increasing  aid  is  like  the  dog  chas- 
ing his  tail  around  the  tree;  the  faster  he 
runs,  the  faster  the  tail  runs  away."  Bennett 
said  that,  generally,  higher  education  is  "in 
very  good  shape,"  particularly  because  revenue 
from  donations  is  up  60  percent  from  1981. 
"Nonetheless,  our  universities  tend  to  com- 
plain about  their  financial  condition.  They 
do,  in  my  view,  protest  too  much  .  .  .  Some 
of  our  colleges  and  universities  charge  what 
the  market  will  bear.  And  lately,  they  have 
found  that  it  will  bear  quite  a  lot  indeed." 

Duke's  administrators  weren't  so  sure,  espe- 
cially after  the  trustees  voted  last  fall  to  raise 
tuition  by  8.9  percent,  10  percent  at  the 
engineering  school.  The  hike  prompted 
President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  to  send  a  letter 


14 


to  Duke  parents.  (And  despite  its  bad-news 
message,  the  letter  brought  only  two  critical 
replies,  Brodie  says.)  "Although  overall  infla- 
tion has  been  relatively  modest,"  he  wrote, 
"Duke  University  is  not  immune  from  its 
effects,  and,  in  certain  areas,  costs  have 
increased  significantly.  Further,  we  will 
experience  a  reduction  in  investment  income 
and  see  very  limited  growth  in  endowment 
income  upon  which  we  depend  heavily  for 
revenue.  Our  tuition  accounts  for  less  than 
half  the  cost  of  a  Duke  education,  and  when 
those  revenue  sources  which  fund  the 
remainder  do  not  keep  pace  with  inflation, 
pressure  is  put  on  tuition." 

Ironically,  as  the  letter  was  being  mailed, 
the  media  were  fortifying  Bennett's  view 
that  for  higher  education  in  1986,  it  was  a 
very  good  year.  The  value  of  college  and  uni- 
versity endowments  rose  by  27.1  percent, 
following  a  25.4  percent  increase  in  fiscal 
1985.  Larger  endowments— those  over  $100 
million— showed  the  largest  gains,  primarily 
because  of  the  stock  market's  stellar  perform- 
ance. Although  Duke's  $350  million  endow- 
ment outperformed  the  national  average— 
with  a  1986  return  of  33.2  percent— Duke 
financial  officer  Mark  Kuhn  72,  A.M.  78 
says  the  figures  can  be  misleading.  "There 
has  been  a  lot  of  misunderstanding  about  the 
issue.  While  our  endowment  performance 
compares  relatively  well,  endowment  funds 
were  being  invested  with  more  emphasis  on 
income  and  less  on  growth-type  securities 
that  would  cause  the  underlying  value  of  the 
endowment  to  grow  significantly  over  time." 
Kuhn  says  an  investment  committee  study 
found  that  inflation,  particularly  in  the 
1970s  and  early  1980s,  had  eroded  the  pur- 
chasing power  and  value  of  the  endowment 
funds  by  approximately  40  percent,  and  that 
Duke  was  spending  nearly  10  percent  of  the 
market  value  of  the  endowment.  "We  recog- 
nized we  were  dependent  upon  spending  a 
greater  amount  than  was  prudent." 

Duke's  investment  board  recently  adopted 
a  financial  equilibrium  policy.  The  policy 
mandates  that  the  university  bring  down 
endowment-income  spending  to  no  more 
than  about  5.5  percent  of  the  market  value 
of  the  endowment.  The  gradual  reduction  in 
spending  to  reach  the  5.5  percent  figure 
means  that  despite  high  returns  on  endow- 
ment funds  this  year,  Duke  must  cut  back 
while  taking  a  more  growth-oriented  approach 
to  its  investments.  "This  last  fiscal  year,  we 
had  a  very  good  total  return,"  says  Kuhn,  "but 
our  new  policy  during  the  coming  year  con- 
strains us  to  spending  only  7.8  percent  of 
that  total  return.  And  we  can't  count  on  it 
being  high  every  year,  because  1986  was  a 
remarkable  year  in  the  stock  market.  Over  a 
fifty-year  period,  the  university  can  expect  a 
9  percent  return." 

According  to  Kuhn,  Duke's  money  man- 
agers hope  to  increase  returns  by  investing 


As  prestigious  schools 

raise  their  rates, 
lower-cost  institutions 
might  be  inclined  to 
follow  suit,  confident 

that  they're  still 

comparatively  lower 

in  cost. 


more  money  in  what  he  terms  "nontradi- 
tional  investment,"  such  as  foreign  securities, 
venture  capital,  leveraged  buy-outs,  and  real 
estate.  Up  to  a  fourth  of  the  total  endowment 
is  likely  to  be  invested  in  these  areas. 

College  officials  readily  admit  that  the 
cost  of  higher  education  is  getting  higher. 
According  to  government  figures,  total 
charges  at  private,  four-year  institutions  rose 
199  percent  over  the  last  decade.  But  most 
economic  studies  indicate  that  the  Con- 
sumer Price  Index  rose  more  sharply  than 
college  costs  in  the  1970s,  and  education 
officials  are  quick  to  point  out  that  the  finan- 
cial ground  lost  then  must  be  made  up  now. 

The  usual  factors  cited  for  increased  tuition 
include  attention  to  deferred  maintenance, 
upgrading  lagging  salaries  for  faculty,  invest- 
ments in  new  equipment  and  fields  of  study, 
compensating  for  reductions  in  federal 
financial  aid,  and  paying  for  escalating 
insurance  premiums.  As  Provost  Phillip 
Griffiths  told  the  trustees'  executive  com- 
mittee in  December:  "Total  revenues  from 
students  still  account  for  less  than  half  of  the 
university's  educational  income.  Every  stu- 
dent is  thus  receiving  a  sizable  educational 
subsidy  from  the  university,"  to  the  tune  of 
nearly  $10,000  per  student,  he  says. 

A  central  theme  of  Griffiths'  remarks  was 
competition  among  top  academic  institu- 
tions, and  the  need  to  enhance  Duke's 
distinctiveness  and  quality.  "Distinctiveness 
is  essential  to  maintain  an  edge  in  today's 
increasingly  competitive  market,"  he  told 
the  executive  committee.  "Quality  covers  a 
broad  spectrum  of  interests  and  talents,  but 
requires  that  all  be  of  the  highest  order  .  .  . 
Any  private  institution  can  only  hope  to 
compete  [with  public  colleges]  on  the  basis 
of  quality— and  quality  is  expensive.  With- 
out quality  there  is  no  justification  for  a 
student  to  choose  a  private  institution." 
Griffiths  also  said  Duke  needs  to  be  aware  of 
the  tuition  at  the  private  institutions  with 
which  it  competes.  Duke's  tuition— $9,180 
this  year,  $  10 ,000  for  1987 -88  -  is  below  most 


consortium  universities.  Princeton  heads 
the  pack  with  a  tuition  tab  of  $11,780  this 
year  and  approximately  $12,600  next  year. 
And  Duke's  tuition  hike  was  within  the 
estimated  national  average  of  8.5  percent  for 
private,  four-year  institutions. 

But  some  observers  are  concerned  about 
so-called  coattailing.  As  prestigious  schools 
raise  their  rates,  lower-cost  institutions 
might  be  inclined  to  follow  suit,  confident 
that  they're  still  comparatively  lower  in  cost. 
"In  addition,"  wrote  DePaul  University 
administrator  Richard  A.  Yanikoski  in  the 
magazine  Educational  Record,  "If  price  tends 
to  connote  quality  and  selectivity,  as  it  seems 
to  for  many,  perhaps  it  is  prudent  for  an  insti- 
tution's prices  not  to  fall  too  far  below  the 
leaders." 

John  Chandler  B.Div.  '52,  Ph.D.  '54,  pres- 
ident of  the  Association  of  American  Col- 
leges, views  rising  tuition  as  a  serious  problem 
for  many  families,  but  he  does  not  support 
Secretary  Bennett's  assertion  that  increased 
federal  aid  has  helped  fuel  rising  college 
costs.  "Today's  increases  reflect  double-digit 
inflation  ten  years  ago,  when  tuition  costs 
were  being  held  down,"  he  says.  "And  the  mix 
of  students  at  many  schools,  particularly 
private  schools,  has  changed  so  that  a  larger 
percentage  of  students  are  in  need  of  finan- 
cial aid. 

"Colleges  and  universities  have  to  take  the 
lead  in  helping  parents  and  students  under- 
stand that  college  is  a  long-term  investment, 
and  that  it  simply  cannot  be  paid  for,  in  most 
instances,  over  the  course  of  the  experience 
itself." 

How  to  handle  the  higher  tab  without 
heaping  loan  debt  on  students  is  a  growing 
priority  among  college  administrators.  Says 
Duke's  Belvin:  "The  biggest  issue  among 
financial  aid  professionals  is  developing  ways 
to  hold  down  the  debt.  But  the  biggest  issue 
facing  higher  education  is  finance:  How  are 
we  going  to  help  families  find  ways  to  pay? 
SATs  and  GPAs  are  not  the  issue.  If  people 
can't  pay  their  bill,  they're  not  going  to  be 
around  to  worry  about  their  SATs  and  GPAs. 
Financial  planning  is  a  major  emphasis  at 
Duke."  Among  the  university's  new  initia- 
tives: a  computerized  matching  service  to 
link  students  with  scholarship  opportuni- 
ties, a  summer  employment  program  spon- 
sored by  the  Duke  Futures  Office  to  help 
sophomores  and  juniors  find  paid,  career- 
related  internships,  and  a  special  $300  book 
grant  available  to  students  not  qualifying  for 
financial  aid. 

Duke  has  also  developed  several  tuition 
payment  programs.  As  a  hedge  against  tui- 
tion increases,  families  can  participate  in 
Duke's  Guaranteed  Tuition  Plan,  which 
locks  in  tuition  for  all  four  years  at  the 
freshman  year  rate.  The  university  lends  the 
total  amount  to  be  repaid  in  forty-four 
installments  at  a  fixed  interest  rate  (11.5 


15 


percent  for  1986-87).  The  Multiple  Payment 
Plan  allows  families  to  pay  any  portion  of  an 
academic  year's  charges  in  nine  equal  install- 
ments, as  opposed  to  a  lump  sum  at  the 
beginning  of  each  semester. 

But  creative  financing  doesn't  alleviate  the 
need  for  early  planning  for  higher  educa- 
tion, and  colleges  recognize  their  responsi- 
bility to  get  the  word  out.  "We've  got  to  find 
ways  to  encourage  families  to  plan  ahead," 
says  Belvin.  "We  must  educate  the  public  to 
begin  planning  for  college  as  early  as  pos- 
sible." The  degree  of  federal  involvement 
through  subsidized  loans  is  still  up  to  Con- 
gress. Odds  are,  though,  that  the  days  of  easy 
money  are  over  as  the  budget-cutters  take 
aim  at  an  estimated  $14.5  billion  in  federal 
student  aid— up,  says  Bennett,  by  7,000  per- 
cent since  1965. 

"Congress  tends  to  have  the  choo-choo 
approach  to  life,"  says  Belvin.  "Any  time  they 
have  a  program  that  doesn't  work,  they  cor- 
rect it  not  by  fixing  the  program,  but  by 
adding  another  car  on  the  end  of  it.  Even- 
tually, you've  got  twelve  programs  running 
down  the  track  with  eight  of  them  trying  to 
correct  the  first  two  or  three.  For  example,  to 
encompass  middle-income  people  in  finan- 
cial aid  programs,  they  decided  to  make  the 
GSLs  available  to  everybody.  They  didn't 
think  that  people  who  didn't  need  the 
money  were  likely  to  borrow  it.  Of  course, 
anybody  who  can  add  knows  that  if  you  can 
get  an  interest-free  loan  over  five  years  and 
then  have  a  set  repayment  rate  of  5  percent, 
why  wouldn't  you  take  it?  The  program 
burgeoned. 

"The  budget  crunch  and  rethinking  of 
federalism  led  to  significant  reductions  in 
federal  support  by  the  Reagan  administra- 
tion, though  that's  not  to  say  that  other 
administrations  have  necessarily  been  sup- 
portive. The  result  is  that  many  institutions 
have  simply  had  to  turn  to  loans  to  provide 
assistance,  and  that  caused  this  great  increase 
in  loan  debt,"  Belvin  says.  Duke  takes  a  self- 
help  approach  with  its  financial  aid  stu- 
dents, expecting  them  to  share  in  the  cost  of 
their  education  through  family  contribu- 
tion, work-study,  and  loans.  "We'd  like  the 
students  to  be  involved,  but  you  have  to 
worry  that  it's  getting  out  of  control  at  some 
institutions." 

Unmanageable  loan  debt,  some  are  say- 
ing, could  put  graduates  in  a  financial  bind 
well  before  they've  become  established  in 
the  work  world,  and  could  prompt  some  to 
seek  more  lucrative  professions.  "Suppose 
you  want  to  teach  Romance  languages,"  says 
Belvin.  "You  really  have  an  affinity  for  it,  but 
you're  also  good  at  math.  You  could  get  a 
Ph.D.  in  Romance  languages,  be  a  professor, 
and  make  $35,000  a  year.  Of  course,  you'll 
probably  end  up  $15,000  in  debt  to  get  that 
education.  Or,  you  could  get  a  degree  in 
engineering  and  start  at  $35,000  and  be 


"One  of  the  best  ways 

of  supporting  our  future 

is  by  educating  our 

citizenry,  but  we 

don't  want  to  do  this 

by  creating  an  indentured 

society,  and  one  could 

argue  that's  exactly  where 

we're  headed." 


James  Belvin 
Director  of  Undergraduate  Financial  i 


making  $80,000  in  ten  years  with  the  same 
debt  load.  Can  you  blame  anyone  for  think- 
ing: 'Gee,  maybe  being  an  engineer  ain't  so 
bad'?  Maybe  we're  creating  a  generation  that 
thinks  about  things  primarily  from  a  finan- 
cial perspective.  We  need  poets  and  philoso- 
phers, too.  We  need  to  be  something  other 
than  a  society  of  technocrats." 

Continuing  concern  about  the  effects  of 
student  debt  prompted  the  federal  govern- 
ment to  propose  its  new  Income  Contingent 
Loan  program  last  fall.  Initially  a  $5-million 
experiment,  the  program  will  offer  unsub- 
sidized  loans  to  students  at  a  maximum  of 
$  17 ,500  over  four  years  with  no  fixed  term  for 
repayment.  In  efforts  to  tailor  repayments  to 
income  levels,  the  payments  will  be  limited 
to  15  percent  of  income.  Said  Education 
Secretary  Bennett  of  the  new  program:  "The 
best  imaginable  schedule  would  be  one  that 
allowed  the  borrower  to  pay  what  he  is  able  as 
he  makes  his  way  in  the  working  world.  Let 
him  pay  according  to  his  means.  Rather  than 
fitting  his  career  to  his  payments,  let  him  fit 
his  payments  to  his  career." 

The  program  has  already  met  with  some 
criticism.  It  will  be  several  years  before 
experts  can  gauge  the  outcome  of  the  experi- 


ment, offering  little  hope  of  alleviating  the 
current  financial  crunch  for  students.  Col- 
leges would  have  to  calculate  the  payments, 
creating  new  administrative  costs.  Students 
might  be  hesitant  to  take  on  a  loan  when 
they  don't  know  with  any  certainty  what 
payments  they'll  have  to  make.  Also,  the 
loans  are  closer  to  market-level  interest  rates 
and  suggest  that  the  government  is  still 
intent  on  cutting  back  on  grant  money  in 
favor  of  loans. 

"I'm  attracted  to  the  programs  income 
contingency  plan,"  says  AAC  President 
Chandler,  "but  the  administration's  budget- 
cutting  proposals  really  gut  financial  aid 
programs,  with  the  proposed  elimination  of 
work-study,  the  phasing  out  of  National 
Direct  Student  Loans,  and  restrictions  on 
Pell  Grant  recipients.  If  you  combine  these 
features,  I  think  our  dependency  on  loans 
will  be  even  greater,  and  the  loan  problem 
will  be  worse  than  ever." 

Stretching  out  loan  payments,  in  the  view 
of  some  college  officials,  can  also  be  carried 
too  far.  Says  Duke's  financial  aid  director 
Belvin:  "You  have  to  worry  about  what 
happens  when  people  take  out  significant 
amounts  of  debt  and  find  themselves  con- 
fronted with  debt  service  at  a  time  when 
their  children  are  ready  to  go  to  college. 
What  happens  to  the  next  generation?  We 
can't  push  debt  but  so  far  into  life.  At  some 
point,  there's  going  to  be  a  problem." 

In  the  1970s,  Duke  and  Yale  attempted  to 
develop  their  own  income  contingency  loan 
programs.  "I  like  to  call  it  a  great  idea  that 
failed,"  says  Shirley  Ammons,  manager  of 
student  loans  at  Duke.  "At  the  time,  the  idea 
of  gearing  interest  rates  and  repayment  sche- 
dules to  a  graduate's  income  was  very  innova- 
tive. But  it  was  far  too  complicated  [there 
were  seventeen  pages  of  regulations]  and 
some  people  ended  up  with  1  to  2  percent 
interest  rates  while  others  could  be  paying  15 
to  20  percent.  That'sTiot  too  good  for  alumni 
relations."  Though  Duke  abandoned  the 
program  after  a  few  years,  it  is  still  collecting 
loans  from  almost  100  participants— many  of 
whom  were  locked  into  thirty-year  payment 
schedules.  Not  surprisingly,  Ammons  is  leery 
of  the  federal  government's  proposed  income 
contingency  plan.  "Because  of  our  experi- 
ence, I'm  scared  of  it,  especially  the  variable 
interest  rates.  I'm  very  apprehensive." 

Colleges  and  universities  are  looking  for 
new  ways  to  hold  down  costs  and  provide 
access  to  tomorrow's  students.  But  there's  no 
question  that  they'll  continue  looking  to  the 
federal  government  as  a  partner  in  higher 
education.  "I  would  hope  that  Congress,  in 
its  wisdom,  can  see  the  need  of  supporting 
education,"  says  Belvin.  "Federal  financial 
aid  is  the  only  government  program  that  not 
only  allows  people  to  determine  their 
potential,  but  to  reach  for  it  and  live  up  to  it. 
That  strengthens  this  country."  ■ 


CONCERTED 
EFFORT 


John  Hanks  figures  he's  taught  some 
500  students  during  his  thirty-three 
years  on  Duke's  music  faculty.  Now 
that  he's  retiring  "and  looking  forward  to  not 
doing  much  of  anything  for  a  while,"  Hanks 
saw  a  number  of  his  former  students  at  a 
reunion  bash  planned  for  his  retirement  by 
the  music  department. 

On  April  28,  the  department  sponsored  a 
concert  by  several  of  Hanks'  voice  students— 
among  them  Michael  Best  '62  of  the  Metro- 
politan Opera  and  international  singing 
stars  Steven  Kimbrough  B.Div.  '62,  Karen 
Lundry  '66,  and  Marjorie  Randolph  '64.  The 
performance  was  followed  by  a  party  in  the 
Mary  Duke  Biddle  Music  Building. 

Hanks  was  calling  the  event  "a  reunion 
and  celebration  of  song,"  having  worked 
with  coordinator  Susan  Wilson  to  contact  as 
many  former  voice  students  as  possible.  The 
500-student  count  was  his  best  guess,  consid- 
ering that  during  his  years  at  Duke  he  direct- 
ed the  Opera  Workshop,  taught  diction  for 
singers,  and  devoted  nearly  twenty  years  to 
the  divinity  school  as  its  "music  missionary," 
directing  the  choir  and  teaching  church 
music. 

After  his  retirement,  Hanks  expects  to 
give  private  lessons  in  voice  and  become 
more  active  in  Durham  civic  organizations. 


PRAISING 
PRICE 


Reynolds  Price  '55,  novelist,  poet, 
playwright,  educator,  and  1986 
American  Book  Award-winner  for 
Kate  Vaiden,  will  receive  the  1987  Distin- 
guished Alumni  Award.  The  award  presenta- 
tion is  part  of  the  May  10  commencement 
exercises. 

Established  by  the  General  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation in  1982,  the  award  recognizes  alumni 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  con- 
tributions made  in  their  own  fields  of  work, 
in  service  to  the  university,  or  in  the  better- 
ment of  humanity.  Past  recipients  are  former 


Reynolds  Price:  "solid  and  impressive"  achievement 

Secretary  of  Commerce  Juanita  Kreps  A.M. 
'44,  Ph.D.  '48,  novelist  William  Styron  '47, 
Secretary  of  Transportation  Elizabeth 
Hanford  Dole  '58,  and  Duke  Endowment 
Chairman  Mary  Duke  Biddle  Trent  Semans 
'39.  Price  was  selected  from  a  field  of  forty- 
seven  nominations. 

"I  can't  think  of  anyone  who's  a  better 
advertisement  for  the  gifts  that  Duke 
University  can  offer  its  students,"  wrote 
Anne  Tyler  '61,  novelist  and  one  of  Price's 
former  students,  in  endorsing  his  selection. 
"Reynolds'  achievement  in  fiction  is  extra- 
ordinarily solid  and  impressive,"  wrote 
author  William  Styron  '47.  "His  roots  are 
Southern,  but  the  originality  of  his  vision 
and  the  personal  stamp  of  his  prose  style 
have  enabled  him  to  transcend  the  regional; 
at  his  best,  he  has  the  grand  sweet  touch  of 
the  universal." 

Born  in  Macon,  North  Carolina,  Price 
graduated  from  Raleigh's  Broughton  High 
School  and  attended  Duke  as  an  Angier  B. 
Duke  Scholar.  He  was  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  edi- 
tor of  The  Archive  his  senior  year,  and  grad- 
uated with  highest  honors.  As  a  Rhodes 
Scholar,  he  earned  a  degree  from  Merton 
College,  Oxford  University  in  1958  and 
joined  the  Duke  faculty.  In  1977,  he  was 


named  a  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  English. 

Price's  A  Long  and  Happy  Life  was  pub- 
lished in  1962  and  received  the  William 
Faulkner  Foundation  Award  for  notable  first 
novel.  He  received  some  of  the  state's  highest 
honors,  including  the  Sir  Walter  Award  in 
1962,  1976,  1981,  and  1984,  and  the  North 
Carolina  Award  in  1977  and  1986.  His 
poetry  was  honored  in  1983  with  the  state's 
Roanoke-Chowan  Poetry  Award  and  by 
Poetry  magazine's  Oscar  Blumenthal  Prize  in 
1984. 

His  other  works  are:  The  Names  and  Faces 
of  Heroes,  published  in  1963;  A  Generous 
Man,  1966;  Love  and  Work,  1968;  Permanent 
Errors,  1970;  Things  Themselves,  1972;  The 
Surface  of  Earth,  1975 ;  A  Palpable  God,  1978; 
The  Source  of  Light,  1981;  Vita!  Provisions, 
1982;  Mustian,  1983;  Private  Contentment, 
1984;  and  Kate  Vaiden,  1986. 

Nominations  for  the  1988  Distinguished 
Alumni  Award  can  be  made  on  a  special 
form  available  in  these  pages,  or  from  the 
Alumni  Affairs  office.  The  deadline  is  Sep- 
tember 1.  To  receive  additional  forms,  write 
Barbara  Pattishall,  Associate  Director, 
Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
N.C  27706;  or  call  collect,  in  North  Caro- 
lina, (919)  684-5114,  or  toll  free  1-800-FOR- 
DUKE,  outside  North  Carolina. 


TIME  TO 
REGROUP 


If  graduation,  rather  than  wedding  bells, 
was  responsible  for  breaking  up  that  old 
gang  of  yours,  there  is  a  way  you  can 
recapture  the  past.  The  Alumni  Affairs 
office  will  help  you  organize  your  own 
reunion. 

Specialty  reunions  have  brought  record 
numbers  of  old  friends  and  acquaintances 
back  to  campus:  175  for  Stonehenge  Dormi- 
tory's reunion,  100  for  the  Duke  University 
Black  Alumni  Connection,  and  150  for  Beta 
Theta  Pi  fraternity.  Hoof  'n'  Horn  staged  a 
reunion,  The  Chronicle  has  already  held  two 
for  former  Duke  publications  people,  and 
several  years  ago,  some  Woman's  College 
alumnae  held  a  Brown  House  reunion  and 
honored  their  house  mother. 


17 


In  addition  to  fraternities  and  sororities, 
other  groups  are  ripe  for  regathering,  such  as 
dormitories,  athletic  teams,  musical  per- 
formance clubs,  or  even  the  handful  of 
friends  you  used  to  hang  out  with  in  the 
Dope  Shop. 

"We  can  put  any  group  of  people  together," 
says  Mike  Woodard  '81,  assistant  director  for 
reunion  programs.  "All  we  need  is  an  idea  for 
an  activity  and  a  list  of  names.  Major  stu- 
dent groups  are  already  on  record  and  we  can 
provide  a  roster.  But  even  if  your  group  is  not 
in  our  data  base,  we  can  work  with  you  to 
create  a  new  mailing  list." 

Woodard  says  fall  weekends  are  the  best 
time  to  hold  your  reunion,  with  Homecom- 
ing being  the  most  popular.  You  should  allow 
at  least  three  months  in  advance  to  plan 
reunion  functions  and  to  send  invitations. 
The  Alumni  Affairs  office  will  help  you  with 
details  in  organizing  your  particular  activi- 
ties and  producing  your  mailings,  he  says. 

If  you're  interested,  contact  Woodard  at 
Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
N.C.  27706;  or  call  1-800-FOR-DUKE  out- 
side North  Carolina,  (919)  684-5114  in  state. 


SURF'S 
UP 


Despite  a  rising  tide  of  applications, 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Com- 
mittees rode  out  another  successful 
wave  of  interviews  with  potential  freshmen. 
Now  they're  hosting  spring  "accept"  parties 
across  the  country,  in  hopes  of  influencing 
students'  decisions  to  attend  Duke. 

Of  the  15,000  applications  for  the  Class  of 
1991,  nearly  9,000  were  interviewed  by 
AAAC  volunteers.  Although  alumni  inter- 
viewers have  been  active  for  years,  the  cur- 
rent program  started  in  1979.  This  year,  there 
are  2,400  Duke  graduates  on  195  committees 
across  the  nation,  including  nine  commit- 
tees in  Europe  and  the  Far  East. 

"The  members  of  these  committees  pro- 
vide an  invaluable  service,"  says  Sandy  Kopp 
McNutt  M.Div.  '83,  who  directs  the  alumni 
admissions  advisory  program  as  Alumni 
Affairs'  assistant  director.  "Through  them, 
Duke  is  able  to  have  personal  contact  with 
students  otherwise  unable  to  visit  the  cam- 
pus or  to  have  an  on-campus  interview 
directly  with  the  admissions  office." 

Alumni  volunteers  in  the  program  have  to 
familiarize  themselves  with  Duke  admis- 
sions policies  and  procedures.  They  conduct 
individual  interviews  with  area  applicants 
from  early  October  through  February  15. 
The  admissions  office  already  has  grades, 
test  scores,  extracurricular  activities  and 
honors  for  each  applicant,  but  "by  evaluating 
personal  characteristics,  AAAC  appraisals 


provide  a  greater  dimension  to  those  objec- 
tive data,"  says  McNutt. 

After  decisions  are  made  by  the  admissions 
office,  the  committees  host  "accept"  parties. 
"Spring  parties  are  the  final  event  in  the 
admissions  cycle,"  says  McNutt.  "They  are 
held  between  the  time  students  receive  their 
letters  of  acceptance  and  the  time  they  have 
to  pay  reservation  fees  at  colleges  of  their 
choice— a  two-week  period."  In  April,  sixty 
parties  were  given  across  the  country,  from 
Boston  to  L.A. 

Duke's  alumni  admissions  program  is  na- 
tionally recognized  as  a  model  for  other 
schools.  In  February,  McNutt  was  recruited 
by  the  Council  for  Advancement  and 
Support  of  Education  (CASE)  to  present 
Duke's  version  at  a  southeastern  district 
convocation. 

If  you're  interested  in  participating  in  the 
AAAC  program,  contact  McNutt  at  Alum- 
ni House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706;  or  call  1-800-FOR-DUKE,  outside 
North  Carolina,  and  (919)  684-5114  in  state. 


Nolan:  how  to  tell  "the  Duke  story" 

FOCUS  ON  THE 
FUTURE 

Long-range  planning  was  the  focus  in 
February  when  the  General  Alumni 
Association  (GAA)  leadership  met  at 
the  Quail  Roost  Conference  Center  just 
north  of  Durham.  The  GAA  board  of  direc- 
tors began  the  process  at  its  first  retreat  there 
in  1983. 

At  a  1986  retreat  held  at  Mid-Pines  Resort 
in  Southern  Pines,  North  Carolina,  the 


board  was  asked  to  envision  the  GAA  in  the 
year  2000.  Some  of  the  ideas  that  came  from 
that  effort  have  already  been  implemented, 
such  as  travel  programs  for  young  alumni,  an 
emphasis  on  recognizing  current  graduate 
and  professional  students,  an  insurance  pro- 
gram, and  other  financial  services  for  alumni. 

"The  objective  of  Quail  Roost  IV,  this 
year's  retreat,"  says  GAA  President  Tony 
Bosworth  '58,  "was  to  bring  our  Year-2000 
vision  back  to  1991-92,  and  from  that  to 
construct  a  five-year  plan.  With  a  projected 
1991-92  budget  prepared  by  the  alumni  staff 
and  data  from  last  year's  retreat,  we  attempted 
to  draw  a  picture  of  what  we  would  have  the 
alumni  association  look  like  in  1991-92." 

Chuck  Fyfe  '68,  M.B.A.  74,  a  member  of 
the  board's  executive  committee,  worked 
with  the  alumni  office  staff  initially  to  esta- 
blish the  planning  concept  and  the  frame- 
work for  the  two-day  meeting.  He  set  up  the 
planning  segments  for  Quail  Roost  IV  to 
deal  with  four  broad  areas:  increased  partici- 
pation, chaired  by  Fyfe;  improved  communica- 
tions, chaired  by  Harry  Nolan  '64;  financial 
stability,  chaired  by  Charlie  Chewning  '57; 
and  opportunities/entrepreneurship,  chaired 
by  GAA  President-Elect  Paul  Risher  B.S.M.E. 
'57. 

To  increase  participation,  the  committee 
recognized  that  students'  current  attitudes  are 
the  basis  for  their  later  involvement  as  alumni. 
The  association  must  educate  them  on  their 
responsibilities,  the  committee  said,  and  curry 
them  as  young  alumni  with  a  "newcomers"  pro- 
gram among  the  local  clubs.  Among  its  other 
recommendations:  that  alumni  should  be  bet- 
ter educated  on  what  the  alumni  office  is 
doing  for  them  and  on  what  Duke  is  today, 
that  it  allocate  additional  resources  for  young 
alumni  programs  for  graduates  in  their  first 
two  years,  and  that  new  emphasis  be  placed 
on  reunions. 

To  improve  communications,  the  commit- 
tee defined  these  objectives:  increase  aware- 
ness of  Duke's  mission  among  alumni  and 
the  general  public;  effectively  and  accurate- 
ly communicate  Duke's  diversity  in  its  activi- 
ties and  accomplishments;  cultivate  pride  in 
the  university;  and  build  loyalty,  a  "sense  of 
ownership,"  and  involvement  through  giving 
or  volunteering  time. 

One  way  of  maintaining  financial  stabil- 
ity, the  committee  agreed,  was  to  work  on 
increasing  the  number  of  alumni  association 
dues  payers.  It  also  suggested  establishing  life 
memberships,  thereby  creating  an  endow- 
ment fund  that  would  realize  annual  income. 
Chairman  Chewning  summarized  by  saying 
that  to  protect  its  programs,  the  alumni  of- 
fice needs  a  longer-term  budget  process. 
He  added  that  Alumni  Affairs  needs  to  ex- 
plore sources  for  additional  revenue. 

The  opportunities/entrepreneurship  com- 
mittee divided  its  concerns  into  three  major 
areas:  "bonding,"  or  establishing  and  main- 


Group  dynamics:  favorable  student  attitudes  lead  to 
strong  alumni  involvement,  said  GAA  committee  on 
participation 

taining  a  long-term  relationship  between 
each  alumnus  and  the  university;  financial 
security,  or  introducing  greater  predictabil- 
ity and  stability  into  the  GAA  budget  pro- 
cess; and  board  of  trustees  representation,  or 
developing  a  system  by  which  the  GAA  can 
be  represented  on  Duke's  board  of  trustees  by 
its  current  officers. 

As  part  of  the  weekend  retreat,  Duke  Presi- 
dent H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  had  an  informal 
"state  of  the  university"  exchange  with  the 
alumni  leadership.  Among  the  points  he 
highlighted:  a  record  number  of  applications 
for  freshman  admission,  a  record  increase  in 
donations,  stellar  success  in  recruiting  distin- 
guished professors,  new  efforts  to  strengthen 
the  graduate  arts  and  sciences  school  and— 
through  such  programs  as  decision  sciences, 
genetics,  and  biotechnology— to  strengthen 
interdisciplinary  education,  new  interna- 
tional arrangements  (stretching  this  year  to 
programs-abroad  in  Paris,  Morocco,  and 
Leningrad),  more  spirited  reunions,  and  a 
continuing  commitment  to  excellence  in 
athletics,  particularly  now  that  Duke  has 
named  a  new  football  coach. 

"We've  given  much  thought  to  budgeting 
and  finances  and  to  determining  ways 
to  measure  the  effectiveness  of  various 
alumni  programs  and  services,"  says  Laney 
Funderburk  '60,  director  of  Alumni  Affairs. 
"The  five-year  planning  process  begun  at 
Quail  Roost  IV  will  have  a  lasting,  positive 
influence  on  Duke  alumni  programs." 


LIFE  AFTER  DUKE: 
PROSPECTS  AND 
ASPECTS 

etworking,  the  catch-phrase  for  the 
Eighties,  wherein  professionals  get 
together  to  share  information— 
usually  related  to  career  moves— with  their 
colleagues.  For  undergraduates  looking 
beyond  graduation,  February's  Conference 
on  Career  Choices  (CCC)  provided  a  valu- 
able early  rehearsal. 

Thirteen  hundred  students  spent  a  week- 
end exploring  their  futures  with  100  alumni— 
from  advertisers  to  venture  capitalists— who 
represented  almost  two  dozen  different  fields 
or  professions.  Sponsored  by  Alumni  Affairs 
and  the  Placement  Office,  the  CCC  gives 
students  "the  opportunity  to  interact  with 
alumni,"  says  Laurie  C.  Fuller  '87,  who 
chaired  this  year's  career  conference. 

"In  the  career  panels,"  Fuller  explained, 
"alumni  discussed  their  different  job  experi- 
ences. The  issues  seminars  touched  on  career 
choices  and  the  decisions  that  affected  their 
personal  lives."  Some  of  the  issues  included 
dual  career  marriages,  working  for  a  large  vs. 
a  small  company,  unusual  career  paths,  estab- 
lishing your  own  practice  or  agency,  and 
what  you  can  do  with  a  liberal  arts  degree. 

The  three-day  conference  included  a  Fri- 
day evening  reception  and  dinner,  with  Trus- 
tee Chairman  L.  Neil  Williams  '59,  J.D.  '61 
as  keynote  speaker.  Saturday  offered  a  morn- 


ing student  panel  with  campus  leaders,  fol- 
lowed by  questions  from  the  alumni.  Four 
rounds  of  career  panels  or  issues  panels  com- 
pleted the  schedule.  That  evening,  more 
than  a  dozen  faculty  members  and  admini- 
strators held  dinners  for  alumni  and  students 
in  their  homes.  Sunday  brunch  was  served  in 
Alumni  House  before  chapel  services,  and 
participants  were  invited  back  that  afternoon 
to  watch  the  Duke  vs.  Notre  Dame  game  on 
television. 

Held  every  other  year,  the  student-run 
conference  this  year  attracted  some  graduate 
and  professional  students.  "Even  some  young 
alumni  showed  up  to  take  advantage  of 
the  career  resources  offered,"  says  Barbara 
Pattishall,  Alumni  Affairs'  associate  director 
and  administrator  for  the  conference.  "We 
had  a  very  effective,  working  committee  of 
fifteen  students  who  planned  and  executed 
this  conference  over  a  year's  time.  But 
beyond  that  committee,  there  were  almost  a 
hundred  students  involved  in  organizing  or 
serving  as  moderators  and  monitors.  And,  of 
course,  we're  grateful  to  the  alumni  who  gave 
up  a  weekend  and,  at  their  own  expense, 
came  back  to  campus  to  work  on  this  confer- 
ence. Responses  from  evaluation  forms  have 
been  positive." 

"I  think  I  am  changing  majors,"  wrote  one 
student.  "The  conference  definitely  gave  me 
a  better  outlook  on  graduate  school  and 
other  career  opportunities.  I  felt  too  pres- 
sured to  decide  on  my  career  and  'be  market- 
able' before  the  conference.  Now  I  know  I 
should  do  what  I  enjoy." 

Patricia  Haverland  78,  a  Morgan  Guar- 
anty Trust  Company  assistant  vice  president 
who  was  a  panel  participant,  wrote,  "I  think 
I  may  have  gotten  more  out  of  the  weekend 
than  the  students.  I  enjoyed  meeting  the  stu- 
dents and  other  alumni  and  doing  some  self 
analysis  of  my  own  career  choices." 


CLAIMS  TO 
FAME 


Golfing  great  Stewart  M.  "Skip" 
Alexander  '41,  football  All  Amer- 
ica and  baseball  standout  George  P. 
Clark  '45,  and  All-Pro  football  player 
Edward  K.  Newman  73  were  inducted  into 
Duke's  Sports  Hall  of  Fame  in  April.  Former 
basketball  and  soccer  coach  K.C.  "Gerry" 
Gerard  was  inducted  posthumously. 

Alexander  led  the  Blue  Devils  to  Southern 
Conference  golf  titles  in  1938,  1939,  and 
1940,  and  to  state  championships  in  1939 
and  1940  while  winning  the  conference 
individual  title  twice.  The  two-time  South- 
ern Intercollegiate  medalist  turned  profes- 
sional in  1941,  joined  the  PGA  tour  in  1946, 
and  won  his  first  pro  tourney,  the  Tucson 


19 


Open,  in  1948.  The  only  survivor  of  a  fiery 
plane  crash  in  1950,  he  underwent  seven- 
teen major  operations  for  his  severely  burned 
hands  and  face  but  returned  to  the  golf 
course  to  help  the  United  States  win  the 
1951  Ryder  Cup.  In  1959,  he  won  the  Ben 
Hogan  Trophy  for  handicapped  golfers.  Last 
year,  he  was  inducted  into  the  Carolinas 
Golf  Hall  of  Fame  and  will  be  inducted  into 
the  North  Carolina  Sports  Hall  of  Fame  later 
this  year.  Alexander  is  retired  and  living  in 
St.  Petersburg,  Florida,  where  he  was  a  club 
professional  for  thirty-three  years. 

Clark  earned  seven  varsity  letters  while  at 
Duke:  four  in  football  as  a  halfback  and  three 
in  baseball  as  a  career  .425  hitter.  He  was  also 
leading  tenor  soloist  for  the  men's  glee  club. 
In  the  1944  football  season,  he  scored  six 
touchdowns  and  rushed  528  yards  to  help 
Duke  get  a  bid  in  the  1945  Sugar  Bowl.  There 


he  scored  two  touchdowns,  including  the 
game-winner  late  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the 
Blue  Devils'  29-26  victory  over  Alabama. 
His  senior  year  season  saw  him  rushing  for 
530  yards  and  scoring  seven  touchdowns, 
earning  all-conference  and  All-America 
honors.  After  graduation,  he  played  for  the 
Ration  League  as  second  baseman,  leading 
the  league  with  a  .467  mark  his  first  year.  He 
is  now  an  insurance  agent  in  High  Point, 
North  Carolina. 

Newman  lettered  three  years  as  a  lineman 
at  Duke  from  1970  to  1972  and  earned  All- 
ACC  honors  two  times,  as  an  offensive  line- 
man in  1971  and  as  a  defensive  lineman  in 
1972.  He  also  earned  three  letters  in  wres- 
tling, winning  the  ACC  heavyweight  title  in 
1970  and  1971,  and  was  team  co-captain  in 
1972.  In  the  1973  draft,  he  was  selected  by 
the  National  Football  League's  Miami  Dol- 


phins in  the  sixth  round.  He  made  Pro  Bowl 
four  straight  seasons,  1981  through  1984, 
and  was  first-team  All-Pro  in  1984.  He  played 
in  two  Super  Bowls,  but  missed  a  third  due  to 
injury.  In  1985,  a  knee  injury  cut  short  his 
thirteenth  season  with  the  Dolphins.  Newman 
owns  and  operates  a  chain  of  health  clubs  in 
Florida  and  is  completing  studies  for  a  law 
degree. 

Gerard  came  to  Duke  in  1931  as  director  of 
intramurals  and  organized  its  first  soccer 
team  in  1935,  compiling  a  40-23-9  record  in 
eleven  seasons.  As  basketball  coach  from 
1943  through  1950,  he  led  his  teams  to  wins 
in  two  Southern  Conference  tournaments 
and  reached  the  finals  four  other  times.  He 
earned  league  coach  of  the  year  honors  twice 
in  his  last  three  years  of  a  131-78  record  career. 
Gerard  died  in  1951  of  cancer  at  the  age  of 
forty-seven. 


CLASS 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  In  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  i 


30s  &  40s 


Lora-Frances  Davis  '36  serves  as  a  member  of 
her  church's  vestry  and  is  vice  president  of  the  Daugh- 
ters of  the  King.  She  also  volunteers  with  a  local 
social  service  agency,  delivering  meals  to  shut-ins  in 
San  Antonio,  Texas. 

Austin  R.  Whitmore  '36  is  a  minister  of  the 
North  Broadway  United  Methodist  Church  in  Colum- 
bus, Ohio.  He  is  planning  a  missions  visit  to  India 
and  Nepal. 

Iris  Rabb  Baughman  R.N.  '39,  B.S.N.  '40  has 
retired  after  13  years  as  an  agent  for  Kentucky  Growers 
Insurance. 

Mary  Duke  Biddle  Trent  Semans  '39,  Hon. 
'83,  chairman  of  The  Duke  Endowment,  is  one  of  16 
to  join  the  newly  formed  Board  of  Overseers  which 
will  help  build  support  for  the  Duke  Comprehensive 
Cancer  Center. 

Florence  S.  Aides  '43,  a  legal  records  coordina- 
tor, retired  from  Delta  Airlines  to  her  home  in  Jones- 
boro,  Ga. 

William  Bevan  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D.  '48,  Hon.  72, 
vice-president  of  the  Health  Program  of  the  Mac- 
Arthur  Foundation  in  Chicago,  was  chosen  to  join 
the  Board  of  Overseers  for  the  Duke  Comprehensive 
Cancer  Center. 


'43,  A.M.  '47,  a  teacher  and 
administrator  with  the  Charlotte-Mecklenburg 


schools,  retired  in  February  after  40  years  of  service. 
He  plans  to  complete  his  doctoral  program,  resume  his 
piano  lessons,  and  travel. 

Mary  Gaskins  Humienny  '44  retired  after  24 
years  of  teaching  high  school  mathematics.  She  writes 
that  she  finds  retirement  "wonderful."  She  and  her 
husband,  who  is  also  retired,  plan  to  travel. 

Richard  Owen  Hastings  B.S.M.E.  '47  cele- 
brated the  31st  anniversary  of  his  consulting  engineer- 
ing firm,  Felkel  &.  Hastings  in  October.  His  wife, 
Margaret  Fairey  Hastings  R.N.  '47,  B.S.N. 
'49,  has  retired  from  the  faculty  of  the  University  of 
South  Carolina's  nursing  school.  They  live  in  Colum- 
bia, S.C. 

Edwin  L.  Jones  B.S.C.E.  '48,  former  chairman  of 
the  Jones  Group,  Inc.,  in  Charlotte,  was  one  of  16  to 
join  the  newly  formed  Board  of  Overseers  for  the 
Duke  Comprehensive  Cancer  Center. 


A.  Banks  '49,  DDiv.  '52,  former  presi- 
dent of  Dickinson  College  in  Carlisle,  Pa.,  is  the  sixth 
president  of  the  University  of  Richmond. 


MARRIAGES:  James  Robert  Hawkins  '49, 
I.I.  B.  '51  to  Patricia  Kimzey  Zollicoffer  '58 1 

Jan.  23.  Residence:  Durham. 


50s 


Betty  Callaham  '50,  director  of  the  S.C.  State 
Library  in  Columbia,  is  chairman  of  the  board  of 
directors  and  president  for  1986-87  of  the  Southeast- 
em  Library  Network,  Inc.,  which  serves  375  libraries 
in  the  southeastern  states  and  Puerto  Rico. 

George  Parkerson  Jr.  '50,  M.D.  '53  is  head  of 
the  department  of  family  medicine  at  the  Duke  Medi- 
cal Center.  He  is  also  adjunct  professor  in  the  depart- 
ment of  epidemiology  at  the  UNC  School  of  Public 
Health. 

Ruthann  Imler  Wood  '51  and  her  husband, 

William  M.  Wood  '51,  live  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 
Their  recently  remodeled  home  on  the  banks  of  the 
St.  Johns  River  was  featured  in  the  January  issue  of 
Southern  Living  magazine. 


Chris  Folk  '52,  associate  superintendent  for  com- 
munications for  the  Charlotte-Mecklenburg  schodls, 
received  an  Award  of  Honor  from  the  National 
School  Public  Relations  Association  for  his  work  in 
support  of  education. 

R.E.  'Mack"  Kayler  '52,  M.Div.  '55  is  the  pastor 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church  in  Boger  City,  N.J. 
His  wife,  Claudette  Taylor  Kayler  '57  is  direc- 
tor of  the  "Willie  M."  program  of  Gaston  and  Lincoln 
counties  in  New  Jersey. 


L.  Woolard  '53,  J.D  '55  became  third 
vice  president  of  the  International  Association  of 
Lions  Clubs  at  their  annual  convention  in  New 
Orleans.  He  will  become  the  president  in  1989.  He  is 
a  partner  in  the  Charlotte  law  firm  Jones,  Hewson  & 
Woolard  and  president  of  Armature  Winding  Co., 
Inc. 

Maurice  C.  Shepard  Ph.D.  '53  was  recognized  at 
a  symposium,  held  in  Seattle,  Wash.,  for  his  1950 
discovery  of  Ureaphjsma  itrealyticum  and  his  40  articles 
on  the  biology  of  the  organism  and  its  infectious 


I  C.  Boylston  '54  was  elected  vice  presi- 
dent, human  resources,  for  Bethlehem  Steel  Corp.  He 
and  his  wife,  Eleanor,  live  in  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Nancy  Jo  Fox  '54  was  promoted  to  coordinator  of 
the  New  York  School  of  Interior  Design's  certificate 
program,  which  offers  a  certificate,  an  A.A.S.,  and  a 
B.F.A.  in  interior  design. 

J.  Peyton  Fuller  '54  is  Duke's  vice  president  for 
planning  and  analysis  and  university  treasurer.  He  was 
associate  vice  president  and  corporate  controller. 

Ann  N.  Hughes  '54  was  awarded  a  bachelor's 
degree  in  psychology  in  1985  and  a  mastet's  in  coun- 
seling in  1986,  both  from  Rollins  College. 


;  Gillcrist  '55  is  a  speech  patholo- 
gist and  an  ESL  teacher.  She  and  her  husband, 
Thomas  J.  Gillcrist  '56,  participated  in  a  Latin 
American  studies  workshop  in  Pueblo,  Mexico.  They 
live  in  Portland,  Ore. 


Ph.D.  '55  was  named  provost  of 
Indiana  University's  cooperative  program  in  Malaysia. 
He  will  be  the  program's  chief  academic  and  adminis- 
trative officer  for  the  next  two  years. 


Duke  University  General  Alumni  Association 

Distinguished  Alumni  Award 


The  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  is  the  highest  award  presented  by  the  General  Alumni  Association.  It  shall  be  awarded  with  great 
care  to  alumni  who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  contributions  that  they  have  made  in  their  own  particular  fields  of  work,  or  in 
service  to  Duke  University,  or  in  the  betterment  of  humanity.  All  alumni  are  eligible  for  consideration. 

All  nominations  should  be  addressed  to  the  Awards  and  Recognition  Committee,  Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC 
27706.  Nominations  received  by  September  1  will  be  considered  by  the  Committee.  All  background  information  on  the  candidates  must 
be  compiled  by  the  individual  submitting  the  nomination. 

NOMINEE: Class: 

ADDRESS: 


FIELD  OF  ACHIEVEMENT: 


DESCRIPTION  OF  ACCOMPLISHMENTS 

(Please  attach  curriculum  vitae,  letters  of  recommendation,  and  other  supporting  documents): 


Submitted  by: Phone: 

(Day) 
Address:  


(Evening) 


It  is  essential  that  the  person  submitting  the  nominations  send  all  materials  pertinent  to  the  nominee.  The  Awards  and  Recognition  Committee  will 
not  do  further  research. 

For  additional  information  call:  Barbara  Pattishall,  Associate  Director,  Alumni  House,  Duke  University  (1-800-367-3853  outside  of  North 
Carolina  or  1-919-684-5114). 


MULTIFACETED  CAREER 


or  three  years, 

her  career 

focused  on  asbes- 
tos, formaldehyde,  and 
benzene.  Now  Susan 
Bennett  King  '62  over- 
sees the  world's  finest 
crystal  as  president  of 
Steuben  Glass. 

The  transition  from 
toxic  substances  to  ele- 
gant collectibles  began 
when  the  Duke  Phi 
Beta  Kappa  chaired  the 
US.  Product  Safety 
Commission  during  the 
Carter  administration. 
"The  commission, 
along  with  the  Food 
and  Drug  Administra- 
tion and  the  Environ- 
mental Protection 
Agency,  was  very  in- 
volved in  the  long-term 
health  hazards  of  asbes- 
tos in  hair  dryers,  form- 
aldehyde in  insulation, 
and  benzene  in  house- 
hold cleaners,"  says 
King. 

She  resigned  the  post 
in  1981  to  accept  a  resi- 
dent fellowship  at  Har- 
vard's Institute  of  Poli- 
tics, where  she  taught 
health  and  safety  regu- 
lation. But  the  real  leap 
from  the  public  to  pri- 
vate sector  came  when 
the  New  York-based 
Corning  Glass  Works, 
parent  company  of 
Steuben,  wooed  and 
won  King  as  its  director 
of  consumer  affairs. 
She  was  named  director 
of  corporate 


cations  and  consumer 


affairs  in  1983,  a  vice 
president  in  1984,  and 
preside 

King  was  well  armed 
for  the  demands  of 
Steuben,  having  grap- 
pled with  consumer 
relations  and  product 
liability  from  a  regula- 
tory perspective.  "It 
was  a  cumulative 
growth  experience," 
says  King,  chairman  of 
the  board  of  visitors  of 
Duke's  Institute  of 
Policy  Sciences  and 
Public  Affairs.  "It  was  a 
natural  progression, 
especially  when  you 
realize  that  a  lot  of 
government  and  poli- 
tics is  dealing  with  vari- 
ous constituent  inter- 
ests. It's  very  transfer- 
able." 

She  is  the  first  female 
president  of  Steuben, 
"and  that's  all  the  more 
reason  I  want  do  a  good 
job,"  she  says.  Her 
priority  for  Steuben:  "A 
continuation  of  our 
commitment  that  it 
remain  the  finest  crys- 
tal in  the  world,  and 
the  leader  in  terms  of 
American  quality."  The 
U.S.  government  is 
counting  on  her.  Every 
president  since  Truman 
has  chosen  Steuben  for 
gifts  of  state.  The  most 
recent  recipients  were 
England's  Prince 
Andrew  and  his  bride, 
Sarah  Ferguson,  who 
were  given  engraved, 
crystal  marriage  goblets. 


Ce  '55,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of 
English,  is  the  author  of  Kate  Vaiden,  which  won  the 
National  Book  Critics  Circle  Award  for  best  novel  of 
1986.  Last  year's  award  went  to  Anne  tyler  '61,  one 
of  his  former  students,  for  The  Accidental  Tourist. 

Charles  W.  Wray  Jr.  '55,  president  of  Wray-Ward 
Advertising  in  Charlotte,  is  the  chairman  of  the  Caro- 
linas  Council  of  the  American  Association  of  Adver- 
tising Agencies. 

Thomas  J.  Gillcrist  '56,  who  teaches  English  at 
Reed  College,  is  a  member  of  the  executive  commit- 
tee of  the  Association  of  Departments  of  English,  an 
organization  for  department  chairs.  His  wife,  Molly 
Meffert  Gillcrist  '55,  is  a  speech  pathologist. 
They  live  in  Portland,  Ore. 

Ronald  C.  Rail  '57  was  promoted  from  manager, 
international  compensation  and  relocation,  to  direc- 
tor of  compensation  practices  for  RJR  Nabisco,  Inc., 
in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

Elizabeth  Hanford  Dole  '58  is  the  honorary 
chair  of  the  newly  formed  Board  of  Overseers  of  the 
Duke  Comprehensive  Cancer  Center.  The  board  will 
emphasize  the  promotion  of  cancer  research. 

Thomas  R.  Ferrall  '58  was  appointed  director  of 
public  affairs  for  USS,  the  steel  and  related  resources 
operating  division  of  USX  Corp.  in  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

George  F.  Dutrow  '59,  M.F.  '60,  Ph.D.  '70,  who 
was  acting  dean,  was  appointed  dean  of  Duke's  School 
of  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies.  One  of  his 
goals,  he  says,  is  to  restore  the  forestry  curriculum  to 
prominence  at  Duke. 

Lucinda  L.  Malin  '59  received  her  master's  in 
human  genetics  from  Sarah  Lawrence  College  in  May 
and  hopes  to  work  as  a  genetic  counselor  in  the  New 
York  area. 

MARRIAGES:  Patricia  Kimzey  Zollicoffer 
'58  to  James  Robert  Hawkins  '49,  LL.B.  '51  on 

Jan.  23.  Residence:  Durham. 


60s 


J.  Terry  Abraham  '60  is  an  attorney  in  San 
Rafael,  Calif,  and  is  on  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
San  Francisco  Mental  Health  Association.  He  is  on 
the  community  advisory  board  for  psychiatric  services 
at  San  Francisco  General  Hospital,  where  he  is  con- 
ducting a  study  of  psychiatric  and  social  services  for 
AIDS  patients. 


W.H.  Carstarphen  '62  is  the  city  manager  of 
Greensboro,  N.C. 

James  K.  Engstrom  '62,  a  captain  with  Ameri- 
can Airlines,  is  managing  its  727  flight  training 
department. 

Jack  B.  Levy  '62,  professor  and  chairman  of  the 
chemistry  department  at  UNC-Wilmington,  has  been 
named  the  first  recipient  of  the  Will  S.  DeLoach 
Professorship  in  chemistry,  a  five-year  endowment 
supporting  research  and  other  professional  activities. 

Buck  Stanton  B.S.C.E.  '62  is  the  president  of 
International  Carwash  Association,  which  represents 
more  than  22,000  car  washes  in  the  country. 

Judith  G.  Touchton  '62  is  the  deputy  director  of 
Women  in  Higher  Education  and  the  director  of 
Senior  Education  Leadership  at  the  American  Coun- 
cil on  Education  in  Washington,  DC. 


'62,  M.Ed. '76,  who  was 
principal  at  Pearsontown  Elementary,  was  named 
principal  of  Githens  Junior  High  School.  She  is  the 
only  woman  principal  in  Durham  County's  secondary 

school  system. 


C.  Clark  Jr.  '63  is  a  senior  research 
assistant  at  Coca-Cola  in  Atlanta,  supervising  re- 
search in  flavor  chemistry,  emulsion  chemistry,  and 
high  intensity  sweetner  evaluation. 

Mary  Trent  Jones  '63  served  two  terms  as  an 
advisory  panelist  for  the  Virginia  Commission  for  the 
Arts.  She  is  a  trustee  of  Virginia  Intermont  College 
and  the  Mary  Duke  Biddle  Foundation. 

Barbara  Wishnov  Tanzer  '63  is  a  senior  re- 
search associate  for  the  Mass.  Taxpayers  Foundation,  a 
nonprofit  governmental  research  organization.  She  is 
a  member  of  the  state  advisory  board  of  the  Mass. 
Department  of  Public  Welfare.  She  and  her  husband, 
Jerome,  live  in  Newton,  Mass. 

John  T.  Berteau  '64,  LL.B.  '67  was  one  of  50 

Florida  lawyers  to  be  awarded  the  bar  association 
designation  board  certified  in  estate  planning  and 
probate. 

Christopher  B.  Harris  '64  owns  and  operates 
Fillet's  Restaurant  in  Pascagcula,  Miss. 

J.  Raymond  Lord  Th.M  '64,  Ph.D.  '68  is  rector  of 
St.  Luke's  Episcopal  Church  in  Anchorage,  Ky. 

Jon  H.  Moline  Ph.D.  '64,  professor  of  philosophy 
and  environmental  studies  and  chair  of  the  Institute 
for  Environmental  Studies  Instructional  Program  at 
the  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison,  is  now  vice 
president  and  academic  dean  at  St.  Olaf  College. 

James  B.  Powell  Jr.  M.D.  '64,  president  of 
Roche  Biomedical  Laboratory,  Inc.,  in  Burlington, 
N.C,  is  among  five  Duke  alumni  to  join  the 
16-member  Board  of  Overseers  for  the  Duke 
Comprehensive  Cancer  Center. 

Roy  S.  Bredder  '65  is  the  assistant  director  of  the 
Washington  office  of  the  American  Dental  Associa- 
tion. He  and  his  wife,  Eloise,  live  in  Annandale,  Va. 

Eric  M.  Holmes  '65,  a  law  professor  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Georgia,  was  the  Jefferson  Smurfit  Professor  at 
University  College  in  Galway,  Ireland.  He  is  the  co- 
author of  the  leading  American  casebook  on  insur- 
ance law  and  is  the  author  of  seven  other  commercial 
law  textbooks. 

Bob  Schull  '65,  an  obstetrics-gynecology  professor 
at  Texas  A&.M  medical  school,  was  president  of  the 
Texas  Association  of  Obstetricians-Gynecologists  for 
1986. 

Karen  LeCraft  Henderson  '66  is  a  U.S.  district 
judge  for  South  Carolina.  She  lives  in  Columbia,  S.C. 

Harry  Boyte  '67  published  Citizen  Action  and  the 
New  American  Populism,  which  discusses  the  influ- 
ence of  citizen-action  groups  in  elections. 


L.  High  Jr.  '67,  Ph.D.  '73,  M.D.  '73  is  a 
partner  of  Neurosurgery  and  Neurology,  Assoc,  where 
he  specializes  in  neurology.  He  and  his  wife,  Lori 
Raumakon,  live  in  Beaumont,  Texas. 

Robert  C.  Gunst  '67  has  joined  the  Charlotte 
firm  McKaig  &.  Gunst. 

John  B.  Ross  Ph.D.  '67  is  a  banking  adviser  at  the 
Institute  of  International  Finance,  an  organization 
established  in  Washington,  DC,  by  the  banks  of 
Europe,  Japan,  and  North  America  in  1984.  He  and 
his  wife,  Olga,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Keith  W.  Bell  '68  is  practicing  immigration  law  in 
Anchorage,  Alaska,  and  was  included  in  the  latest 
edition  of  Who's  Who  in  American  Lau:  He  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Alaska  World 
Affairs  Council. 


Klima  M.H.A.  '68,  the  executive 
director  of  Kent  General  Hospital,  Inc.,  is  serving  £ 
four-year  term  on  the  board  of  governors  of  the  Am 
can  College  of  Healthcare  Executives. 


James  F.  NelliS  Jr.  '68  is  a  partner  in  the  Atlanta 
law  firm  Alston  &.  Bird,  where  he  specializes  in  real 
estate  law. 

Caroline  Reid  Sorell  '68  has  completed  her 
psychoanalytic  training  and  is  living  in  New  York. 

Ernest  C.  Torres  J.D.  '68,  a  former  associate 
justice  of  the  Superior  Court  of  Rhode  Island  and 
assistant  vice  president  of  staff  counsel  operations  for 
the  Aetna  Life  and  Casualty  Insurance  Co.,  is  a  part- 
ner in  the  Providence  law  firm  Tillinghast,  Collins  & 
Graham.  He  lives  in  East  Greenwich,  R.I. 

Daniel  F.  Collins  A.M.  '69  is  the  vice  president  of 
employee  relations  operations  at  Alexander  &. 
Alexander,  an  insurance  broker  and  risk  management 
firm.  He  was  director  of  human  resources  at  Baker 
Industries. 


J.D. '69  is  judge  of  the 
Athens  County  Common  Pleas  Court  in  Ohio. 

Bowman  N.  Hall  II  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  71  represent- 
ed Duke  in  November  at  the  inauguration  of  the 
president  of  St.  John  Fisher  College  in  Rochester,  N.Y. 

John  E.  Prevar  A.M.  '69,  executive  officer  of  the 
Fleet  Ocean  Surveillance  Information  Facility,  was 
awarded  his  second  Navy  Commendation  Medal. 

MARRIAGES:  Barbara  L.  Wishnov  '63  to 

Jerome  L.  Tanzer  on  July  6.  Residence:  Newton, 
Mass  .  .  .  Roy  S.  Bredder  '65  to  Eloise  Ullman  on 
June  10.  Residence:  Annandale,  Va  .  .  .  Nancy  M. 
Murray  '65  to  Theodore  Hiley  Jr.  on  July  26.  Resi- 
dence: Greensboro  .  .  .  William  L.  High  Jr.  '67, 
Ph.D.  73,  M.D.  73  to  Lori  Kathryn  Raumakon  on 
Feb.  22,  1985.  Residence:  Beaumont,  Texas. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  William  L. 
High  Jr.  '67,  Ph.D.  73,  M.D.  73  and  Lori  R.  High 
on  Aug.  4.  Named  Jessica  Suzanne... Third  child  and 
first  son  to  Keith  W.  Bell  '68  and  Rebecca  Bell  on 
May  30.  Named  Scott  Alexander.. .First  child  and  son 
to  Caroline  Reid  Sorell  '68.  Named  Perm... First 
child  and  daughter  to  J.  Richard  Marion  III  '69, 
M.D.  73  and  Deborah  Dawson  Marion  77  on 
March  24.  Named  Julia  Summers. ..First  daughter  i 
second  child  to  Vangie  Horton  Poe  '69  and 
Daryl  G.  Poe  on  April  15.  Named  Emily  Lynn. 


70s 


Hupman  Frost  70  is  a  lawyer  at  the 
Durham  firm  Haywood,  Denny,  Miller,  Johnson, 
Sessoms  &  Haywood.  She  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Wendy  Griswold  A.M.  70,  assistant  professor  of 
sociology  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  published  her 
book,  Renaissance  Revivals:  City  Comedy  and  Revenge 
Tragedy  in  the  London  Theatre,  1576-1980. 


M.D.  70  is  president  of  the 
91-member  Southern  tier  chapter  of  the  New  York 
State  Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  a  component 
chapter  of  the  New  York  State  Academy. 


Smith  70  is  the  special  counsel  and  assis 
tant  secretary  at  Uptown  Federal  Savings  and  Loan 
Association  in  Chicago. 

Robert  M.Viti  A.M.  70,  Ph.D.  75  chairs  the 
French  department  at  Gettysburg  College  in  Gettys- 
burg, Pa. 


Philip  P.  Asack  71  is  president  of  Asacks  Foot- 
wear, a  shoe  store  chain  in  southeastern  Massachu- 
setts and  throughout  Cape  Cod.  He  and  his  wife, 
Deborah  VanValkenburg,  live  in  Chestnut  Hill,  Mass. 

Mark  S.  Fischer  71,  J.D.  76  has  become  a  partner 
in  the  Washington,  DC,  law  firm  Hogan  &  Hartson. 


George  Griff  en  71,  assistant  professor  of  special 
education  at  Greensboro  College,  received  the 
Outstanding  Faculty  Award  for  1986.  He  was  also 
elected  president  of  the  N.C.  Council  for  Children 
with  Behavioral  Disorders. 

Donald  L.  Huber  Ph.D.  71,  on  sabbatical  leave 
from  the  Trinity  Lutheran  Seminary  in  Columbus, 
Ohio,  is  a  guest  lecturer  in  church  history  at  the 
Lutheran  Seminary  in  Adelaide,  Australia. 

Richard  C.  Komson  A.M.  71  is  a  partner  in  the 
New  York  firm  Morgan  6k  Finnegan,  specializing  in 
patent,  trademark,  and  copyright  law.  He  and  his  wife, 
Mary,  live  in  Manhattan. 

Mark  D.  Lees  71  is  vice  president  of  marketing  at 
Beecham  Products  in  Pittsburgh. 

Hank  Majestic  71  is  a  clinical  psychologist  with 
Main  Street  Clinical  Associates,  a  psychotherapy, 
training,  and  consultation  practice  in  Durham  and 
Chapel  Hill. 

Peter  B.  Marco  71  is  the  advertising  director  of 
the  Sarasota,  Fla. ,  Herald-Tribune. 


Stephen  W.  Scott  71  is  a  marketing  director  for 
United  Airlines.  His  wife,  Esme  Rose  Scott  71, 

sells  residential  real  estate  for  Merrill  Lynch.  They  live 
in  Lake  Forest,  111. 

Caroline  H.  Vaughan  71  received  a  1986-87 
Emerging  Artists  Grant,  established  by  the  N.C.  Arts 
Council  and  presented  by  the  Durham  Atts  Council. 
The  photographer,  a  staff  specialist  in  research  for 
Duke's  development  office,  plans  to  use  the  funds  to 
purchase  special  darkroom  materials  for  processing 
her  work. 

Edwin  S.  Epstein  72  has  a  private  practice  in 
urology  in  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mary  Brady  Greenawait  72  received  her  Ph.D. 
in  business  administration  from  the  University  of 
Georgia  and  is  on  the  accounting  faculty  of  Virginia 
Tech.  Her  husband,  Robert  Greenawait  M  .IV. 

72,  is  a  contracted  specializing  in  home  repairs  and 
improvements.  They  live  in  Blacksburg,  Va. 

John  D.  Holly  III  72,  M.H.A.  74,  administrator 
of  Martha  Jefferson  Hospital,  was  named  a  fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Healthcare  Executives. 


THE  OLD  MAN  AND  THE  MYTH 


Ernest  Hemingway, 
an  author,  soldier, 
and  sportsman  of 
legendary  proportions, 
was  actually  near- 
sighted and  unathletic, 
a  man  whose  heroics  in 
World  War  1  were  the 
inventions  of  a  Red 
Cross  ambulance  driver 
who  rarely  got  close  to 
the  front 

These  and  other 
revelations  spice  The 
Young  Hemingway,  a 
biographical  account  of 
the  author's  early  years 


written  by  Michael 
Reynolds  Ph.D.  '70. 
The  N.C.  State  Univer- 
sity professor  of  English 
spent  fifteen  years 
learning  about  the 
author  through  inter- 
views, library  research, 
letters,  and  photo- 
graphs, producing  a 
book  that  was  a  finalist 
for  the  American  Book 
Award  last  November. 
His  research  revealed  a 
man  who  created  a 
persona  every  bit  as 
robust  as  the  characters 


he  created  on  paper. 

"He  did  invent  him- 
self," Reynolds  told  the 
Raleigh  News  and 
Observer,  "and  the 
person  he  invented  was 
the  person  he  wanted 
to  be  in  high  school." 
According  to  Reynolds, 
Hemingway  patterned 
his  ideal  of  masculine 
virtue  after  Theodore 
Roosevelt,  president 
when  Hemingway  was 
a  young  boy.  "Roosevelt 
Was  the  dominant  male 
figure  in  America  .  . . 


Hemingway  was  lead- 
ing what  Roosevelt 
called  'the  strenuous 
life,'  always  projecting 
this  image  of  being  out 
hunting,  fishing,  lead- 
ing the  physical  life." 

Reynolds  immersed 
himself  in  Hemingway 
while  writing  the  bio- 
graphy-traveling to 
Spain,  France,  and  Italy 
to  find  the  streets  the 
author  walked,  the 
restaurants  where  he 
ate.  "I  was  misdating 
checks '1921.' I'd  really 
have  to  stop  and  think: 
'What  year  is  this?'  I 
don't  think  it's  mysti- 
cal. I  think  it's  my  own 
obsession,"  Reynolds 
said. 

Although  the  book 
was  one  of  five  finalists 
among  175  nominated 
for  the  American  Book 
Award,  it  had  been 
turned  down  by  ten 
publishers  before 
England's  Basil  Black- 
well  grabbed  it.  Some 
publishers  said  it  was 
too  scholarly,  others 
said  it  was  too  commer- 
cial. Reynolds  said  it 
was  like  being  turned 
down  for  a  date. 

He  also  said  he 
doesn't  have  a  lot  of 
admiration  for 
Hemingway,  but  that 
tracking  the  author's 
history  has  created  a 
kind  of  kinship.  "If  I 
knew  as  much  about 
my  father  as  I  know 
about  Hemingway,"  he 
told  the  newspaper,  "I 
probably  wouldn't  like 
my  father,  either." 


WELL  SUITED 


Pair 


I  or  Phi 
Kappa 


fraternity 
brothers  Jim 
Krekorian 
B.S.C.E.  '74 
and  Paul  Kiefer 
B.S.E.E.  73, 
bridge  and  poker 
used  to  be  inno- 
cent diversions 
from  the  rigors  of 
their  engineering 
studies.  Fifteen 
years  later,  the  two 
joined  forces  to  win 
the  American  Con- 
tract Bridge  League's 
Life  Master  Men's 
Championship  in 
Atlanta. 

Winning  the  title  at 
the  League's  Fall  Na- 
tionals is,  in  Krekorian's 
words,  "a  pretty  s 
cant  accomplish^ 
When  you  sit  down  to 
play,  everyone  around 
you  is  a  who's  who  of 
bridge."  Among  them  — 
the  one  person  non- 
players  would  recog- 
nize—was bridge  colum- 
nist and  actor  Omar 
Sharif,  who  attended 
the  November  tourna- 
ment but  didn't  play. 

For  a  time,  Krekorian 
entertained  the 
thought  of  becoming  a 
track  star— he  lettered 
in  track  at  Duke  for 
three  years.  "1  saw  I 
was  never  going  to  be  a 
superstar  runner,"  he 
says,  and  so  turned  to 
his  love  of  card  games. 
"I  like  to  be  the  best  at 
something.  1  found  you 
can  work  yourself  up 


'  signifi- 
iment. 


study 


enough,  you  can  do 
very  well  at  it." 

Krekorian's  and 
Kiefer's  regular  play 
ended  at  graduation, 
when  Krekorian  en- 
tered the  Air  Force  and 
Kiefer  became  an  elec- 
trical engineer.  Kreko- 
rian concluded  his 
career  as  an  Air  Force 
pilot  in  1981,  and 
began  devoting  his  time 
to  professional  bridge. 
Kiefer  got  his  master's 
in  computer  science 
from  Georgia  Tech  in 
1980  and  joined  IBM 
in  Boca  Raton,  Florida. 


continued  play- 
ing in  bridge  I 
ments,  and  the  two 
would  occasionally 
meet  over  tournament 
play  in  Florida. 

The  two  became 
partners  and  pursued 
the  game  in  earnest 
when  both  moved  to 
Manhattan  last  spring. 
Kiefer  is  now  a  free- 
lance computer  pro- 
grammer and  Kreko- 
rian is  an  independent 
agent  on  the  New  York 
Securities  Exchange. 
Trading  options  and 
playing  in  bridge  tour- 


naments around  the 
country,  Krekorian 
says,  suit  his  penchant 
for  "total  freedom  to  do 
what  pleases  you." 
Kiefer  agrees:  "It  would 
be  difficult  to  work  full 
time  and  also  play 
bridge  and  backgam- 
mon." The  latter  game 
is  his  own  passion. 
"Jim's  too  smart  to  have 
taken  up  backgam- 
mon," he  adds. 


Barry  Jacobs  72  has  written  A  Fan's  Guide  to 
ACC  Basketball,  a  season-long  reference  hook  pub- 
lished by  Host  Communications,  Inc. 

Mark  A.  Kuhn  72,  M.M.  78  is  assistant  vice  pn 
idem  and  investment  officer  at  Duke. 


E.  Ridenhour  Sr.  Ph.D.  72,  professor 
of  homiletics  at  Lutheran  Theological  Seminary,  has 
written  Promise  of  Peace,  Call  For  Justice:  Sermons  for 
AaVent,  Christmas  and  Epiphany. 

Dale  Freeman  Cleary  73  received  her  Ph.D.  in 

human  development  and  child  psychology  from  Bryn 
Mawr  College.  She  is  the  client  services  coordinator 
for  the  Philadelphia  Society  of  Clinical  Psychologists 
and  is  in  private  practice  as  a  licensed  psychologist. 
She  and  her  husband,  John,  live  in  Merion,  Pa. 

Janice  Moore  Fuller  73  is  assistant  professor  of 

English  and  director  of  the  writing  program  at 
Catawba  College.  Last  summer,  she  studied  Victorian 
literature  at  Jesus  College  in  Cambridge.  She  and  her 
husband  live  in  Salisbury,  N.C. 


73,M.D.77i 


pr.icticnvj 


general  surgery  in  Marietta,  Ga.,  where  he  lives  with 
his  wife,  Maurine,  and  their  two  sons. 

Marilyn  Biggs  Murchison  73  is  director  of 
music  at  the  Falls  Church  in  Falls  Church,  Va.  She 
and  her  husband,  Joe,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Edward  K.  Newman  73,  four-time  All-Pro  with 
the  Miami  Dolphins,  has  retired.  He  is  continuing 
classes  at  the  University  of  Miami's  law  school.  He 
owns  and  operates  a  chain  of  health  clubs  in  Florida. 

Ritchie  C.  Shoemaker  73,  M.D.  77  has  written 

The  Primary  Care  Nutrition  Diet. 

James  C.  Yardley  73  is  vice  president  of  market- 
ing for  Sonat  Offshore  Drilling  Inc.  in  Houston, 
Texas. 

Robert  Bernstein  74,  M.H.A.  77  has  set  up  the 

Performance  Group,  Inc.,  a  consulting  organization 
specializing  in  medical  teal  estate  development  and 
practice  consultation.  He  and  his  wife,  Andrea,  live 
in  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Robert  R.  Chase  J.D.  74  had  his  first  science 
fiction  novel,  The  Game  of  Fox  and  Lion,  published  by 


Del  Rey  Publishers,  a  division  of  Ballantine  Books. 
He  and  his  wife,  Margaret,  live  in  Silvet  Spring,  Md. 

Alice  L.  Kirkman  74,  who  was  a  lawyer  practic- 
ing at  a  Washington  firm,  is  public  affairs  director  for 
the  National  Abortion  Federation  in  Washington, 
DC. 

Edward  L.  Kurth  74  is  an  attorney  with  the  San 
Antonio  law  firm  Sawtelle,  Goode,  Davidson  and 
Ttoilo,  where  he  specializes  in  plastics  failure  litigation. 

Adrienne  Lang  74  is  director  of  governmental 
affairs  for  the  Ametican  Society  of  Anesthesiologists 
in  Washington,  DC. 

Ann  Little  Majestic  74  was  named  a  charter 
member  of  Duke's  Women's  Studies  Council. 

Gary  Alan  MankO  74  is  a  general  internist  in 
private  practice.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine,  live  in 
Reisterstown,  Md. 

Mark  D.  Peacock  74,  B.H.S.  76  is  a  staff  physi- 
cian stationed  in  Okinawa  after  completing  obstetrics/ 
gynecology  training  at  Portsmouth  Naval  Hospital. 

His  wife,  Sheila  Hodges  Peacock  B.S.N.  76,  is 

working  in  intensive  care  at  Children's  Hospital  in 
Norfolk,  Va. 

Alan  Sturrock  M.A.T  74  completed  his  doctoral 
work  at  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Education  and  is 
the  ditector  of  the  Baker  Demonstration  School  of 
the  National  College  of  Education  in  Evanston,  111. 

Steve  Downs  75  is  an  assistant  controller  for  the 
University  of  California's  medical  center  in  Berkeley. 
He  and  his  wife,  Anna,  live  in  San  Francisco. 

Marie  Hanigan  75,  who  earned  her  Ph.D.  in 
oncology  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Madi- 
son, is  working  as  a  postdoctoral  fellow  at  the 
McArdle  Laboratory  for  Cancer  Research.  She  was 
awarded  a  research  grant  from  the  American  Cancer 
Society.  She  and  her  husband,  Gary  Gorbsky,  and 
their  son  live  in  Madison. 

Donald  C.  Slowick  75  is  a  management  labor 
and  employment  attorney  for  Porter,  Wright,  Morris 
&.  Arthut  in  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Joyce  Bettini  Williard  75  received  a  scholarship 
to  study  the  French  language  in  Avignon,  France, 
during  July.  She  is  serving  a  year-long  internship  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill  as  a  Mellon-Babcock-Reynolds 
Fellow,  teaching  introductory  French  courses.  She  and 
her  husband,  Mark,  live  near  Garner,  N.C. 

Stuart  Adam  76  is  a  member  of  "Sojourn,"  a  trio 
performing  in  San  Antonio  and  South  Texas.  He  also 
is  an  elementary  school  teacher  in  San  Antonio, 
where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Sabrina  Renee. 

David  B.  Adcock  J.D.  76  is  a  vice  president  of 
Duke.  He  was  assistant  university  counsel. 

Sandy  Farquhar  Davis  B.S.N.  76  has  retired 

temporarily  from  her  nursing  and  sales  position  at 
American  V  Muehler  to  rear  her  newborn  son.  She 
and  her  husband,  Michael,  live  in  Huntington  Beach, 
Calif. 

Roger  C.  Easton  76,  a  Navy  lieutenent  com- 
mander, participated  in  the  Statue  of  Liberty  Cen- 
tennial Celebration  while  stationed  aboard  the  guided 
missile  cruiser  U.S.S.  Yorktoifn,  whose  home  port  is 
Norfolk,  Va. 

M.  Clay  Glenn  76  is  a  controller  for  the  First 
National  Bank  of  Atlanta. 

Lori  Ann  Haubenstock  76  is  director  of  govern- 
ment relations  for  the  Hillsborough  County  Hospital 
Authority  in  Tampa,  Fla.  She  was  the  lobbyist  for 
Tampa  General  Hospital  during  the  1986  Florida 
legislative  session. 


Let  Duke 
Be  A  Part 

Of  Your 

Retirement 

Plan 


For  your  gift  of  cash,  securities,  or  real 
estate,  Duke  will  pay  you  (and  your  spouse,  if 
you  wish)  a  lifetime  income.  For  example,  if  you 
invest  in  a  charitable  gift  annuity,  you  will 
generate  an  income  tax  deduction  while  you 
retain  a  guaranteed  income  for  the  remainder 
ofyourlifetime(s). 

If  you  are  65  years  of  age  your  $10,000 
cash  gift  entitles  you  to  a  $4,856  charitable 
income  tax  deduction  and  an  annual  annuity  of 
$730.  Similarly,  if  you  and  your  spouse  are  both 
60,  your  income  tax  deduction  is  $4,104 
and  your  annual  annuity  is  $660. 


Charitable  Gift  Annuities 


Age  of 
Beneficiary(ies) 


Charitable  Income  Tax     Annuity 

Deduction  For  Each      Amount 

$10,000  Gift  (Tax-Free) 


60  $4,594  $700 

($224) 

60/60  $4,104  $660 

($199) 

65  $4,856  $730 

($258) 

65/65  $4,302  $680 

($229) 

70  $5,106  $780 

($308) 

70/70  $4,546  $710 

($266) 

Please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  or  Susan  G.  Vtorren  at 

(919)  684-5347  or  684-2123  for  more  information  or 

send  in  the  coupon  below. 


Please  send  me  information 

Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27706 

NAME 

regarding: 

□  Gift  of  Securities 

□  Educational  Trust 

□  Gift  Annuities 

□  Gift  of  Real  Estate 

BIRTHDATE 

ADDRESS 

STATE 

ZIP 

TELEPHONE    (         ) 

SPOUSE  OR  OTHER  BENEFICIARY 

BIRTHDATE 

APPROXIMATE  AMOUNT  OF  GIFT 

DUKES 

BLUE  DEVIL 

BASEBALL  CAMP 

1987 


FOR  BOYS 
ACE  9-17 

TWO  ONE  WEEK  SESSIONS 

DAY  CAMP-JUNE  22-26 
RESIDENT  CAMP-JULY  26-31 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
DIRECTOR 

Individualized  instruction  in  all  base- 
ball fundamentals 

Modern  dormitory  accommodations 

Proper  supervision— 24  hours 

Excellent  baseball  facility 


FOR  MORE  INFORMATION  MAIL  FORM  TO 

COACH  LARRY  SMITH 
BLUE  DEVIL  BASEBALL  CAMP 
CAMERON  INDOOR  STADIUM 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
DURHAM, NC  27705 


Bruce  I.  Howell  Ed.D.  76,  president  of  Wake 
Technical  College,  was  elected  chairman  of  the  N.C. 
Association  of  Public  Community  College  Presidents 
at  its  summer  conference  in  Morehead  City,  N.C. 

Lisa  Huntting  76  is  a  vice  president  in  the 
corporate  finance  department  of  Bankers  Trust.  She 
graduated  from  Columbia  University's  business  school 
in  1982. 

Deborah  Hustin  A.M.  76  is  a  professor  of 

mathematical  sciences  at  Manchester  College  in 


Dan  Ottaviano  M.Div.  76  received  the  Coast 
Guard  Commendation  Medal  for  "outstanding 
achievement  as  the  7th  Coast  Guard  district  chap- 
lain" for  1983-1986.  He  is  attending  the  Naval 
Education  and  Training  Center  in  Newport,  R.I., 
until  June. 

Jay  Robinson  Ed.D.  76  is  vice  president  for 
public  affairs  in  the  16-campus  University  of  North 
Carolina  system.  He  was  superintendent  of  the 
Charlotte-Mecklenburg  schools. 


J.  Rusin  76,  a  gerontologist  and  assis- 
tant professor  in  the  rehabilitation  medicine  depart- 
ment at  Emory  University,  was  included  in  a  Made- 
moiselle magazine  article,  A  Touch  of  Class:  Tracking 
the  Women  o/'76.  The  article,  featuring  five  women 
who  were  at  the  top  of  their  class,  explored  their 
impressions  of  the  "real  world." 

R.  Jeffrey  Smith  76  has  left  his  job  as  senior 
writer  for  Science  magazine  to  become  the  national 
security  correspondent  for  The  Washington  Post. 

Lauren  Cosgrove  O'Brien  76  is  working  for 
the  Family  Practice  Center.  She  and  her  husband, 
Thomas,  live  in  Atlanta. 


William  Green  M.Div.  77  is  campus  pastor  at 
Methodist  College  in  Fayetteville,  N.C.  For  the  past 
three  years,  he  served  as  pastor  of  Central  United 
Methodist  Church  in  Laurinburg,  N.C. 

Jeffrey  A.  Heller  77  opened  his  own  law  firm  in 
New  York  City,  specializing  in  bankruptcy,  immigra- 
tion, and  human  rights  law.  His  wife,  Nancy 

78,  is  a  senior  portfolio  analyst  at  Teachers 
and  Annuity  Association.  They  live  in 
Hoboken,  N.J. 

Donald  R.  Lewellen  77,  former  chief  resident  at 
the  University  of  Michigan's  Kellogg  Eye  Center,  is  a 
full  partner  at  the  Eye  Clinic  of  Manitowoc  in  Wis- 
consin. His  wife,  Ellen  Glassco  Lewellen  77, 

interviews  prospective  students  tor  Duke's  Alumni 

Admissions  Advisory  Committee. 


ch  ir 


David  H.  Llewellyn  B.S.C.E.  77  is  t 
cal  engineering  supervisor  for  Duke  Power  Co.'s  con- 
struction and  maintenance  division.  He  and  his  wife, 
Cindy,  and  their  son  live  in  Anderson,  SC. 

Micki  Nunn-Miller  M.Div.  77  is  the  pastor  of 
Cresskill  Congregational  Church-UCC.  Her  husband, 
Steven  Nunn-Miller  M.Div.  78  is  on  the  New 

York  Conference  staff  of  the  United  Church  of  Christ. 
He  organizes  missions  and  is  responsible  for  social 
issues  in  the  New  York  metropolitan  area. 

George  E.  Murphy  B.S.C.E.  77  is  national 
executive  with  Coca-Cola  in  Atlanta. 


Rick  Rubenstein  77  is  completing  his  residency 
in  dermatology  at  Northwestern  University. 

Ann  Fleming  Temple  77  is  a  corporate  lending 
officer  for  the  Bank  of  Boston. 

Wendy  Waller  77  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 


Ferguson  &  Daynes.  She  and  her  husband,  Rodney, 
live  in  La  Jolla,  Calif. 

Lisa  Katzenstein  Warshaw  77  has  returned  to 

the  U.S.  after  working  in  Sydney,  Australia,  as  an 
investment  banker.  She  graduated  from  Harvard  Busi- 
ness School  and  worked  for  the  International  Mone- 
tary Fund  before  moving  to  Sydney.  She  and  her 
husband,  Gregory,  and  their  year-old  son  live  in 
Wynnewood,  Pa. 

Beth  Pearson  McAfee  78  received  her  master's 
degree  in  mechanical  engineering  from  the  University 
of  Pittsburgh  in  1983.  She  is  project  engineer  with 
the  Westinghouse  Nuclear  Fuel  Division.  She  and  her 
husband,  Kevin,  live  in  Murraysville,  Pa. 

Kristin  Maloney  Nesline  B.S.N.  78  received 

her  advance  massage  therapy  degree  and  hopes  to 
start  a  business  in  massage  therapy  for  pre-  and  post- 
natal women  and  newborns  while  teaching  childbirth 
classes.  She  and  her  husband,  Vincent,  live  in 
Tbwson,  Md. 

Wray  A.  Russell  78  opened  "Wray's  Place,"  a 
nightclub  in  Naples,. Fla.,  and  invites  all  Duke  alumni 
to  stop  hy.  He  and  his  wife,  Jan,  live  in  Naples. 

Brian  M.  Siegel  78  is  completing  fellowship  train- 
ing at  the  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  as  chief 
fellow  in  child  and  adolescent  psychiatry.  He  and  his 
wife,  Donna,  live  in  Baltimore. 

Jean  Ramsey  Simmons  B.S.M.E.  78  is  a 
metallurgist  at  Armco,  Inc.  in  Ashland,  Ky.  In  1985, 
she  received  her  M.B.A.  from  Marshall  University  in 
Huntington,  W.Va.,  where  she  lives  with  her  husband, 
Alan. 

Gale  Singer  Adland  79  is  a  programmer  for  Data 
Flow  Companies,  Inc.  She  and  her  husband,  Peter, 
and  their  daughter  live  in  Durham. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

GOLF 

SCHOOLS 

1987 

FOR  BOYS  AND  GIRLS 
AGES  11-17 


JUNE  14 -JUNE  19 BOYS  ONLY 

JUNE  21 -JUNE  26 CO-ED 

495.00  per  week 
1000.00  both  sessions 

Brochures  available  upon  request 

For  applications,  write  to:  Rod  Myers, 

Golf  Director,  Duke  University 

Coif  Course,  Durham,  N.C  27706 

(919)684-2817 


J.  Scott  Harward  79  was  promoted  to  Southeast 
district  manager  for  Control  Data  Corp.'s  credit  union 
services  and  transfered  to  Atlanta.  He  was  marketing 
manager  for  business  information  services  for  the  state 
of  Florida  in  Miami.  His  wife,  Ellen  Bowyer 
Harward  '82,  was  manager  of  the  management 
information  systems  group  for  Knight-Ridder  News- 
papers' Viewdata  Corp.  of  America  until  the  birth  of 
their  son  in  April.  They  live  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Stephen  G.  Hasty  Jr.  79  is  tax  senior  manager 
in  the  Charlotte  office  of  Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  &. 
Co.,  an  international  accounting  firm. 

Terence  M.  Hynes  J.D.  79  is  a  partner  with  the 

Washington,  DC,  office  of  Sidley  &  Austin. 

Lindsey  Unbekant  Kerr  79,  M.D.  '86  is  work- 
ing on  a  fellowship  at  the  Mayo  Clinic.  Her  husband, 
D.  Geoffrey  Kerr  78,  resigned  as  director  of  trans- 
portation services  at  Duke  to  join  her  in  Rochester, 
Minn. 

Richard  S.  Livingston  B.S.M.E.  79  is  a  manager 
at  Ellwood  Building  Corp.,  a  home  building  and  land 
development  firm  in  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mark  D.  Masselink  79  received  his  M.B.A.  from 
the  University  of  Chicago  and  is  working  for  NCNB. 
He  and  his  wife,  Priscilla  Clapp  Masselink 

79,  live  in  Charlotte. 

Jennifer  Payne  Spitznagel  B.S.M.E.  79  and 

her  husband,  Kim,  work  in  the  semiconductor  auto- 
mation industry  in  Sunnyvale,  Calif. 

J.  Dean  Webster  III  79  joined  the  Raleigh  law 
firm  Young,  Moore,  Henderson  6k  Alvis,  where  he 
will  specialize  in  corporate  litigation. 


MARRIAGES:  Philip  P.  Asack  71  to  Deborah 
VanValkenburg  on  May  2.  Residence:  Chestnut  Hill, 
Mass  .  .  .  Dale  Freeman  73  to  John  Cleary  on 
Jan.  15,  1982.  Residence:  Merion,  Pa  .  .  .  Anne 
Hollis  Geer  73  to  James  Swift  on  Feb.  9,  1985. 
Residence:  Bloomington,  111  .  .  .  Patricia  A. 
Clement  74  to  Linton  S.  Marshall  III  on  Oct.  26, 

1984.  Residence:  Baltimore  .  .  .  Steve  Downs  75 
to  Marianne  Balin  on  July  8,  1984.  Residence:  San 
Francisco  .  .  .  Stuart  Adam  76  to  Sabrina  Renee 
Hardin  on  Dec.  21,  1985.  Residence:  San 

Antonio  .  .  .  Lauren  E.  Cosgrove  76  to  Thomas 
O'Brien  on  Aug.  31,  1985.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  . 
Ann  Fleming  77  to  Thomas  Temple  on  July  5. 
Residence:  Boston  .  .  .  Laura  J.  Schenk  77  to 
Barry  Miller  on  Nov.  9.  Residence:  Chicago  .  .  . 
Wendy  Waller  77  to  Rodney  Daynes  on  June  15, 

1985.  Residence:  La  Jolla,  Calif  .  .  .  Beth  A. 
Pearson  78  to  Kevin  R.  McAtee  on  Oct.  25. 
Residence:  Murraysville,  Pa  .  .  .  Julia  Beach 
Hufferd  79  to  Stephen  Kudenholdt  on  Nov.  29. 
Residence:  Brooklyn. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  George 
Griffen  71  and  Nyra  Griffen  on  May  3.  Named 
Emmy  Elizabeth  .  .  .  Second  child  and  daughter  to 
Hank  Majestic  71  and  Ann  Little  Majestic 

74  on  April  12.  Named  Catherine  Murphy  .  .  . 

Second  son  to  Thomas  Buescher  72  and 
Deborah  Stevenson  Buescher  72  on  July 
23.  Named  Ryan  David  .  .  .  Third  son  and  fourth 
child  to  John  Washington  72  and  Kerry 
Washington  on  July  7 .  Named  Thomas  Salmond  .  .  . 
Third  child  and  third  son  to  Eric  R.  Galton  73 
and  Debbi  Hyman  Galton  75  on  June  16. 
Named  Noah  Mark  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to 
Marilyn  Biggs  Murchison  73  and  Joe 

Murchison  on  Feb.  23,  1986.  Named  Katherine 


THE  GIFT  OF  KNOWLEDGE 


Place  a  book  in  Duke  Library 


fire  you  looking  for  a 
tasteful  and  lasting  gift? 
Honor  a  family  member 
or  friend  on  a  birthday, 
anniversary,  or  other 
special  occasion.  Com- 
memorate a  departed 


loved  one.  Your  gift  will 
serve  as  a  remembrance 
while  at  the  same  time 
serving  future  genera- 
tions of  Duke  students 
and  faculty. 


Please  type  or  print  legibly 

Please  add book(s)  to  the  library  at  $35.00  each. 

In  honor/memory  (please  circle)  of: 


Relationship  ofhonoree  to  University,  il  any: 


ilonoree's  and  donor's 
names  will  appear  on 
the  bookplate  of  the 
volume  chosen. 

Make  check  payable  to 
Duke  University  Library. 


Subject  of  book: 

Donated  by: 

Address: 


.  or  Librarian's  choice  . 


Administrative  Office 
220  Perkins  Library 
Duke  University 
Durham,  N.C.  27706 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

FOOTBALL  CAMP 

1987 

FOR  BOYS  7  TO  RISING 
HIGH  SCHOOL  SENIORS 


JUNE  21  (noon)- JUNE  24 

$145.00  for  Boarding  camper 
$115.00  for  Day  camper 

For  applications,  write  to:  Coach  Marvin  Brown 
Duke  Football  Office 

Whitford  Drive 
Durham,  NC  27706 
or  call  (919)  684-2635 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 

YOUNG 

WRITERS' 

CAMP 


Session  I:  June  14-26 
Session  II:  June  28-July  11 
Session  III:  July  13-24 
A  camp  for  young  people  ages  10-17 
During  the  10-day  workshop,  you  will 
be  able  to  learn  from  practicing  writers 
and  will  receive  guidance  to  further 
develop  your  own  writing  style.  Groups 
will  be  divided  by  age  and  interest  and 
will  utilize  informal  indoor  meeting 
rooms  and  the  Duke  grounds.  Faculty- 
are  themselves  authors  and  have  experi- 
ence working  with  children  and  young 
adults.  Campers  may  stay  on  campus  or 
commute.  For  a  complete  description 
phone  919-684-6259  or  just  send  the 
attached  coupon  NOW. 

Mail  CO:    DUKE  UNIVERSITY  YOUNG  WRITERS  CAMP 
The  Bishop's  House 
Duke  I  niversity'Durham.  NC  2~ 08 


i  EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY 


Biggs  .  .  .  Second  son  and  third  child  to  Don  W. 
Baldwin  B.S.C.E.  74  and  Janet  McHugh 

Baldwin  75  on  June  9.  Named  Andrew  Scott  .  .  . 
Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Robert 
Bernstein  74,  M.H.A.  77  and  Andrea  Bernstein 
on  June  18.  Named  Karyn  Leigh  .  .  .  Second  child 
and  first  daughter  to  Dan  Goodenberger  M.D. 
74  and  Janet  Goodenberger  on  May  12.  Named 
[Catherine  Elizabeth  .  .  .  Second  son  and  third  child 
to  Gary  Manko  74  and  Christine  Manko.  Named 
Aaron  Michael  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Patricia 
Clement  Marshall  74  and  Linton  Marshall  III 
on  July  19.  Named  Patrick  Clement  ...  A  daughter 
to  Steve  Downs  75  and  Marianne  Downs  on  Dec. 
13,  1985.  Named  Anna  Rose  .  .  .  First  child  and  son 
to  Marie  Hanigan  75  and  Gary  Gorbsky  on  Aug. 
2.  Named  Michael  James  Gorbsky  .  .  .  First  child  and 
son  to  Linda  Graef  Jones  75  and  Thomas  Jones 
on  July  21.  Named  Thomas  Graef  .  .  .  Third  child  and 
second  son  to  William  McDonald  75,  M.D.  '84 
and  Jane  Cassedy  McDonald  78  on  July  28. 
Named  Marshall  Anderson  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to 
Finis  E.  Williams  75  and  Myla  Taylor 
Williams  75  on  July  9.  Named  Finis  Taylor .  .  . 
Second  child  and  son  to  Abraham  Rogozinski 
76  on  Aug  9.  Named  Joshua  ...  A  son  to  Richard 
J.  Blaskey  M.S.  77  on  Dec.  7,  1985.  Named 
Geoffrey  Adam  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to 
Jeffrey  Heller  77  and  Nancy  Freund  78  on 
April  17.  Named  Deena  Paula  .  .  .  First  child  and  son 
to  Kim  Spalthoff  Hug  B.S.N.  77  and  Richard  J. 
Hug  Jr.  on  July  1.  Named  Kevin  Timothy  .  .  .  Third 
child  and  first  son  to  Donald  R.  Lewellen  77 
and  Ellen  Glassco  Lewellen  77  on  March  14, 
1986.  Named  Petet  Glenn  .  .  .  First  child  and  daugh- 
ter to  Deborah  Dawson  Marion  77  and  J. 
Richard  Marion  III  '69,  M.D.  73  on  March  24, 
'1986.  Named  Julia  Summers  .  .  .  Second  child  and 
son  to  David  McNeill  77  and  Diana  Bures 
McNeill  78,  M.D.  '82  on  July  14.  Named 
Matthew  ...  A  girl  to  Rick  Rubenstein  77  and 
Diane  Rubenstein  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to 
Wendy  Waller  77  and  Rodney  Daynes  on  July  29. 
Named  Taylor  Darlington  .  .  .  Second  child  and  son 
to  Emily  Busse  Bragg  78  and  Steven  Bragg  on 
Aug.  10  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Robert  J. 
Brooks  78  and  Diane  Baker  Brooks  on  March  12, 
1986.  Named  Stephanie  Diane  .  .  .  First  child  and 
son  to  William  DeLacey  78  and  Virginia 
Sasser  DeLacey  79  on  April  7,  1986.  Named 
John  Patrick  .  .  .  Second  child  and  son  to  Kristin 

Maloney  Nesline  B.S.N.  78  and  Vincent  Nesline 
on  May  16.  1985.  Named  Mark  .  .  .  Fourth  child  and 
fourth  son  to  Andrea  Wallis  Petho  B.S.N.  78 
and  Ferenc  Petho  Jr.  on  June  4.  Named  Ryan 
Stewart  .  .  .  Second  child  and  daughter  to  Brian  M. 
Siegel  78  and  Donna  Siegel.  Named  Jordan 
Anna  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Jean  Ramsey 
Simmons  B.S.M.E.  78  and  Alan  Simmons  on  July 
7.  Named  Mark  Russell  .  .  .  First  daughter  and  third 
child  to  Gale  Singer  Adland  79  and  Peter 
Adland  on  June  4.  Named  Naomi  Ruth  .  .  .  First 
child  and  son  to  James  Scott  Harward  79  and 
Ellen  Bowyer  Harward  '82  on  April  19,  1986. 
Named  Kevin  James  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to 
Leslie  Sladky  Hillman  79,  M.Div.  82  and  Ed 
L.  Hillman  M.Div.  '83  on  Jan.  12,  1986.  Named 
Luke  .  .  .  Second  child  and  son  to  Victoria 
Becker  Hoskins  79  and  Carlton  Hoskins  on 
April  28,  1986.  Named  Grant  Wright  .  .  .  First  child 
and  son  to  Mark  Masselink  79  and  Priscilla 
Clapp  Masselink  79  on  Dec.  3,  1985.  Named 
John  William  ...  A  son  and  first  child  to  Delia 
Blake  Rose  79  and  Billy  Rose  on  March  5,  1986. 
Named  Blake  Andrew  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter 
u<  Jennifer  Payne  Spitznagel  B.S.M.E. 
79  and  Kim  Spitmagel  on  March  16,  1986.  Named 
Julia  Payne. 


80s 


Marvin  L.  Brown  '80,  former  Duke  wide  receiver, 
joined  the  staff  of  Duke's  new  football  coach,  Steve 
Spurrier.  As  a  senior,  he  was  the  team's  leading  pass 
catcher.  He  was  a  personnel  analyst  for  Newport  News, 
Va.,  and  played  semi-pro  football. 

Michael  R.  Hemmerich  '80,  J.D.  '85  is  an 
attorney  with  the  Cleveland  office  of  Jones,  Day,  Reavis 
&.  Pogue.  He  and  his  wife,  Cindy,  live  in  Westlake, 
Ohio. 

Elena  Salsitz  Leigh-Cohen  '80  received  her 
M.B.A.  from  Columbia  University's  business  school  in 
1984.  After  working  as  financial  analyst  for  satellite 
broadcasting  at  NBC  and  in  corporate  affairs  at  the  Eli 
Lilly  Co.,  she  is  now  the  executive  assistant  to  Indiana- 
polis' mayor. 

Brian  L.  McElaney  '80  received  his  M.D.  degree 
from  St.  Louis  University's  medical  school  and  interned 
at  the  Boston  University  teaching  hospital.  He  is  now 
completing  a  four-year  residency  in  diagnostic  radiology 
at  Tripler  Army  Medical  Center  in  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

Steven  Natko  '80,  J.D.  '84  is  an  associate  in  the 
New  York  office  of  the  San  Francisco  law  firm  Orrick, 
Herrington  &  Sutcliffe. 

Deborah  L.  Ridley  '80  received  her  master's  in 
education  in  math  from  the  University  of  South 
Carolina  and  is  teaching  gifted  middle-school  students. 

Ellen  Weiler  Stieffer  '80  is  practicing  law  in 
Philadelphia.  She  lives  in  Merion  Station,  Pa.,  with 
her  husband. 

Patrice  A.  Vorwerk  '80  graduated  from  the  State 
University  of  New  York's  medical  school  and  is  an 
intern  at  the  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center  in  New  York. 
She  plans  to  complete  her  residency  in  radiology  at 
Long  Island  Jewish-Hillside  Medical  Center. 


Ph.D.  '80  is  a  post- 
doctoral scholar  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  on 
sabbatical  from  teaching  philosophy  and  religion  at 
Blackburn  College. 

Anne  Wheat  Blue  '81  received  her  master's  in 
education  from  the  Teachers  College  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity and  is  now  on  the  faculty  of  the  Greensboro 
Day  School.  She  and  her  husband,  John,  live  in 
Greensboro,  NC. 

Robert  B.  Conner  B.S.M.E.  '81  received  his 
M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Chicago.  He  was 
awarded  a  business  fellowship  sponsored  by  the  Japan 
Society  and  studied  high-tech  marketing  at  Fuji  Xerox 
in  Tokyo  during  the  summer  of  1985.  He  is  working  in 
product  marketing  for  Intel  Corp.  in  Phoenix. 

Christy  Meyers  Gudaitis  '81,  J.D.  '86  is  working 

in  the  Raleigh  law  firm  Munton,  Williams. 

Alexandra  Bryan  Klein  '81  is  a  project  finance 
lending  specialist  for  Mellon  Bank  in  Pittsburgh.  For 
three  years,  she  was  an  energy  lending  officer  for 
Mellon  in  Houston.  She  and  her  husband,  Jeff,  a 
corporate  finance  officer  with  Mellon,  live  in  Mt. 
Lebanon,  Pa. 

Maura  A.  O'Brien  '81  is  a  doctoral  fellow  in  philo- 
sophy at  Georgetown  University  and  the  Kennedy 
Institute  of  Ethics.  She  is  an  associate  for  Governor 
Mario  Cuomo's  New  York  State  Task  Force  on  Life  and 
the  Law.  She  was  awarded  a  Fulbright  Postgraduate 
Student  Award  to  conduct  research  in  Australia  for 
her  dissertation,  AIDS:  Public  Health  vs.  Civil  Liberties. 
She  also  received  a  grant  from  Self  magazine  and  the 
Chrysler  Corp.  to  film  a  documentary  on  the  subject 
in  Australia  and  the  U.S. 


Robert  Tepper  B.S.E.E.  '81  is  designing  high 
performance  integrated  circuits  at  Applied  Micro 
Circuits  Corp.  in  San  Diego.  He  shares  a  house  in 
Carlsbad,  Calif.,  with  Alan  Benjamin  '81. 


Cynthia  Jean  Turner  '81,  a  graduate  student  in 

Duke's  music  department  specializing  in  Dutch  and 
German  keyboard  music  of  the  17th  century,  has  writ- 
ten Melchior  Schildt  (1593-1667):  Toward  a  Reassess- 
ment. She  is  the  organist  and  director  of  music  at  the 
Community  Church  of  Chapel  Hill. 

Cindy  Tyran  Ph.D.  '81  works  with  the  Department 
of  Justice  and  is  living  in  Sacramento,  Calif. 


Albyn  '82,  a  marketing  representative 
with  Armstrong  World  Industries  in  Denver,  Colo.,  is 
working  on  his  M.B.A.  in  the  evening  program  at  the 
University  of  Denver. 

Kelly  Anderson  '82,  M.B.A.  '84  is  a  program 
manager  for  the  development  of  new  software  at 
Modular  Computer  Systems,  Inc. 

T.R.  Bowers  '82  is  an  administrative  resident  at 
Georgetown  University  Hospital  and  will  receive  the 
M.H.A.  degree  from  Tulane  University  after  a  one- 
year  residency. 

Stephen  L.  Canipe  Ed.D.  '82  was  named  project 
facilitator  for  the  Lincoln  County,  N.C.,  School  of 
Technology  by  the  county's  school  board.  The  project 
is  funded  by  a  $1,035  million  grant  from  the  Timken 
Foundation.  His  job  will  include  staffing  and  design- 
ing a  curriculum  for  the  school. 

Ellen  Bowyer  Harward  '82 ,  until  the  birth  of 
her  son  last  April,  was  manager  of  the  management 
informations  systems  group  at  Knight-Ridder  News- 
papers' Viewdata  Corp.  of  America.  Her  husband,  J. 
Scott  Harward  79,  is  Southeast  district  manager 
for  Control  Data  Corp.'s  credit  union  services,  with 
offices  in  Atlanta.  They  live  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Elizabeth  A.  Kennard  '82  received  her  M.D. 
degree  from  Case  Western  Reserve  University  and  is 
completing  her  ob-gyn  residency  at  Cleveland 
Metropolitan  General  Hospital. 

David  G.  Leitch  '82,  a  1985  graduate  of  the 
University  of  Viginia  law  school,  is  a  law  clerk  to 
Chief  Justice  William  H.  Rehnquist.  He  and  his  wife, 
Ellen,  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 


J.  Moss  '82  received  her  J.D.  from  the 
University  of  Florida  and  is  an  associate  with  the 
Jacksonville,  Fla.,  firm  Bedell,  Dittmar,  DeVault  & 
Pillans. 

Genevieve  Kathryn  Ruderman  '82  received 
her  master's  degree  from  Columbia  University's 
School  of  International  Affairs  with  a  concentration 
in  international  business.  She  is  a  financial  consul- 
tant with  Arthur  D.  Little  Valuations,  Inc.,  in  Edison, 
N.J. 

Diane  St.  John  M.B.A.  '82,  a  senior  counselor 
and  account  group  supervisor  for  the  Charlotte  firm 
Epley  Associates,  Inc.,  has  earned  accreditation  by 
the  Public  Relations  Society  of  America. 

H.  Clay  Saylor  B.S.M.E.  '82  received  his  M.B.A. 
from  the  University  of  Michigan's  business  school  jnd 
is  working  as  a  management  associate  with  Citicorp 
Bank  in  New  York  City. 


S.  Schaner  '82  received  his  J.D.  from 
Stanford's  law  school  and  is  a  law  clerk  to  the  Hon. 
Cecil  F.  Poole,  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  judge  for  the 
9th  Circuit  in  San  Francisco. 

Jeffrey  Wilson  Ph.D.  '82  is  a  development  scien- 
tist in  the  chemical  development  laboratories  of 
Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  Research  Triangle  Park. 

Drew  B.  Winters  '82  received  his  M.B.A.  from  the 
University  of  Georgia  and  is  working  for  First  Union 


DUKE  TRAVEL  1987 


Canadian  Rockies 
June  13-22 

Enjoy  ten  relaxing  days  in  Canada's 
most  beautiful  surroundings,  the  Western 
Canadian  Rockies.  Visit  ancU^oy  the 
world's  largest  shoppinapa||A- m 
Edmonton,  the  topHuVwf  of  chateaux  in 
Lake  LouisjpMLj^rnff,  the  beauty  of 
Butcha^tpprens  in  Victoria  and  end 
your  visiffn  one  of  Canada's  most  pro- 
gressive citieSj  Vancouver.  The  ten-day 
adventure  is  inclusive  of  everything,  and 
will  be  priced  at  $1,699  from  Edmonton. 

Alaska 
July  15-22 

Cruise  the  new  frontier  of  America- 
Alaska  aboard  the  elegant  GOLDEN 
ODYSSEY!  Join  our  7-day  voyage  from 
historic  Anchorage,  past  majestic  moun- 
tains, through  spectacular  fjords  and  awe- 
some glaciers  to  breath-taking  Vancouver, 
British  Columbia.  Prices  start  at  $1,903 
per  person  round  trip  from 
Raleigh/Durham  including  special  Duke 
Alumni  bonuses  (bar  credits,  cocktail 
parties,  wine  and  group  rates).  Your 
friends  and  family  are  welcome  to  join 
you. 

Burgundy  Passage  and  the  Alp 

July  29-August  10 

Arrive  Geneva,  Switzerland,  via 
Swissair  and  transfer  to  Macon,  France, 
to  begin  your  six  night  cruise  on  the 
Saone  River  aboard  the  M.V  ARLENE. 
Ports  of  call  through  the  Burgundy  Prov- 
ence will  include  the  Tournus,  Chalon- 
Sur-Saone,  Seurre,  and  St.  Jean  de  Losne 


near  Dijon.  From  the  Dijon  area,  transfer 
to  Lausanne,  Switzerland,  on  Lake 
Geneva  for  two  nights.  From  Luasanne 
transfer  to  Lucerne,  Switzerland,  on  Lake 
Lucerne  for  three  nights  via  Berne,  Inter- 
laken,  Grindewald,  and  the  Bernese  Ober- 
land  area.  Return  from  Zurich.  Approxi- 
mately $2,930  from  Adanta. 


The  Danube  and  the  Black  Sea 
September  15-28 

The  Danube  has  been  celebrated  in 
story  and  song  as  Europe's  greatest  river. 
Enjoy  an  adventure  where  you  follow  the 
Danube  through  seven  of  Europe's  most 
fascinating  countries  over  14  days:  Austria, 
Czechoslovakia,  Hungary,  Yugoslavia, 
Bulgaria,  Romania,  plus  Turkey.  See  the 
old  romantic  Europe  that  is  still  the  way 
the  rest  of  Europe  used  to  be.  The  adven- 
ture will  depart  from  New  York  City,  and 
be  priced  from  $2,799. 


China/Orient 

October  25-November  10 

Discover  the  msyterious  Orient  on  this 
exciting  adventure  in  China  and  Japan 
on  board  the  luxurious  Royal  Viking 
Star.  Cruise  to  some  of  China's  most  fas- 
cinating ports  and  cities  including  Shang- 
hai, Yantaim  Beijing  (where  youll  see 
China's  Great  Wall),  and  Dalian.  In  Japan, 
explore  the  highlights  of  Nagasaki.  Priced 
from  $4,535  per  person  from  the  West 
Coast  including  either  a  Hong  Kong  Pre- 
Cruise  or  Tokyo  Post-Cruise  Package. 


TO  RECEIVE  DETAILED  BROCHURES.  FILL  OUT  THE  COUPON  AND  RETURN  TO  BARBARA 
DcLAPP  BOOTH  '54,  DUKE  TRAVEL,  614  CHAPEL  DRIVE.  DURHAM,  N.C.  27706,  (919)  684-5114 


D  Alaska 

□  Burgundy/The  Alps 


□  Danube/Black  Sea 

□  China/Orient 


PhuiH-iHoi.K-xOtfin-i 


DUKE  WITHOUT 

THE  ANNUAL  FUND 

IS  LIKE 


♦♦♦ 


LAB 

WITHOUT 

EQUIPMENT 


...A 

CLASSROOM 

WITHOUT 

A 

PROFESSOR 


_T* 

m 

£ 

11 

r 

i 

. 

i 

II 

...A 
LIBRARY 
WITHOUT 
BOOKS 


...A 

UNIVERSITY 
WITHOUT 
STUDENTS 


The  Duke  Annual  Fund  provides  vital  resources      of  the  cost  of  an  undergraduate  education  at 
for  library  books,  faculty  salaries,  laboratory  Duke.  Duke  depends  on  its  loyal  alumni,  parents, 

equipment,  student  financial  aid,  and  rp.         and  friends  who  support  the  Duke  Annual 

much  more.  Tuition  covers  only  42%     TV-  -VU/£     Fund  to  help  complete  the  picture. 

Ifflf 


2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  684-4419 


National  Bank  of  Florida  as  a  corporate  associate.  He 
passed  his  C.P.A.  exam  and  is  applying  for  Florida 
certification. 

June  Alline  Ahrendt  '83  is  at  the  Thunderbird 
School  of  International  Management  in  Glendale, 


Molly  Eden  '83  is  working  in  client  services  for  Leo 
Burnett  Co.  in  Chicago.  She  received  her  M.B.A. 
degree  from  Indiana  University  at  Bloomington. 

C.  Gordon  Gillooly  M.B.A.  '83  is  an  associate 
with  the  consulting  firm  C.J.  Harris  and  Co.,  Inc.  in 
Raleigh. 

Bethany  Flint-Simmons  '83  is  a  territory 
manager  for  Genetic  Systems  Corp.  She  and  her 
husband,  George,  live  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Kristine  Jantz  '83  is  the  loan  closing  officer  of 
commercial  lending  at  Cardinal  Federal  Savings  Bank 
in  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Stacey  Jarrell  '83  is  studying  at  the  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Education  and  is  living  in 
Belmont,  Mass. 

Stephen  F.  Kemp  '83  graduated  from  Virginia 
Commonwealth  University  with  a  second  baccalau- 
reate degree.  Certified  as  a  cardiac  emergency  medical 
technician,  he  is  on  the  emergency  room  staff  of  a 
Richmond,  Va.,  hospital  and  is  a  first-year  medical 
student  at  the  Medical  College  of  Virginia. 

Ann  Mayberry-French  B.S.N.  '83  has  received 
her  M.B.A.  from  Birmingham  Southern  College  and 
is  now  at  the  University  of  Kentucky's  law  school  in 
Lexington. 

Eleanore  ReiSS  B.S.N.  '83  worked  as  a  nurse  for 
the  Goodwill  Games  in  Moscow.  She  is  at  Emory 
University  working  on  her  master's  in  nursing  and 
public  health. 

L.  Sean  Schwartz  '83  has  left  IBM  to  enter  the 
doctoral  program  in  clinical  psychology  at  Columbia 
University's  Teachers  College  in  New  York. 

Howard  A.  Burde  '84  is  a  second-year  law  student 
at  the  University  of  Virginia  in  Charlottesville. 

Paula  J.  Ehrlich  '84  received  her  master's  in 
planning  from  the  University  of  Virginia  and  is  now 
at  the  Virginia-Maryland  Regional  School  of  Veteri- 
nary Medicine  in  Blacksburg,  Va. 

Kimberlee  E.  Fish  B.S.N.  '84  is  a  second-year 

student  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 
medical  school.  She  works  as  a  registered  nurse  in  the 
pediatrics  unit  at  Duke's  medical  center  and  the  N.C 
Baptist  Hospital. 

Howard  Getson  '84  is  enrolled  in  the  combined 
M.B.A./J.D.  program  at  Northwestern  University.  His 
wife,  Denise  Spellman  '84,  is  the  advertising  and 
marketing  coordinator  for  Polycom  Teleproductions  in 
Chicago.  They  live  in  Evanston,  111. 

Liisa  T.  Kuhn  B.S.M.E.  '84  is  at  the  University  of 

California-Santa  Barbara  pursuing  a  master's  in  mate- 
rial science. 

Michele  Kurucz  B.S.E.E.  '84  is  a  sales  engineer 
with  Westinghouse  Electric  in  Raleigh. 

Katherine  A.  MacKinnon  '84  is  a  commercial 
banking  officer  at  the  Northern  Trust  Co.  in  Chicago. 
She  is  attending  the  University  of  Chicago's  business 
school  and  is  a  member  of  the  Chicago  Council  on 
Foreign  Relations. 

Frank  Helm  Myers  '84  graduated  from  flight 
school  in  1985  and  served  as  a  navigator  of  a  P-3  in 
the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  North  Pacific  Ocean  for 
five  months.  He  is  now  stationed  at  Moffett  Field, 
Calif.,  and  living  in  nearby  Cupertino. 


Joseph  A.  Pimental  '84  was  promoted  from 
ensign  to  lieutenant  junior  grade  and  is  the  anti- 
submarine warfare  officer  on  the  U.S.S.  Gallery.  He 

and  his  wife,  Jennifer  Fulton  Pimental  '85, 

live  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Susan  Rogers  McGuirk  M.L.S.  '84  is  teaching 
English  at  the  University  of  California-Irvine,  where 
she  is  pursuing  her  Ph.D.  in  comparative  literature. 
She  and  her  husband,  Kevin,  live  in  Irvine. 

Diana  Shoolman  '84  is  selling  commercial  and 
industrial  real  estate  located  throughout  the  United 
States  for  the  Dakota  Group.  She  lives  in  Boston. 

Pam  Stevenson  '84  received  her  master's  in 
mechanical  engineering  from  Stanford  University  and 
is  now  a  biochemical  project  engineer  at  the  General 
Motors  Proving  Ground  in  Milford,  Mich.  She  has 
competed  in  14  triathlons  since  leaving  Duke  and  has 
raced  with  Stanfotd's  cycling  team. 

Jill  A.  Zima  '84  received  her  master's  in  telecom- 
Indiana  University  in  December.  She  is  also  a  com- 
petitive triathlete  and  USCF  cyclist. 

John  Michael  Campbell  '85  is  a  journalist  with 

the  National  Journalism  Center  in  Washington,  DC 
He  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 


W.  Davis  M.S.  '85  is  a  senior  research 
technician  at  Duke's  Marine  Lab.  He  spent  last  spring 
studying  sedimentation  in  Lake  Malawi  in  Malawi, 
Africa. 

Liz  Hopkins  B.S.E.E.  '85  is  a  design  engineer  for 
Hand  Held  Products,  Inc.  in  Charlotte. 


Jennifer  Fulton  Pimental  '85  is  a  i 

representative  at  Barnett  Bank  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 
Her  husband,  Joseph  Pimental  '84,  is  the  anti- 
submarine warfare  officer  on  the  U.S.S.Gallery. 

Jonathan  C.  Santore  '85  received  a  university 
fellowship  for  1986-87  from  the  University  of  Texas, 
where  he  is  completing  a  master's  in  musical  composi- 
tion. He  taught  a  music  theory  and  history  course  at 
Duke's  Talent  Identification  Program. 

Robin  V.  Spivey  '85  is  a  first-year  law  student  at 
the  University  of  Georgia  in  Athens. 

Jim  Cowie  '86,  Ted  Davies  '86,  and  Parks 

Hunter  '86  are  in  the  Navy  and  stationed  in  San 
Diego,  and,  they  write,  are  enjoying  surfing  and  golf. 

Karen  E.  Greene  B.S.M.E.  '86  left  for  the  Domin- 
ican Republic  in  August  for  28  months  to  be  a  Peace 
Corps  engineer. 


David  T.  Perry  B.S.E.E.  '86  is  living  in  Orlando, 
Fla.,  attending  the  Nuclear  Power  School  for  sub- 
marine training. 


MARRIAGES:  Elena  Salsitz  '80  to  Kenneth  M. 
Cohen  on  June  22,  1985.  Residence:  Indiana- 
polis .  .  .  Amy  Weber  '80  to  William  Reid  on  May 
17.  Residence:  New  York  .  .  .  Alexandra  M. 
Bryan  '81  to  Jeffrey  D.  Klein  on  May  10.  Residence: 
Mt.  Lebanon,  Pa  .  .  .  Lisa  J.  Posin  '81  to  Steven 
R.  Lewis  on  May  10.  Residence:  Livingston,  N.J  .  .  . 
Lynn  Benson  Stephanz  '81  to  David  Harrington 
on  June  15,  1985.  Residence:  Salisbury,  N.C  .  .  . 
Anne  Wheat  '81  to  John  Blue  on  August  25, 1984. 
Residence:  Greensboro,  N.C  .  .  .  J.R.  Bristol  '82  to 
Susan  Grant  on  May  31  .  .  .  David  G.  Leitch  '82 
to  Ellen  Wellford  on  Aug  17,  1985.  Residence: 
Washington,  DC  .  .  .  Joel  Swofford  '82  to 
Melinda  N.  Stinson.  Residence:  Winston-Salem  .  .  . 
Valerie  Crofton  '83  to  W  David  Harris  on  May 
10.  Residence:  Cary,  N.C  .  .  .  Bethany  Flint  '83  to 
George  Simmons  on  May  17.  Residence:  Jacksonville, 
Fla  .  .  .  Wendy  D.  Knight  '83  to  George 
Walker  Jr.  '83  on  Oct.  25.  Residence:  N. 


Brunswick,  N.J  .  .  .  Frederick  W.  Laub  '83  to 
Carol  N.  Cracchiolo  '85  on  June  28.  Residence 
Okemos,  Mich  .  .  .  John  Parker  Mason  '83  to 
Lora  Fassett  '85  on  May  10.  Residence:  Dur- 
ham ..  .  Rita  Anne  McCloy  '83  to  Mark 
Edward  Stephanz  '83  on  May  30.  Residence: 
Chevy  Chase,  Md  .  .  .  Adam  W.  Rothkrag  '83  t, 

Lisa  I.  Spector  '83  on  Aug.  9.  Residence:  New 

York        Beth  Ann  Brill  84  to  Leo  Stephen 

Horey  III  '84.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Susan  F. 
Crampton  '84  to  Khaled  Kheili  on  June  14.  Resi- 
dence: Charlottesville,  Va  .  .  .  Howard  Getson 
'84  to  Denise  Spellman  '84  on  June  15.  Resi- 
dence: Evanston,  111 .  .  .  Susan  Rogers  M.L.S.  '£ 
to  Kevin  McGuirk  on  June  29,  1986.  Residence: 
Irvine,  Calif .  .  .  Andrew  M.  White  B.S.M.E.  '84 
to  Katharyn  Mountain  on  Aug.  16.  Residence: 
Smyrna,  Ga  .  .    Jennifer  Lynn  Fulton  '85  to 
Joseph  A.  Pimental  '84  in  July  1985.  Residenc 
Jacksonville,  Fla       Michael  B.  McNulty 
B.S.M.E.  '85  to  Sheila  Stebly  on  Nov.  8.  Residence: 
Ft.  Walton  Beach,  Fla  .  .  .  Geetha  Ashe  Rao  '8i 
to  Timothy  St.  Ives  Sant  '86  on  July  12.  Resi- 
dence: St.  Louis. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Katie  Byrns 
McClendon  '80  and  Aubrey  McClendon  '81 

on  July  4,  1985.  Named  John  Connor  .  .  .  First  child 
and  son  to  Nancy  Boylston  Rudzki  '80  and 
Robert  Rudzki  on  July  21.  Named  Alexander  Eugene 
Benjamin  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Stephen 
C.  Yang  '80  and  Maria  Yang  on  July  22.  Named 
Kristin  Maria  .  .  .  Second  child  and  daughtet  to 
Jane  Weideli  Ott  B.S.N.  '80  and  Gregory  Ott  on 
July  14.  Named  Caitlin  Marie  .  .  .  First  child  and  son 
to  Georgene  Whelan  Hergenroeder  B.S.N. 
'81,  M  1-1.  A  '84  and  Albert  Charles  Hergen- 
roeder H.S.  '83  on  April  20,  1986.  Named  Albert 
John  ...  A  daughter  to  Jock  McKinley  B.S.E.E. 
'81  and  Kathy  McKinley  '82  on  July  11.  Named 
Katelyn  Ann  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Kevin 
L.  Miller  '81  and  Lisa  Funderburk  Miller  '83 
on  Dec.  24.  Named  Patticia  Lane  .  .  .  First  child  and 
son  to  Ellen  Bowyer  Harward  '82  and  James 
Scott  Harward  '79  on  April  19,  1986.  Named 
Kevin  James. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  Futher  information  was  not  available. 

William  G.  Mordecai  15  on  Oct.  13,  1985  .  . . 
James  Scott  Burch  Jr.  '21  on  Oct.  19  .  .  . 
Horace  V.  Beamon  '22  in  May  1985        Mary 
H.  Hammond  24  on  June  8  . . .  Nelson 
Morehouse  Blake  A.M.  '29,  Ph.D.  '32  on  Aug. 
27  .  .  .  Jesse  J.  Sandling  '31  on  April  14  .  .  . 
Louis  D.  Angell  '32  on  May  26  .  . .  Robert 
Sidney  Haltwanger  A.M.  '32  in  November .  . . 
John  P.  Booker  '33  on  Nov  14  ...  R.  Troy 
Burnette  '33  on  July  24  .  .  .  Edwin  G.  Burling 
'34  on  July  6  .    .  Don  W.  Miller  '34  .  .  .  Samuel 
G.  Morrall  '34  in  Punxsutawney,  Pa  .  .  .  Hoyle  U. 
Scott  B.S.E.E.  34  .  .  .  Albert  Vermont  A.M. 
'35  on  May  23,  1985  .  .  .  Gene  W.  Ogburn  '36  on 
May  9  .  . .  Gordon  J.  Axelson  M.D.  '37  .  .  . 
William  R.  Haas  M.D.  '38  on  June  25  .  .  . 
George  M.  Phard  '39  in  Haubstadt,  Ind  .  .  . 
Archie  R.  Sutherland  40,  M.D.  '42      .  Earl  P. 
Holt  '42,  M.D.  '45  on  May  19  .  .  .  Margaret 
Smith  Pepper  42  in  August    .  .  Charles  M. 
Ramsey  Ph.D.  '44  on  July  22,  1985  .  .  .  Robert 
G.  Welton  '44,  LL.B.  '49  on  Oct.  21 


R.  Ditmansen  '45  in  Hubbard,  Ohic 
W.  flicker  '46  on  March  29  in  Mount  Airy, 
N.C  .  .  .  John  Vincent  Kelly  '47  .  .  .  Joseph 
D.  Kwiatkoski  B.S.C.E,  '48  on  June  5  in  N.  Hunt- 
ington, Pa  .  .  .  Gerald  W.  Evans  '49  on  Nov. 

8  . . .  Judith  Jones  Guthmann  '56  on  Aug. 

9  .  .  Robert  M.  Howard  M.D.  '56  . 
R.  Koger  M.D.  56        William  C.  Swann 
'68  .  .  .  Louis  Conde  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  '72. 


'12  on  June  14  in 
Fayetteville,  N.C,  after  several  months  of  illness.  The 
Souders  Elementary  School  was  named  to  honor  her 
fifty  years  as  a  teacher  and  principal  in  the  Fayette- 
ville city  schools.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter, 
Betty  Souders  Merritt  '38;  three  grandchildren, 

one  of  whom  is  Susan  Merritt  Satterfield  '65; 
and  six  great-grandchildren. 

Walter  E.  Mustard  '27  on  Nov.  12  at  home  in 
LaVale,  Md.  The  retired  minister  of  the  Holston 
United  Methodist  Conference  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Irene,  three  daughters,  and  eight  grandchildren. 

Morris  G.  Condon  III  '30  on  Dec.  5,  1985.  The 
retired  manufacturer's  representative  served  in  the 
infantry  division  of  the  U.S.  Army  during  World  War 
II.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  daughters,  six 
grandchildren,  and  three  great-grandchildren. 

Edith  Leach  Snow  '32  on  June  18  in  Fountain 
Hills,  N.C.  After  graduating  from  Duke,  she  received 
her  master's  degree  in  English  from  the  University  of 
Nebraska.  She  taught  senior  English  at  Burlington 
High  School.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  W. 
Brewster  Snow  '32;  a  son,  Sabin  T.  Snow  '64; 
eight  grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Ernest  Sigler  Denton  B.Div.  '33  on  July  4  after  a 
short  illness.  After  fifty  years  as  a  pastor  at  churches 
across  North  Carolina,  he  received  a  plaque  in  recog- 


nition of  his  service  to  the  Methodist  church.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife  and  one  son. 

Robert  Lee  Fitzgerald  Jr.  '33  on  Aug  4.  He  was 

a  retired  tax  accountant  in  Pine  Level,  N.C.  He  is 
survived  by  a  son,  three  daughters,  a  brother,  and  two 

Bess  Wilson  Church  '34  on  July  8  in  Salisbury, 
N.C,  after  a  long  illness.  She  earned  her  master's  in 
education  from  UNC  and  taught  school  in  Miami, 
Fla.,  and  Durham.  She  was  also  a  sales  representative 
for  Luzier  Cosmetics  for  40  years.  Active  in  her  church 
circle,  she  was  also  a  Red  Cross  volunteer,  past  pres- 
ident of  the  Salisbury  Woman's  Club,  and  a  member 
of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Ed,  a  son,  and  a  sister. 

R.  Wallace  Maxwell  J.D.  '34  of  Waynesburg,  Pa., 
on  Nov.  25,  after  a  brief  illness.  He  had  practiced  law 
since  1948  and  was  senior  member  of  Maxwell  and 
Davis  law  firm.  The  Westminister  College  graduate 
was  an  investigator  for  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department 
from  1935  until  he  joined  the  Navy  in  1942.  He  left 
the  Navy  in  1947  as  a  lieutenant  commander  and 
began  a  law  practice.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Greene 
County  and  Peniv.\  Iv.inin  kn  associations. 

Alan  Christian  Puryear  36  on  Oct.  29  at  his 

Richmond,  Va.,  home.  He  was  retired  from  the 
Defense  General  Supply  Center.  At  Duke,  he  was  a 
member  of  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon  fraternity,  the  Glee 
Club,  and  vice  president  of  the  Panhellenic  Council 
his  senior  year.  He  was  an  Army  officer  during  World 
War  II  and  was  a  member  of  the  American  Legion. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Graves  H.  Wilson  A.M.  '37  on  Feb.  17, 1983.  He 
taught  English  at  Georgetown  College  and  Georgia 
Tech.  He  spent  several  years  writing  a  medical  history 


of  World  War  II.  Later,  he  was  a  general  agenr  for 
Protective  Life  Insurance  Co.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife. 

Russell  Y.  Cooke  Jr  '38  on  June  23  in  Durham. 
At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Alpha 
Kappa  Psi,  and  Omicron  Kappa  Delta  honorary  frater- 
nities, and  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  fraternity.  He  was  treas- 
urer and  controller  of  the  Wright  Machinery  division 
of  Sperry  Rand  before  he  joined  the  Sperry  Group  in 
New  York  in  1958.  He  was  director  of  pricing  for  the 
Sperry  Gyro  Division,  and  from  1961  to  1967  was 
assistant  treasurer  for  pricing  for  all  Sperry  divisions. 
He  retired  in  1979  as  director  of  contract  practices. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  a  daughter,  and  two 
granddaughters. 

Benjamin  E.  Manning  '40  in  New  York  City  on 
Aug.  1,  1985.  He  is  survived  by  a  brother,  Reginald 
Manning  '44,  of  Williamston,  N.C. 

Robert  O.  Lipe  '45,  M.D.  '47  in  Aiken,  S.C.,  on 
Aug.  6.  He  was  a  veteran  of  the  Korean  War,  serving 
in  the  U.S.  Navy.  He  also  served  in  Cambodia, 
Malaysia,  Saudi  Arabia,  Algeria,  and  Tunisia.  He  is 
survived  by  a  brother  and  a  sister. 


Morris  '47  on  July  1  in  Huzzah, 
Mo.  He  was  executive  vice  president  of  the  British 
American  Life  Insurance  Co.,  Lrd.  Upon  his  retire- 
ment, he  purchased  the  Eagle  Hurst  Ranch  Resort  in 
Huzzah,  Mo.,  and  the  Franconia  Inn  in  Franconia, 
N.H.,  which  he  operated  with  his  wife  and  two  of  his 
sons.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  three  sons,  four 
daughters,  and  four  grandchildren. 

Daniel  M.  Williams  Jr.  '48,  LL.B.  '50  on  July  1  in 
Durham.  He  had  been  a  government  lawyer  since 
1963,  working  for  the  Labor  Department  in  Atlanta 
and  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico.  He  moved  to  Washington, 
DC,  in  1975  to  work  for  the  Equal  Employment 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  MEDICAL  CENTER  CONTINUING  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


'March  21-24         Perioperative  Monitoring:  Safety  Concepts  for  1987, 

Sonesta  Beach  Hotel.  Bermuda 
'April  2-4  3rd  Annual  Aging  Conference:  Common  Problems  in  Geriatric  Medicine, 

Charleston  Place  Omni,  Charleston,  SC 
'April  5-8  Administrative  Skills  II:  Planning  Change  and  Conflict  Resolution, 

Quail  Roost  Conference  Center,  Rougemont,  NC 
April  8  Duke  CME  Series,  Searle  Continuing  Education  Center,  DUMC 

April  10  Plasma  Cell  Myeloma  and  Related  Diseases  Symposium, 

Searle  Continuing  Education  Center,  DUMC 
'April  18-25  9th  Diving  Accident/Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Treatment  Course, 

Holiday  Inn,  Grand  Cayman  Island,  BWI 
'April  24-26  Second  International  DREZ  Symposium  (Dorsal  Root  Entry  Zone), 

Governors  Inn,  Research  Triangle  Park,  NC 
'April  27-29  Dopplar  Echocardiography:  Beginning  With  Color  Flow  Mapping,  DUMC 

"April  27-May  1      Physical  Aspects  of  Hyperthermia,  Sheraton  University  Center,  Durham,  NC, 
May  6  Duke  CME  Series,  Searle  Continuing  Education  Center,  DUMC 

May  22-24  2nd  Annual  Duke  Anesthesiology  Conference:  Oxygen  Transport  in  the 

Clinical  Setting,  Charleston  Place  Omni,  Charleston,  SC 
June  3  Duke  CME  Series,  Searle  Continuing  Education  Center,  DUMC 

'June  6-11  Advanced  Techniques  in  MRI,  Kiawah  Island,  SC 

June  15-17  Surgery  for  Coronary  Artery  Disease,  DUMC 

Co-sponsored  with  the  American  College  of  Cardiology 
June  21-28  3rd  Annual  Advances  in  Internal  Medicine,  Mariner's  Inn,  Hilton  Head  Island,  SC 

July  13:17  29th  Annual  Postgraduate  Course/Morehead  Symposium, 

Bogue  Banks  Country  Club,  Atlantic  Beach,  NC 

'  CME  Category  1  credit  approved. 

For  further  information  call  the  Office  of  Continuing  Medical  Education         Outside  NC  1-800-222-9984         Local  (919)  684-6878 


Dr.  Peter  Bennett 

Dr.  Harry  Gallis 

Dr.  Kathy  Munning    - 

Dr.  Roy  Parker 

Dr.  Wayne  Rundles 

Dr.  Peter  Bennett 

Dr.  Blaine  Nashold 

Dr.  Joseph  Kisslo 

Dr.  T.  Samulski,  Dr.  M.  Dewhirst 

Dr.  Roy  Barker 

Dr.  Ken  Hall 

Dr.  Roy  Parker 
Dr.  Allen  Johnson 
Dr.  Robert  Jones 

Dr.  Harry  Gallis 
Dr.  Roy  Parker 


Opportunity  Commission.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
four  daughters,  two  sons,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

James  J.  Donovan  Jr.  '52  on  Nov.  18  in  Salem, 
Mass.,  aftet  a  brief  illness.  The  Marhlehead  resident 
had  worked  as  an  estimator  for  Eagle  Cornice  and 
Skylights  Works  and  the  Oak  Roofing  Co.  He  served 
in  the  Army  during  World  War  11.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Sarah,  five  daughters,  and  a  son. 

Sieger  Herr  Canney  '57  on  Aug  20  in  Amherst, 
N.H.  She  had  taught  at  Cape  Fear  Tech  in  Brookline, 
N.H.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter  and  a 
granddaughter. 

James  A.  Best  III  '63  on  Sept.  27  in  Boston, 
Mass.  He  was  corporate  vice-president  and  director  of 
merchandise  control  for  Morse  Shoe  Co.  of  Boston. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy  Jenkins  Best 

'63,  a  daughter,  and  a  son. 


P.  Clancy  M.D.  '65  on  May  2  at  his 
home  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif.  He  did  his  neurosurgical 
residency  at  Stanford  University  and  postgraduate 
studies  in  England  and  Switzerland.  He  practiced  at 
El  Camino  Hospital  until  retiring  in  1983  to  pursue 
interests  in  investments,  the  family  almond  orchard, 
and  sailing.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Katie,  and  two 
children. 


J.  Moye  J.D.  '67  on  July  14.  He  was  an 
attorney  with  the  Washington  and  Virginia  firm  of 
Hazel,  Beckhorn  and  Hanes  in  its  Fairfax  office. 

Louis  Conde  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  '72  in  a  June 
automobile  accident  that  also  killed  his  wile,  Mary 
Feagin  Conde  Ph.D.  '74,  in  Michigan.  A  research 
scientist,  he  had  taught  part  time  at  Western 
Michigan  University  and  had  traveled  around  the 
country  working  on  research  projects.  The  Condes 
had  planned  to  move  to  Washington,  DC,  in  August 
because  she  had  obtained  a  job  in  the  federal 
government. 

Mary  Feagin  Conde  Ph.D.  '74  in  a  June  auto- 
mobile accident  that  also  killed  her  husband,  Louis 
Conde  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  '72.  She  had  worked  as  an 
agricultural  researcher  focusing  on  experimental  plant 
genetics  at  the  Upjohn  Co.  until  she  left  the  firm 
June  13.  She  and  her  husband  had  planned  to  move 
to  Washington,  DC,  in  August  because  she  had 
obtained  a  job  with  the  federal  government.  She  is 
survived  by  her  mother,  a  sister,  and  a  grandmother. 

Lisa  Arak  B.S.M.E.  '82  after  an  extended  illness. 
While  at  Duke,  she  was  an  officer  and  a  member  ot 
the  Alpha  Phi  Omega  service  fraternity.  In  1984,  she 
received  her  M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Chicago 
and  then  worked  briefly  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay 
area.  She  is  survived  by  her  parents  and  a  brother. 

John  Y.  Springer 

Former  Duke  economics  professor  John  Y.  Springer 
died  August  6  after  a  brief  illness  in  Winter  Park,  Fla. 
He  taught  at  Duke  from  1936  to  1942  before  entering 
the  Navy.  After  World  War  II,  he  taught  from  1946  to 
1947.  Springer,  who  was  buried  in  Arlington  National 
Cemetery,  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Doris  Carper 
Springer  A.M. '40,  Ph.D.  '41. 

Shelton  Smith 

Divinity  school  professor  emeritus  Shelton  Smith 
died  January  8.  He  was  93.  From  1935  to  1962,  he  was 
director  of  the  program  for  graduate  studies  in  religion 
and  one  of  the  first  to  be  named  to  a  James  B.  Duke 
Professorship. 

An  expert  on  American  religious  thought,  Smith 
gained  national  recognition  in  1941  with  his  book 
Christian  Nurture.  His  other  books  were  Changing  the 
Conceptions  of  Original  Sin,  Horace  Bushneil,  and  the 
two-volume  American  Christianity. 

Smith,  who  retired  from  Duke  in  1963,  was  the 
founder  and  first  president  of  the  North  Carolina 
Council  of  Churches. 


PUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 


DURHAM'S  ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST  Arrow- 
head Inn,  tastefully  restored  1775  plantation.  Corner 
Roxboro  Road  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430. 
Member  N.C.  B&.B  Association. 

HILTON  HEAD,  S.C.  Magnificent  oceanfront  house, 
180  degree  ocean  views,  beach,  Jacuzzi,  free  tennis,  4 
bedrooms,  4  baths.  Write  827  W.  Ponce  de  Leon  Ave., 
Decatur,  GA  30030;  call  (404)  378-3795. 

RETIRING?  Southeast  New  Hampshire  offers 
SKIING,  BOATING,  HIKING,  FINE  DINING, 
THEATER,  CONCERTS,  LIBRARIES,  CONTINU- 
ING EDUCATION,  SCENIC  COUNTRYSIDE. 
Write  Art  Corte,  RFD  3,  Dover,  NH  03820  for 
details. 

ATTENTION  SENIOR  DUKIES!  YOU  can  spend 
your  golden  years  across  Erwin  Road  from  "dear  old 
Duke"  at  the  Methodist  Retirement  Home.  You  can- 
not find  a  more  convenient  access  to  Duke  Chapel, 
the  cultural  offerings  of  Duke  University,  Blue  Devil 
sports,  Duke's  "opportunities  for  learning  in  retire- 
ment," and  the  incomparable  Duke  Medical  Center 
Accommodations  are  available  in  villas,  apartments, 
and  independent  living  facilities.  Here  there  is  the 
world's  largest  community  of  Duke  alumni.  Join  us  for 
the  comfort,  pleasure,  and  security  of  total  life  care; 
twenty-four  hour  medical  attention,  and  many  other 
attractions  of  which  you  have  dreamed,  for  your  care- 
free years— all  in  the  shadow  of  the  university  you 
have  loved  so  long.  For  more  information,  write  or 
call:  Geraldine  D  Ingram,  Administrator  The 
Methodist  Retirement  Home,  2616  Erwin  Rd., 
Durham,  NC  27705,  (919)  383-2567. 

CHETOLA  RESORT- BLOWING  ROCK,  NORTH 
CAROLINA.  Virtually  surrounded  by  Moses  Cone 
National  Park,  CHETOLA  is  a  75-acre  luxury  resort 
offering  spacious  condominiums  with  all  the  modern 
conveniences.  On-site  amenities  include  an  elegant 
restaurant,  lighted  tennis,  trout  stocked  lake,  indoor 
pool,  racquetball,  exercise  equipment.  For  sales  or 
rental  information:  (704)  295-9301  or  1-800-443-2781 
Ext.  1287DU;  P.O.  Box  205  Blowing  Rock,  NC 
28605. 


FOR  SALE 


BALD  HEAD  ISLAND,  NC:  Exceptional  dune  lot 
with  lagoon  frontage  and  ocean  view— $48,000.  Fotest 
and  golf  course  sites  from  $33,000.  Call  Old  Baldy 
Associates,  (919)  278-5308. 


,'    OLD  BALDY  ASSOCIATES 

I      Bari  K.  Plankers 
,'      6101  East  Oak  Island  Drive 
I      Long  Beach,  North  Carolina  28461 
V—  (919)  278-5308 


NEAR  DUKE-Stunning  warehouse  condominium. 
Over  2,000  square  feet,  2  bedrooms  and  2  baths.  Call 
Lib  Steel,  (919)  687-7600,  Southland  Associates. 


LONDON.  My  delightful  studio  apartment  near 
Marble  Arch  i-  available  for  short  or  long  term  rental. 


Elizabeth  J.  Fox,  M.D,  901  Greenwood  Rd.,  Chapel 
Hill,  NC  27514,  (919)929-3194. 

HISTORIC  GEORGETOWN,  COLO.,  between 
DENVER  and  VAIL;  CONDO,  3  bedrooms,  2  baths, 
indoor  pool,  narrow  gauge  railroad,  fishing,  old  silver 
mines.  JW  RAMEY,  M.D.  (606)  236-4023. 


SERVICES 


MOVING  TO  ORLANDO?  Let  a  Dukie  help  you 
find  the  perfect  home  and  make  your  move  a  pleasant 
experience.  Call  CORI  SEDWICK  79, 
REALTOR-ASSOCIATE,  Fannie  Hillman  & 
Associates,  Inc.  (305)  644-1234 

RETIRING?  Come  back  to  North  Carolina!  Carolina 
Meadows,  a  life  care  retirement  community,  offers 
quality  retirement  living  just  a  shott  drive  from  your 
favorite  university.  100  percent  equity  refund,  admis- 
sion fees  $63,600  to  $171,700.  For  complete  informa- 
tion, write  CAROLINA  MEADOWS,  Box  3484, 
Dept.  D,  Chapel  Hill,  NC  27514  or  telephone  (919) 
968-9423. 


AUTHORS  WANTED  BY 
NEW  YORK  PUBLISHER 

Leading  subsidy  book  publisher  seeks  manuscripts 
of  all  types:  fiction,  non-fiction,  poetry,  scholarly 
and  juvenile  works,  etc.  New  authors  welcomed. 
Send  for  free  illustrated  40-page  brochure  G-116 
Vantage  Press.  516  W.  34  St. ,  New  York,  N.Y.  10001 


WANTED  10  BUY 

RARE  BOOKS  AND  MAPS.  Richard  Sykes  '53, 
Mary  Flanders  Sykes  '52.  Sykes  and  Flanders,  Anti- 
quarian Booksellers,  P.O.  Box  86,  Weare,  NH  03281. 
(603)  529-7432.  Member  ABAA. 

BOOKS.  Scholarly  collections  of  History,  Art,  Litera- 
ture, Photography,  Philosophy,  Economics,  etc.  WILL 
TRAVEL.  Please  contact  Andy  Moursund  '67  at  the 
GEORGETOWN  BOOK  SHOP,  3144  Dumbarton 
St.,  N.W.,  Washington,  DC  20007.  (202)  965-6086. 
10-6,  7  days. 

CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke 
Classifieds.  For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25 
words,  $.50  for  each  additional  word.  10-word  mini- 
mum. Telephone  numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip 
codes  are  free.  DISPLAY  RATES  are  $100  per  column 
inch  (2  1/2  x  1).  10  PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for 
multiple  insertions. 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  in  which  section  ad  should  appear;  no 
telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be  pre- 
paid. Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to: 
Duke  Classifieds.  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  March  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-October),  September  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January- 
February),  January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the 
issue  in  which  your  ad  should  appear. 


RETROSPECTIVES 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


FOUNDATIONS  FOR 
THE  FUTURE 


Until  such  time  as  The  Register  could 
visualize  an  athletic  future  for  alma 
mater,  we  have  refrained  from  dis- 
cussing the  question  that  is  uppermost  in  the 
minds  of  hundreds  of  alumni  and  alumnae, 
namely:  What  is  the  matter  with  athletics  at 
Duke?  Nothing,  except  the  need  of  stabila- 
tors!  Frankly,  the  immediate  future  reveals 
the  fact  that  this  stabilizing  influence  has 
been  going  on  for  some  time  .  .  . 

Forgetting  those  things  which  are  behind, 
particularly  the  losses,  athletics  at  Duke  are 
pressing  forward  to  the  mark  of  achieve- 
ment. Not  by  spectacular  victories,  but  by 
laying  the  foundation  for  teams  that  will  win 
consistently  in  the  future.  Likewise,  sched- 
ules are  being  arranged  that  will  prove  attrac- 
tive, and  when  we  begin  to  win  our  share  of 
the  games  on  those  schedules,  Duke  will 
have  won  a  victory  over  an  opponent  well 
worth  considering. 

Coach  DeHart,  and  his  several  associates, 
have  worked  hard  toward  building  up  the 
spirit  of  the  several  teams  and  have  done 
much  toward  bringing  about  a  harmonious 
machine  that  will  assure  future  success  on 
the  gridiron,  the  diamond,  or  the  indoor 
court.— March  1927 


ocal  talent:  Long  The  Mikado,  portrayed 

before  Hoof  V  by  Jake  Waggoner  '35, 

Hom,-Duke's  B.Div.  '38,  whose  disap- 

musical  clubs  joindy  proving  looks  are 

produced  an  annual  directed  at  Joe  Mackie 

Gilbert  and  Sullivan  '37  and  Eleanor 

production.  In  the  Krummel  '40. 
spring  of  1937,  it  was 


he  stars  come 
out:  Doing  their 
bit  for  the  war 
effort,  Hollywood  cele- 
brities visited  campus 
in  the  Forties  to  sell  war 
bonds,  with  a  little  help 
from  some  dedicated 
students.  Bond  sales 
helped  raise  money  for 
financing  the  fight 
abroad.  In  addition  to 
Jane  Wyman,  the 
future  First  Ex,  pic- 
tured here,  minor  mati- 
nee idol  John  Payne 
showed  up  and  even 
autographed  the  young 
women  volunteers' 
"Any  Bonds  Today?" 


RADIO 
DAYS 


Duke  University  alumni  in  every  part 
of  the  country  were  deeply  thrilled 
[in  February]  when,  over  a  nation- 
wide network  of  the  Columbia  Broadcasting 
Company,  they  heard  the  beloved  and  famil- 
iar strains  of  "Dear  Old  Duke"  sung  by  the 
university  glee  club,  the  opening  and  closing 
selection  of  a  versatile  program  broadcast 
from  New  York.  The  fifteen-minute  program 
was  acclaimed  one  of  the  finest  choral  pre- 
sentations of  the  year  by  the  broadcasting 
people.  Since  the  club's  return  home,  direc- 
tor J.  Foster  Barnes  has  received  hundreds  of 
congratulatory  letters  from  many  states,  far 
and  near. 

Another  thrill  came  to  the  Duke  alumni 
living  in  New  York  on  the  following  evening 
when  they  and  their  guests,  numbering  some 
600   persons,   heard   the   thirty-two   voice 


Duke  club  sing  in  a  special  concert  at  the 
Garden  of  the  Ambassador  Hotel.—  March 
1937 


MONEY 
MATTERS 


Privately  endowed  institutions,  such 
as  Duke  University,  have  had  for- 
cibly called  to  their  attention,  by 
the  decrease  in  income  from  investments 
and  the  increase  in  expenditures,  that  they 
must  look  to  additional  sources  for  revenues. 
Expenditures,  such  as  more  expensive  food, 
materials,  equipment,  higher  costs  of  mis- 
cellaneous services,  labor,  and  other  general 
operating  costs,  have  increased  at  a  disturb- 
ing rate,  as  every  business  executive  will 
understand. 

It  has  never  been  easy  to  adapt  a  univer- 
sity's finances  to  rapidly  changing  condi- 
tions. Duke's  problem  is  difficult,  like  that  of 


34 


old  the  ancho- 
vies: The  pizza, 
undoubtedly 
first  discovered  in  Dur- 
ham at  Annamaria's, 
lured  "coeds"  from  the 
Woman's  College  cam- 
pus just  up  the  street 
and  BMOCs  from  their 
quads  during  the  Six- 
ties. And  the  35-cent 
beer  was  just  icing  on 
the  pie. 

The  pizza  parlor  and 
spaghetti  house,  when 
not  using  family,  always 
hired  student  help. 
Here  Jay  Clemmons 
B.S.C.E.  '62  proudly 
presents  a  particularly 
pungent  pepperoni 
prize  on  a  platter. 

Annamaria's  closed 
last  year,  but  the  garlic 
lingers  on. 


every  other  institution.  She  will  always  need 
money.  Duke,  recognizing  the  unusual 
circumstances,  found  it  necessary  to  raise 
tuition  fees  in  June  1946.  This  increase 
helped,  but  it  failed  to  remedy  the  situation 
completely  .  .  . 

According  to  [Duke  Endowment  secre- 
tary] Alex  H.  Sands  Jr.,  in  1945-46  The  Duke 
Endowment  was  the  source  of  35  percent  of 
the  university's  income.  In  1946-47,  The 
Duke  Endowment  will  furnish  an  estimated 
30  percent  of  the  budget.— June  1947 


ATTRACTIONS 


The  Engineers'  Show,  both  from  the 
standpoint  of  attendance  and  the 
fascinating  and  spectacular  dis- 
plays, is  one  of  the  campus'  outstanding 
attractions  .  .  . 

Engineering  students  started  planning 
and  working  on  their  exhibit  for  this  year's 
show  early  in  November.  One  project,  a 
small  working  model  of  a  steam  boiler  and 
condenser,  was  begun  before  the  show  last 
year  by  Bob  Whitacre,  a  junior.  Another 
display  over  a  year  in  the  making  is  an  analog 
computer  built  by  electrical  engineering 
students  .  .  . 

Among  the  special  displays  will  be  a  model 
railroad  operated  by  electronics,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  civil  engineering  aspects 
such  as  trestles,  tunnels,  and  road  construc- 
tion. Others  will  include  a  microwave  demon- 
stration and  hi-fidelity  system  exhibited  by 
the  electrical  engineers.  The  mechanical 
engineers  will  display,  among  many  other 
things,  a  pulse  jet  engine  to  drive  a  vehicle 
and  a  water-air  rocket  jet.  The  pulse  jet 
engine  holds  the  world's  record  tor  model  air- 


craft propulsion  at  184  miles  per  hour  .  .  . 

The  show  is  under  the  direction  of  senior 
students  with  one  chairman,  senior  Paul 
Risher,  coordinating  the  plans  of  the  engi- 
neering departments.— March  1957 


FIRST  IN 
MANY  FIELDS 

ilhelmina  Reuben  was  one  of  the 
first  Negro  coeds  admitted  to  the 
Woman's  College  after  the  board 
of  trustees  voted  on  June  2,  1962,  to  admit 
qualified  applicants  without  regard  to  race, 
creed,  or  national  origin.  This  year  the  Phi 
Beta  Kappa  senior  achieved  another  first. 
She  was  elected  May  Queen  by  students  at 
the  Woman's  College. 


Since  1921,  when  the  first  May  Queen 
was  chosen,  the  recipient  of  the  title  has 
been  elected  on  the  basis  of  personal  qual- 
ities, leadership,  service,  and  physical 
attractiveness. 

A  political  science  major,  Miss  Reuben 
plans  to  begin  graduate  study  next  fall  in 
preparation  for  a  college  teaching  career  in 
history.  In  addition  to  her  academic  achieve- 
ments, she  has  held  high  offices  within  the 
YWCA,  the  Duke  University  Religious 
Council,  and  senior  honorary  leadership 
organizations.— Marcfi  1967 


BEDEVILED  BY 
BASKETBALL 

The  first  athletic  event  I  attended  at 
Duke  was  during  my  senior  year  of 
high  school  when  I  was  visiting  the 
campus  for  the  weekend.  The  students  I  was 
staying  with  took  me  to  see  Duke  play 
Maryland. 

As  a  big  basketball  fan,  I  had  heard  all  the 
stories  about  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium.  I 
had  even  watched  games  televised  from 
there.  But,  as  I  have  since  told  countless 
people,  there's  no  way  to  understand  the 
atmosphere  in  that  gym  until  you've  been 
part  of  it.  That  afternoon  I  was  part  of  a 
major  upset  as  the  struggling  Blue  Devils 
beat  second-ranked  Maryland,  85-81.  I 
joined  with  the  students  in  singing  "Amen" 
to  the  Terps  and  enjoyed  myself  thoroughly. 
I  commented  as  we  were  leaving,  "That's  a 
pretty  good  extra  to  being  a  student  here." 

"You're  right,"  my  friend  answered,  "and 
Duke  isn't  going  to  be  losing  forever.'— from 
an  opinion  column  by  John  Feinstein  77,  April 
1977 


Revolutionary 
cause:  Men's 
Student  Govern- 
ment President  Edgar 
Fisher'57,LL.B.'61 
conducts  a  campus 
fund-raising  rally  to 
provide  educational  aid 
to  young  refugees  who 
fled  the  Soviet  Union's 
takeover  of  Hungary. 

At  first,  the  idea  was 
to  provide  funds  to  sup- 
port one  refugee  stu- 
dent at  Duke  for  one 
semester,  but  students 
found  that  too  modest. 
So  the  goal  was  set  at 
$10,000,  enough  to 
take  care  of  the  finan- 
cial needs  of  two 
refugee  students  for 
four  years.  The  Univer- 
sity Scholarship  Com- 
mittee offered  to  waive 
tuition  and  fees  if  the 
student  body  would 
raise  enough  to  pay  for 


the  balance  of  expenses 
required  for  four  years. 

An  intense  student 
campaign  began  before 
Christmas:  campus  ral- 
lies, donation  boxes,  a 
collection  taken  up  at 
the  Duke-Kentucky 
basketball  game,  and 
an  all-night  radiothon 
over  WDBS,  the  cam- 
pus radio  station. 

Although  the  drive 
fell  $2,000  short  of  the 
goal,  Steve  Hammer 
'59,  chairman  of  the 
drive,  said,  "The 
amount  collected  will 
take  care  of  three  years, 
and  we  feel  sure  that 
there  will  be  a  way  to 
finance  the  fourth."  By 
the  fall  of  1957,  two 
Hungarian  students  — a 
young  man  and 
woman— enrolled  at 
Duke. 


m 


WALL 


Editors: 

As  a  member  of  the  Half  Century  Club,  I 
must  convey  my  feelings  of  sadness  when  I 
read  of  the  plan  to  tear  down  the  old  wall  on 
East  Campus.  It  made  the  campus  seem  like 
home  to  me,  and  I  truly  regret  the  decision  to 
destroy  it.  How  I  wish  it  could  be  saved. 

Eileen  Albright  Doles  '27 
Elm  City,  North  Carolina 

There's  some  confusion  about  which  wall  is 
being  torn  down.  The  famous  and  picturesque 
stone  wall  that  was  built  in  1914  and  surrounds 
East  Campus  remains  intact.  The  offending 
wall,  which  university  archivist  William  E.  King 
'61,  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  70  says  was  built  much 
later  to  shield  Hanes  Field  from  Broad  Street 
traffic,  is  made  of  brick  and  had  to  be  removed 
after  repeated  attempts  to  shore  up  its  wobbly 
foundation.  Its  aesthetics  were  questionable,  as 
well,  since  the  brick  wall  was  several  feet  taller 
than  the  stone  wall.  According  to  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  director  of  Alumni  Affairs, 
the  bricks  will  be  saved  for  use  in  reconstruction 
projects  on  East  Campus. 


BROTHER 


Editors: 

Duke  and  jazz  are  two  of  my  favorite  sub- 
jects. I  am  delighted  that  Duke  has  the  likes 
of  Professor  Paul  Jeffrey.  Incidentally,  he 
could  probably  have  told  you  that  the  clari- 
netist on  page  33  [Retrospectives,  September- 
October  1986]  is  not  Tommy  Dorsey  but 
brother  Jimmy. 

Charles  D.Williams  Jr.  M.D.  '50 
Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Editors: 

I  just  finished  reading  the  September- 
October  issue  oiDuke  Magazine.  As  a  former 
member  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Publications 
Committee,  I  am  extremely  proud  of  what  is 
now  being  published  for  our  alumni. 

That's  the  praise.  There  have  been  some 
problems.  In  the  September-October  issue, 
the  article  about  Tommy  Dorsey  playing  at 
Duke  showed  a  picture  of  Jimmy  Dorsey  with 


his  clarinet.  The  picture  could  even  have 
been  Artie  Shaw  but  certainly  not  Tommy 
Dorsey  and  his  trombone. 

Chester  "Bud"  Middlesworth  '49 
Statesville,  North  Carolina 


FAIR  IS 

FAIR 

Editors: 

I  am  writing  about  your  recent  article  on 
the  impact  of  the  1986  Federal  Tax  Reform 
Act  on  Duke  and  its  programs  [November- 
December  1986,  "Surviving  Tax  Invasion"].  I 
confess  that  my  perspective  is  that  of  a  tax 
administrator.  However,  I  believe  that  your 
article  gave  short  shrift  to  the  public  policy 
merit  contained  in  the  new  federal  law. 

The  federal  legislation  adds  substantially 
more  fairness  to  the  federal  tax  code.  By  elim- 
inating a  wide  variety  of  exemptions, 
exclusions,  and  preferences,  the  bill  permits 
substantial  rate  reduction  in  both  the  indivi- 
dual and  corporate  income  taxes. 

There  is  no  question  that  there  are  win- 
ners and  losers  under  the  federal  bill.  As  you 
point  out,  Duke  and  other  charitable  and 
educational  institutions  no  longer  have  all 
the  tax  benefits  contained  under  prior  law. 
However,  I  do  not  believe  it  is  fair  to  con- 
clude that  contributions  to  the  university 
will  drop  substantially  as  a  result  of  the  tax 
law  changes. 

I  have  heard  dire  prognostications  from 
other  sources,  and,  frankly,  I  do  not  believe 
them.  Data  available  to  our  department  does 
not  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  major  chari- 
table giving  decisions  are  made  on  the  basis 
of  tax  considerations.  Rather,  the  prime 
motivation  for  giving  appears  to  be  the 
donor's  support  for  the  donee  (and  the 
degree  of  effort  put  into  fund  raising  by  the 
donee). 

We  in  Minnesota  will  attempt  to  emulate 
the  policy  and  many  of  the  specifics  of  the 
1986  federal  bill.  Governor  Perpich,  with 
this  [revenue]  department's  strong  support, 
is  pushing  for  complete  federal  conformity 
which  will  adopt  the  same  rate  reduction/ 
base  broadening  approach  used  by  the 
Congress. 

As  we  have  discussed  this  approach  public- 
ly in  Minnesota,  we  have  received  surpris- 
ingly consistent  reactions  from  the  state's 
various  special  interest  groups.  Everybody 


argues  in  favor  of  fairness  and  conformity, 
but  everybody  has  a  big  "BUT'  relating  to 
their  own  special  interest. 

I  was  dismayed  to  read  in  your  article  that 
Duke  adopted  the  same  approach.  To  quote 
from  your  article,  Duke  "embraced  rate 
reductions  as  a  necessary  step  in  producing  a 
fairer  tax  system,  but  came  out  against  the 
changes  in  taxing  appreciated  property." 
Similarly,  the  university  opposed  pension 
tax  law  changes  that  require  Duke  to  "offer 
substantially  the  same  retirement  plan  to 
everyone." 

Unfortunately,  this  attitude  is  prevalent 
among  special  interest  groups,  and  would 
have  meant  the  demise  of  the  total  federal 
tax  package  if  the  interest  groups  had  had 
their  way.  I  am  sure  that  Duke  and  its  aca- 
demic counterpart  institutions  do  not  view 
themselves  as  "special  interests." 

Public  support  for  private  higher  educa- 
tion in  this  country  is  absolutely  essential  to 
the  maintenance  of  quality  and  choice.  And 
it  is  appropriate,  I  think,  to  use  the  tax  sys- 
tem to  help  support  charitable  activity  if 
done  in  a  broad  manner  available  to  most 
taxpayers.  When  the  tax  code  is  used,  how- 
ever, to  provide  special  or  accelerated  bene- 
fits available  only  to  a  limited  number  of 
upper  income  taxpayers,  then  the  code 
becomes  less  fair,  more  complex,  and  less 
likely  to  result  in  overall  rate  reduction  of 
benefit  to  all  taxpayers 

Tom  Triplett  J.D.  72 
St.  Paul,  Minnesota 


The  author  is  Minnesota's 


revenue  commits  >ii 


EDUCATING 
DAVIP 


Editors: 

When  my  twenty-six-year-old  baby  was 
eighteen,  he  went  to  Duke,  so  your  November- 
December  '86  publication  found  its  way  to 
my  house.  I  read  with  sheer  pleasure  David 
Lender's  "If  It's  Tuesday  ..." 

I  can  vouch  to  you  that  Duke  is  different 
than  City  College— my  alma  mater— but 
freshmen  are  all  perplexed  and  overwhelmed 
similarly.  The  demands  of  education  are 
huge,  and  better  well  be  in  a  changing  world. 

Joshua  Freed 
Wallington,  New  Jersey 


36 


DUKE  SPORTS 


LIGHT  ON 


In  a  Lexington,  Kentucky,  hotel  room 
during  college  basketball's  1985 
Final  Four  weekend,  John  Feinstein 
'77  struck  a  fateful  bargain.  No,  it 
wasn't  with  the  devil.  But  some 
people  would  say  it  was  close. 
Feinstein,  a  Washington  Post 
reporter,  asked  Indiana  basketball 
coach  Bobby  Knight  to  allow  him  to  spend 
the  1985-86  season  with  the  Hoosiers.  The 
idea  was  to  portray  Indiana's  season  as  it 
really  was,  by  sitting  in  on  all  practices,  team 
meetings,  coaching  strategy  sessions,  and 
road  trips. 

"He  accepted  on  the  spot,"  Feinstein  says. 
"This  guy  was  going  through  a  major  transi- 
tion in  his  life.  He'd  never  played  a  zone 
defense,  and  now  he  was  thinking  about 
playing  zone.  He'd  never  used  JUCOs  [junior 
college  transfers],  and  now  he  was  bringing 
in  JUCOs.  I  thought,  'This  could  be  fun.'  " 
Duke  coach  Mike  Krzyzewski,  who  played 
for  Knight  at  Army,  wasn't  so  sure.  Krzyzewski, 
who  was  among  a  few  of  Knight's  friends  and 
acquaintances  present  in  the  hotel  room  in 
Lexington,  turned  to  Feinstein  as  the  group 
was  walking  out  the  door.  "Mike  just  said, 
'Fein,  you  don't  know  what  you're  getting 
into.'  He  was  right,"  Feinstein  says. 

Taking  an  apartment  in  Bloomington, 
Indiana,  in  time  for  the  start  of  practice  in 
October  1985,  he  shadowed  Knight  and  the 
Indiana  team  through  its  season-ending 
upset  loss  to  Cleveland  State  in  the  1986 
NCAA  Tournament.  He  saw  Knight  at  his 
angriest,  and  Knight  at  his  kindest.  And  in 
his  book,  A  Season  on  the  Brink,  Feinstein 
spares  few  details.  He  spent  seven  weeks  in 
late  spring  and  early  summer  writing  the 
book,  which  was  released  by  Macmillan 
Publishing  j  ust  before  Christmas.  The  initial 
print  run:  17,500  copies.  When  that  supply 
was  quickly  snapped  up,  Macmillan  printed 
another  10,000,  which  sold  even  more 
quickly.  Then  20,000  more  were  printed, 
then  another  25,000. 

"There  were  almost  75,000  out  before 
Christmas,"  Feinstein  says.  "My  editors  now 
are  convinced  we  could  have  sold  another 


A  SEASON  ON  THE  BRINK 

BYJONSCHER 


John  Feinsteins  book 
takes  fans  into  the  inner 

sanctum  of  Indiana 

basketball,  places  where 

no  college  coach  has 

ever  allowed  a  reporter 

to  tread— at  least 

not  one  with  a  running 

tape  recorder. 


250,000  before  Christmas  if  they'd  been 
available."  Finally  convinced  of  the  book's 
appeal,  Macmillan  printed  another  200,000 
copies.  A  Season  on  the  Brink  zoomed  to  the 
top  of  the  New  York  Times'  best-seller  list  in 
January  1987. 

"When  Macmillan  first  bought  the  book, 
they  thought  it  would  have  a  regional 
appeal,"  says  Feinstein.  "Even  my  editor 
didn't  understand  the  level  of  access  I  was 
going  to  get."  Although  Feinstein  thought 
the  book  would  sell  strongly  in  the  Midwest, 
he  felt  it  would  also  do  well  elsewhere.  "I 
knew  Knight  had  a  national  name,"  he  says. 
"Whether  people  love  him  or  hate  him, 
people  have  an  opinion  of  Bob  Knight. 

"I'd  seen  the  kind  of  access  I  was  going  to 
get  if  I  didn't  screw  up.  I  knew  if  I  could  make 
it  through  the  year  and  not  piss  him  off  so  he 
throws  me  out— which  can  happen  on  any 
occasion— I  would  have  a  great  book.  I  had 
great  material.  The  writing  wasn't  difficult  at 
all." 

Feinstein,  the  Post's  top  basketball  writer, 
had  been  kicking  the  idea  around  for  several 
years.  "I  always  had  in  the  back  of  my  mind 
that  I  wanted  to  spend  a  season  with  a  team 
and  write  about  what  a  year  with  a  college 
basketball  team  is  really  like.  I  thought  that 
would  be  interesting  to  any  follower  of  col- 
lege basketball.  I  always  thought  if  I  could 
find  the  right  coach,  the  right  team,  and  the 
right  time  in  my  life  when  I  could  get  time 
away  from  my  job  .  . 

In  the  spring  of  1985,  Knight  was  strug- 
gling through  the  most  difficult  season  of  his 
coaching  career.  Indiana  finished  7-11  in  the 
Big  Ten,  its  first  losing  season  in  the  confer- 
ence since  Knight  took  over  in  197 1 .  Knight, 
a  volatile  man  who  had  been  successful 
nearly  his  whole  life,  who  had  coached 
Indiana  to  two  national  championships,  and 
had  led  the  United  States  to  the  1984 
Olympic  gold  medal,  was  coming  apart  at 
the  seams.  He  berated  his  players  constantly, 
and  kicked  his  leading  rebounder  off  the  team. 

During  a  particularly  galling  home  loss  to 
arch-rival  Purdue,  Knight,  incensed  by  a 
referee's  call,  picked  up  a  chair  and  tossed  it 


t  on  familiar  turf:  "I  can  understand  rebellious  personalii 


across  the  floor.  The  chair  narrowly  missed  a 
Purdue  player,  and  may  have  just  as  narrowly 
missed  ending  Knight's  often  stormy  tenure 
at  Indiana.  The  incident  set  off  a  storm  of 
anti-Knight  rhetoric.  Horrified  sportscasters 
and  sportswriters  editorialized  against  the 
behavior  of  the  Indiana  coach. 

Feinstein,  who  was  working  on  a  feature 
about  Knight  and  Indiana,  happened  to  be 
on  hand  for  the  chair  toss.  His  conclusion 
was  far  less  harsh  than  most.  "I  wrote  that  on 
a  scale  of  one  to  ten,  of  the  crimes  being 
committed  in  college  basketball  today, 
throwing  a  chair  was  about  a  three,"  Feinstein 
says.  Knight  called  to  thank  him  for  that 
column.  Suddenly  finding  himself  on  good 
terms  with  the  most  controversial  coach  in 
college  basketball,  Feinstein  decided  to 
attempt  his  pet  project.  After  receiving  the 
go-ahead  from  Knight— who  may  have  been 
trying  to  prove  his  program  could  stand  up  to 
even  the  most  intense  scrutiny— Feinstein 
secured  a  book  contract  from  Macmillan  and 
a  leave  of  absence  from  his  editors  at  the  Post. 
Then  he  took  up  residence  in  a  student- 
dominated  apartment  complex  near  the 
Indiana  campus  and  reported  for  the  first  day 
of  practice  October  15. 

Tape  recorder  and  notebook  in  hand, 
Feinstein  was  a  part  of  the  Indiana  basketball 
scene  for  five  months.  "I  j  ust  tried  to  become 
as  much  a  part  of  the  scenery  as  I  could,"  he 
says.  "For  the  most  part,  I  succeeded." 

The  tape  recorder  wasn't  running  all  the 
time.  "If  he  was  making  a  teaching  point  or 
was  being  particularly  loud,  I  would  turn  it 
on,"  Feinstein  says.  "I  taped  everything  he 
said  to  the  kids  before  games  or  in  meetings. 
It's  not  like  I  had  a  tremendous  social  life. 
Each  night,  I  would  go  home  and  go  through 
the  tape,  and  mark  it  if  he  said  something 
new  or  particularly  interesting." 

Feinstein  called  the  book  A  Season  on  the 


Brink  because  he  felt  that  was  exactly  where 
Knight  and  his  program  were  sitting.  Neither 
the  coach  nor  his  players  thought  they  could 
survive  another  season  like  1984-85. 

Knight  made  a  conscious  effort  to  change 
his  approach  during  practice  and  on  the  side- 
lines. He  spent  more  time  teaching,  and  less 
time  raving.  But  there  were  lapses,  like  his 
tirade  during  one  practice  session  that 
reduced  starter  Daryl  Thomas  to  tears.  On 
the  other  hand,  Feinstein  also  illustrates  the 
sensitive  Knight,  the  Knight  who  takes  the 
time  to  sign  autographs  for  a  boy  whose 
brother  and  father  are  both  deaf-mutes,  then 
invites  the  boy  and  his  family  to  attend  an 
Indiana  game  and  brings  them  into  the 
locker  room.  Or  the  Knight  who  has  a 
special  relationship  with  his  teenage  son, 
Pat,  and  makes  great  efforts  to  attend  each  of 
Pat's  basketball  games.  Or  the  Knight  who 
will  do  anything  for  a  friend  and  takes  partic- 
ular pride  in  his  former  players  who  are  now 
coaching.  (Knight  spoke  to  Krzyzewski's 
Duke  team  during  the  1986  Final  Four 
in  Dallas,  and  wore  a  Duke  button  the 
entire  weekend). 

Overall,  Knight's  modified  approach  has 
worked.  Indiana  finished  13-5  in  the  Big  Ten 
in  1986  and  21-8  for  the  season.  This  year, 
the  Hoosiers  edged  out  Syracuse  for  the 
national  title.  The  new  dynasty  has  been 
built  with  tactics  that  were  shunned  by  the 
old— zone  defenses,  JUCO  transfers,  and 
players  who  were  redshirted  to  gain  an  extra 
year  of  eligibility. 

A  Season  on  the  Brink  takes  fans  into 
Indiana  basketball's  inner  sanctum,  places 
where  no  college  coach  has  ever  allowed  a 
reporter  to  tread— at  least  not  one  with  a 
running  tape  recorder.  It's  almost  inconceiv- 
able that  any  other  coach  would  allow  a 
reporter  that  kind  of  access— at  least  not  to 
write  an  impartial  book.  "Who's  nationally 


noteworthy  enough?  Really,  there's  only  one 
[in  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference],"  says 
Barry  Jacobs  72,  author  of  the  annual  Fan's 
Guide  to  ACC  Basketball.  "And  he  would 
resist  it  very  strongly.  But  I  don't  think  you 
could  duplicate  with  Dean  Smith  what 
Feinstein  did  with  Bobby  Knight.  North 
Carolina  State's  [Jim]  Valvano  is  the  only 
other  one,  and  he  would  have  to  be  around  a 
lot  longer  on  the  national  stage." 

Feinstein's  tape  recorder  captures  Knight 
at  his  most  profound,  and  at  his  most  obscene. 
Knight  was  furious  when  he  realized  the  pro- 
fanity was  included  in  the  book,  claiming 
Feinstein  had  agreed  to  tone  down  his  often 
colorful  language.  Feinstein  says  no  such 
agreement  was  reached,  but  that  he  did  tone 
down  the  profanity— somewhat.  "We  didn't 
what  to  hammer  people  with  it.  If  I  quoted 
him  as  using  six  straight  profanities  in  the 
book,  he  probably  used  fifteen.  But  we 
wanted  a  book  that  was  shorter  than  War  and 
Peace." 

Feinstein  concludes  that  although  Knight 
is  not  a  schizophrenic,  his  personality  has 
two  distinct  sides.  "He's  the  best  guy  I've  ever 
met,  and  he's  the  worst  guy  I've  ever  met," 
Feinstein  likes  to  say.  "He's  the  most  black- 
and-white  individual  I've  ever  met,  both  in 
the  way  he  views  the  world  and,  by  natural 
progression,  in  the  way  the  world  views  him." 

Looking  back,  Feinstein  now  realizes  that 
Knight's  negative  reaction  to  the  book  was 
predictable.  After  all,  the  man  feels  if  people 
aren't  for  him,  they're  against  him.  And  with 
the  book  out,  he  definitely  feels  Feinstein  is 
against  him.  Knight  has  refused  to  answer 
Feinstein's  calls  or  letters,  and  blasted  him  in 
an  interview  with  the  Chicago  Sun^Times,  in 
which  he  refused  to  refer  to  Feinstein  by 
name.  "The  guy  that  wrote  the  book  is  the 
worst  whore  I've  ever  been  around,"  Knight 
was  quoted  as  saying. 

"I  guess  I  was  a  little  naive,"  says  Feinstein. 
"I  thought  he'd  read  it  through  and  have  a 
tantrum,  but  when  he  heard  people  say,  'Bob, 
that's  the  way  you  are,  it's  a  really  positive 
view  of  you,'  he'd  cool  down.  To  some  extent, 
people  have  said  that.  But  it's  been  strangers 
writing  letters  to  him  saying,  'I  used  to  hate 
you,  but  I  understand  you  now.'  The  people 
whom  he  might  listen  to  have  been  afraid  to 
say,  'Hey,  Coach,  that's  the  way  you  are.  Don't 
go  around  rationalizing  that  crap  about 
the  profanity  and  about  what  you  say  to 
the  players.' 

"So  he  raves  on  about  what  a  jerk  I  am,  and 
he's  got  this  circle  of  people  around  him  who 
sit  there  and  nod  their  heads." 

Feinstein  hasn't  been  willing  to  sit  back 
and  take  Knight's  criticism.  "I  mean,  he  told 
the  guy  in  Chicago  that  he  threw  me  out  of 
practice  three  times,  and  that  I  cried  and 
begged  him  to  let  me  come  back.  Well,  I  told 
the  guy,  'That's  a  lie.'  I  heard  Knight  was 
furious  that  I  called  him  a  liar.  Well,  if  he'd 


stop  lying,  I'll  stop  calling  him  a  liar." 

After  initially  giving  Feinstein  the  go- 
ahead  in  the  Lexington  hotel,  Knight 
checked  with  Krzyzewski— a  fact  that  would 
come  back  to  haunt  the  Duke  coach.  "I  later 
found  out,"  Feinstein  says,  "that  at  some 
point  apparently  Knight  said  to  Mike,  'You 
like  Fein,  don't  you?  Do  you  think  this  will  be 
all  right?'  Mike  said,  'I  think  it  will  be.' 

"But  Mike  also  said,  'If  you  think  the  book 
will  come  out  like  you  wrote  it,  you're  wrong. 
Fein's  not  that  kind  of  journalist.'  Knight 
said  he  understood.  But  he  didn't  under- 
stand, and  that's  the  key." 

After  the  book  was  published,  Knight 
reportedly,  says  Feinstein,  took  out  some  of 
his  anger  on  Krzyzewski.  "He  called  Mike, 
screaming  and  yelling  on  a  couple  of  occa- 
sions," Feinstein  alleges.  "I  hear  they're  O.K. 
now." 

Bob  Hammel,  sports  editor  for  the  Bloom- 
ington  Herald^Telephone  and  one  of  Knight's 
closest  friends,  confirms  the  falling-out. 
"There's  some  strain,  there's  no  question 
about  it,"  Hammel  says.  "But  Mike  remains 
one  of  his  all-time  favorite  people;  he  was  so 
proud  of  that  Duke  team  last  year.  He's  irri- 
tated with  Mike  in  the  sense  that  a  father  is 
irritated  with  a  son.  It's  not  permanent,  by 
any  means." 

Krzyzewski  isn't  the  only  one  to  bear  the 
brunt  of  Knight's  wrath  over  the  book.  "It 
was  touch-and-go  many  times,"  says  Hammel, 
"and  I  interceded  to  keep  him  [Feinstein] 
there  several  times.  That's  not  earning  me 
any  stripes  around  here  right  now.  I've  heard 
about  it. 

"Part  of  it  is  John's  personality.  He  rubs  you 
pretty  hard  at  times.  It  was  an  extreme  act  of 
faith  on  Bob's  part  that,  even  after  he  was 
totally  disgusted  with  the  situation,  he  gave 
John  total  access  right  through  Cleveland 
State.  There  was  a  breakdown  in  intimacy  in 
mid-December,  but  even  then,  Bob  didn't  go 
back  on  his  word.  The  regrettable  part  is,  at 
the  outset  they  didn't  set  down  a  contract. 
There  were  specific  things  Bob  felt  they 
reached  agreement  on,  but  John  doesn't 
agree  with  those  things.  It  was  all  verbal,  and 
that's  unfortunate." 

According  to  Hammel,  who  was  inter- 
viewed for  this  story  in  mid-February,  Knight 
had  yet  actually  to  read  the  entire  book. 

There's  been  speculation  that  Knight  is 
frustrated  because  he  isn't  receiving  any 
income  from  sales  of  the  book.  Feinstein  says 
he  offered  as  much  as  a  50-50  split,  but  that 
Knight  refused  any  money.  "I  don't  think  the 
money  is  a  factor,"  Feinstein  says.  "His  finan- 
cial needs  are  minimal.  This  is  a  guy  who 
spends  his  vacations  in  Montana,  hunting 
and  fishing." 

Feinstein,  thirty,  will  be  able  to  spend  his 
vacations  anywhere  he  wants.  "It  won't 
change  me,"  he  says.  "It  may  change  my 
career,  obviously  for  the  better.  And  it  will 


"I  heard  Knight  was 

furious  that  I  called  him 

a  liar.  Well,  if  he'd  stop 

lying,  I'll  stop  calling 

him  a  liar." 


change  my  bank  account,  certainly." 

A  former  Duke  Chronicle  sports  editor  who 
went  directly  to  the  Post  upon  graduation, 
Feinstein  admits  he  earned  a  reputation  as 
the  newsroom's  enfant  terrible.  "I  was  five 
years  younger  than  everyone  else.  And  if 
something  upset  me,  I  threw  a  tantrum. 
Tantrums  don't  go  over  real  big  at  the  Post. 
There  was  a  time  when  I  kicked  a  chair 
because  I  was  mad  at  an  editor.  I  spent  a  lot  of 
time  being  lectured  about  my  behavior.  But 
as  I  grew  up,  I  learned  my  lessons.  So,  I  can 
understand  rebellious  personalities.  I  have 
one.  I  got  along  with  Knight,  and  I  get  along 
with  John  McEnroe,  too." 

A  book  on  temperamental  tennis  star 
McEnroe  is  a  long-range  possibility  for 
Feinstein,  who  plans  to  remain  with  the  Post 
at  least  through  the  1988  Olympics.  He  may 
ultimately  return  to  news  reporting,  where 
he's  spent  four  of  his  nine  years  with  the  Post. 
"After  you  have  covered  murders,  it's  not 
hard  to  go  into  a  losing  locker  room,"  he  says. 
"It  keeps  sports  in  perspective." 

Feinstein  claims  he's  been  able  to  let 
Knight's  verbal  barrage  roll  of  his  back.  "As 
long  as  I  can  look  myself  in  the  mirror  and 


say,  'I  wrote  an  honest  book,'  I  don't  care  what 
he  says.  It  makes  me  angry.  Nobody  likes  to 
be  called  names,  and  I  know  some  people  out 
there  are  going  to  believe  him.  But  I  don't 
know  why  I  have  to  defend  what  I  know  is  a 
good  book." 

Maybe  when— and  if— Knight  reads  the 
book,  he'll  realize  that,  overall,  it  portrays  a 
brilliant  coach  who  runs  a  clean  program,  a 
coach  who's  been  able  to  change  his  philos- 
ophy to  keep  up  with  the  competition,  and 
who  built  another  excellent  team  which 
brought  him  his  third  national  champion- 
ship this  spring. 

And  maybe  Knight  will  realize  the  flaw 
that  causes  him  so  many  problems:  "He's  a 
spoiled  kid,"  Feinstein  says.  "He  was  an  only 
child  who  was  raised  by  a  doting  mother  and 
grandmother,  he  was  a  star  athlete,  he  was 
good-looking,  he  never  had  trouble  getting  a 
date.  His  four  years  [playing  college  basket- 
ball] at  Ohio  State  were  the  only  four  years 
he  had  to  struggle  in  his  life,  and  he  hated 
it  there. 

"He's  been  a  head  coach  since  he  was 
twenty-four,  he's  always  been  the  boss,  and 
he's  used  to  getting  his  way.  That's  one  of  the 
reasons  he  gets  on  the  officials  so  much.  He's 
a  spoiled  person." 

The  book  concludes  in  a  more  diplomatic 
fashion.  "He  has  so  much  to  give— and  has 
given  so  much,"  the  final  paragraph  states. 
"And  when  he  begins  his  twenty-second 
season  as  a  college  basketball  coach  this  fall 
[1986],  he  will  only  be  forty-six  years  old.  A 
young  man  with  a  bright  future.  If  he  doesn't 
destroy  it."  ■ 

Sc/ier  '84,  a  former  Chronicle  editor,  is  assis- 
tant editor  of  the  Durham-based  Baseball 
America. 


Duke  basketball  coach 
Mike  Krzyzewski  con' 
firms  that  he  recom- 
mended John  Feinstein  '77 
to  Bobby  Knight  But 
Krzyzewski  says  Knight 
did  not  call  him  "screaming 
and  yelling"  after  the  publi- 
cation of  A  Season  on  the 
Brink,  Feinstein's  inside  look 
at  Knight  and  the  1985-86 
Indiana  basketball  season. 

"Coach  Knight  never 
screamed  and  yelled,"  says 
Krzyzewski,  who  played 
under  Knight  at  Army  and 
spent  a  year  as  an  assistant 
coach  at  Indiana.  "I  mean, 
when  I  played  for  him,  he 
screamed  and  yelled.  But  he 
didn't  scream  and  yell  about 
the  book.  We  had  discussions 
concerning  the  book." 

Did  Knight  object  to 
Krzyzewski's  recommen- 
dation of  Feinstein,  or  to 
Feinstein  alone? 

"Both." 

Krzyzewski  i 


tions  that  his  friendship  with 
Knight  has  been  tarnished. 
"There're  no  problems,"  he 
says.  "He  can  disagree  with 
some  of  my  assessments  of 
people  and  I  can  disagree  with 
his  assessments,  without  that 
affecting  our  assessments  of 
each  other. 

"Coach  Knight's  and  my 
relationship  has  not  been 
diminished  in  any  way,  shape, 
or  form.  Throughout  the  last 
couple  of  years,  we've  had  an 
excellent  relationship.  We're 
fine." 

The  two  coaches  seemed  to 
be  getting  along  fine  during 
Indiana's  recent  run  to  the 
national  championships— 
despite  the  fact  that  the 
Hoosiers  knocked  off  Duke  in 
the  Midwest  Regional  semi- 
finals. It  was  the  first  meeting 
between  Krzyzewski  and 
Knight,  who  doesn't  like  to 
play  against  his  former  assis- 
tants. Also,  Krzyzewski  was 
with  Knight  during  the  Final 


Four  weekend  in  New  Orleans. 

Shortly  after  the  end  of  the 
season,  Krzyzewski  said  he 
had  read  about  half  of  A 
Season  on  the  Brink.  "The 
reactions  I've  heard  have  been 
good,"  he  says.  "People  say 
they  have  a  better  understand- 
ing of  Coach  Knight  now." 

Would  he  ever  consider 
allowing  a  writer  to  undertake 
a  similar  project  on  his 


"Oh,  I  don't  know  . . .  There 
would  have  to  be  things  put  in 
writing.  I  might  do  something 
if  everything  was  spelled 
out—  not  what  was  going  to  be 
written,  but  the  way  it  was 
going  to  be  done." 

According  to  Coach  K,  A 
Season  on  the  Brink  has 
affected  his  friendship  with 
Feinstein  more  than  with 
Knight.  "It's  not  as  close  a 
relationship,"  he  says.  "It's  one 
of  those  thing  you  wish  had 
not  happened.  Hopefully, 
time  will  take  care  of  it." 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


T 


hey  are  the  mall  shop- 
pers, the  restaurant 
patrons,  the  people  in 
line,  the  passersby  in 
life's  daily  dramas. 
They  are  the  "extras"  in 
feature  films,  and  they 
don't  get  screen  credit. 
Mostly,  they  just  wait. 

When  Bill  Badalato,  executive  producer  of 
last  year's  mega-hot  Top  Gun,  settled  on 
Duke  University  as  a  principal  location  for 
the  shooting  of  his  new  film  Weeds,  some  400 
people— many  of  them  from  the  Duke 
community— came  face  to  face  with  the 
faceless  world  of  the  film  extra.  No  sooner 
had  the  local  media  put  out  the  word  for  warm 
bodies  to  be  audience  members  viewing  a 
play  about  prison  life  than  hundreds  of 
people  stormed  Duke's  Bryan  Center,  queu- 
ing up  before  casting  director  Susan  Willett. 
When  the  carnage  was  over,  Willett  and 
assistant  Pam  Plummer  had  stacks  of  appli- 
cation forms  and  Polaroid  pictures,  and 
hundreds  of  extra-hopefuls  were  waiting  for  a 
phone  call.  "Whatever  you  do,"  one  veteran 
warned,  "don't  answer  on  the  first  ring." 

The  film,  which  stars  perennial  tough-guy 
Nick  Nolte,  follows  a  group  of  ex-convicts 
who've  written  and  appear  in  a  play  about 
the  indignities  of  incarceration.  Upon  their 
parole,  the  ex-cons  take  the  play  on  the  road 
to  colleges,  regional  theaters,  and,  finally, 
Broadway.  Duke's  Sheafer  Theater  and 
Baldwin  Auditorium  became  theaters  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  Iowa.  The  film's 
appetite  for  extras  seemed  insatiable,  and 
most  of  the  extras  waiting  for  calls  got  them. 
They  were  told  their  payment  would  be  T 
shirts,  and  no  one  seemed  to  mind. 

Depending  on  their  "look,"  they  were  cast 
as  professorial  types,  jeans-clad  collegians, 
and,  in  the  case  of  the  Washington  theater 
crowd,  "rich  and  snobby  adults,"  as  casting 
assistant  Plummer  phrased  it. 

A  number  of  Duke  people  were  among  the 
100  or  so  extras  assigned  to  the  Washington 
scene— including  Jan  Harris,  a  lab  technician 
in  nuclear  medicine;  Kathy  Rainey,  medical 
secretary  at  the  medical  center;  Tom  Kirby, 
research  associate  in  biochemistry;  graduate 
students    Nancy    McLaughlin    and    Dave 


BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 


When  the  movie  Weeds 
came  to  campus,  some 

four  hundred  people 
came  face  to  face  with 

the  faceless  world  of 
the  film  "extra." 


Wright;  law  student  Larry  Isaacson;  law  pro- 
fessor Richard  Schmalbeck;  and  yours  truly, 
the  features  editor  of  Duke  Magazine. 

"I  didn't  think  I'd  have  an  opportunity  like 
this  again,  and  it  sounded  like  fun,"  said 
Schmalbeck.  "I  think  they  picked  me  for  the 
Washington  scene  because  I  just  moved  from 
there,"  said  McLaughlin.  "When  they  called, 
they  told  me  my  photo  had  been  selected" 
said  Rainey,  "but  I  think  they  were  short  on 


people  over  age  thirty,  so  probably  everyone 
was  selected."  A  six-month's  pregnant  drama 
teacher  at  Durham  Academy  said  she'd  come 
to  the  sign-up  with  her  six-year-old  in  hopes 
they'd  need  children.  "They  said  they  didn't 
need  kids,  but  sure  would  like  to  cast  a  preg- 
nant lady." 

Dressed  in  pin-striped  suits,  silk  dresses, 
some  in  fur  coats,  the  extras  were  herded  into 
Reynolds  Theater  and  told  that  they  might 
be  needed  for  up  to  ten  hours.  It  was  2:30 
p.m.  Some  people  pulled  out  newspapers. 
Others  eyed  the  pregnant  drama  teacher 
with  concern.  Schmalbeck  began  reading 
The  Study  of  Federal  Tax  Laws.  A  local  hair 
designer  among  the  extras  helped  the  woman 
sitting  next  to  him  arrange  her  coiffure.  An 
hour  passed  and  extras  trickled  out  to  the 
lobby  where  Nick  Nolte  was  taking  a  break 
from  rehearsals  and  smoking  a  cigarette.  As 
the  crowd  around  him  grew,  he  uttered  a 
weary  "Hi,"  and  shuffled  back  into  Sheafer. 
"He's  not  as  tall  as  I  expected,"  someone 
whispered. 

Another  hour  passed  and  an  assistant  to 
film  director  John  Hancock  took  the  podium 
and  told  the  extras  what  to  expect.  "Don't 
look  at  the  camera,  don't  change  seats  in  the 
theater  because  we'll  be  doing  match  shots 


Best  face  forward  for  Weeds:  a  touch-up  between  takes 


[second  takes]  and  you  must  be  in  the  same 
place.  Don't  be  awestruck  by  the  stars,  and 
act  like  you're  bored  by  the  play.  No,  wait.  I 
think  you're  supposed  to  like  the  play.  I'll  find 
out."  We  were  supposed  to  love  the  play.  "Use 
the  bathroom  now,"  he  advised,  "because 
once  you're  on  the  set,  you  can't  leave."  There 
was  a  rush  on  the  bathrooms. 

It  was  almost  6  p.m.  when  the  extras  were 
divided  into  three  groups  and  the  first 
ushered  into  Sheafer.  At  stage  center  was  a 
cage-like  jail  cell  with  a  four-decker  bunk 
bed  and  four  actors,  all  dressed  in  olive  drab 


grabbed  Mantegna,  hurled  him  against  the 
bars,  and  pressed  a  glass  shard  (plastic) 
against  the  actor's  neck.  "Cut,"  yelled 
Hancock,  not  referring  to  Mantegna's  neck. 
The  extras  looked  alarmed;  they  required 
little  guidance.  The  scene  was  shot  again 
and  again,  interspersed  by  production  assis- 
tants fanning  smoke  around  the  set  (for 
atmopshere)  and  spraying  water  on  the  actors' 
arms  and  faces  (for  sweat).  It  was  getting 
warm  in  Sheafer  and  some  extras  eyed  the 
water  bottle  with  longing.  Another  hour 
passed  and  group  one  was  led  out  as  groups 


Forget  Schwab's  Drug 
Store.  You  can  get  dis- 
covered just  a  few  hun- 
dred feet  from  the  Gothic 
Book  Store. 

As  one  of  100  or  so  people 
who  answered  the  call  for 
extras  to  appear  in  the  forth- 
coming film  Weeds,  I  dutifully 
assumed  the  required  "rich 
and  snobby"  appearance— 
cashmere  dress  and  fake 
pearls— and  joined  the  throng 
at  Bryan  Center.  We  were  cast 
as  a  Washington,  D.C.,  audi- 
ence viewing  a  play  by  ex- 
cons  about  prison  life. 

But  my  front  row  seat  on 
the  set  in  Sheafer  Theater  was 
barely  warm  when  I  was 
approached  by  Weeds  co- 
author Dorothy  Tristan,  who 
asked  if  I'd  be  interested  in 
reading  for  a  small  role — a 
government  worker  and  very 
brief  "love"  interest  of  one  of 
the  parolees  in  the  play.  "The 
actress  we  have  doesn't  look 
the  part.  She's  too  perfect." 

"Thanks  a  lot,"  I  said.  Then 
I  said  yes. 

I  read  the  spartan  lines 
before  Tristan  and  her  hus- 
band, Weeds  director  John 
Hancock.  In  the  scene,  I'd  be 
delivering  them  to  actor  Joe 
Mantegna,  portraying  pris- 
oner Carmine  Vacarro.  "What 
did  you  say  your  beef  was?" 
was  the  gist  of  it.  I  thought  I 
was  dismal,  but  Hancock  said, 
"O.K.,  we'll  see  you  tomorrow 
at  10  a.m." 

Plucked  from  the  ranks  of 
the  extras,  I  arrived  the  next 
morning  looking,  I  hoped, 


Discovered:  Bloch,  left,  rises  meteorically  from  the  ranks 


with  a  roving  eye.  I  was  shown 
to  my  dressing  room  and 
immediately  took  a  shower— 
because  it  was  there  and  I 
knew  I'd  never  have  my  own 
dressing  room  again.  Back  on 
the  set,  darkened  except  for  a 
prison  cell  at  center  stage, 
Mantegna  awaited  his  newest 
partner  in  crime.  With  my 
new-found  status  as  someone 
with  a  speaking  role,  I  helped 
myself  to  the  higher  quality 
snack  foods  provided  to  the 
cast;  extras  get  off-brands. 
Hancock  ordered  everyone  to 
their  places,  and  the  shoot 
began.  I  feared  I'd  say, 


"Where's  the  beef,"  but  I 
heard  myself  saying,  "What 
did  you  say  your  beef  was?" 

Within  an  hour,  the  endless 
rehearsals  and  actual  filming 
were  complete,  Mantegna  was 
on  his  way  to  his  hotel  room 
to  study  tomorrow's  lines,  and 
I  was  en  route  to  the  office  to 
edit  copy  for  next  month's 
Duke  Magazine.  Whether  the 
scene  ends  up  in  the  movie  or 
I  become  just  another  face  on 
the  cutting  room  floor  is 
unknown.  But  in  my  memory, 
at  least,  it's  a  permanent 


The  extras  scrambled  for  front-row  seats  but 
only  a  fleet  few  succeeded.  The  theater  was 
small,  webbed  in  lights  and  electrical  cable. 
"Quiet  please,"  thundered  director  Hancock. 
"Rolling"  (sound),  "speed"  (the  camera  is  on), 
"mark  it,"  (the  snap  of  a  slate  showing  the 
scene  and  take  number),  "and  action."  The 
sound  man  poked  an  extended  microphone 
through  the  cell  bars.  Actor  Joe  Mantegna 
began  his  lines. 

"Cry  out,"  he  said  to  Nolte.  "Let  them  hear 
your  voice  behind  the  bars."  Nolte  growled, 


two  and  three  came  in  to  fill  other  seats  for 
other  shot  angles.  The  same  lines,  the  smell 
of  smoke  emerged  from  behind  the  doors. 

A  food  table  for  the  extras  had  been  set  up 
in  the  lobby,  containing  a  high-calorie  array 
of  off-brand  cookies,  four  bags  of  potato 
chips,  doughnuts  covered  in  powdered  sugar, 
gas-station  variety  cinnamon  rolls,  and  a 
large  keg  of  coffee.  It  poured  thickly.  Duke 
graduate  student  George  Scheibner,  hired  to 
maintain  the  snack  supply,  listened  politely 
to  comparisons  between  the  coffee  and  the 


Mississippi  River.  A  woman  in  black  looked 
horrified  at  the  powdered  sugar  on  her  dress. 
Someone's  falling  hem  was  fastened  with 
masking  tape. 

Group  one  was  called  back  to  the  set  and 
seated,  but  two  extras  were  missing.  A  pro- 
duction assistant  scurried  off  to  find  them, 
shouting  their  names  throughout  Bryan 
Center  and  visibly  disturbing  a  student 
studying  for  an  exam.  The  two  were  rounded 
up  and  walked  sheepishly  onto  the  set.  "We 
were  having  a  hamburger,"  the  couple 
explained. 

It  was  nearly  8:30  p.m.  and  all  three  groups 
were  in  Sheafer  for  a  different  scene.  The 
actors,  armed  with  lead  pipes  (rubber), 
stormed  the  audience,  hurling  insults  at 
them  for  their  lack  of  compassion  about 
prison  life.  One  of  the  actors  menacingly 
grabbed  biochemistry  researcher  Kirby  by  his 
collar.  Kirby,  a  bespectacled,  gentle-looking 
fellow,  didn't  know  he'd  been  selected  for  the 
victim's  seat,  and  looked  bewildered.  "Cut," 
yelled  Hancock.  "Look  surprised,  fright- 
ened," he  counseled  Kirby.  "Then  look  at  the 
person  behind  you."  The  scene  was  shot 
again,  and  Kirby  looked  surprised,  fright- 
ened, then  at  the  person  behind  him.  "Cut." 
The  extras  broke  into  applause,  and  Kirby 
blushed.  "I  wasn't  as  nervous  as  I  looked,"  he 
said  later. 

It  was  10  p.m.  and  the  "rich  and  snobby" 
Washington  audience  was  beginning  to  look 
shopworn.  Some  were  coughing  and  teary- 
eyed  from  the  atmospheric  smoke.  Others 
were  simply  hungry.  "That's  it,"  Hancock 
shouted,  and  gratefully,  the  extras  headed  for 
the  lobby.  Suddenly,  their  whereabouts— of 
consuming  interest  to  the  production  people 
for  most  of  the  evening— was  of  no  particular 
concern  to  anyone,  and  everyone  was  free  to 
go- 

They  dashed  for  the  snack  table,  now 
laden  with  deli  sandwiches.  Some  extras 
immediately  tore  into  the  foil  wrap,  while 
others  stuffed  the  sandwiches  into  their 
pockets,  intent  on  a  speedy  departure.  Then, 
like  summer  campers  on  picture  day,  they 
crowded  around  a  box  of  promised  T-shirts, 
yanked  on  the  poly-cotton  shirts,  then 
retreated  to  a  corner  to  inspect  the  Weeds 
logo— the  symbolic  tragedy/comedy  masks 
behind  bars. 

Relative  strangers  had  become  fast  friends, 
and  there  was  talk  of  getting  together  when 
the  movie  debuts  sometime  next  fall.  One 
extra  wasn't  so  sure  she  wanted  to  bother 
seeing  the  film.  "I  don't  think  I  ever  got  on 
camera,"  she  complained.  "I  was  sitting  over 
in  a  corner.  Do  you  think  I'll  show  up?  Do  you 
think  I'll  see  me?"  Her  voice  faded  as  the 
group  moved  out  the  glass  doors. 

Filming  was  to  begin  tomorrow  at  Baldwin 
Auditorium.  Several  hundred  people  were 
waiting  for  phone  calls  that  night,  waiting 
for  the  second  ring.  ■ 


41 


DUKE  DIRECTIONS 


WHOSE  WORK 


IS  THIS 


ANYWAY? 


Like  two  dancers  learning 
intricate  new  steps,  Amer- 
ica's universities  and  cor- 
porations are  taking  an  un- 
certain turn  around  the 
ballroom  as  they  learn 
more  about  each  other  in 
the  1980s.  Most  of  the  time 
the  partners'  steps  mesh  well.  But  when  they 
don't,  two  friends  who  started  out  to  tango 
can  end  up  in  a  tangle  over  who's  leading 
whom. 

It's  happened  to  some  of  the  nation's  lead- 
ing research  institutions.  In  1981,  for 
example,  the  Hoescht  Company,  a  West 
German  Chemical  firm,  signed  a  ten-year, 
$70-million  research  agreement  with  Bos- 
ton's Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  a 
teaching  arm  of  Harvard  Medical  School. 
Hoescht  would  set  up  a  new  molecular  biol- 
ogy department  at  the  hospital  and,  in  a  pro- 
vision that  raised  many  eyebrows,  would 
retain  near-exclusive  control  over  the  depart- 
ment and  any  profits  made  by  it.  One  critic 
concerned  about  the  secrecy  involved  in 
such  proprietary  work  charged  that  the  effect 
of  the  agreement  was  to  make  the  depart- 
ment "an  appendage  of  Hoescht 's  research." 
A  similar  arrangement  on  a  smaller  scale 
was  made  in  1982  by  Washington  University 
in  St.  Louis.  The  $23.5-million  agreement 
with  the  Monsanto  Company  opened  the 
university's  medical  school  to  the  giant 
chemical  firm's  scientists. 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  at 
Chapel  Hill  has  come  under  fire  for 
signing  a  $2.5-million   agreement 
with    Glaxo,    Incorporated,    that 
would  permit  secret  research  in  a 
laboratory  the  drug  firm  plans 
to  build  on  the  campus.  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill  and  Glaxo  scientists 
will  carry  out  joint  research  in  the 
lab,  which  is  to  be  turned  over  to  the 
university  after  five  years.  But  one  of 
the  Research  Triangle's  most  ambi- 
tious industry-university  part- 
nerships is  still  in  the  plan-         ^^ 
ning  stage:  North  Carolina 
State  University  in  Raleigh 


UNIVERSITY-INDUSTRY  TIES 

BY  BOB  WILSON 


Many  of  the  nation's 
best-known  research 

corporations  are 
seeking  alliances  with 
universities.  When  the 

funding  starts,  does 
academic  freedom  stop? 


has  proposed  a  780-acre  project,  called  the 
Centennial  Campus,  that  would  lease  par- 
cels of  land  to  businesses  and  research  firms. 
Supporters  foresee  a  mix  of  university  and 
industrial  research  that  will  benefit  scien- 
tists on  both  sides. 

Perhaps  so,  but  critics  argue  that  too  many 
U.S.  universities  risk  compromising  their 
independence  with  such  agreements. 

Traditional  corporate  philanthropy  to 
higher  education  has  carried  no  hidden 
clauses  affecting  academic  freedom,  says 
Duke  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie.  "But,"  he 
told  the  Council  of  European  Rectors  in 
Madrid  last  fall  in  a  widely  reported  speech, 
"the  university-industry  research  relationship 
is  a  different  matter,  for  it  promises  not  only 
rewards— to  the  university,  to  industry,  and 
to  society— but  also  dangers  to  traditional 
academic  values  and  to  the  esteem  in  which 
the  university  is  held  by  the  public  which 
supports  it,  and  by  the  faculty  who  com- 
prise it." 

Behind  this  emerging  relationship  is  a 
growing  sense  of  economic  urgency.  With 
steel,  autos,  textiles,  and  other  basic  U.S. 
industries  under  siege  by  low-cost  producers 
in  Pacific  Rim  and  Western  European  coun- 
tries, American  firms  that  once  ruled  do- 
mestic  and   international  markets 
now    struggle    to    survive    in    a 
fiercely  competitive  world  eco- 
nomy,   lb    take    one    example 
among  many,  the  most  advanced 
ceramics  products  available  to 
U.S.   semiconductor  manu- 
facturers are  now  made  in 
Japan,   leaving  the  U.S. 
ceramics  industry  to  pro- 
duce little  more  than  low-tech 
dishes    and    flower    pots.    One 
Japanese  chip  manufacturer,  Fujitsu, 
even  attempted  to  buy  the  Fairchild 
Corporation's    semiconductor    division, 
but  federal  authorities  withheld  approval. 
This  loss  of  the  U.S.  competitive  edge 
carries  a  high  price.  Our  annual  trade 
deficit  hit  an  ominous  $140.57  billion  in 
1986— a  year  in  which  the  United  States 
became  a  debtor  nation  for  the  first  time 


42 


since  World  War  I.  In  human  terms,  the  red 
ink  tallied  up  hundreds  of  thousands  of  job- 
less U.S.  workers. 

Advocates  of  the  growing  number  of 
university-industry  research  agreements 
argue  forcefully  that  such  arrangements  offer 
a  vital  means  of  keeping  the  nation's  high- 
tech  industries— and  the  universities  them- 
selves—competitive. They  back  up  their 
claim  with  statistics  showing  federal  support 
swinging  away  from  non-defense  research 
and  development  to  the  Strategic  Defense 
Initiative  ("Star  Wars")  and  other  exotic 
military  programs.  The  figures  are  sobering: 
The  defense   share  of  federally  financed 


computer  revolution— live  or  die  on  innova- 
tion, the  sort  of  innovation  traditionally 
sparked  by  universities.  Biotechnology  and 
microelectronics  are  feeling  the  hot  breath 
of  foreign  competition.  Analysts  have 
labeled  microelectronics,  in  particular,  "an 
endangered  species"  because  of  its  ineffici- 
ency. About  half  of  all  computer  chips  con- 
tain microscopic  flaws  that  render  them 
useless. 

One  way  to  deal  with  such  industrial  prob- 
lems, IBM  executive  Phillip  D.  Summers 
told  a  Stanford  University  conference  last 
fall,  is  to  inject  more  industrial  experience 
and   knowledge    into   university-based   re- 


■^L  G.  Wilson,  a  professor 
of  electrical  engineering  and 
director  of  Duke's  Center  for 
Solid-State  Power  Condition- 
ing and  Control.  Wilson  and 
his  graduate  students  helped 
design  spacecraft  power  sys- 
tems for  NASA  for  more  than 
eighteen  years.  (Power  conver- 
ters made  by  a  Hillsborough, 
North  Carolina,  firm  co- 
founded  by  Wilson  are  aboard 
the  Voyager  spacecraft. 
Voyager  I  became  the  first 
object  of  human  origin  to 
leave  the  solar  system  several 
years  ago;  Voyager  II  will  fly 
by  Neptune  in  1989.) 

Following  the  NASA  work, 
Wilson  began  a  series  of  spon- 
sored projects  with  the  Gen- 
eral Electric  Foundation  and 
the  Burroughs  Corporation  in 
the  mid-1970s.  Burroughs  put 
$130,000  into  laboratory 
equipment  at  Duke,  and,  as 
part  of  the  agreement,  Wilson 
and  company  researchers  con- 
ducted joint  seminars.  One  of 
the  benefits:  Burroughs  was 
so  impressed  with  Wilson's 
students  that  the  firm  hired 
five  of  them.  "We  were  both 


happy  with  the  program," 
he  says. 

With  colleagues  Harry 
Owen  and  Ronald  Wang, 
Wilson  later  signed  research 
contracts  with  Western  Elec- 
tric, IBM,  AT&T,  and  Bell 
Laboratories.  The  Bell  Labs 
contract  spawned  doctoral  dis- 
sertations by  two  of  Wilson's 
graduate  students;  the  work 
for  IBM  led  to  a  master's 
degree  project  and  another 


Ph.D.  dissertation.  "In  none 
of  these  agreements  was  our 
freedom  to  publish  restricted," 
Wilson  says. 

Current  research  agree- 
ments with  Digital  Equipment 
Corporation  and  AT&T  were 
negotiated  under  Duke's  new 
guidelines  that  went  into 
effect  in  1986.  But  whether 
struck  before  or  after  the 
guidelines,  says  Wilson,  con- 
tracts for  sponsored  research 
depend  on  a  high  degree  of 
cooperation  and  trust.  It  isn't 
unusual  for  Wilson  and  his 
graduate  students  to  be 
granted  access  to  a  sponsor's 
computer  system.  His  advice: 
"Always  make  sure  they  know 
what  you  are  doing." 

Industry-sponsored  research 
is  important,  he  says,  because 
it  helps  put  the  School  of 
Engineering  on  the  frontier  of 
knowledge.  But  perhaps  more 
important  than  anything  else 
is  the  human  factor.  "The 
people  in  industry  get  to  know 
you  and  what  technical  issues 
you  are  working  on  and 
worrying  about,"  says  Wilson. 
"You  work  together  to  get  the 
job  done." 


research  and  development  under  the  Reagan 
administration  rose  from  49  percent  in  1979 
to  73  percent  in  1986.  Says  Lewis  M. 
Branscomb  '45 ,  head  of  Harvard's  program  in 
science,  technology,  and  public  policy:  "The 
administration's  enthusiasm  for  direct 
involvement  in  developing  new  technology 
is  matched  by  an  equally  powerful  aversion 
to  direct  investment  in  technology  intended 
for  commercial  use."  Such  a  policy  forces  the 
private  sector  to  develop  much  of  the  new 
technology  needed  to  meet  foreign  competi- 
tion, says  Branscomb,  who  retired  in  1986  as 
IBM's  chief  scientist. 

Faced  with  this  increasingly  barren  pro- 
spect of  federal  support,  many  of  the  nation's 
best-known  research  corporations  are,  not 
surprisingly,  seeking  alliances  with  the  uni- 
versities. Such  industries  as  biotechnology, 
the  application  of  gene  splicing,  and  micro- 
electronics—the driving  force  behind  the 


search.  "Universities  have  to  be  invaded  by 
you  people,"  he  told  manufacturing  experts 
at  the  conference.  "Universities  tend  to  see 
only  the  tip  of  the  iceberg  of  research  and 
development." 

But  for  some  critics,  that  sort  of  sentiment 
opens  the  door  to  conflict— conflict  between 
industry's  understandable  desire  to  make 
money  on  the  research  it  supports,  and  the 
universities'  equally  strong  desire  to  dissemi- 
nate such  knowledge  for  the  public  good. 
And  the  upshot  of  industry-sponsored 
research  so  far  gives  pause  for  concern. 
Recently,  Harvard's  Center  for  Health  Policy 
surveyed  biotechnology  faculty  members  at 
forty  institutions.  Among  the  survey  ques- 
tions: "Have  you  personally  conducted  any 
research  at  your  university  the  results  of 
which  are  the  property  of  the  sponsor  and 
cannot  be  published  without  their  consent?" 
Duke  President  Brodie,  in  his  Madrid  speech, 


called  the  results  "startling."  Faculty  at  more 
than  half  of  the  universities  in  the  sample 
replied  "yes,"  and  identified  industry  as  their 
research  sponsor.  Whether  they  realized  it  or 
not  at  the  time  they  agreed  to  such  a  condi- 
tion, those  researchers  had  put  their  aca- 
demic freedom  on  the  auction  block. 

Some  of  Duke's  best-known  research 
depends  on  a  high  level  of  industrial  support. 
The  university's  most  ambitious  program, 
geophysicist  Bruce  Rosendahl's  Project 
PROBE,  has  been  studying  rift  tectonics  in 
East  Africa  since  1984  with  $7.5  million 
from  Mobil,  Amoco,  Exxon,  and  nine  other 
oil  firms.  "In  effect,"  says  Rosendahl,  "private 
industry  has  underwritten  the  largest  geolog- 
ical research  project  thus  far  carried  out  on 
the  African  continent."  From  the  stand- 
point of  learning,  Rosendahl  says,  PROBE 
(Proto-Rifts  and  Ocean-Basin  Evolution)  has 
been  a  boon  for  some  thirty-seven  geology 
graduate  students  who  have  worked  with  it. 

The  university's  largest  single  industry- 
sponsored  project  so  far  is  a  $5-million  con- 
tract with  Du  Pont  for  virology  and  immu- 
nology studies  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  The 
project,  which  grew  out  of  earlier  joint  work 
between  Du  Pont  and  Duke,  involves  colla- 
borative studies  between  the  Delaware  firm 
and  the  medical  center's  Surgical  Oncology 
Research  Laboratory.  The  Du  Pont  initiative 
"represents  one  of  the  finest  examples  in  this 
country  of  an  industry-university  relation- 
ship established  for  the  ultimate  benefit  of 
mankind,"  says  Dr.  William  G.  Anlyan, 
chancellor  for  health  affairs. 

At  the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory  in 
Beaufort,  biochemists  Joseph  and  Celia 
Bonaventura  perfected  their  hemosponge, 
which  extracts  dissolved  oxygen  from  sea- 
water,  in  partnership  with  Aquanautics 
Corporation.  Industrial  support  even  helps 
bridge  the  gap  between  the  sometimes 
antagonistic  "two  cultures"  of  the  humani- 
ties and  technology:  History  professor  John 
Richards  has  a  contract  with  Union  Carbide 
for  long-term  studies  of  eighteenth-century 
land  use  in  Southeast  Asia. 

Although  Duke  hasn't  become  embroiled 
in  disagreements  with  industrial  sponsors 
over  the  terms  of  research,  it  has  been  suffi- 
ciently concerned  about  possible  conflicts 
to  adopt  new  policy  guidelines  governing 
such  work.  The  guidelines  encourage  spon- 
sored work,  but  make  it  clear  to  industry  that 
the  university  won't  compromise  its  aca- 
demic freedom  in  research  agreements.  A 
sponsor,  for  example,  can't  unilaterally  pre- 
vent a  Duke  researcher  from  publishing  the 
results  of  his  or  her  work. 

Moreover,  Duke  insists  that  its  researchers 
retain  the  patent  rights  to  their  inventions. 
Any  return  is  usually  controlled  by  a  formula 
that  divides  royalties  among  the  principal 
investigator,  the  laboratory  or  department 
involved  in  the  research,  and  the  university's 

43 


general  fund.  And  that's  only  the  beginning 
of  a  policy  that  President  Brodie  likens  to 
"the  canaty  in  the  mine,"  so  called  because  it 
detetmines  the  safe  conditions  undet  which 
industry-sponsored  research  can  be  under- 
taken. A  sponsor  has  to  come  to  terms  with 
these  additional  guidelines,  as  summarized 
by  Brodie  in  his  Madrid  speech: 

•  To  protect  the  faculty  member's  control 
over  his  or  her  work,  "no  principal  investiga- 
tor can  be  required,  as  a  condition  of  employ- 
ment, to  participate  in  a  particular  research 
effort." 

•  A  faculty  member  conducting  sponsored 
research  has  "final  authority  over  the  design 
and  control"  of  the  work. 

•  The  sponsor  may  review  papers  being 
prepared  for  publication  "to  prevent  inadver- 
tent disclosure"  of  proprietary  data,  but  such 
a  review  can't  delay  publication  for  more  than 
ninety  days.  In  any  event,  Duke  has  the  final 
say  on  what  may  or  may  not  be  published. 

•  A  sponsor  may  not  restrict  the  freedom 
of  faculty  members  to  communicate  with 
their  colleagues  or  to  take  on  additional 
sponsored  work  in  related  areas,  "unless  it 
can  be  shown  to  the  university's  satisfaction 
that  such  additional  work  infringes  on  pro- 
prietary rights  of  the  first  sponsor." 

•  While  the  university  cannot  guarantee 
results,  it  will  pledge  that  "a  good  faith  effort 
will  be  made  to  organize  research  projects  in 


a  manner  which  is  sensitive  to  the  special 
needs  and  time  constraints  of  the  sponsor." 

•  Graduate  students  "usually  may  not  par- 
ticipate in  research  involving  proprietary 
information  because  of  the  risk  such  a  condi- 
tion poses  to  the  very  basis  of  graduate 
education." 

•  And  finally,  "faculty  members  may  not 
participate  in  outside  activities  which,  by 
reason  of  the  possibility  of  bias  in  the  rela- 
tionship or  because  of  the  amount  of  time 
and  effort  involved,  would  conflict  with 
their  obligations  to  the  university." 

"Such  policies  are  much  needed,"  said 
Brodie,  "for  the  frame  of  reference  in  which 
industry  and  the  university  work,  although 
apparently  the  same  for  both  participants  is 
in  fact  quite  different."  Purposely  conserva- 
tive, the  guidelines  were  drawn  up  over  a 
period  of  several  months  in  1985  and  1986  by 
an  eight-member  committee  headed  by 
Dean  Earl  H.  Dowell  of  the  School  of  Engi- 
neering. The  panel  studied  joint  research 
policies  at  Stanford,  Yale,  Harvard,  M.I.T., 
and  several  other  universities,  but  the  guide- 
lines adopted  at  Duke  are  not  modeled  on 
those  at  any  particular  school.  "The  schools' 
guidelines  vary  enormously,"  says  Dowell.  "I 
would  have  to  say  that  Stanford's  were  the 
best,  though  we  looked  through  all  of  them 
to  help  identify  the  central  issues." 

Dowell  says  the  Duke  committee's  discus- 


instinctive 
MotnmoMow 


Formerly  the  Durham  Hilton,  the  Brownestone  Inn  is  proudly 

carrying  on  the  well  deserved  tradition  of  excellent  service. 

Located  adjacent  to  Duke  University  and  just  a  block 

away  from  Duke  Medical  Center  and  VA  Hospital, 

the  Brownestone  is  perfect  for  both  business  and  tourist. 

Call  us  today  and  enjoy  the  ambiance  of  one  of  Durham's 

favorite  places  to  stay.  The  Brownestone  Inn. 


Brownestone  Inn 

DURHAM  ■  RESEARCH  TRIANGLE.  NORTH  CAROLINA 

Formerly  The  Durham  Hilton  •  2424  Erwin  Rd.,  Durham.  NC  (919)  286-7761 


sions  were  often  "spirited,"  but  in  the  end  the 
panel  produced  a  document  that  strikes  a 
reasonable  balance  of  protection  for  both 
the  university  and  industry.  "It's  vital  for 
industry  to  know  that  we  have  a  deliberate, 
thoughtful  process  that  must  be  followed. 
But  the  guidelines  are  just  that— guidelines 
that  establish  norms.  Any  research  agree- 
ment is  governed  by  a  contract  drawn  up 
within  the  framework  of  the  guidelines." 

First-time  contract  negotiations  with  a 
potential  sponsor  can  be  lengthy,  says  Judith 
Argon,  director  of  Duke's  Office  of  Research 
Support,  "but  other  sponsors  with  many 
research  agreements  are  used  to  seeing  uni- 
versity policies  similar  to  ours."  Her  office, 
Duke's  administrative  agency  for  sponsored 
research,  usually  deals  with  one-year  con- 
tracts. An  exception  is  the  Du  Pont  contract, 
signed  for  five  years.  The  Research  Policy 
Committee,  chaired  by  Dr.  Charles  Putman, 
dean  of  the  medical  school  and  vice  provost 
for  research  and  development,  monitors 
contracts  and  the  policy  guidelines.  As 
industry-sponsored  research  becomes  more 
common,  says  Putman,  "Our  guidelines 
undoubtedly  will  require  refinement."  The 
policy  committee  will  first  consider  any 
changes,  then  pass  along  its  recommenda- 
tions to  Provost  Phillip  Griffiths. 

A  radiologist  with  a  strong  interest  in 
promoting  Duke's  research  base,  Putman 
assumed  the  responsibility  for  coordinating 
university-wide  research  support  and  funding 
in  1986.  From  this  new  vantage  point,  he 
sees  most  of  Duke's  research  support  in  the 
next  decade  flowing  from  traditional  sources 
such  as  the  federal  government,  the  National 
Science  Foundation,  and  private  founda- 
tions. Total  federal  support  in  fiscal  1986  was 
$77 .7  million,  for  example,  compared  to  $10 
million  from  industry— although  the  latter 
figure  could  easily  double  by  1992,  says 
Putman. 

By  that  time,  he  jexpects  some  industry- 
sponsored  research  in  areas  other  than  the 
life  sciences  and  microelectronics,  now  the 
magnets  for  some  of  the  most  visible  spon- 
sored work  at  Duke  and  other  universities. 
His  likely  candidates  for  expanded  research 
agreements:  forestry,  marine  science,  com- 
puter science,  and  robotics.  The  compact- 
ness of  the  Duke  campus,  with  its  medical, 
engineering,  business,  forestry,  and  other 
schools  in  proximity,  gives  the  university  an 
edge  over  many  others  in  the  resources  it  can 
quickly  make  available  to  sponsors. 

Still,  for  all  it  can  offer  industrial  sponsors, 
"Duke  won't  create  research  for  dollars,"  says 
Putman.  "Duke  will  remain  well-balanced 
because  our  first  obligation  is  to  the  principle 
of  education.  We  are  not  going  to  become  a 
research  arm  of  industry."  ■ 

Wilson,  associate  director  of  Duke  News  Service,  is  a 
frequent  contributor  to  the  magazine. 


Continued  from  page  5 

the  board  room.  "Both  men  and  women  say 
the  reason  women  aren't  moving  up  into  top 
management  is  men  don't  feel  comfortable 
sharing  basic  management  styles,"  write 
Hardesty  and  Jacobs.  "The  more  comfortable 
the  relationship  between  men  and  women, 
the  closer  they  move  into  the  danger  zone  of 
sexual  relations  or  at  least  rumors  of  them." 

Faced  with  the  need  to  reassess  their  goals 
and  priorities,  some  women  drop  out  of  the 
corporation.  "It  was  like  being  in  the  eye  of  a 
hurricane,"  says  the  former  director  of  stra- 
tegic planning  for  a  multinational  company. 
In  the  words  of  the  authors:  "The  sweet 
moment  of  surrender  comes  as  a  surprising, 
even  gratifying  form  of  liberation  for  those 
who  regard  leaving  the  corporation  as  the 
only  way  out  of  the  cycle.  Some  women  pur- 
sue new  careers,  others  start  families  or  return 
to  school.  Many  admit  that  fighting  the 
stigma  of  failure  was  one  of  their  biggest 
hurdles. 

"Those  management  women  who  remain 
believe  they  can  or  must  reconcile  their  dif- 
ferences with  the  corporation.  Most  stay  in 
the  same  management  positions  for  a  variety 
of  reasons,  including  a  desire  for  financial 
and  other  forms  of  security,  the  simple  burn- 
out and  fatigue  that  can  result  in  inertia, 
indecisiveness  and  indifference,  the  reluc- 
tance to  prove  yourself  all  over  again,  and  a 
hard-edged  evaluation  of  their  alternatives. 
They  reach  the  decision  that  the  corpor- 
ation, for  all  its  faults,  is  still  the  best  option, 
and  this  realization  leads  to  a  renewed  burst  of 
energy  and  commitment  to  the  corporation." 

Others  take  time  away  from  the  corporate 
environment  and  return,  though  not  neces- 
sarily to  the  fast  track.  The  experiences  of 
several  women  interviewed  by  Hardesty  and 
Jacobs  "support  the  fundamental  hope  that 
[women]  can  reconcile  lowered  expectations 
with  reality— without  letting  go  of  the  dream 
entirely— and  achieve  an  inner  peace  more 
fulfilling  than  mere  'success.' " 

Several  lessons  emerge  in  Success  and 
Betrayal,  both  for  the  corporations  and  the 
women  who  choose  the  corporate  career 
path.  "One  point  of  the  book,"  says  Hardesty, 
"is  to  make  the  corporations  realize  that  after 
the  Seventies'  push  for  equality,  things  aren't 
necessarily  equal  now.  They  also  need  to 
recognize  their  different  constituencies; 
today's  workforce  is  not  homogeneous."  The 
book  calls  for  changes  in  corporate  attitudes 
and  structures,  among  them:  flexible  work- 
ing hours,  greater  sensitivity  to  working 
mothers  and  dual-career  families,  providing 
day-care  services,  and  helping  the  reentry  of 
women  into  the  corporate  world.  "It's  impor- 
tant that  CEOs  be  aware  of  these  issues  and 
act  on  them,"  Hardesty  says,  a  point  she 
emphasized  during  a  March  conference  at 


"Women  are  forced  to 

confront  the  gap 

between  their  glamorous 

expectations  of  insistent 

challenge  and  the  reality 

of  bureaucracy." 


the  Fuqua  School  on  corporate  women.  "The 
CEO  sets  the  corporate  tone  for  attitude  and 
policy." 

Failure  to  act  on  these  issues,  the  authors 
warn,  will  render  corporations  less  competi- 
tive for  tomorrow's  talent.  Women  will  figure 
prominently  in  the  talent  pool,  now  repre- 
senting 52  percent  of  the  undergraduate 
student  body  and  50  percent  in  the  nation's 
top  business  schools.  "It  will  be  significantly 
harder  to  attract  and  hold  talented  managers 
during  the  next  decade,"  the  authors  write. 
"Half  of  them,  the  demographics  suggest, 
will  be  women... and  they  will  be  monitoring 
corporate  responsiveness  more  carefully  than 
men  ever  have." 

The  consensus  among  interview  subjects 


in  Success  and  Betrayal  is  that  women  need  to 
pace  themselves  throughout  their  corporate 
careers,  and  recognize  that  the  corporation 
cannot  be  expected  to  fit  their  myths  and 
satisfy  their  expectations.  "I  think  you  have 
to  see  the  corporation  as  a  whole,  the  big 
picture,"  says  a  former  Bendix  vice  president. 
"I  think  those  who  have  an  innate  ability  to 
see  the  larger  picture  will  do  extremely  well." 
That  picture  suggests  that  there  is  no  perfect 
corporate  model,  that  there  will  be  conflicts 
between  personal  and  professional  goals, 
and  that  men  and  women  alike  make 
tremendous  sacrifices  to  reach  the  top.  Per- 
haps the  most  sobering  lesson  of  all  offered 
in  the  book:  "Knowledgeable  senior  execu- 
tives are  recommending  that  the  younger 
generation  of  managerial  women  wise  up  to 
the  fact  that  they  will  always  be  regarded  as 
women  first  and  as  managers  second." 

Says  Hardesty:  "Some  people  are  going  to 
think  we're  saying  women  can't  cut  it,  that 
they  can't  take  the  heat.  What  we're  saying, 
in  fact,  is  there  has  been  this  pressure  on 
women  to  act  like  everything's  fine  because 
to  do  otherwise  will  make  it  look  like  they 
can't  take  it.  We're  trying  to  help  women 
accept  that  their  feelings  aren't  strange,  and 
to  realize  that  one  way  isn't  the  only  way.  The 
success  that  has  driven  men  isn't  the  only 
way  we  should  judge  success.  We're  trying  to 
open  it  up  for  discussion."  M 


DUKE  GAZETTE 


FIRST  AND 
THIRD 


A  first  play  by  an  English  television 
writer  became  producer  Emanuel 
Azenberg's  third  bound-for-Broad- 
way  play  to  premiere  at  Duke.  The  produc- 
tion, A  Month  of  Sundays,  had  a  two-week 
run  at  Duke  in  March  before  going  directly 
to  Broadway. 

The  play  stars  veteran  actor  Jason  Robards 
as  an  elderly  gentleman  who  puts  himself  in 
a  retirement  home  and  is  intent  upon  giving 
up  on  life.  Written  by  Bob  Laraby,  best  known 
in  England  for  his  award-winning  television 
series  A  Fine  Romance,  the  play  won  London's 
1985-86  Evening  Standard  Award  for  best 
play. 

Azenberg,  an  adjunct  professor  of  drama  at 
Duke,  brought  the  production  to  Durham  to 
work  the  wrinkles  out  before  its  New  York 
opening  April  9.  Director  Gene  Saks,  who 
also  directed  Neil  Simon's  Broadway  Bound 


at  Duke,  said  A  Month  of  Sundays  needed 
little  more  than  some  "translating"  for  its 
American  audience,  "turning  'I  shall'  into 
'I'll'  whenever  they  came  up,  which  was  fairly 
often,"  he  said.  "Americans  use  a  lot  of 
contractions." 

Robards  said  Saks  sent  him  a  copy  of  the 
play,  "and  the  words  jumped  off  the  page.  It 
has  style,  wonderful  language  and  wonderful 
relationships.  We  don't  get  plays  like  that 
anymore.  I  don't  like  a  lot  of  the  ad-libbing- 
crazed  theater  going  on,"  said  Robards.  "It 
doesn't  mean  anything  to  me." 

Robards,  65,  won  a  Tony  Award  for  best 
actor  in  The  Disenchanted,  and  Academy 
Awards  in  1976  and  1977  for  best  supporting 
actor  in  All  the  President's  Men  and  Julia. 

"Unfortunately,  most  actors  of  Jason's 
stature— and  there  aren't  many— will  not  give 
that  much  commitment  to  the  live  theater 
anymore,"  said  Saks.  "They'd  rather  do  a  few 
days'  lucrative  work  in  front  of  the  camera, 
doing  commercials  or  miniseries  in  Holly- 
wood that  pay  huge  sums  of  money  for  com- 


paratively little  work.  We're  extremely  lucky 
to  have  him  doing  this  play." 


ON  THE 
OFFENSIVE 


B 


ad  news  in  the  United  States  Foot- 
ball League  (USFL)  was  good  news 
for  Duke  when  Steve  Spurrier 
accepted  the  head  coaching  duties  for  the 
Blue  Devil  football  team. 

For  the  last  three  years,  Spurrier  was  head 
coach  of  the  Tampa  Bay  Bandits,  of  the 
now-dormant  USFL.  His  team  compiled  a 
35-19  record  and  won  two  play-off  bids.  But  a 
legal  battle  last  summer  between  the  USFL 
and  the  hardier  National  Football  League 
knocked  the  wind  out  of  the  three-year  old 
U.S.  league  by  foiling  its  plans  to  move  its 
season  from  the  spring  to  the  fall.  The 
league's  pending  demise  prompted  Spurrier 
to  consider  returning  to  the  college  ranks. 


OLYMPIC 


B 


efore  the  July  13-26  U.S.  Olympic 
Festival  opens  in  North  Carolina's 
Triangle,  runners  will  carry  the 
lighted  Olympic  torch  through  350  Tar  Heel 
cities,  arriving  in  Raleigh  just  in  time  for 
opening  ceremonies.  But  the  2,500-mile 
journey  is  nothing  compared  to  the  five  years 
it  took  North  Carolina  officials  to  woo  and 
win  the  prestigious  festival. 

Twenty-five  cities  submitted  bids  to  host 
the  games  but  "when  the  officials  got  down 
to  the  nitty-gritty,  only  ten  to  twelve  were 
suitable,"  says  Al  Buehler,  Duke  track  coach 
and  coordinator  for  the  festival's  track  and 
field  competition.  "The  officials  of  the  U.S. 
Olympic  Committee  wanted  to  move  the 
festival  around  the  country  and  they  were 
looking  for  a  city  that  could  raise  the  money 
to  bring  it  off.  The  Triangle  won  out  because 
we  showed  we  had  the  commitment  and  the 
resources." 

The  original  force  behind  North  Caro- 
lina's bid  .for  the  festival  was  Hill  Carrow, 
executive  director  of  the  nonprofit  North 
Carolina  Amateur  Sports.  He  approached 
the  presidents  and  chancellors  of  area  col- 
leges and  universities;  and  as  it  turns  out,  the 
combined  resources  of  six  colleges  and  uni- 


versities and  four  major  cities  carried  enough 
clout  to  win  the  festival.  This  is  the  first  year 
that  the  games  will  be  held  in  more  than  one 
city  and  with  the  help  of  major  universities. 
When  it  arrives,  spectators  will  get  a  sneak 
preview  of  the  1988  Summer  Olympics  at 
Duke  and  five  nearby  colleges  and  universi- 
ties. Three  thousand  amateur  athletes  will 
participate  in  the  festival's  thirty-four  sports 
events,  which  will  qualify  athletes  for  the 
August  Pan  American  Games  in  Indiana- 


HbbbbbbbbbV 

polis.  Of  the  287  individuals  who  won 
medals  in  the  1984  Los  Angeles  Olympics, 
193  had  competed  in  the  U.S.  Olympic  Fes- 
tival. Among  festival  veterans  are  gymnast 
Mary  Lou  Retton  and  track  star  Carl  Lewis. 
The  U.S.  Olympic  Festival  will  extend  to 
the  campuses  of  Duke  and  North  Carolina 
Central  University  in  Durham,  Meredith 
College  and  North  Carolina  State  Univer- 
sity in  Raleigh,  the  University  of  North 
Carolina  in  Chapel  Hill,  and  the  University 


Wallace  Wade  Stadium's  international  flavor:  some  1975  hurdlers 


46 


Spurrier:  from  Bandits  to  Blue  Devils 

He  was  snatched  up  by  Duke  in  January  after 
the  departure  of  Steve  Sloan,  who  accepted 
the  post  of  athletic  director  at  his  alma  mater, 
the  University  of  Alabama. 

Spurrier  was  Duke  offensive  coordinator 
under  former  football  coach  Shirley  "Red" 
Wilson  in  1980-82.  In  his  last  year,  Duke's 
offense  was  ranked  fourth  nationally  in  total 
offense  and  second  in  passing  offense.  Duke's 
1982  team  posted  a  6-5  season  for  the  second 


straight  year— the  only  back-to-back  win- 
ning seasons  in  the  last  decade.  He  told 
reporters  at  a  Duke  press  conference  announc- 
ing his  appointment  that  he  favors  a  passing 
offense.  "Throwing  the  football  and  running 
the  football  is  what  I  like  best,"  he  said. 

As  a  University  of  Florida  quarterback, 
Spurrier  helped  take  the  Gators  to  the 
Orange  Bowl  and  Sugar  Bowl.  He  won  the 
Heisman  Trophy  in  1966,  and  played  pro  ball 
for  ten  years  with  the  San  Francisco  49ers 
and  the  Tampa  Bay  Buccaneers.  His  coach- 
ing career  began  in  1978  as  assistant  coach  at 
Florida.  He  went  to  Georgia  Tech  in  1979 
before  joining  the  Duke  staff. 

At  the  press  conference,  Spurrier  said, 
"The  thing  that  really  impresses  me  since  I 
left  here  is  that  the  administration  is  tired  of 
being  mediocre  in  football.  With  the  talent 
we  have  now,  anything  less  than  a  winning 
season  will  not  be  acceptable."  He  said  he 
hopes  to  generate  new  excitement  toward 
the  football  program:  "Our  goal  is  to  make 
[students]  just  as  excited  about  football  as 
they  are  about  basketball." 

Spurrier,  who  will  also  serve  as  offensive 
coordinator,  kept  all  the  defensive  coaches 
who  had  worked  under  Sloan— Richard  Bell, 
Rod  Broadway,  Jim  Collins,  and  Bob  Sanders. 
The  entire  offensive  coaching  staff  was 
replaced  with  Marvin  Brown  '81  and  Carl 
Franks  '83  (both  of  whom  played  during 
Spurrier's  tenure  at  Duke),  Rich  McGeorge, 


and  Barry  Wilson.  Wilson  will  also  be  recruit- 
ing coordinator,  replacing  Tommy  Limbaugh, 
who  resigned  to  join  Sloan  at  Alabama  as 
assistant  athletic  director. 

The  1987  Duke  football  season  opens  with 
three  consecutive  home  games:  Colgate, 
September  5;  Northwestern,  September  12; 
and  Vanderbilt,  September  19. 


EXIT,  SAYS 
EDITORIAL 


resident  Ronald  Reagan  should 
P  resign,  at  least  in  the  opinion  of  the 
student  Chronicle. 

Following  the  Tower  Commission  report 
in  February,  which  found  serious  lapses  in 
President  Reagan's  leadership  before  and 
during  the  Iran-Contra  weapons  scandal, 
The  Chronicle  ran  a  majority-opinion  edito- 
rial calling  for  the  president's  resignation. 

"Who's  minding  the  store?  .  .  .  The  presi- 
dent is  behind  the  counter,  but  the  Tower 
report  concluded  he  has  lost  control  of  the 
daily  affairs  of  state.  He's  not  minding  the 
store.  President  Reagan  should  resign." 

The  editorial  said  former  Chief  of  Staff 
Donald  Regan's  style  was  to  allow  Reagan  to 
"think  for  himself,  [and]  the  result  was  the 
Iran-Contra  scam."  According  to  the  major- 


of  North  Carolina  in  Greensboro. 

Staged  every  year  except  the  Olympic  year, 
the  festival  comes  to  the  Triangle  via  Hous- 
ton, where  last  year's  event  drew  a  record 
350,000  spectators.  Since  its  founding  in 
1978,  the  festival  has  also  been  held  in 
Colorado  Springs— home  of  the  U.S.  Olym- 
pic Committee— Syracuse,  Indianapolis, 
and  Baton  Rouge. 

Says  Buehler:  "What  better  place  is  there 
to  have  these  games  than  at  a  major  univer- 
sity which  has  experience  in  housing  and 
feeding  large  numbers  of  people?  We  don't 
have  to  create  an  Olympic  Village.  We  can 
utilize  some  of  the  great  things  we  have  here." 
Duke  will  house  some  400  athletes  during 
the  games. 

Buehler  sees  this  festival  as  the  biggest 
sports  event  to  take  place  in  North  Carolina 
to  date:  "It  will  draw  more  attention  than  the 
Rose  Bowl  of  1941,  the  1974  U.S.A.-U.S.S.R. 
track  meet,  the  1975  PanAfrican  Games, 
even  the  ACC.  North  Carolina  will  be 
recognized  as  the  focus  of  the  sports  media 
for  that  period,  creating  an  opportunity  for 
the  people  of  the  state  to  show  their  hospital- 
ity and  enthusiasm  for  sports.  We  are  not  j  ust 
big-time  in  ACC  basketball." 

Duke  is  the  site  for  track  and  field  events— 
known  in  European  circles  as  "athletics— 
and  for  soccer  and  tennis.  Buehler  views 
soccer  and  track  as  the  biggest  attractions. 


.  and  a  high-jumping  Dwighi  Stones  at  the  Martin  Luther  King  Games 


Houston  drew  a  record  39,500  fans  over 
three  days  to  its  track  and  field  events,  but 
Buehler  expects  to  better  Houston's  atten- 
dance figures.  "We  ought  to  blow  that  one 
out  since  we  have  a  bigger  stadium."  History's 
on  his  side:  The  1974  U.S.-US.S.R.  track 
competition  drew  56,000  fans  to  Duke. 

At  the  Houston  festival,  track  and  field 
saw  new  world  records  by  Olympian  Jackie 
Joyner  Kersee,  a  contestant  in  the  hep- 
tathlon competition.  In  soccer,  North  Caro- 


lina had  four  outstanding  players,  including 
Duke's  All-America  John  Kerr  '87,  who  won 
Most  Valuable  Player  honors  while  leading 
his  East  team  to  a  gold  medal. 

The  opening  ceremonies  for  the  U.S. 
Olympic  Festival  are  July  17  in  Raleigh's 
Carter-Finley  Stadium,  and  will  include 
entertainment  by  North  Carolina  perform- 
ing artists  and  fireworks  by  Zambelli  Inter- 
nationale, a  producer  of  the  elaborate  fire- 
Continued  on  next  page 


ity  view  of  the  paper's  editorial  board,  Reagan's 
ineptness  extended  to  last  fall's  Reyjkavik 
summit  when  he  arrived  "pitifully  unpre- 
pared to  discuss  sophisticated  arms  control 
proposals  with  the  Soviet  Union."  And 
despite  the  new  leadership  of  Howard  Baker, 
says  the  editorial,  "Our  allies  cannot  take 
Reagan  seriously  now  that  the  Tower  report 
has  revealed  he's  not  in  charge." 

The  opinion  tabs  Vice  President  George 
Bush  as  a  suitable  choice  for  the  remaining 
two  years  of  Reagan's  presidency.  "In  six  years 
[he]  has  become  a  Reagan  conservative, 
likely  to  retain  present  policies  and  advisers 
untainted  by  scandal  ....  A  president  going 
through  the  motions  for  the  next  two  years 
would  be  a  chief  executive  in  name  only." 

But  a  minority  opinion  appearing  in  The 
Chronicle  the  same  day  said  there  is  sufficient 
time  left  in  the  Reagan  tenure  to  "restore 
competence  to  the  executive  branch  ....  A 
new  beginning  under  a  reorganized  White 
House  staff  will  serve  the  country  better 
than  the  trauma  proposed  by  those  who  call 
for  a  second  presidential  resignation." 

The  minority-view  editorial  said  Reagan 
had  demonstrated  he  can  still  lead  effectively 
when  he  named  Howard  Baker  to  replace 
Regan.  "Baker  has  credibility  within  the 
administration  and  with  Congress  .  .  .  Vice 
President  George  Bush  is  not  the  answer  to 
the  crisis  of  confidence  .  .  .His  attempts  to 
remove  himself  from  complicity  in  the  inci- 


OLYMPIC  HOPES 

Continued  from  preceding  page 

works  display  for  the  Statue  of  Liberty  cele- 
bration last  summer.  Duke's  Wallace  Wade 
Stadium  is  the  site  for  the  closing  ceremonies. 

The  top  six  spectator  sports  will  be  divided 
among  the  four  cities.  Chapel  Hill's  Dean 
Smith  Center,  with  21,444  seats,  will  host 
gymnastics— the  No.  1  revenue  producer  in 
Houston's  festival— and  basketball.  Raleigh, 
the  largest  of  the  four  host  cities,  will  be 
home  to  boxing  and  diving.  Durham  will 
feature  track  and  field  events  at  Duke's 
Wallace  Wade  Stadium,  and  Greensboro  is 
the  host  city  for  figure  skating,  ice  hockey, 
and  speed  skating  at  the  Greensboro 
Coliseum. 

Tickets  to  events  this  year  are  moderately 
priced— admission  to  most  single  events 
is  from  $3  to  $10— reflecting  the  organizers' 
interest  in  making  the  games  accessible 
to  everyone.  They've  even  set  up  a  toll- 
free  number  for  festival  information: 
1-800-223-USOF. 

The  1987  festival  budget  goal  is  $5.1  mil- 
lion, with  half  expected  to  come  from  indivi- 
dual and  corporate  contributions.  Ticket 
sales,  licensing,  and  concessions  are  likely  to 
generate  approximately  $1.7  million.  In 
1985,  the  North  Carolina  General  Assembly 
provided  an  $800,000  matching  grant  to  the 


dent  imply  he  is  hesitant  to  sacrifice  his 
political  image  for  the  country  on  the  eve  of 
his  expected  presidential  campaign  in  1988." 


SPIRITUAL 
RESTRAINT 

Evangelist  Oral  Roberts'  widely  publi- 
cized warning  that  God  would  take  his 
life  had  he  been  unable  to  raise  $8 
million  "exceeds  the  limits  of  the  kind 
of  appeal  that  one  should  be  making  to 
support  a  ministry,"  says  a  Duke  divinity 
school  professor. 

"When  we  look  at  television  ministries," 
says  Paul  Mickey,  an  associate  professor  of 
pastoral  theology,  "the  question  becomes: 
What  are  the  limitations?  And  are  they 
imposed  by  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission  (FCC),  local  station  manage- 
ment, or  should  there  be  internal  spiritual 
restraints?"  Mickey  sides  with  the  restraints, 
and  says  they  aren't  being  exercised  "when 
people  are  manipulated  or  made  to  feel  guilty 
about  their  lack  of  charitable  contributions, 
or,  in  the  case  of  Oral  Roberts,  being  made  to 
feel  responsible  for  causing  his  death." 

Mickey  says  the  issues  being  raised  by 
Roberts'  remarks  could  mean  it's  time  for 
closer  scrutiny  of  fund-raising  by  television 


ministries.  Existing  organizations  like  the 
Evangelical  Council  for  Financial  Account- 
ability—composed of  nonprofit  Christian 
groups— provide  internal  policing  of  the 
financial  records  of  such  organizations. 
Voluntary  compliance  with  the  council,  or 
making  public  financial  and  fund-raising 
records,  creates  the  kind  of  legal  credibility 
that  those  ministries  need,  Mickey  says. 

But  he  says  there  should  be  Christian  orga- 
nizations that  look  more  closely  at  the  con- 
tent of  the  shows  and  their  methods  of  fund- 
raising  in  terms  of  those  restraints.  "There  are 
minimal  standards  of  public  propriety  that 
Christian  organizations  should  maintain." 

The  history  of  the  television  evangelist 
began  in  post-World  War  II  days,  when  the 
electronic  media  began  to  emerge  as  a  power- 
ful force.  Simultaneously,  a  focus  on  pastoral 
counseling  was  on  the  rise  to  the  general 
detriment  of  "good  pulpit  preaching,"  Mickey 
says.  "The  lack  of  rhetoric  skills,  good  pre- 
paration, and  good  expository  preaching  from 
the  Bible  opened  the  door  enough  to  let  an 
electronic  Mack  truck  through." 

Although  rising  costs  of  television  time 
today  create  pressure  to  raise  more  and  more 
money,  fund-raising  issues  should  be  address- 
ed in  ways  that  are  not  harmful  to  the  faith 
and  welfare  of  viewers  and  contributors, 
Mickey  says.  He  recently  counseled  a  woman 
who  has  been  giving  to  the  Roberts  ministry, 
as  well  as  numerous  other  organizations. 


Detente  in  J  974:  the  hammer-throw  at  U.S.A.- 
U.S.S.R.  meet 

festival.  Organizers  predict  that  the  festival 
will  have  a  $9-million  impact  on  the  state 
through  the  presence  of  3,000  athletes, 
300,000  spectators,  and  1,200  media  repre- 
sentatives. ESPN,  the  sports  cable  network, 
will  provide  more  than  110  hours  of  coverage, 


forty  of  them  live.  Duke's  involvement  in  the 
festival  also  means  a  new  surface  for  its  track. 
"We  need  a  new  track  and  this  is  a  good  way 
of  getting  it,"  says  Buehler. 

Now  the  nation's  largest  multi-sport  event, 
the  first  festival,  then  known  as  the  National 
Sports  Festival,  attracted  2,000  fans  to  Colo- 
rado Springs.  "It  was  sort  of  like  a  country 
fair,"  festival  founder  Robert  J.  Kane  said  in  a 
television  interview.  "The  opening  cere- 
monies were  in  a  park.  We  had  "seats  for  the 
athletes,  but  not  much  more  room  for  people 
to  sit  down.  The  festival  was  primarily  and 
almost  wholly  a  developmental  project  for 
our  young  athletes."  Kane,  president  of  the 
U.S.  Olympic  Committee  from  1977  to 
1981,  began  toying  with  the  idea  of  a  U.S. 
festival  in  1934,  when  he  traveled  through 
Europe  with  an  American  track  team.  "Every 
place  we  went,  there  were  big 
crowds-30,000,  40,000,  or  50,000.  My 
fellow  athletes  who  weren't  lucky  enough  to 
make  the  summer  trip  really  didn't  have 
anything  to  do  during  the  summer.  We  were 
losing  our  best  competitive  months." 

Duke's  Al  Buehler  agrees.  "We've  never 
had  a  country-wide  sports  competition,"  he 
says.  "Europe  and  the  Soviet  bloc  countries 
have  this  type  of  games.  We're  just  getting  in 
line  with  what  the  rest  of  the  world  has  been 
doing." 

-Caroline  Haynes  '87 


Mickey  says  she  was  concerned  about 
Roberts'  statement  and  hurt  by  her  children's 
criticism  of  her  contributions  to  his  work. 
"For  now,  she's  continuing  to  give.  It's  the  sort 
of  dedication  that  says  you  don't  desert  a 
friend  when  he's  in  trouble  and  asks  for  help. 
But  she  realizes  she's  being  manipulated  and 
she  doesn't  like  it."  The  faith  of  the  woman- 
and  many  others— could  be  negatively 
affected  by  the  Roberts  appeal,  according  to 
Mickey. 

Mickey  says  many  of  the  people  who  turn 
exclusively  to  television  evangelists  for  spiri- 
tual sustenance— such  as  shut-ins— do  so 
because  they  have  no  regular  contact  with  a 
local  church.  "Visitation  has  been  a  persis- 
tent problem  at  the  divinity  school  for  years. 
Students  don't  like  to  visit  people  in  their 
homes.  They're  scared  and  so  they  resist  it. 
But  we  don't  have  to  go  to  preach  a  sermon. 
Just  provide  the  contact  or  drop  off  a  tape; 
lots  of  churches  are  taping  services  for  people 
who  can't  attend." 

Some  churches  have  even  ventured  into 
videotaping.  Duke  Chapel  broadcasts  Sun- 
day services  by  closed-circuit  television  for 
patients  in  the  medical  center.  Mickey 
encourages  churches  to  focus  on  visitation 
and  cautions  television  ministry  viewers 
against  donating  more  of  their  income  than 
they  can  afford. 

He  also  suggests  that  viewers  not  use  tele- 
vision ministries  as  their  exclusive  spiritual 


outlets.  "I  see  the  electronic  media  as  supple- 
mentary, and  I  caution  against  idealizing  it 
against  the  weaknesses  and  foibles  of  the 
local  church.  The  airwaves  sanitize  it,  but 
there's  still  just  as  much  gossip  and  dissension 
in  Tulsa  or  Garden  Grove  as  there  is  in  your 
hometown." 


TEMPEST  IN  A 
TEST  TUBE 

A  Duke  ethics  professor  says  the  "sur- 
rogate motherhood"  practice  not 
only  exploits  women  and  threatens 
family  and  marriage  foundations,  but  also 
pushes  society  one  step  closer  to  a  time  in 
which  the  "human  dog  is  wagged  by  the  tech- 
nological tail." 

Harmon  Smith  says  that  arrangements  like 
the  one  in  New  Jersey  between  Mary  Beth 
Whitehead  and  William  and  Elizabeth  Stern 
illustrate  what  he  calls  the  technological 
imperative.  "People  appear  to  have  an  anxi- 
ety about  the  technological  imperative, 
which  says  that  if  something  is  technically 
possible,  then  it  is  mandatory  to  do  so.  That's 
frightening,  because  it  relieves  human 
beings  of  control  over  technology,"  says 
Smith,  professor  of  moral  theology  in  the 
divinity  school  and  of  community  and  fam- 


ily medicine  in  the  medical  center. 

He  finds  it  ironic  that  the  technology  that 
allows  in  vitro  fertilization  and  embryo  implan- 
tation evolved  from  the  Scientific  Revolu- 
tion, "which  has  it  roots  in  the  method  of 
people  like  Francis  Bacon  and  Rene  Des- 
cartes. They  thought  scientific  method 
would  be  serviceable  to  us  in  that  it  gave  us 
knowledge,  which  in  turn  endowed  us  with 
the  power  to  be  emancipated  from  the  fickle 
finger  of  fate. 

"So  it's  particularly  ironic  that  we're 
quickly  reaching  a  point  in  which  we  no 
longer  control  technology  but  the  technolo- 
gical tail  is  wagging  the  human  dog  .  .  .  One 
wonders  if  we  will  ever  be  able  to  look  a  bur- 
geoning technology  in  the  eye  and  say  no 
before  we  try  it— at  least  a  few  times." 

The  technology  that  allows  the  sperm  of 
the  man  to  be  clinically  implanted  in  a 
woman  has  been  around  in  animal  hus- 
bandry for  several  decades,  says  Smith. 
"What  they're  doing  is  breeding  for  quality 
control.  The  metaphor  that  such  reproduc- 
tion conjures  in  my  mind  is  that  of  a  factory 
in  which  things  like  quality  control  are  of 
concern  .  .  .  This  all  seems  bizarre  to  me 
when  we're  discussing  human  beings,  whose 
children  have  typically  been— no  matter 
what  they  looked  like  or  how  smart  they 
were— the  product  of  passion  between  two 
people,  something  that  represents  both 
people  as  an  incarnation  of  their  love." 


LEARN  MORE  ABOUT  CLASSICAL  MUSIC! 
Appreciate  its  beauty,  enjoy  its  elegance 


Our  audio  cassette  enhances  your  knc 
appreciation  of  classical  music.  We  not  only  play 
music  —  we  tell  you  about  the  composer  himself  and  abou 
his  musical  style.  Then  you  hear  excerpts  from  some  of 
the  most  beautiful  and  melodic  music  he  ever  wrote. 
The  material  is  extremely  effective.  After  only  a  short 
time  you'll  find  that  your  knowledge  of  classical  music 
has  improved  significantly,  and  that  you  enjoy  it  more. 

The  cassette  covers  eight  composers  from  Bach  to 
Rachmaninoff.  As  a  help  in  quick  identification,  we 
also  include  an  original  chart  displaying  the  time 
period  and  nationality  of  each  composer.  The  cassette 
has  a  30-day  moneyback  guarantee.  The  chart  is  yours 
to  keep  with  our  compliments. 

Send  $12.95  plus  $2.00  shipping  to: 

/v#Wr*/  PRODUCTS 

P.O.  Box  2560 
Aptos,  CA  95001 

CA  residents  add  6.5%  tax. 
©1987 


IP 


Smith  says  he's  concerned  that  surrogate 
motherhood  poses  a  threat  to  people's  under- 
standing of  themselves  as  sexual  beings. 
"When  we  can  separate  procreation  from  a 
person,  it  seems  to  me  to  go  seriously  against 
the  grain  of  some  of  the  important  traditions 
in  Western  civilization."  He  says  that  regard- 
less of  how  the  Whitehead-Stern  case  turns 
out,  the  ethical  issues  posed  must  be  studied. 

"There  is  an  extraordinarily  pronatalist 
view  in  all  this,"  he  says.  "When  that's  wed  to 
notions  of  individual  liberty  that  virtually 
know  no  boundaries,  the  sky's  the  limit  in 
what  people  will  do.  We  need  to  study  closely 
the  meaning  of  words  like  marriage,  parent, 
child,  and  what  happens  when  baby  making 
is  separated  from  lovemaking." 

Anthropologists  describe  the  origin  of 
family  as  one  rooted  in  the  requirement  to 
provide  a  hospitable  atmosphere  for  the  nur- 
turing of  children,  says  Smith.  And  in  human 
families,  he  adds,  parenthood  is  not  defined 
by  biologic  successiveness.  "When  we  talk 
about  a  parent  and  child,  we're  talking  about 
bonding,  caring,  and  responsibility.  So  [sur- 
rogate motherhood]  contradicts  all  else  we 
say  we  believe  about  parents  and  children, 
families  and  marriage." 

Smith  is  concerned  about  the  future  of 
children  resulting  from  the  new  technolog- 
ical procedures.  "There  are  kinds  of  emo- 


tional and  psychological  problems  some 
adopted  children  seem  to  experience  princi- 
pally by  virtue  of  the  fact  of  their  adoption. 
And  I  just  wonder  if  there  might  not  be  some 
corollary  or  carryover  with  children  of  in 
vitro  fertilization/embryo  implantation." 

He  say  he  is  uncomfortable  with  the  lan- 
guage that  has  been  used  to  describe  the  con- 
troversial Whitehead-Stern  case.  "It  seems 
to  me  that  it's  linguistically  careless  to  use 
the  term  'surrogate  motherhood.'  The  word 
'surrogate'  means  substitute.  Christians  are  a 
people  who  don't  know  anything  of  'substi- 
tute mothers.'  One  may  be  a  mother  or  may 
be  'like  a  mother  to  me,'  but  I  don't  know  of 
anybody— given  a  Christian  and  a  reason- 
ably human  understanding  of  the  meaning 
of  parenthood— who  is  or  can  be  called  a 
'substitute  mother.'  The  phrase  to  describe 
this  business  seems  to  me  enormously  mis- 
leading and  even  misanthropic." 

The  list  of  issues  with  which  physicians 
and  scientists  must  deal  also  grows  longer, 
Smith  says,  and  should  include  important 
philosophical  questions  relating  to  research 
priorities.  "The  question  is,  do  we  proceed 
with  the  research  and  the  development  of 
this  technology  when  there  are  many  more 
urgent  and  pressing  health  care  needs  on 
which  to  spend  the  time,  money,  and  other 
resources?" 


Some  of  the  new  books  this  spring  from  Duke  University  Press 


Two  standards ; 
paperback 


Dance  Festival 

Jack  Anderson 
Richly  illustrated,  this  is 
both  a  history  and  cele- 
bration of  the  ADF,  whose 
summer  seasons  at  Duke 
have  electrified  the  entire 
world  of  modern  dance. 
$27.95 


Energy  Alternative 

How  the  U.S.  and  the 
World  Can  Prosper 
without  Nuclear  Energy 
or  Coal 

John  O.  Blackburn 
The  author,  Duke  Uni- 
versity Distinguished 
Professor  Emeritus  of 
Economics,  argues  that 
the  present  energy  glut  is 
merely  temporary  and  out- 
lines a  transition  to  a  sus- 
tainable energy  future. 
$13.95  paperback, 
$34.95  cloth 


of  Durham, 
1865-1929 

Robert  E  Durden, 
Professor  of  History,  Duke 
"A  major  contribution  to 
southern  history." — North 
Carolina  Historical  Review 
$12.95  paperback 


Humanist  in  Politics 
Joel  Colton,  Professor  of 
History,  Duke 
"Without  doubt  the  best 
portrayal  in  any  language." 
— American  Historical 
Review  $16.95  paperback 


At  all  good  bookstores, 
or  from 


6697  College  Station 
Durham,  NC  27708 


A  DECADE  OF 
DANCE 


Dance  pioneers:  the  Alvin  Ailey  company 

^P^k  n  its  tenth  anniversary  at  Duke,  the 
^^^E  American  Dance  Festival  will 
^^^  honor  choreographer  Alvin  Ailey 
with  the  Samuel  H.  Scripps  Award  and  open 
its  performance  series  with  the  Alvin  Ailey 
American  Dance  Theater. 

Ailey  will  receive  the  $25,000  award  June 
7  in  recognition  of  his  contributions  to 
American  modem  dance.  He  began  his 
career  in  the  1950s  in  the  first  multi-racial 
company  in  the  United  States— directed  by 
Lester  Horton .  After  Horton's  death  in  195  3 , 
Ailey  became  artistic  director  of  the  com- 
pany. He  made  his  debut  on  Broadway  in 
1955,  and  studied  with  Martha  Graham, 
Doris  Humphrey,  Charles  Weidman,  and 
Hanya  Holm,  all  founding  members  of  the 
dance  festival. 

He  has  choreographed  more  than  fifty 
works  for  the  Alvin  Ailey  American  Dance 
Theater.  His  dances  are  also  in  the  reper- 
tories of  the  American  Ballet  Theater,  Joffrey 
Ballet,  Harkness  Ballet,  the  Royal  Danish 
Ballet,  and  many  others. 

"The  language  of  Alvin  Ailey 's  choreo- 
graphy, informed  by  the  black  experience,  is 
universal  in  its  appeal,"  says  Charles  Reinhart, 
director  of  the  American  Dance  Festival. 
"He  has  achieved  a  distinctive  place  in  our 
culture." 

Highlights  of  the  festival's  performance 
schedule  are  the  Alvin  Ailey  American 
Dance  Theater  June  4-6;  Chuck  Davis  and 
the  African  American  Dance  Ensemble,  the 
festival's  artists-in-residence,  June  8-9;  the 
Limon  Dance  Company  with  guest  artist 
Lucas  Hoving,  June  11-13;  a  world  premiere 
by  Laura  Dean  Dancers  and  Musicians,  June 
18-20;  and  festival-commissioned  world 
premieres  by  Pilobolus  Dance  Theatre  on 
July  1-3  and  the  Paul  Taylor  Dance  Company 
on  July  16-18. 


DUKE  BOOKS 


Bearing  the  Cross:  Martin  Luther 
King  Jr.  and  the  Southern 
Christian  Leadership  Conference. 

By  David  J.  Garrow  Ph.D.  '81.  New  York: 
William  Morrow  and  Company,  Incorporated, 
1986.  800 pp.  $19.95. 

Few   experiences   gratify   a 
professor     more     than     a 
superb  contribution  by  one 
of  his  former  students.  Set- 
ting aside  the  temptation 
to  take  credit,  one  joins  the 
applause  with  a  knowing, 
brotherly  expression,   rec- 
ognizing as  a  new  fact  what  was,  back  then,  a 
hopeful  hypothesis. 
David  Garrow  got  his  doctorate  at  Duke  in 


political 


ussertation 


adviser.  But  before  he  entered  our  program, 
his  undergraduate  honors  essay,  done  at 
Wesleyan  in  Connecticut,  had  been  pub- 
lished by  Yale  University  Press.  From  our  first 
conversation,  Garrow  came  across  as  a  curi- 
ous intellectual  grown-up,  a  mind  much 
more  engaged  in  what  he  was  studying  than 
in  how  he  was  doing  as  a  graduate  student. 
He  turned  out  to  be  a  digger— a  researcher  so 
dedicated  to  plowing  out  the  truth  that  he 
had  trouble  waiting  for  the  sun  to  rise. 
Beyond  that,  he  knew  what  he  was  digging 
for:  information  needed  to  answer  key 
questions. 

Those  Garrow  qualities  are  evident  in 
Bearing  the  Cross,  the  best  biography  of 
Martin  Luther  King  Jr.,  a  book  reviewed 
in  the  national  press  by  one  admiring  schol- 
ar after  another,  starting  with  C.  Vann 
Woodward  and  culminating  with  the  1987 
Pulitzer  Prize  for  history.  The  selected  biblio- 
graphy, including  hundreds  of  interviews, 
takes  up  forty-seven  pages  at  the  end,  along 
with  ninety  pages  of  footnotes,  drawing  on, 
among  other  sources,  10,000  pages  of  docu- 
ments he  pried  loose  with  the  Freedom  of 
Information  Act.  The  text  itself  marches 
through  625  pages,  following  King  day  by  day 
through  his  life  to  his  death. 

Solid,  to  be  sure— but  also  fascinating. 
The  book  has  page-turning  quality  for  those 
on  the  frontline  or  the  sideline  of  the  civil 
rights  movement  of  the  1950s  and  1960s, 
and  for  those  who  hope  to  understand  the 
most  successful  progress  toward  full  rights 
since  Reconstruction. 

It  happened,  but  it  might  not  have.  Clearly 
King  was  working  in  the  wind  of  a  never- 
ending  storm  of  clashing  interests,  personali- 


"There  are  few  things  more  thoroughly 
sinful  than  economic  injustice,"  he  told 
a  church  convention  in  Texas  [1966]. 
"Negroes  are  impoverished  aliens  in  an 
affluent  society,"  and  the  road  ahead  would 
be  difficult.  In  a  particularly  revealing  pas- 
sage, King  indicated  how  troubled  he 
had  become: 

We  are  gravely  mistaken  to  think  that 
religion  protects  us  from  the  pain  and 
agony  of  mortal  existence.  Life  is  not  a 
euphoria  of  unalloyed  comfort  and 
untroubled  ease.  Christianity  has  always 
insisted  that  the  cross  we  bear  precedes 
the  crown  we  wear,  To  be  a  Christian  one 
must  take  up  his  cross,  with  all  its  diffi- 
culties and  agonizing  and  tension-packed 
content,  and  carry  it  until  that  very  cross 
leaves  its  mark  upon  us  and  redeems  us  to 
that  more  excellent  way  which  comes 
only  through  suffering  .  .  . 

Will  we  march  only  to  the  music  of 
time,  or  will  we,  risking  criticism  and 
abuse,  march  only  to  the  soul-saving 
music  of  eternity? 

—from  Bearing  the  Cross 


ties,  and  powers  continually  threatening  to 
blow  the  movement  off  the  political  map. 
With  incredible  persistence,  he  kept  his 
head  while  all  about  him  were  losing  theirs 
and  blaming  it  on  him. 

No  seminar  (though  King  sometimes 
wished  it  was),  the  movement  lurched  for- 
ward primarily  by  interrupting  the  serenity 
of  the  racist  round  of  life.  King  was  a  dis- 
rupter, a  disturber  of  the  false  peace  conceal- 
ing  the   day-to-day   reality   of  tyranny   in 


America.  Brilliantly,  he  got  his  freedom 
fighters  to  fold  their  arms  as  they  marched  up 
to  those  who  would  beat  them— on  camera. 

With  Job-like  patience  and  Odyssean  per- 
sistence, King  awkwardly  held  the  Southern 
Christian  Leadership  Conference  together 
and  in  motion,  debated  steadily  and  politely 
with  ministers  and  journalists  and  politi- 
cians advising  why  he  ought  to  shut  up  or 
slow  down,  swerved  away  from  the  confron- 
tations with  the  movement  radicals  who 
wanted  to  throw  bricks  and  curses  and  the 
conservatives  who  wanted  to  transform  him 
into  an  attorney,  tuned  up  his  clapping  con- 
gregations, and  laid  his  solemn  case  before 
one  after  another  of  the  presidents  of  the 
United  States.  King  hung  in  there.  He  would 
not  let  them  turn  him  into  a  guru.  When  in 
doubt,  he  went  to  jail.  When  in  Chicago,  he 
boycotted.  When  in  Oslo  as  the  youngest 
person  ever  to  receive  the  Nobel  Peace  Prize, 
King  told  the  world  what  he  had  believed 
from  the  start,  that  the  whole  of  humanity 
shared  in  the  rights  he  was  fighting  for. 

The  civil  rights  movement  won  major, 
lasting  changes  in  the  United  States,  not 
only  in  the  treatment  of  blacks  by  whites, 
but  in  the  active  participation  by  blacks  in 
shaping  their  own  political  destinies.  It 
paved  the  way,  with  King's  leadership,  for  the 
movement  to  end  the  longest  and  most 
useless  war  in  America's  history.  And  it  set  us 
on  the  road  to  the  fight  for  human  rights— in 
Alabama,  to  be  sure,  but  also  in  Chile,  in 
Cuba,  in  Turkey  and  the  Soviet  Union  and 
Iran  and  South  Africa. 

King  was  the  hejo  of  the  civil  rights  move- 
ment. Thus  we  are  tempted  to  make  him  a 
saint  so  we  will  not  feel  we  ought  to  do  what 
he  did.  Garrow's  account  takes  that  excuse 
away  from  us.  For  King  was,  in  fact,  a  two- 
legged  human  being,  a  young  fellow  suddenly 
thrust  into  responsibilities  far  beyond  his 
talents.  Like  us,  he  gave  up  in  despair,  he  gave 
in  to  temptations,  he  gave  out  in  utter 
exhaustion.  Like  Christ,  he  could  not  bear 
his  cross  alone-  he  needed  help.  "To  be  a 
Christian,"  King  said,  "one  must  take  up  his 
cross,  with  all  its  difficulties  and  agonizing 
and  tension-packed  content,  and  carry  it 
until  that  very  cross  leaves  its  marks  upon  us 
and  redeems  us  to  that  more  excellent  way 
which  comes  only  through  suffering." 

—James  David  Barber 


Barber,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Political  Science 
and  Policy  Studies,  is  the  author  of  The  Pulse  of 
Politics  and  The  Presidential  Character. 


9  Reasons 

"Km  Should  Stay  at  the 

Sheraton  University  Center 


1,2,3,4. 

v>  TMobilT  W> 
■  Travel  Guidgjj 


5,6,7,8. 


9.  All  your  friends  will  be  there. 


Because  the  Sheraton 
University  Center  is  proud  to 
be  named  the  official  hotel  for 
Duke  Alumni. 

So  come  enjoy  our  over- 
sized rooms,  the  concierge 
service  of  our  Chancellors 
Quarters,  the  fine  wines  and 
cuisine  of  Oliver's  Restaurant. 
And  remember  your  stay  in 
Durham  as  fondly  as  your  days 
at  Duke. 


Sheraton 
University  Center 

The  hospitality  people  of  I IIHII 

Durham,  North  Carolina 

NC  15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road 

1  mile  south  of  I-85 

(919)383-8575 


Chancellors  Quarters' private  lounge 


The  Lobby  Bar 


Sunday  Brunch  by  the  pool 


What  your  business 
can  learn  about 
networking  from  AT&T 
and  Duke  University 

Duke  University  needed  the  right  partner 
to  implement  its  networking  strategy. 
AT&T  Came  Through. 

The  departments  of  Physiology  Biomedical  Engineer- 
ing, and  Computer  Science  at  Duke  University  each 
had  their  own  data  resources  ranging  from  PCs  to 
mainframes,  made  by  many  different  manufacturers. 
Duke  wanted  a  way  to  get  them  working  together. 
AT&T  helped. 

The  answer  lies  in  AT&T's  open  architecture,  the 
design  principle  that  assures  that  all  our  products  will 
work  not  only  with  each  other,  but  with  those  of  other 
manufacturers  as  well. 

With  open  architecture,  AT&T's  Information  Systems 
Network  (ISN)  enabled  Duke  to  turn  a  mixed  bag  of 
systems  into  a  single  powerful  resource.  Each  depart- 
ment now  has  the  power  to  communicate  in  new  ways. 
The  power  to  share  their  vast  storehouses  of  informa- 
tion, enabling  them  to  do  things  together  they  could 
never  do  alone. 

ISN  not  only  links  campus  resources,  it  unlocks  the 
door  to  outside  data  resources  as  well.  Together  with 
AT&T's  new  digital  switch  that  will  serve  the  voice  and 
data  needs  of  14,000  people,  both  faculty  and  students 
will  work  faster,  smarter,  and  more  efficiently: 

To  find  out  how  we  can  link  your  resources  to  get 
everyone  working  together,  call  AT&T  at  1 800  247-1212. 
From  equipment  to  networking,  from  computers  to 
communications,  AT&T  comes  through. 


AT&T 

The  right  choice. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


addr, 


requested 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


HE.     ROBERT 


'ItiCEHT     HEMDR1K5 


4H3D  SUHHV  COURT 

laURMfin^    we   anns 


Report  fro) 


i  the  inner  sanctum:  ]ohn  Feinstein,  basketball's  best  seller  (page  37) 


JULY-AUGUST  1987 


PHOTOGRAPHIC  MEMORIES 


PIGSKIN  PROMISES 


RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION? 


DREDGING  THE  DEEP 


9  Reasons 

\bu  Should  Stay  at  the 

Sheraton  University  Center 


1,2,3,4. 


5,6,7,8. 


9.  All  your  friends  will  be  there. 


Because  the  Sheraton 
University  Center  is  proud  to 
be  named  the  official  hotel  for 
Duke  Alumni. 

So  come  enjoy  our  over- 
sized rooms,  the  concierge 
service  of  our  Chancellors 
Quarters,  the  fine  wines  and 
cuisine  of  Oliver's  Restaurant. 
And  remember  your  stay  in 
Durham  as  fondly  as  your  days 
at  Duke.  ^  -«% 


Sheraton 
University  Center 

The  hospitality  people  of  I  IIHII 

Durham,  North  Carolina 

NC  15-501  By-Pass  at  Morreene  Road 

1  mile  south  of  I-85 

(919)  383-8575 


hilars  Quarter^ 'private 


,"  , 

nBti 

£4  'flfl'^W^  ,.,*i-  E^L 

^# 

jbf^ESIB^hmp 

-'■  '^^rit^^mWiSF** 

Sunday  Brunch  by  the  pool 


EDITOR:  Robert  J.  Bliwise 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR-. 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Bridget  Booher  '82 
DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
West  Side  Studio 
STUDENT  INTERN: 
David  Frost  '88 
PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburkjr.'60 

OFFICERS,  GENERAL 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION: 
PaulRisherB.S.M.E.'57, 
president;  Robert  L.  Heidrick 
'63,  president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
E.  Thomas  Murphy  Jr.  B.D.  '65, 
Divinity  School;  Sterling  M. 
BrockwellJr.B.S.C.E.'56, 
School  of  Engineering; 
R  Michael  McGregor  M.B.A. 
*80,  Fuqua  School  of  Business; 
Edward  R.  Drayton  III  M.F.  '61, 
School  of  Forestry  & 
Environmental  Studies;  Jack  M. 
Cook  M.H  A.  '69,  Department 
of  Health  Almmisrratiori; 
Charles  W.  Petty  Jr.  LL.B.  '63, 
School  of  law;  Elizabeth  R. 
Baker  M.D.  75  H.S.  79,  School 
of  Medicine;  Barbara  Brod 
GenninoB5.N.'64,M.S.N. 
'68,  School  of  Nursing;  Paul  L. 
Imbrogno  '80  M.S.,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
Katherine  N.  Halpem  B.H.S. 
77,  Physicians' Assistant 
Program;  Joseph  L.  Skinner  '33, 
Hal/-Cenniry  Club. 

EDITORIAL  ADVISORY 
BOARD:  Clay  Felker '51, 
chairman;  Frederick  F. 
Andrews  '60;  Holly  B.  Brubach 
75;  Nancy  L.  CardweU  '69; 
Jerrold  K.  Footlick;  Janet  L. 
Guyon  77;  John  W.  Hartman 
'44;  Elizabeth  H.Locke '64, 
Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr. 
'63;  Peter  Maas  '49;  Richard 
Austin  Smith  35;  Susan  Tift 
73;  Robert  J.  Bliwise,  secretary. 

Typesetting  by  Liberated  Types, 
Ltd.;  printing  by  PBM  Graphics 


©  1987,  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly;  voluntary 
subscriptions  $15  per  year 


JULY- 
AUGUST  1987 


VOLUME  73 
NUMBER  5 


Cover:  With  a  research  agenda 
that  stretches  from  the  ocean 
bottom  to  the  shoreline,  the  RV 
Cape  HatttTiis  is  ,1  floating  labora- 
tory that  leaves  a  respected  wake 

by  Scott  Taylor 


FEATURES 


MAN  IN  MOSCOW 

Gorbachev  may  impress  Soviet-watchers,  but  America's  new  envoy  remains  skeptical 
about  the  pace— and  the  direction— of  change  in  the  Soviet  Union 


Arthur  Rickerby  brought  history  to  life  and  LIFE  to  history 


ALL  ABOARD  THE  LAB  BOAT 

Thoughts  from  a  research  outing:  Is  a  mud  fight  just  a  mud  fight  when  the  raw 
material  is  thousands  of  years  old? 


SAND  IN  OUR  SYLLABUS 

Embarrassing  sinkings,  valiant  rescues,  wild  chases,  and  other  tales  of  devotion 
to  the  ocean 


14 


37 


Strong  opinions  and  the  conviction  to  air  them  are  a  trademark  for  Mary  Semans- 
and  the  great-granddaughter  of  Washington  Duke  would  have  it  no  other  way 


THE  FORCE  RETURNS  TO  FOOTBALL 

"We're  trying  to  put  a  certain  amount  of  pressure  on  ourselves,"  says  new  coach 
Steve  Spurrier,  and  the  pressure  begins  with  forecasts  of  a  winning  season 


DEPARTMENTS 


32 


Pompey  Ducklegs  bites  the  dust,  the  Duke  Press  has  a  launching,  coffee 
gets  a  passing  grade 


35 


Nightline's  Ted  Koppel  on  the  Vannatizing  of  America 


A  presidency  for  Pye,  an  acquisition  for  the  museum,  an  expansion  for  the  Fuqua  School 


DUKE  PERSPECTIVES 

M 

OUR 

1ANE 

osoo 

BY  SUSAN  BLOCH 

Sf 

AMBASSADOR  JACK  MATLOCK: 

GAUGING  GLASNOST 

Gorbachev  may  impress  Soviet-watchers,  but  Amer- 
ica's new  envoy  remains  skeptical.  "If  the  Soviets  are 
really  interested  in  peace,  they  need  to  change  some 
of  their  policies." 

evolutionary  change  or  token 
nKUjB  gesture?  An  expanded  economy 
B^^K    or   business    as    usual?    Soviet 
Bi^^k  leader     Mikhail     Gorbachev's 
announced  program  of  glasnost,  or  openness, 
in  the  Soviet  Union  is  front-page  fare  in  the 
United  States,  as  the  signs  and  the  limits  of 
"democratizing"  a  communist  country  are 
debated  by  the  column  inch. 

Many  observers  consider  this  period  in 
Soviet-American  relations  the  most  crucial 
and  challenging  in  history.  Jack  F.  Matlock 
'50,  recently  named  U.S.  ambassador  to  the 
Soviet  Union,  prefers  to  call  it  "interesting," 
for  lack  of  a  better  word. 

"I  recall,  some  ten  years  ago,  when  I  was 
director   of   Soviet    affairs   for   the    State 
Department,  every  few  months  we'd  be  writ- 
ing a  paper  for  Secretary  of  State  Henry 
Kissinger  about  an  upcoming  meeting,"  says 
Matlock.  "Invariably,  the  paper  began  with, 
'You  are  meeting  with  Mr.  Gromyko  at  a  cri- 
tical juncture.'  After  the  fourth  time  we  sent 
that  out,  I  told  the  staff  to  find  another  word. 
It's  always  a  critical  juncture  in  U.S.-Soviet 
relations.  There  are  no  uninteresting  times, 
and  this  is  certainly  an  interesting  one." 

Allegations  of  security  leaks  by  Marine 
guards  at  the  U.S.  embassy  in  Moscow  con- 
tinued the  "interesting"  times,  and  didn't 
help   that   fragile   coexistence.    Although 
Matlock  hasn't  issued  a  public  statement 
about  the  alleged  espionage  incident,  he  was 
reportedly  among  those  who  felt,  before  the 
scandal,  that  the  presence  of  Soviet  citizens 
in  the  embassy  was  undesirable.  The  episode 
in  the  embassay  points  to  one  dilemma 
facing  the  new  ambassador:  Despite  positive 
talk  on  both  sides,  mutual  trust  between  the 
superpowers  is  still  a  long  way  off. 

Even  so,  Gorbachev  continues  to  impress 
the  critics.  Attacking  corruption  among 
slothful  and  aged  leaders  from  the  Brezhnev 
era,  the  Soviet  leader  rapidly  retired  some  30 
percent  of  the  country's  economic  ministers 
and  local  party  officials  when  he  took  office. 
More  than  150  Soviet  dissidents  have  been 
pardoned  and  released,  as  in  the  highly 
publicized  case  of  physicist  Andre  Sakharov, 
who  had  been  confined  to  Gorky  since  1980 
for  speaking  out  against  Soviet  policies.  In 
efforts  to  decentralize  the  Soviet  economy, 
Gorbachev  authorized  the  establishment  of 
private  enterprise,  with  certain  restrictions, 

2 

' 

1  I  m 

i  1 

11 
II  i l 

it 

11       ^*v. 

and  import-export  trade  for  selected  mini- 
stries and  businesses.  Soviet  citizens  will 
now  be  allowed  to  read  the  once-banned  Dr. 
Zhivago,  though  they'll  have  greater  difficulty 
getting  their  hands  on  vodka.  Concerned 
about  the  lack  of  discipline  and  the  growing 
rate  of  alcoholism  in  the  Soviet  Union, 
Gorbachev  has  made  the  beloved  beverage 
more  difficult  to  find  and  more  expensive. 

A  lagging  economy  is,  in  the  view  of  many, 
the  impetus  behind  glasnost.  As  Duke  poli- 
tical scientist  Jerry  Hough  wrote  in  The  New 
York  Times:  "Soviet  manufacturers  have  total 
protectionism,  for  they  don't  lose  business 
when  technology  is  imported  and  they  are 
not  forced  to  export  and  compete  in  foreign 
markets.  The  results  are  exactly  what  the 
free-trade  textbooks  predicted— poor  quality 
and  lack  of  innovation.  The  Soviet  Union 
cannot  even  produce  items  that  South  Korea 
exports,  let  alone  Japan." 

Hough  theorizes  that  improving  the 
Soviet  Unions  lackluster  performance  in 
the  marketplace  through  foreign  economic 
competition  will  require  that  "Soviet  society 
develop  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the 
outside  world  ....  In  order  to  break  the 
American  technological  blockade,  Moscow 
needs  to  focus  foreign  policy  on  improving 
relations  with  Europe  and 


Matlock  describes 

himself  as  an  American 

who  understands  Russia, 

admires  Russian  culture, 

does  not  admire  its 

political  system,  and 

is  very  precise  and 

forceful  in  expressing 

the  U.S.  point  of  view. 


Matlock  is  unwilling  to  speculate  on  what 
he  terms  "internal  Soviet  motivations."  But 
he  sees  the  new  emphasis  on  openness  as  an 
opportunity  to  strengthen  the  Soviet  link 
with  the  rest  of  the  world  and  to  improve 
relations  with  the  United  States.  "In  the 
modern  world,  where  technology  changes  so 
rapidly  and  where  national  power  is  so  much 
contingent    upon    technological    develop- 


Naylor:  Gorbachev  is  "making  all 
the  right  moves" 

Soviet  leader  Mikhail 
Gorbachev  is  using  the 
power  of  the  interna- 
tional marketplace  as  a  form 
of  shock  therapy  in  his  bid  to 
reform  the  Soviet  Union's 
stagnant  economy,  "If  you 
subject  state-owned  industries 
to  foreign  competition,  then 
they  have  to  get  their  act 
together/*  says  Thomas  Naylor, 
a  professor  at  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business. 

By  1990,  he  says,  he 
wouldn't  be  surprised  to  see 
a  mixture  of  free  enterprise 
and  state  ownership  in  the 
Soviet  Union  similar  to  that 
flourishing  in  Hungary  today. 
Naylor,  whose  management 
theories  are  widely  studied  in 
the  Soviet  Union,  predicted 


years  ago  that  the 
mlin  would  adopt  a  policy 
of  economic  decentralization. 
Gorbachev's  recent  announce- 
ment legitimizing  individual 
private  enterprise  is  the  most 
visible  aspect  of  the  emerging 
new  economic  policy,  the 
economist  says. 

What  many  Western  obser- 
vers have  overlooked,  accord- 
ing to  Naylor,  are  serious 
attempts  at  deep  structural 
reform  of  the  Soviet  economy. 
These  attempts  have  their 
roots  in  the  short  tenure  of 
Yuri  Andropov,  Gorbachev's 
predecessor  and  mentor  as 
Communist  Party  first  secre- 
tary. During  a  visit  to  the 
Soviet  Union  in  1982,  Naylor 
found  that  decentralized  plan- 
ning was  being  studied  by 
more  than  250  researchers  at 
ten  academic  institutions. 
Later,  he  learned  that  such 
work  had  its  origins  in 
the  1960s. 

"The  clients  were  Andropov 
and  Gorbachev.  Now  we  see 
how  important  Andropov  was 
in  all  this.  He  announced 
reforms  in  the  summer  of 
1983  and  began  to  implement 
them  in  January  1984,  a 
month  before  his  death." 

The  year  between 
Andropov's  death  and 
Gorbachev's  ascension  was 
filled  by  the  dying  Konstantin 
Chernenko.  No  new  econo- 
mic initiatives  were  an- 
nounced during  this  time, 


Andropov's  experiment 
allowing  five  ministries  to 
begin  decentralized  planning 
and  production  continued 
without  interruption.  Shortly 
after  Gorbachev  came  to 
power,  Naylor  says,  decentra- 
lization was  extended  to  fif- 
teen more  ministries.  Today, 
some  seventy  state  enterprises 
controlled  by  these  ministries 
can  deal  directly  with  the 
West,  even  to  the  point  of 
joint  ventures. 

"Gorbachev  has  signaled 
the  globalization  of  Soviet 
trade,"  Naylor  adds.  "The 
thrust  of  his  foreign  policy  is 
to  make  deals  with  those 
countries  with  which  the 
Soviets  can  carry  on  two-way 
trade.  He  wants  imports  from 
the  West-food,  technology, 
consumer  goods— and  to  buy 
these  the  Soviet  Union  needs 
to  sell  more  to  the  West  than 
metals  and  hydrocarbons." 

According  to  Naylor, 
Gorbachev  is  "making  all  the 
right  moves"  toward  economic 
and  cultural  reform -with  a 
little  assist  from  President 
Reagan.  "Reagan's  hard-line 
policy  and  threat  of  'Star 
Wars'  is  being  used  to  rally  the 
Soviet  people  to  make  one 
more  round  of  sacrifice  to 
solve  the  nation's  problems. 
Reagan  has  created  an  envi- 
ronment very  conducive  to 
what  Gorbachev  is  trying  to 
do." 


ment,  I  suspect  that  the  Soviets  recognize 
that  it  would  be  very  dangerous  to  be  so  cut 
off  from  the  outside  world  as  they  have  been 
in  the  past.  I  would  hope  that  as  the  society 
becomes  more  open,  there  would  be  more 
opportunities  to  present  the  American  point 
of  view  so  there  can  be  a  better  interchange 
of  information  and  ideas  between  our 
societies.  It's  in  the  interest  of  both  countries 
that  we  have  more  interchange  of  a  mean- 
ingful nature  than  drinking  toasts  to  peace 
and  friendship,  although  peace  is  very 
important." 

To  Matlock,  the  rather  more  restricted 
concern  of  embassy  security  has  become  very 
important.  His  arrival  in  Moscow  coincided 
with  a  spate  of  stories— many  since  called 
into  question— that  lonely,  bored,  and 
vulnerable  Marine  guards  had  permitted 
Soviet  intrusions  into  the  embassy's  nomi- 
nally secure  areas.  "We  have  made  physical 
changes  to  the  embassy  building  and  re- 
placed all  security  guards  with  a  new,  spe- 
cially selected  group,"  Matlock  says.  "We 
have  altered  some  of  our  management  prac- 
tices to  provide  better  supervision  of  the 
security  function."  Of  the  apparently  bug- 
riddled  embassy  building  under  construc- 
tion, he  says— diplomatically  enough— that 
"our  specialists  are  still  studying  the  situa- 
tion to  determine  how  best  to  deal  with  it." 
The  United  States  "assumed  that  attempts 
would  be  made  to  place  listening  devices  in 
the  building,"  Matlock  acknowledges.  "But 
we  were  confident  that  we  could  find  them 
and  remove  or  neutralize  them.  Unfortu- 
nately, we  were  over-confident.  The  Soviets 
employed  more  advanced  technology  than 
we  had  seen  earlier." 

So  a  security-conscious  ambassador  finds 
himself  operating  an  embassy  with  only  "a 
third  of  the  support  people  we  actually 
need— a  consequence  of  the  decision  to 
replace  Soviet  employees  with  hard-to- 
recruit  Americans.  But  once  a  full  American 
contingent  is  in  place,  "we'll  be  better  off 
than  we  ever  were  before,"  he  insists.  Better 
off,  that  is,  to  engage  in  Gorbachev^watching. 

"In  the  case  of  Mr.  Gorbachev's  reforms,  as 
yet  we  don't  know  their  potential,  but  as  yet 
they  don't  really  change  the  system.  They 
seem  to  be  directed  at  putting  more  efficient 
people  in  managerial  positions,  asking 
people  to  work  harder  and  drink  less,  and  the 
openness,  which  could  have  an  impact  in 
terms  of  bilateral  relations.  But  up  to  now, 
there  is  no  set  of  proposals  for  reform.  They 
speak  of  perestroika,  which  is  reconstruction, 
and  yet  it  is  not  a  blueprint  at  this  time." 

Matlock's  predecessor,  Arthur  Hartman, 
remarked  that  the  freeing  of  dissidents  shows 
"the  Soviet  government  has  recognized  that 
their  treatment  of  individuals  has  had  an 
effect  on  the  overall  relationship  of  the 
Soviet  Union  with  other  countries."  Shortly 
after  his  return  to  Moscow  in  December, 


Digital  detente:  Matlock  meets  Gorbachev  in  Washington,  watched  over  by  former  Soviet  ambassador  Anatoly  Dobrynin 
and  new  foreign  minister  Edward  Shevamadze,  center 


dissident  Sakharov  said  he  viewed  the  re- 
leases as  important.  "Objectively,  something 
real  is  happening.  How  far  it  is  going  to  go  is 
a  complicated  question,  but  I  myself  have 
decided  that  the  situation  has  changed." 

The  Soviet  Union's  apparent  willingness 
to  discuss  human-rights  issues  at  all  is  part  of 
the  change,  according  to  Matlock.  "Over  the 
years,  the  Soviets  really  didn't  want  to  con- 
cede that  issues  like  respect,  or  lack  thereof, 
that  a  government  has  for  the  human  rights 
of  its  citizens  was  a  legitimate  subject  for 
international  discussion,"  he  says.  "They 
would  often  say  it  was  an  internal  matter,  and 
they  wouldn't  discuss  it.  I  think  it  is,  to  a 
degree,  encouraging  that,  implicitly,  they  are 
now  beginning  to  recognize  it's  a  matter  of 
international  concern."  Having  signed  the 
Helsinki  Agreement  in  1975,  which  made 
their  domestic  conduct  a  matter  of  global 
scrutiny,  the  Soviets  "cannot  logically 
maintain  that  these  [human  rights]  issues  are 
purely  internal." 

But  the  releases  are  not  likely  to  break 
down  the  sturdy  barriers  to  East-West  rela- 
tions posed  by  human-rights  issues.  Says 
Matlock:  "I  certainly  hope  the  pardons  are  a 


harbinger  of  greater  respect  for  the  indivi- 
dual's rights.  And  yet,  people  are  still  being 
arrested.  People  still  get  roughed  up  for  even 
minor  demonstrations.  So  I  don't  think  we 
can  say  things  have  changed  that  much. 
But  certainly  what  has  happened  should 
be  welcomed." 

A  clear  sign  of  change,  by  anyone's  measure, 
was  the  participation  of  Sakharov  in  a  world 
"forum  for  peace,"  held  in  Moscow  and 
hosted  by  the  Kremlin.  Time  magazine 
characterized  the  so-called  peace  party  as 
the  first  occasion  when  Gorbachev  used 
"glitz  to  push  glasnost."  Attending  the  forum 
last  winter  were  such  notables  as  author 
Gore  Vidal,  actor  Peter  Ustinov,  Harvard 
economist  John  Kenneth  Galbraith,  and 
fashion  designer  Pierre  Cardin.  Also  among 
the  700  participants  from  sixty  countries  was 
Duke  engineering  professor  Devendra  Garg, 
who  met  with  other  scientists  and  engineers 
to  discuss  such  topics  as  nuclear  weapons 
and  the  Anti-Ballistic  Missile  (ABM)  Treaty. 

When  he  returned  to  Duke,  Garg  told  the 
student  Chronicle  that  there  is  a  mixture  of 
fear  and  optimism  within  the  Soviet  Union. 
"They  are  moving  toward  a  broad  democrati- 


zation of  Soviet  society  within  a  socialist 
framework,"  he  said.  "I  felt  that  there  is  a 
climate  of  optimism  and  hope  in  people  in 
the  Soviet  Union  ....  The  greatest  worry  I 
sensed  was  the  fear  of  exotic  weapons  such  as 
the  Strategic  Defense  Initiative  (SDI), 
weapons  that  require  great  technology 
and  computers.  Computers  are  certainly 
not  infallible." 

Matlock  might  accept  the  fear-amid- 
optimism  formulation,  but  would  give  it  a 
different  emphasis.  "Relations  could  be 
better  and  they  could  be  worse,"  he  says. 
"We're  not  at  the  point  of  war.  We  have  a 
stability  in  the  relationship  in  terms  of  keep- 
ing the  peace  between  us.  We've  gone 
through  a  number  of  years  and  had  nothing 
like  the  Cuban  Missile  Crisis,  or  the  sort  of 
crisis  we  had  in  1973  when  we  went  on  a 
worldwide  nuclear  alert.  That's  symptomatic 
of  the  fact  that  even  though  there  are  at  times 
a  lot  of  polemics  and  certainly  many  issues  at 
which  we're  at  odds,  we're  not  on  a  collision 
course. 

"On  the  other  hand,  relations  are  not 

good.  Not  only  are  our  systems  basically 

Continued  on  page  48 


Arthur  Rickerby  brought  history  to  life 
and  LIFE  to  history. 

A  PIONEERS 
PORTFOLIO 


ews  photography  and 
Arthur  B.  Rickerby  '41 
grew  up  together,  and 
each  exacted  a  notice- 
able, if  not  historic,  influence  on  the 
other.  News  photography  helped 
Rickerby  pay  his  way  through  Duke 
and,  later,  get  him  regularly  into 
the  Kennedy  White  House.  At  the  same  time, 
Rickerby  revolutionized  the  field— when  the 
Speed  Graphic  was  the  restrictive  standard— by 
championing  the  smaller,  more  versatile  35- 
millimeter  camera.  That  achievement  brought 
him  a  nomination  for  the  1957  Pulitzer  Prize.  He 
was  also  the  first  to  use  a  zoom  lens  to  create 
symbolic  pictures,  intensifying  the  excitement  or 
the  tumult  of  the  moment. 

It  all  started  with  his  joining  a  camera  club  at 
DeWitt  Clinton  High  School.  The  native  New 
Yorker  brought  his  talents  to  Duke,  shooting 
sports  for  The  Chronicle  and  the  Chanticleer.  Those 
pictures  got  him  a  job  in  New  York  with  Acme 
Newspictures  (now  United  Press  International). 
And  World  War  II  got  him  a  job  with  the  U.S. 
Navy,  covering  the  Asian  theater  as  part  of  the 
famous  naval  photographic  unit  headed  by  Cap- 
tain Edward  Steichen.  Lieutenan*  Rickerby  was 
part  of  the  invasion  of  Iwo  Jima,  won  a  Navy  cita- 
tion for  his  depiction  of  the  plight  of  civilians  on 
Okinawa,  did  a  major  documentary  on  prisoners 
of  war  in  a  Guam  internment  camp,  entered  Tokyo 
to  document  damage  there  before  most  Japanese 
knew  the  war  had  ended,  and  then  photographed 
the  signing  of  the  surrender  aboard  the  U.S.S. 
Missouri. 

His  career  flourished  after  the  war,  and  his  as- 
signments carried  him  around  the  world.  At  home, 
he  did  a  words-and-pictures  series  on  the  Ameri 
can  scene  for  the  Newspaper  Enterprise  Associa 
tion,  and  became  a  regular  winner  in  annual  com 
petitions  sponsored  by  the  University  of  Mis- 
souri's journalism  school/Encyclopedia  Britan 
nica/National  Press  Photographers  Association. 


He  even  won  a  National  Headliners 
Medal  twice  in  his  lifetime. 

In  1959,  Rickerby  decided  to  change 
directions  and  try  his  hand  at  maga- 
zine photography.  By  the  next  year,  he 
was  published  in  Coronet,  Parade, 
Eedbook,  Sport,  Sports  Illustrated, 
Pageant,  Saturday  Evening  Post,  LIFE, 
Look,  and  Collier's .  When  LIFE  offered  him  a  staff 
position,  he  gave  up  his  lucrative  free-lance  work 
willingly.  Since  1951,  when  he  won  a  Young 
Photographers  Award  in  a  LIFE  contest,  working 
exclusively  for  the  magazine  had  been  his  dream. 
He  moved  his  family  from  Bethel,  Connecti- 
cut, to  Washington,  D.C.,  was  accredited  by  the 
Kennedy  White  House,  and  covered  not  only  the 
president,  but  other  features  as  well,  including 
two  major  pieces  on  the  Jimmy  Hoffa  trials.  He 
won  a  White  House  Press  Photographer's  Award 
for  his  extreme  closeup  of  Senator  Everett  Dirksen 
during  his  first  year  with  LIFE.  He  continued  to 
travel  with  the  president,  and  was  in  the  motor- 
cade in  Dallas  the  day  Kennedy  was  assassinated. 
Rickerby 's  photo  essays  on  sports  have  become 
classics  in  portraying  the  moment  of  impact,  vic- 
tory, or  defeat— and  all  the  accompanying  emo- 
tions. In  1966,  eighteen  color  pages  in  LIFE,  "The 
Controlled  Violence  of  the  Pros,"  captured  the 
struggle  and  grit  of  the  misty  playing  fields  of  mid- 
dle America;  it's  probably  his  best-known  work. 

Rickerby  died  suddenly  in  1972  at  the  age  of 
fifty-one.  He  was  one  of  ten  international  artists 
represented  by  the  Baltimore  Museum  of  Art 
exhibit  "Man  and  Sport."  His  work  is  also  part  of 
the  permanent  collection  of  the  Museum  of 
Modern  Art  in  New  York  and  has  hung  in  the 
Municipal  Museum  of  The  Hague. 

These  photographs  are  from  the  collection  of 
his  widow,  Wanda  Rickerby.  Most  were  part  of  an 
exhibit  held  at  the  Nancy  Hanks  Gallery  in 
Duke's  Bryan  Center  and  sponsored  by  the  offices 
of  Alumni  Affairs  and  the  Capital  Campaign  for 
the  Arts,  Sciences,  and  Engineering.  ■ 


Overleaf:  During  World 
War  II,  Naval  officer 
Rickerby's  POW 
Salutes  Captor  was  part  of  an 
essay  on  the  life  of  Japanese 
prisoners  held  in  internment 
camps  on  Guam. 


Rickerby  called  the 
photo  at  left,  Emmett 
Kelly,  "a  metaphor  for 
life"  and  one  of  his  personal 
favorites. 

As  a  photographer  for  LIFE, 
he  captured  the  touch— and 
charm— of  the  poet  Robert 
Frost,  above  in  Cognoscenti 
Come  to  Call.  Rickerby  was 
the  only  White  House  photog- 
rapher allowed  to  cover  the 
dinner  President  Kennedy 
and  the  First  Lady  gave  for 
Nobel  Prize  winners  in  1961. 

An  upbeat  feature  assign- 
ment on  the  popularity  of 
bowling  among  youngsters 
resulted  in  this  triumphant 
photo,  top  right,  It's  a  Strike!!, 
for  LIFE  in  1962. 

In  1960,  Rickerby  traveled 
to  Pennsylvania  to  document 
Amish  families'  resistance  to  a 
requirement  that  their  children 
attend  a  modem,  regional  high 
school  for  two  years.  Amish 
Elders,  bottom  right,  captures 
this  clash  between  church  and 


^te^^F^*^ 


^fl^  eneral  Douglas 
ItjHjJ  MacArthur's  recall 
CS  '     from  Korea  in  1951  by 
President  Truman  stirred  up  a 
bitter  controversy  in  the 
United  States.  While  working 
for  Acme  Newspictures,  now 
United  Press  International, 
Rickerby  captured  one  facet 
of  the  public's  reaction  in 
MacArthur  Welcomed  in 
New  York  City,  a  tickertape 
parade  suitable  for  a  hero. 

While  a  Duke  undergradu- 
ate, he  supported  himself  by 
selling  sports  photos.  Duke 
Football,  right,  shot  in  1941, 
prepared  him  to  wade  into  the 
fray  again— a  decade  later— for 


Price  War  at  Macy's,  below. 
This  candid  won  him  awards 
for  Newspictures  of  the  Year 
contest,  sponsored  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri's  journalism 
school  and  the  National  Press 
Association,  as  well  as  the 
Headliners  Award  and  a  con- 
test for  young  photographers 
sponsored  by  LIFE  magazine, 
his  future  employer. 


I 


H^k  resident  John  F. 
H^P  Kennedy  and  adversary 

Premier  Nikita 
Khrushchev  were  just  two  of 
Rickerby's  powerful  portraits. 
While  Kennedy  and  his 
brother  Attorney  General 
Robert  Kennedy  spent  lonely 
hours  in  the  Oval  Office  dur- 
ing a  drawn-out  struggle  with 
the  steel  industry,  Rickerby 
was  granted  exclusive  cover- 
age. The  portrait  at  left,  and 
others  from  a  series,  is  used 
mural-sized  in  the  Kennedy 
Memorial  Library  outside 
Boston. 

At  the  height  of  his  power  as 
Soviet  leader,  Khrushchev 
visited  the  United  Nations  in 
New  York  City,  where  he 
engaged  in  a  shoe-banging 
incident  as  a  form  of  protest. 
LIFE  ran  this  portrait  at  right 
in  the  September  27,  1960, 
issue. 


WL^d^WiiU 

/ 

u 

ALL 

:ard: 

UBBQ 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 

TH 

E 

SCIENCE  AT  SEA: 

RV.CAPEHATTERAS 

As  we  alternately  darted  and  bobbed  around  the 
Bahamas,  the  sea  presented  its  many  sides:  a  force 
that  could  be  both  furious  and  inviting,  a  treasure- 
trove  of  natural  history 

9  have  to  face  it:  For  all  that  I  may  owe 

g|  to  the  original  primal  ooze,  the  sea 
pj  and  I  have  never  had  a  relationship  of 

si   intimacy.    The   most   enduring   sea 
voyage  in  my  repertoire  of  experiences  was  a 
ferry-boat  ride  off  Cape  Cod;  the  most  edu- 
cational was  the  Captain  Nemo-narrated 
tour  of  Disney  World's  "20,000   Leagues 
Under  the  Sea"  exhibit. 

All  that  promised  to  change  with  an  invi- 
tation to  join  an  ocean-going  research  trip. 
The  trip  would  extend  six  days  on  the  Cape 
Hatteras.  Six  days— a  long  period  of  confine- 
ment for  a  confirmed  landlubber.  Would  I 
maintain  my  decorum,  my  balance,  and  my 
digestion?  Would  I  learn  to  distinguish  my 
fore  from  my  aft,  my  bow  from  my  stem? 
Would  I  understand  the  difference  between  a 
piston  core  and  a  pistol  range,  or  between 
calcium  carbonate  and  carbonated  soda? 
Would  my  suntan  lotion  hold  up? 

Launched  from  the  shipyard  in  1981,  the 
135-foot  R.V.  (for  Research  Vessel)  Hatteras 
carries  ten  officers  and  crew  members  and  up 
to  a  dozen  scientists  and  technicians.  It's 
clearly  outfitted  as  a  workhorse,  with  its 
main  and  upper  deck  sprouting  hydraulic 

winches,  cranes,  and  A-frames  for  lowering 
and  raising  the  sampling  instruments.  The 
Duke-UNC     Consortium     operates     the 
Hatteras  with  National  Science  Foundation 
funding;  and  the  ship  is  performing  science, 
about  240  days  a  year,  often  for  weeks  at  a 
time.  Home  port  for  the  Hatteras  is  Duke's 
Marine  Laboratory  in  Beaufort,  within  the 
Outer  Banks  of  North  Carolina.  The  lab 
itself  traces  its  origins  to  1938,  when  Duke 
scientists  were  drawn  to  the  area— as  official 
histories  put  it— by  "this  rich  abundance  of 
marine  flora  and  fauna."  Each  year,  the 
marine  lab  attracts  about  1,500  undergrad- 
uate and  graduate  students  and  visiting 
researchers. 

For  this  trip,  the  chief  scientist  on  board 
was  Cindy  Pilskaln,  a  Ph.D.  who  works  and 
teaches  at  the  lab  as  a  research  associate. 
Pilskaln's  interest  is  in  the  biological  and 
chemical  processes  that  affect  sediment  as 
it's  formed  and  as  it  settles  miles  and  miles  to 
the  sea  bottom.  She  wants  to  see  how  sedi- 
ment gets  to  the  bottom,  that  is,  and  what 
happens  when  it  gets  there. 

As  an  undergraduate  at  the  University  of 
Vermont,  Pilskaln  became  hooked  with  an 

12 

v^ 


introductory  oceanography  course,  and 
shifted  her  orientation  from  biology  to 
geology:  "It  was  a  hell  of  a  lot  more  exciting 
than  sitting  through  genetics  with  a  bunch 
of  pre-meds."This  was  the  late  1970s,  and,  as 
Pilskaln  says,  "everyone  wanted  to  be  Jacques 
Cousteau.  A  lot  of  people  thought  the  only 
way  they  could  study  oceanography  was 
through  biology.  They'd  wonder,  'Are  there 
rocks  in  the  ocean?  Isn't  it  just  covered  with 
a  lot  of  mud?'  They  wouldn't  connect  geology 
with  the  oceans." 
Along  with  Pilskaln,  we  had  on  board  a 


coring  technician— Tom  Davis,  who  earned  a 
master's  in  geology  from  Duke  in  1986— an 
electronics  technician,  three  Duke  graduate 
students,  a  Ph.D.  candidate  from  Woods 
Hole  Oceanographic  Institute  on  Cape 
Cod,  and  three  undergraduates.  The  under- 
graduates were  enrolled  in  the  marine  lab's 
geological  oceanography  course;  and  for  all 
of  them  this  would  be  the  first  research 
voyage  at  sea. 

It  would  be,  in  fact,  the  first  Hatteras  field 
trip  for  any  Duke  oceanography  class.  As 
undergraduate  Sue  Gaerther  said:  "I  wanted 


to  come  on  a  cruise  since  the  first  time  I  saw 
the  Hatteras."  Another  in  that  on-board 
group  was  Cindy  Weeks,  a  rising  senior  at 
Ohio's  Denison  University,  which  is  in  a 
marine-sciences  consortium  with  Duke. 
Weeks  was  drawn  to  the  marine  lab's  atmos- 
phere of  collegiality  between  professor  and 
student.  As  part  of  the  research  routine,  she 
points  out,  each  student  does  at  least  one 
round  of  independent  study,  hers  centering 
on  the  horseshoe  crab.  And  like  the  other 
oceanography  students,  she's  had  the  experi- 
ence of  cutting  up  and  analyzing  sediments. 


SAND  IN  OUR 
SYLLABUS 

by  Orrin  Pilkey  and  Richard  Searles 


It  all  started  at  a  cocktail  party  in  1965 . 
The  two  of  us  had  never  met  before, 
but  we  had  a  strong  mutual  interest  in 
the  sea.  Before  the  evening  was  over 
and  even  though  we  were  from  different 
departments  (geology  and  botany),  we  had 
agreed  to  start  up  a  two-man  course  in  intro- 
ductory oceanography  to  fill  an  apparent  gap 
in  Duke's  offerings.  It  even  seemed  like  a  good 
idea  the  next  day,  so  we  were  off  and  running. 
The  course,  designed  primarily  for  the  non- 
scientist,  has  proven  to  be  a  popular  one. 
One  would  hope  at  least  part  of  the  popular- 
ity stems  from  the  teaching,  but  certainly 
the  ocean  is  a  popular  subject. 


A  large  class  size  can  be  frustrating  to  pro- 
fessor and  student  alike.  In  this  class  we  get 
to  know  only  a  very  few  students  and  often 
they  are  the  ones  in  academic  trouble.  For 
this  reason,  among  others,  we  always  look 
forward  to  the  required  field  trip  to  the  Duke 
Marine  Lab  in  Beaufort,  when  we  get  an 
opportunity  to  work  with  our  students  in 
small  groups. 

In  1966,  the  first  year  we  took  a  group  to 
the  Duke  Marine  Lab,  we  decided  to  have  an 
after-dinner  party  on  the  beach  on  Bogue 
Bank.  The  class,  plus  some  of  the  resident 
lab  crowd,  piled  into  cars  for  the  drive  to  the 
shore.  As  the  evening  progressed,  those  who 
were  most  tired  organized  carloads  to  go  back 
to  the  dorms  at  the  lab.  When  the  last  half- 
dozen  students  gave  up  for  the  evening,  put 
out  the  beach  fire,  and  trooped  back  to  the 
road  for  the  ride  back,  they  discovered,  to 
their  chagrin,  that  none  of  their  number  had 


a  car.  They  arrived  back  at  the  lab  after  a  ten- 
mile  hike  at  about  5:30  a.m.,  in  plenty  of 
time  for  the  6:45  wake-up  call  and  a  day  of 
pursuing  Pilkey  around  Shackleford  Banks. 
We  had  one  more  year  in  which  we  tried  to 
cover  the  travel  to  the  lab  in  private  cars.  But 
in  that  second  year  a  student  driver  coming 
or  going  from  a  mission  to  get  beer  wiped  out 
all  the  bushes  in  front  of  the  dining  hall, 
forcing  us  to  turn  to  safer,  controllable,  bus 
and  van  transportation.  Buses  also  became  a 
necessity  as  the  class  size  grew  to  ninety  and 
then  120  and  then  180  and  in  1984  peaked  at 
over  220.  One  field  trip  became  two  trips 
and  three  trips,  and  then,  in  1984,  four  trips 
were  run  back-to-back.  We  also  tried  to  cut 
down  on  costs  by  taking  all  the  students  in 
university  vans  using  student  drivers.  That 
experiment  lasted  one  year.  Departing  for 
Durham  at  trip's  end,  a  perfectly  sober  stu- 
dent hit  the  walkway  to  the  bridge  leading  to 


That  lab-bound  exercise  is  just  one  stage  of 
science,  though;  with  science  on  the  seas, 
we'd  escape  into  a  different  dimension. 

Departure  time  was  Tuesday,  at  eight 
o'clock  in  the  morning.  To  accustom  myself 
to  my  rather  circumscribed  surroundings,  I 
spent  the  prior  night  on  board  at  the  Hatteras' 
Beaufort  port.  It  was  a  sleeping  experience 
filled  with  stimulations:  My  below-deck 
neighbor  was  the  engine  room,  which  never 
knows  a  quiescent  state;  and  as  the  ship  was 
stroked  with  each  wave,  my  berth  was  very 
much  a  place  on  the  move.  Once  we  were 


sea-bound,  as  I  would  shortly  discover,  the 
swaying  motion  turned  into  a  much  ruder 
rocking.  Sleeping  would,  more  than  ever, 
require  a  mental  separation  from  a  violent 
world.  But  even  shaving  and  showering,  to 
say  nothing  of  life's  other  necessities,  became  a 
competition  with  the  elements  of  (an  un- 
steady) nature. 

Our  first  meeting  as  a  scientific  team  was 
for  a  safety  drill— complete  with  a  demon- 
stration of  life-jackets  (which  some  of  us 
managed  to  don  variously  backward,  reversed, 
or  mis-fastened),  a  cold-water  survival  suit 


(in  which  perhaps  only  Neil  Armstrong  and 
his  moon-walking  buddies  could  survive 
comfortably),  and  loading-the-life-rafts 
techniques.  Duly  imbued  with  safety,  we 
held  a  planning  session  to  preview  the  seri- 
ous science  ahead. 

A  couple  of  facts  about  oceanographic 
work  quickly  became  apparent.  First,  getting 
there  is  far  from  half  the  fun .  We'd  be  en  route 
to  our  first  station  for  a  full  two-and-a-half 
days,  with  little  to  do  until  we  stopped 
steaming  and  began  station-hopping.  And, 
once  we  started  getting  busy,  we'd  stay  busy. 


Surfside  seminars:  Professors  Pilkey,  opposite  page, 
and  Searles,  above  at  left,  teach  "Introduction  to 
Oceanography" 

the  island,  crushed  two  wheels,  and  smashed 
the  van  doors. 

Even  buses  are  not  foolproof.  One  year  the 
driver  of  a  bus  mistakenly  charted  a  course 
for  Beaufort,  South  Carolina.  Another  year, 
the  driver  backed  into  a  Cadillac  parked  in  a 
restaurant  parking  lot.  The  car  turned  out  to 
belong  to  the  mayor  of  Beaufort. 

Complications  with  travel  have  not  been 
limited  to  cars  and  buses.  For  some  years,  the 
evening  party  was  held  on  the  sand  beach, 
now  an  oyster  bank,  inside  the  marine  lab 
docks  area.  One  year,  pairs  of  students 
slipped  off,  unbeknownst  to  Searles  and 
Pilkey,  for  romantic  trips  around  the  harbor 
in  the  wooden  skiffs  which  were  tied  up  at 
the  dock.  The  students  were  rowing  out  into 
the  main  boat  channel  without  running 
lights,  without  benefit  of  any  knowledge  of 
channel  conditions,  and  in  the  face  of  strong 
tidal  currents.  When  the  beach  party  finally 
broke  up,  most  of  the  boats  had  returned,  but 
two  were  still  missing.  At  least  the  wind 
wasn't  blowing  strongly,  so  we  assigned  our 
graduate  teaching  assistant  to  stay  at  the 
dock  to  make  sure  that  everyone  returned 
safely. 

At  about  2  a.m.,  we  were  awakened  by  the 


We  sat  on  a  beach  with 
a  group  of  students  and 
watched  porpoises  body- 
surfing  in  the  breaking 
waves  a  mere  twenty-five 
yards  away. 


T.  A . ,  who  informed  us  that  one  boat  was  still 
missing.  Conjuring  up  all  sorts  of  terrible 
possibilities,  we  began  walking  along  the  sea 
wall  surrounding  the  lab,  shouting  into  an 
unresponsive  pitch  blackness.  Finally,  after 
many  long  and  anxious  moments  and  just 
before  our  self-imposed  deadline  to  call  out 
the  Coast  Guard,  we  discovered  the  missing 
skiff,  lying  upside  down  in  the  boat  house 
where  it  had  obviously  been  undergoing 
repair.  Midnight  excursions  in  skiffs  are  now 
strongly  discouraged. 

Pilkey,  in  particular,  has  had  several 
problems  involving  transportation  to 
Shackleford  Banks  for  his  marathon  geology 
hikes.  One  year,  traveling  in  the  small  shrimp 


trawler  Venus,  he  simply  fell  overboard  when 
he  turned  with  alacrity  to  point  out  some 
landmark  of  particular  interest.  As  might  be 
expected  in  such  a  situation,  the  students 
found  a  great  deal  of  humor  in  Pilkey 's  dis- 
comfort. Another  year,  to  avoid  making  the 
students  wade  ashore,  he  tried  ferrying  groups 
ashore  by  skiff.  The  first  group,  formed  of 
women,  went  without  incident,  but  the 
second  had  a  preponderance  of  large  football- 
sized  men.  The  boat  was  overloaded,  and 
when  Pilkey  gunned  the  outboard  motor,  the 
bow  wave  rose  over  the  gunwale  and  the  skiff 
and  crew  sank  quickly  into  the  cool  fall 
waters  of  the  sound. 

We  didn't  lose  any  students  in  that  inci- 
dent and  hope  our  safety  record  will  con- 
tinue unblemished.  In  fact,  instead  of  losing 
people,  we  have  actually  saved  some.  One  of 
the  highlights  of  the  field  trip  is,  weather 
permitting,  an  excursion  by  boat  to  trawl  for 
fish  and  invertebrate  animal  specimens.  One 
raw  November  morning,  Searles  had  taken  a 
group  out  through  Beaufort  Inlet  to  trawl 
around  the  sea  buoy,  a  couple  of  miles  out  to 
sea.  As  we  headed  back  to  the  lab,  one  of  the 
students  noticed  something  in  the  water  to 
starboard  and  asked  if  the  objects  in  question 
were  scuba  divers.  Examined  with  binoculars, 
the  objects  turned  out  to  be  three  men 
clinging  to  the  bottom  of  an  overturned  skiff. 

The  trawler,  under  the  guidance  of  a 
skipper,  James  Willis,  approached  gingerly, 
in  close  to  the  breaking  surf.  Searles  went 
over  the  side,  put  a  line  around  each  man, 
one  at  a  time,  and  had  him  hauled  aboard 
the  trawler  by  members  of  the  class.  The 
three  men— whom  at  the  time  we  considered 
elderly,  but  now,  at  a  more  advanced  age 
ourselves,  realize  were  only  fifty  or  sixty- 
were  fully-clothed  non-swimmers.  Their  life 
cushions  had  floated  away.  But  they  were 
only  moderately  thankful  for  their  rescue, 
since  they  were  well-fortified  with  alcohol 
and  were  feeling  no  pain.  Searles,  attempt- 
ing to  salvage  their  boat,  went  back  into  the 
water  and  put  a  line  around  the  only  con- 
venient object,  the  outboard  motor.  When 
we  tried  to  tow  the  skiff  by  the  motor,  the 
motor  pulled  loose  and  was  hauled  aboard. 

About  this  time,  a  rogue  wave  caught  the 
trawler   broadside.    Student    rescuers    and 


Our  crew  was  projecting  that  first  arrival  for 
the  very  early  hours— just  after  midnight— of 
Friday.  From  that  point,  we'd  begin  contin- 
uous six-hour  shifts  with  three  investigators 
on  each  team. 

As  one  of  the  graduate  students,  Linda 
Franklin,  observed:  "You  know  this  isn't 
a  biology  cruise,  because  you  don't  have 
to  wait  for  the  sun  to  start  your  experiments." 
Franklin,  a  budding  botanist,  has  a  back- 
ground as  a  technicial  assistant  at  a  Chesa- 
peake Bay  research  station.  At  Beaufort,  she 
has  a  research  fellowship  for  her  study  of 
algae  and  their  adaptability  to  different 
environments. 

We  would  be  sailing  through  the  North- 


west Providence  Channel  between  Florida 
and  the  Bahamas.  It's  an  interesting  place, 
says  Pilskaln,  because  it  has  the  character  of 
a  "calcium-carbonate  factory."  The  oceans 
are  a  vast  receptacle  into  which  the  waste 
product  of  land  erosion— transported  by 
rivers,  glaciers,  and  wind— eventually  finds 
its  way.  Remains  of  sea  organisms  also 
accumulate,  as  does  material  dumped  from 
the  outpourings  of  ocean  volcanoes  and 
from  invading  meteors.  And  most  sediment 
samples  show  a  good  proportion  of  calcium 
carbonate  in  the  form  of  minute  skeletons  of 
different  planktonic  animals  and  plants. 
As  sea-going  scientists  recover  them,  the 
calcium-carbonate  samples  point  the  way  to 


the    climatic    and    geological    conditions 
under  which  they  were  laid  down. 

Sediment  samples  are  handy  for  purposes 
other  than  spotlighting  geological  history. 
They  also  provide  a  link  to  understanding 
the  "greenhouse  effect."  With  rampant 
industrial  activity,  scientists  are.  concerned 
that  increased  levels  of  carbon  dioxide  may 
lead  to  hotter  times  on  earth.  What  that 
effect  could  bring  is  a  catastrophic  rise  in  the 
sea  level  as  polar  ice  and  glaciers  melt.  The 
question  of  the  earth's  atmosphere  turning 
into  a  big  greenhouse  hinges,  in  large  part, 
on  the  buffering  capacity  of  sea  water.  If, 
as  Pilskaln  puts  it,  the  ocean  is  "a  sink  for 
Continued  on  page  50 


nth  a  I 
g  the 


those  rescued  went  sliding  across  the  deck 
and  the  skipper  fell  off  his  stool,  through  the 
cabin  door  (luckily),  and  fetched  up  against 
the  rail.  It  finally  dawned  on  Searles  that  the 
skiff  they  were  trying  to  tow  had  probably 
dumped  out  its  anchor  when  it  capsized.  We 
were  trying  to  tow  an  anchored  boat.  So  he 
gave  up  the  boat  rescue  and  returned  to  the 
lab  with  the  survivors  and  the  class. 

During  a  year  when  Pilkey  was  on  sab- 
batical, his  place  was  taken  by  fellow  geolo- 
gist Ron  Perkins,  now  chairman  of  the  geolo- 
gy department.  Perkins  was,  at  the  time,  very 
interested  in  the  activities  of  burrowing 
animals  and  their  effects  on  sediments.  As 
an  exercise  for  the  class  on  its  field  trip  to 
Shackleford  Banks,  he  arranged  to  pour 
liquid  plastic  resin  into  animal  burrows. 
When  the  plastic  hardens  (somewhat  to  the 
detriment  of  the  animal),  it  can  be  dug  out 
and  the  hardened  plastic  then  shows  the 
three-dimensional  shape  of  the  burrow. 
After  mixing  plastic  and  catalyst,  Perkins 
had  begun  to  pour  the  mixture  into  a  parti- 
cularly large  and  deep  ghost  crab  burrow 
when  a  troop  of  nature  lovers  who  were  camp- 
ing out  in  the  dunes  descended  on  the  class 
au  naturel.  They  cavorted  in  the  buff  around 
the  perplexed  but  delighted  students  while 
Perkins,  true  to  his  science,  poured  on. 

Pilkey's  classes  to  Shackleford  Banks  are 
always  memorable.  Every  year,  Pilkey  claims 
that  any  one  of  the  trips  the  class  has  "gone 
further  down  the  bank  than  on  any  previous 
trip."  There  is  often  some  treasure  discovered 
or  captured. 

Wild  goats  abound  on  the  island,  and  one 
year  Pilkey  brought  back  a  baby  goat  which 
remained  his  family  pet  for  nearly  a  decade. 
The  goat,  upon  reaching  full  adulthood, 
distinguished  himself  by  butting  dents  in  the 
door  of  Pilkey's  brand-new  Volkswagen 
Rabbit. 

During  one  outing,  the  group  spotted  a 
baby  goat  and  Pilkey  mentioned  to  a  stu- 
dent, a  member  of  the  cross-country  team, 
that  not  even  someone  in  good  physical 
shape  could  capture  a  goat.  The  student  took 
this  as  a  challenge,  and  he  was  gone  in  a  flash 


16 


One  year,  Pilkey  simply 

fell  overboard  when  he 

turned  with  alacrity  to 

point  out  some  landmark 

of  particular  interest. 


over  the  top  of  the  nearest  dune.  He  returned 
in  about  five  minutes  staggering  under  the 
load  of  a  struggling,  full-grown  goat  in  his 
arms.  Somehow  he  had  managed  to  catch 
the  mother  goat  instead  of  the  baby!  And 
Pilkey  stood  corrected. 

In  any  group  of  students  as  large  as  the 
ones  we  take  to  Beaufort  each  year,  a  small 
percentage  really  don't  like  trundling  across  a 
wild  and  wooly  island  with  all  the  inherent 
dangers  offered  by  nature.  The  discovery  of  a 
jellyfish,  a  snake,  a  spider,  a  crab,  or  anything 
else  that  moves  is  met  with  something  less 
than  unbridled  enthusiasm.  Two  years  ago, 


Pilkey,  standing  atop  a  high  dune  wi 
group,  was  extolling  and  explaining 
beauty  of  island  migration  and  the  mysteries 
of  shoreline  erosion.  Suddenly,  his  lecture 
was  interrupted  by  a  piercing  scream  from 
somewhere  in  the  middle  of  the  clustered 
students.  It  turned  out  that  someone  had 
discovered  a  spider  in  her  hair.  By  the  time 
Pilkey  was  able  to  ferret  out  the  cause  of  the 
crisis,  the  offending  anthropod  had  been 
flattened  beyond  recognition. 

Nature  itself  sometimes  provides  a  bit  of 
drama  or  beauty.  We  have  been  chased  off 
the  island  where  the  lab  sits,  barely  above  sea 
level,  by  the  close  approach  of  a  hurricane. 
Blooms  of  bioluminescent  dinoflagettates 
have  provided  remarkable  displays  of  their 
ability  to  light  up  the  night-time  waters.  We 
once  sat  on  a  beach  with  a  group  of  students 
and  watched  porpoises  body-surfing  in  the 
breaking  waves  a  mere  twenty-five  yards  away. 

Most  students  agree  that  the  trip  is  the 
high  point  of  the  course,  and  it  certainly  is 
for  us.  Clearly,  however,  we  are  aging.  This 
year,  Searles  fell  sound  asleep  during  Pilkey's 
evening  lecture,  a  fact  which  became  quite 
apparent  to  all  when  Pilkey  asked  for  the 
lights  to  be  turned  on  at  the  end  of  the  slide 
portion  of  the  talk.  Such  behavior  was  partly 
excusable,  since  Searles  has  heard  a  version 
of  the  lecture  at  least  twenty  times  previous- 
ly. Searles,  finally  awakened  by  the  merri- 
ment of  the  class,  bounded  out  of  his  chair 
and,  hoping  to  regain  face,  made  a  couple  of 
announcements  and  then  dismissed  the 
class,  not  knowing  the  lecture  was  not  yet 
over. 

Even  if  we  are  aging,  we  certainly  haven't 
tired  of  these  trips  to  the  lab.  We  have  re- 
cently both  become  grandfathers  for  the  first 
time.  That  makes  us  realize  that,  any  day 
now,  we're  likely  to  have  a  student  in  the 
class  who  will  say:  "When  my  mom  (dad) 
took  this  field  trip  ..."  And  we  will  have 
come  full  circle,  ready  to  go  around  one 
more  time.  • 


Pilkey  is  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Geology;  Searles 
is  professor  of  botany. 


GAA:  THE 
BOOM  YEARS 

Gothic  stone  and  bumper  stickers 
alone  do  not  make  an  alumni  asso- 
ciation. It's  people  with  a  plan: 
a  network  of  volunteers  who  guide  the 
General  Alumni  Association,  the  staff  of 
Alumni  Affairs,  and  new  officers  to  continue 
five  years  of  growth  and  documented  suc- 
cesses in  programs  for  Duke's  alumni  body  of 
74,000. 

Paul  Risher  B.S.M.E.  '57  is  the  General 
Alumni  Association's  new  president,  suc- 
ceeding Tony  Bosworth  '58.  Risher,  whose 
one-year  term  began  July  1,  divides  his  time 
between  Stamford,  Connecticut,  and 
Honolulu,  Hawaii,  where  he  is  president  of 
Panorama  Air,  a  "flight-seeing"  airline 
touring  company. 

Risher  brings  to  the  job  experience  gained 
through  his  years  as  chairman  of  the  Alumni 
Admissions  Advisory  Committees  in  St. 
Louis  and  Fairfield  County,  Connecticut. 
He  has  been  chairman  of  the  Advisory  Board 
of  the  AAAC  since  1985  and  on  the  GAA 
board  of  directors  since  1984.  "One  link 
among  Duke  alumni,"  Risher  says,  "is  that 
they  all  end  up  liking  where  they  went  to 
school.  They  all  come  to  see  their  Duke 
degree  as  an  appreciating  asset. 

"For  much  of  my  business  career,  I've  dealt 
with  businesses  that  have  been  considered 
turnaround,"  says  Risher.  "The  Alumni 
Association,  however,  is  very  successful;  it's 
not  a  turnaround  organization.  It's  respected 
and  is  providing  a  useful  service  to  alumni 
and  the  university.  But  that's  not  to  say  there 
aren't  ways  we  can  improve  that  interaction." 

Risher  says  his  principal  goal  for  the  GAA 
in  the  coming  year  is  to  "put  us  on  sounder 
footing  fiscally,"  by  increasing  alumni-dues 
giving  from  22  to  30  percent  of  the  alumni 
body.  He  and  the  board  are  also  looking  at 
the  feasibility  of  an  alumni  credit  card  and 
other  marketing  strategies. 

During  his  student  days,  Risher  was  a 
member  of  Phi  Delta  Theta  and  was  listed  in 
Who's  Who  in  Colleges  and  Universities. 
Risher  and  his  wife,  Patricia,  have  two 
daughters,  Cameron,  a  rising  high  school 
senior,  and  Nancy,  who  will  begin  her  senior 
year  at  Duke  this  fall. 


Risher:  leading  the  General  Alumni  Association  through  a 

Robert  Heidrick  '63  is  the  new  president- 
elect. Heidrick  lives  in  Chicago,  Illinois, 
where  he  was  president  of  the  Duke  Chicago- 
land  Alumni  Association  from  1976-81.  A 
member  of  the  GAA  board  of  directors  since 
1981,  he  has  served  on  the  GAA  Executive 
Committee  since  1985.  Heidrick  will  also 
chair  the  Finance  Committee  for  the  next 
year.  As  an  undergraduate,  Heidrick  was 
active  in  Phi  Kappa  Psi  fraternity  and  the 
Interfraternity  Council.  He  lives  with  his 
wife,  Raynelle,  and  their  three  children. 

Risher  presides  over  an  organization  with  a 
recent  history  of  growth  in  programs  and 
participation.  Looking  back  over  the  past 
few  years,  he  speaks  of  a  GAA  "renaissance." 
For  example,  the  group  in  which  he  has  long 
held  a  leadership  role— the  Alumni  Admis- 
sions Advisory  Committee— reports  that 
more  than  2,400  alumni  volunteers  inter- 
viewed more  than  8,700  of  the  15,200 
applicants  for  the  Class  of  1991. 

With  Duke's  growing  prestige  as  one  of  the 
nation's  top  universities,  the  AAAC  has 
kept  pace  with  the  record-breaking  number 


renaissance 

of  applicants  by  increasing  dramatically 
both  the  number  of  committees  and  volun- 
teers overseeing  admissions  procedures. 
From  1982  to  1986,  the  number  of  com- 
mittees increased  by  40  percent,  while 
the  number  of  volunteers  increased  by 
47  percent. 

In  the  reunion  area,  the  story  is  one  of  per- 
centages, and  the  percentages  are  dazzling: 
In  the  past  five  years,  quinquennial  class 
reunion  attendance  has  increased  by  26 
percent,  speciality  reunion  attendance 
by  106  percent,  and  total  attendance  by 
49  percent. 

The  reunion  program  had  a  strong  year  in 
1986-87,  with  seven  of  nine  fall  reunions 
breaking  attendance  records  (5th,  10th, 
20th,  25th,  30th,  35th,  and  45th).  Planning 
is  under  way  for  fall  '87  reunions  for  nine 
undergraduate  classes  whose  years  end  in  "2" 
and  "7."  Last  year's  decision  to  change  most 
undergraduate  reunions  to  fall  football  week- 
ends is  one  factor  in  increased  attendance; 
another  is  the  successful  planning  of  spe- 
cialty reunions  such  as  those  for  fraternities, 


sororities,  black  alumni,  athletic,  and 
musical  organizations. 

President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie's  appearance 
at  club  meetings  in  Miami,  Raleigh,  and 
Baltimore  upped  attendance  and  mirrored 
the  general  interest  in  Duke-affiliated  events 
around  the  country.  The  clubs  program  has 
shown  a  60  percent  increase  in  meetings  and 
an  80  percent  increase  in  attendance  in  the 
past  three  years.  This  year's  attendance  at 
meetings  has  grown  from  7,330  to  about 
15,000,  and  the  number  of  meetings  sche- 
duled has  grown  from  116  to  250.  There  are 
nearly  100  clubs  in  the  United  States  and 
abroad,  including  Japan,  Australia,  London, 
and  Paris. 

Innovative  ideas  for  alumni  get-togethers 
included  an  April  meeting  of  the  Duke  Club 
of  Washington,  which  held  a  reception  to 
honor  those  in  Duke's  "congressional  caucus," 
such  as  Representative  David  Price,  a  poli- 
tical science  professor;  Senator  Terry  Sanford, 
former  Duke  president;  and  Representatives 
Paul  B.  Henry  A.M.  '68,  Ph.D.  70;  Nick  Joe 
Rahall  II 71;  and  Bob  Wise  70.  Clubs  across 
the  country  have  scheduled  guest  speakers 
such  as  football  coach  Steve  Spurrier,  geol- 
ogist Orrin  Pilkey,  political  scientist  James 
David  Barber,  and  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Trinity  Dean  Richard  White,  as  well  as  con- 
certs, picnics,  and  receptions. 

Programs  for  students  and  young  alumni,  a 
rop  priority  in  the  last  few  years,  have  focused 
on  social  and  professional  gatherings, 
including  a  picnic  at  Alumni  House  for  the 
Class  of  '87  a  few  weeks  before  graduation, 
and  the  biennial  on-campus  Conference  on 
Career  Choices  (CCC)  last  fall.  The  CCC  is 
an  offshoot  of  the  Duke  Network,  a  national 


system  of  alumni  who  have  volunteered  to 
discuss  with  interested  students  their  profes- 
sional experiences.  Reflecting  in  part  a  hard- 
working team  of  more  than  600  Duke 
Network  volunteers— quadruple  the  number 
from  1982-83— the  total  number  of  student 
and  alumni  CCC  participants  has  more  than 
doubled  over  the  past  five  years. 

In  1985-86,  Alumni  Affairs  began  a 
program  to  provide  support,  benefits,  and 
services  to  graduate  and  professional-school 
students.  As  part  of  the  program,  incoming 
students  were  given  a  directory  last  fall  as 
well  as  a  welcoming  party.  And  after  they 
become  alumni,  graduate  and  professional- 
school  students  will  be  targeted  for  special 
reunions. 

Trips  to  South  Pacific  Islands,  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  Tazmania,  Canada,  London, 
the  Caribbean,  and  a  Mississippi  River  boat 
cruise  were  among  the  vacation  packages  put 
together  by  Alumni  Affairs'  travel  program 
last  year,  which  attracted  a  record  339,  up 
from  277  just  a  year  ago.  A  constantly 
changing  international  climate  resulted  in 
the  cancellation  of  trips  in  past  years,  but 
interest  in  international  travel  is  on  the 
upswing  again. 

The  travel  program's  alumni  colleges  take 
the  form  of  continuing  education  seminars 
in  a  vacation  atmosphere.  This  year's  version 
was  in  Charlottsville,  Virginia,  where  the 
program,  "The  Living  Constitution:  A 
Bicentennial  Celebration,"  was  led  by  law 
professors  A.  Kenneth  Pye  and  Walter 
Dellinger  and  Continuing  Education  direc- 
tor Judith  Ruderman.  This  fall's  program  will 
be  a  discussion  of  North  Carolina  writers  to 
be  held  in  Asheville's  Grove  Park  Inn. 


In  1985-86,  Duke  Magazine  won  the 
Robert  Sibley  Award  as  the  nation's  top 
university  magazine.  Now  beginning  its 
fourth  year  of  publishing,  the  magazine— 
which  replaced  the  decade-old  Alumni 
Register  tabloid— continued  to  gain  national 
attention  last  year.  It  placed  in  the  Council 
for  Advancement  and  Support  of  Education's 
(CASE)  "Top  Ten"  university  magazines,  won 
a  gold  medal  for  excellence  in  writing,  a 
silver  medal  for  excellence  in  design,  and  a 
silver  medal  in  "Design  of  the  Decade," 
which  judged  a  decade's  worth  of  magazines, 
catalogues,  and  other  publications  produced 
by  universities.  From  its  inception,  the 
magazine  has  worked  closely  with  an  Edi- 
torial Advisory  Board  chaired  by  Clay  Felker 
'51,  editor  of  Manhattan,  inc.,  founder  of  New 
York  magazine,  and  former  editor  of  Esquire 
and  The  Village  Voice. 

Over  the  length  of  its  short  publishing 
history,  the  magazine  has  garnered  more 
than  two  dozen  national  and  regional  awards 
for  excellence  in  editing,  writing,  and 
design.  It's  also  received  support  in  the  form 
of  "voluntary  subscriptions"  from  alumni 
and  friends,  which  last  year  reached  a  record 
level  of  $53, 000. 

The  past  few  years  have  brought  publica- 
tions expansion  elsewhere  in  Alumni  Affairs. 
In  1983-84,  the  alumni  association  published 
Duke:  A  Portrait  in  conjunction  with  the 
Gothic  Bookshop.  The  first  10,000  copies  of 
the  award-winning,  128-page,  full-color  pic- 
torial of  life  at  Duke  have  sold  out.  But  the 
GAA  is  printing  an  additional  5 ,000  copies 
which  will  be  available  in  October.  Two  com- 
plementary publications— Duke  Reflections, 
and  The  Chapel:  Duke  University— grew  out 


Alumni 
House 
expanded  its  facilities 
this  year  with  four  new 
offices,  a  large  and 
well-equipped  kitchen, 
and  extra  storage  space. 

The  1,425  square- 
toot  addition  is  being 
paid  for  by  the  General 
Alumni  Association 
over  three  years.  "The 
Alumni  Affairs  addi- 
tion is  a  gift  to  the  uni- 
versity from  the  alumni 
association,"  says 
Laney  Funderburk  '60, 
director  of  alumni 
affairs.  "Since  Alumni 
House  is  the  official 
place  to  receive  and 
entertain  alumni  visi- 
tors, the  association 
recognized  the  need  for 
suitable  facilities  and 
adequate  working 
space  for  the  staff." 

The  $140,000  price 
tag  includes  refurbish- 
ings  for  public  areas— 
new  carpeting,  living 


room  furniture,  and  a 
fresh  coat  of  paint.  For 
entertaining,  there's  a 
"working"  kitchen  with 
an  ice  machine,  two 
dishwashers,  refrig- 
erator, stove,  and 
microwave. 

Table  service  for 
approximately 
100 -dishes,  glassware, 
flatware,  and  serving 
pieces  —was  a  gift  from 
GAA  past  president 

4(1 

*    '"•*"  €&£",£                 111  I 

'53  and  her  husband, 
Dan  W.  Blaylock  '51. 
The  Corian  kitchen 
countertops  were  pro- 
vided by  GAA  imme- 
diate past  president 
Anthony  Bos  worth  '58 
and  Russell  Barringer 

|#l  fef 

Jn'57. 
The  addition  blends 

,  ™  *Ul# 

K 

with  the  "Tudor  eclec- 
tic" architecture  of  the 
original  building, 
which  was  the  home  of 
Dr.  Robert  L.  Flowers, 
Duke  president  from 
1941  to  1948. 

t^l^gr « P3 

of  the  Duke:  A  Portrait  concept.  The  Chapel  is 
a  photo-essay  with  a  guide  to  the  building's 
architecture  and  history  by  University 
Chaplain  William  H.  Willimon.  In  1985, 
Alumni  Affairs  released  the  first-ever  hard- 
bound, comprehensive  alumni  directory, 
and  there  are  plans  to  revise  it  every  five  years. 

Duke:  A  Special  Place,  an  Alumni  Affairs 
project  commissioned  in  1983-84,  is  an 
audio-visual  overview  of  the  campus.  It's 
used  for  club  meetings,  student  recruiting, 
and  orientation. 

A  marketing  effort  for  Alumni  Affairs, 
which  successfully  introduced  classified  ad- 
vertising and  doubled  advertising  space  in 
Duke  Magazine  last  year,  is  also  responsible 
for  promoting  the  sale  of  merchandise,  such 
as  the  official  1986  alumni  offering,  a  grand- 
father clock;  and  basketball  posters,  silver- 
plated  Christmas  ornaments,  and  limited- 
edition  prints  of  scenes  of  the  university. 
The  1987  item  is  a  Seiko  Duke  watch. 

Getting  in  touch  with  the  Alumni  Affairs 
Office  has  become  easier.  A  toll-free 
number,  1-800-FOR-DUKE,  was  set  up  in 
1984-85  to  let  out-of-state  alumni  call  the 
Alumni  House.  And  North  Carolina  resi- 
dents now  have  their  own  toll-free  number, 
1-800-3DU-ALUM. 

NEWS  ABOUT 
DUES 


henever  you  pay  for  anything 
these  days,  you  usually  consider 
the  relationship  between  price 
and  value.  Basically,  you  want  to  be  sure 
you're  getting  your  money's  worth. 

The  same  holds  true  for  the  General 
Alumni  Association's  dues  program.  Your 
dues  payments  support  benefits  and  services 
that  are  designed  for  alumni,  and  even  future 
alumni— the  students.  Your  direct  benefits 
include  travel  opportunities  at  group  rates, 
car  rental  discounts,  health  insurance  for 
young  alumni,  class  reunions,  club  activities 
in  your  area,  and  toll-free  service  to  Alumni 
House  for  your  convenience. 

Your  dues  help  support  Duke's  continuing 
tradition  of  excellence  in  admissions  through 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committees 
across  the  country  and  in  parts  of  Europe  and 
the  Far  East.  Providing  interviews  for  pro- 
spective students  and  identifying  potential 
leaders  helps  maintain  high-quality  enroll- 
ment while  providing  personal  contact. 

Dues  support  reunions,  a  time  for  renew- 
ing friendships  and  class  camaraderie.  It 
costs  approximately  $10  to  contact  each 
class  member,  provide  information,  and  set 
up  the  committee  planning  process.  Yet  the 
rewards  are  worth  it,  according  to  alumni 
who  have  come  back  for  their  class  reunions, 
and  the  participation  keeps  growing  year 
after  year. 


Local  club  meetings  extend  the  Duke 
family  across  the  country  while  providing 
updates,  entertainment,  and  educational 
components  along  with  social  activities. 
Just  to  notify  by  invitation  the  500  Duke 
alumni  living  in  the  Indianapolis  area  about 
an  upcoming  local  club  event  costs  almost 
$200.  But  dues  support  helps  underwrite 
that  expense. 

There  are  more  things  your  dues  support 
that  benefit  the  university  as  a  whole,  such 
as:  annual  awards  to  recognize  distinguished 
alumni,  valued  volunteers,  and  outstanding 
teachers;  annual  picnics  to  welcome  fresh- 
men and  send  off  seniors;  the  Duke  Network, 
which  puts  student  summer  interns  with 
alumni  for  job  experience;  the  Conference 
on  Career  Choices,  a  weekend  seminar  for 
students  where  alumni  share  their  profes- 
sional experiences  and  knowledge  in  the 
field;  and  Alumni  Endowed  Scholarships, 
with  a  preference  for  children  of  alumni 
when  offering  top  high  school  seniors 
another  reason  to  choose  Duke. 

If  you  see  your  Duke  education  as  an 
"appreciating  asset,"  as  suggested  by  GAA 
president  Paul  Risher  B.S.M.E.  '57  in  his 
memo  in  your  dues  notification,  you  may 
draw  the  analogy  with  your  dues  payment: 
You'll  get— and  give— much  more  than  the 
actual  price  of  dues.  And  you'll  underwrite 
an  alumni  association  whose  dues  support 
from  alumni  has  tripled  in  the  last  five  years. 

Additional  support,  in  the  form  of  a 
"voluntary  subscription"  to  Duke  Magazine, 
is  a  small  price  to  pay  for  excellence.  For  each 
of  its  three  years,  the  magazine  has  ranked  as 
one  of  the  top  ten  alumni  magazines  in  the 
nation.  Alumni  support  for  the  magazine 
last  year  paid  for  the  equivalent  of  one  issue. 
And  a  subscription  will  guarantee  that  each 
issue  comes  to  you  on  a  regular  basis  with 
news  of  the  university,  your  classmates,  and 
the  alumni  association's  achievements. 


WHERE  PARTICULAR 

PEOPLE 

CONGREGATE 

istorically,  when  Duke  meets 
Harvard  on  the  basketball  court,  the 
Ivy  withers  on  the  vine.  This 
February  was  no  exception  as  the  Blue  Devils 
drubbed  the  Duke  of  the  North,  98-86.  Duke 
Boston  alumni,  numbering  half  of  a  record 
sellout  crowd  of  3,000  at  Briggs  Athletic 
Center,  saw  the  Crimson  pale  by  comparison 
for  the  fourth  year  in  a  row  against  Duke. 

Duke  alumni  showed  their  colors,  twice, 
with  "A  Day  at  the  Races"  in  early  spring. 
In  March,  alumni  club  president  Beth 
Puckett  '84  was  host  for  the  Duke  Club  of 
Birmingham,  Alabama,  at  a  Southern-style 
barbecue  held  in  the  Doncaster  Room,  over- 


Celebracing  Duke  in  Miami:  Alumni  Affairs  Director  M. 
Lane?  Funderburk  '60  and  President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie 
greeted  nearly  400  alumni  and  friends  in  January  at  a 
presidential  reception  in  Coconut  Grove 

looking  the  track  of  the  Birmingham  Turf 
Club.  In  May,  the  Duke  Club  of  Northern 
California  was  highlighted  during  the  Ninth 
Race  at  Golden  Gate  Fields  and  got  a  chance 
to  bet  on  the  Kentucky  Derby,  which  was 
simulcast  that  day.  Tom  Senf  '62  is  the  club's 
president. 

The  race  for  the  White  House  was  the 
topic  at  a  dinner  meeting  for  the  Duke  Club 
of  Wilmington,  Delaware,  with  Duke  poli- 
tical scientist  James  David  Barber  as  guest. 
Speaking  on  Lincoln's  bitthday,  the  expert 
on  American  presidents  drew  a  large  crowd 
in  the  state  that's  home  to  three  prospec- 
tive Democratic  and  Republican  presiden- 
tial nominees.  Gary  Dean  '67  heads  the 
Wilmington  club. 

Faculty  members  were  on  the  road  again 
discussing  a  variety  of  topics  at  Duke  clubs 
across  the  country.  The  Duke  Alumni  Club 
of  Dallas  welcomed  geologist  Bruce  R. 
Rosendahl,  director  of  Project  PROBE,  at  a 
cocktail  reception  and  slide  presentation  at 
the  University  Club  in  Galleria  Mall. 
History  professor  Ron  Witt  spoke  in  Phoenix, 
Arizona,  at  the  home  of  the  Wames.  Their 
daughter,  Jan  Warne  Caheris  '76,  organized 
this  successful  event,  attended  by  more  than 
100  in  March. 

In  April,  Professor  Mac  O'Barr  presented 
"Here's  Looking  at  You— An  Anthropologist 
Looks  at  Advertising"  at  the  Duke  Club  of 
Northern  Connecticut's  annual  spring 
dinner.  Religion  professor  Carol  Meyers 
discussed  biblical  history,  including  her 
archaeological  discoveries  in  Israel,  at  a 
cocktail  reception  sponsored  by  the  Duke 
Club  of  Kansas  City,  Missouri.  Geologist 
Orrin  Pilkey,  director  of  Duke's  Program  for 
the  Study  of  Developed  Shorelines,  had  an 
appropriate  setting  to  talk  about  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  shores  from  the  East  Coast  to 
Louisiana:    a    riverboat    cruise    and    party 


L9 


organized  by  the  Duke  Club  of  New  Orleans. 

Duke  administrators  discussed  the  univer- 
sity's past,  present,  and  future  in  other  alumni 
forums.  Archivist  William  E.  King  '61,  A.M. 
'63,  Ph.D.  70  narrated  a  slide  show  on  the 
original  architecture  of  the  East  and  West 
campuses  for  the  Duke  Club  of  Salisbury, 
North  Carolina.  William  J.  Griffith  '50, 
Duke  vice  president  for  student  affairs,  was 
the  guest  speaker  at  a  brunch  buffet  held  by 
the  Duke  Club  of  San  Antonio  in  April. 
And  Richard  White,  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Trinity  College  dean,  spoke  to  the  Duke 
Club  of  the  Roanoke  Valley  in  Virginia. 

For  information  about  club  events  in  your 
area,  contact  Kay  Couch  B.S.N. /R.N.  '58, 
assistant  director  for  alumni  clubs,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706;  or 
1-800-FOR-DUKE  (1-800-3DUA.LUM  in 
North  Carolina). 


PICK  OF  THE 
CROP 


Two  top  high  school  students,  who 
plan  careers  in  engineering  and 
teaching,  are  the  1987  Alumni 
Endowed  Undergraduate  Scholars.  Each,  a 
member  of  the  Class  of  1991,  will  receive 
$5,000  a  year.  The  merit-based  scholarships, 
begun  in  1979  by  the  General  Alumni 
Association,  are  awarded  annually,  with 
preference  given  to  children  of  alumni. 

Robert  Edward  Perry  of  Wyckoff,  New 
Jersey,  is  the  Charles  E.  Jordan  Scholar. 
Jordan  '23,  LL.M.  '25,  who  died  in  1974, 
worked  for  Duke  for  forty-one  years  as  assis- 
tant secretary,  secretary,  vice  president  for 
public  relations,  and  chairman  of  the  Duke 
Athletic  Council.  He  was  also  the  first  to 
administer  the  Angier  B.  Duke  Scholarships. 

Perry  is  the  son  of  Richard  B.  Perry  '56  and 
Eleanor  Bahler  Perry  '57.  Two  of  his  brothers 
attended  Duke,  and  a  sister  is  in  the  Class  of 
1988.  At  Ramapo  High  School,  he  partici- 
pated in  the  Spanish  club,  the  marching 
band,  the  jazz  ensemble,  the  drama  club,  the 
track  team,  and  the  math  and  physics  team. 
He  plans  to  study  engineering  at  Duke. 

Donald  Edward  Byrne  III  is  the  Frank 
de  Vyver  Scholar.  De  Vyver,  a  Duke  econom- 
ics professor  for  forty  years,  was  department 
chair  for  seven  years  and  vice  provost  for 
nine.  At  his  retirement  in  1975,  he  was 
named  university  distinguished  service  pro- 
fessor emeritus.  He  died  in  1980. 

Byrne,  of  Annville,  Pennsylvania,  is  the 
son  of  Donald  Edward  Byrne  Ph.D.  '72.  His 
sister  is  a  Duke  sophomore.  A  member  of  the 
National  Honor  Society,  he  graduated  at  the 
top  of  his  class  at  Lebanon  Catholic  High 
School,  played  football,  was  captain  of  the 
basketball  team,  and  had  the  lead  in  the 
senior  play.  He  plans  to  major  in  classics  and 
pursue  a  career  in  secondary  education. 


CLASS 
NOTES 


Write:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Alumni  Affairs, 
Duke  University,  614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  NC. 
27706 


News  of  alumni  who  have  received  grad- 
uate or  professional  degrees  but  did  not 
attend  Duke  as  undergraduates  appears 
under  the  year  in  which  the  advanced 
degree  was  awarded.  Otherwise  the  year 
designates  the  person's  undergraduate 


20s  &  30s 


Samuel  M.  Holton  71,  A.M.  75,  LL.B.  78,  pro- 
fessor of  education  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  was  ap- 
pointed to  a  four-year  term  as  a  trustee  of  N.C. 
Wesleyan  College  in  Rocky  Mount  by  the  N.C.  Con- 
ference of  Methodist  Churches. 

John  F.  Reed  A.M.  '35,  Ph.D.  '36,  president  of 
Fort  Lewis  College  from  1962  to  1969,  was  honored  by 
the  school  when  it  renamed  its  library  after  him. 

Frank  O.  Braynard  '39,  program  director  of  the 
South  Street  Seaport  Museum  in  New  York,  has 
completed  his  six-volume  work,  Leviathan,  which 
details  the  ship's  career  during  the  Twenties  and 
Thirties. 


40s 


L.  Fike  '41  is  the  editorial  pages  editor  for 
the  San  Diego  Union.  He  is  listed  in  Who's  Who 
in  America. 


Marion  Davis  Napier  '42  retired  as  pla 
director  of  American  University's  law  school  in 
Washington,  DC,  after  14  years.  She  is  working  with 
the  placement  committee  for  the  Duke  Futures' 
alumni  development  team  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Delbert  Achuff  '43  is  associate  rector  of  the  Pro 
Cathedral  Church  of  St.  Clement  in  El  Paso,  Texas. 


H.  Blair  Hippie  B.S.C.E.  '45  retired  as  vice  presi- 
dent and  director  of  technical  services  for  Spotts, 
Stevens  &  McCoy,  Inc.  He  continues  with  the  firm  as 
a  consultant  and  corporate  board  member. 

Thomas  F.  Ferdinand  B.S.C.E.  '47  retired  as 
manager,  engineering  and  safety  services,  for  the 
American  Insurance  Services  Group,  Inc.  He  lives  in 
New  York. 

Edmund  T.  Pratt  Jr.  B.S.E.E.  '47,  chairman 
of  Pfizer  Inc. ,  received  Religion  in  American  Life's 
Charles  E.  Wilson  Role-model  Award,  which  recog- 
nizes devotion  to  religion,  distinction  in  career,  and 
dedication  to  humanity. 

Peggy  Jones  Theis  '47  was  recognized  by  the 
Syracuse  Post-Standard  and  the  Syracuse  Federation  of 
Women's  Clubs  for  her  involvement  in  the  Syracuse 
Symphony,  the  Everson  Museum,  Syracuse  Stage,  and 
the  local  public  television  station. 


J.  Canfield  '49  is  the  office  manager  in 
charge  of  accounting  services  for  Good  Shepherd 
Industrial  Services  in  Allentown,  Pa. 

Mary  McLeod  Lineberger  R.N.  '49,  B.S.N.  '49 
teaches  marketing  at  Appalachian  State  University  in 


20 


Boone,  N.C.  She  and  her  husband,  Joseph, 
Blowing  Rock. 


MARRIAGES:  Mary  Darden  McLeod  R.N.  '49, 
B.S.N.  '49  to  Joseph  Lee  Lineberger  on  June  28,  1986. 
Residence:  Blowing  Rock,  N.C. 


50s 


H.  Filmore  Mabry  '51  represented  Duke  at  the 
inauguration  of  the  president  of  South  Carolina  State 
College. 

David  Nylen  '52,  professor  of  marketing  and  former 
dean  of  the  business  school  at  Stetson  University  in 
Deland,  Fla.,  was  reappointed  as  a  Eugene  M.  Lynn 
Endowed  Professor. 

J.  Reid  Parker  M.F.  '52  retired  after  32  years  on 
the  faculty  of  the  University  of  Georgia's  School  of 
Forest  Resources. 

Robert  E.  Windom  '52,  M.D.  '56,  assistant  secre- 
tary for  health  for  the  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services,  was  named  the  distinguished  intern- 
ist of  1986  by  the  American  Society  of  Internal 
Medicine.  He  oversees  health  and  medical  research 
agencies  such  as  the  National  Institutes  of  Health, 
the  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  the  Centers 
for  Disease  Control,  and  the  office  of  the  Surgeon 
General. 

William  H.  Grigg  '54,  LL.B.  '58,  executive  vice 
president  and  chief  financial  officer  for  Duke  Power 
Co.,  was  named  one  of  the  nation's  top  10  chief  finan- 
cial officers. 

Lewis  J.  McNurlen  Ph.D.  '55  represented  Duke 
in  March  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Iowa 
State  University  in  Des  Moines. 

Edward  Lisk  Wycoff  '55  is  a  partner  in  the  New 
York  law  firm  Kelley  Drye  &.  Warren.  He  is  also  presi- 
dent of  Brooklyn's  Wycoff  House  and  Associates, 
which  operates  the  1652  landmark  house  that  is 
named  for  one  of  his  ancestors.  He  and  his  wife, 
Elizabeth,  live  in  New  York. 

Sylvia  Alice  Earle  A.M.  '56,  Ph.D.  '66  was 

honored  by  Florida  State  University,  where  she  re- 
ceived her  undergraduate  degree,  for  her  work  as  a 
marine  researcher.  Co-founder  of  both  Deep  Ocean 
Technology  Inc.  and  Deep  Ocean  Engineering  Inc., 
she  has  logged  5 ,000  hours  underwater  in  more  than 
40  expeditions. 

G.  Morris  Gurley  '56  appeared  with  Edward  C 
Home  74  in  October  on  Catch  the  Spirit,  the  na- 
tional cable  television  program  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church.  They  discussed  the  struggle  of  the 
New  York  Church  of  St.  Paul  and  St.  Andrew  United 
Methodist  against  the  city's  1981  decision  to  give  the 
church  landmark  status.  Gurley  is  a  vice  president  in 
the  personal  trust  division  of  Chemical  Bank  and 
chairs  the  church's  board  of  trustees. 


II  '56,  dean  of  admissions  for  the 
University  of  California-Santa  Cruz,  chooses  eight 
public  university  alternatives  to  the  Ivy  League 
schools  and  nine  runners-up  in  his  latest  book,  The 
Public  Ivys.  He  has  worked  in  the  admissions  offices  of 
Harvard,  Yale,  Vassar,  and  Bowdoin.  He  also  wrote 
Playing  the  Private  College  Admissions  Game. 

Thomas  H.  Woollen  '56  is  serving  a  three-year 
term  on  the  N.C.  State  Board  of  C.P.A.  Examiners. 
He  is  a  corporate  insurance  consultant  and  president 
of  Consolidated  Consultants,  Inc.,  in  Charlotte. 


William  W.  Fore  '57,  M.D.  '60  is  a  trustee  of  Bit 
Cross  and  Blue  Shield  of  North  Carolina.  He  is  an 
associate  professor  of  medicine  at  East  Carolina  Un 
versify  and  an  internist.  He  lives  in  Greenville. 

Emile  Gebel  '58,  M.D.  '62  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Gardn 
Webb  College  in  Boiling  Springs,  N.C. 


O.  Suiter  Jr.  '58  was  elected  president  of 
the  Chemical  Marketing  Research  Association.  He  is 
a  senior  marketing  research  analyst  with  ICI  Americas 
Inc.'s  corporate  resources  department.  He  and  his 
wife,  Larilee  Baty  Suiter  '60,  have  two  childen 
and  live  in  Brandywood,  Del. 

Fernando  Cardoze  '59  is  a  senior  partner  in  the 
law  firm  of  Arias,  Fabrega  &  Fabrega  in  Panama, 
Republic  of  Panama.  A  former  minister  of  foreign 
affairs,  he  served  on  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Panama  Canal  Commission  from  1982  to  1986.  He  is 
the  co-author  of  several  books,  including  International 
Banking  Centres. 

Mary  Ellen  Robertson  B.S.N.  '59  is  assistant 
professor  of  nursing  at  Florida  Atlantic  University  in 
Boca  Raton. 

MARRIAGES:  Edward  Lisk  Wycoff  Jr.  '55  to 

Elizabeth  Ann  Kuphal  on  June  28,  1986.  Residence: 
New  York  City. 


60s 


Strauss  '60  has  returned  from  an 
extensive  trip  throughout  southern  and  eastern  Africa 
as  chairwoman  of  the  region's  committee  for  the 
Southern  Baptist  Convention's  Foreign  Mission 
Board.  She  lives  in  Hagerstown,  Md. 

Harry  J.  Haynesworth  '61,  J.D.  '64  represented 

Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Benedict  College  in  Columbia,  S.C. 

Brenda  LaGrange  Johnson  '61,  vice  president 
and  partner  of  Bren-Mer  Inc.  in  Manhattan,  is  a  trus- 
tee of  Choate  Rosemary  Hall  in  Wallingford,  Conn. 
As  the  primary  organizer  of  her  class'  25th  reunion  at 
Duke,  she  received  a  Charles  A.  Dukes  Award  for  out- 
standing volunteer  service  in  1986. 


G.  Pardue  '61,  former  senior  managing 
editor  of  the  Louisville  Courier-Journal  and  the 
Louisville  Times,  is  director  of  university  relations  and 
associate  vice  president  at  Duke.  He  is  the  senior  offi- 
cial in  charge  of  media  relations. 

O.  Whitfield  Broome  Jr.  '62  is  chairman  of  the 
C.P.A.  Examination  Review  Board  for  1986-87,  which 
reviews  the  construction,  grading,  administration,  and 
security  of  the  exam.  He  is  director  of  graduate  studies 
and  accounting  area  coordinator  for  the  Mclntire 
School  of  Commerce  and  has  been  a  member  of  the 
C.P.A.  board  since  1984. 

Georgia  "Cinda"  Kitchen  Lewis  '62  was 

named  elementary  counselor  of  the  year  by  the  N.C. 
School  Counselors  Association  in  1985.  She  received 
the  same  award  on  the  national  level  in  1986.  She  is  a 
counselor  at  Sedge  Garden  Elementary  in 
Winston-Salem. 


A.M.  '62,  chairman  and 
professor  of  English  at  the  University  of  New  Orleans, 
is  the  associate  dean  of  UNO's  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

C.  Roger  Hoffman  '63  is  chief  attorney,  natural 
gas,  for  Exxon  Co.,  U.S.A.  His  wife,  Edith  Smoot 
Hoffman  B.S.N.  '64  is  a  part-time  psychiatric  nurse. 
They  live  in  Houston  with  their  two  daughters. 

William  S.  Price  Jr.  '63,  director  of  the  Division 
of  Archives  and  History  for  the  N.C.  Department  of 
Cultural  Resources,  is  president  of  the  National 


CAMPFIRE 

David  Henderson 
'35,  J.D. '37  has 
been  practicing 
civil  law  in  Charlotte 
for  some  fifty  years. 
But  there's  no  law  that 
says  a  veteran  lawyer 
can't  try  his  hand  at 
writing. 

With  two  books  pub- 
lished by  Amwell  Press 
and  a  third  in  the  final 
stages,  Henderson  has 
found  his  forum  for 
musings  on  his  favorite 
pastimes— hunting  and 
fishing.  "When  you 
have  been  hunting  and 
fishing  for  over  fifty 
years,  no  matter  how 
many  lies  you  tell 
around  the  camp- 
fire,  you  do  develop, 
or  should  have,  a 
certain  integrity  with 
yourself. . . .  The  time 
you  were  lost  in 
Ahoskie  Swamp,  and 
two  hours  later  stag- 
gered out  to  be  met 
with  a  hero's  huzzahs 
by  the  guys — now  you 
remember  that  it  was  a 
twelve-year-old  kid 
bream-fishing  who  set 


your  feet  toward  the 
lightning-struck  pine 
where  the  truck  was 
parked.  He  wasn't  lost," 
writes  Henderson  in  his 
second  book,  Sundown 
Covey. 

Henderson  began 
writing  six  years  ago  for 
national  hunting  publi- 
cations such  as  Gun 
Dog  magazine  and 
Wildfowl.  The  books 
are  collected  essays, 
including  some  that 


first  appeared  in  the 
magazines.  "It's  mood 
stuff,"  says  Henderson, 
"impressions  on  how  it 
feels  to  be  out  there. 
There's  very  little 
emphasis  on  the  kill 
itself." 

Henderson's  daugh- 
ter, Shephard  Hender- 
son Foley  '65,  illus- 
trated all  of  her  father's 
books.  She  had  no 
formal  art  training,  he 
says,  but  used  to  dabble 


in  drawing,  using  her 
two  sons  as  models. 
Her  father's  publisher 
encouraged  her  to  illus- 
trate his  books,  launch- 
ing her  own  career  as 
an  illustrator  for  wild- 
life magazines,  and  for 
national  outdoor  writer 
Charles  Waterman. 
As  Waterman  notes 
the  introduction 
o  Henderson's  se- 
cond book: 
"Once  in  a 
while  the  law- 
yer comes  out 
when  Dave 
Henderson  states 
some  well-organ- 
ized opinions,  as 
when  he  takes  a 
moderate  view  of  gun 
legislation,  giving  the 
sportsman's  side  but 
wincing  a  little  at  the 
give-no-inches  of 
the  National  Rifle 
Association.  . .  .You 
can  follow  the  birds 
with  him  right  up  to 
sundown,  and  through 
it  all  you  recognize  the 
first  essential  for  a 
writer  who  looks  back 
a  little  and  forward  a 
little  at  the  same  time. 
He  has  been  there." 


Association  of  Government  Archi' 
Administrators  for  1986-1987. 


John  R.  Rice  '64  is  an  associate  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Duke's  Medical  Center.  He  completed  a  fel- 
lowship in  rheumatic  and  genetic  diseases  at  Duke 
before  joining  the  staff  in  1976. 

W.  Tracy  Estabrook  B.S.M.E.  '66  manages  the 
off-highway  tire  division  for  General  Tire. 

Doyle  Gene  Graham  M.D.  '66,  Ph.D.  '71  is  pro- 
fessor of  pathology  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center.  He 
completed  his  residency  at  Duke  in  neuropathology. 

Charles  B.  Herron  M.D.  '66  represented  Duke  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Lane  College  in 
Jackson,  Tenn. 

Stephen  G.  Bunker  '68  has  written  Peasants 
Against  the  State,  which  traces  the  political  economy 
of  Uganda  from  colonial  times  through  the  reign  of 
Idi  Amin.  He  is  in  the  sociology  department  at  Johns 
Hopkins  University. 

Paul  David  Nelson  '68,  Ph.D.  '70,  a  history  pro- 
fessor at  Berea  College  in  Kentucky,  has  written  The 
Life  of  William  Alexander,  Lord  Stirling. 

Ann  Roberts  Smythers  '68  teceived  her  C.P.A. 
certification  and  works  in  the  tax  department  of 
louche  Ross  &.  Co.  in  Charlotte.  Her  husband,  Alex 
J.  Smythers  '68,  is  a  senior  production  underwriter 
with  Hartford  Insurance  Co.  They  live  in  Charlotte 
with  their  daughter  and  son. 

James  Wunsch  '68  is  a  political  science  professor 
and  department  chairman  at  Creighton  University  in 
Omaha,  Neb.  He  was  a  visiting  associate  professor 
and  senior  research  associate  at  the  Workshop  on 
Political  Theory  and  Political  Analysis  at  Indiana 
University  during  1985-86. 


Norman  M.  Davis  Jr.  M.H.A.  '69  is  regional 
administrator  of  Greenleaf  Health  Systems,  Inc.,  in 
Chattanooga,  Tenn.  He  has  opened  three  psychiatric 
hospitals  in  Georgia,  Tennessee,  and  Oklahoma. 

Elizabeth  Lovell  McMahon  Ed  D  69,  former 

dean  of  the  graduate  school  at  East  Tennessee  State 
University,  received  an  Outstanding  Alumni  Awatd  at 
Kearney  State  College's  annual  homecoming  banquet 
in  October. 

Allan  M.  Parrent  Ph.D.  '69  was  co-chairman  of 
the  American  delegation  at  the  annual  conference  of 
the  Council  on  Christian  Approaches  to  Defense  and 
Disarmament,  where  he  presented  his  paper,  "Making 
Distinctions  About  Making  Peace."  An  associate  dean 
for  academic  affairs  at  the  Episcopal  Theological 
Seminary  in  Virginia,  he  is  on  sabbatical  at  Cam- 
bridge University,  England,  studying  on  a  grant  from 
the  Conant  Fund. 

Turner  Whitted  B.S.E.E.  '69,  M.S.  '70  received 
the  1986  ACM/SIGGRAPH  Computer  Graphics 
Achievement  Awatd  for  his  research  on  ray  tracing. 
He  is  founder  and  technical  directot  of  Numerical 
Design,  Ltd.,  and  an  adjunct  professor  of  computet 
science  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  first  son  to  Chuck  R. 
Fyfe  '68,  M.B.A.  '74  and  Patsy  Bennett  Fyfe 

76  on  Dec.  16.  Named  Andrew  Joseph  ...  A  son  to 
Frank  J.  Sizemore  III  '68,  J.D.  '71  on  Nov.  7. 

Named  Frank  J.  Sizemore  IV. 


70s 


Armstrong  M.D.  '70,  associate  pro- 
fessor of  pediattics  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center,  was 
presented  the  C.  Eric  Lincoln  Award  by  Kappa  Alpha 
Psi  fraternity  for  her  service  to  the  Duke  and  Durham 


community.  The  annual  award  is  named  for  a  Duke 
religion  professor.  She  completed  a  fellowship  in  car- 
diology and  a  residency  in  pediatrics  at  Duke  before 
joining  the  staff  in  1979.  She  is  also  chief  of  clinical 
services  and  fellowship  training  in  pediatric  cardiology 
and  an  active  member  in  the  Duke  University  Black 
Alumni  Connection. 

David  Hodskins  70,  president  of  Hodskins, 
Simone  &  Searles  of  Raleigh  opened  a  second  office 
in  September  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif.  Since  then,  the 
advertising  agency  has  won  two  $l-million  accounts 
from  local  agencies. 

Peggy  Payne  '70,  a  free-lance  writer  living  in 
Raleigh,  N.C.,  has  had  her  novel,  Hide  of  the  Lion, 
accepted  by  Simon  &  Schuster  for  April  1988  publi- 
cation. Her  articles  have  appeared  in  Cosmopolitan, 
Family  Circle,  and  Travel  and  Leisure. 

Christopher  M.  Dawson  '71  was  named  senior 
vice  president  for  Southland  Associates,  a  subsidiary 
of  CCB  Financial  Corp.  in  Durham.  He  and  his  wife 
and  two  daughters  live  in  Raleigh. 

Cheryl  Herr  '71  has  written  Joyce's  Anatomy  of 
Culture,  published  by  the  University  of  Illinois  Press. 
She  is  a  member  of  the  English  department  at  the 
University  of  Iowa  and  has  published  articles  in  the 
James  Joyce  Quarterly  and  the  Journal  of  Modem 
Literature. 

Carolyn  Arnold  Karpinos  71  has  moved  to 
Chapel  Hill  with  het  husband,  Ralph,  and  her  three 


Patricia  Youngs  Myers  72  is  a  graduate  intern 
in  the  student  counseling  center  of  Rider  College  in 
Lawrenceville,  N.J.,  where  she  is  finishing  her  master's 
in  counseling  and  school  psychology.  She  and  her 
husband,  Robert,  live  in  Ringoes,  N.J. 

Ralph  F.  Palaia  72  is  the  director  of  marketing, 
VCR/Camcorder  at  N.A.P.  Consumer  Electronics.  He 
lives  in  Knoxville,  Tenn.,  with  his  wife,  Grace,  and 
their  two  sons. 

Joseph  Woolley  72  is  senior  metabolic  chemist 
and  research  scientist  III  in  medicinal  biochemistry  at 
Burroughs  Wellcome  Co.  in  the  Research  Triangle 


Park.  He  has  been  with  the  company  since  1973  and 
lives  in  Durham. 


A.  Young  72,  an  economist  with  Amoco 
Production  Co.,  helped  negotiate  with  the  Chinese 
government  the  largest  offshore  oil  and  gas  lease 
awarded  to  date  in  the  South  China  Sea.  He  is  mana- 
ger  of  mining,  overseeing  Amoco's  interest  in  a  gold 
and  copper  mine  in  Papua,  New  Guinea.  He  and  his 
wife,  Jan,  live  in  Houston,  Texas. 

Daniel  T.  Blue  J.D.  73  was  named  to  the  board  of 
the  NCNB  Community  Development  Corp.,  which 
redevelops  deteriorating  neighborhoods.  He  practices 
law  in  Raleigh. 

Lee  Dodson  73  received  a  meritorious  service 
award  from  Rockingham  Community  College,  where 
he  is  a  member  of  the  social  science  department. 

Michael  Ellsworth  73  is  a  technical  writer  for 
AC.  Nielson  Co.,  writing  computer-users  manuals  for 
computer  software.  He  lives  in  St.  Louis  Park,  Minn., 
with  his  wife,  Deborah. 

Cleveland  Kent  Evans  73,  who  earned  his 
Ph.D.  in  1985  from  the  University  of  Michigan,  is  an 
assistant  professor  of  psychology  at  Bellevue  College 
in  Nebraska.  He  lives  in  Omaha. 

Linda  T.  McMillan  73  is  the  vice  president  of 
product  management  at  BayBanks  Systems,  Inc.  She 
joined  the  company  in  1985  and  is  responsible  for 
marketing  consumer  credit  products. 

Joseph  H.  Schmid  B.S.M.E.  73  is  with  the  2nd 
Marine  Aircraft  Wing  at  the  Marine  Corps  Air 
Station  at  New  River  in  Jacksonville,  N.C. 

Mark  Stalnecker  73  is  executive  vice  president 
of  CoreStates  Financial  Corp. ,  the  parent  of  Phila- 
delphia National  Bank.  He  heads  the  U.S.  capital 
markets  group.  His  wife,  Susan  Matamoros 
Stalnecker  73,  is  a  corporate  finance  manager 
with  E.I.  du  Pont.  They  live  in  Rose  Valley,  Pa.,  with 
their  twins,  a  son  and  a  daughter. 


Carol  Williams  73  has  left  her  position  as  co- 
anchor  of  two  evening  newscasts  at  WGAL-TV  in 
Lancaster,  Pa.,  to  co-anchor  similar  evening  shows  at 
WCPO-TV,  the  CBS  affiliate  in  Cincinnati. 


Susan  Finkle  Rossi  B.S.N.  74  completed  her 
M.S.  in  nursing  in  1982  and  is  a  doctoral  student  in 
nursing  at  the  University  of  Rhode  Island.  She  and 
her  husband,  Joseph,  live  in  Wakefield,  R.I. 

Becky  Garrett  74  is  vice  president  and  store 
manager  for  Macy's  Cumberland  in  Atlanta.  She  has 
been  with  Macy's  since  1974. 


C.  Home  74  appeared  on  Catch  the  Spirit, 
the  United  Methodist  Church's  national  cable  televi- 
sion program  in  October,  with  G.  Morris  Gurley 

'56.  He  is  a  pastor  of  the  Church  of  St.  Paul  and  St. 
Andrew  United  Methodist  Church  in  New  York  City 
and  appeared  on  the  show  to  discuss  the  struggle  of 
the  church  against  the  city's  1981  decision  to  make 
the  building  a  landmark. 

William  C.  Malik  74  is  an  orthopedic  surgeon  at 
the  Fairview  Medical  Center  in  Downers  Grove,  111. 


74,  M.Div.  77 
at  the  Haywood  Street  United  Methodist  Church 
Asheville. 


R.  Sanders  Williams  M.D.  74  is  an  I 
professor  of  medicine  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center.  He 
completed  a  fellowship  in  cardiology  before  joining 
the  staff  in  1979. 

Janice  Bird  Eden  75,  M.D.  '80  is  practicing 
obstetrics  and  gynecology  in  Annapolis,  Md.  Her 
husband,  R.  Scott  Eden  75,  M.D.  '80,  practices 
family  medicine  in  Annapolis. 

Linda  K.  George  Ph.D.  75  is  a  professor  of 
psychiatry  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center.  She  com- 
pleted a  fellowship  at  the  Center  fot  the  Study  of 
Aging  and  Human  Development  before  joining  the 
staff  in  1977. 

Gerald  C.  Hartman  B.S.C.E.  75,  M.S.  76  is  a 
senior  partner  and  owner  of  Dyer,  Riddle  Mills  & 
Precourt,  Inc.  in  Orlando,  Fla.  He  is  the  co-author  of 
two  books,  Sludge  Management  and  Disposal  and  Utility 
Management  and  Finance,  the  latter  with  George 
RaftelisM.B.A.75. 

Stephen  Bernard  McCandless  75,  M.H.A. 

'84  completed  his  residency  in  health  adn 


SMART  MAGAZINE 

m 


to  be  of  interest.  So 
Humble  and  her  hus- 
band, Thomas  Humble 

A.T.  '78,  set  about 
last  summer  to  produce 
a  magazine  that  \ 


Goldilocks  may 
have  had  a 
tough  time 
finding  a  suitable  chair. 
But  her  frustration 
would  be  more  than 
matched  by  anyone 
seeking  suitable  period- 
icals for  gifted  students, 
particularly  those  of 
high  school  age. 
According  to  high 


school  English  teacher 
and  administrator  Sally 
Page  Humble  M.A.T. 
'62,  Ph.D.  '69,  existing 
materials  that  touch  on 
topics  of  interest  to 
teenagers  are  not  intel- 
lectually challenging  to 
gifted  students,  while 
reading  materials  that 
challenge  them  intel- 
lectually rarely  happen 


"just  right"  for  gifted 
students. 

The  result  is  the 
quarterly  Agora,  a 
potpourri  of  excerpts 
from  novels,  poetry, 
and  plays;  articles  on 
art,  science,  and  his- 
tory; student  creative 
writing;  and  an  over- 


view of  the  top  colleges 
likely  to  attract  these 
academically  advanced 
students. 

"Many  states  are 
allotting  funds  for 
gifted  students,"  says 
Humble,  "but  the  prob- 
lem is  that  those  in 
charge  of  developing 
resources  often  don't 
know  how  to  spend  the 
money  because  they 
aren't  aware  of  what's 
appropriate  for  gifted 
students.  We've  zeroed 
in  on  a  market  we 
know  very,  very  well, 
and  it's  growing,  be- 
cause people  are  more 
concerned  about  de- 
manding academic 
programs." 

Humble,  who  chairs 
the  English  department 
at  Enloe  High  School 
in  Raleigh,  North 
Carolina,  developed  a 
four-year  curriculum 
there  for  academically 
gifted  students.  She's 
also  taught  advanced 


students  in  New  York 
and  New  Jersey. 

Over  the  years,  she's 
put  together  study  and 
course  guides  for  other 
teachers  of  the  gifted, 
and  these  resources 
became  the  foundation 
for  Agora.  She  and  her 
husband  do  most  of  the 
magazine's  production; 
one  of  her  Enloe  stu- 
dents taught  her  how 
to  do  layout  on  a 
computer  screen. 

The  magazine  now 
has  a  circulation  of 
2,600,  with  subscribers 
in  all  fifty  states.  This 
year,  she's  sending 
32,000  brochures 
about  Agora  to  every 
high  school  in  the 
country. 

A  recent  issue  fo- 
cused on  creativity, 
with  excerpts  from 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne's 
Artist  of  the  Beautiful. 
"The  story  is  about  a 
creative  person  having 
trouble  fitting  in  with 


society,"  says  Humble, 
"which  is  a  problem 
that  gifted  students 
have.  Often  they  see 
and  understand  things 
that  other  people  don't, 
and  they  have  trouble 
articulating  that." 
An  agora  was  an 
open  space  in  ancient 
Greek  cities  that  func- 
tioned as  both  a  mar- 
ketplace and  forum  for 
the  exchange  of  ideas. 
"With  this  magazine," 
says  Humble,  "we're 
hoping  to  encourage 
creative  exchanges 
among  gifted  students, 
and  to  increase  aware- 
ness among  teachers 
about  resources  avail- 
able to  their  academ- 
ically advanced 
students." 


at  University  Hospital  in  Jacksonville,  Fla.  He  is  the 
state  coordinator  of  cost-containment  programs  for 
Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  of  N.C.  He  and  his  wife, 
Alison  Eyomann  McCandless  M.B.A.  '84, 
live  in  Chapel  Hill. 

Royce  L.B.  Morris  Ph.D.  75,  a  classics  professor 
at  Emory  &  Henry  College  in  Emory,  Va.,  received 
the  school's  1986  Excellence  in  Teaching  Award.  He 
has  taught  at  the  school  for  20  years.  He  has  also 
organized  a  travel/study  program  in  Italy  to  give  stu- 
dents a  first-hand  look  at  Roman  art  and  architecture. 

James  H.  Acker  B.S.M.E.  76,  M.S.  78  com- 
pleted the  last  year  of  his  orthopedic  surgery  residency 
at  Louisiana  State  Universiry-New  Orleans  and 
started  a  fellowship  in  sports  medicine  with  Harvard 
Medical  School  in  July.  He  and  his  wife,  Clare 
Acker  79,  live  in  New  Orleans. 


John  A.  Bussian  III  76  is  a  partner  in  the  Miami 
office  of  Morgan  Lewis  &.  Bockius,  working  in  the  liti- 
gation section.  He  is  the  co-author  of  The  Reporter's 
Handbook,  1985,  serves  on  the  Federal  Court  Com- 
mittee of  the  Dade  County  Bar  Association,  and  is 
active  in  the  Defense  Research  Institute.  He  lives  in 
Miami. 

Christopher  Colford  76  is  editor  of  the  editorial 
pages  of  Tfte  Concord  Monitor,  a  liberal  daily  news- 
paper in  Concord,  N.H.  His  editotials  on  national 
and  state  politics  were  awarded  second  place  among 
newspapers  in  the  six  New  England  states  by  the 
Associated  Press. 

Mark  W.  Erickson  76  is  the  director  of  adverti- 
sing and  promotion  at  the  Marvel  Comics  Group.  His 
wife,  Cara  Scolaro  Erickson  77,  is  an  adverti- 
sing sales  executive  for  The  New  York  Times.  They  live 
in  Larchmont,  N.Y.,  with  their  baby  daughter. 


Gollob  M.S.  76  is  group  leader  of 
urea-formaldehyde  resins  for  Georgia-Pacific  Corp.'s 
chemical  division  in  Decatur,  Ga. 

Cheryl  Kay  76  has  formed  Kay  Builders,  Inc.,  in 
Durham.  The  company  will  specialize  in  custom  reno- 
vations and  will  design  and  build  cabinetry  and 
custom  millwork. 

Mary  E.  Klotman  76,  M.D.  '80  has  completed 

her  residency  and  a  fellowship  in  infectious  diseases  at 
Duke.  She  is  an  associate  professor  at  the  Duke 
Medical  Center. 

Nancy  E.  Munn  B.S.N.  76  is  the  head  nurse  of  the 
orthopedic  unit  at  Durham  County  General  Hospital. 
She  was  director  of  the  intensive  care  units  at  Logan 
Regional  Hospital  in  Logan,  Utah. 

Katherine  A.  O'Hanian  76  is  an  assistant  profes- 
sor of  gynecologic  oncology  at  the  Albert  Einstein 
College  of  Medicine  in  New  Yotk  City.  She  lives  in 
New  York. 

David  Prince  76  is  assistant  treasurer  of  Southern 
Company  Services,  Inc.,  in  Atlanta.  He  was  managet 
of  trust  assets  for  the  BellSouth  Corp. 

William  L.  Tozier  B.H.S.  76  was  named  the 
Aeromedical  Physician's  Assistant  for  1985-86  by  the 
Society  of  U.S.  Flight  Surgeons  in  honor  of  his  contri- 
butions to  Army  aviation  medicine.  He  is  stationed  in 
Etlangen,  West  Germany. 

Daniel  B.  Whitesides  M.D.  76  completed  his 
OB/GYN  residency  and  is  an  associate  professor  at  the 
Duke  Medical  Center. 

Janice  Farrell  Hearty  77  is  a  second-year  busi- 
ness student  at  Harvard  University.  For  the  past  five 
years,  she  has  worked  at  the  White  House,  most 
recently  in  the  press  office.  She  and  her  husband, 
Owen,  live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 


Peter  G.  Keese  Th.M.77  i 
Hospice  of  North  Carolina  at  i 


snored  by  the 
th  annual  meet- 


RAIN  OF  TERROR 


If  there's  a  sound  in 
the  forest,  John 
Sigmon  '69,  Ph.D. 
'83  is  there  to  hear  it. 
Aimed  with  an 
$850,000  grant  from 
the  Environmental 
Protection  Agency,  he's 
heading  up  a  study  in 
Virginia's  Shenandoah 
National  Park  on  the 
effects  of  atmospheric 
pollutants  on  forest- 
lands.  He's  also  hoping 
to  answer  a  pressing 
environmental  ques- 
tion: Is  acid  rain  killing 
the  forest? 

An  atmospheric 
scientist  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia,  Sigmon 
says  little  is  known 
about  the  processes 
and  interactions  be- 
tween trees  and  the 
atmosphere.  "It's  some- 
thing that's  not  under- 
stood well  at  all  when 
you  get  into  the  com- 
plex terrain,  like  moun- 
tains, or  very  tall 
vegetation,  like  forest 
canopies." 

To  collect  data  on 
atmospheric  pollutants, 
Sigmon  and  his  re- 
searchers have  erected 
in  the  national  park 
three  towers,  each 
laden  with  sensors  and 
other  detection  devices 
to  measure  contami- 
nants. "The  towers  will 
let  us  see  what  is  hap- 
pening in  the  atmos- 
phere at  several  levels, 
from  the  free  atmos- 
phere above  the  trees 
down  to  the  surface," 
says  Sigmon, 

"It's  much  easier  to 
recognize  the  effects  of 
pollution  under  labora- 
tory conditions,"  he 
adds,  "but  that  doesn't 
provide  a  true  picture 
of  how  pollutants  act  in 
the  real  world.  You're 
dealing  with  pollutant 
concentrations  of  only 
a  few  parts  per  billion. 


In  addition,  to  deter- 
mine the  impact  of  air 
quality  on  the  general 
landscape,  you  have  to 
sort  out  things  like 
competition,  biological 
pests  and  diseases,  and 
climate— the  tempera- 
ture, precipitation 
levels,  and  so  forth." 

During  the  five-year 
study,  Sigmon  will  be 
paying  close  attention 
to  the  effects  of  acid 
rain  on  tbe  forest.  "Is  it 


negative  or  is  it  posi- 
tive, since  some  of  the 
chemical  constituents 
of  acid  rain— nitrogen 
and  sulfur— may  act  as 
fertilizers?  Are  the  posi- 
tive effects  of  this  ma- 
terial overriding  the 
negative  effects?  These 
are  the  kinds  of  ques- 
tions we're  trying  to 
answer." 

Sigmon's  work  is  part 
of  a  larger,  cross-disci- 
plinary study  in  the 


national  park.  A  com- 
puter model  con- 
structed at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia  will 
project  five-year  growth 
in  a  section  of  the 
forest,  and  researchers 
will  compare  the  pro- 
jection to  actual 
growth.  If  growth 
deviates  from  the  pro- 
jection, Sigmon's  data 
will  help  in  pinning 
the  blame. 


ing  in  1986.  He  left  the  Chaplains  Service  at  the 
Duke  Medical  Centet  after  13  years  to  become  the 
first  director  of  clinical  pastoral  education  and  coun- 
seling at  the  University  of  Tennessee  Memorial 
Research  Center  and  Hospital  in  Knoxville. 

Gregg  H.D.  Kesterson  77,  Ph.D.  79  practices 

internal  medicine  with  Sienknecht,  Gilbertson, 
Wade  &  Turner  in  Knoxville,  Tenn.  His  wife, 

Sherry  Hammer  Kesterson  79,  is  i 

with  the  Knoxville  law  firm  Long,  Ragsdale  and 
Waters,  P.C. 


L.  Lattimore  M.Div.  77  is  a  senior  staff 
pastoral  counselor  and  satellite  coordinator  at  the 
Onondaga  Pastoral  Counseling  Center  in  Syracuse, 
NY. 


Steve  Skinner  77,  head  soccer  coach  at  Guilfotd 
College,  was  named  Coach  of  the  Yeat  in  both  the 
Carolinas  Conference  and  NAIA  District  26. 

John  C.  Stavros  M.H.A.  77  is  director  of  mar- 
keting for  the  medical  center  at  the  University  of 
California-San  Diego.  He  was  director  of  the  market- 
ing depattments  at  National  Medical  Enterprises  in 
Los  Angeles  and  at  Alta  Bates  Hospital  Corp.  in 
Berkeley. 

Ellen  Powers  Stengel  A.M.  77  teaches  English 
at  the  University  of  Central  Arkansas.  She  and  her 
husband,  Wayne  B.  Stengel  Ph.D.  '81,  live  in 

Conway,  Ark. 


Alumni  College  Weekend 
at  the  Grove  Park  Inn 

OCTOBER  29-NOVEMBER  1,  1987 

Come  home  again  this  fall  to  Thomas  Wolfe's  "Altamont"  for  a 
weekend  seminar  on  contemporary  North  Carolina  authors, 
such  as  John  Ehle,  Doris  Betts,  and  Duke's  own  Reynolds 
Price. 
The  elegant  Grove  Park  Inn  in  Asheville  will  be  your  campus,  with  all  the 
amenities  you'd  expect  from  this  historic  and  grand  hotel. 

Your  faculty  will  be  James  Applewhite,  poet,  author,  and  Duke  professor,  on 
the  sense  of  place  in  North  Carolina  literature;  Judith  Ruderman,  on  the  new 
generation  of  North  Carolina  women  novelists;  and  Harriette  Buchanan, 
teacher  and  lecturer,  on  the  mountain  mystique  of  writer  John  Ehle.  Reynolds 
Price  will  appear  on  video,  reading  from  his  works  with  a  commentary. 

The  alumni  college  weekend  package  includes  tours  of  Wolfe's  home,  the 
Biltmore  Estate  and  winery,  as  well  as  all  meals  and  hotel  accommodations. 

For  more  information,  contact  Barbara  DeLapp 
Booth  '54,  Alumni  College  Weekend,  614  i^P^"V 

Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27706:         j^T  \ 

1W0-FOR-DUKE,  ■  —  — f 

(l-800-3DU'AWM 
in  N.C.). 


Martha  Alice  "Marty"  Walker  M.D.  77  is 
studying  art  at  Virginia  Commonwealth  University  to 
become  a  graphics  designer.  She  had  worked  as  a 
writer  and  conference  planner  for  an  educational 
association  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Fred  Worstell  B.S.E.E.  77  is  a  senior  project 
engineer  with  Melvin  Simon  &  Associates.  His  wife, 
Laura  Englund  Worstell  B.S.N.  77,  is  a  pedia- 
tric nurse  practitioner  in  the  pediatrics  program, 
Visiting  Nurse  Service,  in  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Robert  E.  Wright  77,  Ph.D.  '86  is  senior  staff 
writer  for  the  Capital  Campaign  for  the  Arts  and 
Sciences  at  Duke. 

Frank  S.  Gilliam  M.F.  78,  Ph.D.  '83  is  a  research 
associate  at  the  University  of  Virginia. 

J.D.  Ingram  M.H.A.  78  is  the  adminstrator  of 
Kittitas  Valley  Community  Hospital  in  Ellensburg, 
Wash. 


Betsy  Moore  DeCampo  78  is  a  st 

Mistical 

analyst  for  Edison  Electronic  Institute  ir 

Washingt 

D.C. 

Mary  Boney  Denison  78  is  an  associate  in  the 
Washington,  DC,  office  of  the  San  Francisco  law 
firm  Graham  &.  James. 

George  Phillips  Jr.  M.D.  78  completed  his  resi- 
dency in  hematology-oncology  at  Duke  and  is  an 
associate  professor  of  medicine  at  the  Duke  Medical 
Center. 

Wray  Alan  Russell  78  has  left  the  Ritz-Carlton 
Hotel  Co.  in  Atlanta  to  become  a  real  estate  financial 
manager  at  Collier  Enterprises  in  Naples,  Fla.  He  and 
his  wife,  Jan,  live  in  Naples. 

Clare  Watson  Acker  79  has  retired  from  her 
position  as  sales  manager  for  HealthAmerica  for  the 
birth  of  her  first  child.  She  and  her  husband, 
James  A.  Acker  B.S.M.E  76,  M.S.  78,  live  in 
New  Orleans. 

Mark  F.  Bear  79  earned  his  Ph.D.  from  Brown 
University  in  1984.  He  completed  post-doctoral  work 
at  the  Max  Planck  Institute  for  Brain  Research  in 
Frankfurt,  Germany,  and  is  now  an  assistant  professor 
for  research  at  Brown. 


Lisa  B.  Bowden  79  i 

Atlanta,  Ga. 


i  doctor's  offic 


Cooper  79,  M.D.  '83  is  the 
medical  co-director  of  the  emergency  department  al 
the  Duke  Medical  Center.  He  and  his  wife,  Linda, 
live  in  Durham. 


M.H.A.  79,  after  a  20-year 
career  with  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service,  has 
moved  to  Tampa,  Fla.,  as  executive  director  of  the 
Ruskin  Health  Center,  Inc. 

Elizabeth  Franklin  Kirkland  B.S.M.E.  79  is  an 
associate  in  the  investment  banking  division  of 
Shearson  Lehman  Brothers.  She  and  her  husband, 
Derek,  live  in  New  York. 


Livingston  79  is  an  attorney  with  the  St. 
Louis  law  firm  Guilfoil,  Petzall  &  Shoemake.  He  grad- 
uated in  1984  from  Washington  University's  law 
school,  where  he  was  staff  editor  for  the  Law  Quarterly 
and  president  of  the  Student  Bar  Association.  He  and 
his  wife,  Janet,  live  in  St.  Louis. 

Robert  D.  Manning  79  is  a  senior  Fulbright 
lecturer  at  the  Centra  de  Investigaciones  Regionales, 
Universidad  Autonoma  de  Yucatan.  At  the  school,  he 
is  organizing  a  master's  program  in  regional  economic 
development  and  social  change  and  is  teaching  classes 
on  research  methods.  He  is  also  studying  the  compa- 
rative development  patterns  of  Merida  and  Cancun. 

Neil  Nevitte  Ph.D.  79  is  associate  professor  of 
political  science  at  the  University  of  Calgary.  He  and 


his  wife,  Susan  Bloch,  former  Duke  Magazine  features 
editor,  live  in  Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada. 

Emilie  Murphy  Nimocks  79  is  an  associate  in 
the  European  division  01  Chemical  Bank  in  New  York. 

Richard  D.  Pilnik  79,  who  earned  his  M.B.A. 

from  Northwestern  University  in  1983,  is  working  for 
Eli  Lilly  and  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Liz  Rice  Pilnik 

B.S.N.  '80,  are  living  in  Caracas,  Venezuela,  where  he 
is  the  pharmaceutical  director  for  Eli  Lilly  Venezuela. 

Bradley  J.  Schwartz  B.S.M.E.  79  is  working  for 
Peat  Marwick,  an  international  accounting  firm. 

Donald  Kenneth  Thomas  A.H.C.  79  is  an 
anesthetist  at  the  Duke  Medical  Center.  He  and  his 
wife,  Rebecca,  live  in  Durham. 

David  J.  Topper  79  earned  his  M.B.A.  from 
Stanford  University  and  is  a  senior  associate  in  the 
capital  market  services  department  of  Morgan 
Stanley.  He  and  his  wife,  Margaret  Segal,  live  in  New 
York. 

Susan  Benson  Westfall  79  is  working  for  the 
Internal  Revenue  Service  in  Bristol,  Va.  She  moved  to 
Bristol  from  Anniston,  Ala.,  with  her  husband,  son, 
and  daughter. 

Janice  Alsop  Ver  Hoeve  79  is  a  geologist  for 
Arco  Oil  &.  Gas  in  LaFayette,  La. 

MARRIAGES:  Patricia  Youngs  72  to  Robert  B. 
Myers  Jr.  on  June  21.  Residence:  Ringoes,  N.J  .  .  . 
John  W.  Curtis  B.S.E.E.  74  to  Katrina  Renee 
Wells  on  Oct.  4.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Susan 
Rose  Finkle  B.S.N.  74  to  Joseph  S.  Rossi  on  June 
13,  1981.  Residence:  Wakefield,  R.I.  .  .  .  William  A. 
Baxter  75  to  Lauren  Margaret  Brew  on  Sept.  20 
. .  .  Stephen  Bernard  McCandless  75, 
M.H.A.  '84  to  Alison  Eyomann  M.B.A.  '84  on  July 

11.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill  .  .  .  William  Allen 
Hawkins  III  B.S.M.E.  76  to  Sharon  Doyle  on  April 

12,  1986.  Residence:  London,  England  .  .  .  Peter 
Farrell  M.F.  77  to  Gere  Harkless  B.S.N.  77  on 
Oct.  26,  1985.  Residence:  Alton,  N.H  .  .  .  Janice 
Farrell  77  to  Owen  Hearty  on  March  22,  1986. 
Residence:  Cambridge,  Mass  .  .  .  Mary  Boney  78 
to  James  W.  Denison  III  on  May  17,  1986.  Residence: 
Washington,  DC  . .  .  Frank  S.  Gilliam  M.F.  78, 
Ph.D.  '83  to  Laura  Pleasants  on  Aug  23  .  .  .  Sally  W. 
Jacobs  78  to  Albert  V.  Will  III  on  June  1,  1985. 
Residence:  Baldwin,  N.Y  .  .  .  Betsy  Ji 
78  to  Joseph  DeCampo  on  Nov  8  .  .  .  h 
Ph.D.  78  to  Susan  Bloch  on  April  25.  Residence: 
Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada  .  .  .  Wray  Alan  Russell 
78  to  Jan  Turner  on  Aug.  2.  Residence:  Naples,  Fla. 

Michael  Robert  Cooper  79,  M.D.  83  to 
Linda  Jean  Worch  on  Sept.  20  in  the  Duke  Chapel. 
Residence:  Durham  .  .  .  Elizabeth  Franklin 
B.S.M.E.  79  to  Derek  Kirkland  on  Sept.  20.  Resi- 
dence: New  York  City  .  .  .  Arthur  Woodfin 
.S.E.E.  79,  M.S.  '81,  Ph.D.  '84  to 

n  Whitmore  B.S.N.  79  on  May 
24,  1986.  Residence:  Rockford,  111  .  .  .  Bruce 
Livingston  79  to  Janet  Russell  on  July  5.  Resi- 
dence: St.  Louis .  . .  Emilie  Murphy  79  to  A. 
Bryon  Nimocks  on  Oct.  20.  Residence:  New  York 
City  . . .  Donald  Kenneth  Thomas  A.H.C.  79 
to  Rebecca  Brent  Thornton  on  Nov.  29.  Residence: 
Durham  .  .  .  David  J.  Topper  79  to  Margaret 
Segal  on  Sept.  6.  Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Mark  J.  Brenner 

72  and  Jean  Brenner  on  May  18,  1986.  Named 
Nathan  Daniel  .  .  .  Second  child  and  first  son  to 
William  A.  Young  72  and  Jan  Young  on 
July  13  .  .  .  Second  child  and  son  to  Lee 
Davidson  Wilder  73  and  Pelham  Wilder  III 

73  on  Oct.  26.  Named  Andrew  Davidson  .  .  .  Second 
child  and  son  to  Karen  Kato  Doran  74  and 
James  Doran  on  April  5,  1985.  Named  Timothy 
James  .  .  .  Fraternal  twins  to  A.  Owen  Peeler  74, 
M.Div.  77  and  Mary  Peeler  on  May  7,  1985.  Named 


A  SEASON 
OF  SILVER 


FROM 


DUKE 


owle  Silversmiths  have  created  Christmas  ornaments 
A    especially  for  Duke  University  for  1987 -an  incre- 
dibly intricate  silver-plated  design  featuring  the  Duke 
Chapel  and  beautiful  Baldwin  Auditorium. 
These  2  >A-by-\  %-inch  commemora- 
tive pieces  will  be  a  welcome  addi- 
tion to  your  Christmas 
holiday  arrangements. 
$15  each,  this  limited 
edition  will  make  a 
special  silver  gift. 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  OFFICE  Please  check  your  school 


614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham.  NC  27706 


□  TRINITY 
D  NURSING 

□  LAW 

□  MEDICINE 

□  BUSINESS 


□  ENGINEERING 

□  ALLIED  HEALTH 

□  DIVINITY 

□  FORESTRY 

□  GRADUATE 


Your  class  year 
YourGRADSID* 
(on  mailing  address! 

Sorry,  no  COD  orders 


Please  Print  Legibly 
Ordered  by: 

Ship  To  ( If  Different): 

BILLING  ADDRESS 

DELIVERY  ADDRESS 

CITV                                                              STATE                                                              ZIP 

CITY                                                              STATE                                                              ZIP 

AREA  CODE                                      DAY  PHONE 

AREA  CODE                                      DAY  PHONE 

QUANTITY 

PRICE 

AMOUNT 

1987  Silver  Ornaments  @  SI5.00            D  BALDWIN 

D  Check  enclosed  |no  CODs  please),  made  payable  to  Duke  University 

Tax 

Total 

For  rrpHir  card  ordprs  plpasp  MRn  full  name 

Andrew  Thomas  and  Michael  David  .  .  .  Second 
child  and  first  son  to  R.  Scott  Eden  75,  M.D.  '80 
and  Janice  L.  Bird  75,  M.D.  '80  on  June  2. 
Named  William  Edward  ...  A  son  to  Kimberly 
Jenkins  McMurray  75,  Ph.D.  '80  and  J. 
Thomas  McMurray  B.S.M.E.  76,  M.S.  78, 
Ph.D.  '80.  Named  McCain  Jay  ...  A  son  to 
Richard  A.  Schwartz  75  and  Diane 
Judiesch  Schwartz  '80  on  June  20,  1986. 
Named  Jonathon  Michael  .  .  .  First  child  and  daugh- 
ter to  James  Acker  B.S.M.E.  76,  M.S.  78  and 
Clare  Watson  Acker  79  on  March  26, 1986. 
Named  Lela  Julia  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to 
Mark  W.  Erickson  76  and  Cara  Scolaro 
Erickson  77  on  May  28,  1986.  Named  Elizabeth 
Cameron  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Gere 
Harkless  Farrell  B.S.N.  76  and  Peter  Farrell 
M.F.  77  on  Oct.  15.  Named  Anne  Amelia  .  .  . 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Patsy  Bennett 

Fyfe  76  and  Chuck  R.  Fyfe  '68,  M.B.A.  74  on 
Dec.  16.  Named  Andtew  Joseph  .  .  .  Third  child  and 
first  son  to  Jeffrey  Kent  Giguere  76,  M.D.  '80 
and  Nancy  Parker  Giguere  B.S.N.  78  on  Sept. 
12.  Named  Jeffrey  Kent  Jt  .  .  .  Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Nancy  Hanse  Feldman  77  and  Joel 
Feldman  on  Nov.  10.  Named  Emalia  Ashet  .  .  . 
Second  son  to  Vergel  L.  Lattimore  M.Div.  77 
on  July  25.  Named  Adam  Victor  .  .  .  Twins  to 
Broadie  Newton  77  and  Nina  Newton  on  Aug. 
9.  Named  Meredith  Ann  and  Daniel  Henry  .  .  .  First 
child  and  daughter  to  Anna  Gunnarsson 
Pfeiffer  77  and  Leonard  Pfeiffer  on  June  18,  1986. 
Named  Kristin  Emilia  .  .  .  Second  child  and  first  son 

to  Stephen  J.  Sullivan  77  and  Jean  Farrell 

Sullivan  77  on  April  10,  1986.  Named  John 
Frederick  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter  to  Laura 
Englund  Worsted  B.S.N.  77  and  Fred 
Worstell  B.S.C.E.  77  on  May  27,  1986.  Named 
Carolyn  Ruth  .  .  .  Second  child  and  first  son  to 
Blanchard  78  and  John 


ilF 


~m 


Carolina  Meadows  life  care  retirement 
community— an  exciting  new  lifestyle  of 
carefree  independence. 

Nestled  in  the  tranquil  countryside  just  a 
short  drive  from  Durham  and  Duke  Univer- 
sity. 

•  Spacious  villas  and  apartments 

•  Recreational  amenities 

•  Health  care  on  the  premises 

•  plus  100%  equity  refund 

Units  still  available  in  Phase  One.  Reserve 
now  for  Phase  Two.  Admission  fees 
$63,600.  to  $171,700.  Monthly  fees  $526. 
for  one,  $654.  for  two. 


□  Mr.     D  Mrs.     D  Miss     D  Mr.  &  Mrs. 


w_r 


!  in  New  York  and  where  otherwise  prohibited  by  law- 


:ypi 


Blanchard  on  Nov.  18.  Named  Shaun  London  .  .  . 
Second  child  and  son  to  Benner  B.  Crigler  78 
and  Carol  Crigler  on  April  14,  1986  ...  A  daughter 
to  Charles  EnniS  78  and  Laura  Ennis  on  July  11. 
Named  Kelly  Elizabeth  .  .  .  First  child  and  daughter 
to  Sally  Jacobs  Will  78  and  Albert  V.  Will  on 
May  30,  1986.  Named  Joanna  Leigh  .  .  .  Son  adopted 
by  J.  Jeffrey  Butcher  M.Div.  79  and  Jan 
Butcher  on  Sept.  15.  Named  James  Bennett  .  .  . 
Second  daughter  to  Walker  Anderson  Mabe  79 
and  John  Mabe  on  Oct.  22.  Named  Katherine 
Quincy  ...  A  son  to  Richard  D.  Pilnik  79  and 
Elizabeth  Rice  Pilnik  '80  on  Aug.  15.  Named 
Anthony  Rice  ...  A  daughter  to  Janice  Alsop 
Ver  Hoeve  79  and  Mark  Ver  Hoeve  on  Aug.  8. 
Named  Emily  Catharine  ...  A  daughter  to  Steven 
P.  Wiley  79  and  Diane  Wiley  on  April  29,  1986. 
Named  Jessica  Lynn  ...  A  son  to  Alice  Chrystie 
Wyman  79  and  Peter  H.  Wyman  on  Oct.  5.  Named 
Peter  Hunt. 


80s 


Malcolm  L.  Butler  '80  was  appointed  to  the 
advisory  board  of  directots  of  Bank  South,  N.A., 
Savannah,  Ga. 


Tony  Cullen  '80,  Duke's  lacrosse  coach,  is  the  assis- 
tant director  of  the  Iron  Dukes,  the  athletic  fund- 
raising  organization.  He  has  coached  for  five  years, 
leading  the  team  to  an  11-4  tecotd  last  season  and  a 
spot  in  the  final  national  rankings. 
Christopher  John  Daly  80,  MBA.  '85  is  a 
licensed  real  estate  broker  working  for  the  Trammel 
Crow  Co.  His  wife,  Elizabeth  Fay  Daly  '81,  is  an 
educational  assistant  at  the  N.C.  Zoological  Park  and 
is  studying  tor  a  teaching  certificate  from  UNC- 
Charlotte.  They  live  in  Chatlotte. 
Maureen  B.  Kerr  '80  earned  her  M.B.A.  from  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania's  Wharton  School  of 
Business  and  has  joined  Merrill  Lynch  Capital 
Markets.  She  is  an  associate  in  their  debt  transactions 
section  and  is  living  in  New  York  City. 

Robert  W.  McHugh  '80  works  for  Peat  Marwick, 
an  international  accounting  firm. 

Elizabeth  Rice  Pilnik  B.S.N.  '80,  who  earned 
her  M.B.A.  from  Indiana  University  in  1985,  worked 
for  Kurt  Salmon  Associates  as  a  management  consul- 
tant in  health  care.  She  and  het  husband,  Richard 
Pilnik  79,  have  moved  to  Venezuela,  where  he  works 
for  Eli  Lilly  and  Co. 


R.  Richards  M.B.A.  '80  is  a  senior  mana- 
ger in  the  tax  department  of  the  Memphis  office  of 
Peat  Marwick. 

Andrew  E.  Schwartz  '80  is  a  resident  in 
internal  medicine  at  Thomas  Jefferson  University  in 
Philadelphia.  When  he  completes  his  residency,  he 
will  begin  a  fellowship  in  gastroenterology  at  North- 
western University  in  Chicago. 

Richard  A.F.  Shafer  '80  is  the  assistant  advisory 
officer  of  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association. 
He  counsels  schools  in  Maine  and  Massachusetts  on 
the  design  and  administration  of  their  staff-retire- 
ment, tax-deferred  annuity  and  group  insurance  plans. 

Richard  E.  Shaw  '80,  M.E.M.  '84  is  a  resource 

planning  consultant  with  the  N.C.  Department  of 
Natural  Resources  in  Raleigh.  He  and  his  wife,  Holly 
Reid  Shaw  '83,  M.E.M.  '84,  live  in  a  historic  home 
on  the  Eno  River. 

Judy  A.  Strickland  '80  received  her  Ph.D.  in 
pharmacology  at  East  Carolina  University  and  is  a 
postdoctoral  research  associate  at  the  Medical 
University  of  S.C.-Charleston  in  the  department  of 
cellulat  and  molecular  pharmacology  and  experi- 
mental therapeutics.  She  is  living  in  Charleston. 


Kent  C.  Brokenshire  '81,  charter  and  delivery 
caprain,  has  made  two  voyages  to  the  West  Indies 
aboard  his  24-foot  Bristol  sloop,  Seabat,  from  its 
homeport,  Annapolis.  He  is  working  on  a  master's 
fellowship  in  journalism  at  Stanford  University. 

Sara  E.  Bures  B.S.M.E.  '81  is  senior  engineer- 
power  at  Texaco's  Louisiana  plant  and  lives  in  Baton 
Rouge. 

Leslie  A.  Cornell  '81  is  the  assistant  dean  of 
students  at  Centenary  College  in  Hackettstown,  N.J. 


;  a  senior  planner  with 
Avon  Products  in  New  York.  Her  husband,  James 
David  Simpson  Jr.  '81,  is  an  associate  in  the  New 
York  law  firm  Dewey,  Ballantine,  Bushby,  Palmer  & 
Wood.  He  graduated  from  Washington  &  Lee  Univer- 
sity's law  school. 

Sheldon  M.  Fox  '81  is  working  for  Peat  Marwick, 
'  accounting  firm. 

is  working  on  her  doctorate 
in  physics  at  Florida  State  University.  She  and  her 
husband,  Paul  Cartet,  live  in  Tallahassee. 

Mark  Jackman  Ph.D.  '81  is  director  of  corporate 
planning  at  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  in  Durham. 
Before  joining  Blue  Cross  last  year,  he  was  senior 
account  tepresentative  for  the  SAS  Institute  in  Cary, 

N.C. 

Michael  Kaelin  '81,  J.D.  '84  is  an  associate  in  the 
New  York  law  firm  Healy  &  Baillie. 

Mark  Kennedy  '81  received  his  Ph.D.  in  analy- 
tical chemistry  from  Purdue  University  and  is  working 
for  E.  1.  du  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Co.  in  the  agricul- 
tural products  division.  He  and  his  wife,  Coleen,  live 
in  Wilmington,  Del. 

Deborah  Langsam  Ph.D.  '81,  assistant  professor 
of  biology  at  UNC-Charlotte,  was  awatded  the 
NCNB  award  for-  excellence  in  teaching. 

Evelyn  Owen  '81  is  an  account  executive  at  the 
New  York  advertising  agency  Batten,  Barton,  Durstine 
&  Osborn.  She  and  her  husband,  Jon  Tomasson,  live 
in  New  York. 


Amy  Smolens  '81  is  an  associate  producer  for 
Golden  Gaters  Productions  in  Marin  County  and  is 
living  in  Albany,  Calif. 

Wayne  B.  Stengel  Ph.D.  '81  is  an  assistant  profes- 
sor  of  English  at  the  University  of  Central  Arkansas 
in  Conway.  His  book,  The  Shape  of  Art  in  the  Short 
Stories  of  Donald  Barthelme,  was  published-in  1985. 
His  wife,  Ellen  Powers  Stengel  A.M.  77,  also 
teaches  English  at  the  university. 

Anne-Marie  Rosenberg  Woodhouse  '81  is 

an  associate  brand  manager  for  Beecham  Products 
Inc.  She  and  het  husband,  Thomas,  live  in  Pittsburgh. 


R.  Beckmann  '82  is  in  her  second  year 
of  business  school  at  the  University  of  Michigan-Ann 
Arbor.  She  worked  for  the  Chrysler  Corp.  in  Detroit 


Alison  Bouchard  '82  has  moved  to  the  San 
Francisco  Bay  area,  where  she  is  job  hunting.  She  is 
active  in  the  community,  especially  in  U.S.-Soviet 
cultural  exchanges. 

Pamela  Brecker  '82  is  a  commercial  banking 
officer  in  the  North  American  division  of  Chemical 
Bank  in  New  York.  She  received  her  M.B.A.  from 
Northwestern  University's  business  school. 


OO  A.M.  '82,  a  major-general  for 
Singapore's  armed  forces,  was  awarded  Indonesia's 
highest  military  honor  in  recognition  for  his  role  in 
forging  military  ties  between  Singapore  and  Indonesia. 

Robert  S.  Clarke  '82  is  flying  P-3  Orions  for  the 
U.S.  Navy.  His  wife,  Margaret  Madison  Clarke 

'82,  A.H.C.  '83,  is  studying  law  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 


Amy  Prechyl  Gust  B.S.M.E.  '82  is  a  manufactur- 
ing engineer  at  Bytex  Corp.  in  Southhorough,  Mass. 
She  and  her  husband,  Michael,  live  in  Westford, 
Mass. 

Kathy  M.  Hasler  '82,  assistant  vice  president  and 
corporate  banking  officer  for  the  First  Interstate  Bank 
of  California,  was  chosen  to  be  one  of  60  participants 
in  the  Leadership  Education  Awareness  Development 
Program  for  1986-87. 

Edith  E.  M.  Johnson  '82  is  a  manager  of  strategic 
planning  and  business  development  for  American 
Express  Travel  Related  Services  in  New  York.  She 
spent  last  year  in  Hong  Kong  on  a  Rotary  scholarship 
studying  Mandarin  Chinese  and  Chinese  political 
economy  at  the  Chinese  University  of  Hong  Kong. 
She  also  wrote  articles  on  international  finance  of  the 
People's  Republic  for  the  Far  Eastern  Economic  Review. 

Robert  Green  McCollum  Jr.  '82  is  an  inter- 
national bond  trader  for  Paine  Webber  Inc.  in  New 
York. 

Stephen  W.  Morgan  '82  received  his  law  degree 
from  the  University  of  Tennessee  in  1985  and  passed 
the  bar  exam  in  both  Tennessee  and  Georgia.  He  is  a 
legal  instructor  in  Atlanta  at  the  Music  Business 
Institute  and  the  National  Center  for  Analogical 
Training. 

Margaret  Anne  Moylan  '82  is  in  her  first  year  of 
the  baccalaureate  program  for  nursing  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill. 

John  S.  Teunis  '82  is  a  salesman  for  Cavin's,  Inc. 
He  and  his  wife,  Kimberly  Terrell,  live  in  Durham. 


Becker  '83  has  begun  her  own  business, 
Concepts  in  Learning  Ltd.,  which  distributes  scientific 
educational  materials  to  Canadian  schools.  She  and 
her  husband,  Karl  Szasz,  live  in  Toronto. 

Douglas  B.  Chappell  '83  is  an  associate  with  the 
Winston-Salem  law  firm  Allman  Spry  Humphreys 
Leggett  &.  Howington. 


M.D  '83,  a  flight 
surgeon  in  aerospace  medicine,  has  finished  his 
assignment  at  Reese  jet  pilot  training  base  in  Texas. 
He  and  his  wife,  Beth,  now  live  in  West  Germany, 
where  he  is  stationed  at  the  Zwiebrucken  fighter  base. 

Gina  Dowdy  '83  is  a  developer's  representative  with 
the  Adaron  Group,  Inc.,  in  the  Research  Triangle. 

Susan  Wells  Drechsel  '83  is  a  legislative  direc- 
tor to  Congressman  Richard  Shelby.  She  and  her 
husband,  Dan,  live  in  the  Washington  area. 


i  Air  Force  captain  stationed 


David  Gibson  '83  is : 

at  Fort  Meade,  Md. 
Dorothy  Hardin  Holmes  '83  teaches  the  third 
grade  at  the  Detroit  Country  Day  School.  Her  hus- 
band, William  Holmes  '83,  who  received  his 
M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Michigan,  is  a  credit 
analyst  for  the  National  Bank  of  Detroit. 

Mary  McKee  Hornish  '83  is  a  systems  analyst 
with  EG&G  Washington  Analytical  Services  Inc.,  a 
consulting  firm  in  Arlington,  Va.  She  and  her 
husband,  William,  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 

Edward  Y.  Hsi  M.B.A.  '83  received  his  law  degree 
from  the  University  of  California-Davis  and  was 
inducted  into  the  Order  of  the  Coif. 

B.  Brinton  Keyes  '83  is  a  lieutenant  and  a  main 
propulsion  assistant  on  the  U.S.S.  Moinester  from 
Norfolk,  Va.,  which  is  participating  in  a  joint  NATO 
forces  exercise  in  the  North  Atlantic.  Then  he  will 
report  to  Charleston  to  serve  as  flag  lieutenant  to  the 
commander  of  Cruiser-Destroyer  Group  Two. 

Peter  Amstel  Land  '83  is  a  public  relations 
coordinator  for  ProServ,  a  sports  marketing  company 
in  Washington.  His  wife,  Kimberly  Benenson 

'85,  is  a  research  supervisor  at  B.B.D&O.  Advertising. 


Lontkowski  '83,  a  third-year  medical 
student  at  Duke,  is  working  at  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health  for  a  year  on  a  fellowship  from  the  Howard 
Hughes  Medical  Institute. 

Samuel  Herman  Millstone  '83  is  a  finance 
analyst  for  CBS  Inc.  in  New  York.  He  received  his 
M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Chicago's  business 
school. 

Brett  Preston  '83  received  his  law  degree  from 
Washington  University  and  now  practices  with  the 
Tampa,  Fla.,  firm  Shackleford,  Farrior,  Stallings 
&.  Evans. 

Holly  Reid  Shaw  '83,  M.E.M.  '84  is  an  environ- 
mental scientist  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill.  She  and  her 
husband,  Richard  Shaw  '80,  M.E.M.  '84,  are 
restoring  a  historic  home,  circa  1860,  on  the  Eno 
River. 

Gray  Snowden  '83  is  in  her  first  year  at  Vanderbilt 
University's  medical  school. 

James  P.  Sullivan  '83  is  a  lending  officer  in  the 
real  estate  division  of  Manufacturers  Hanover  Trust  in 
New  York.  He  and  his  wife,  Sara  Ann,  live  in  New 
York. 

Page  Springsteen  Vanatta  '83  is  an  informa- 
tion resource  analyst  for  Frito-Lay.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Chris  Vanatta  '85,  live  in  Dallas,  where  he 
is  a  leasing  agent  for  The  Westland  Group. 

Suzanne  Fay  Neville  Warren  '83  is  with  the 

Boston  investment  firm  H.C.  Wainwright  &  Co. 

David  M.  Amaro  '84  is  an  account  executive  for 
Dictaphone  Information  Systems,  Collinswood,  N.J. 
He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer  Tiffany-Amaro  B.S.N. 
'84,  live  in  Philadelphia,  where  she  is  a  primary  nurse 
at  Children's  Hospital. 

Joel  T.  Blunk  '84  is  a  student  at  Vanderbilt 
University's  divinity  school. 


Colleen  F.  Coonelly  '84  is  in  her  first  year  of  law 
school  at  Vanderbilt  University.  She  spent  two  years 
as  a  legal  assistant  for  the  Philadelphia  firm  of  Pepper, 
Hamilton  &  Scheetz. 

Kirsten  Denney  '84  has  left  IBM  to  travel  with 
her  sister.  In  1986,  she  visited  Boca  Grande,  Fla.;  New 
Orleans;  Maine;  Canada;  Austin,  Texas;  and  Zermatt, 
Switzerland. 

Jess  W.  Everett  B.S.C.E.  '84  is  a  free-lance  musi- 
cian. His  wife,  Denise  Coats  Everett  '85,  is  a 
research  technician  for  the  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Paul  A.  Gydosh  '84  founded  the  Columbus  Duke 
Club  for  alumni,  students,  and  friends  of  Duke  in  the 
Columbus,  Ohio,  area. 

Mark  Andrew  Kiefer  M.F.  '84  owns  Kiefer 
Landscaping,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Janet,  live  in 
Durham. 

Angus  M.  Lawton  '84,  a  second-year  law  student 
at  the  University  of  South  Carolina,  was  named 
American  Scholar  to  France  by  the  Society  of  the 
Cincinnati.  He  visited  members  of  the  French  Society 
last  summer  and  spoke  at  the  General  Society's  fall 
banquet  in  Washington. 

Les  Ottolenghi  '84  opened  his  own  company, 
Computer  Innovations  Corp.,  which  sells  personal 
computers  that  use  IBM  software. 

Ellen  Fox  Spiro  '84  is  a  third-year  student  at  New 
York  University's  law  school.  She  and  her  husband, 
Jeffrey,  live  in  New  York. 

William  D.  Wallach  '84  is  in  his  last  year  of  law 
school  at  Washington  University  and  will  join  Lum, 
Hoens,  Abeles,  Conant  &  Danzis  in  Newark,  N.J.,  in 
September. 

E.  Michael  Ward  '84  received  his  M.B.A.  from 

the  University  of  Chicago.  His  wife,  Mary  Ann 


Ballard  Ward 


FUQUA'S     SECOND     ANNUAL 


MANAGEMENT  UPDATE 

An  Executive  Education  Seminar  for  Duke/Fuqua  Alumni 

Thursday  and  Friday,  October  29  and  30,  1987 

Preceding  Homecoming 

THURSDAY,  OCTOBER  29 

2:00-5:00  pm-POWER  AND  POLITICS  IN  MANAGEMENT 

Toby  Y.  Kahr,  Lecturer,  The  Fuqua  School  of  Business 

Assistant  Vice-President  and  Director  of  Duke  University  Human  Resources 

FRIDAY,  OCTOBER  30 

8:00-11:30  a.m.-DECISION  MAKING 

John  W.  Payne,  Professor  of  Organizational  Behavior 
and  Director  of  the  Center  for  Decision  Studies 

Lunch  —  Faculty  Dining  Room 

1:00-3:30  p.m. -DELIVERING  SERVICE  QUALITY 

Valarie  A.  Zeithaml,  Visiting  Associate  Professor 
4:00-5:00  p.m.-FUQUA  DISTINGUISHED  SPEAKER 

Thomas  G.  Labrecque,  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer 
The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A. 


Friday  and  evening  and  Saturday 

Alumni  Weekend  &  Homecoming  Activities 

PRICE:  $85  per  session; 

$175  for  entire  semester 

DEADLINE:  September  15,  1987 


DUKE 


THE  R  *  .'l  IA 

SCHOOL 

OF  BUSINESS 


For  info 

Office  of  External  Affairs 

Fuqua  School  of  Business 

Duke  University,  Durham,  NC  27706 

Pk  919/684-5882 


Earle  Palmer  Brown  Cos.,  an  advertising  agency,  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Angela  Wilson  '84,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  from 
the  College  of  William  and  Mary  in  1986,  is  assistant 
product  manager  for  Colonial  Williamsburg. 

Kimberly  Beneson  '85  is  a  research  supervisor  at 
B.B.D.&.O.  Advertising  in  New  York.  Her  husband, 
Peter  Amstel  Land  '83,  is  a  public  relations 
coordinator  for  ProServ  in  Washington. 

Ursula  Y.  Chesney  '85  is  studying  medicine  at 
the  F.  Edward  Hebert  School  of  Medicine  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Joseph  V.  DuPont  '85  is  a  volunteer  with  the 
Jesuit  Volunteer  Corps-South,  working  at  the  St. 
Monica  Social  Service  Center  in  New  Orleans. 

Matthew  H.  Koch  '85  earned  the  "Wings  of 
Gold"  to  mark  his  designation  as  a  naval  aviator  after 
18  months  of  flight  training. 

Dave  Lee  B.S.M.E.  '85  is  a  fixed-income  research 
analyst  for  Oppenheimer  &  Co.  at  the  World 
Financial  Center  in  New  York  City. 

Mary  Ann  Martinez  '85  is  working  on  her  Ph.D. 
in  psychology  at  the  University  of  Notre  Dame. 

Pressley  McAuley  Millen  III  1.1  •  85  is  an 

associate  with  the  New  York  law  firm  Sullivan  & 
Cromwell.  His  wife,  Siobhan  O'Duffy  Millen 

J.D.  '85,  practices  law  with  Gould  6k  Wilkie,  also  in 
New  York. 

Ernestine  Hobbs  Mitchell  '85  works  for  the 

Veterans  Administration  Medical  Center.  She  and  her 
husband,  Robert,  live  in  Durham. 

John  M.  Owen  IV  '85  is  studying  on  a  Woodrow 
Wilson  Fellowship  to  obtain  his  master's  in  public 
affairs  from  the  Woodrow  Wilson  School  of  Public 
and  International  Affairs  at  Princeton  University. 


Susan  Snively  Purser  '85  is  a  graduate  student 

at  Tbwson  State  University.  Her  husband,  Frederick 

Benjamin  Purser  '86,  is  in  the  international 
operations  division  at  Maryland  National  Bank. 

Charles  Arthur  Stark  '83,  M.H.A.  '85  is  assis- 
tant executive  director  at  Humana  Hospital  in 
Hollywood,  Fla.  He  and  his  wife,  Julie  Ann,  live  in 
Margate. 

Robert  Tamarelli  M.B.A.  '85  is  office  informa- 
tion systems  manager  for  Ross  Roy,  Inc.,  a  Detroit, 
Mich.,  advertising  agency.  He  has  worked  at  GTE  and 
United  Airlines. 


Anthony  Michael  Torrence  '85  writes  execu- 
tive correspondence  for  the  administrative  staff  and 
senior  officers  of  the  New  York  City  Transit  Authority 
in  Brooklyn,  NY. 

Christopher  B.  Vanatta  '85  is  a  leasing  agent 
for  The  Westland  Group,  a  commercial  real  estate 
development  company.  He  and  his  wife,  Page 
Springsteen  Vanatta  '83,  live  in  Dallas. 

Andrew  Bagley  '86,  who  was  president  of  Gilbert- 
Addoms  in  1982-83,  organized  a  GA.  reunion  his 
senior  year  with  funds  left  over  in  the  treasury  since 
1983.  The  balance  of  $450  was  donated  by  GA. 
1982-83  to  the  1986  class  gift. 

Amanda  Acker  Rice  M.B.A.  '86  is  a  securities 
analyst  for  the  Chase  Lincoln  First  Bank.  She  and  her 
husband,  James,  live  in  Rochester,  NY. 

Doug  Chalmer  Jr.  '86  is  an  analyst  for  the  New 
Jersey  department  of  the  treasury. 

Peter  W.  Flur  B.S.E.E.  '86  is  an  electrical  engineer 
for  General  Electric  Development  and  Research 
Center  in  Schenectady,  N.Y. 

June  Mullaney  Mader  Ph.D.  '86  is  a  senior 

scientist  for  Glaxco  Inc.  She  and  her  husband, 
Charles,  a  graduate  student  at  Duke,  live  in  Durham. 


MARRIAGES:  Christopher  John  Daly  '80, 
M.B.A.  '85  to  Elizabeth  Fay  Daly  '81  in  October 

1985.  Residence:  Charlotte  .  .  .  Mark  L.  Eshman 
'80  to  Jill  Wendy  Maziron.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles . .  .  Miriam  Eileen  Latker  '80  to  Clive 
Hamilton  Sell  on  May  24.  Residence:  Nashville, 
Tenn  .  .  .  Richard  E.  Shaw  '80,  M.E.M.  '84  to 
Holly  F.  Reid  '83,  M.E.M.  '84.  Residence: 
Durham  .  .  .  Susan  Eckhardt  '81  to  James  David 
Simpson  Jr.  on  Oct.  4.  Residence:  New  York 
City  .  .  .  Anne  Elizabeth  Gleason  '81  to  Paul 
Carter  on  March  14.  Residence:  Tallahassee,  Fla  .  .  . 
Michael  Kaelin  '81,  J.D.  '84  to  Carol  Gruendel  on 
Oct.  25  .  .  .  Evelyn  Owen  '81  to  Jon  Tomasson  on 
Oct.  19.  Residence:  New  York  City  .  .  .  Anne- 
Marie  Rosenberg  '81  to  Thomas  F.  Woodhouse 
on  Aug.  2.  Residence:  Pittsburgh  .  .  .  Margaret  S. 

Madison  '82,  A.H.C.  '83  to  Robert  S.  Clarke 

'82  on  July  3.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill  .  .  .  Robert 
Green  McCollum  Jr.  '82  to  Lainey  Tibbetts 
Allen  on  Oct.  19  . .  .  Andrew  McElwaine  '82  to 
Barbara  Lieber  in  March.  Residence:  Arlington, 
Va  .  . .  Susan  M.  Thompson  B.S.N.  '82  to 
Craig  H.  Ruetzel  '82  on  June  21,  1986.  Resi- 
dence: San  Antonio  .  .  .  John  S.  Tuenis  '82  to 
Kimberly  L.  Terrell  on  Nov.  1  .  .  .  Katherine 
Pharibe  Wise  '82  to  Donald  Jeremiah  Hannan 
III  .  . .  Helaine  Becker  '83  to  Karl  Szasz  on  June 
29.  Residence:  Toronto,  Canada  .  .  .  Deborah  A. 
Goodwin  '83  to  Richard  S.  Boulden  J.D.  '86 
on  Dec.  27.  Residence:  Chicago  .  .  .  Dorothy 
Ruth  Hardin  '83  to  William  Perry  Holmes 
'83  on  Aug  2.  Residence:  Detroit  .  .  .  Peter 
Amstel  Land  '83  to  Kimberly  Benenson  '85 
on  Sept.  21  .  .  .  Mary  McKee  '83  to  William 
Clifford  Hornish  on  Oct.  11.  Residence:  Bethesda, 
Md    .  .  Samuel  Herman  Millstone  83  to 
Karen  Silpe  on  Aug  30  . .  .  Suzanne  Fay  Neville 
'83  to  Quentin  H.  Warren  on  Oct.  4  .  .  .  Lisa  Kay 
'83  to  William  M.  Dull  on  June  21, 
Residence:  Winston-Salem  .  .  .  Page 


DUKE      UNIVERSITY 

Humanitarian 
Service  Award 

JLVuke  Campus  Ministry  is  accepting 
nominations  fot  the  university's  annual 
Humanitarian  Service  Award,  to  be  given  to 
a  member  of  the  Duke  community. 

Selection  will  be  based  on  direct  and 
personal  service  to  others,  sustained  involve- 
ment in  that  service,  and  simplicity  of  life- 
style. Letters  of  nomination  should  include  a 
full  description  of  the  person  and  the  works 
in  which  he  or  she  is  involved,  with  some 
attention  to  that  persons  motivating  in- 
fluences. In  addition,  please  give  two  other 
references  who  may  be  contacted  by  the 
selection  committee  about  the  nominee. 

Please  submit  nominee's  name,  address, 
and  both  business  and  home  phone  num- 
bers, and  your  relation  to  the  nominee.  The 
deadline  for  receiving  letters  of  nomination 
is  November  1,  1987.  Selection  will  be  made 
by  Duke  Campus  Ministry.  For  further  infor- 
mation, call  (919)  684-2909. 

Mail  letters  to: 
Humanitarian  Service  Award, 
Duke  Chapel,  Duke  University 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


MORE  THAN  A  HALF  CENTURY  OF  LIVING, 

BUILDING  AND  GROWING 

IN  THE  TRIANGLE  COMMUNITIES 

OF  NORTH  CAROLINA. 

CG  WOODS  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 


C.C.  Woods  Construction  Company,  Chapel  Hill  Boulevard,  Durham,  North  Carolina 

- ...... 

— 

— 

~~- — 1 

JShSSbSS!!&!S*!55!!!h!SS5i5S£3!£ 

:: 

.  — ..,,| 

■       :';     "     ,;>-^».     ■■»-■'"■'  ■  '■'-fSEJp: 

<r£       \'  - 

*   J       «**-  *Jfc-4* 

. 

m-  ..  r      -  ,>Pp«ftfe3|ik^ 

*"" 

/ 

^yviT^lHl 

_i_ 

HtiVi  ^iiili 

|                        ■■■■"! 

|             ---         -                       ^ 

. 

1 

Presenting. 


The  Lamp  of  Duke 


"The  torch  of  knowledge, 
the  light  of  friendship. 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  a  special 
opportunity  to  show  your 
pride  in  Duke  University.  In  your 
home  or  office,  its  traditional 
design  bespeaks  the  highest 
standards  of  quality. 

The  Lamp  will  symbolize 
for  generations  to  come  your  last- 
ing commitment  to  the  pursuit 
of  knowledge  and  to  the  glory 
that  is  Duke  University. 

Now,  the  craftsmen  of  Royal 
Windyne  Limited  have  created 
this  beautifully  designed,  hand- 
made, solid  brass  desk  lamp 
proudly  bearing  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity shield. 

Lasting  Quality 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  has  been 
designed  and  created  to  last 
for  generations  as  a  legacy  of 
quality: 

•  All  of  the  solid  brass  parts  shine 
with  a  hand-polished,  mirror 
finish,  clear  lacquered  for  last- 
ing beauty. 

•  The  shield  of  Duke  is  hand 
printed  prominently  in  gold  on 
each  opposite  viewing  side  on 
the  14"  diameter  black  shade. 

•  The  traditional  pull  chain  hangs 
just  above  the  fount  for  easy  ac- 
cess while  denoting  the  lamp's 
classic  character. 

•  The  solid  brass  parts  make  this 
lamp  heavy  (three  pounds),  and 
its  22"  height  provides  just  the  right  look  on 
an  executive  desk,  den  end  table  or  foyer 
credenza. 

A  Personal  Statement 

Each  time  that  you  use  the  Lamp  you  will 
be  reminded  of  your  University  days — "burn  - 
ing  the  midnight  oil"  for  exams,  strolling  down 
the  Main  Quadrangle  and  building  friendships 
that  will  never  dwindle.  At  one  glance  your 
friends  will  know  that  you  attended  the  uni- 
versity founded  by  James  B.  Duke. 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  makes  a  personal 
statement  about  your  insistence  on  quality. 
Before  assembling  each  lamp,  skilled  Ameri- 
can craftsmen  hand  polish  the  parts  while 
carefully  examining  each  piece — and  select- 
ing only  the  best.  After  being  assembled,  each 
lamp  is  tested  and  inspected  to  ensure  its 
lasting  quality  and  beauty. 


this  direct,  you  can  own  this 
showpiece  for  significantly  less. 
The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  a  value 
that  makes  sense,  especially  at 
this  introductory  price. 

Personalized 

Considering  this  is  the  first 
time  that  a  lamp  such  as  this  has 
ever  been  offered,  you  can  have  it 
personalized  with  your  name, 
initials,  degree/year,  etc.,  recorded 
now  and  for  generations  to  come, 
hand  lettered  in  gold  directly 
underneath  the  shield  on  the 
shade  (horizontally). 

How  to  Reserve; 
Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

The  Lamp  of  Duke  is  available 
directly  by  using  the  reservation 
form  below.  Telephone  orders 
(credit  card)  may  be  placed  by 
calling  (804)  358-1899.  Satis- 
faction is  fully  guaranteed,  or 
you  may  return  it  for  a  refund 
anytime  within  one  month. 

If  you  are  a  graduate  of  the 
University,  or  if  you  are  reserving 
for  a  friend  or  relative  who  is, 
this  lamp  will  be  a  source  of 
pride  for  years  to  come. 


Show  your  pride  in  the  University,  in  your  home  or  office. 
Solid  brass;  22"  tall. 


All  the  parts  were  selected  by  the  Royal 
Windyne  craftsmen  to  provide  just  the  right 
look.  You  will  admire  its  beautiful  design,  but 


at  the  same  time  appreciate  its  traditional  and 
simple  features.  This  is  a  custom-built  lamp 
that  will  enhance  any  decor  in  which  it  is 
placed,  from  Chippendale  to  Contemporary, 
with  a  style  lasting  forever. 

Excellent  Value 

Other  solid  brass  lamps  of  this  size  and 
quality  regularly  sell  in  custom  brass  shops 
for  $175  to  $250.  But  as  you  are  able  to  buy 


Satisfaction  Guaranteed  or  Return  in  30  days  for  FulJ  Refund. 
To:  Duke  University 

Alumni  Association,  Dept.  W4 
614  Chapel  Drive 
Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 
Telephone  Orders:  (804)  358-1899 


D  Yes,  I  wish  to  reserve  _ 


.  Lamp(s)  of  Duke 


University,  each  crafted  of  solid  1 

seal  of  the  University,  at  $129  each,  plus  $3  for  shipping 

and  handling.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 

□  Yes,  please  rush  me  the  personalization  form  so  my 

shade  can  be  hand  inscribed  before  shipping.  I  have 

included  $20  additional  charge  for  this  service. 

Check  or  money  order  enclosed  for  $ 


Charge  to:  VISA  D  Mastercard  □  Am.  Express  D 

Account  No.:  _ Exp: 


Springsteen  83  to  Christopher  B.  Vanetta 

'85  on  Aug.  23,  1986.  Residence:  Dallas  .  .  . 
Charles  Arthur  Stark  '83,  M.H.A.  '85  to  Julie 
Ann  Stifel.  Residence:  Margate,  Fla  .  .  .  James  P. 
Sullivan  '83  to  Sara  Ann  Cohen  on  Nov.  22.  Resi- 
dence: New  York  City  .  .  .  Susan  Wells  '83  to  Dan 
Drechsel  on  May  16.  Residence:  Washington, 
DC  . .  .  David  M.  Amaro  '84  to  Jennifer 
Tiffany  '84  on  June  14,  1986.  Residence:  Phila- 
delphia . .  .  Mary  Ann  Ballard  '84  to  E. 

rd  '84  in  January  .  .  .  Marcy  Lynn 
'84  to  David  Eric  Bolster  on  Aug.  31  .  .  . 
Jess  W.  Everett  B.S.C.E.  '84  to  Denise  Coats 
'85  on  Aug.  9  . .  .  Ellen  Leslie  Fox  '84  to 
Jeffrey  David  Spiro  on  Aug.  31  .  . .  Jill  Lori 
Kaplan  B.S.M.E.  '84  to  Alan  Scott  Bach  on  Sept.  8, 

1985.  Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Mark  Andrew 
Kiefer  M.F.  '84  to  Janet  Glass  on  Aug.  9.  Residence: 
Durham  . .  .  Ronald  E.  Perrott  '84  to 
Kathleen  Marie  Cashin  '85  on  June  7, 1986. 
Residence:  Atlanta  .  .  .  Ernestine  Maria 
Hobbs  '85  to  Robert  Mitchell  on  Oct.  11  .  .  . 
Pressley  McAuley  Millen  III  J.D.  '85  to 
Siohhan  Therese  O'Duffy  in  November  . 
Hall  Snively  '85  to  Frederi 
Purser  '86  on  July  12  .  . .  Amanda  Mathilde 
Acker  M.B.A.  '86  to  James  Alfred  Rice  11  on  July 
19.  Residence:  Rochester,  N.Y  .  .  .  June  F. 
Mullaney  Ph.D.  '86  to  Charles  E.  Mader  on 

Nov.  28. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter  to  Malcolm  L.  Butler  '80 

and  Donna  Butler  on  Nov.  22.  Named  Elizabeth 
Larkin  ...  A  daughter  to  Cynthia  Schoiles 
Gibson  '80  and  David  Gibson  '83  on  Aug  9, 

1986.  Named  Elizabeth  Anne  .  .  .  First  child  and 
daughter  to  W.  Scott  James  III  '80,  M.D  '84  and 
Barbara  Mast  James  '81  on  June  30, 1986. 
Named  Lauren  Elizabeth  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to 
Elizabeth  Rice  Pilnik  B.S.N.  80  and  I 
Pilnik  79  on  Aug.  15.  Named  Anthony  Ri. 


First  child  and  son  to  Debra  Taub  Rothbard  '81 

and  Alan  Rothbard  on  Aug  25.  Named  Jeffrey 
Andrew  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Ruth  Boscov 
Aichenbaum  '82  and  Michael  Aichenbaum  on 
June  30,  1986.  Named  David  Benjamin  ...  A 
daughter  to  Amy  Prechyl  Gust  B.S.M.E.  '82  and 
Michael  W.  Gust  on  Sept.  30.  Named  Kasey 
Marie  .  .  .  First  child  and  son  to  Dave  Guilfoile 
MBA.  '85  and  Virginia  Reeve  Guilfoile  B.S.N. 
77,  M.B.A.  '85  on  Aug.  16.  Named  Russell  Reeve. 


DEATHS 


The  Register  has  received  notice  of  the  following 
deaths.  No  further  information  was  available. 

Susie  Turner  Morgan  '24  on  June  10, 1986  .  . . 
Edward  C.  Crumbly  '26  on  Oct.  14  . . .  Opal 
Winstead  28  on  Dec  1        Ernest  W. 
Ferguson  '33  . .  .  Frank  F.  Smith  '33,  A.M.  '38 
on  Aug.  7  .  .  .  John  P.  Sippel  '34  in  January  .  .  . 
James  W.  Rankin  '35  on  Feb.  3  . .  .  Tyrus  I. 
Wagner  '35  on  Nov.  24  . .  .  Jean  Ord  Bouillet 
'39  on  Aug.  18,  1986  . .  .  Gilbert  Mattewson 
Palen  M.D.  '39 ... .  Lawrence  H.  Foster  '41  on 
Feb.  7, 1986  . .  .  Orsino  H.  Bosca  '42  on  Nov. 
25  . .  .  John  C.  Withington  M.D.  '46  . .  .  Jack 
M.  Brooks  '48  in  February  1986  .  .  .  Jack  F. 
Mangum  '47,  M.D.  '51  on  Aug.  10, 1986  . . . 
Charles  Withers  Throckmorton  III  '51 .  .  . 
Warren  E.  Meyer  B.S.C.E.  '54  on  April  29, 
1986  .  .  .  John  H.  Milam  M.D.  '58  on  Jan.  14  . .  . 
Lewis  Douglas  Prather  Jr.  M.F.  75  on 
Jan.  31  .  .  .  Mickey  Y.  Hartsell  78  on  Oct.  8. 

Robey  C.  Goforth  '15  of  Hickory,  N.C.,  on  Aug. 
28.  A  retired  minister,  he  served  45  years  in  the 
Western  Conference  with  the  United  Methodist 
Church.  A  veteran  of  World  War  I,  he  was  pastor 


emeritus  of  Proximity  United  Methodist  Church  in 
Greensboro.  He  received  a  distinguished  service  award 
from  Lenoir-Rhyne  College.  He  is  survived  by  two 
daughters,  a  son,  four  grandchildren,  and  eight 
great-grandchildren. 

Jesse  T.  Carpenter  '20  of  Charlottesville,  Va., 
in  September.  He  was  professor  emeritus  of  the  New 
York  Srate  School  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  at 
Cornell  University.  He  held  teaching  positions  at 
Duke,  New  York  University,  and  Cornell  from  1947 
until  his  retirement  in  1966.  He  earned  his  master's 
degrees  from  the  University  of  Ohio  and  Columbia 
University  and  his  Ph.D.  from  Harvard.  He  served  in 
both  wars  and  was  a  Fulbright  research  scholar  in 
Australia  in  1954  and  1955.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
two  daughters,  and  a  brother,  A.  Wesley 
Carpenter  '31. 

Ray  J.  Tysor.  '21.  He  worked  with  the  Greensboro 
Boy  Scouts  Council,  now  the  General  Greene 
Council,  for  more  than  60  years,  making  him  the  city's 
oldest  Boy  Scout.  In  1982,  he  was  honored  for  his 
service  to  the  Boy  Scouting  community.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife;  a  stepson,  Harold  M.  Robinson 
Jr  '62;  three  sisters;  a  brother;  and  two  grandchildren. 

Thelma  Chandler  Dulin  '26  of  Durham  in 
September.  She  was  a  public  school  teacher  for  37 
years,  including  12  years  in  the  Durham  County 
school  system.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  a  son, 
a  stepson,  three  sisters,  two  brothers,  and  three 
grandchildren. 


I  Oliver  Martin  '28  in  September.  She 
taught  in  the  Caswell  County  school  system  and  in 
the  Greensboro  city  schools.  She  was  a  North 
Carolina  state  officer  of  the  Daughters  of  the  Ameri- 
can Revolution  and  organized  a  local  chapter  of  the 
DAR  in  Roanoke,  Va.  She  is  survived  by  two  sisters 
and  a  brother. 


EASY  TO  PUT  ON 

The  Duke  University  Diet  and  Fitness  Center  is  a  treatment  facility  for  weight 
control  and  lifestyle  change.  We  offer  you  gourmet  low-calorie  meals, 
indoor  heated  pool,  large  gym  for  exer- 
cise, a  teaching  kitchen,  dining  rooms, 
an  on-site  medical  clinic -all  in  one 
building.  Under  medical  supervision, 
you  will  lose  weight  quickly  and  safely. 
In  addition,  our  program  combines 
behavior  modification,  nutrition 
education,  and  exercise  to  provide 
a  balanced  approach  to  weight 
control  and  lifestyle  change.  Average 
weight  loss  is  2  to  5  pounds  per  week  (and  more),  blood  pressure  is  lowered  signifi- 
cantly, cholesterol  values  drop,  and  more  importantly,  you  feel  better.  If  you 
have  a  serious  weight  problem,  we  have  a  serious  solution  that  you  can  live 
with  forever.  Call  the  Duke  University  Diet  and 
__       i       S^*w  t        Fitness  Center  at  919/684-6331  and  inquire 
1  j\    \     £    1 1\  /  about  our  Two-  and  Four-Week  Weight  Manage- 

LJ      l\    ^^  Y  ment  Programs,  or  write  us  at  804  West  Trinity 

I   I  Jj\  ill  Avenue,  Durham,  North  Carolina  27701. 

T0GETQFE 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
DIET  &  FITNESS  CENTER 


MAJOR 


STATE  HIGHWAY  86  NORTH 
HILLSBOROUGH   NORTH  CAROLINA  2727 


MANUFACTURERS  AND  SUPPLIERS  OF 
PRINTED  FORMS  AND  SYSTEMS 

SNAP-A-PART  SETS 

CONTINUOUS  FORMS 

CONTINUOUS  STATIONERY 

FEATURING 

SMOOTHEDGE  PERFORATIONS 

TO  SATISFY  YOUR  EVERY 
COMMUNICATION  NEED! 


IN  NORTH  CAROLINA   1-800-672-5973 
IN  OTHER  STATES  -    1-800-334-6111 


'32  in  September.  He  was  an 
for  Erwin  Mills  before  working  for  the 
N.C.  State  Auditors  Department  until  1974.  He  was 
transferred  to  Asheville  but  moved  back  to  Durham 
upon  retirement.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  a 
daughter,  a  brother,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Frank  Ferrell  Smith  '33,  A.M.  '38  of  Josephine, 
Ala.,  on  Aug.  7.  He  retired  as  the  manager  of  Baldwin 
County  Timberlands  Operations  for  U.S.  Steel  Corp. 
A  golden  member  of  the  Society  of  American 
Foresters,  he  had  worked  for  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  was  the  resident  director  of  the 
Experimental  Forest  in  the  forestry  department  at 
Auburn  University.  He  served  in  the  U.S.  Naval 
Reserve  and  was  honorably  discharged  as  a  1 
commander  after  World  War  II.  He  is  survived  by  ; 
wife,  two  sons,  a  sister,  and  a  brother. 


A.  Griffen  Jr.  '37  of  Broadmead,  Md.,  on 
Sept.  19.  An  insurance  agent  for  the  Connecticut 
Mutual  Life  Insurance  Co.  until  he  retired  in  1979,  he 
received  the  George  S.  Robertson  Award  for  outstand- 
ing service  to  the  life  insurance  industry  in  Baltimore 
in  1978.  He  taught  insurance  and  agency  manage- 
ment at  Johns  Hopkins  University.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  a  daughter,  two  sons,  and  two  sisl 
Griffen  Harrell  '34  and  Virginia  Griffen 
Keiser  '38. 


A.  Thomas  '38  on  May  6,  1986.  He 
served  in  the  U.S.  Navy  during  World  War  II.  He  was 
in  industrial  management  for  R.B.S.  Industries  in 
Mount  Pleasant,  Pa.,  before  retiring  as  senior  vice 
president  and  moving  with  his  wife  to  Sullivan's 
Island,  SC.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  two  sons, 
one  of  whom  is  Charles  A.  Thomas  III  '64, 
A.M.  '67,  and  three  grandchildren. 


Z.  Sprott  Jr.  '39  on  May  6,  1986,  in 
Charlotte.  He  worked  for  Exxon  U.S.A.  for  41  years, 
retiring  in  1980.  He  served  with  the  U.S.  Army 
Finance  Corp  during  World  War  II.  He  was  president 
of  the  Child  Development  Center.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  two  sons,  and  his  mother. 


ris  Ray  Taylor  Sr.  '52  in  July  1986  in 
Durham.  He  was  training  manager  and  production 
coordinator  for  Liggett  6k  Myers  Tobacco  Co. ,  where 
he  worked  for  34  years.  He  was  assistant  fire  chief  and 
a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  for  the  Redwood 
Volunteer  Fire  Department.  He  was  on  the  board  of 
stewards  and  the  board  of  trustees  at  the  United 
Methodist  Church,  where  he  taught  Sunday  school. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  four  daughters,  a  son,  three 
sisters,  and  four  brothers. 

Fuller  Carden  "F.C."  Stone  Jr.  '81  on  Nov.  3  of 
a  heart  attack.  He  was  manager  of  Durham  Sporting 
Goods.  He  is  survived  by  his  father  and  step-mother. 

Professor  Harold  Jantz 

A  leading  Goethe  scholar  and  a  professor  in  the 
Germanic  languages  department,  Harold  Jantz  died 
February  26  at  Duke  Medical  Center  after  a  brief  ill- 
ness. He  was  79. 

Born  in  Ohio,  he  came  to  Duke  in  the  late  1970s 
after  retiring  from  Johns  Hopkins.  He  was  a  visiting 
professor  in  the  department  of  Germanic  languages 
and  literature  and  curator  of  a  collection  he  donated 
to  Perkins  Library's  Rare  Book  Room.  The  9,000- 
volume  gift,  one  of  the  two  greatest  collections  of 
17th-century  German  works,  reflects  Jantz's  broad 
interests  in  music,  theater,  the  occult,  and  German- 
American  relations. 

Jantz,  who  earned  his  bachelor's  from  Oberlin 
College  and  his  doctorate  from  the  University  of 
Wisconsin,  published  widely,  primarily  on  the 
German  poet  and  dramatist  Goethe.  His  books 
include  a  definitive  study  of  early  American  verse, 
The  First  Century  of  New  England  Verse,  as  well  as 
Faust  as  a  Renaissance  Man,  The  Soothsayings  ofBakis, 
The  Mothers  in  Faust,  and  The  Form  of  Faust.  In  1979, 
Jantz  received  the  Goethe  Medal  in  Gold  from  the 


;  of  Germany's  leading  cultural 


Trustee  Emeritus  Smith 

James  Raymond  Smith  17 ,  a  former  Duke  trustee 
and  president  of  National  Furniture  Company,  died 
March  2  at  his  Mount  Airy,  North  Carolina,  home. 
He  was  91. 

A  Phi  Beta  Kappa  at  then  Trinity  College,  Smith 
had  been  a  member  of  the  state  senate,  the  state's 
prison  board  and  highway  commission,  Mount  Airy's 


board  of  commissioners,  and  the  ( 
of  Integon  Life  Insurance  Company.  He  had  been 
chairman  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Martin  Memorial 
Hospital  and  the  Mount  Airy  Community  Founda- 
tion. He  had  also  served  on  the  boatds  of  the  Atlantic 
&  Yadkin  Railroad  Company,  Highland  Container 
Company,  Northwestern  Bank,  Southern  Furniture 
Exposition  Building,  and  the  Notth  Carolina 
Children's  Home. 

Smith  is  survived  by  his  two  sons,  Raymond  A. 
Smith  '45  and  James  H.  Smith  '50;  a  sister; 
four  grandchildren;  and  four  great-grandchildren. 


DUKE  CLASSIFIEDS 


RESORTS/TRAVEL 


DUKE  IS  10  EASY  MILES  FROM  DURHAM'S 
ONLY  BED  &  BREAKFAST.  Arrowhead  Inn,  taste- 
fully restored  1775  plantation.  Corner  501-Roxboro 
Road  at  106  Mason,  27712.  (919)  477-8430. 

HILTON  HEAD,  S.C.  Magnificent  oceanfront  house, 
180-degree  ocean  views,  beach,  Jacuzzi,  free  tennis,  4 
bedrooms,  4  baths.  Write  827  W  Ponce  de  Leon  Ave., 
Decatur,  GA  30030;  call  (404)  378-3795. 


YONAHLOSSEE  RESORT  AND  CLUB 

A  low  density  community  in  the  Blue  Ridge  Mountains 
located  between  Boone  and  Blowing  Rock. 

Indoor  amenities,  designed  for  year  round  use,  include 
tennis,  swimming,  racquetball,  health  club,  and  club- 
house. Outdoor  facilities  include  tennis,  horseback  riding, 
and  a  small  lake  for  boating,  fishing,  and  swimming. 
Moses  Cone  National  Park  with  its  3500acres,  lakes,  and 
20  miles  of  riding  trails  is  at  our  back  door. 

Townhomes  are  now  available  at  pre-construction 
prices,  starting  at  $87,000,  lots  from  $35,000. 

YONAHLOSSEE  INFORMATION  CENTER 

BLUE  RIDGE  REALTY  &  INVESTMENTS 

Highway  105.  P.O.  Box  1397,  Dept.  4.  Boone,  NC  28607 

In  NC  1-800-692-1986  (Ext.  4) 

Outside  NC  1-800-962-1986  (Ext.  4) 

Local  (704)262-1222  (Ext.  4) 


SERVICES 


Important  for  American  firms  with  business  i 
in  Germany!  Do  you  have  problems  with  receivables 
in  Germany?  I  successfully  collect  what  otherwise 
often  remains  unrecuperable  for  you— at  no  cost,  but 
participation  in  success  of  collection!  INKASSO- 
UNTERNEHMEN  DR.  KANDLBINDER  (Duke 
A.M.  '54)  -ALS  INKASSOBURO  ZUGELASSEN-, 
Romerstr.  26,  D-8000  Munchen  40,  Tel.  089/342031, 
Telex  Nr.  CAMFD  5218674. 

AUTHORS  WANTED  BY 
NEW  YORK  PUBLISHER 

Leading  subsidy  book  publisher  seeks  manuscripts 
of  all  types:  fiction,  non-fiction,  poetry,  scholarly 
and  juvenile  works,  etc.  New  authors  welcomed. 
Send  for  free,  illustrated  40-page  brochure  G-116 
Vantage  Press,  516  W.  34  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10001 


VON  DER  KLUG  ROTTWEILERS.  Quality  Puppies. 
Champion  lineage— heavy-boned,  broad  heads,  excel- 
lent temperament  and  conformation.  Companion, 
guard  or  show.  Anthony  and  Ramona  Taylor, 
(804)  788-0991. 

BASKETS  AND  BOWS,  INC.,  opened  in  December 
1982  by  a  Duke  alumna,  specializes  in  unique  gifts 
delivered  to  your  Duke  student!  Our  offerings  include: 


tempting  Fruit  Baskets,  delectable  Survival  Kits,  deli- 
cious Birthday  Cakes  and  Cookies  (all  homemade), 
and  delightful  Balloon  Bouquets.  For  Halloween,  we 
are  delivering  extra  special  "Pumpkin  Shells"  to 
campus.  We  welcome  yout  special  requests  and  invite 
you  to  visit  our  shop  when  you  are  in  Durham.  Call  or 
write  for  more  information.  (919)  493-4483,  1300 
University  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27707. 


WINTER  PARK,  COLORADO.  Two  bedroom,  two 
bath  luxury  condominium— pool,  Jacuzzi,  fireplace, 
shuttle  to  slopes,  sleeps  seven.  Special  off-season  rates. 
Wonderful  Colorado  summers,  autumns.  Call 
(303)  733-0388. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

ATTENTION  WOMEN  GRADUATES.  Judy 
Woodruff '68,  Eleanor  Smeal  '61,  Caryn  McTighe 
Musil  '66,  and  current  faculty  gave  major  addresses 
during  a  recent  conference,  "Educating  Women  for 
Leadership:  Old  Traditions,  New  Traditions  at  Duke.' 
3-tape  set,  $20.  Order  from:  Women's  Studies 
Program,  207  East  Duke  Building,  Durham,  NC 
27708. 


WANTED  TO  BUY 


BOOKS.  Scholarly  collections  of  History,  Art, 
Literature,  Photography,  Philosophy,  Economics,  etc. 
WILL  TRAVEL.  Please  contact  Andy  Moursund  '67 
at  the  GEORGETOWN  BOOK  SHOP,  3144 
Dumbarton  St.,  NW,  Washington,  DC  20007.  (202) 
965-6086.  10-6,  7  days. 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  travelers,  consumers  through  Duke 
Classifieds.  For  one-time  insertion,  $25  for  the  first  25 
words,  $.50  for  each  additional  word.  10-word 
minimum.  Telephone  numbers  count  as  one  word,  zip 
codes  are  free.  DISPLAY  RATES  are  $100  per  column 
inch  (2  1/2  x  I).- 10  PERCENT  DISCOUNT  for 
multiple 


REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  in  which  section  ad  should  appear;  no 
telephone  orders  are  accepted.  All  ads  must  be 
prepaid.  Send  check  (payable  to  Duke  University)  to: 
Duke  Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  NC  27706. 

DEADLINES:  March  1  (May-June  issue),  May  1  (July- 
August),  July  1  (September-October),  Septembet  1 
(November-December),  November  1  (January- 
February),  January  1  (March-April).  Please  specify  the 
issue  in  which  your  ad  should  appear. 


RETROSPECTIVES 


Duke  history  through  the  pages  of  the  Alumni 
Register 


CANINE 
CATASTROPHE 


A  careless  motorist,  a  short  corner,  a 
slow-moving  dog,  and  the  dull 
thud  of  Pompey  Ducklegs  as  he  hit 
the  pavement  of  Buchanan  Road  tells  the 
story  of  the  demise  of  the  elongated  friend  of 
scores  of  law  students.  Pompey  Ducklegs,  the 
constant  companion  and  faithful  dach- 
shund of  Dr.  Samuel  Fox  Mordecai,  was 
killed,  as  he  crossed  Buchanan  Road  at  A 
Street,  by  a  passing  auto  on  May  11.— June 
1927 


PRESSING 
ON 


Though  it  has  just  completed  one  of  its 
busiest  seasons,  the  Duke  Press  will 
not  slacken  its  pace  during  the 
remainder  of  the  summer  and  the  fall.  A  full 
schedule  of  publications  will  give  the  press 
another  period  of  activity. 

The  past  spring  was  one  of  the  busiest  in 
the  history  of  the  press  because  of  the  acti- 
vities connected  with  the  launching  of  two 
new  journals.  One,  The  Southern  Association 
Quarterly,    is    the    official    organ    of   the 


Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools;  the  other,  The]oumal  of 
Parapsychology,  is  intended  to  convey  to 
interested  persons  the  results  of  researches  in 
mental  telepathy,  clairvoyance,  and  other 
parapsychological  problems.  The  latter  has 
attracted  a  great  deal  of  comment  from  the 
scientific  and  lay  presses,  it  being  the  only 
scientific  journal  of  its  kind  in  the 
country.—  August  1937 


PLAY'S  NOT 

THE  THING 

Sunday  morning,  June  1,  Dr.  Bernard 
C.  Clausen,  pastor  of  the  Euclid 
Avenue  Baptist  Church  of  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  delivered  the  commencement  sermon 
for  the  graduating  classes  in  the  university 
chapel.  Dr.  Clausen  appealed  to  the  grad- 
uating classes,  their  families,  and  others  to 
throw  away  their  "pipe  dreams  of  self-delu- 
sion" and  to  strengthen  their  pride  and  self- 
respect  through  honest  work. 

Basing  his  sermon  mainly  on  the  semi- 
scriptural  title  of  Eugene  O'Neill's  latest 
play,  The  Iceman  Cometh,  Dr.  Clausen  vigor- 
ously denounced  the  theory  of  "O'Neill's 
type  of  so-called  life."  The  message  of  the 
play  "is  that  men  and  women  can  live  now 
only  if  they  feed  their  spirits  on  lying  dreams 
about  themselves,"  Dr.  Clausen  said. 

Continuing,  he  declared,  "If  the  play  is 


true  then  our  Christian  claims  are  ruined 
and  the  ground  is  cut  away  beneath  our 
feet.  "-June  1947 


MORE  IS 
LESS 


Although  the  nation  must  face  the 
prospect  of  providing  higher  edu- 
cation for  greater  numbers  of 
students,  we  cannot  afford  to  lower  our 
educational  standards.  It  has  been  a  long, 
hard  grind  to  lift  standards  to  present  levels, 
and  it  would  be  false  to  all  educational  prin- 
ciples to  cast  aside  these  standards  in  the  face 
of  the  emergency.  Yet  it  must  be  recognized 
that  over-crowded  conditions  almost  inevi- 
tably result  in  the  lowering  of  standards.  In 
the  minds  of  many,  the  prospect  of  lower 
standards  is  a  greater  evil  than  inadequate 
opportunity.  .  .  . 

I  trust  that  we  can  agree  that  the  purpose 
of  selective  admissions  is  both  to  choose  the 
best  applicants  for  admission  to  a  given  insti- 
tution, and  to  restrict  or  control  the  numbers 
which  can  be  accepted.  I  believe  we  may  also 
agree  that  institutions  of  higher  education 
in  general  will  accept  and  endorse  the  trend 
toward  greater  qualitative  selectivity  in 
admissions.— from  an  opinion  column  by 
Registrar  Richard  Tuthill,  June  1957 


Tenting  tonight: 
World  War  II 
came  to  campus 
when  the  U.S.  govern- 
ment, with  trustees' 
approval,  sent  1,500 
soldiers -1,000  from 
the  Navy,  500  Marines, 
and  some  Coast 
Guard -to  Duke  for 
training  under  the  V-12 
program.  Members  of 
the  Naval  Reserve 
Officers  Training 
Corps,  which  began  in 
1941,  studied  alongside 
1,000  sailors  in  prepara- 
tion for  battle. 

The  V-12  program 
included  basic  training 
for  freshmen,  accele- 
rated graduation  for  the 
upperclasses,  and 
special  engineering  and 
pre-med  curricula.  The 


Army  set  up  a  Finance 
Officer  School  and 
housed  the  Army 
Finance  School  in  what 
is  now  the  admissions 
office. 

Duke  already  had  a 
history  of  adapting  to 
wartime.  The  school 
closed  on  only  one 
occasion,  when  Trinity 
College  in  Randolph 
County  offered  its 
meager  facilities  to 
house  retreating 
Confederate  forces  in 
the  last  months  of  the 
Civil  War.  Ninety  miles 
away  in  Durham, 
General  Joseph  E. 
Johnston  sun-ended  to 
Union  General  William 
T.  Sherman  at  Bennett 
Place. 


32 


Regal  rites:  The 
crowning  of 
Delia 
Chamberlin  '62  by 
football  captain  Jack 
Wilson  highlighted  the 
Homecoming  Show 
held  at  the  Indoor 
Stadium.  This  was 
Chamberlin's  second 
time  under  a  crown, 
having  been  named 
Chanticleer  Queen  the 
year  before. 

Giles  House  won  the 
show's  skit  competition 
with  "Clemsonus 
Vulgarus  Americanus," 
but  the  vulgarity 
proved  to  be  Duke's 
defeat  at  the  paws  of 
the  Tigers.  Sigma  Nu 
received  top  honors  in 
fraternity  displays  with 
"Back  to  Death  Valley," 
and  Kappa  Kappa 
Gamma  won  the 
sorority  poster  contest. 


JAVA  JIBES 
UNGROUNDED 

Coffee  prices  may  cause  heartburn,  but 
a  study  by  Duke  scientists  indicates 
that  the  beverage  itself  is  harmless. 
The  research  examined  the  coffee-consum- 
ing habits  of  2,350  adults  in  Georgia's  rural 
Evans  County  and  the  relative  incidence  of 
fatal  coronary  heart  disease,  stroke,  and  all 
other  causes  of  death  in  the  same  population 
over  four  and  a  half  years. 

Dr.  Siegfried  Heyden,  professor  of  com- 
munity health  sciences  at  Duke,  says  no  sig- 
nificant differences  in  death  rates  were  found 
in  groups  listed  as  "high  coffee  consumers- 
five  or  more  cups  per  day,  and  "low  coffee 
consumers— four  or  fewer  cups  per  day. 

"More  diseases  have  been  related  to  the  use 
of  coffee  than  to  the  cigarette  habit  and 
alcohol  consumption  combined,"  Heyden 
says.  "The  multitude  of  ailments  of  civiliza- 
tion and  risk  factors  of  chronic  degenerative 
diseases  which  have  been  alleged  to  be 
related  to  the  regular  drinking  of  coffee  leave 
the  layman  and  the  practicing  physician 
confused  and  skeptical.— June  1977 


UNCONSCIOUS 
CONSCIENCE 

Since  1964,  the  year  the  Berkeley 
campus  erupted,  we  have  been  sub- 
jected by  the  press  and  periodicals 
to  numerous  characterizations  of  today's 
younger  generation.  These  characterizations 
seem  now  to  have  solidified  around  the  term 
"activist." 

One  characteristic  attributed  to  these  ac- 
tivists is  a  desire  for  educational  reform.  .  .  . 
Certainly  the  majority  of  students  do  not 
subscribe  to  the  most  unrealistic  demands  of 
the  most  radical  activists— such  as  complete 
student  control  of  the  educational  institu- 
tion. Nevertheless,  the  majority  would  seem 
to  welcome  such  things  as  curriculum  reform 
and  revision  of  outdated  rules  governing 
personal  conduct.  .  .  . 

More  than  likely,  today's  activists  will  have 
an  effect  similar  to  the  activists  of  the  1930s. 
They  will  help  create  a  social  awareness  that 
will  permit  the  further  evolution  of  man's 
institutions  to  give  better  service  to  man. 
And  later,  when  today's  younger  generation 
is  no  longer  young,  they  may,  as  some  of  their 
elders  from  that  generation  of  the  1930s 
seem  to  have  done,  permit  age  to  obliterate 
their  past  sympathies— or  make  those  tacit 
sympathies  a  source  of  embarrassment. 
-August  1967 


Let  Duke 

BeAPart 

Of  Your 

Retirement  Plan 


■      *       5 


rMa 


Under  the  1986  tax  legislation,  many  tax- 
payers have  lost  the  benefit  of  an  income  tax 
deduction  for  their  contribution  to  an  individual 
retirement  account  (IRA) .  A  defened  gift  annu- 
ity is  one  technique  you  may  wish  to  consider 
to  replace  some  of  the  lost  benefits  of  IRA's. 

In  order  to  purchase  a  gift  annuity,  you  make 
a  contribution  to  Duke  and  retain  the  right  to 
receive  income  from  the  gift  when  you  reach  a 
preselected  age.  As  you  can  see  from  the  chart 
below,  a  donor  age  40  who  makes  a  $10,000 
cash  contribution  in  the  form  of  a  deferred  gift 
annuity  will  generate  an  income  tax  deduction 
of  $9,003.  When  this  individual  reaches  the  age 
of  65,  he  or  she  will  receive  an  annual  annuity 
of  $1,920  for  the  remainder  of  their  lifetime. 


*!».'** 


Age  at 
Time  of  Gift 

35 

40 

45 

50 

55 

60 


Deferred  Gift  Annuities 

Annuity 

Amount 

lb  Begin  at 


Charitable 
Deduction 

(Each  $10,000) 

$9,274 
$9,003 
$8,628 
$8,136 
$7,432 
$6,435 


Age  65 
$2,280 
$1,920 
$1,610 
$1,320 
$1,080 
$    870 


Annuity 

Percent 

(per  $10,000) 

22.8% 

19.2% 

16.1% 

13.2% 

10.8% 

8.7% 


Please  call  Michael  R.  Potter  or  Susan  G.  Wanen  at 
(919)  684-5347  or  send  in  the  coupon  for  more  information. 


Office  of  Planned  Giving        Please  prepare  a  proposal  regarding 


Duke  University 
2127  Campus  Drive 
Durham,  N.C.  27706 


a  deferred  gift  annuity  or  other 
retirement  income  opportunities: 
(  )  Deferred  Gift  Annuities 
(   )  Other  Life  Income  Trusts 
(  )  Pooled  Income  Trusts 


STATE ZIP TELEPHONE  ( 

SPOUSE  OR  OTHER  BENEFICIARY 


APPROXIMATE  AMOUNT  OF  GIFT_ 


DUKE  FORUM 


THE  VANNATIZING 
OF  AMERICA 

BY  TED  KOPPEL 

News  Anchor,  ABC  Nightline 

America  has  been  Vannatized. 
Vannatized— as  in  Vanna  White, 
Wheel  of  Fortune's  Vestal  Virgin. 
The  young  lady  may  or  may  not  already  have 
appeared  on  one  of  those  ubiquitous  lists  of 
most  admired  Americans;  but  if  she  has  not 
it's  only  a  matter  of  time.  Through  the 
mysterious  alchemy  of  popular  television, 
Ms.  White  is  roundly,  indeed,  all  but  univer- 
sally, adored. 

It  seems  unlikely,  but  lest  there  be  among 
you  someone  who  has  not  thrilled  to  the 
graceful  ease  with  which  Ms.  White  glides 
across  our  television  screens,  permit  me  to 
tell  you  what  she  does.  She  turns  blocks,  on 
which  blank  sides  are  displayed,  to  another 
side  of  the  block  on  which  a  letter  is  dis- 
played. She  does  this  very  well,  very  fluidly, 
with  what  appears  to  be  genuine  enjoyment. 
She  also  does  it  mutely.  Vanna  says  nothing. 
She  is  often  seen  smiling  at  and  talking  with 
winners  at  the  end  of  the  program;  but  we 
can  only  imagine  what  they  are  saying  to 
each  other.  We  don't  hear  Vanna.  She  speaks 
only  body  language,  and  she  seems  to  like 
everything  she  sees.  No,  "like"  is  too  tepid. 
Vanna  thrills,  rejoices  with  everything  she 
sees. 

And  therein  lies  her  particular  magic.  We 
have  no  idea  what,  or  even  if,  Vanna  thinks. 
Is  she  a  feminist  or  is  she  every  male  chauvi- 
nist's dream?  She  is  whatever  you  want  her  to 
be— sister,  lover,  daughter,  friend.  Never 
cross,  non-threatening  and  non-judgmental, 
to  a  fault.  The  viewer  can,  and  apparently 
does,  project  a  thousand  different  persona- 
lities onto  that  charmingly  neutral  television 
image,  and  she  accommodates  them  all. 

Even  Vanna  White's  autobiography,  an 
oxymoron  if  ever  there  was  one,  reveals  only 
that  her  greatest  nightmare  is  running  out  of 
cat  food,  and  that  one  of  the  complexities  of 
her  job  entails  making  proper  allowance  for 
the  greater  weight  of  the  letters  "M"  and  "W" 
over  the  letter  "I,"  for  example.  Once,  we 
learn,  during  her  earlier,  less  experienced 
days,  she  failed  to  take  that  heavy-letter 
factor  into  proper  account  and  broke  a  finger 
nail. 

I  tremble  to  think  what  judgment  a  future 


Koppel:  "We  have  been  hired,  Vanna  and  I,  to  project  neutrality 


anthropologist,  finding  that  book,  will 
render  on  our  society.  I  tremble  not  out  of 
fear  that  they  will  misjudge  us,  but  rather 
that  they  will  judge  us  only  too  accurately. 
For  the  Vanna  factor  has  wormed  its  way  into 
all  too  many  aspects  of  our  lives. 

All  of  us  whose  success  is  directly  or 
indirectly  a  function  of  television  are  the 
beneficiaries  of  the  Vanna  factor.  I  am,  for 
example.  My  mail  proves  it  to  me  on  a  daily 
basis.  I  am  increasingly  driven  to  the  con- 
clusion that,  on  television,  neutrality  or 
objectivity  are  simply  perceived,  or  at  least 
treated,  as  a  form  of  intellectual  vacuum  into 
which  the  viewer's  own  opinion  is  drawn.  I 
find  myself  being  regarded  not  so  much  as  an 
objective  journalist,  but  as  someone  who 
shares  most  views,  even  those  that  are 
incompatible  with  one  another.  As  in  the 
case  of  Vanna  White,  although  mercifully  to 
a  lesser  degree,  many  of  Nightline's  viewers 
project  onto  me  those  opinions  they  would 
like  me  to  hold  and  then  find  me  compatible. 

In  Vanna  White's  case,  in  my  own,  the  fos- 
tering of  such  illusions  may  be  not  only 
permissible  but  even  necessary.  We  have  been 
hired,  Vanna  and  I,  to  project  neutrality.  The 


problem  is  that  what  I'm  calling  the  Vanna 
factor  has  evolved  more  and  more  into  a 
political  and  economic,  even  a  religious, 
necessity.  On  television,  ambiguity  is  a 
virtue;  and  television  these  days  is  our  most 
active  marketplace  of  ideas. 

Let's  take  inventory.  Sixty  percent  or  more 
of  the  American  public,  roughly  140  million 
people,  get  most  or  all  of  their  news  from 
television.  Presumably  some  of  those  people 
can  read,  but  approximately  60  million  of 
our  fellow  citizens  cannot.  They  are  func- 
tional illiterates.  For  them  television  is  not 
merely  the  medium  of  choice,  but  of  ne- 
cessity. What,  then,  should  we  or  must  we 
conclude? 

Whatever  your  merchandise,  if  you  want 
to  move  it  in  bulk,  you  flaunt  it  on  television. 
Merchants  trying  to  sell  their  goods,  politi- 
cians trying  to  sell  their  ideas,  preachers 
trying  to  sell  their  gospel,  or  their  morality- 
all  of  these  items  are  efficiently  sold  on  TV.  If 
that  doesn't  scare  the  living  daylights  out  of 
you,  you're  not  paying  attention.  Never 
mind  the  dry  goods;  television  and  toilet 
paper  were  made  for  one  another. 

But  let's  focus  on  our  national  policy;  let's 


35 


look  at  our  principles,  our  ethical  and  moral 
standards.  How  do  they  fare  on  television? 
You  won't  be  surprised  to  learn  that  there  is 
not  a  great  deal  of  room  on  television  for 
complexity.  We  are  nothing  as  an  industry  if 
not  attuned  to  the  appetites  and  limitations 
of  our  audience.  We  have  learned,  for 
example,  that  your  attention  span  is  brief. 
We  should  know— we  helped  make  it  that 
way.  Watch  Miami  Vice  some  Friday  night. 
You  will  find  not  only  a  pastel-colored 
world— which  neatly  symbolizes  the  moral 
ambiguity  of  that  program— you  will  discover 
that  no  scene  lasts  longer  than  ten  or  fifteen 
seconds.  It  is  a  direct  reflection  of  the  tele- 
vision industry's  confidence  in  your  ability 
to  concentrate. 

Analyze  what  our  most  popular  youth- 
oriented  radio  stations  are  doing— seven 
songs  in  row,  ten  songs  in  a  row,  sixteen  songs 
in  a  row.  As  Andy  Rooney  likes  to  say,  "Didn't 
you  ever  wonder  why?" 

Many  of  you,  I'm  told,  lack  the  patience  to 
sit  through  commercials.  As  soon  as  the 
music  stops  you  begin  scanning  the  dial 
looking  for  more  music.  And  so  the  media 
consultants,  those  lineal  descendants  of  the 
oracle  at  Delphi,  reprogrammed  your  itchy 
dial  fingers,  fed  you  multiple  morsels  of 
music,  one  after  another,  until  you  learned 
to  sit  through  the  commercials  also. 

Look  at  MTV  or  Good  Morning  America 
and  watch  the  images  and  ideas  flash  past  in 
a  blur  of  impressionistic  appetizers.  No,  there 
is  not  much  room  on  television  for  com- 
plexity. You  can  partake  of  our  daily  banquet 
without  drawing  on  any  intellectual  re- 
sources, without  either  physical  or  moral 
discipline.  We  require  nothing  of  you,  only 
that  you  watch,  or  say  that  you  were  watch- 
ing if  Mr.  Nielsen's  representative  should 
happen  to  call.  And  gradually,  it  must  be 
said,  we  are  beginning  to  make  our  mark  on 
the  American  people.  We  have  actually 
convinced  ourselves  that  slogans  will  save 
us.  "Shoot  up  if  you  must,  but  use  a  clean 
needle."  "Enjoy  sex  whenever  and  with 
whomever  you  wish,  but  wear  a  condom." 

No.  The  answer  is  no.  Not  because  it  isn't 
cool  or  smart  or  because  you  might  end  up  in 
jail  or  dying  in  an  AIDS  ward,  but  no,  because 
it's  wrong.  Because  we  have  spent  b  ,000  years 
as  a  race  of  rational  human  beings  trying  to 
drag  ourselves  out  of  the  primeval  slime  by 
searching  for  truth  and  moral  absolutes.  In 
the  place  of  truth  we  have  discovered  facts; 
for  moral  absolutes,  we  have  substituted 
moral  ambiguity.  We  now  communicate 
with  everyone  and  say  absolutely  nothing. 
We  have  reconstructed  the  Tower  of  Babel 
and  it  is  a- television  antenna,  a  thousand 
voices  producing  a  daily  parody  of  democracy 
in  which  everyone's  opinion  is  afforded  equal 
weight  regardless  of  substance  or  merit. 
Indeed,  it  can  even  be  argued  that  opinions 
of  real  weight  tend  to  sink  with  barely  a  trace 


We  have  reconstructed 

the  Tower  of  Babel 

and  it  is  a  television 

antenna,  a  thousand 

voices  producing  a 

daily  parody  of 

democracy  in  which 

everyone's  opinion 

is  afforded  equal  weight 

regardless  of  substance 

or  merit. 


in  television's  ocean  of  banalities. 

Our  society  finds  truth  too  strong  a  medi- 
cine to  digest  undiluted.  In  its  purest  form, 
truth  is  not  a  polite  tap  on  the  shoulder;  it  is 
a  howling  reproach.  What  Moses  brought 
down  from  Mount  Sinai  were  not  the  Ten 
Suggestions;  they  are  Commandments.  Are, 
not  were.  The  sheer  beauty  of  the  Com- 
mandments is  that  they  codify  in  a  handful 
of  words  acceptable  human  behavior,  not 
just  for  then  or  now,  but  for  all  time.  Lan- 
guage evolves,  power  shifts  from  nation  to 
nation,  messages  are  transmitted  with  the 
speed  of  light,  man  erases  one  frontier  after 
another;  and  yet  we,  and  our  behavior,  and 
the  Commandments  which  govern  that 
behavior,  remain  the  same. 

The  tension  between  those  Command- 
ments and  our  baser  instincts  provide  the 
grist  for  journalism's  daily  mill.  What  a  huge, 
gaping  void  there  would  be  in  our  informa- 
tional flow  and  in  our  entertainment  with- 
out the  routine  violation  of  the  Sixth 
Commandment:  Thou  shalt  not  murder.  On 
what  did  the  Hart  campaign  founder?  On 
accusations  that  he  violated  the  Seventh 
Commandment:  Thou  shalt  not  commit 
adultery.  Relevant?  Of  course  the  Com- 
mandments are  relevant.  Simply  because  we 
use  different  terms  and  tools,  the  Eighth 
Commandment  is  still  relevant  to  the  insider- 
trading  scandal.  The  Commandments  don't 
get  bogged  down  in  methodology.  Simple,  to 
the  point:  Thou  shalt  not  steal.  Watch  the 
Iran-contra  hearings  and  keep  the  Ninth 
Commandment  in  mind:  Thou  shalt  not 
bear  false  witness.  And  the  Tenth  Com- 
mandment, which  seems  to  have  been 
crafted  for  the  Eighties  and  the  "Me  Genera- 
tion," the  Commandment  against  covetous 
desires— against  longing  for  anything  we 
cannot  get  in  an  honest  and  legal  fashion. 


36 


When  you  think  about  it  it's  curious,  isn't 
it?  We've  changed  in  almost  all  things:  where 
we  live,  how  we  eat,  communicate,  travel. 
And  yet,  in  our  moral  and  immoral  behavior, 
we  are  fundamentally  unchanged. 

Maimonedes  and  Jesus  summed  it  up  in 
almost  identical  words:  "Thou  shalt  love  thy 
neighbor  as  thyself,"  "Do  unto  others  as  you 
would  have  them  do  unto  you."  So  much  for 
our  obligations  toward  our  fellow  men. 
That's  what  the  last  five  Commandments 
are  all  about. 

The  first  five  are  more  complex  in  that 
they  deal  with  figures  of  moral  authority. 
The  Fifth  Commandment  requires  us  to 
honor  our  father  and  mother.  Religious 
scholars  through  the  years  have  concluded 
that  it  was  inscribed  on  the  first  tablet, 
among  the  laws  of  piety  toward  God,  because, 
as  far  as  their  children  are  concerned, 
parents  stand  in  the  place  of  God.  What  a 
strange  conclusion:  Us,  in  the  place  of  God. 
We,  who  set  such  flawed  examples.  And  yet, 
in  our  efforts  to  love  our  children,  to  provide 
for  them,  in  our  efforts  to  forgive  them  when 
they  make  mistakes,  we  do  our  feeble  best  to 
personify  that  perfect  image  of  love  and  for- 
giveness and  providence  which  some  of  us 
find  in  God. 

Which  brings  me  to  the  First,  and,  in  this 
day  and  age,  probably  the  most  controversial 
of  the  Commandments,  since  it  requires  that 
we  believe  in  the  existence  of  a  single, 
supreme  God.  And  then,  in  the  Second, 
Third,  and  Fourth  Commandments,  pro- 
hibits the  worship  of  any  other  gods,  forbids 
that  his  name  be  taken  in  vain,  requires  that 
we  set  aside  one  day  in  seven  to  rest  and 
worship  him. 

What  a  bizarre  journey,  from  sweet, 
undemanding  Vanna  White  to  that  all- 
demanding,  jealous  Old  Testament  God. 
There  have  always  been  imperfect  role 
models,  false  gods  of  the  appeal'of  success 
and  fame;  but  now  their  influence  is  magni- 
fied by  television. 

I  caution  you,  as  one  who  performs  daily 
on  that  flickering  altar,  to  set  your  sights 
beyond  what  you  can  see.  There  is  true 
majesty  in  the  concept  of  an  unseen  power 
which  can  neither  be  measured  nor  weighed. 
There  is  harmony  and  inner  peace  to  be 
found  in  following  a  moral  compass  that 
points  in  the  same  direction,  regardless  of 
fashion  or  trend.  There  is  hope  that,  if  we 
can  only  set  our  course  according  to  man's 
finest  aspirations,  we  can  achieve  what  we 
all  want,  and  that  we  can  have  it  without 
diminishing  our  neighbors'  share:  peace. 
May  it  come  to  your  generation.  ■ 


These  remarks  were  delivered  at  Duke's  135th 
commencement  by  Koppel,  whose  daughter, 
Deirdre,  is  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1987. 


DUKE  PROFILE 


THE  FIGHTING 


PHILANTHROPIST 


Her  earliest  memories 
date  back  to  the  mid- 
Twenties  when,  as  a 
child,  Mary  Duke 
Biddle  Trent  Semans 
'39  was  carried  from 
her  home  the  seven 
blocks  down  Fifth 
Avenue  in  New  York  City  to  visit  her  ailing 
grandfather,  Benjamin  Newton  Duke.  Ben, 
with  his  brother  "Buck"  and  his  father 
Washington,  had  been  the  chief  benefactors 
of  Trinity  College  and  its  successor,  Duke 
University. 

"There  was  an  elevator  in  grandfather's 
house,"  Semans  says,  "and  we  would  meet 
people  constantly  going  up  or  down.  People 
from  North  Carolina.  It  made  quite  an  im- 
print on  my  mind.  These  visitors  were 
giving  him  ideas  about  what  was  going 
on  in  their  various  institutions  and 
what  he  might  do  to  help." 

Already  the  seeds  were  being 
planted  for  what  would  become  a 
fourth-generation  application  of  Duke 
family  assets  to  public  service.  In  time, 
Semans  would  broaden  the  family's 
impact  in  education,  religion,  and 
business  to  health  care,  public  policy, 
and  the  arts.  As  a  child,  she  already 
knew  she  would  not  be  satisfied  with 
the  life  of  the  monied  socialite  on 
Fifth  Avenue— the  fashionable  address 
for  such  names  as  Vanderbilt,  Astor, 
and  Carnegie. 

"I  made  up  my  mind  that  I  wouldn't 
do  a  lot  of  the  traditional  things  that 
young  girls  in  New  York  did.  I  knew  I 
was  going  to  college,  and  that  I  didn't 
want  to  go  to  camp,"  Semans  says  from 
the  Durham  headquarters  of  the  Mary 
Duke  Biddle  Foundation,  named  for 
her  mother.  "I  wasn't  rebellious  parti- 
cularly, but  I  was  very  determined 
about  the  things  I  was  going  to  do. 
Mother  used  to  laugh  about  it." 
Semans  laughs  herself.  "She  used  to 
say,  'Now  Mary's  going  to  issue  one  of 
her  statements!'" 

Strong  opinions  and  the  conviction 
to  air  them  are  Semans'  trademark. 
Sometimes      she     catches     herself 


MARY  D.B.T.  SEMANS 

BY  GEORGANN  EUBANKS 


"You've  got  to  be 

interested  in  what 

besets  other  people, 

what  their  needs  are." 


sounding  more  strident  than  she  intends. 
When  the  press  recently  asked  her  what 
she  planned  to  do  following  her  receipt  of 
the  Duke  Medal  for  "distinguished  and  meri- 
torious service  to  the  university,"  she  said, 
"I'll  just  keep  fighting!"  She  leans  back  on 
the  sofa  and  laughs  at  herself.  "I  thought 
about  it  later,  and  I  realized  that  wasn't  very 
becoming!  But  I'm  always  fighting  some- 
thing. I  can  think  of  about  five  things  I'm 
brandishing  some  kind  of  equipment  to  fight 
right  now." 

These  days,  Semans  often  delivers  her 
"statements"  to  civic  and  professional 
groups,  to  graduating  classes,  and  to  her 
colleagues  in  the  dozens  of  board  and 
committee  meetings  she  attends  every 
week.  She  is  a  crusader  for  a  number  of 
lifelong  passions— economic  justice, 
racial  equality,  grassroots  arts  program- 
ming, housing  for  the  poor,  cultural 
enrichment  opportunities  for  the  blind 
and  deaf,  and  medical  care  that  empha- 
sizes the  humane  rather  than  the  tech- 
nical. Although  she  is  the  consummate 
diplomat  and  savvy  fiscal  pragmatist, 
her  vision  seldom  strays  from  the 
ideals  that  drew  her  into  the  family 
tradition  from  the  start.  Her  primary 
allegiance  is  to  human  values  rather 
than  the  bottom  line. 

"My  feeling  is  that  we're  all  here  for 
each  other.  I  take  very  seriously  this 
business  of  treating  your  neighbor  as 
yourself,  trying  to  be  your  brother's 
keeper.  They're  solid  maxims  for  life. 
You've  got  to  be  interested  in  what 
besets  other  people,  what  their  needs 
are." 

Some  might  dismiss  such  words  as 
quaint  platitudes  or  easy  rhetoric  from 
one  who  oversees  a  number  of  philan- 
thropic organizations  and  who, 
in  1982,  became  the  first  woman  to 
chair  the  sixty-three-year-old  Duke 
Endowment,  which  makes  annual 
appropriations  in  excess  of  $40  million. 
But  Semans  is  dead  serious,  and  the 
hours  she  logs  and  the  projects  she's 
brought  to  fruition  alongside  her  hus- 
band, Dr.  James  Semans,  and  her  seven 
children  can  hardly  be  dismissed  as 


37 


the  sentimental  gratuity  of  one  who  is  well- 
to-do. 

She's  spent  a  lifetime  examining  her 
motives  carefully  and  exploring  what  might 
be  the  earliest  sources  of  her  drive.  She  shuns 
the  word  "workaholic,"  though  her  blistering 
schedule  might  suggest  otherwise. 

"I  always  said  when  I  was  growing  up  that  I 
wanted  to  run  an  orphanage,"  she  says,  twirl- 
ing her  half-glasses  by  the  stem.  "I  think  a  lot 
of  that  came  from  my  grandparents;  they  were 
interested  in  deprived  children.  I  think  it 
also  came  from  the  fact  that  we  had  such  a 
small  family  after  my  parents  separated.  To 
my  parents'  dying  days,  I  never  recovered 
from  their  divorce.  It  really  did  something  to 
me." 

Mary  Lillian  Duke,  Ben  Duke's  only 
daughter,  had  married  Anthony  J.  Drexel 
Biddle  Jr.— a  man  ten  years  her  junior— in 
1915.  The  couple  had  two  children,  Mary 
Duke  II  in  1920  and  Anthony  J.  Drexel  III  in 
1921.  The  marriage  ended  in  1931  when 
Semans  was  eleven  years  old.  Her  father 
lived  in  Europe  during  much  of  his  life, 
taking  Mary's  brother  with  him.  Biddle 
served  as  the  U.S.  minister  to  Norway  in  the 
Thirties,  worked  in  the  Pentagon  during  and 
after  World  War  II,  and  was  U.S.  ambassador 
to  Spain  at  the  time  of  his  death.  From  him, 
Semans  says,  she  developed  her  taste  for 
politics.  Every  morning  the  two  of  them 
would  listen  to  the  political  news  on  the 
radio  when  she  was  in  grade  school. 

Following  her  parents'  divorce,  Mary 
continued  to  live  in  Manhattan  with  her 
mother  and  her  governess,  Elizabeth  Gotham, 
who  took  her  regularly  to  museums  and  the 
theater  and  helped  cultivate  in  her  an  aware- 
ness of  the  problems  of  ethnic  and  racial 
minorities.  Gotham  grew  up  in  Brooklyn. 

In  this  period,  Mary's  mother's  health  was 
poor.  Mary's  grandmother,  Sarah  P.  Duke— 
Ben  Duke's  widow  who  by  this  time  was  liv- 
ing back  in  Durham— decided  that  Mary 
should  come  visit  her  and  perhaps  enroll  in 
the  Woman's  College  at  Duke.  What  Sarah 
Duke  didn't  realize  was  that  Mary  was  only 
fourteen  at  the  time. 

Nevertheless,  Mary  was  tested  and  would 
be  granted  special  student  status  for  the  fall 
of  1935,  provided— said  Woman's  College 
Dean  Alice  Baldwin— that  she  could  main- 
tain a  certain  grade  point  average.  It  was  a 
heady  leap  for  Mary  Duke  Biddle,  but 
another  event  during  this  initial  visit  to 
campus  had  already  made  an  even  deeper 
impression. 

Sarah  Duke  had  arranged  dates  for  Mary 
and  Mary's  best  friend  during  their  stay  in 
Durham.  It  was  graduation  weekend  at 
Duke.  Mary's  date  was  Josiah  Charles  Trent, 
a  senior  from  Okmulgee,  Oklahoma,  who 
would  be  leaving  soon  to  study  medicine  at 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

"I  fell  in  love  with  him  on  that  particular 


Semans'  vision  seldom 
strays  from  ideals  that 
are  a  family  tradition: 
allegiance  to  human 
values  rather  than  the 
bottom  line. 


visit,"  Semans  says.  "That  really  changed  my 
life."  Though  the  two  were  talking  marriage, 
wiser  heads  prevailed— among  them  Joe  Trent's 
mother  and  WR.  Perkins,  the  drafter  of  the 
Duke  Indenture.  The  two  young  people 
agreed  to  finish  their  schooling. 

For  the  next  three  years,  Mary  studied 
hard,  seldom  troubled  by  the  age  gap  be- 
tween her  and  her  "elder"  classmates.  She 
majored  in  art  history,  was  elected  to  the 
White  Duchy,  and  fell  in  love  with  the  uni- 
versity. Small-town  life  in  Durham  suited  her 
well.  "Being  out  of  New  York  was  sort  of  like 
being  released  from  a  cage,"  she  says,  "being 
able  to  walk  all  over  town  and  do  the  things 
that  occurred  to  you  at  the  last  minute  and 
not  having  to  make  all  kinds  of  preparations 
and  use  a  lot  of  transportation." 

Semans  cites  the  particular  influence  of 
Dean  Alice  Baldwin  during  those  years. 
Baldwin  was  an  outspoken  advocate  for 
social  justice.  "She  told  us  what  to  fight  for," 
Semans  says,  namely,  better  treatment  for 
tobacco  workers,  the  admission  of  foreign 
students  to  Duke,  the  need  for  more  female 
faculty  members  as  role  models. 

"The  people  I  went  to  school  with  still 
mean  a  great  deal  to  me.  We  stay  in  touch," 
Semans  says.  If  not  before,  her  sense  of  ste- 
wardship and  obligation  to  the  university 
was  cemented  in  her  undergraduate  years. 

After  the  promised  postponement,  she  did 
marry  Joe  Trent  in  1938  in  a  small  ceremony 
in  the  yard  where  she  makes  her  home  today. 
The  couple  lived  in  Michigan  for  a  year 
before  returning  the  Durham,  where  Dr. 
Trent  ultimately  became  the  chief  of  Duke 
Hospital's  division  of  thoracic  surgery.  He 
died  in  1948  at  the  age  of  thirty-four— from 
an  illness  that  had  not  prevented  him  from 
teaching  and  publishing  widely  in  his  field. 
At  the  age  of  twenty-eight,  Mary  Trent  was  a 
widow  with  four  children. 

During  the  decade  of  their  marriage,  the 
Trents  had  developed  an  almost  fanatical 
passion  for  rare  books.  Their  large  collection 
of  books  and  manuscripts  by  and  about  Walt 
Whitman  is  now  one  of  the  most  prized  parts 
of  Perkins  Library's  Rare  Book  Room.  Their 
valuable  Josiah  C.  Trent  Collection  of  the 


history  of  medicine  is  part  of  Duke's  medical 
library. 

Despite  her  grief,  Mary  Trent  moved  into 
her  thirties  with  a  newfound  interest  in  the 
local  community.  By  1951,  she  had  been 
elected  to  the  Durham  City  Council, 
serving  as  mayor  pro-tem  from  1953-55.  In 
1953,  she  married  Dr.  James  Hustead 
Semans,  a  urologist  at  Duke  Hospital. 
Together,  the  Semanses  launched  a  vigilant 
social-welfare  campaign,  working  in  the 
Fifties  and  Sixties  on  an  extraordinary  range 
of  projects  in  vocational  rehabilitation,  low- 
cost  housing,  health  planning,  civil  liberties, 
and  the  arts.  In  1969,  they  both  received  the 
National  Brotherhood  Award  from  the  Na- 
tional Conference  of  Christians  and  Jews 
"for  distinguished  service  in  the  field  of 
human  relations."  During  the  same  time,  the 
Semanses  had  three  children;  their  youngest, 
Beth  (Elizabeth  Gotham,  named  for  Semans' 
governess),  graduated  from  Duke  in  1986. 

Mary  Semans  always  wanted  a  large  family, 
created  one,  and  it  is  to  this  metaphorical 
frame  of  reference  she  now  turns  when  con- 
sidering how  to  set  her  current  priorities  as 
one  who  is  constantly  approached,  as  her 
grandfather  was,  by  people  seeking  assis- 
tance: "You  decide  which  child  needs  you 
the  most,  which  might  be  sick  and  need 
some  extra  care.  You  put  those  things  at  the 
top  which  seem  to  affect  people  in  a  crisis 
way— solving  crises.  I've  noticed  recently 
that  I  put  things  involving  people  and  how 
they're  treated  first.  The  other  things  can 
come  a  little  later." 

How,  then,  does  she  justify  her  reputation 
as  a  champion  of  the  arts  when  the  people  of 
her  state  are  ranked  so  low  on  the  national 
economic  scale? 

"I  don't  think  my  interest  in  the  arts  is  any 
more  overriding  than  my  interest  in  human 
rights,"  she  says.  "I  think  it  all  goes  together. 
My  mother  always  felt  that  people  really 
needed  more  beauty  around  them.  She  felt 
that  if  people  had  to  get  through  life  without 
anything— without  beautiful  objects  or 
without  listening  to  any  sort  of  music  or 
without  having  a  flower  garden  or  a  vase  of 
flowers  in  the  house— that  their  lives  were 
cheated."  Semans  is  also  quick  to  attribute 
her  arts  activism  largely  to  the  influence  of 
Dr.  Semans,  who  was  first  chairman  of  the 
board  of  trustees  for  the  North  Carolina 
School  of  the  Arts,  the  first  state-supported 
school  for  the  performing  arts  in  the  United 
States. 

Semans  adds  that  she  is  troubled  by  those 
who  still  see  the  arts  as  an  elitist  endeavor. 
"So  many  people  who  push  the  arts  in  a  place 
like  New  York  City  seem  to  do  it  for  some 
sort  of  social  position.  You  see  that  now  on 
some  boards,  and  it  seems  such  a  perfect 
shame.  Arts  have  to  be  for  everybody.  Cer- 
tainly there  is  room  for  the  avant  garde 
which  will  only  appeal  to  the  few.  But  ulti- 


38 


mately  the  arts  will  flourish  the  more  the 
constituency  grows." 

Is  she  ever  criticized  for  being  the  keeper  of 
a  trust  built  on  tobacco,  a  product  now 
proven  so  harmful?  And  isn't  it  ironic,  too, 
that  Duke  University  is  so  highly  regarded 
for  its  medical  school  and  hospital  in  light  of 
its  founders'  business  interests?  "You  know, 
it's  funny,"  she  says.  "So  many  people  ask  me 
about  the  tobacco  business,  but  I  don't 
remember  much  about  it  at  all.  By  the  time  I 
came  along,  Mr.  Duke  had  ended  his  real 
interest  in  tobacco."  (Under  the  Sherman 
AntiTrust  Act,  the  Dukes  were  forced  to  split 
their  holdings  in  the  American  Tobacco 
Company  over  the  period  1907-1911.) 

"Tobacco  is  never  mentioned  in  the 
Indenture,"  says  Semans.  "Mr.  Duke  wanted 
to  return  to  the  people  of  the  Carolinas  part 
of  the  profits  from  Duke  Power  Company  for 
their  benefit.  So  I  guess  you'd  say  Duke  is 
built  on  electric  power,  public  utilities." 

It  is  fitting  that  the  Duke  family  legacy  is 
being  tended  by  a  woman  some  one  hundred 
years  after  Washington  Duke's  enterprises 
had  first  begun  to  thrive.  Semans  says  she's 
never  had  any  particular  problems  as  a 
woman  in  her  role.  "This  has  always  been  a 
family  in  which  women  have  figured  very 
strongly.  Washington  Duke  lost  both  his 
wives  to  illness.  His  daughter  ran  his  house- 
hold. There  was  never  much  thinking  about 
whether  a  woman  should  not  do  this  or  that. 
There  was  a  great  respect  for  what  women 
thought  in  the  family.  I  have  to  say,  too,  that 
I've  been  married  to  two  people  who  gave  me 
all  the  support  I've  needed."  She  smiles.  "Jim 
Semans  didn't  even  flinch  when  I  was  an 
alternate  delegate  to  the  Democratic  con- 
vention, nor  does  he  at  times  when  I  get  very 
outspoken  on  things." 

Semans  often  cites  with  pride  the  early 
provision  made  in  Washington  Duke's 
endowment  offer  to  Trinity  College  in  1889 
that  an  additional  $50,000  would  be  made 
available  to  the  ailing  institution  if  women 
were  admitted  on  an  equal  basis  with  men. 
She  also  takes  very  seriously  the  family 
charge  that  each  generation  should  prepare 
the  next  for  responsibility.  Every  one  of  her 
children— all  but  one  are  female— rotate 
through  and  serve  on  the  various  boards  of 
the  small  and  larger  foundations  she  tends  or 
has  created  with  her  husband.  "It  will  con- 
tinue," she  says. 

While  Semans  has  been  talking,  the 
phone  messages  have  been  piling  up.  When 
asked  finally  if  she  has  any  messages  she'd  like 
to  convey  to  Duke  alumni,  she  ponders  for  a 
moment  and  then  lifts  her  chin.  "Two 
words,"  she  says,  "Fight  injustice!"  And  with 
that,  Mary  D.B.T  Semans  goes  back  to  work 
for  herself.  ■ 


Eubanks  76,  a  regular  contributor  to  the  magazine,  is 
completing  her  first  novel  this  summer. 


Through  the  generations:  Ben  Duke;  his  daughter,  Mrs.  Anthony  ].D.  Biddle  Jr.;  and  his  granddaughter,  Mary 
Duke  Biddle  II,  the  future  Mary  Semans.  Below,  Washington  Duke  and  son  Buck. 


as  hington  Duke,  as 
a  yeoman  farmer 
with  small  land- 
holdings,  was  typical  of  the 
majority  class,  not  only  in 
antebellum  North  Carolina 
but  in  the  South  as  a  whole. 
Only  after  the  war,  when  he 
and  his  sons  emerged  as  large- 
scale  industrialists  and  phil- 
anthropists, did  the  Dukes 
become  atypical. 

The  two  sons  by  a  second 
marriage,  Benjamin  Newton 
and  James  Buchanan,  were 
involved  first  in  tobacco,  then 
textiles,  and  finally  electric 
power.  James,  or  "Buck," 
became  widely  known  in  New 
York  as  leader  of  the  family's 
tobacco  interests.  But  it  was 
Ben,  the  older  of  the  two,  who 
remained  in  Durham  working 
with  American  Tobacco 


Company  until  its  federal 
breakup,  and  who  dealt  with 
the  growing  charitable  con- 
cerns of  the  family.  Ben  is 
attributed  with  leading  the 
family  into  contact  with 
Trinity  College  when  he  gave 
the  nearly  bankrupt  institu- 
tion $1,000  in  1887. 

Washington  Duke,  a  staunch 
Methodist,  was  responsible  for 
enabling  Trinity's  move  from 
Randolph  County  to  Durham 
with  a  gift  totaling  $85,000, 
widely  hailed  as  the  largest 
single  philanthropic  gift  of 
money  in  the  state's  history. 
Ben  kept  Trinity  alive  during 
its  early  Durham  days  in  the 
1890s,  and  it  became  a  pas- 
sion that  he  passed  on  to  his 
brother  Buck. 

The  Dukes  gave,  according 
to  Duke  historian  Robert  C. 


Durden  in  The  Dukes  of 
Durham,  1865-1929,  "because 
the  Methodist  church  em- 
phasized the  desirability,  even 
the  necessity,  of  giving  on  the 
part  of  those  who  were 
able  ....  The  old  doctrine  of 
the  stewardship  of  wealth 
remained  alive.  Those  who 
possessed  wealth  had  the  dual 
responsibility,  according  to  the 
teachings  of  the  church,  of 
both  using  and  giving  it 
wisely." 

The  family  tradition  was 
born  of  Washington  Duke's 
Methodism,  instilled  in  his 
sons  Ben  and  Buck,  passed 
down  through  the  generations 
of  Dukes— and  now  resides  in 
Durham's  Mary  Semans,  Ben's 
granddaughter. 


RETURNS  TO 


FOOTBALL 


S 


teve  Spurrier  aims  to  finish 
what  he  started.  As  offen- 
sive coordinator  at  Duke  in 
1980-82,  he  molded  the 
Blue  Devils  into  one  of  the 
nation's  most  entertaining 
football  teams.  Given  the 
freedom  to  implement  a 
free-wheeling  attack  by  then-head  coach 
Red  Wilson,  Spurrier  injected  an  element 
that  had  been  missing  from  Wallace  Wade 
Stadium  for  a  generation— excitement. 

Behind  quarterback  Ben  Bennett,  who  set 
virtually  all  Duke's  individual  passing  re- 
cords, the  Blue  Devils  became  an  offensive 
force.  Unfortunately,  they  were  a  defensive 
farce— the  best  Duke  could  muster  was  back- 
to-back  6-5  seasons  in  1981  and  '82. 

That  '82  season  still  sticks  in  the  craw  of 
hard-core  Duke  football  fans.  With  any  luck 
at  all,  the  Blue  Devils  could  have  finished  8-3. 
"Or  9-2.  We  lost  three  games  we  easily 
could  have  won,"  says  Spurrier,  who  was 
named  Duke's  sixteenth  head  coach  in 
January,  when  Steve  Sloan  resigned  to 
become  athletic  director  at  the  University  of 


STEVE  SPURRIER 

BY  JON  SCHER 


"The  most  important 

game  in  your  whole  life 

is  the  game  that's 

coming  up  next." 


Alabama.  After  leaving  Duke,  Spurrier 
spent  three  seasons  as  head  coach  of  the 
Tampa  Bay  Bandits  of  the  United  States 
Football  League.  When  the  USFL  folded  last 
year,  he  re-entered  the  job  market.  He 
jumped  at  the  chance  to  return  to  Durham— 
but  not,  he  says,  to  erase  the  memory  of  the 
disappointment  of '82. 

"I've  found  once  they're  over,  they're  over. 
The  most  important  game  in  your  whole  life 


is  the  game  that's  coming  up  next,"  says  the 
forty-one-year-old  Spurrier.  "The  '82  season 
does  say  that,  hey,  if  we  can  get  the  offense 
going  like  we  had  that  year  [fourth  in  the 
nation,  second  in  passing,  a  school-record 
307  points],  if  we  have  a  good,  solid  defense, 
we  can  win." 

Spurrier's  resume  includes  the  1966 
Heisman  Trophy,  which  he  won  as  a  quarter- 
back at  the  University  of  Florida.  After  ten 
years  in  the  National  Football  League,  he 
began  his  coaching  career  in  1978  at  Florida 
as  an  assistant,  moving  to  Georgia  Tech  in 
1979  and  Duke  in  1980.  Spurrier  basically 
took  his  Duke  playbook  with  him  to  Tampa 
Bay,  where  the  flashy,  pass-oriented  attack 
became  known  as  "Banditball."  The  Bandits 
made  the  playoffs  twice  in  their  three-year 
history,  finishing  35-19. 

"It  was  a  great  experience  down  there," 
Spurrier  says  with  a  wistful  smile.  "We  built  a 
great  rapport  with  the  fans.  You  know,  you 
still  see  those  Bandit  license  plates  down 
there.  They  don't  take  em  off." 

Spurrier  says  he  doesn't  really  miss  profes- 
sional football.  In  fact,  he  maintains  he 


approaches  his  job  the  same  way,  whether 
he's  coaching  college  or  pro  athletes.  "People 
come  up  and  ask  me,  'Aren't  you  tired  of 
doing  these  alumni  events?'  But  that's  my 
job— not  only  to  win  football  games  but  to 
get  people  in  the  stands.  That's  what  we  did 
in  Tampa— go  around  to  corporations  and 
business  groups,  shaking  hands  and  talking 
Banditball.  Here,  we're  talking  Dukeball." 

The  marketing  people  have  picked  up  on 
the  significance.  They've  come  up  with  a 
pretty  good  slogan  for  Duke  Football  '87: 
Airball. 

Spurrier  is  inheriting  a  veteran 
team.   Seventeen  of  twenty-two 
starters  return  from  last  year's  4-7 
squad,  including  seven  of  eleven  on 
the  offense.  The  most  important  in- 
gredient   will    be    quarterback    Steve 
Slayden,  a  senior  who  finished  fourth  in 
the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  in  total  of- 
fense while  spearheading  Sloan's  conser- 
vative attack  last  year.  Spurrier  sees  great 
possibilities. 

"Steve  Slayden  has  a  chance  to  be  one  of 
the  best  quarterbacks  in  the  country,"  Spurrier 
says.  "He's  the  best  athlete,  as  a  quarterback, 
that  I've  ever  coached.  I've  never  coached 
one  who's  been  able  to  run  around,  avoid 
people,  do  the  things  he  can.  We've  already 
put  in  some  bootleg  plays." 

Slayden  and  Spurrier  showed  signs  of 
things  to  come  in  the  annual  spring  in- 
trasquad  game.  Slayden  completed  eighteen 
of  thirty  passes  for  197  yards  and  four 
touchdowns— a  very  Bennett-esque  per- 
formance. "I  wish  I  could  have  coached 
Steve  more  than  one  year,"  Spurrier  says. 
"After  six  weeks,  he'll  have  to  be  able  to  play 
like  he's  been  working  for  three  years.  In  the 
NFL,  they  always  say  it  takes  a  quarterback  a 
few  years  to  adjust  to  a  new  system.  But  I 
think  Steve  will  be  ready." 

Slayden  has  told  friends  he'll  have  a  can  of 
WD-40  in  his  locker,  to  keep  his  arm  well- 
oiled.  He  may  also  have  to  eat  and  sleep  with 
his  playbook,  learning  Spurrier's  multiple 
offense. 

"It's  pretty  much  a  total  change.  I  haven't 
even  looked  at  the  other  book,  to  be  honest 
with  you,"  Spurrier  says. 

Will  Duke  Football  '87  look  like  Duke 
Football  '82?  "It'll  be  a  lot  similar,  I  hope.  It'll 
be  similar  when  people  watch  us  on  the  side- 
lines. I'm  the  offensive  coordinator.  I'll 
signal  in  the  plays.  I  don't  wear  a  headset  and 
just  listen  in  like  a  lot  of  coaches  who  just 
supervise.  I'll  be  working." 

"Steve  formulates  a  game  plan  that  utilizes 
everybody's  strengths  and  hides  everybody's 
weaknesses,"  says  Ben  Bennett.  "If  it  weren't 
for  him,  I  wouldn't  have  come  close  to  doing 
what  I  did.  He  can  be  classified  in  the  Bill 
Walsh  category  of  offensive  genuises." 

There  should  be  one  important  difference 
from  the  early  Eighties.  Under  defensive 


Spurrier  clearly  knew 

what  he  was  getting  into. 

Still,  he's  repeatedly 

predicted  a  winning 

season  and  hinted  at  the 

possibility  of  a  bowl  bid. 


coordinator  Richard  Bell,  who  remains  from 
the  Sloan  era,  Duke  has  built  an  effective 
defense.  They  may  not  be  the  Iron  Dukes  of 
1938,  who  were  unscored  upon  in  nine 
regular-season  games.  But  they  ought  to  be 
able  at  least  to  slow  people  down.  "That's 
what  we  didn't  have  in  '82.  We  have  players 
who  can  stop  people  now.  We  can  force  em 
to  throw  the  ball.  Back  then,  they'd  drive  it 
down  our  throats.  The  offense  had  trouble 
getting  on  the  field  enough,"  Spurrier  says. 

As  a  former  Duke  assistant,  Spurrier 
clearly  knew  what  he  was  getting  into:  a  pro- 
gram that  had  fifteen  losing  seasons  in  the 
past  twenty-four  years  and  hadn't  won  more 
than  six  games  in  a  season  since  1962.  Still, 
he  has  repeatedly  predicted  a  winning  sea- 
son and  has  hinted  at  the  possibility  of  a 
bowl  bid. 

"It's  a  great  challenge  to  come  to  Duke, 
basically  because  they  haven't  had  a  lot  of 


success  here  in  football,"  Spurrier  says. 
"Anything  over  six  wins  would  be  the  first 
time  in  twenty-five  years.  But  I  think  we 
have  a  realistic  chance  to  have  a  winning 
season.  The  schedule  is  not  as  demanding  as 
in  some  of  the  years  past,  although  North- 
western and  Rutgers  are  two  sound,  fine 
teams.  But  we  should  be  able  to  line  up  and 
play  with  all  the  out-of-conference  teams  on 
our  schedule." 

Other  than  the  seven  ACC  games,  Duke 
will  face  Colgate,  Northwestern,  Vanderbilt, 
and  Rutgers.  Not  exactly  Michigan,  Okla- 
homa, UCLA,  and  Alabama— but  just  what 
the  doctor  ordered. 

"It's  pretty  much  the  attitude  of  the  whole 
team  that  with  the  schedule  we  have  next 
year,  a  6-5  season  will  be  a  disappointment  to 
us,"  says  senior  wide  receiver  Doug  Green, 
another  key  ingredient.  "We're  looking  for- 
ward to  a  whole  lot  of  wins  and  a  possible 
bowl  game." 

There's  a  method  to  this  madness.  Spurrier 

is  hoping  to  introduce  some  motivation 
into  a  situation  that  has  been  more  con- 
ducive to  mediocrity.  "There  can't  be  a 
lot  of  pressure.  I  mean,  the  record  the 
last  four  years  was  13-31.  So  we're  trying 
to  put  a  certain  amount  of  pressure  on 
ourselves,  on  the  coaches  and  players, 
by  going  out  on  a  limb  and  saying  we're 
going  to  have  a  winning  season."  But 
Spurrier  also  maintains  the  bowl  talk  isn't 
ust  hot  air.  "I  think  we've  got  a  good  group  of 
players.  I'm  impressed." 

Seven  wins  would  go  a  long  way  toward 
restoring  some  of  the  luster  on  Duke's  tar- 
nished football  reputation.  The  school  was  a 
national  force  in  the  Thirties,  Forties,  and 
Fifties.  "As  for  facilities,  we're  at  a  level  now 
where  we  don't  need  to  do  any  more  for 
another  thirty  years,"  says  Spurrier,  relaxing 
behind  the  type  of  polished  wooden  desk 
that's  usually  associated  more  with  an  exe- 
cutive than  a  football  coach.  His  office  is 
located  in  the  new  football  complex  over- 
looking Wallace  Wade  Stadium.  "The 
stadium  is  in  perfect  condition,  with  lights 
for  night  games.  The  new  football  offices 
here,  the  weight  room,  squad  room,  locker 
room— they're  all  as  modern  and  as  nice  as 
we'll  need  for  twenty-five  to  thirty  years.  The 
missing  ingredient  is  the  track  record  of 
winning  seasons.  We've  had  a  couple  of  good 
recruiting  years,  but  still,  we've  lost  some 
kids  who  might  have  come  to  Duke  if  we 
could  have  proven  we  can  have  winning  sea- 
sons, and  go  to  a  bowl." 

He's  hoping  Airball  on  Saturdays  in  the 
fall  can  produce  the  type  of  excitement  gene- 
rated during  basketball  games  at  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium.  "Duke  students  will  support 
football  just  like  basketball,  if  we  give  em  a 
reason  to  get  excited,"  Spurrier  says.  "There's 
not  been  much  to  scream  about  lately." 

Not  for  Spurrier,  either.  During  the  USFIi 


41 


Pigskin 
Pig-Out!! 

A  deal  on  meals  for 

football  fans  this  fall: 

five  different  pregame  barbecues 

to  fortify  you  for 

the  best  game  around. 

1987  Pregame  Barbecues 


NO. 

DATE 

OPPONENT 

<S> 

PLACE 

$8.00 

TIME 

each 

REUNION 

9/5 
5:00  p.i 


9/19 

5:00  p.m. 
'42,  '52,  '67 


Colgate 

Von  Canon  Hall,  Bryan  Center 


Northwestern 

Von  Canon  Hall,  Bryan  Center 


Vanderbilt 

Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 


10/31  Georgia  Tech 

11:30  a.m.  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 

'62,  '77,  '82 

11/14  NC  State 

11:30  a.m.  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 

'47,  '57,  '72 


TOTAL  ENCLOSED 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  take  part  in  this  Duke  tradi- 
tion. Two  early  events  will  be  held  in  air-conditioned 
Von  Canon  Hall.  Ticket  price  remains  a'.  $8.00  for  bar- 
becue and  another  entree.  Mail  check,  payable  to 
Duke  University,  Pregame  Barbecues,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27706.  Or  charge  to  my 
MasterCard/Visa, 


exp.  date 

Signature 

Hold  at  door 

Name 

Address 

long  legal  battle  with  the  NFL,  a  battle  that 
ended  with  a  jury  awarding  the  USFL  a 
whopping  $3,  Spurrier  was  forced  to  play  a 
waiting  game.  "I'm  looking  forward  to  coach- 
ing a  game  again.  I  haven't  coached  a  game 
in  two  years  now,  since  June  30,  1985,  so  I'm 
certainly  not  suffering  from  burnout." 

Duke  football  supporters— a  notoriously 
cynical  bunch— have  been  almost  uniformly 
positive  about  Spurrier's  hiring.  There's  only 
one  negative  scenario:  After  one  successful 
season,  Spurrier  leaves  to  return  to  profes- 
sional football. 

"I  hope  to  stay  here  a  long  time,"  he 
responds.  "To  my  knowledge  there's  never 
been  a  football  coach  leave  Duke  for  another 
coaching  job.  They've  either  gotten  fired  or 


retired.  So  it's  silly  to  worry  about  something 
that  hasn't  happened  in  the  whole  history  of 
the  school."  Also  backing  Spurrier  on  his 
return  to  Durham  are  his  wife,  Gerri,  and 
their  four  children:  Lisa,  twenty;  Amy, 
eighteen;  Stevie,  fifteen;  and  Scott,  six 
months. 

So  Spurrier  II  begins  what  could  be  a  long- 
running  engagement  this  fall.  "We  hope  we 
can  win  our  share  and  be  an  exciting  team," 
says  Duke's  heir  to  Airball.  "There  are  a  lot  of 
bowl  games  out  there."  ■ 


Scher  '84  is  assistant  editor  of  the  Durham-based 
Baseball  America.  His  most  recent  article  for  the 
magazine  was  on  ]ohn  Feinstein  and  his  book  on 
Bobby  Knight. 


Mickle:  No  more  empty  end  zones 


Don't  tell  anyone, 
but  there's  a  hole  in 
the  fence  at  Wallace 
Wade  Stadium. 

For  years,  resourceful 
Durhamites  have  wedged 
themselves  through  the  semi- 
secret  opening  in  the  rusty 
chain-link  fence,  then  sur- 
vived a  trek  through  the 
often-treacherous  woods 
behind  the  south  stands.  The 
intruders — mosdy  kids — 
emerge  on  the  stadium  con- 
course and  disappear  into  the 
stands. 

Legend  has  it  that  a  Duke 
athletic  director  once  was 
asked  if  he  wanted  the  hole 
repaired.  "No  way,"  the  A.D. 
replied,  reasoning  that  Duke 
should  welcome  anyone  who 
would  make  that  kind  of 
effort  to  attend  a  football 
game. 

During  the  darkest  days  of 
Duke  football,  in  the  1970s 
and  early  Eighties,  it's  doubt- 
ful that  many  people  crashed 
Duke's  Saturday  afternoon 
parties.  There  really  wasn't 
much  to  see -the  team  usu- 
ally lost,  the  games  were  often 
lopsided,  and  the  stadium  was 
crumbling. 

"For  about  five  years  in 
there,  we  didn't  want  to 
promote,"  says  Tom  Mickle 
'72,  named  to  head  the  new 


sports  services  office  in 
January  1986.  "It  was  a  period 
of  renovating  the  stadium  and 
building  a  new  team." 

With  Steve  Spurrier  in  place 
as  the  new  head  football 
coach,  the  football  program  is 
picking  up  the  pace.  And 
promoting  football  is  in  full 
force.  "Last  year,  we  said, 
'Now  we  can  legitimately  go 
after  people,'"  says  Mickle, 
who  was  sports  information 
director.  "We  decided  to  really 
go  after  group  sales,  much  like 
major  league  baseball  has 
done.  Before,  every  seat  in  the 
stadium  was  sold  to  indivi- 
duals or  families.  The  end 
zone  was  always  empty.  We 
decided  these  10,000  seats 
would  stay  empty  from  now 
until  forever,  unless  we  did 
something." 

Mickle  and  promotions 
director  Johnny  Moore 
dreamed  up  themes  for  each 
home  game -adding  Durham 
Day,  City  of  Medicine  Day, 
and  a  tailgate  party  to  Youth 
Day,  which  had  been  Duke's 
only  previous  promotion, 
other  than  pregame  barbecues 
sponsored  by  Alumni  Affairs. 
They  persuaded  larger  area 
businesses  to  sponsor  the 
theme  promotions  and  pur- 
chase thousands  of  tickets 
either  to  give  away  or  resell  at 




a  discount.  They  also  sold 
blocks  of  group  tickets  to 
smaller  businesses. 

In  addition  to  Durham, 
Duke  employees  are  the  focus 
of  the  tailgate  party  promo- 
tion. For  $10,  a  customer  gets 
a  ticket  to  an  all-you-can-eat 
pregame  barbecue  and  to  the 
game.  'Duke  has  17,000 
employees,  but  only  1,500 
buy  season  tickets.  We've  got 
to  figure  a  way  to  get  the 
others  here  once  a  year. 
Maybe  we  can  make  them 
Duke  fans,"  Mickle  says. 

The  promotions  paid  off 
immediately.  Although  the 
1986  team  wasn't  exactly  a 
world-beater,  attendance 
improved  more  than  7,000  per 
game,  to  an  average  of  27,400. 
Duke  sold  7,634  season  tic- 
kets, its  second-highest  total 
ever,  and  sales  of  a  family-plan 
package  ($35  for  the  five 
games)  doubled  to  more  than 
1,500.  This  year,  the  goal  is 
10,000  season  tickets -un- 
heard of,  especially  in  a  year 
that  does  not  feature  a  home 
game  against  UNC. 

"We  sold  out  the  Wake 
Forest  game  last  year,  which  I 
consider  one  of  the  major 
achievements  of  all  time,''  says 
Mickle  with  a  chuckle.  "We 
sold  standing-room-only  tic- 
kets to  that  one." 

The  promotions  staff  also 
plans  to  push  each  season's 
final  home  game— UNC  last 
year,  N.C.  State  this  year— as  a 
bring-back-the-local-alumni 
game.  Success  on  the  field 
could  make  that  a  cinch, 
Mickle  says.  "What  a  lot  of 
people  don't  realize  is  that 
almost  everyone  who  gradu- 
ated from  Duke  from  1930  to 
1965  was  a  football  fan,  not  a 
basketball  fan.  There's  a  tre- 
mendous market  out  there  of 
older  people  who  would  love 
to  see  us  be  successful  in 
football." 


PEWTER 


/^JtN  i 


BEACH 


coP'edfoma„CO'lta,"er 
*«.00.  ,ft  feoxed. 


ANDPAT^OFURN^ 


#D2b-Beach  chair    na 
#D2c  -Umbrella 


D(JKf;fl 


V/0£o 


D««nare  VHS  "r  R Une'5'^ 
ur°eta.  JJ995 


CHRISTMAS 


°knaments 


cAscaso"ofs,1Ver(;     ^~^ 
"  Au*torium 


sas 


P^550'    A lex ItoW  discuss 
receive  a  fee  COPY  cement 


#D5a-Pnce^ead.ngf 

SeashfeKlASAandthe 

#D5e-lacocca 
#D5f  -Koppel 


THE  DUKE  UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

*y  Gift  shop  fe#  ~ 


Quantity 

Item  No. 

Description 

Size 

Unit  Price 

Cost 

TOTAL  $_ 

Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  these  items  help  support  the 
programs  of  the  Alumni  Association. 

Ship  to: 

Street: 

City: 


State: 


Phone: 


Zip:. 


Make  checks  payable  to  Duke  Alumni  Association  or  charge: 

No Exp.  Date 

No. Exp.  Date 

Signature: 


*Chairs  shipped  C.O.D.  for  shipping  charges. 
Duke  University  Alumni  Office  •  614  Chapel  Drive  •  Durham.  NC  27706 


. . .  AND  THIS  IS 
COMMENCEMENT 


Television  broadcaster  led  Koppel, 
host  of  ABC's  Nightline,  delivered 
Duke's  135th  commencement  address 
to  2,320  graduates  and  their  guests  at  a 
morning  ceremony  on  May  10  in  Wallace 
Wade  Stadium.  By  the  afternoon,  news 
media  from  around  the  country  were  calling 
Duke  for  copies  of  the  speech. 

President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  conducted 
the  ceremony  and  awarded  five  honorary 
degrees,  including  Koppel's  doctor  of 
humane  letters.  Brodie  praised  Koppel's 
"intellectual  curiosity,  your  learned  attitude 
of  inquiry  that  eschews  the  sensational  in 
favor  of  understanding  the  substantive;  and 
your  high  professional  standards  that  insist 
on  the  practice  of  journalism  in  the  interests 
of  all  peoples." 

Eppie  Lederer,  better  known  as  advice 
columnist  Ann  Landers,  also  received  an 
honorary  degree— fittingly,  for  the  world's 
most-published  correspondent,  in  humane 
letters.  Brodie  praised  her  for  winning  "the 
gratitude  and  the  admiration  of  the  up-and- 
coming  and  the  down-and-out;  you  are  the 
last  resort  of  the  desperate  and  the  last  word 
in  any  argument.  You  are  that  rare  and  pre- 
cious jewel,  a  national  institution." 


An  honorary  doctor  of  laws  went  to  R. 
David  Thomas,  founder  of  Wendy's  Inter- 
national and  benefactor  of  the  Ohio  State 
Cancer  Research  Institute  and  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business:  "You  have  steadfastly 
followed  your  personal  code  of  ethics,  to  'put 
more  into  life  than  you  take  out.'  You  give 
generously  of  your  time,  your  interest,  and 
your  resources  ..." 

Mary  L.  Good,  president  of  the  Signal 
Research  Center  and  the  American  Chemi- 
cal Society,  received  an  honorary  doctor  of 
science  degree.  She  was  cited  for  her  "leader- 
ship in  crossing  many  of  the  traditional  bar- 
riers which  separate  scientific  disciplines 
and  academic  and  industrial  research." 

Koppel's  Duke  connection  is  his  daughter, 


Deirdre,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  '87.  A 
Duke  alumnus  was  also  among  the  honorary- 
degree  recipients:  Thomas  E.  Powell  Jr.  '30, 
founder  of  Carolina  Biological  Supply 
Company.  Powell,  who  has  served  on  the 
Alamance  County  Board  of  Education,  the 
North  Carolina  Citizens  Committee  for 
Better  Schools,  and  the  North  Carolina 
State  School  Boards  Association,  received  a 
doctor  of  science  degree  for  providing  "the 
scientific  materials  to  awaken  the  natural 
curiosity  and  expand  the  knowledge  of  mil- 
lions of  students  in  high  schools,  colleges, 
universities,  and  medical  schools  through- 
out the  United  States." 

The  Distinguished  Alumni  Award,  esta- 
blished in  1983  by  the  General  Alumni 
Association,  went  to  Reynolds  Price  '55. 
The  award  is  based  on  nominations  made  by 
alumni,  faculty,  trustees,  administrators,  and 
students.  Price  is  a  North  Carolina  native 
who  has  taught  at  Duke  for  more  than  thirty- 
five  years  and  has  published  several  novels, 
plays,  and  collections  of  poetry  and  essays. 


LOOK  TO  THE 
LAND 


Duke  needs  to  focus  more  attention 
on  the  management  and  develop- 
ment of  its  extensive  land  holdings, 
an  independent  research  organization  told 
the  board  of  trustees  in  March.  The  Urban 
Land  Institute  of  Washington,  D.C.,  said  the 
university  should  establish  a  nonprofit  cor- 
poration to  handle  its  real  estate  holdings 
and  consider  opening  at  least  part  of  Duke 
Forest  for  development. 

Duke  owns  approximately  10,000  acres  of 
land,  2,000  acres  of  which  are  used  for  the 
campus.  According  to  representatives  of 
ULI,  creating  "a  special  entity"  to  manage 
Duke  land— with  members  appointed  by 
President  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  or  the  trustees- 
should  be  a  major  priority.  Fritz  Duda, 
chairman  of  the  ULI  panel,  told  the  trustees 
that  Duke  has  taken  a  passive  approach  to 
land  management  in  the  past.  "You  can 
either  direct  and  lead,  or  you  can  suffer  the 
consequences  of  development  around  you," 
he  said. 

The  management  entity,  which  would  be 
headed  by  an  experienced  real  estate  execu- 
tive, would  oversee  all  non-campus  land  con- 
sidered buildable.  The  panel  recommended 


that  Duke  pay  particular  attention  to  Duke 
Forest,  where  land  value  has  increased 
because  of  growth  in  the  Research  Triangle 
Park  and  the  extension  of  Interstate  40. 

In  its  report,  ULI  recommended  a  site 
located  at  N.C.  751  and  U.S.  15-501  for  pos- 
sible development  of  a  planned  residential 
community,  and  it  mentioned  nearby  sites 
for  development  of  a  Duke-sponsored  high 
technology  research  park,  a  sports  center, 
campus  expansion,  and  a  conference  center. 

Duda  said  ULI  did  not  intend  its  recom- 
mendations to  address  academic  or  research 
uses  for  the  land,  and  the  panel  understands 
that  Duke  administrators  will  want  to  balance 
these  needs  against  development  potential. 
Trustee  Anthony  Duke  is  chairman  of  a 
management  committee  to  analyze  the  long- 
range  effect  of  the  ULI  study,  and  history 
professor  John  Richards  heads  an  ad  hoc 
committee  that  will  focus  primarily  on  use 
and  development  of  Duke  Forest. 

ULI  also  recommended  against  building  a 
proposed  hotel  on  Duke  Golf  Course.  But 
within  a  day  of  the  recommendation,  an 
Atlanta  architectural  firm  presented  designs 
for  the  hotel  and  the  trustees  voted  to  pro- 
ceed with  the  project  on  the  golf  course  site. 
A  five-story  hotel  featuring  restaurant, 
lounge,  pro  shop,  and  conference  rooms  will 
replace  the  existing  club  house. 

Other  factions  of  the  community  were  not 
at  all  enthusiastic  about  ULI.  Shortly  after 
the  ULI  study  was  made  public,  a  citizens 
group  called  Save  Duke  Forest  circulated 
petitions  opposing  any  development  of  the 
forest.  The  group  will  present  its  concerns  to 
the  trustees  at  their  September  meeting. 


OXFORD 


Trinity  senior  William  Lipscomb,  an 
A.B.  Duke  Scholar  majoring  in 
physics,  is  one  of  thirty-two  American 
students  awarded  a  1987  Rhodes  Scholar- 
ship. The  Lynchburg,  Virginia,  native  says 
he  plans  to  study  physics  and  philosophy 
during  his  two  years  at  Oxford  University. 

A  former  vice  president  for  academic 
affairs  of  the  Associated  Students  of  Duke 
University  (ASDU),  Lipscomb  has  been  a 
representative  on  the  board  of  trustees'  stand- 
ing committee  for  academic  affairs  and  was 
one  of  two  students  serving  on  this  year's 
curriculum  review  board.  He  was  also  captain 
of  the  university's  College  Bowl  team.  In  an 
interview  with  the  student  Chronicle,  Lipscomb 
said  he  was  surprised  about  winning  the 
award.  "I'm  not  sure  it  has  settled  in  totally.  It 
all  happened  very  fast." 

William  J.  Griffith  '50,  vice  president  for 
student  affairs,  called  Lipscomb  "a  very  ef- 
fective member  of  ASDU  and  a  very  com- 


mitted individual,  not  only  in  his  academic 
area  but  in  the  total  life  of  the  university." 

According  to  chemistry  professor  Alvin 
Crumbliss,  chairman  of  the  Rhodes  Scholar- 
ship Committee  at  Duke,  fourteen  Duke 
students  applied  for  the  scholarship  this 
year.  The  awards  were  established  in  1902  by 
Oxford  graduate  and  British  colonial 
pioneer  Cecil  Rhodes  to  recognize  outstand- 
ing leadership,  character,  and  academic  per- 
formance. Trinity  seniors  Jenny  Lazewski  and 
Whit  Cobb  advanced  as  far  as  the  state  level 
of  competition  for  the  award. 

Duke's  most  recent  Rhodes  Scholar  was 
Ursula  Werner  '85,  whose  study  topic  at 
Oxford  was  women  and  literature. 


Mezzatesta:  Texas-size  plans  for  the  museum 

MUSEUM'S  LATEST 
ADDITION 

ichael  Mezzatesta's  specialities 
extend  from  Italian  Renaissance 
and  baroque  sculpture  to  con- 
temporary Western  art.  Now  he's  added 
something  new  to  his  credentials:  the  direc- 
torship of  the  Duke  Museum  of  Art. 

The  former  curator  of  European  art  at  the 
Kimbell  Art  Museum  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas, 
Mezzatesta  is  also  an  adjunct  professor  of  art 
and  art  history  at  Duke.  He  succeeds  John 
Spencer,  who  has  returned  to  teaching  in  the 
art  department. 

Several  changes  are  already  under  way  in 
the  museum,  says  Mezzatesta.  "We're  rein- 
stalling the  pre-Columbian,  Medieval,  and 
African  collections,  and  have  designated 
the  Elizabeth  Reed  Sunderland  Gallery  for 


prints  and  drawings."  He's  also  creating  a 
gallery  for  American  paintings.  Mezzatesta 
inherited  an  annual  acquisition  budget  of 
approximately  $160,000,  but  says  collection 
expansion  plans  could  double  the  figure. 
The  museum  itself  is  likely  to  undergo 
expansion,  with  plans  in  the  works  for  a  new 
building,  possibly  to  be  located  on  Central 
Campus. 

One  of  his  priorities,  he  says,  is  to  increase 
the  museum's  visibility,  particularly  among 
alumni.  "We  hope  to  identify  alumni  collec- 
tors and  possibly  mount  a  series  of  exhibi- 
tions featuring  items  from  their  collections." 

During  his  tenure  at  the  Kimbell  Art 
Museum,  Mezzatesta  was  an  adjunct  profes- 
sor of  art  at  Southern  Methodist  University 
and  a  lecturer  at  Texas  Christian  University 
and  the  University  of  Texas  at  Dallas.  He 
received  his  undergraduate  degree  in  Ameri- 
can history  from  Columbia  College  and  his 
master's  and  doctorate  from  the  Institute  of 
Fine  Arts  at  New  York  University.  At  the 
Kimbell,  he  originated  and  coordinated  the 
museum's  theater  program,  which  combined 
the  staging  of  theater  productions  with  the 
museum's  collections.  He  says  he  plans  to 
introduce  the  same  practice  at  Duke. 


GARDENS 
GROW 


Each  year,  more  than  200,000  people 
visit  Duke  Gardens  to  view  the  thou- 
sands of  blooming  flowers  and  plants. 
The  Blomquist  Garden  of  Native  Plants  and 
Pavilion  and  the  Asiatic  Arboretum  are 
among  the  latest  additions. 

The  gardens  were  formally  opened  in 
1939,  and  now  embrace  fifty-five  acres- 
twenty  acres  of  highly  developed  formal  and 
informal  gardens  and  thirty-five  acres  of 
improved  pine  forest. 

Since  1959,  when  a  master  plan  for  the 
gardens  was  prepared,  the  kept  area  has 
nearly  tripled,  says  gardens  director  William 
L.  Culberson,  Hugo  L.  Blomquist  Professor 
and  chairman  of  the  botany  department. 
Designed  by  architect  Linda  Jewell  and 
assistant  Sally  Ricks,  the  recently-added 
pavilion  in  the  Blomquist  Gardens  serves  as 
a  focal  point  of  the  major  vista  in  the  native 
plant  collection,  and  also  as  a  shelter  for 
visitors.  The  building's  foundation,  seating, 
and  exterior  retaining  wall  are  made  of  native 
stone  taken  from  Duke  Forest.  The  roof  is 
antique  slate  salvaged  from  the  demolition 
of  the  old  Methodist  Orphanage  in  Raleigh— 
an  institution  that  received  support  from 
The  Duke  Endowment. 

A  loop  walk  in  the  eastern  end  of  the 
native  plant  garden  passes  directly  through 
the  pavilion  and  to  the  water's  edge  of  a  small 
pond.  The  pond,  says  Culberson,  allows  for 


45 


the  culture  of  a  wide  variety  of  native  plants. 

The  university  is  developing  the  Asiatic 
Arboretum  on  a  twenty-five-acre  tract  in  the 
north  end  of  the  gardens.  That  section  sets 
an  informal  park-like  display  of  woody  plants 
from  the  Far  East  against  a  natural  backdrop 
of  Carolina  pines.  "No  similar  collection  of 
Asiatic  plants  now  exists  anywhere  in  the 
South,"  says  Culberson. 

The  concept  behind  the  arboretum, 
headed  by  horticulturist  Paul  Jones,  is  a 
natural  one.  Says  Culberson:  "The  native 
flora  of  the  eastern  United  States  is  most 
closely  related  to  that  of  eastern  Asia  .... 
The  American-Asian  similarities  are  all  the 
greater  if  we  used  only  the  vegetation  of  our 
southern  mountains  for  the  point  of  com- 
parison." Experts  believe  the  similarities 
between  North  American  and  Asian  vegeta- 
tion exist  because,  in  the  two  continents, 
large  land  masses  to  the  south  offered  havens 
from  glaciation  for  the  survival  of  some 
Arcto-Tertiary  plants  like  oak,  maple, 
walnut,  dogwood,  sweetgum,  and  magnolia. 

But  the  blooming  flowers  are  still  the 
gardens'  biggest  draw,  and  most  people  are 
surprised  to  learn  that  only  5  percent  of  the 
annual  budget  goes  for  plant  materials.  Says 
Culberson,  "The  key  to  having  the  maxi- 
mum number  of  flowers  is  in  changing  the 
beds  rather  than  planting  them  permanently." 


EXECUTIVE 
SPACE 


■A  bout  the  only  thing  the  R.  David 
/SjSk  Thomas  Center  at  the  Fuqua 
^^^^  School  of  Business  won't  have 
when  it's  completed  late  next  year  is  a 
swimming  pool.  But  the  104,000-square- 
foot  education  center  will  offer  just  about 
everything  else  to  visiting  execs-in-the- 
making. 


Named  for  the  senior  chairman  of  the 
board  and  founder  of  Wendy's  International, 
Inc.,  who  donated  $4  million  for  the  project, 
the  center  will  house  the  Fuqua  School's 
executive  programs  and  a  variety  of  aca- 
demic conferences.  In  addition  to  two  tiered 
classrooms,  executives  will  have  the  use  of 
sixteen  breakout  rooms  and  a  seminar  room, 
full  kitchen  and  dining  facilities,  two  private 
dining-conference  rooms,  administration 
offices,  social  and  recreational  space,  and 
110  bedrooms  and  two  suites.  All  rooms  will 
be  equipped  with  personal  computers  and 
closed  circuit  cable  television. 

"We  envision  the  Thomas  Center  as  a 
state-of-the-art  facility  in  every  way  possible, 
and  we  plan  to  link  it  with  our  current  build- 
ing to  tie  all  of  our  programs  together,"  said 
Dean  Thomas  F.  Keller,  before  the  commence- 
ment weekend  groundbreaking.  The  open- 
ing of  the  center  will  permit  the  Fuqua 
School  to  expand  its  non-degree  executive 
education  program,  which  serve  about  a 
thousand  executives  a  year. 

The  Fuqua  School  of  Business,  founded  in 
1969  as  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  renamed  in  1980  to 
honor  businessman  J.B.  Fuqua,  has  the 
fastest  growing  university-based  executive 
education  program  in  the  country.  It  was 
ranked  as  one  of  the  top  ten  business  schools 
in  a  survey  published  in  the  Wall  Street 
Journal  in  1985. 


ml** 


POTABLE 
BLACK  GOLD 


What's  black  and  strong  and  drunk 
all  over  the  world?  Coffee,  of 
course.  But  that  morning  jolt  of 
Java  has  more  power  than  you  think:  The  tab 
for  last  year's  9.3  billion  tons  of  the  world's 
coffee  imports  came  to  $13  billion. 

"Next  to  oil,"  says  political  science  profes- 
sor Robert  H.  Bates,  who  heads  Duke's  new 
program  in  international  political  economy, 
"coffee  is  the  most  valuable  commodity  in 
international  trade."  He  says  that  entire 
national  economies  rise  and  fall  on  the  price 
of  coffee  beans,  so  it  isn't  unusual  for  the 
governments  of  small  producing  countries  to 
quake  when  prices  take  a  sudden  dip. 

Bates,  who  studies  international  organi- 
zations such  as  the  twenty-four-year-old 
International  Coffee  Organization  (ICO),  a 
cartel  that  sets  production  quotas,  is  a  Henry 
Luce  Professor  of  Democracy,  Liberty,  and 
the  Market  Economy.  "We  are  going  to  look 
at  governments  the  way  economists  look  at 
corporations  to  see  how  governments  deal 
rationally  with  goals  and  constraints.  We 
want  to  understand  how  they  make  the 
choices  they  do,"  he  says. 

The  program  now  involves  Duke  experts  in 
economics,  political  science,  public  policy, 
law,  statistics,  decision  sciences,  and  history. 
It  includes  a  lecture  series,  an  annual  con- 
ference, working  papers,  books,  and  a  visit- 
ing professorship.  Ann  Krueger,  a  former 
vice  president  for  the  World  Bank,  joined 
the  program  in  January. 

With  its  interdisciplinary  cast,  the  pro- 
gram is  gaining  recognition.  A  political 
methodology  workshop  held  at  Harvard  last 
year  was  at  Duke  this  summer.  And  Bates 
says  institutional  support,  such  as  a  recent 
grant  from  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  will 
help  put  Duke's  approach  to  international 
political  economy  on  the  map. 

GROWING  BY  LEAPS 
AND  LIZARDS 

One  cubic  centimeter  of  concen- 
trated milk  formula  every  two  hours 
may  not  sound  like  a  diet  to  fatten 
anyone  up.  But  for  Mandarin,  the  newest 
addition  to  the  tarsier  family  at  Duke's 
Primate  Center,  the  menu  was  just  fine— 
until  she  developed  a  taste  for  crickets. 

Weighing  only  half  an  ounce  at  her  birth 
in  late  January,  Mandarin  had  doubled  her 
weight  after  six  weeks  in  the  controlled 
environment  of  a  premature  infant  incu- 
bator and  with  hand-feeding  by  medicine 
dropper.  A  member  of  the  rare  Philippine 
primate  family  Tarsius  syrichta,  Mandarin 


Thumbing  a  ride:  Mandarin,  another  month  to  feed  at  Duff's  Primate  Center 


joins  sixteen  other  primates  at  the  center  on 
the  edge  of  Duke  Forest.  There,  researchers 
can  study  the  behavior  and  captive  breeding 
of  a  species  classified  as  threatened  in  its 
Philippine  rain  forest  habitat. 

Elwyn  L.  Simons,  primate  center  director, 
says  adult  tarsiers,  which  are  nocturnal, 
mouse-size  animals,  can  easily  jump  six  feet. 
(At  twenty-four  days,  Mandarin  had  made 
her  first  three-inch  leap.) 

Despite  the  cuddly  quality  of  the  saucer- 
eyed  animals,  tarsiers  are  the  most  meat- 
eating  of  our  primate  relatives.  So  save  the 
nuts  and  berries,  and  pass  the  lizards,  please. 


PYE  FOR 
PRESIDENT 


Law  professor  A.  Kenneth  Pye,  former 
Duke  chancellor  and  law  school  dean , 
was  named  president  of  Southern 
Methodist  University  in  late  May.  Chosen 
from  afield  of  more  than  225  applicants,  Pye 
succeeds  L.  Donald  Shields,  who  resigned  in 
November  amid  a  football  recruiting  scandal. 
As  chancellor,  Pye  presided  over  the  eli- 
mination of  Duke's  undergraduate  nursing 
program  and  school  of  education  in  the  early 
Eighties,  based  on  retrenchment  plans  he 
presented  to  the  trustees  in  1978.  His  will- 
ingness to  make  difficult  decisions  worked 
strongly  in  his  favor  when  SMU's  board  of 
trustees  was  looking  for  strong  leadership. 
According  to  Ray  L.  Hunt,  who  chaired  the 
search  committee,  "The  board  of  trustees  felt 
Dr.  Pye  not  only  met  but  exceeded  the  strin- 


gent criteria  the  search  committee  required 
of  any  candidate.  He  is  indeed  the  right  man 
at  the  right  time  for  SMU." 

Pye  has  said  he  thinks  SMU  can  overcome 
its  recent  past,  including  the  disclosure 
that  athletes  were  given  $61,000  in  illegal 
payments,  even  after  the  NCAA  put  the 
school  on  probation  in  1985.  The  NCAA 
suspended  SMU  football  for  1987. 

"This  is  not  a  university  that  needs  a 
miracle  man,"  he  said  at  a  news  conference 
announcing  his  selection.  "This  is  not  a 
university  that  needs  a  general  on  a  white 
horse.  This  is  a  strong  university  already.  It  is 
on  the  threshold  of  a  major  stride  forward.  If 
I  did  not  believe  that,  I  would  not  be  here." 

"Ken  will  be  an  absolutely  outstanding 
president  at  SMU,"  says  Duke  President  H. 
Keith  H.  Brodie.  "He  brings  to  the  SMU 
presidency  exactly  the  right  skills,  integrity, 
commitment  to  academic  excellence,  and  a 
sense  of  the  right  balance  between  athletics 
and  the  academic  mission  of  the  university." 

Pye  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  the 
University  of  Buffalo  and  a  law  degree  from 
Georgetown  University,  where  he  taught  for 
over  a  decade  before  coming  to  Duke  in 
1968.  He  was  law  school  dean  from  1968  to 
1970  and  from  1973-76,  and  chancellor  from 
1970-71  and  1976-82.  He  has  held  the 
Samuel  Fox  Mordecai  chair  in  the  law  school 
since  1982 ,  and  has  also  served  as  head  of  the 
Duke  Athletic  Council,  a  committee  of 
faculty,  students,  alumni,  trustees  and 
administrators  that  monitors  the  university's 
sports  programs. 

Pye  will  begin  his  new  job  in  August.  He 
will  be  the  second  SMU  president  to  come 


up  through  the  ranks  of  Duke's  law  school: 
Paul  Hardin,  now  president  of  Drew  Univer- 
sity in  New  Jersey,  was  SMU  president  in  the 
early  Seventies. 

FLUENCY 

FAULTED 

A  recently  passed  California  measure 
making  English  the  state's  official 
language  is  "wrongheaded,  a  legal 
nightmare,"  and  a  threat  to  existing  bilingual 
education  programs,  says  Duke  linguist  Ron 
Butters. 

An  associate  professor  of  English  and 
editor  of  American  Speech,  he  has  joined  a 
group  of  the  nation's  top  linguists  in  signing 
a  letter  opposing  the  passage  of  the  contro- 
versial Proposition  63.  "Linguists  have  been 
particularly  concerned  and  have  pushed  for 
bilingual  education  for  children  coming 
from  communities  in  which  a  significant 
number  of  people  speak  languages  other 
than  English,"  says  Butters. 

"There's  no  way  destroying  bilingual 
education  is  going  to  do  anything  other  than 
backfire.  If  you  don't  teach  children  math,  if 
you  don't  teach  children  history,  where  are 
they  without  the  education  but  stuck  in  a 
ghetto  type  of  existence?  And  I  don't  think 
you're  going  to  motivate  a  child  to  speak 
English  by  bringing  him  into  the  history 
class  and  teaching  him  in  English.  He's  only 
going  to  fall  behind,"  Butters  says,  adding 
that  the  proposition  offers  no  funding  for 
English  as  a  second  language. 

Butters  says  the  proposition  will  not  help 
assimilate  immigrant  groups  into  American 
culture.  "Just  as  you  can't  legislate  morality, 
you  can't  legislate  human  knowledge." 

The  vague  wording  of  the  proposition— 
which  has  a  North  Carolina  counterpart 
in  a  law  passed  this  summer— lends  itself 
to  just  that  kind  of  turmoil,  Butters  says. 
Lawsuits  could  eventually  determine  that 
voters  unable  to  read  a  ballot  in  English 
could  not  vote,  or  that  a  deaf  person  in  court 
could  be  denied  the  use  of  American  Sign 
Language. 

Butters  also  fears  that  hotline  agencies 
receiving  state  funding  would  be  unable  to 
offer  assistance  to  non-English  speaking 
people  calling  for  help,  and  that  those 
unable  to  read  English  couldn't  get  a  driver's 
license.  He  predicts  court  cases  associated 
with  clarifying  the  controversial  amend- 
ment will  become  a  "legal  nightmare," 
costing  millions  of  dollars. 

Butters  denies  proponent  claims  that  the 
proposition  provides  incentive  to  learn  the 
English  language.  He  says  little  incentive  is 
necessary  since  new  immigrants  appear  to  be 
learning  English  quickly  and  in  record 
numbers. 


OUR  MAN  IN  MOSCOW 

Continued  from  page  5 

different,  but  we  do  see  many  Soviet  policies 
and  actions  aimed  at  our  security  and  that  of 
our  friends  as  destabilizing,  and  this  raises 
tensions.  We  see  their  enormous  military 
buildup  as  a  potential  threat  to  us  and 
causing  us  to  match  it  in  order  to  deter  war, 
and  that  is  unpleasant.  We'd  like  to  cut  back. 
That  has  been  one  of  our  aims,  to  get  these 
levels  of  arms— particularly  the  most  destruc- 
tive ones— much  lower." 

Arms  control  between  the  two  nations 
came  into  sharp  focus  last  fall  in  Reykjavik, 
Iceland,  in  what  was  variously  known  as  a 
summit  or  a  "pre-summit"  meeting  between 
President  Reagan  and  Gorbachev.  Then 
Reagan's  special  assistant  for  Soviet  and 
European  Affairs,  Matlock  took  part  in  ses- 
sions between  the  two  leaders  in  Reykjavik. 
He  resists  the  continuing  criticism  of  the 
two-day  meeting  for  the  apparent  lack  of 
preparation  by  the  United  States.  "With  the 
value  of  hindsight,  it  is  possible  to  suggest 
that  the  Reagan  administration  was  ill- 
prepared  for  the  negotiations  it  participated 
in,"  said  a  congressional  report,  "and  con- 
sequently, would  have  been  ill-served  had  its 
product  been  accepted." 

"Every  proposal  we  made  had  been  thought 
about  very  carefully  in  one  context  or 
another,"  says  Matlock.  "The  charge  that  it 
was  'ad  hoc-ery'  gone  wild  is  absolutely  incor- 
rect. It's  true  that  some  of  our  positions  were 
staffed  out  by  a  fairly  small  number  of  people. 
If  you  get  everybody  in  the  bureaucracy  who 
thinks  he  should  be  involved,  you'd  probably 
involve  about  3,000  people.  You  also,  about 
five  minutes  after  you  ask  a  study  [for  the 
proposals]  to  be  made,  read  the  tentative 
results  in  the  newspapers." 

Matlock  mentions  a  Reykjavik  proposal 
for  the  elimination  of  all  offensive  ballistic 
missiles  in  ten  years,  which  he  says  was  in  the 
framework  of  the  ABM  treaty's  "nonwith- 
drawal  pledge."  Says  Matlock:  "The  proposal 
has  been  cited  by  some  as  being  just  pulled 
out  of  the  air.  That's  nonsense.  It  was  pro- 
posed to  the  Soviets  last  summer  in  private 
talks.  And  at  the  time,  every  major  element 
of  the  U.S.  government  had  looked  closely  at 
it  and  decided  it  was  something  we  wanted. 
The  Soviets  had  already  talked  about  a  fifteen- 
year  nonwithdrawal,  and  we'd  already  talked 
about  a  five-year,  so  it  doesn't  take  a  mathe- 
matical genius  to  think  of  ten  years.  Things 
at  the  meeting  were  happening  very  rapidly, 
but  we  had,  in  effect,  the  senior  arms  control 
group  there,  and  our  proposals  were  carefully 
thought  through." 

Matlock  insists  the  two  sides  made  impor- 
tant arms-control  breakthroughs  at  Reykjavik. 
"We  had  virtual  agreement  on  the  major 
elements  that  would  go  into  limiting 
intermediate-range  nuclear  missiles,  an  issue 


"I  think  both  societies 
tend  to  develop  mistaken 

notions  about  each 

other.  It's  in  the  interest 

of  both  that  we  have 

interchange  beyond 

drinking  toasts  to  peace 

and  friendship." 


Aboard  Air  Force  One:  the  ambassador  and  the 
president 

that  caused  the  Soviets  to  withdraw  from 
negotiations  for  more  than  a  year.  They 
finally  accepted  the  idea  of  deep  cuts— 50 
percent  cuts— including  cuts  in  their  heavy 
missiles,  which  had  been  a  U.S.  proposal  for 
many  years.  We  made  great  progress  there, 
and  that  was  the  remarkable  thing  about 
Reykjavik,  not  the  fact  that  in  a  two-day 
meeting  we  didn't  manage  to  solve  all  the 
problems  of  nuclear  arms." 

Since  the  Iceland  meeting,  Gorbachev 
singled  out  one  of  the  U.S.-Soviet  tentative 
agreements— on  the  elimination  of  medium- 
range  missiles  in  Europe  within  five  years. 
The  Soviet  leader  urged  joint  signing  of  the 
agreement  "without  delay."  Minimally,  the 
offer  indicated  a  softening  of  the  Soviet 
stance  that  the  missiles  be  considered  part  of 
a  comprehensive  arms  control  package. 

Even  if  the  United  States  and  Soviet 
Union  are  able  to  reach  agreement  on  some 
of  the  Reykjavik  proposals,  Matlock  isn't 
convinced  that  the  Soviets  mean  business 
when  it  comes  to  limitations  on  nuclear 
weapons  testing.  In  August  1985 ,  they  called 
for  a  unilateral  moratorium  on  testing  and 


renewed  it  four  times  before  its  expiration 
last  January.  In  February,  the  U.S.  conducted 
tests,  prompting  Gorbachev  to  announce  an 
end  to  the  moratorium  and  resumption  of 
Soviet  testing. 

"The  fact  of  the  matter  is,  the  Soviet 
attempt  to  get  a  flat  and  unverified  and 
unnegotiated  moratorium  was  more  atmos- 
pherics than  reality,"  says  Matlock.  "I'm  old 
enough  to  remember  the  last  moratorium 
where,  for  an  extended  time,  we  had  no  test- 
ing, and  suddenly,  hardly  with  any  warning, 
the  Soviets  conducted  the  greatest  series  of 
tests  that  had  ever  been  conducted  before  or 
since."  The  voluntary  moratorium  went  into 
effect  November  3,  1958,  and  lasted  until 
1961,  when  the  Soviet  Union  detonated  a 
device  of  at  least  fifty  megatons  in  the 
Arctic.  "It  took  us  nearly  two  years  to  get 
back  to  a  regular  testing  stage,  so  we  were 
'took,'"  says  Matlock.  "It  was  very  clear  at  the 
time,  even  President  Kennedy  said  so.  I 
remember  we  all  swore  to  ourselves  that 
never  again  will  we  be  taken  this  way." 

"The  way  the  moratorium  was  offered  was 
most  curious,"  he  says,  recalling  that  the 
Soviet  announcement  came  on  a  weekend— 
the  day  of  the  National  Security  Council's 
annual  staff  picnic.  "I  couldn't  reach  [then 
national  security  adviser]  Robert  McFarlane 
or  [deputy]  John  Poindexter,  so  a  group  of  us 
from  the  NSC  went  off  to  the  side  at  the 
picnic  to  discuss  how  we  would  handle  it.  As 
soon  as  we  got  back  into  Washington,  we  got 
our  senior  arms  control  group  on  a  secure 
hook-up  and  we  discussed  it.  But  it  had 
already  been  announced  as  a  challenge.  The 
Soviet  Union  never  handles  things  that  way 
if  they're  serious,  only  if  it's  propaganda.  So 
the  way  they  did  it  conveyed  to  us  that  they 
were  grandstanding." 

The  Reagan  administration  maintains 
that  nuclear  testing  is  needed  for  strategic 
deterrence  and  to  develop  more  efficient 
weapons,  a  position  fully  supported  by 
Matlock.  "Nuclear  testing  is  directly  asso- 
ciated with  the  need  to  maintain  nuclear 
forces,"  he  says.  "That's  particularly  impor- 
tant for  us  because,  over  the  years,  we  have 
designed  weapons  to  be  less  destructive  and 
cleaner,  which  is  why  our  total  nuclear 
stockpile  has  one-third  the  destructive 
power  it  had  in  1969.  We've  not  been  escalat- 
ing the  destructive  power  on  our  side.  Let's 
j  ust  say  the  Soviets  haven't  been  as  careful  on 
this  score. 

"But  the  fact  is  that  to  have  a  reliable 
stockpile,  or  if  you  bring  new  weapons  on, 
you  have  to  test  for  reliability.  To  say,  'stop 
testing,'  is  really  putting  the  cart  before  the 
horse.  We  have  been  saying  through  the 
years,  'Let's  reduce  our  reliance  on  nuclear 
weapons,  let's  cut  the  numbers  down.'  And  if 
we  can  reduce  them,  then  we  can  talk  about 
how  to  reduce  testing.  The  two  go  hand 
in  hand." 


Their  call  for  a  testing  moratorium  was  a 
Soviet  attempt  to  "attract  public  attention," 
Matlock  says,  "and  I  suspect  that  they  would 
not  have  kept  the  moratorium  as  long  as  they 
did  except  that  the  Chernobyl  accident 
came  last  year  and  it  was  not  a  good  time  to 
renew  testing." 

A  thirty-year  veteran  of  foreign  service, 
Ambassador  Matlock  describes  himself  as 
"an  American  who  understands  Russia,  who 
is  very  much  an  admirer  of  Russian  culture, 
one  who  does  not  admire  their  political 
system,  and  who  is  very  precise  and  forceful 
in  expressing  the  U.S.  point  of  view  ....  I 
think  my  Soviet  interlocutors  know  I've 
never  deceived  them.  I  don't  believe  it  is  a 
diplomat's  duty  to  go  abroad  and  lie." 

His  interest  in  what  he  terms  "things 
Russian"  began  when  the  Greensboro,  North 
Carolina,  native  read  Dostoyevksy's  Crime 
and  Punishment  as  a  Duke  student.  "It  bowled 
me  over  emotionally,  and  I  wanted  to  find 
out  more  about  the  country  this  book  came 
from."  He  signed  on  for  the  first  Russian 
history  courses  Duke  had  offered  since  World 
War  II,  and  went  on  to  receive  his  master's 
degree  in  Slavic  languages  and  literature 
from  Columbia,  doing  his  thesis  on  the 
Soviet  Writer's  Union.  "Russian  literature  is 
among  the  greatest  literature  in  the  world," 
he  says.  "It  has  always  carried  the  conscience 
of  the  nation." 

Matlock  taught  Russian  at  Dartmouth 
College  from  1953  until  1956,  when  he 
became  a  foreign  service  officer.  He  worked 
in  the  Moscow  embassy  from  1961  to  1963, 
and  headed  the  Soviet  desk  at  the  State 
Department  from  1971  to  1974.  He  was 
deputy  chief  of  the  Soviet  embassy  until 
1978.  During  his  career,  Matlock  served  in 
Africa  for  seven  years,  was  deputy  director  of 
the  Foreign  Service  Institute,  and  ambas- 
sador to  Czechoslovakia.  He  joined  the 
National  Security  Council  in  1983;  and 
while  on  the  NSC,  he  became  the  president's 
special  assistant  for  Soviet  and  European 
affairs.  Reagan  tapped  him  for  the  ambas- 
sadorship last  winter,  and  the  Senate  con- 
firmed him  for  the  post  in  March. 

He  and  his  wife,  Rebecca  Burrum  Matlock 
'50,  have  five  children,  including  Nell 
Matlock  Benton  '78.  Neither  she  nor  her 
four  brothers  pursued  diplomatic  careers, 
instead  choosing  library  science,  computer 
science,  and  art  criticism. 

When  he's  stateside,  Matlock's  hobby  is 
baking  whole-grain  bread.  But  in  Moscow, 
he  defers  to  the  experts.  "You  can't  get  good 
bread  in  the  United  States,"  he  says.  "That's 
one  thing  the  Russians  know  how  to  do.  We 
may  have  to  supply  some  of  the  wheat,  but 
they  do  know  how  to  bake  good  bread."    ■ 

Bloch,  the  magazine's  former  features  editor,  is  now 
living  in  Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada. 


We're  Getting  All  A's 


An  Award-winning  Alumni  Association  Program  Offers  Duke  Graduates  An  Array  of 
Benefits  And  Services.  Among  Them  Are: 


- 


wards  For  Alumni  Relations  Improvement,  General  Program  Excellence,  And  Book 
Publishing  (For  DUKE:  A  PORTRAIT); 


New  Addition  To  Alumni  House; 
y^lumni  Travel  Opportunities  And  Alumni  Colleges  Throughout  The  Country 

i 


umm  Reunions  At  Commencement  and  Fall  Football  Weekends; 

lumm  Clubs  And  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committees  Around  The  World; 


wards  Presentations  For  Distinguished  Alumni,  Outstanding  Teachers,  And 
Outstanding  Volunteer  Service; 


/  activities  Such  As  The  Duke  Network,  Conference  On  Career  Choices,  The 
Freshman  Directory,  And  The  Graduate  Student  Directory; 


.lumni  Endowed  Scholarships  For  Children  Of  Alumni; 


Additional  University  Services  And  Privileges,  Such  As  The  Use  Of  Library  And 
Athletic  Facilities,  The  Duke  Credit  Union,  Duke  Placement  Services,  Auto  Rental 
Discounts,  Toll-Free  Telephone  Service  To  Alumni  House  (1-800-FOR-DUKE;  In  North 
Carolina,  1-800-3DU-ALUM); 


k 


Top-ranked  Magazine,  Winner  Of  The  1986  Robert  Sibley  Award  For  Magazine 

Of  The  Year,  And  Writing  Awards  From  The  Council  For  Advancement  And  Support 

Of  Education. 


And  Give  Yourself  An  A  When  You  Take  Advantage  Of  This  Opportunity  To  Join  The 
General  Alumni  Association.  Your  Paid  Membership  Helps  Provide  Us  With  Funds  To 
Continue  These  Activities. 

A  $15  Contribution  To  DUKE  MAGAZINE  Will  Keep  This  Award-winning  Publication 
Coming  To  You  Regularly  Throughout  The  Year.  You  Will  Automatically  Receive  DUKE 
MAGAZINE  If  You:  1)  Pay  Alumni  Association  Dues,  2)  Contribute  To  The  Annual  Fund, 
3)  Contribute  To  Other  Duke  Campaigns.  DUKE  MAGAZINE  WILL  BE  SENT  ONLY  TO 
ALUMNI  WHO  ARE  CONSIDERED  SUBSCRIBERS. 

Active  Members  Who  Pay  Before  October  1  Are  Eligible  To  Win  An  Exciting  Alumni  Trip 
For  Two  During  A  Drawing  At  Homecoming,  October  31. 


LAB  BOAT 

Continued  from  page  16 

excess  carbon  dioxide,"  calcium-carbonate 
deposits— which  trap  atmospheric  carbon 
dioxide— give  a  measure  of  its  efficiency. 

In  the  course  of  our  six-day  voyage,  we'd  be 
aiming  for  eight  research  stations.  The  sta- 
tions have  a  variety  of  geological  features. 
Our  starting  point  would  be  a  relatively  flat- 
line  sea  bottom  with  little  erosion  and  clear 
sediment  layers.  From  there,  we'd  move  off 
the  flat  lines  and  delve  into  some  undersea 
pinnacles,  washed  more  violently  by  cur- 
rents and  so  showing  more  complex  erosion 
patterns.    We'd    continue    sampling    the 


Seascope:  graduate  student  Andrea  Johnson 
profiles  the  ocean  floor 

channel  from  its  different  sides,  encounter- 
ing radical  drop-offs  and  prominent  protru- 
sions at  a  single  location. 

We  planned  to  probe  that  fast-changing 
underwater  environment  with  an  array  of 
sampling  instruments.  The  Hatteras  would 
send  out  an  acoustic  signal  that  bounces  off 
the  bottom  and  penetrates  into  a  few  layers 
of  sediment,  providing  a  continuous  portrait 
in  graph  form.  (For  the  length  of  our  trip,  the 
insistent  "ping  .  .  .  ping"  would  reverberate 
from  front  to  back— which  I  think  means 
ship  bow  to  stern.)  A  box-coring  device 
would  descend  on  cable,  catch  some  of  the 
soft,  uppermost  layer  of  sediment,  automati- 
cally close  up  on  the  sample,  and  get  hauled 
back  on  deck.  With  the  box  device,  the 
investigator  gets  a  good  area  of  surface 
sediment  in  undisturbed  form. 

The  routine  for  each  station  would  also 
include  lowering  a  cluster  of  tubular  tanks. 
The  tanks  trigger  automatically  to  capture 
water  at  four  different  depths  and  on  the 
surface;  Pilskaln  and  company  would  filter 
the  water  samples  to  remove  sediment  par- 


Life  aboard  the  Hatteras 

brought  an  exposure 

to  the  routine  of  science 

on  the  seas,  with  all  the 

accompanying  frustration 

and  improvisation. 


tides,  which  vary  according  to  depth  and 
geography.  The  water-sampling  array  is  part 
of  the  so-called  "CTD"  package,  profiling 
conductivity  (meaning  the  saltiness  level  of 
the  sea),  temperature,  and  depth.  As  it 
descends,  the  CTD  sends  back  a  continuous 
record  of  the  environment  it's  encountering 
to  the  ship's  electronics  laboratory.  A  stereo 
camera  and  a  more  conventional  thirty-five- 
millimeter  camera  would  bring  back  photo- 
graphic representation,  the  stereo  effect 
being  particularly  useful  for  measuring  the 
dimensions  of  geological  features. 

Along  the  way  we'd  also  run  a  rock  dredging. 
In  that  operation,  the  dredge— really  a 
heavily-weighted  rake— gets  hold  of  a  rocky 
surface;  and,  as  the  ship  moves  about,  the 
dredge  is  forced  free,  presumably  with  a  col- 
lection of  rocks  in  its  grasp. 

As  we  hit  a  series  of  squalls  and  suffered 
the  attacks  of  uncomfortably  violent  waves, 
we  wondered  how  receptive  the  sea  would  be 
to  all  our  plans  for  testing,  measuring,  and 
poking  away  at  it.  We  also  wondered  about 
our  own  hardiness:  In  their  complexions,  a 
number  in  our  party  were  approximating  the 
green  hue  that  we  discovered  decorating  our 
St.  Patrick's  Day  breakfast  grits.  All  was  put 
in  the  proper  perspective  with  an  evening 
video  cassette  showing  of  Around  Cape 
Horn.  It  was  the  record  of  a  schooner's  peri- 
lous ninety-three-day  trip,  complete  with 
three  violent  storms.  As  the  Hatteras'  captain 
thoughtfully  commented,  "If  you  think  you 
got  it  tough  ..." 

I'm  proud  to  say  that  my  resistance  level 
remained  admirably  high,  and  my  queasiness 
level  tolerably  low.  My  motion-sickness  pills 
never  left  their  plastic  encasement;  the 
greater  crisis  threatened  to  come  with  my 
dwindling  supply  of  suntan  lotion.  Who  says 
scientists-in-the-making  are  laboratory  shut- 
ins?  When  more  pleasing  conditions  arrived, 
several  of  us  climbed  to  the  so-called  "steel 
beach"  on  top  of  the  ship's  bridge,  sprawled 
ourselves  out  between  the  antennas,  and 
enjoyed  the  sun,  the  sight-line,  and  the 
solitude. 

Through  bad  weather  and  good  weather 


alike,  loss  of  appetite  is  disastrous  aboard  the 
Hatteras.  A  crew  member  pointed  out  that 
consuming  meals  and  watching  video  cas- 
settes are  about  the  only  activities  that  pass 
the  time  between  work  assignments.  Bob 
Lipscomb,  the  chief  steward,  spent  three 
years  as  a  university  student  studying  zool- 
ogy, has  worked  as  an  assistant  chef,  and  is 
now  compiling  his  tips  on  food  preparation 
and  storage  into  a  maritime  cookbook.  "Our 
restaurant  moves.  The  only  difference  is  that 
it  rolls  back  and  forth,"  he  says.  Lipscomb's 
pantry  has  more  than  200  cases  of  food,  from 
raisin  bran  to  onions;  and  because  of  his 
storage  ingenuity,  the  limitation  on  the 
ship's  voyages  is  now  fuel  capacity  (28,000 
gallons)  rather  than  food  supply.  His  philos- 
ophy would  suit  the  taste  buds  of  any  restau- 
rateur: "It's  just  as  boring  to  cook  the  same 
old  food  as  to  eat  it.  You  might  risk  getting 
yourself  into  a  little  trouble  now  and  then, 
but  that's  the  adventure." 

And  his  offerings  would  please  all  but  the 
most  green-hued  seafarer.  In  the  course  of 
the  trip,  Lipscomb  would  serve  up  meals 
ranging  from  Irish  beef  roulades  (still  in  the 
St.  Patrick's  Day  theme),  to  scallop-stuffed 
shells  with  shrimp,  to  eggplant  marsala,  to 
chicken  dumplings. 

By  the  time  Friday  came  in  its  pre-dawn 
stage,  we  were  nearing  our  first  station. 
Under  a  floodlit  main  deck— at  this  painful 
hour,  nothing  but  a  black  sea  and  a  black  sky 
greeted  us— the  inaugural  CTD  and  box-core 
sampling  made  their  way  successfully.  Well, 
reasonably  successfully.  The  first  shift's  box 
coring  "didn't  take,"  as  the  scientists  say.  It 
brought  up  nothing  but  some  mud  on  the 
side— a  consequence,  they  reasoned,  of  a 
skewed  angle  of  approach  by  the  supporting 
cable.  ("It's  kind  of  a  weird  current  out  there," 
the  captain  reported  to  the  electronics  lab.) 
The  second  try  was  the  winning  try.  Several 
hours  later,  the  last  instruments"  down,  the 
underwater  cameras,  returned  on  deck. 

As  we  headed  off  into  the  sunrise  toward 
Station  2,  students  were  forcing  plastic  tubes 
into  the  sediment  collected  in  the  box  corer. 
They  sealed  the  tubes  and  stored  them  for 
later  looks  in  laboratories.  Most  of  the  left- 
over milky  sediment  was  variously  tossed 
overboard  or  tossed  good  naturedly  at  col- 
leagues: Is  a  mud  fight  just  a  mud  fight  when 
your  raw  material  is  tens  of  thousands  of  years 
old?  "This,"  said  one  of  the  graduate  students, 
"is  geologists  having  fun." 

A  few  globs  made  their  way  to  the  on- 
board microscope,  which  revealed,  deeply 
embedded,  some  tiny  pteropods  and  other 
planktonic  sea  creatures.  The  plankton  drop 
dead  near  the  water  surface,  and  their 
calcium-carbonate  shells  find  their  way  to 
the  bottom.  By  pouring  the  sediment 
samples  through  a  succession  of  sieves, 
each  of  a  different  size  fraction,  investiga- 


tors  can  roughly  classify  their  captured 
calcified  plankton. 

The  next  station  brought  an  effort  with 
the  rock  dredge— and  it  became  a  grueling 
effort.  This  bed  of  limestone  and  rock  was 
very  hard,  and  it  didn't  fracture  easily,  even 
with  repeated  assaults  by  the  dredge.  When 
the  dredge  finally  had  a  successful  "bite,"  it 
groaned  a  loud,  long  rumble— a  sign  of  the 
high  tension  on  the  supporting  cable.  And  it 
became  stuck.  Dislodging  it  would  be  deli- 
cate, even  dangerous:  With  more  than  a 
touch  of  facetiousness,  one  crew  member 
suggested  sending  down  explosives,  while 
another  speculated  that  we  were  wrestling 
with  an  underwater  pipeline.  "Something  is 
going  to  give,"  someone  announced.  For 
Pilskaln,  the  one  certainty  was  that  "there's 
rock  down  there.  No  mud  is  going  to  put  up 
that  resistance." 

Would  we  have  a  snapped  cable?  Or  would 
we  be  hauling  up  a  reluctant-to-move  rock 
collection?  Crew  members  and  investigators 
alike  feared  the  former  possibility,  which 
would  turn  the  high-tension  cable  into  a 
violent  instrument.  Ensconced  in  the  elec- 
tronics lab,  we  read  the  tension  meter,  fast 
approaching  a  critical  point,  and  looked  out 
on  the  winch,  with  its  spring  mechanism 
still  loudly  complaining. 

As  the  ship  cautiously  circled  the  site, 
trying  to  tug  at  the  cable  from  every  angle  of 
approach  possible,  the  dredge  finally  pulled 
free.  The  tension  on  the  cable,  and  on  board, 
lessened  considerably;  and  we  rushed  on 
deck  to  witness  recovery.  What  emerged 
were  slabs  of  limestone  rock,  some  with 
clinging  sponge  spicules  and  other  encrust- 
ing organisms  sure  to  entice  deep-sea  biolo- 


Overboard  with  the  instruments:  testing— and  collecting— 


gists.  Geologist  Pilskaln's  assessment,  as  she 
wrapped  the  samples  in  plastic  bags:  "It's  not 
a  bad  catch." 

A  veteran  of  two  earlier  Hatteras  trips, 
Niall  Sloney,  had  a  claim  on  the  next  station. 
Enrolled  in  an  M.IT.-Woods  Hole  Ph.D. 
program,  Sloney  wanted  to  find  out  what 
sediment  samples  reveal  about  climate  dif- 
ferences between  today  and  early  glacial 
periods.  His  plan  was  to  use  a  special  coring 
device  brought  in  from  Woods  Hole,  the 
gravity  corer,  designed  to  take  a  deeper 
sample  than  the  box  corer.  Whatever  the 
designs,  the  attempt  proved  fruitless.  Only  a 
smidgen  of  a  sampling  came  back.  The 
speculation  was  that  the  corer—  a  pipe  with  a 
metal  nosepiece  on  one  end  and  a  heavy 
weight  and  fins  on  the  other— had  flipped 
sideways  during  its  descent.  A  second  try 
brought  nothing  better.  Sloney  decided  to 
jury-rig  still  a  different  kind  of  coring  device, 
a  sort  of  hybrid.  That  hybrid  was  meant  to 
produce  the  added  weight  that  would  ensure 
a  good  approach  to  the  bottom  and  provide  a 
hefty  punching  action  through  the  clay. 

Although  the  hybrid  corer  worked  its  way 
into  the  clay,  most  of  the  sample  washed 
right  out.  The  object  was  a  ten-meter 
sample;  the  product  recovered  was  about  a 
meter.  What  we  had  was  a  bad  meshing 
between  equipment  and  sediment.  The 
ship's  own  piston  corer,  which  packs  a  power- 
ful punch  through  the  sediment,  might  have 
done  the  trick.  To  have  gone  the  piston- 
coring  route  "would  have  taken  five  hours  of 
rigging  all  the  appropriate  equipment," 
Pilskaln  said. 


For  Sloney,  the  Woods  Hole-er,  a  small 
consolation  arrived:  a  surprise  party  in 
honor  of  his  birthday.  One  message  on  his 
card:  "Happy  birthday  because  we  core!"  As 
Tim  Boynton,  an  on-board  electronics  tech- 
nician for  five  years,  said,  "I  can't  remember  a 
trip  where  everything  went  right."  It's  not 
uncommon  for  cables  to  break  and  equip- 
ment to  sink.  "If  things  went  right  all  the 
time,  they  never  would  have  hired  me.  We 
expect  things  to  go  wrong,  and  they  inevit- 
ably do.  Murphy  lived  at  sea." 

Murphy,  of  Murphy's  Law  notoriety,  wasn't 
quite  vanquished  for  the  duration  of  the  trip. 
At  a  later  station,  we  sprang  a  leak  of 
hydraulic  fluid  from  one  of  the  ship's  winches. 
The  deck  becomes  dangerously  slippery 
when  wet  with  the  oil-based  fluid,  so  a  "rag 
brigade"  attacked  it  vigorously.  The  captain 
insisted  that  the  mess  created  by  the  spill  be 
kept  from  burial  at  sea.  "Look  how  the  crew 
turned  out  in  a  crisis,"  announced  Dale 
Murphy,  the  bearded,  chunky  first-mate 
whose  speech  is  a  mystifying  blend  of  New 
England  and  North  Carolina.  Said  Murphy, 
a  certified  .  fourth-generation  seafarer: 
"We  prevented  an  ecological  disaster  from 
happening." 

But  the  research  routine  had,  indeed, 
become  a  routine.  In  the  electronics  lab,  a 
student  would,  every  fifteen  minutes,  take  a 
depth  reading  from  the  ship's  acoustic  signal. 
This  became  known  as  "3.5"  work:  The 
signal  swept  the  bottom  at  a  frequency  of  3.5 
kilohertz.  The  lower  the  frequency  of  the 
signal,  the  greater  the  penetration  of  the  sea 
bottom;  the  higher  the  frequency,  the  greater 


51 


the  surface  detail.  At  3.5  kilohertz,  we  got 
just  enough  of  a  picture  of  the  so-called  sub- 
bottom.  At  the  same  fifteen-minute  inter- 
vals, someone  would  take  a  reading  of  our 
longitude-and-latitude  position  at  sea- 
accomplished  through  another  bouncing 
signal,  this  one  between  the  ship  and  navi- 
gation stations  that  dot  the  shoreline. 

At  each  station  we'd  send  down  the  box 
corer  and  wait  for  it  to  hit  bottom.  When 
contact  came,  the  corer  would  automatically 
lower  its  scoop  and  grab  a  square  of  sediment. 
The  sediment  came  back,  as  someone  ob- 
served, like  a  layer  cake,  with  the  upper, 
younger,  layers  showing  off  a  tan  comple- 
xion, the  deeper  layers  looking  whiter. 
Usually  we'd  haul  in  a  foot  to  a  couple  of  feet 
of  sample,  representing  thousands  of  years  of 
natural  history.  Our  two-camera  package 
with  powerful  strobe  lights  would,  presum- 
ably, confirm  that  the  bottom  looks  like  the 
results  retrieved  in  the  box  core  and  from  the 
"3.5 ."  Investigators  would  superimpose  a  grid 
on  the  stereo  images  to  get  precise  measure- 
ments of  underwater  features. 

The  CTD  apparatus  went  down  supported 
by  a  circular  frame  and  with  attached  "mes- 
senger" wire.  Over  the  wire,  the  electronics 
lab  collected  a  continuous  stream  of  salinity, 
temperature,  and  depth  data,  all  of  it  point- 
ing to  circulation  patterns  of  the  sea.  Sea 
water  came  up  in  ten-liter  collection  tanks— 
two  for  each  of  the  five  sampled  depths— 
bundled  together  with  the  CTD  package. 

Pilskaln  decided  to  add  an  extra  sampling 
station,  but  not  absent  some  trepidation. 
"You  get  anxious  to  complete  the  work  and 
set  home  with  the  data,"  she  admitted.  Not 
so  anxious  now,  though,  as  on  some  of  her 
earlier  trips.  For  thirty-five  days  along  the 
edge  of  Antarctica's  pack-ice,  Pilskaln  and 
other  scientists  working  on  deck  constantly 
had  to  douse  their  freezing  hands  in  hot 
water.  On  other  trips,  it's  been  a  week-and-a- 
half  until  arrival  at  the  first  site,  and  "I  was 
climbing  the  walls."  And  when  the  science 
finally  begins,  "you  find  it's  tedious  doing  the 
same  things,  like  water  sampling,  over  and 
over  again." 

For  all  that,  Pilskaln  was  enthusiastic 
about  the  results  of  the  cruise:  "It's  an  impres- 
sive amount  of  samples  and  data  .or  two-and- 
a-half  days  of  work."  The  round-the-clock 
routine  is  fatiguing,  though,  and  Pilskaln 
added  that  we  "couldn't  keep  up  this  pace  for 
very  long."  Or,  as  graduate  student  Patrick 
Ng'ang'a  put  it  at  shift's  end,  "Science  is 
frustrating."  Ng'ang'a,  a  Kenyan,  knows  his 
science:  While  studying  at  the  University 
of  Nairobi,  he  began  a  collaboration  with 
Duke  geophysicist  Bruce  Rosendahl,  whose 
Project  PROBE  is  probing  continental 
rifts  that  in  time  will  grow  into  oceans. 
Ng'ang'a's  research  focus  is  the  geochemistry 
of  sediments. 


Is  a  mud  fight  just 
a  mud  fight  when  your 
raw  material  is  tens  of 
thousands  of  years  old? 
"This,"  said  one  of  the 
graduate  students,  "is 
geologists  having  fun" 


Pilskaln:  "an  impressive  amount  of  samples" 

The  long  hours  took  their  toll,  and  the 
7  a.m.  breakfast  crowd  became  sparser  and 
sparser.  "It  must  have  been  party  night," 
quipped  the  captain  of  the  Hatteras,  eating 
in  near-solitude  one  morning.  But  the 
captain,  Dick  Ogus,  was  happy  for  the  string 
of  good  weather  for  sampling,  the  absence  of 
major  gear  failure,  and  a  pretty  steady  stream 
of  data.  Ogus  worked  on  ships  supplying  off- 
shore drilling  rigs  before  taking  over  the 
Hatteras  in  1981.  In  true  travel-advertise- 
ment fashion,  he's  quick  to  praise  our  "warm 
and  exotic"  Bahamas  route  over  previous 
destinations  like  George's  Bank.  (The  crew's 
time  in  the  tropics  will  continue  after  our  leg 
ends  in  Miami.  From  there,  the  Hatteras 
would  pick  up  a  scientific  party  at  Montego 
Bay,  spend  ten  days  cruising  between  Hon- 
duras and  Jamaica,  go  to  Jamaica  to  take  on  a 
relief  team  of  scientists,  and  then  begin  an 
excursion  from  St.  Petersburg.) 

Despite  the  Hatteras'  past  plunges  into 
some  rather  exotic  research  routines— once, 
the  launching  of  balloons  in  gale  conditions 
to  measure  wind  speed  and  direction,  tem- 
perature, pressure,  and  other  attributes  of 
stormy  weather— Ogus  expresses  a  geological 


preference.  "For  the  crew,  geology  work  tends 
to  be  very  hands-on.  With  biology,  you  may 
put  a  net  in  the  water  and  haul  it  back  in, 
and  it's  not  necessarily  so  exciting." 

From  his  perch  on  the  bridge,  Ogus  spun 
out  the  cable  for  the  trip's  final  box  coring. 
This  time  it  was  a  shallow  site  and  a  descent 
of  only  five  minutes  or  so  for  the  cable.  As 
the  corer  returned  on  deck,  the  captain 
discerned  a  lot  of  water  bubbling  out.  The 
corer  might  not  have  sealed  well,  the  sedi- 
ment might  have  passed  right  through  it,  so, 
as  Ogus  remarked,  "we  might  not  have  got- 
ten anything— it  looks  pretty  clean."  On 
deck,  Pilskaln  displayed  a  small  hunk  of 
sand— the  sort  of  surface  that  is  difficult  to 
cote  because  it  is  porous  and  so  not  as  cohe- 
sive as  deep-sea  mud.  She  was  happy  with 
what  she  got,  Ogus'  pessimism  was  proved 
unfounded,  and  someone's  entry  on  the  log 
book  said  it  all:  "Depart  for  Miami.  Yaha!" 

Cindy  Weeks,  the  visiting  student  from 
Denison,  had  a  bit  more  to  offer:  "The  big- 
gest benefit  is  seeing  scientists  bring  in  their 
students  confidently  as  partners.  I  expected 
we'd  learn  something  about  the  instruments 
on  board.  But  we've  been  trusted  to  read 
depth  scales,  to  do  filtrations,  to  do  all  the 
things  that  suggest  scientists  are  willing  to 
place  their  data  in  our  hands." 

As  sea-struck  as  we  may  become,  a  human 
would  hardly  be  human  if  he  didn't  relish  re- 
attaching himself  to  the  steady  earth.  But 
life  aboard  the  Hatteras  brought  rewards- 
chief  among  them,  an  exposure  to  the 
routine  of  science  on  the  seas,  with  all  of  the 
accompanying  frustration  and  improvi- 
sation. As  we  alternately  darted  and  bobbed 
around  the  Bahamas,  the  sea  presented  itself 
in  its  many  sides:  It  was  a  force  that  could  be 
both  furious  and  inviting,  a  treasure-trove  of 
natural  history.  More  than  that,  it  was  some- 
thing that,  up  close,  showed  off  enormous 
power  and  mystery.  For  the  Hatteras  team, 
the  power  and  the  mystery  were  centered  in  a 
geologic  record  stretching  back  tens  of 
thousands  of  years.  But  geology  wasn't  every- 
thing; the  sea  offered  other  allures.  On  the 
first  full  day  of  the  cruise,  everyone— from 
chief  scientist  to  undergraduate— reveled  in 
the  sublime  sight  of  a  school  of  dolphins 
"riding  the  wave"  of  the  ship's  bow.  The  sea  is 
a  place  for  science.  It's  also  a  place  for  the 
imagination  to  run  wild. 

Jules  Verne's  Captain  Nemo  put  it  well- 
not  in  his  Disney  World  narration,  but  in 
Twenty  Thousand  Leagues  Under  the  Sea: 

Yes;  I  love  it!  The  sea  is  everything.  ...  It  is 
an  immense  desert,  where  man  is  never  lonely, 
for  he  feels  life  stirring  on  all  sides.  The  sea  is 
only  the  embodiment  of  a  supernatural  and 
wonderful  existence.  .  .  .  Nature  manifests  her- 
self in  it  by  her  three  kingdoms,  mineral,  veget- 
able, and  animal.  The  sea  is  the  vast  reservoir  of 
Nature.  The  globe  began  with  sea,  so  to  speak; 
and  who  knows  if  it  will  not  end  with  it?      ■ 


52 


.  v.U' 


iig 


Support  jour  school 

with  a  FlamegardTireplace  mat 

aiidwallplaque. 


Fallen  leaves,  wood  smoke  in  the  air  and  crisp 
autumn  nights.  These  are  the  signs  that  a  new 
school  year  is  about  to  begin. 

Keep  your  school  memories  alive  with  a  Flame- 
gard® fireplace  mat  and  wall  plaque,  emblazoned 
with  Duke's  emblem. 

Attractive  yet  durable,  this  nonskid,  reversible 
mat  is  made  from  100%  textured  fiberglass  and 
measures  24x48  inches.  Your  Flamegard  fireplace 
mat  will  prevent  spark  and  ash  damage.  It  is  UL 
listed  and  officially  licensed  to  bear  the  Duke 
emblem.  You  may  want  to  order  a  few  extras 


for  your  patio,  front  door,  van,  or  as  gifts. 

The  matching  wall  plaque  makes  a  handsome 
addition  for  any  home  or  dorm.  It  is  made  of  the 
same  fine  material  and  presented  in  an  elegant,  all 
wood  11x14  inch  frame. 

Place  your  Flamegard  fireplace  mat  and  wall 
plaque  orders  today  and  keep  your  school  memories 
alive  forever. 


^M^^/^^v^  f7*Ut4. 


Please  send  me: 

(quantity)  FLAMEGARD  fireplace 

mat(s)  at  $37.95  each 

(quantity)  wall  plaque(s)  at  $17.95  each 

(quantity)  FLAMEGARD  fireplace  mat 

and  wall  plaque  set(s)  at  $49.95  per  set 
Add  $3.00  for  shipping  and  handling.  North 
Carolina  residents  add  5%  sales  tax.  Please 
allow  4-6  weeks  for  delivery. 
Credit  card  purchases  call  toll  free  1-800-648-0674 
(9AM-4PM  EST)  or  you  may  order  by  mail: 

□  Check  or  money  order  made  payable  to 
Southern  Collegiate  Series 

□  MasterCard  □  Visa  □  American  Express 


City. 


.Zip_ 


Day  Phone . 


Account  Number 
_  Expiration  Date 


Please  send  to: 

Southern  Collegiate  Series 

RO.  Box  32427 

Charlotte,  N.C.  28232 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Alumni  House,  614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  North  Carolina  27706 


;  correction  re. 


Non-Profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

PAID 
Durham,  N.C. 
Permit  No.  60 


t  DDfc»EIS3S;> 

{IS.    imsatl   BflRNETT-ROBISHEflUX 
BDq    DEMERl US   57.,     K~l 

DURHAM^   wc  anai 


Diplomatic  stance:  Jack  Matlock,  U.S.  ambassador  to  the  Soviet  Union  (page  2) 


Duke  University  i  ibranes 


D02604853S 


HECKMAN 

BINDERY  INC. 

jBk      DEC  87 


H